<mm
mm§"
y^5^
iC- ^ ^
^ ^
<S<3C^^
-^/^i:^
%^ib;^-^^^
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE.
Vol. II., 1895.
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE.
H Journal of ZooioQ^^
IN CONNECTION WITH THE TRING MUSEUM.
EDITED BY
The Hon. WALTEE ROTHSCHILD,
ERNST HARTERT, and Db. K. JORDAN
Vol. II., 1895.
Issued at the Zoological Museim, Tring.
PRINTED Ijy HAZEI.I,, WATSON, ic VINEY. I.D., LONDON AND AYLESBURY.
1895.
COIN^TENTS OF VOLUME II.
MAMMALIA.
PAGE
1. Revised Determinations of Three of the Natuna Rodents. Oldfield Thomas . 26
"2. On Two New Species of Antelopes. Walter Rothschild. Plate IV. . . oi
3. On some Aberrations of ,'^orex valr/aris and iS'. pijgnaeiis in the Tring Museum.
Charles Rothschild 6G
4. On some Mammals collected by Mr. Albert Meek on Fergusson Island,
D'Entrecasteau.x Group. Oldfield Thomas . . . . . .103
5. On a Second Collection of Mammals from the Natuna Islands. Oldfield Thomas
and Ernst Hartert . 489
AVES.
1. On Birds collected in Peru by Mr. 0. T. Baron. Osbert Salvin. Plates I., II. . 1
2. On SdlrailoriiKi traiijiuens-is Rothsch. A- Hartert. Walter Rothschild.
Plate III 22
3. Note on the Loxops of (Jahu. Walter Rothschild .... . . 04
4. Further Notes on the Iloubara Bustard. Walter Rothschild and Ernst
Hartert ............ 01
5. On some Birds from the Congo Region. Ernst Hartert ..... 55
0. On Mio'opus ajfinis (Gray & Hardw.). Ernst Hartert ..... 57
7. A New Bird of Paradise. Walter Rothschild. Plate V. ... 59
<S. Eine neue Xenoclchla. Anton Reichenow ....■■ OH
9. Some New and other Rare Birds from Fergusson Island. Ernst Hartert . . Gl
10. A New Prioiiochilus from the Philippines and Note on an Anthreptes. Ernst
Hartert ............. G4
11. < )n a Supposed New Species and .some Varieties of 6'o",m. Ernst Hartert G7
12. Notes on Humming Birds. Ernst IIaktert ....... GS
1:5. Description of Two New Species of the Genera Phoe.nicophxiesi and Spilornis, with
a Note on Oriolus cotmobrlmis Rams. Graf Berlepsch .... 70
1
( vi )
PAGE
14. Note on tLe Stephens Island RockWien Tntversia l>/aUi RothscL. Wai/ier
KOTHSCIULD ............. 81
15. Neue nfrikanische Vogelformen im Tiing Museum. Anton Reicheno'.v 159
16. List of a Second Collection of Biitls from the Natuna Island-;. Ernst Harteut . 466
17. A New Species and Genus of Kollei-s. Walter Rothschild .... 479
18. A New Specie-s of Bower Bird. W'altkr Rothschild 480
19. A New Species of Rail. Walter Rothschild 481
20. A New Species of Tanager. Walter Eothschild ...... 481
•21. The Wliitc Swallows of Aylesburj'. Walter Rothschild 484
22. Description of a New Humming Bird. Ernst Uartert ..... 484
23. Description of a New Flycatcher from the Solomon Islands. Ernst Uartert . 48o
24. On a Small Collection of Birds from Mindoro. Ernst Hartert .... 486
25. On a New PaiTOt. Walter Rothschild ........ 492
KEPTILIA ET AMPHIBIA.
1. Further Notes on Gigantic Land Tortoises. Walter Rothschild . . . 483
2. The Reptiles and Batrachians of the Natnna Islands. A. GcNTnEK 499
COLEOPTERA.
1. Descriptions de Nouvelles Especes de Lampyrides du Mnsee de Tring. Ernest
Olivier 29
LEPIDOPTERA.
28
35
(0
505
82
1. On a New Species of the Family of Spldngidae. Walter Rothschild .
2. Notes on Salurnidae. Walter Rothschild
3. Descriptions of New Species of Bulterfiios, captuied by Blr. Doherty in the Islancii
of the Eastern Arcliipelago. Grose Smith. Part I
Part II. . .
4. New Species and Genera of 6eoi»etrida« in tlie Tring Museum. W. Warkex
5. Two New Species of Rhopalocera from tlie Solomon Island-. Walter Rothschild 101
6. A New Species of Thcrelm from the D'Entreciusteaux Islands. Walter
Rothschild 162
7. A Revision of the Pa/nlios of the Eastern Hemisphere, exclusive of Africa.
Walter Rothschild. Plate VI .167
8. Some New Forms of the Genera Bizarda and Milioniii. Karl Jordan and
Walter Rothschild ........... 404
9. On Two New Moths and an Aberration. Walter Roiuschilu .... 482
10. On Afilionia and some Allied Genera of Geometridae. Walter Rothschild.
Plate VII 493
1 1 . Some Notes on my Revision of the Papilios of the Eastern Hemisphere, exclusive
of Africa. Walter Rothschild 503
1 2. Note on Copaxa mnllifeneslrala. Walter Rothschild ..... 504
( "i )
SIPHONAPTERA.
p.
66
n 1 >T r,, PAGE
(visual Notes on Fleas. Charles Kothsc'Iiili)
PALAEONTOLOGIA.
I. On some Remains of Ae/u/ornls in the Museum at Tring. On. \V. Andrews 23
LIST OF PLATES
IN VOLUME II.
Plate I. Buarremon Inroni Salvin, B. riifyentu Salviu.
II. C 'i/anohsbia (jriseiventris Tacz., Psithmda xanthops Sahiu.
III. Salmdorina vjaiymensis Piothsch. & Hartert.
I V. Cobus penricei Eothsch.
v. Aslmpia spkndkUssima Rothsch.
VI. Sexual Organs of Papilios.
VII. Some Specie.s of Milionia and ('allhialia. (See explanation of Plate VII )
VIII. ^
j^ [ i^cme Species of Lepidopiera describeil by Walter Rutliscliil.l. (See
„ I explanation.)
I -AN
.-, Zooi.oc!C«- Vol 11.1895
Pi :
1 BUARREMON BARON I Salvin.
2 „ RUFIGENIS Salvir.
MitiLem Bros- imp
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE.
Vol. n. FEBRUAitV, 1S95. Ko. 1.
ON BIEDS COLLECTED IN PEEU BY ME. 0. T. BAEON.
Bv OSBERT SALVIN, M.A., F.R.S., Etc.
(Plates I. and II.)
DURIXCi the past sninmer Mr. Bavou, who is now travelling in Pern, sent to
Mr. Godman and myself his first collection of birds made duriuj; the first
half of the year 1S94 in Northern Peru. Shortly afterwards Mr. Rothschild
received a series of birds from the same collection, and the present paper is intended
to give some account of the two sets of skins.
Mr. Baron has not yet sent us any account of the jjlaccs he visited, but as
every specimen is carefully labelled with the place, altitude, and date where aud
when it was secured, we can trace the route he followed.
He lauded at the port of Trujillo. In December 189:3 he was at Tcml)ladera
(altitude 1,200 feet), aud at .San Pablo (7,500 feet).
January 1894 he spent at Cajabamba and its vicinity (8,()t»0 to 9,000 feet)
Huamachuco (10,400 feet), and Cajamarca (9,300 to 11,000 feet). During February
he remained at Huamachuco and its vicinity (.5,.500 to 10,400 feet). In March he
was at Huamachuco ; in April at Huamachuco, and again at Cajabamba ; iu May
at Cajamarca, and again at Tembladera on his way to the coast.
It will thus be seen that most of the time was spent in the western range of
the Andes at various elevations ranging from about 5,500 feet to 11,000 feet above
the sea. The principal places mentioned are on the eastern slope of the western
range, the river drainage running into the Maranon.
The collection itself is of great interest, containing as it does many novelties.
This is the more surprising as the district liunted over immediately adjoins that so
successfully investigated by Stolzmann. The result shdws that the wonderful
ornithological fauna of Peru is by no means e.\hansted, and that every range of
hills and every valley of that varied country is likely to reward the enterprising
naturalist with strange and unexpected novelties.
In preparing this pajier I have been most kindly aided by Count Berlepsch.
who has of late years industriously studied the ornitlKilogy of Peru. My questions
he has answered with his usual care, and he has examined a number of specimens
njion which I asked bis judgment.
The species described as uew are as follows : —
1. Basileuterus nigrivertex.
2. Buarrenion baroni,
3. ,, rufigenis.
4. Poospiza alticola.
5. „ nibecula.
6. Haemophila laeta.
7. „ pcrsonata.
H. Pachyrhaniphus .similis.
9. Siptornis baroni.
10. ,, hypochondi'iaciis.
11. Phacclodomiis dorsalis.
12. ,Si;yt;iIopus uiiicoloi'.
13. Oreotrochilus stolzmaniii.
!4. Psittacula x:inthoiw.
15. Coliimiia oeiiops.
10. Leptiiptila decolor.
( 2 )
Besides these a few others remain to be determined more satisfoctorily on
another occasion.
Specimens of all the species are in onr collection. The species to which the
imiuber has an asterisk prefixed are also represented in Mr. Rothschild's JInseum.
1. Catharus fuscater (LalV.).
Tacz., Ortu Per., i., p. 483.
cf. Cajabamba (9,000 feet), January.
(J. Snecha, Ilnamachuco (9,000 feet), Fi^brnary.
These specimens agree with the pale-breasted l]ird of Eeuudor. Thi' lulls are
all dull coral-red.
2. Turdus maranouicus Tacz.
Orn. Per., i., p. 488.
cJ, ?, ? juv. Vina, Huamachuco (.5,.500 feet), February, ]\ran:li.
3. Turdus chiguanco d'Orb.
Morula cku/uanco Tacz., Orn. Per., l, p. 494.
S- ('ajamarca (9,000 feet), January.
A specimen in abraded plumage.
4. Mimus longicaudatus Tseli.
Tacz., On. Per., i., p. 41)8; Berl. & >StoIzm., /'. /. S., Is92, p. 373.
? . Vina, Huamachuco (;j,oOO feet), Marcli.
5. Cinclus leucocephalus Tsch.
Tacz., Orn. Per., i., p. 501.
?. Huamachuco (10,400 feet), February.
*<i. Campylorhynclius fasciatus (f^w.).
Tacz., Orn. P/r., i., p. yOu.
(S ?. Vina, Huamachuco (5,500 feet), March.
J ? . Malea, Cajabamba (8,000 feet), '-'Tth April.
These specimens are heavily marked on the under surface, and belong to this
species rather than to the allied C. halteattis.
7. Troglodytes musculus Nanm.
Berl. k Stolzm., P. Z. S., 1892, j). 37:5.
Troylodyte.i auila.c Tsch.; Tacz., Orn. Pe'r., i., p. 525 (?).
— Cajamarca (9,250 feet).
S ? . Cajabamba (9,000 feet), January.
S. Malea, Cajabamba (8,000 feet), l.kh April.
*8. Polioptila biliueata (Hii.).
Sharpe, Cat. BinU B. M., x., ]>. 452.
Poliiyptila alUloris Tacz., Orn. Per., i., p. 452.
— (Jajabamba (i),000 feet), January.
S (but marked ? ). Cajabamba (9,000 feet), January.
These specimens are rather darker on the back than others from more nurniorn
localities, but do not appear to difier in other respects.
( ^' )
•9. Polioptila nigriceps T'ainl
Tacii., Orn. Pi'r., i., p. 433 ; Sharpc, ('a'. Iliid^ B. .1/.. x., ji. 447.
c?. Cajabamba (9,000 feet), January.
Also diflers from tlip trne P. pii/rici'j>.^ in having the bade of a (hirkcr shade of
grey.
It is somewhat significant tliat these two supposed species of Polioptila sliouhl
lie found together at tlie same time of year in tlie same place, and that both sh(]uld
differ from their respective types in the same way.
*]o. Anthus bogotensis Scl.
Taci;., Orn. Per., L, p. 457.
<?. Cajamarca (11,000 feet), January.
(J. Huamachucn (10,400 feet), 24tli and SOth March.
11. Geothlypis peruviana.
Geothbjpis acquinodialis permiana Tacz., Orn. Per., i., p. 471.
3. Suecha, Huamachuco (9,000 feet), February.
(J. (jhusgon, Huamachuco (8,500 feet), February.
Mr. Sharpe {Gat. Birds B. M., x., p. 361) placed this bird with G. aiirimlari.s
Salv., but there are several points of difference. These have been indicated by
Berlepsch and Stolzmann (P. Z. S., 1892, p. 374) in comjjaring sj)eciniens from Lima
(G. auricidaris) with others from Callacate (fr. ae. perufia/ia). Mr. Baron's
specimens seem to agree with the latter.
*12. Basileuterus nigrivertex sp. nov.
Ji. niyricrislato affinis scd supra clare olivaceus oleagiueo vix tiuctus, corpore
subtus pallidiore flavo, mento albido, mandibula nigricante, pedibus obscnrioribus,
Cauda loiigiore differt. Long, tota circa 5-75, alae 2/3, caudae 2-0, tarsi 0-9.
S ? . Cajabamba (9,000 feet), January.
cJ. Suecha, Huamachuco (9,000 feet), February.
?. Huamachuco (10,000 feet), February.
Several small points of difference seiwrate tliis bird from tlie true B. iiiijricris-
tati/s of Colombia and Ecuador, rendering a distinct name necessary.
*r3. Cyclorhis contrerasi Tacz.
Tacz., Orn. Pro:, l, p. 450.
cJ ?. Cajabamba (9,000 feet), January, February, Ajjril.
c? ? . Suecha, Huamachuco (9,000 feet), February.
'' Eyes orange."
These sjiecimens agree with one of Stolzmaun's in the British Museum from
N. Peru. All of them have the feathers of the middle of the crown green at the
base and edged with chestnut, producing an occipital patch contrasting with the line
of pure chestnut which runs round from the forehead over the eyes and meets on the
nape. The true C. contrerasi is described and figured as having the whole summit
of the head dark chestnut. The middle of tlie abdomen is strongly snft'used with
fulvous. Count Berlepsch, who lias seen one of tliese specimens, thinks it not
separable from C. contrcra.'ii.
C 4 )
14. Atticora cyanoleuca (Vioill.).
Tacz., Orn. P<>r., i., p. 244 ; Sbarpe, Cut. Birds B. M., x., p. ISC).
<?. C'ajabamba (9,000 feet), January.
15. Atticora cinerea (Gm.).
Tacz., Orn. Per., i., p. 243 ; Sharpe, Cat. Birds B. M., x., p. 184.
cj. Cajabainba (9,000 feet), January.
?. Near (/ajamarca (10,000 feet), Oth May.
*l'i. Diglossa brunneiventris T-afr.
Tacz., Urn. Per., i., p. 420.
<J. Cajamarca (11,000 feet), January.
(?. S juv., ?. ('ajabamba (0,000 feet), .January, Ajiril.
S juv. Huamachuco (10,400 feet), March.
" E3-es brown."
*1T. Diglossa sittoides ((rorb. iV LatV.).
Tacz., Orn. Prr., i., ji. 417.
S ?. Cajal>aniba (»,<>( III feet), January.
?. Sueclia, Huamachuco (9,000 feet), February.
18. Conirostrnm cinereum (iFOib. & Tjafr.).
Tacz., On>. Petr., i., p. 425.
(? ? . Cajabamba (9,000 feet), January.
?. Chusgon, Hiiamachnc.o (8,500 feet), February.
S. Huamachuco (10,400 feet), February, March.
*10. Certhiola mexicana Scl.
Cat. Birds B. AL, xi., p. 38.
Certhiola peruviana Tacz., Orn. Per., i., p. 430.
?. Cajamarca (9,200 feet).
S ?. Cajabamba (8,000 ami U,ooo icut), Aiu'il.
3. Vina, Huamachuco (5,500 feet), February, March.
Mr. Sclater unites C.permiana with C. mexicana. The only difference between
them tliat I can trace is the smallness of the white wing-spot in the Peruvian birds,
but this cliaracter is somewhat variable even in tlie specimens before me.
20. Euphonia taczanowskii.
Eupkonia ckloroticu snbsp. taczanoivskii Scl., Cat. BirdK II. .][., xi., ]i. 04.
Euphonia serrirostris Tacz., Or«. Prr., ii., ]>. 440.
S ? . Malea, Cajabamba (8,000 feet), April.
This bird seems fairly sej)arablo from tlie tyjiical E. chlorotica of Guiana,
for not only does the male differ in the jiali! Hut of tlie yellow portion of the
plumage and in the shade of the |)urple of tlu^ back and thniaf, Imt \\\q female has
the whole of fiie central jiortion nl' th<' under siirl'aee pale j^rey iMiiiilerrupted by an
olive-green jiectoral baud.
( -^ )
21. Tanagra caelestis Spix.
Tiicz., Oin. Per., ii., p. 4K5.
6 ? . Vina, HnamaoLuco (r),5<)i) feet), Marcb.
*2:.'. Tanagra darwini Bp.
Tacz., Orn. Per., ii., p. 4SS.
6 ?. Cajamarca (9,300 feet, 10,000 feet), Decemljer, Jainiaiy.
S . ( 'ajabamba (9,000 feet), January.
c?, ?, (? jnv. Huamaclnico (10,400 feet), FebriiaiT, March.
" Eyes red."
*2;i. Pyrauga tschudii.
Pi/raiK/a fntarrn tsrhuilit ]?crl. & 8tol/,ni., P. Z. S., 1892, p. 375.
Pi/raii(/a (iznrd.c Tac,/.., l>rn. Pi'r., ii., p. 496.
c? 9 . Cajabaml)a (9,000 feet), January.
(? S . Cliusgon, Huamachuco (8,500), February.
cJ S . Sueclia, Huamachuco (9,000 feet), February.
<S ■ Vina, Huamachuco (5,500 feet), March.
This Peruvian form of P. testacea is readily distinguished from the typical bird by
the brighter red of the male and the clearer yellow of the female. Count Berlejisch,
to whom I submitted a male specimen, says that it is rather more rosy in tint than
examjiles from Chirimoto and the wing longer, but he had no specimens at hand
from Lima, whence his types of P. t. tschudii were sent.
*24. Buarremon baroni sp. nov.
(Plate I., fig. 1.)
yiilirafusco-schistacens, alis et cauda nigricantibus extrorsum schistacoo limbatis,
ca]iite medio supra pallide castaneo (ad frontem saturatiore ad nucham inxllidiore)
ca]iitis laterilius nigris, loris flavis ; corpore toto subtus flavido, liy]iochondrii8
olivaceis, stria angusta mystacali nigra ; rostro nigro, pedibus cor^linis. Long, tola
circa 6'5, alae 3'0, caudae 3'2, rostri a rictu n-fi, tarsi PIS.
? mari similis.
6 ?. Cajabamba (9,000 feet), January, March.
(?. Huamachuco (10,400 feet), 25th March.
Allied to B. comptus and B. tricolor, but differs from both, inter alia, in the
colour of the to]) of the head, which is pale chestnut on the forehead and gradually
passes into jjale drab on the nape of the neck. There is also a black line from
either side of the mouth, which jjasses down the sides of the throat.
Mr. Baron obtained several specimens of this tlistinct species at Cajabamba and
elsewhere.
*25. Buarremon rufigenis sji. nov.
(Plate I., fig. 2.)
Supra schistaceus, alis et cauda nigricantibus schistaceo limbatis, pileo toto
nucha et capitis lateribus rufis, loris albidis ; subtus albus, pectoris lateribus,
hypocbondriis et tectricibns subcaudalibns schistaceo lavatis, stria mystacali utrimpie
uigricante ; rostro nigro, pedibus corylinis. Long, tota circa 7'3, alae 3-3, caudae
3-4, rostri a rictu o-(;, tarsi PI.
( (i )
? muri siiiiilis.
(?, c? juv., ¥. Huamachuco (1U,40U feet), February, JIarcli.
c?. Cajabaniba (11,000 feet), 2nd April.
This bird has no near allies in the genus Buarremon, nor does it fall into any
of the sections suggested by Mr. Sclater {Cat. Birds B. .lA, xi., p. 255), for though
the sides of the head as well as the crown are rufous or chestnut as in B. semirufus
(Section E), the general appearance of the bird with its whitish under surface and
other characters at once indicate that there can be no real ailiiiity with that bird.
Mr. Baron obtained several specimens of this interesting bird at a high
elevation near Huamachuco.
:.'0. Saltator laticlavius Scl. & Salv.
Tiicz., Orn. Per., ii., p. 545.
iS ?. Cajabamba (9,000 feet), January.
•27. Saltator albicollis Vieill.
Tacz., Oni. Per., ii., p. .542 (pt.).
c? ? . Vina, Huamachuco (5,500 feet), February, March.
S juv. Malea, Cajabamba (8,000 feet), 15th April.
All these specimens are heavily spotted on the under surface, and must
therefore be quite distinct from the bird from Lima recently describt'il by Berlepsch
and Stolzmann as S. iinmacuhiUis [P. Z. S., 1S02, p. 375).
*28. Pheucticus chrysogaster Less.
Tacz., Orn. Per., iii., p. 3.
<J ? . Cajabamba (V),000 feet), January.
3. Chusgou, Huamachuco (8,500 feet), February.
cJ. Malea, Cajabamba (8,000 feet), 15th AprU.
20. Spermophila obscura Tacz.
Orn. Per., iii., ]>. 17 ; Sharpe, Cat. Birds B. M., .xii., p. lOJ.
cJ. Vina, Huamachuco (5,500 feet), February, March.
30. Spermophila gutturalis (Licht.).
Tacz., Orn. Per., iii., p. 13 ; Sharpe, Cat. BinU B. }L, xii., p. 128.
6. Malea, Cajabamba (8,000 feet), April.
•31. Spermophila luctuosa I-afr.
Tacz., Orn. Per., iii., p. ID ; Sharpe, Cat. Birds B. .1/., xii., p. 135.
c?. Suecha, Huamachuco (9,000 feet), Jlarcli.
S. Vina, Huamachuco (5,500 feet), March,
cj. Cajabamba (9,000 feet), April.
32. Catamenia analoides n.ufr.).
Tacz., Orn. Per., iii., p. 20.
Sjiermophila analoides iSharjie, ('at. Birds B. M., xii., p. 107.
J ? . Cajamarca (9,300 feet),
c? ? . Cajabamba (9,500 feet), Aj.ril.
c?. No label.
( 7 )
33. Catamenia inornata (Lafr.).
Catamcnia j-ufirostiis (Lamlli.j T;icz., Oni. I'iir., iii., p. 1^1.
Spcnnopkila inornata Sharpe, Cat. BirJs B. J/., xii., p. 104.
S . Hnamachnco (10,400 feet), February.
*34. Volatinia jacarina (I-.).
Tacz., Orn. Per., iii., p. 25.
6 ¥. Malea, CajaLamba (8,000 feet), April,
d". Vina, Huamachuco (."),. 500 feet), Marcb.
— Tembladera (1,200 feet), December.
35. Chrysomitris columbiana (Lafr.).
Tacz., Orn. P,'r., iii., p. 51 ; iSbarpe, ('"t. Birds B. J/., .\ii., p. 208.
5, ? juv. Vina, Huamacbuco (5,500 feet), February, Blarcli.
36. Chrysomitris capitalis Cab.
Tacz., Orn. P^r., iii., p. 49.
S ? . Cajamarca (9,300 feet), December.
6. Ubusgou, Hnamachnco (8,500 feet), February.
+ . Suecha, Huamacbuco (9,000 feet), February.
These specimens have the rump rather greener than in birds from Ecuador, and
they are a little hirger, but the ditferences are triviaL
37. Sycalis flaveola (L.).
Tacz., Orn. Per., iii., p. 55 ; Sharpe, Cat. Birds B. J/., xii., p. 377.
<S. Tembladera (1,200 feet), December.
38. Sycalis luteiventris (Bleyen.).
Tacz., Orn. Per., iii., p. 59; Sharpe, Cat. Birds B. J/., xii., p. 383.
3. Hnamachnco (10,400 feet), March.
6. Cajabamba (9,000 feet), April.
<:?(?). Cajamarca (9,5o0 feet).
*39. Zonotrichia pileata (Bodd.).
Tacz., Orn. Per., iii., p. 45.
S. Cajamarca (9,000, 9,250, aud 10,000 feet), January, February.
? . Cajabamba (9,000 feet), January.
S juv. Malea, Cajabamba (8,000 feet), April.
d". Huamachuco (10,400 feet), February.
*40. Poospiza alticola sp. nov.
Supra schistacea unicolor, alis et cauda nigricantibus extrorsum schistaceo
limbatis, capitis lateribus schistaceo-nigris, stria superciliari elongata ntriutine alba ;
subtns alba, pectoris lateribus ferrugineis, stria mystacali utrintjue schistacea,
hypochondriis rufescenti-fuscis, tectricibus subalaribus fulvo tinctis ; rostro uigro,
pedibus corylinis. Long, tota circa 6-0, alae 2-9, candac 3-0, rostri a rictu 0-6,
tarsi 0-9.
9 mari similis.
(« )
c? jnv. ^ubHls gula et pectore toto obscure fuscis stria riclali iitrinciue allia,
abdomine fulvesceiite.
c?, c? .juv., ?. Hnamadmco (10,4U0 feet), February, March.
This species is apparently allied to P. /t>/jjoc/w/id/-/iirn, but dilt'crs in uiuny
imj)ortant points, the flanks not being chestnut, and the tail uniform, without any
white spot ou the lateral feathers.
41. Poospiza rubecula sp. nov.
Supra schistacea dorse vix fuscesceutiore, alis et cauda nigricantibus schistaceo
limbatis, fronte usque ad medium verticis, superciliis et corpore fere toto subtus
laete ferrugineis, loris, capitis lateribus et meuto nigris, abdomine albicante, liypo-
chondriis fuscis, tectricibus subcaudalibus ferrugineis, subalaribus albidis ; rostro
uigricante maudibula ad basin pallidiore, pedibus corylinis. Long, tota circa 0-0,
alae 3(i, caudae 2- 7, rostri a rictu O-Oo, tarsi (>9.
? juv. supra saturate fnsca, uropygio schistaceo lavato, fronte et capitis lateribus
fere dorso coucoloribus ; subtus albida schistaceo striata et plumis ferrugineis
intermixta, abdomine fere albo.
S, ? juv. Cajabamba (0,000 feet), January.
cJ. Huamachuco (10,400 feet), February.
The adult female of this species probably resembles the vudc, the young bird
described above being in the act of assuming ferruginous instead of strijied plumage.
In some points of coloration this species resembles P. eri/t/n-oplii/s, but the wings are
plain and there are no spots on the tail, besides other differences.
*42. Haemophila laeta sji. nov.
//. pulchrae affinis sed minor, fronte et area oculorum tota nigris, capite snmmo
et cervice postica schistaceis, gula nigra utrincpie fulvo margiuata, tectricibus alarum
majoribus schistaceis, primo visu distinguenda ; rostro et pedibus tiavis. Long, tota
circa G-0, alae 2-()5, caudae 2'4, rostri a rictu 00, tarsi 1-0.
? mari similis.
$ . Cajabamba (9,000 feet), January.
$ 9 . Vina, Huamachuco (.5,-500 feet), February.
$ ?. ('liusgon, Huamachuco (8,000 feet), February.
$. Cajamarca (9,000 feet), Jlarch.
S ? . Malca, Cajabamba (8,000 feet), Ajiril.
This beautiful Finch is clearly allied to Haemophila pulehra Scl. (7/ns, 1886,
p. 258, PI. viii.), which is found in the Andes above Lima. The general enjoration
is similar in the two birds, but there are many points of diDference.
iMr. Baron's collection contains several specimens of this species, including a
J'ema/e, which proves that there is no material difference between the sexes as
regards the coloration of the plumage.
*4:3. Haemophila personata sp. nov.
I'^usca dorso medio et scapularibus castaiieis, alis nigricantibus fusco limbatis,
fronte, area oculorum, loris (^t mento nigris ; subtus pallidinr a1)domine medio et
subcaudalibus albicantiijus, cauda nigricante rectricibus iribns utrinque in pogonio
interno, allw terminatis extimo fpiocpie in pogonio externo pro majorem partem alba;
rostro et jiedilms flavis. Long, tota circa "•n, alae 2'8, caudae 2'9, rostri a rictu 0'(5,
tarsi 105.
( 0 )
? iiiai'i sunilis.
cJ ?. Near Cajamaroa (l(),(M)i) feet), M;iy.
Thnngli cHftering; strncturally in some respects (tlie bill and legs bi-ing stouter),
this s|ii'eies seems most nearlj' allied to //. pulc/iraaud 11. laeta. lu coloration, too,
there is some resemblance iu the yellow bill and legs, tlie chestnut back and
black face.
Mr. Baron obtained several specimens of this Finch iu rather abraded ]jliimage
in the neighbourhood of Oajamarca.
4-4. Pseudochloris sliarpei Berl. & Stol/.m.
Ihin, ]S!)4, ]). 38U.
6. Oajamarca (ll,(l0il feet), December.
4.j. Pseudochloris lutea (d'Orb. & Lafr.) ?
Sharps, Cat. Bin/n B. M., xii., [i. 775.
Si/ealig lutea Tacz., Urn. Per., iii., p. 56.
c?. Chusgon, Huamachuco (s,500 feet), February.
c? ? . Vina, Huamachuco (5,500 feet), March.
Birds from this district are smaller than Bolivian examples, and have paler feet
and paler mandible. The specimens are not iu very fresh plum:ige, and their
determination may be deferred for the present.
*4(i. Phrygilus punensis (?).
Phriiijilm punemis Ridgw., Pr. U. S. Nat. Max., \., i>. VM ; Sharpe, Cat. Birfk
B. M., xii'., p. 7.S5 (?).
cJ. Cajabumba (9.000 feet), January.
3 ?. Huamachuco (lt),400 feet), February.
cJ. Near Cajamarca (1 0,0011 feet), May.
" Iris brown."
These birds seem to be nearest P. jninetms of BIr. Shari)e's Catalogue, but they
do not altogether agree. This group of Phnufdus is still iu some confusion as
regards its s]iecies, the materials for determining them not being suHieieut. I
therefore defer for the present the definite determination of Mr. Baron's specimens.
*47. Phrygilus fruticeti (Kittl.).
Tacz., Orn. P,r., iii., p. 37; .Shar[ie, Cat. Birili B. M, xii., p. 700.
5 ?. t'ajamarca and Cajabamba (9,000 feet), December, January.
cJ. Huamachuco (10,400 feet), Ff^bruary.
48. Phrygilus unicolor (d'Orb. & Lafr.).
ISliarjJC, Cat. Birds B. M., xii., p. 79,:i.
Phrycjilus msticus Tacz., Orn. Prr., iii., p. 38.
(J jnv. Cajamarca (Il,00o feel), January.
49. Phrygilus alaudinus (Kittl.).
Tac/.., Orn. Pn\, iii., j). 35 ; Slnirpe, Cat. Birds B. J/., xii., ]). 793.
6 ?. Malea, Cajabamba (8,000 feet), April.
( 1" )
50. Plirygilus plebeius Tsch.
Tacz., Orn. P4r., iii., p. 39 ; Sbarpe, Cat. Birds B. .lA, xii., p. 79o.
-^ ■ . i ':i jjiinarca (9,300 feet), December.
(S. Cajamarca (11,000 feet), January.
?. Cajabamba (9,000 feet), January.
cj, S jnv. Huamachnco (10,4iMi feet), February, March.
51. Tnipialis bellicosa (dc Fil.).
Tacz., Orti. Per., ii., p. 429 ; Scl., Cat. Bird.-i B. .1/., xi., ]>. 357.
cJ ? . C'ajamarca (9,390 feet), January.
? . Cajabamba (9,000 feet), January.
S ■ Vina, Ilnamachnco (5,500 feet), March.
52. Icterus mesomelas (Wag].).
Tacz., Orn. Per., ii., p. 417 ; Scl., Cat. Birds B. M., xi., j). 378.
<S. Vina, Huamachuco (5,500 feet), March.
53. Xanthura yncas (ISodd.).
Sharpe, Gat. Birds B. M., iii., p. 129.
Cjianocorax yncas Tacz., Urn. Per., ii., p. 390.
<J. Malea, Cajabamba (8,000 feet), Ajiril.
*54. Agriornis insolens Scl. &, Salv.
Tacz., Orn. Per., ii., p. ISO.
Young. Huamachuco (10,400 feet), March.
?. Cajabamba (10,000 feet), April.
{J ?. Near Cajamarca (10,000 feet), May.
" Eyes buff."
55. Myiotheretes striaticoUis >Scl.
Tacz., Orn. P('r., ii., p. 187.
¥ . Cajabamba (9,000 feet), January.
? . Suecha, Huamachuco (9,000 feet), February.
56. Ochthoeca polionota Scl. & Salv.
Tacz., Orn. Per., ii., p. 193.
S. Huamachuco (10,400 feet), February, March.
•57. Ochthoeca leucometopa Scl. & SaJv.
Tacz., Orn. Pa:, ii., p. 193.
5, 6 juv., V. Huamachuco (10,400 feet), January, February, March.
cJ ? . Cajabamba (9,000 and 9,500 feet), January, April.
<? S . Near Cajamarca (9,250 and 10,000 feet), May.
58. Ochthoeca pulchella Scl. <& Salv.
Ochthoeca jelskii Tacz., Orn. Per., ii., p. 19S.
6 . Cajabamba (9,000 feet), January, March.
( II )
50. Sayoniis cineracea (Lafr.).
Tiicz., Oni. Pi/:, ii., p. 204.
S- Cajabamba (9,000 feet), January.
6 ■ Vina, Hnamachnco (.5,500 feet), Febrnaiy.
'60. Cnipolegus aterrimus (d'Orb. & Lafr.).
Bel., Cat. Birds B. M., xiv., p. 44.
Cnipolcgiis anthracinus Tacz., Oni. Per., ii., p. 208.
cJ jnv., $. Cajabamba (9,000 feet), Jannar}'.
— Chnsgon, Hnamachnco (8,500 feet), Febrnary.
5. Malea, Cajabamba (8,000 feet), April.
*'il. Muscisaxicola grisea Tacz.
Or a. Per., ii., \>. ','!;;.
6. Cajamarca (11,000 feet), December.
6 . Hnamacliuco (10,400 feet), February.
*62. Muscisaxicola jiininensis Tacz.
Orn. Per., ii., p. 214.
c? ¥. HuamacUnco (10,4o0 feet), Febrnary, March.
6 . Near Cajjamarca (10,000 and 11,000 feet), May, December.
03. Muscisaxicola rufipennis Tacz.
Oni. P4r., ii., p. 221.
(? jnv., ?. Hnamachnco (10,4011 feet), March.
04. Hapalocercus fulviceps (Sw.).
Tacz., Orn. P4r., ii., p. 235.
<S ? . Vina, Hnamachnco (5,500 feet), February, March.
3. Malea, Cajabamba (8,000 feet), April.
05. Hapalocercus acutipennis ^Scl. i.t Salv.
Tacz., Orn. P6r., ii., p. 230.
(?. Suecha, Huamachuco (9,000 feet), Febrnary.
66. Serphophaga cinerea (Strickl.).
Tacz., Orn. Per., ii., p. 230.
c? ? . Cajamarca (9,309 feet), December.
*(>:. Auaeretes nigrocristatus Tacz.
Orn. P6\, ii., p. 555.
cJ. Cajabamba (9,000, 9,500, 10,000 feet), January, March, April.
¥ . .Suecha, Hnamachnco (9,000 feet), February.
<?, $ juv. Hnamachnco (10,400 feet), February.
c?. Chnsgon, Huamachuco (8,500 feet), February.
( la )
08. Omithion sclateri I'-eil. it Tacz.
Tiicz., Orn. P^r., ii., p. 254.
cJ ? . C'husgon, Ilnaiuaclinco (8,oU0 feet), Febnmry.
(J ? . Malea, Cajabamlia (8,000 feet), April.
(? ?. Vina, Hiiamaclinco (5,500 feet), February, JIurcli
•69. Elainea albiceps (d'Orb. k Lat'r.).
Tacz., Orn. Fir., ii., p. 263.
? . Cajabamba (9,000 feet), Jannary.
(?. Chusgoii, Huamachuco (8,500 feet), February.
i , i juv. Malea, Cajabamba (8,000 feet) April.
TO. Myiobius crypterythrus Stl.
Tacz., Orn. P£r., ii., p. 304.
S ?. Vina, Huaniacliuco (5,500 feet), February, Miircli.
? . Malea, Cajabamba (8,000 feet), April.
*71. Pyrocephalus rubineus (Dddd.).
Tacz., Orn. Per., ii., p. 307.
5 ? . Malea, Cajabamba (8,000 and 9,000 feet), April.
? juv. Viua, Huamachuco (5,50i) feet), March.
6 juv. Cajamarca (9,30() feet), December.
? . Snecha, Huamachuco (9,000 feet), February.
The a,dn\t male has no white border to the outer rectri.x, a character of P. r«ii«c««
heterurv,s Berl. k Stolzm.
*T2. Contopus punensis Lawr.
Tacz., Orn. Per., ii., ji. 31".).
S. Cajabamba (9,U0i) I'eet), Jannary.
?. Vina, Huamachuco (5,500 feet), February.
(S ? . Suecha, Huamacbuco (9,000 feet), February.
d ? . Chusgou, Huamachuco (8,500 feet), February.
Mr. Sclater (Caf. Birds B. M., xiv., p. 240) unites this species with C. brachy-
tarsus, but places specimens from Puna I. under C. virens. Mr. Baron's birds are
in rather abraded plumage, but 1 think indicate tliat C. pu)H'n-'<is is distinct from
either C. virens or C. brach/tarsita.
•73. Myiarchus nigriceps Scl.
Tacz., Orn. Per., ii., p. 324.
5 ? • Cajabamba (9,000 feet), Jannary.
c? ? . Malea, Cajabamba (8,000 feet), April.
*T4. Tyrannus melancholicus Vieill.
Tacz., Orn. Prr., ii., p. 327.
J. Malea, Cajabamba (S,000 feet), Ajjril.
6 ? . Vina, Huamachuco (5, .500 feet), March.
( l:^. )
*75. Pachyrhamphus similis sp. iiov.
rnclii/rkamphus nlhogriseus Tacz., Oi n. Pi'r., ii., p. 301.
P. alhoijriuM affinis et mas vix distingnendns, te(;tricil)as alarnm mediis tautiim
albo angustioi'c terminaHs ; fciuina vero cajiite siiiumo omiiiiio castaneo, uigro cir-
cnmcincto digiioscenda.
Hab. N. Pern, Ecuador, Merida in Venezuela.
c? ?. Chusgon, Huamachuco (8, .51)0 feet), Februan-.
t?. Vina, Huamaeluico (5,.50i) feet), March.
? . Suecba, Huamachuco (9,000 feet), February.
? . Malea, Cajabamba (8,000 feet), April.
" Iris blackish."
These specimens belong to a species distinct from the true P. aUinqriseiis of
Colombia and (Jentral Anierica, and the /fmalrs may readily be distinguished by
their chestnut crown, which again is l)ordereil by a black line running over the
su])erciliary streak and round to the nape. The Peruvian birds have a smaller bill
than those from Ecuador and Venezuela, but do not otherwise difi'er.
*T<1. Heliochei'a rubrocristata (d'Orb. &, Lafr.).
Tacz., Orn. P,'r., ii., 2>. 361.
cT, S juv. Cajabamba (9,000 feet), January.
" Eyes red."
*77. Geositta tenuirostris (d'Orb. & Lafr.).
Tacz., Orn. Prr., ii., p. 91! ; ScL, Cat. Bin/s P. .\L, xv., p. 9.
,? ?. Cajamarca (11,000 feet), December.
These birds are rather smaller than others from fSoiithern Pern, and have the
■wing-coverts less conspicuously edged with cinnamon, but they are not in fresh
plumage.
"78. Upucerthia serrana Tacz.
Orn. Prr., ii., p. 107.
Upucerthia andecola Sol. {nee d'Orb. & Lafr.), Cut. Binl.-< B. .1/"., xv., [i. 10.
S ? Cajaniarea (1 l,t)0O feet), January.
?. Near Cajamarca (li.»,ooO feet), May.
S. Huamachuco (10,400 feet), February, March.
c? ? . Cajabamba (9,000 feet), January.
Count Eerlepsch considers these birds to be closely allied to U. serrana
Tacz., U. andecola being distinct. Compared with the specimens referred by Mr.
Sclater to IT. andecola, the biJl is shorter and stouter, the head and neck greyer, the
lower back not so rufous, and the throat whiter. But these dift'erences are very
slight.
79. Cinclodes fuscus (Vieill.).
cJ. Cajamarca (11,000 feet), Decemlier.
i. (lajamarca (9,800 feet), Deeenilier.
cJ. Near Cajamarca (10,000 feet). May.
(J. Cajabamba (9,000 feet), January.
( '4 )
•80. Leptasthenura pileata Scl.
Tacz., Oni. Per., ii., p. 119.
(?. Cajainarca (0,(iii() aud lO.Oti" I'eet), December, May.
? . Cajabamba (!1,.50i.i feet), March.
S ?. Hnamachnco (10,400 feet), Febrnary.
f81. Siptoriiis baroni sp. uov.
Supra mnriuo-fnscns, nropygio vix fulvescentiore, capite snramo, alis et canclii
cinnamomeis, stria snperciliari et gnttnre pure albis, loris et auriciilaribus albis iiiirm
variojjatis ; corpore reliquo snbtns griseo-albido, pectore et abdoiuiiie sn])eriiiro alliido
striatis, hyiiochondriis et tectricibus snbcaiulalibus fnscis ; rostro corylino maudi-
bulae basi pallida, pedibus plumbeis. Long, tota circa "-0, alae 32, caudac 3-2."),
rostri a rictu 0-8, tarsi 0'95.
? mari similis.
cJ. Huamacluico (10,400 feet), February.
?. Cajabamba (9,000 feet), January.
" Eyes grey."
This distinct species belongs to Mr. Sclater's Section 1 of th(^ genus Siptornis,
in which the crown, wings, and tail are riifons. The nearest known sjiecies seems to
be S. anlmensis, but S. baroni is not only larger but has a greyer baclv, white throat
greyer abdomen, aud other characters.
*-S2. Siptornis hypochondriacus sp. nov.
Supra murinns, capite antico saturatiore, superciliis clongatis et corpore subtus
albis, loris et tectricibus auricularibus albo nigroijue varicgatis, iiyjjochondriis nigro
striatis, alis nigricautibus cxtrorsum murine liuibatis tectricibus minoril)us cinna-
monieis, Cauda rufescenti-murina ; rostro nigricante, pedibus plumbeis. Long, tota
circa T'O, alae 2-S, caudae 3'.")5, rostri a rictu OvS,'), tarsi 0'83.
S $. Malea, Cajabamba (.s,iHJO and 9,000 feet), April.
A large species with no near allies, so much so that it does not fall conveniently
into any of Mr. Sclater's seven sections of the genus. The striated flanks are a
conspicuous feature in its coloration.
•83. Siptornis marayuiocensis.
Berl. & Stolzm., MS.
<S. Cajabamba (9,000 feet), January.
(?. Cajaniarca (11,000 feet), January,
c?. Huamachuco (10,400 feet), February.
A species belonging to Mr. Sclater's sixth section and allied to S. mjutti.
*84. Phacelodomus dorsalis sj). nov.
Supra murinns, dorso medio, alis extiis et cauda castaneis ; snbtns sordide
albidus pcctore et hypochondriis cinnamomeo lavatis ; rostro et pedibus i)lumbeis.
Long, tota circa 8-5, alae 2-8, caudae 3-8, rostri a, rictu ]-ii.5, tarsi 0-9.
$ ?. Malea, Cajabamba (8,000 feet), April.
Allied to P. atriaticollis, but larger and without chestnut nn I he iicail, the
chestnut on the middle of the back contrasting witii the colour of the head, neck,
and rump.
( ir. )
•S;-). Grallaria andecola (C'al).).
Tnc7,., Or//. r<')-,, ii., ji. 85.
c?, i jiiv. Huiimaclinco (10,4(10 feet), Marcli.
i, ? jnv. Cajamarca (10,000 and ll,i)00 feet), January, May.
♦sfi. Scytalopus unicolor sp. uov.
Schistacens fere uuicolor subtus paulo dilutior, alis et cauda uigricautibus ; rostro
nigricante, j)edibns coryliuis. Long, tota circa 4-7, alae 2'3o, candao 1-6, rostri a rlctii
0-6, tarsi 0-85.
? mari similis sed omuiiio dilutior, liypuclioudriis distalibus leviter fiilvo
transfasciatis.
S ? . Cajabaiuba (9,000 feet), January.
? . Hnamaclinco (10,400 feet), February.
Count I'erlepscli considers tliis bird to be tlie same as that described by
Taczauowski {0/-//. Pc'/:, i., p. 532) from tlie Montana de Nanclio (Coll. Raymondi),
and wliich be wrongly attributed to S. acKtiz-ost/is, and that it thus requires a
name.
It is allied to S. /i/,agclla/ucus, but is of a much paler slate-grey colour.
87. Petasophora iolata Gould.
Salv., C(if.B//-ils B. J/., xvi., p. loT.
Petasopl/o/-a a/iais Tacz., 0/-n. Pei-., i., jj. 307.
(J ? . Cajabamba (9,000 feet), January.
S ?. Huamachuco (10,400 feet), February, March.
?. Suecha, Huamachuco (9,000 feet), February.
*88. Diplilogaena hesperus Gould (?).
Salv., Cat. Bi/;ls B. M., xvi., p. VZ'Z.
cj, c? juv. Suecha, Huamachuco (9,000 feet), February.
? . C!ajabamlja (9,000 feet), Jaunary.
None of these birds are fully adult, but the oldest of the males agrees best with
immature males of D. hesper/is. The front of the crown is not quite so fiery red,
the whole ua])e is glittering coppery red and not black as in the adult, and there is
no lustrous lilac spot on the throat.
D. hes'perus has not hitherto been recorded from Peru, so that it is necessary
that adult males from that country should be examined before deciding the position
of Jlr. Baron's birds.
*89. Cyanolesbia griseiventris (Tacz.).
• (Plate II., tig. 1.)
C/jnanthus griscivcntris Tacz., 0/-n. Per., i., j). 334.
? supra mari similis, cauda multo breviore, capite summo dorso coucolori,
subtus sordide albida cervine vix tincta, gulae jdumis singulis macula discali viridi
notatis.
J juv. subtus griseus, abdomine medio albicante, capite summo tlorso coucolori.
tJ, ?, (? juv. Cajabamba (9,000 feet), January.
d" ?. Cajamarca (9,500 feet), December.
c? jnv. Near ('ajamarca (10,000 feet), May.
( I'i )
Mr. Baron has sent several specimens of this fine species, wliicli was previously
only known to -ns from Taczanowski's description of the iimlr in fhe Rayiiumili
Collection.
•!I0. Sappho caroli (Bonrc).
Sappho caroli Tacz., Orn. Pi'j:, i., p. 337 ; Salv., Cat. Birds B. M., xvi.,
p. 144.
c? ?. Cajabamba (0,000 feet), Jamiavy.
91. Lesbia victoriae (affiiiis).
5, S jnv. Cajabamba (U,Oi:iO and 10,U(I0 feel), .January, April.
?. Near Cajamarca (10,000 feet), May.
Connt Berlopsch has e.xamiued Mr. Baron's specimens and considers them
allied to bnt distinct from L. rictoriae. As he will write ou these and other birds
of the genns, we leave their description to him.
*91'. Lesbia gouldi (affinis).
c?, ?, cj juv. Cajabamba (9,000 feet), February, Marcli.
(?. Snccha, Huaiuachuoo (9,000 feet), February.
Mr. Baron sends a number of specimens of this Lesbia, which, though allied to
L. gouldi, appears to be distinct. Count Berlepsch will describe them fully with
the preceding species.
•93. Metallui-a opaca (Tsch.).
Tacz., Oni. Per., i., p. 353 ; Salv., Cat. Birds B. M., xvi., p. 1.50.
J ? . Huamachuco (10,400 feet), February, March.
Many specimens. The female closely resembles the mnle, but tlie ireiieral
colour of the body is not so dark, the gular spot more restricted and not extending
to the chin ; the feathers surrounding this spot have a trace of dark purple on their
discs.
*94. Metallura smaragdinicoUis (d'Orb. & Lafr.).
Tacz., Dm. Per., I, p. 3.36 ; Salv., Cut. Birds B. M, xvi., p. 1.54.
6, c? juv., ?. Cajabamba (9,000 feet), January, February, April.
Many specimens.
o."i. Adelomyia melanogenys (Fraser).
Salv., Cot. Birds B. M., xvi., p. 109.
Adelomyia chlorospila (?) Tacz., Orn. Pir., i., p. 300.
i. San Pablo (7,500 feet), December.
*90. Agyrtria taczanowskii (Sel.).
Salv., Cat. Birds B. M., xvi., p. 193.
Thaianasius taczanowskii Tacz., Orn. Per., i., p. 40ij.
<? ? . Malea, Cajabamba (8,000 feet), April.
<S ?. Cajabamba (9,ii0(j feet), April.
S ?. Vina, Huamachuco (5,r)iiO feet), March.
(? ?. Suecha and Chnsgon, Huamachuco (9,ihm) feel), Feliriiary.
S ? . Cajamarca (9,250 feet), Decenil)er.
Many specimens.
NOVITATES ZoOLOGICy^E Voi, II 1895.
Pl.II
1. CYAMOLESBIA GRISER/ENTRIS
a.PSlTTACULA XANTHOPS Salvirv.
M:rilcm 3r^M ixao
( 1' )
07. Lafresnaya g'ayi (Hdiirc. & Mnls.).
Tiicz., Orn. Pt^r., I, p. 2s3; 8alv,, Cat. Binh /I. M., xvi., ].. 327
cJ. San Prtlilo (7,r)(i() fcpt), Dooembcr.
*98. Oreotrochilus stolzmanni sp. nov.
Oreotrocldbis Iflucoitleurus Tacz. {;nec Gould), <>ni. Per., i., p. 27s.
0. leucopleuvae similis sed snpra omniuo gramniim'o-vii'idis rauda raernlosccn-
tiore ; siibtns abdomine medio miiltd augnstiore piirpurpo-nigro, caudae rcctriiM!
utriucpie uxtima latiore rectiore ad apicem tantum in pogouio iiitenio decresceiite.
? dorsi colore viridi a femina 0. Icucopleurae distiugueuda.
c?. Hnamaeliuco (lii,40i.) feet), March.
cJ ?. Near Cajamarca (1(),(H)0 and 12,000 feet), May.
This Orcotrochihis is evident!}- of the same species as that found lj_v M. Stol/,-
mann between Chota and San Gregorio at an altitude of 12,000 feet in Northern
Peru, and referred by Taczanowski to OreotrocJnlus leiwopleurus Gould.
On comparison with a series of the latter species from ('hili, important
differences present themselves, and I have no hesitation in describing the Peruvian
liird under the name of the active traveller and ornithologist who secured the first
specimens.
*i)'.i. Cyanomyia cyaueicollis ((iouid).
Salv., Cat. Birds B. M., xvi., p. 190.
Uranomitra cynnicolUs Tacz., Orn. Per., i., ]i. 307.
cJ. San Marcos (7.500 feet), February.
(J ?. Vina, Ilnamachnco (.5,500 feet), March.
<J ? . Suecha, Huaniachuco (0,000 feet), March.
?. Malea, Cajabamba (8,000 feet), April.
100. Amazilia leucophaea Reich.
Tacz., Urn. Pi'r., i., p. 407 ; Salv., Gat. BiriLs B. M., xvi., p. 2il.").
cJ ?. Tembladera (1,200 feet), December.
*l(il. Patagona gigas (Vieill.).
Tacz., Orn. Pn:, i., p. 373 ; Salv., Cat. Bird.'i B. M., xvi., p. 318.
cJ ? . Cajamarca (9,500 feet), December.
tJ ¥. (Jajaliamba (9,000 feet), January.
S ?. Suecha, Huamachuco (0,000 feet), February.
cJ ?. Huanuichuco (10,400 feet), February.
•102. Aglaeactis cupreipennis (Bourc. & Muls.).
Tacz., Orn. Pn:, i., p. 340 ; Salv., Q,t. Birds H. M., xvi,, p. 350.
(J, S juv., ?, ? juv. Cajabamba (10,ooo feet), March, April.
Many specimens.
( 18 )
•lOa. Rhodopis atacamensis (Leybold).
Salv., Cat. Birds B. J/., xvi., p. 3 SO.
6, <? juv., ?. Tembladera (1,200 feet), December.
The male specimens agree fairly with Leybold's type, which passed into Gould's
possession and theuce to the British Mnseiini. Unfortnimtely it is in very bad
condition, so that onr comparison is not wholly satisfactory in view of tiie widely
separated localities whence the type and Mr. Baron's specimen came. At Lima the
true li. vesper is found, wliich further complicates the question.
104. Myrmia micrura ((iduld;.
Myrmia mierura Tacz., Orn. Pir., i., p. 308.
Acestnira micrura Salv., Cat. Birds B. M., xvi., p. 409.
(?, 3 jnv., ?. Tembladera (1,200 feet). May.
Mr. Baron has sent us carefully prepared specimens of the tail of both male and
female of this species. The former shows that the central pair of rectrices are not
abnormally short, as in the genus Mi/rtis, nor are the outer pair filiform, as in
Acestnira. Thus Mulsaiit's genus Myrmia had better be retained for J/, niicrura,
its only species. The central pair of rectrices of the mnle are nearly as long as the
rest, but are drawn to a fine point at the end, and are white, the others being
j)urple-black. The same feathers in the femah' are also drawn to a much h'ss taper
point, the end being black, whereas the otlier feathers are tipped with white.
10."). Acestnira miilsanti (Bourc).
Tacz., Orn. Per., i., p. 3' Hi.
? . Snecha, Huamachuco (9,000 feet), March.
l'>0. Chaetocercus bombus Gould.
Tacz., Orn. Pir., i., p. :J09.
?. Suecha, Huamachuco (9,0(I0 feet), March.
•li>~. Myrtis fanny (Less.).
Tacz., Orn. Pir., i., p. 312 ; Salv., Cat. Birds B. M., xvi., p. 417.
c? juv., ?. Oajamarca (10,000 feet), January.
S 9. Cajabamba (9,01)0 feet), January.
(? ?. Malea, Ca,iabaml)a (8,000 feet), April.
6 . Suecha, Hnamacliuco (9,000 feet), February.
S. Chusgon, Iluamacluu'o C8,50(.) feetj, February.
los. Stenopsis longirostris (l']'.).
llartert, Cat. Birds B. if., xvi., p. .58;").
<S ?. Cajabamba (9,000 and 10,000 feet), April,
jnv. Cajamarca (9,700 feet), December.
•109. Colaptes cinereicapillus luicli.
llargitt. Cat. Birds B. M., xviii., p. 27.
Colaptes stolzmanni Tacz., Orn. P^r., iii., ji. 92.
c7 ?. Witliout locality.
<J ?. Cajabamba (9,01 lu feet), January.
( 19 )
*110. Chrysoptihis penivianus Reich. (?).
Chrysoptilus atrinollls Tacz., Oni. I'l'r.. iii., ji, so (parHin ?).
Hargitt, Cat. Birds B. M., xviii., p. lis.
<S . Vina, Hnamaclinco (o,.")!.!!) fnct), Jlan-li.
? . Cajabamlia (li,oOo feet), Jaunary.
111. Dendrobates fumigatus (d'Orl).).
C}ilnronerpcsf>i»>i<j(itus Tacz., Orn. Per., ill., ]]. 7'.).
Dendrohates fi(mi<iatus Hargitt, Cat. Birds B. ^f., xviii., (i. 34-,'.
S ?. Malea, ( 'ajabamba (8,000 feet), April.
*11".'. Ceryle cabanisi ("i'sdi.).
Tacz., (h-n. I'l'r., iii., j). 104 ; ^Sluiipe, Cat. Bird.f />. .1/., xvii., \>. 1:U.
cj. Malea, Cajabamba (8,oOO feet), April.
Ho. Coccyzus melanocoryphus Yieill.
Tacz., (trri. Per., iii., p. 18iJ ; Shelley, Cat. Birds B. J/"., xix., p. 307.
$ ? . Vina, Hnamaclmco (5,500 feet), March.
114. Coccyzus erythrophthalmus (Wils.).
Tacz., Orn. Pi'r., iii., p. 18'.» ; Shelley, Gat. Bird.f B. M., xix., p. 311.
— Vina, Hnamachnco (o,500 feet), Marcli.
115. Piaya cayana (Liim.).
Shelley, Cat. Birds B. M., xix., p. 3V3.
Piaya cayana nigricrina Tacz., Orn. Per., iii., p. lS(i.
— Vina, Hnamachnco (5,500 feet), March.
llii. Diplopterus naevius (Linn.).
Tacz., Orn. Per., iii., p. 184 ; Shelley, Cat. Bird.i B. M., xix., j). 4-23.
cJ. Malea, Cajabamba (8,000 feet), April.
S jnv. Vina, Hnamachnco (5,500 feet), February.
•117. Crotophaga sulcirosti'is (Sw.).
Tacz., Orn. Per., iii., p. 181; Shelley, Cat. Birds B. ^f., xix., ]>. 432.
S ?. Cajabamba (i),000 feet), .Tannary.
lis. Bolborhynchus audecola (Finsch.).
Tacz., Orn. Per., iii., p. 211: Salvad., Cat. Birds B. ^^., xx., p. 238.
(J ?. Chnsgou, llnamachucd (8,500 feet), February.
*Ho. Psittacula xanthops sp. uov.
(Plate 11., fig. 2.)
Capite Rummo antico, genis et gnttnre flavis, nucha, cervice ])ostica, inter-
scaiiulio, Kcapularilius et t(H'tricibus alarum minoribus snnlide viridiljus. dor.so imo et
t,eotri('ibns snpraciiudalibns splendidc cobaltino-cyiineis ; corpore snbtns viridi-flavo,
pectoris lateribiis, hypochondriis ct tectricibus subcaudaiibus viridcscentioribiis, alls
( 20 )
fdscis extrorsiim viricli liiuhatis, tectricibus alarnm majoribns ot metliis cyaiieis, his
palMiorilms, subalariUus ilorso imo coucoloribus, caiula viridi ; rosfri maxilla fnsca
apice et mandibnla pallidis, pedibus canieis. Long, tota oirea .")-4, alav 3o, caitdae
1-65.
? mari siniilis, alis colore caoruleo liaiid oruati:*, dorso imo nuoi|no multo
pallidiore.
S ¥. Vina, Huamachnco (5,500 feet), 5Iarch 1894.
Mr. Baron seuds several specimens of this pretty Psittacula, which seems qnite
distinct from all the species hitherto described. Its nearest ally is P. caclrstis, bnt
it is much larger and has a larger bill. The head anil cheeks are much yellower,
and tliere is hardly any bhie behind the eye and biu:k of the neck.
120. Asio clamator (Vieill.).
Otus mexicanus Tacz., Orn. P4r., {., ]>. 102.
Asio damator Berl. & Stolzm., P. Z. S., 1892, p. 387.
S ?. Vina, Huamachnco (5,500 feet), February, March.
*121. Glaucidium phalaenoides (nand.).
Glaucidhim ferox (Vieill.) Tacz., Orti. P<'r., i., p. 178.
? . Chusgon, Huamachnco (8,500 feet), February.
? . Vina, Huamachnco (5,500 feet), March.
3. Malea, Cujabamba (8,000 feet), April.
122. Speotyto cunicularia (Mol.).
Pkoleoptynx omiculuria Tacz., Orn. Pi'r., i., ]>. 174.
S. Malea, rajabamba (8,000 feet), April.
12:!. Tinnunculus cinnamomiuus (S\v.).
Cerchneis cinnamomina (Sw.) Tacz., Orn. Per., i.. p. 154.
<J. Vina, Huamachucn (5,500 feet), M.ireh.
?. Malea, Cajabandia (8,ii00 feet), April.
124. Querquedula puna (Tsch.).
Tacz., Orn. P^r., iii., p. 478.
— Near Gajamarca (in,iMH) feet). May.
*125. Columba albilinea (Jray.
8alvad., Cat. Bird.^ B. J/., x.\i., p. 2114.
Columha albilineata Tacz., Orn. Pir., iii., j). 232.
cj. Gajabamba ('. •,(((!() feet), January.
*126. Columba oenops sp. nov.
Viuaceo-castanea, intcrscapulio et iilarnni tectricibus saturatioribns, giila
albicanto, dorso imo, tectricibus su))ra et snbcandalibus, ubdomine, hypochondriis et
snbalaribus plunibeis, t(X'tricibus alarnm majorilins ipiociue pluiubeis albo oxtrorsnni
anguste limbatis, remigibus nigricante plumbeis extrorsum teuuissime albido
marginatis, cauda nigricante jihimhea ; rostro plumbeo ad basin coccineo oculorum
ambitn et pedibus ((uoiiue coccineis, iridc "ave vivo" aurantiaca. Long, tota circa
130, alae S'O, caudae 54, rostri a rictn 1-05, tarsi 1-05.
(21 )
? mari similis.
cf ? . Vina, Hnainachnco (o,5U0 feet), Febniary, March.
? . Malea, Cajabatiilia (S,000 feet), April.
This fiue Pigeon is allied to C. inornata and C. Jifirirostris, but may at once be
distiugnished from both by the deep vinons chestnut of the back and the greater
jiart of the wing-coverts.
*1~'7. Zenaida auriculata '^Des Murs).
Salvad., Ciif. Bin/s B. M., xxi., ji. 3«4.
Zi'iinida maculdtn Tacz., Oni. Fir., iii., p. 237.
S ¥. Vina, Huaraachnco (5,51)0 feet), FebruaiT, March.
i. Chusgon, Hnainachnco (S,5oi) feet), February.
*128. Gymnopelia erythrothorax (Meyen.).
Tacz., Orii. Piir., iii., p. 24'.» ; Salvad., Cat. Binh B. M., xxi., p. 468.
S. Cajabamba (9,(i()i) and ',»,5uo feet), March, April.
?. Huamachuco (10,400 feet), March,
c?. Near Cajamarca (0,500 feet), May.
*!-!'•», Chamaepelia cruziana (d'Orb.).
Tacz., Orn. Per., iii., j). 24,S ; Salvad,, Cat. Birds B. M., xxi., p. 483.
c? ? . Vina, Huamachuco (5,500 feet), Blarch.
" Eyes yellow."
130. Metriopelia melanoptera (Mol.).
Tacz., Oni. Per., iii., p. sy.) ; Salvad., Gat. Birds B. M., xxi., p. 41)7.
S. Near Cajamarca (ll,oo(j feet). May.
*131. Leptoptila decolor sji. nov.
Supra griseo-fasca, occipite, nucha et cervice postica panlo pallidioribus colore
iridescente rosaceo vix ullo, fronte, gula, abdomine et tectricibus subcaudalibus albis,
l)ectore jiallide vinaceo lavato ; alis extns dorso concoloribus, subalaribus et primariis
intns castaneis ; canda nigra rectricibus mediis dorso concoloribus lateralil)us niacidis
extrorsum iucrescentibus albis terminatis ; rostro nigro, ocniornm ambitn et pedibus
rubris. Long, tota circa lO'O, alae 5-5, caudae 4-7, rostri a rictu 1-0, tarsi 4-3.
? mari similis.
S . Cajabamba (9,000 feet), January.
— Vina, Huamachuco (5,500 feet), February.
c? ¥ . Chusgon, Huamachuco (8,500 feet), February.
" Iris orange."
This Leptoptila is most nearly allied to /.. meijaluru, but is much paler on the
back and wings and less rufescent, the breast paler, and the abdomen whiter.
132. Vanellus resplendens (Tsch.).
Tacz., Orn. Pir., iii., p. 336.
i ?. Near Cajamarca (10,000 feet), May.
( 22 )
133. Totanus flavipes (^lim.j.
Tacz., Ui/t. Per., iii., p. 307.
<J. Malea, Cajabamba (8,0UU feet), Ai)ril
134. Totauus solitarius (Wils).
Tacz., Oni. Per., iii., p. 308.
t?. Malea, Cajabamba (8,000 feet), Ainil.
135. Gallinago andiua Tacz.
U/n. P(;r., iii., ]>. 37o.
cJ. Near Cajamarca(ln,(jijij feet), May.
130. Rallus rytirhynchus Vieill.
Limnopardaltis rijtirhynehus Sharpe, Cat. Birdx IS. )[.. x.xiii., p. 29.
Rallus caesiuis Tacz. (wee Spix.), Oi-n. Pdr., iii , ]). 310.
(?. Malea, Cajabamba (8,000 feet), April.
S. Suecha, Huamaclmco (0,000 feet), February.
13T. Nothoprocta curvirostris .Scl. A: Salv.
Nothoprocta curtirostris perumma Tacz., Orii. Per., iii., [). 3(J7 (?).
?. Near Cajamarca (10,000 feet), Maj'.
A single si)L'cimun agrees best with the types of this species from Ecuador.
ON HALVADORINA WAIGIUENSIS Rothsch. * H.uiTERT.
By the HON. WALTKR KOTHSOHILD.
(Plate III.)
ON the thinl plate of this volume we give a very well executed figure of this
singular new dnck, which was described in Vol. I., j). 683.
Count Salvadori informed me that it was actually nearest allied to the American
genus Mrn/aiietta, which we referred to in the original descrijition, and that it really
had no ally in the old world.
The same autlior tells us that tlie Nyroca from Waigiu and Arfak mentioned
by us on p. 684 as Syrora hacri {fide Salvadori) is really -V. eui.ftralis.
X
<
10
ir,
u
i
>
o
( •■i-i )
ON SOME EEMAINS OE AEPYOENIS IN
THE HON. WALTER ROTHSCHILD'S MUSEUM AT TRING.
By C. W. ANDREWS, F.G.S.
I AM iiKlelited to the kiniliiess of Mr. Rothschild for iiermissioii to ijivc a brief
(lescrijitiou of some remains of Ai'ju/ornis received at the Triiijr Museum in
1893. Tlie collection, though small, is of considerable interest, since it renders it
possible to add something to our knowledge of certain of the species. The bones
in question were all collected at Itampnlu Ve, a collection of hamlets on the south
side of the inlet from Murderers' Bay, about a hundred and twenty miles north of
Nossi Ve in South-West Madagascar, north of the Antinosy country of South -West
Madagascar.*
A left tarso-metatarsus of very large size, which may, for the present, be
referred to -It', titan (see GcoL Mag., January 1894), is one of the best preserved
specimens in the collection, being only slightly broken at the upper end. Its most
striking characteristic is the great width of the ujiper end, which, though a small
portion of one side is broken away, is notably broader than the lower, the
former measuring about 19 cm. across, the latter 16-.3. In the specimen figured by
me in Proc. Zool. Soc, 1894, PI. xiv., figs. 1 and 2, the lower eud is rather the
wider of the two, and the same is the case in the metatarsus of Ae. kildcbixuidti.
This greatly expanded proximal end gives the bone a peculiar aspect, very different
from any of the metatarsi of other species of the genus with which I am aciiuaiuted,
and from those of the Dinornithidae.
This specimen also differs from that of Ac. m>dleri mentioned above in the
following points : —
(1) The anterior depression is proportionately somewhat shallower, and does
not extend quite so far down the shaft.
(2) The groove for the cuhluctor digiti cxtcrni has at its lower end two pro-
jections which partly bridge it over.
(3) The foramina interossea open at the same level. (This jioiut, however,
seems to be of little importance, and probably varies in different individuals.)
(4) The point of attachment of the hallux is merely marked by a rugose
surface.
On the outer side of the posterior projection formed by the middle metatarsal
there are two broad w(dl-marked grooves, which extend some distance down
the bone.
The measurements of this specimen are : —
Length 4.S cm.
Width at proximal end (apjiroximate) . . . . 19 „
„ „ distal end I'J'S v
„ ,, narrowest point of shaft .... >>'0 .,
Circumference at narrowest point of shaft . . . 20-lJ „
Width (ai)proximate) of middle trochlea . . • 6'5 „
* This Antinosy country, wliicU has boon mentioucil several times before (sec p. 6(;e, Vol. I.) in this
journal, is part of the okl Mahafale country, lying north of the St. Augnstine's River, about seventy
miles or so east from Nossi Yi. It is not to be mistaken for the other Antinosy country in South-East
Madagascar, and the place of Nossi \t is not to be mistaken fnr the well-known island of Nossi Bu on
the north-west coast of Madagascar. — Editors
( L'i )
The metatarsus ascribed by il.M. ilihio-Edwards and Grandidier to Ac. iiigens
is only 42 cm. long, while the circnmference of the shaft at the narrowest point is
given as 21'o cm. and the width of its proximal end as IS cm., so that tliis bone
is considerably stonter in ])ro]iortion to its length than that above described. If 1
am right in referring this latter to Ae. titan, this species mnst have been taller
and more slender than Ac. ingens, as one might have expected from the great
massiveness of the articular ends of the limb-bones, stated to be characteristic of
this latter sjiecics. The measurements given by the above-mentioned authors are,
unfortunately, insufficient to permit of any comparison being made of the dimensions
of the tibiae in the two species, indeed the measurements that are given point to
the conclusion that the tibia from which tliey were taken is really that of Ac. titan.
The evidenci! upon wliich the association of the bones referred to Ae. ingens rests
is not stated.
Two fairly complete specimens of the femur, both from the right side, are
worthy of notice. The smaller of these gives the following measurements : —
Approximate length 43 cm.
Circumference at narrowest point . . . 28 „
Width of distal end 10 »
„ ,, shaft at narrowest jwint .... 0'7 „
Length from top of neck to lower cud of inner condyle 34 ,,
This specimen, though a trifle larger, closely resembles that figured ami
described in the Froc. Zool. Soc, 1804, pp. 113-115, figs. 1 and 2, a.
The second is of more slender proportions, and in many respects resembles
that figured loc. cit., figs. 1 and 2, //, but in others it is intermediate between the
two tyjjcs, so that the importance of the differences between the two forms was
]ierhaj)s over-estimated. The comi)arative sleuderness of the bone renders it not
improliable that it may belong to Ae. titan ; if this should prove to be the case,
then tliat previously ascrilii'il to this species must belong to some other large form :
in any case means are wanting at present for arriving at a decision.
The dimensions are : —
Lengtli 47 cm.
Circumference at narrowest point . . . 28 „
Width at distal end 21 „
Length from top of neck to lower end of imicr condyle 37'8 „
A distal portion of a left tibin-tarsns of great size gives the following
measurements : —
Width of distal end IS cm.
„ „ shaft at narrowest point . .77,,
Circumference of shaft at narrowest point . . .21 „
This specimen closely resembles that figured in I'roc. Zool. Soc, 1804, PI. xiv.,
figs. 3 and 4, but is rather more massive. It shows that the lower end of tlic
fibula was fnsed with it about 28 cm. above the lower articular surface.
Some specimens of tarso-metiitarsus similar in size and strnctnrc to that
figured loc. cit,, PI. xiv., figs. 1 and 2, call for no special notice ; but tliere is one
of a very different form which is of some importance. This bone, which is from
the right side, is long and comparatively slender, though less so than a metatarsus
( 20 )
ill lliu British Museum wliicLi is ]ierliaps that of Midli'rontig aijilis Mii-Kdw. &
Grand. ; tliis hitter is also iiroportionately narrower at the distal eud. Inwards
which the shaft widens more gradually.
Other characters of the present specimen are : —
(1) The anterior depression seems to disappear rather highei' up the siiaft
than in the metatarsus of Aepyoniis.
(2) The tubercle for the insertion of the tendon of the l.iljMis aniicus is not
very prominent, but the depression above it into whicli the foramina intfrossea open
is very deeji.
(;5) The intermuscular ridges on the posterior surface are strongly marked,
especially towards the distal end.
The length is apjiroximately 28 cm., and the circumfereuce of the shaft at the
narrowest point 8-5 cm.
The most imjKjrtant peculiarity of all is, however, tlie presence of a completely
ossified bony bridge over the lower end of the groove for the adductor of the outer
digit, a character absent in the more slender metatarsus above mentioned, as well as in
the metatarsi of the species oi Aepyornis at present known. According to MM. Milne-
Edwards and Grandidier, a similar bridge occurs in the type metatarsus of Mallerorais
nulls., to which species, as far as one can judge from the description, the present speci-
men may belong. Since this character is absent in some other specimens referable
to species of Mullerorniis that 1 have seen, and since it is not stated to occur in the
metatarsi of M. betsilei and M. ayilis, it would appear that of these comparatively
small forms there are two distinct types which seem to be entitled to generic
distinction. In the diagnosis vi MiiUe/vrtiis no mention is made of the occurrence
of an ossified bridge over the tendon of the extensor of the outer digit, so that
J/, betsilei and M. ayilis must retain their present designation, while for the
species in which this structure does occur, represented at present by M. rudis only,
the generic name Flacowtia* may be proposed, the genus being probably
further characterised by the greater proportionate stoutness and tlie more powerful
articulations of its limb-bones.
* Flacourt, whose account of Madagascar, entitled Histoirt' i]f la graiule Isle Mailagaacar^ was
published at I'aris in 16.i8, was for some years Governor of Fort Danphiu, and travelled much in the
island. Isid. Geoifroy St. Hilairu and other writers have suggestcl that the bird called Votiran patra,
described in the aljove-inenlioned work, may have been one of the smaller species of ratite birds, not
extinct at that date.
( 2G )
KEVISED DETEEMINATIONS OF THREE OF THE
NATUNA RODENTS
By OLUFIELU Til 0 M A 8.
SINCE the pajitn' ou the Mammals of the Natiina Islands b\' JMr. llartcit and
myself* was published I have been put in a better position to correctly
identify certain of the species there mentioned, partly by the receipt of farther
material from ueighbouring localities, and partly by having been able in the meantime
to conijiletely revise the Borneau Muridae in the British Museum colloctiou.
The following corrections in the Xatuna list prove to be necessary : —
No. 23, p. 658, Mus hellwaldi .Tent.,
should be Mns rajah Thos.,t a species of which, besides those from the Natunas, a
considerable number of specimens are in the Museum collection from Borneo,
Pahnvui), Labuan, etc. Tliey differ from the real .)/. hfllwaldi of Celebes by being
all exceedingly spiny, a character which, iiowever variable elsewhere, is evidently in
this case one of sufficient constancy to be looked upon as specific.
No. 29, }). 6o9, Sciurus lowi Thos. (not Gray).
The Natuna representative of S. lou-i appears to l)c sufHcieutly different to
deserve a subspeeific name. The specimen in the British Museum has now been
skinned out of spirit, and had its skull prepared. Unfortunately there was and is
still a doubt as to whether its colour has not been reddened by the spirit, as seems
to have hap])ened with some of the other sjiecimens scut home by Mr. Everett.
Certain yellows aii[iear to have been turned into red, wliile other colours have
remained unaffected.
The skull of the present animal shows jirecisely the peculiar long muzzle of that
of S. lowi, and agrees in nearly all respects, but is decidedly smaller, and the
postorbital processes are longer and slenderer.
Externally the Natuna squirrel is distinguished by its smaller size, shorter feet,
and also by its longer ear, which in flie typical variety is a mere low rim, while
the Natuna subspecies has a distinct upstanding conch.
Should the colour be the natural one. it may be defined as grizzled rufous
instead of olive ; the under surface white, with a strong rufous wash, esiiecially in
the genital region ; anteorbital spots rufous instead of yellow ; no black patch
behind ear.
Tins snuiil foiiu might be called S. lowi natunensis.
Dimensions of an a,dn\t male in skin: — Head and body, l.)2 mm.; tail, ST :
hind-foot, 31-8. Ear : from notch, 12 ; above crown, 6. Skull : greatest length, 30-5 ;
basal length, 31-3 ; greatest breadth, 22. Nasals : length, 10-7 ; interorbital breadth,
• .Vav. Zml., i., p. ti52 ( 1894).
t Ann. Mag. N. II. (fi), xiv., pp. l.-il ami 164 (1894).
( 27 )
11-5 ; tip to tip of pustorbital jn-ocessos, 17-7. Pakty : length from lienselion, l.s-2 ;
diastema, 0-2 ; upper molar series (exclusive of />'), 0-2.
Hah. iSirhassen Island, Natuuas (Seirtcmbcr 23rd, 1893).
No, 33, p. 661), Sciiu-opterus phayrei BlytU (?).
Fiirtlier material representino- the true S. pliaijrei shows, as we suggested, that
the Natuua species is ucw. It might be called
Sciuropterus everetti sp. nov.
Size about as in ti. phaijrei. General colour of ujiper surface rich rufous ; tlie
head, nape, and back all one uniform hue ; the blackish slaty bases of the hairs not
or scarcely showing throngli. Whiskers as usual ; no supplementary malar or
su])raorbital liristles. Eyes surrounded by a narrow brownish ring. Ears short,
narrow, thinly haired, blackish brown. Behind them, on the sides of the neck, there
is a large whitish patch, behind which again the general rufous tone is at its richest.
On the dorsal surface laterally the red hair tips hide the slaty black less and less, so
that the ui)j(er surface of the jiarachute gradually becomes quite black; the extreme
edge is, however, white. Under surface mixed slate, white, and rufous ; the hairs
of the throat and chest jmre white to their bases, the others — of body, inner
sides of limbs, and under surface of parachute — slaty grey jiroximally, white or pale
rufous terminally. Outer sides of limbs blackish, like the upper side of the parachute.
Soles hairy under the heels and along their outer edge, the naked part with one large
jiroximal and four distal 2)ads. Tail, as usual, markedly distichous ; its jiroximal
half-inch bright rufous all round, the remainder dark brown above and below, but
on the sides, forming a middle layer, the long hairs are bright orange rufous trom
the terminal half of tlie tail, fading gradually into the brown of the tip.
In younger specimens the rnfous colour is less developed throughout, so that
the general colour takes its tone mainly from the slaty bases to the hairs.
Skull with a short muzzle, short and rather feeble postorbital processes, and
witli the petrosal part of the bullae much swollen postero-superiorly, so that tlie uj>per
inflation jirojects behind some way beyond the paroccipital processes.
Molars with the essential structure of those of S. alhoniger, -phayrei, spadiceus,
etc., widely different from those of 8. horsfeldi. k distinct p^ present.
Dimensions of the type, an adult /«»««•&, measured when in spirit, before being
skinned :— Head and body, 161 mm. ; tail, 140 ; hind-foot, 29 ; ear, 20 by 11. Skull:
greatest length, 385; basal length, 33-5 ; greatest breadth, 24-3. Nasals: length,
10'8; interorbital breadth, 9; tip to tip of postorbital processes, 15"6 ; greatest
breadth posteriorly, 19'4. Palate : length from henselion, 17-5; diastema (to anterior
rootof //), 9'4 ; length of upper molar series (exclusive of /)''), 7'3 ; lower jaw, condyle
to incisor tip, 26-5 ; corouoid to angle, 1.5.
Hab. Bnngnran Island. Three specimens found together in a hole in a tree,
October 6th, 1S93.
'I'upe. Brit. Mus., No. U4.9.2.S.42. Paiati/pe in tlu; Tring Mus(nun.
S. phayrei Blyth, in the absence of authentic sjjeciniens of whitdi we dared nut
previously describe this animal, is now, thanks to the kindness of the authorities of
the Calcutta Museum, represented in the British Museum by a skin from Pegu which
had been compared with the actual types at Calcutta. This skin, and another ciuite
( as )
agreeing with it from the Laos Mts. (Coll. Moubot),* show that S. p/iai/rci is
Imt little more than a dwarf form of S. alboniger, although it is no doubt just
siiecifically distinct. The really nearest ally of S. ercretti is probably S.aurantiacus
AVagn.jt of which JentinkJ has figured the skull of a topotype. Judging by this
figure, S. everetti shares the general form of the skiUl and the postero-superiorly ex-
])anded bullae, but is decidedly larger, and has stouter and more directly transverse
postorbital processes. Nor does the coloration of the tail agree with Wagner's
descrijitiou.
The two animals formerly described as new both belonging to genera in which
species had already been named after Mr. Everett, Mr. Hartert and 1 were unable
to signify in this way our recognition of the signal services to science rendered by
his exploration of the zoologically unknown Natunas. It is therefore with great
pleasure that 1 now dedicate this beautiful .Vatunu s(juirri,l in his honour.
* Kefcrred lo by Anderson, Zt'ol. Yinin. Exj)., Mamm., p. 298.
t Sclircb. Satii/., !iuj>p. iii., p. 223 (1843). From Ijanka.
i X. L. .1/., .xii., p. 150, I'l. vii. (ISUO).
ON A NEW SPECIES OF THE FAMILY OF tirHlNGIDAE.
By the HON. WALTER ROTHSCHILD.
Cypa perversa sp. nov.
Male. — Upijcrsidc : foretoings olive orange, vermiculated with greyish dots,
and crossed transversely by four broad irregular chocolate bands. The two central
bands are joined in the centre by a broad short longitudinal bar, and the outer
sulimarginal band has in it a row of four orange s])ots, and a very large white patch
extends from near tlie anal angle right across the band.
Ilindioinys brownish red or cinnamon rufous, crossed transversely near the
margin by an indistinct blackish line.
Body dull orange, spl.ished and shaded with chocolate.
Underside : Jortwimjs cinnamon rufous, with a blackish stigma iu cell and a
broad outer border of dull orange vermiculated with grey and brown ; from the
ajjcx to within the angle of inner margin runs an oblique brown line.
llindwings dull yellowish orange, vermiculated and spotted with pale
brown.
Female.— In Novitates Zoologicae, 1., p. 70, PI. VIL, fig. 6 (1894), 1 de-
scribed as the female of my Borneau Gypa olhacea a Sikkim specimen from
the Felder collection. This tnrns out the Xx^xq female of this new one, and not the
female of C. olivacea.
Expanse : cf , 2'5 inches = 04 mm.
Uab. Khasia Hills.
( 29 )
DESCRIPTIONS DE NOUVELLES ESPECES DE LA^[-
PYBIDES DU MUSEE DE TRING.
Par BHNEST OLfVIER,
Memh-e des Socuics Jiiitomoloyiijiies de, France, de Londres, etc.
1. Lamprocera torquata sp. nov.
c?. Oblonga, atra ; profhorace testaceo, semiltinari, antice levitr.r sinuato,
mactiUs qiiatuor basal/bus nigris ; scutcUo tnangulari, testaceo ; clytris prothorace
latioribus, elom/atls, vix ampUatis, testaceis, maculis duabiis nigrn : una jtixta-
snitpllnri, altera apicali snturam nee marginem nttingente ; coxis testaceis; ab-
(lomine tenuiter testaceo limbato.
Long. 21 mm. ; lat. hum. 9.
Oblong, allonge, noir. Prothorax cm demi-cercle, legerement sinnd prfes du
soramet, testace, orne le long do son liord basilaire de quatre taches noires : deux
ovaliiires aax angles et les deux autres oblongues, de cliaijue cnte de la ligne
mediaue. Ecusson triangulaire, a sommet arrondi, roux testace ainsi que les (ilytres :
celles-ci plus larges a leur base quo le prothorax, allougdes, faiblement elargios mais
pen attenuees a Tangle apical, ornoes chacune de deux taches noires : Tunc ovalaire
attenant a la base pros de Fecusson, Fautre oblongue dans Tangle apical, ne toucliant
ni au bord marginal iii a la suture, marquees, en outre, de trois cotes obsoletcs et
d'lui profoud silloa partant de Tangle humeral et prolonge jus([n'au commencement
de la tache apicale. Ranches testacies. Pygidium tronquc' carri$ment ; abdomen
bordi-' de Have hiteralement et chacnn des segments interieurs cntoure ogalement d'un
etroit list'ro de cette meme couleur.
ll((b. Paraguay (Dr. Bolils).
Cetto espeee est bien distincto jiar sa coloration de toutos les autres du meme
genre.
2. Lucio guttifera sp. nov.
? . Atra, opactt ; prothorace siibtriangulari, pnrro, miicnlis duabus apicalibus
J/airis ; elyt ris prothorace multo Idtioribus, humeris rotundatis, dein ampliatis, rugos/s,
puncto Jiavo juxtamarginali utrinque ornntis ; abdo/ninis seymentis in medio Jlavo
notatis, idtimo bimacalato, lemter emarginato.
Long. 17 mm.; lat. hum. 10.
Noir, opaque. Antennes longuement et largement lamellees dn cote oxterne,
nullemcnt dentees de Tautrc. Prothorax court, dtroit, a cotds arquds, h, sommet
arrondi, subtriangnlaire dans son ensemble, muni sur sa partie convexe d'une carono
suillante, bords lateraux redress(?s, orne de chaqiie cotd ])res du sommet d'une tache
ilave attenant a la marge. Ecusson triaugnlaire, aigu. Elytres beauconp phis
larges que le prothorax, bien arrondies aux <'i)aules, s'dlargissant ensuite, puis
attenuees rapidement, ayaut leur plus grandc hargeur uii pen avant leur milieu,
finement rugucuses, marquees un pen au dela de leur milieu d'une petite tache pu'.icti-
fiirmc Have attenant au bord marginal. C'ini| premiers segments de Tabdomen
taches de flave pwstdrieurement, le sixi6me ornd do trois tachcs, nue basilaire et les
d(>ux autres pr6s du sommet, qui est Idgfercment dmargim' ; pygidium tronqad
carremcnt.
Hab. Brdsil.
( 30 )
Cette esp^ce se rapprnalie dii blattiim Pcrty, dont die diflere par sa fovruo
l)eauooui) jilns large j)roj)ortii)nuclloineiit, par son protliorax unllemeut ou ii peine
sinne lateralomcnt, ses ^Ivtros jihis rugnenses, ses rameanx antcnnaires lieaucoup
]ilus longs, les tachcs d("< elyt res et des segments de I'abdomen, etc.
;i. Ledocas scutellatus sp. nov.
(?. Klongatiis, afer ; cl'/tris macula iiarta liumcrali et altera jtia-tiiscutellari
Jlavia, ornatis, prothorace. hand latiorihus, costulntis, rugoxis ; prothorare semilunuri,
disco laevi, marffinibus variolose punctatis ; ultimo rentrali acgmento pygidioque
Jiatidis.
Long. 10 mm. ; lat. linm. (!.
Alldnge, noir ii rexcej)tion d'une tonte petite taclie humerale et d'nne autre nn
pen jilus grando, jiixtascutcllairc, Haves ; cette derni^re Ibrmaut, prise avec .sa
pareille, nne taclie carree partant de la base des dh'tres et entonrant entiferement
I'dcnsson en colorant la suture ; en outre, le jngidium et le dernier segment ventral
sont d'nu blauc jaunatre. Protliorax en demi-cercle, ;\ jieine sinue antt'rieurement,
lisse sur sou disque, dens(5ment et raguensement pouctue sur ses marges, base
sinn^e ii angles assez fortement saillants. Ecusson triangulairo, largement arrondi
an sommet. Elytres jias pins larges que le protliorax, jiarallelcs, fineinent ponctnfies-
nigueuses, cbargees de deux cOtes k'gferement saillautes avec des vestiges d'une
troisicme. Pygidium fortement trilobe a lobes :\ peu-prfes i5ganx; dernier segment
ventral prolongd dans le milieu de son bonl iiostdrieur en uuo poiute aigue.
Ilah. Paraguay (Dr. Bobls).
Cette espfece se rapproclie de L. xanthomus Ern. Oliv. ; mais elle s'cn distingue
par sa taille ])lus avautageuse, la disposition difl[i5rente de ses taclies <!lytrales, la
couleur du pygidium et celle du dernier segment ventral, le protliorax h. base
beancoup plus sinu^e et i\ angles basilaires beaucoup pins saillants en arrifere, etc.
4. Dryptelytra vittipennis sp. nov.
$. Flavo-testacea ; antennis, quatuov nltimis miitrls segmcntis, ahdomine supra,
vittague longitiulinali hi utroque e.hjtro, nigris ; tiljiis tarsisque infmcalis.
Long. 11 mm. ; lat. hum. 4.
D'nn jaune tcstacd ; antennas, dessus de Fabdomeii, ijuatrc deriiicrs segments
du ventre et une bandc longitudinale sur cliaque ('lytre, noirs. Protliorax a coles
arrondis, attenue an sommet en nne poiute obtuse, angles basilaires arrondis, base
sinnee. Elytres oblongues, paralltiles a leur ci'itd externe, deliiscentes an c6t<5
interne, pubescentcs, finement et deusement ])onctuees ; la baiide noire commence en
arricre du ealus liumeral et so prolonge jusqu a Tangle ajiical convrant au milieu de
I'dlytre pins du tiers do sa surface mais n'atteignaiit ui la suture, ni le bord
marginal. Segments du dessus de I'abdomen longuement prolouges postdrieurc-
mcnt en angles aigns et debordant largement les segments inferieurs; dernier segment
ventral court, olfrant dans son milieu une pointc triaiigulaire aigue et nianiue de
cliaque cote d'une tache d'nn lilanc de cire. Tibias et tiirses rembrunis.
Ilab. Panama.
Cette esptjce a la forme et prcsque la coloration do Cdlyptorephalus ■miminia
Ern. Oliv. ; mais ses anteunes miifhibellees I'eii separent bion nettement. Elle
jiri'sente un cas remarquable do la mimi(pic si fic'qiii'iiti' clic/, les lj(i>»i>griilrs entro
esjieces apjiartcnant it des genres diflerents.
( ?A )
ii. Meg:alophthalmus egregius sp. nov.
S. Anf/usfif!i, jxtrallelus, tesiaceus, pubexcens ; nntennis ahdomineque mqrix,
jii'tliliiis in/uscatis, quinto et sexto ventris segmentis cet-eis ; elylris tricostidatis.
Long. 10 mm. ; lat. bum. 3^.
Etroit, allougi^, (run testact' ferruginenx, cnnverf (I'mie jiuboscence doree.
Antennes noires, massives, longues, arrivant an niveau des hanches posterieures.
Yeux.trfes gros, constituant a pen-pvfjs toute la tete. Protlidrax arrondi on derai-
ccrcle, a angles basilaires presqne droits, base <\ peine sinuee, charge sur son disque
de trois saillies lougitudinales, la mi^diane beaucoup moins accentude. Elytres pas
plus larges que le jirotborax, jiaralleles, s'arroudissaut ensemble <\ Fextremitc', fiue-
ment ponctuees, chargees cbacune de trois cotes saillantes, la juxtasuturale moins
prolongde que les deux antres qui atteignent Tangle apical. Poitriue et hancbes
testacees. Abdomen noir, sauf les cinquieme et sixieme segments du ventre, qui
sont d'un blanc de cire ; segment anal petit termine en une courte pointe triangulaire.
Les segments superieurs de I'abdomen sent longuement proloiiges en arri&re en
angles aigus et sont beaucoup plus larges (|ue ceux du ventre. Jarabes remlirunies.
Hah. Panama.
Le J/, ajrecjim est avec le coUaris Giier. la plus grande e.spece du genre.
0. Calyptoceplialus comatus sp. nov.
c?. Elongi(tus, ater, prothoracis mari/inc ct macula pecforali testa fa's.
Long. 15 mm. ; lat. hum. 4i.
Etroit, allonge, d'un noir ojjaque. Prothorax assez longuement attenue en avant
en angle obtus, grossiferement ponctue dans sa moitie ant(5rieure et .sur ses marges,
l)lus finement sur son dis(pie, noir avoe une bordure testac6e reduite a la base et au
soramet h un simple lisere, jilus large sur les cotes. Ecussou triangulaire, ii sommet
tronqne, It^ferement echancre. El\'tres un peu plus larges que le prothorax,
rugueuses, portant les traces de trois cotes obsoletes, couvertes d'nne pubescence
eol'ichie, courte et serrSe. Dessous du corps noir, a I'exceptiou d'une tache testace'e
sur la poitrine entre les deux premieres paires de pattes.
Ihb. Berg-eu-Daal, Surinam (C. W. Ellacombe).
Voisin des C. t/ioracicus Cast, at goriji * Cast,, dont il sc distingue aisemcnt [lar
la coloration.
T. Aethra latastei* sp. nov.
lii'/o-ferniginca, capitr, a//ti'/inis, scittrlh, pp.etnre, pcdibiis, clytrorum maculti
apicali nigris ; prothorace triangidari, disco miniato fere hevi, mnrginibus rugosis,
exfremo apice tenuissimc nigro marginnto ; sciitello dense panctuto ; elytri.^ prothorace
■cix latioribus, pubesccntibus, riigosi' punctatis, costtdatis, ultimo ventrali segmento
pygidioque infuscatis.
Long. 10 mm. ; lat. hum. 4.
Eutit'rement d'un roux ferrngincux a rcxccption de la tete, des antennes, de
I'ecusson, de Tangle ai)ical des elytres, de la jioitriue et des jambos, (pii sont uoirs.
Le prothorax, triangulaire lougueineut attenue et legeremeiit siiine pres du sommet,
' In tliL- m-inusciipt those Ti.imos aiv written witli a capit.-il. — -Kditobs,
( 32 )
est d'nn ronge vif sur son disqno ot tres fiiiempnt bonk' de noir ii sou sommct, qui
est obtus ; Ic cut^ de sa base est l^gerenieut sinne, i\ augles peu saillants. Eeusson
grossicremeut i)onctn(', tronque au sommet. Elytres un pen plus larges que Ic ])r(i-
tborax, pres(]ue paralleles, rugneusemeut pouctuees, couvertcs d'une pubescence flave
assez dense, cbargees de deux cotes longitudinales fiuement saillantes qui se perdent
en atteignant la taclie noire qui oceupe le sommct de Tangle ajacal. Le pygidiuni
et le dernier segment ventral sout plus ou moins renibruuis.
Hab. Cbili.
Je suis beureux de dedier cette jolie espbce h nion collogue et ami Fernand
Lataste, qui a ete le promoteur au Chili d'au mouvement scientifiiiuc important.
8. Vesta xanthopyga s]i. nov.
Oblonc/a, atra, pubescens ; antcnnis compressis, articulis 3-10 triangularibus,
ultimo lunceolato ; prothoracc flazo, macula quadrata basal/ rosea, nntice promimdo
in medio sulcato, basi bisinuato, angulis retro productis ; scutello parvo, trifimpdari,
obscuro ; antennis prothorace. haud latioribiis, di'iii Ifviter ompliatis, ruqosis, costula-
tis ; duobus abdominis segmentis supra et infra Jlarescentibus, jjygidio subquadrato,
ultimo ventrali in medio triangulariter produeto.
Long. 9-10 mm ; lat. bum. 4i.
Oblong, noir, jmbescent. Anteuuos comprim^es, a articles 3-1 () triaugulaires, le
dernier lanceole. Prothorax flave, ayaut Ic disque orne d'une large tache rose, carree,
lissp,attenant au bord basilaire, densemeut ponctue sur le reste de sa surface, attenne
en avant en triangle obtus, assez fortement bisinue le long de sa base, dont les angles
sont longuemeut saillauts en arriere, sillnune dans son niilion. Ecnsson petit, obscnr.
Elytres (riui uoir brillant, pas plus larges aux epanles que le protliorax, s'elargissaut
ensuite legerement, ponctuees rngnenses, cbargees de 3 ou 4 cotes finement saillantes.
Les deux derniers segments de I'abdomen en dessus et en dessons sont d'un jaune
flave ; Icpygidinm est transversal, Ji angles arrondis ; le dernier segment ventral est
j)rolonge dans son milieu en une jioiute triangulaire asse/ longuc.
Hab. Deli, Sumatra.
Cette espfece se distingue bien de tontes les autres dn menie genre jiar son
eeusson obscnr et ])ar la conlenr flave du jiygidiuni et dn segment de rabdnnien qui
le precede.
'•I. Cratomorphus distinctus Lac. (Dej. i. 1.).
cJ. Oblongns, niger ; prothorace testaceo, semi lunar/, maculis d/iab>(S vitreis
anticis et plaga fuscajuxtabasali, ornatis ; scutello triangulari, nigro, apice testaceo ;
elytris prothorace latioribia, ampliatis, tunc ad apiecm attenuatis, deplatmtis, tetiuiter
punctatis, nigris, sut/ira et titta longit/idinali albido-testaceis ; coxis et fcmorum basi
festaceis, q/iinto et sexto ventris segmentis plaga tra/isversa cerea ornatis, ultimo
obtuse n/ucronato, pyg/dio sinuato.
Long. 25-28 mm. ; lat. lium. Hi.
Ovalaire, oblong, noir. Prothorax en ovale attdnu6 en avant, testace avec deux
I)laqnes translucides, oblongues, pr&s du sommet et une tache noire quadrangnlaire
dans le milieu de sa moitie basilaire, cette tache ne couvrant pas le rebord de la
base, qui forme un etroit lisere testace ; angles basilaires emousses. Eeusson trian-
gulaire, brun, testace au sommet. Elytres plus larges ii leur base que le i)rothorax.
( 33 )
sV'largissant daus lenr premier tiers, puis s'att6uuant legcremcnt jusqii'ii Tangle
apical, peu convexes et tout-Wait cleprim(5es eu arrivant au sommet, finement
rugueuses, noires, avec la suture et nnc l)auJe siiuiee, testacees ; cette derniere par-
tant de la base, en dehors du calus humeral, pour se terminer tout pres du bord
marginal a I'endroit o{i il s'arrondit pour former Tangle apical. Hanches et base
des cnisses testac&s ; 5° et 6° segments du ventre munis d'une etroite plaque trail s-
versale d'un jaune de cire ; pygidium bisinue on trfes lt5gercment trilobe ; da-nier
segment ventral prolong^ dans son milieu en uu lobe assez large ii sommet obtus ou
tronque carrement.
Hab. Rio de Janeiro.
J'ai conserve h cette espece le nom inedit de Dejean, puisque Lacordaire la cit6
en la caract^risant sufBsammeut (Gen. des Col., T. iv., ]i. 32o, note 2). Elle ressem-
ble absolument pour la coloration au giganteus Drury ; mais les exemplaires que j'ai
vus sont generalement d'une taille moindre, et ils different, en outre, beaucoup par la
conformation des derniers segments de Tabdomen du male. Chez le (ligantetcs, le
dernier segment ventral est fortemeut echancre et muni d'une tige grele et tres longae
qui part du milieu de cette ^chancrure, et le pygidium est profond^ment divis^ eu
trois lobes trfes aigus.
'L'A, femelle du distinctas m'est restfi inconnue.
In. Cratomorphus aequalis sp. uov.
S. Ublongo-ooalis, deplanatus ; prothoi'ace pallide testaceo, semilauari, nuiy-
ginato, in medio longitudincditer costtdato, maculis duahus anticis vitreis ; scutello
triangulari, testaceo; eli/tris prothoraoc latioribm, regulariter ampliatis, dein ad
apicem attenuatis, palUdis, striga, lata jiutascutellari brumiea ; abdomine supra,
iiigro, infra testaceo, quarto scgmento nigro, quiyito et sexto cereis, ultimo brunneo,
leviter emarginato, in medio setafdiformi munito ; pggidio trilobato ; tibiis J'emorumque
apice in/uscatis.
Long. 20 mm. ; lat. hum. U.
Ovalaire, oblong, deprimt^. Tete, antennes, dessus de Ttibdonien, tarses et
quatrieme segment ventral, noirs. Prothorax semilunaire, h marges redressees,
angles basilaires emousses, charge longitudinalement sur sou disque d'une cote fine-
ment saillante, testace pale avec une tache quadrangulaire jilus foncee au milieu de
sa base et deux plaques transiiarentes en avant. Ecusson testace en triangle aigu.
Elytres plus larges que le prothorax, c^largies graduellement jusqu'au tiers environ
de leur longueur, puis regulierement attenn(5es jusi[u';i Tangle apical, ainsi colorees :
une bande brune comprenant tout Tespace eutre le calus humeral et la suture se pro-
longe parallfelemeut a cette dernifere jusqu'^, Tangle apical, son bord interne tranchant
brusquement avec la couleur pale du reste de Telytre. Dessous du corji.s testace,
sauf le 4*'"" segment noir, les 5*'"' et ii"'"' d'un blauc jaunatre brillant, le <lernier
renibruni, legtjrement echancre, et muni dans le milieu de sou echaucnn-c d'uu
append ice filiforme atteignant le sommet du pygidium ; ce dernier est profoude-
ment divise en trois lobes, les deux lateraux tres aigus et plus ctroits que le median.
Sommets des femurs et tibias bruns.
Hub. Rio de Janeiro.
Cette espece est voisine de C. albomarginatus Cast. Elle en difftire par sa taille
bien mnindre (C. albomarginatus atteiut 31 mm.), pw la cote fiuemout saillante du
prothorax, par la coloration tout autre des elytres, etc.
3
( 3^ )
1 1 . Cratomorphus sig:nativentris sji. nov.
Oblongus, sat cohaxiis, Jusi:us ; jirotli^raa' anticc rotundato, costulato, anyulis
posticis obtusis, bast fere recto, brunneo-fuho, maculis tribus basal/bus nigris ;
scutellotriangulari,fusco; eli/tris prothorace latioribus, regulariter ampUatis et ad
apicem attenuatis, brunneo-fulvis, tricostulafis, basi brunneis, duobus strigis longi-
tudifialibus in/uscatis utrinque ornatis ; abdomine et jjectore striga mediatM testacea
nolatis.
Long. 20-23 mm. ; hit. liuiu. N-ln.
Oblong, iissez convcxe, liriin. Protliorax bien arroudi en avant, rebordd, angles
posterieurs obtns, cote de la base prcsque droit ou ii peine siniid, cliarg^ dans son
milien longitudinal d'nue cote Icgeioment saillantc, januatre, ornc de trois taches
basilalres uoires separ(^es par uu intervalle rongeiitre, ces trois taches parfois con-
fluentes. Ecusson triangnlaire, obscur. Elytres plus larges que le prothorax,
s'(51argissant regnlierement et s'attenuant ensuite progressivement jusqu'au sommet,
([III est largement arroudi, diargct's de trois cotes finement siiillantes, jannatres avec
la base et deux baudes lougitndiiiales bruues ; abdomen et poitrine bruus orue's dans
leur milien d'une large bande longitudiuale jauniitre. Fattes brunes, base des
f(^murs moins obscure. P\-gidium en ogive, deruier segment ventral en trapfeze
(^chaucre au soniniet chez le nmlt', triangnlaire a sommet incis^ chez la,/emelle.
Ilab. Mexico, Chiriqui, Venezuela.
Les bandes uoires des elytres sont parfois iudistiuctes et peuveut meme mauquer
tont-ii-fait.
1^. Luciola congoana sp. nov.
Elongata, nigra; antennis mundibulinqtie piceis ; jjrothorace rufo semilanari,
basi Ictiter bisinuato, angtdis sat rectis productis, disco punctato, in medio sulcata ;
scutello triangularis rufo; elytris subparallelis, pube densa vesfitis, punctatis,
costulatis, rufis, macula apicali nigra usque ad medium triangulariter prolongata,
notatis ; coxis rufis, pectore femoribusque piceis : (<?) duobus ultimis ventris seg-
mentis cereis, ultimo rotundato ; ( ? ) tribus ultimis ventris segmentis Jiavis, penultimo
emarginato, ultimo tenuiter inciso.
Long. 8-9 mm. ; lat. hum. 3.
Allonge'e, noire. Autenues et parties de la bouclie d'un brun de poix.
I'rothorax roux, arroudi eu avant, a base legercmeut bisinue'e avec les angles
saillauts en arriere, disque ponctue, creussi d'un fin sillon longitudinal. Ecusson
roux, triaugulaire, aigu. Elytres snbparallfeles, couvertes d'une pubescence dense
et assez lougue, grossierement pouctnees, j^irtant des vestiges de deux ou trois cotes
finement saillantes, rou.x-fauves avec uue grande tache noire apicale qui se j)rolonge
triaugulairemeut dans la partie mddiane de chacune jusqu'^ la moiti^ de leur
longueur : la couleur noire de cette tache diminae pen a peu d'intensit^ a mesure
qn"elle s'liloigne de Tangle apical et elle finit par se confoudre avec la couleur
fonciure de Iclytre. Poitrine d'un brun de poix, ainsi que les femurs. Hanehes
rousses. Chez le mdle, les deux derniers segments du ventre sent luminenx, d'nn
blanc de cire Idgerement rose, le dernier est arrondi en arrifere ; chez la fcmelle,
les trois derniers segments sont Saves, I'avaut-deruier largement dchancre, le dernier
legerenient incise.
JIab. Kuilu, Congo Frauaiis (Mocquerys).
( 30 )
NOTES ON SATUBNIDAE ;
WITH A PRELIMINARY REVISION OF THE FAMILY DOWN TO THE
GENUS JUToM/'J/ns, AND DESCRIPTIONS OF SOME NEW
SPECIES.
By the HON. WALTER ROTHSCHILD.
BEFORE begiuuiug this paper I must give a few g'oueral remarks to make the
scope of it clear, and also somewhat to explain my position. Here, as in
my articles ou Sphingidne, I liave based my work on Mr. Kirby's Catalogue of
Heteroccra, which 1 employ for the sake of convenience to arrange my col-
lection by.
Many of my readers will, no duiilrt, be much surprised tu lind such a difference
between the style, extent of researcb, and general drift of tbis article, and one I am
about to publish on the Old AVorld Papilios (exclusive of Africa) ; in explanation of
this I must state that the present paper is intended to indicate merely a few of the
most obvions errors and new facts which struck me on arranging my collection,
while the article on Papilios is one of three or four papers which are intended to
pave the way for a final entire and critical revision of the families Papilioninac,
Sphiiigidue, and Satiir/iidae, which are the families of Lepidoptera I take most
interest in, and of which I believe I have an almost, if not rj^uite, unrivalled
collection.
In the course of the work connected with this paper, I carefully studied Mr.
Ilampson's Mutks of India ; and, although I consider it an admirable work, which
suiiplied a great want, I cannot agree with certain of its author's views. The
chief of those I object to is that he considers differences of structure, if very slight,
as only worthy of marking sections of a genus; but I consider them of generic value,
because, if a genus is small, it is much more easy to find the affinities of a sjiecies;
and so if there are any permanent characters, however slight, I prefer to separate
the insects exhibiting them into a genus rather than a section. It is much more
convenient to call an insect at once Caligula simla than Saturuia (Section ll.)simla.
Where not otherwise stated the types of the new species are in the Tring
Museum.
COSCINOCERA.
In this genus C. omphalc Butl. sinks as a synonym of t'. hercules (Misk.), for
I have specimens from Queensland and New Guinea which agree 2'erfectly with the
type of ('. omphale from New Ireland.
I have a specimen, however, which is said to be from German New Guinea,
which has the ocelli in all four wings much smaller and nearer the base of the
wings ; this I pro))ose to call Coscinoccra hercules (Misk.) ab. butlcri ab. nov.
RHESCYNTIS.
Here I only have to remark that I have a Una /'I'mali; of J\/t. mortii (Perty)
from British Guiana, while the species was originally described from South Brazil.
This shows that ith. mortii (Perty) has almost the same range as I'll. Iiippodamia
(Cram.), of which hitter, I may add, I have sjiecimens from Central America,
Britisii Guiana, Dutch Guiana, and linizil.
( Sfi )
ATTACDS.
Id this genus 1 consider A. lorquini Feld. a good species instead of a suli-
8i)ecies of A. atlas (Linn.). I have three new species to describe : —
Attacus dohertyi sp. uov.
This species, of which I have three males, is somewhat intermediate between
A. edwardsi White and A. cratneri Feld.
Foretcings : gronnd colour nearest to that of .1. crameri Feld., bnl diifers by its
more rosy tinge and the much larger vitreous spots in the middle of each wing.
Costa and base of the wing deep red, densely powdered with bine scales.
The transverse band beyond the vitreous siJots consists, as in most members of
the genus, of four contiguous bands ; the inner one is black and very deeply and
distinctly deutated, the second is white, flic third is bright maroon red, and the
outer and broadest one is deep brown, densely powdered with blue scales.
Outer margin half an inch wide, and clay brown, enclosing a black zigzag line,
changing to bright rose red at the apical third.
Hinduings similar, but inside the submarginal line is a row of large bright
maroon red patches.
Head, thorax, and abdomen rosy brown ; antennae very large, and with the
pectinations very long.
Underside similar in marking to the upper, but ground colour pale clay brown
washed with grey, and the row of muroou spots within the submarginal line is
present in both pairs of wings.
Expanse : 9 inches = 230 mm.
Hub. Timor {t//pe) and Flores.
Attacus aurantiacus sp. nov.
Forewings rosy brownish orange, the transverse band composed of three con-
tiguous bars only, the inner one chocolate red, the second one white, and the outer
one twice as broad as in A. atlas (Linn.) and bright rose jiink, powdered with blue
scales on the outer edge. Costa blue grey.
Hinduings similar.
Vitreous patches in all four wings large and much nearer the base of the wings
than in any other Oriental species of Attacus. Outer margin of all the wings half
as wide as in A. dohertyi sp. nov., and much darker ; submarginal line red, and the
j)atches inside it rosy pink.
Expanse: 11 inches = 280 mm.
Hab. North West New Guinea (2 <?, 2 ? ).
Attacus staudingeri sp. nov.
This very remarkable species is nearest to A. edwardsi White, but in shape
reminds one forcibly oi Drepanoptera albida (Druce).
Forewings narrow and very strongly curved, almost semicircular or sickle
shaped. Ground colour rich plum purple, washed with an olivaceous tinge. About
an inch from the base there is a rectangular elbowed tniusverse wliite band, and the
outer edge of the large triangular vitreous sj)ot is deeply bordered with olive yellow.
The transverse band beyond the vitreous patch is strongly angulated and dentated,
and consists of three contiguous bauds —first black, second white, and the outer one
f 37 )
is very ragged ami irregular, tliroe-qnartors of an inch wide and rosy innnve in
colour.
Himlwings similar, Imt tlie submarginal line is double, very zigzag, and jagged.
Body smoky purple, with a white baud at the base of the abdomen.
Underside similar in colour and marking to the upperside.
Expanse : 8 inches =: 204 mm.
Hab. North West Java, (c?, in Coll. Staudinger.)
PHILOSAMIA.
In this genus matters are doubly complicated, for not only is there a large
synonymy, bat Mr. Hampson in trying to set matters right has assigned most of
the synonyms and aberrational names to the wrong species. Also he is an ento-
mologist who up to now has not allowed subspecies and aberrations to bear names,
which has the grave result, that if the names applied to any such subspecies or
aberrations are simply recorded as synonyms, everybody who gets one of these
aberrant specimens re-describes it as a new species, while if it is recorded as sub-
species (a) or aberration (y8), it at once forces the would-be describer to look it up.
P. gueriiii (Moore) is only an aberration of P. lunula (Walk.) ; P. obscura (Butl.)
is also only an aberration of P. lunula (Walk.) ; while P. lunula (Walk.) is an
older name than P. ricini (Hutt.), and therefore must stand for the species. P. iole
(Westw.) is simply a monstrosity of P. loalkeri (Feld.), and Mr. Hampson most
unreasonably unites it to P. ricini, which, as stated above, is a synonym of P. lunula
(Walk.). I have two specimens of P. iole (Westw.) which I bred myself from
eggs laid in the Zoological Gardens by a typical male of P. ivalkeri (Feld.), which
is P. cynihia (auct.) {nee Drury). P. pryeri (Butl.) is a good local race, and must
stand as a subspecies, while P. cynthia (Drury) is an insular and southern form
which is quite constant and must rank as a species.
The Asiatic species of Philosamia, therefore, work out as follows : —
1. Philosamia cynthia (Drury).
2. Ph. lunula (Walk.).
ab. obscura (Butl.).
ab. guerini (Moore).
3. Ph. ivalkeri (Feld.) = cynthia auct. {nee Drury).
ab. iole (Westw.).
subsp. pryeri (Bntl.).
The African species included by Kirby in Philosamia I now separate into the
genus Drepanoptera.
DREPANOPTERA gen. nov.
Differs from Philosamia by the males having the forewings much more falcate,
elongated, and narrower, and the/eimles having all four wings much rounder and
blunter. This new genus differs also from Philosamia in having the sexes unlike
each other, while in the latter they are identical.
The genus stands as follows : —
1. Drepanoptera albidd (T)ruce).
2. D. antinorii (Oberth.).
3. D. vacuna (Westw.).
ab. ploetzi (Pliitz).
ab. yetulu (Blaass. it Weym.).
( S8 )
EPIPIIOUA.
Here I have nothing to say.
8AMIA.
Here I oulv have to remark that tliere are liyliricU raised both ways between all
the species in my collection.
CALLOSAMIA AND TELEA.
These genera call for no remarks.
BUNAEA.
1 have not seen several of the species in this genus, but 1 have a lot to correct.
B. plumicornis Butl., B. aslauga Kirby, B. auricolor (Mab.), B.fuscicolor (Mab.), and
B. (liospyri (Mab.) are all aberrations of one species. I have several intermediate
specimens.
B. nyctalops (Wallengr.) is a synonym of B. caffraria (Stoll.) ; B. buchholzi
Plotz is a synonym of B. eblis Streck. ; B. srhostcdti Auriv. is the male of
B. alinda (Drnry) ; B. thomsoni Kirby and B. lacstri/yon (Mab.) are identical with
B. phaedusa (Drnry).
I have one new species to describe : —
Bunaea tricolor sp. nov.
Forewings deep blackish grey, crossed abimt an inch from the outer margin by a
white transverse band, and at the apex of the cell there is a small vitreous spot.
Costa white.
Hindwinys deep blackish grey. In the centre of the wing is an ucclkis with a
tiny vitreous centre ; round this is a broail ring of bright orange red, followed by a
black and then by an outside white ring. Beyond the ocellus is a broad white
transverse band, through the centre of which runs a narrow black line.
Head, thorax, and abdomen chocolate rufous.
Underside brownish grey.
Expanse : 5i inches = 14<t mm.
Hah. Bogos, Abyssinia.
Bunaea aeetes (AVestw.) is not a Bunaea at all, but a trne Gonhnbrasia, as is also
B. erythrotes (Karsch). C. arnohia (Westw.) and its ab. discrepans (Butl.) are not
Copaxas, as stated w-ith a (?) by Mr. Kirby, but belong to a genus near to Bunaea,
described by Karsch, and stand thus : —
1. Cremastochrysallis arnobia (Westw.).
ab. discrepans (Bntl.).
The genus Bunaea itself works out as follows : —
1. Bunaea auricolor (Mab.).
&\).fuscicolor (.Mab.).
ab. dioapyri (Mab.).
ab. aslauya Kirby.
ab. plumicornis Butl.
%. B. alcinoe (Stoll.).
( :'9 )
3. B. cafrcnia (Stoll.).
ab. puncfigcrii ( Walli.'ugr.).
ab. nnr/am/ia (Westw.).
4. B. alinda (Drnry).
5. B. tyrvhcnu (Westw.).
siibsiJ. catoclirn Karsoh.
6. B. iriits (Fabv.).
(syn. : B. cpithijrliiivi IMaass. A:. Wcym. ).
7. B. melinde Maass. k Wevin.
8. B.jumesoni Dnioe.
(syn. : B. sfHiuliinjeri Aiiriv.).
9. B. eblis Streck.
10. B. semgalensis (Oliv.) ?
11. B. jiliaedusft (Dniry).
12. B. safuniiis (Fabr.).
13. B. cervina (Westw.)?
14. B. tricolor sp. nov.
15. B. nafale/is/s Awriw
10. A. deopairu Auriv.
GONIMBEASIA.
Here G. rkodopJiila (Walk.) is the same as tj. Infcrmiscc.ns (/Walk.) ; so inter-
miscens sinks into a synonym.
IMBRA8IA.
Mr. Kirby enumerates seven species ; of these only two stand, namely /.
epimetheii (Drnry) and dcyrollei (Thorns.), and the genns works out thns : —
1. Imbrasia epimethea (Drnry).
? = ohscura (Bntl.).
ab. hrhe (!Maass. & ^\■^yin.).
ab. (lorcits (AValk.).
ab. crameri Kirby.
ab. mopsa (Walk.).
2. 7. (hyrollei (Thorns.).
I have eigliteen specimens of T. ep'nnethca (Dniry), and tliey show every griuhi-
tion between the five named aberrations.
SAGANA.
I have no notes to give on this genus.
GUICULA.
Here C. drepanoides Bloore and zuleilta (Westw.) are aberrations of G. trifer,c-
stratu (Helf.), which appears thns : — •
1. Cricula trifenestrata (Helf.).
ab. drcpanoides Moore,
ab. zulcika (Westw.).
subsji. hliriiiiiiiti Swiuhde,
( 40 )
COPAXA.
C arnobia (Westw.) and its aberration diacrepans (Butl.) are not Copaxas, but
form the genns CremastochnjsalUs Karsch.
I have three new species and one snbspecies to describe : —
Copaxa syntheratoides sp. nov.
This species has a strong supertii'ial resemblance to the Oriental genns
Syntherata.
Forewings: ground colour golden yellow, flushed and patched with rnfous
orange, strongest round the ocelli and beyond the outer transverse band. Basal
lialf of costa blackish brown, apical half yrllow. About half an inch from the
base the wings are crossed by an irregular red transverse line from the costa to
the inner margin. From the red subapical spot to the inner margin the wings are
crossed obliquely by a heavy dark reddish brown band. At the apex of the cell is a
small oblong ocellus with a vitreous centre and a black outer ring. Running up for
a short way into the wing from the centre of the inner margin and between the two
transverse bands is an indistinct red line.
Hitulwiru/s similar, but the transverse band outside the ocellus is replaced by a
row of seven brown dots.
Head, thorax, and abdomen yellow.
Underside similar, but duller, and without tlie brown transverse bars, while
through the centre of the four wings runs a transverse baud of dull orange.
Expanse : 5^ inches = 133 mm.
Ilab. Volcano of Chiriqui, Costa Rica. (In ("oil. Staudinger.)
Copaxa multifenestrata rufotincta subsp. nov.
Grotmd colour of basal two-thirds of both fore and hind wings orange rufous,
:uiter third deep brown ; markings as in C. multifenestrata (Herr.-Schafif.).
Expanse : 5 inches =127 mm.
Ilab. Panama.
Copaxa cineracea sp. nov.
Forewinqs uniform dark ashv grev, with a small vitreous spot at the apex of the
cell.
Uindioings similar, but with an indistinct darker transverse line one-third from
the base.
Underside identical with upper.
Body and head ashy grey.
Antennae straw yellow.
Exj)anse : 5 inches = 127 mm.
Ilab. ?
Copaxa trimacula sji. nov.
Forewings clay brown, flushed with jiale reddish in one of my two specimens.
Beyond the cell are three round vitreous spots, and one-third from the base is an
indistinct zigzag transverse line. From the apex of the cell to the centre of the
inner margin runs obliquely a dark transverse line.
(41 )
Hindwings similar iu colour, but with a single vitreous spot onl}-, just bo}-ond
which is a transverse row of small round clots, and there is also a transverse line
one-third from the base of the wings.
Undersiile, head, and hodij jjale brown.
Exjjanse : 5 J inches = 136 mm.
Hnb. Central America.
TAGAROPSIS.
Here there is nothing to say, except to record T. falcaUi Anriv. and T. denti-
fera co)ispersa Auriv.
ORTHOGONIOPTILUM Karsch.
This genus contains three species : 0. odiegetiun Karsch, monochi-onmm Karseli,
and kunzei (Dew.).
SYNTHERATA.
Here S. wpymeri Maass., S. janetfu (White), S. mekilla (Westw.), and S.
disjtnicta (Walk.) are all the same species, as I have ever}- intermediate ; so the
genns works out as follows : —
1. Syntherata janetta (White).
ab. melinlla (Westw.).
ab. disjuncta (Walk.).
ab. tveymeri Maass..
2. S. godeffroyi Butl.
3. S. loepoides (Butl.).
Of Syntherata janetta ab. disjuncta I have had two specimens lent me b)' Dr.
Staudinger, of which the male is from Amboyna and the female from German New
Guinea, and I have jnst had three females and one male from Simbang, German
New Guinea.
I have of S. loepoides (Butl.) two specmiens from Java, and I had one from
.Mt. Kina Bain, N. Borneo, lent me by Dr. Staudinger.
ANTHERAEA.
I separate the African species included iu this genus by Mr. Kirliy luider the
generic name Nudaurelia.
NUDAURELIA gen. nov.
Difters from Antkemea in having long cylindrical larvae with strong sjjines
arranged in rows and often branched, and naked pupae, the larvae going into the
ground instead of spinning a cocoon. The perfect insect differs principally in the
legs : in Antheraea the five joints of the feet are fully developed and flattened
laterally, the second, third, and fourth joints being together loiu/er than the first ; in
Nudaurelia, on the other hand, they are cylindrical and only fully developed iu the
male, the fourth joint in i\xe fetnale being minute and entirely atrophied, and in both
sexes the second, third, and fourth joints are together shorter than the first joint and
in some species barely half as long. The abdomen also iu Nudaurelia diflers from
Antheraea in that in the male it reaches the anal angle of the hindwings and in the
female beyond it, while iu Antheraea in the male it reaches half- way to the anal
angle and in the female two-thirds.
( 42 )
In N. arofa (Westw.) tliere oconrs a Ibrni iu ^atal which has the jrvoiind colour
reddish chestnnt instead of yellow ; this 1 propose to call ab. J'nscu ah. nov. 8iorra
Leone specimens of the female are much brighter and the pattern more distinct than
Natal specimens, while Sierra Leone males are paler in colour and the markings
more restricted.
Now I come to a much vexed enigma which Mr. Kirby has not solved rightly.
Professor Aurivillins explained the matter to us jiersoually when he was at Tring a
short time ago. In the Museum at Upsala are a number of Linnean types, among
which is the specimen from which Liun^ drew up his description' of Bombijx papliia.
Now Professor Aurivillins told me that, from the manuscrijits in possession of the
Museum, it is quite clear that he first drew up his diagnosis from this specimen, and
then afterwards quoted the two figures mentioned by him, believing them to be
identical with his species. Therefore it will be seen that the specimen at Upsala is
the true type of the s]iecies, and as it is idcmtical with Anlhernea rumphi Fold,
from Amboyna it is certainly not the African Nm/aurcUa Mr. Kirby has identified
with the Linnean description, and whicli, therefore, must stand as ISudaurelia
iHone (Fabr.).
N. anthina (Karsch) is only a subspecies of A^ waldberrji (Boisd.). as is also a
form from Accra which I propose to call subsp. //ai'fsc«M« subsp. nov., on account
of its pale yellow colour.
N. huebneri (Kirby), named after Huebner's drawing, must sink as a synonym
of jV. belina (Westw.), as 1 Iiave every intermediate, and moreover the drawing was
clearly done from a faded specimen.
I have two new Species to describe : —
Nudaurelia aurantiaca sp. nov.
Formoings deep ruddy orange ; about one-third from the base they are crossed
transversely by a double zigzag line from the costa to the inner margin ; on the
inner side this double l)aud is black, and on tlie onter white. At the apex of the cell
there is an ocellus, surrounded by a black outer ring, centre vitreous with abroad
fuscons inner ring. A little beyond the ocellus the wings are crossed by a second
double transverse band from the costa to the inner margin, but this baud is white on
the inner side and black on the outer.
Hiiulwitigs similar to the forewings, but without the transverse band at the base.
Ocellus very large, and outside the black ring are three more — first a crimson one,
then a jjink ring, and lastly an outside crimson one.
Thorax and abdomen deep rufous chestnut.
Underside similar to npperside, but the basal transverse band is absent in both
fore and hind wings.
Expanse : 5 inches = 127 ram.
Ilab. Songive Valley, Lake Nyassa.
Nudaiu'elia felderi sp. nov.
Wings very similar to red varieties of A'', belina (Westw.), but witliout the
ocellus on the forewings, there being only a small square vitreous s]iot. Another
difference is the very broad white border to the ocelli of the Iiindwiugs.
Expanse: 5J inches = 14ii mm.
Hab. Bogos, Abyssinia.
( 43 )
Of N. mcnippe fWcstw.) I havo a series from Taveta, Clpiitral East Africa,
which are smoky brown all over instead of dull crimson ; this form I projjose to
name N. menippefumosa snbsp. nov.
At present, therefore, the genns Nudaavelia stands as follows : —
1. Nudaurelia dolubclla (Druce).
2. N. arahella (Anriv.).
3. N. arafii (Westw.).
all. fiiarii ali. nov.
4. N. emhii (Butl.j.
.">. xV. dido fMaasR. \-- AVcyni.).
(1. X. hersilia (Westw.).
T. N. dioiic Fabr.
(syn. : N. papliiri Kirliy, iiec Linn.).
8. y. walilbergl (Boisd.).
subsp. antliina (Karscli).
subsp. .^rttesft'ws sub.sp. nov.
0. N. anna (Maass. & Weym.).
10. :V'. .?«/,/ (Oberth.j.
11. N. zadddchi (Dew,).
12. X. ouliif (Guer.j.
13. N. heUna (Westw.).
14. N. mcnijipe (Westw.).
subsii.yw?//rt.<a subsp. nov.
1.5. N. 7nacrophtlmlmiis (KAvhy).
10. N. licharhas (Maass. & Weym.).
17. N. harcas (Maass. & Weym.).
18. N. zamhesina (Walk.).
111. N. tyrrkca (Cram.).
20. N. stiraha (Boisd.).
21. N. hoehneli (Rogenli.).
22. N. aurantiuca sj). nov.
23. N. felderi sji. nov.
ANTHERAEA.
Here Anthcrnen rump/ii Feld. sinks as a synonym of A. paphia (Linn.).
Linn6's type is in the Museum at Upsala ; it is a male from Amboyna, and agrees
with riimphi Feld., which is based on a female specimen. The synonymy of this
species is therefore as follows : —
Antheraea papliia (Linn.).
S. jana (.Stoll.).
? . rinn]dii Feld.
x\. roylei Moore is only a subspecies of A. permji ((iuer.), and ^4. confacl and
»herrHlci of Moore are mere aberrations of A. ro>jlei, every intermediate being
known. A. eingah'sa, Moore is only an aberration of .4. mylitta (I)rnry). A.
i^ergciilus (Westw.), A. morosa Butl., -4. kazina Butl., A. fentoni Butl., and A.
calida Butl. are all colour varieties of A. yumamai (Gudr.), but I cannot do otherwise
than treat them as synonyms only oi A. yamamai,hw,&\\%<i in this species no two
specimens are exactly alike, either in colour or nnxrking, and if these names wore
allowed to stand as aberrations we should have to name every specimen.
( 44 )
Antheraeafraterna Moore is an aberration of A./rifht.
Caligula hel/eri (Moore), C. assamensis (Helf.), aufl C. perrotteti (Gn^r.) are
not Caligulas at all, but are true Antheraeas, so that the genus stands thus : —
1. Antheraea assamensis (Helf.).
2. ^4. Iielferi Moore.
3. A. perrotteti (Gndr.).
4. A. papkia (Linn.).
5. A. andamana Moore.
6. A. mylitta (Drnry).
ab. cingalesa Moore.
T. A. semperi Feld.
8. A. pernyi (Gu^r.).
subsp. roylei Moore,
ab. confuci Moore,
ab. skervillei Moore.
9. A. larissa (We.stw.).
10. A.frithi Moore.
ab. fraterna Moore.
11..^. billitonensis Moore.
\2. A. yamamai (Gndr.).
13. .4. sciron (Westw.).
14. xi. pristinaV\»X^.
CARTHAEA, BATHYPHLEBIA, AND OPODIPHTERA.
About these genera there is nothing to say.
CALIGULA.
Here Caligula japonica Butl. must be reduced to a subspecies of C. simla
(Westw.), as I have several intermediate specimens both from Sikkim and Japan.
The genus stands thus : —
1. Caligula simla (Westw.).
?i\\)aiT[i. japonica Butl.
2. G. cachara Moore.
3. C. helena (White).
4. C. intermedia (Luc).
5. C. eucalypti (Scott).
NEOKIS.
This genus is a composite one, two of the three species being true Saturnias,
so that there only remains one species, thus :^
Neoris shadulla Moore (type of genus).
Of the other two, Neoris huttoni Moore is a synonym of Saturnia stoliczkana
Feld. and Neoris jonasi (Butl.) must stand now as Saturnia jonasi (Butl.).
RINACA.
Here Tfinaca extensa Butl. is the same as R. thihctn (Westw.), so the genus
stands thus : —
1. Rinaca zuleika (Hope).
2. R. thibeta (Westw.).
( 45 )
EHODIA.
Here Rhodia iliana (ObertL.j must be reduced t(.) ;i subsjiecies only of
R. fugax Butl., as intermediates occur. R. thespis (Leecli), R. royi (Elwes), and
It. olifacea (01-iertb.) are true Salassa, so tbat the genus is comjjosed as follows : —
1. Rhodia newara Moore.
2. Rh. fugax Bntl.
subsp. diium (Oliertb.).
3. Rh. jankotvskU (Obertb.).
4. Rh. dacidi (Oberth.).
LOEPA.
Here L. sikkima Moore is merel}- an aberration of L. katinka (Westw.), and
must sink as a synonym, as in the same liatch of eggs si3ecimens hatch out of every
shade. Saturnia obertkiiri Leech is a true Loepa ; its/emale is described under the
name of Loepa doc/nini in the Report of the Chambre de Commerce de Lyon (1894).
The genus is as follows :—
L Loepa katinha (Westw.).
2. L. miranda Moore.
3. L. oberthiiri (Leech).
SALASSA.
Here S. thrspis (Leech), oUvacea (Oberth.), and roi/i (Elwes), which Mr. Kirby,
for some quite mysterious reason, placed in the genus Rhodia, all belong to this
genus. S. megastica Swinh. is only a variety of S. thespis (Leech), so the genus
works out as follows : —
1. Salassa lola (Westw.).
2. iS. thespis (Leech).
ab. megastica Swinh.
3. »S'. oUcacea (Oberth.).
4. S. rogi (Elwes).
GYNANISA.
In this genus G. /sis (Westw.) is to my mind only a colour aberration of
G. maia (King).
I possess a female of Ognanisa cthra Westw. from Manfe, W. Africa, so at
length the locality of this fine species is cleared up.
I have one new species to describe : —
Gynanisa westwoodi sp. nov.
Difl'ers from G. maia (King) by its extremely falcated fore wings and dingy
colour.
Forewi/tgs much narrowed towards the apex and strongly curved or sickle
shaped, brownish buff powdered with black and grey scales on the basal half; tlie
transverse line nearest the base is elbowed, but not zigzag as in maia (King).
Ocellus diamond-shaped, thus A, with a small vitreous dot near the apex, while in
?iinia (Klug) the ocellus is ovate and with a large vitreous centre. The second
transverse black band crossing the forewings is contiguous to the ocellus and cpiite
straight, while in maia (Klug) it is zigzag and well away and separate from the
ocellus. The third transverse band is reduced to an almost obliterated hairlike
( ■10 )
black Hue, whik' in mnin (Kluy) it is a well-devclopcil donblo black and white band.
Beyond tliis third transverse baud in irestiroodi there is a very broad pale bnff
band three-quarters of au inch wide, while iu mala (Klug) it is barely half so wide
and orange buff jtowdered with black and having a broad chocolate bar running
down the centre. Outer margin drab grey instead of black brown as iu G. uhiIk (Klug).
Iliiuhvim/s : these show the same ditfereuces from those of G. main (Klug) as
do the forewiugs, while the jrapil of the ocellus is black and twice as large as iu
G. mnia (King).
E.xpanse : fl inches = irjo mm.
llab. Taveta, East Africa.
The synopsis of the genus is as follows : —
1. Gynanisa main (Klug).
ab. isis (Westw.).
2. G. cthra (Westw.).
3. G. westii'oodi s\>. nov.
CERANCUIA.
I have nothing to remark ou this gcuus.
CIUINA.
The tyjie of ('. caiia Feld., now iu my collection, is nothing more than a
small male of C. forda (Westw.) much rubbed and faded, so thai the geuns
contains only the following single species : —
1. Ciriwi J'ovda (Westw.).
UUOTA, TERATOPTEUIS, AND DRACUXl I'TKIJIS.
1 cannot tiud anything to note about these three genera.
(EUDELIA =) CERCOPHANA.
Here E. ru/escens Phil., E. vulpes Butl., E. dapknca Maass. & \\'i'ym., ami
Cercophana frauenfeldi Feld. are all colour aberrations of /•,". reii'/.sfa (\Valk.),
while E. aristotcUae (Phil.) is thz female of it.
1 have a new species to describe which suj)erficially resembles the Lipariil
genus Ort/i/ia rather than one of the Sattiniidac : —
Cercophaua mirabilis sji. nov.
The most obvious differences whicli separate this species at a glance from any
of the varieties of E. venusta (Walk.) are its small size (barely half that of ccnmtn),
strongly dentated margins to all wings, and absolutely tailless hindwings iu both
sexes.
Male. — Foreioirujs deep rufous chocolate, a large round white spot situated
at apex of cell, lieyond which is a transverse bar of darker chocolate.
Hiud/ri/iffs orange yellow, with the outer third reddish chocolate, and a
central narrow transverse band of the same colour.
Underside similar, but all the colours and markings uu)re mixed and indistinct.
Female. — Foreivings reddish grey, with a dull yellow round spot at the apex
of the cell, between which and the liase of the wing are two indistinct red
transverse lines, and beyond the cell again are two broader and more distinct ones.
(47 )
Hindwiiigs reddish grey, more brown towards the marghis, and crosscil by
two very indistinct transverse lines.
Underside identical.
Expanse : <?, 1| inches = 38 mm. ; ? , 2 inches — .51 mm.
Hab. Chili. (In Coll. Staudinger.)
The genus therefore is reduced to the following : —
1. Cercopliami venusta (Walk.).
ab. rafescens (Phil.).
ab. sidpes (Butl.).
ab. daphnea (Maass. & Weym.).
^.frauenj'eldi Feld.
2. C. mirahilis sp. uov.
ACTIAS.
The genns Tropaca HUbu. was established after 181ij, while Act/as was set up
by Leech in the year 1815. Mr. Kirby keeps them separate, but I cannot find any
characters to define them as two separate genera ; moreover, Mr. Kirby has placed
several subspecies of Aclias gelene (Hilbn.) in Tropaea, while he places A. sekne
(Hiibn.) itself in Actias. Therefore I think that all species mnst be united under
the genus Actias, which then stands as follows : —
1. Actias isabellae (Graells).
2. A. sinensis (Walk.).
3. A. luna (Linn.).
ab. azteea Pack,
ab. rossi Ross,
subsp. dictynna (Walk.).
4. A. selcne (Hiibn.).
subsp. ningpoamx Feld.
ab. maasseni (Kirby).
subsp. artemis (Brem.).
ab. (jnoma, (Butl.).
ab. dalciiiea (Butl.).
ab. aliena (Butl.).
ARGEMA.
A. leto (Doubl.) is the male oi A. moenas (Doubl.), and was described a year
later, so must sink ; the genus therefore cousLsts, as follows, of four species : —
1. Argema mimosae (Boisd.).
2. .1. mittrei (Guer.).
3. A. moenas (Doubl.).
4. A. ignescens Moore.
EUDAEMONIA.
E. brachyura (Drury) at Sierra Leone is very constant, of a bufly rose tint, and
about 3 inches to 3J inches across the forewiugs. Round Cape Coast Castle, on the
other hand, the males very seldom expand more than 2^ inches, have very long tails,
and vary in tint from ashy grey to bright yellow and salnion rose. This race may
prove distinct enough to be named, but of my five specimens no two are alike, so 1
( 48 )
prefer uot to describe it at preseut. 1 must add that, altliongh taken from tlie tn>e-
specimen, all three figures of E. argijjfiontes Kirby are very diifereut, and all uulike
the insect.
1. Eiukieinonia bnwkyura (Drury).
2. E. argiphontes Kirby.
COPIOPTERYX.
Here C. phoenix (Deyr.) is \;h^ female of C. aemiramis (Cram.) ; therefore there
are only three species of the genus.
DYSDAEMONIA.
In this genns D. aristor (Feld.) is only a dark and rubbed female of D. boreal
(Cram.).
A great amonnt of variation is shown in D. tamerlan Maass. both in sizp and
tint, which latter varies from warm grey to chestnut.
TITAEA AND LOXOLOMIA.
I have nothing to remark except that, if 1 am uot mistaken, no second specimen
has ever been recorded of Loxolomia serpentina Maass.
ARSENURA.
In this genus A. kercules(Walk.) is the male oi sylla (Cram.). I have one new
species to describe : —
Arseniira ponderosa sp. uov.
This curious species is t|U!te uulike any other of the genus.
Forewings : ground colour clay colour washed with yellowish buff. Wings
crossed oblic|uely from the apex to near the base of the inner margin by a broad
blackish brown line, which is wavy and less conspicuous in the apical half. This
line runs parallel with the costa, and uot at an angle with it as usual. Within the
cell is a half-moon-shaped broad but indistinct line, and a narrower but more
irregular one at the apex of cell. The outer half of both wings is crossed by two
transverse and parallel liroad lines. The outer one bears on the forewings four buff
patches, of which the anterior one in front of the upper median nervule is much the
largest and almost s(^uare. The space between these two lines is narrower than
between the outer one and the margin, and is decidedly yellower.
lliiuhmmjti similar to forewings, but the outer line is double, gradually merging
into one towards the anal angle, where it exhibits a yellow patch.
Head and colhir brown, with a white mark between the antennae.
Thorax and abdomen pale butf.
Undenide pale buff, the oblique band on forewings wanting, and the two
transverse bands much less distinct, the outer oue nearer margin, and dissolved into
blackish and ruddy spots at the nervules. On the hindwings at the apex of cell is
a small brown ring with a central sjiot.
Expanse : >>'5 inches = 215 mm.
Hab. Chuchuras, East Fern. (In Coll. Dr. Standinger.)
OXYTENIS.
Here I have two new species, but cannot describe them, as I have not enough
material of other Kj)ecies to compare.
( 49)
PSEUDAPHELIA.
There i.s nothing tu be noted liere.
HENIOOHA.
Under this head H. pyrctoruiii (Westw.) and //. cidoaa (Moore) are synonynions
and will stand as ;S'. pyretoriun Westw., which is a true S'ltunua, and not a Hntiocha
at all, while H. terjisichorina (Westw.) is synonymous with Usta wallinujn'ni (Feld.).
It is jirobable that H. bioculata Auriv. is the same as H. marnois (Rogenh.), but
until I can compare H. marnois (Rogenh.) with Aurivillius' type, I caimot unite
them. I have male&m\ female oi H. marnois (Rogenh.) from Lake Victoria Nyanza.
//. jlarida (Butl.) is only a colour aberration of //. apoUonia. (Cram.). I have
specimens identical with Mr. Butler's form, but having the ground colour white or
cream instead of sulphur yellow. The genus works out as follows : —
I. Hrniocha apollonia (Cram.).
ah. Jfaoida (Butl.).
'Z. H. bioculata Auriv.
3. H. marnois (Rogenh.).
4. H. dyops (Maass. & Weym.).
o. //. (erpsichore (Maass. k Weym.).
SATURNIA.
Grand confusion reigns here. S. Imttoni (Moore) is only a synonym of
S. stoliczkana Feld., while S. schenki Stand, is only a slight subspecies of it. Neoris
jonasi (Butl.) is a true Saturnia, near S. boisduvali Eversm., but certainly not
identical with it, nor, as J. H. Leech asserts, is it a variety of it. S. knnzei Dew.
is not a Saturnia, but the third sjjecies of the genus OrthogonioptiluM Karsch.
i5. hockingi Moore is a slightly darker north western form of S. lindia Moore.
S. numida Aust. is an aberration of <S'. atlaiitica Luc. ; I have four specimens inter-
mediate between the two. The following is the synopsis of the genus: —
L Saturnia jJavonia-major (Linn.).
2. S. ailantica Luc.
ab. nianida Aust.
3. S. pyretorum AVestw.
4. 6'. spini (Den. & Schitf.).
subsj). crphalariac Christoph.
6. S. stoliczkana Feld.
siibsp. schenki Stand,
(i. iS. hoisduvali Eversm.
T. 8. jonasi (Butl.)
8. S. pawnia-minor (Linn.j.
9. S. anna Moore.
10. S. lindia Moore.
sid>sp. Iiocldnjji Moore.
II. S.grotei Moore.
1 2. S. bieti Oberth.
lo. S. medea Maass.
14. S. ijalbina Clem.
4
( -50)
USTA.
Henioclia tcrpsicJiOrina (Westw.) is the same as Usta loallengreni (Fekl.). 1
Lave a new species to describe : —
Usta angTilata sji. nov.
Differs fmui U. ical/r)i(/ri'ni (Feld. ) in two very apjjarent i)articulars : firstly, the
transverse angulated submarginal band iu U. ical/('ii</n;>u (Feld.) is convex, follows
the outline of the wings, and its angulations are the same size tlironghont, while in
anyulata the band is quite zigzag and the lower angulations arc quite three times
the size of the upper ; secondly, the ocelli arc nmch larger, and the fulvous centre
is reduced to a narrow ring.
Expanse: 3i inches = 88 mm.
Ilab. Mombasa.
MICRATTACUS.
Micrattacus bulaea Maass. & Weym. is a true Automeris, and has nothing
to do with the present genus, which only contains two species : —
1 . Micrattacus nanus AValk.
".'. ^^. tiolascens Maass. & Weym.
HENUCHA.
11. kaiimll Feld. is not a Henucha, but a Ludia, so the synopsis of the genus
is thus : —
J. Henucha grimmia (Geyer).
2. H. (leivitzi (Maass. & Weym.).
LUDIA.
This genus has four species, as below : —
1. Ludia delegorytiei (Boisd.).
2. L. hansali Feld.
;>. //. obsoirn Auriv.
4. L. dentata (IIam])s.).
BOLOCEKA.
Two species only go to form this genus : —
1. Boloccra smilax (Westw.).
2. B. anyulata Auriv.
MICUAGUNE.
One species :—
1. Micrayone ayathijlla (Westw.).
1 have a single specimen of this extremely rare insect.
( 51 )
CYRTAGONE Auriv.
1. CijrUujone cann Anriv.
Tins may turn out to be the male (if Mirragonc (u/dtlii/Un (Westw.).
CALOSATURNIA, OXYLOTHRIX, AND TERISOMENA.
None of these sjenera require any remarks.
EOCHROA.
/','. (Jido Maass. k AVeym. is a true Xui/iuin-lid, so the solitary species is as
follows : —
I. Eocltroa trhnnii Fehl.
1 give liere the list of types in the Triug Mnseuii] : —
Coscinocera hei'cides ab. hutleri Rothseh.
Attacus lorquini Feld.
„ crameri Feld.
,, (lolierti/i Rothseli.
,, riiirantiaca Rothseh.
siityrus Feld.
,, hopfferi Feld.
Pliilosamiu vmlhen (Feld.).
Btinaea tricolor Rothseh.
Cop(rxa plenltcri Feld. = G. lareridera (Westw.).
„ multijenestrdta rufotincta Kothsch.
„ cineracea Rothseh.
„ trimacula Rothseh.
Thyella zambfsia FeM. = Ninhdirdia zamhrsi lui (Walk. ).
Nudaurelia aurantiaca Rothseh.
„ felderi Rothseh.
„ arata ah. fiisca Rothseh.
,, wa/dherr///hi-rsa'ng Rothseli.
„ menippc famoMi Rothseh.
Antheraea rumphi Feld. = .1. pdpliiti (Linn).
„ aemperi Felii.
Bathypldchin aijUa Feld.
(hjnanisa wcxfirnodi Rothseh.
Cerancliia mollis Butl.
Cii-ina cana Feld. = C.forda (Westw.).
Dysdnemonin aristor (Feld.) = 1). horcdH (f'rani."*.
Arsenitrn batesi (Feld.).
Usta icallenyreni (Feld.).
„ anyulata Rothseh.
Jjiidia havMili Feld.
Fochrod triineiii Feld.
( 51> )
ON TWO NEW SPECIES OF ANTELOPES.
By the HON. WALTER ROTHSCH II.D.
(Plate IV.)
1. Cobus peuricei sp. nov.
(I'lato IV., tig. 1.)
AT once distiugnishable from its allies, Cohus cllipniprijmniis, C. (h-frtssa* and
('. iawf>wsi/s, hy its intensely blackish colour. The muz/.je is whitish, the
face black, interspersed with rufons hairs between the horns. The usual white strij)e
passes from in front and over the eye to the base of the horns. Ears outside rufons
brown, with blackish tips and edges, inside white. Sides of face, neck, and body deep
brownish black, jdcntifully interspersed with reddisii brown hairs, all of them being
white at base, which gives the animal a colonr that in a horse is called ■■ blue-roan."
This latter colour is more conspicuous ou the belly, where the hairs are longer, but
ranch less on the legs and hind half of the back, which parts are almost nuiform
brownish black. Tail black above, wliite below. There is a large jiatch of white on
the upper throat.
The hornless /<;/««/(; is similar in colonr, but the ears are less rufons and more
brown.
Tlie horns are much shorter than those of its three allies, and stouter in ]iro-
jiorlion. Their rings are closer together than on the horns of ('. cllijisipri/mnu-.i
and C. dt'fass (, but in their thickness and depth come nearest to those of C. dqfassa.
Th<' sknll is mnch narrower behind the horns than in C. defassa, as is also the nasal.
Front legs (in skin), 10 inches ; hind legs, 22 ; ears, 8i inches ; horns along the
curve iu three bulls, 10, 24i, and 28 inches.
These new Waterbucks were shot by Mr. Penrice near a j)lace known as Bongo,
on the banks of the Kuvali River, about one hundred miles .south-east of Benguella
and about fifty miles from Caconda. Mr. Penrice writes in a letter to Mr. liowland
Ward: "These antelopes have no white mark over the rump, the only whitish
colour being on the belly. They are pretty numerous at the locality named above,
but they are not found nearer the coast. They have a strong smell, and 1 have often
smelt them before sighting them. The cows have no horns, and as a rule bulls
and cows arc found in separate troops. The flesh is good (o eat. The Boers call
them ' Kringhart,' the same name they give to the waterbnck iu the Transvaal."
Type of male and fe/nale in my Museum at Tring. The plate represents the
head of the new species and liorns of C. i'//i/).i/jj>-i/mniis and C. dr/assa to show the
])osition of the rings.
The species is named in hnuour of its discoverer.
• The name must be spelt dr/assA, and not defa<»\]», ns drfaua h ft u.itivc name, It is, lioiyeTCr, spelt
{lefmsus in sivcral book!!, niid .also on the plate, by mistake.
. O VITAT E S ^ O 01. 0 GI CySr
i J'.f^ulKini.r.;-. del ot
Mtr\te.m Bro3 . i:ivp
( ^- )
2. Cervicapra chauleri sji. nov.
Tliis new species belongs to tlie group of tlie smaller species of Cerrirnprn, and
is nearest to C. hohor, but much the smallest of the genus. Perhaps the most
striking difference to the ordinary observer is the central black stripe ruuniug from
the nose to between the eyes. Head and neck generally orange butf, as in C. bohor;
back, sides of body, upper side of tail, and outer sides of limbs warm bufify grey,
instead of being of the same colour as the neck, as in C. bohor and ('. redunca.
Belly, underside of tail, and inside of limbs down to the knees white. Just below
the knee in front is a dark brown patch. The ears seem to be longer and narrower
in proportion than those of C. bohor \ they are sparingly covered on the outside
with short hair of the colour of the neck, and inside thickly lined with long white
hair. The horns are very much smaller and thinner than those of C. bohor, and
much more so, of course, than those of C. reilawa, both of which are much more
curved forward. The rings on the horns project much more and are much sharper
than in my specimens of C. bohor and C redunca, and are also much more regular.
They an' five in number, besides the basal ring.
The skull is in all its proportions much smaller than that of ('. h<lior, \n\\ the
jialatine is, if anj'thiug, longer than in C. bohor.
Height about 30 inches; hoofs on the bottom line, li inch ; forelegs, 2U ; tail,
about 0; ears, 6^; horns along the curve, nearly (i.
The species is named after Mr. Astor (.'hanler. It was first noticed to differ
from its allies by Mr. Rowland Ward, who possesses a flat skin without legs and
horns, and he pointed it out to Mr. Astor Chanler, who then procured the type-
specimen. The locality, as given to Mr. Ward by Mr. Astor Chanler, is ".Jahubogne
Range," Central East Africa, six luuulred miles inland, but I am nnable to find it
on my maps.
The type, an adult male, will be placed in the Smithsonian Insfitntion.
Washington.
( •^4)
NOTE OX THE LOXOFS OF OAHU.
By the HON. WALTER ROTHSCHILD.
WHEN H. Palmer sent me a sjiecimen of a Loxops from Oahii I named it
Loxops wohtenholmei (Ihis, 1 .sOI5,i)!ige oTO), thus distinguishing it from
L. wr«»m of the island of Hawaii. In doing so I was right, as specimens from
Oahu, colleoted t)}' Deppe, in the Museums of Berlin and of (xraf Berlepsch, whicli
were examined by Mr. Hartert and myself, undoubtedly show. However, I was
misled by Mr. Scott B. Wilson (Ares Hawfiiienses, Part I., ls9U) to believe that
no red Loxops were found on Oahu, and that all the specific names belonged to the
Hawaii form. After having examined the types of Bloxam's Fringilla rufa in the
British Museum, and those collected during the voyage of the Sulphur (wliich most
probably came from Oahn, as seen from the account of the voyage), 1 found that tliey
all belonged to the Oahu species, and therefore the name of Loxops rufa (Blox.)
must, I am sorry to say, stand for the Oahu bird, and my L. icolstenholnm is a
synonym, while we may accept L. cocehiea (Gm.) for the Hawaii species.
Tins will be more exjjlicitly explained in tlie third part of my work on the
liirds of the Sandwich Islands.
It is cnrions that none of the recent authors ("see Sharpe, Wilson, Gadow)
mentioned the curious bUl of Loxops, in whicli tlie mandible is turned towards
the side, as if to cross the maxilla, a character already expressed in the very
name of the genus.
FURTHEE NOTES ON THE HOUBARA BUSTARD.
Bv THE HON. WALTER ROTHSCHILD and ERNST HARTERT.
SINCE writing on the differences of the Houbara bustards from Tunis and
Fuertaventura (Novitates Zoologicae, I., p. 689) we have seen additional
birds which prove that our ideas of their differences are quite right, and that they
really differ a great deal in the shade of colour and markings, but that tlie number
of the bands across the tail is quite tariabli', and must therefore be left out of
consideration, though nevertheless they are apparently broader in the Fuertaventura
bird, and there is more blackish mottling between the dark bars.
Mr. Mcade-Waldo told Mr. Hartert that these bustards are sometimes seen to
cross over the sea from the Morocco coast to the island of Fuertaventura, and
therefore our Houbara fuertaventurae must also inhabit parts of Morocco, a country
which is as yet ornithologically very little known. It is also found in Lanzarote.
( jo )
ON SOME BIKDS FROM THE CONGO REGION.
By ERNST HARTEET.
1. Lophoceros granti sp. imv.
AMONG some birds collected on the Annviini l»ivui- liy Mr. W. I'xmuy, of the
notorious Rear-Colunui of Stanley's Emin Fasha Relief Expedition, I found
a little Hornbill which did not agree with any description or figure, and which, on
comparing it with its nearest ally, Lophoceros hartlaubi (Gould), in the British
Museum, i)roved to belong to an undescribed species.
It may be diagnosed as follows : —
Lophoceros ex affinitate specie! L. luuilaahi dictae, eadeiu furnui eandue et
maguitudiue, sed differt remigibus primaries et tectricibus alarum omnibus albo-
macnlatis, maxilla pro maxima parte rubra.
Huh. Aruwimi Kiver, Congo.
The undoubtedly perfectly adult bird has the maxilla deep red, except a streak
towards the base along the cutting edge, which is blackish ; the mandible blackish,
deep red towards the tip. In L. hartlaubi the bill is blackish, and only the tip is
crimson. Feathers of the head blackish, a greyish white superciliary stripe from
the lores to the nape. Feathers of the neck blackish, edged with pale grey. Back,
rump, and upper tail-coverts ashy black. Primaries black, the third to the sixth
with a white spot on the outer web ; the secondaries outwardly narrowly edged with
white, and the last ones with a white spot near the tip of the outer web. Wing-
coverts black, with a slight metallic gloss, spotted with white near the tips. Under
wing-coverts dirty white, the bare bases of the shafts of the wing-qnills white.
Under parts ashy, dirty whitish along the middle and on the under tail-coverts.
TaO black, the two (inter pairs tijjped with white, the third [lair obsoletely ; shafts
of rectrices blackish above, whitish below. The outer pair of rectrices is more than
an inch shorter than the central jjair, as is the case in L. hartlaubi, but in none of the
other species of Lophoceros.
Total length about 15 inches : culmen, measured over the ridge, 2-5 ; bill, from
gape to tip, 2'3; wing, 6-1 ; tail, 6-4 ; tarsus, 1.
Form of bill the same as in L. hartlaubi. In L. hartlaubi no white spots are
present on the wing-coverts of the adult bird, and the young bird has some white
tips to the greater coverts only, while the bill of such immature birds is uniform
blackish.
1 have named the bird in honour of Mr. W. K. Ogilvic Grant, who described
the Bticerotidae in the Cat. Birds B. J/., vol. xvii.
L. hartlaubi (Gould) is only known from Liberia* and the Gold Coast.
Reichenow, Jonrn. f. Orn., 1877, p. 18 (not quoted in Cat. B.), quotes it from the
Loango coast, but as his bii'd was a pullus there seems little doubt that it does
not belong to the northern L. kirtlaubi, but possibly to my new species.
This l)ird may be said to bear the? same relation to L. hartloAibi as L.jocksoni
Grant bears to L. deckeni.
* Jjultikofer. Sotti Lfjihn Mitsntm. VI. (^iiot IV., as quotctl iu Cut. B., xvii.). p. 20l> ^1885).
( 56 )
■-'. Onycoguathus intermedius sp. uov.
In May last the Tring Mnsenm received some skins from the Congo wliicli wore
i'i)llected by the Kev. F. O. Harrisou, and among them was an Onycognathas, which
stands in size midway between tlie two known species of the genns — i.e. 0. ful(ji<las
Hartl. and 0. liarthnibi Gray. While the wings of 0. fulgidtis measure fully
fV4 inches, the tail 6-8, the cnlmeu !■•"), and while the same measurements of
U. hartlaubi (as given by Sharpe, Cat. B., xiii., p. l(5fi) are : wing, 4-6 ; tail, 4-5 ;
(iilmen, ]•!, my specimen measures : wing, 5'3 : tail, TrS ; cnlmen, 1'4 ; tarsus, 1-1.
In colour 0. harthmhi liardly differs percejitibly from 0. Jtdgidus, nor does my
(J. intermedius, but the colour of the neck of the latter is somewhat more of the
rather bluish purple of 0. hartlaubi. Above and below the colour is a metallic
glossy purple, the head and neck greenish bluish purple ; tlie wing-(|uills are
chestnut blackish towards the tip. The type-specimen is a male, and was shot at
Lukolele on the Congo. The iris was scarlet. A second specimen, from Yambnya
on the Aruwimi River, collected by the late Mr. J. S. Jameson, and recorded as
0. hartlaubi by Cajriain Shelley in Ibis, 189(1, p. 164, and in Stor^/ of the I'rar-
Coluntn, p. 421, and in which the wing measures o-l, the tail Ti-.j, would also belong
to 0. ititermedius.
We should thus have the case of three species forming one genus all of which
are distinguished in size only, but they really seem to belong to three different
forms, though it is quite possilile that additional materials from the adjoining
countries may contain transitional forms, and that therefore 0. intermedius would
deserve snbspecific rank rather than specific, and this I believe so much more as
a specimen from the Xiam-Niam country seems larger tlian 0. hartlaubi, on an
average.
Owjcognathus J ulgidus inhabits the island of St. Thomas,
0. hartlaubi is found along the West Coast to Niam-Niam, and
0. intermedins is a form of the Congo Basin.
3. Chaetura cassini Sd.
Two sjiecimens of this rare Swift an- among the birds from the Arnwinii Kiver,
from whence it was previously recorded by Shelley, Ibis, 18'J0, p. 168.
In comparing my description of this species in Cat. B., xvi., p. 488, I am sorry
to detect a very misleading error, probably a penslij) or misprint, for instead of
" sides of body and under TAiL-coverts Idackish " it should be " sides of body and
under wiNG-coverts blackish." Although the words standing just above, " remainder
of under surface white," might suggest the error, it might easily cause mis-
understandings.
( 57 )
ON MIGBOPUS AFFINIS (Gkay & Hakdw.).
By ERNST HARTI^r.T.
DR. EEICHENOW has* described some Swifts from Tunis as Mici-opu.'i
koenigi sp. nov., for they were first discovered in Tnuis bj' our friend
Professor Koenig, as (hily recorded by him in the Journ.f. Orn., 1892, pp. 361-364,
and by me in the Cat. B., xvi., p. 455, under the name of Micropiis affinis.
Fortunately the Tring Museum possesses two fine specimens, collected by Herr
8]iatz on the Djebel el Bleda in Tunis, and on comjiaring these again t with typical
si)t'cimens of the so-called Cypsehis galilejoigi.i from Palestine, they proved to be
qiiite identical. It is known that these birds from Palestine diifer from those from
many other places, and especially from those from West Africa, by a much lighter
and whiter forehead, by the more extended white colour on the throat and paler
wings, and therefore they were described and figured in Nanmn/niia, 1855, p. 307,
PI. v., and were also kept specifically separate by Canon Tristram (li/'s, 1864, p. 231 ;
1865, p. 70; F. Z. S., 1804, p. 431, etc.).
Dr. Reichenow lias apparently not taken the tronble to comjJare the descriptions
and figures of ^^. gaUlejensis or my remarks in Cat. B., xvi., pp. 454, 45.5, or
he would have found out that the Tunisian birds belonged to 31. (/alile-
jensis, and required no new name. Instead of thus going deeper into the question
Dr. Keichenow compared the Tunisian birds merely with some specimens from
tropical Africa in the Berlin Museum {Orn. ifonatsber., p. 192), and stated that they
diftered " constantly and very considerably," and must bo distinguished not only
subspecifically, but as a distinct species. This latter statement surprises me, as it
seems to me that he again did not read my remarks in the Catalogue of Birds, or
I should think he would have been a little more careful. When I wrote the list
of the Swifts in the Catalogue of Birds., vol. xvi., I had (as the list, pp. 455, 450,
shows) before me ninety-eight specimens of M. affinis, besides the material in the
collections of Canon Tristram, Messrs. Seebohm, Dresser, and Professor Koenig, and
it seems rather cool not to refer with one word to the results I gained out of this
material, with which that used by Dr. Keichenow cannot be compared, especially as
I am not supposed to belong to the " lumping " party of ornithologists, but rather
to the " splitting " one. I said (^.c.) thus : '' This species varies very much in the
shade of coloration and in size, but these variations do not seem to be restricted to
certain localises. In the large series before me I can only notice that birds from
Cci/lon, Sikkiiii, and some from Western Africa are darker and liave the tails
rather longer. The birds from Palestine have very light tails, like many African
specimens that are not from the West Coast. The birds from Palestine show a great
extension of the ivhite on the throat and a eery light forehead. They are named
galilejensis, and may be regarded as a local race, but cannot be ilistinguished from
several specimens from other localities. Perhaps the darkness and lightness of
colour is due to the amount of rainfall in their respective countries, as is the case in
• On. MoiMtsbcr., 1894, p. 192.
t I had soon the Tunisian birds often before.
( 58 )
several other birds. This species is recorded hy all observers to be a statinuary bird
all the year round." It is true that these remarks are very short and abrn])t, but
long explanations and deductions are not allowed in the Catalogue of Birds, which,
as its name says, is a " Catalogue," and is meant to contain the results only of the
study of the material before the respective authors — a very wise plan indeed, as
otherwise the great work would have become much more bulky, and we might long
have despaired of ever seeing the end of the seiies of volumes, which as it is are no
doubt the most useful of all to systematic oruitholoirists.
The question now remains whether it is advisable to keep the Micropus (jalih;-
jensis as a subspecies of M. a//iiiis. My remarks clearly show that I was not quite
nninclined to do so, but after all did not do it. I may explain that the galilejemis
form reaches from Palestine and Tunis over a great i)art of India — that is to say, the
Punjab, Kajputana, Sindh, and the great plains of Northern India — while also those
from North-East Africa are rather pale, though not so much perhaps as Palestine
birds. It may be observed that all these countries are more or less such with a
drier climate, and mostly desert-like. Then we find the dark birds in West Africa,
in the damp climate of ("pylon, and in the ecinally damp and hot forest-clad mountains
of Sikkim in the flimalayas; but it will be found tliat many specimens cannot with
any certainty be assigned to one or the other form without knowing from where they
came. If under these circumstances any one should keep M. galilejcnsis as a sub-
species M. ajfinis galilejensis (Antin.), he cannot be much blamed; but the distribu-
tion of that supposed subspecies would be from Palestine throughout the drier parts
of India, North-East Africa, and Tunis, while the dark form — i.e. Micropus ajfinis
proper — would occur in more wooded countries with a greater amount of rainfall, as
tropical Africa (West Coast), Sikkim, Ceylon, etc. This is not senseless, but it is
perhaps just as little wrong or better to refer them all to one sijecies, as has been
done by most ornithologists, such as Salvadori {Ann. Mus. Civ., xxix., p. 551, 1890,
where a specimen is mentioned as shot in Italy, probably also of the galilejensis
form), Dresser, and others. Dresser, however, gives a figure which he says is taken
from a Palestine bird, but which shows nothing of the characteristics of the
Palestine bird, being almost as dark as a Gaboon bird. Tliere is also a bad
synonymy added to Dresser's article in the Birds of Europe (vol. iv., p. 591), for he
includes in it M. streubeli (Hart!.), which I consider a small nortliern subspecies of
M. caff'er, and M. suhfureatus, which is the eastern form of M. affmis. Its tail is
more furcated, it is blacker than the darkest .¥. ajfinis and larger, and rej)laces
M. affmis in China, Cochin China, Siam, Java, Sumatra, Borneo, the Malay
Peninsula, Tenasserim, Burma, and Cachar. If any one considers M. sub/'urcatus
merely a subspecies of J/, affmis he is not far wrong, but I think it can well be kept
as a good species.
NOVITATES ZoOLOGIC>E.Voi.. 11.1895.
Pl.V.
ASTRAPIA SPLENDIDISSIMA rothsch.
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE,
Vol. II. JUNE, 1895. No. 2.
A NEW BIRD OF PARADISE.
By the HON. WALTER ROTHSCHILD.
(Plate V.)
Astrapia splendidissima sp. no\-.
Adult Male. — Head, sides of the head, OL-ciput, and hind-iieck lirilliant metallic
golden green, the feathers of the occiput bright blue, narrowly edged with the
golden green. Back shining velvety purple ; rump and upper tail-coverts .sootv
black. Chin and throat liluish green with an oily gloss. Between the throat and
ear-coverts is a narrow line of fiery crimson, running down into the crimson patch
on the upper breast. Feathers of the lower neck greenish pui"ple, edged with
crimson in a certain light, and followed by a broad semicircular patch of deep
fiery crimson. Breast and abdomen dark metallic green, with an olive oilv gloss,
as on the abdomen of Astrapia nigra. On the sides of the breast under the
wing are some broad scaly gi-een feathers, edged with copper. Thighs and under
tail-coverts sooty black. Wings and upper wing-coverts sooty black, shghtly glossed
with purple. L'nder wing-coverts like the back. Two outer pairs of rectrices black
with the utmost base white ; third pair with a large white basal spot; fourth pair
with nearly the basal third white; fifth pair white for two-thirds, the tip black.
The apical portion of the central })air of tail-feathers is unfortunately shot away;
the remaining part is white, and we may well suppose that they are likewise broadlv
tipped with black. Bill and legs (in skin) blackish brown.
t'ulmen Vo.o inch ( = o9'3 mm.) ; wing d'2;3 inches (= 133'.imm.) ; tarsus 1'5 incli
(= 38 mm.) ; the proportional length and gradual increase in length of the rectrice.s
is the same as in Astrapia nigra, the outermost pair being shortest, i.e. 2'9 inches
(= 73-5 mm.), the second ]iairfroni the central (tlie fifth) being 6'8 inches( = 173 mm.)
long. Judging from the thickness of the shafts of the central pair, as well as from
the gradual increase of the rest and from the similarly constructed tail of Astrapia,
nigra, we may suppose that the central tail-feathers are about 9 or 10 inches long.
The type is in my Museum at 'I'ring. It was found among a number of
pluraassiers' trade-skins, said to have come from the foot of the Charles Louis
Mountains in Dutch New (iuinea.
On comparison with Astrapia nigra some of the structural characters show
important differences. Tlie feathers covering part of the nostrils are a little shorter
than in ,1. nigra. 'Ihe large tufts behind the ear-coverts of A. nigra are very
much smaller, in Fact barely indicated, in A. splendidissima, and not different in
C
( «<' )
colour from the liiiid-neck. The sjileiidid pectoral baiul is nuuli broader and more
liatch-like, the feathers above it less velvety. The scaly feathers on the sides of
the breast do not extend so far down as in A. nigra. The beak of the new species
is actually larger than that of the much bigger Astrapia nigra.
These differences however, in my opinion, certainly do not warrant the erection
of a new genus; for, though some are considerably modified, all the structural
characters of the genus Astrapia are present and distinctly visible in my new bird.
EINE NEUE XENOCICELA.
Von ANTON REICIIENOW.
HERR HARTERT sandte mir mehrere als Crinifjer simplex bezeichnete
Exem))lare einer Xenocichln, die ihm von X simplex aus anderen Gegendon
abzuweichen schienen. Ich fand diese Vermuthung bestiitigt, und gebe auf Herrn
Ihirtert's Wunscli, im folsrendeu die Diagnose der neuen, nacli ilim lionannten, Art.
Xenocichla harterti sp. nov.
A', siniplici similis, sed notaeo multo obscuriore (olivascente-fusco, uropygio
ijauUum rufescente, pileo obscurius tincto, loris nigricantilms) ; subalaribus et
remiguin marginibus interioribus rufis nee ochraceo-luteis ; subcaudalibus tibiisque
sicut rectricum limbis interioribus fulvis, nee fulvescente-albis ; hypochondriis
olivaceo-brunneis, plus minusve rufescentibus, nee olivaceo-griseis ; gula alba
praepectore olivaceo-griseo, abdomine medio flavescente-albo (his partihus ut in
X. simplici tinctis); rostro nigi-o. Long. tot. c. 200 mm.; al. im. 102-107;
cand. 100; rostr. a. fr. 19, 20; tars. 24, 25.
Typus im Tring Museum. E.xemjilai'e audi in Leiden und Berlin.
Hah. Siidliche Theile von SieiTa Leone (Sulymali River) und nordliclies
Lilieria (Robertsport, Grand Cape Mount).
Auf diese Art beziehen sich folgende Biicherstellen : Crinigw simplex Biittik.
(nee Hartl.), Notes Leyden Museum, xii., p. 203 (Robert s) jort) ; op. oil., xiv., ]>. 22
(Sulymah River); wahrseheinlich audi op. cit., x., p. 80 (.lunk River).
( <il )
SOME NEW AND OTHER RAEE BIRDS FROM FERGUSSON
ISLAND.
By ERNST HAETERT.
MR. ALBERT MEEK, an industrious young collector, sent a number of bird-
skins from P'ergusson Island, D'Entrecasfeaux Group, the home of
Parcidisea decora. Most of them belong to known species, previously recorded
from the same group of islands or the neighbouring part of New (iuinea, but
some are not referable to previously descrilied forms, or of special interest on
account of their distribution.
1. Pitta finscM Kams. (?).
Two Plitae from Fergusson Island liave the head deep rufous chocolate-bi'own,
darker above, lighter on the sides of the head and on the chin, the rest of
the upperside uniform blue ; in other respects they are similar to Pitta inaGkloti.
I am not quite sure whether they are referable to P. finschi (Rams., Proc. Linn.
Soc. iV.iS'.TF'., ix., p. 804), but I should think they belong to it, as the description
quite agrees with my birds, except that the back is not of the same colour as
the breast, but much darker and duller ; if not tliey are an undescribed specie.s.
Pitta loriae >Salvad. (Ann. ^Jus. Civ. Genova, xxix., 1890, p. 579, and Elliot,
Monograph Piltidae, New Edition) seems to be quite similar, except that it
has the back and stripe along the flanks green, while my two specimens have
no nhade of green. Like Salvador!, I am puzzled by Ramsay's remark that some
green-backed specimens were females or young, though Finscli believed them to
belong to P. macMoti, which is quite differently coloured on the nape. From
tlie descriptions I should judge that the bird named Pitta loriae by Salvadori is
like the supposed green-backed specimens of P. Ji.nschi of Ramsay. Without
comparing both Ramsay's and Salvadori's tyjjes it. will be difficult to clear uj)
this case entirely.
2. Cyclopsittacus virago sp. nov.
M.\.s. — Cyclopsittac/' araeiisis niari similis, sed macula anteoculari viridi (uec
caerulea, ut in (J. arueimi) ; macula infra genas coccineas caerulea (genis totis
fascia perfecta hlacino-caeridea cinctis in C. aruensi).
Femina. — (jenis caerulescentibns, sincipite caeruleo, bunti- macula rotundat-a
cocc-inea.
]Magnitudine Cyclop.sittaci aruensis.
Hub. Fergusson Island, D'Enti'ecasleanx Group, S.E. of New Guinea. Coll.
Albert S. Meek.
Adult Male. — Alwve green, with a con.spiouous golden yellow wasli on the
liack. Below a little lighter and more grass-green. Sinciput, cheeks, and ear-
coverts red ; the red clieeks separated from the green of the neck by a blue spot,
which in none of tlie nine nudes before me is develoi)ed into such a complete band
as in C. (iritensis. A green siiot liefore the eye. Sinciput not separated from the
( (11' )
green upper surface hy a distinct yellow liand, but tlieie is ouly an indicated, more or
less concealed, line of yellow. Wings hlackisli ; outer webs of primaries and primary
coverts blue ; this blue not so clear on tlie web of the first primary, but not altogether
absent from it. Wings underneath with two pale yellow bands, one across the quills,
the other across the greater under wing-coverts, which are otherwise blackisli.
Keraainder of under wing-coverts green, blue along the outer edge of the wing.
Sides of body yellow. A more or less concealed deep red spot on the inner webs
of the two innermost great wing-coverts.
Total length about 15 cm. (6 inches) : wing 81 to 87 nun. (3-3 to 3-45 inches);
tail about 48 mm. ; cuhnen 15 mm. Iris hazel (A. S. Meek).
Adilt Fi:MALi:. — Everywhere like the male, excejit on the head. The sinciput
is blue, in the midst of it a round spot of about 5 mm. (more or le.ss) in diameter.
Cheeks yellowish green, strongly washed with blue. Lores green. Size like the
male. Iris dark hazel, feet grey (A. S. ^leek). Bill horn-colour (in skin).
All the specimens were collected on Fergus.-;on Island in September 1894.
The male of this i)rettv new little parrot is very similar to that of C. ariiensis
(Schleg.), hitherto only known from the Aru Islands and the middle of Southern
New Guinea, along the Fly Kiver (cf. Salvad., Cfal. B., xx., p. 97, and Orn. Pap.
e MoL, i., p. Ifil), but can easily be distinguished by the characters given in the
diagnosis above.
The female differs entirely from tlie female of C. aruensis (which has no
red on the head), and the red spot on th(» forehead makes it look much more
male-like.
3. Loriculus aurantiifrons meeki subsji. nov.
Salvador!, in Cat. B., xx., p. 538, has remarked that two females of Lorlcidns
aurantiifroiis Schleg. from S.E. New Guinea have longer wings than specimens
from N.W. New Guinea, and that they want the reddish base to the feathers of
the forehead. Mr. Albert Meek has now sent two males and three females from
Fergusson Island. They all have a longer wing, i.e. 72 to 74 mm., than Arfak
specimens, of which I measured five, none of which had a wing exceeding 68 mm.
in length, and none of the feraales show a trace of red on the bases of the
feather's on the forehead. I therefore believe it is justifiable to separate the south-
eastern form of this pretty little parrot under a subsjiefific name as L. aurantii-
frons meeki. The specimens before me were shot in Septenilii'r, and the iris of all
of them is marked as " white."
4. Ptilopus lewisii vicinus mi1is|i. nov.
Several specimens of a fine Ptilopus resemble very much Ptilopus leivisii Rams,
hitherto known only from the Solomon Islands (cf. Salvad., Cat. B., xxi., p. 153), but
on careftilly comparing, some differences are clearly obvious.
The purple-red patch of the lower throat and upper breast is not surrounded by
such a distinct line of purple, this latter only being indicated. The purple-red
])atch itself is not quite so large in the new subspecies. The round delicate grey
spots on the innermost greater wing-coverts are distinctly larger. The grev spot on
the shoulder does not reach so far towards the margin of the wing as in P. leivisii;
the grey throat is .seijaraled (nioro or less distinctly and broadly) from the purple-red
( e- )
breast-]]atcli hy a green line, wliidi I do not find even iiidicati^d in P. lewlsii.
Iris light red (A. ]Meek).
There are several specimens marked females by the collector, which are like the
males, except that the purple-red breast^patch is remarkably smaller, and that the
lower abdomen is more mottled with yellow, thLs latter, however, being also a sign of
immaturity.
Measurements of the ty]ie mule: total length about '1\ cm.; wing I2.j mm.;
tail 04 mm. ; tarsus 19 mm.; culinen Ki nun. Of the female: wing 123 mm.:
tail 58 mm.
The specimens were collected in September and October on P'ergu.sson Island,
D'Entrecasteaux Gvouij, S.E. New Guinea, by Mr. Albert S. Meek.
The above stated differences are very clear, but in one 'male the purjilish line
round the purple-red spot is rather broader, more like in P. lewisii.
This character therefore not seeming to be absolutely constant, it is advisable
to consider the new form a subspecies rather than a species.
It is remarkable that this pigeon should be so closely allied to P. lewisii, an
inhabitant of the Solomons, and not (hitherto) recorded from anywhere else. It
cannot be surprising that forms hitherto only known from the Louisiade Archipelago
occur on the D'Entrecasteaux Islands, as well as others which seem distributed over
New Ireland, New Britain, and the Solomons — in short, the islands east of New
Guinea ; but I did not .so much expect there forms like or nearest allied to the
Solomon Island species.
PfUupus leavisii vicinus is easily distinguished from F. miissdiAnhroeki Schleg.
by the breast being darker and more purple, the wing being longer, there being
a purjjlish line more or less visible round the purple-red breast, of wlvich no trace is
found in P. musschenlyroeki, and by the grey spot on the shoulder and innermost
greater upper wing-coverts still being smaller.*
Besides, the female of P. mussclienhweki is said to differ entirely from the male
(cf. Salvad., Gat. B., xxi., p. 153j, while apparently in P. lewisii and its subspecies
P. vicinus the sexes differ not so much from each other. Count Salvador! does not
{Gat. B., xxi., p. 153) de.scribe both sexes, but merely says "adult"; but Eamsay
(Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool., xvi., p. 131, 1881) had a female, which he, at tlie time,
believed to be the female of P. eur/eaiae ((jould). Grant (P. Z. S., 1887, p. 332;
1888, p. 199) and others mention having liad females, but do not describe them.
The Tring ^luseum possesses a bird sliot at Fauro, Shortland Islands, Solomon
Grouj), and sexed female by the collectors (Wahnes and Kibbe, November 21st, 1893),
which looks exactly like males collected (and marked <S) by Mr. Woodford on
Guadalcanar. Wahnes and Kibbe give the native name as " Bubuako," the iris
as red, the bill as yellow, feet red ; Woodford (on the label) the iris as yellow. The
iris of all the Fergusson Island specimens is given as light red or red.
•J. Carpophaga salvadorii Tristr.
Several specimens from Fergusson Island agree with specimens from St. Aignan.
This sjiecies was not with certainty recorded from anywhere else but from the
Loui.siade Archipelago (see Salvad., Cat. B., xxi., p. 224). Mr. Meek describes
the iris as red, the feet also as red.
* I cannot see any diflerencc in the colour of the forehead in our specimen of P. iinisxclinihroeki
(Bruijn coll.) and our P. lewisii and P. leiciaii rictnv.t.
( fi4 )
0. Chalcophaps stephaniae KcLb.
One 7)ia/e, Fergussoii Island, October yth ; iris hazel; not distinguishable from
specimens from Xew Guinea, New Ireland, Duke of York, etc.
Salvadori (Oat. B., xxi., p. 522) separates Ch. mortoni Hams, from Ch. stepkani,
though apparently after some hesitation, having examined one female only. There
is in the Tring Museum one adult male from Aola, Guadalcanar. Having closely
e.xamiued it, I came to the conclusion that it differs from Ch. stephant only by
a decidedly longer wing and a slitjhtly larger white forehead. It is ti-ue the white on
the forehead is a little more extended on the crown, but this varies somewhat in
Ch. stephaniae. The wing of the Guadalcanar bird measures 153 mm., while
in seven specimens of Ch. stephaniae it does not exceed 140 mm., and in two from
New Britain and New Ireland it measures 143. The bill of the Guadalcanar bird is
perhaps a little .stouter, and the abdomen paler, but this is closely approached by the
Tnale from New Britain, and I do not think it is of any consequence. Under these
circumstances I should only deem the Solomon Islands bird worthy of subspecific
rank, and term it : —
Chalcophaps stephaniae mortoni.
A NEW PBIONOCHILUS FROM THE PHILIPPINES
AND NOTE ON AN ANTEREPTES.
By ERNST HARTERT.
MR. A. EVElxETT has sent to the Tring Museum some excellently prepared Iiird-
skins from Xorth Mindoro and the neighbourhood of Manila, Luzon (l.agnna
de Bai). Unfortunately our friend was very soon prevented from continuing his
researches in those islands, by a serious accident which befell him, and made
necessary his return to Labuan. But even the small collection he was able to make
in a \'ery short time contains a noxelty and some rare species in fine series.
1. Prionochilus inexpectatus sp. nov.
Prionochilus, supra atro-chalybaeus, subtus medio alho, lateribus pectoris
corporisque cinerei.s ; rostro pedibusque nigris. Femina differt a mare, sujira olivaceo-
virescente, cajiite coUoque grisescente, subtus grisea, ])aullum olivaceo-virescente
lavata, abdomine medio albo.
Long. tot. i c. 75 mm., al. <$ 52 to 53 mm., ? 5(1, culm, ii, caud. 26, tars. 14.
Hab. Luzon, Mindoro. A. Everett coll.
Ty|)us in Museo Tring.
Ani'LT M.vLE. — Above deeji blackish steel blue, wings black, feathers at base dark
grey. Chin, throat, a line along the middle of the breast and abdomen, under tail-
coverts, axillaries, under wing-coverts, and inner webs of quills, with the exception
of their ajiical portion, pure white. Sides of breast and borly delicate grey. Thighs
white in front, black behind. The bases of the feathers of the underparts slate-
colour. Wing 52 to 53 mm. (2'()5 to 21 inches).
( ('-^ )
Female. — Above olive green, much more grey on the hind-neck ami lieud. lielow
pale grey with a slight olive green wash ; middle of abdomen, axillaries, and under
wintr-coverts white. The female is smaller than \\\emale, with the wing onlv 50 mm.
t^ J ^^ •
(1-96 inch). Its iris is orange brown, its bill dark brown, base ochreous, legs blackisli.
After so many collections having come to Europe from the neighbourhood of
Manila, Luzon, I am indeed surprised to find that this pretty new bird was found
near Manila as well as on the island of Mindoro, but the number of specimens, all
carefully dated and mostly also sexed by INIr. Everett himself, leave no doulit as to
the localities they came from.
Prionochilus bioolor, quite recently described liy .Messrs. Bourns & Worcester,
on p. 20 of their Preliminary Notes on the Birds and Ma.mmals Collected by Uie
Menage Scientific Expedition to the Philippine Islands (^'ol. I., No. 1, of Occasional
Papers of the Minnesota Academy, dated December 8th, 1894, but apparently not
issued before January 1895), must be very similar to my new bird, but it is desci-ibed
as quite tvhite below, has a shorter wing, and was found on a flifierent island, i.e. the
hills liack of Ayala, near Zamboanga, South ^Mindanao. P. olivaceits Tweedd. (Ann.
and May. Xat.'Hi,sf., xx.. p. 536, 1877 ; id., P. Z. S., 1878, p. Ill, PI. viii., iig. 8 ;
Sharpe, Cat. B., x., p. 75) has a longer wing, a whiter throat, lighter lores, and the
sexes are said to be similar in colour. It was found on the island of Dinagat.
In the key to the genera of the Dicaeidae* two sections are made, one •' with
a distinct bastard primary," one with " no bastard primary." Dicaewni is included
in the latter section, Prionochilus in the former. In Prionochilus, however, as
limited by Sharpe, I find a number of species without a bastard primary, and among
them my P. inexpectatus. If the absence or presence of a distinct bastard primary
is a good generic character, the species without a distinct bastard primary must
either be united with Dicaeum, or be kept generically distinct under the name of
Pachyglossa Blyth. The former course may perhaps better be followed, for the bills
of the species of the genus Dioeiom, as limited in the Catalogue of Birds, vary very
much, from a long and slender bill to a short and stout one, which in stoutness and
shortness does not remain far behind the bills of several species of Prionochilus.
2. Anthreptes griseigularis Tweedd.
This rare species of sunbird was formerly only known from .Mindanao and
vSakuyok. After an interval of seventeen years, during which it was never recorded,
Jlr. Whitehead obtained a male in the mountains of the province of Isabella, in the
extreme north-east of Luzon. Therefore Mr. Ogilvie Grant, Ibis, 1895, p. Ill,
expressed his belief that " probably this bird is met with only at considerable
elevations, which may account for its occurrence in such widely separated localities
as North Jlindanao and North Luzon." This theory, however, breaks down since
Everett's men procured two splendid specimens at Laguna de Bai, in the low country
near Manila.
This fact and the discovery of the new Prionochilus (or Dicaeum), described
above, seems to show that, in spite of the energetic collecting of birds in the
Philippine Archipelago earned out recently so successfully by Americans and
lunopeans, something still remains to be done there.
» Cut. It., X., |i. ■-'.
( (!« )
CASUAL NOTES ON FLEAS.
I!y the HON. CHARLES ROTHSCHILD.
I HAVE to record a fine tnale specimen of Pulex kerguelciiais Tascbb., taken from
an example of the parrakeet Cyanorhanipkiis ^ln^color (Yig.), from Anti))odes
Island. The species was originally described by Dr. Taschenberg (Die Flohe. \\ ()7,
PI. ii., fig. 12) as having been found by .Mr. Katon upon a petrel, Pelecn nohles
uriiiatrix (Gmel.), on Kerguelen Island. Notwithstanding the immense distance
separating these two islands, this additional record of P. kergudensis, when analysed,
is not strange, for the petrel is indigenous to most of the islands in or near the
Antarctic Ocean, and the parrakeet lives in holes in the ground in the same way
as the petrel, and probably entered a hole previously tenanted by the petrel.
I take this opportunity of recording a female specimen of Typfdopsi/Ua pentactenus
(KoL), taken from a Pipistrelle, Vespenigo pipistrellus (Schreb.), caught at Harrow
in October 1892. As far as I can ascertain, this is the first record (if this species for
Great liritain, though it is well known on the Continent.
ON SOME ABERRATIONS OF SOREX VULGABIS Linn. AND
,S'. PYGMAEUS Pall. IN THE TRING MUSEUM.
By the HON. CHARLES ROTHSCHILD.
HAVING lately procured for the Tring ^Museum a \ery aberrant specimen of
a shrew, I think it might be interesting to record all the abnormal specimens
of these mammals in mv brother's collection.
Sorex vulgaris Linn. — Of this species, in addition to typical specimens, there
arc iu the ^Museum four aberrant examples. One of these has a greyish white patch
behind the left ear, about half an inch broad ; in other respects it exhibits no
peculiarities. Two others, both caught near Brighton, are pure white all over,
and present every character of a true albiuo. But by far the most interesting
specimen is one caught near Tring. which has a broad white band completely
encircling it, very similar, so I should tliiid'C, to a specimen described iu Bell's British
Quadrupeds.
Sorex pygmaeus Pall. — Of this much rarer species the Mu.seum possesses two
specimius — om- normal e.\ample found dead at Tring, and one remarkable aberration
recently received by me from County Down, Ireland. This specimen is white, with
the snout and tail of the usual colour, of which there is also a fair-sized patch near
the root of the tail ; on the middle of the back there are a considerable number of
brown hairs mixed with tlie white ones.
( 07 )
ON A SUPPOSED NEW SPECIES AND SOME VARIETIES
OF GOUBA.
By KRNST HARTERT.
A CURIOUSLY coloured and somewhat small Guurn was found among a lot of
Arfak trade-skins. Both Mr. Kothschild and I were inclined to think that
it was merely an extraordinary variety of Goura cormvda Linn. Some of our friends,
however, were of opinion tliat we liad got a good new species, and JMessrs. R. Bowdler
Sharpe and Ogilvie Grant of the British Museum, when asked for their opinion, said
that they could not regard the specimen as an abnormal variety, but rather believed
it to be an undescribed species. I, therefore, think it best to describe the bird in
question as follows : —
1. Goura cinerea sp. nov.
General colour above and below cinereous, darker and almost slate-grev on the
rump and upper tail-co\erts, lighter and more like " pearl-grey " (Ridgw., Nomencl.
Vvl., PI. ii., fig. 20) on the crest, which has the same form as that of G. coronata.
Lores and a broad ring round the eye of short soft black feathers. A band across the
back, formed of the tips of the feathers, which have slate-grev bases, and tips of the
up})er wing-coverts of a tint lietween tawny ochraceous and ochraceous rufous of
Kidgway {Nomencl. C'oL, VI. x., figs. 4 and 5), and entirely different from the deep
chestnut of the same parts in G. coronata, which, e^-en when bleached, could hardh'
become anytliing like this colour. Greater upper wing-coverts and secondarv quills
whitish grey, darker at base. Primaries slate-colour, paler along the shaft. Rectrices
slaty grey, lighter cinereous close to tlie shaft, and with a broad cinereous liand at the
tip. Lender wing- and tail-coverts slaty grey. Bill and feet in skin of a light
yellowish or brownish colour. Bill, 4'5 cm.; wing, 34 cm. (= 13'4 inches); taih
25 cm. ; tarsus, 9 cm. ; middle toe with claw, 7 cm.
Hab. Dutch New Giunea, Arfak Region.
The reason why we were at first so very doubtful as to the specific value of tliis
bird, and which makes us still hesitate, tliough it was desirable to descrilie it in any
case, is the existence of some obvious varieties in the Tring JMuseura, wliich show that
variation not seldom occurs in G. coroniitK.
One of them is entirely like typical specimens, but the primaries, the series of
the greater wing-coverts, some of the smaller wing-coverts, most of tlie under wing-
coverts, and a few featliers on tlie belly are snoiv-ivhitc.
The other, most interesting specimen, is above and below bluish cinereous, mucii
like G. cinerea, but somewhat more bluish, and the longest upper tail-coverts have
ke) it their usual colour. The wings and the tail are of a curious delicate lavender-
buff colour; the cre.st is very ])ale, .say cinereous buff; the ring of short feathers roinid
( 68)
the eye pale brown instead of black ; feet pale brown. The baud acrciss the back
and the tips of the wing-coverts are of the same deep chestnut as usual in
G. coronaia.
2. Goura beccarii Sahad.
We have specimens of this rare Gourn from Humboldt Bay, where it was
origiually described from, as well as from Konstantinhafen, German New Guinea.
They are quite similar to each other, or at least the two specimens from Konstan-
tinhafen, collected by J. Kubary, have only a triflingly longer crest, but they do not
yet show the characters peculiar, according to Dr. A. B. Meyer, to his Goura beccarii
huanemsis, fi'om the Huon Gulf, still fartlier eastwards. (Cf. Orn. Monataber., vol. i..
pp. Go-67.)
A
NOTES ON HUMMING BIRDS.
Bv ERNST HARTERT.
1. Selasphonis flammula Salvin.
MOXG a number of birds collected in Costa Rica by Mr. C. F. I'nderwood, the
Tring Museum received a tine series of that rare humming bird Sdusphoms
fiamriiula Salvin. The type of this species is the only example of it in the British
Museum. It is, unfortunately, an immature male, and Mr. Salvin. who compared
one of our birds with his type, agrees with me on this point. The iminaluritv of the
specimen caused not only an incomplete description, but also the placing of the
species in a wrong section of the genus in the key to the species in Cat. B., xvi.,
p. 392, and in the Biologia Centrali Americana (Aves, vol. ii., p. 357), as the adult
m,ale has distinctly elongated lateral gular feathers, and in Mr. Salvin's kev to the
species of Sekispkorus it would best be placed behind or before & torridus, with
which species it agrees very much, e.xcept in the entirely different colom- of the throat
and the length of wing.
A description of the male and female appeared in the same year as vol. .\vi.
of the C'affilotjue of Birds, in 1892, in Boucard's Genera of Hui/iminfj Birds, a
work which appears together with Boucard's Hnmmi'iii/ Bird, and of which, until
now, 250 pages, treating of 354 species, are published ; l)ut that description is alspi
rather short and not very detailed, so that a descriiilion from my series may not
be unnecessary.
Adult Mali-: (Faldas de Irazu, January, in perfect plumage). — Above dark
iironzy green. Uppermost chin, lores, and a Hue of featliers under the eye cinnamon-
rufous. Ear-coverts mixed deep blackish brown and rufous. Throat of a very peculiar
kind of dark raspheny-red, with a singular dull metallic gloss. Lateral gular feathers
broadly elongated over the while sides of the neck. All gular feathers blackish at
base, and with a rufous band between the base and the large glossy tip. Feathers of the
breast and sides of neck white, blackish at base. Feathers of sides of breast and flanks
( fi9 )
mixed bronzy green and |iale cinnamon; abdomen whitish along the middle. Under
tail-coverts white, strongly washed with cinnamon, liut not " white with base rnfou.'*,"
as described by Koncard. Wings pui-plish brownish black. Lateral pair of rectrices
purplish black, with a cinnamon spot on the tip of the inner web, and an indication
of a cinnamon edge on the latter. Next pair witli a distinct edging and a more or
less indistinct spot near the tip ; the following pairs with cinnamon edgings on both
webs ; central pair dark metallic green, with a broad edging of cinnamon on both
webs, except on the tip. Bill black, pale at utmost base of mandible. Wing, 43 mm.
Adult Female (Faldas de Irazu, January, in full plumage). — Above like the
male. Three lateral pairs of rectrices with broad white tips. Below also like the
male, but the throat white, washed witli cinnamon and sjjeckled with round spots of a
dark brown, glossed with bronzy green. ]']ar-co\-erts dark brown, mandible more pale
than in the male. Wing, 42 mm.
Some males, La Estrella, Cartago, .March and April, are strongly in moult and tlie
tliroat is darker.
A female, Santa JIaria de Dota, September, very badly in moult, is less speckled
on the throat, has broader white tiiis to the outer rectrices and narrower edgings on
the central rectrices. It seems to be a young bird.
2. Urosticte ruficrissa Lawr.
Several specimens of this somewhat rare bird, which differ in no way from
P^cuador specimens, were found by Mr. Rothschild in a lot of the well-known Bogota
trade-skins. The species is not hitherto registered from Bogota collections, nor even
from Colomliia. (Cf. Berlepsch, " Uebersicht der Colibri-Arten in den sog. Bogota-
Oollectionen," in Jourii.f. Orn., 1887, and Boucard, " Comj)l. List up to date of the
Humming Birds found in Colombia," in Humming Bird, ii., 1892.)
:>. Eriocnemis russata <iould.
I am sorry to say that E. and CI. llartert, when recording Eriucnemis Uujeus on
J). 60 of NoviTATES ZooLOGlCAE, I. (1894), made a mistake, for the species collected
by Baron on the Rio Pastassa is really E. russata. It is, nevertheless, of much
interest to have found that the male has the '" tibial tufts " (cf. Salvin, Cat. B., x\i.,
p. 381) partly white and partly pale chestnut, while the female has them quite
white, and that the wing of the feviale is 2 or 3 mm. shorter (see Novitates
ZoOLOGlCAE, I.e.). I am, however, of opinion that, in spite of our mistake, the
identity of E. Imjens and E. squainata, the former being the female, the latter the
male, will soon be proved, as it will only be a parallel case to E. russata. (See also
Houcard, Genera H. B., p. 251.)
4. Eriocnemis derbyi longirostris subsp. nov.
Eriocnemis derbiji has originally been described from the A'olcan de Purace in
Southern Colombia (Del. i<- I^ourc, Rev. ZooL, 184G, p. 30(!). Afterwards specimens
from the neighbourhood ol I'dpayan and Pasto in Southern Colombia (collected by
( 70 )
Lehmann), and many specimens from Northern Ecuador (exact locality apparently
not known, collected In- Buckley), reached Europe.
Quite recently a number of specimens were found in Bogota trade collections, of
which Mr. Rothschild now possesses eight males and four females. When comparing
them with Ecuador specimens I observed a striking difference in the length of the
bills. I found afterwards that the typical specimens from the \'olcan de Purace agreed
in the length of the bill with the Ecuador skins, as might have been expected. All
the skins from the Bogota collections have decidedly longer bills than those from
Purace, Pasto, and "Ecuador" which I was able to comiiare. In the latter the
exposed part of the culmen is 17 to 18 mm. long, while in the Bogota skins it is
20 to 22-5 mm. long.
Besides I found that the Bogota skins have the longer upper tail-coverts much
more strongly washed with golden and more glittering. The entire i)lumage of all
of them is very brilliant, but this is of no consequence, as it varies greatly in many
species of Trochilidae, and as there is a specimen in the British ^Museum of A', derhyi
from Ecuador which surpasses in general brilliancy all the Bogota skins. Under these
circumstances it is advisable to separate the Bogota skins subspecifically, under tlie
name given above.
DESCRIPTION OF TWO NEW SPECIES OF THE GENERA
PHOENICOPHAES AND SPILOIiNIS,
WITH A NOTE ON ORIOLUS COjySOBRIXUS Rams.
Bv HANS GRAF VON BERLEPSCH.
1. Phoenicophaes microrhinus Berl. sp. nov.
Syn. Ph. ei'ythrofjriathus aut. j)t. (ex Iiorueo).
Diagn. Ph. erythrognatho Bp. ex ^Malacca et Sumatra simillimus, differt narinni
aperturis multo minoribus et angustioribus, oblongis nee circularibus, rostro quoque
debiliore, necnon colore sanguineo ad basin maxillae magis exten.so ad margiuem
narium superiorem ascendente, necnon alis caudaque brevioribus distingueiidus.
cJc? et ? ¥ : al. 1C7-1.56 mm. ; caud. 2.50-233 ; culm. 45-41 J ; tars. 41-37 mm.
Hah. In Bomeo insula (Mount Kalulong, Baram River, Kinabalu, etc.), et
Bnnguran (Natuna).*
Ill Museo Ijerlepsch (typus) et Tring.
In his o.vcellent article on the birds of Celebes,! the late Marquis Tweeddale
had already dilated on the curious fact tiiat several forms of cuckoos of the sub-
family Phoenicophainae inhabiting different islands, where they evidently act as
representative species, are remarkalily alike in their plumage, while they differ so
strikingly in the shape and po.sition of their nostrils that authors deemed it necessary
• .^ly friend Ernst Hartert, who fully agrees with me regarding the distinctness of the Malacca and
Borneo forms, tells mc tlial the Phoniiroplitirs recently sent to the Tring Museum from the Natunas is the
Borm-an form.
t Tram. Zool. Hoc, viii , p. T>2.
( 71 )
to place them in different genera. The Manjuis, however, did not concur with such
views, but united them all in one genus, viz. PhoenicopliaeH Vieill., and I believe
this is the most practical modus procedendi, it being much sui)ported liy I lie
discovery which I have made lately regarding the distinctness of the Borneo bird,
which hitherto has been always regarded as identical with Ph. erythroc/nathus Bp.
ex ^Malacca and Sumatra. In fact the Borneo bird differs from the typical form
in the shape of the nostrils, they being much smaller and more oblong instead
of being larger and quite circular, as in the form inhabiting JIalacea and Sumatra.
This and other discrepancies shown by the Borneo birds, as compared with the
typical ones, are so slight that some authors might be inclined to treat the Borneo
bird simply as a subspecies ; but as the differences appear to be (piite constant, and
may be well known from a diagnosis, I prefer to rank it as a valid species, though
indeed nobody would try to inake it a different genus. According to my x'iews we
may include in the genus Phoenicophaes the following species, viz. : —
1. Ph. pyii'hocephahis (P'orst.), from Ceylon.
2. Ph. aeneicaudus (T. & K. Verr.), from the island of Mentavei.*
3. Ph. erytht'Of/nathus Bp., nee Hartl.,t from Malacca, Sumatra, and Xutunas.
4. Ph. inicrorhinus Berl., from Borneo.
5. Ph. curvirostris (Shaw), from Java.
C). Ph. harringtoni Sharpe, from Palawan.
7. Ph. calorhynchus (Tem.), from Celebes.
All these forms differ among themselves by the shape or situation of their
nosti'ils.J While Nos. 1 and 7 differ from each other as well as from the rest in
the coloration of their plumage, Nos. 3, 4, and 5, as compared inter se, hardly show
any difference in the plumage, and Nos. 2 and 6 present but a slight difference in
this respect as compared with Nos. 3, 4, and 5.
All the.se species inhabiting different islands (one only being found on tlie
continent), where they evidently are to be regarded as representative forms, there is
all iirobability that they once have been derived from a common stock, and that the
chai'acters which now distinguish them ai'e simplj' the result of isolation.
It is certainly a most remarkable fact that in this case isolation has caused a
different shape of nostrils, while it has been of no or very slight influence regarding
the coloration of the plumage in four or five islands inhabited by these birds. We
may therefore conclude that the style of coloration of the plumes of l)ircls in some
cases is more likely a character due to inheritance than some external structural
peculiarities, and further we may conclude that it is not advisable to place species
whicli are otherwise closely allied in different genera solely on account of slight
structural differences.
• .Salvad., Arm. Mus. Ciric. .SV. uat. Griioni, .\iv. ^Ducembor Uth, 1891), p. oOO.
t This name is generally ascribed to Harllimb, but refei-rins^ to Hartlaub's Si/sf. Vri-z. d. naturh.
Samvil. d. Gn- Mus. Bremvn (1814), where the name of Ph. trythrugnathns first appears, I finil thai it
has been bestowed on sjieeimens from Java and Malacca, no dencrij/tioii being addcil to it. It follows that
Hartlaub did not intend to sep.avate the Malaeca form from that of Java. Furlher, Hartlaub cannot be
claimed as the author of that name, as he added no descrijttkm to it, the name l>eing therefore mci"ely
a iwmeit nudum al that time. Happily enough, five years later Pnnee Bonaparte, in his Otiuf^ie^tus
Gent-rmn Avium, \. (ISiy). p. 81), has given a good description of our species, using the same name, vis:
P. iryihrognathint (e.x Temminck MS. in Mus. Lugd.), for it, and giving a correct habitat, viz. Sumatra.
Therefore this species must now stand as P/i. I'rytliroipinthvs Dp.
X I have been unable to examine in this respect Pit. acucicaudits (Verr.).
( 72 )
The characters assigned to the new form in tlie above diagnosis are supported by
the fact that six specimens from Borneo (fom- of whicli were collected by Mr. Hose)
now before me agree among themselves in that respect, while they difier etjiially
from one specimen from Malacca and another from Sumatra (coll. Klaesi) in my
collection.*
Besides the difference in the shape of the nasal apertures, which might be
illustrated by the following diagram : —
/"
Ph. rnjlhrognathiis Bp. (Malacca, Whiteheafl coll.).
I'll, iiiicroi-hinus Bcrl. (Borneo, Everett coll.).
I tind that the bill in the Borneo bird is much more slender and weaker, and
that the sanguineous colour on the lateral base of the upper mandible is rather n\ore
extended, involving as it does the upper margin of the nasal apertures, this being
not the case in the other .specie.s. Also the wings are remarkably and the tail is
slightly shorter than in the Malacca bird.
Regarding the coloration of the plumage, there is apparently not the sliglitest
difference between the new species and tlie typical one ; nevertheless it appears that
in the Borneo bird the castaneous tops of the middle tail-feathers are rather shorter,
but as there is much individual variation in this respect, and as the young birds have
the middle tail-feathers altogether green, f I don't lay much stress upon this fact.
If we can rely on the indication of sexes as marked on the labels of my speci-
mens which were collected by Mr. Hose (and I think there is no reason to mistrust
the statements of this excellent collector), there seems to exist a curious difference in
the coloration of the plumage in the two se.xes of this species. Two birds njarked
? ? by Mr. Hose have a broad chin band of ashy grey extending largely over the cheeks
* The distinctness of the species is also obviously corroborated by a series of skins from Malacca,
Sumatra, Xfltuna, and Borneo in the Tring Museum. — K. Hartert.
■f- For instance, a yoitng bini from Sumatra in my collection has the njiddle tail-feathers uniforiiily
irrecn.
( 73 )
to the sides of the neck, while the birds marked <? cJ don't show any grey on the chin,
which is rufous like the remaining underparts, and there is but a slight sufiFu>ion of
grey on the upper part of the cheeks. On the other hand, the birds marked <?<? by
Mr. Hose show a narrow white superciliary stripe extending over the eyes and ending
a short distance behind them, and also a slight whitish mixture at the beginning of
the grey mystacal strijie, there being not the slightest traces of these white markings
in the birds marked feinales.*
As far as I can ascertain these sexual differences are not mentioned by any
author who has written about these birds, or else the differences in plumage have been
ascribed to different ages.
2. Spilornis salvadorii Herl. sp. nov.
Syn. S. pallido (Walden) ex Borneo valde affinis sed multo minor, rectricum
fasciis nigris mediis et apicalibus multo angu.stioribus, remigum apicibus nigris
quoque brevioribus, necnon rostro, ut videtur, jiallidiore.
S. salvadorii ex Nias : al. 304, 200 ; caud. 197, 185 : culm. 32A, 30i ; tars. 74 mm.
(S. ptdlidua ex Borneo : S al. 325 ; caud. 214 ; culm. 34 ; tars. 84 mm.
? ,, 348 „ 228 „ 36| „ 834 „
Hah. In insula Nias (coll. Thomas).
Specimina duo in Mus. Berlepsch et Tring.
This is evidently a dwarf form of iS'. pallidus A\'alden of Borneo, inhabiting the
island of Nias off the coast of Sumatra, from whei-e hitherto no species of Spilornis
had been mentioned. The specimens on which my description is based were
collected by Mr. W. Thomas, a missionary resident on the island of Nias, and were
received by me directly from him along with other Nias birds, such as Cittocincla
melanura, Gracula robusla, Calornis altirodris, Carpophaga consobrina, Macro-
pyrjia modigliani, Syrnium niasense, etc. One of these specimens of Spilornis
I have had in my collection some four years, and I have always regarded it as
belonging to an undescribed species, but unfortunately was unable to get specimens
of <S'. pallidus from Borneo for comparison, and therefore refrained from descriliing it
until now.
In the summer of 1892 I sent this specimen to Loudon, asking Count Salvadori
to compare it with specimens of S. pallidus, which he did with his usual courtesy.
He kindly replied to my questions about this bird in a letter dated November 24th
1892, as follows : " I send back all your pigeons, and also the Spilornis from Nias.
The latter is similar to S. pallidus, but smaller (wing 11'6 inches instead of 12'6),
and has the light band on the tail narrower (1-2 instead of 1'6) ; the tail shorter,
7'5 in.stead of 8'5. Perhaps it is not worth while .separating it from S. pallidus.''
At the end of the year 1893 I again received a lot of Nias birds from Mr. Thomas,
and was very much pleased in finding in it a second specimen of the Spilornis.
Having also lately had an opportunity of comjiaring my Nias birds with two fine
skins of S. pallidus from Borneo (cJ and ? , collected by .Mr. Hose, brought liome by
Professor W. Kiikenthal, and belonging to the Senckenberg IMuseum at Frankfort),
I find that the differences between the Nias form and that inhabiting Borneo, as
already pre-tumed by me when comjiaring the de.'icription of S. jmllidxs, and as
' The material in the 'I'riiig Musetim seems to eonfinn ttie so.\tiaI diil'erences dcsci-iljod by Ccuiit
iiei'Iepsch, and they seem to exist in tlie Malaccji species as well. — K. Hartert.
( 74 )
confirmed by my excellent friend Count Salvadoii in (he above-named letter, are
ajjparently well founded.
The Xias birds difter from the Borneo specimens in being much smaller in all
their dimensions, exhibiting shorter wings, tails, bills, and legs. Contrary to the
statements of Count Salvadori, I don't find that the liglit tail-bands are narrower, but
I find that the dark (black) bands of the tail are rather narrower, and also that the
black ti]is of the juiniaries are shorter. As far as I can make out from the dried
si>ecimens, it appears that the Nias form has a much lighter bill than that from
Borneo, but this may be an accidental character.
After all I feel justified in separating the Nias form as a new species, and I take
the liberty to name it after Count Salvadori, to wiiom we owe the first knowledge of
the interestinsj avifauna of t lie islaud of Nias.*
Note on Oriolus consobrinus l!ams.
In Proc. Zool. Soc, 1879, [i. 70!), .Mr. 1\. G. Wardlaw Kamsay described a. female
Onohis from Sandakan, North-East Borneo, under the name of 0. consohrimus, at
the same time expressing his belief that the unknown male would be found to
resemble that of 0. xanthonotus, "but possibly with the up])or tail-coverts reddish
or rusty brown." As far as I know no author since has mentioned that species, but if
1 am riglit I think 1 have been fortunate enough to discover the Tnale of 0. consohrinnH.
In a collection of badl_v pre))arcd Borneo skins which Mr. Schli'iter, of Halle,
forwarded to me last year, I found two iiiale specimens of an Oriolus allied to
0. xanthonotus, which immedialely arose my attention as they differed from speci-
mens from Baram River and Mount Penrisen in Western Borneo, which are identical
with true 0. xanthonotus from Malacca, etc. These specimens had no original labels
attached to them, but they have l^chlilter's labels, " Kinabalu " being written on
them in Schlilter's handwriting. The majority of the specimens in that collection
were thus labelled Kinalialu (l)eing also well-knomi Kinabalu forms), others ■' Lawas
River" or " Labuan." I don't know who was the collector.
Now the two Oriolus from Kinabalu differ from three specimens of 0. xantho-
notus from Baram River, Penrisen, and from other skins of that species, in being
larger in all their dimensions, especially in having a much longer and larger bill,
which is generally of a darker colour. The black cap is rather more brownish, not
deep black as in 0. xanthonotus, and is rather more extended to the nape. The
yellow back is rather more greenish. The black on (he breast is not so clearly
sei)arated from the white underiiarts, the black feathers being margined laterally with
white or greyish white. Finally the black stripes on the abdomen are rather
broader. I may add the following diagnosis : —
0. consobrinus (V) (J ad. 0. xanthonoio afBnis sed major, rostro imprimis lon-
giore et crassiore et obscurius brunneo tincto, nigredine capitis luridiore et magis ad
nucham extenso, dorso Inridiore flavo, nigredine pectoris sulrtiis minus dare definite
jilumis nigris albo lateraliter marginatis; necnon striis nigris abdominis latioribus
distinguendus.
* 1 have not been able to compare S. mhiivmsViumc {Stray Feathers, {., p. 4(!4), from Camurt.i
(Nicobars), which seems to agree with S. salradiirii in its small size, but may difter in coloration, nor have
I .'iecn the small birds from Natuna Island which my friend Mr. Hartert provisionally referred to S./mlliitus
(if. N'OVITATES ZOOLOGICAK, I., p. 482).
( 75 )
Two c?<^ Kinabalu: al. 116, llo^; (-■and. 77i, 74i ; culm. 25f, 24; tars. 2U,
2H mm.
Three (?c? Western Borneo (0. xanthonotus) : al. Ill, 111), l(i2; caud. 72, 71,
6.5 ; culm. 22i, 21J, 21i ; tars. 20^, 201, 20 mm.
Hah. In Borneo septentrionali.
c? c? in JIus. Berlepsch et Tring.
N.B. — It would be desirable to examine Philippine specimens, as perhaps tiiey
iriay also belong to 0. consobrinus.
DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES OF BUTTERFLIES,
CAPTURED BY MR. DOHERTY IN THE ISLANDS OF THE EASTERN
ARCHIPELAGO, AND NOW IN THE MUSEUM OF THE HON. WALTER '
ROTHSCHILD AT TRING.
By H. GROSE SMITH, B.A., F.E.S., F.Z.S., etc.
PART I.
1. Delias sacha sp. nov.
jMale. — Upperside: both wings wliite. Anterior wings with a lilack apical patch,
in whicli is situate a row of six white spots smaller than in D. poecilla VolL, the
inner side of the black patch towards the costa being dusted with white scales and
becoming obsolete. Posterior wings with an outer-marginal broad black band,
irrorated with white scales on its inner edge ; between the veins on the margin is a
row of rather indistinct subtriangular white spots dusted with black scales, the lowest
being between the two lowest median nervules, and almost obsolete.
Underside: anterior wings resemble D. poeeiliu, but the white .sjjots in the
ajiical black area are more clearly defined and are outwai'dly conical. Posterior wings
lemon yellow, bordered by a broad lilacl; band, narrower and straighter than in
D. poecilia, in which is situate, nearer the margin than in that species, a row of sub-
triangular orange spots with their apices pointing outwardly (not inwardly, as in
D. poecUia) ; above the anal angle the inner edge of the black area is narrowly tinged
with orange.
Expanse of wings : 2i inches.
Hah. Obi Island.
This species is nearest to D. poecilia on the upperside ; on the underside it more
closely resembles D. Candida Vol!., but the outer-marginal black band on tlie under-
side of the posterior wings is wider and extends to the apex. Descrilied from two
specimens.
2. Appias eurosuudaua sp. no\.
Male. — Upperside: both wings lacteous wliite. Anterior wings witli the costal
and outer margins narrowly black, dusted witli lilack scales on the costal margin ; the
ends of the veins on the outer margin, from the lowest median uervule to the apex,
ti]iped with greyi.sh black, the dark tips being minute on the first -named vein, and
gradually increasing in size and becoming confluent towards the apex.
( -ti )
Underside : anterior wings white, yellowish at the ba--e, broadly stramineous at
the ajiex. Posterior wings iinit'ormly stramineous.
Female. — Ujjperside: botli wings pale yellowish white, with broad black borders.
On the anterior wings the black area extends over the end and upjier part of the cell
and along the costal margin towards the base, where it is densely dusted with grcv
scales ; the inner edge of the black area extends obliquely across the disc, being
rather deeply indented between the two lowest median nervules, to the inner margin
at three-fourths from the base. Towards the apex are three grey streaks placed
obliquely. On the posterior wings the black outer-marginal Iwrder nearly follows
the contour of the wings and extends over the outer third, slightly narrowing towards
the anal angle; its inner edge is irregular and dusted with grey scales.
Underside: both wings with the dark areas above glossed with purplish in certain
lights, and rather paler towards the apex of the anterior wings. On the anterior
wings the grey subapical streaks are represented by an indistinct oblique band of
pinkish grey. The pale area is yellowish white on the anterior and orange tawny on
the posterior wings.
Expanse of wings : 2 inches.
Ilab. Males fi-om Oinainisa (Timor) and Sambawa. Females from Oinainisa aii<l
one from Wetter.
This species is near to A. paula Kobe-, to both sexes of which it bears consider-
able resemblance. It belongs to the group of A. agave Feld.
3. Appias ambigua sp. nov.
Female. — Upperside: botli wings slightly yellowish white. On the anterior
wings the costal and outer margins are rather broadly bordered with brownish black,
the inner edge of which, along the outer margin, is indented between the veins; on
the disc between the two upper median nervules is a round patch of brownish black
scales, above which, between the discoidal nervules, rather farther from the outer
margin, is an indistinct oblique dusky streak, and between the second and tliird sub-
costal nervules is another dark jiatch confluent witli the dark costal border, and in
some cases also confluent with the oblique dusky streak ; the wings at the apex are
rather acute. Posterior wings with small grey spots on the outer margin at the ends
of the veins, those towards the anal angle becoming linear and obsolete.
Underside: anterior wings dull white, except the apical third, which is glossy
pinkish white ; the base, costal and outer margins tinged with yellow, one dark grey
.spot on the disc between the two upper median nervules. Posterior wings glossy
pinkish white, the costal and outer margins narrowly pale yellow.
Expanse of wings : 1| inch.
Hah. Two specimens from Wetter, one from Dili, and one i'rom Halmaheira.
There are no males in the collection, from any of the above localities, with which they
can be paired ; but there is a iiiale specimen from Dammer in the collection, without
any discal spots on the upperside of the anterior wings, and the ends of the veins on
the posterior wings not tipped with grey spots, which is probably its male. The
anterior wings of this specimen are more elongate and rather more acute at the apex.
-1. Elodiua pura >p. nov.
Male. — Upperside: white. Anterior wings with the apex, from the costa at
two-thirds from the base to a little below the middle median nervule, obliquely
( M )
ilark greyish black, the inner edge of which is less sinuate than in E. vdhiJa P'eld.,
which in other respects it much resembles.
Utulerside : pure silvery white, very slightly tinged with yellow at the base.
Expanse of wings : 1^ inch.
Hab. Pura, Alor, Larentuka, Adonara.
The anterior wing.s are comparatively shorter than in E. velleda, and are of the
same length as the posterior wings.
5. Revadebra philo -p. nov.
Upperside: both wings resemble li. phyle Feld., but differ from it as under : On
the anterior wings the band of setni-hyaline spots beyond the cell is more oblique ; the
first spot in the band nearest the costa is closer to the second, the third spot is more
elongate, and the fourth is smaller and situate nearer the outer margin ; the outer
row of sulimarginal spots is not continued beyond the uppermost median nervule, the
third and fourth spots from the apex being obsolete. On the posterior wings across
the disc, a little beyond its middle, is situate a row of spots in pairs between the
veins, the pair between the subcostal nervules being confluent ; the sulimarginal row
of small spots which in R. phyle extends nearly to the anal angle is represented onlv
by two indistinct spots near the apex.
The tmderside does not differ from the upperside, except that there is a sub-
marginal row of minute spots in pairs between the veins on the posterior wings.
Expanse of wings : 2f inches.
One specimen only, from Rambawa.
(i. Patosa nubaida sp. nov.
jMale. — Upjperside: both wings velvety brown, with the costal thiid of the
posterior wings becoming paler, and the lower part of the cell and the area round it
slightly darker, but rather paler towards the costal margin about its middle.
Underside: anterior wings as on the upperside, with the inner margin broadlv
sericeous whitish brown ; a round spot towards the end of the cell, and three spots on
the disc beyond the cell : the upper spot, situate above the upper median nervule,
sublinear; the second and third larger; the second ovate, indented on its inner
side ; the third, the largest, elongate oval. Posterior wings with the disc crossed
about its middle by an indistinct curved paler brown space ; a minute spot towards
the end of the cell, and six rather larger sjiots beyond the cell, the second, third, and
sixth of which are the smallest.
The female on the upperside resembles the male, but is paler, with the spots on
the underside indistinctly visible through the wrings ; on the underside tlie spots on
both wings are larger. C)n the anterior wings the space above the pale inner-marginal
area is traversed by an elongate white streak commencing in a line with the lowest
discal spot and extending nearly to the base, where it merges in the dark brown of
the rest of the wings. On the posterior wings there is an additional white elongate
streak, which is situate above the first sulicostal nervule.
E'xpanse of wings : 3A inches.
Hah. Halmaheii-a.
Nearest to Patosa hatesii Feld., but a larger insect ; the absence of the pale outer
area on both wings of P. hatesii at once distinguishes it from that species.
( 78 )
7. Gamatoba dromhis ^^ll. nov.
Male. — Uppe)-»ide: both wings dark velvety brown; the basal three-fourths
of the anterior and the central part of the posterior wings suffused with dull purple
in certain lights.
Underside: both wings dark brown. Anterior wings with a spot towards the
end of the cell and three spots beyond it, of which the first is the smallest,
and the lowest is the largest and subquadrate ; above the subcostal nervure, between
the first two subcostal nervules, is a minute spot, and there are two minute subapical
spots, and two others on the disc between the submedian nervules. Posterior wings
with a minute six)t towards the end of the cell, and a curved row of five others a little
beyond it; towards the apex are two rows of spots, between the veins, the inner row
of four spots rather larger than the outer row consisting of five .spots.
Fem.^le. — Upperslde: paler than the male. Anterior wings with a rather large
spot between the two upper median nervules, a little beyond the end of the cell, and
a minute spot between the two first subcostal nervules ; there is a submarginal row of
six spots following the contour of the wings, commencing near the apex and ceasing
with the spot between the two lowest median nervules, the third and fourth spots
nearly obsolete.
Underside.: witii all the spots much larger. f)n the anterior wings, beyond the
cell and curving round it, is a row of five spots, the uppermost small, the second elongate,
the third hastate, the fourth and fifth the largest and subquadrate ; in the space above
the submedian nervure is a broad white streak, becoming narrower and obsolete
towards the base ; a submarginal row of eight smaller spots lietween the veins extends
from the costa to a little above the posterior angle. On the posterior wings there is
a round spot near the end of the cell, a curved row of seven spots beyond the cell,
with a long streak near the inner margin about its middle, beyond which are two
rows of small spots, the inner row on the disc and extending from near the apex to
the lowest submedian nervule, and the outer row submarginal in ])airs between the
veins.
Expanse of wings : 3i inches.
Hah. Halmaheira.
On the upperside the male is scarcely distinguishable from Patosa nubaida :
on the underside it is nearest to Gamatoba spicidifera Moore, but all the spots are
much larger and more developed.
The type-specimen of G. spicidifera in ^Slr. Grose Smith's collection is a mak,
and has numerous spots on the upperside of the anterior wings, which are likewise
j)resent in the female of G. dromius.
8. Neptis mimetica sp. nov.
Male. — Upperside: greyish brown. Anterior wings with a curved band of eight
white spots across the disc lieyond the middle : the first, near the costal margin, linear ;
the second, the largest, situate farthest from the outer margin ; the third, fifth, and
sixth about equal in size ; the fourth, which is situate between the lowest discoidal
and uppermost median nervules, consisting of a short streak ; the seventh is
e.Ktended inwardly at its lower end ; the eighth is oval, and situate on the inner
margin near the posterior angle. Outside the spots are three rows of brownish white
bars between the veins, the middle bar the broadest ; ciliae between the veins
narrowlv white. Posterior wings with the sjiace from the costal margin to near the
( 79 )
discoidal iiervule paler sericeous; the disc is crossed a little beyond the middle by
a row of white spots between the veins, those from the subcostal to the lowest
median nervules large and conical, the others indistinct and becoming obsolete ;
close outside this row is another row of broad whitish brown bars, divided by the
brown veins, traversed a little above their middle by indistinct brown lines ; beyond
these is a third row of narrower brownish white bars, followed, a little before the
outer margin, by a series of indistinct grey streaks.
Underside: very rufous brown, with the spots and bars as on the upperside ; tiie
cell of the anterior wings is crossed at its extremity by an indistinct ])aler brown
streak.
The femule resembles tlie mule, but is larger and rather jjaler.
Expanse of wings: male, 2^ inches ; fcuMle, 2\ inches.
Two inales and five females from Dili. This species mimics Audaneafi orope
Boisd.
y. Neptis dohertyi sj). nov.
M.\LE. — Upperside: greyish black. Anterior wings crossed towards the ajiex
by a row of three white s[iots placed obliquely, the first near the costa linear, the
second and third subquadrate. On the disc is a transverse broad band of confluent
white spots : the uppermost, between the two upper median nervules, subovate ; the
lowest, on the inner margin about its middle, is elongate inwardly towards the base.
Between these rows of spots and the outer margin is a row of small whitish spots,
tho.se towards the apex the whitest, bordered on each side with indistinct bars
darker than the rest of the wings; there is an indistinct pale streak in the cell.
On the posterior wings is a very broad white band, which crosses the disc and cell at
about its midille ; half-way between the band and the outer margin is an indistinct
pale brown line, bordered on each side with indistinct darker brown bars; ciliae of
both wings between the veins narrowly white.
Underside: chocolate brown, with tlie markings as on the upperside. On the
anterior wings the submarginal row of small spots is more distinct, and the white
subapical and discal bands are bordered outwardly by indistinct sinuate pale lines ;
along the lower part of the cell is a basal white line, followed at the end of the cell
by a narrow subtriangular white spot ; there are two submarginal rows of white lines,
one in the middle, the other at the posterior angle, bordered outwardly with gi-ey
scales. On the posterior wings the shoulder is Iwoadly white, followed by a white
streak which crosses the basal part of the cell and extends on either side of the first
subcostal nervule ; outside the white discal band is a continuous row of white bars
following the contour of the wings, with a narrow, rather short, white line above it,
commencing on the inner margin, and a submarginal band of narrow white lines.
The female resembles the mule, but is rather larger.
Expanse of wings : 1| inch.
Hub. Tenimber.
10. Melanitis belinda sp. nov.
M.^LK. — Upperside: both wings olivescent brown — anterior wings very falcate
truncate at the apex— becoming darker lirown in the middle towards tlie rather oblique
bright ferruginous brown sinviate band which broadly crosses the wings fi-om (he costa
at about three-fourths from the base to the posterior angle. The inner edge of Ibis
( 8")
baud is verv sinuate, being convex between the upjier and middle and concave
between the middle and lower median nervnles ; on the outer side of the band, on
either side of the upi^er median nervule, is an indistinct confluent black spot, in
which are situate two white spots, the lower sjwt being minute, the other large and
oval ; between the discoidal nervnles nearer the margin is another minute white spot.
Posterior wings become darker brown from the middle to the anal angle and near
the outer margin. Tlie outer margin from the apex to the middle median nervule
has a well-defiued jiale tawny border, broadest at the apex, narrowing gradually to
the last-named nemile, where it becomes grey.
Underside: both wings are mottled brownish grey, with indistinct streaks and
s[X)ts, as in many of the forms of M. isniene Cram. The ferruginous band on the
upperside of the anterior wings is represented by a pale indistinct somewhat tawny
space dusted with brown ; the white spots of the upperside reappear, the upper and
imder spots being narrowly surrounded by black. On the posterior wings is a large
curved sepia-brown patch, commencing on the costa near its middle, and extending
across the wings outside the cell to the middle median nervule ; between the veins
is a submarginal row of rather small black spots, centred with white and suiTounded
by pale rings.
Exjmnse of wings : 3 inches.
Hab. Adonara.
Three specimens. The undersides vary, as is the case with many of the species
of the M. ismene group to which this insect belongs.
11. Mycalesis merops sp. uov.
M.\LE. — Upper»ide : dark brown, rather more rufous than jU. nihuus Linn.
Anterior wings with a large black ocellus on the disc between the middle and lowest
median nervules, with a white pupil and a narrow tawny ring outside; the basal
two-thirds of the wings are darker than the outer third, the dark area extending
from the costa to the inner margin. Posterior wings elongated to the anal angle,
and becoming paler ; on the disc between the median nervules aud the submedian
ner\Tire are three black ocelli with white pupils and tawny rings ; the largest
is in the middle, and the smallest is below. Near the margins of both wings
is a narrow dusky line, with traces on the posterior wings of an inner sinuate line.
Underside : both wings purplish grey, the middle third crossed by a broad
curved darker band, extending from the costa of the anterior to the inner margin of
the posterior wings; the outside edge of the band is clearly defined by a narrow ])ale
grey space. On the anterior wings, inside the hand, the cell is crossed near the base
by a sinuate line, and a subreniform darker spot near the middle : on the disc are
two small ocelli, one towards the apex, the other between the mi<ldle and lowest
median nervules ; towards the outer margin are two sinuate dark lines. On the
j)Osterior wings the dark central band becomes grey towards the base and anal angle ;
the inner edge of the band, where it crosses the cell, is curved towards the base ; on
the disc between the veins is a row of seven ocelli with white pupils and tawny rings,
the first, fourth, fifth, and .sixth being larger than the others; outside the spots are
two dark lines, of which the inner is very sinuate.
The female resembles the male, but is larger and paler.
Expanse of wings : inale, 1| inch ; female, 2 inches.
Hab. Sambawa, Adonara, and Pura.
( 81 )
Nearest to M. mineus and M. perseus Fabr., l3ut differs chiefly in the elongate
shape of the posterior wings and on the underside in the shape of the central band.
12. Mycalesis persa sp. nov.
Male. — Upperside. : differs from M. perseus Fabr. in both wings being more
rufous brown, and in the ocellus on the upperside of the anterior wings being larger
and surrounded by a bright rufous ring.
On the underside there are only two ocelli on the anterior wings, one near the
apex, the other between the two lowest median nervules, each surrounded by a pale
brown outer ring; the pale streak which crosses these wings is much more obscure
and nearer to the ocelli than in M. perseus. On the jiosterior wings the pale streak
is Likewise more obscure and nearer to the row of ocelli, and instead of being straight,
as in M. perseus, it curves outwardly between the lowest subcostal and upper median
nervules.
The /emaZe differs from the male in being paler and the ocellus on the uiipcr-
side of the anterior wings being larger.
Expanse of wings : If inch.
Hab. Dili (Timor).
A series of seven specimens, none of which differ from the type.
NOTE ON THE STEPHENS ISLAND ROCK-WEEN
TBAVEIiSIA LYALLI Rothsch.'
By the HON. WALTER ROTHSCHILD.
WHEN I described this very interesting bird {Bidl. B. 0. C, December 29th,
1894), although I had nine specimens before me, nothing was known of its
habits. It has since been re-described by Sir Walter L. Buller in the Ibis (April
1895), under the name of Xenicus insularis, but the author gives us no further
particulars, except that the three specimens were Isrought in by the cat. Now I have
had a letter from Ur. Henry Travers, who tells me that all the eleven specimens (ten
in my Museum, and the one from which Sir Walter Buller made his description)
were brought in by the cat. The bird itself has only been seen on two occasions
alive, when disturbed from holes in the rocks, and was not obtained. It is nocturnal,
runs like a mouse and very fast, and did not fly at all.
( 82 )
NEW SPECIES AND GENERA OF GEOMETBJDAE
IN THE TIUNG MUSEUM.
By W. WARREJSr, M.A., F.E.S.
Suiii-AMiLY OENOCHROMINAE.
Adelotypa gen. nov.
Forewings: with costa straight, or even slightly conca\e, except before ai)e.x,
where it is shortly convex; apex blunt; hiiulmargiu curved, more strongly towards
anal angle, which is well marked.
Ilimlwiw/s: with rounded hindmargin, and aual angle slightly produced.
Palpi i)orrect ; tongue ? Antennae of ? filiform.
Neuraiioii: cell about half as long as wing; discocellular indiscernible.
Forewings, first median at three-fourths, second and third together from lower end of
cell ; lower radial from centre of discocellular space ; upper fi-om top end of cell : one
subcostal absent ; the last two on a joint stem from just before end of cell, the other
two free. Hindwings with costa strongly shouldered at base; costal vein arched
upwards from base away from subcostal, and terminating half-way along the costal
margin ; two subco.^tal nervules from top end of cell ; radial from centre of disco-
cellular space ; medians as in forewings.
Type : Adelotyjja xanthohrunnea ^^'arr.
The jwsition of this genus is uncertain and eqiuvocal. The radial of the hindwings
is distinct ; the arching of the costal vein and the direction of its course are both
peculiar; I can detect no bar between the costal and subcostal, as in the OrthoslLcinae,
and am therefore obhged to refer it to the Oenoc/irominae, notwithstanding the
almost entire difference in its superficial appearance.
Adelotypa xauthobruniiea sp. nov.
Forewinc/s : rather deep yellow, with the base, the costa to near the middle, and
the hindmargin broadly dull chestnut brown ; this marginal region is bounded
internally by a curved deeper brown shade, and a similar deeper shade is discernible
immediately before the hindmargin, and reaches quite to the anal angle, whereas
the marginal fascia itself is interrupted bolow the submedian fold by the yellow
ground colour.
Hindwings : rather deeper yellow, with a chestnut brown apical patch, and a
smaller one at the anal angle; fringes and basal line of fringes in both wings 'bro«-n ;
base of fringes paler.
Head, thorax, and abdomen (mouldy) probably brown. Underside like ujiiier,
Imt the yellow much paler, with three irregular curved series of deep yellow oblong
spots ; tlie edges of the marginal brown band more distinct as a series of browner
lunulate spots.
Expanse of wings : 30 mm.
One ? from South America (? Chili.)
( 83 )
Afrophyla gen. nov.
Forewings : triangular ; costa very slightly curved throughout ; apex produced
slightly ; hindmargin oblique, faintly sinuous, incurved below apex, and convex
above the anal angle, which is well marked.
Hindwings : broad, the hindmargin only ciuved, and with a slight elbow in the
middle.
Forehead somewhat produced below ; palpi porrect, not long, the third joint
minute ; tongue present ; antennae (?) filiform.
Neuration: cell half as long as wing. Forewings with first subcostal at three-
fourths, anastomosing with the stem of the other four, which rises at seven-eighths,
and forming thus a rather long accessory cell ; margins of the cell both bent inwards
towards end: first median at about one-half; second at seven-eishths, third from
lower angle of cell. Hindwings, subcostal upcurved near base, closely approximated
to the co.stal for a short distance ; two subcostals on a short stem ; radial from centre
of discocellular ; medians as in forewings.
Type : Afrophyla dichordata Warr.
Afrophyla dichordata sp. nov.
Forewings: pale whitisli ochreous, slightly dusted with brownish, more thickly
near base and along costa ; lines brown, the first at one-third, parallel to hindmargin,
not reaching the costa; second curved fi-om costa close before apex to inner margin
at two-thirds ; a brown cell-spot ; fringe brownish.
Hindwings: rather paler, not so much dusted with fuscous, with a single brown
submarginal line, which is more distinct towards the inner margin ; a brownish cell-
dot, and the fringes browni.<h.
Head, thorax, and abdomen ochreous much suffused with fuscous. Underside
like upper, but the lines less marked on the forewings, and more distinct on the
hindwings.
E.xpanse of \vings : 36 mm.
One ? from Tauta, E. Africa.
Nearcha benecristata sp. nov.
Forewings: pale whitish grey, with a slight ochreous tinge; very sparsely
dusted with fine blackish atoms ; costa ochreous yellow to beyond the middle ; first
line indicated by three black spots, on the median and submedian veins and inner
margin respectively; cell-spot ocelloid, black-edged; exterior line curved outwards
in the middle of the wing, and inwards in its lower course, represented by black vein-
dots edged posteriorly with pale from the costa to the first median, thence to the
inner margin by a thick black streak ; submarginal shade dark grey, not reaching
anal angle, and darkening towards the costa, which it attains close to the ajiex;
fringe concolorous, witli a row of black dots at the end of the veins.
HindAvings : with a central dark grey thickish line or shade, and the marginal
area dark grey, almost blackish at the inner angle.
Top of face, thorax, and abdomen concolorous with wings, or even paler. Face
and pal))i black. Underside more or less suffused with smoky grey, with a large
blackish cell-spot on each wing. Abdomen with a black-edged tuft of hair on either
side of the second segment above, and a second, more greyish tuft below on the
( 8-1 )
sides. Hindwings beneath with a lot of white hairs, and with a hirge black-tipped
tuft below the costa, and a smaller one at end of the cell.
Several examples from Australia ; a tj ii> the British Jluseum from Thursday
I slaud.
Leptoctenopsis nom. nov.
Leptoctenifitn Warr., \o\ itatks Zooluhuak, 1., p. :'>7'2 (1894) being preoccupied,
I pro[iose the aliove name for this genus.
SiBi-AMiLY EUMELEIXAE.
Eumelea rosalia Cram.
Cramer's type, from ,\inl)ciina, represents a very distinct-looking insect, with pure
yellow fringes, rosy wings, and a yellow basal streak on the forewings. To this no
siiecimens hitherto seen, as far as I know, actually correspond. If then, as seems
probable, Cramer's figure is to be considered as inexact, iadovicata Gruen., which does
occur in Amboina, would ap})ear to be the most likely rei)resentative of it. And so, in
the Zeller collectiou, there were two examples, from Amboina and Morty respectively
— answering precisely to an example in the British Museum collection from Amboina
— which were labelled, the one rus(dia Cram., the other romdiata Fab. ; neither agree-
ing with Cramer's figure, and both referable to the redder forms of ludovicdta. For
the present, however, consideiing the great vai-iety of local forms which exist in the
insects of this genus, I prefer to leave Cramer's species as distinct.
Eumelea sanguinata.
Eimielea rosalia Westw., Dime. Sal. Libr., .xxxvii., p. 21.3, I'l. Lxxxix., fig. 4.
Wlk., xxii., p. 809 (part).
Meyr., Pr. Linn. Soc. iV.S.W., 1890 (ii. 4), p. 1197. Australia.
? „ „ Meyr., Tc. £■. S., 1886, p. 190. Solomon Islands, New Britain.
This form appears to be confined to the easternmost portion of the Indo-Malayan
region. There are six specimens in the British Museum collection which can be
included under this head : four ? ? from Cerain,New Guinea, North Australia, and the
Kei Islands respectively, and two (JcJ from the Kei Islands and Celebes. Of these the
? from Ceram and tiie 6 from Celebes represent a blurred and suffused variety, while
the pair from the Kei Islands have the red varied by a si)rinkling of yellow over the
wings. The remaining two ? ? from New Guinea and North .Australia are the reddest
of all, and are most likely the form which Mr. Meyrick has identified as rosalia Cram.
Slui-amily CYLLOPODINAE.
Atyria Hiib.
Differs from Cyllopoda Dahn. in the c? antennae, the shaft of which is thick,
broad, and flattened, and armed with dense fascicles of cilia.
Type : A. isis Hvih.
Atyriodes gen. nov.
Distinguished from Atyria lliih. liy having the S antennae beset with pairs of
curved cilia.
Type : AtyHodea apjyi'oximans Wlk. {Ckrysauge).
( 85 )
Erilyces gen. nov.
Distiuo'uished from Lijces ^VIk., to whicli if is otherwise closely allied, by the <?
antennae being pectinated.
Type : Erilyces fiavissima Wlk. (Lyces).
Paratyria gen. nov.
Distinguished from CyUopoila Dalm., Aty^Ha Huh., and the other allied genera,
by having simple antennae in hotli sexes.
Type : Paratyria damn. Schaus {('yllopoda).
Scaptia Wlk.
The single insect which stands as the type to this genus is distinguished from
all the allied forms by having the ? antennae almost as strongly pectinated as in
the cJ.
Type : Scaptia, int-ercepta Wlk. (C'hrysauge).
Smicropus nom. nov.
Micropiis was already used in the Birds (1808).
nov.
Smicropus angusta sp. nr
Like S. longalis (Hiih.) and S. simjdex (Keld.), but with the black border,
especially in the hindwings, very much restricted. The outline of the yellow smface
resembles that of longalis, being gradually rounded near the costa, without the slight
notch that is visible in simplex (PVld.).
Four SS from the Felder collection from South America, another from Colombia.
Smicropus latifasciata sp. no\-.
?. Like longalis (Hiib.), but with still broader black margins above, while the
black border of the hindwings beneath reaches beyond the border alio\e, and shows
through the yellow ground colour, as a dark shade on the upperside.
One ? from Cayenne, from tlie Felder collection.
Subfamily DYSPHANIINAE.
EUSCHEMIDAK ArcT.
Dysphania aui-iplaga sp. uov.
Wings rather deep purjilish hyaline, with the usual deep purplish markings. As
regards the forewiugs, very much like aurilimhata Moore : the hindwings difier
in ha\ing, in the S, the anal angle only broadly yellow and the inner margin
narrowly so ; in the ? the yellow is much deeper in colour and much broader along
the inner margin, and is continued in the form of spots to the inner angle of the wing
along the hindmargiu. Abdomen of S l)ale liluish white with black segmental
rings ; anal segments, sides, and belly wholly yellow : of the ? wholly white
without rings, with anal segment and underside yellow. The hindwings, when fresli,
show a decided elbow in the middle of the hindmargiu, as in semiflava Warr.
Expanse of wings : J', 84 mm. ; ? , 72 mm.
One cJ, two ? ?, from Gunong Ijan.
( 86 )
Dysphania berusteinii.
Helemuh bernsteinii Keld., lieine A'ov., PI. civ., tig. 2, S ■ Waigiou.
In bernsteinii Feld. there is, on the upperside of forewing.-;, only a .single yellow
al)breviatefl fascia and a small yellow dot beyond it, and on the hindwing.s a large
yellow .spot. On the underside of the hindwings is the commencement of a sul)-
marginal yellowish fascia.
Dysphania confluens sp. nov.
Like D. remota Wlk., from ^Ivsol and Batchian, but with the three white spots
umeh enlarged, subquadrate, and conHuent ; corresponding to JJ. auristriya Wlk. in
the yellow-belted series. Hindwings, as in D. remota, unmarked.
One S from Obi Island.
Dysphania doubledayi.
Nazis douhledayi iSnell., l^ijd. v. But., 188 1, ]j. i)(i.
Euscliema nudayanus Wlk., ii., p. 407 (nee Gueri.
Hazis malayaria Guen., PhuL, ii., p. 189 (nee Guerin).
Gu^rin's inalayanus is, as Snellen says, quite different : in it, the abdominal
margin, as well as a patch at the anal angle, is yellow. Guenee's reference is plainly
to this sjjecies, as he speaks of the yellow iiinule. It would appear to be a ratlier
common island form.
Dysphania flavidiscalis sp. no\ .
In the forewings like i>. auriplaga. Wan:, but the paler hyaline spaces duller,
and the dark purple markings coarser and thicker. The markings of the hindwings
are a dark basal bar, an oblong thick cell-spot, an irregularly angulated fascia, and a
series of submarginal spots, sometimes prolonged to join some small marginal ones,
all dark purjile. Of the costal one-third, the basal half is white, the rest pale purple,
but the whole of the inner-marginal half is golden yellow. Paljii and face brown and
white; collar purplish, W'itli a line of yellow in the middle, and some white in front
behind the eyes. Thorax pale bluish white, with a dark jiurplc hand in the middle,
and another at base of abdomen, which is wholly yellow.
One ? from Burmah.
Expanse of wings : 78 mm.
Dysphania latiflava sp. nov.
Foreioings : deeji purple, broken up by whitish hyaline blotches; a fine oblique
one from inner margin near base, a curved blotch of three before the discal spot, a
small round one beyond the discal sjjot. and an irregular sulimarginal band, con.sisting
of three flattened oblong blotches, a thinner one below them, a large (|uadrate oiie,
placed farther from hindmargin, and three or four small irregularly placed spots at
anal angle.
Hindnnngs: with rather more than the ba.sal half dark purple, with a hyaline
space in centre, and sending out rays along the veins into the yclloin outer half, which
contains a series of dull dark oblong blotches towards the inner angls, the two last
only distinct.
Face and collar wholly yellow; thorax deep purple, rather paler bclnnd ;
abdomen with a dark pur]>le belt at base, yellow with brown rings.
Kxjianse of wings : cj, 90 mm. ; ? , 84 mm.
A ]>air from New (iuinea.
( 87 )
Dysphania poeyi.
Deileptena poeyi Gueriii, Voi/. ib: hi Cuquillc, PI. xix., fig. ?>. Tvjio in H. ('.
Offack.
Hazis mars Boisd., Ent. de i' Astrolabe, Pt. 1, Lep., p. 205.
„ „ Boisd., Voy. de la Goquille, Zool., vol. ii., p. 283.
Euschema mars Wlk., ii., p. 408.
Hazis martiaria Guen., PhaL, ii., p. 19(1.
In this form the white belt consists of three large spots and one small contiguous
white spot. In the hindwings there is a small whitish spot. Underside of tlie fore-
wings with a broader white belt; of the hindwings with an interrupted submarginal
orange fascia.
Dysphania semiflava sp. nov.
tj. Foreivlngs : hyaline bhiish wliile, with the veins and all the usual markings
purplish black ; costa concisely dark ; discal spot large, oblong, followed towards anal
angle by a small oblong lilotch lietween first and second median, and this again by a
narrow inwardly oblique blotch to, inner margin ; these blotches are preceded by four
hyaline blotches, the two uppermost of which are the largest and clearest, the lower
two duller and cur\-ing inwards towards base ; they are followed by six hyaline blotches,
the upper three flattened, oblong, the fourth square, the lowest two small, close to anal
angle ; the apical one-third is occuiiied by four oblong lunate hyaline blotches.
Hindtvings : with the base, the costa narrowly, all the veins, a broad central blotch
from costal vein to near inner margin, a zigzag submarginal line, an irregular row of
black spots between the veins and a marginal row of lozenge-shaped spots, all black ;
base of wing beyond basal bar, and the two spaces beyond the submarginal band
opposite the cell, pale bluish ; all the rest of the wings bright yellow.
I have made the description from what is probably the ordinary form : the other
S has no hyaline blue at all in the hindwings, and not only so, but the whole basal
one-third of the forewings bright yellow, the two pale spaces before the discal sjiot
being partly bluish and partly yellowish. P'ace and front of collar yellow in both
examples ; frontlet, collar, tips of patagia, and base of abdomen black ; patagia, thorax,
and base of abdomen whitish blue in the one, wholly yellow, like the abdomen, in the
other.
Both (J i from Kias.
Expanse of wings : 78 mm.
'J'he species is especiallv distingnisliable by the outline of the hindwings, which
are not rounded, Init straight from the inner angle to the third median, with deep
indentations between the veins ; at the end of the third median is a prominent blunt
elbow, from which to tlie anal angle the hindmargin is wavy.
Dysphania supergressa sp. nov.
Closely allied to I), imildi/iuiiis Guer. and J), recessa Wlk. ; but while recfssa
has no vellow at all, and m.alai/anus a iimall blotch at anal angle and along inner
margin, in supergressa. the gilded area extends as far as the second median nervule,
forming a large and cons]iicuous anal blotch. In markings and shape of wings there
is no difference.
Two ? ? , one from Borneo, 78 mm., as large as the other species, the other from
Gunong Ijau, Perak, only (),> mm,, darker than the Bornean example and with only
one spot in the centre of the hinilwing. It is possible that this latter represents
Guende's minervaria.
( 88)
Subfamily PSEUDOTERPN INAE.
Mimanclria gen. nov.
Suiierficially extremely like E^ipi-lMk Meyr., but distinguished bv having the
? antennae pectinated, though not so strongly as in the S ■
Type : Mimarulria insularis ^^"arr.
Metallolophia gen. nov.
forewings narrower than in the allied genera, cut away at the anal angle;
antennae of S thick, be.set with very short, stout jiectinations ; abdomen with
metallic crests on first three segments.
Ty[jp : j]/. i-itiicostti \\'lk. (ITypochroma).
Si mwMii.v (fEOxMETKlXAK.
Chloractis gen. nov.
Fm-ewings: elongate; costa slightly arched throughout ^ apes acute; hind-
margin elbowed at end of thii-d median, straight or slightly concave above, oblique
lielow ; anal angle distinct.
Hindwings: with a distinct angle at end of third median; hindmargin thence
to anal angle straight ; anal angle rectangular ; inner angle rounded off, the hind-
margin above the elbow being simply sinuous.
Scaling fine and semitransparent. Antennae of c? pectinated ; palpi and mouth
parts damaged ; hind tibiae ^vith four spurs. Neuration normal.
Type : Chloractis pulcherrima Butler (Calothysanis).
Colutoceras gen. nov.
Foreivings : with costa straight for three-fourtlis, then slightly curved ; apex
bhmt ; hindmargin curved : anal angle distinct.
Hiiubrimjs : broad, the anal angle produced, and hindmargin fullv rounded.
Antennae of t? well pectinated ; palpi rostriform ; second joint flattened, rough
scaled; third joint small, pointed, droojung ; tongue very feel)le ; hind tibiae "of
S with two pairs of adjacent spurs, and a tuft of hairs. Neuration normal.
Type : Colutoceras dihUa Warr.
Colutoceras diluta sp. nov.
Forewi/ngs: pale apple-green, with tlie costa paler; the lines very indistinct,
slightly paler; the first at one-third curved outwards and edged e.xternallv with
faintly darker green ; the second, quite near the hindmargin, to which it runs parallel,
does not reach the costa, and is faintly curved outwards towards the anal angle ; this
is edged with darker green internally ; cell-spot indistinct, reddish.
Hindiolngs: the same, but the lines still fainter.
Head, face, and antennae white ; thorax and abdomen pale green; palpi white,
tinged with pinkish externally. Underside whitLsh green, with the celUspots dark.
Expan.se of wings : 36 mm.
One c? from Kiushiu, .lapan.
( 89 )
Dyschloropsis gen. nov.
Foreivini/s : shaped mucli as in Heuustola Warr.
Hindwings : with hindmargin not rounded. Init twice hent, once just below the
apex, and again at the end of the third median ner\ule ; anal angle prominent.
Antennae of S shortly pectinated, of ? sinijile. Forewings green ; hindwings
whitish.
Type : Dysehlcn'opsis impararia Gueu.
I have not seen this insect; but, from the tigure given by .Millicre, it certainlv
cannot be left in Eucrostis, and the outline of the hindwings is different from that
of all other genera of the snbfamilv.
Gelasma albistrigata sp. nov.
Forewings : jiale green, shagreened with white : an indistinct jialer curved basal
line, .slightly edged externally with darker green ; a regularly ilenticulated second
line, internally dark green ; discal mark ereseentic, dark gi'een.
Hindwings : the same.
Fringe concolorous ; vertex and shaft of antennae white; pectinations, palpi, and
face rusty brown ; thorax and abdomen concolorous with wings. Underside nearly
white.
Fxpanse of wings : ? , 4G mm. : c?, 08 mm.
Japan.
Meg'alochlora viridescentaria.
Geometrina viridesctiiUiria .Motschl., Et. Eat., 1800, p. 3(5. .Tapan.
Motschl., Bull. Mosc. 1866, i., p. li»U.
? Chlm-ochroma spunsaria Breni., Lep. E. Sib., p. 77, PI. vi., fig. 25.
Geometrn „ S. & W'., Cat., No. 2057.
Megalochlora „ Jleyr., Tr. E. S., 1892, p. 95.
In tlie Bidl. Mosc, loc. cit., ^lotschulsky says that his viridescentaria very
much resembles Bremer's G. sponsaria. \\'hetlier it be identical, or only congeneric,
strictly, his generic name Geometrina should, on the score of priority, stand for the
genus, instead of Meyrick's Megalochlora ; but the use of the word Geometrina
for a genus, when tlie whole subfamily is so frequently denoted by the term
Geometrinae might be olyectionable.*
Mesurodes gen. nov.
Distinguished from Urospila Warr. and Orniihospila Warr., to both of which
the typical species bears a superficial likeness, by the palpi and antennae. The
palpi are extremely short and weak, and the antennae (?)much thickened towards
the base. In the other genera the palpi are strongly developed, especially in the $,
and the antennae of the ? filiform and slender throughout. The angulation of the
hindwings is intermediate between the two. The c? will no doubt show otlier )ioints
of di ffeience.
Ty])e : Mesurodefi erichlora ^leyr. (/odts).
Miantonota gen. nov.
Forewings: Iriangidar; cost a hardly arched ; ai)ex blunt; hindmargin curved ;
inner margin straight ; anal angle well ex]iressed.
* In my opinion it is much more ol3Jectional>le to ab.audon tlic Law of priority than to accept the name
of Gnotnrti'iiui.—K. J.
( 90 )
Hindwinifs : broad, with tlie hindmargin distinctly elbowed at end of third
nicdian ; anal angle square, rather produced.
Antennae of S with short even pectinations, the terniinal third s?ubserrale ; of
? simjjle, very finely subserrate beneath. Palpi of d porrect, short ; second joint
hairy, third minutely rostriform ; of ? longer. Tongue present ; hind tibiae of (?
thickened with pencil of hairs, with three spurs, one at end, the other two above ;
abdomen in both sexes with the middle segments tinged witli red above.
Type : Miantonola intei/rii W-.u-r.
Phrudocentra gin. no\.
Allied to Miantonota Wnrr., l)nt differing in the following points: the himl-
niargin of forewings is not evenly carved, but bulging in the middle, and slightlv
concave above and below, the apex of the wing thus appearing more pointed ; the
antennae of the ? are perfectly filiform, not subserrate ; and while the <S palpi agree
with those oi Miantonota, the ? are long and slender, just as in the genus Aniaodes
and its allies ; the hind tibiae of the c? are thickened w'ith a pencil of hairs, but are
entirely devoid of spurs. In scaling luid coloration tlie genus approaches Melocldwa
and Dichorda.
Type : Phrudocentra jjupilhiMi, W'arr.
Pyrochlora gen. uo\ .
Forevdngs : with costa gradually arched throughout ; apex blunt, more
produced in ? than (? ; hindmargin oblii|uely curved, in the ? very slightly
sinuous ; anal angle distioct.
Hindwings : broad; the anal angle produced and square; hindmargin faintlv
curved.
Palpi very short, porrect, not reaching iieyond face; tongue present; antennae
shortly l)ectinated in both sexes, the aiiical half ciliated ; hind tibiae of t? with two
pairs of stout spin's.
Type: Pyrochlom rhanin VvMn. (Phal. Gconi.)
Slhkamily STEKI{IIIX.\K.
ACinALlDAE AKT.
Antitrygodes gen. nov.
Kesembles Tri/r/odes Guen. in sliape of wings, but ditVers in the following
]ioints : the pal|)i are shortly iqiturued in front of face, not porrect, as in I'l'yyoden ;
the hind tibiae of the c? are thickened and flattened, smooth, without spurs, and the
hind tar.si aborted, as in Ptychopoda Stph. Though bearing a strong sujjerficial
likeness to Trygodes, the species have markings of a quite different character. In the
American genus the three transverse denticulated lines are parallel to one another
and to the hindmargin; in the Indian, on the contrary, the first line is nearly
straight, the .second oblique and minutely dentate, the third curved outwards towards
the anal angle, and not parallel either to the second or to the hindmargin.
Nearation : cell nearly half as long as wing ; first median at two-thirds, sccoikI and
third from lower angle of cell ; lower radial i'rom above centre of discocellular, upper
from upper angle of cell ; last four subcoslals on common stem, fir.sl approximated
to or anastomosing with their stem. Hindwings with the radial from above centre
of discocellular; two subcostals from upper angle of cell ; medians as in forewings.
Type : Antitrygodes divisario, ^\'lk. (Macaria).
( 91 )
Chlorerythra gen. nov.
Forewiags : elongate; eo.sta stiaiglit till shortly before apex, which is proiiiinoiit ;
hindmargin oblique, straight.
Hindiuings : with rounded hindtnargin, and anal angle jiroduced and square.
Palpi rostriform, drooping ; tongue present ; antennae of cJ strongly pectinated
to the end ; hind tibiae of d with four spurs. Neuration normal.
Type : Chlorerythra rabriplaga Warr.
Distinguished from both diamptolomd, ^^'arr. and 'Trnmiiuht Saalm. by tlie
rounded hindiniirgiu and decide<lly [iroduced anal angle of the hindwings.
Chlorerythra rubriplaga sp. nov.
Foreioings: pale green, with an oblique red-brown stripe from inner margin
at two-thirds towards apex, which it does not reach ; this stripe is edged externally
by a pale pinkish ochreous stripe ; fringe vinous red, with a darker basal line,
preceded by a pale pinkish ochreous streak along the hindmargin.
Hindiuings: ochreous tinged with green; fringe concolorous, but with a thick
red basal line.
Thorax concolorous with forewings, abdomen with liinilwings; face and }jalpi
red-brown ; vertex and antennae white. Underside pale yellowish green on inner
half of forewings, suffused with rosy brown near base and along the costa, and with
ochreous dusted with reddish towards a]iex ; a reddish oblique line from before apex,
just where the line is wanting above. Hindwings greenish ochreous, thickly sprinkled
with reddish, and with a straight reddish line before hindmargin.
Expanse of wings : 32 mm.
Several of lioth sexes from South Africa.
Cnemodes Guen., Phal., ii., p. o.
Guenee placed under Cnemodes three species: hlrcarlu, castaria, and
indignaria. Hircaria is identical with H. S.'s Semaeopus serrilinearia, both
names, generic and specific, being prior to Guende's. Sernueopics must therefore
stand for serrilinearia ( = hircaria Gn.) and for castaria. which is congeneric.
Cnemodes may be retained, however, for Guenee's third species, indigmirla, which
differs in several points.
Conchocometa gen. nov.
Allied to the group of Plallsodcs, etc., but characterised by the following points :
hind tibiae of tj with two, of ? with four, spurs of very unequal length ; basal
segments of abdomen of c? armed with Haps of scales, one at each side being smooth
and very glossj'.
Type: Conchocoineta sahulosa Warr.
Conchocometa sabulosa sp. nov.
Foreivings : pale dull sand colour, thickly dusted with darker sandy and fuscous
atoms ; the fuscous atoms thickest along the costa ; basal, central, exterior, and two
snbmarginal lines dark sandy, the exterior alone marked by very dark red vein-
jioints ; an indistinct dark cell-spot ; fringe concolorous, with a row of deep red spots
at the base between the veins, and a row of similar-coloured dots in the fringe
o])posite the ends of the veins.
Hindxuings : the same, but the cell-siiot distinct, brown-black.
8
( 92 )
Face dull brownish above, paler below ; palpi pale ochreous beneath and on the
inside, bright rosy outside, like the forelegs ; vertex, thorax, and abdomen sandy.
Underside of forewings pale ochreous, suffused towards base with dull rosy, with the
basal fnnge-s{X)ts and exterior line reddish ; of hindwings uniform ochreous, with only
the fringe-spots reddish.
Expanse of wings : 34 nun.
1 (J, several ? ?, fi'om Palawan.
Cosymbia angeronaria sp. nov.
Fweit'ings : canary yellow, more or less covered with transverse red striae!
a curved thick red central shade ; the two lines indicated by larger red spots, the
exterior line of spots being followed by a narrow space of cleai-er vellow ; fringes
yellow with base reddish ; cell-spot small, whitish edged with red.
Hindirings : the same.
Head, thorax, and abdomen concolorous. Underside dull brick-red, with yellow
fringes.
Expanse of wings : 2'2 mm.
S. America.
Craspedia erubescens sp. no\-.
Forewings: ochreous flesh-colour, with sparse blackish dots; the lines pale brown'
not denticulated, rather thick; first near base, fi-om about one-third of costa to one-
fourth of inner margin, marked with dai'ker on the veins and inner margin ; second
beyond middle, angulated on upper radial, then oblique and parallel to hindniai'gin to
middle of inner margin ; third wavy at five-sixths, containing two blackish brown
bilobed blotches, one opposite the cell, the other above the inner margin, the line
itself becoming black on their inner edges ; marginal area darker, with the subterminal
line showing slightly paler and wavy ; fringes concolorous, with two or three minute
dots below apex at their base ; discal dot brownish, indistinct.
Hindwings: with lines as in forewings, but without blotches; cell-spot small,
black, beyond first line.
Vertex, thorax, and abdomen concolorous ; face and palpi brown-black. Underside
paler, with the lines dark grey ; forewings much suffused with cinereous.
Expanse of wings : 36 mm.
One (J from the Khasia Hills.
Craspedia rufilinea sp. nov.
Nearest to C. sir/wZaWrt .Moore. Cinereous flesh-colour, nuicli more thicklv and
decidedly speckled with dark atoms, especially along the costa ; inner line and median
line indistinct, blurred ; cell-spot black, small, but distinct (in similaria it appears as
a very faint ochraceous ring) ; exterior line formed of black vein-dots, hardly connected,
with a double reddish angulation at each of the two usual indentations (not, as in
similaria, with a black double angulation succeeded by a reddish blotch) ; a distinct
row of small black dots at base of fringe between the veins, and a smaller black dot in
the fringe opposite each vein. Hindwings like forewings, but with cell-spot large and
black. Abdomen concolorous, much speckled with black, and with black dorsal spots.
Underside duller; in the forewings much dusted with cinereous, and with the outer
line dark, denticulated.
One (^ from Ceylon.
A much darker and stronger looking insect than similar in Moore.
( 93 )
Craspedia rufistigma sp. nov.
Forewings : jmle stone-colour, tliickly dusted with tine lilack atoms; the lines
very indistinct; third line denticulated, darker opposite the cell and above inner
margin, wliere it is followed bj' some orange scales ; discal spot stone-colour, thickened.
Hindvjings : like forewings, with an oval orange cell-spot; fringes concolorous,
with two rows of dots, one basal, the second beyond, intermediate.
Thorax and abdomen concolorous ; vertex and shaft of antennae nearly white ;
face and palpi brown above, whitish below. Underside [learly whitish, with costa
of forewings and all lines distinctly darker ; basal line of fringes thick, dark grey ;
end of the veins followed by a small dark spot in the fringe.
Expanse of wings : 38 mm.
Several S S from the Khasia Hills.
Craspedia sordida sp. nov.
Aniiodes tvalkeri Hmpsn., I. L. II., viii., p. 29, No. 805, PL clvi., fig. 7, nee
Butler. Type in British Museum. Nilgiris.
Nearest C. walker i Butler, from Ceylon, but much darker, the ? ? entirely
smothered with smoky cinereous ; central shade thick, and in the hindwing passing
outside the cell-dot and throwing a finer arm round it on the inside, so forming a kind
of ocellus (in walkeri the central shade passes wholly within the cell-spot). The c? is ■
paler, more like the c? of walkeri, but with only a thickening of the black exterior
line at the two usual indentations, instead of a black blotch ; the <S antennae have
fascicles of cilia, while in walkeri they are simply ciliated, and the cilia are shorter.
Three ? ¥, one (J, in British Museum from the Nilgiris.
Craspedia sordida, aberr. multiscriptata uo\-.
All the lines strongly marked, dark ochreous and cinereous ; basal area nearly
filled up with dark grey ; third line with two dark blotches geminated, followed by a
line of grey wedge-shaped marks ; fringes with dark grey spots at base, and smaller
grey intermediate spots beyond; discal spots iirominent, dark grey.
One c? from the Nilgiris.
Craspedia spilodorsata sp. nov.
Wings bone-coloui-, like Craspedia discaia Warr. froin the Solomons, liut without
the ochreous tinge ; discal spots smaller ; exterior line ochreous, black only on costa
and in the two inward sinuses, opposite the cell and above the inner margin ; the
shade following darker than in discata and with a rufous tinge in the two sinuses ;
fringe with a small black dot at base between the veins, and another in the fringe at
the end of the veins. In the hindwings the exterior line is rufous throughout. Head,
face, thorax, and abdomen as in discata, but the abdomen is marked down the centre
by a row of dark spots. Underside like upper, but with the markings, especially of
the hindwings, fainter; the forewings partly suffused with dull fuscous.
Expanse of \Tiugs : 22 mm.
(S (? from Oinainisa, Timor.
Craspediopsis gen. no\.
Distinguished from Craspedia by the very strongly pectinated antennae of thi- cj,
as well as by the much larger size of the insects.
Type : Craspediojjais paUivittula JNloore {Anisodes).
( 9-i )
Craspediopsis bimaculata sp. nov.
Forewings : ochreous stone-colour; all the lines very indistinct; first indicated by
brown dots on veins ; second faintly denticulated at two-thirds beyond the faint
brownish cell-sj>ot ; third subterminal, sinuous, with two chestnut brown blotches, one
quadrate o|)posite the cell, the second irregularly oblong above inner margin; the
upper one is followed obliquely above it by a small brown dot ; fringes concolorous.
with small brown dots at end of veins in the upper half of wing.
■ Hindwimjs : with two lines, the first before the small dark cell-spot at one-third,
the second denticulated at two-thirds, each marked bj' a brown spot on inner margin.
Head, thorax, and abdomen concolorous. Face and palpi black-brown. Under-
side duller, tinged with cinereous, with the lines and spots distinct, blackish.
E.vpanse of wings : 56 mm.
Several S cJ from the Khasia Jlills.
Dichromatopodia gen. nov.
Foremings: with costa curved; apex blunt ; hindmargin obliquely curved.
Hindwings : with fullv rounded hindmargin.
Antenna? of ^ pubescent ; palpi slender, upcnrved in front of face ; tongue
present; hindlegs of <S aborted, ai-med with two expansible tufts of hairs, the inner
one dark and curled, the outer iiale.
Type : D. sigiUata Wlk. (Pyrinia).
Dichromatopodia pallida s)). nov.
ForewiiWjs : pinky drab, the lines darker, but very faint ; first at one-third curved,
second at two-thirds curved and denticulate ; a dark cell-spot, followed by a dull
central shade ; fringe concolorous, with a fine basal line, interrupted by minute pale
dots at the ends of the veins.
Hindwiiujs : like forewings, with the second line only, and a linear white, .some-
what raised, cell-spot.
Thora.x and abdomen concolorous ; vertex and antennae whitish ; face red-brown.
Underside flesh-colour, with no markings.
E.xpanse of wings : 26 mm.
One ? from the Amazons in the Felder collection.
Dichromatopodia rubella sp. nov.
Foreioings : semitransparcnt, pale liriok-rc-<l, witli the lines darker; first at one-
third curved, indistinct; second at three-fourths, slightly curved outward.s, and
ibllowed by a paler line ; fringe darker red, like the lines ; cell-spot white, red-edged.
Hiiuh.rings : like forewings, with the cell-spot and outer line only.
Head, thorax, and abdomen concolorous. Underside much paler, glossy, without
markings.
Exjianse of wings : 21 mm.
One (J from Jamaica.
Dysephyra gen. nov.
Foreivings : with costa gradually curved from base to apex; apex rounded:
hindmargin obliquely curved.
Hindwings: rounded ; hindmargin of liotii wings distinctly crenulated.
( 9.5 )
Palpi upcurved, short; terminal joint pointed. Antennae of t? subserrate.
filiated throughout their whole length, the ciliatious long and slender.
Type : B. discopunctaria U.S. (Dosithea).
Distinguished from Heterephyra Warr. by the structure of the c? antennae and
the outline of the wings. The scaling is also much loo.ser and coarser, that of
Heterephijra lieing fine and dense.
Eois laevitaria.
Eois laevitaria Hiib.-Crey., Zutr., v., p. 20, No. 437. figs. 873, 874. Georgia.
Acidalia ., Guen., Phal., i., p. 471.
Wlk., xxii., p. 7iy.
EiMcididia flwldata Pack., Mon. Geom., p. 319, PI. x., tig. 36. Florida.
For referring Packard's Eiuwidalta jioridata to this species I rely on the
following considerations. The tyjie of Packard's genus Euackkdia, viz. sericeariii,
is described as having, so to speak, a piece bitten out of the hindmargin of the
liindwings, and this holds good of the other species referred to the genus; but
Packard expressly savs of his jloridfiia that the hindwiugs are rounded.
Eois latimarginata -p. nov.
Forewintjs : straw-yellow, with costa narrowly purplish; both wings with a
broad purplish marginal border, the inner edge of which is sinuous ; the yellow
ground-colour reappears just before the fringe, which is wholly straw-colour, and
forms a larger spot at the anal angle ; a small ])urple cell-spot in each wing.
Vertex of head and antennae straw-colour; face and collar purplish chocolate.
Underside like upiier.
Expanse of wings : 12 mm.
One ? from Jai>an (Yokohama?).
Gnamptoloma gen. nov.
For&wings : with costa straight, but suddenly convex before apex, which is
falcate ; hindmargin with a most evident angle about the middle ; space between
apex and this angle ^■ariably excavated ; lower half from the middle to the anal angle
always straight, not curxed, as in OchodonUa Led.
Hindwinijs : with distinct projecting angle.
Antennae and pal[ii as in Tiiiwiulva. Neuration normal. JIarkings : a straight
line from before the apex of forewing to centre of inner margin of hindwing, a large
pale-centred cell-spot in forewing, and a small white-centred spot in hindwing.
Type: 0. aventiarm Guen. (Timandra).
Heterephyra gen. nov.
Forewi'ivja : broad; costa straight, convex before apex; hindmargin entire,
curved ; anal angle distinct.
Hindwings : broad with well-rounded hindmargin.
Palpi upcurved in front of face; antennae of S thickened, with fascicles of cilia
which are longer near base, and decrease in length till about the middle, where they
disappear, the apical half being sul)serrate and pubescent ; tongue present ; hind
tibiae and tarsi of cJ aborted, with a thick curved tuft of hairs.
( 96 )
Neuration : cell half the length of wings. Forewings, areole double ; first
subcostal nervule from before ajiex of areole ; common stem of second, tliird, and
fourth from apex of areole, whence also the fifth; radials as usual; second and third
median nervules from lower angle of cell ; first at three-fourths.
Type : Heterephyra lateritlaria H.S. (Zonosoma).
Leptomeris alboverticata ^[>. nov.
Foreivings: pale grey, thickly duslt-d or sufl'used with dull dark grey as far
as the subterminal line, which is paler, and with two indentations, one opposite the
cell, the other above the inner margin ; the dark ground-colour is deejiest imiiicdiately
before the submargiual line, and is preceded by a fine denticulated blackish exterior
line ; marginal area beyond the submarginal line with a dark grey fascia ; fringe
dark grey, preceded by a very regular series of neat black basal sjiots, before which
the extreme hindmargin is pale; cell-spot small, black.
Hindvnngs : like forewings, but scarcely so dark.
Face black ; antennae reddish ; vertex clear white ; thorax and abdonieu dark
grey. Underside dull cinereous, with the pale submarginal line shown, and a blackish
line along the base of the fringes.
Expanse of wings : 16 mm.
Oiuainisa, Timor.
Lipomelia (?) curviplena sp. nov.
Fm-ewlngs : dull brick-red, the lines dark fuscous; first near the base, most
distinct on costa ; second from just beyond the middle of costa to middle of inner
margin, thick, slightly wavj', nearly parallel to hindmargin; third from costa at three-
fourths, wavy at first, runs obliquely outwardly almost to hindmargin, the lower half
of which it skirts ; at the anal angle it is bent upwards and curved round again so as
to end on the inner margin close to the middle line ; costa from liase to middle aiid
all the marginal space fuscous ; discal spot linear, white, raised, placed on the middle
line; fringe chequered, with a dark fuscous basal line.
HindvAiigs: like forewings, the median line more wavy; the exterior very
indistinct ; discal dot white, small, placed before the middle line. Undenide duller,
with two fuscous lines on each wing; one median, thick; the outer curved and
denticulate, not corresponding to the outer line above, but more parallel to hindmargin.
Head, thorax, and abdomen dull brick-red.
Expanse of wings : 24 mm.
Santos ; S. Paolo.
The hindmargins of both wings are crenulate, and the anal angle of hiudwings
s(iuared.
Lipomelia (?) varia sp. nov.
Forewings: ochreous flesh-colour, suH'iised with fuscous and rosy; lines brown;
first from before one-third of costa to before one-third of inner margin, acutely
angulated on the median before the discal mark ; .second from two-thirds of costa
to middle of inner margin, irregularly dentate and sinuous, angulated outwards
on the ui)per radial, then forming two oblique curves inwards; third from five-
si.xths of costa to two-thirds of inner margin, like second, but not exactly jiandlel
to it; marginal area smoky brown, edged above concisely by an obli(iue line
from apex to and through the angle of second line; the tliird line is followed
( 97 )
by a thick dark shade ; discal mark white, angulated, finely edged with brown,
placed in an irregular yellow patch, extending fi-om first to second line ; the
brown marginal area is extended, but paler, as far as the second line ; fringe brown,
with a fine darker line, interrupted by minute pale dots at end of veins.
Hiiidwings : with a straight thick brown basal line, continuing the basal arm
of the first line of forewing ; second line like that of forewing ; third regularly
dentated; basal and marginal area rosy, the inner angle tinged with brownish; central
area yellow, with costal space brownish ; discal spot large, oval, dark brown with pale
centre.
Head, thorax, and abdomen rosy cinereous, the base of abdomen i)ure rosy ;
face, palpi, and antennae red-brown. Underside pale dull yellowish, tinged with
dull rosy towards the margins, with the lines and cell-spots indistinctly brownish.
Expan.se of wings : 38 mm.
(.)ne ? from Rio Demerara.
The only example being a ?, its generic place must remain doubtful; it is
probably related to L. mitranaria Wlk.
Pisoraca Wlk., .xxiv., j). 1079.
Ephyra Gueu., FJad., i., p. 406.
? Wlk., .xxii., p. 635.
Acidalia Wlk., xxiii,, p. 769.
Anisodes Wlk., xxvi., p. 1583.
Trirachopoda Hmpsn., 7. L. H., ix., p. 147.
Pisoraca bitactcUa Wlk., xxiv., p. 1079, is manife.stly identical with Guent5e's
Ephyra lyciscaria Guen., Phal., i., p. 406. The hind tibiae of the c? of this insect
are armed with the three spurs characteristic of Hampson's genus Trirachopoda. and
this generic name must consequentlv give place to the earlier Pisoraca^ of Walker.
Pisoraca penumbrata sp. nov.
Fm-ewings : warm sand-colour, denselv dusted with fine reddish atoms; costa at
base and all the lines reddish fuscous ; first line indistinct, oblique, twice curved,
preceded by three reddish dots on the subcostal and median veins and the submedian
fold ; second line thick, oblique, rising on inner margin near basal line, ending on
costa at three-fourths, strongly denticulated on the veins ; exterior line marked by
vinous dots on the veins, connected by a fine fuscous line ; two irregular thickened
submarginal shades separated by the pale interrupted submarginal line ; fringe pale
ochreous, un.spotted, rather glossy, with a small red dot at base at the end of each
vein, and a larger reddish spot in each interval ; cell-spot large, red-brown.
Hbidwinga : the same, but with a reddish band at extreme base, and cell-spot
triangular, with paler centre.
Head, thorax, and abdomen concolorous with wings. Face ])ale ochreous, reddish
brown above ; palpi pale ochreous, with the top liright reddish. I'nderside pale straw-
colour; in the forewings much dusted and suffused with ro.sy, with the discal and
fringe spots and the exterior and central lines ro.sy ; bindwings with the e.xtorior line
indicated by red spots, two or three red clouds beyond, and the fringe-dots reddish.
Expanse of wings : 36 mm.
One S from S. Celebes.
( 98 )
Rhodostrophia anomala sp. nov.
Forewings : semidiaphanous, dull linereous with a greenish tint; three
transverse lines, darker grey, denticulated and wavy, more or less parallel to
hindmargin ; first at one-third, second in the middle, third at three-fourths; a faint
submarginal shade ; fringes concolorous ; cell-spot small, indistinct.
Himlwings : paler, with only two transverse lines, one antcmedian, on which is
the dark cell-spot, the other postmedian. Underside duller, with the markings
fainter.
Head, thorax, and aI)domen concolorous.
Expanse of wings : 34 mm.
S S only from the PVlder collection, without locality.
Akin to R. chilenaria Blanch., but smaller and with narrower wings.
Rhodostrophia bicolor sp. no\ .
Forewings: somewhat glo.<sy, dull bronzy olive, dusted with vinous scales, and
with the lines and fringes vinous ; Krst line at one-fourth, bent below costa ; second
at two-thirds slightly sinuous, followed immediately bj' vinous scales, which reach
more or less to the third line, and so form a fascia rather than a line ; third at five-
sixths, slightly dentate, approaching second line on inner margin ; <-ell-spot reddish.
Hindwings : pale straw-colour, tinged along inner margin with grey, with two
grev-ish faintly dentate lines, one in the middle, the other half-way between it and
hindmargin; cell-spot dark grej' ; fringe glossy grey, tinged with vinous.
Head and thorax concolorous with forewings, abdomen with hindwings ; face and
palpi dark brown. Underside yellowish, tinged and dusted with rosy; subterminal
line only distinct, thick, denticulate, rosy ; fringes rosy at the tips.
Expanse of wings : .S6 mm.
Both sexes fi-om Kukli (?N.W. India).
The ? is thickly suflfused with reddisii, so that the cross lines are comparatively
lost, and the ground-colour is greener.
Rhodostrophia bisinuata sp. no\-.
Forewings : dull oehreous cinereous, \ery much like R. curvata W'aiT. from
Bhotan, but the forewings more pointed, and the submarginal line twice sinuate, not
simply curved, as in the Indian species just mentioned, nor with a single sinus, as in
trilineata Warr.
One ? from Japan, the same size as crirvatd ^^'arr.
Though I have not seen a d , the position of this species can scarcely l)e doubted.
Rhodostrophia curvata >\<. nov.
Foretoings : dull oehreous cinereous, duslod with darker, with tlie lines (hdl
reddish; costa hardly darker ; a distinct small dark cell-spot; the two lines as in
tniineala Wan-., but the subterminal curved, hardly sinuous ; in the hindwings this
line is very mucii nearer the hindniargin. Underside pale oehreous, with the three
lines distinct.
Expanse of wings : Mli mm.
One c? fi"om Bhotan.
( 99 )
Rhodostrophia dentilineata sp. nov.
Forewinris : ochreous cinereous, suffused with darker, and pepjiered witli fuscous
atoms; first line at one-third, curved, darker on veins; second and third parallel
to hindmargin, at two-thirds and five-sixths respectively, dark grey, denticulated ;
the ground-colour is paler immediately beyond each line ; fringe tinged with rosy,
with a row of dark spots at base ; discal spot dark grey, distinct.
Hinrhviwjs : paler, with small dark cell-spot, and one indistinct curved line,
submarginal.
Head, thorax, and abdomen eoncolorous ; \ertex paler; face (y) dark brown.
Underside ochreous, sufll'used and dusted with ferruginous; tlie outer line-^ faintly
darker.
Expanse of wings : 42 mm.
Four c?d" in Felder collection without precise locality, placed among !>ikkiin
insects, but more like Butler's Chilian species.
The hind legs are long; the hind tibiae with three spurs (r2); the antennal
ciliatious lengthened.
Rhodostrophia olivacea -sp. nov.
Fm-eivinr/s : dull yellowish ulive, sufi'used in parts with dull rosy; discal spot
round, brown ; a slightly curved oblique fascia beyond the middle dull ros}', followed
by a fine subterminal line, which is denticulated inwards, and forms a series of small
curves outwai-dly, the teeth oppjosite the cell and above the inner margin being
rather nearer the base of the wing than the others; fringe broadly rosy, deeper rosy
in the basal half, and preceded by a rosy shade along the extreme hindmargin.
Hindivings : paler yellow, with fringes as in forewings, and a fine submarginal
line corresponding to that of the forewings.
Head, thorax, and abdomen eoncolorous ; face deep olive brown. Underside
brighter, suffused with brighter rosy, with the lines rosy, and distinct towards the
costa.
Expanse of wings : .32 mm.
One ? from Darjiling, from Dr. Lidderdale's collection.
This may be the ? of Butler's mra, of which only c? c? are known; but it is
much larger, more ro.sy, and the suliterminal line takes a diiierent course.
Semaeopus ancillaria sp. no\ .
Forewings: dull greyish flesh-colour, presenting a somewhat mealy appearance from
the dark scales being loosely scattered over the paler ground. Markings exceptionally
faint : a slightly darker curved basal line, a very vague curved median shade, and a
fine denticulated submarginal line, which tends to show black or dark points on the
veins ; the first line is at one-fourth and the outer line at five-sixths ; discal spot barely
visible; fringe eoncolorous, with slightly darker basal line.
Hindivings: the same, with the discal spot plainer.
Face and palpi dull red: thorax and abdomen eoncolorous witli wings; vertex
and shaft of antennae white. Underside i)aler, whitish, with costa of forewings reddish
tinged, and the outer line fairly distiuci.
Expanse of wings : 26 mm.
One cf from South America.
Smaller than the other species.
( 100 )
Timandra commixta si), nov.
This seems (juite distinct from any of the Indians forms : the costa of the fore-
wings is broadly dark from base to apex, and sometimes tinged as well with reddish ;
the fringes and hindmargins of both wings are sufi'used with red, just as in amata
Linn., while the ground-colour is very thickly strewn with dark cinereous atoms.
Three cJ 6 from West Java.
Traminda Saalm., Madag., ii., p. 49C.
The genus was left undescribed by Saalmiiller himself, but was published by V.
Ileyd. with the species (lecessata Saalm. ( = Timandra atroviridnta Siiahn., Ber. S.G.,
188it, p. 293) for type, figured on PI. .xiv., fig. 262. The figure and description leave
no doubt as to the distinctness of the genus. It agrees well with the genus Gnam-
ptoloma Warn, but the hindmargin of the forewings is entire, not angulated or falcate.
The species vary in colour from gi-een to pink, just as in that genus.
Traminda ocellata sp. nov.
Forewings: pale green, with a round white cell-spot edged with reddish, and a
ri-d basal fringe line.
Hindwimjs : with a large white cell-spot, edged with red-brown, forming a
diamond-shaped blotch ; fringe as in forewings.
Face and palpi reddish ; thorax and abdomen pale green. Underside paler, with
the cell-spots distinct, and an exterior line on both, parallel to the hindmargin and
marked by dark spots on the veins.
Expanse of wings : 32 mm.
One ? from South Africa.
Zalissolepis gen. nov.
Foreivini/s : ample; costa evenly arched throughout ; apex distinct, but not pro-
duced ; hindmargin oblique, straight ; anal angle rectangular.
Hind/ioings : broad ; costa and inner margin quite straight ; hindmargin hardly
curved, but with an indistinct elbow in middle.
Palpi quite short, porrect ; tongue present; antennae of S with long fine
ciliations, of ? with very short ciliations, appearing merely pubescent ; hind tibiae
of S, as well as tarsi, short and aborted, without spurs ; of ? (?) with four spurs; scal-
ing exceedingly smooth and glossy ; markings indistinct ; fringe not concolorous.
Type : Zalissolepis subviolaria (iuen. {Amaurinia).
Zeuctoneura gen. nov.
Forewings: with costa straight, l)ui curved at base and before apex; apex pro-
duced, subfalcate ; hindmargin crenulate, elbowed at the end of the third median,
oblique below, concave above ; anal angle well marked.
Uindwings : with their hindmargin strongly crenulate, witli a larger and deeper
sinus opposite the cell.
Antennae of ? simple ; palpi damaged. Xeuration as in Tri/godes, but the two
sulx-ostals of the hindwings are on a very long common .stem, parting cpiite near the
hindmargin.
Type : Zeuctoneuixi geminata sp. nov.
Distinguished from Trygodea Guen., independently of the iieuration, liy its
smaller size, more falcate forewings, and more deeply crenulated hiii(Kvings.
( 101 )
Zeuctoneura geminata sp. nov.
Forewings : ochreous liyaliue, semitransi)arent ; costa narrowly fuscous ; basal and
subbasal lines angulated in the middle, formed of aggregations of blackish atoms;
central line fuscous, slender, angulated below the costa and approximated in its lower
part to the subbasal line ; a submarginal twice-bent fascia, which is greyish below
the costa and black in the middle and above the inner margin, traversed down the
centre by the pale exterior line and cut by the paler median nervules ; a grey marginal
shade, separated from the submarginal iascia by a submarginal line consisting of pale
interrupted spots, that at the apex being much the largest ; fringes pale ochreous,
chequered with dark at the ends of the veins.
Hlndivings : with a narrower, denticulate, dark-edged, submarginal curved fascia,
and a greyish tinge before the dark basal line of the fringes; discal spots ochreous,
thickened.
Head, thorax, and abdomen ochreous. I'nderside like upper.
Expan.se of wings : 20 mm.
One ? from Novo P'riborgo.
Amaurinia (iuen., Pkal., i., p. 385.
Guen^e's genus Arrumrinia is a great mixture. His first two species from
Ceylon and Borneo are true Geometrinae, and may be removed at once. Of his three
South American species, he knew the S of one only, hyperythrana. Of the other
two, neutraria and suhviolaria, he had only S ? . Subvlolaria is a true Sterrhid,
but the antennae of the <? are ciliated only, the ciliations being long and fine, while
in the ? they are quite short, and the term pubescent will apply to them. Hypery-
thrana (and, I believe, neutraria, which is evidently closely allied) is an Asthenid,
with pectinated antennae in the S and very short palpi in both sexes. To these
two species, along with olivacea Feld. (described as an lodis?), the generic term
Amaurinia must be restricted, and the genus placed in the Astheninae.
StBi-.\MiLV ASTHEMXAE.
Amphibatodes gen. nov.
Foreinngs : elongate ; co.sta strongly convex at base, then nearly straight ; ai)ex
rounded ; hindmargin cm^ved, very oblicjue.
Hindivinga : with hindmargin rounded, subcrenulate.
Palpi upcurved in front efface; antennae f?) filiform ; hind tibi;e of ? with two
spurs; tongue present.
Xeuration : forewings, cell not half as long as wing, broad; first median just
beyond half, second shortly before, third from close to, end of cell ; radials as usual ;
fifth and common stem of the first four subcostals from apex of areole. Hindwings
with costal anastomosing with subcostal for two-thirds of cell; discocellular angu-
lated: two subco.stals and last two medians on a short stem.
Type : Amphihatodes unilineata W'arr.
It seems impossible to locate this species in any existing genus; at the same
time it is to be regretted that the only exanijile is a ? , and of unknown origin.
Superficially it reminds one a little of Canibogia.
( 102 )
Amphibatodes unilineata sp. nov.
Wings orange, suffused with darker, with no markings beyond a small dark cell-
spot and a dark brown central line on both wings. Head, thorax, and abdomen
concolorous. Underside duller.
Expanse of wings : 20 mm.
One ? in poor condition ; without iiiiy indication of locality, but which 1 believe
to be African.
Anchiphyllia gen. now
Intermediate between Pkyllia Blanch, and Sarvacena U.S.
Furewings : ample, triangular; costa nearly straight, arched at base, and
conve.x before apex; apex produced, blunt, more prominent in c? than ? ; hind-
margin obliquely curved, faintly indented below the apex in the i.
Ilindwinf/s : ample; costa curved, inner angle prolonged into a blunt apex
in ?, into a blunt hook in the S ; hindmargin rounded towards anal angle.
Abdomen of d with prolonged anal tuft, and a lateral tuft on each side of the
penultimate segment; abdomen of ? short and stout; antennae simple in both
sexes; forehead shelving in front; i)alpi triangular, porrect, the apex in the same
plane as the forehead. Neuration normal.
Type : ^4. pellicata Feld. (Sarracena).
The type of pellicata Feld. is a <?, and I have only seen c?cJ. The type of
(kdinaria Feld. is a ? , and possibly the other sex.
Anthemoctena gen. nov.
Forewings: triangular; costa straight, slightly curved just before apex; apex
blunt ; hindmargin obliquely curved.
Bindiviwjs : with well-rounded hindmargin.
Foieliead flat ; palpi very short ; antennae of c? with long and fine ciliations ;
hind tibiae of c? ^Tith two strong spurs, on the inner side, one above the other.
Neicratimi: cell rather more than half the length of wings; first median at
seven-eighths, .second and third close together from lower end of cell. In the hind-
wings the costal anastomoses with the subcostal for two-thirds of the cell. Scaling
fine and close.
Type : A. lineata sp. uov.
Anthemoctena lineata sp. nov.
Forewings: pinky ochreous, with deeper pinkish oblique lines; costa metallic-
brown in certain lights ; from the apex of the wing four ochreous curved lines run
obliquely to the inner margin, the first near tlie base, the second in the middle ;
these two are separated by a broad reddish band; the other two are finer, and
separated only by a fine pinkish space ; fringe pink.
Hindtvings : yellowish ochreous, slightly dusted with pinkish, and with traces
of the four curved pinkish lines towards the hindmargin ; fringe as in forewings,
with a plain reddish basal line.
Tiiorax and abdomen ochreous tinged witli pink, the thorax glossy. Underside
of forewings wholly pink, the lines hardly showing through : of hindwings ochreous
much sufiused with pink.
Expanse of wings : 18 mm.
Several from South .\frica.
( 103 )
Anthyria Sninh.. Tr. E. S., 1892, n. 2.
1 proposed the geuus Aidliyria for grataria Wlk., not liuviug iiotic-t-d that
Mr. Moore, in his description of his genus Pse twZasttoia, assigned pectinated antennae
to the ? as well as to the S , the very point to which I drew attention. My genus
Anthyrvt therefore, as merely equivalent to PseadaMhena iMoore, must sink. Col.
Swinhoe, however, in his diagnosis of the genus, makes the S antennae simple ; if
this should hold for the ? of his species lole, which does not appear congeneric with
grataria Wlk. and the other species of Pseudasthena, his Tianie may be retained
for that species. lole differs from the species of Pseudasthena in the shape of the
hindwings, which have a double projection in the middle of the hindmargiu, as well
as in the ijuite different character and jiosition of the markings.
Cambogia (?) bifilata sp. nov.
Foi'eivings : pinkish fawn-colour, with two slender, pale ochreous, transverse
lines; fir.st at one-third, dentated below the costa, then vertically curved to the inner
margin ; second at three-fourths, running nearly straight towards anal angle for two-
thirds, then bent inwards, and again out wards just before inner margin ; both lines are
slenderly edged with darker fawn, the first externally, the second internally ; a waved
lirownish central line, and a less distinct subterminal line, the latter edged with
paler; fringe concolorous, with a rather hright pale basal line, which is preceded bv
a series of slender curved lines ; cell-spot lilackish, distinct.
Hindwings : the same, with no l)asal line.
Head, thorax, and abdomen concolorous. Underside paler, with all the mark-
ings duller, and the exterior line thicker.
Expanse of wings : 24 mm.
One ? from Santos.
Very different in outward appearance from the rest of the genus : the hindwings
have a distinct angulation in the middle of the hindmargiu.
Cambogia flavotaeniata sp. nov.
Forewings : red-brown, with six darker transverse wavy lines, two near the
base, one central beyond the blackisji cell-spot, and three in the outer third, of which
the two last are very faint ; exti-eme hindmargin and fringe pale yellow ; the
red-brown tint of the wing becomes paler towards the yellow margin, and forms
a darker angulation in the centre of the hindmargin, which extends into the vellow
fringe.
Hindwings : like forewings, with only two distinct cross lines, and the hind-
margin and fringe uninterruptedly yellow.
Head, thorax, and abdomen concolorous with wings ; face deep red-l>rown ; vertex
and antennae whitish. -Underside ]iale dull ochreous, suffused with dull red-brown,
and with traces of thi'ee dark lines on each wing beyond the middle.
Expanse of wings : 24 mm.
Two cJ c? from Corcovado.
Cambogia particolor sp. nov.
Foreu'i'iigs : yellow, witli reildi.~)i c-nsla, and a broad brick-red fascia bevond the
middle, which is concisely edged internally, and is interruiited at the anal angle bv
the yellow ground-colour ; three or four sinuous red Hues can be traced across the
fascia ; hindmargin and fringe yellow ; costa witli one or two red spots befoi'e apex.
Hind/mings : the same. The basiil halt of both wiugs is clear vellow ; but in
the forewings some faiut traces exist of reddish lines near the base.
Head, thorax, and abdomen yellowish ; face reddish. Underside like upper,
but much duller.
Expanse of wings : 24 mm.
One S from ."\Iara\al.
Cambogia pyraliata sj). nov.
Fm-ewings : glos.sy yellow, with deeper yellow markings, consisting of tive or six
thick curved lines, more or less indistinct ; cell-spot deeper yellow.
Hinchvings : tlie same.
Head, thorax, and abdomen deep yellow. Underside duller.
Expanse of wings : 20 mm.
One c? from the Felder collection, ? locality.
Superficially this insect reminds one of the species of the Pyralid genus Harltala
Moore.
Cambogia sanguilinea sp. no\ .
Forewings : deep yellow, with the lines blood-red, which, as usual, are most
distinct along the costa ; three or four, indistinctly marked, towards the base before
the red cell-spot ; exterior line geminated, twice augulated, the outer branch thicker
than the inner ; subterminal line also thick ; in the intervening space are traces,
towards the costa and in the middle, of a line between them ; fringe and hindmargin
deep yellow, with a few scattered red scales, and tlnee or four minute red dots at
base of fringe below the apex.
Hindwings : the same, without the basal lines.
Head, thorax, and abdomen red tinged with yellow. Underside dull yellow,
in the forewings much suffused with dull reddish.
Expanse of wings : 20 mm.
One ? from St. George's.
Cambogia trinotata sp. nov.
Forewings: pale yellow, the lines vinous fcrruginou>, diffuse and coalescent, .so
tliat only three costal spots — one large, triangular, before the middle, and two
smaller, irregular, beyond it — and the hindniurgin and fringes are left yellow; there
are two curved dark red fasciae near base, and three beyond the middle ; the suffusion
is less complete near the base.
Jlindwings : yellow, with a basal blotch, a small one on the inner margin
before the middle, another beyond tin" middle, with a third on the di.sc, and a
geminated suhmarginal band, ferruginous; this band in the middle projects into the
hindmargin.
Head, thorax, and abdomen reddish ; vertex yellowish ; face bright red. Under-
side like upper, but very much duller.
Expanse of wings : 24 mm.
One ? from Jamaica.
Judging from the description, I conclude that this .species must come near to
bermellada Dogniu, from Loja, Ecuador.
( 105 )
Discoloxia geu. nov.
Foreivings : with costa very gradiuilly curved; a]iex rectangular; hindmargin
vertical, only slightly curved, subcrenulate.
Hindivings : rounded, subcrenulate.
Forehead somewhat protuberant ; [jalpi very short, not attaining the front of
face ; tongue weak; antennae of c? subserrate, pubescent. Neuration normal ; but the
discocellular in both wings is remarkable for its extreme obliqueness.
Type : Discoloxia obliquisir/na Moore (Cidaria).
Discoloxia megaspilata sp. no\ .
Foreivings : whitisli, dusted with greyish fuscous, and with numerous dark grey
undulating lines, which are most distinct towards the costa; four of these can be
detected at about one-third, oblique from the costa, then vertical, slightly sinuous and
dentated; the costal arm of the fourth forms a line with the oblique black linear
discal mark; outer edge of central fascia geminated, the costal arm only distinct,
followed by a further series of four undulating and dentate lines; the fuscous grey
dusting is thickest towards the hindmargin, which has a row of thick black dashes
at the base of the fringe.
Hindivings : whitish, with traces of several undulating grey lines towards the
hindmargin, which are most distinct on the inner margin : a row of black dashes
along the hindmargin, as in forewings.
Head, thorax, and abdomen dark grey. Underside dull grey with indistinct
markings.
Expanse of wings : 24 to 26 mm.
Both sexes from Japan.
It seems to be near to V. semistrigala Chr., but there is no black cell-spot in
the hindwings, as in that species.
Subfamily TEICHOPTEEYGINAE.
Aloba gen. nov.
Foreivings: broadly triangular ; costa straight ; apex blunt ; hindmargin liowed.
not very oblique.
Hindvmigs : of ? rounded, with round hindmargin ; of J narrow, elongated,
subtriangular, without any lobe.
Palpi very short ; forehead rounded ; antennae of ? simple, filiform ; of J
thickened and pubescent.
Neuration: of ? usual; of S, hindwing, costal unconnected witli subcostal;
cell exceedingly short, hardly visible; subcostal branches on long common stem;
radial from centre of discocellular; median nervules only two; submedian and
internal absent.
Type : Aloba cinerea Bart.-Calw
Carige sinuosa sp. nov.
Forewings: wood-brown, thickly covered with short transverse fuscous and
blackish strigae, the blackish atoms being most prominent and dense towards the
anal angle; lines black edged with ferruginous, sinuous; the first at one-third, twice
curved ; the second at two-thirds, running at first inwards from the costa, then
forming a large outward curve to near inner margin, before which it is again bent.
( 106 )
followed bv a pale ferruginous line ; both lines are blackish only in their lower half,
becoming broader above ; subtertuinal line pale, irregularly dentate, most distinct
towards the anal angle, where it traverses the blackish scaling; veins towards the
hindmargin paler ; a small black costal spot between the lines, and two more before
apex ; discal sjiot linear, lilackish, edged witli ferruginous ; basal area and ui)per pai't
of central area marked with ferruginous; fringes ooncolorous.
Hindwings : darker and duller, vnth a single central bent dark line, edged with
ferruginous.
Head, thorax, and abdomen concolorous with wings. Underside pale strav.-
colour with cinereous markings.
Expanse of wings : 20 mm.
One <S from (iunong Ijau, Perak.
Dysethiodes gen. nov.
Like Dysethia 'Wan: in all respects, except in the structure of the S antennae,
which are fully [jectiuated, instead of being, as in Dysethia, ciliated.
Type : Dysethlodes ocifptarin Swinh. (Coremia).
Dystypoptila gen. nov.
Like Sauris Gueu., but distiuguisLed from it and idl the allied genera by the
shape of the hindwings of the c?, which form a triangle with the hindmargin
concave ; the scaling of the hindwings is very close and dense, and the fringe longer
than in the forewings. At the base of the inner margin is a very minute lobe. The
neuration of this wing cannot be made out, in consequence of the density of the
scaling, without denudation.
Type : Dystyjjoptila Mawjuhiris W'ai r.
Dystypoptila triangularis >\'. nov.
Forewings : olive gr<-en, with thick purplish black lines, much as in Sauris
hirudinata Guen. ; one close to base, two zigzag, forming the edge of basal patch ;
a fine one down centre of space between basal patch and central fascia, the inner
band of which consists of two and the outer of three thick black wayy lines, which
become confluent towards inner margin; the pale space beyond with a tine dark
central line, then a double dark semi-confluent fascia, followed by a denticulate line;
a row of dark spots at base of fringe, which is green.
Hinduings : dark puriilish brown, with reddisli oi'hreous fringes.
Head, palpi, face, antennae, and thorax pale olive; abdomen olive dusted with
imrplish. Undersidi^ of lioth wings uniformly dull fuscous; fringe of liindwing>
reddish ochreous.
Expanse of wings : 20 mm.
t)ne S from I'adang, Sumatra.
Holorista usta ^p. nov.
Forewings: pale olive, with darker olive and purplish black sinuous lines, the
darker tints prevailing in the ? . In the c? these markings are browner, and are
restricted to the outer edge of the basal patch, the curved discal mark and a costal
hlotch above it, a geminated line at the outer edge of the central fascia, and another.
( 107 )
interrupfed, before the subterminal line, and to the series of sjiots at base of the
fringes. In the ? , the edges of the central fascia, all the markings on the costa, and
those corresponding to the dark markings of the S, are greenish black, while the
spots at the l>ase of the fringe are nearly confluent.
Hiiidwings : of ¥ smoky cinereous; of the $ whitish grey, with the central area
appearing as if scorched : the tail dark grey.
Head, face, palpi, antennae, and thorax pale olive ; verte.'c still paler.
Expanse of wings : (J, 32 mm. ; ? , 34 mm.
A pair from (huKPUg Ijau, Perak.
Remodes auricula sp. nov.
Very much like R. lobata N\'arr. from Padang, but the dark markings become
narrowly purplish on the costa; a purpUsh patch in the middle of the central fascia
opposite the cell, followed by two purplish streaks towards the hindmargin, which are
both interrupted in the middle by the pale submarginal line ; fringe-spots distinct ;
a purplish spot on the first median nervule below the incision, and three on the sub-
median nervule.
Hiadivings : whitish, with a very small lobe at the base.
Underside olive fuscous, with a dark spot on middle of the costa and below the
incision on the hindmargin. Head, thorax, and abdomen olive; antennae black.
Expanse of wings : 32 mm.
One d from Gunong Ijau, Perak.
Remodes lobata sp. nov.
Forfiivings : pale olive green, with alternate darker and lighter green wavy lines;
a row of dark purplish spots at base of fringe, and traces of dark streaks in the central
fascia on the submedian nervure and the median nervule.
Hinchvings : with fringe dull smoky grey, with a rather large ear-shaped iuciim-
bent lobe at the base of the inner margin.
Head, palpi, and thorax olive green ; antennae black. Underside cinereous,
tinged with reddish.
Expanse of wings : 32 mm.
One c? from Padang.
The example above described is in very pooi- condition, but appears quite dis-
tinct from R. auricula., from Gunong Ijau.
Tympanota gen. nov.
cJ. Foreivings : elongate; costa faintly arched throughout; apex subacute;
hindmargin \ery oblique, hardly bowed.
Hindvjings : narrow, with a large ear-shaped sidjerect lobe on the inner margin.
down which it extends more than half-way.
Antennae smooth, thickened towards apex, the apex itself pointed; palpi very
long, as in Remodes and its allies; forehead smootli ; tongue small; legs long; hind
tibiae (?) without spurs.
Neuratimi of hindwings in <J : costal not anastomosing with subcostal, but
connected by bar ; cell broad ; median nervure sinuous ; first median nervule wanting ;
(he two subcostals from the blunt top end of cell, the two medians from the lower
end.
Type : Tympanota erecta V\'arr.
9
( 108 )
Tympanota erecta sp. dov.
Fwewings : pale ochreous, with dull olive green and blackish markings, the
intervals filled up with rufous lines ; basal ])atch small, with its outer edge oblique,
forming a small angle close above the inner margin ; central fascia with two outer
dark olive and blackish bands, containing a paler centre, the inner edge angulated
outwards below costa, and inwards abo\e inner margin, towards the angle of the basal
patch, preceded on the inner margin by a pale flesh-coloured spot ; the outer edge
sinuous and denticulate, parallel to the hindniargin ; space between the basal patch
and central fascia with a narrower dark band of three lines, between a rufons-lined
space on either side ; a rufous-lined band beyond the central fascia, followed by a
series of darker wavy lines, with two dark spots opposite the cell.
Hindwi/ngs and lobe whitish, without markings; fringe chequered with darker.
Face, palpi, and abdomen ochreous ; thorax darker dusted witii fuscous. Under-
side pinky ochreous, dull ; all the markings dark grey, on the hindwiugs as well.
Expanse of wings : 32 mm.
One S from Kina Kalu, Horneo.
Si in-AMii.Y EUCESTIIXAP:.
Cophocerotis gen. nov.
Allied to Lissopsis Warr. and Mamnopteryx I'ack., but distinguished, according
to Dognin, by the antennae of the S, which are uniseriate in their ])ectinations.
Tyi)e : Cophocerolis jaspentn. Dognin.
Palaeoctenis Meyr. {=Heteropsis Guen.)has similar antennae in the S ; but the
type of the genus, testaria (inen., is from North Africa, while C. jasjieaUi Dogn. is
from South America.
SrBFAMii.v TKPHKtHJ.VSTLN.VK
Dochephora gen. nov.
Fweitdiv/s : elongate triangular; costa nearly straight, slightly convex near
base and towards apex, incm-ved between ; apex bhmt ; hindmargin strongly curved
and oblique.
IIindwi)i;js : elongate willi round hindmargin in ? ; shortened and contorted
in S.
Forewings of c? on the npperside with an oval scaled swelling in the middle
between the median nervure and the submedian fold ; on the underside this appears
as an oval hollow, with a thickened chitinous edge, fringed with short hairs and lined
with a bed of rough coarse scales, as in Sebastia Warr., and, as in that genus, the
S S have a long tuft of hairs from the base, which projects as far as the extremity of
the discal hollow ; but in Dochephora the ends of this tuft are curved and club-shaped,
whereas in Sebastia they appear as if sharply cut oft". Hindwiugs of i with the
neuration quite irregular : the cell is a long oval ; the costal leaves the subcostal
near the base ; the second subcostal, the radial, and the third median rise all close
together from the rounded end of cell, which contains towards its apex an oval raised
space, corresponding to that on the forewings. Abdomen of <S with lateral tufts, those
on the penultimate segment being conspicuous by their length ; antennae thick,
simple; palpi rostriform, rather stout; tongue jn-esenf ; hinil tibiae of S willi
four spurs.
Type : Dochephwa bvllala Warr.
This genus is a develo])inent of Ghlorochjstis.
( 101) )
Dochephora bullata sp. nov.
Foreioings: whitish ciuereous, witli a slight flesh-coloured tinge, suffused witii
grev and with numerous wavy darker lines ; six of these near the base, making the
entire basal area darker; the sixth passes through tlie black cell-spot ; exterior line
curved outwards and wavy, followed by a pale fascia, which has a dark wavy line down
its centre ; this again by a fuscous fiiscia, edged witli darker and externally denticu-
lated on both sides; this is succeeded by the denticulate white subterminal line;
fringe whitish, chequered with dark grey, with a fine dark basal line.
Hindwings : with six lines, the fourth most distinct, and forming a diffuse fascia ;
the sixth strongly dentate and blackish ; fringes as in forewings. The S is much
darker than the ? , with the swelling blackish.
Face, palpi, top of head, front of thorax fawn-colour ; top of thorax white ; thorax
and abdomen fawn-colour mixed with white, with the segments darker. Underside
pale grey with the lines and cell-spots distinct.
Expanse of wings : 24 mm.
c? ? . S. Paolo, Brazil.
Gymnodisca gen. nov.
Wings ample : forewings with straight costa, curved hindmargin, and blunt ai)ex ;
hindwings with rounded hindmargin, which is very slightly waved. Eyes large ; fore-
head projecting below ; paljii three times as long as head, second joint verv long, rough
haired, third smooth, slender ; antennae simple in both sexes ; tongue present ; hind
tibiae of c? with foiu' spurs.
Neuration : forewings, cell not half as long as wing ; discocellular very oblique
and crooked ; in the c? the subcostal nervure is lient inwards ; first median from
shortly before end, second and third close togetlier from the end of cell ; lower radial
a little above tlie end of cell from the oblique lower arm of discocellular ; upper
radial from upper end of cell, which appears thickened ; areole oval ; fifth subcostal
and joint stem of second, third, and fourth from the rounded end of areole ; first
subcostal anastomosing with costal ; areole and space immediately below it beyond
cell, hyaline, devoid of scales. Neuration of ? normal. Hindwings with discocellular
oblique and angulated ; two subcostals on a short common stem ; first median at
three-fourths, second shortly before end, third from the end ; radial from the angula-
tion of the discocellular.
Type : Gyranodisca ndyrifusa Warr.
Distinguished from lildnoprora, to which genus it is closelv allied, l)v the
hyaline discal patches of the J forewings, and the neuration.
Gymnodisca rubrifusa sp. nov.
Forewings : a mixture of green, black, and rosy; basal patch very small; a broad
greenish central fascia, almost touching the basal patch, and having the outer edge
minutely waved and dentate; in the S much mixed with blackish, in the ? with
only the lower half black and some costal spots ; snljuiarginal fascia dark on costa, rosy
grey beneath, this also in the cJ mixed up with blackish ; space between it and the
central fascia rosy, except on costa, where it is gi-een ; marginal area greenish, in the
(J suffused with dark grey and pink scales ; fringe dark green, mottled with blackish.
Hirulwings: pinky ochreous, with a bronzy appearance, with traces of a dark
grey basal and central fascia, and an irregular wavy and subinarginal fascia; fringe
with a dark basal line, and slightly chequered with darker.
( HO )
Underside bronzy with a [liiik tinge; basal half of forewings dark gri>y, edged
with a dark curved line, which is continued across the hindwings and there has two
curved lines between it and the base ; a diffusely darker submarginal fascia on both
wings; hindwings with small dark cell-spot. Head, face, palpi, antennae, and thorax
]iinkish ochreous ; abdomen ochreous, dusted with darker; apical joint of palpi
blackish.
Expanse of wings : 22 mm.
cJ ? from Gunong Ijau, Perak, and one c? from I'adang.
Gymnodisca viridescens sp. nov.
Forewinys : green ; basal area restricted, edged by a short dark line ; central fascia
broad, nearly approximated to the basal area, forming three blunt angulations on its
outer edge, one subcostal, one median, and the third above the inner margin ; dark
grey tinged with rosy, traversed by a number of confused dark grey wavy lines ; cell-
spot large, black; submarginal fascia marked by a dark costal blotch, and some dark
clouds towards the middle; otherwise the whole of the marginal area is green ; fringe
lead-coloured, with darker basal line.
Hindwings: pale cinereous, with traces of three or four dusky curved fasciae.
Head, face, pal[)i, and thorax cream-colom- ; abdomen dark grev, the last segment
on the sides and the whole underside whitish ; palpi externally green. Underside
pale cinereous, with all the lines darker, and the cell-spots on both wings plain.
Expanse of wings ; 20 mm.
One <J from Gunong Ijaii, Perak.
Helastiodes gen. nov.
I propose the new genus Helastiodes for those species placed by Jleyrick under
Pasiphila Meyr. z= Ghlorodystis Hub., but which diifer from true CIdoroclystis by
reason of the jjectination of the cJ antennae. Guende's name Helastia cannot be
used, his type H. eupitheciaria being only a small species of the extensive genus
Xanthwhoe Hiib.
Type: Helastiodes hilineolaid \\'lk. (Eupitkecia?).
Pasiphilodes gen. nov.
A genus of very small species, distinguished, superficially, from its allies by the
glossiness of the scales, which in certain lights, especially in P. scintiUans, are
actually sparkling.
The antennae of the <S are sinijily pubescent, and the small lateral scale-cones (if
the face insignificant.
Type : P. lepta Meyr. (Pasiphila).
Rhinoprora gen. nov.
A develojjinent of Cldm-odyatis, characterised by the greatly elongated rostrifurm
palpi.
Type : B. palpata Wlk. (Eupitkecia).
f 111 )
Rhinoprora reg'ularis sp. nov.
Foreimngs : green, with the markings reddish fuscous, mixed with blackish ; basal
patch, central fascia, and marginal area dark ; the intervals green, with a dark grey or
green central line ; all the dark markings finely edged with blackish wavv Hues ; snh-
terminal fascia more reddish; cell-spot large, blackish.
Hindwings : dull grey, with indistinct clouds ; fringe of forewings dark grey, of
liindwings lighter.
Underside dull grey, with darker grey markings; the exterior line formed of
.spots. Head, thorax, and abdomen faded ([iroiialily a mixture of fuscous and reddi.sh) ;
tip of palpi blackish.
Expanse of wings : ? , 16 mm. ; (?, 18 mm.
Gunong Ijau, Perak.
Very much like Gymnodisca vindescens in markings. The palpi of the ? are
very much shorter than those of the c?.
Rhinoprora variospila >i>. nov.
ForewiiKjs: greenish or greyish green; the cross lines fuscous, mixed with red
.scales; basal patch edged with a narrow dark hand mixed with red scales, oblique
inwards ; central fascia with its inner edge also oblique, formed by a similar liand to
that which edges the basal patch ; its outer edge wavy and denticulate, curved out-
wards and forming a slight projection in the middle ; the outer half of the central
fascia from below the costa to near the inner margin occupied by a pale patch de\oid
of markings, which in the <S is grey-green and in the ? snow-white; subtermiual
fascia formed of three denticulate dark lines, mixed with reddish scales; marginal
area green ; fringe lead-coloured, with dark basal line.
Hiiuhvings : pale grey, becoming greenish towards hindmargin, with three or four
indistinct darker curved fasciae.
Head, face, palpi, and thorax pale cream-colour or whitish (? faded) ; third joint
of palpi dark ; abdomen mixed cinereous and reddish. Underside cinereous with a
green tint, and dark grey markings.
Expanse of wings : 18 mm.
S ? from Guuong Ijau, Perak.
Of the two examples described, the ^ is slightly smaller than the ? , and grey-
green instead of green ; but the difference is probablv not sexual.
Rhinoprora viridata sp. nov.
Forewings : pale green, with darker green and grey markings ; basal jiatcli small,
edged with a dark grey line; space between l)asal patch and central fascia with a
darker green central line ; central fascia broad, edged with dark grey, and suffused
with dark grey and green, with three or fom- darker lines, which are most distinct on
the costa ; its outer edge is straight from costa to below middle, where it forms a
rough projection and is then obliquely retracted to the inner margin before the anal
angle; the space immediately lieyond it whitish; subtermiual line white, zigzag,
preceded by dark green patches, one "on costa, one in middle, and a third less distinct
above anal angle; these patches are continued beyond the line to the hindmargin;
fringe green, with darker basal line and cliequered with darker; cell-spot hhu-kish.
Hindwings : pale whitish grey, becoming green towards hindmargin, with traces
of three or four darker grey curved fasciae.
( 112 )
Head, palpi, thorax, and abdomen all faded ochreous (probably green when fresh).
Underside pale green, with all the lines darker; cell-spots of both wings distinct.
Expanse of wings : 2'2 mm.
One c? from Gunong Ijau, Perak.
Sebastia gen. nov.
Forewings : elongate ; costa gradually arched ; apex bluul ; hindmargin curved,
oblique ; underside \vith a tuft of long glossy hairs from the base, half as long as wing,
covering a smooth space between the median and submedian veins, the centre of
which is occupied by a dense bed of coarse rough scales.
Hindivinrjs : with the hindmargin bluntly projecting in the middle, sinuous on
either side ; the costal area thickened aud contorted.
Antennae thick, and faintly pubescent in c? ; palpi porrect, shortly rostriform ;
tongue present.
Neurallon: forewings, cell half as long as wing; median uervure curved upwards
at base ; the iirst and second median nervule.s rising near one another shortly before
end of cell, third from the end ; radials as usual ; fifth subcostal and common stem of
the other four from end of areole. Hindwings, cell five-.sixths of the len<rth of the
wing; costal anastomosing shortly with subcostal, then curing away ; two subcostals
very short ; medians as in forewings, but short.
Type : Sebastia maleformata W'arr.
Sebastia maleformata s)i. nov.
Forewings: pale grey, with a number of darker cur\cd lines, forming a darker
basal patch, and a darker, broad, central fascia, followed In- a narrow snbterminal one ;
cell-spot black ; fringe sligiitly chequered, with a dark liasal line.
Hindwings: whitish, greyer towards inner and hindmargin. with traces of darker
fasciae.
Head, thorax, and abdomen grey. Underside glossy, whitish grey, with the
exterior line dark ; tuft of hair glossy white.
Kxpanse of wings : 18 mm.
One S from Santos.
SuiiFAJiiLY HYDEIOMENINAE.
Alloeoneura gen. nov.
Allied to Anticlea and Aniocbe.
Forewings: with costa faintly curved ; apex bluntly rounded ; hindmargin curved.
Hindwings : rounded.
Palpi rostriform, of medium length ; antennae (?) simple, slightly thickened.
Neuration : cell half as long as wing, broad. Forewings, first median at f3\e-
sixths, second just before, third from the end of cell ; lower radial, curved at its
origin, from quite the lower half of the discoceflular ; upper radial from top end of
cell ; common stem of the second, third, and fourth subcostals from apex of areole ;
first and fifth close to the apex. Hindwings with the two subcostals shortly stalked,
and the radial from the centre of the discoeellular as usual.
Type : Alloeoneura marmorata Warr.
( 113 )
Alloeoneura inarmorata sp. nov.
Fwewiwjs : pale fuscous, mottled with dark fuscous and whitish ochreous ; basal
patch with its edge acutely angulated in the middle and denticulate wavy below ; its
basal half paler; central fascia with an oblong dark fuscous blotch from the costa
reaching half-way across wing, edged on both sides with whitish, and then three or
four alternately light and dark sinuous lines, interrupted towards the inner margin
by these lines, so as to form only a flattened 8-shaped mark ; marginal area dark
fuscous towards apex and anal angle, paler between, with a jagged white subterminal
line, distinct only in these darker patclies, followed by a fine blackish scalloped line
from apex to anal angle ; fi-inge with dark basal line and paler mottlings.
Hind-wings : reddish testaceous, unmarked ; fringe paler, mottled.
Head, face, and antennae dark fuscous; tliorax and abdomen paler; legs dark
fuscous, ringed with pale ochreous. Underside yellow, mottled with fuscous, with the
markings also fu.scoiis ; hindwings with brown cell-spot, traces of two lines on inner
margin and marginal fascia.
Expanse of wings : 20 mm.
Two (J 6 from Petropolis.
Ainnesicoma gen. nov.
Eesemliles Photoscotosia Warr. in size, shape, character of markings, and
structure, except that the forewings of the S are quite simjjle, having either lost,
or never acquired, the characteristic mark of that genus, viz. the tuft of long hairs
along the disc.
Type : Ainnesicoma simplex Waxv.
Amnesicoma simplex sp. nov.
Forewinrj-s : ochreous grey, with dark fuscous shading, lines, and fasciae ; basal area
dark fuscous, containing a succession of dark fviseous wavy lines, and becoming deeper
brown towards its outer edge, which is irregularh' sinuous ; exterior line blackish,
edged internally with fuscous and externally with a narrow pale line, the space
between it and the edge of the basal area being paler than the rest of the wing ; the
exterior line forms two small subcostal teeth outwards, then a large concave sinus,
and several iiTegular convexities below ; marginal area much suffused with fuscous,
with a pale submarginal line, and a pale triangular subapical space, the lower edge
of which forms an oblique streak from the apex; cell-.sj»t linear black, in the ?
embraced within the basal patch, which extends farther than in the <S ; in the ? the
submarginal line, subapical patch, and central area are decidedly paler than in
the cJ.
Hindwings : dull orange with the inner half fuscous grey, with the beginnings
of some wavy lines above the anal angle, and partly along the hindmargin.
Head, thorax, and abdomen fuscous cinereous. Underside dull cinereous, mixed
with dull orange on the forewings as well as on the hindwings, the basal area,
central line, and submarginal area being darker grey.
Expanse of wings : ? , .58 mm. ; <?, 54 mm.
A good series from Cashmere.
( 114 )
Brephoscotosia gen. nov.
c?. Forewings : witli costa shouldered near base at one-third, and again at
three-fourths, concave between ; ajiex blunt ; hindniargin ol)liiiuely curved, subcrenulate.
Hindwhigs : with hindniargin rounded, subcrenulate.
Palpi thick, hairy, as in Pterocypha U.S. ; third joint concealed in second ;
second triangular and well separated from first; tongue present; forehead produced
below ; antennae of cj pectinated ; hind tibiae not thickened, with four long s[)urs.
Forewings covered with a thick bed of hairs, except the marginal area from the
second costal shoulder to the anal angle. These hairs are particularly tliick and
tufted beneath each shoulder.
Neuratimi : cell half as long as wing. Forewings, costal and subcostal strongly
arched near base ; first subcostal nervule from shortly before the apex of the areole ;
common stem of second, third, and fourth, and stem of fifth from end of areole;
radials as usual. Neuration of hindwings normal.
Type: Brephoscotosia catocalaria Wlk. {Seotosia).
Camptogramma albinotata Wlk., xx.w., p. 1689, J.
IMeyrick refers this as the cf to Guenee's In-ujata, the type of which is a ? ; and
he may be right. But I do not think that (fueuee's description warrants this identi-
fication. It seem.s to me more likely to be the ? of Walker's hreviaria S , and
identical with his two ? ? , repentinata and incertata. Walker in his rendering of
the description of bmjata speaks of a ".macula discalis ex atomis alhis strigaque fusca
contiguae " ; but I cannot see that this refers at all to the white marginal blotch which
characterises albinotata Wlk.
Cirrolygris gen. nov.
Characterised in the cj by a bed of very fine curled hairs lying along the base of
the median vein and the submediau fold, those on the fold paler and less curled ;
palpi rough, jiorrect, the third joint short, pointed ; antennae simple in d .
Type : C. viomaria Snell. (Eiiholia).
Felder, observing the hairy underside of the forewings, made it a Lyr/ris, but it
is really quite distinct Irom that genus.
EpiiTlioe delimitata sp. nov.
Forewings: dai-k silvery grey, with dark fuscous lines and markings; basal patch
fuscous, its outer edge thrice distinctly curved, followed by a parallel thick, somewhat
interrupted line ; central fascia with its inner edge wavy denticulate, curved parallel to
edge of basal patch ; the outer edge irregularly dentate, running inwards below the
middle, so that the upper half of the fascia is twice as broad as the lower; the fascia
is preceded and followed liy a fuscous line parallel to its edge; subterininal line white,
jagged, preceded on costa by a black dentate blotch, and beyond the projection of the
central fascia by two small blackish wedge-shaped marks ; marginal area slightly
clouded with grey ; fringe grey, preceded by a geminated black dash between each
vein.
Hiadwinga: in their basal half blurred fuscous, edged by a dull Lilunlly augulated
middle line ; whitish j)Owdered with fuscous beyond, with traces of a dusky whitish-
edged denticulated submarginal line; fringe as in forewings.
( 115 )
Head, thorax, and abdomen cinereous mottled with fuscous; collar and palpi
wholly fuscous. Underside duller, suft'used and dusted with fuscous, with the
markings all shown, but dull ; discal spots distinct, lilack.
Expanse of wings : 40 mm.
One c? from Larima Co., North America.
Erebochlora gen. nov.
Closely allied to Priapodes Warr., but with .simply ro.strate palpi, instead of the
abnormally prolonged ones that are the distinguishing characteristic of that genus.
Otherwise the types of the two genera are superficially wondenullv alike.
Type : Erebochlora tesserulata Feld. (Spargania).
Hammaptera semiobliterata sp. no\-.
Foreimngs : whitish ochreous, sometimes pink-tinged ; extreme liase pale, edged
with a curved dark brown fascia ; inner edge of central fascia formed by an irregular
bent brown fascia; space between it and basal patch sometimes paler, sometimes as
dark as tlie two fasciae themsehes ; outer edge of central fascia formed of three lines,
which produce a dark fascia on the costa only, the pale space of the interior of the
central fascia interrupting it, and extending to the hindmargin ; the exterior edge
of the central fascia forms a blunt projection between the second and third medians ;
submarginal Hue pale, preceded by a red-brown band, broadest on the costa, and
followed by a fuscous shade ; all alike are interrupted in the middle and reapjicar
again above the anal angle ; cell-spot dark, linear ; fringe mainly dark fuscous.
Hindwings: of ? wholly smoky fuscous ; of cJ tinged in parts with paler, aud
with paler chequered fringes.
Face, collar, and front of thorax concolorous with pale ground-colour; abdomen
fuscous, with a dark brovvn basal segment. Underside straw-yellow, freckled and
suffused with blackish, with, in the forewings, the celkspot, four undulating bent
lines forming the outer edge of the central fascia, and the margin, black; the margin
is broadly interrupted by the pale ground-colour in the middle, and contains a small
pale spot at the apex ; inner margin of forewings whitish. Hindwings with four
curved dark lines, two in the centre and two towards the hindmargin.
Expanse of wings : ? , 42 mm. ; cJ, 38 mm.
Jamaica.
The ground-colour seems very variable : in the cJ de.scribed it is greyish white ;
in the ? olive ochreous, tinged with brick-red.
Hysterura gen. nov.
Forewings: with costa graduallv curved from base to apex ; apex lilunt ; hin<l-
margin obliquely curved ; anal angle rounded.
Hindwings: with irregular outline ; anal angle hardly indicated; inner angle
bluntly rounded; hindmargin with a prominent projection in the middle, as in
iSemiothisa, but not so precisely defined.
Antennae of ? simple, and of tj pubescent ; ftice rounded, slightly projecting;
palpi rostriform, the last joint drooping ; inner margin of forewings in c? with a
thick bed of pale hairs, directed towards the costa, and reaching almost to the anal
angle ; inner edge of hindwings also with a thickened tuft of hair towards the base.
Neiiratlou : forewings with cell half the length of wing; first median nervnle at
( 116 )
«even-eighths, second and third from lower end of cell ; lower radial from centre of
diseocellular, upper from top angle of cell ; last subcostal ner\ ule from apex of
areole ; the other four on a common stem, which rises before the apex of areole.
Hindwings with both subcostals and last two median nervules on a rather long
common stem.
Type : H. multi/aria (Swinhoe).
Lygridopsis gen. nov.
Closely allied to Hysterura, but with the hindwings well rounded and slightly
wavy, without any ])rdjection in the centre of the hindmargin ; forewings beneath
with only a short tuft of pale hairs, as in Lygris ; otherwise agreeing with Hysterura.
Type : Lycfridopsia cervimiria (Moore).
Odezia tibiale Esp.
The type-form of tibiale Esp. has the white band of the forewings broad, and
none at all on the hindwings above; in the form vioeroraria Frr. the width of the
band on the forewings is reduced, the hindwings still remaining all black ; in decisaia
Wlk. the band on the forewings is like that in moeroraria, but there is a corresponding
narrow band on the upperside of the hindwings ; in eversmannaria H.S. both bands
are broadly white, that in the hindwings bulging in the centre. The species may in
all cases be distinguished by the whole of the fringes of the hindwings being white.
Orthonama Hub., Verz., p. 331.
Contains three species: vittdhnta Hiib., No. 3193; lijnata Hiib., Xo. ol9-4:
aqiiata Hiib., No. 3195. Of these the first and last belong to his previously placed
genus Coenocalpe, leaving lignata (= vittata Borkh.) as the type of Orthonama. The
3 antennae are ciliated. To this genus will be referred polygrammata 15kh., obstipata
Fabr., lutulentata Snell.
Otoplecta gen. nov.
Fweivinrjs : with costa arched throughout ; apex lilunt ; hindmargin curved ; anal
angle distinct.
Hindivings : with well-rounded hindmargin ; inner margin in the c? broken below
the middle, with a large scaly Hap from the base, folded over flat on the ujjperside.
Antennae simple, annulated, in lioth sexes; palpi porrect, shortly rostriform.
JVeuration of forewings normal. In the hindwings the co.stal anastomoses with
subcostal to beyond the end of cell, where it curves oS abruptly from the first subcostal
nervule; the second subcostal rises from near the top of the diseocellular; this is
augulated, and the radial rises from below the angulation ; lower angle of cell rounded ;
in the cf the three median nervules rise at equal intervals from the rounded angle, the
first being distorted towards the inner margin ; in the ? the first rises only just be3'ond
the middle of cell, and runs straight.
Type : Otoplecta fricjida Butler {Gwemia).
Paraplaneta gen. nov.
Ijike Cataclysme Hiib. in that the uiiper radial and fifth subcostal vein are
stalked together; but the antennae of the i are as strongly pectinated as in
XanthorhoU Hiib.
Type : Paraplatieta conturbata Wlk. {Ld.renlid).
( 117 )
Photoscotosia funebris -p. nov.
Forewings: dull dark smoky brown; the basal line, slightly curved, the inner
edge of the central fascia, vertical and wavy, and the outer edge, irregularly jagged,
and with a projecting beak between the second and third median nervules, all black ;
cell-spot linear, black; many slender indistinct undulating dark lines can lie
discerned between the lines ; fi-inge concolorous.
Hindivings : bright orange ; costa whitish ; inner margin broadly smoky brown ;
hindmargin from anal angle to radial blackish.
Head, thorax, and abdomen smoky brown, the abdomen with paler t Lifts. Underside
of forewings dull blackish, with the disc only dirty white; hindwings orange, with
dull cinereous inner and blackish hindmargin.
Expanse of wings : o2 mm.
One (? from China.
Photoscotosia velutina sp. nov.
Forewings: shining pinkish grey, suffused with brownish, and with dark brown
and black-brown wavy lines ; basal patch small, edged by a nearly vertical line, dull
nrown; inner edge of central fascia thick, velvety black; exterior line edged with
velvety black near the costa only, then slender, forming a blunt beak between the
second and third median nervules, then running inwards to two-thirds of the inner
margin ; it is preceded by two brown lines, whose course is parallel to itself; central
space towards costa jiale ; marginal area irregularly suffused with smoky brown, and
traversed by a paler submarginal line, which is edged on either side with darker ; a
short oblique apical streak ; beyond the fascia in the paler space between it and the
submarginal region can sometimes be traced two or three fine wavy lines.
Hindivings: silky white, with the inner margin smoky, and the hindmargin
blackish; a grey bluntly denticulated curved line at two-thirds, which in the j is
only distinct near the inner margin. Fringe of both wings dark grey, with a strong
black basal line ; fringe of hindwings at the apex only white.
Head, thorax, and abdomen fuscous cinereous. Underside white, smeared with
grey ; a dark discal line on both wings, which becomes broad on costa of forewing ;
apical region of forewing smoky black, leaving the extreme apex white ; discal
marks blackish, linear, more di.stinct than on upperside, that of the forewing being
there lost in the inner edge of the central fascia.
Expanse of wings : 54 mm.
China.
Plemyriopsis gen. nov.
Foretvings: narrow; costa straight at first, strongly arched in the latter half; ajM'x
subfalcate ; hindmargin elbowed at end of second median nervule, above which it
is slightly, and below it extremely oblicine ; anal angle quite rounded off.
Hindwings: broad: hindmargin with an elbow at the end of second median
nervule, on either side of which it is straight.
Antennae of ? short, laminated ; palpi shortly porrect, triangular ; tongue
present ; hind tibiae with four spurs.
Neuration: cell half as long as wing. Forewings, discocellular liiangulated ;
first median at four-fifths, second and third together from the lower end of cell ;
lower radial from the lower angle of discocellular. ujiper from the upper angle; fifth
( 118 )
subcostal from the upper end of cell, first ami joint stem of next three togetlier
from apex of areoie. Hindwings, two subcostals on long stem ; radial from upper
end of discocellular ; first median at four-fifths, second a little before end.
Type: Plemyriopsis distincta Wlk. (Erosia) = Dineurodes(J) fiopuloniaDnxce,
Biol. Centr. Am. Lep. Het., ii., p. 176.
Plerocymia lliib.
Plerocymia Hiib., Verz., p. 330.
Entephria Hiib., Verz., p. 332.
Onychia Hiib., Verz., p. 334.
Ortholithu Hiib., Vers., p. 3:58; Led.; S. & W.
Eubolia Boisd.
By the law of priority Ortholitha mu.st give place to Plerocymia. Under this
genus Hiibner placed four species — cervincUa, dubitata, certata, and biliiieala. Of
tliese certata belong.s to his own genus Calocalpe, dubitata to Triphosa Stph.,
while biiiiieata has become the type of Camptogi-amna Stph., so that cervinata,
the first-})laced species, is left as type of Plerocymia.
Priapodes gen. nov.
Foirvdngs: ample; costa faintly arched; apex obtuse: hindmargin well curved ;
anal angle indistinct.
Hindwitigs : ample, somewhat produced at apex ; hindmargin weakly rounded.
Abdomen (cj) strong, with rather prominent anal segment ; antennae (c?)
simple ; tongue present ; palpi three times as long as head, horizontally porrect,
laterally compressed, smoothly scaled ; terminal joint short, button-shaped, second
joint extraordinarily long; legs long; hind tibiae with four spurs. Neuration normal,
i-'caling dense : forewings black and green ; hindwings black and white.
Type : Priajjodes longipalpata (Th. !Mg.).
A South American genus of large-sized insects.
PseudocoUix gen. nov.
Differs from Collix Guen. (1) in having only a small cell-spot instead of a large
one consisting of raised black scales; (2) in the much reduced length of the palpi.
Type: P. hyperythra (\l\n\i!-n.'j.
Pterocypha inangulata sp. nov.
Forewings: pale grey, pink-tinged ; basal jiatch edged by a straight black line,
preceded l)y a thinner one ; central fascia edged on both sides inteimally with dark
fuscous; its inner edge with two indentations, one, subcostal, obtuse; the other
below the middle, acute ; its outer edge with two prominent lobes, one on either side
of the second median; on the submedian fold the dark edges of the central fascia
unite; discal spot black, circled with whitish, and that again with a slender black
outline; underneath it are two pale oval siiots, obliijuely below one another ; a dark
apical streak, with the space above it paler.
Hindwitigs: cinereous, darker towards the hindmargin, before which is a broad
p.ile curved fascia, preceded by a dark bent line.
( 119 )
Head, thorax, and abdomen cinereous, mixed with paler. Underside ochreous
Yellowish, with distinct black cell-spots, outer bent line, and marginal fasciae, the
latter having a small space pale in the middk- of tlie liindmargin and at the apex of
the forewing.
Exjianse of wings : 34 mm.
One ? from Jamaica. Lctrenfia (mcpiinalia H.S., Corr. BL, 1870, p. 189, from
Cuba, may be the same insect.
Pterocypha xantholiva sp. nov.
Forewings (¥): pale ochreous olive, with darker olive fuscous lines and bands;
basal patch consisting of two inwardly obliijue dark-edged olive bands; extreme
base and narrow fascia beyond, pale ochreous ; central fascia broad ; its inner edge
formed by an inwardly oblique olive fascia edged with fuscous, and showing three
dark lines on the costa ; its outer edge also consisting of an olive fascia, the edges
of which are formed by dark fuscous lines with another down the centre ; these
lines form two projecting lobes on either side of the second median ; intervening
space between the olive edges of the central fascia pale ochreous olive with a dark
cell-spot ; marginal area consisting of a series of alternate darker and lighter olive
lines ; fringe dark olive.
Hindivings : dull orange, sufi'used with smoky fuscous along inner margin,
wiiere there are traces of the beginnings of several undulating darker lines ; bind-
margin suffusedly fuscous ; fringe fuscous, with a blackisli basal line, preceded
by a narrow clear orange s[iace before each denticulation.
Head, thorax, and abdomen cinereous olive. In the ^ the markings of
the forewings are more or less hidden and obscured by the pilositj- of the
surface ; the subterminal line is, however, plainer, preceded by an olive fascia,
and followed by darker shades; a short black zigzag streak from the apex. In
the hindwings the inner-marginal half is obscured with dark olive pilose scales-
Underside yellow, deeper in ? than in ^J; the cell-spots, outer line, and marginal
fascia black; the apex of both wings and a small space in the middle of the hind-
margin pale or whitish; before tlie exterior line are traces of another narrower and
straighter line.
Expanse of wings : 44 mm.
(J ? from the P'elder collection — without exact locality given.
Trichodezia gen. nov.
Distinguished from Odesia Boisd. by the presence of a long tuft of dark hairs
towards the inner margin of the forewings on the underside, similar to that wliich
occurs in Photoscotosia Warr.
Tvpe: T. alhoviUata Guen. (Odezia).
Anisomelia gen. nov.
Forevnnfjs : very broad; costa slightly convex throughout; apex not acute;
liindmargin uniformly curved ; inner margin sinuate, fringed in its outer half
Hindivings : small ; hindmargin rounded ; inner margin with a triangular lappet ;
(in the type this is quite flattened out, in the setting).
Palpi shortly porrect and slightly hairy ; tongue present ; legs and abdomen
beneath very hairy; antennae ((^) a little beyond the base thickened and bent,
coarsely pubescent, almost finely ciliated.
( 1^« )
Neuration : forewings, cell barely one-third as long as wing ; discocellular with
lower arm very oblique ; first median iiervule from three-fourths of the cell ; second
just before, third from, the end of cell, which is deeply wedge-sliaped ; lower radial
from middle, upper from upper end of the discocellular; as far as can be seen
(without denudation of the type) all five subcostals on a common stem. Hindwings
with costal widely divergent from subcostal.
Type : Anisomelia oriolata Feld. (Eratema).
SrBi-AMii.v PLl'TODINAE.
Ochroplutodes gen. now
Closelv allied to Plutodes Gueu. and Arehiplutodes Warr., the antennae being
unipectinate ; hiudmargin of forewings sinuate, incurved in the upper half, and
bowed in the lower; hindwings with hindmargin irregular and bluntly elbowed above
the middle ; wings with no metallic markings, ochreous with fuscous transverse
striae, as in Fidonia.
Type : Ochroplutodes sordida, \\<m.
Ochroplutodes sordida sp. nov.
Forewi'tijs: pale straw-culour, with the basal and marginal regions dull greyish
fuscous, consi-sting of an agglomeration of transverse striae, through which the ground-
colour is in parts discernible, especially at the anal angle ; liasal area angulated below
the costa on its outer edge; marginal area edged internally with a straight oblique
line, parallel to hindmargin ; central area with very few fuscous striae, the two lines
indicated by jiale spaces without any striae at all.
Hindwings : with the whole surface more or less striated with fuscous, witli a paler
curved central line or space, corresponding to the exterior pale space on the fore-
wings, and the hindmargin paler, smeared with yellowish, and with three or four
blackish marginal dots towards the apex.
Head, thorax, and abdomen concolorous. Underside the same, but duller and
paler.
Expanse of wings : 32 mm.
One (?, probably from .\frica.
SUBF.\MILY rAl.VADLNAK.
Cabira H.?^.
.\kin to Angwonopsia Warr., but with less anqile wings ; distiiigui.shed from
that genus by the strongly pectinated antennae of the J.
Tvpe : C'abira ochropurjjuraria H.S.
The name C'abira was proposed by Sodofifsky, Bull. Mosc, 1837, \-i., p. 17, in the
place of Gdiera Treitschke, 1825, on the ground that this was too near Caberea
Lamarx, used in 1816 for a genus of Polyzoa. The name Gabera of Treitschke for
the well-known I'^uropean species which were referred to it was unnecessary, being
anticipated by Hiibner's lleilinia. For the South American insect of H.S., which I
regard as not congeneric with the old-world species of Deilinia, I propose to emjiloy
SodofFsky's spelling Cabira, as used for this species by H.S. himself
( 121 )
.Sriii'AMiLY DEll-LMINAK.
Bapta subnotata sp. nov.
Foreivings : silky -white, with a small brown spot on the costa at one-third, and
another at two-thirds, indicating the origin of the two transverse lines, which are
hardly discernible ; cell-spot small, dark.
Hiwlwings : with a faint brown exterior line, and small cell-spot; fringe white
in both wings, with a fine brown basal line.
Head, face, thorax, and abdomen white. Underside white, with the discal s]iots
only dark.
Kxpanse of wings : 34 mm.
One (? from Hakodate, Japan.
This can hardly be a form of B. bimacalnta Fab.
Orthobrachia gen. nov.
Separated from Ster/cniia, and the other genera in which the second subcostal of
the forewings is wanting, by (1) the d antennae, which are shortly and stifHy bipecti-
nate to three-fourths; (2) by the second median of both wings rising before the end
of cell, and by the absence of a fovea in forewings. The wings are longer and stronger
than in SUyania, resembling those of Heterostegiinia Warr.
Type : Orthobrachia latifasciata Moore (Stef/nnia).
Parabapta g<'n. nov.
Closely allied to Bapta iStph., but characterised by the antennae of the (^,whicli
are armed with short fascicles of curled cilia, and by the e.xcessiveiy short palpn'.
Type : Parabapta aetheriata Cxraeser {Bapta).
ScBFAMiLY BRACCTNAE.
Bursada fulvimacula sp. nov.
Forevniigs : with the basal area, and an irregular sinuous band from the costa
at two-thirds, narrowing out towards the anal angle, rich coppery orange, margined
with reddish ; rest of the wings black.
Hindivinfjs : mainly coppery orange; costa and hindmargin black, the latter
more broadly at apex and anal angle ; inner margin also black, with a black blotcli
before the anal angle.
Head, thorax, abdomen, and antennae all black. Underside like upper.
Expanse of wings : (?, 20 mm. ; ? , 22 mm.
Five t?c?,2 ? ?,from lafu.
Nearest Synestia Meyr. from New Guinea, but smaller and much richer coloured.
Dichostrepsia gen. nov.
In shape of wings, structure of jialpi and antennae, agreeing with Santjalopsis
Warr., as also in nenration, except in the following points: in tlie forewings the
median nervure is abnormally curved upwards close to the base, and the submedian
similarly curved downwai-ds ; between the median, where it is thus curved, and the
submedian fold lies an elongated partially scaled bladdery ]iatch. In the hindwings
the costal is free, but closely aiii)roximated to the subcostal for a short di.stance
Ijefore the middle of the cell.
Type : D. Iricolorala A\'arr.
( 122 )
Dichostrepsia tricolorata sp. nov.
cJ. Foreioinffs : black, with a jagged-edged coppery red patdi on the inner
margin, from near the base to shortl_v before the anal angle, extending two-thirds
acroiis the wing; beyond the cell a subipuuhate lemon-yellow patch.
IJ indtvings : coppery red, with a narrow black border, the line of separation
being regularh' crenulate.
Underside like upper, with the following ad<litions: (he forewing has a basal
subcostal red streak reaching to two-thirds; towards the hindinargin there are five
elongated pale yellow blotches between the veins; in the hindwings, instead of the
continuous black border, the veins at their extremity have each an elongated black
blotch, the intervals being pale yeUow ; fringe entirely black. The red tint of the
underside is paler than that of the upper. Palpi, forehead, thorax, black ; legs black
s|)otted with yellow; abdomen yellow, with the dorsal and lateral lines and segmental
divisions broadly lilack ; face and two spots in middle of thorax yellow ; patagia
red at the base.
Expanse of wings : 38 mm.
One t? from 8outh America, without precise localitv.
Dichostrepsia unciata sp. nov.
Wings brown-black ; forewings with a triangular oval red spot beyond the cell,
nearer the costa than the hind or inner margin. Underside smoky brown : forewings
with the red patch brighter ; hindwings with veins black.
Expanse of wings : 30 mm.
' One S from the Felder collection, from Peru.
The bladder beneath the median vein is plain enough ; but the distortion of the
veins is not so great as in the typical species tricolorata Warr.
Emplocia U.S.
Forewings: with costa nearly straight ; hindmargin curved, rather bulging.
Hindwings : with the hindmargin from anal angle nearly straight, curved onlv
at the apical angle.
Palpi porrect, terminal joint acute ; tongue present ; antennae of c? well
pectinated, the pectinations themselves finely ciliated ; hind tibiae with four spurs.
Neuration: forewings, cell three-fifths of wing: discocellular straight, curved
outwards just before apex ; first median nervule at three-fifths, second at four-fifths,
third from end ; lower radial from centre of discocellular ; upper from upper end ol'
cell, bent downwards shortly after its rise; five subcostals on a common stem.
Hindwings, cell three-fifths ; discocellular angulated ; costal very closely approxi-
mated to subcostal for quite half the cell, appearing to anastomose; first subcostal'
just before end of cell ; medians as in forewings.
Tyjje : Emplocia bifenestrata H.8.
A red stripe from the base of each wing, one or more pale sjiots towards apex of
forewing.
Mnesipenthe gen. nov.
Like Sangalopsis in size, shape, and structure ; differing in the absence of
coloration, the wings being black, with a pellucid white cell-patch, and in the
neuration. In the forewings the second and third median nervules are strongly
( 123 )
concave to eacli other, the third being bent downwards in the direction of the anal
angle ; the lower radial is curved parallel to the third median ; in the hindwings
the fold which divides the cell longitudinally, instead of running straight from the
discocellular to the hindmargin as usual, is curved down to join the third median
just beyond half-way; antennae of ? pectinated, shorter than in <S .
Type : M. subcana Wlk. (Melanchroi(t).
Mnesipenthe obliquisignata sp. nov.
Wings dull sooty black with a greyish tinge towards the base, moi'e extensively
so in the hindwings; beyond the cell in the forewings is an oblique long oval white
patch crossed by third median as a thread-like dark line ; in sxibcana the blotch
is subquadrate, and does not reach below the third median. Underside of fore-
wings dull blackish, with the costa and apical region hoary grey; hindwings dull
dark grey, with all the veins and the folds between them paler hoary grey.
Head, antennae, terminal joint of palpi, thora.x, and abdomen blackish grey ;
face pale grey with darker centre ; tongue, base of palpi, base of patagia, and
body at base of forewings yellow ; abdomen jialer beneath.
Expanse of wings : 38 mm.
Three <? cj and three ? ? , all from Petropolis.
Nelopsis gen. nov.
Forewings : elongate, twice as long as broad ; costa slightly curved ; hindmargin
obliquely curved.
Hindivings : elongate, the hindmargin rounded, but straighter towards anal angle.
Tongue present ; palpi porreot ; antennae of (? pectinated as in Sangala Wlk.,
the pectinations being thick to tlie end, oblique, and folding over one another
beneath ; hind tibiae with four spurs.
Xeuridion : forewings, cell fully three-fifths of wing; first median at two-thirds,
second at five-sixths, third from end ; lower radial from centre of discocellular, upper
from just below upper angle of cell ; last three subcostals on a common stem from
before upper end of cell ; second subcostal out of first. Hindwings with costal
approximated to subcostal nearly to middle ; first subcostal rising just before
end of cell.
Type : Nelopsis nasuta Wlk. (Mennis).
Pseudobracca gen. nov.
Foretnngs : with costa gradually curved throughout; apex blunt; hindmargin
rounded, more obliquely towards the anal angle.
Hindivings: with fully rounded hindmargin.
Antennae of c? strongly pectinated ; foreliead rounded : palpi short, stout,
terminal joint stumpy ; tongue present.
Neuration : cell half as long as wing. Forewings, discocellular sinuous; first
median at three-fourths, second at seven-eighths, third from end of cell ; two radials
from near together about the middle of the discocellular, the lower curved and
slightly distorted in its course ; first and second subcostals on a long common
stem from just before the end of celi, anastomosing with costal; last three subcostals
on a common stem from the end of cell, the common stem of the third and fourth
10
( 124 )
anastomosing with the second. Hiudwings, discocellular angulated ; costal approxi-
mated shortly to subcostal near base ; first subcostal norvule ]iarting before end of
cell ; no radial ; medians as in forewings.
Tj-pe : Pseudobracca imitatrix WaiT.
Pseudobracca imitatrix sp. nov.
Fwewlnrfs : dull black, with a large irregular whitish blotch on the inner margin
reaching more than half across the wing, followed b}- an oblique oval whitish blotch
towards apex ; a submarginal series of white spots, interrupted opposite the cell ;
three small white spots obliquely placed near the base on the inner margin ; a
white basal subcostal dash, and a yellow basal oblong spot.
Hiiuhvimjs: black, with a broad central area white, and a series of eight
submarginal spots, larger than those in the forewings ; a minute dark discal dot.
Underside the same, but the base of both wings smeared with yellowish.
Head and tips of paliii black; face and palpi yellow; thorax yellowish; abdomen
black, with yellowish lateral streaks, and the penultimate segment wholly yellow;
underside of abdomen and femora yellow ; tibiae and tarsi grey.
Expanse of wings : 54 mm.
One (J from South America.
Sangala \Mk.
At p. 384 of vol. ii. Walker placed under Sanrjala the two sjjecies gloriosa
and coelisigna ; the first of these he subsequent Ij', without noticing it, removed
into the genus Siosta, vii., p. 1688, leaving coelisigna to stand as type of Sangala.
The genus is characterised by the peculiar form of the pectinations of the d antennae.
These are thick, and stifif throughout, with a narrow base ; directed obliquely forward,
and tending to fold over one another underneath : they var\- in length according
to the species, being shortest in the tvpe-species, coelisigna Wlk.
Sangalopsis gen. nov.
Forewings : broad, triangular, as in Siosta Wlk. ; cosfa nearly straight ; hind-
margin obli(juel\' curved.
Hindwings : broad, well rounded.
Palpi porrect ; tongue present ; antennae of the J with long pectinations,
each pectination being finely ciliated ; hind tibiae with four spurs.
Neuration : forewings, cell barely half the length of wing ; discocellular nearly
straight ; first submedian at two-thirds, second at five-sixths, third from lower
end of cell ; lower radial from middle of discocellular, upper from upper angle
of cell ; fifth subcostal from just before end of cell, curving ui)wards so as almost
to touch the common stem of the other four. Hindwings with costal free, only
ap[)roximating to .subcostal near the base; first subcostal just before end of cell;
medians as in forewings.
Type: S. altera \Mk. (Xelo).
Sangalopsis lunata sp. now
Wings dark smoky brown-black ; forewings witii a small diffusely edged bluish
white lunate mark towards the anal angle, passing across the three median nervules.
Underside the .same, with the veins^of the hindwings black.
Expanse of wings : 36 mm.
Three (?(? from Peru.
( 125 )
Sangalopsis marginata sp. nov.
Foreioinr/s : coppery red ; costa uan-owly aud concisely black ; inner margin
and lower half of base diffusely blackish ; hindmargin broadly black, thinning off
towards the anal angle, tlie edge of the black part forming a regular curve.
Hmdwings : black. Underside the same.
Expanse of wings: 38 mm.
One c? from South America, without e.xact localit}'.
Siosta Wlk.
The genus was created by Walker, vii., p. 1G88, for Latreille's 6i/«.sciirtta, without
apparently Walker's observing that it was the same insect which at vol. ii., p. 384,
he had described as Saagala gloriosa. I retain the name Siosta, as he expressly
states that the antennae of the S are subserrate.
Type : S. bifasciata Latr. (Gallimorpha).
Subfamily ARKAXIXAE.
Abraxas cuneifera sp. nov.
Forewinga : dull yellowish white ; extreme base, a basal line, and a costal mark
above the black discal spot, darker; basal area yellowish ; a broad yellowish sinuous
exterior line edged on both sides with black, that on the inner side being nearly con-
tinuous and much incurved at the costa, that on the outside represented by wedge-
shaped black marks on the veins and excurved at the costa; hindmargin with a row
of large black dots.
Hiailiuings : with a central black dot, and marginal row of bhick clots, as in
forewings.
Thorax and abdomen yellowish, the latter with a row of dorsal black blotches ;
collar and frontlet deeper yellow ; face, pal})!, and antennae fuscous. Underside dull
whitish, with only the cell-spots black, and a black spot at the base of the hind-
wings.
Expanse of wings : 48 mm.
One ? , unfortunately without locality'.
Allied to metamorpha Warr. from Sikkim, and fiamsinuata Warr. from
Japan, but both wings are broader, less elongate.
Diptychis Feld., Eeise Nov.
Fweivings : elongate; costa rather abruptly convex at base, then nearly straight
to apex, which is blunt ; hindmargin very oljlique ; inner margin only two-thirds as
long as costal.
Hindivings: two-thirds as long as forewings; hindmargin rounded.
Palpi short, weak, drooping, slightly hairy beneath ; tongue present ; forehead
flat ; antennae (c?) thick, laminated ; hind tibiae short, swollen, with a tuft of hair
above.
Neuration : forewings, cell three-fifths of length of wing ; discocellular straight ;
lower margin of cell towards end inclining inwards; first median nervule at two-
thirds, second at seven-eighths, thii'd from lower end of cell ; louver radial from a
little below the centre of discocellalar ; n])per radial from upper angle of cell ; third,
fourth, and fifth subcostal nervules on a common stem from shortly before end of
( 126 )
cell; fifth leaving at about one-fourth, third and fourth separating at one-half; fir^*t
and second apjiarently free; second approaching the stem of the other three-
llindwings, costal, .strongly formed, is curved downwards, closel}- approximated to
subcostal for half the length of cell, away from the costa towards the middle of the
v.ing ; costal then curves right away into apex ; first subcostal starts from before the
end of cell, which is still more inclined inwards ; second subcostal from angle of celh
reaching hindmargin in its middle, the first reaching it half-way between the second
and the costal, so that the three costal veins together occupy fully half the wing ;
discocellular straight ; no radial. Both wings have the inner margin so wrapped
round that the veins cannot be distinguished; the fold is probably natural, as in the
.\frican genus Paraptychodes Warr.
Tyiie : Diptychia geometrina Feld.
siBFAMii.Y ascotixap:.
Blepharoctenucha gen. nov.
Forewings: with costa straight, curved only just before ape.x ; hindmargin very
oblique, bent at one-third below apex.
Hinchvings ; with hindmargin only slightly- curved, broadly creuulate.
Forehead hairy, prominent ; tongue present ; antennae of <? with shaft thickened,
bidentate, each tooth with a fascicle of cilia; palpi short, thick, terminal joint
invisible.
Like Medasina Moore, but first subcostal of forewings from cell, not out of costal.
Type : B. virescens Butler ( Hemerophila).
Bronchelia scolopaiea.
Phal. Xoctua scolopaiea Drury, Exot. Ins., ii., PI. xxii., fig. 1, App. ii. Jamaica.
Aids scolopaccn Westw., Edn. Drwy, ii., p. 40, PI. x.xii., fig. 1.
Westw., Dune. Nat. Lib)-., 37, p. 218, PI. xxvii., fig. 2.
Bcai-mia „ H.S., Cott. BL, 1870, p. 187. Cuba.
Gundl., Contr. Ent. Cuba, p. 402.
,, Moeschl., Partorieo, p. 2G4. Portorico.
Bro'dchdia „ Wlk., xxi., p. 45H.
„ matronaria Guen., Phal., i., p. 288, ? . Cayenne.
Wlk., xxi., p. 455.
„ transitaria Wlk., xxi., p. 453, <J. Type in Brit. Mus. 8. Domingo.
„ nyctalemonaTiay\'Vs.., xxi., p. 454, J ?. Type in Brit. Mus.
S. Domingo.
The species may be recognised by the upstanding hairs which are si)arselv
scattered over the whole surface of the hindwings. Mr. ^Moore was wrong in making
Drury's insect identical with the Indian E. pardicelata of Walker. Hence, 1
imagine, tlie omission of the species by Druce.
Ectropidia gen. nov.
Forewings: elongate, narrow; costa straight for three-fourths, then elbowed and
curved; apex blunt and rectangular; hindmargin curved, in its lower half very
oblique ; anal angle obtuse.
• ( 1-'" )
Hind/wings : in ? with rounded liindmargin ; in J produced in centre and wavy ;
anal angle distorted, with some thick layers of hair on the underside, and the hind-
margin liefore the angle incised.
Abdomen of S with tufts of hair towards anus. Antennae of S with geminated
cilia for two-thirds, then simple ; ? antennae simple throughout. Palpi (as far as
can be made out) .short, stout; tongue present; hind tibiae of <J thickened, with a
pencil of hairs and four spurs.
Type : Ectropidia exprivmt'i Wlk. (Acidalia).
Hymenomima gen. now
Foreivim/s : short and broad; costa straight; apes blunt, rounded; hindmargiu
curved.
Ilindwiiifjs : with hindmargiu strongly curved and rather irregularly and
abruptly produced in the middle.
Forewings in the c? with a very large circular scaleless fovea. Antennae in
both .sexes pectinated, more strongly in J than ? ; tongue small ; palpi triangular,
.short, drooping ; hind tibiae of c? with four short spurs. Neuration normal ; but
I'adial of forewings rising from decidedly above the centre of the discocellular.
Type : Hymenomima cogigaria Moeschler (Boarmia).
Phanerothyris gen. nov.
Forewings : elongate ; costa straight ; apex rounded ; hindmargiu oblique, slightly
wavy ; anal angle distinct.
Hindwings : broader than forewings, with i-ounded liindmargin.
Forewings of <J, instead of the fovea at the usual place, with an elongated
hyaline space along the underside of the median vein, extending half-way from the
first line to the base. Palpi obliquely upcurved, the second joint short ; tongue
present ; antennae of the (J subserrate, pubescent ; hind tibiae thickened with four
very short spurs.
Type : Phanerothyris inceHaria Leech {Boarmia).
Prionomelia gen. nov.
Forewings : elongate, with costa straight, apex blunt, hindmargiu oblique ; anal
angle well defined.
Hindiuings : with round hindmargiu.
Palpi very short and stumpy ; tongue present ; antennae of S shortly biserrate ;
hind tibiae with fom- short spurs.
Xeuration : cell more than half as long as wings. Forewings, first median at
two-thirds ; second and thii-d from lower end of cell ; radials as usual. Hiudwiugs,
costal approximated to subcostal for nearly half the length of cell ; first subcostal and
second median nervule from just before the end of cell ; first median at two-thirds.
Type : P-riononulia grisea Warr.
Symmetroctena gen. nov.
Forewings: elongate; costa nearly straight, slightlv curved towards apex, which
is blunt; hindmargin curved, not very olilique.
Hindivings : with well-rounded liindmargin.
Antennae of S with neat straight pectinations for five-sixths ; palpi very short,
slender; tongue present ; hind tibiae with four spurs.
( 128 )
Neuration : forevrings, cell more tlian half the length of wing, narrowed towards
the extremity ; first median at three-fourths, second at seven-eighths, third from end ;
radials as usual ; all five subcostals on a common stem from seven-eighths. Hind-
wings, costal approximated to subcostal for quite half the length of cell ; first
subcostal and second median from just before end of cell ; first median at three-
fourths ; radial from centre of discocellular.
Tyjie : S. ftvmoaa Warr.
A genus of small, rather delicate insects, with rather sparse scaling and fine
veins.
Symmetroctena fumosa sp. nov.
Foreivings : grey, with dark grey suffusion and markings; central fascia broad;
its inner edge vertically curved, blackish, at one-fourth, geminated, the intervening
space sometimes filled up with blackish ; the outer edge denticulate, from three-
fourths of costa, curved outwards below costa, then inwards to inner margin just
beyond middle; an outer dark dentate line from costa before apex, approximated
to outer edge of central fascia in its lower course; fringe chequered, pale and iliirk
grey.
Hindwinfjs: whitish, with the hiudmargin becoming smoky grey, bcnuud an
indistinct subniarginal line.
Head, thorax, and abdomen concolorous with forewings. Underside dull whitish,
speckled and suffused with grey, with the outer line shown by a .series of dots;
cell-spots small, dark.
Expanse of wings : 2G mm.
Two <? c? from Queensland.
Zygoctenia gen. nov.
Forewings: ample; costa straight, slightly convex just before apex; hindmargin
curved, somewhat bowed, slightly wavy.
Hindwings: with hindmargin irregular, wavy, rather squared in the middle.
Palpi porrect; third joint distinct, drooping; tongue present; hind tibiae
thickened, hairy, with two pairs of spurs; antennae of S of peculiar structure, the
outer side of the shaft being armed with fascicles of cilia, and the inner with short
velvety scales, almost the apical half being filiform. The underside of the hiudwings
at the anal angle and along the submedian fold is covered with long hairs. Forewings
with distinct fovea. Jseuration normal.
Type : Zytjoctenia cinerosa Warr.
Zygoctenia cinerosa sp. nov.
Forewings: ashy grey, the lines dark fuscous; first near base angulated near costa;
second from three-fourths of costa to two-thirds of inner margin, sinuous, denticulated,
marked more clearly on the veins; subniarginal line pale, preceded by a fuscous
shade ; discal spot round, blackish.
Hindwings: the same, but with no basal line.
Head, thorax, and abdomen all cinereous ; scales of the inner side of antennae
mottled dark and light. Underside dull cinereons ochreous, darker towards the hind-
margin; hairs at the anal anjjle tawny.
Kxpan.se of wings : CO mm.
One c? from Adonara, collected bv Dohertv.
( 129 )
Subfamily SCOTOPTEKYGINAE.
Catascia fiimosa ^^p. nov.
Very close to ventraria Guen., but the forewings more rounded at the apex ;
both wings smoky fuscous, with only the central area towards the costa slightly paler;
the markings always very indistinct. Underside like ventraria, but with a sub-
marginal fascia always darker.
A long series from Japan, sliowing no variation at all.
Parascotia olivacea sp. nov.
Wings : dull tawny fuscous, with an olive tint ; central area darker, limited
towards base by a slightly paler curved fascia, and externally by a pale denticulated
one, which is recurved towards the costa ; the first pale fascia is absent on the hind-
win^s, which therefore have the whole liasal two-thirds darker ; an indistinct dark
cell-spot on forewings.
Underside darker, with a pale oclireous whitish curved marginal fascia, more
incurved towards costa. Head and thorax concolorous ; abdomen black, witli pale
segmental rings ; beneath pale ochreous.
One S from the I-Vlder collection, from Spiti, N.W. India; the same size as
tenebraria Esp., but of quite a different tint.
Subfamily FIDONIINAE.
Ematui"ga bilineata sp. nov.
Wings: pale cinereous, almost entirely covered with fuscous strigae.
Fweiuings : with two darker curved fuscous lines, one near base, the other exterior ;
an indistinct dark cell-spot ; a faintly indicated darker central shade and submarginal
shade ; fringe concolorous, with a row of long blackish spots at the base.
Hindioings : the same, but the two curved lines close together, both beyond the
cell -dot.
Head, thorax, and abdomen cinereous; shaft of antennae annulated black and
white, the pectinations black. Underside yellowish ochreous, with faintly darker
.strigulations.
Expanse of wings : 24 mm.
One (? in the Felder collection, without a label itself, but placed along with
several insects from Knysna, South Africa.
Fidonia{?) ordinata Wlk., xxiv., p. 1038, the type of which is a j , and, like the
present in.sect, of unknown locality, may be identical.
Subfamily SELIDOSEJHNAE.
Anagoge (?) nigrilineata sji, nov.
Wings: dull reddish brown, finely sprinkled with black atoms.
Foreivings : with costa broadly dark blackish brown, and with two similar-coloured
transverse lines; the first at one-third, vertical, straight or slightly wavy; the second
fi-om costa before apex to inner margin at four-fifths, oblique and slightly concave
outwards ; a small black cell-spot.
Hindwings : with only the second line, and this running paraHel to the liind-
margin. Fringes concolorous.
( i:it' )
Head, face, thorax, and abdomen all concolorous. Underside paler, duUer, lets
reddish, with the markings hardly visible. Underside of abdomen and the legs, much
paler ; the legs long and slender ; hind tibiae of cJ with four very long spurs.
Expanse of wings : 38 mm.
Jamaica.
Cidariophanes gen. nov.
Forewiw/s : twice as long as broad ; costa curved at base, then nearly straight to
apex, which is blunt and rectangular; himlmargin irregularly waved, vertical above,
the lower third oblique ; anal angle rounded off.
Hiiuhvhigs : rather elongate; hiudmargin wavj-, with lioth angles rounded.
Abdomen of S short ; palpi porreet, short ; second joint hairy, third smooth, small ;
antennae simple, but thick ; hind tibiae thickened, with four spurs.
Neuration : forewings, cell rather more than half the length of wing ; first median
at five-sixths, second and third together from lower angle of cell ; radials as usual ;
la.st subcostal from just before end of cell, first four on common stem from five-sixths.
Hindwiugs, costal approximated to subcostal for three-fourths of cell ; two subcostals
from upper angle ; first median at five-sixths, second a little before the end of cell,
third from the end ; this and the second subcostal both curved inwards, and the space
between them consequently narrowed. Scaling smooth, the markings reminding one
superficially of Cidaria.
Type : G. ischnopterata Warr.
Di.stinguished from Ischnopteris Hi'ib. by the shorter abdomen and wings and
the generall}- weaker build.
Cidariophanes ischnopterata sp. nov.
Forewings: with basal patch and central fascia olive-brown, the latter finely
edged on both sides with darker; the inner edge nearly vertical, with two teeth
running into the fascia, the upper acute, the lower obtuse, preceded first by a fine
whitish line, and that by a pale greenish ochreous fascia; the outer edge dentate,
wavy, forming a broad blunt projection in vavlwmg. folloioed by a white line and
greenish ochreous fascia ; subterminal line whitish, irregularly jagged, i)receded on
costa by a triangular fuscous lilotch, and above the anal angle by a narrower oblong
one; marginal area irregularly clouded with fuscous, with an oblique whitish streak
in the middle from the subterminal line, running into the fringe ; fringe fuscous,
mixed with olive, and with pale lines at the ends of some of the veins, and with black
white-edged basal spots between the veins; central fascia with a dull dnrk cell-spot;
base of the wing in the middle with a small white dot.
Hindwiugs : dull cinereous ochreous, tinged with olive; two dentate dark lines,
edged externally with paler, from the inner margin before the anal angle, the upiier
one not continued across the wing ; fringe concolorous, with black spots at base between
the veins ; discal spot large, brown.
Head, thorax, and abdomen dark fuscous olive. Underside pale cinereous ochreous,
tinged with olive and dusted with olive fuscous ; the forewings darker, and slightly
suffused with rosy ; all the markings faintly showing through ; cell-spots very large,
brown, distinct.
Expanse of wings : ,30 nun.
Brazil.
( 131 )
Lithina triumbrata sp uov.
Foreiuings: pale mouse-colour, with three transverse dark gi-ev lines, often verv
indistinct; the first at one-fourth, bent inwards below the costa ; the second, the
thickest, slightly sinuous, from a little beyond centre of inner margin to costa at five-
sixths, below which it is incurved ; third subterminal, parallel to hindniar<rin ; all three
are sometimes marked with dark dashes on the veins; fringe concolorous.
Hioidwinr/s : paler, with a very indistinct darker central shade.
Head, thorax, and abdomen concolorous ; frontlet whitish ; face and antennae rusty.
Underside of both wings alike, glossy pale mouse-colour, with a single curved thick
darker shade at two-thirds on each wing.
Expanse of wings : S, 40 mm. ; J , 36 mm.
Several of both sexes from Cashmere.
Oenoptila mixtata.
OxydUi mixluta Guen., Fhal., i., p. .50, S ■ Brazil.
„ „ Wlk., XX., p. .51.
Stetjania ('^) transitana Guen., I'hal., ii., p. -IG, j, PL xiii., tig. 4. ? Brazil.
Wlk., .xxiii., p. 8G3.
Angeronaiy) expulsaria Wlk., xx., p. 242, j . Type in Fry coll. Kio Janeiro.
Omiza(':') alexonaria Wlk., xx., p. 248, S . Type in Brit. Mus. ? Locality.
For the identification of Ox. mixtata Guen. I am indebted to I\Ir. Schaus. That
expulsaria Wlk. is identical with mixtata Guen. I think is certain.
The form alexonaria Wlk. is the reddest of all, and most, if not all, the
rxamples of it that have come under my observation are from Jamaica, whence also
proliably Walker's type. Guenee's transitaria, the locality of which is queried as Brazil,
may be this form. The distinctness of the markings varies much, according to the
amount of dark reddish suffusion.
Sericosema gen. nov.
Distinguished froiu SdiJosemn, with which it has been hitherto placed, by the
very much elongated and roughened palj)!, the more closely and shortly pectinated
antennae, and the silkier, less varied scaling. The margins of the wings also are not
crenulate.
Type: Sericosema jtUttrnaria Guen. (Seliclosema).
Trichostichia gen. no\.
Foreivings: with costa faintly curved; apex rounded; hindmargin curved ; anal
angle rounded.
Hindwings : with hindmargin entire, rounded.
Abdomen of ^ elongate, as in Ischnopteris Hiib., with hairy expansible anal
fnft. Forehead with a blunt conical protuberance; palpi porrect ; fir.st two joints
hairy, third short, blunt, with appressed scales ; tongue present. Antennae of 6
filiform, slender; hind tibiae very large, swollen, with four short s]iurs. U]>per
surface of hindwings shaggy with hairs, which form a dense tuft near the base of
the inner margin, and are arranged in double layers along each vein, their direction
lieing transverse to the vein, the hairs themselves slightly curved and crisp, and
directed towards the base of the wing.
( 1-2 )
Newratimi: cell rather longer than half the wings. I'orewings, first median at
four-fifths, second close before end of cell, third from the end; radials as usual, both
curved downwards towards the hindmargin ; first and second subcostals on long
common stem rising about half-way ; third, fourth, and fifth on a stem rising shortly
before upper end of cell, the second united by a bar with the stem of the third and
fourth. Hindwings, costal shortly approximated to subcostal close to base ; two
subcostals close together from end of cell ; no radial ; medians as in forewings.
Type : Trichostichiu bijinita Wlk. (Sijrtodes ?).
Subfamily CATOPYKKHINAP:.
Calletaera gen. nov.
Fweioings : elongate triangular ; costa straight or slightly indented ; apex
prominent, but blunt : hindmargin obliquely curved.
Hindtvlngs : with hindmargin crenulate, and a slight tootli in the middle.
Palpi short, pon-ect ; antennae in cJ shortly but distinctly pectinated ; forewings
with fovea ; legs long and weak ; hind tibiae in d thickened, with four spurs.
Xeuration as in Bithiodes \Varr.
Tvpe : Calletaera ruptaria Wlk. (Macaria).
Calletaera grisea s]). nov.
Foreitrings : dull stone-colour, dusted with black atoms, and more or less
suffused with olive-grey; this suffusion is deepest in the basal region, along the
costa, and towards the anal angle ; lines very indistinct, starting from small dark
costal spots ; the first dull olive, curved outwardly ; the exterior forming an angle
below the subcostal, then running obliquely basewards, denoted only by blackish dots
on the veins ; submarginal line jmle, irregularly dentate, rather near the hindmargin ;
fiiuge concolorous, dotted with black towards the apex, and with a fine black basal
line, which swells out into sjx)ts between the veins.
Hindwings : the same, but less suffused, so that the markings are clearer ; the
exterior line more distinctly formed of dark teeth ; this is followed, and the sub-
terminal line distinctly preceded, by a dull olive-grey shade, the two shades forming
together a kind of dark broad fascia.
Head, thorax, and abdomen concolorous. L'nderside jjaler, with the markings
very distinct ; both wings with a broad dark submarginal fascia, followed, in the pale
marginal interval, by a line of dark cm-ved blotches.
Expanse of wings : 30 mm.
One (J from Nias Island.
Calletaera sabulosa s|). nov.
Forewings : sandy oclireous, dusted wit ii fine transver.se fuscous striae ; base
much clouded with darker, hut without any distinct basal line ; cell-dot small, before
the centre, followed immediately b}' an oblique slightly undulating dark central line ;
exterior line fine, dark, interrupted, only distinct at costa and inner margin, followed
)5y a broad dull grey fuscous fascia, the outer edge of which is dentate, but not
marked by a distinct subtermiual line ; fringes concolorous, with small black dots at
the end of the veins.
( ia3 )
Hinchvinr/s : the same, but the lines more rust-coloured than fuscons ; tlie
hindmargin decidedly crenate.
Head, thorax, and abdomen cont-olorous. Underside with ground-colour rather
bright straw-colour, with the markings dark brown and very distinct.
Expanse of wings : 22 mm.
(.)ne c? from Engano.
Petrodava albicatena sp. nov.
Wings : dull reddish brown.
Forewings : with three very indistinct dark curved lines, one near the base,
another in the middle just beyond the black cell-spot, the third exterior, starting
from a blacki-sh costal spot.
Hindwings : with the second and third lines blackish on the inner margin, the
latter followed by a black spot below the costa.
Head and thorax concolorous; abdomen wanting. Underside liright reddish
ochreous, with a .small black cell-spot in each wing ; exterior line in both wings
represented by a series of white lunules, dark-edged internally.
Expanse of wings : 40 mm.
One ? , without any record of locality.
Osteodes semicolor sp. nov.
Fm'eiuiwjs : yellowish ochreous, du.sted closely with darker ; costa brown, spotted
with black ; a faint cm-ved darker ochreous ba.sal line ; a darker ochreous linear
cell-mark ; exterior line dark lirown, obtusely angulated below costa ; marginal one-
third dark wood-brown, with a paler ochreous oblique shade from apex to the angle
of the exterior line, touching an isolated round black blotch.
Hindwings : the same, but the basal one-third only is pale ochreous, and the
marginal two-thirds brown.
Thorax and abdomen concolorous with the paler portions of wings; face, palpi,
and collar with the darker ; fringes chequered brown and black. Underside brighter
yellow, with coarser stronger dark brown striae; cell-spot black; marginal area less
den.se, brown, with two partially parallel blackish fasciae ; exterior line denoted by
blackish spots on the veins.
Expanse of wings : 32 mm.
One ? from Liu-Kiu Islands ( = Riu-Kiu = Loo-Choo).
This species differs slightly from the African type of the genus; the forewings
are more jiroduced at the ajiex, and the palpi are shorter.
Nadagarodes gen. nov.
Fwev)ings : triangular; costa nearly straight, becoming convex towards ajjex,
which is bluntly rounded ; hindmargin oblique, all but straight ; anal angle well
expressed.
Hindwings: broad, with hindmargin somewhat irregularly rounded, and with
a perceptible but blunt elbow in the middle.
Palpi horizontally jiorrect, reaching a little beyond face; third joint small^
liluntly rounded, somewhat drooping. Antennae of S with short even obliqvie pecti-
nations, which decrease gradually in length towards apex ; hind tibiae stoutish, with
four short spurs; forewings with shallow foveal impres.sion near base.
( 134 )
Neuration : cell decidedly short, barely one-third as long as wing ; discocellular
vertical ; veins straight ; first median of forewings at tliree-fourths, second and third
from lower end of cell ; radials normal ; five subcostals on common stem. Hind-
wings, medians as in forewings ; first subcostal starting just before upper end of cell.
Type : Nadagarodes niysolala Wlk. {Nadagura).
Akin to Calletaera Warr., but the margins of the wings are entire, not
crenulate ; the nature of the scaling and character of the markings are also dififerent.
In these respects it superficially mimics Alex Wlk.
Parosteodes gen. nov.
Osteoiks Meyr., Pr. Linn. Soc. iV.^'. U'. (ii., vi.), 1891, p. 589 (part), nee Guen.
This genus is very closely allied to iNleyrick's Di.scahaa, but the forewings of
the ^ have a di-stinct fovea, which is wanting in that genus.
Type : Ptirosteodes procurata Wlk. (Tephrina).
Si-BFAJiiLY SE.MIOTHISINAE.
Dysmigia geu. nov.
Distinguished by the cJ antennae, and the semiapterous ?. The pectinations
of the S antennae are long, and placed widely apart from one another.
Type : Dysmigia loricaria Eversm. (llalia).
Gubaria tricolorata sp. nov.
Foreivings : brown, tinged with luteous towards the base, more purplish black
towards the hindmargin ; a duU white spot near the middle of the base, followed by
a black basal line ; just before the middle a broad straight white vertical fascia, not
quite reaching the costa, and flanked on either side by a deep black line, that on the
outer side being itself followed liy a fine tawny line which reaches only as far as the
middle of the wing; a small white spot towards the apex, with sometimes a still
smaller one above it, and a larger white blotch at the middle of the hindmargin;
fringe dark, with a minute white spot at the extreme apex, and with three white
spaces ojiposite the intervals between the tluee median nervules and the fiist median
and the submedian fold, separated by a brown dash opposite the two nervules.
HindimTigs : like forewings, but with a broad tawny orange band beyond the
dark line exterior to the central white fascia ; two white spaces in the fringes at the
apex, and two only, not three, on the anal side of the central elbow.
Head and thorax brown-black ; face and palpi tawny orange ; abdomen orange
tinged with cinereous. Underside like npjier, but the basal half of both wings bright
tawny orange.
Expanse of wings : 30 mm.
One ? from Engano.
Semiothisa subinarmorata.
Macaria (i*) sid>mannom(a \\'lk., xxiii., i>. 8S7, J. Tyjje in Urit. Alus.
Hudson's Bay.
„ irregulata Wlk., xxiii., p. 890, S. Type in Brit. Mus. New
York.
Semiothisa granitatu Pack., Moa. Geom., p. 285 (part).
( 135 )
The types of these two insects are, it- seems to me, quite distinct from any
of the forms of S. granitata Guen. ; the first line is distinctly curved outwards, as
in succosata Zell. Neither is in perfect condition, hut it is possible that they may
be identical with Zeller's species, the two examples of which in the British Museum
collection from the Zeller collection are almost perfect ; in that case Walker's
name SMfomarmorato would stand for all three; but for the present it will be safer
to keep them apart as distinct but kindred species. Packard sinks them all as
synonyms of granitata.
Xenimpia gen. nov.
Foreivings : with costa straight from base to three-fourths, then curved ; apex
produced, lihint ; hindmargin with a distinct tooth at the end of the fifth subcostal
and third median, concave between the teeth, and more faintly between the ai)ex
and the upper tooth, oliliquely curved in the lower half; inner margin sinuous,
incurved in middle, bulging at anal angle.
Hirulwings : with costa strongly sinuous, forming a strongly developed rounded
shoulder at base ; the apex produced into a bluntly rounded projection ; the anal
angle square; a slight concavity below the apex, between it and the tooth at the
end of the second subcostal, and a semicircular cavity opposite the cell.
Antennae of ? simple ; palpi porrect, second joint loosely haired, third slender ;
tongue weak.
Neuratlon : cell half as long as wing. Forewings with discocelhilar strongly
angulated, the lower arm oblique, faint ; first median at seven-eighths, second and
third together from lower angle of cell; lower radial from above the angle of the
discocellular, upper from top angle of cell ; five subcostals (apparently) on a common
stem from shortly before the end of cell. Hindwings with costal rising away from
subcostal in the projecting shoulder, curving down and appiroximating to subco>tal
for some little distance at one-fourth, then curving away into the costal margin ; first
subcostal leaving just before end of cell ; discocellular hardly angulated ; medians
as in forewings; no radial. Scaling dense and mealy; in the central area rather
diaphanous.
Type : Xenimpia erosn Wan.
Xenimpia erosa sp. nov.
Forewings: whitish, thickly and coarsely dusted, and in parts suffused, with dark
mouse-colour ; first line fine, acutely angulated below the costa, from the costa at
one-third to inner margin at one-fifth ; second line slightly curved, dark, parallel
to hindmargin, from costa at two-thirds to inner margin at two-thirds, followed
by an irregular fuscous shade, which is broadest towards inner margin ; subterminal
line indicated only by two or three dark spots towards apex; fringe darker; the
central area towai'ds the second line, and in a less degree towards the inner line,
is whitish, without so much dusting, and semidiaphanous ; it is traversed by an
indistinct fuscous cloud, which becomes obsolete towards the costa.
Hindwings : the same, but with no inner line.
Head, thorax, and abdomen concolorous. LTiderside like upjier, but tinged with
tawny, and with a broad tawny brown fascia in both wings beyond the outer line.
Expanse of wings : 36 mm.
(hie ? from the Congo.
There is also an example unnamed in the British j\Iuseum.
( vm; )
St'iiFAMiLV F.NXO.MINAE.
Acrotomodes gen. nov.
Foremnga : elongate ; costa sinuous in ? , being concave before apex ; almost
straight in ^ ; apex in ? produced, in S nearly rectangular ; liindmargin bowed,
more strongly in ?, where it is also indented below apex; anal angle well marked.
Hindwings: triangular, both angles well marked, and the hindmargin hardly
curved.
Antennae pectinated in both sexes, less strongly in tlio ? ; forehead flat: palpi
short, upcurved close in front of face; tongue present ; liind tibiae of S slightly
thickened, with two jiairs of uneven spurs.
Type : Acrotoniodes kepaticata \\'arr.
This genus is manifestly akin to Hygrochrama H.8.
Acrotomodes hepaticata sp. nov.
Forewhigs : hoary grey, with the lines and markings dull liver-colour, the whole
irregularly peppered with blackish dots; first line from a little before the middle
of costa, angulated outwards on the subcostal, then running obliquely inwards and
sinuate to the inner margin just before the middle ; it is preceded by a parallel
thick brownish fascia; second line similar, just beyond the middle, running parallel
to the first ; mai-ginal area irregularly filled up with brownish clouds on the paler
ground-colour, the submarginal line appearing as a slightly glossy sinuate pale
fascia, becoming almost white at apex, before which is a dull brownisli triangle ;
fringe liver-brown.
Hindwings: like forewings, the two lines reproduced, the first near the base, the
second in the centre.
Head, thorax, and abdomen pale grey ; face and palpi reddish. Underside
reddish cinereous, much mottled with coarse blackish freckles, and sufl'used in parts
with whitish ; a broad reddish brown line from apex of forewings to innei margin
at three-fourths, continued, slightly bent, across hindwing, parallel to hindmargin.
Expanse of wings : 38 mm.
One ? from S. Paolo.
Acrotomodes puma sp. nov.
Foreioings: pale dull flesh-colom-, tinged with olive, and freckled with white
scales; first line very indistinct, about the midiUe; at first obliijue outwai'ds, then
sinuous inwards, olive-brown ; second line brown, fine and distinct, from two-thirds
of inner margin straight towards apex, before which it is angulated and retracted
to a brown costal blotch; this line is marked l)_v small black dashes on the veins-
sulimarginal line indicated only by some faint olive-brown clouds.
Uiiuhiiiiga : darker than forewings, with the second line continued in a sinuous
course across their centre ; fringes darker.
Thorax and abdomen concolorous with wings, the former becoming whitLsh in
front ; vertex and shaft of autennii* pure white ; face, palpi, and pectinations of
antennae reddish brown. Underside ochreous fawn-colour, the forewings with a
reddish brown line from just before apex to the inner margin at two-tliirds.
Expanse of wings : 34 mm.
One S from the Amazons, in the Felder collection.
( 1- )
Aenictes gen. nov.
Foreiuini/8 : with costa gently cmn'ed ; apex blunt, rectangulm- ; hindmargin
vertical in upper half, oblique in lower ; a blunt but strongly marked elbow just
below the third median uervule; anal angle distinct.
Hindwings : with a decided angulation at end of third median nervnle, with the
hindmargin on either side straiglit.
P'orewings with a large fovea. Antennae of <S simple ; forehead |)roduced below ;
palpi porrect, short ; hind tibiae of 6 with four spurs.
Neuration: cell half as long as wing. Forewings with first median at two-thirds,
second and third together from lower end of cell; radials as usual; second, third,
and fourth subcostal nervules on common stem, fii'st and fifth free. Hindwings with
costal a]>proximatpd to subcostal shortly near base; first subcostal before end of cell ;
first median half-way ; no radial.
Type : Aenictes nyparia Wlk. (Xematocampa).
Anisoperas gen. nov.
Forewings : with costa all but straight, with a small shoulder at base ; apex
distinct, slightly produced ; hindmargin witli a distinct angulation in the middle, at
the end of the third median, somewhat concave above, but straight below, without
crenulations.
Hindimnigs : with hindmargin distinctly crenulated, and with a small but dis-
tinct angulation in the middle.
Palpi short, stout, upcurved ; terminal joint minute. Antennae of <S minutely
serrate and bristh', of ? filiform ; tongue present. IS'euration normal.
Type : Anisoperas atropuiictaria Wlk. (Azelina).
The genus is akin to Tetragonodes Guen., but the c? antennae and the ontline.s
of the wings are quite diff'erent.
Asestra nom. nov.
Pseiidosestni Butler, Tr. E. S., 188i!, p. MSO.
Butler, on introducing this genus, said that it was verj' near to Sesfra Wlk.
from New Zealand, and after giving Lozograinma ohhisarla (obtusata) Wlk. as its
type, went on to describe his new species bella from Chili. Now obtusaria Wlk.,
= hnineravia Wlk. from New Zealand, is as much a Sestra aaflexata \Mk., = fusi-
plagiaia Wlk., the type of the genus. It seems inevitable, therefore, that Pseudo-
sestra Butler, as a generic term, must sink. For the species bella which lUitler
referred to it I jiropose the new generic name Asestra.
Azelina bicolor sp. nov.
Foreimngs : with the basal two-thirds deep chestnut-brown ; the marginal one-
third reddish cinereous; first line deeper brown, from costa at one-fourth, at first
oblique, forms first an acute projection, then a bluntly rounded one, to the inner
margin at one-third ; on the costa it is preceded by some paler scales ; second line,
edged internally with deeper brown, outwardly with paler, forms a very shallow sinus
from costa to third median, thence a deeper one to the submedian fold, and again a
shallow one to inner margin ; the projection on the submedian fold is more rounded
than that on the third median ; discal mark hyaline, narrow, angulated ; marginal
( 138 )
area with a darker cloud from costa just beyond the exterior line to the anal angle ;
of the submarginal spots the top four are white, the fifth black, the second and fifth
being much larger than the rest.
Hindiuinr/s : with basal two-thirds dark brown, edged with paler, with a small
<lark cell-spot; inner margin whitish ochreous dusted with fuscous; four upper
marginal spots white and black, lower three black, the second and fifth being much
the largest.
Head, face, and thorax dark red-brown ; abdomen more cinereous. Underside
dull red-brown, dusted with pale ochreous; the cell-sijots oval, dark, with pale edges ;
second line darker, irregular on forewings, strongly and acutely dentate on hind-
wings; inner margins of both wings and hindmargin of hindwings paler; costa of
forewings often spotted with whitish.
Expanse of wings : 56 mm.
A long series of both sexes from Jamaica.
Azelina (V) nasuta sp. uov.
Forewings : dull fuscous, with deeper suftusions ; first line dark brown, at one-
third, forms two rounded projections, the upper one the most prominent, and is
preceded by a whitish dot on the median and submedian veins; second line sinuous
from costa at five-sixths to inner margin at iom-i\i'ths, folloived by a whitish dot on
each vein ; this line is preceded by a straight oblique diffuse olive fuscous shade ;
marginal area with a fuscous cloud from the costa just beyond the outer line to the
blunt jirojectiou in the middle of the hindmargin, and with two irregular diffuse
clouds from the anal angle upwards ; discal spot faint, whitish ; apex produced into
a blunt tooth, a blunt downward projecting tooth at end of upper radial, and a blunt
squared tooth below the second median.
Hindwings : like forewings in colour, with a straight dark pale-edged line at
two-thirds; hindmargin with a blunt tooth, as in the forewings, below the .second
median.
Head, thorax, and abdomen concolorous with wings. Underside ochreous
cinereous, with the cell-spots black, that in the forewings linear, in the hindwings
oval ; exterior line in both wings whitish, nearly straight ; marginal area beyond
the line fuscous, with a whitish space at the anal angle in the forewings; in the
forewings are two small whitish subapical marginal dots, and in tlie hindwings one
large white one.
Expanse of wings : 38 mm.
One ? in the Felder collection, without locaUty.
Brachysema gen. nov.
Forewings: short and broad; costa nearly straight, slightly indented at three-
fourths ; apex produced, pointed ; hindmargin indented just below ajiex, then strongly
bowed and rounded.
Hindwings : kite-shaped, with a slight elbow in the middle of tlie hindmargin,
on either side of which it is straight.
Antennae (?) minutely subserrate ; forehead fiat; pal|ii short, porrect ; tongue
present.
Keitralion : cell more than half as long as wing; first median at two-thirds,
second close before end of cell ; radials as usual ; last four subcostals on a common
( 139 )
stem rising shortly before upper angle of cell ; iirst at four-fifths, anastomosing with
costal. Hindwings, with the costal approximated, but not closely, to subcostal for
half the cell : first subcostal and second median just before end of cell; first median
at two-thirds.
Type : Brachysema acrotoviiat'i \\'an-.
The diagnosis of this genus is made from a ? .
Brachysema acrotomiata sp. nov.
Forewinijs : wood-colour, dusted with blackish atoms, with an olive-brown
suffusion ; lines diffuse, thick, edged on the veins with dark olive scales ; first curved,
at one-third ; second oblique from just beyond middle of inner margin, where it is
broadest, nearly to apex, before which however it is retracted to a brown costal spot ;
submarginal line indistinct, indicated by three or four small fuscous olive blotches ;
central area palest, with an olive-brown cell-spot; basal and marginal ai-eas suffused
with reddish olive ; fringe fuscous.
Hindtulngs : like forewings, Ijut without any inner line.
Head, thorax, and abdomen concolorous with wings. Underside straw-colour,
thickly and coarsely sprinkled with brown, with the lines, veins, and hindmargin
diffusely brownish.
Expanse of wings : 28 mm.
One ? from South America.
Callerinnys clathraria sp. nov.
Foreiuings : yellowish straw-colour, with tawny fuscous siiecklings and markings ;
the lines coarse and tliick, and edged with darker ; first at the base, acutely angulated
outwards ; second in midwing, angulated in the cell, and geminated below the
angulation, the lower arm both of this and the basal line running parallel to hind-
margin : third line double, almost contiguous, parallel to hindmargin from eosta to
inner margin ; hindmargin dusted with tawny, and all the veins yellowish ; a more or
less di.stinct tawny line from the angulation of the basal line horizontally to the
hindmargin ; fringe yellowish chequered with dark fuscous.
Hindwings : the same, but with the double central fascia in the place of the basal,
and a large black cell-spot in the clear space between the lines ; veins all yellowish.
The pale yellow intervenal spaces in parts have a tendency to become bleached.
Underside the same. Head, thorax, and abdomen all yellowish.
Expanse of wings : <?, 22 mm. ; ? , 26 mm.
A pair from Padang.
Caripetodes gen. nov.
Forewings: elongated; costa straight; apex bluntly rectangular; hindmargin
curved, slightly elbowed in middle ; anal angle distinct.
Hindwings : with well-rounded hindmargin.
Thorax liairy ; antennae of S pectinated to the tip: jialjii weak, short, hairy;
forehead hairy: tongue present : pectus hairy ; hind tibiae of J with four short spurs.
NeuraUon: cell nearly two-thirds the length of wings. Forewings with first
median at three-fourths, second and third both together from lower end of cell.
Hindwings, costal approximated to subcostal for a short distance near base ; two
11
( 1-1" )
suhc-ostals and last two medians together from upper and lower angles of cell ; no
radial.
T3'])e : Caripetodes Icnmetaria Felder (Colotois).
Recalls Caripeta Wlk. from North America.
Cartellodes gen. nov.
Forexoings : with costa evenly curved from base to ape.x ; ajjex hlunt ; hindmargin
slightly curved, not very obliciue ; in ? the ape.x is slightly i>ro(luced and sliariier.
Hinchvings : with hindmargin only slightly curved.
Forewings with a distinct fovea ; palpi short, hardly reaching beyond face ;
antennae of c? simple, rather thick ; tongue present ; hind tibiae with four spurs.
Neuration : cell half the length of wing; first median nerviile at three-fouiths,
second and third from lower end of cell ; last four subcostals on common stem from
close before end of cell ; first subcostal free, appro.vimating at a point to costal.
Sealing thick and dense. Markings : an oblique line across both wings, as in
Oxydla Guen., of wliich the onlj' species is a small counterpart.
Type : Cartellodes levis Th. Jig. (Drepanodes).
Digonodes gen. no\.
Fm'eivings : with costa nearU- straight ; apex i)rouiinent, rectangular ; hindmargin
slightly but distinctly elbowed at end of third median, straight above, oblique below.
Hindvnngs : with rounded hindmargin.
Antennae of S stout, thickly pectinated to ajiex; forehead slightly rounded;
palpi horizontally jion-ect ; second joint hairy; third minute, button-shaiied ; legs
stout ; hind tibiae with four spurs. Neuration normal.
Type : D. ovarin Guen. (Apicui).
Resembles Digonis Butler, but the c? antennae are pectinated, and the whole
insect is more stoutly built.
Drepanodes complana sp. no\.
Forewings: ochreous flesh-colour, sparsely dusted here and there witli black
scales ; lines darker ; first, very indistinct, at one-third, curved, edged internally with
paler ; second from two-thirds of inner margin straight towards apex, before which it
is retracted to costa, followed by a pale line; cell-spot indistinct, black, with paler
scales round it ; fringe darker, like the lines ; hindmargin slightly sinuous.
Uindivings : with the second line continued straight across the centre ; a small
black cell-spot ; fringe as in forewings.
Underside more ochreous, thickly dusted with fuscous; the cell-spots distinct ;
the lines hardly visible. Head, thorax, and abdomen concolorons with wings.
Expanse of wings : 34 mm.
One S from South America.
Epig'ynopteryx gen. nov.
?. Foreu'ings : with co.sta evenly curved ; apex acute, tending to become sub-
falcate ; hindmargin with a decided blunt elbow at the end of the third median
nervule.
( 141 )
Hindwincjs : with a similar elliow, the hindmargin on either side of the elbow
being straight.
(J. Foreiuings : with apex blunt, not produced ; hindmargin simply curved, with
no elbow.
Hindmargin of hindwings simply rounded
Antennae of ? simjile or very minutely subserrate ; of ^ strongly pectinated
almost to the tips, the pectinations twice as long as in Gynopteryx Guen. Palpi very
short and weak ; tongue present. Neuration normal.
Type : Epigynopteryx niodesta Butler (Marada ?).
Euclidiodes gen. nov.
Foreiviwjs : broad, short ; costa arched near base, then straight to apex, which is
bluntly rounded ; hindmargin \ertical, curved only towards anal angle, which is
nearly rectangular.
Hindwings: broad, with rounded hindmargin.
Forehead prominent ; antennae of c? simple ; palpi porrect, second joint hairy ;
third small, indistinct ; hind tibiae of S with four spurs. Scaling close and dense.
Neuration: cell half as long as wing. Forewings with first median at three-
fourths, second just before end, third from end of cell : radials as usual ; second,
third, and fourth subcostals on common stem from some distance before end of cell ;
first and tifth free. Hindwings with costal closely approximated to subcostal to near
end of cell ; first subcostal nervule just before end of cell ; medians as in forewings.
Type : Euclidiodes ophiusina Butler (Heterophleps).
Eusarca fasciata sji. nov.
Forewings : ochreous, dusted with pale tawny fuscous ; the lines darker ; first from
beyond two-thirds of costa, augulated before the dark olive cell-spot, then running
inwards, denticulated, to inner margin just before middle ; .second line from close
before apex, which is blunt, to inner margin just beyond middle, approximated there
to the first line ; space between the lines darker olive fuscous, especially close to the
lines themselves.
Hindiviiigs : with an olive tawny line and internal shade from middle of inner
margin half across the wing. Underside duller.
Thorax and abdomen concolorous. Face, [lalpi, and pectinations of antennae
olive.
Expanse of wings : 24 mm.
One (J from Petropolis.
The specimen above described is considerably worn and fa<led, Imt is apparently
new.
Eusarca fractilineata sp. nov.
Forewings : ochreous with a more or less strongly expressed greenish tint, thickly
dusted with fuscous atoms ; costa fuscous violet ; lines olive-green ; first at one-third
angulated in mid-cell ; second from inner margin beyond middle, hardly flexuous
towards apex, then retracted to costa, followed by a paler line ; from the middle of
costa an oblique streak, ending above the dark cell-spot ; marginal area sometimes
with dark blotches, one central, one above anal angle.
Hindwings: with outer line continued across them a little before the middle^
sometimes with a faint dark blotch towards centre of hindmargin.
( M-^ )
Abdomen ochreous ; head and thorax greyish oehreous ; face blown. I'liderside
rather briglit yellow, dusted thickly with dark brown, and with all the lines strongly
marked, dark brown ; subterminal line dark brown ; sometimes the hindniargin wholly
suffused with brown.
Expanse of wings : 38 mm.
Two cj cT from Colombia.
The hindmargin of both wings is very distinctly elbowed in the middle.
Eusenea pulverosa sp. nov.
Forewings : mouse-coloured, suffused in part with tawny, and almost wholly
covered with darker transverse fuscous streaks; first line from beyond one-tliird of
costa to beyond one-third of iiuier margin, dark fuscous, forming three slight outward
curves ; second line fuscous, oblique, sinuous, from just before apex to two-thirds of
inner mai-gin ; the central area and the part of the marginal area contiguous to the
outer line suffused with tawny ; extreme hindmargin pale mouse-colour, with the
fringes ; a row of minute black dots before the fringes; cell-spot small, pale.
Hinchui'iu/s : paler and duller; a dark transverse line from two-thirds of inner
margin, vanishing half-way across the wing, followed l)y a lengthened pale patcli, and
^vith the whole of the space about the anal angle tawny; hindmargin and fringes as
in forewings.
Head, face, and thorax dark fuscous ; abdomen paler ; frontlet and shaft of
antennae whitish. Underside dull cinereous, tinged with feiTuginous, especially in
the hindwings; the exterior line in both wings partially darker.
Expanse of wings : 38 mm.
( )ne cJ from Petropolis.
Halesa epionata.
Ih-epnnodes epionata Guen., Plud., i., p. G8, ?. S. Domingo.
Wlk., XX.. p. 70.
tellesaria Wlk., xx., ji. 71, ?. Type in Brit. Mus. S. Domingo.
„ pionaria Wlk., xx., p. 71, ? . Type in Brit. !Mus. S. Domingo.
? „ „ Druce, Biol. Centr. Am. Lep. llet., ii., p. 29.
„ jjap/w'arm Wlk., XX., p. 72, ?. Type in Brit. Mus. S.Domingo,
fticescma Wlk., XX., p. 73, ?. Type in Brit. Mus. Jamaica.
oemearia Wlk., xx., p. 73, ? . Type in Brit. JIus. S. Domingo.
„ nicoaria Wlk., xx., p. 74, <S. Type in Brit. Mus. S. Domingo.
Hyperythra artiyiisaria Wlk., xx., p. 125, ?. Type in Brit. Mus. .Tamaica.
Hyposidra ochrea Butler, Pr. Z. S., 1878, p. 492, cf. Type in Brit. !Mus. Jamaica.
„ var. spadicearia Moeschl., Ahh. Senck-Ge.s., xiv., iii., p. fi7. Jamaica.
I think these so-called species are only forms of one variable insect. Whether
Druce has rightly identified his three ? ? from Central America I cannot say. The
? would ajipear to be mucli commoner than the S. The difference between the
cjc?, as exemplified by the ty[ies of nicoaria Wlk. and ochrea Butler and all the
forms of the ? , is no greater than obtains throughout the genus H(desa. In his
description of the various forms of the ? Walker always speaks of the forewings as
" very falcate." His species nutriaria, a ? also, from S. Domingo, seems distinct ;
this he gives as "falcate" merely: three examples, all c?t?, in Mr. Rothschild's
collection, from Jamaica, appear to correspond ; these have the antennae fully
pectinated, and must tlierefore be referred to the genus Fatalene.
( 1^- )
Heterarmia gen. nov.
Forewimjs : with costa nearly straiglit, imperceptiljly indented at middle ; apex
rounded ; liindmargiii obliquely curved, very faintly waved.
Hindunngs : with hindmargin rounded, and subcrenulate.
Palpi short, porrect, terminal joint .'^mall ; tongue pre.sent ; antennae of J with
strongly developed fascicles of cilia, at right angles with shaft, diminishing in size
at base and towards apex; legs long; hind tibiae not thickened, witli four spurs;
fovea of forewings weak. Neuration normal.
Type: Heterarmia hiittneri Hedem. {Boa.rmia).
Characterised by the structure of the J antennae.
Hydatocapnia gen. nov.
Foreu'ings : broad ; costa arched uniformly from base to ape.K, which is subacute ;
hindmargin vertical, slightly bowed ; anal angle well marked.
Hindu'ings : with well-rounded hindmargin.
Antennae of S ciliated ; palpi slender, porrect ; hind tibiae slightly dilated ;
forewings of S with fovea covered with hair. Forewings with last three subcostals
stalked from upper angle of cell; second absent, first free ; both wings with second
median from lower angle of cell.
Type : Hydatocapnht marginata Warr. (Zamarada?).
Hygrochroa distans sp. nov.
The Japanese counterpart of the European syvingaria L., but certainly distinct :
the third line of the forewings is never represented as a line, but as a series of
vein-spots on a paler space, and the second line, which in syvingaria runs obliquely
into the third at the subcostal angle, runs parallel to the line of spots the whole way,
both above and below the angulation ; the hindmargins of the wings do not appear
to be so deeply crenulated.
A S and ? from Japan, of the ^ame size, or nearly so, as syringaria L.
LasiopS gen. nov.
Forewings: elongate; costa straight; apex pointed, slightly jiroduced ; hind-
margin of cJ faintly crenulate, of ? strongly denticulate.
Hindvnngs : narrow, elongate, with crenulate hindmargin.
Thorax and pectus lanuginous ; vertex, forehead, and face hairy; forehead with
a projecting shelf of hairs above ; palpi witli second joint hairy, third fusiform,
smooth, drooping; tongue present: legs hairy; antennae of c? with short stout
oblique regular pectinations, of ? subserrate. In the hindwings the costal is
approximated to subcostal for more than half the cell.
Type : Lasiops ckilenaria Feld. (fiolotois).
In the type-species the ? is grey, with wcll-delined markings ; the S whitish,
with the markings very indistinct. In Felder's 9 the body of a cJ has been wi-ongly
affixed, but the frenulum is thai of a ? .
( l-ll )
Lissostolodes gen. nov.
Forewings : narrow, elongate; costa gradually curved, convex for two-tliirds and
before apex, slightly inflected between; apex [uoduced, pointed; hindniargin with
a blunt elbow at end of third median, somewhat concave above, straight and oblique
below.
Ilindwings : elongate triangular; hindmargin nearly .straight, witli a ,-niall
prominence at end of third median ; anal angle rectangular ; inner angle rounded.
Antennae (?) serrate, with short bristles; forehead produced below; palpi
porrect, short, the last joint minute ; tongue present ; scaling close and furry.
Neuration : cell half- the length of wing; discocellular luuular; first median at
two-thirds, second just before end of cell ; radials as usual ; last subcostal just holbre
end of cell, npcurved and approximated to the joint stem of the other four, which
rises at two-thirds and anastomo.ses with the costal, llindwings, costal approximated
to subcostal shortly, near base only ; first subcostal and second median just before
the angle of cell ; first median at two-thirds.
Type : Lissostolodes subcarned \^'alT.
Lissostolodes subcarnea >p. nov.
Forewin(/8 : pinkish ochreous, tinged with olive, and frosted with paler scales ;
first line, at one-third, curved and bent below costa, slender, ferruginous, preceded
by a thick olive shade, which towards the line is dusted with pale scales; second line
oblique, nearly straight, from just before apex to inner margin at two-thirds, like first
line, hut followed by the oli\e shade ; a marginal irregular fascia of mixed olive and
whitish scales, the inner edge of which is rather darker, and forms the subterminal
line ; the central area between the lines is dusted with paler scales, and contains
a distinct dark cell-spot.
Hinduings: with the basal two-thirds pale pinkish ochreous; cell-spot small,
dark ; a slightly curved olive-brown line from the inner margin at two-thirds, which
vanishes half-way across the wing, the wing beyond it being dull oli\e with a pinkish
intermediate space.
Head, thorax, and abdomen concolorous with wings. Underside ferruginous;
costa of forewings ochreous, speckled with fuscous; inner half shining whitish ; the
transverse lines marked with olive scales, those forming the middle line themselves
mottled with whitish scales. Hindwings with the cross line and hindmargin olive,
dusted with whitish scales.
Exjianse of wings : 48 mm.
One ? from Santos.
Mesaster gen. nov.
Forewings: with costa nearly straight; apex blunt, rectangular; hindmargin
decidedly elbowed in middle, very oblique, and slightly concave helow ; anal angle
strongly indicated.
liiiuhvings: with hindmargin with two blunt angulations, at the ends of the
first subcostal and third median nervules, between which it is concave ; straight or
slightly wavy to the anal angle, which is bluntly produced.
Head, thorax, and abdomen stout ; antennae of S biserrate, each serration with
a fascicle of .short cilia ; face smooth ; palpi upturned, thick, third joint very small.
( 1-1.> )
smoothly scaled; tongue present; hind tibiae with two pairs of unequal spurs.
Scaling close and thick ; discal mark of both wings semitransparent.
jVeuration : cell half the length of wing ; first median at five-sixths, second
and third together from end of cell ; radials as usual ; last four subcostals on common
stem, first free. Hindwings, costal approximated to subcostal shortly some way from
base; subcostals and last two medians from the ends of cell.
Type : MesaMer alhidisadd, VVarr.
Mesaster albidiscata sj). nov.
Fcrewings: dull chestuut-brown, with ilaiker markings; first line farther from
the base than usual, dark brown, forming three or four short curves externally ; second
line strongly angulated towards the apex, from the angulation running obli(iuely
and somewhat irregularly waved parallel to hindmargin, preceded e.xcept in the
angulation by a darker brown shade, and followed by a slightly lighter one ; its
costal arm is followed by an irregularly lunate whitish dark-chequered costal spot,
which does not quite reach the apex ; a brownish cloud near the anal angle ; discal
spot white, semitransparent.
Hindwings: with a wavy dark central line, edged, as in forewings, inwardly by
a dark shade and externally by a paler one ; discal mark as in forewings. In a
second specimen the ground-colour is paler, tawny wood-colour, with the markings
showing plainer, and covered with transverse darker striae, which are all but hidden
by the darker ground-colour in the other specimen.
Head, thorax, and abdomen rather paler brown than the wings; segmental
divisions of the abdomen darker. Underside much gayer; basal two-thirds of
forewings a mixture of purplish grey and rich fulvous ; marginal third lustrous
purple with tawny blotches; apical spot pure cream-colour; hindwings purplish grey,
with a sinuous submarginal curved line, edged inwardly witli bright fulvous, and
followed by fulvous blotches along the margin; palpi and ppctus bright fulvous.
Expanse of wings : 30 mm.
Two 6 (? from Padang.
Miantochora gen. nov.
Forewhifjs : with costa straight, becoming faintly convex before apex, which is
blunt; hindmargin witli a blunt elbow at the end of the third median, above
which it is .slightly concave, and very oblique below it.
Hindwings : kite-shaped, with the hindmargin straight on either side of a well-
marked angle in the middle.
Antennae of c? with very long ciliated pectinations to five-sixths of their length,
the basal joint swollen; forehead hairy; eyes large; palpi stout, blunt, porrect ;
hind tibiae with four spurs, slightly dilated ; fore tibiae thickened with hairs.
Neuration normal, forewings without fovea.
Type : Midntochora inacquilinea Warr.
Miantochora inaequilinea sp. nov.
Forewings: pinkish oclircous, the liasai three-fourths more or less thickly
sufl'used with ferruginous, and speckled with blackish atoms; basal line from about
one-third of costa to one-third of inner margin, jjreceded by pale scales and followed
by a second dark curved interrupted line, wluch is most distinct on costa and in
( 1-1« )
the middle; second liue from co.-ta just before ajiex to the inner margin just before
the anal angle, forming two large curves with an acute angle Ijetween them on
the radial, preceded by a parallel darker interrupted line ; discal blotch dark,
suffused ; a small dark blotch beyond the angle of the exterior line, and a ferruginous
patch along the middle of the hindmargin ; the costa and the basal area are
rather paler than the median; the marginal area is paler than both.
Hindivings : with a straight thick brown line from inner to anal angle, beyond
which the wing is pale pinkish ochreous, the basal portion being ferruginous, more
or less mottled and suffused with darker, with a dark cell-spot.
Collar and alidomen i)ale pinkish ochreous ; thorax more ferruginous. Underside
paler, with the exterior line formed of blackish vein-spots.
Expanse of wings: 48 mm.
One d from South America.
Genus Microg'onia U.S., Auss. Schm., fig. 348 (1855).
I'oUn U.S., Auss. Schm., figs. 41G; 485.
Cralopiera H.S., Auss. Schm., figs. 483, 484.
Mucronodes Guen., Phal., i., p. 48 (1857).
Oxydia Guen., Phal., i., p. 52.
Choerodes Wlk., xx., p. 20.
Litbada Wlk., .xxxv., p. 1571 (1866).
Guende's generic term Oxydia, must, by the law of [)riority, give place to
Microgonia, H.S. His own genus Mucronodes, founded on two ? ¥ only, is itself
anterior. Herrich Schaeffer's species rhodaria, the type of Mio-ogonia, is the cJ
either of Guencp's ? ? , or of a closely allied form.
Microgonia apidania Cram.
Phal. Geom. apidania Cram., Pap. Ex., iii., p. Ido, I'l. celii, figs, c, d, ? J. Sm-inam.
Oxydia „ Mlk., xx., p. 51.
Moeschl., Abh. Z. B. IVr. V^ien, 1881, p. 397.
f>ruee, B\ol. C'entr. Am. Lep. IM., u.. p. 26. Mexico:
Panama.
apidaniata Guen., Plad., i.. p. 58.
„ clarataduen., Phal., i., \t. 57, S ■ Cordova.
Wlk., .XX., p. 48.
,, .. Druce, I.e., p. 25.
hispata. (iuen., Phal., i., p. 58, S . N. j-'riborgo.
Wlk., XX., p. 52.
„ gastropachata Guen., Phal., i., \i. (>'2, ?. Brazil.
„ ,, Wlk., XX., p. 55.
? „ ,, var. Druce, I.e., ]>. 27, I'l. xliii., fig. 10, ?. Me.xico.
„ ulpiscaria Wlk., xx., p. 64, J. 'I'ype in S. C. Brazil.
batesii Feld., Reise Nov., PI. cxxii., fig. 16, cJ. Type in K. C. Amazons.
Cramer's figure D of apidania is most certainly the same as hispata Guen.
His figure C (said to be the t?) is evidently meant to represent a $ (compare
gastropachata) ; the sexes were probably reversed. According to Druce, I.e., " out
of a large variety of examples the uppersides vary infinitely, some being dark
( 147 )
brown, with the Hues hardly visible, others pule with the lines quite distinct ; but
the undersides are little variable." This will help us to understand why the species
(at all events in the c? cj) has been so often re-described. Guen6e's clnrata represents
a cf in which the common line is pale and broad, and in which also the suhmarginal
white dots on the veins stand out clear. He says himself, " It has exactly the cut
of hispata." This last has the hne dark, marked on the outside with white dashes,
as in the ? , and not united to the dark apex; in brUesii Feld. the apex is dark,
and joins the line; alpiscaria Wlk. merely represents a particular form of hispata
Guen. The ¥, described only once, by Guene^e, as rjastropdch/ila, is \-ery differently
shaped and marked, but the underside will show its identity with the various forms
of the ?. f am not certain about the variety, so-called, oi gustropachalii, figured
by Druce.
Microgonia olivacea sp. no\ .
\ei\- \ariable. but distinguislie<l from vesulUi, Cram, by the much sharjier
subfaleate apes of forewings and the outward bulging of the hindmargin below the
subapical concavity ; the black blotch on the upperside of the hindwings never shows
through on the underside. Like vemdia, the vertex is white : in what I shall call the
type-form the basal and marginal areas are oli\e-green, the central area being reddish
ochreous ; a faint central shade round the black cell-spot ; the submarginal line is
denoted by dashes on the veins, sometimes black, at others white ; in a second form
the whole ground-colour is whitish ochreous, dusted and suffused with olive-green, the
suffusion being densest along the hindmargin and before the second line ; in this
form the second line, instead of being dark brown, is merely olive edged broadly with
whiitish ; a third form is wholly slaty drab, with the two lines and central shade dusky
olive ; in a fourth the marginal area is pinky drab, and the whole inner two-thirds deep
olive-green, deeper towards the exterior line; and again, in a fifth form, the whole
wing is dull olive, and the exterior line white. All these forms are c?c?. The only
$ is, like the last, wholly olive, with the exterior line dark. In all cases the hindwings
resemble the forewings, but have a large black blotch on the upperside on the costa
beyond the transverse line. The undersides differ considerably. In the ty])e-form
the basal two-thirds of forewings is dull yellow mottled with brown, the marginal area
being olive-brown ; in the others the whole under surface of both wings is nearly
uniform browu with an olive tinge, while in tlie 5 the whole sm-face is much mottled
with darker ; in all the forms the apex of the forewings is smeared with white, and
a curved exterior line is visible inside the upper exterior oblique line, starting from a
dark costal mark, and often denoted only by dark spots on the \'eius. The only $ is
of the same size as the S S , and as disticJiata Guen.
8ix c?<?, one 5 , all from Jamaica.
Microgonia reuipuncta sp, nov.
Foreiviwjs : glossy, pale olive fawn-colom-, with faintly darker olive trans\-erse
striae; first line olive at one-third, vertically sinuous ; second line olive, edged with
paler, from two-thirds of inner margin direct towards apex, before which it is aliruptly
deflected to the costa, and becomes then dark chestnut-brown ; the pale line which edges
it is followed on the costa by a reniform spot edged with the same tint of chestnut-
brown, and filled up with ]in\p brownish olive; above the anal angle is an olive
suffusion.
( 148 )
HindwiiKjs: like forewing-s, but the whole of the marginal area beyond the line
is sufifused with olive, and contains an indistinctly marked zigzag darker line ; a
minute black cell-spot in each wing; fringes dark olive, with the wing jialer at
their base.
Tliorax and abdomen concolorous with the wings. Face, palpi, vertex, and collar
chestuut-brown. Underside paler, cinereous olive, sufifused in forewings along the
hindmargin with brownish.
Expanse of wings : 48 mm.
One c? from S. Paolo.
Microgonia sociata sp. nov.
Like Twctwitaria Wlk. and distichata Guen. above ; but the oblique line is straight,
and slightly waved at the veins. The underside is ochreous drab, with a few scattered
neat blackish spots, traces of a curved exterior line, and two large blackish blotches,
one on each wing, that on the hindwing corresponding to the black blotch of the
upperside, that on the forewing being on the inner margin before the anal angle.
Expanse of wings : 72 mm.
Three <S <S from S. Paolo and Petropolis.
Microgonia vesulia.
Ph(d. Geoni. vesulia Cram., Pap. Ex., iii., p. 79, PI. ccxl., figs, ii, c. Surinam.
Oxydia „ Wlk., xx., p. 53 ; xxvi., p. 1481.
„ „ Moeschl., Surinam, p. 396. Surinam.
„ „ „ Jamaica, p. 67. Jamaica.
„ „ „ Portorico, p. 257. Portorico.
„ „ Druee, Biol. Centr. Am. Lep. Het., ii., p. mi.
„ vesuliata Guen., Phal., i., [i. 60.
Hulst, Ent. Am., 1886, ii. 3, p. 47. S. Florida.
Choerodes transponens Wlk., xx., p. 20, cJ. Type in Pirit. ."Nlus. S. Domingo.
Oxydia agliuta Wlk., xx., pp. 54, 63 (part ?).
A-arjliata H.S., Con: BL, 1870, p. 186. Cuba.
„ qmidriagliata Gundl., Contr. Ent. Cuba, p. 397.
„ aromata Bruce, I.e., p. 27, PI. xliii., fig. 11, V. Type in Schaus
collection. Mexico.
Fillet between antennae always white. As a rule the .lamaica forms vi' the 6 <i
are darker than those from South America.
In (t(jli(da Guen. the fillet is never white.
Microxydia gen. nov.
Foretv inr/8 : short and broad; costa evenly arched from ba.se to apex, which is
bluntly rectangular; hindmargin oblique, faintly curved.
Hindivinf/s : with hindmargin entire, fairly rounded.
Forewings with fovea ; palpi very short, weak ; tongue present ; antennae
lamellate, thickened towards base ; hind tibiae with four spm-s. Nem-ation normal ;
scaling glossy.
Type : Microxydia orsitaria Guen. {Stegania).
( 149 )
Mimogonodes gen. nov.
Very closely allied to I'drni/uiimU's ( iueii., (littering only in having the S antennae
simply filiform instead of pectinated.
Type : Mimogonodes constricta Warr.
Mimogonodes constricta sp. nov.
Foretvings : pale reddish testaceous, speckled with darker; the two lines darker,
sinuous; first from one-tliird of costa to one-third of inner margin, forming two
outward curves ; second from three-fourths of costa, forming a blunt angle below it,
then running obliquely and irregularly sinuous inwards to just beyond middle of inner
margin, above which it approximates to the inner line ; it is followed by a darker
shade and whitish vein-dashes ; central area jialer than basal and marginal ; a small
black cell-spot ; a paler costal subapical blotch adjoining the exterior line, as in
T. anopsaria Guen.
Hinchmngs : with the basal half [jaler than tlie outer ; a small black cell-spot, and
a faintly darker central shade.
Head, thorax, and abdomen concolorous. Underside more ochraceous, coarsely
mottled with darker, and with two indistinctly darker fasciae, one central, the other
submarginal.
Expanse of wings : 38 mm.
One c? almost certainly from South America.
Mixopsis gen. nov.
Forewings : with costa hardly curved; apex distinct, hardly subfalcate; hind-
margin with a faint elbow at end of the third median, vertical above, oblique below ;
anal angle obtuse.
Himhnngs : with rounded hindmargin.
P'orehead slightly protuberant ; palpi suberect ; second joint broad, hairy ;
third smooth, fusiform ; tongue present ; antennae of S simple, thick ; thorax
hairy beneath, and with a girdle of stiff hairs behind. Neirration normal, but in the
hindwings the costal is approximated to the subcostal for only half the length of cell.
Ty[ie : Mixopsis typta.ria Feld. (Laudosia').
Neuropolodes gen. nov.
Forewings : elongate ; costa curved from base to beyond middle, then straight or
even slightly inflected before apes ; apex produced, blunt ; hindmargin bowed, and
slightly indented just below a[iex and above anal angle, which is distinct.
Hindwings: short and broad; the hindmargin nearly straight, with a small elbow-
in the middle ; anal angle squared.
Abdomen (5) stout and elongate ; ovipositor exserted ; forehead with a tuft of
hairs ; tongue present; antennae (5 ) sliort, thick, simple ; pali)i damaged.
Neuration : cell more than half the length of wings. Forewings with discocelhilar
angulated, the lower arm oblique, the upper vertical ; first median nervule at three-
fourths, second shortly before end, third from end of cell ; lower radial from above the
angulation of the discocelhilar, ujiper from the upper angle of cell ; common stem of
last two subco.-tals from the same jioint, arched upwards and running close to the
costal ; one .subcostal niissing ; fir>l and second subcostals out of the costal, the
( 15" )
second united by a bar with the fourth ; all the subcostal s_vstem closely compressed
and near the eosta. Hindwings without radial ; the costal approaching the subcostal
some little distance from the base ; first subcostal nen'ule and second median each
rising just before end of cell. Scaling close and thick.
Type : Xeuro2)olodes sphingata AVarr.
Neiu-opolodes sphingata sp. nov.
Foreivings : fawn-colour. Juried with black atoms, and sufiused in parts with
reddish; lines hardly marked, the first represented onlj' by a dark sjwt beneath the
median ; a dark central shade jiassing over a black cell-spot, which is placed ou the
lower half of the discocellular ; above the anal angle is a dark red-brown patch;
fringe darker.
Hindwings : with a central reddish shade, and some irregular reddish clouds
along the hindmargin ; cell-spot white ; fringe dark brown.
Face and |iatagia reddish bro\ni ; frontlet pale; thorax and abdomen fawn-
colour. Underside pale fawn, with dark fuscous freckles ; from the apex of forewings
a dark brown slightly wavy internalh' pale-edged line runs to the inner margin of
the hindwings, and is followed by a rufous shade ; veins all pale ; cell-spot of hind-
wings white.
Expanse of wings : 40 mm.
One ? from Calabar.
Ocoelophora giu. nov.
Forewings : broad; costa strongly arched at base, then straight to apex, which is
blunt and rectangular ; hindmargin irregularly crenulate, the upper half vertical, the
lower oblique; anal angle strongly marked.
Hiiidwings : with crenulate hindmargin, the anal angle strongly marked.
Antennae simple in both sexes ; palpi porrect, weakly rostriform ; tongue
jiresent ; bind tibiae in <S slightly thickened, with four spurs. Neuration normal.
Forewings in both sexes with a small oval hyaline fovea, immediately beneath the
median vein at base.
Type : Ocoelophora basijninctaMoove. In Novitates Zoologicae, I., p. 443, this
species is given as the type of Mimochroa. This was an error ; it should have been
(nigidifascia Moore.
Paracomistis gen. nov.
Closely allied to Spilocraspada \\'arr.. but with \ery short horizontally i>orrect
palpi and fully pectinated antennae in the S ; forewings with distinct fovea.
Type : Parcccomistis lignicolor Warr.
Paracomistis boarmiata s[). nov.
Forewings: whitish, glossy, with greyish ochreous freckles and suffusion; first
line blackish at one-third, sharply and minutely dentate; second line blackish,
irregularly dentate and sinuous, from costa at five-sixths to inner margin just beyond
middle, followed in places by an olive fuscous shade; submarginal line indistinctly
pale, bordered internally by two small dark blotches opposite the cell, another at the
anal angle, and a smaller one midway between them ; fringe white, with black dots
at the end of the veins, and black dashes at the base between them; a small
blackish cell-spot.
( 151 )
Hindwings : the same, but all the markings paler, and without the first line.
P^ace and palpi white ; head, thorax, and abdomen whitish, dusted with grev.
Underside white, sparsely sprinkled with black ; cell-.spots black, as are the fringe-
dots and basal markings ; second line indicated by dots on the veins; apical region
of forewings slightly suffused with grey.
Expanse of ^vings : 34 mm.
( )ne c? from Petropolis.
Paracomistis lig'nicolor sp. nov.
Forewings: dull wood-colour, with a reddish brown tinge, very finely dusted with
darker atoms; costa brown from base to beyond middle ; first line diffuse, vertical, at
one-third, fuscous ; exterior line at five-sixths, thin, blackish, bluntly zigzag, with
-white dots on the veins, followed at anal angle by a dark grey blotch containing two
or three black spots; fringe concolorous, with the ends of the veins faintly indicated
by darker scales ; cell-si)ot black, small, followed by a faint reddish central shade.
Hindtvings : the same, but at anal angle the second line is followed by simply a
small black spot, and the ends of the veins in the fi-inge are more visibly darker.
Head, thorax, and abdomen concolorous with wings ; face and antennae brown •
frontlet white. Underside pale ochreous, dusted with lalack ; the cell-spots black,
distinct ; the second line clear on both wings, the marginal space beyond it being
filled up with smoky brown. The dark blotch at the anal angle of forewings is
sometimes wanting.
Expanse of wings : 30 mm.
Two S cj from Petropolis.
Phoenicocampa gen. nov.
Fureivings : rather elongate; costa gently curved throughout, more strongly
convex immediately before apex, which is blunt ; hindmargin evenly curved ; anal
angle obtuse, but defined.
Hindivings : somewhat elongate, with hindmargin rounded, and slightly bent in
middle.
Thorax and abdomen stout ; palpi short, porrect ; last joint thin and rostriform ;
antennae of ? well pectinated ; tongue present.
Neurittion : cell a little more than half as long as wings. Forewings : the median
nervure upcm-ved at its extremity ; first median nervule at five-sixths, second midway
between first and end of cell ; fifth subcostal from five-sixths, arched upwards and
approximating to the stem of the middle three; first subcostal free. Hindwings with
costal running close to subcostal to near the end of cell ; the two subcostal nervules
from top end of cell ; median nervure and nervules as in forewings.
Tyi)e : P. terkuda Veld. (Itame?).
Probably akin to Metrocampa, but distinguished by the pectinated ? antennae
and blunter forewings.
Pero C/) scitaria.
Azellna scitaria Oberth., Et. Ent., vii., p. 27, PI. iii., fig. 10.
ceriata (JMorritz MS.) Wlk., xx\-i., p. 1.51 G.
Meticulodes „ Butler, A. and J/., 1881, ii., p. 31.
A single example in the British :Museum from \'enezuela, from the collection of
Herrich Schaeffer, is labelled A. ceriata Mz., and was recorded by Walker, I.e., as
( 152 )
such, but without any description ; and, as far as I know, it has never been described
or figured under that name. The solitary specimen is much too worn to warrant any
description being made from it. It seems to come nearest to Butler's ochracea, and
hence I place it provisionally under Pero. Oberthiir's acitaria evidently is the same
insect, and, his name being accompanied both by description and figure, must take
tlie priority over cerinta Wlk.
Polla ochreicosta -i'- no\.
Fm-ewinrjs: didl mouse-colour, thickly dusted with darker, the dark atoms
hecoming confluent towards the costa ; costa itself broadly straw-colour for three-
fourths ; at three-fourths of costa, beneath the streak, begins an acutely angled
brown line, edged externally with white, as iivr as the third median, and evenly
curved from the subcostal angle to the inner margin at three-fourths ; an oblique
subapical streak, and the subcostal veins before it narrowly white ; fringe reddish
brown tipped with white.
Hindwincjs: with a faint dark Hue beyond the middle, and the space beyond it
paler ; fringe as in forewings ; a small dark discal dot in both wings.
Abdomen, head, and thorax concolorous with wings. Underside cinereous,
suffused with dull reddish ochreous, with a more distinct reddish ochreous fascia
beyond the middle, edged internally with white dashes on the veins and exterually
denticulated ; in the forewings extending more or less to the hindmargin, except at
extreme apex, which is whitish.
Expanse of wings : 46 mm.
Two J 6 from S. Paolo.
Polla pallidiplaga sp. nov.
Forewings : dark fawn-colour, with a dark brown slightly wavy line from inner
margin near base to costa just before apex; the narrow space between it and costa
paler, becoming chalk-white towards the costal end, where also the brown line itself
changes to white ; discal dot small, black ; above it on the costa is a short oblique
dark brown streak; an indistinct subterminal line consisting of dark vein-spots
edged with whitish.
Hindvmuja: with the oblique brown line of the forewings continued close to the
base ; a central line of whitish linear vein-dots, and a less distinct submarginal one ;
inner margin ochreous, dusted with fuscous, with a pale whitish ochreous blotch at
the end of the central line of dots, and a dark zigzag marking above the anal angle
at the end of the submarginal row ; fringe concolorous.
Abdomen concolorous with wings; the oblique dark line of the wings is
continued across its base ; thorax concolorous with the paler costal space of
forewings ; collar, face, palpi, and antennae dark ferruginous. I'nderside of fore-
wings ochreous fawn with an oblique white line from two-thirds of costa, below which
it is angulated, to middle of inner margin, followed by a dark sluule near that
margin; a zigzag white subterminal line ; veins beyond the middle line also white;
hindwings with basal two-thirds (except the extreme base) white, and a zigzag white
subterminal line as in forewings; discal si)ots black, distinct, in both wings.
Underside of thorax and abdomen white ; legs white, spotted witli fawn.
Expanse of wings : 42 mm.
Two (? (? from S. Paolo.
( l'''^' )
Polygonia variabilis sp. nov.
Kather larger than fortiiiittd Guen., yellowish ochreous or fuscous, variable in
the tints of colour; distinguished at once from that species by the course of the
second transverse line of tlie forewings, which is concave inwards at the centre instead
of outwards.
Prionia obliquilineata Warr., Pr. Z. 8., 1893, p. 409.
The type-specimen, iu Mr. Klwes' collection, is from the Naga Hills, a i. A
? fi-om Humboldt Bay, in Mr. Doncaster's possession, also collected by Doherty,
thoLigli minus the head, evidentlv belongs here. The onlv difference I can see is the
absence of the black costal spots on the underside of both wings.
Proteopharmacis gen. nov.
Related to Euclidiodea Warr., with which it agrees in neuration ; but the fore-
wings have a subacute apex and denticulate hindmargin, with a slight elbow in
middle. Hindwings with still more strongly denticulated margin. The character of
the markings is quite distinct ; the two cross lines are nearest each other in the
centre, while in Euclidiodes they are approximated on the inner margin.
Type: Proteopharnidcis valdiviata P>ld. {Seotopteryx?).
Proteostrenia gen. nov.
Forewings: with costa straight, curved only just at base and before apex ; apex
rectangular, blunt ; hindmargin \ery slightly indented just below apex, bulged at '
one-third, then obliquely curved and subcrenulate.
Hlndivings : rounded, with hindmargin strongly crenulate.
Antennae short, in the <S pectinated, the pectinations fine, distinct, and nearly
at right angles to the shaft; palpi porrect, short, roughly haired beneath; tongue
weak ; forewings of c? with fovea.
Type : Proteostrenia strenioides Butler.
A distinct genus, containing, at ])resent, but one, very variable, species, and
allied to Artior>i Meyr.
Pseudothalera gen. nov.
Forewings: with costa slightly and uniformly arched throughout; apex acute;
hindmargin decidedly obli(jue, scarcely curved ; inner margin somewhat convex.
Hindwings : quadrate, with slight angle at end of third median, straight thence
to anal angle, slightly crenulate above.
Antennae of cj simple, lamellate ; palpi poi-rect, horizontal, third joint minute ;
tongue present ; legs long ; hind tibiae with four spurs.
JVeuration : forewings, cell half as long as wing; its margins both directed
inwards at seven-eighths ; first median at five-eighths, second at seven-eighths, thirti
from end of cell ; first subcostal free at seven-eighths, the rest on a common sten\
rising just beyond the first ; radials as usual. Hindwings, costal approximated to
subcostal for about half the cell ; first subcostal at seven-eighths ; medians as in
forewings ; no radial ; scaling fine and smooth.
Type : P. stigmatica Warr.
( l-''^ )
Pseudothalera stigmatica -p. nov.
Forewings : pale dull ochreous green, fiiielv chitted with olive atoms; costa
thickly' spotted with fuscous ; a small black cell-spot ; an indistinct thin olive
fuscous external line at seven-eighths, nearly parallel to hindmargin, and becoming
plainer on the inner margin ; fringe concolorous, with ;i dark fuscous basal line which
is interrujjted on the veins.
Jlindwings : with a large round blackish cell-sjwt, followed by a slightly angu-
lated central pale olive line.
Underside paler; head, thorax, and abdomen concolorous with wing.s.
Expanse of wings : 40 mm.
Two J d from Western China.
Pseustoplaca gen. nov.
Forewlngs : with costa faintly curved from base to apex, which is blunt and
rectangular ; hindmargin bluntly elbowed alxjve the middle, then oblique, hardly
curved, to the anal angle, which is obtuse.
Hindivings : broad, with rectangular anal angle, and a slight elbow below apex,
corresponding to that of the forewings.
Abdomen short and slender ; palpi short, horizontally poiTect ; tongue present;
antennae of <? .shortly and finely pectinated for two-thirds of their length ; logs
slender: hind tibiae not thickened, with four spurs. Nemation normal. Scaling fine,
thick, and velvety.
Type : Pseustoplacii diversicolcrr Wair.
Pseustoplaca diversicolor sp. nov.
Foreivings : velvet_y olive-brown, with two lines and an apical patch paler olive;
first line from one-third of costa to one-third of inner margin, second line from
costa just before apex to inner margin at two-thirds, both very indistinct ; faint traces
of an irregular wavy subterminal line, which is only distinct at the anal angle, where
it is followed by a paler patch ; fringes i>ale olive below the apex of wing, then
reddish, their apex white throughout.
Ilindvnnga : with a l)lack discal dash, and an ochreous, brown-freckled patch
above anal angle; fringes brown, towards anal angle reddish.
Head, thorax, and abdomen concolorous ; face and collar pale olive. Underside
of forewings with base and inner margin broadly suffused with bluish white ; a dark
brown line from costa before apex, nearly parallel to hindmargin; of hindwings
nearly wholly bluish white, with a largish romid dark cell-.spot, and a curved brown
submarginal line, parallel to hindmargin, and most distinct on the veins, forming a
larger s]iot on costa and on the first median. Underside of abdomen whitish ochreous ;
legs whitish, freckled with fuscous.
Expanse of wings : 3G mm.
Two cJ (J from South America.
Psilotapliria gen. nov.
Closely related to Eurylaphria Warr., but characterised by the difference in t he
antennae of both sexes. In Eurytaphria they are pectinated in both, the pectina-
tions in the ? being, however, as usual, shorter and finer than those in the cJ. In
( l-^-^ )
P.siloliii.iliriii I 111' aiitciiiiMc III' the S 'H'e very iiiiimlflv sernite, and those of the J
simple.
Type: Psllotapfn-if( lils'iimatu Ilnipsii, (Eur>/tap}iria}.
In the Pr. Z. S., 189:^, pp. 409, 410, where [ described E. undUineata and
diagnosed tlie genus, the S only really belonged to that species; the ? was a
Pailoiapfirin .
Sig^mathyris gen. nov.
Forewings : with costa nearly straight for four-fifths, then strongly arched ; apex
much produced, blunt ; hindmargin deeply excised just below apex, then bowed
outward ; anal angle distinct.
Hindivinrjs : with a decided elbow at end of third median, the hindmargin on
either side irregularly wavy.
Forewings with a sinuous hyaline discal mark.
Type: S. scriptipenndna Wlk. {Andania,').
Walker originally made the genus A ndania for a species of the family Epiplemidae,
sdtosignaiii (xx., p. -u), with which the present species has no affinity.
Spilocraspeda gen. nov
Foreviiiijs : ample; costa nearly straight or faintly arched; apt-x subacute;
hindmargin with a more or less decided angulation at the end of the tnird median,
the upper arm vertical and .sometimes concave, the lower oblique ; anal angle well
marked.
Hindicings: kite-shaped; both angles well exiiressed ; hindmargin with a
decided angulation at end of third median.
Palpi porrect, slightly upcurved ; .second joint hairy, third joint short, blunt ;
tongue present; antennae of J flattened, bidentatc, the teeth armed with short
fascicles of cilia; hind tibiae thickened, with four spurs. Init without any pencil of
hairs.
Type : Spilocraspcdfi subusfn ^\'arr.
Spilocraspeda curvilinea sp. nov.
Foreiviiigs : dull ochreous, covered with short traiisxcise dingy ochreous grey
strigae ; first line dull fuscous, at one-third, diffuse and indistinct, and hardly reaching
costa; second line close to hindmargin, vertical on costa and towards inner margin,
lint forming a rouuded sinus outwards in the middle ; fringe concolorous, with a
slightly darker basal line ; cell-spot small, fuscous, placed in ,-i faintly darker central
shade.
Jfindwivg.s : the same.
Head, face, thorax, and alidomeu concolorous: tips of paliii brnwii. rnderside
(liillcr, with all the markings quite faint.
Expanse of wings : 34 mm.
One ? from No\o ]''riborgo.
Spilocraspeda submarg'inata sp. no\.
Foreiiu iigs : pale ochreous, dusted with fuscous ; the costa darker, and the liind-
margin appearing darker from the dark fascia of the underside ; lines very indistinct,
rusty, as in S. subuMa, the first at one-third, the second central, but beyond the cell-
12
( l-'i6 )
spot, which is small ami indistinct ; tho third approaching the second on the inner
margin, and the fourth submarginal, but forming a dark spot opposite the cell :
fringe pale oclireons, with a very faint small fnscous dot at the end of each vein.
Hindwings : the same, hut the oell-spot larger, roundish, orange.
Head, face, thorax, and aMomen pale ochreous. L'nderside paler ochreous, the
forewings only dusted with fuscous ; both cell-spots black, distinct ; both wings mth
a broadish brown-black submarginal fascia, which touches the hindmargin onlv .it the
anal angles.
K..iL|)anse of wings : r^. -54 inni. : o , :i2 niiii.
British (xuiana.
Spilocraspeda subusta sp. nov.
Foremings : pale sandy ochreous, sprinkled with dark atoms ; the four lines indis-
tinctly indicated, dull rust -colour, irregularly dentate; the first at one-third, vertical;
the second central, touching the cell-spot ; the third at three-fourths, approaching
the second on the inner margin ; the subterminal. very indistinct, forms a small reddish
blotch opposite the cell ; cell-.«pot distinct, black, edged with white scales ; fringe
pale ochreous, with a small black dot at the base at the extremity of each vein.
Hindwings : with only the central and exterior lines visible, the blotch opposite
the cell being hardly discernible; fringe as in forewings.
Head, thorax, and abdomen concolorous ; face, [mlpi, and antennae brownish.
L'nderside pale shining ochreous, dusted with black atoms along the co.sta and hind-
margins : cell-spots large, black ; a blackish basal line to the fringes ; forewings with
a rusty brown shade from costa before apex, vertical to the anal angle.
E.xjianse of wings : :54 mm.
Santos.
Spododes gen. nov.
Foreiuings : ample; costa faintly curved; apex lilunt ; hindmargin curved.
obli(|ne.
Hindwings : broad, triangular; the hindmargin faintlv curwd, with a slight
prominence in the middle; anal angle rectangular.
.\ntennae of c? simple, laminated; forehead flat ; ])alpi jiorrect, the terminal joint
small and thin ; hind tibiae thickened slightly, with four simrs.
'J"ypi> : Spododes irilineata ^^'arr.
Distinguished from Xylolocha Warr., whicli it otherwise resembles, by the
difference between the pal)ii and the S antennae.
Spododes adumbrata sp. nov.
Fore-nnngs : dull cork-colour, very finely and .smoothly dusted with darker; the
three lines darker, very indistinct ; first at one-third, bent below tiie costa, then ver-
tical ; second line hardly visible, from two-thirds of inner margin towards apex, before
which it disappears ; submarginal line, as in Sp. Irilineata, forming a sinus outward
in the middle, but represented only by dark vein-dots, connected by a thread-like
line; a dark cell-spot.
Hivdmings : like forewings, with only the last two lines shown.
Thorax and abdomen concolorous; face, palpi, and antennae brown. I nderside
jiale drab, dusted with blackish, darker towards apex of forewings; submarginal line
only visible as dark dots on the veins,
( 1".T )
Expanse ol wiugs : :Mi mm.
One d from Petroiiulis,
It is hardly likely tliat this can Lie a form of S. trUineata Wan.
Spododes sabulosa >|i. nov.
Fwewingii : saudy, with an olive tinge, tinely du.sted with hhick sjiecks ; lines
represented by black vein-dots, the first preceded, the second followed, by white
linear dots ; in the second the dots on the lower radial and first median break 1 he
curve by being nearer the base of the wing; cell-spot black, plain; fringe con-
coloroiis.
Hin'Jivi'ii;jx : the same.
Thorax and abdomen sandy; face, palpi, and antennae reddish hrown. I'nder-
side pale .stone-colour, hardly dusted with cbirker ; cell-spots visible ; suliuuuginal line
of dots very indistinct.
Expanse of wings ; 2(i mm.
One (J from Santos.
The hindmargins of both wings of this species show a faint elbow.
Spododes trilineata sp. nov.
Forewi iigs : cork-colour, finely dusted with fuscous atoms ; costa finely brown ;
the three lines olive-brown ; first at one-third of costa, below which it is bluntly
bent, then straight and slightly oblique to inner margin at one-third ; second
straight, from a little before the apex to the middle of inner margin ; third from
close to apex, forming a wide sinus outwards in the middle to the inner margin
close to the second line; cell-spot small, black ; fringe concolorous, without dusting.
Hindwings : with the second and third lines repeated.
Thorax and abdomen concolorous with ground-colour ; face, antennae, and palpi
brown. Underside whitish ochreous ; costa of forewings, apical region, and tips of
the fringes reddish fuscous ; the submarginal line alone expressed, fuscous, denticulate
not corresponding exactly to the upperside.
Expanse of wings : 36 mm.
One S from Brazil.
Synnomos Guen., Phd. i.. p. 94 (18.57).
Mlcroguniii. H.S., Aiwu. <b'c/ii//., fig. oG9.
Apicia Guen., Phal., i.. p. 8(i.
Selenlii Druce, Diol. C'citlr. Aik.. Lep. Het.. ii.. p. .56.
Type : Si/nnonivsjirmfimentaria Guen.
S antennae .simple, not pectinated ; hind tibiae not incras.^ated ; hindmargin
of forewings angular, of hindwings denticulate.
The species rlwdaria, represented by U.S. at fig. 348, is the first Microgania
figured, and must stand as type of that genus, thereby forestalling Guen^e's later
Oxydia. The next species figured by H.S. as a Microgonia, polygrapharw (fig. 369),
is not congeneric with rhodaria, and the name cannot stand for it. Guen^e's
Si/nnomoti in its turn will have to be employed. Of this genus Guen6e recognised
only one species, while he placed three others under Apicia ; they seem, in fact,
to be somewhat numerous in (.entaal America.
C 1.-58 )
Synnomos apicistrigata sp. nuv.
Fm-ewings : \m\f oclireous, dusted and suflfused in parts \vith fuscous ; an indistinct
basal line, enclosing a slightly darker basal patch ; second line from about three-
fourths of costa to two-thirds of inner margin, at first curved outwards, then running
obiicpie and parallel to the hindniargin, and marked most strongly on the veins ;
before it an oblique brownish costal streak, which follows the course of the discocellular
vein; space between basal line and this streak paler than the rest of the wing;
an ochreous, somewliat triangular-shaped shade bcvond tlie discocellular, which
becomes diffuse towards the hiudniargiu ; traces of a dark pah'-edged sulimarginal
line; subapical region occupied by a triangular l)rowii hlolcli. preceded by one or
two small white spots ; fringes darker.
Jliiiflvjings : paler, with an indistinct dark cell-spot, joined to the inner margin
liy a curved brown line, followed by a curved crenulate line, which towards the
costa is interrupted. I iiderside like upjier, with the markings rather plainer.
Expanse of wings: 38 mm.
One cJ from the Amazons.
Urepioue sp. nov.
Allied to Mdi'iiodes U.S., but tin* hindnjargin in both wings angulated ; iti
the hindwings the angle forms a short tail, which, as in Uriiyderyj-. contains a dark
round spot. J antennae simple.
Tyije : Urepio-ne quadrilineala ^\■ll<. {Iliiperetlsi).
Xylolocha gen. nov.
Forett'iitgx : am))le; costa gradually curved throughout, more convex just before
ape.x, which is hardly prominent ; hindmargin hardly curved and not very oblique ;
anal angle distinct.
Hindwings: broad, with rounded hindniargin, and somewhat produced anal
angle.
Antennae shortly pubescent ; forehead protruding below ; tongue jjresent ; palpi
short,- stout, terminal joint obscure ; hind tibiae somewhat thickened, with four spurs.
Type : Xylolocha gabraria \^'lk. (Azelina).
Zamarada pulverosa sp. nov.
Forev.'iiigs : pinkish hyaline, finely dusted with fuscous striae, and with coarser
fuscous speckles near the base and along the costa; first line indistinct; a fuscous-
edged ocelloid cell-spot ; second line blackish, irregularly waved and sinuous, with
a small double outward indentation just below the middle; hindmarginal one-third
filled up with fuscous, mixed with tawny towards the second line, and with whitish
towards the anal angle; subterminal line denticulated, whitish; fringe chequered,
grey and fuscous.
HitulvAngs : the same, but the discal ocellus much smaller.
Head, thorax, and abdomen greyish white. Underside hyaline white, with the
cell-spots and marginal region uniform dull brown.
Expanse of wings : 2(i mm.
'Iwo 5 ? fi-om South .Africa.
( 159 )
suKKAMii.Y prosopotj (I'll in. \k.
Rhinoligia gen. nuv.
Forewinijs : elongate, witli costa sinuous; well arched from base, concave before
apex ; apex produced into a blunt horn ; hindmargin slightly indented below apex,
then strongly bowed ; anal angle scarcely expressed.
Hinchvi'iu/s ; with the hindmargin waved, rather irregularlv rounded.
Forehead jirodaced into a conical prominence ; palpi very long, like those of
Uhilo and Grainhiia ; tongue present ; antennae of ? simple. Scaling close and fine.
Markings : a single oblique line from apex of forewing.s to inner margin before the
middle.
Neuratioii: cell a little longer than half tlie wing. In forewing the subcostal
nervure is very strongly bent inwards at the extremity, so as to apjjear to form
]]art of the di.scocellular ; first median at three-fourths, second shortly before end
of cell, third from end ; radials as usual ; the upper apparently from the discocellular
below the top, but really from the end of cell ; last subcostal (apparently) free, and
the other four united, but the type is too thickly scaled to admit of certainty, without
denudation. Hindwings with the costal and subcostal approximated for half the
length of cell ; first subcostal and second median just before end of cell ; first
median at three-fourths.
Type : Rh'moligla blocdlata Feld. {Rhiiiodia '.).
The type is a ? , considerably damaged.
NEUE AFKIKANISCHE VOGELFORMEN IM TEING
MUSEUM.
VoN ANTON EEICHENOW.
DEM freundlichen Endgegenkommen des Herrn Ernst Hartert verdanke ich
die Untersuchung eiuer kleinen Sammlung von Vogelbalgen, welche auf
der Emin Pasha Relief Expedition von Herrn W. Bonny am Aruwimi (N. Congo*)
zusammengebracht worden ist. In dieser Collection befiuden sich zwei hochsl
aufl'allende neue Formen, welche eine neue CJattung repriisentieren. Eine dritte
sehr ahnliche Form derselben Gattung babe ich gleichzeitig vou Jauude (Kamerun)
erhalten.
Bathmocercus n. g. Timeliidarum.
Rostro mediocri, paullum decurvato; vilirissis brevibus ; cauda valde gradata
(rectricum numero dubio) ; alis brevibus, rotundatis, caudae basin superanlibus,
remigibus 4 — 7 longissimis, primo tectrices primarias multo superante, lougissimorum
dimidio fere aequali, tertio decimo aequali ; tarsis longis, digit i medii longitudinem
auperantibus ; pedibus extensis caudae apicem attingentibus.
Typus : BriihiitucKvuiis rufiis Kchw. (Ornith. MunaAsherlcldc. 1895, Xo. (>).
■ Cf. untea, pp. S5, 56.
( 160 )
Bathmoceixus vulpinus -p. nov.
Aui-antio-rufus ; froiite, capitis lateribus guttureijiie iiigris, iuguli parte nigra
fiilvesoenfe circiinidata : alKlomine et subcaudalibus griseis. his rufescente lavatis ;
subalaribus dilute auraul io-iufis, uiiiiimis alhescentibus ; reinigibus fuscis extus et
intus aurantio-ruib marginatis ; rostio nigro ; pedibus plumbois. Long. tot. c. ISO
mm. ; al. iin. 55 ; caud. 54 ; rostr. 12 ; tars. 24.
Hab. Aruwimi flum. (Africa occidentalis). Tvpus in Mumu Rotlisiliild.
Obi!. BiUliiaocevciis i-tiftts ex regione cameruiieusi colore obscuriore, castaneo-nifV).
diversus est.
Bathmocercus murinus .-p. nov.
Ubscure olivasciiite-griseus ; .--iiicipitf, cajiitis lateribus guttureijue uigris, iuguli
parte nigi-a dilute fnlvescente circumdata ; abdomine et subcaudalibus gi-iseis ;
subalaribus griseis, miuiinis albescontilnis ; remigibus, tectricibus superioribus,
rectricibus fusoo-nigris, extus olivasceute-griseo limbalis : rostro nigro; pedibus
lilumbeis. Long. tot. e. 130 mm. ; al. im. 52 ; caud. 50 : ro.str. 12 ; tars. 24.
Hab. Aruwimi flum. (Africa occidentalis). Tvpus in Museo Rothschild.
Bei der Ubereinstimmung in den tJrossen\erhaltnissen und in der Farben\er-
teilung der vorhescbriebenen beiden Formen liegt die Vermutung ualie. dass dieselbeii
verschiedene Geschlechter derselben Art sein mochten, was festzustellen der fenieren
J'orschung vorbehalten bleibt.
Bei Gelegenheit der vorstehenden Untersuchungen konnte ich ferner feststellen,
dass liberianische Exemplare von AndropnAas r/racilirostris Strickl. von .<olchen aus
Togo, Kamerun, und vom Kongo recht charakteristisch abweichen und eine subspeci-
fische Sonderung der liberianischen Form bedingen.
Andropadus gracilirostris liberiensis sub.sp. nov.
Chlorociolda (/racilirostris Biittik., Xote.i Leyden Mua.. v-ii. (1885), p. 180 ; viii.
(1886), p. 256; xi. (1889), p. 131; xiv. (1892), p. 22 : Reiseh. Liberia (1890),
App., p. 4.
Andropado graciUrostri Strickl. simillimus, sed subalaribus, axillaribus et
remigum marginibus interioribus multo saturatius tinctis. fuho-ochraceis, nee
luteolis ; notaeo magis brunnescente, epigastric quoque paullo obscuriore.
Hab. Liberia (coll. Demerv). Tyiius in Museo Rothschild.
( 161 ■
TWO NEW SPECIES OF BHOPALOCERA FROM THE
SOLOMON ISL.\NDS.
By TilE HON, WALTER ROTrT8< 'IIILD.
LATEL'i' I liavp received some butterflies collected by Carl Ribbe on the island of
Bougainville, among wliicli are two striking novelties.
1 . Prothoe ribbei sp. nov.
This species in size approaches nearest to P. hnjardi Godni. I'C: ?>alv., P. Z. !i.,
p. 7o8 (1882), from New Ireland, but is a most distinct species.
Male. — Uppersule : black. Forewings crossed bv a transverse creamy-white
baud, which is narrow between the discoidal nervules and widens suddenly at the
upper median branch, but does not become so wide as in allied species. Hindwings
also with a transverse creamy-white band, which is of almost uniform width, and which
is inwardly nearly straight, except at flie extremities; basal third of abdominal
margin white.
Underside: blackish brown. Forewings with a submarginal row of creamy
patches, of which those in the apical region are more distinct ; beliiiid the co.sta are
also two indistinct spots ; within the cell are a varying number of minute w'hite spots,
from five to seven. Hindwings with a submarginal row of golden yellow markings,
which are linear, except the two before or behind the upper median branch ; inside
this row stand eight pale blue irregular half-rings, inside which again there is a band
of thin huffish transverse streaks; on the basal third there are some minute white
spots.
Female. — Similar to the w/'^e; larger, browner. The baud on the forewings is
much narrower, macular, or is even obliterated, except a spot near the inner margin ;
that on the hindwings also narrower ; abdominal margin unicolorous. Below, the
submarginal spots to the forewings more distinct.
Expanse of wings : cJ, 4'2 inches = 107 mm. ; ¥, 4-5 inches = ll.J mm.
II(di. Bougainville Island, Solomon Islands (Carl Ribbe le;/.; 6, ¥. types in
coll. Jtibhe; S. ? ill Mils. Tring).
2. Delias schonbergi >p. no\.
Male. — Uppernide : white, base powdered with black .scales. Forewings, in the
apical region, with a row of six white spots inside which the disc is grev ; apical
margin black. Hindwings with a narrow black margin.
Underside: foi-ewings with basal third yellowish ; outer half bla<-k, the black
area entering the apex of the cell, including six well-defined white subapical
markings. Hindwings with basal half yellow ; outer half with a snlimarginal row
of six large pear-shaped scarlet patches, each ciri'led with white; disc between
costal margin and lower median nervule and the outer margin black.
Female. — Uppe^-side : grey. Forewings with outer half black : a suliapical row
of white sjiots, of which the anterior ones are large, the posterior ones small.
( 162 )
Hiudwings with abdoniinal margin wliiii-, outer niai'gin black, and the disc between
the upper discoidal, upper median, and the discocelhdar nervules greyisli black; a
submarginal band of large pale pink patches.
Underside: similar to the male; the submarginal spots ratlier larger.
Hal. Bougainville Island, Solomon Islands (Carl Ribbe ler/.; types: S in coll.
Bibbe, ? in Mns. Tring).
This species is named after Herr von SchOnberg, at the request of the collector.
A NEW SPECIES OF THEBETBA FROM THE D'ENTEE-
CASTEAUX ISLANDS.
By THK HON. WALTER ROTHSCHILD.
Theretra alberti >)!. nov.
THIS e.xtrcmelv distinct species belongs to the erotus gi'oup, but has no near
ally.
Forewiiiijs : greyish chocolate or chocolate grey ; basal third crossed by three
transverse dark brown bars, the first separate, the two outer almost touching;
within the cell there is a black stigma with a paler centre ; about one-third from the
outer margin the wings are crossed liy a heavy dark brown transverse bar; between
this bar and the margin is a transverse line, followed hv an indistinct zif^za"- line.
Costa and outer mai'gin chocolate red.
Hi/adxvviKjs : golden orange, with a broad deep bromi border not reaching quite
to the anal angle.
Underside of wings deep chocolate red, vermiculated and streaked witli deep
brown and yellow.
Head and thorax greyish chocolate, darker in the centre; on <'ach side of the
thorax is a bright golden round spot, .\bdonien greyish rust -colour, with a pale
band marking each .-egineul. .Vntciniac red ; legs grevish |)ink.
E.xpanse of wings : 3-.5 inches = 89 nun.
Hah. Fergusson Island, D'Entre(■a^tea^^• Islands (.September to October, 18!)o) ;
Albert S, Jleek leg.).
Xamed after the collector.
( Ki- ;
ON SOME MAMMALS COLLECTED BY MK. ALBERT MEEK
ON FERGUSSON ISLAND, D'ENTRECASTEAUX GROUP.
Hv OLDFIELD TH0MA8.
THE uiiiuiiiials iiu which the following uotes are based were obtained by ;\Ir. Albert
Meek, when collecting on Fergusson Island, the largest of the D'Entrecasteaux
group, a locality whence \'ery few mammals have ever previously been brought. Both
for this reason and on account of their inherent interest, they deserve a connected
notice. Twelve species are represented, of which three prove to need new names
specific or subs]iecific.
One specimen.
One specimen.
1. Pteropus hypomelanus Tem
2. Cephalotes peronii (Jeoff.
:'■. Uronycteris major Dolis.
Three specimens.
A skull of this species was obtained on Goodeuough Island, also in the D'Entre-
casteau.x group, by Mr. Basil Thomson in 188!), and presented by him -to tlie Britisli
Museum.
4. Carpouycteris ■ crassa >p. no\ .
One specimen.
Size ecjualliug or exceeding that of C. iiiiaimiis. Form .stouter, but piopurtions
of head and structure of muzzle as in C aHt^tralis. General colour dull fawn abo\e
and below, -without any rufous or fuh^ous suffusion. Interfemoral nieml)rane and
calcars practically obsolete, wholly buried in the thick fur of the upper and inner sides
of the lower leg ; the broadest part of the membrane, just inside the knee, is less than
:> mm. broad, while the almost unrecognisable calcar is at most about 1'5 mm. long.
Skull comparatively broad and stoutly built.; the postorbital processes well
developed. The lower jaw especially stout and strong.
Upper incisors large and long, subequal, placed in an even ciu'ved serir> ; tlie
median pair nearer to each other than to the outer ones. Cheek-teeth verv uniform
in size and form, the anterior [)remolar scarcely smaller than the others, and the
diastema behind it not or scarcely longer than tho.se separating the other teeth. In
the lower jaw the same description apjilies exactly, exceiif that the median incisors
are much smaller than the outer ones, and almost touch each other.
Dimensions of the type, an adult male in spirit : — Head and bodv 7(» mm. ; ear
13-5; forearm 47 ; lower leg l!)-5. Skull, basal length 24-5; greatest breadth 17;
interorbital breadth C"! ; tip to tip of postorbital processes 12'2 ; greatest height of
kiwer jaw from top of coronoid !'.
* l/yJckkci' ; replilciiiL' llarpipii :iinl .Uar^roi/hssttn, Imth iircoctnipictj.
i;;
( Ki-1 )
Although superficially very like tlie other two species, C. crassn maj' be readily
recogniseil by its reduced interfemoral menibraiie and calcars, and by the different
proportions of its incisors and anterior premolars.
Type in the British Museum. No. 95.5.8.2.
5. Vesperugo papuanus l'<t. i^i Dor.
Several specimens.
<>. Chiniromys pulcher sj). nov.
Kather larger tlian Vh. forbeni ; proiiortions as in that species. Fur longer and
softer, the hairs in the middle of the hack about 15 to 16 mm. in length. General
colour above soft rufous fawn, reddening posteriorly into deep ferruginous. An ill-
defined blackish band running from the sides of the muzzle backwards to surroun<l
the eye; no lighter spot behind the eye. Ears naked. Lips whitish. Under
surface bright reddish, the hairs whiter towards their bases. Upper surface of hands
and feet whitish. Tail clothed with the woolly rufous body fur for nearly an inch, the
remainder brown, scaly, and practically naked as in Ch. forhesi; the smooth prehensile
terminal portion just as in the older-known species, i'alate-ridges and mammae as
in Ch. fwbeai.
Skull on the whole fairly similar to that of Cli. Jorbcui. The jieculiar riglil-
angled spring of the anterior zjgonia root is, however, less strongly marked; I he
upper profile is more bowed, an efi'ect which is increased b\' the supraorliital edges
being more developed vertically. Palate ending opiiosite the middle of, instead of
behind, the last molar.
Molars rather broader and heavier than in Ch. favbesi ; their iiatteni on the whole
very similar, but there appears to be a tendency to an even gi'eater crenulation of the
cusps and ridges.
Dimensions of the tyjie, an adult male in spirit : — Head and body 153 mm. ; tail
225; hind-foot 33"; ear 17'3 x 12-1. Skull, basal length 34-5 ; greatest breadth
225; nasals, length 12; interorbital breadth 6; interparietal, length 47, breadth
111 ; palate, length 18-5 ; palatal foramina 5 ; diastema ir2 ; length of upper moliir
series 5"7.
'Type in the British Museum. B. M. No. 95.5.8.5. Paraiype in the Trln;/
Musewm.
This very beautifully coloured Kat is a most interesting discovery, as no rejire-
sentative of the genus Chiruromys has been met with, so far as I know, since my
description of the genus and typical species seven years ago.* That ty])ical species,
Ch. forbeai, came from Sogere in the Owen Stanley Mountains, S.K. New Guinea, and
the discovery of a different but allied species in the D'Entrecasteaux Islands is therefore
not unnatural.
The essential characters of the genus, its peculiar molar-structure, and its
prehensile tail have been fully dealt with in the original description, and it need only
here be said that Ch. pulcher agrees with Ch. fm-besi in every character of any
importance, while its very different coloration shows that as a species it is entirely
distinct.
7. Mus sp.
One immature >pei-inu'n.
Belongs to the .V. ephlppiwm, group, but is too young for determination.
» P. ■/.. .S'., 1888, p. 237, figs. 1 nnd 2 (skull, teeth, and tail).
( !'!■> )
8. Uromys macropus <ii-. (?).
One youug sjieeimeii.
From the entirely unworn state of its incisors, and the fact tliat, none of its
molars had cut the gum, it is probable that this specimen was still suckling. Its
determination is of course most doubtful, but its palate-ridges, tail-coloration, and
size appear to be much as in U. macropus. On the other liand, in the peculiar
structure of its anterior palate it sliows some resemblance to Cmiilwrus hirsatus
(iould.
Ten specimens.
One specimen.
9. Petaurus breviceps Waterli.
II). Dactylopsila trivirgata 'iiay.
11. Phalanger orientalis intercastellanus subsp. nov.
Four nearly or {[uite adult .specimens, and six foetuses.
Before describing this subspecies it may first be observed that 1 now believe I
was wrong in stating* that the skull of Ph. orientalis breviceps only differed from
that of the typical variety by its smaller size, as there are several other differential
characters, among whicli the direction and development of the supraorliital ridges are
specially noteworthy. In Ph. breviceps (as, raising it to the rank of a species, I now
think it should be called) the ridges are practically alike in the two sexes, remaining
in both parallel throughout life; their development is vertical, not outwards. Such
rudimentary post orbital processes as are present do not ovei'hang the orbits proper, but
onlv the anterior part of the sides of the brain-case. On the other hand, in Ph.
orientalis there is a marked difference between the sexes, the ridges of the female
being comparatively weak and practically parallel, while those of the 'irmle develop
outwards and upwards into strong triangular projections overhanging the orbits and
corresponding to postorbital processes. In the lower jaw the coronoid process of Ph.
breviceps is developed liackwanls into a sharp curved projection, longer and more
jiointed than in Ph. orientalis.
Bearing these facts in mind, the D'Kntrecasteaux representative of the group may
be liriefly diagnosed as follows ; —
Colour and character of fur as in ordinary grey examples of Pli. o. ti/picuf!.
Dorsal streak present. Size scarcely greater than in Ph. breviceps. I^ower jaw and
structure of supraorbital region as in typicus (at least so far as the nude is concerned).
Middlet upper premolar obsolete or deciduous. P'or proportions of teeth see thr
measurements given below, as compared with those in the Catalogue.
* Cat. Mars. Jl. .V., p. 204, 1888. In the .synonymy given of this form, the name " C'lisius ulitM" is
rojectea because antedated by Phalaiiiji.sta, allia E. Geoff., Cat. Mus., p. 148, 1803. This hitter work, how-
ever, is now known to be merely the proof of a book which was never published, and is tlierefore quite
invalid, and shoulil not be ciuoted. Geottrcy's Museum name alha for the albino variety of the grey Ciuscus
proves however to have been validly published by Desniarest {.Vaiiim., I., p. 207, 1.S20) in the form
•' Phalaiiyijfta ntfa var. alba Geoff.," so thai the name hrrrirt-ps r-Miiains unaffected by Lesson's use of
•• albits " for the New Ireland Cusiics.
t In view of the entire revolution that has taken place in our ideas of dental origin and homo-
logies during the last seven years, it seems better for systematic purposes to u.se the terms "anterior,"
"middle," and "posterior" for the three Marsupial premolars, without attempting to homologise them
individually with those of I'laitental Mammal'".
( 1«<! )
Dimensions of the tyi>e, an old nude in spirit : — Head and body 4:iU mm. ; tail
■JOO ; lower leg 92 ; hind-foot 56 ; ear (above crown, as in Catalogue) 17-5, from basal
notch 25. Skull, basal length 78 ; greatest breadth (c) 55 ; nasals, length 32, greatest
breadth 14-8, least bre«dth 71 ; interorbital constriction ISf) ; distance between most
divergent jwints on supraorbital ridges 17* ; palate, length 45, breadth outside "fi-* 25-5,
inside "^ 16-3 ; palatal foramen 6. Teeth, horizontal length of '"- (posterior pre-
molar) 4-7, length of "Sii? 14-2.
Type: B. M. Xo. 95.5.8.11. Paratype in Tring Museum.
This subspecies is evidently merely a pauperised insular form of Ph. o. typicus.
and, as already slio\vii, does not exhibit anything like the inherent difference presented
by the Gvscus of the Solomon and Duke of '^'ork groups.
It is unfortunate that all the four specimens obtained by Mr. 31eek are males, so
that the characteristics of t\\e female cannot be described with certainty ; but, judging
I'roni their form in an immature male, there is little doubt that they will prove to be
similar to those of the fenuilf typicus.
\2. Perameles doreyana '.'noy & Oaim.
Adult mtik, several /«;f(((/es aud youug.
The ver3- great difference in size between the old uudc aud the Jeriudes is note-
worthy, the former's skidl having a basal length of 82 mm., while that of one of the
latter is only 62 mm. long. No doubt the /nale is older than tlw fei)i(de measured, but
the latter, by the appearance of the pouch and mammae, has evidently borne young.
The mammae in two feiwiles number 4 — 4 = 8.
• In t!/,neus jj If. ? ": in l,n;-i,;-j..-. J 10. <f lU.
,.-U lO
95
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE.
Vol. II. AUGUST, 1895. No. 3.
A REVISION OF THE PAPILIOS OF THE EASTERN
HEMISPHERE, EXCLUSIVE OF AFRICA.
By THE HON. WALTER ROTHSCHILD.
WHEX I first began the iuvestigatiuns which form thu foniidation of this
article, I had intended to give a revision and bibliographical and S3'nonymical
list of the Bkojxilflceni of all the islands cast of " Wallace's Line," which passes
between the islands of Bali and Lombok.
This revision wonld have been fonnded, as is to a great extent the present one,
ou the collections made in the Indo- and Anstro-Malavan regions by the celebrated
American collector Mr. William Doherty.
However, when I came to work out some of Mr. Doherty's large and magnificent
collections, I was very much startled to find that the synonymy and bibliography
of the Lepidoptera were so involved and so fnll of errors, that a complete and in all
respects scientific revision of the B/wjjaloeera of these numerous islands would
necessitate more or less a complete reference to the Rhopalocera of the wliole of
the old world. I therefore gave up my idea, and determined to give a series of
monographic revisions, dealing with a few families both of Rhopnioce.ra and
Hvterucera from the whole world, and only in such cases where I either possess
one of the best collections of these families, or am jiarticnlarly interested in such
families. In each case the revision or series of revisions of the species belonging
to a family will be followed by a final generic revision.
In the present as well as in all future revisions, scrupulous attention has and
will be given not only to the synonymy and bibliography, but to the structure,
neuration, scaling, scent-organs, etc., so as to base the final generic revision on as
wide a basis as possible.
I had hoped when I began this paper to carry out all the necessary investi-
gations and examinations of material myself; but as the work proceeded I found
that it involved such a vast amount of time that I was obliged to call in the
help of Dr. Jordan, the Entomologist of the Tring Museum.
Dr. Jordan has gone through the bibliography for me, and also has visited, both
together with me and alone, the collections of the Britisli Museum, Messrs. Salvin
and Godman, Mr. H. Grose Smith, Mr. Herbert W. Adams, Mr. ('rowley, and
others ; and if it had not been for his help and care, I am afraid many years would
have gone by before I could have even attempted to carry out this work.
Throughout the work will be found a number of notes by Dr. Jordan, dealing
with our metliods of investigaliou, such new or unfamiliar facts as have presented
themselves to us, and, lastly, detailing the scope of the present article.
14
( IfiS )
I nuist here express my grateful thauks to all tliose who have so generously
assisted me, both with their knowledge and by plaeing their collections at my
disposal. Besides those mentioned above, I must also express my thauks to
!Mr. C. Oberthur, Mr. J. Rfiber, Dr. Otto Staudinger, and many others for most
invaluable helj).
The delimitation and definition of genera can only be carried out by the study
and comparison of the whole of the species of a family from every part of the globe ;
tlierefore in this article I have merely divided the species into preliminary groups,
many of which may however be the foundation of corresponding genera, to be defined
in my final paper. As I have not in this article separated the genera, it will no
doubt strike some people that, although I am such a strong advocate for strict
priority and synonymy, I have contradicted myself by leaving several species of
/'apil/o under the same specific name : this is, however, only done with a view of
simplifying my future work ; for all these cases will finally right themselves when the
species come to be separated aud enumerated under their jjroper generic designa-
tions. I have in this article made one exception in regard to the group of Pajiilios
known universally under the generic name of Ornithoptera ; this I have done more
for the sake of the general entomologist than from a justifiable scientific reason.
1 have, however, treated them under the head of Troir/i's, a genus of Hiibner's which
has the priority over Boisduval's Ornitlioptera by a numl)(M' of years.
Introductory Notes. — The jirincijial object of tliis revision is to identify the
hitherto described Eastern Papilios and to delimitate the species, not to give
detailed descriptions of the insei'ts dealt with, which would be the oltject of a
monograph. As the results of our investigations often differ from those of other
entomologists, it is necessary to give a short account of the method of our researclies,
the means upon which they arc based, and of our views with regard to nomenclature
and variation of the Papilios.
Anybody who first makes the acquaintance of the numerous Eastern Pajiilios
will be startled not only with the relatively enormous number of different forms, but
especially with the great inconstancy of those characters by which tlie so-called
" species " used to be and are distinguished. He will be greatly astonished at the
extensive varialiility of the shape and pattern of the wings. When I began to study
the Papilios more closely under Mr. Walter Rothschild's guidance, I was indeed
first inclined to think that a revision of these confusingly variable insects could
hardly be more than an unsuccessful attempt at identifying and classifying the
" species " and " varieties," and of enumerating the more or less correctly identified
forms in a manner similar to that carried out by the Felders in 18(54. But as we
soon found that most of the mistakes in the articles dealing with the butterflies of
the ludo-Australian Regions occurred in consequence of tlie respective authors
having worked with too small a material, or not having compared carefully the
descriptions of the older writers, or not having been able to identify Felder's
" species," we became convinced that many of the errors could be avoided with the
help of long series of specimens, a good library, and the Felderian types.
Notwithstanding thatthe Tring Museum contains of most species greater numbers
of specimens than entomologists usually keep in their collections, aud though we
have compared the examples in the collections of the gentlemen named above, the
uuiteria! examined by us is in some cases still quite insufficient for the purposes of
this paper. Specimens without or with " dealer's " locality are worthless for our
( 169 )
invest.igatious, and it is also not enough to have fifty or more inrlividnals of a
species from a certain place ; bnt it is most important to Imve the insect in numbers
from ever)' district where it occurs. This, however, is inipossil)le for thi> present, as
there are still many unexplored localities in the East, and many districts where only
a limited material lias been collected. Central Nepaul (which is probablv inhabited
by races of Pajiilios standing intermediate between those from North- West India
and Cashmere on the one side, and those from Sikkim and Assam on the other), the
northern slopes of the Himalaya, Southern and Eastern Thibet, the highlands of
Formosa, the mountains of Palawan, jMindauao, E. Celebes, Flores, Timor, etc., the
island of Obi, several of the lesser Snuda Islands, the Charles Louis and Albert
Victor Ranges in New Guinea, the Admiralty Islands, the islands of Bougainville,
Choisenl, Isabel, the Santa Cruz Islands, and so forth, are practically unknown to
entomologists, and will certainly provide us with many new forms (if Papilios.
And even in countries better known than those above enumerated there still exist
undiscovered Papilios, as well as many of such rarity that only one or a few specimens
are known : the types of P. icalkeri Janson from S. India, P. mibiim Standing, from
N. Borneo, P. prillimtzi Fruhst. from Java, an<l others are unique ; of P. sakontula
Hew. from N. India, P. nohlei Nicev. from Burma, P. caunus Westw. from Java, etc.)
scarcely three examples have been recorded.
It is therefore not to bo wondered at that iu certain cases the required large
material could not be obtained, and that the work had to proceed without it.*
The incompleteness of our knowledge of the Indo-Australian fauna does,
however, much less affect the identification of the hitherto described forms than
the views in respect to the relationship of the species and races. Many of the new
Papilios to be discovered in future will doubtless turn out to connect some of the
insects which now appear to us specifically distinct ; others may combine the
characters of two gronjis or genera, and a material more carefully collected in
respect to season and exact locality, and esjjecially more carefully labelled iu the
collections, will often prove that some of the varieties which a Papilio produces in
a certain district, and which we look upon as being mere individual aberrations,
are, in fact, seasonal forms, or localised races restricted to places offering altered
conditions of life, such as mountains, swamps, etc. ; so that further discoveries will
alter much more the classification of the PapiUonidae than the names of the Papilios.
There are two species — P. amphitrion Cram, and P. laccdemon Fabr. — of which, to
our knowledge, no specimens exist in collections. These species may be based upon
painted up or otherwise mutilated individuals, and are treated in this paper with
a (?) ; but they may just as well be rediscovered some day, and then will probably
affect the nomenclature to a certain extent, as P. amphitrion Cram, has the priority
over P. gambrisius Cram., and P. laa'dcmon Fabr. over P. cb/tin lanki'swaru
(Moore).
Montronzier's species described from Woodlark Island are also ])ractically
unknown to science. The descriptions, though quite sufficient for the time they
appeared (18.56), are not exhaustive enough to enable us to decide whether the
Woodlarkian species are difFerent from the ff)rms inhabiting New Guinea and the
neighbouring groups of islands. The Woodlark Pa}iilios are therefore simply
enumerated under the names bestowed upon them by Montrouzier (Montronzier's
• We call the speci.ll attention of the reader to this weak point of the revision, and should feel obliged
if one or the other of our readers who is in pos.session of a goo<l material would criticise this paper and
publish ihe errors he might find, or coiniiiunicatc directly with us about query points.
( 170 )
" Ornithoptera boisdumli, Papilio (/itnali, teleinackits"), or <arfi treated as synonynis
or query syiiouyius of the New Gninean insects (Montron/.ier's " Papilio ormenus,
xei-eniii, godarti, aegistus, sarpedon, codnts ").
Besides these species or varieties, we have not seen any specimen of the
following forms. As most of them have heen figured, we could decide whether
thev lire identical or not with insects known under other names, ex(dusive of Hagen's
^.fuscus. These species and varieties are : —
1. Troidfs priamus poseidoti ab. goliath (Oberth.) ; known to us from tlie figure
and a photograph.
2. Troidi's hch'fia ah.jitpiter (Oberth.) ; known from the figure.
3. Troides amphrysus sumatranus (Hagen) ; known from the description only.
4. Papilio mariae almae Semjier ; known from the figure.
o. Papilio annae phlegon Feld. ; known from the figure.
6. Papilio douhledayi sambilu»ga Doherty; known from the descrijitinn.
7. Papilio crassipes Oberth. ; known from the fignre.
8. Papilio nohlei Nicdv. ; known from the fignre.
9. Papilio nevilli Elwes & Nicdv. ; known from the figure.
10. Papilio paradoxus telesicles ah. fuscua Hagen ; known from the (leseri]ition.
11. Papilio neumoegeni Honr. ; known from the fignre.
12. Papilio montrouzieri ab. weshvoodi Oberth. ; known from the figure.
13. Papilio lorquinianus albertisi Oberth. ; known from the fignre.
14. Papilio peranthus intermedins Snell. ; known from the description and some
notes in litteris.
1.5. Papilio prillwitzi Fruhst. ; known from a ]ihotograph.
16. Papilio podalirinus Oberth. ; known from the fignre.
17. Papilio etirypylm sangirus Oberth. ; known from the figni'e.
All the other Eastern Papilios are either contained in the Tring Museum, m-
we could examine them in other collections.
In order to show to the reader what material stands at tlie ])reseiit time
at our disposal in the Tring Museum, and to provide ourselves with a kind of
catalogue which shows at once the desiderata of the Tring Museum, we have given,
in brackets after each locality, the numbers of specimens of each species and sub-
species contained in Mr. Rothschild's collection from every locality. 1 expressly
add that in most cases we also had the opportunity to examine specimens from
such places from where the Tring Museum does not yet possess the respective
insects.
A careful identification of so numerous and difficult a gronj) of forms of insects
as we have had to deal witli in tliis revision can only be carried out if one abandons
all prejudices, if one takes none of the names by which one is accustomed to
call certain forms for granted, and begins with the very beginning, starting in
every case from the first mentioning of the insect in the zoological literature.
The oldest writers upon Natural History objects, Aristoteles, Plinius, Albertns
Magnus, and others, np to the end of tlie sixteenth century, need scarcely be taken
into consideration.
Tl:e first figure of a Papilio, to my knowledge, is that in Hoefnagel's Archetypa
(lo92), where we find /'. machaon L. and P. podalirius L. represented on
plates 11 and 12 of Part III. In the course of the seventeenth century and
at the beginning of the eighteenth, there appeared a good many works, of
Aldrovandus, Hollar, Moid'et, Merret, .Tonston, Petivi-r, Hajns, v\v.., in wiiich
( 171 )
the European P. mackaon and podalir'tiis are described i.ir figured, aud in these
books we finil also the first accounts of Exotic Papilios : Petiver, for example,
figures P. rmit'inzovius Eschscli. as " Paj/ilio luzonicus maximus" etc. Petiver
and Rajus describe P. hector L.
While the knowledge of the American Lepidoptera increased much in conse-
(pience of the appearance c>f Madame Merian's Metamorphosis Insectorum Suri-
mtmensiiim (1705), only a few Eastern Pa])ilios became known until Linne's Si/stema
Naturae.. In the tenth edition (1758) of this work, Linne adopted, for the first time,
regulated nomenclature for all classes of animals ; he carried out the binomial
system of nomenclature throughout the animal kingdom, EXCErr in LEPiDorrERA.
It is very curious that Linne abandoned his binomial system when treating the
Lppido])tera in Si/stema Saturae^ and designated these insects with three names
(Pajiilio E(]iics Priamus, Papilio Danaus inr/amtts, etc.), indicating with the
first name the genus, with the second a section of the genus (a " phalanx "), and
with the third the species. The name of the subsection (Trojanug \_Tros^Prois'\,
Achivus, Festivus, Ruralis, etc.) is not added to those of the genus, section, and
specirs in S>/sfema Xaturae ; liut subsequent authors have also done this {Papilio
Eques Trojanus J'riamus), so that the entomologists of the second half of the
last century had not a bi-, but a tri- or quadrinomial nomenclature. The conse-
quence of this superfluity of names for a butterfly or a moth was that some
authors, like (!ramer, contented themselves with one name, the specific name, and
called their Lepidoptera simply Priawas, Midamus, Helcfia, etc., a system which is
still high in favour among many collectors of European Lepidoptera.
As the tenth edition of Systema Naturae Las been accepted by zoologists as
the starting-point of nomenclature, chiefly because Linn<5 carried out in 1758 the
binomial nomenclature throughout all classes of animals, we must remark that this
does not apjily to Lepidoptera ; and if one abandons the pre-Linnean names and the
Linnean names in tlie first to ninth editions of Si/stema Naturae by reason of their
not being in accordance with the rules of binomial nomenclature, we ought logically
to begin with later authors (Donovan, Latreille, etc.), not with Linne. As, however,
Linne designated the Rho[ialocera and Sphiugidae witli two names in Fauna Surcica, .
Arnoenitates, etc. {Papilio Machaon, Papilio Polydorus, Papilio Aegisthus, etc.),
and gave also only two names to the Sphingidae in Si/stema Naturae ed. x., it is
clear enough that Linne's trinomial system has as basis the binomial one, aud is
nothing else but the trinomial system adojited by many modern authors who put
the name of a " subgenus " in brackets between the generic and specific terms.
The relatively great number of Lepidoptera which Linnd described did not furnish
him with many characters which he thought of generic value, and could tlierefore
be divided only into a very limited number of genera {Papilio, Sphinx, Phalaena).
Linne erected (1758), for example, 22 geuera for 504 species of Coleoptera, and
only 3 genera for 535 species of Lepidoptera. The genera Papilio, Sphinx, and
Phalaena contained each so many species that a division into " Phalanges " was
necessary ; and in order to indicate the closer relationship of a species, Linne added
the name of the "Phalanx" or "Section" or "Subgenus" to those of the genus
and species of Papilio and Phalaena, just as Messrs. Elwes, de Niceville, Semi)er,
and other reliable authors are accustomed to do at the present time, with the
exception that Linne did not put the additional name in unnecessary brackets. If
one takes this i>oint of view, as we do, one must accept the Liiuiean names, and,
as in the works jmblished before 1758 no regulated nomenclature has been applied.
( 172 )
can iiejrlett tho!>e uamcs wliicli the iusects have received before the tenth <Mliti(iu of
Si/stema Naturae (1758).*
Linn6 received a great many of his iusects from Holland, and tiiat explains
how it came that so many Liunean species are forms inhabiting tlie old Dutch
colonies Surinam, (Jai)e Colony, and Amboina.
The greatest part of the species shortly diagnosed in S'/ntcma Naturae, vd. x..
have been more fully redescribed in Mus. Lud. Ulr. (1764), and an excellent
revision of the species of this latter work, based especially upon an unpublislied
manuscript of Liune and a good number of Linnean specimens, has been given by
Professor Dr. Christopher AurivDlius in 1882 {Recensio Critica Lepidopterorum
Mu.iei Ludoticae Ulricae quae descripsit Carolus a Linn^ in Kongl. Sv. Vet.
Ak. Handl. XIX. o). Though we agree in most points with Aurivillius' explana-
tions, we come nevertheless in some cases to other conclusions, the reasons of which
are given under the respective species : so we treat the Aurivilliau P. pantkous L.
as T. hypolitus (Cram.), P. helena L. as T. oblong omaculatus (Goeze), P. erithonius
Cram, as P. denwleus (L.).
Some of the Liunean species of 1758 are undoubtedly described from figures,
not from specimens (P. E. helena, for examj)le), and in such cases we have to rely
upou the figure and the accompanying notes of the (juoted author.
A great help in identifjing the Linnean Papilios are Clerck's Icones Imectorum
(17()4), ])art of the figures in this work, whicli we have compared at the library of
the British Musenm, being taken from specimens in the Museum of the Queen
Ludovica Ulrica, and it is on the whole not so difficult to apply the Linnean names
to the right species of Papilio, though it remains sometimes rather doubtful which
special local race of a species Linne had before him (see p. 182).
Shortly after Liune's Mus. Lud. Ulr. the Thcmuru.'s oi i'mha, came out (17G5), in
which a great many Amboiua Lepidoptera are figured. The figures of Seba caunot
boast of being correct ; nevertheless cue can recognise the Papilios pretty well, aud
must, therefore, accept the names proposed for them by Goeze, Ent. Bei/tr.,m 1779,
so far as these species do not have older names, (ioeze's Papilio fuscus has the
priority over Cramer's P. .icterus, P. castaneus Goeze over P. pertinax Wallace.
The post-Cramerian authors, Jablonsky, Herbst, and Esper, characterised only
a few new Papilios, of which the P. pandarus Jablousky {nee Linn6)= P. pseudo-
pandarus Esper is a ."ipee. Jict. The text of Esper's Ausl'indi.Hc/m Scliinetterlinge
contains many useful remarks about the identification of certain Linnean species.
Of the Fabrician species some are not recognisable (P. pompilim, P. orestes),
another is undoubtedly based upou a mutilated specimen (P. astyanax), and they
are best treated as synonyms.
The first important work on Lepidoptera at the beginning of this century was
Sammlung Exotiseher Schmetterliuye of Hiibner, who, j)reserving only the specific
names of the older authors and dividing the genus Papilio into a profusion of
groujis. introduced a great many terms ; in the text of Vol. L (24 pages only)
Huliuer ado])ted tlie binomial nomenclature, while on the plates of Vol. I. he gives
three names {Princeps heroicus Hector, Princeps dominans Erithonius, etc.) ; the
didsion into genera has been carried out in Verz. bek. Schmett. (1816), and on the
plates of Vol. II. of Samml. Ex. Scliinett.
Until l8l'.», when Godart described the Lepidoptera in Enc. Met/). IX., the
* For the sake of convenience tlic species which have been designateil Ijy old authors (Cinniur, I.inne.
Fabricius, etc.) with one, three, or four names .ire quoted in the synonymy of this revision quadriuomially.
( 173 )
descriptions of the Papilios liiid been alwajs very incomplete ; but from this time
they became more exhaustive and satisfactory. The principal works on Eastern
Lepidoptera whicli appeared from 181'.) to 1864 are Godart (1819), Horsfield
(1828), Zinkeu (1832), several "Voyages," Lucas (1835), Boisduval (183G),
De Haan (184U), Doubleday (1846), Horstield & Moore (1857), Felder (1864).
In this period falls the foundation of many Entomological Societies publishing special
periodicals, of which the Transactions of the London Entomolo(jic<tl SoriH}/ (1812)
and the Bcli/ian Annals (1832) are the oldest.
In the Felderian systematic List of Papilionidae (1864) the species are for
the first time grouped according to their natural relationship, not according to
superficial resemblance ; this catalogue is not free from grave mistakes, but there
are such a number of then new facts explained in the notes after the list — facts
which many recent authors have entirely overlooked— that I consider the Felderian
catalogue the most important work dealing with the classification of the Papilios.
Felder's descriptions of new " sjiecies " in this catalogue and in his great work in
Reise Xoi-in-a (1865) are, however, not so satisfactory ; in many cases the " species"
arc characterised from one or a few specimens, which, as the types in Felder's
collection prove, were moreover in bad condition, and hence it came that Felder
often mistook individual or geographical differences of his examples for specific
characters ; indeed nearly all the Felderian " species " of the Indo-Anstralian Regions
are local races of older species, or mere individual aberrations, of some sixty forms
about fifteen only being specifically distinct. The " types " of Felder's Papilios are
not all in the Felderian collection, now in the Museum at Tring ; some are in the
Vienna Musenm, others in the collection of Mr. G. Semper (Altona), while of a few
forms apparently no specimen has been marked as type. In no case have we been
left in doubt about a Felderian form.
In the same year (1865) when Felder's Lepidoptera in Beise Nocara were
jjulilished, Wallace's famous article about the Eastern Papilios appeared, and the
new species described in it are mostly identical with those of Felder. The exact
dates of publication of Felder's and Wallace's species are unknown ; but Felder
seems to have the priority of some months. Wallace's types are all lost, or if the
actual type-specimen of one or the other species be preserved in the Hewitson
collection, it is not marked as such and cannot be regarded as type.
Since Wallace's paper our knowledge of the Eastern Papilios has bcim much
increased by articles and special books dealing with the Lepidoptera of limited
districts. Moore's Lepidoptera of Ceylon, Distant's Rhopalocera Malayana,
Semper's 'J'aijfalter der Pkilippinen, Leech's Butterflies of China, Corea, and
Japan, Staudinger's Lepidoptera of Falaican, and Elwes's Catalogue of the
Lepidoptera of Sikkim are the most important works out of a very great number.
Local lists which, like Elwes's Catalogue, furnish us with notes abont habits,
and, like Staudinger's Lepidoptera of Palawan, with detailed remarks about the
indivithiid variation of the insects, are extremely useful, provided the author restricts
himself to a small area and takes his notes only from specimens captured in that
district. The names under which the species are enumerated in local lists are often
erroneous ; but that does not do much injury, in the case of Papilio, to the value of
the list, as one can nearly always see which form the author has meant ; we learn,
indeed, from the note under Papilio utidrof/etfs Cram, in Elwes's Catalogue of the,
Sikkim Lepidoptera iust as much as if the right name P. memnon agenor L. had been
api)lied tii this insect. AVliat is, however, very confusing, and often more than
( 17-1 )
confusing, is the meth(xl aJojitcd by Mr. Leech in liis ButtirJIies of China, otc, wbo
compiles the descriptions of the species and varieties from other authors oven
when the description does not fully fit the Chinese insect, and omits in many
cases to say whether a certain aberration which he refers to occurs all over tlie area
dealt with, or is localised, and whether certain species vary iu tlie same direction
and to the same extent in all the Chiuo-Japanese localities which have been
explored.
Four recent papers deal with Papilionidae alone : Elmer, Die ArtbilduMj uml
Verwandtschaft hei den Schmetterlingen (1889) ; Fickert, tjber die Zeichnungs-
cerhdltnigse der Gattung Ornithopterii (in Zool. Jahrbilch. IV. 1 889) ; Haase,
'JntersMhungen iiber die Mimicry I. (1893) ; Rippou, Icones Ornitkopteroruni
(1889—). The general results of Elmer's and Fickcrt's investigations are very
interesting ; the papers are nevertheless of little conseipience for the systematic
worker, as both authors apparently employed too small a material to enable them
to avoid grave errors iu respect to the relationship of the various Pajiilios. In
Haase's Untersuchungen so many single new facts are mentioned that we derive
from this work more knowledge as regards (he relation of the species and races than
from any other paper since Felder's catalogue. Rippon's Icones are not yet
completed ; the types of Rippon's new forms of Troides are in the Tring Museum,
so that we could easily decide about their specific distinctness.
After having satisfied ourselves that our identification of a Papilio was correct,
we tried to trace the species, subspecies, or aberration from its first appearance in
zoological literature up to the present time, and .so came naturally to draw up the
bibliography — which cannot be expected to be complete in every case— and
synonymy of each Papilio ; the bibliography of aberrations could not always be kept
separate from that of the typical form of the species or subspecies. The various
forms of polymorphic Papilios, like those of P. pobjtes L., memmn L., etc., are
designated before the quotations thus: ?"', ?'-', ?''', the nnmbers (1), (2), (3)
corresponding with the order in which the resisective forms are treated in the
text ; these designations conld not always be em}iloyed in the synonymy, as we
were sometimes unable to ascertain whicli special form an author had dealt with.
Behind many quotations the reader wDl find a short note concerning the habitat,
habits, etc., of the Papilio as it has been given by the quoted authors ; the remarks
printed in italics are ours.
After the heading of every sjiecics and subspecies we give a short note stating
which sex and state of the Papilio are known. In the synonymy we employ, besides
the usual designations for the sexes ((?, ? ), —
/. for lar>:a ;
p. for pupa ;
metam. for metamorphosis.
The number of species of which we do nut know tlie larvae and pupae is still
very great ; but I am sure that the entomologists residing in India., Borneo,
Sumatra, etc., can in some cases easily increase our knowledge of the earlier stages
of Papilio.
As the name of the author of a species is as necessary as the generic term
to comprehend which insect is meant by any specific name, and as the generic and
specific names cannot be separated from one another by a comma or point, we
think it only logical not to separate the name of the actual author of a species
( ^'^ )
or variety by ;i C(imma from the specific or varietal name. Whei], however, an
author cited by us deals with an insect under the name which has been given
to it by anotlier antlior, we pnt a comma iti order to indicate that the ([noting
writer is not the author of the res])ective species ; we quote for example Papilio
meituioH L., but P. nu'inrioii^ ('mm., the latter quotation being' an abbreviation for
P. mcmnoii L., Cram.
If we have understood that a classification of animals is impossible without
acce])ting a regulated nomenclature, we must consequently also admit that it is the
stability of names which is most desirable. Tlie first step to this stability of
nomenclature is taken by accepting the law of strict priority. It is j)erhaps due
to the enormous number of forms of insect life which wholly occupy the time of
entomologists, and render alterations of names very objectionable to them, that so
many pajiers have been written by entomologists against the strict application of
the law of priority and in favour of the names "generally in use" (cf. (Juenee,
yoctmlitps, 1852; Be.rl. Ent. Zdi. II. 1858; Lewis, Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1875:
etc., etc.). The first name which a Papilio has received is applied to it in this
revision, whether the name be correctly spelt or not, whether its meaning applies to
the characters of the insect, or whether the name is confusing. A word pul)lished as
the name of an animal is from the date of publication * fixed for science: nobody
dare make alterations of the word in single cases ; only such alterations must be
allowed as ai)])ly to all names of the same category, either to all generic or to
all specific names. There are four general rules according to which the specific
and varietal names have been altered in this pajjer : —
1. All the specific and varietal names have to be treated, like the generic terms,
as one word. Papilio van rie Polli has been altered into P. taivlepnlli.
2. All the spi'cific and varietal names have to be written with small initials in
order to distinguish them from the generic terms.
3. All the specific and varietal names which are Latin adjectives or can be
treated as such have to receive a masculine ending, because Papilin is masculine-
Barbaric names, which are so much in favour among modern entomologists, cannot
be altered. Papilio cheiitsoiiq OVierth. remains ekentsong, P. )ie~nhualco>/otl Strecker
remains nezahwalcoyoll.
4. All the specific and varietal names derived from non-Latin names of persons
and standing in genitive form have to be formed so that one '• /" only is added to
the name of the person. Papilio harjenii has been altered into P. hagem, P. alber-
tisii into P. albertisi ; P. heccarii, of course, remains beccarii.
All other alterations have been objected to in this revision.
Notwithstanding that the first name given to a Papilio has been generally
applied, we had to replace some names by others in such cases where the same name
occurred among forms of the same species (P. biitlcri, n. 1 39 ; P. mi'dor, n. '.)5), or closely
allied species which will certainly come under one generic term in the final generic
revision of the Papilionidae (Troides hypolitux celebensis, n. 9; T. oblonyomaculatm
celcbensifi, n. 18). 1 am aware that certain entomologists will not approve- of these
* Thouj^h every editor nowadays ought to know that it is very importiint to give the exact date ot issue
of a work, there appear nevertheless many papera wliich are not dated or bear a wrong date ; and it i s
very cuiious to see that the wrong date is alway.s previous to the e.^act date of issue : see Abhaiull. u
Biru-hir 3fm. Dmilen ; Moore, Lep. Imlicii : Tijdwhi: v. Ent. ; Hull. Soc. Ent. de Francr ; and others.
Very inconvenient for quotiitions are those works which adopt for every number of a volume, or for every
genus dealt with, a separate numbering of the pages ; see Abltandl. u. Jierichtc Mm. DrcMhn ; Grose
Smith & Kirliy, Rhoi>. Exot.
( IVf. )
alterntioiit;. In many jiapers, of whicli 1 mention only Ila;^en, Iris VII., Letzner,
Kiijer Sch/esiens, Scliilsky, Ka/er Preusseiis, the opinion has been expressed and
carried out that the same name can be used several times for varieties of the species
of a genus ; thus Hagen proposes the uames Pupilio hewitsoiii var. sumutrana,
P. neptunus var. siimalrana, P. cloant/ius var. sumatrana. The theoretical reasons
in favour of this system are considerable; practically, however, the system leads, not
to stability, but to instabilily of nomenchiture. What Hagen regards as varieties
Other people will treat as species — P. hewitsoni var. sumatrana Hagen has, indeed,
previously been described by de Nicdville as a distinct species, P.petra Nicev. — and
then the insects will have to be renamed ; other scientists come afterwards again to
the opinion that the insect is nevertheless a variety only and must be caUed with the
first uame. Thus a change of names will bo in mauy cases the cousetiueuce of that
system of nomenclature. As there is no general character which enables one to see
at once whether a form is s])ecifically distinct or is only a variety, and as, therefore,
very often a certain form will be treated by some entomologists as sj)ecies, by others
as variety, and as the way to the truth is in many cases still very long, the same
name dare not occur twice in the same geuus, uo matter whether the name be applied
to species or varieties. And it is advisable even to avoid a uame which already
occurs in an allied genus for a new form ; the genera, or the views of entomologists
ill res))ect to the delimitation of the genera, are changeable, and what now stands
in two or more allied genera will often come in future under one generic term, and
then the forms bearing the same uame will have to be renamed (compare Kirby's
Catnlogue of Heterorrra and Hamjison's Moths of Jndi(i).
The law of strict priority, without which a stable nomenclature will never be
obtained, must also be applied to " composite " species, i.e. it must be applied to
such cases where several species or varieties of a geuus have received the same name
by the same author. If the different forms which are erroneously treated as being
the same are described one after the other — it cannot be of any consequence whether
the descriptions appeared at the same time, under the same heading, or at diti'ereut
places — it is not difficult to decide to which insect alone the respective name must
be restricted. As Linn^ described an Indian Papilio as demole.u.<i in IToS, andau
African one under rhe same uame iu 1764, it is evident that the name u'i di'inoleus
must be applied to the Indian, not to the African butterfly. In 17<i4 Linne
characterised two insects as P. panthous, first a black and white coloured Papilio as
one sex, and then, as the other se.\, a black and yellow coloured butterfly. We have
here two P. E. panthous L. described one after the other, though under the same
heading and number ; the first characterised Pa])ilio has certainly the priority, as it
stands before the other. If, however, the description of the composite species does
not help us in this or a similar manner, we must accept the identification of that
author who is the first to deal with tlie insects in question after tlie jiublication of
the common name. Thus we liave treated all the composite species and varieties :
Troides panthous (L.); Troides helena (L.); Papilio lorquinianus phiUppus \Vall. ;
P . demoUus L. ; etc.
Wlicn we had come to a decision about the correc! name of a Pa()ilio, and had
learnt I'rom the literature what is known of the insect, there remained the diliicuh
question to solve whether this butterfly be the type of a distinct sjiecies or a varietal
form of another Papilio. It is usually said that the specific distinctness or non-
distinctness of a Papilio or other animal very often de])ends on the individual views
of an author, and that there is uo general parting line between species and varietal
f 177 )
foniis. This is indeed true ou lii'st siglit, and renders it necessary to explain our
iudividiial position concerning that question, the more so as the number of distinct
species has been so much decreased in this paper as compared with the number in
Felder's list. We carried out our researches in dividing first the six hundred odd
named forms of Palaearctic and Eastern Papilios into preliminary groups which
are characterised especially by difi'ereuees in structure, and whicli will partly stand
as genera in the final generic revision (Mox-group, /wcior-gTowp, etc.), then uniting
again those forms of each group which exhibit a rather great similarity in pattern
and the minor structural characters {enrypylus, lycaon, saUastius, eurypi/lidfs, axion,
Jason, mikado) into sections which mostly turned out to agree with " species," and
then finally studying comparatively every form of such a section in respect to the
extent of variation, with a special view to find a practical rule which might lead
us to delimitate the species scientifically, not arbitiarily, in the case of each Papilio.
When we examine the individuals reared from the eggs of one femaU in every
resjject, we sliall always find some characters by which one individual is distinguished
from the other ; the individual characters of a specimen are often very obvious
(P. memnon L., P. aristolockiae Fabr., P. ormenus Guer., etc.), sometimes however
perceivable finly by microscopical examination. If it were possible to lireed
generation after generation from the offsprings of a single _/(?»««/<■ under the natural
conditions of life of that locality where the first /ewrtfe had lived as caterpillar and
])upa, the dift'erences of the specimens tluis obtained would show us the extent of
variation of the insect at that ]}eculiar place. This can practically not be accom-
plislied, and we have to content ourselves with the knowledge derived from breeding
of one generation of Papilios reared from eggs which were observed tn be deposited
by a specimen, or from caterpillars feeding together and being apparently the
offspring oi one female. The experiences already gained by rearing of Papilios,
though limited, can nevertheless very well serve as proof that the specimens flying
together at a certain place, and exhibiting no greater difterences among themselves
than we are accustomed to find among the individuals reared from the eggs of a
female, belong to the same kind of insect, to the same species. The breeding of
sjiecimens shows further tliat tlie variation takes place in such a manner that the
extremes are connected by intergradations, except in the case of melanistic and
albinistic specimens, and so-called " sports," which stand often (not always)
isolated among the rest of the individuals. This gradual variation from large-spotted
to small-spotted, from broad-banded to narrow-banded, from tailed to toothed
specimens, enables us iu most cases where there is no help by breeding to come to a
right opinion abont the extent of the variation of a Papilio species. If there is a
gradual chain of varieties from one extreme to the other, neither the extremes nor
the intermediate degrees of variation can be regarded as indicatitig specific distinct-
ness of the respective individuals. When we see that the Indian P. euri/pi/lus L.
varies in the same locality gradually from being provided with large submarginal
markings to having small spots, it is impossible that Moore's P. acheroii is anything
else but a representative of a certain degree of variation of that eunjpi/lus ; when we
observe that in the South Indian and Ceylonese P. sarpedon L. the first (post-
costal) spot of the median band on the forewings becomes more and more obsolete,
disappears altogether on one wing, while it is still traceable on the other, it is
illogical to regard the specimens without the spot as being specifically distinct
(P. fliermoduaa .Swinhoe) ; and when we further have o^ the South Indian and
Singhalese P. crino Fabr. a series of specimens from one place which show a
( 17« )
gradual decrease, ending in total obliteration, of the hairy stripe on the forewing of
the male, and a slight and gradual increase of the breadth of the green band, we can be
(piite certain that P. montaiius Felder, without hairy strijie and with rather broader
band, is only an extreme variation of 1'. cri/w P'abr. Tlie number of species based on
individual characters is very great.
The limits of variation of a species do not often exactly correspond at ditferent
jilaces of a certain district. Every field-entomologist knows that, within a district
where the usual or typical form flies, there are often some special localities where
the specimens of that insect vary to a greater extent, and that at such a locality
some or all the individuals of a species stand outside the usual limits of variation of
that species. These varieties, however, are iigaiu connected with the usual form of
the insect by intergradations, and thus jirove to be indeed varieties. As we further
know from the experiments of Dorft'mcister, Weismaun, iStandfuss, i\Ierrifield, and
others, that nnder altered circumstances the limits of variation can be much dilated,
it is a jiriori probable that the specimens of a Papilio living on a peculiar ]ilace, like
swamps or valleys, are influenced in a ditferent degree or even in a different direction
than those living on desert land or at higher elevations. Here we have localised
varieties; but the material contained in collections very seldom tells us anything
about the localisation of varieties within a limited district, as the specimens are
mostly simply labelled '• Sikkim," " Assam," " Borneo," etc. Indeed, only a local
observer who collects for many years at the same place can go in for a special study
of the distribution of the varieties in his district. The local lists we have of Eastern
Papilios give already here and there observations in this direction, but the notes are
so scanty that in this paper that kind of localised variation could not be dis-
tinguished from the general imiiridual variation of the specimens of a given
district.
Besides the effects of localised conditions of life we observe a change of the
characters in the Papilios caused by the different climatical conditions of the seasons.
While, however, it is well known that the generations of Papilios subsequently
following one another in the course of the year in the temperate regions differ
remarkably {P. xanthus L. and xtithulus Brem. ; P. bianor maacki Men. and niddei
Brem. ; P. polyctov Boisd. and joeez-o^ra Moore; P. iiudalirius feistkameli Dup. and
lutteri Aust.; etc.), we have scarcely any notes about the differences of the
generations of the dry and wet seasons of the tropical regions. We know in a few
cases that a certain variety occurs only during some months of the year, and can
sometimes conclude from the dates of ca])ture of the specimens in collections that
a Papilio varii's witiiin the same limits during certain months of the year; but
detailed observations are almost wanting. The spring and summer generations of
tlie Cashmerian P. polyctor Boisd. are different, while the Sikkimese representative
form of P. polyctov, namely P. polyctor ganesa Doubl., is seasonall}' monomorphic ;
the Jajiariese P. unrpedon L. is seasonally dimorphic, while the Indian surpedou is
moudniorphic ; the Chino-Japanese P. hinnot Cram., /-■. xanthua L., P. machaon L.,
and tiie Va\a,Qa.xct\c P. podalirius'L.,wc& conspicuously seasonally dimorphic, while no
Indo-Australiau species of Papilios shows, to our knowledge, so marked differences
between the succeeding broods. The influence of the low temjierature of the winter
in temperate regions seems, therefore, to be much greater than tlie influence of tlie
dry season in Indo-Australia. We distinguish accordingly the ■•scnsomil IVoni the
indiridual variation only in the case of some Chin(i-.lai)anese, X.W. Imlinn. and
Palaearctic species.
( 179 )
When we now proceed from one ilistrict into another, say from North Imlia to
Ceylon, or from Borneo to the Philippines, and examine the Papilios, we find a good
many speoios which have remained the same, althoug-h the limits of variation
are sometimes dilated or restricted in one or more directions of development :
P. eiirt/pylus L. from Java is the same as that from N. India, Imt is less vaviaMc ;
P. arktolockiae Fahr. from China va-ies more than ai-istolorhi -c from Sikkim, and
the latter varies differently from the davan aristolochiae. The differences between
the Indian and Java.n euri/pi/lns, and those l)etvveen the Indian, Chinese, and Javan
arisfolorhiiie, do not apply to all specimens of the respective localities, lint it is only
a limited unmlier of individnals which exhibit the peculiarity in pattern, colon r, or
shape whicli is not met with amongst the individnals from other districts ; and
liere we have the recognisalde beginning of localised variation. The green aberration
horneiiKunii Pagenstech, of the blue T. priamus urmlliamis Gu^r. occurs only in
New Britain and New Ireland; the aberration tiinorensis Feld. of the frmalc of
P. pobjtes theseus Cram, is restricted to Timor and the neighbouring islands. ^\'hen
under the influence of the altered " b/o/'oi'/wsi.s," as it has been termed bv Jliibins,
the number of aberrant specimens gradually increases, we come to such cases
where the specimens of form A inliabiting a certain country are nearly all different
from the individuals of the nearest allied form B, but wliore the areas of variation
overlap, the most advanced specimens of form A being further developed than the
least advanced examples of form B : some individuals of the broad-banded F.
emypylus choredon Feld. from Queensland have narrower bands than certain
specimens of the narrow-banded P. earypylus axion Feld. from India ; ^.omefetnales
of tlie Javan Troides lielena (L.) have the subdiscal black spots on the liindwings
more isolated than certain individuals of the Indian T. Itehnta cerberus (Feld.); the
individuals of the Jajianese sjiring-brood of P. sarpedon L. agree with the Indo-
Malayan sarpedon ; the specimens of the summer-broods differ somewhat and
stand close to certain Chinese examples ; many Chinese specimens of P. sarpedon
are the same as Indian ones, others are slightly different, and a great many are
quite aberrant (P. sarpedon semi/asciatus Honr.). The direction in which the
development of a species takes place in the various districts is often the same, often
different. In the Ceylonese and Celebesian P. sarpedon L. the band of the wings
becomes narrow, in sarpedon from Queensland it is broad ; in the Chinese specimens
it is liable to obliteration ; in the Celebesian and Muluccan individuals of sarpedon
the submargiual spots to the hindwings and the median band assume a blue colour ;
in the Ceylonese sarpedon the first spot of the median band is often absent, while in
the specimens from the Bismarck Arcliipelago an additional spot appears, etc.
The next step in the develojinient of localised varieties is rejiresented by
such forms as are distinguished in every individual, sometimes only in one
sex, by certain characters from the nearest ally, but vary to such an extent
that the lower limit of variation of one form is the upper limit of the other,
so that there is a complete chain of intergradatious between the least advanced
specimens of one form and the most advanced of the other. The Celebesian
P. sarpedon L. is always well recognisable, but the specimens from Sanghir
and Talant agree partly with the least advanced Celebesian individuals, and
apjiroach on the other side so closely the Bloluccan P. sarpedon that we cannot draw
a parting line between the form inhabiting Celebes, Sanghir, and Talant {P. sar-
pedon miloH Feld.) and the form from the Moluccas {P. sarpedon authedon Feld.).
Fapilio antiphus Fabr. has ijuite a different appearance from /'. aristolockiae Fabr. ;
( 180 )
but as the first sometimes acquires the white murkinsrs on the liindwings, and tlie
latter has them occasionally indistinctly dcvelojieil, there is no character by which
the two Pai)ilios are always separated. Such localised forms can, therefore, uot be
regarded as speciiically distinct, bnt represent, together with other forms, the degrees
of variation of iin insect.
To sum np, we practically distingnish fivo jirincipal degrees of variation of
a species : —
1. A species witii a wider range develops mostly in the diiferent districts into
more or less well-characterised local or geographical forms (races), which are termed
in this j)aper xufj.yx'ciffi. PVlder's P. tcredon (Ceylon and S. India), milon (Celebes,
Sanghir, and Talaut, Sulla Islands), anthedon (Moluccas), chori'don (Queensland), etc.,
are all subspecies of P. sarpedon L. (India, Sumatra, Java, Borneo, Philippines,
Japan) ; .and all the subspecies, together with the Linnean i^nvppdnn, compose the
entire species.
2. If only a relatively small number of sjiecimens in a certain locality, uot all
over the area inhabited by the subspecies or species, exhibit a peculiar character,
while the greater mmiber are not different from the usual type, we have a localised
indiridual variation, which we term loml individmil aberration, aberratio alicuiiis
loci = (lb. loc. T. priamua vrrillianus ab. loc. bornemanm Pagenstech. does not
occur on the Solomon Islands, being restricted to the Bismarck Archipelago.
3. The various generations of a species or subspecies are sometimes difl'erent
from one another ; the species is divided into seasonal forms, which are termed here
aberratio genei-ationis aestimlis seu rcrnaUs = ab. gen. aet^f. sen vern. : P. .mtitliii.^
ab. gen. vern. xutkulus Brem. ; P. polydor ab. gen. vern. peeroza Moore.
4. Among the individuals of a species or subspecies some are occasionally so
aberrant that the term individual aberration or simply aberration is proposed for
them : P. machaon ab. niger Heyne. When the aberratiou is confined to one se.x,
the designation (J,?) of that sex has been added : /'. hianor iti/fanius c?-ab. dialis
Leech : 7'. priann/s po.^eidon ?-ab. arcliideus (Gray).
o. There are a number of Papilios {P. adiates Sulzer, romuhis Cram., etc.)
which stand isolated, uot being connected with other forms by a continuous chain of
intergradations. Though rearing alone can definitely decide whether these Papilios
are all varieties of others, it is mostly beyond doubt tliat we have here to deal with
forms of polymorphic species. For these forms, which all belong to t\ie. female sex,
of certain polymorphic species {P. pohjtes L., P memnon L., P. rumanzovius
Eschsch.), the term feminue forma (?-f.) is proposed : P. memnon ?-f achntiade,^
Esper. When the ?-f is restricted to a certain district, we term it ?-f. loc. = ? -f
alicuius loci. A strict parting line between " ?-al).'" ami '■ 9-f." cannot be
drawn.
With this detailed terminology the various kinds of variation, the dill'erent
steps in the development of the ehara(^ters of a species, can be kept sejjarate. Since
the word variety (carietas, Yarietitt) has been, and is, applied in science in-
discriminately to every kind of variation, it has been avoided in this pai)er as
a special term.
The systematist who niidertakes to characterise the families and genera without
an extended knowledge of the species, which are the foundation-stones of the
zoological system, will often come to erroneous conclusions, and so will everybody
who characterises species without studying the variations. It is impossible to
understand the relationship of closely allied sjiecies witiiout a knowledge of tlic
( 181 )
varieties, and wlien one neglects the latter, one neglects also the most strikiiig facts
which can serve to explain the origin of species. The highest degree of variation
of a Papilio is the development into another species. The highly interesting
r. ixnitdiT Godm. & Salv. from the Solomon Islands stood rather isolated nntil now;
in this paper two varieties of 1'. .virprdon L. are cliaracterised which at once
explain the pecnliarities in the character of P. isaiidcr, and show that it differs from
snrpcrlon oul}' quantitatively. The Bismarck Archipelago is inhabited by a repre-
sentative species of P. cfldrua Cram, with iuterrnpted median band to the forewings,
P si'qoiifKf Godm. & Salv. ; from the extent of variation of seffonu.c and the
Solomon Islands' codri(s, we can conclude that segomix was derived from rodnis.
The distinguishing characters of P. segonax, i.sander, and many other species
(P. ncheron Grose Smith, epaminondas Oberth., oi-natus Kothsch., pi'i/f/rs Wall.,
lorqiii)iianus Feld., etc.) are more or less indicated in certain varieties of their
nearest allies ; there is uotliing entirely new in their structure, pattern, or shape, and
they are, indeed, in a ]>hyllogenetical sense, only further developments of P. codrus,
snrppdon, forhesi, antipliates, peranthus, respectively. But the chain of intergrada-
tions between P. codrus and segonax, sarpedon and isonder, (intiphntcs and
epaminondas, peranthus and pericles, etc., is incomplete, and tljere are exact parting
lines between these Papilios. It is therefore possible to give the limits of variation
of a species such as we observe them in the individuals brought home from the area
inhabited by the species, and to come to a scientific decision about the distinctness
or non-distinctness of a Papilio form. If the characters of a Papilio are only
quantitatively ilift'erent from those of another, it is a priori probable that both forms
belong to one species : but if a long series of either Papilio from different places, and
collected at dift'erent times, does not furnish us with a continuous bridge from one
Papilio to the other, we have no right to fill up mentally the space between the two
forms by intergradations which do not exist according to the state of our know-
ledge. We consider, therefore, all those Pa])ilios as varietal forms of tlie same
species which are connected with one another, in one or both sexes, by intergrada-
tions ; and treat those forms as specifically <listinct, however closely allied they may
be, which no chain of intergraduate specimens combines.
The reasons which induce the scientist to give names to the species, genera,
families, etc., ajiply also to the variations, and the varietal forms have accordingly
been treated in this revision under names of their own. The authors of treatises
about general zoology, or generic classification, can be contenteil with the names of
the species, and the entomologists who begin to study the Papilios, or are not able
to perceive minute ditferences, or collect only for the sake of collecting, will also
much facilitate matters for themselves by abandoning the varietal names
altogether.
In accordance with the usage of designating a species witli a generic and
specific term, and of writing Papilio eurypylus L. instead of " genus " Papilio
' species " eirrgpyltts L., we employ for the subspecies three terms, the generic,
specific, and subspecific term, and write thus : Papilio fiurypi/ltis axion Feld.
Phyllogenetically interpreted P. eurypylus axion Feld. means that the Indian axion
Feld. is a local form of the Amboinese eurypylus L., i.e. that axion has developed
from curypjylus, which is most probably erroneous. The Amboinese eurypylus is
nothing else but also a local race of a Papilio which ranges from India to the
Papuan Islands and to which the first name {eurypylus) given to one of its sub-
species is applied.
( 182 )
It is certainly wroug to say the Amboinese Papilio eurijjxjlus is ;i species, aud
b/raon from Qneeiisland, /^aOT/i/('//«s from Celebes, etc., are only subspecies of the
Aiuboiuese 1'. eitri/pylus L. Highlly the Amboiuese etiri/pylus ought also to be
treated as subspecies, so that we could speak of P. euri/pi/lus L., meaning the entire
species with all its subspecies, and of P. eurijpyliis eunjpylus L., P. eurypi/lus
hjcaon FelJ., P. eiirypylus pamphylua Feld., P. eurypylus mikado Leech, etc.,
meaning the local races. This system of nomenclature, which could not be carrieil
out in NoviTATES Zoologicae as it is against the rules ot nomenclature adopted by
the Editors, would often much simplify the identification of the Papilios of old
authors ; in every case of Eastern I'ajjilios (except P. lacedemon Fabr. and P.
(imphitrion Cram.) we can ascertain beyond doubt which species Linn^, Fabricius,
etc., had before them, but the special subspecies remains sometimes uncertain.
In snch query cases the oldest name could be kej)t for the whole species, while every
subspecies would have to receive a name of its own.
Many remarkable facts concerning the variation aud gcograi)liical distribution,
a few of which the reader will find mentioned in the course of this paper, jiresented
themselves to us : liut we think it better not to give an account of them before we
have dealt with the Papilios of the globe, in order to avoid unnecessary repetition,
and to be able to illustrate more fully the relations between continuous and
discontinuous variation on one side and the characters of subspecies aud closely
allied species on the other.
■ Subcostal nervulc(br,'inch).
Ti:RMiM>i.o(iY OF Necration.
I"- Praecostal nervuie (hindwings only).
1 . Ccstal nervure.
■J. SulK.'o.'ital nervure and its branches :
2" First
2'' Second
2' Tliird
2" Fourtli
2'- Fifth (lowery
2''' Stem of fourth and fiftli subcostal
branches.
;i. Discocellular nervules (veinlets), namely :
3" First (upper) discocellular nervuie.
3'' Second (middle) „ „
•S' Third (lower) „ „
4. Discoidal nervules, namely :
4 First (ujiper) discoidal nervuie.
4''- Second (lower) „ „
.'). Median nervure and its branches :
o" First (upper) median norvule (branch).
.0'' Second (middle) „ „ „
h' Third (lower) „ „ ,.
I'.. Submcdian ncn'ure. with a short branch on
forewings (6 ").
Gi:xi-s TROIDES lliilmii-, IV/-. lA: Schinrll. p. 88 (IHl(i).
Syu. : llriiifhopfcrii ISoisd., ,s'/yec. (fe.)t. Li'p. 1. p. 17;i (ISIUi).
1. Troides priamus (L.) [J,?, metam.].
Vinceatius, ,1/hs. p. in (ITIH) (Ambnina) ; .][nse/ Imp. P,tr. Vol. I. p. iWA. n. ',) (1742) (Amboina) ;
Aubenton, Plumli. h'n/ini,. t. 4:"i ((J 1 (1745) : Sella, Tins. IV. p. 54. t. 44. f. 'i 23 ( ? ) (1765)
(Amboina).
J. Piipiliu Equis Tiojtiiiiis prhimiis [.iune,* N//'''- *\"'- "^d- ■"'• P- 458. n. '.I (1758) (Ambnina):
id., Amoen. Aaul. V. t. 1. f. 2113 (1758): Clerck, lam. Iks. II. t. 17. f. 1 (17G4) ; Linne,
Mus. Lull Uli: p. 182. u. 1 (!7i!4) : Houtt., .Y«/. Hist. I. 11. p. ISG. u. 1 (1707) ; Linne, Syst.
Xiil. eJ. .\ii. p. 744. u 1 (17i;7); Beckm , Aiifiinr/.iyi: p. 105. n. 1 (17(17) ; Miill., Nulur.-i.
V. 1. p. 51)5. u. I (1774) ; Fabr., Sijsl. Eiit. p. 44(1. n. Hi (1775) ; Cram . Pup. E.cnl. I. p. 35.
t. 23. f. .\. 11 (1775) (Amboina) ; (Iceze, Eid. Beylr. III. 1. p. 28. n. 1 (177;i( : Fabr., Sjijc. fns.
JI. p. ('). n. 21 (1781): Blumenb., Ihmdb. p. 35li. u. 1 (1782) ; Jablonskj% Xalurs. SchiiivtI.
I. p. 105. n. 1. t. I. f. 1. 2 (1783) (Amboina); Esper, AksI. Seluiult. p. 11. n. I. t. I. f. 1.
(1784); Fabi-., .!/«»/. /iis. II. p. 3. n. 22 {luji.-^. tyjj. "28") (1787); Gmelin, Si/st. Xat I. 5.
p. 2230. n. 1 (179U) ; Fabr., Ent. Si/st. III. 1. p. 11. n. 32 (1703).
J. Pupillo Eqties Trq/aniis panthous Linne', tiysi. Nat. ed. .\. p. 461. n. IG (.1758j (India) ; Clerck,
Icon. Lis. II. t. 19 (17G4); Linne', Mus. Ltiil. Uli: p. 195. n. 14 (17G4) (p.j'.) ; Houtt., .V«^.
Ilisl. I. 11. p. 199. n. 16(17G7); Linnt?, S^si. A'(((. ed. xii. p. 748. n. 17 (1767) (yiyj.) ; Miill.
yaturs. V. 1. p. 571. n. 17 (1774) (p.ji.) ; Fabr., Syst. Ent. p. 448. n. 25 (1775) [p.p.) ; Cram.,
Pap. Evut. II. p. 39. t. 123. f. A; t. 124. f. a (1777) : Goeze. Ent. Beytr. III. 1. p. 37. n. 17
(1779) (p.p.) ; Fabr., Spec. Lis. II. p. 9. n. 3G (1781) ; Jablonsky, XuIki-s. Schmett. I. p. 207.
n. 8. t. 5. f. 1. 2 (1783) ; Esper, Ausl. Schmett. p. 45. n. 17. t. 10 (1786) ; Gmelin, Sijst. Nit. 1. 5.
p. 2233. n. 17 (1790) (ji.jk) ; Fabr., Ent. Sj/st. UI. 1. p. 18. n. 5G (1793) (p.p.).
(^ . Papilio priaiiins, Donovan, Lm. of India t. 16 (1800) ; Shaw, Gfn. Zool. VI. p. 207. t. G5
(1806) ; Godart, Enc. Mith. IX. p. 25. n. 1. t. 2. f. 4 (1819).
(J 5 . Troides priamus, Hiibner. \'erz. be!:. Sclimetl. p. 88. n. 919 (181G) ; id., Hanunl. Ex. Srhm'lt. II
t. 116. 117 (?)(181G).
? . Popilio panthous, Godart, Enc. Mi-th. IX. p. 25. u. 2 (1819).
J ? . Papilio priamus, ThoB, Ent. Arch. p. 124 (1828) ; id., Naturg. Schm. p. 16. t. 1. f. 1 ; t. 2. f. 3 :
t. 3. f. 2. 3 ((J, ?) (1837) ; Gray, Cat. Lcp. Ins. B. M. I. p. 1. u. 1 (1852) (Amboina) ; id.,
List Lep. Ins. B. M. I. p. 2. n. 1 (1856) (Amboina; Ceram) : Feld., Verb. ;. h. Ites. Wien
p. 290. n. 8. & p. 3,32. n. 8 (1864) (Amboina ; Ceram).
1^ 5 . (Irnithoptera priamus, Boisduval, Voy. Astrolabe. Lip. p. 33. n. 1 (nee fig.) (1832)
i" (Irnlfhoptera" f/en. noc, sed noin. nud.\)', id., Sj>ec. Gin. Lep: 1. p. 173. n. 1 (183G) (;i./).) ;
Duncan, Foreiipi Butt. p. 89. t. 1. f. 1 (1837); Blanch., Hist. Nat. Ins. III. p. 420. n. 1 (1841) ;
Doubl. Westw. & Hew., Gen. Diurn. Lep. I. p. 4. n. 1 (1846) [p.p.); Vollenh., Tijdschr. r.
Ent. III. p. 70. n. 1 (I860) (Amboina) ; Wall, Tr. Linn. Soc. Land. XXV. p. 35. n. 1 (1865)
(Amboina; Ceram); Koch, Indo-Austr. Lep. -Fauna p. 35 (ISGa) {" Cey\on" loc. err.) ; Butl.,
Cat. Diurn. Lep. dcser. Fabric, p. 234. n. 1 (1869) ; Kirsch, Mittb. .Vu.'<. Dresden I. p. 110 sub
n. 1 (1877) ; Oberth.. Et. d'Ent.lV.p. 27. n. 1 (1879) (p.p.) ■ Auriv.. Knngl.Sr. Vet. Ak. Hamll.
XIX. 5. p. 8. n. 1 ((5") and p. 19. n. 14 ( ? ) (1882) (Recensio Lep. Mns. Ulr.) ; Pagenstech..
.label. Nass. Ver. Nat. p. 201 (1884) : Horn-., lierl. Ent. Zelt., Sit-..-B, r. p. II (1886; ; Fickert,
Z'ud. Jabrbiicb. p. 702 (1889) : Ribbc, Iris II, p. 207. n. 1 (1S90) (Cenun) : Rippcn, /.„«. Ornitb.
\>. n. t. 1. la. lb (18911).
Troides iirUiJUUS and tin' \iinuiis .-io-called "species," as eu'riiK mis, poseiilon,
jH'i/ii.-<a,Hj ell.'., ;ire so variable in every locality in the shape of tlie winijs, the amount
of green on either side of the forewings, the number and size of the black and
yellow submarginal spots of the hindwiiigs in the iiuiles, in the number, size, and
shape of the whitish marking.s in the females, and especially also iu the neuiatiou
of both sexes, that none of the characters by which the respective authors have
distinguished their " species " is found in every specimen from one district ; moreover,
* l.iniK; usctl to yrive uiily I liret* imincs, uinittiu.L,' (lie naiiiu of the suljsectinus, Trojaniis and Arbietts
if^[)<-rti\X'Iv.
Ij
C 184)
if one can couilian- a larger series of imlividuals from tlie same loealily. one will
always find some wliieli exhibit the (li>tingnishing characters of several '• si)ecies,"'
and, tlierefore, belong strictly to neither of them. In the state <){ imago the variou.-
green Troldes and the blue urvillianuS show no constant characters which allow us
to draw exact parting lines between the " species." As the caterpillars and pujiae, as
far as we know them, also do not difi'er in any important points, it is beyond doubt
that the blue and all the green Troides are forms of one .-species, the oldest name of
which is T. priuiiius L. The yellow Troldes {croesus and lydius), however, which
some recent authors treat as being also varieties of T. priaiaas, will have to be
kept -eparate sjiecifically for reasons given below.
J)r. Kickert, in his important paper in Zool. ■Jahrhiicher, 188'J (" Zciihnung>-
verliiiltnisse der (iattung Or«i</iop<e)"rt "), distinguishes the following local forms of
T. priaintis L. : —
(1) " Ornithopteru '" priamus ].. ; (2) var. cassandrc Scott ; (o) var. riclDiioadia
Gray; (4) var. ev.pliwioii Gray; (J) var. (irriiatiri Feld. ; (6) var. pruiioinus Gray;
(7) var. cronms Keld. ; (8) var. peyamm F'eld. ; (9) var. poseidou Doubl. ; (10) var.
archideihs Gray ; (1 1) \ar. croesus Wall. ; ( 12) var. ii/dius Feld. ; (lo) \ar. nrviUia'iia
(iucr.
Dr. Fickert's material has certainly not been large, though he tells us the
contrary (see p. 762, ^.c), else he would not have treated the "varieties" 4
to 10 as being separate local races. I must here be allowed to dilate somewhat
longer upon the characters of "0. jjriatnus var. nrruana," for example, which
Dr. Fickert calls a con.stant local form (I.e., p. 719), restricted to the Aru Islands.
He dislingui-shes arriKina e.specially
(1) by the amount of green on the median vein of the forewings ;
(2) by the costal green band of the forewings being of equal breadth ;
(3) by tlie presence of four black spots on the hindwings ;
(4) by the green patch of the cell of the ibrewings lieneatli occuiiying the
posterior half of the cell.
Xow, besides Felder's typi'->pecimen, 1 have eleven iikiIch from the .\ru Islands
before me— not one of which is exactly identical with the tyjie — and these individuals
exhibit in respect to the characters enumerated above the following variation : —
(1) In two specimens there are onlv a very few green scales upon the median
nervure; in a third individual (measuring only 03 mm. from the base to the tip of
the forewing) the extreme bases of the two lower iiicdian nervules ami the ]iartition
of the median nervure between these branches are green ; in three others the green
scaling is a little more extended along the median veins; in four individuals the
wliule median nervurr and the bases of the three median and lower discoidal nervules
are green ; and in two examples the ujiper median nrrvule i> entirely green from its
origin to the green submarginal band.
(2) The costal green band varies in shape, as in specimens from otlier localities ;
none of the twelve males has the band of more equal breadth than many of my fifty
New Guinea specimens have.
(3) The number of black spots on the hindwings varies from 2 to 4 : in my Xew
Guinea examples it varies from 0 to 5.
(4) The green jjatch in the cell of the forewings beneath occupies in one
individual not half the cell, in another three-quarters of the cell ; in some individuals
there is, besides that i>atch, a longitudinal narrow band behind the subcostal vein, in
other e.vamples the anterior portion of the cell i.« quite black.
( 1«^ )
That the females from the Am Ishuids are not constant is clearly enough proved
by their having received the names of nrriiana Keld., kirschi Oberth., eumneus
Ivijjpun (and (joliath Oberth. ?).
After having compared extensive series of specimens from different localities, I
come to the conclusion that T. prouomus ((iray), nrclildeiis ((iray), cronius (Feld.),
IritoH (Feld.), pe(/asiis (Feld.), kirschi (Oberth.), rjoliath (Oberth.), Iiecnha (Rub.),
eiimaeus (Eippon), i-alenlinus (\'uillot), and horneiiianui (I'agenst.) are all individual
aberrations, and must either lie treated as such or as synonyms, and that there are bul
six geographical forms of Troidi's jjri'iiiius (L.), which can be grouped as follows : —
I. (f with the median vein of the forewings black.
(a) : T. priamus (I.,.) from tlie Southern Moluccas (Amiioina and Ceram) ;
{h) : T. priamus euphorion (Gray) from North Australia ;
(c) : T. priainv^ richmondms (Gray) from the southern parts of Eastern
Australia.
II. c? with the median nervure of the forewings above green ; forewings more
pointed at the apex, then- hind angles le.ss I'ounded than in tlie ]ireceding forms;
hindwings in <S and $ less evenly rounded, with the anterior angle more distinct.
(il) : T. •priamus poseidon (Doubl.) from New Guinea, Waigeu, Aru,
D'Entrecasteaux Lslands and the other islands near the coast of New-
Guinea, Cape York;
(e) : T. priamus boisduvali (Montr.) from ^^'oodlark Island ;
(/): T. priaiauji urvillianus (Guer.) from New Britain-, New Ireland, and
the Solomon Islands.
Whether boisdnviili will be maintained as a local form when fresh material
conies from Woodlark Island seems to me to be rather doubtful. The two groups
of subspecies, it must be understood, are not constant in those characters by whicli
I have separated them; it is, however, very remarkable that, whilst nearl;/ <dl the
male specimens from New Guinea and the adjacent islands have the median vein
more or less conspicuously covered with green scales, these green (or blue) scales are
very sparse or absent in most individuals from the Bismarck Archipelago \T. priamus
urvillianus (Guer.)], and always absent from the subspecies inhabiting Australia
and the Southern Moluccas. We shall find many cases in the course of this paper
illustrating the same interesting fact, that the subspecies from New Britain, New
Ireland, or the Solomon Islands, from Australia, the Southern JMoluccas, and often
those found in the Aru and Key Islands, have certain positive or negative characters
in common by which they are distinguished from the New Guinea race (compare
/'. ai/amemnon iieopommeranius Honr. and F. aijamemnon argynnu^ Druce ;
1'. ulysses orsippns Godm. & Salv. ; and P. lUysses L. 5 ; /-". pheslus Guer. and
/'. ii.irJn-ax ei/ipias Misk. ; P. polydorm E. and /'. iiolyilorn.s norobritttiinicus
ni., etc.).
('0 : T. priamus (L.), forma typ. [6, ^,nuAam.'].
<^ . The number uf black suhdhscal spots on the upperside of the hindwings
varies from 2 to (i in my series; the costal yellow mark is always present ; many
individuals have from 1 to 3 submarginal yellow spots between the subcostal and
second discoidal ner\ules.
Below, the discal and submarginal green markings of the forewings are sometimes
merged together, and include a series of small black spots; in other examples those
markings are rather widely separated. On tlie liindwings the costal nervm-o. the
( 186 )
rli?cocellular veiiilets, and the median nervine fioui tlie apex of tlie cell as far as tin-
lower median branch, are always narrowlj' bordered with black ; the black patch at
the anal angle extends often down to the base of the wing; sometimes it includes a
hook-like yellowish green spot, jdaced at the hinder side of the lower median nervule.
The length of the I'orewing varies in my specimens from 70 to 9.5 mm.
J. The C( II of the forewings is nearly always devoid of a while mark; the
number and size of the discal white markings are exceedingly variable. The four tear-
shaped markings of the hindwings almost reach the cell, but stand much farther from
the outer margin than in the other subspecies of T. prlainm; the discal [lart of the
first of these markings, standing between the discoidal nervules, is sometimes
obliterated, as are very often the adnervular whitish lines connecting the discal parts
with the submarginal parts of the markings.
Jlclow, the two anterior submarginal spot.^ of the hindwings are more or less
tinged with yellow, and so are sometimes the submarginal portions of the tear-shaped
markings ; many specimens ha\e a small posteostal spot situated inside the large
submarginal one, and connected with the latter along the costal nervure ; the second
submarginal spot is .sometimes prolonged along the subcostal vein towards the base ;
this prolongation does not extend to the cell. The cellule between the lower median
and the submedian veins is mostly unicolorous, except that it is browner at the base
than towards the outer margin, but in a few individuals there is a small yellow or
whitish yellow spot near the anal angle.
Ildb. Southeni ^Moluccas : Amboiua (11 J, 11 j); Ceram (3 6).
(h): T. priamits euphorion (Gray) [c^,i, larva, pupa].
2 . P.ipilio niplioniM Gray. (\ii. Lp. Im:. IS. M. I. p. i. n. 11. t. 2. f. 3 ( ? ) (18.V2) (X. Australia) :
id., List Ltp. hi^. B. M. I. p. :!. n. fi (18.56) (N.W. Coast of Australia) : Fold., Va-h. z. b. (ies.
Wini p. 290. n. 10 (1864).
jj?. OniHIivpttiii aiamiuira Scott, Ti: E„t. S',c. X. .S. H'n/cs I. p. 131. t. 10 (?) (ISGl!)
(Pt. Deiiison); id., I.i: 11. p. 4!l (cJ.?) (18(59) (Rokingham Bay): Rippon, Icon. Oniith.
p. 8. t. 23. 2b (18911), i- plate (?) & text (18'.) I V)
J ? . I'upili'i {Oniilhniilem) casmmlm, Butler, Bronchley's CV«/sf of the Ciii^in p. 474. t. .lO (c^)
(1873) (Queensland).
J 'i . Oiiiitli(ipt';i<( jtriiniiHS VOX. pronnmin. Semper, Joiiiit. Miis. Godrffroij Heft 14. p. 41. aub
n. 128 (1878) (Ito^k'iainpton, IfX'.cmbsp.? toe. err.?).
J ? . Ornilhoplfrii priiiiidu var. cmmmh-u, Semper, l.r. p. 41. aub n. 128 (1878) (Queensland).
The name oi atssundra is based on one of the munerous individual aberrations.
J. On an avei-age rather smaller than T. priamun (L.) ; underside of hindwings
with the sulicostal, discoeellular, and median veins bi-oadly bordcnil with black : green
area outside the submarginal lilack spots of a golden green colour.
The green |)arts of the wings have often a yellowish tint ; .sometimes they are
feeblv bluish. The b)-eadth and length of the green streak I'unning idoiig the inner
and the outer margin of the foi-ewings ai-e exceedingly variable. The hindwings have
above four or five lilack siio's. the anterior of which is sometimes so much enlarged
that it occuijies the whole of the cellule between the costal and subcostal nervures ;
the yellow subn)ai-giual spots \ary in number from 0 to 5.
Belov, the discal and submarginal bluish green .spots of the forewings ai'e always
.separated, except those before the upper discoidal nervule : the spot within the cell
is vei'v small in some individuals.
? . Abdomen blackish above. Wedge-shai)pd whitish iiiarliiug- on tlie u))|)ersidc of
the liiiidwiiigs farther from t lie cell and nearer to outer iiian^in lliini in 7'. i},-ni,i,iis {\..).
.Most specimens with a green middle streak on the thorax.
The white patch within the cell of the forewings \aries exceedingly; in .-onn-
specimens from Cairns, (Jueensland, it has a length of 16 and a breadth of 8 nun. (as
in Gray's figure), while in other examples from the same place it is reduced to two or
three minute spots. The discal spots are just as variable; sometimes all, or nearly
all, the markings between the second discoidal nervule and the submedian vein have
disappeared.
On the hindwings above, the postcostal spot is mostly yellow ; the other sub-
marginal markings, and the submarginal portions of the wedge-shaped spots, are also
yellowish, but much suffused with black scales. In some individuals the interior parts
of the wedge-shaped markings are more or less obliterated.
Tlie submarginal spots of the hindwings below are of a much purer vcllow colour
than above; the two anterior ones are small; at the anal angli\ iietween the sub-
median nervure and the lower median nervule. there is aluav- a \rllii\v mark nl
variable size.
I have some dry caterpillars of this subspecies, from Cedar l!av, \. t^Uii en-laud.
whi<-li agree with the description of the larva of ric/niiuiiiliiis given liy Schneiiler (see
below), but the dorsal spines on the seventli segment seem to be more yellow than in
that race, being in fact all yellow except at the tip. Neither in eiiphovion nor in
richmondi'us is there a lateral band. Chrysalis as in richrnondi ns.
Hub. Northern Australia : Queensland (41 c?, 25 ? ),
(c) : T. priamus richmondius (Oray) [J,?, nietam.].
tj ?. Papilio rk-hmnmlio Gray, Cal. Lep. Inn. Jl. M. I. p. 2. n. 2. t. 2. f . 1 ( cf ). 2 ( ? ) (1852)
(N. S. Wales) ; id., Lht Lep. Ins. B. M. I. p. 2. u. 2 (18.56) (N. S. 'ffale^i : Feld.. Verh. z. h.
Ges. men p. -I'.'O. n. i). & p. 332. n. 8 (I86t).
(J 2 ■ Oniit/iii/itfni riclnuonclia, Hor.sfield & lliiorc, Cnt. L>p. [,ix. .]fiis. I'. J. C. I. p. 8li. n. 17.j
(1857) (N. S. Wales); Kooh, Imhi-Anslml Lep. Fonnn p. :'.(',. ii. 2. (IWrji: Rippdn. L;.}i.
Ornith. te.xt & plate (1889) & t. ii. f. 1. la (cj). 2 ( ? ) (1890).
(^ J . Oriiilliiijilira priamus var. richmmiilia. Semper, Journ. .!/us. Ginh'fr'ni Heft U. |). 41. siili
11. 12X (1K7S) ( Itockhampton : Richmond R.) ; Obertli., Ki. iV ICnt. IV. p. 20. suli a, I i;iH7:i'
(N. S. Wales) ; Statuliug. jt Sohatz, Exot. SclimHI. I. p. .". t. 1 (^J, J ) (1884).
Urnitliuptera richminiiJii (!), Schneider, Eutomul. XXVI IT p '.':; 1 18'.).")) ( M.l(imiiiphnsis).
Smallerthan T. jfrinmns I'liplinruni '(lra\) in botli >r\es.
c?. The green liaixl along the inm-r niaryin of the tnrewiiiL; more or less
obliterated.
?. Hindwings above with lipur wcdoi'-^hapiMl uhite iiiarkings.. which a|i]iioach
the cell ; the submarginal spot Iietween the subcostal and ujJiier di^coiilal nervides is
connected along the subcostal nervule with a discal spot, and thus forms a kind of
halfring-sliaped mark, .\bdomen as in enphorion ((iray).
This subspecies is in pattern Ju^t as variable as its more northern relative
T. priamus eii,phorioii ((irny). The thonu'ir greenish band of the /<'»i0^e is absent
or indistinct. The cellular patch of the forewings of the same .sex is in some
individuals ten times as large as in otheis; occasionally there is a small s|iot within
the apex of the cell of the hindwings.
Caterpillar without bands on the sixth and seventh segments.
Hah. New Soutii Wales (10 (J. 8 ?).
( 188 )
(fl): T. priamus poseidon (Douhl.) [(S.2. meiam.].
(J. Papilio priamus var., Quoy et Gaim., I'l);;. f/i ITraii. p. 551. t. 83. f. 3 (1815) (Rawak) ; Tlion,
Enl. Archir. p. 125 (1828).
(J 9 . Oriiithuptera priamus, Lucas (««<■ lAnni, 1858), i^/). JEj»/. t. 1 ((J) (1835).
^. Oriiillio/ikra jmaridon Doubleday, Auii. Jfuij. S. II. XIX. p. 173 (1847) (Darnley I.) ; Westw.,
Cub. Or. Enl. p. 23. t. 11 (<J) (1848).
(J?. Papilio primomus Gray, C'«^ ic/j. /<w. li. M. I. p. 2. n. .3. t. 1. f. 1 ((J). 2 (?) (1852)
(Cape York) : id., List Lep. Ins. B. M. I. p. 2. n. 3 (185G) : Feld.. Verh. z. I,. Ges. Wieu p. 2',in.
n. 11 (18G4).
(J. Papilio poseidoH, Gi&y, Cut. Lep. Ins. B. .V. I. p. 3. n. 5 (1852) : id.. List Lep. Ins. IS. .U. I. p. 3.
n. 5 (1856) ; Feld., Verh. ::. h. Ges. M'ien p. 291). ii. 17. & p. 333. n. 13 (18i;4).
<J. Ornithoptera arcJiitlaeus, Felder, Wien. ICnt. Muii. III. p. 2('i4. n. 12 (185!l) (New Guinea).
J ?. Ornilliopiira jioseidm, VollenhoTen, Tijilsi-hr. r. Enl. III. p. 70. n. 2. ,S- p. 89(1860) (Xew
Guinea) ; Wall., Tr. Linn. Soc. Loml. XXV. p. 35. n. 2 (1865) : Godm. & Salv., P. Z. ,S. p. 647
(1878) (D'Entrecasteaux Is. and Possession Bay): Ribbe, /(v.s- III. p. 41 (1890) (Key Is.);
Tryon, Report Adiuinstr. Brit. N. Guin. II. App. V. p. 112 (1892) ; Rippon. Icon. Oniilh. text
(1895).
(J. Papilio trilon Felder, Verh. z. h. Ges. Wien p. 290. n. 16. & p. 332. n. 12 (1864) (Rawak).
(J ?. Papilio pegasns Felder, Verb. j. b. Ges. Wien p. 290. n. 18 (1864) (New Guinea ; nom. nml.) ■
Felder, Reise ^orara, Lep. I. p. 6. n. 4. t. 2. f. a (cJ )■ b ( ? ) (1864) (Dorey).
(J ?. Ornilhoptera pegasus, Kirsch, Milth. Mus. Dresden I. p. 1 10. n. I. t. 5(1877) (New Guinea) :
Grose Smith, A'oi-. Zool. p. 331. n. 1. (1894) (Humboldt Bay).
Oniitho/itera 2'ronomus, Koch, Indo-Au.itral. Lep. Fauna p. 37 (1865); Mathew. Tr. Ent. Sor.
Land. p. 168 (1888) (life hist.).
(J 9 . Ornithoptera priamus var. pronnmns, Semper, Jouru. .l/iis. Godeffroij, Heft 14. p. 41. sub. n. 128
(1878) (Cape York ; '• Rockhampton ' loc. err. ?) ; Fickert, Xool. Jahrb. p. 706. n. 6 (1889).
(J ? . Ornithoptera priamus var. urruamis (!), Oberthiir, El. d' Enl. IV. p. 27. sub. n. 1 (1870) (New
Guinea & Aru Is).
cJ ?. Ornithoptera priamus -var. niranno, Oberthiir, .4 hh. Mus. Cii: Genom XV. p. 46. f. n. 1 (1880) ;
Fickert, Zool. Jahrb. p. 704 n. 5. t. 20. f. 3 ((J), 4 (?) (1889) ; Ribbe, Iris III. p. 39 (1890)
(Aru Is. ; larv. & pup.).
(J ?. Ornilhoptera priamus, Ribbe, Iris I. p. 77. n. 1 (1886) (Aru Is.),
cj. Ornilhoptera jyriamus y3.r. pegasus, Fickert, Zool. Jahrb. p. 707. n. 8 (1889).
(J. Omithiptfra priamus var. hecuba Rober, Tijdschr. r. Ent. XXXIV. p. 263((J,n/e ?)(1891)
(Key Is.).
?. Ornilhoptera eumaeus, Rippon, Ann. Mag. N. 11. (6). X. p. 193 (?, nee (J) (1892) (Aru Is.);
id., Icon. Ornitli. text & plate (?,)(<<■(?) (1892).
J ? . Ornithoptera arruann var. ralentina Vuillot, Bull. Soc. Ent. France p. 124 (1892) (Pt. Moresby ;
dwarfed sj/ecimens).
cJ. Ornithoptera pi'gasii^ var.. Pagenstecher. .folnb. Xans. Ver. Xat. p. 63. n. 1. t. l- f. 1 (J) (1894)
(New Guinea).
Fourteen names have been bestowed on thi.s subspecies of T. priaimiii. The
respective authors were mostly under the erroneovis impression that certain characters
were restricted to the individuals from certain districts, and so it caiin' lh;it the
specimens from Cape Yoi-k, from I)ai-nley Island, New (iuinea, Aru Islands,
Waigeu, etc., have been regarded as Ijelonging to a number of distinct species. But
in a long series of individuals from one locality, .say from Waigou or (iern)an New
Guinea, all these so-called species or local forms w'ill be foimd together; whilst, on the
other hand, only a small proportion of tiie specimens from the Aru Islands are
typical ami/oms, from Waigeu archideas, from (/ape '\'ork pronoinus, etc. The dis-
tinguishing characteis of those "species," "varieties," and "aberrations" ai'e entirely
individual, and the fouiteen forms must be treated as individual aberrations of one
local race, of which the oldest name is poseidon (Doubl.). As these aberrations of
poseidon are, however, mostly based on very unim])0ifant characters, which, moreover,
are partly refound in several of the named variations; further, as scarcely two
( 189 )
specimens ai-e exactly alike ; ami thii-dlv.as some of the most conspicuous abermtions
have not received a name, I think it is not only extremely difficult to say which
specimens really belong to ab. arruanus (Feld.), or to ab. pronomus (Cfray), etc., but
I believe it is also quite unnecessary to keep individuals that are aberrant in a very
unimportant way separate under names of their own. Important aberrations, liow-
ever, I regard as being worthy of names : important aberrations I call such as
point to other subspecies or species, or show the extreme development of one or more
characters ; such aberrations give us the best hints to understand the relations of the
subspecies or of closely allied species. So I shall enumerate J-ab. eumaeus (liippon),
because it points to T. priamits urvillianiLS (GuA\) by its bluish colour ; ab. fjoliath
((^berth.), as it reminds one of T. victoriae (Gray), paradiseiis (Standing.), and the
yellow Troidea in having the basal portion of the fifth subcostal nervule of tlie
foiewings much elongated. As I said before, some of the most conspicuous
aberrations have no names : these are the feinnles without spot in the cell of the
forewings [as in T. pri'iuius (L.)] and the females with the cellular ]iatcli of the
forewings so much enlarged as to occupv nearlv the whole cell [as in '/'. Iijilin.s
(Feld.)].
(5. ^"Median nervure of the forewings above more or less green. Klack outer
margin of the hindwings much narrower than in T. priamus (L.) ; below, the disco-
cellular nervules of the hindwings very narrowly bordered with lilack. Many undr^
assume a ]iuriile colour in certain lights.
The principal aberrations are as follows : —
(«-) : Xo name. ^Median neri-ure of forewings without green scales.
(li-) : c?-ab. crunius (Feld.).
Ormthnptera pn'nmux var., De Haan, VerJi. Nat. Gesrii. Ned. overs, hez. p. 18 (1840) (S.W. Xew
(ruinea).
Papilin cmniiii Felder, Verb. '.. b. G«. 117™ p. -290. n. V2. & p. 332. n. 9 (1804).
OniiOioptem priamnn var. crnnius, Fickert, Zool. .luhrb. p. 70l). n. 7 (1889).
Hindwings above without any (black or yellow) spots.
In Felder's pefjasus there are two very feeble black spots on the hindwings.
(c-) : <?-ab. eumrieiis (Kippon).
(Iniilh„j,lrra i;u,t,u>Ms Rippon, Ann. .Miuj. .Y. //. (T,). X. p. 19:! (J,mc ? ) ( 1892) (.\.rii Is): i.l ,
l,;,„. Drnith. text & plate ((J, npc ? ) (1892).
Bluish green, instead of green or yellowish green.
$ . Cell of forewings very seldom without a white patch ; the twodiscal markings
of forewings, situated between the median nervules, mostly lai-ge. Tin' white
markings of the hindwings stand closer to the outer margin than in /'. pruimnf: (I,.) ;
they are large, with the black spots comparatively small; between the lower median
nervule and the anal angle there is nearly always a large white maik.
(d-) : } -ab. brunneus ab. nov.
White markings on upperside of forewings entii-ely obliterated, e.\cept a jioint-
like spot between tlie lower median nervules.
This remarkable abeiTation has been found by Mr. A. S. .Meek on Fergusson
Island, D'Kntrecastcau.x Islands ; among some hundred specimens fi-om that locality
there are all intergradafions between this aberration and j-ab. archideuii (Gray).
( n)(i )
((fS) : No name.
Oriiitlio/ilfra pfflams vnr.. KilNcb, Millh. JAo''. ihrvliii I. p. 111. snli ii. I. t. 5. f. 2 (1S77) (Dutch
New Guinea).
AVliite iiiitch witliiu cell of forewings obliterated ; discal markings present ; tear-
sliajx'il markings to hiudwings very short.
(f-) : No name.
White pi»U'h of cell of forewings occupying nearly the whole of the cell.
(jj-) : $-ab. archkUus (Gray).
Oriiilhoplera priamiis var., Boisduval, Voi/. AMnlfibe. Lep. p. 35. sub n. 1. t. 4. f. 1. i (1832i
(•'Celebes" loc. err.) ; id., Spec. Gin. Lep. I. p. 174. sub n. 1 (1836) ("Celebes" loc. err.).
Pupilio archUlrus Oray, Caf, Lrp. Im. B. .1/. I. p. 3. n. 4 (18."<2) ("'Celebes" loc. err.) ; id., Lift Lep.
fits. B. M. T. p. 2. n. 4 (185G) (-'Celebes" loc. err).
PapiUo arclii<l'iei(.H, Felder, \'erh. .:. I,, (tes. Il'Vn p. 290. u. 19. & p. 333. n. 14 (ISlU) ("Celebes? '
loc. err.).
Oriiithnplera posnidon var. nrrhidetis, Wallace, Tr. Linn. !ioc. Loml. W\ p '.K «iil> n 2 (181551
(Waigeu) ; Fickert, Zoot. Juhrb. p. 709, n. 10 (1889).
(^ell of the hindwings with a white spot at the apex.
Tliis aberration is apparentl\' the usual form of the ? on Waigeu, but it is neither
contiued to that island nor do all \\'aigeu specimens belong to arcMdeus.
(/«-') : ?-ab. kirschi (Oberth.).
Ornilhoptera peijasus var., Eirscb, Millh. ^fus. Dremlm I. p III. sub n. 1. t. .'i. f. 1 (1877) (Xew
G uinea).
Ornithuplera arruana ab. kirschi Oberthiir, Et. d'Ent. XII. p. 1. sub n. 2 (1888).
Cellular patch of the forewings and markings of the hindwings more or less
yellow on tlie upperside.
(i-) : ?-ab. goHath (Oberth.).^
Ornilhopiera arruana ab. r/oliafh Oberthiir, El. cVEnl. XII. p. 1. sub ii. 2 (1888) (Hub. ?).
Ornithoptera goliuth Oherlhur, El. d'Eiil.XlX. p. 1. t. 4. f. 19 1 18941 (Waigeu ) Dorey ? ).
3Ir. Oberthiir considers this insect to be eitlier a large form of T. pamdiaeus
(Standing.) or a distinct species. It is distinguished, according to Oberthiir, by its
superior size, the forewing having a length of 125 mm., by the eyes being bordered
with white, and by the pattern of the wings resembling that of paradiseus.
The figure in Et. d'Ent. XIX. is unfortunately a liad one: f had, however, a
photograph of the type kindly lent to me by .Mr. Ripiion, which shows that .Mr.
Oberthiir's first identification, in my opinion, was correct. It is well known, and
scientifically explained by Dr. Pagenstecher, that the neuration of T. pinradiseus
(Standing.) differs from that of T. priamus (L.) especially in the position of the third
subcostal nervule of the forewings and in the superior length of that part of the sub-
costal vein that lies between the end of the cell and the origin of the fourth braiu-h.
In the photograph of goUatk the third subcostal vein originates a good way before the
end of the cell, as in T. pjriamus (L.), while the fourth subcostal nervule branches off
almost as far from the end of the cell as in T. paradiseus (Standing. ). As the third
subcostal vein stands just at the end of the cell in all examples of T. paradiseus, and
before the end of the cell in T. priamns and goiiath, as further the jwsition of the
fourth subcostal vein is extremely variable in priamus, it seems to me to be clear
enough that, judging from the neuration alone, we must regard (jolialh as being an
extreme form of T. priam'is — that is to say, an i-xtreme aberration of T. priamwi
vofteidon (I)oul)l.).
( I!U )
As icgavds the fliarafters of i)atlern, I must say that they flo not give us, any
nniioitanf hints: the type-sppciinon is in bad condition, and the i)attern in Oberthllr's
lii,'ure is not covrect ; I cannot see that anything in the pattern of goliath i)oints
against its being a sjiecinien of T. pridimts poseidon (Doubl.). That the eyes are
jiosteriorly bordered with white is not to be wondered at, as we find this character in
all females of pvlamus and its subspecies, though tlie white may be a little more
conspicuous in •/dlintli.
(/•-) : 5 -all. liecuha (Riiber).
Oniillinjilerii prifduiin var. hrnilui Rubi-r, Tljihchr. r. Ilnl. XXIV. p. 20.3 ($ , tin- J) (1891)
(Key Is.).
Hindwings, underside, with two whitish or yellowish spots between the costal
margin and the ujiper discoidal nervule inside the two tirst submarginal markings.
This form, which occurs all over the area occupied by T. priamiis poseidon
(Doubl), reminds one of the pattern of T. jjviamus ricliih.ondius (txra}').
Ifiib. New Guinea (52 c?, 46 j) ; Waigeu (8 c?, 12 $) ; Salwatty ; My sol ; Key
Islands : Aru Islands (12 <?, 9 ; ); Islands of Torres Strait and Cape York (7 J', 6 $ ) ;
Louisiade Archipelago; and D'Entrecasteaux Islands (some hundred specimens, not yet
sorted out).
(e): T. priamus boisduvali (Montr.) [(?,?].
(J?. Oniilliiijitim hoMitvali Montrouzier, Ann. H:ic. Phijx. Nat. Lyon p. .'i9.'5 (18.'<G) (Woodlark
I.); id., Ess'i; Faunc Woodhid- p. 110 (1857) (Woodlark I.); Butler, P. Z. .5. p. '288.
n. 8.'i (1874).
PajnVm oceumi^ Felder, Verl,. :. b. Ge^. Wmi p. 290. ii. l.S. i- p. 3?.-'. n. 10 (180+) (Woodlark t. ;
nom. iior. loco bnisdnnili Montr.).
Probably the same as T. priamus poseidon (Doubl.).
I/ah. Woodlark Island.
(./): T. priamus urvillianus Miner.) [(?,?, metam.].'
(J. Papilio urnHiiimis Guerin, I'.//. Coqiiill. t. 13. f. I. '-' (18-_'9) & te.xt III. p. 273 (1838) (New
Ireland).
(J. Oriiillwjitem priamtis var.. Boisduval, i'«//. Astralnhi'. Lrp. p. .'!;"). sub ii. 1 (18.12) ("Offak"
lor. err.).
(J. Omitlmpk-ra nrvillinna, Boisdaval, S/iw. Giii. Lep. I. p. 175 n. 2. t. Ic. f. 1 (183li) (" Offak "
loc. riT.) : Doubl. Westw. & Hew., Geii. Diiirn. Lep. I. p. 4. n, 2 (1810) : Orbiguy, Din. d Hist.
Not. All. Zn„l. II. LfyA t. 1 (1849) ; Wall., Tr. Linn. Snc. Lnnil. XXV. p. 38, n. .'> (ISOri)
(New Ireland) ; Butl., P. Z. S. p. im. n. 8:'i (1874).
(J ? ■ Ontil/ioptcm iirvilliana, Godman & Salvin, P. Z. H. p. 147. n. .32 (1877) (New Ireland or New
Britain) ; id., l.r. p. liitl. n. 39 il879) (New Ireland) ; Oberth., El. d'Ent. IV. p. 30. n. 2 (1879)
(Duke of York I.): Mathew, Tr. Ent. Soc. Land. p. 109. t. Ii, f. 1 (/.) (18SS) (life hist.);
Pagenstech., .Jnlirh. .V./.ss. IVr. Xrif. p. 07. n. 3. (1894) {rarialloi)).
J. PiipUi,, nrrilliaiins, Gray, Oil. Lrp. Ins. R. M. I. p. 4. n. 7. (1852) : id., UsI Lip. his. B. M.
I. p. 3. n. 7 (18,-)il) ; Feld., Yrrh. -. h. (!rx. Wicn p. 290. n. 15. & p. 332. n. 11 (1804) (New
Ireland).
S ? • Ornithoplera primuiix var. nrrilli.oui, Standing. & Schatz, t'm/. Mimrll. I. p. 4 ( 1884) ; Fickcrt,
Zoo/, ./iilirb. p. 712. n. 13 (1889).
cJ ? . Oniilhophiri dnrllliann (!), Woodford, P. Z. S. p. 250 (1888) (.Solomon Lslands).
S ? ■ Drnilhoplmi (Pridmiixpfiyit, air.') iirrilHona. Ripiiou, Tron. Ornilli. text .^- plate (1889).
(?. Blue instead of green.
Tiie blue scaling on the basal liall nr basal Iwo-thirds of the hindwings above is
rather sparse, esjiecially within the cell. The liand along the inner margin of the
forewings is mostly obsolete, except at the base. There are seldom blue scales on
( 19-' )
the iiicdian vein. 'I'lio suliiiiarginal sjiots of llu- liiii(lwin<rs, ncarlv alwavs five in
number, are large; behind (he costal margin there stands a yellow sjiot of variable
size in many individuals, e^l)ecially often in specimens from the Solomon Islands.
Below, the patch in the cell of the forewings has seldom disappeared. The
discocellular veinlets of the hindwings and the median nervure from the apex of the
cell to the origin of the lower median branch are black : the breadth of this black
nervnlar line is variable; in the more greeni.sh examjiles it is apparentiv thinner than
in darker bbie specimens.
$. Resembles the female oi T. priamus ■poseidon (DouliL), but the wings are of
a jialer brownish colour, and the markings are smaller and more dusted with blackish
scales.
The white patch in the cell of the forewings is generally smaller than in poseidon,
and sometimes obliterated above and below. The second submarginal spot of the
hindwings is often prolonged along the subcostal nervnie, as in T. ■priamus rich-
'inondius (Gray). Below, the markings of.the hindwings are sometimes yellowisli.
(Jfi) : ab. loc. Immemanni Pagenst.).
(J. Ornillioplera an-immi, Godman & Salvia {nee Felder, 1865), /'. Z. S. p. 147, u. 31 (1877).
(J ? . Oniitlinplera pegasiis vnr. bnrnemanni Pagenstecher, Jahrb. Noes. T'f?'. Niil. p. G5. t. J. f. 2 ((J )
(1894) (New Britain).
Green instead of blue, otherwise the same as urviUianus.
This green form seems to be confined to New Britain and New Ireland. I am
told by Captain ^^'ebster that urvMiawua is green when emerging from the chrysalis,
and that it gradually assumes the blue colour. Individuals which are killed too soon
after the emergence from the pupae have that peculiar bluish green or greenish blue
colour which Pagenstecher mentions (^.c). In New Britain a number of specimens
remain green and have the appearance of T. pritimus poseidon (Doubl.); they are,
however, distinguished from the latter by the band along the inner margin of the
forewings above being more or less olisolete, by the median xein of the same wings
being covered with a few green scales only, or being quite black, and by the much
spai'ser gi'een scaling of the upperside of the hindwings. This green aberration must
certainly be accounted for by atavism. One of my six s[)ecimens has only one black
spot on the upperside of the hindwings.
In New Britain (and New Irehmd Y) occuv feUKilcs which are identical with
T. pi'iarmis poseidon (DoxM.), except in being paler brown; these can very well be
mated with the green poseidmi-like mtiles.
Hall. New Britain (fi c?, 4 j); New Ireland (8 J, o 5); Duke of Vork Island
(2 cj, 1 y): Solomon I-Iands (11 J, 1.5 5).
2. Troides croesus fWall.) [<?, ?, metam.].
(^ 9. Omilhiiptcra rrnei.us Wallace. I'inr. r.iil. Hiu-. L„ml. (2). V. p. 70 (1859) (Ratjan) ; Gray,
P. Z. a. p. 424. t. C8 ii). t. G9 (?) (18.:9) (Batjan) ; Feld., H'.Vi^ Knt. Mo„. III. p. 390.
n. 31. t. G. f. 1 (cJ) (1859) (Batjan) ; Wall., Tr. Linn. .Soc. Loml. XXV. p. 37. n. 3 (1865)
(Batjan); Koch, Imln-Auxtr. Lep.-Fauwi p. 38 (1S(;5) ; Oberth., El. d'Ent. IV. p. 30. n. 3
(1879) (Uatjan) ; Ribbc, Jnn HI. p. 42. t. 1. f. 1-3 (/., /-.) (1890) (Batjan : life liist.).
fj $ . Ornilhopiera {Pniimiixptirii, k'k !) croemx, liippon, Icoi. Oniilli. te.\t (/'./'■) & plate (1889).
S ? . PapiVK. eroesiis, Felder, Verh. z. h. Ges. Wim p. 290. n. 20. & p. 333. u. 15 (18G4) (Batjan).
(J ?. (Jrnithoptera priiimiis var. croesus, Standing. & Schat?., Ej-oI. Sehmrll. I. p. 4. t. 1 (c?) (1884) i
Fickert, Xool. Jahrb. p. 709. n. 11 (1889); St.auding. i- Schatz, / -•. II. p. 41 (1892).
As this insect does not differ from T. priamus except in colour (<?) and ]ialtirn
(9 ), one might be justified in regarding it as being only a local fiMin of thai species ;
( 10:; •)
and there is, indeed, no donlit that croesxs, !i/(l'iua, and priamua have developed
from one ancestral form, which was similar either to the orange croesus and lydim,
or to the green pn'amus. But the orange and the green Troides seem to me to be
already po fiir separated in their characters that they cannot be united under one
specific name. My reasons for treating croestis as a distinct species are as follows : —
(1) The caterpillar of crocsus has on each side two wliite oblique streaks, while
in the races of pridinus there is only one or no stripe. Ribbe, Iris 111. p. 42 (1890),
says, however, of T. prlataus poseidon (Doubl.) that the caterpillars " mostly " have
only one stripe, from which I must conclude that they have sometimes two. If Kibbe's
observations are correct, there is no great difference between the caterpillars of croesus
and priarims. Considering, however, that the caterpillars of T. victoriae ((Jray) and
pjaradiseus (Standing.) do also not differ from those of priamus except in having no
white streak at all (in which character they agree with the Australian races of p-iamii^),
and that the chrysalides of urvillianus and victoriae, which I ha\e before me (collected
by (.'aptain \Velister), do not exhibit any difference worthy of note, we come to tlie
conclusion that we cannot derive any essential specific characters from the early
stages of these Troides : indeed, the similarity in larvae and pupae proves that all
these species are close relatives; that the characters distinguishing the imagines
have been most probably acquired in comparatively recent ages ; and that perhaps
there exist species, still unknown to us, which stand intermediate iu nem-ation between
victoriae and paradiseiis on one side, and priainus, croesus, and lydius on the other.
(2) There are no intermediate specimens between the males of croesus and
priamus. Sometimes tlie hiudwings are partly green above, but such specimens
have been reared and were killed too soon after the emergence from the ympa. There
exist certainly no individuals in collections which cannot be recognised at once as
belonging to ci'oesus.
(3) The /^mc(/f is constantly different from that of priamus ; truly intergraduate
specimens are again unknown.
We do not know the insects from the island of Olii, which lies between the
Southern and Northern Moluccas this large island may be inhabited by a race of
Troides connecting croesus with pmamiis.
i. Above, orange instead of green.
There is usually no band along the hinder margin of the forewings above ; Imt
some individuals have a feeble orange patch near the hind angle, and in others
there are orange scales scattered all along the inner margin of the wing. The
number of the black spots on the hiudwings above varies from 0 to J.
5 . The wedge-shaped whitish markings of the hiudwings above reach rather
close to the cell and the outer margin ; they are separated from one anotlier by the
nervules, which are rather broadly brownish black ; the black spots within the wedge-
shajied markings are so increased in size that at least the two anterior of the wedge-
shaped marks are widely separated into a discal and a submarginal j)ortion.
The white spots of the forewings are small ; the patch within the cell is often
reduced [as in T. p'''iainus euphorion ((iray)] to two small spots, or is even absent.
The nundjer of the spots is very variable ; sometimes there are two complete rows of
markings; the discal row is much more liable to obliteration than the submai-ginal
one. The cell of the hiudwings has occasionally a white spot at the apex. The sub-
marginal markings of the hiudwings below are often of a rather pure yellow colour.
Hah. Hatjan (VV. Doherly, March 1892) (1:5 cf, 9 ? ).
:i. Troides lydius (Feld.) [<J,?].
JJ. Pajiiliu lyilius Felder, /?«> Norma. Lfp. I. p. 9. n. 5. t. .1. f. a (^). b (?) (ISC;"))
(Halmahera).
<J ?. Oriiithiipteni crofsua local form o, Wallace, 7"r. /,in«. .S«c. Lund. XXV. p. 37. sub n. 3 (18Ga)
(Ternate, cf : Gilolo, ? ).
^ ? . OnilOioj)leia lyJiiis, Oberthiir, ICl. d'Ent. IV. p. 30. n. 4 (187'.!) (Halmahera) ; id., Ami. .!/»».
n,; Gctmm XV. p. 41)8. ti. 2 (1880) (Ternate).
tf ?. Omithojileru prinmuH var. li/diiis. Stauding. & Schatz, /?x«<. ficlimfll. I. p. 4 (1H88) : Fickert,
Zool. Jahrb. p. 711. t. 20. f . 5 ( ? ) (18H'J) (Halmahera).
(J ?. Oniithoplem {Priiimusptera '.) croesiia, Rippon, InDi. Ornitli. text (1889) (p.p.).
(J ? . Omilhoplera {Priamoptera) lyclivs, Rippou. I.e. text & plate (1802).
Some of my readers will be surprised to see that I treat lydius as a distinct
species. ]\Iy reasons for doing so are these : —
The male, of which I have compared five specimens, is alw.ivs di^tinguishahle
from croe^tis by the miioh larger green mark in the cell of the forewings below, by
the antecellular yellow mark of the hindwiugs below occupying the whole cellule
between the costal and subcostal veins and extending beyond the costal vein, its
outline being thus quite different to that of croesus, and b}' the subcostal and disco-
cellular veins of the hindwiugs below being extremely narrowly black ; in croesus the
subcostal and median nervures and the discocellular veinlcts have a black border of
almost even breadth.
The female has all the whitish markings much enlarged, the white being by far
the predominant colour; nearly the whole discoidal cells of the fore- and hindwings
are whitish ; the whitish markings are much clouded with lilack scales.
As these differences are constant in about ten specimens of lydius which I could
examine, and as there are no intergradations known. I do not see why lydiun must be
treated as a subspecies of croesus.
S. The fiery orange colour of the type-specimen is not constant ; fVcsh
.specimens are sometimes less fiery than croesus. The breadth of the costal band
of the forewings is also very variable ; in my second specimen this band is broader
than in manv examples of O'oes^is ; this individual has some orange scales scattered
along the abdominal margin of the forewings, and a .-mall submarginal orange spot
upon the upper median nervule.
J. The amount of white within the discoidal cell of either wing is not quite
constant; the two white spots behind the third sulicostal nervule of th<' forewings
above are sometimes merged together.
The orange male from Ternate, caught by Wallace, now in the Hewitson
Collection in the British Museum, is mentioned as a form of T. croesus by Kippou,
but, although not typical, cleaily belongs to T. h/diiin.
Huh. Halmahera (2 tj, 3 5); Ternate (1 i in Hewitson coll.).
Note. — I have endeavoured to find structural differences between T. priamus,
croesus, and lydius, but did not meet with much success. The feniide of lydius is
somewhat different in scaling fiom croesus and prii nuns; the black scales with which
the white spots on the upperside of the forewings are clouded are of normal form,
being as broad and long as the scales of the black portions of the wing. In croesus
and Tpriamim, however, these scales are elongated, often linear, with the apical teeth
sometimes obsolete. This difference in scaling seems to me to be worthy of note, as
( 10.5 )
it can serve to jn-ove that the feiiude of lydius stands uearer the ancestral form of the
insects in question than the females of the other species do [cf Haase, Untersuch. iib.
J/im. p. 24 (1893); Fickert, Zool. Jtihrh'ich. \>. 714 (1889)]. Rippon, in liis non-
critical (to say tlie least) monograph of Troides. exjiresses the opposite opinion — ■
namely, that the female o{ lydia.s, having a " danaoid "' and " acreoid " appearance,
is a (younger) modification of the femalee of croeniin and primiius, and " bears
unmistakable evidence of its being intended as a mimic of some danaoid or acreoid
species, probably a< a means of protection."
The green scales on the upper.side of tlie forewings of prianius. and the orange
ones of croesus and lydius, are of the same form in these three insects, and differ in
shape obviously from those of titJioiius and paradiseus. In paradiseus tliey are
rather .short, rectangular, witli the angles tliemselves rounded ; in tithonus they have
tlie same rectangular form, but are longer, and their apex is more rounded; in
prlainus, croesus, and lydius they are obviously narrowed towards the apex ; vict&riae
hohls in this res2iect an intermediate position.
Tlie abdominal fold of tiie hindwings bears on the underside, upon the sub-
median uervure, long and densel}' set hairs in all the species of TroUlee ( priaraus
groui) and lielena groujj), which character is absent from all tlie Eastern Papilios,
and has also a peculiar scaling, with which I did not meet in any species of Fapilio,
except P. aidoneus Doubl. The scales of tlie underside of the abdominal fold are
broadest towards tlie base, and regularly jiroduced at the apex in two very long teeth
in paradlseits {i>ta.uding.), victoriae (Gray), tithoinis (De Huan), priarivus (L.), croesus
(Wall.), lydiii,8 (Feld.), and hypolilus (Cram.) ; the species allied to heleiia {L.) and
aviphrysus (Cram.) (Swainson's genus Amphristus) differ in the scales having partly
three long teeth : in brookianus (Wall.j most of the scales have three or four teeth.
In paradiseus these scales stand rather widely separated from one another, the
membrane of the wing being visible between them. In the genus Papilio the scales
of the abdominal fold of the hindwings are either identical with those on the disc of
the wing, or, if different, are rounded, or irregularly and shortly toothed; except
in P. aidoneus Doubl., where they are similar to tho.se of T. brookia/ius (Wall.).
The scaling on the disc of the forewings of the male of T. victwiae (Gray) ha.- a
peculiar gloss. While on the black, not glossy, portion of the wing the scales are
arranged in trans\erse series, and whilst here the upper scales are narrower than those
of the under layer, in the glossy area the serial arrangement has become irregular,
chiefly in consequence of the upper scales having assumed the broad form of the
under scales. I may add that the black scales of the upperside of tlie forewings of
vlcforiue are not, or feebly, toothed, especially those of the upper layer, which come
very close in shape to the non-dentate metallic scales. — K. .T.
-1. Troides tithouus (De Haan) [J,?].
^. (Jniilli„j,lr,v fithniiHx De Haan, Vcrh. Nut. Gesch. Neil, overz. lez. p. 18. t. 1. f. 1 (J) (1840)
(Xew Guinea ; pnilmhlii erro/ieous) ; Donbl. Westw. & Hew., Grii. Oinrii. Lpi>. I. p. 4. ii. 4
(1846) ; Volleuhov.. Tijil^chr. v. Ent. III. p. 71. u. 3 (I8G0).
(J. Papiliu Uthonns. (Jray, Cat. hep. Ins. B. M. I. p. 5. n. 8 (18.')2) ; id., List Lrp. Ins. B. M. I. p. 3.
n. 8 (18u0) ; Feld., )'«■/,. -.. h. Gas. Wim p. 2'JO. n. G. & p. .'i;il. n. 4 (1S04).
?. Oniithoptern lithoiin«, Oberthiir, Bull. So,: Enl. Fmna' p. 122 (1885) (Waiguu) ; id., Et. il'Eiil.
Xn. p. 1. n. 1. 1. 3. f. 10 ( ? ) (1888) (Waigeu).
(? ? . Omilhnplem tithonus, Fickert, Zuul. Jahrbikh. p. 720. t. 20. f. Ii (J ). t. 21. f. 1 ( ? ) (1889)
(Waigeu) ; Standing.. Iris VI. p. 355 (1894) (Waigeu).
In neuration, especially in the position of the third subcostal branch of the
forewings, this species i» closely allied to T. priamus (L.) ; in pattern and in the
( I9ti )
absence of the '• bniud " from Uie forewings of the nuile it comes nearest to
T. paraclineus (Staudiug.).
cJ. One of my two specimens has two yellow spots within the yellowish green
costal band of the forewings. The tluee submargiual s[iots aud the yellow markings
of the hindwings \ ary in size.
? . The number and size of the white spots of the forewings are inconstant ; the
markings on the disc behind the cell are esjiecially lialile to obliteration. The white,
interner\ alar, marginal fringe is often much reduced.
Hch. Waigeu (2 J, 4 $): [New liuinea ?, probably eryoneons],
■'>. Troides paradiseus (.Stauding.) [(?,?, larva, pupa].
(J. Oniitliojitem jmriidiiiea Staudinger, Enl. Niii:hr. p. 177 (June 1893) (Germuii N'ew Guinea);
id., Iris VII. p. ;iyl). t. G. f. 1 (<^) (1894).
cJ ? . Ornithoplirti sclioenbergi Pagenstecher, Jahrb. Xuss. Ver. Nat. p. 29. & 83. t. 5 (^J). t. 4 ( J )
(1893) (Finistcrre Mts.) : id., I.e. p. 70 (1894) {kirm noticed).
(J. Schoenberi/ia jmriulisea Pagenstecher, I.e. p. 35 (1893).
(J $. Schoenlntrgid (!) jmradisea, Rippon, Icm. Ornith. te.xt (1895).
(J$. Schoaibergia jmmdisea, Rippon, I.e. text & plate (1895) [Sell. jKiiwIiseu Pagenstecher and
" Rippon " (sic .') 0)1 jtlate].
The third subcostal uervule of tlie forewings originates exactly al the apex
of the cell.
6. The hindwings are jn-olouged into a thin, long tail; forewings without
" brand."
5. The marginal white spots are restricted to the marginal fringe itself, and are,
therefore, much smaller than in T. priamus (L.). The white markings of the wings
not quite constant.
Caterpillar similar to that of T. vlctoriae (Gray).
Hab. German New Guinea ('2 6,2 j).
(>. Troides victoriae (Gray) [cJ,?. lai\a. pupa].
? . Omithoptem victoriae (Gray), P. Z. S. p. 7. t. 39 ( $ ) (I80G) (P,ilri,i ?) ; id., List Lfj,. Ins. B. M.
1. p. 3. n. 9 (1856) : Butl., P. Z. S. p. 289. n. 88 (1874).
? . Pcqnlio victoriae, Felder, Virh. z. b. Gis. ITick p. 290. n. 7. & p. 332. n. 5 (18G4) (Oceania).
<J ?. Ornitho/itera ridoriae, Salvin, P. Z. S. p. 118. n. 2. t. 4 (jj & larv.) (1888) (Guadalcanar,
Solomon Is.) ; Woodford, Ibid. p. 25U (1888) ; Fickert, Zool. Juhrbiich. p. 722. t. 21. f. 2 ((J).
3 ( ? ) (1889) ; Haase, Vnti-rmch. iih. .Vim. p. 24 (1893).
(J ? . Troides vicUiriae, Rothschild, Entomol XXVIII. p. 78 (1895) (Guadalcanar).
cj ?. Aetheoptera victvriae, Rippon, Ron. Ornith. text * plates (1895).
As this species has already been found on (ruadalcanar, Maleita, the Short land
Islands, and on Bougainville I. (Mr. Woodford also saw a male in the Kubiana Lagoon),
it is most probable that it occurs on all the islands of the Solomon group. The
sjjecimens from ditt'erent islands exhibit some obxious differences and form three local
races, which number will certainly be increased in future, when we know the insects
from the islands of Choiseul, San Christoval, etc.
(«) : T. victoriae (Gray) inhabits Guadalcanar ;
(6) : T. vidoo-lae re;jinae (Salv.) occurs on .Maleita ;
(c) : T. victoriae retjiH Kothsch. was discovered on Bougainville and Alu.
The tvpe of viclwiae came undoublidly from Guadalcanal- Island, as Mr. ().
Salvin (Z.c.) has pointed out.
The third subcostal branch of the forewings originates mostly beyond tlic ajiex of
the cell ; sometimes it stands al the apex of the cell, as in T. ijaradiseas (Stauding.) ;
( 197 )
the common stem of the fourth aud Hfth subcostal uervules is long, but rather variable.
The apical part of the discoidal cell of the forewings is very broad, especially in the
male. The latter sex has a " brand," thougli Haase (I.e.) says that this sexual character
is absent from victuriae. The liiudwings of the female are much more hairy thau iu
the allied species.
(a) : T. victoriae (Oray), forma typ. [ J, J , larva].
J. The yellowish green apical patch on the upperside of the forewiugs consists of
three spots, of which the fir.st varies in length from 14 to ^0 mm., while the third has
mo.stly a length of 7 and a breadth of 5 mm., or is smaller.
$. The fernale is less constant than the male. The two spots within the cell of
the forewings are often joined to one another, and sometimes merged together to
a large triangular patch which occupies the basal two-thirds of the cell.
Hub. Guadalcanar Island (6 J, 8 J).
(h): T. victoriae reg'inae (Salv.) [c?,?].
^ J . Oniilliojileni victoriiie, Godmau & Salvia [na: Gray, 185G), P. Z. 8. p. 190 (1887) ( JIaleita) :
Grose Smith, Ann. J%. A'. //. (5) XIX. p. 445 (J) (1887) (Maleita) ; id. & Kirby, Rhoi<.
Emt. I. Onuth. t. I. f. 1 (t? ). 2 ( ? ) (1887) (Maleita).
J ?. Uniithoptera iri/iiuie Salvln, P. Z. S. p. 117. n. 1. (1888) (Maleita) ; Fickert, Zuul. Jahrh.
p. 723. t. 21. f. 4 ( ? ) (188y)-
(J ? . Tnjitles victuriae reijiiuie, Rothschild, Entoninl. XXVIII. p. 78 (1895) (Maleita).
jj 5 . Aelhinptera reijinaf, Rippon, Icun. Ornith. text & plate (1895) (Maleita : "Fiji" loc. err.).
The neuration in Fickert's figure is incorrect, and Dr. Fickert is quite mistaken
in stating that the third subcostal ner\ ule of the forewings has in victoriae the same
position as in 2'1'ia'iims (L.).
cJ. The subapical golden green patch of the upperside of the forewings consists
of three large and a fourth small spot ; the third spot is as large as the second
oi victm-iae, and measures in length 16 mm., in breadth 5 mm. ; the patch is some-
times connected with the basal green area of the wing, whicli is more extended than
in victoriae, by means of a narrow, postcostal band. On the hindwings, between the
discoidal cell and the submarginal spots and behind the cell, the green scales are
sparse or quite absent.
J. All the white markings are larger than in viclwiae; the third subapical
spot of the forewings, situated behind the fifth subcostal nervule, measures, for
example, in length 16 mm., in breadth 5 mm., the last submarginal spots 16 and 14
respectively, while in victonae the respective measurements are : length from 6 to 11,
breadth 4 ; and length 3 to 8, breadth 6 to 10 mm.
ILih. Maleita Island (\ c?,3 ?).
(c): T. victoriae regis liotbsch. [(?,¥, pupa].
(y). ? . OrnUhiipteru ricturiae var., Salvin. /'. Z. .S. p. 118. sub n. 2 (1888) (Florida Island, loc. err. ?).
cJ 9. Troides ricloriue regis Rothschild, Entnniul. XXVIII. p. 78 (1895) (Hoiigainville & Alu).
iS . The subapical patch of the forewings xcry long, consisting of two large spots,
and a naiTow streak or small .spot behind the fifth subcostal nervule. The green area
of the hindwings as in victoriae, or as in veijinae; the anterior submarginal yellow
spot is obliterated in the type-specimen.
¥. The submarginal spots of either wing much smaller than in cicloriae, partly
obliterated ; discal spots and those at the base of the fore- and hindwings also smaller
( 198 )
than in llie other two subspecies. In one of my four indiviihials there stands a small
black spot within tlie first (costal) marking of the discal row of spots of the hindwings.
The dry [miia does not differ from that of T. priniaas iirvilliitiiHx ((iucr.).
l{(th. Bougainville Island '('. Kiblie I''!/.. 1894: 3 J, 4 ?): Ahi (\ 6, Captain
Webster lefj.).
The Alu iiude approaches a little the lyiiical form of the species.
-Mr. Rippon {I.e.) quotes my authority as to the one ? and the 6 of T. vicloritte
reginae in my collection being Irom Fiji. This I do not now believe to be the case.
The following is the history of the two specimens : — I purchased them from the family
of a cajitain of a merchant vessel, who asserted that the specimens had been captured
in Fiji, where he, with his wife, had resided for many years ; now there is no record of
a "Irviilcs ca|jtured in Fiji liy any reliable collector, and therefore I believe the owner
of these brought them home to Fiji from a voyage to the Solomons. This is the more
likely as it is most improbable that two so distant places as !Maleita and Fiji should
have identical forms, while Guadaleanar, scarcely separate from Maleita. has a
different one.
7. Troides brookianus (Wall.) [J,?].
(?) Omithoptera broolciuna Becker, Bull. So<-. Eut. Frunee p. 21 (F^vr. 1855) {iioni. ntul.).
(?) OrnithopUra broolcea Stevens, ibid. p. 89 (1855) {nom. mid.).
Oriiitlinptem broukiiina Wallace, I'ruc. Ent. Svc. Lmd. ii). III. p. 104 (J ) (1855) (Borneo) ; Stauding.
& Schatz, ICcut. Sclimelt. I. p. 5. t. 2 {^) (1884).
Omithoptem bruukeana Hewitson, E-nd. Butt. I. Oni. it I'ap. t. 1. f. 1 (c?) (1855) (Borneo) ; Wall.,
Ti: Linn. Sor. Loml. XXV. p. 40. n. 16 (18G5) (Borneo) ; Cutter. Fruc. Ent. Soc. Loud. p. 21
( ? ) (18G9) ; Oberth., El. d'Ent. IV. p. 32. n. 17 (1S7'.)) (Borneo) ; Dist., Ent. Mo. .Mug. p. 2.^7
(1881); Forbe.s, Xnturalist's Wundrriuija p. 227 0885) (Sumatra); Dist., Wiop. Mai. p. 4(17.
sub n. 4 (188G) (Sumatra) ; id. & Pryer, Anu. ,!/«-/. A'. //. (5). 'XIX. p. 272. n. 1()G (1SS7)
(Simdakan) ; Fickert, Zool. Ju.hrb. p. 749 (»«■ fig.) (1889) (Borneo ; Sumatra ; nee Malacca) :
SkertcMey. Ann. Man. A"- H. (G). IV. p. 209 (1889) (Borneo ; habit«) ; H.agen, Lis VII. p. 18
u. 1 (1894) (Sumatra : ? noticed).
I'opiUo Irugon VoUcnhoven, Tijdschr. r. Ent. IH. p. 72. u. 9. & p. 88. t. G (cJ) (18G0) (Sumatra).
Papilio hrool.f<,nus, Felder, IVr/i. ;. b. Ges. Wiin p. 292. n. 35. & p. 334. n. 23 (18G5) (Borneo :
Sumatra); Snellen, .\liddm-iiumatni, II. p. 24. n. 1 (1892) (Sumatra).
Oinitliojilvra {Truijiniopteia) bivoittina, Rippon. ieou. Ornith. text & phite (ISS'J) {•■ Trogonoiiti'i-a "
aubijenus nov.).
This species ranges over the Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, the Natuna Islands,
Korneo, and the Island of Balabac ; on Palawan it is represented by T. iivjauus
Stauding. .\s the females from the Malay Peninsula are always different fiom those
from the other localities, I must divide T. hrookia. aus \n{o two subspecies; —
(ct) : T. b rook ia Ill's Wall., inhabiting Borneo, Balaliac, Natuna Lslands, and
Sumatra ;
(h) : T. liruvl.-'uinae albaiCens sub.-ji. now from Malacca.
(«): T. brookianus (Wall.), lurma typ. [c^,?].
i. The upjaemcie is very constant, though the green markings are not always
of exactly the same sliape in my individuals.
Bdoii\ however, the male varies a good deal in the amount of l)liush green or
greenish blue. In most individuals there is no blue or greenish blue mark within the cell
of the forewings; other e.xamples have a small spot there, while in the specimen from
Balabac in my collection there is a large greenish blue patch, as in the female. The
forewings exhibit sometimes a series of white >uliniarginal spots Maiiding in jiairs at
the nervuies. The size iind form of the white markings in the outer region of tlie
hindwings is very variable.
J. The posterior part of the hastate mark divided by the lower discoidal nervule
of the forevrings above is often green instead of white. The underside exhibits some
variation, especially in the size of the white markings; those of the hindwings are
joined to one another, or widely se)iarated. The 5 from the Xatuna Islands stands
just intermediate between the typical form and T. hrool'innus (ilhescens mihi, having
the white markings of the underside larger than they are in bruokidiius, and smaller
than in albescens.
(a*): $-ab. denuor (Walker).
Oniilhopteva brooheanu var. eleanor Walker, Tr. Eiit. Sue. Laml p. 75 (1889) {nn looilil;/ .') : Rippon,
fcon. Orndh. text &• plate (1881.1).
This i-emarkable aberratioir has the upperside of the forewings almost exactly
marked as I he male; the white subapical markings of the u-ual form of the feiwde
are absent. Locality unknown.
Hah. Borneo (14 6", 10 ? ) ; Kalabac (1 S); Sumatra (1 J ; $ in Coll. Van de
Poll and in Mus. Stettin); Xatuua Islands (Kunguran ; 1 (^, 1 ?).
{h): T. brookianus albescens subsp. nov. [J,?].
Oinitli'iptem-brmArmia Gosse {,i,r Wulhice, ISfi;",), Eiilom. p. 156 ($) (1881) (Mai. Pen.); Dist.,
But. J/o. .!/«;/. XVII. p. 237 (1881) (Mai. Pen. ) ; id., RJ,,,/,. Mai. p. 330. n. 4. t. 27a. f . 4 ( ? ). & t.
27b. f. 1 ((J) (1885) (Mai. Pen.) : Fickert, Zool. Jahrh. p. 749 (-•.;■ ;).). t. 21. f. 8 ( ? ) (1889).
i. Not distinguishable from typical ^rtici/LjV'uits, though on au average the white
spots on the undereide of the forewings seem to lie larger.
5. Upperside: the subapical white markings of the forewings larger than in T.
brookianus, much less suffused with blackish brown, being pm-e white in the middle;
the submarginal spots to the hindwings are longer, extending from near the outer
margin more than half-way to the cell.
Underside : the submarginal white markings of the forewings are broad and touch
one another, not being widely separated at the internervular folds. On the hind-
wings the white submarginal area is much more extended than in brookianus, forming
•A broad white band, which is traversed by rather thinly black nervules and includes
a black rounded spot within each cellule; these spots are sometinie.s connected with
the black disc of the wing by means of an interuervidar black streak; in brookianus
$ the disca^portion of the white band is obliterated, except at the veins.
Hub. Malay Pen. (14 J,3-j).
8. Troides trojanus (Standing.) [c?,?].
J. Drnilhuptei-ii ti-ojuna (an hrookidna var. V) Staiiflinger, Iris II p. 4 ((J) (1889) (Palawan);
Fickert, Zoo?. .7»//ri!(Wi. p. 704(1889); Watkins, Kntom. XXIA'. p. 177. t.4(cJ) (1891); Senipfr,
l'h,r,p2>.,Jagfal. p. 263. n. 384 (1891) (Palawan).
The differences between T. trojanus and 1'. brookianus are so considerable, and
apparently so constant, that I must treat trojanus as a distinct speoie.s. It is, how-
ever, not impossible that further investigations in Palawan, which may enable us to
compare a larger series of specimens, will prove that at least the females of both
species run into one another.
(S. The blue-green markings of the upperside of the forewings are short and
widely separated. The hindwings have a rather narrow, greenish blue, discal band above.
?. Upperside: in the amount of white on both .-iides of the b.iewings it comes
nearest to '/'. brookianus albescens : above there are three gn'i-ti h^istiitc p:itclifs,
Mi
( 200 )
situated on tlie submedian nervuic and the two lower median nervules. Hindwing^
with a complete ,<eiies of subniarginal white iuarking>, which are as sliort as in
hrool-ianus Wall., but purer white; the blue area is exteriorly much more restricted
than in brookianus, as it does not extend farther than one-third of the way from the
cell to the outer margin of the wing.
Underside: forewings with a faint bluish mark within the cell, a green spot
between the lower median nervules, and a large blue and green patch within the
cellule between the submedian nervure and the lower median vein.
Hindwings with the white markings somewhat larger than in Orookiitnus, and
standing farther from the outer margin.
Hab. Palawan (3 <?, 1 $).
9. Troides hypolitus (Cram.) [cJ,?].
Seba, Tkfs. IV. p. 55. t. 45. f. 1 7--2o < Amboina !). i- p. 56. 57. t. 46. f. 11. 1-'. I'J. 20 (1765).
•i . Fapilio Equts Trojainis jxiiithous Linne, Si/st. X((t. ed. x. p. 461. d. 16 (1758) {p.p.) : Clcrck,
Icon. Lis. II. t. 18 (1764) (mrjig. Uih. 19 quae ml ? T. jiriami {L.) pcrfin.) ; Linne, Mas. Luil.
Uli: p. 195. n. 14 (1764) (p.p.); id., Syst. Xat. ed. xii. p. 748. n. 17 (1767) {p.p.); Muller,
Xaliirs. V. 1. p. 571. n. 17 (1774) {p.p.) : Fabr., Srjst. Ent. p. 448. n. 25 (1775) (p.p.) ; Goeze,
Ent. Beytr. lU. 1. p. 37. n. 17 (1779) {p.p.) ; Fabr., Spec. Ins. II. p. 9. n. 36 (1781) {p.p.).
rnpilio Equcs Tiojanus pandin-us, Houttuj-n {nrc Linne. 1758), Xaiuil. Ilisi. I. 11. p. 199. n. 17
(1767) {p.p.).
(^ J. Ptipilio Eqiies Trujaiiiis hijpoVitus Cramer, Pup. Eml. 1. p. 14. t. 1(1. f. ,\. u ((^): t. 11.
f. A. H ( ? ) (1775) (Amboina).
(J ? . Piipilio Eqiies Trojaniis renins, Fabricius, Geiieni Ins. p. 250 (1777) ; Cramer, I'liji. Exot. II.
p. 60. t. 135. f. .\ ( 5 ) & p. 61. t. 136. f. .\ ( ? ) (1779) : id., I.,: IV. p. 197. t. 386. f. .\. I5 (cj )
(1782) : Jablonsky, Xaliirs. Schmett. I. p. 198. n. 3. t. 2. f. 1. 2 (1782) : Fabr., Manl. Ins. U.
p. 3. n. 24 (1787) ; Esper, Atisl. Scliin. p. 67. n. 31. t. 17 ( ? ) (1790) ; Gmelin, Si/sl. .\at. I. 5.
p. 2230. n. 288 (1790) ; Fabr., Ent. Si/kI. III. 1. p. 11. n. 34 (1793) (Amboina).
(J. PupiUu Eques Tnijunns nnlenm: Well {ner Drurj', 1793), in Jacquin, Miscell. Ausli: II. t. 23.
f. 4. a. b (1785).
(J. Piipilio Eqnes Trojanus hippnli/tiis, Esper, Ansl. Schinett. p. 72. n. 32 (1790).
J. Piipilio Eqiifs Trojaniis hijipolythns, Esper, I.e. t. 18. f. 1 (J) (1790).
Cf ?. Piipilio paiithous, Donovan, Ins. of India t. 18 (?) (1800) ; Gray, Cut. Lep. fits. B. M. \.
p. 5. n. 9 (1852) (Amboina) ; Butl., Cut. Diurn. Lep. descr. Eabric. p. 234. n. 2 (1869) (Amboina) :
Auriv., Koniil. Sr. Vet. Al;. II, nidi. XIX. 5. p. 19. n. 14a (1882).
J. Princeps domiiians hi/politus, Hiibner, Siiinml. Exot. Sclim. I. t. 132. f. 3. & t, 133. f . 4 ( J }
(1806-16).
J ? . Troides rnnii.i, Hubner, I'er;. hclc. Sclim. p. 88. n. 925 (1816).
J ? . Piipilio renins, Godart, Knc. Mctli. IX. p. 26. n. 3 (1819) ; Thon, Xiitiirij. Sc/iinetl. p. 17. t. 4.
f. 5 f?) (1837): Feld., Verh. :. h. Gc^. Wicn p. 291. n. 21. & p. .3.33. n. 18 (1864) (Amboina,
Ceram. Tcrnate ; nee Celcbe.s, siibspic nit.).
(J 5. Ornithopterii rciniis, Boisduval, .S/«'-. Gi'ii. Lip. I. p. 176. n. 3 (1836) (Amboina); Duncan,
Furriijn linltrrjl. p. 92. t. 1. f. 2 (1837): Vollenhov., Tijdsclir. r. Ent. III. p. 71. n. 4 (180(1)
(Amboina): Wall., Tr, Linn. Soc. Lond. XXV. p. 38. n. 6 (1865) (Amboina, Ceram, Gilolo,
Morty ; nee Sulla Islands, nee Celebes) ; Obertb., Et. d'Enl. IV. p. 30. n. 5 (1879) (Amboina :
Iter Celebes, snb^per. alt.).
(^ J . Ornithiiptera pantlious, Doubl. Westw. & Hew., Grn. Diurn Lep. 1. p. 4. n. 5 (18461 ( Amboina 1.
cf $ . Omithnptera hippolijtiis, Standing, li Schatz, Exot. Scliniett. I. p. 5. t. 2((J) (1884) : Pagenstech.,
Jahrb. Xass. Ver. Xnt. p. 201 (1884) { /i.ji.) : Fickert, Zool. Jalirbiich. p. 741. n. 11 (1889)
(p.p.) ; Ribbe, Iris II. p. 207. n. 2 (1890) (Ceram).
(J J. OriiittiopUra {Pompruspterii, Pompeiisplerus, Pomproplera ! !) Itippolt/lns, Rippon, Iron. (Jrnitli.
text & plate (1889) (/;./).).
Aurivillius {I.e.) and several other authors ajiply the name of panthoiLS (L.) to
this insect ; tiiey are, however, wrong in doing so. Linne describes in Syat. Xdt.
ed. X. (1758) his P. E. T. panilwiM thus: — Alia denlalis nirjria concolor.ibus :
primoribus alho maculatia ; posticia macidis cdbia nigro foetia. M. L. U.
( -Jn] )
This descri])tion fits certain!}' best to the female of prkimiis (L.), which has
white maculae on the forewings, and white maculae with black centres on the
hindwiugs.
In J/ Its. LjuI. L'lr. (1 764) Linue describes as jjan.thoiis twofeiiuiJe insects, one after
the other, which he mates as j and ? : the "S " which is the first described, is said to
have the wings black with white maculae, and is the same as the ? of T. priarnus (L.),
which latter insect has been described previous to panthoas; the other insect, the
supposed ? (" sexus alter, etc."), is described as having the forewings striped with
white, the stripes being united in pairs at their bases, and as having seven
maculae upon the hindwings, of which the four anterior ones are yelloW', the three
posterior white.*
This " ? " is certainly the J of the insect named by Cramer hypolitus and by
Fabricius reinus. Now, Aurivillius (I.e.) says that the name of panthous must be
restricted to the insect chai'acterised as " sexus alter, etc.," i.e. to Cramer's hypjolitus,
because, if it has been proved that part of a composite species belongs to a
previously described insect, the new name has to stand for the rest of that composite
species. This is certainly right in some cases ; but in the present one it would be
directly against the law of priority. In the description of 1758 there is nothing
which points to any other species than to the female of priarnus; I must strictly
deny that the panthovi^ of 1758 is to be regarded as being a composite species. The
description of 1764 proves again that tlie name of paiilhous must be applied to the
pnainus 5 , the latter being the first described of the two insects which Linne united
to one species ; it does not matter at all whether two or more species described under
the same name, by the same author, ai-e published on the same page, or in the same
volume, or whether there is an interval of 3' ears between the publications of the
descriptions — the name must always be restricted to that insect which is first described,
and if this first-described species has already an older name (as in the jiresent case),
the name of the composite .species sinks into a s\'nonym.
Cramer's name oi hypolitus (not Iiippolytus, kippol-ytfms) is based on 8eba's
bad figures of jilate 46; Cramer's figures (I.e. I. t. 10 and 11) show all the errors
of neuration and pattern of Seba's figures, and are certainly nothing but copies
of the latter. Specimens agreeing in pattern with Seba's figures of plate 46 are
unknown, and I am convinced that Seba had not a variety of the S of the Well-known
^Nloluccan insect, as suggested by several authors, but a mutilated specimen which
did not show the exact shape and position of the submarginal spots of the hindwings ;
in Seba's fig. 19 the left hindwing is difl'erent in pattern from the right one. Tlie
figures are, however, well recognisable as representing the same species describ<>(l
two years later, under the name of remus, by Fabricius.
Cramer gives as " patria " of his hypolitus Amboina ; Seba says (t. 40), " Indiae
orientales" ; to the figures of plate 45, which represent the same species, Selia gives
however as habitat Amboina: " Varietates hujus Papilionis descriptae sunt pluresque
deinceps sequentur," and " haec et, quae sequuntur, ejusdem speciei varietates omnes
Amboinenses sunt." From these and some other remarks in Seba, it is pretty clear
that all the specimens of the present species figured by Seba were from .\niboina.
[Compare also Wallace, Proe. Eat. Soc. Lond. \. p. 23 (1858)].
Troides hypolitus (Cram.), which is very remarkable for its pattern and the form
of the discoidal cell to the hindwings, has developed into three subspecies, namely : —
' Linu6 say« of the mai-ulao 2, .S, 4 ; " FI;iv:ic, in medico macula allia " : i-onvc-tly it unglil to be
" macula nigra."
( 202 )
(d) : T. hypolitus (Cram.) fruin tlu' Moluccas ;
(6) : T. Iiypolitits sulaensis (Standing.) from tlic Sulla IslauiU :
(c) : T. lii/[jolitu8 ceUidaris nom. iio\'. from Celebes.
Wallace records T. hyjjolitiis from Halmahera and Morty; 1 Ikim- not seen
specimens from there, and aui cominced that these islands are not inlialiited In-
typical liypoliliis.
(") : T. hypolitus (Cram.), forma typ. [J,?].
cJ. The yellow markings on ihf hindwiugs are not constant in size; above, the
three anterior ones are of the breadtli of the respective cellules; the fom-th, however,
is often separated in two sj)ots, of which the first stands behind the lower discoidal
vein, the second, sometimes scarcely indicated, at the first median nervule ; to the
geminate mark at the second median branch a small spot at the lower median vein is
joined in some examples, while from other individuals this spot is absent. Below, the
anterior yellow markings are somewhat sinallcr tliau on the upjii^rsidc ; that at the
extremity of the third median branch is always present.
?. The black spots included in the yellow markings of the hindwings are some-
times rather enlarged, especially those between the subcostal and upper median veins
on the underside. The white spot in the apes of the cell to the hindwings below is
often rather small ; above, this mark is mostly indicated by a white scaling, which is
densely covered by black scales.
Ilab. Amboina (7 J, 8 j) ; Ceram (1 J). [Halmahera, .Morty, ace. to Wallace].
(Ii): T. hypolitus sulaensis (Standing.) [c?,?].
Drnitliiipterii )r(«i<<. Wallace {iwr Fabriciu.s, 1777), Tr. Linn. S^ic. Loml. \X.\'. p. '^8. n. G ll8l5y)
(p.p. ; Sulla Is ).
(;J 5 . Oniithoptvra hippulijlus var. suhiensis Staudinger, his VII. p. 343 (1895) (.Maugola X.,
Sulla Is.).
S. The median branches of the forewings above arc mo.slly bordered with
yellowish instead of white scales. The white area of the hindwings below is tinged
with yellow in most specimens; the marginal cloud of whitish scales between the
costal and subcostal veins of the same wings is absent or only indicated. The
abdomen is seldom white instead of yellow.
J. The hindwings are much yellower between the median branches than in
hypoHtus; below, the white scaling in the apex of the discoidal is much reduced.
//((/-. Mangohi, SuUa Islands (:5 S , '2 ?).
((■): T. hypolitus cellularis nom. nov. [c^,?].
P(ipiiii) irnius, Felder (tier Fabriuius, 1777), I>;7i. :. b. Gen. W'ieii p. 21)1. n. 21. & p. 333. ii. 18
(181)4) (p.p. ; Celebes).
OniUlinpteni frmim. Wallace. Tr. Linn. Snr. Lotul. XXV. p. 3S. i\. S ( I Bfio) ( p.p. : Celebes) : Obertb. ,
Kt. (flCnt. IV. p. 30. n. ;"> (187!)) (p.p. : Celebes).
(Indtlwptent Injpolitus, Hopffer (mc Cramer, 1775), Stitt. Eiit. Zeil. p. 17. n. I (IH74) (Celebes).
Oriiilhirjitfrit lii/>piil,/luH. Stauding. & Schatz {mc Esper, 1790), Ejul. Sclinirtf. I. p. ,5 (1884) (ji.ji. ;
Celebes); Pagenstcch., ./nA;i. Niisx. Vn: Xtit. p. 201 (1884) (/)./).): VicVert, /iool. Ja/irbwh.
p. 741. n. 11 (1889) (/).;).); HoUand, Proc. Buston Sor. y. H. XXV. p. 77. n. 125 (1890)
(S. Celebes) ; Rothsch., /;■;« V. p. 442 (1892) (S.E. Celebes).
Omillioptrm (Pompeusptera, PimipcVKjitcriiti, Pompcopteni ! !) hijipiilylus, Kippoii, Icni. (Jniilli. text
(1889) (^).;,.).
(J $ . Onutlwjiirm hip/ivh/liiii var. crlrhrnns Staudinger (wc Wallace. 1805). /rin \'JI. p. 342
(,1895) (Celebes).
( 2():i )
6- ^^c•al■^•ely dift'erent from /ii/pul ihis. The whitish iiei-vuhir strijii's on tiie
upiiorside of the forewings are due to the scaling being sciace and the niembnine ol
the wing shining through; there are only a few white or yellowish scales (which
belong to the under layer), while in hypolitus the streaks are obviously scaled white.
On the hindwings the yellow spots at the extremity of the two ujjper median veins
are much clouded with black ; below, the marginal cloud of whitisli scales referred
to under sidaensis is absent or scarcely indicated.
J. The median cellules to the hindwings are without a yellow tint ; the dis-
coidal cell has a white apical spot of variable size on the upperside.
Hab. Celebes (1 c?, 5 ?); Talaut (W. Doherty leg., 1 <S, 1 ?).
Tlie two Talaut specimens belong to this subspecies. The male has rather more
white scales at the nervules of the forewings above, the hindwings are somewhat more
acutelv dentate, and the second abdominal segment has no dorsal orange spot.
Xote. — The upperside of the hiniKvings of t)ie miili' lias, as far iis I hi' while aiea
of the underside is extended, a peculiar grey ai)i]earance, owing (o the lilaek scaling
lieing rather dispersed ; between the median vein and the abdominal fold the upper
and under scales are well developed. Tlie scaling of the upperside of the wings has
a dark green metallic gloss; the scales are much less denticulate than in the other
yellow species of Troides ; they are toothless in the marginal and discal regions of the
liindwings. — K. ,1.
10. Troides darsius (Gray) [c?,?, metam.].
fj. Ornitlinjilem iimphimrdon Doubleday (iin- Cramer, 1770), Gen. Diiirn. Li'i'. 1 p. 4. u. fi ( J'.jk).
t. I. f. -2 ((J) (1846) (Ceylon).
J ?. P>:j>i/h (lursiiis Oray. Cat. Lej>. hi/. 11 .]f. I. p. .i. n. 11 (IRoi) (Ceylon) ; id., List Lip. fiii.
B. M. I. p. 4. n. 13 (18.^0) (Ceylon) ; Feld., Verh. .-. h. Ues. U'ien p. -!91. n. 24 (1804) (Ceylon).
(J ? . Oniitliapleni ilnrdiis. Horsfield & Jloiire, Cut. Lip. Ini. Mus. E. I. C. I. p. 87. n. 1715. t. 2. f. i.'.
2a (larva, pupa) (1857) (Ceylun) ; Feld., Wim. Eiit. Mmi. IV. p. 07 (I860) : Obertli., Et. iVEnl.
IV. p. 311. n. 8 (1879); Moore, Lep. O-ylon I. p. 155. t. 55. f. 1. la. lb (J,?, I.,i>.) (1881):
Fickert, Zi«,l. .Jnhrh. p. 7.W. n. 0 ( 1880).
6. The yellow cellular mark of the hinilwings is often reduced to a very small
spot ; the first discal mark is in some individuals about half the size of that in otlier> :
the posterior mark includes sometimes a minute )>lack sjwt.
J. Between the costal and subcostal veins of the hindwings \\\vYe are llHl^ll>
two small yellow linear spots, which cori-espond to the discal and sulnnai-ginal spots d
the other cellules; below, the submargiiial yellow markings situated between tin-
median veins are often joined to the inai-gi)ial whitish spots by means of a whitish
buff scaling which forms two short, longitudinal, n)arginal streaks within each median
cellule.
Hah. Ceylon flO (J, 8 ? ).
11. Troides minOS (Cramer) [c?,?, metam.].
?. Pii/)ilii, Kfjiii's TmJuiniK mhws Cramer, I'a/i. K.ml. 111. p. 4. t. 105. f. a (1770| i" W. Sumatra''
loc. err.) ; Jablonsky & Herbst, Xtitiir/. S.hmill. 1. p. 2U6. n. 7. t. 4. f. 2 I 17s2) ; Esper, .ivd.
Schmetl. p. 127. n. 56. t. 32. f. 1 (1702).
? . Papilio Equeis Ti-ojiiiiiis astenoiis Fabricins. Snn: Inn. II. p. 10. n. .38 (1781) (p.p.) ; Gmelin, Si/it.
Nnt. I. 5. p. 2234! n. 207 (1700) ; Fabr., Eiif. Si/xl. III. 1. p. 10. a. 58 i'1703) {pp.\
?. Papilio amphrl.viis. fiodart, Enc. Mith. IX. p. 27. n. 7 (1810) (p.p.).
?. Ornitlwptera lii-liin-oii, Boisduval. Spec. Gt'ii. Lfp. I. p. 178. n. 7 (1836) (p.p.).
( 204 )
J . Oniilhrijiliru ;«<//i|)tin, Doubl. Wcstw. & Hew., Gen. Dhirn. Lfp. I. p. 4. n. 9 (18-1()) (»m/< -ydon.) ;
Hoi-sf. & Moore, Oit. Lfi>. /us. Slim. E. I. (J. I. p. 87. n. 177 (l'<:"i7) (»«/) Hi/nmi.) : Wall., 7V.
Linn. Soc. Lotui. XXV. p. 39. n. 9 (180.0) (siii aynon.).
5 . Papilio j>onij>nts, Gray, Cut. Lep. Ins. li. .U. I. p. 5. u. 13 (1852) {niih syiioii.) : id., Lint Lip. Jm.
B. .1/. I. p. 5. n. 15 (185S) {sub aynon.).
?. Papilio mhios, Felder, Vcrli. z. b. Ges. Wim p. 291. d. 33. & p. 334. n. 22 (18G4) ("Sumatra"
loc. erv.).
(J ? . Ornithoptem spec, Sealy, I'mc. Ent. Soc. Loncl. p. 9 (1875) (Malabar, Travancore, Cochin; metam.).
(?) cJ ? . OrnithopUm minos, Oberthttr, El. d'Eni. IV. p. 32. n. 14(1879) ("Hurma" Inr. err., rel
spec. alt. ?).
(J J . Omithoj>t'iaj>i'inj)iiisva.T. minos, Wood-Mason, ./on™. .I.--. .Soc. Beni/. p. 8G(.l88l)(Trevandrum1:
Fickert, Zool. .Juhrbiirh. p. 730. n. Ic (1889) ("Burma," "Sumatra," /("■. err.).
(J?. OntitJioplera minos, Stauding. & Schatz, Exot. Schmett. I. p. 5 (1884) (Malabar); Aitkeii,
Joiim. Bomb. N. //. .Soc. p, 3.'). n. 73 (1887) (Bombay) ; Dm-idson .t Aitkeii, ibid. p. 3G1. n. 114
(1890) (life liistory).
(J ?. Pajiilin (Ornitho/ilera) minos, Hampson, .fount. As. Soc. Beitf/. p. 3ii3. n. 193 (1888) (Nilgiris,
3000 to70uOfeet) ; Ferguson, Jo«ra. Bomb. N. 11. Soc. p. 445. n. 167(18'.n) (Travancore ; fairly
common, up to 4000 feet).
Cramer's figure, which represents a, female with the vellow iibdoiiifii of ii nidlc,
fits exactly — exchisive of the wrong abdomen -to the only Troidea found in South
India. Many authors — misled by Fakriciics, who identified minos with his asknous,
and by tlie erroneous hahitat (''West .Sumatra") given bv Cramer — have treated this
insect either as synonymous with or as a variety of .T. heleiin (L.) [= ponipeut
(Cram.) = heiiacon (Fabr.) = astenous (Fabr.)], and I am astonished to see that
also Fickert (I.e.) did not perceive the close relationsliip of T. tninos (Cram.) to the
darsius-criton-haliphran group ou one side, and to T. anacus (Feld.) and rlw.da-
mantns (Lucas) on the other side. While in Ijoth sexes of T. hehna (1..), T. helena
cerberns (Feld.) and the other subspecies of helena, the black colour enters the cell
of the hindwings from the costal side of the base of the wing, it enters the cell fi-om
the abdominal side, or in a straight line from the base, in T. cr'doii, haliphron, etc. ;
in helen/i the black colour of the basal portion of the hindwings increases in the
direction from the costal margin to the anal angle ; in criton, dicmius, etc., especially
in the males, it increases in the direction from tlie aluloniinal margin to the anterior
angle, or from the base to the outer margin ; in the case of helena the cellule between
the co.-ital and subcostal veins is the first to become CTitirely tilled up with black,
whereas in the mules of the other group of .species the cellule between the submedian
nervure and the lower median vein is the first to assume the black colour, in this
respect T. minos 3 certainly agrees better with darsius and allies than with helena.
Tlie rather thin scaling of the middle of the disc of the forewings, and the black
powdering at the edge of the black marginal border of the hiudivings between tlie
median nervules which we find in many specimens, are characters which the mah of
T. minos (Cram.) has in common with the m/de of T. aeaciis (Feld.). That black
powdering is very peculiar; in certain specimens of aeacus it is rather extended, and
in one S])ecimen of the Pliilippiue r/tarfrtmaviios (Lucas), which is the nearest ally
of aeucus, the median cellules are all overiiowdered with black, thus reminding one
of T. rhadamantii^ plateni (Standing.) from Palawan. The female of minoa agrees
with aeaciiS in the white border of the cell of the forewings and in tin- position of the
black discal spots of the hindwings.
The hindwings of minos <S and J are as hairy in the ba.sal and abdominal region
as in darsiua. The subcostal nervure, from the base to the origin of the subcostal
nervule, is as long as in darsiua and allies, i.e. longer than in helena (L.), especially
in the male.
( -^"■■^ )
S. The black abdominal border of the hindwings extends often beyond the
lower median nervules ; sometimes it includes a yellow streak of variable size situated
along the median nervure. The whitish adner\ular streaks assume sometimes a
yellowish colour behind the cell. The yellow abdomen has on each side of the fifth
and sixth segments a dorso-lateral black spot, and a dorso-median spot on the eighth
segment.
5. The white border to the cell of the forewings varies from extending down to
the base of the wing to being restricted to the apical third of the cell; the white
.streaks along the median and discoidal nervules are narrow and sliarply defined. On
the hindwings the fir.st yellow discal mark liehind the costal nervure is varialile
in size. The middle of the underside of each abdominal segment is occupied by one
large or two smaller lilack .spots.
//'(/). S. India (.Malabar, Travancore, Nilgiris, Bombay; 'J J, 12 jj.
12. Troides vandepolli (Snellen) [(?,?].
S ?. l'<i!Jili" raiiilejioUi Snelleu, TiJ,l.<rlu: r. KnI. XXXIII. p. -'2 (isyil) (Preangpr Mts.. .'.ono t"
5500 feet).
Ornitlu.ptern rn,„lq,„!!i, Frulistorfer, Bcrl. Eiit. Zeit^chr. XXXIX. p. L'41. t. 17. f. 1 ( J, ? ) (1S'.)4).
This is a most excellent species, with a broad discoidal cell to tlie hindwings of
both sexes.
(a) : T. vandepolli (Snellen), forma typ. [c?, ?].
The underside and the sides of the fourth to eighth abdominal segments are
yellow, with two rows of black ventral spots. Tliere are no red pectoral spot*
underneath the wings.
cJ. The yellow cellular spot of the hindwings has always an ovate shape. On
the underside of the hindwings there is a marginal, rather ill-defined, yellow mark
between the second and third median nervules, which often assumes the form of the
letter U ; many specimens have a transverse yellow bar before this mark.
J. The two small yellow markings between the costal and subcostal veins of the
hindwings are sometimes connected with one another and form a large lunule, the
concave side of which is directed towards the subcostal vein. Kelow, the posterior
marginal bnfT lunules are mostly joined to the discal creamy or yellowish buff' area
by means of a buffish scaling forming one or two short longitudinal strsaks in tlie
cellules between the median veins.
Hah. Java, at higher elevations (H. Frulistorfer: Mt. (iede. 4000 feet, August
1892; 8 c?, 6 ? ).
{h}: T. vandepolli honrathianus (Martin) [J,?]-
?. Omithnptera hnnrathiiiwi Martin, Bal. Etil. Xeil. XXXVII. p. 49--' (I>t02) (Sumatra).
cJ ? . Omithqitem hnimilhiomi Martin, NulUKfh. Tijihchr. r. Xeil. Iiid. LIII. 3 (Sep.). p. 1. n. I
(1893) ; Hagen, Jrix VU. p. lit n. 4 (1894) (Sumatra).
Differs from the .Tavan vandepolli especially in the abdomen being almost entirely
black.
Hah. Sumatra (Battak country; 1 ^,1 ? ; j/rolxihli/ (dso in the monntaiiwi's
regions of S.W. Sunuitrci).
This insect seems to me to be only a local form of T. nmdepoUi Snellen, though
Martin mav be right in treating it as a distinct species; for want of good material
we cannot decide the question.
( 206 )
i;i Troides haliphron (Hoisd.) [rf,?, iiu-iam.].
(J. Ormllioplera hnliphrnn Boisdaval, Spec. Gen. Lip. I. p. 181. n. 9 (183G) (Celebes).
^J?. Oi-nlthopli-ra luiliphion, Felder, Wien. Enl. Man. IV. p. 98. n. 52. t. 2. f. Sa. Sb (J,?)
(1860) (Celebes) ; Wall., Tr. Linn. Soc. Land. X.KV. p. 40. n. 14 {18t;.5) (Macassar) : Obcrth.,
Et. tFEnl. IV. p. 30. n. 7. & p. 110. n. 7 (1879) (Celebes) ; Stauding. & Schatz, Ent. .^chntell.
I. p. 5. t. 2 (S) (1884) (Celebes); Fickert, Zool. Jahrhiich. p. 734. n. 4 (1889) (Celebes);
Ilibbe, Iris III. p. 39 (1890) (Celebes; larva .t pupa); llothsch.. his V. p. 442 (1892)
(S.E. Celebes).
(J. Ornilhojilera ampliimetlon. Doubl. TFestw. & Hew., Gen. Dinrn. l.t^ii. I. p. 4. n. G (184i!) (ji.p.) :
Gray, Cat. Lep. Ins. B. M. I. p. h. n. 12 (1852) {p.p.).
(J ? . PnpiUo huUphron, Felder, Verh. z. b. G>-^. Wim p. 291. n. 2.j. & p. 334. n. 20 (1864) (Celebes) ;
Piepers & Snellen, Tijdsdir. c. Enl. XXI. p. 37. u. 147 (1878) (Saleyer, very common ;
Bantimoei-oDg).
? . OrnitJwptera Imliphron var. bauermanni Rober, Irits I p. 19 ( $ , npc J \ (1885) (Kabia Ishmd).
Three local form.s belong to this species : —
(a) : T. lialiphron (Boisd.) from Celebe.'; and the adjacenl .small islands ;
(/') : 7'. haliphron naias (Dohertv) from Sumba, J^ambawa. .Mor. .\donara. and
Wetter ;
(c) : T. hftliphron iris (Ruber) from 1-etti.
Doherty's Troides aaias var. sambawamia and Rober's T. haHphron var. haxter-
raanni are mere aljerrations.
(") ; T. haliphron (^Boisd.), forma typ. [(J, ?, metam.].
Breast with red hairs nnderueath the wings ; yellow colour of the underside of tiie
abdomen mni-li restricted, forming narrow transverse liands to the posterior .segments.
J. .Ml the nervules of tlie forewings are bordered with white l)elow, le.ss so on
the upperside ; on the underside the discoidal cell has also a white border in the
apical two-fifths, and the intercellular folds are whitish at the apex. The yellow area
of the hindwings consists of five discal spots, situated between the costal margin and the
second median nervule ; the spots are nearly of equal length ; sometimes, however,
the finst and last are reduced ; behind the second median nervule there is .seldom a
seventh, minute spot ; some individuals have a small spot within the ajiex of the cell
stretching ahmg the discocellular veinlets.
(''') • c?''^'^- bauermanni (Ruber).
(J. Oinllhoplerii haViphrnn var. banrrnvmiii Rljbcr, Iris I. p. 19 ((J, life ? ) (188J) (Kabia Island).
The cellular yellow spot of the hindwings before referred to large.
This aberration, which forms a transition to T. haUplirui) wtias (Uoherty), is
not confined to the Island of Kabia, but occurs also on the main island of Celebes.
Rober [Tijdschr. v. Ent. XXXIV. p. 270 (1891)] mentions a yellow U-shaped
marginal mark, standing on the underside of the hindwings between tlie lower
median nervules, and adds that he cannot find an explanation of this curious
marking. If we compare other species, and also the fenudes, wc find that this mark
is not so peculiar, and that it ajjpears also between the upper median nervules. It is
composed of the marginal internervular spot, and the rest of the adnervular streaks
whieli in several species run from the yellow discal area towards the outer margin anil
separate the siibmargiual black sj)ots from each other [compare the j of T. uhlonf/o-
nvicidatus (Goeze)] ; as the submarginal black spots are entirely merged together
with the marginal black spots to form a broad black marginal band in haliphron.
( 207 )
criton, etc., the before-mentioned iifliiervular yellow or huffish lines have disapiieareil.
but appear again in some specimens, and then stand either isolated or are joined to
the marginal huffish spots, and form in the latter case the U-shaped mark.
5. The white markings of the forewings are mucli more pronnneut than in the
S, especially on the upperside ; below there is a geminate streak along the sub-
median vein, which is absent from the other sex. The yellow area of the hindwings
is rather reduced; it consists of a cellular mark that occupies about half of the cell,
and of six discal markings, of which the first is very .small, and the last, which is much
suffused with lilack, is whitish, not yellow. The discal black markings, four or five
in number, are rather narrow and long, and stand nearer to the cell than to the outer
margin, the black marginal border being very broad; below there are two or three
minute spots between the costal margin and the upper discoidal nervule, which
correspond to those portions of the discal yellow area which lie between tlie discal
black margins and the black marginal border.
{Ir) : ? -ah. jjuflms (Oberth.).
5 . Oniilliiijiln-ii liiili/ilirtJii ;iberr. (an var. '!) pullem Oherthiir, I'l. tV Eiil. IV. p. Ilo. sub n. 7 (1R7!I)
(Celebe.sj.
?. Ornithojitera haliphron var. bauermauni Ruber, Iris I. p. I'.l (1885) ( J p.p. ; K.-ibiit Islaud).
Streaks of the forewings whiter than in typical haliphron ; base of the forewings
and body almost fawn-colour.
Hah. Celebes (9 cJ, 4 ?); Saleyer (1 cJ, 1 ?); Kabia Island.
(h)- T. haliphron naias (Doherty) [cJ, ?].
cj ? . Driiithf/itera naliix Doherty, Juurn. .U. Sue. Bi-nr/. p. 193. n. IIG (1891) (Sumba : commou).
(J ?. (Iriiilliuptem imias var. sambnimna Doherty, I.e. p. 104. sub n. 116 (1891) (Sambawa).
cJ ? . Ontithuptera soa-atn Staudiager, Iris IV. p. 71 (1891) (Wetter ; Sambawa) ; id.. I.e. VI. p. 83.
t. l.f. 1 ((^) (1893) (Wetter).
Though I have not seen Sumba specimens, I have, judging from Doherty's
description of naias, no doubt that all the specimens from Sambawa, Alor, Adonara,
and Wetter belong to this .subspecies. The characters by which Doherty separates
sambawanus from naias are not at all constant in the Sambawa examples, many of
the latter belonging to typical ■n.fflj'fts, others to sambawanus; the specimens from
the other localities are just as variable as, and do not differ from my individuals from
Samliawa. As the number and size of the yellow spots of the hindwings is so variable
in all tlie allied insects, I think it advi.sable to treat the aberration sambaivaims
as a mere synonym, else we shall have to bestow names u]ion a gioal number of
individual aberrations of hnUjihron, jilalo, iris, criton, etc.
d. The white streaks on the imderside of the forewings are narrower than in
haliphron (Boisd.). The hindwungs are much more pointed at the anal angle ; the
discal yellow area is similar to that of T. haliphron cJ-ab. bauermanni (K6her), but
extends farther towards the base; the first discal spot, between the costal and sub-
costal veins, is larger ; the others become gradually shorter ; there are four or five discal
spots, the fifth being mostly small or obliterated. The cellular sjiot extends mostly
from the subcostal vein, half-way between the base of the wing and the origin of the
subcostal nervule, to the origin of the second discoidal vein ; sometimes it is much
broader at the apex of (he cell, extending as far as the origin of the second median
nervule,
( 208 )
J . The white border of the cell of the forewiugs longer than in haliphron. The
(liseiil black sjiots of the hiiidwings stand farther from the cell than in haliphron;
there are five or -six vellow markings on the disc, the first standing before the sub-
costal vein being often obliterated, and a yellowish white, rather large mark beyond
the cell ; the cellular spot occupies about threeK[uarters of the cell ; the discal black
markings are sometimes merged together with the black marginal border; their
exterior limits are, however, indicated by some geminate yellow spots situatc^d half-
way between the yellow discal area and the outer margin of the wing.
The pectoral red spots underneath the wings are sometimes much rednccd in
both sexes, especially in the examples from Wetter.
Hab. Sumba; Sambawa (14 J, G ?); Adonara (5 6, 1 ?); Alor (2 J, 1 ?):
Wetter (3 S, 1 ? ).
(c): T. haliphron iris (Kober) [(J, ?].
J ? . Oniilhn/ifera Iris Ruber, Eiit. Niwlir. p. 3(;n (1888) (Letti) ; Standing.. Trh FV. p. 74 (1891)
{iris is probably a local form of haliphron) ; Rober, TijdKrlir. r. ICd. XXXIV. p. '270 (1891 1
(Letti ; iris differentiated from haliplimn).
This form is usually devoid of the red pectoral hairs, but in one of my ? examples
from Letti the breast is as red underneath the wings as in haliphron and nauis ; the
same specimen has also a red collar, while in typical iris the collar is of a dirty hufT
colour. In both sexes the edges of the alidominal segments below are not yellow, but
dirty buffi.sh brown. The white streaks of the forewings are less prominent than in
haliphron.
S. The discal yellow area of tlie hindwings is similar to that of hdliphron. In
most specimens there are only four .spots present, situated between the sulicostal and
second median veins; but often there appears a spot beyond the second median
nervule, another before the subcostal vein, and also a third within the apex of the cell-
$ . The apical third of the cell of the forewings beneath is almost all white. The
discal black spots of the hindwings are entirely merged together with the black
marginal band ; there are no yellow spots within this black border of the wing, but
in two of my specimens they are indicated below. The discal yellow area consists of
a rather small cellular spot, which does not reach, or scarcely reaches to the origin of
the third median vein, and four discal markings standing between the first discoidal
and third median nervules, and varying considerably in length ; to these spots comes
often a small mark in front of the upper discoidal nervule, and nearly always a [laler
spot behind the third median vein.
Hab. Letti (^\■. Doherty, .Tuly 1892) (10 S. 6 ? ).
14. Troides staudingeri (Kiiber) [J,?].
6 ?. Ornithnplerii sluiuliniiiri Riiber, ICnt. Much: p. :i6» (1888) (Loeang I.): Standing., Lis IV.
p. 74 (1891) (Babber'& Loeang); Ruber, TijUsclir. r. Enl. XXXIV. p. -208 (1891) (Loeang:
Babber ; nee Wetter).
T. staudingeri (Rober) and pbiio (Wall.) are very closely allied to T. critmi
(Feld.),and approach on the other hand also T. hnUphron (I?oisd.)an(l its local races.
Though I believe that, when the fauna of all the islands between .lava, Celebes, and
New Guinea is completely know^l, all these Troick.i will be connected by a chain of
jntergrndiiate specimens, and, therefore, will sink to the rank of subsj)ecies of T.
haliphron (Hoi,-;d.), I must treat T. staHclinf/eri, plato. criton, riedeli, and halipkrun
as distinct species, because we can at jn-esent still draw exact parting lines between
( 209 )
tlipse insects. T. wiias (Doherty) iiiiil /»•/'« (I\(ilier), liovvevpr, are not alwavs
recognisable without the lielp of locality, and are only local forms of T. hnliphron
(Boisd.).
Both sexes of stum linger I (Ruber) have red pectoral spots underneath the wings.
The abdomen is coloured as in riedeli ; the yellow colour of the underside is perhaps
a little more extended.
(3. The wliite, adnervular streaks of the forewings below are longer than in
T. riedeli (Kirsch) ; those which border the second median nervule reach the cell.
The first discal spot of the hindwings is larger thnn in ricdtii. but shorter than
in critoH (Feld.).
5 . The two specimens before me (one of which is lent to me by Dr. Staudinger)
vary somewhat in the amount of white on the forewings and in the size of the yellow
markings to the hindwings ; there are no yellow submarginal spots within the broad
black border of the liindw'ings.
Hah. Loeang; Babber (W. Doherty, July 1892) (1 d', 1 ?).
15. Troides plato (Wall.) [(?,?].
(J. <lniith,ipln-ii plat'' Wallace, Tr. Liiiit. Sm: Lnml. XXV. p. 40. n. 13 (18l.i.'.) (Timor) : Standing.,
Iris IV. p. 74 (1891) [Timor ; phto is a slight local form of a-ituii (Feld,)].
cJ ?. Ovnitkiiptem plato. Rdber, Tijihrhi: v. Ent. XXXIA^ p. 2Gil (18'JI) (Timor).
Both sexes are devoid of the red pectoral hairs underneath the wings ; but in
one of my females there stand some red hairs at the side of the metasternum.
Wallace {l.c.~) says that j)lato has uo red collar. This is a mistake ; most probably
the head of Wallace's specimen was bent backwards, as in consequence of sncli a
po.sition of the head the red collar is concealed by the black hairs of the neck. The
black basal two-fifths of the wings are sharply limited in a regularly arched curve.
i. The adnervular white streaks of the underside of the forewings are very
broad, broader than in any allied species, but not of constant size. The scaling of
the upperside is less dense between the discoidal and median nervules, so that this
part of the wing has a peculiar appearance, being semi-transparent. The size of the
yellow cellular spot of the hindwings is rather varial.ile ; in .*ome specimens that spot
reaches along the median vein as far as the origin of the lower median nervule, while
in others it reaches .scarcely bej'ond the second median vein. The jiosti>rior spot (the
sixth) of the di.scal series is also inconstant in length and breadth.
?. The forewings vary much in the amount of white: the apical fourth or third
of the cell, and the bases of the cellules at the extremity of the cell, are above feebly
suffused with white ; or these parts and geminate streaks at the submedian and lower
median veins are conspicuously white, so that there is a discal white patcli extended
between costal and inner margins, inwardly concave and sharply limited, exteriorly
gradually shading off and extending along the veins. In a specimen in Dr. Staudinger's
collection the apical tw-o-fifths of the cell are white, exclusive of two broad and a narrow-
longitudinal streak, and the white region outside the cell is nmcli ii'diic'cd in con-
sequence of the black internervular streaks being long and very prominent ; the black
streaks between the two lower median nervules and between the lower median and
submedian veins are especially dark, and join tlie black basal region wilh<iu( assuming
a paler Colour ; hence the black basal region is much less regularly convex than in
other /emf'/e.s and the male.
The subdiscal black spots of the hindwings are in one form of the fe\i\<de well
marked, the four posterior ones being partly or entirely surrounded with yellow ; in
( al<> )
a second form the spots are merged together with tlir l>hu'k outer margin, and their
exterior limits are indicated by minute, adnervniar, yellow spots. Tlie yellow patch
of the hindwings is sometimes much paler below than above ; it consists of six to
seven discal and a cellular spot ; the latter is in Dr. Staudinger's specimen twice the
size of that in one of my own individuals, reaching in the former beyond the origin
of the subcostal nervule ; the first discal spot, standing in front of the subcostal vein,
is small and often absent.
The hindwings are rather strongly indented in both sexes. The marginal spots
of the female are large. The abdomen is similar in pattern to that of T. rieddi
(Kir-scb).
Hah. Timor (W. Dolierty : Oinainisa, Dutch Timor, Novemlier to December ISiU )
(6<?, 3¥).
Ifi. Troides criton (Feld.) [J,?, metam.].
(J?. Ormlhojilfni oHnn Felder, Wini Enl. Mun. IV. p. -225. n. 7> (18C0) (BiUjan); Wall, Tr.
Linn. Soc. Loud. XXV. p. 40. n. 12 (1865) (Ratjan ; Ternate; Gilolo ; Morty ) ; Oberth., El. tl'Eiil.
IV. p. ;U. n. Ill (18711) (Dodinga; Ternate) ; id., Ann. .lAii.s-. Ch: Gemmi XV. p. 408. n. .'1 (1880)
(Ternate; Halmahera) ; Biitl., Ann. .1%. N. 77. (5). XIII. p. 196. n. 42 (1884) (Ternate):
Stauding. & Schatz, E.'-ol. Scliwett. I. p. fj (1884) ; Fickeit, Zoul. .Talirliiich. p. 7:!V. n. 7. t. 21.
f. 7 (J) (18811) : Ribbe, 7ivs III. p. 4.-i (1891) (Batjaii ; larva & pupa).
(J ?. PupUio criton Felder, I.e. p. 291. n. 23 (18G4) (Batjun: Halmahera) : id., lieise Xunini, Leji.
I. p. 12. n. 6. t. 4. f. a— c ( c?, ? ) (18G.5).
(?. The yellow spot of the cell to the hindwings is longest anteriorly, being
limited basally in the direction of the lower median nervule ; in T. of/longo-
maculntus (Goeze) the spot is cut off in the direction of the subcostal nervule ; the
first, postcostal mark of the hindwings is mostly the largest of all the discal spots;
there is no yellow mark behind the lower median nervule.
J. The yellow spot in the cell of the hindwings is mo.stly small, and basally cut
off either transversely or in the direction of the lower median nervule; Ix'hind the
lower median nervule there is either no spot, or a very small one ; the subdiscal black
spots are small and joined to the black border of the wings, but are apjiarcnily never
completelv merged together with the marginal band, as is so often the case in T-
oblonf/omacidatus papuensis (Wall.). The underside of the aluldiiicii is black, with
the hinder edges of the segments yellow ; the yellow edge of the eightli scLiiiient i-;
broad and dilated in the middle.
Thei-e are three ditfereiit forms of the /cm"/'' :—
(«2) : Typical feiit'ilc: similar to the male. i.e. forewings black above and below;
disc of the hindwings of the same yellow colour on both sides as in the other sex.
(h-) : J -all. (jherthuri ab. nov.
Forewings with a white patch occupying the extremity of the cell and extending
alono- the subcostal, discoidal, and upper median nervules, as in T. ohlonr/omnculfitits
pariuevsis ^-ah.papvaini.'i Oherthi'n- ; yellow region of the hindwings bufUsh below.
Resembles {\\p feviale of T. riedeli (Kirsch).
(<?') : ? -ab. f elder i ab. nov.
Papitio criton ? Felder, Reisf Nnvara, Lrp. I. t. 1. f. b. c. (iSGS).
Smaller tban the other /emrtZe«. Yellow region of the hindwings of the same
liutfish colour as in the $ of T. oblontjomaeulatus (Goeze). .Marginal fringe of both
wings unicolorous buff, not black at the nervules.
( -'11 )
All three /('(/(.((it's occur together, anil are connected by intergraduate specimens;
the two foiin-- which I have named here are of interest, as their characters point to
other species of Troldes.
Ilab. Northern [Moluccas : Hatjan (8 3, 4 j); Ternale (2 S)\ llaliiialiera
(3 cJ, 3 j); Morty.
17. Troides riedeli (Kirsch) [cf,?].
(^ ? . Oniilhi'plii-a riedeli Kirsch, /'. X. S. p. 275. n. 1. t. H). f. 1 ( (J ). 2 ( ¥ ) (1885) (Timor Laut) ;
Rober, Tijdsrhr. v. Eat. XXXIV. p. 2G0 (1891) (Timor Laut) ; Smith & Kirby, Illw}). Exot. II.
On:, p. 3. t. 2. f. 1 ( J). 2 ( ? ) (1892)..
A very constant species. The breast is covered iindenieath the wings with red
hairs.
(i. The forewings have sometimes feeble, adnervular, whitish streaks above;
below, these streaks are much more prominent. The yellow spot in the cell of the
hindwings varies a little in size. The diseal spots gradually increase in length from
the second to the sixth spot ; the first is always mnch smaller than the second, being
often hardly a third of the size of the latter. The abdomen is black, with the hinder
edges of the third to eighth segments below yellow; this yellow edge is dilated in
the middle of the fifth to seventh segments.
5 . Only one form is known, the forewings of which have a white patch at the
extremity of the cell, as in T. criton ?-ab. oberthi/ri mihi and in T. vUoiu/omacidalas
jJd'puemsis ?-ab. papuaims (Oberth.). The hindwings have often a small yellow spot
in the end of the cell; there are mostly four yellow diseal markings between the
u))per discoidal anrl the third median nervules ; they are connected along the veins
with the yellow submarginal spots, and thus the subdiscal black markings are sur-
rounded with yellow, or partly so; behind the lower median nervule there stands a
rather small bufhsh spot of variable size, and in some specimens there is also a minute
yellow spot in front of the upiier discoidal nervule. The abdomen is similar to that
of the c?, but the seventh segment has a yellow middle line.
Hah. Tenimbcr Islands (W. Doherty, June to ,July 1892) (.5 S, •) ? ).
18. Troides oblong'omaculatus fOoeze) [J,?, metam.].
Suba, Tiles. ]V. p. 22. t. 111. f. li. 7 ( J : c'.\ Coloiiia Suriuameusi ! ) & p. 55. t. 46. f. 9-12 (J)
(Amboina) (17(i5).
(J. Fapilin Equis Triijdiius helaiu, Clurck (««■ Liiim-, 1758), /(■<,«. his. II. t. 22. f. 1 (171)4) : lAwuti,
Mug. Lull. Ulr. p. 199. ii. 18 (1704) [Uab. in "America meridionali,'' ex err.); Houtt.,
Naturl. Hist. I. 11. p. 20. n. 18 (1767) [p.p.) : Linne, Sijd. Nat. ed. xii. p. 748. n. 19 (1767)
(p.p.) ; Miiller, Naturs. V. 1. p. 571. n. 19 (1774) [p.p.) ; Fabr., Stjsl. Enl. p. 449. n. 28 (1775)
{lH'.) ; Cramer, Pup. Ex. II. p. 6(5. t. 140. f. \. i) (,^) (1777) (Amboina) ; Goeze, Ent. Hei/tr.
III. 1. p. 38. n. 19 (1779) {ii.p.) : Fal)r.. Spec. Ins. II. p. 10. n. 39 (1781) [p.p.) : Jablonsky,
yalnrs. Schmett. I. p. 203 ii. 5. t. 3. f. 2 (<J) (178.S) ; Esper, Ami Schmell. p. 43. t. 9. f. 2 (1786)
((J, erroneiiushj ree. as ? ) ; Fabr , .Mant. Jus. II. p. 5. n. 42 (1787) (p./i.) ; Gmelin, Si/st. Xat.
I. 5. p. 2234. n. 19 fl790) ; Fabr., Ent. Si/st. III. 1. p. 19. n. 59 (1793) ( p.p.).
?. Pupilio Erpies Trojaims obhjiKjuniacukitus Gouze, Eut. Beijlr. III. 1. p. 44. ii. 22 ( 1779) (;(/y»(S ;
ficbm fig. 6. 7. tiibulae Ki).
$ . Pajiilio Eques Triijauui ampliiumhii Cramer. I'ap. E.rtit. III. p. 2. t. 194. f. .\ (1779)
(Amboina) ; Fabr., Sjiec. lus. II. p. 8. n. 31 (1781) ; .lablonsky, Natiirs. Schmett. I. p. 204.
n. 6. t. 4. f. 1 (1784) (Amboina) ; Kabr., Maul. Jus. II. p. 5. n. 34 (1787) ; Gmelin, Si/sl. .\'at.
I. 5. p. 2231. n. 291 (1790) (Amboina); Eaper, Ausl. Scliuicll. p. 7.5. u. 33. t. 18. f.l (1790)
(" cJ " i-x err.); Fabr., Ent.Sijst. III. 1. p. 15. n. 45 (1793)(.'\mboina) : Espor, I.e. p. 250. t. 40. c.
f. 2 (1796 ?).
J . Troide.-! amphimedon, Hubner. Verz. bck. Schui. p. 88. n. 920 (ISlil).
(J. yroWfd /iefe«((, Hubner, /.c. p. 88. n. 921 (1816) (;)./'•)•
( -'1-^ )
? . Papillo amphiimdoii, Godart. Em. Meth. IX. p. iti. n. 4 (1819) : Gray, Oit. hp. [n.->. II. .1/. I.
p. o. n. 12 (1852) (Amboina : nee Celebes); id., Lial Lep. Ins. B. M. I. p. 4. u. 14 (1856)
(Ceram).
(J. Papilio helleii, Godart, l.c. p. 27. n. i; (1819).
?. OniithopUra ampliimetlun, Boisduval, Voi/. Astrolabe, Lep. p. 35. n. 2. t. 1. f. 1. 2 (1832)
(Amboina; ner Celebes); id.. Spec. Gen. Lep. I. p. 17G. n. 4 (1836) (Amboina; nee
Celebes) ; Doubl. Westw. i<- Hew., Gen. Diiirn. Lep. I. p •). n. (i^(nec tab.) (1846) (Amboina ;
iiec Celebes, iier Ceylon),
jj. Oniilhopteru lieleno, Boisduval, Vdi/. AslmUiie, Lip. p. 30. n. 3 (IH32) (Amboina; nee Burn,
nee Rawak) ; id., Spec. Gin. Lip. I. p. 177. n. 5 (1836) (Amboina: helena L.= jJ of
amphimeilon Cram. ?) ; Doubl. Westw. & Hew , Gen. Dinrn. Lrp. I. p. 4. B. 7 (1846) (Amboina) ;
Vollenhov., Tijdyrlir. r. Enl. III. p. 71. n. 5 (1860) (p.p.).
J. Papilio hrtena, Gray, Cat. Lep. Lis. li. .1/. I. p. 5. n. 10 (1852) ; id., List Lep. Ins. B. M. I. p. 4.
n. 12 (1856) (Amboina): AuriTill., Kongl. Si: Vet. Ah. llamll. XIX. 5. p. 22. n. 18 (1882).
cj ? . Ornilhopteia hehmi, Wallace, I'roe. Ent. Sue. I.ond. V. p. 23 (1858) (0. amphimedon Cram.
= ? of 0. helena h.) ; Feld., Wien. Ent. Mon. TV. p. 97. sub n. 51 (1860) (0. amphimedon
Cram = $ of 0. helina L.) : Wall., Tr. Linn. Soc. Land. XXV. p. 38. n. 7 (1865) (Amboina ;
Ceram); Oberth., AV. d'Enl. IV. p. 30. n. 6 (1879) (Amboina; Ceram); P.agenstech., ./«/n7y.
Nut. Ver. Xass. p. 55 (1884) (Amboina) ; Fickert, Zool. Jahrtmch. p. 735. n. 5 (1S89) (pji.) :
Ribbe, Iris II. p. 207. n. 3 (1890) (Ceram ; ab. of ? ) ; id., l.c. III. p. 41 (1890) (Ceram ; larva
& pupa) ; Rober, Tijdschr. v. Ent XXXIV. p. 268 (1891) (Ceram).
(J ? . Papilio helena, Felder, Verh. z. b. Ges. Wien p. 291. n. 22 (1864) (Amboina ; mc Temate) ;
Butler, Cat Dinrn. Lrp. descr. Fabric, p. 234. n. 3 (1809).
(J J. Ornilhoplera hehiui, Stauding. 04 Schatz, Ej:ot. Schiaeft. I. p. 5. (1888) (Amboina ; Ceram).
Liune de:scnbed the Papilio Eques Achivus helena in Hyst. NM. ed. x. ji. 4G1.
n. 18 (1758) thus :—
Alis dentatis atris concolonbu.s : posticis disco comnuuii lUDato.
Mer. swrin. in tabula titulo praefixa, ficjnra niaxiinu.
Habitat injlm^ihns Arecae Americes.
Speciossissiwus colore fidf/eniissimi aiiri, tUrinque in disco alaritni posticaritm.
We observe that Linn^ enumerates here helena under the " Equites Achivi,"
which have no red spots at the breast underneath the wings ; all the vellow Troides,
exceiit amphrysits, plato, and allies, have, iio\ve\er, the red pectoral spots, and belong,
therefore, to the "Equites Trojani." The hdena of 1764, described in Mus. Liid.
Ulr., stands indeed under the " Equites Trojani." We see, further, that the initial.s
M. L. L'., which always .stand behind the diagnosis of those species which l,inne had
seen in the Museum of the (jueen Ludovica Ulrica, are left out. We .see, tliirdly, that
Linn^ refers to ^Merian's Insects of Surinam ; I have compared all the editions of that
work, and find that in the editions of 1705 and 1717 there are no Troidea figured, but
that only on plate 72 of the later editions there is a figiu-e (" jiijara, niaxima ") which
lepreseuts unmistakably that species of Troides which is generally known as pompeus
(Cramer). This plate 72 does not, however, stand before tiie title-page {" titulo
pr((sjixa"), but is the last plate of the work; most probably in the sj)ecimen of
Merian's book which Linut^ had before him the last plate, which gives figures of
.\frican and Indian animals and has really nothing to do with the remaining te.\t
and plates dealing with animals from Surinam, was bound at the beginning of
the book.
If we compare further J>inne's sentence, " Habitat injicn'ibus Arecae Americes"
with the text of Merian, " Arborem Arekam . . . non animus est describere; . . .
solum hoc loco earn exhibui, ad Erucas et Papiliones, qui sui)er illam proveniunt et
gignuntur, demon.strandos. Magna ilia Kruca alimentum ex flokibus petit, ... in
Am-eliam mutatur, unde post aliquot dies pulcherrimus Papilio, formosis nigrisque
alis supernis, infernis vero aui'eo colons, eruinpit," it is (juite clear —
( ^1- )
(1) That Liiiiie, when describing his Iwlemi in IT.iS, had no specimen before
hiua, else he would not have put that species amongst the Equites Achivi;
(2) That Linne described his Iielrno in 1758 from Meriaii's figure only, which
is Cramer's poinpeus ;
(3) That Linne found in ITUi the Amlioina insect in the ]\Iuseum of the Queen
Ludovica Ulrica, and mistook it for the insect figured by Pierian and named heleiid
in 1758.
I am very sorry to state that, in consequence of what I have explained here, the
name of fielena (L.) must be applied to the insect described by Cramer as (P. E. T.)
jjomjjeus, and that for the Moluccan insect the name which comes next in priority
must stand. Now the feiivde of the Moluccan Papilionid in question received the
name of oblongomaculatus Goeze in 1779; Cramer pulilished the same sex under
the name of ariiphimedon, most probably also in the year 1779. Which name has
the priority? The "Vorrede" of Goeze's Ent. Beytr. III. 1 is dated " Vor der
Michaelismesse_ 1779," and has been written after the volume was printed (of.
" ^'on■ede ") ; (ioeze's book came, therefore, out at the " jNIichaelismesse " — i.e. in
the middle of the year 1779. Cramer's Vol. III. is dated 1782; the first plates of
Vol. III. have, however, been quoted by Goeze in 1780 and by Fabricius in 1781, .so
that undoubtedly a number of Cramer's plates of \o\. III. must have been published
at least before the " Michaelismesse " of 1780. I cannot find any reference to the
exact appearance of Cramer's plates of Vol. III., and as I think it only just that in
all cases of doubtful priority the name of that author must have the priority who
dated his publication, I am forced to enumerate the insect in question under Goeze's
name of ohlongoiiKiciddtus.
This species occurs in the i^outhern Moluccas, Celebes, and New Guinea, and
must be divided into four subspecies : —
(«) : T. ohlonijoiiwc^datus (Goeze) from Amboina, Ceram, Banda Islands ;
(6) : T. ohluiviwiivicidatan boarnensls (Wall.) from the Island of Burn ;
(c) : T. oblowjo'inaculatus eelebensis (Wall.) from Celebes and Saleyer;
(cZ) : T. obloH<jo)nacid(dus papuensis (Wall.) from New Guinea.
In the Northern Moluccas there occurs another species \_T. criton (Feld.)], while
on the Ke}- and Am Islands no yellow Troides has hitherto been found.
(") : T. oblongomaculatus (Goeze), forma typ. [J, ?, metam.].
cJ. The median and discoidal nervules on the underside of the forewings are
mostly bordered with a white scaling, which is, however, seldom very obvious, and
sometimes entirely absent. The first .spot of the yellow area of the hindwings,
situated between the costal and subcostal nervules, is in some individuals four times
as large as in others; sometimes the black colour of the base is extended along the
subcostal nervure as far as the origin of the subcostal nervule ; in other examples
the submedian nervure and upper discoidal nervule are broadly, but quite iiTegularly,
black; there is occasionally a black irregular spot in the apex of the cell, and also
sometimes some niinute patches in the yellow discal area outside the cell. The
yellow marking between the median and snlimediau norvures is narrow, but mostly
of about the same length (15 mm.) as the preceding mark ; in one of my specimens
it is, however, reduced to two minute spots.
?. The whitish adnervular streaks of the forewings above are often very feebly
marked; in other individuals the whitish colour is so much extended as to occupy
the outer two-thirds of the wing, exclusive of the costal and outer margins and the
( ai4 )
blown inteniciv uliir streaks, wliicli reach I'rom the outer margin aliout half-wav to
the cell. The huffish markings of the upperside of the hinchvings are rather small;
that within the cell is mostly reduced to a small patch standing posteriorly in the
apex of the cell between the origin of the lower median and lower discoidal nervules,
and seldom occupies more than the apical third of the cell ; iu none of my s|)eciinens
it touches the upper discocellular nervule ; the discal spot between the upi)er
discoidal and the subcostal veins is very small or absent ; the sjot beyond the lower
median nervule is very inconstant in size and form ; on the underside it is alwavs
large, extending from the cell to the outer margin, and includes a submarginal auil
a subdiscal Wack patch.
Il((h. .Vmboina (W. l)oherty, I'Vbruary 1892_) (.) i, 7 ?); Sajiarua ; t'erani
(6cf, 5 ?); Banda Islands (W. Doherty) (1 J).
The Banda specimen does not differ from Amlwiua and Ceram examples. Fekler
records oblanrjmimculatus from Teraate ; a i and ? in the Felder collection with
the locality " Ternate " belong certainly to this species, but the locality is undoubtedly
erroneous, as the present species is replaced on the Northern Moluccas by T. criton
(Feld.).
(//) : T. oblougomaculatus bouruensis (Wall.) [cJ, ?].
(J. OniUlKjptent heleito, Boisduvul {iicc Ijinnr, 17o8), I'oi/. Aolmlabe, Lcp. p. 3i). ii. 3 (IKjSi) (Buru :
nee Amboina, ne.c Rawak).
(^ ? . Ornithupleru Menu local form b'ii<riicits/i Wallace, Tr. Linn, Soc. Land. XXV. p. 38. sub u. 7
(1805) (Buru).
<S. Scarcely different from the typical form ; the yellow region of the hindwings
is often more reduced in e.xtent than in oblongohiaculntas.
?. Markings of the hindwings much more yellow than in the tyiiical race,
especially on the upperside. Size the same as oblowjomacidatus.
Hab. Buru (W. Doherty) (1 ?).
(c) : T. oblougomaculatus celebensis (Wall.) [J, ?].
$. i h-nithoptrrti (tinjilu/neilon, Boisduval (tirr (Jramer, 177yf, I'ni/, Astrolabf^ Lep. p. 35. n. 2 (1832)
(Celebes; nee Amboina); id., S/w. (Ihi. Lip. I. p. 176. n. 4 (1836) (p.p.): Doubl. Westw.
& Hew., Gen. Diiirn. Lep. I. p. 4. n. 6 (1846) (p.p.).
i. Papilio amphiniedmi. Gray, Oil. Lep. I».<. Ii. if. I. p. 5. n. 12 (1852) (p/i.).
(J. Ornitlinplera heleni local form relebensin Wallace, Tr. Linn. Svc. Loml. XXV. p. 3'.!. sub u. 7
(1865) (Macassar).
(J ?. Omitluiptera hekna var. /cc/<( Staudiuger (nee Wallace, 1865), Iris IV. p. 74 (1891) (Saleyen.
(J. Forewings below with adnervular whitish streaks, which sometimes reach the
cell and are connected in pairs at the base. The yellow area of the hindwings more
reduced than in oblmu/omucidattis, the spot beyond the lower median norvulc wanting;
the nervules traversing the yellow area heavily bordered with black.
?. Markings of the hindwings yellower aliove and below than in the typical
race, smaller, exclusive of that within the cell, which is larger, occupying the apical
half or more of the cell ; submarginal spots especially much reduced, often absent.
TInb. Macassar and Saleyer (2 J, 2 ? ).
(i/) : T. oblougomaculatus papuensis (Wall.) [S, ?].
fj. Ornithopkni Helena, Boisduval {nee Linnu, 1758), Vuij. Astrolabe, Lep. p. 36. u. 3 (1832) (Rawak :
nee Amboina, nee Bufu).
(?) (J ?. Ornitliopteru tielemi. VoUenboveu, Tijehehr. r. Ent. III. p. 71. n .'i (I81IO1 (p.p.).
( 215 )
(?). cJ. OniilJiapfcra aiiqiliiiiieclnii, Volleiilioven («<-<■ ('i;imtr, 177'JJ. I.e. p. 71. n. il (l>'i;'i) (New
Guinea).
?. Ovnithoptera heUiia local foi'm j)«j)wr«.sv'.< Wallace, Tr. f.inii. Soc. Loml. XXV. p. 38. .snb n. 7
(1865) (New Guinea; Salwatty).
cJ ?. Ornithoptera helena, Fickert, .Zt/i/?. Jahrhiirh. p. 735. n. 5 (1889) ( p.ii.).
^. Pompeoptera melpomnna Kippon, Icon. OniHh. pi. D. f. 9. a — b (1892) (ueuration).
^ ? . Ornilhoplera (Pompeoptera) papueiinis, Bippon, I.e. text & plate (18931.
cJ. Ornithoptern {Pompeoptera) meljmmona, Rippon, I.e. text & plate (1893) (New Guinea).
S- P'orewings uniformly lilack above and Ijelow, darker than in ohloiujoniuculatus
(ftoeze). Cellular yellow .spot of the hindwings usually larger than in the typical
race, more obliquely cut off basally. Yellow spot before the .subcostal vein absent
or very small; that behind the cell longer than in oblongomaculatus.
The black colour of the costal and basal portion of the liindwings penetrates
often only a little into the cell. Mostly the black colour of the cell is limited
obliquely, the bordering line having the direction of the subcostal nervule; sometimes,
however, only the apical half of the cell is yellow. The yellow mark between the
abdominal fold and the cell extends mostly to the base of the wing.
?. The yellow area of the hindwings is of almost as deep a yellow colour as in
the male. The subdiscal black spots of the hindwings are small, and in many
individuals completely merged together with the marginal black border ; cellular
yellow spot more obliquely cut off basally than in oblongomaenljUus ; postcellular
yellow mark shaped as in the male, but longer and broader. Abdomen yellow below,
with a series of black spots on each side; in oblongomaculatus ? the imderside of
the abdomen is black, with the edges of the segments and the middle of the posterior
ones 3'ellow.
The forewings are either black above and below, as in the male, or there appear
whitish streaks along the nervules, first on the underside, then also above. The
yellow area of the hindwings is seldom of the same yellow colour on both sides of the
wings; in mo.st specimens it has on the underside the pale buflSsh tint as in ohlovr/o-
maoulatus, especially so in the individuals with paler forewings.
('(-): ^-ah. pajjuanus (Oberth.).
Oniilkoptera rri/oii var. (ou aberr. V) /lapuami Oberthiir, Et. rVEnt. IV. p. 31. sub n. 10 (1879)
(Amberbaki).
Pompeoptera mrlpomona Rippon, Icon. Orni/li. pi. D. f. 10 (1892).
Ortiilliop/erii [Pompeoptera) melpomona Rippon, I.e. text & plate (1893) (New Guinea).
Mr. Oberthiir kindly gave us a sketch of his papuanus, and T must state (hat
piijmanus lielongs to papuensh (\\'all.), not to criton (Feld.).
The adnervular whitish streaks of the forewings in the region of tie end of
the cell are large and united in pairs at their bases ; apical third of the cell also
white. Hindwings with small, subdiscal, black spots, which are joined to tiie black
border or stand separate, or with a simi)le, very broad, black border to the outer
margin.
This form of i\\f female is connected with the black form by every intergradation.
In all the yellow Troides (Aviphrisins Swainson) there occur two forms of the fern ate
sex, one with darker, the other with lighter forewings.
Hab. New Guinea (11 <S, 14 ?).
Occurs all over New Guinea (I have examples from Kedscar Hay, British New
Guinea), but is apparently locally rather scarce.
17
( 216 )
19. Troides helena (L.) [t?,?, inetam.].
(J. Merian, Tiis. Surinam, t. 72. 6g. max. (1719).
J. Papilio Eques Achiaix hekna Linne, .Si/s(. Nat. ed. x. p. 4G1. n. 18 (1758) (lijptis : fig. .Uerianae).
J. Pajnlio Equfs Trojanut helena Linnd, .l/"«. Lml. Ulr. p. 199. n. 18 (17ti4) (sub xi/nmi.) ; Houtt.,
Xiil. Hist. I. 11. p. 20. n. 18 (1767) (pp.): Linn^, Si/sl. Nat. ed. xii. p. 748. ii. 19 (17G7)
(p.p.); MttUer, NiUiirx. V. 1. p. 571. n. 19 (1774) (p.p.) ; Fabr., %s/. Ent. p. 449. n. 28 (1775)
lj>.p.); Goeze, Ent. Jiii/li: III. 1. p. 38. n. 19 (1779) (p.p.) ; Fabr., Spec. Ins. II. p. 10. n. 39
(1781) (p.p.) : Fabr., .Uant. Ins. II. p. .'>. n. 42 (1787) (p.p.) ; id., Enl. Si/sl. III. I. p. 19. n. 59
(mS)(p.p.).
? . Papilio Eques Adiirus pompeiis Cramer, Pap. Exul. I. p. 39. t. 25. f. a (1775) (Batavia) ;
Goeze, Ent. Beyti: III. 1. p. 83. ii. 52 (1779) ; Esper. Ausl. Schmell. p. 101. n. 43. t. 24. f. 2
(1T92).
$ . Papilio Eques Trojaiins axtenous Fabricius, Sijsl. Ent. p. 448. n. 270 (1775) (li/pe in .Mas. Banks,
still preserved in Brit. .Uns. ; hab. in "cap. b. ap." ex err.) ; Goeze, Ent. Bei/tr. III. 1. p. 41.
11. 10 (1779) ; Fabr., Spec. Ins. II. p. 10. n. 38 (1781) ; Jablonsky, Nalurs. Sclimelt. I. p. 201.
n. 4. t. 2. f. 3 (1784) ; Gmelin, Sysl. Xat. I. 5. p. 2234. n. 297 (1790) (synon. ex parte).
(J. Papilio Eqius Trnjanns heliacon Fabricius, Ent. Syst. III. 1. p. 19. n. CO (1793) (Iiid. or. ;
type in Mus. Banhs, still preserved in Brit. .Vus.).
(J. Papilio heliacon, Donovan, Ins. of hulia t. 19 (1800).
{J. Trokles helena, Hiibuer, Vers. heh. Schni. p. 88. n. 921 (IHIG) (p.p.).
$. Troides astenous, Hiibner, I.e. p. 88. n. 922 (181G).
(j ? . Papilio amphi-isins, Godart, Enc. Mith. IX. p. 27. n. 7 (1819) (p.p.) ; Horsf., Ckit. Lep. Ins.
Mns. E. I. C. I. t. 4. f. 13. a— c (I., p.,anatom.) (1828) : Zinkeri, Nova Act. Ac. Nat. Cur. XV.
p. 153. n. 8 (1832) (Java ; synon. ex parte).
(J $. Awphrisius nymphalides Swainson, Zool. Illuslr. (2). II. t. 98 (J, I., p.) (1833) (Java).
(J ? . Ornithopteia heliacon, Boisduval, Spec. Gen. Lip. 1. p. 178. ii. 7 (183()) (Java, nee Sumatra ;
.tyn. ex parte) ; Blanch., //«(. Nat. Ins. III. p. 420. t. 1 [(J ; = hepluiestus (Fold,)?]: 2 (/.).
3 (p.) (1840) (Java) ; Obertli., Et. iVEnt. IV. p. 32. n. 13 (1879) (Java).
(5 J . Ornithoptera pomjieius, Doubl. Wcstw. & Hew., Gen. Diurn. Lip. I. p. 4. n. 9 (184G) (Java ;
synon. ex parte).
J $ . Papilio pompeus, Gray, Cat Lip. Ins. B. M. I. p. 5. n. 13 (1852) (p.p.) ; id., List Lep. Ivs.
B. .M. I. p. 5. n. 15 (185G) (p.p.) ; Feld., Verh. j. 6. Ges. Wicn p. 291. n. 28 (1864) (pp.) ;
Butl., Cat. Diurn. Lep. descr. Fabric, p. 235. n. 4 (1869) (p.p.).
fj ?. Ornithnptera pompeus, Horsf. & Moore, Cat. Lep. Ins. Mus. E. 1. C. I. p. 87. n. 177 (1857)
(p.p.); Vollenhov., Tijdschr. v. Ent. III. p. 71. n. 7 (1860) (Java : Padang : "New Guinea"
err. loc.) ; Wall., Tr. Linn. Soc. Land. XXV. p. 39. u. 9 (1865) (p.p.) ; Stauding. & Scliatz,
Exot. Schmett. I. p. 5 (1884) ; Fickert, Zool. Jahrlmch. p. 727. t. 21. f. 5 ( J). 6 ( ? ) (1889).
For reasons wliy this species is the true helena (L.) see T. oblouf/o'inacidativs
(Goeze) (page 212).
Fabricius's aslenons is, according to the specimen in the Kanksian collection,
based on a typical /«»(«/« of helena (I..). The male in the Banksian collection bears
a label "Papilio an helena?" and conios indeed very near to Merian's figure, upon
which Linne's helenn is ba'^ed. Donovan's figure of Papilio heliacmi Fabr. was taken
from " an insect from the East Indies, in the cabinet of Sir Joseph Bank.s, Bart.,"
and agrees perfectly witli the before-ment ioned m«fe. As Fabricius described heliacon
from the l^anksian collection, I must take that male for the tyjie of Fabricius's species.
This specimen belongs, however, to the Javan race of helena, so that heliacon (P'abr.),
as well as astenous (Fabr.), sink as synonyms of helena (L.).
Troides helena (L.) ranges from X. India to Sambawa and Celelies, and has
developed into five subspecies : —
{a) : T. helena (1...) from .Java and S.E. Sumatra;
(6) : T. helena nereis (Doherty) from Eugano ;
(c) : T. helena, projnnquus m. from Sambawa ;
(cl) : T. helena cerherus (F«ld.) from N. India; Malay Peninsula; .\ndanian Islands;
Sumatra ; Nias ; Natuna Islands : Borneo : Banguey ;
( 217 )
(c) : T. helena, hephaestus (Feld.) from Celebes and Saleyer.
This species can be expected to be found farther east than Sambawa, and iiiav
also occur in the Southern Philippines, Sulu Islands, Tonkin, and S. China. I have
seen specimens said to be from one and the other of these localities whicli did not
exhibit any differences from tlie Ja\'an helena, and I must therefore conclude that
the habitat of those individuals was incorrect.
(n): T. helena (I-), forma tvp. \_(i, ?, metam.].
cJ. The forewings vary above from being uniformly lilack to being marked witii
broad, whitish, adnervular streaks ; these streaks reach often from the cell to near the
outer margin, and are situated at all the nervules ; those at the lower median vein are
the shortest and do not reach the cell. Below, the forewings vary in a similar way
to above, but they are apparently never entirely devoid of white scales, though these
scales are often only a few in number. The apex of the cell is sometimes whitish,
especially below.
In most individuals the cellule between the costal and subcostal nervules is all
black ; in some examples there appears a small submarginal yellow spot, and in
others a second, discal, linear mark, which is seldom joined to the submarginal spot.
The number of the subdiscal black spots \aries from 5 to 0 ; the first and last are the
largest ; the first is often much enlarged. The spots disappear as follows : first 2, 3, 4 ;
then I ; last 5.
The abdomen has mostly a buffisli mark above on the middle of the third,
fourth, and fifth segments.
5 . Above, the forewings are brownish black, with very faint whitish adnervular
streaks ; the apex of the cell a very little paler than the rest of the cell. From this
extreme form, the forewings vary to having the outer half (including the apical third
or fourth of the cell) nearly all white, suffused-with black scales. Below, the white
streaks are always present, and vary in length and breadth enormously.
The basal-costal black region of the hindwings extends in nearly all specimens
beyond the origin of the subcostal nerviile ; sometimes it reaches as far as the second
discocellular veinlet. Between the costal and subcostal veins there is seldom a
yellow submarginal spot. Tlie po.sterior yellow discal spot reaches often the base of
the wing. The subdiscal black markings are exceedingly variable in size ; mostly
they are joined to the black border of the wing, but stand often isolated ; they are
liable to obliteration, though they disajipear less often than in the male. In Oberthiir's
T. Jupiter all these spots are absent. I have a specimen in which the second, third,
and fourth spots are oljsolete above.
The abdomen is \'ellow below and at tlie sides; each segment bears two black
spots on the underside; the sjiots of the fii^t and second are mostly merged to~efher
to one large mark.
(«-) : nh. jiipilcr (Obcrtli.j.
?. Ornithiifitfni Ju2>ne)- Oberthur, El. d'Enl. IV. p. :il. ii. 11. t. 1. t. 1 (1879) (.J:iv;i) : Fickert,
Ziiul Jahrhiirh. p. 741. n. 10 (LSSHl.
Hindwings devoid of subdiscal black spots.
{h''): ab. pliiio (I'Vld.j.
$ OrnithopUra hclincoii var., Boisduval, Sjiec. Gfn. Lep. I. p. 179. sub n. 7 ('1831!) (Javal.
? . Papilin phdo Felder, Va-h. ■-. h. Ges. Wiin p. 291. ii. 80 (ISfiii) ('■ patria ? '' ; nom. mi(l') ; id.,
Eeise Xorani, Lip. I. p. 18. n. 9 (18C5) (" patria ? ").
( 218 )
cJ ? . OniWioptera Miacon ab. riitilaiis Obcrthiir, El. (TEnt. IV. p. 32. sub n. 13 (1879) (Java).
? . OrnUhoplerii pompeus var. phito, Fickert, Zonl. Jalirbiich. p. 730. n. lb (1889).
(J. Omilhnptem pompeus var. hohi Pagenstecher, .Tahrh. Xass. Vei: Xat 103. n. 3 (1890) (E. Java) :
id., I.e. p. 29 (1894) [hohi Pagenstech. = nitilwis Oberth.).
Hindwings reddish yellow instead of jellow.
Felder's type-specimen agrees with hdena (L.), except in the reddish colour of
the hindwings.
Hnh. Java (17 cT, 20 ?) ; S.W. Sumatra.
(h): T. helena nereis (Doherty) [^, ?].
^?. Oriiitlii.plr.ra nereis Doherty, Joum. As. Snc. Beng. p. 30. n. 47 (1891) (Engano I.; -'nearest
the South Indian 0. miitos" ex err.).
(J $ . Oniitlitipleri! (Pompcuptera) nerela, EippoD, lecm. Oriiilli. text & plate (1892) (Engano ; " the
affinity of the species is with 0. minos, of Southern India " ex err.).
This form combines the characters of the Javan hdena (L.) and the ludo-
Malayan helena cerberun (Feld.) ; the viale comes very close to cerherns (Feld.), while
the female, of which unfortunately only one example is known, is scarcely dis-
tinguishable from certain specimens of helena (L.).
(J. Of the size of the Java specimens of helena (L.). Forewings black, with the
nervules, especially the two upper median ones, bordered with white ; these whitish
streaks are very narrow, and become clouded with Mack towards the cell. Hindwings
with a long yellow mark in front of the subcostal vein, as in cerberus; this mai'k
is nearly of equal breadth, much nari'ower than it usually is in cerberus, and does
not reach to the costal vein. The subdiscal black spots are very small ; they vary in
number from 1 to 5 ; the posterior one is much the largest. The spot between the
subcostal and upper discoidal veins, which is, together with that between the lower
median nervules, the last to disappear in helena, is only in one of my five males
marked.
? . Forewings with as much white as in the palest individuals of helena (L.) ; apical
third of the cell' almost pure white, with two very thin black line.s, one in the middle,
the other in the direction of the upper median nervule ; the adnervular white streaks
more sharply limited than in helena (L.). The yellow region of the hindwings is
rather pale, probably owing to the specimen being somewhat worn. The subdiscal
black spots are large, and merged together with one another and with the black
marginal band. The basal-costal black area reaches as far as the origin of the
subcostal nervule, as in T. hdena cerberus ('l-Vld.).
Hah. Engano Island (5 c?, 1 ?).
(c): T. helena propinqnus subsp. nov. [cJ,?].
Resembles in both sexes the Indo-ISIalayan T. helena cerberus (Feld.), I)ut differs
in the following points : —
(J. The forewings are a little shorter; the abdominal margin of the hindwings
more broadly black, so that the yellow mark behind the cell is .smaller; the black
outer border of the iiindwiiigs narrower at Ihe nervules; tlie abdomen blacker
above.
Forewings deep black on both sides; below with four geminate, white,
tubmarginal streaks at the median and the second discoidal nervules. The streaks
do not reach the outer margin of the wing ; the posterior ones are the shortest ;
that in front of the second discoidal vein is obsolete. At the apical third of the
upper discoidal nervule there are also some white scales,
( 219 )
The hiudwiugs have a large yellow mark between the coi^tal and subcostal veins;
this mark is shaped as in T. helena cerberus (Feld.), i.e. it is broadest towards the
margin and reaches here the costal nervure. The jellow spot behind the cell extends
along the lower median nervule as far as a third of the way from the cell to the end of
the ner\ule. The outer margin is rather strongly dentate; the black border is more
deeply scallojjed than it usually is in helena (L.) and helena cerberus (Keld.j. There
are four black subdiscal sjiots : the fii-st stands between the subcostal and upper
discoidal veins, and is as small as the third, which is situated between the upper
median nervules ; the second is point-like, and stands before the upper median vein ;
the fourth, which is about six times the size of the first and third, stands between the
lower median veins, and is merged together with the marginal marking.
Abdomen yellow; upper surface black, with the middle of the fourth and fifth
segments feebly fuscous, and the edges of the fifth to seventh segments narrowlv
yellow.
?. The black border to the hindwings narrower at the nervules than in T. helena
cerberus (Feld.J. The abdomen is blacker above ; the yellowish white colour of the
sides is less extended ; the five basal segments are black below, edged with vellow,
instead of yellow, spotted with black.
The adnervular white streaks of the forewiugs are very prominent on both sides,
narrow, and sliarply defined ; those at the subcostal nervules are much clouded with
black, except at tlie cell ; they are united in pairs ; the bases of the two streaks
between the two lower median veins are shaded with black ; the streak behind the
third median nervule is obsolete, except towards the outer margin ; the two streaks
at the submedian nervure are broad and short, and have the same position as in
helenia (L.).
The basal-costal black region of the hindwings does not extend beyond the origin
of the submedian nervule ; before the subcostal vein there is a yellow submarginal
mark ; the subdiscal black spots are joined to the black marginal border by means of
a few black scales; the submarginal and the subdiscal black spots at the anal angle
are merged together with the black abdominal margin above. Below, that submarginal
spot is partly encircled by a yellowish buff half-ring. The abdomen is much darker
than in the other forms of helena (L.) ; the sides are feebly greyish yellow, the
lateral black spots (upon the stigmata) are large. Below, the five basal segments
are brownish black, with the hinder edges thinly yellow; the sixth and seventh
segments are yellow, with a black spot on each side; the eighth and ninth yellow.
Hub. Sambawa (1 3,1 ? , in coll. Dr. Staudinger).
(rf): T. helena cerberus (Feld.) [J,?].
tj ? . Papilw pompeus, Gray {m:c Cramer, 1775), Cat. Lep. Ins. B. .lA. I. p. 5. n. Ki (1852) (p.p.) :
id., LUt Lep. Jus. B. M I. p. 5. n. 15 (185()) {p.p.) ■ Feld., Verh. z. b. Gen. Wien p. 2yi. n. 28
(1864) (ji.ji.) ; Butl., Git. Diurn. Lep. ilescr. Fabric, p. 235. n. 4 (1869) {p.p.).
cJ ? . Ornithoptera pompeus. Horsfield & Moore, Cat. Lep. Ins. Mm. E. I. C. I. p. 87. n. 177 (1857)
(iJ.p.) : Moore, P. Z. ,S. p. 756 (1805) (Bengal) : Wood-Mas., Jemrn. As. Soc. Bengal p. 252
n. 94 (1881) (Andaman Is. ; )ieliaconuit!es Moore - pmnpeus Cram.) : id. & NiciSv., I.e.
p. 373. n. 171 (1886) (Cacliar) : Watson, Joiini. Bowl. X If. Soc. p. 26 (1888) (Burma):
Elwes, Ti: Ent. Soc. Loud. p. 422. n. 394 (1888) [Sikkim ; not so common as the last
{rhadainanthits)'\ ; mc^v, Joiini. Homh. N. U. Soc. p. 387. n. 86 (1890) (Cliiu-Liisbai) ; id.,
Gazetteer of Sikkim p. 170. n. 459 (1894) [Sikkim ; still more common than tlic preceding
[rhadaman tli us)'].
S ?. Piipilio cerberus Felder, Verh. ~. b. Ocs. U'ien p. 291. n. 31 (1864) (Darjeeling : Siltiet : nom.
nud.) ; id.. Prise Xocara, Lep. I. p. I'l. n. 10 (1865) (Ind. sept.").
cJ ? . Ornithoptera heliconoides (!) Moore, P. Z. S. p. 592 (1877) ( Andauian Is.).
( 220 ")
J. OinitUoiittm rujicoUu, Butler, Tr. I.nin. .Sue. (2). Zwil. 1. p. b:fl. a. 1 ($, Wfc J) (1877)
(Malacca).
(J ? . Oniillioptera heliaciiiioiiles, Wood-Mason & Nicu'v., Joiirn. As. Soi: Btnt/. p. 237. u. 65 (1880)
(Andaman Is.).
cJ ? . Oniilhuptera hepkaestus, Distant, llhoj,. M,iL p. 32«. n. 2. t. 27. f . 2 ( $ ab.). 3 (J). 4 ( ? )
(1885) (Mai. Pen.) : Weymer, Slell. E. Zeit. p. 270 (1885) (Nias) ; Hagen, his \U. p. 18. n. 3
(1894) (pp. ; Sumatra).
(J ? . OrnithopUm m-berus, Staudiug. & Schatz, Exot. SclimeM. I. p. 4. t. 2 ((J) (1884) (N. India :
"Java" loc. en:) : Fickert, /ioul. Juhrbiuh. p. 732. n. 2. (1889) : Swinhoe, Tr. Ent. Soc. Loml.
p. 311. n. 372 (IK93) (Khasia Hills ; common).
(J ?. Papilio (Ornithupkra) cerbcnts, Robbe. .!«/;. Snc. Ent. Belg. p. 123. n. 1 (1892) (Darjeeling :
Kurseong).
The differences between cerberus (P'eld.) and helena (L.) are slight, and so
inconstant that it is in many cases impossible to say without the help of locality to
which of these two helena forms a specimen belongs. It must be under.~tood that
the distinguishing characters, i\s they are pointed out below, are vo'ry seldom com-
bined iu one specimen, and that in a great number of individuals only one or the
other of these characters will lie met with. So we shall find that if a male specimen
from India is, for example, identical with a .lavan individual in the pattern of the
liindwings, the forewings of the Indian individual are longer and narrower, or are
blacker, or have the adnervular .>treaks, if present, better deliued and narrower, or oi
a yellowish colour, and so on.
c?. Generally larger than the Javan helena {L.), the forewings a little narrower.
The forewings are often all black ou both sides; in many specimens there ajijiear
below adnervular whitish streaks, which are either submarginal and rather short
(especially often in Bornean examples), or stand immediately behind the cell, or
extend fiom near the outer margin to the cell and are confluent in pairs at the
median vein ; in the latter case the streaks at the median and lower discoidal veins
are \ery prominent, though narrow, and appear sometimes on the upperside ; tliese
markings assume often a yellow colour, especially at the base of the lower median
nervule.
The hindwings have usually a long and broad yellow mark before the
subcostal vein ; this spot is broadest exteriorly, and reaches here the costal vein ;
sometimes this spot is reduced to a small submarginal mark, or is even quite
obliterated. The submarginal black spots are more often absent than in helena (L.) ;
the spot between the subcostal and upper discoidal veins, if present, is usually much
smaller than in helena ; that between the two lower median nervules stands mostly
farther from the margin, owing to the anal angle being a little more prominent in
cerhems (Feld.), and forms, therefore, when merged together with the black margin,
a longer streak than in helena.
J. The forewings are often all black, with the veins feebly paler; mostly they
have white adner\ular streaks above and below; these streaks are narrower and much
better defined than in helena (L.), and are united in pairs at the cell ; the black
internervular streaks are, therefore, broader, especially towards the cell, and are not
or feebly suffused with white on the disc. The apex of the cell, which in helena
is more or less uniformly white or grey, is either black like the rest of the celb
or it is bordered white and bears a short white streak in the middle that joins the
white cellular border and forms [as in T. darsius (Gray)] a mark resemliling the
letter M ; the black portion included in this mark is seldom clouded with white.
On the hindwings the basal-co.stal black region is generally, though not always,
more rest ricted t ban in helena, not extending beyond the origin of the subcostal nervule ;
{ -rn )
between the costal and subcostal veins there stands a sul)marginal yellow sjiot which
varies in size and is seldom absent ; within the same cellule there is often also a discal
yellow mark. The subdiscal black spots are in most individuals not joined to the
marginal bonier of the wing, but this character is exceedingly variable in both helena
and Cerberus ; the number of those spots varies as in helena.
A single female specimen from Banguey Island (in cull. iJr. t^tuudinger) is
remarkable in ha\ing the discal spot before the subcostal \ein of the hiudwings
enlarged, and the cellule in front of the abdominal fold filled up with yellow, the
subdiscal and submarginal black spots within this cellule being small and standing
separate from one another. The abdomen of this specimen is rather more e.xtended
yellow, the ventral black spots being very small.
Another feraale in Dr. Staudinger's collection, from Xias, agrees in the pattern
of the forewiugs exactly with T. helena cerberus (Feld.) ; the subdiscal black markings
of the hiudwings are, howe\er, merged together with each other and with the black
border of the wing.
Bab. N. India (Assam, Sikkim ; 18 cf, 28 J ) ; Bm-ma ; Malacca (1 J, 3 j);
Andaman Islands (1 J, 3 $ ) ; Sumatra (1 $ ) ; Nias (1 ? ) ; Natuna Islands (1 c?, 1 ? );
Borneo (3 c?, 3 j) ; Banguey Island (in cull. Staudinger).
Xotc. — Fickert, /.c. p. 732, says: " Ornithoptera cerberus kommt hauptsiichlich
in A'orderindien (Sikkim) vor, doch besitzt sie Stwudinger aus der Sormner'schew
Sammlung audi von Java (das hiesige zoologische Institut, welches ein grosseres
Material Orni'hopteren aus Java besitzt, hat sie nicht dorther). Staudinger mochie
deshalla cerberus nicht, wie Kirby es thut, als Localvarietat zu ponvpeus ziehen, da
zwei Localvarietaten nicht auf einer Insel, auch wenn sie so gross ist wie .Ia\a,
vorkommen kOnueii, cine Ansicht, welche ioh, vorausgesetzt dass cerberus wirklich
auf Java vorkommt, nur theilen kann." Fickert refers to Staudinger, whose opinion
about this question is expressed in Exot. Schmett. I. p. 4 (1884). As in the second
edition of Exot. Schmett. the same passage occurs, I cannot forbear to state that
Staudinger and Fickert are wrong in two points : —
1. An i.sland "as large as Java" can not only be inhabited by two local forms
of the same species, but it can even produce two local forms. Messrs. Staudinger
and Fickert forget that the fauna of the mountains is different from that of the
lower districts, and that many mountain insects are local forms of the species of the
plains or hills ; thus T. amphrysus (Cram.) has at higher ele\-ations de\eloped into
T. amphrysus cuneifer (Oberth.). Fruhstorfer \^Ent. Nachr. \\. 169 (1895)] shows
tliat a good number of species are different in West and East Java. The species
inhabiting Eastern Sumatra, i.e. the plains and hills of Sumatra, are often represented
by local forms in the mountainous districts of M'estern Sumatra; the latter districts
are indeed as closely allied in their fauna to Java as to the faunae of Deli, Malacca,
and Borneo. Wallace's opinion that Sumatra belongs faunistically together with
Malacca and liorneo, and is well separated from Java, applies only to East Sumatra,
not to West Sumatra, and this explains why the islands near the west coast of
Sumatra (Engano, Nias; the fauna of the others we do not know) have so many
affinities to Java, not to " Sumatra," i.e. not to Eastern Sumatra.
2. Though the specimens of Sommer's collection may have been wrongly labelled
— Staudinger says in a letter to us that he no longer believes them to be from
Ja\a — there occur specimens of cerberus which are not distinguishable from certain
examples of helena (L.) (= pompeus Cram.). But that agrees e.xactly with the
( 222 )
chanictt^r of a subsjiecies (local f'onn, Localvariettit). Staudiuger himself was, to iny
knowledge, the first to draw attention to the important fact — imjiortaut to the study
of the origin of the species — that a certain form can he indindual variety, i.e.
aherration ("Aberration" of Staudinger), occurring together in the same locality
with the typical foi-m (" Stammform " of Staudinger) of the species, and at the same
time local variety, i.e. suhspecies (" Varietal " of Staudinger), being confined to
countries from where the tyjiical form is absent. Kirner {EnMehunf/ d. Arten, Jena,
1882 ; Artbildimg b. SchmetL, Jena, 1889) and Fickert (I.e.) explain the same fact ;
and the chief law of the development of the local forms in Eimer's UnlersucltuiKjen,
etc., a law which can be traced in all variable species of the Indo-.Vustralian Regions,
is indeed this: the local forms have no entirely new characters by which they are
distinguished from the i-espective typical form and its aberrations: all the distin-
guishing characters of a local form are more or less obviously indicated in the
individual aberrations of the typical form, and are only further develojjments of
certain characters of the typical form. The differences between Tro'tdes lieleaa (L.),
[= po'inpeiis (Cram.)] and cerberus (Feld.) are not at all constant ; the most developed
helena and the least advanced cerberus are indistinguishable. There are even Indian
cerberibs which are rather less advanced than certain Javan lielena; the occurrence of
every iutergradation proves that we have not two, but one species, which develops in
one district in this, in another in that direction, and of which the development is not
yet so far advanced as to render the intergraduate individuals between the various
forms extinct. — K. J.
(c): T. helena hephaestus (Keld.) [cJ,?].
(J $ . Papilio hephaestiis Felder, I'erli. i. b. Ges. Wieit p. 2'.tl. ii. '2'J (1864) (Celebes; nom. mid.):
id., Reise .Vovnra, L,-p. I. p. IG. n. 8 (1865) (Celebes).
(J ? . Oniithoptera leda Wallace, Ti: Linn. Snc. Lond. XXV. p. 39. n. 8 (1865) (Macassar ; Meuado).
(J ?. Papiliii pompeus \a.T. kephai'stus, Hopffer, Slrtl. E. Zeit. p. 18. n. 2 (1874) (Celebes) ; Snellen,
Tijdschr. v. Ent. XXI. p. 37. n. 146 (1878) (Saleyer ; Bonthain ; Bantimoerong).
cJ?. Ornithoptera heplmesim, Oberthiir, Et. d Ent. IV. p. ?>\. ii. 12 (1879) (Celebes); Holland,
Proc. Boston Sue. N. H. XXIV. p. 77. n. 1-24 (1890) (S. Celebes) ; Rothacb., Iris V. p. 44'i
(1892) (S.E.Celebes).
cJ ?. Ornilhoptera jiompeus v.ar, lirphaestus, Fickert, Zool. Jahrbiu'/i. p. 729. n. la (1889) (Celebes).
This suhspecies comes nearest to the Indian race, with which it has been
confounded by Distant and other authors. The forewings are of the same elongate
shape as in cerberus; the outer margin of the hindwings is less scalloped than in
the other forms of helena (L.), especially in the mcde; the black border to the
hindwings is conspicuously broader at the nervules, and therefore not so prominent
within the cellules as in helena (L.), cerberus (Feld.), nereis (Doherty), and propin-
quus m. The white spots of the marginal fringe of the forewings are reduced in
length.
<?. The forewings are mostlv quite black, but have sometimes tlie bases of the
median nervules below bordered with whitish scaling; at tlie submedian nervure there
stands on the underside often a white or yellowish patch, which is in some examples
very large.
The hindwings have a large yellow s-jiot before the subcostal vein, as in cerberus
(P'eld.) ; there are no subdiscal black markings, except one between the lower median
nervules which is nearly always confluent with the black marginal border of I he
wing ; in one of my specimens there is also a minute subdiscal black spot between
the two upper median veins, but only on the right wing.
( 223 )
9 . The forewings are, above, all greenish black ; or the cell bears an apical white
mark, as in cerherus (Feid.), and the subcostal, discoidal, and median nervules are
bordered with white. Below, there is always a large white jiatch upon the subcostal
nervure, even when there are no white markings at the other veins ; the median and
discoidal nervules bear towards the outer margin often short geminate streaks ; in
the specimens with much white above, the streaks are broader and whiter below than
on the upperside.
The costal-basal black region of the hindwiugs extends, as in typical helena (L.).
beyond the origin of the subcostal nervule ; most specimens have a submarginal
yellow spot before the subcostal vein; the subdiscal black spots stand either isolated,
or are partly joined to the black border of the wing; the yellow mark behind the
lower median vein is sometimes rather reduced on the upperside; below, the yellow
markings are sometimes much shaded with creamy buS' scales.
Hah. Celebes (4 c?, 10 ?); Saleyer.
20. Troides aeacus (F'elder) [<?,?]•
5. Urnithupta-a rhadii manlhus BoisduvJ (/«(■ rhudniiiaatus Lucas, 1835), .s>rc. Gin. Lep. I. p. 18U.
n. 8 ( ? , net ? var. A, nee (J) (1836) (Cochiu China ; nee Manila).
(^ ?. Ornithopteni vhadamanltms, Doubl. Westw. & Hew., Gen. Diuni. I.iji. I. p. 4. n. lU (1846)
(Cochin China : India) ; Horsf. & Moore, Cat. Lep. Ins. Mus. E. I. C. I. p. 88. n. 178 (1857)
(Darjeeling) ; Reakirt, Pmc. Ent. Soe. Phil. p. 444. n. 1 (1864) {p.p.) ; Moore, P. Z. S. p. 755
(1865) (Bengal) ; Druce, P. Z. R. p. 108. n. 1 (1874) (Siam) ; Dist., Rkop. .Uul. p. 326. n. 1.
t.,27a. f. 5 ((J) & p. 327. f. 106 ( ? ) (1885) (Mai. Pen.) ; Wood-Mas. & Nicc'v., Joiirn. A.i. Soc.
Bewj. p. 373. n. 172 (1886) (Cachar) ; Elwes & Nic^v., ihid p. 438. n. 148 (1886) (Tavoy &
Sinbyoodine) ; Elwes, Tr. Ent. Soc. Lniicl. p. 422. n. 393 (1888) (Sikkim ; common in hot
valleys at 2000 to 3000 feet) ; Manders, ihkl. p. 535. n. 185 (1890) (Shan States ; very common
in low valleys. 800 to 3000 feet) ; Watson, Jotim. As. Soc. Beii<j. p. 53. n. 205 (1891) (Chin
Lushai) ; Swinhoe, Tr. Ent. Soc. Loncl. p. 311. n. 371 (1893) (Kbasia Hills) ; Leech, Butterfl.
of China, etc. p. 513 (1893) {p.p.); Nicev., Ga-.etieer of SiHim p. 170. n. 457 (1894) (Sikkim ;
common in low valleys from May to October).
(J ? . Popilid rluidamanlhus, frray. Cat. Lep. Ins. B. M. I. p. 6. n. 14 (1852) {sijiuin. p.p. ; Nepaul ;
Moulmein : Hong-Kong) ; id.. List Lep. Ins. B. il. I. p. 5. n. 10 (18,56) {sijnon. p.p.).
?. OmUhoptera aeiieiis Felder, 117™. Ent. Mon. IV. p. 225. n. 71 (180O) (patria?).
? . Papilio aeacus Felder, Vesh. z. h. Ges. Wien p. 291. n. 32 (1864) (patria?).
(^ . fJrnithojitcra rhadanuuithus var. anvphrisins., Kirby, Cat. D'/iirn. Lep. p. 519. sub ii. 9 (1871)
(Ind. bor.) ; Stauding. & Schatz, E.tot. Schmell. I. p. 4 (1884) (Sikkim) ; Fickert, Z„ol. ./ahrbiirh.
p. 734. sub n. 3 (1889 1 (N. India).
^. Oriiillioptem rhudiimantlius var. thoiiisoni Bates, in Thomson's Straits nf .Malacca, etc. p. 546
(1875) (Siam).
S ?• Oniithopte.ra minos, OberthUr. Et. d'ICnI. IV. p. 32. n. 14 (1879) (Burma) : id., I.e. XI. p. 14
(1886) (Ta-tsien-Iu).
cj ? . Papilio {Ornithopteni) rhadainanthns, Nici'ville, .Journ. As. Sue. Ben;/, p. 98. n. 255(1883)
(Sikkim).
Felder's type of (leacws agrees with the Indian females of that species which
most authors erroneously enumerate as T. rhadariutnthns. The present Troides
differs from the true rliadamantus (Lucas) from the Philip])ines so markedly that I
must contradict P^ickert, Staudinger, lieecli, and others, who say that rhadamanhis
(Lucas) and aeacus (Feld.) belong to one species. About '' avipkrisius (Lucas),"
" rh(ulamanthus (Boisd.)," .see T. i-hadamantus (Lucas), p. 225.
Bates's " var. t/iomsonl" from Siam is based on a specimen with the abdomen
rather more extended yellow; the Siamese examples which I have examined can,
however, not be sepai-ated from the North Indian ones; tliey are often smaller than
the latter, and the forewings of the very small individuals are rather strongly falcate;
but there occm- in Siam also small (and large) specimens, of which the forewings are
( 224 )
less concave at ihe outer margin than in the North Indian and Chinese individuals.
Very small specimens are also often found in the Malay Peninsula.
The specimens from the Thibetian frontier of China differ mostly in both sexes
from the Indian ones. In the male, the adnervular white stripes on the underside of
the forewings are much less tinged with yellow; indeed, in most examples the stripes
are unicolorous ; the abdomen has two rows of black spots on the underside (besides
the spots upon the stigmata) wliich are not present in the Indian, Central and Eastern
Chinese, Siamese, and Malaccan individuals. In the female, the black spots of the
underside of the abdomen are large and mostly merged together; the yellow mark of
the hindwings wliich stands behind the median nerxure is absent or very small-
:\Iost probably the aeaciia from Thibet proper and from the northern slopes of the
Himalaya will be more different from the type than those West Chinese specimens,
and will have to stand as a separate subspecies.
S. Differs from T. rhddamd.nhis (Lucas) especially in the abdominal segments
being edged with yellow on the upperside, in the less jiroduceil abdominal angle of
the hindwings, and in the much sliorter basal partition of the median nervure
of these mngs.
The forewings. wliich are louger than in rlntdaiaanius (Lucas), are rather
variable in shape; sometimes, especially in very small specimens, which are more
abundant in ]Malacca, Tenasserim, and Siam than in North India and China, they
are rather falcate. On the hindwings, the black scaling at the marginal spots
between the median branches is often rather extended ; in one ;\Ialaccan individual
there are also black scales within the cell ; many specimens have one or two minute
black subdiscal spots between the median nervules ; on the underside, which is devoid
of the admarginal black scaling, these spots are in some individuals from Cliina
rather large.
5. The white stripes on the forewings are often very broad: in tlie Malaccan
specimens they are usually nan-ower than in the North Indian and Chinese examples ;
Felder's type takes in this respect an intermediate position ; the whitish border to
the cell of the forewings is in many individuals very broad, and is sometimes so
enlarged as to fill up neai'ly the whole cell, exclusive of two longitudinal streaks.
The discal yellow spot in front of the subcostal vein of the hindwings is seldom
absent. The discal and submarginal black spots are never merged together, though
the two posterior pairs, between the median nervules, stand sometimes very close
together, and though the yellow markings between these two pairs are rather densely
overpowdered with black scales, especially on the upperside.
Hob. 'North India (Sikkim, Assam) (8(?, 6?); Burma and Shan States
(8 d", 2 ? ); Tenasserim (2 J ); Malacca (5 J, 6 ?); Siam (1 cf, 1 ?); China
(17 <J, 13 ¥).
21. Troides rhadamantus (Lucas) [tJ,?, metam.].
(J?. Paptliii astenmis. Escbscholz (w-r Faliricius. 177.5), Kotzebue's Seise III. p. 205. t. 4. f. lia.
6b. ec (J,?) (1821) (Manila).
J ? . Oriiithojitfrii rhatUiiniintiis Lucas, Leji. E-nit. \>. i> (1835) (Philippines).
^. Ornitlioptera aiii/ihrisiua, Lucas (nr.c Fabric, 1787), Lej>. Exot. t. 2. f. 1 (1835) (Philippines:
comp. noil' on p. 5 : "lisez rhadamantiis au lieu d'amphrisiiis '').
(J $. Omithopkra rhadamunthus, Boisduval, Sjirc. Gen. Lip. I. p. 180. n. 8 (1836) ((J el vnr. A ? ;
Manila; iwc Cochin China); Reakirt, Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil. p. 444. n. 1 (18114) (p.p.):
Oberth., Et. d'Enl. FV. p. .3j. n. 16 (1870) (Manila) ; Dewitz, Xoi: Act. h'ais. Leap. Ac. Xal.
xivL. n. 2. p. 262. t. 2. f. 7. 7.\. 7b (l.,p.} (1882) ; Staudiug. & Scbatz, Exol. Schmcll. I. p. 4.
( 225 )
t. 1 (cJ,? ) (1884) ; Fickert, Zonl. Jahrbikh. p. 733. n. 3 (1889) ; Leech, Butlerfi. ../ Chhui,
etc. p. 613 (1893) (p.p.).
tJ ?. Papilio iiepherins Gray, Li^t Lep. Tns. B. M. I. p. G. n. 17 (ISoti) (Philippine Is. : "Hong-
Kong " luc. err.).
S ?. P'ipilio rluukimanthus, Felder, Vtrh. :.. b. Ges. Wini p. 291. u. 2G (18lj4) (p.p.).
(J ?. OrnithupUni mphereua, Wallace, Tr. Linn. Soc. Lund. XXV. p. 40. n. 10 (186.'j) ; Stauding.,
Iris II. p. 4 (1889) ; Semper. Philipji., TagfaU. p. 21)4. n. 386 (1891) {on must of the Philippine
Ifihitifh all the ijear rouwl).
Lucas described tlii.s Philippine insect in 1835 under the name of " rhada-
manius Boisd." ; as Boisduval's Sjxc. Gen. Li'p. I. came out after Lucas's Lcp. Exot..
Lucas has the priority, and the name of 'rhadamantus must be spelt without an h
behind the t. Lucas gives Boisduval as author ; from this I conclude that he I'eceived
the name of the insect from 15oisdu\al in litt.
Boisduval's " rhadfi.inanihu^s" of Spec. (jru. Le.p. is a composite species; he
describes first the Philippine 'iii(de, then the female of the Indo-Chinese representative
species, and thirdly, as var. A, the proper female to his Philippine male. As most
authors did not perceive that Boisduval's description of the male applies to the
Philippine, not to the Indo-Chinese species, and recognised the " var, A " as the
Philippine female, they erroneously used the name of " rhadamantltus Boisd." for
the Indo-Chinese PapiUonid, not for the Philippine one. Gray was the first to make
this muddle ; he bestowed a new name upon the Philippine species, and called the
Indo-Chinese insect " rhadamanthiw Boisd.," and nearly all the authors writing upon
the Indian fauna follow him.
Lucas calls the species " aniphrisius " on the plate (not in the text), but corrects
this misprint in a note on page 5. In Kirby's . Catalogue " amphnsiua Lucas"
is said to be from North India; Staudinger & Schatz in Exot. Schmett. I. p. 4
(1884), and Fickert in Zool. .fahrbuch. p. 734 (1889), uncritically accept this mistake,
so that now in most German collections the Indian species stands as " var. amphrisius
Lucas," the Philippine insect as " rhadamanthus Boisd.," while in England the first
is known as "rhadamanthus Boisd." and the second as " nephereua Gray." The
proper nomenclature is as follows : —
(1) T. rhadamantus (Lncaus) : Philippines;
(2) T. aeacics (Felder) : India, JIalacca, Siani, China.
Two sulispecies l^elong to T. rhadamantus (Lucas) : —
(a) : T. rhadamantus (Lucas), forma typ. [cJ,?, metam.].
S. The anal region of the hindwings is strongly produced and pointed; the
branches of the median nervure stand rather closer together than in the other species
of Troides ; the basal portion of the median vein is very long, more than half as long
again as the corresponding part of the subcostal nervure. The median cellules of the
hindwings above are sometimes (chiefly in Mindoro specimens) shaded with a rather
dense black scaling, wliich occupies, besides the median cellules, often also part of the
discoidal cell.
The adnervular streaks of the forewings are alwaj's whitish and very narrow ;
below there is sometimes a feeble spot at the sulnnedian nervure wliich assumes
a yellowish colour.
The abdomen is entirelv Iilack above, the segments not lieing edged witli yellow,
as in the Indian alh'ed species.
?. The white mark in the ajie.x of the cell lia> the same form as in 7". helena
( 22r, )
Cerberus (Feld.). The adiierviilar white streaks of the forewings seem to be as
constantly i)reseut above and below as in the male sex ; the markings at the sub-
median nervure are mostly feebly marked on the ' upperside ; sometimes they are
entirely absent from both sides of the wing.
On the lundwings there is in some specimens a rather large yellow discal >]iot
before the subcostal vein ; the length of the discal yellow markings is variable. The
black border of the wings includes usually a series of geminate, adner\ular, \ellow
spots of variable size; these spots are larger below than above.
The abdomen bears beneath two series of black spots, of which those upon the
lifth to seventh segments are larger; the spots are sometimes confluent with one
another.
Ildb. I'hiliiipine l^lands (recorded from nearly all the islands) (14 d, 15 j).
(b): T. rhadamantus plateni (Standing.) [J,?].
(J?. Oi-Mthojtlera plateni Staudinger, Iris I. p. -274 (1888) (Palawan); id., /..-. II. p. .S (I88it)
(Palawan) ; Fickert, Zuol. Julirhiich. p. 762 (188'j).
(J?. Omitlioj>lira {Pria/iwjiterti) pliiteiii, Rippon, Jcun. Driiitli, text & plate ((J,?) (1890)
(Palawan).
There is a female specimen in my collection with tlir locality "Palawan"
attached to it which is so very close to the female of T. rhadaiaantus (Lucas)
that I had much doubt whether it really came from that island, till I found in
Staudinger's careful description of plateni, in Iris II., a similar Palawan siiecimen
mentioned. Staudinger says that his specimen is distinguishable from the Philippine
t'emales only by the yellow discal markings of the underside of the hindwings being
shaded with whitish or grey, and by the adnervular, submarginal spots of the same
wings below being conspicuously large and whitisli grey. The first of these two
characters appears, however, also in certain rhadamantus females, though the
peculiar creamy huff shade is less extended. The second character does not apply
to my rhadainantu3-\ike female of plateni ; the submarginal spots are small and
yellow, excejit the two anterior ones, which are, as in some Philij)()ine females, creamy
buff. This proves, however, that the females of plateni and rhadamantus cannot
be separated specifically. In the male sex, the difference between the dark Miudoro
individuals, with the median cellules and part of the discoidal cell overjiowdered witli
black scales, and those examples of plateni which exhibit disper.sed yellow scales
within the black region of the hindwings, is again rather slight. Staudinger says
himself (I.e.) that plateni is perhaps only a local form of " nephei-eus Gray" [recte
rhadaviantus (Lucas)], and I must adopt this opinion. T. rhadamantus plateni
(Stauding.) is certainly one of the most interesting forms of Troides, especially so
as it forms a transition to the T. dohertyi (Rippon) with an entirely black up])erside
to the hindwings.
S . The yellow area of the upperside of the hindwings is mostly reduced to two
sjwts standing between the costal margin and the upi)er di.^^coidal vein. Many
specimens have a third small mark behind that nervnle, and in one of Staudinger's
e.xamples this mark is so much enlarged as to reach the second discoidal vein.
Within the cell there is often a narrow yellow streak along the subcostal nervure.
Below, the yellow area consists of eight large spots ; the area ajji^ears greenish in
certain lights as far as the black colour of the upperside is extended. The median
cellules are often almost black ; sometimes they have only a black sprinkling, or are
almost pure yellow.
( 227 )
The adnprvular breaks of the forewiiigs are mostly very faint on the u[ipprsicle,
but sometimes they are almost as white as in rhaduinrintiis (Lucas).
? . The hindwings have, besides the large cellular spot which occupies the
whole cell, exclusive of the extreme base, from 4 to 7, often rather small, discal
mai'kings ; the black border of the wing includes often one or two small yellow or
yellowish huff subniargiiial spots, lirlow, the yellow discal area is more or le.ss
shaded with creamy white.
Hub. Palawan (8 J, 7 ? ).
22. Troides dohertyi (Rippon) [cJ,?].
J?. Ornithojitera {Pnmpeopttra) ihhertyi Rippon, Ami. Mag. N. 11. (7). II. p. '295 (1893)
(Talaut I.) ; id., Icon. Oriiith. text & 2 plates ( cJ, ? , aberrs.) (1893).
cJ ? . Papi/w uordermaiii Snellen, Tijdsehr. r. Enl. XXXVII. p. 191 (189.'), June) (Talaut).
6. The upperside is all black, the adnervnlar white .streaks of the underside
showing through above. The amount of yellow on the underside of the hindwings is
very variable ; the anterior spots between the costal nervure and the upper discoidal
nervule are usually the smallest and disajjpear first. Within tlie apex of the cell
there is sometimes a minute yellow mark.
?. All the specimens of this sex whicli ;\Ir. W. Doherty obtained seem to be
much faded, and are of a light brown colour, recalling the same sex of T. lialiphron irin
(Eiiber). The hindwings are above often unicolorous ; most specimens liave, how-
ever, four irregular and small yellow discal spots round the apex of the cell, and a
very feelile mark within the end of the cell. Sometimes there are also some very
faint submai-ginal yellowish spots marked on the upperside. Below, these spots are
larger and of a creamy buff colour, often much overpowdered with brownish black
scales ; the submarginal spots are sometimes extended along the nervules and joiued
to the marginal, internervular spots, forming U-shaped markings ; the space within
such a mark is occasionally more or less filled up with buflfisb scales.
Hah. Talaut, north of Celebes (W. Doherty coll.) (18 cj, 7 ?).
It is not improbable that on one of the i.slands between Celebes and the
Philipiiines exists a Troides .species which has totally lost the yellow markings ; and
there may also be, for example on the Sulu Islands, a Troides which connects dohertyi
(Rippon) with plafeni (Standing.).
23. Troides mirandus (Butl.) [c?,?].
(J y. raj,ilin mirmiihi Butler, Lep. E.cul. I. p. 3. t. 1 ( J) (18fi9) (Saraw.ik).
Ornithoptera mirnnih, Druce, P. Z. S. p. 3J0. n. 1 (1873) (Sarawak) ; Oberth., Et. irEnl. IV. p. 110.
n. 9. bia (1879) (Borneo) ; Dist. & Prycr. .■!«». Mmi. N. 11. (:<}. XIX. p. 272. n. IC') (1887)
(Sandakan).
C'ollar yellow in both sexes.
(J. The black border to the hindwings is .slightly variable in breailtli ; otherwise
very constant.
5. The forewings have on the ujjperside .sometimes a complete scries of while,
geminate, linear markings, of which those between the subcostal veins are connected
at the base in pairs ; in other specimens these markings are nearly entirely obliterated;
below, the markings are more pronounced than above.
Tl'.e aniotmt of yellow on the hindwings is very inconstant ; the yi-llow area
occupies in one of my specimens three-quarters of the cell, in others only half the
cell; in others again there is, moreover, a rather large black s];ot in I he apex of the
( 228 )
cell; the yellow discal spots between the discoidal anil upper median veins are some-
times obliterated ; occasionally all the yellow markings are much shaded with black.
The tear-shaped black discal markings are in some individuals well defined ; in
others they are all merged together.
Hah. North Borneo (i <S,~ ?).
21. Troides andromache (Smuding.) [<?,?].
(J ? . Oriiithoptera andromache Staudinger, Iris V. p. .39.8 (1892) (N. Borneo) ; id., I.e. YII. p 341
t. 8. f. 1 ((?). 2 (?) (1895) (Kina Balu. 1200 to 1500 metres).
Collar red in both sexes.
^. Forewings small, black, with a blue tint, which is, however, much feebler than
in T. rnirundas (Rutl.). In the marginal region the scales of the under layer become
often whitish, and in consequence of this there appears sometimes a feebly marked,
faintly yellowish, submarginal band on the upperside. Below, the forewings ha\e
large, triangular, whitish markings, which shade off towards the disc into yellow,
and which remind one of the markings of T. bfookianus (Wall.).
?. Recalling T. annjjhrysus fiavicollis ?-ab. loc. oiympia (Honr.). The fore-
wings are whitish, exclusive of the outer and costal margin, and, in some specimens,
of the base. The cell of the hindwings is all yellow; the yellowish .spot behind the
cell extends also to the base of the wing; the outer margin is rather less indented
than in T. mirandus (Butl.), but this character is not constant.
T. a7idromache (Standing.) is the rejjresentative species of T. niirnndus (Butl.)
at higher elevations.
Hab. Kina Balu (1200 to 1.500 m.; 4 J, 4 ?).
Both T. andromache and rairandiiv are allied to T. amphryaus (Cram.) in the
absence of red hairs from the breast underneath the wings, and in the long basal
portion of the subcostal nervure of the hindwings. The males have also the dorsal
markings to the abdomen which we meet with in the forms of T. amphrysus (Cram.).
25. Troides amphrysus (Cram.) [J,?].
(J. Papilio Erjues Trqinmm amj>hr;jsus Cramer, Puj). IC.rof. III. p. 4.3. t. 219. f. A. (<J) (1782) (.Java).
(J. Papilio Kques Trqjamis (Vnphrisus, Jablonsky, Xutiirs. Srhmell. I. p. 197. n. 2. t. 1. f. li (1784) ;
Esper, And. SchmHi. p. 133. n. 59. t. 34. f. 1 (1792).
(J. Pnpilio Eques Trojiiuus iniipUrisius, Fabricius, Mimt. Jnx. II. p. 3. n. 23 (1787) (Iiid. or.) :
Gmelin, Sy/sl. .\at. I. 5. p. 2230. n. 2K7 (1790) ; Fabr., Enl. Si/xl. III. 1, p. II. n. 33 (1793)
(India).
(J. Troides amphrysus, Hubner, Verz. bel: Schm. p. 88. n. 923 (18IG).
(J. Papilio timphrisins, Godart, ICiir. Mith. p. 27. n. 7 (1819) (p.p.) : Gray, List Lep. Ins. B. M. I.
p. 6. n. 18(18.%).(p.i>.).
[^ ?. Oriiithoptera oinphrisius, Boisduval, f^pec. Gin. Lip. I. p. 178. n. fi. t. In. i. \ {$) (183G)
(Java ; nee Sumatra) ; Donbl. Westw. & Hew., Gm. Diitrn. Lep. I. p. 4. ii. 8 (184G) (Java :
nee Penang) ; Vollenhov., Tijdsehr. r. Knl. III. p. 71. n. 8 (18fi0) {p.p.); W.all., Tr. Linn.
Sac. Land. XXV. p. 40. n. 15 (18G5) (/)./).) ; Oberth., El. d'Enl. IV. p. 30. n. 9 (1879) (p.p.).
<J?. Papilio amphrysus, Feldcr, Verh. c. h. Ges. Wim p. 291. n. 34 (1864) (p-P)' But'-, Oit.
Diimi. Lep. dtser. Fabric, p. 235. n. 5 (1869) (Java).
(J 5 . Ornilhopttm amphrysus, Druce, P. Z. S. p. 356. n. 2 (1873) (Java) ; Stauding. A Schatz,
ICxot. Srhmetl. I. p. 5 (1884) (p.p.) ; Fickert, Znnl. Jahrhiich. p. 739. n. 8 (1889) (p.p.).
The basal portion of the subco.stal vein of the hindwings, from the base to the
ujjper discocellular nervule, is in the S longer than the corresponding part of the
median nervure, from the base to the lower median nervule; in the ? bdth parts are
( 229 )
alike, or the first is the longest. In Trokles helena (L.), oblangomacidntus (Goeze),
etc., the basal portion of the median vein is obvionsly longer than that of the
subcostal nervure.
This species has developed into four local forms : —
(a) : T. amphrysus (Cram.) inhabits .Java, except the higher mountains, where
it is represented by
(/*) : T. amphrysus cuneifer (Obertli.) ;
(c) : T. nmphrysus Jiamcollis (Druce) occ'urs in Sumatra, ]Mala_v Peninsula,
Borneo, and I'anguey Island, and is replaced in the mountainou-; districts of
Sumatra by
(d): T. amphrysus snmatranus (Hagen), which corresponds to T. amphrysus
cuneifer (Oberth.).
The caterpillar and chrysalis are unknown.
(a): T. amphrysus (Cram.j, forma typ. [(^,?].
(J. The yellow colour of the forewings varies in extent ; the submedian vein is
often entirely black. The submedian, linear, black mark on the upperside of the
hindwings, standing between the lower n\edian uervules, is mostl}- joined to the black
border of the wing, but in many individuals it stands separate, and sometimes it is
reduced to a point ; below it is often absent; in one of my specimens it is much
enlarged and parti}' merged together witluthe black abdominal margin ; in the same
example the black marginal spot at the end of the subcostal nervule of the hindwings
is extended along that vein half-way to the cell.
The abdomen is yellow, with the upperside of the basal segments brownish ; or
it is greeni.sh yellow, with the whole upper surface brownish black, exclusive of the
lourth and fifth segments, which bear each a paler brown dorsal mark.
The metathorax has, underneath the hindwings, rarely a few red hairs at each
side.
5. The white markings on the forewings are variable in size, and assume
sometimes a yellowish colour towards the hinder angle. The yellow disc of the
hindwings shades mostly into whitish towards the base and the abdominal margin.
The abdomen varies above from being dirty creamy buff to being olive brown ;
below it is yellow, or greenish yellow.
(a'-'J : ab. pialabuanus Fruhst.
Ornithoptfra amphri/sits var. palabimnaFvnhsiorier, Ent. Xttrhr. p. 4-1 (IStU) (PaLibuan, S.W. Java).
Adnervular streaks on the forewings darker than in typical amphrysus, almost
" reddish brown."
Hah. .lava (IGJ 6, ¥).
(fe) : (? ? . T. amphrysus cuneifer (Oberth.).
(J. Ornithiiitirii amphrisiiis ab. rumifn-d ObortliUr. El. il' llnl. IV. p. 110. sub n. !l (1S79) (.lava).
(J?. Fapilio {(Jrnithn/ilcm) rilsetmip SnuUen, Xolfs Leyd. M"s. p. 1.5'! (1889) (Java; Preaiiger,
Ardjoena, 1500 to ISOO metres).
This mountain-form of T. amphi-ijsus, which Sir. Oberthiir described as cuneife)'
from a single 7nale ten years before jMr. Snellen published it under the name of
ritsemne, cannot be maintained as a distinct species. Jlr. P. C. T. Snellen (I.e.)
dififerentiates cuneifer chiefly by the following characters : —
<S. (1) 1'. cuneifer (= ritsemae Snellen) is smaller than ampJirysus (Cv:\m.). I lie
( 230 )
first measuring from fio to 70 mm. Qengtli of forewing], whereas the latter measure^
from 76 to 84 mm.
The forewings of my Java males oi anvphrysMS vary in lengtli from 03 to 78 ram.,
those of my cuneifer from 64 to 80, and tliose of my Bornean T. amphryam ab.
ntficollis (Butl.) from Borneo 57 to 79.
(2) The iipperside of the forewings is i-ather browner, less black in cuneifer.
This is ccitaiuly the case in all my citneifer, though some specimens are blacker
than other.s.
(3) The markings of the forewings are less yellow.
The colour of the streaks on the forewnngs of omphrysus, e.specially of the
Bornean form, is often not yellower than in certain cuneifer; but in the latter insect
the fourth and fifth subcostal and the upper discoidal veins are black or almost so,
and the yellowish white colour is, therefore, more restricted, and forms almost a
diagonal band, which crosses the wing at the apex of the cell.
(4) The black basal pari of the forewing, limited towards the ape.x bv the before-
mentioned yellowish white streaks, is horizontally cut off in amphryniis, while in
cuneifer it slopes off towards the outer margin.
This character is very variable, lioth in finiphrystis and cuneifer, owing to the
individually different length of the streak which borders the upper median nervule
at its hinder side.
(5) The hindwings have a greener tint in cuneifer.
This character seems to be fairly constant.
(0) The veins of the hindwings are in c?<nej/er heavier black than in nmplirysns.
This is indeed the case; and I may add that the black band at the discal side
of the abdominal fold is broader in cuneifer.
(7) T. cuneifer has on the hindwings from 3 to G submarginal black spots.
In my series of cuneifer the number of the spots varies from 0 to 5.
(8) In cuneifer the marginal black spot between the ujijier median nervules of
the hindwings is more prominent than the otlier marginal s|;ots.
In one individual of cuneifer all the marginal spots are equally prominent
(exclusive of that between the loirer median nervules); and in some arnjihrysus the
spot in question is also more prominent than in the others.
(9) The costal nervure of the hindwings of cuneifer is much less arched than in
amphrysua.
In most specimens oi amphrysvs the costal vein is indeed more arched, but not
in all individuals.
(10) The '• third and fourth " abdominal segments bear on the upperside a black
mark each, w^hich is entirely absent from the abdomen of amjjhrysxis.
These spots, which stand on the fourth and fifth, not on the third and fourth
segments, are sometimes feebly indicated in .Tavan ampkrysus, and rather well
marked in many individuals of T. amphrysus flaricoUift (Druce), though never of so
deep a brownish black colour as in cuneifer; in the Sumatran representative form
of cuneifer — namely, in T. amphrysus sumatramta (Hagen) — the spots are not
develojjcd.
(11) The abdomen ol cuneife)' is deep earth-browu above, greenish yellow at the
sides, and yellow below, while in ainphrysits the four basal segments are of a
dull ochreous colour above and at the sides, and the remaining segments and the whole
underside yellow.
The abdomen is constant in colour in my e^ineifei; very inconstant in amphrysus.
( asi )
varying in the latter from being entirely yellow to being above as black as in
cimeifer : in the specimens with the brownish black upperside of the abdomen the
sides of the aljdomen are of the same greenish yellow colouras in cuneifer.
Thus there remain only the somewhat browner colour of the forewings, the
gi-eener tint of the hindwings, and the broader black band along the discal side of
the abdominal fold of the hindwings, by which cuneifer i is distinguished from
(imphri/sus and its local forms. I must add that the hindwings of cuneifer are of
a different shape, being less rounded in the anal region than in most aniphrysiis,
that the scent-organ within the abdominal fold is rather whiter than in (imphrijsuf,
and that the hind femora are black.
?. In the female, however, there is not a single character by which all the
specimens of cuneifer can be differentiated from all the specimens of amphrysus.
In most (not in all) individuals of cuneifer the markings of the forewings, chiefly
those towards the hinder angle, are more yellowish, and the yellow region of the
hindwings is less yellow towards the base and beyond the cell.
Hub. Mountains of .Java : Mount (jede, ^Mount Ardjoena, Preanger (' S . ' 2 ).
(c): T. amphrysus flavicollis (Druce) [d",?].
OmiOioptera flamcollis Druce, P. Z. S. p. 3oG. n. 3 (1873) (Borneo) ; Skertchley, .Inii. Mag. .V. H.
(G). VI. p. -210 (1889) {kuhita).
Ornilhopteni (inqilirixhis var. flavicillis, Oberthur, Et. iJ'Eiit. IV. p. 30. sub n. 9 (1879) (Borneo).
Ornithiiptera amphri/siis va.r.jUiririiUis, Fickert, Houl. Jahrhiirh. p. 739. sub n. 8 (1889) (Borneo).
OrnithopUra (^Pompeopteni) amphrysus va,T. JtavicoUis, Rippon, Icon. Oniilh. text & plate (1891)
(p.p.).
PoiiipeopteraflarkolUa, Rippon, Lc. t. 10. f . 4 ( J var. ) (1891).
The collar of this subspecies is either yellow or red ; the yellow-collared form is
confined to Borneo and the adjacent small islands, where it flies together with the
red-collared form, and is nothing but a local aberration. As, however, the name of
flavicollis (Druce) has the prioiity' over the name oi ruji colli s (Butl.), we must apply
that name to the subspecies; the name of fldvicollis includes therefore the red- and
yellow-coUared specimens. There occur e.xamples in which tlie collar is vellowish
red, and this proves that the colour of the collar is of no .specific value.
cJ. The black border of the hindwings is obviously narrower than in ainp>hrysus
(Cram.) ; the yellowish markings of the forewings are restricted to the marginal
region of the wing in most individuals, and seldom occupy so much of the apex of
the cell as in amphrysus ; below, they are decidedly whiter than in the Java insect.
?. Often scarcely or not di.stinguishable from amjjhrysus (Cram.); the white
patch at the apex of the cell of the forewings is more triangular, being more extended
along the subcostal than the median nervure ; in many individuals the white colour
is much increased on the forewings. The hindwings are less whitish towards the
base and lieyond the cell ; the yellow spot between the costal and subcostal nervures
is often larger than in amphrysus, especially in individuals with pale foi-ewings.
(a^): ?-ab. loe. olympia (Honr.).
J. Oniithoptera {Pompeoptera) niiqthrijsns var. jlaiirnjlis, Rippon (iiei' Druce, 1873), Icnn. Ornith.
text & platfi ( ? ) (1891).
? . Ornithiiptera oli/mpia Honrath, Ent. Nachr. XVII. p. 241 (1891) (S.E. Borneo).
?. Oniithoptera flavkullis var. ohjmpia Honrath, B,rl. Ent. Zeit. XXXVI. p. 429. t 15 f. 1 (1891).
The white coloui' of the forewings is much iiici-eased ; discoidal cell entirely, or
18
( 232 )
almost entirely, whitish. Collar yellow or red. lilack tear-shai)ed sjiots of the hind-
wings large ; there is sometimes a black spot within the end of the cell.
This remarkable aberration, which corresponds in characters to the female of
T. lydius (Feld.) of the pi-iamtis-gTowp, is confined to Borneo.
(6') : ab. riLJicollis (Butl.).
(J ? . Pajtilio amphrisiHs, Godart, Enc. Metli. IX. p. 27. n. 7 (1819) (pp.) ; Gray, Cat. Lep. Ins.
B. M. I. p. (5. n. 15 (18.^2) (Penang ; Borneo ; "N. India" loc. en: vel spec, alt.) ; id., List Lep.
Ins. B. M. I. p. 6. D. 18 (ISyl",) (p.p.).
cJ ? . Ornilhopttra ampliri-iius, Boisdural (nee Fabricius, 1787), Spec. Gin. Up. I. p. 178. n. li
(1836) (p.p.); Dc Haan, Verh. Nut. Gesch. Ned. nrcrz. he:, p. 19 (1840) (Borneo); Doubl.
Westw. & Hew., Gen. Dim-n. Lep. I. p. 4. n. 8 (184(i) (Penang ; n,c Java) ; Horsf. i»t Moore,
r„t. Lep. Ins. Mus. E. I. C. I. p. 88. n. 179 (1857) (Borneo) ; VoUeuhov.. Tijehchr. r. Ent.
III. p. 71. n. 8 (I860) (p.p.); Wall., Tr. Linn. Soc. Loud. XXV. p. 40. n. o (1865) (p.p.) ;
Oberth., Et. d'Ent. IV. p. 30. n. 9 (1879) (p.j).).
Papilio amphi-i/su.'i, Felder, rfi7i, s. b. Ges. Wien p. 291. n. 34 (1864) (p.2>.) : Snellen, \utes Leijd.
Miis. p. InS to 157 (1889) (pp.).
J. Ornithoptera ruficollis Butler, Tr. Linn. Soc. Land. (2). Zool. 1. p. 552. n. 1 (jj. nee ? ) (1877)
(Malacca).
Oruithoplera amphri/sus, Kheil, Rhop. Xias p. 34. n. 13G (1884) (Nias I.).
cJ ? . Ornithojilera rujirolli.i, Distant, lihop. .Wal. p. 328. n. 3. t. 27. f . 1 ( J ). & p. 329. f. 107 ( ? ).
& t. 27a. f. 1 (? var.) (1885) (Malay Pen.).
Ornithoptera ainjihrysus var. ruficollis, Fickert, ZooL Jalirbiic/i, p. 739. sub n. 8 (1889) ; Hageu,
Iris VII. p. 18. n. 2 (1894) (Sumatra).
Ornithoptera (Pompeopteru) amphrysus var. ruficollis, Rippon, Icon. Orntth. text & plate (1891).
Collar red instead of yellow.
P. C. T. Snellen [.Votes Leyd. Mus. p. 157 (1889)] reproaches Distant with not
having seen that " Papilio ruficollis Distant " is exactly identical with " Fctp.
a'>nphi~ymis " from Sumatra. I do not know whether Distant ha.s compared Sumatran
specimens, but if he had done so he would certainly have perceived the identity of
the ^Malaccan and Sumatran insects, and would have righteously referred both to
ruficollis, not to " Pap. amphry&us," a.* the Javan umphrysns is not identical with
the race of amphrysus inhabiting Sumatra, Malacca, and Borneo.
I have a female from Padang and two from Nias which stand intermediate
between typical a'mphi-ysu6 (Cram.) and amphrysus flavicollis (Druce).
Hab. Malacca (o J, 1 j); Sumatra (1 $); Xias (2 j); Borneo (26 c?, 1" ?);
Pulo Laut (1 (?) ; Banguey Island (3 ?).
A form corresponding to T. amphrysus cuneifer (Oberth.) and sumalranus
(Hagen) is not known from Malacca and Borneo. On the Mount Kina Balu only the
yellow-collared yiavicoWis (Druce) has been found.
(d): J. T. amphrysus sumatranus (Hagen).
(J. tjrnilhoplira ritsenuie var. siiinatr(inu.< Hagen, Lis \'I1. p. 19. n. 5 (1894) (Sumatra).
(?. The two black markings on the upperside of the abdomen wanting ; otherwise
similar to T. amphrysus cuneifer (Oberth.).
? . Xot described.
Hab. Mountainous regions of Sumatra.
26. Troides magellanus (Felder) [(?,?].
1^?. Ornithoptera nmgellanus Folder, IIV, ,i. Ent. Mim. VI. p 282. n. 31 (1862) ( (? Babuyanes.
? Lujon) ; W.iU., Tr. Linn. Soc. Lond. XXV. p. 4(i. n. 11 (1865) ; Fickert. Znol. Jahrbiich.
p. 740. n. 9 (1889) ; Semper, Philipp., Taat'aller, p. 264. n. 385 (1891) (Babuyanes ; Polillo ;
E. Mindanao) ; Haase, Untersuch. i(b. Mim. p. 29 (1893).
tJ ?. Papilio magellanus Felder, Verh. z. b. Ges. Wien p. 291. n. 27 (1864) ; id., Reise A'oivira, Lep.
I. p. 14. n. 7. t. 6. f. a (J), b ( ? ) (1865).
( 233 )
cJ. Rather constant; the hindwings have on both sides, when viewed from
behind with the eye between light and insect, a strong opalescent gloss.
$ . Felder's type-specimen is ratlier pale on the forewings, the white adnervular
stripes are broader, and the yellow spot before the cell of the hindwings is longer than
in other examples. The yellow area has aliove a distinct trace of the opalescent gloss
of the other sex.
Hah. Philippine Islands: Babuyanes (1 S), Luzon (1 $), I'olillo (1 S,\ ? ).
K. ^Mindanao.
Genus PAPILIO L., .%»<. Nat. ed. x. p. 459 (1758).
I. HECTOR-GROUP.
Miden devoid of anal valves. Legs similar in structure to those of Eurtjcas
Boisd.
27. Papilio hector L. [cJ,?, metam.].
Rajus, Hist. Ins. p. 1.34. 137 (1710); Gronovius, Zvoph. p. 189. n. 729 (17G4) (India); Seba,
Thes. lY. p. 35. t. 28. f. 23. 24 (1765) (■' capeiisis est" ex err.).
Pajnlio Eques Trojaniis lierlor Liiind, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 459, n. 2 (1758) (Indiae) ; Clerck, Irm.
Ins. 11. t. 33. f. 1 (17l'.4) ; Linn(5, Mii.i. Lud. Ulr. p. 183. n. 2 (17G4| ; Houtt., N^iturl Hist.
I. 11. n. 190. n. 2 (1767) ; Linne, Syst. Nat. ed. xii. p. 745. n. 2 (1767) ; Mtill., Nalnrs. V. 1.
p. 566. n. 2 (1774); Fabr., Syst. Ent. p. 443. n. 4 (1775); Sulz., Gesch. Ins. p. 141. t. 12. f. 1
(1776) (India) ; Cram., Pap. E.cot. II. p. 67. t. 141. f. A (1777) (Cororaandel ; Bengal ;
" Amboina" lor. err.) ; Goeze, Ent. Beytr. III. 1. p. 29. n. 2 (1779) ; Fabr., .S/wc. Ins. II. p. 2.
n. 5 (1781) {I'.p.) ; Barbut, Genera /us. Linyie p. 161. t. 10. f. 2 (1781) ; Meusch., lade.r Gronur.
Zouphijl. (1781) ; Esper, Ausl. Schmett. p. 15. n. 2. t. 1. f. 2 (1784) [synon. e.r p.) ; Jablonsky,
Naturs. Hclunrlt. II. p. 137. n. 34. t. 13. f. 2 (1784) [synnn. e.r p.) ; Fabr., Mant. Jus. II. p. 1.
II. 6 (1787) ; Gmelin, Syst. Xat. I. 5. p. 2225. u. 2 (1790) {synon. e.e p.) ; Fabr., Ent. Syst. III.
1. p. 3. n. 7 (1793) ; Esper, Ansl. Schmett. p. 246. t. 40. f. 2 (l). 3 (yi.) (17!IS) (Trantiuebar).
Princeps heroieus hector, Hnbner, Samml. E.rot. Sclinietl. I. t. HO. f. 1. 2 (1806-lli).
Meiieliddes hector, Hubner, Ver:. hek. Schmett. p. 84. n. H64 (1816) ; Moore, Leji. of Ceylmi I. p. 152.
t. 58. f. 2 (1881) (Ceylon ; low country) ; Swinhoe, P. Z S. p. 145. n. 142 (1885) (Poona,
Belgaum, Bombay : March to October).
Fupilio hector. Godart, Enc. .Ileth. IX. p. 70. n. 124 (1819) ; Charpent, Ziisiitse zu Esper's An.tl.
Schm. p. 3 (1830) (Ceylon) : Lucas, Lej>. E.vot. p. 8. t. 4. f. 2 (1835) (Bengal ; Coromandel ;
'•Amboina" loc. err.) ; Boisd., Spec. Ge.n. Up. I. p. 269. n. 93 (1836) (Coromandel ; Ceylon ;
" Pegu." Burma, Im;. err.) ; De Haan, Verh. Not. Geseli. Ned. overz. hez. p. 39 (1840) (p.p. ; Ceylon ;
Coromandel ; "Amboina" he. err.) ;. Westw., Arc. Ent. I. p. 9. t. 3. f. 1-4 (/., p.) (1845);
Doubl. Westw. & Hew., Gen. Diurn. Lep. I. p. 9. n. 25 (184(5) (N. India ; Ceylon ; " Pegu " he. err.) ;
Gray, Cm. Lrp. Ins. B. M. I. p. 11. n. 41 (18.52) (India ; Ceylon) ; id., List Lep. Ins. B. M. I-
p. 13. n. 45 (1856) (Calcutta : N. India ; Ceylon) ; Lucas, in Chenu's Enc. d'llisf. Not. t 5. f. 1
1851-53) ; Horsf. & Moore, Cat. Lep. Ins. Mus. E. I. C. I. p. 93. n. 189. t. 2. f. 4. 4.a. 4b
(/.,y<.) (1857) (Calcutta : N. India ; Madras : Ceylon) ; Vollenhov., Tijdschr. v. Ent. III. p. 79.
n. 77(1860)(Pondicherry : " Amboina" et "New Holland" he. err.) : Feld., Verh. z. b. Gcs.Wien
p. ,326. n. 493. & p. 375. n. 290 (1864) (Ceylon ; Ind, sept. ; "Pegu," "Amboina," "Australia''
he. err.); Moore, P. Z. S. p. 756 (1865) (Bengal); Kocb, Indn-Anslral. Lep. Eiiuna p. 63
(1865) (Slid & Nord Indien : Ceylon ; "Java," "Amboina," "Australia" he. err.) ; Alexander,
Ent. Mo. .Matj. p. 20,S (18ii5) (Sanger); Butl.. Cat. Diurn. Lrp. de.^cr. Fabric, p. 258. n. HO
(1869) (Madras); Eaton, Entoniol p. 276 (1879) (roosting in flocks) ; Oberth., Et. d' Ent. IV.
p. 44. n. 61 (1879) ("Inde"; ah. with some of the red spots on liindwings obliterated);
Aurivill., Konijl. Sr. Vet. Ak. Handl. XIX. 5. p. 9. n. 2 (1882); Stauding. & Schatz, E.rot.
Schmett. I. p. 6. t. 3 (cJ)(1884) ; 'Watson, Journ. As. Soc. Bene/, p. 268 (1890) (Madras ; common,
.lune to September) ; id., Jonrn. Bombay N. II. Soc. p. 37. n. lli; (1890) (Mysore ; common) ;
lietham. ibid. p. 330. n. 115 (1891) (Central Provinces); Haase, Vntersnch. lib. .Vim. p. 24
(1893).
( 234 )
Papilin (.Uenelaitles) hector, Nic(!ville, Jouni. As. Soc. Beng. p. 52. n. 132 (1885) (Calcutta, rare :
Chamlemagore, common in November) ; Hamps., ibid. p. 3G3. n. 198 (1888) (Xilgiri Hills ;
lUOO to 7000 feet) : Fergus., iliid. p. 44i). n. 178 (1891) (Travancore : very common in the low-
country and in the lower slopes of the hills).
The range of this species is rather restricted, lu Ceylon and ."southern India
P. hectw is very common at low elevations; farther north it becomes rarer, and does
not seem to i^o beyond the 2.ith degree of N. Lat. Mr. Ifanijison records it from
the Nilgiri Hills as oecnrring from 1000 up to 7000 feet.
The subapical white macular band on the forewings, which is sometimes reduced
to three small spots, is often joined to the discal band by means of white discal linear
markings between the upper median and the discoidal veins ; in such specimens the
white colour is distributed over the wing nearly as in P. jnphon Gray. The discal
band assumes often a reddish tint near the hinder angle. Tlie discal .series of spots
on the hindwings, though not quite constant as regards the size of the red dots, is
seldom incomplete; ]Mr. Oberthiir (i.e.) records a variety from " lude " which has
.some of the discal spots of the hindwings obliterated.
Hab. Ceylon, S. India, Madras, Central Provinces, Calcutta (20 J, 4 ? ).
28. Papilio jophon Gray [cJ,?].
PiqnUo joplwn Gray, Cut. Lep. Ins. B. M. I. p. 10. n. 3.5. t. 4. f. 4 (?) (18.52) (Ceylon) ; id.. List
Lep. Ins. B. M. I. p. 11. n. 38 (185G) (Ceylon) ; Feld., Verh. z. b. Grs. Wici p. 320. n. 480
(1804) (Ceylon) ; Haase, Untersiuh. iib. Mini. p. 24 (1893).
Papilin pnh/plwntes, Oberthiir, Ef. d'Eiil. IV. p. 44. n. 58 (1879) Q^ jnphon Gray est uno J de
2>nly/tlinntes un peu plus blanchie que la $ type " !).
Meneloidrs Jnphon, Moore, Le/i. of Cei/lon I. p. 152. t. 58. f . 1 ( ? ) (1881) (Ceylon).
The forewings of the male are narrower than those of the female. The first
discal white mark of the hindwings situated before the subcostal vein is often
obliterated above and below; the subniarginal red spots are sometimes small and
very narrow. The anal red mark is mostly joined on the upper.side to the ]iosterior
white discal spot, but stands also very often separate.
Hah. Ceylon (local; rather rare; 5 cJ, 3 ?).
29. Papilio pandiyanus -Aloore [c?, ?].
PiipiUn jnphnn, Wood-Mason (nee Gray, 1852), ,/ouni. As. Soc. Beng. p. 86 (1881) (Trevaiiilrum i.
Papilin 2>(indii/anii Moore, Tr. Ent. Soc. Lnnd. p. 313 (1881) (Travancore).
Papilin {.Mfiiehiides') pandiana, Hampson, Jniirn. .is. Soc. Beng. p. 303. n. 197 (1888) (Nilgiri
Hills ; confined to the western .>ilopes. 1000 to 3000 feet, where it is common).
Papilin (Mrnilaidrs) jimidii/nna, Ferguson, ,Inui~n. Bombaii N. U. Snc. p. 446. n. 179 (1891)
(Travancore ; abundant in the hiUs at about 2000 feet, found also in the low country at the foot
of the hills).
Though clo.sely allied to P.jophon Gray, this species is constantly (as far as we
know) difit'erent in pattern. The wliite colour of the forewings is much more extended,
especially in the apical region, but also more shaded with black scales ; the inter-
nervular black streaks between the median nervtiles are much longer ; the white
linear markings in the cell reach the discoceilular veinlets. On the liindwings the
last discal white .spot reaches mostly to the .submedian nervure ; the anterior one is
very large in the mule, small or divided into two spots or obliterated in the female;
the discoidal cell is in the male often almost entirely filled up with white, whereas
in the female the white colour sometimes extends scarcely beyond the origin of t!\e
subco.stal nervule.
Hab. S. India (I S,-i ? ).
( 235 )
30. Papilio oreon Doherty [(?, ?].
(5 ?. Papilio (Menelaides) urevn Dohurty, Juiini. As. Soc. Bern;, p. 192. n. 109 (18'JI) (Sumba).
Fapil/o godmani Riiber, Tijthch: r. Ent. XXXIV. p. 271 (18',11) (AJor) ; id., I.e. t. 3. f. 1 (1892).
Papilio ureon, Pagenatecher, Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Nat. p. 57 (1894) (Sumba).
Combines to a certain extent the eliaracter.s of P. pandiynnus Moore and Itris
Godart. The forewings are much more extended whitish than in pnndiyaniis;
below, they have a strong gloss when viewed obliquely, owing especially to the
scaling being rather dispersed.
The anterior discal white spot of the underside of the hindwings is exteriorly
(and mostly also towards the base) concave, and often extended along the subcostal
and costal veins, thus separating from the black border of the wing a black spot
which stands at the basal side of the first red submarginal mark ; the posterior white
mark varies considerably in size; the other white spots are more triangular than in
pandiyunus and jopihon, and exteriorly sinuate. Within the red mark at the anal
angle below, there is often a black spot in either sex. The tail has, in Riiber's
specimen, red scales at the vein traversing it which are not present in my Alor
specimens.
The up])er median and the lower discoidal veins of the hindwings originate
closer together than in either pjandiyanus or jophon, the lower discocellular veinlet
being very short ; the upper discocellular veinlet is .shorter than the second one,
which is slightly concave ; in this respect P. oreon agrees with P. liris Godart, of
which Doherty considers it to be a local form. The shape and pattern of the wings
distinguish oreon, however, well enough from liris for it to be treated as a distinct
species, the more as no intergradations are known.
Hab. Sumba ; Alor (4 c?).
31. Papilio liris Godart [S, ?].
J J . Pa/ulia liris Godart, Kiir. .UHk. IX. p. 72. i;i2 (1819) (Timor) ; Boiad., Speo. Gen. Up. I.
p. 2G9. n. 92 (1830) (Timor) ; Ue Haan, Fec/i. Nal. Gesch. Ned. overz. hez. p. 38. t. 4. f. 3 ( ? )
(1840) (Timor): Doubl. Westw. & Hew., ft». />;«/■». Lpp. I. p. 9. n. 24 (1846) (Timor;
"X.W. Australia" loc. en:) ; Gray, Cat. Lep. Ins. B. M. I. p. 11. n. 40 (1.S52) (" N. Australia''
/'«■. err.) ; id., List Lep. Ins. B. il. I. p. 13. n. 44 (185(5) (" Nortli-West coast of Australia " hic.
err.) ; VoUenhov., Tijdschr. r. Ent. III. p. 79. n. 7G (1800) (Timor) : Fuld., Vtrh. s. b. Ges.
Wien p. 32(1. n. 462. & p. 375. n. 289 (1804) (Timor ; " Australia sept. Occident." loc. err.) ;
Wall., Tr. Linn. Soc. Land. XXV. p. 44. n. 30 (18(;5) (Timor : "X.W. Austral." loc. err.) :
Uiiber, Tijdschr. r. Ent. XXXIV. p. 272 (1881) (" Timor Laut '' loe. err.) : Haase, Untersuch.
iib. Mini. p. 24 (1893) (Timor ; " N.W. Austral." lor. err.). '
The specimens from "N.W. Australia" in the ]5ritish Museum, recorded by
Doubleday (I.e.) and Gray (I.e.), agree well with small Timorese individuals and are
most probably not from Australia ; as the prt'esent species has developed into several
subspecies on the islands of the Timor and Tenimber group, it is hardly acceptable
that the typical liris reappears in N.W. Australia.
I divide liris into five local races, namely : —
(«) : P. Una Godart from Timor ;
(b) : P. liris wetterensis subsp. now from Wetter;
(c) : P. liris senescens Kober from Kisser ;
(d) : P. liris pallidas subsp. nov. from Letii and .Moa ;
(e) : P. liris aberrans Butl. from Tenimber and Babber.
The size and shape of the submarginal spots and the shape of the discoidal cell to
the hindwings are not constant.
( 236 )
(<'): P. liris (lodnrt, forma tyj). [^, ?].
Tiie front of the head and sides of tho prothorax are huffish, tinged with red ; the
abdomen (excUisive of the back anil tlio middle of the underside of each segment)
and the submarginal spots to the hindwings are red.
The female is somewhat paler than the male, especially in the basal region of
the forewings.
Hab. Timor (W. Doherty : Oinainisa, November to December 1891; Dili, May
1892)(9(?,7 ?).
(b) : P. liris wetterensis subsp. nov. [_<S, ?].
Head and sides of thorax redder than in liris ; abdomen and submarginal spots
to the hindwings as in liris, but the submarginal spots are less distinct on the u])per-
side, being much shaded with black. The pale region of the forewings is as broad
as in Liris, and whiter, being scarcely tinged with buff; the band of the hindwings
is much narrower than in liris; above, it is strongly shaded with black; below,
it bears a red spot at its outer edge behind the costa, and is entirelv (J) or almost
entirely (?) red beyond the lower median nervule.
The basal and marginal region of the wings is rather deeper black than in liris,
especially in the/rmrtZe.
Bab. Wetter (W. Doherty, .May 1892) (2 c?, 1 ? ).
(f) : P. liris senescens Ktiber \_S, ?].
(J?. PaiiiUo liris var. sr.iieicens Ruber, Tijihc/ir. v. Knt. XXXIV. p. 272 (1891) (Kisser, nee
Letti).
Differs from T. liris in the body being buff-colour instead of red, the wings
[laler Ijrown, and the median band to the hindwings narrower.
This form combines the characters of liris and aherrans.
Hah. Kisser.
(</): P. liris pallidus subsp. nov. \_S, ?].
Paiiilio liris v.^^. seiipsmis Rober, l.r. p. 272 (IH'Jl) {p.j). ; Letti, nee Kisser),
Agrees in t he buff-colour of the body and the submarginal spots of the liindwings
with P. liris fiherrans Butl. The wings are of a pale sepia-brown colour; the band
of the wings and the spots of the hindwings are much shaded with brown on the
ujiperside; below, the submarginal s^wts are also more or less shaded with brown.
The band of the hindwings varies rather in breadth; on the underside, it is
lirowu beyond the lower median vein in some specimens ; in others it includes a
small black spot near the anal angle ; in others again there is also a small black spot
behind the costa.
Huh. Letti (W. Doherty, .Inly 1892) (10 (?, 3 ?); :\Ioa (2 S).
(«) : P. liris aberrans i5utl. [_S, ?].
(J ? . Papilio aherrans Butler, /'. Z. .S. p. :\{\'d. ii. 14 (188:!) (Larat).
Papilio liris ab. aberrans, Rober, Tijilsclir. r. Ent. XXXIV. p. 272 (1891) (Timor Laut).
Differs from liris especially in having the head, jiarts of breast and abdomen,
and the submarginal spots of the hindwings buff instead of red. 'ihe females are
as brown as the darkest s^pecimens of the preceding subspecies,
( •^■■'•7 )
Hall. Tenimber (W. Doherty, June to July 18'J2j (9 J, ;5 ? j ; 15abber (W. Doherty.
July 1892) (1 cJ).
Note. — The area occupied by the species allied to jophon is discontinuous, no
representatives having been found in the countries lying between the ranges of
pandiyanKS (S.W. India) ard oreon (Sumba, Alor). — K. J.
32. Papilio polyphontes Boisil. [J,?].
PiipiUo jiiilj/iliiiiiles Boisduval, Sjier. Gin. Lep. I, 20H. ii. 91 (183ti) (Celebes) ; De Haan, Virli. Nat.
Gescli. AVrf. orer:. hex. p. 39 ((J, ncc ?) (1840): ^ — P. polytis titexeus J -f . loc. timorennis
Feld.) ; Doubl. Westw. & Hew., Gen. Diimi. Lep. I. p. 9. n. 23 (1840) (si/nnn. ex p.) ; Gray,
Cat. Lep. Ins. B. M. I. p. 11. n. 39 (1852) (synon. ex p.) ; id.. List Lep. Ins. B. M. I. p. 12. n. 43
(1856) {synon. ex p.) : Yollenhov., Tijdsckr. v. Ent. III. p. 79. n. 74 (1860) {sub synon.) ;
Feld., Verli. z. h. Ges. Wkn p. 326. n. 485 (18i;4) (Celebes) : Wall., Tr. Linn. Soc. Loml. XXV.
p. 43. n. 28 (1865) (Celebes ; Batjan ; Morty) : Hopff., .S7r■/^ Ent. Zeit p. 21. n. 20 (1874)
(Celebes) : Piepers & Snellen, TijJsehr. r. Ent. XXI. p. 40. n. 159 (1878) (Saleyer ; Bonthain :
Balangnipa ; Bantimoerong ; not rare ; " polyphontis is perhaps only a large variety of polyilorus "
ex. en:) ; Oberth.. Ei. d'Ent. IV. p. 44. n. 59 (1879) (Celebes ; Halmahera ; "Jophon Gray =
5 piilyjilioHtes Boisd."! ex err.); id., Ann. Mus. Cir. Genova. XV. p. 472. n. 11 (1880)
(Halmahera) ; Standing. & Schatz, Exnl. Selnnelt. I. p. 6 (1884) ; Bull., Ann. .Uay. N. II. (5).
XII. p. 197. n. 48 (1884) (Ternate) ; Holland, Proc. Boston Soc. N. II. p. 77. n. 126 (1890)
(Celebes) ; Rothsch., Iris V. p. 442 (1892) (S.E. Celebes).
Papilio kohotes De Haan, Verh. Nat. Gesch. Ned. orcrz. hez. p. 38 (1840) {p.p. ; ? " with pmlonged,
broad, parallel tails").
Papilio polydorns, Pagenstecher, Jalirh. Nass. Ver. Nat. p. 202 (1884) {p.p.).
This species is considered by several entomologists [cf Snellen (I.e.). Pagen-
stecher (i.e.)] as a tailed variety of P. polydorus h. ; the two insects have, however,
nothing to do with one another. The fore- and hindwings of 2^olydoru8 a.\)d poly-
plioides are differently shaped ; the abdominal fold of the male is very small in
polyphontes, rather large in polydorus ; the polyphontes from Ternate and Halmahera
have an orange red front of the head, whereas in polydorus from the Northern
Moluccas the head is entirely black.
The specimens from the Northern iMoluccas do not seem to be sub.specifically
distinguishable from those from Celebes, Sulla Islands, and Talaut, though my
specimens show a very slight difference in the colour of the head, the latter being
more or less blackish just before the antennae in the Celebes, Sulla, and Talaut
individuals, whereas the front of the head is of a uniform reddish colour in the
examples from the Northern ^Moluccas.
(«*) : ab. ?•(«?((.«( tlieith.
Popiliu jiulyphmiti-s viir. rosia Oberthiir, El. d'Enl. IV. p. 113. .sub n, 59 (1879) (Celebes).
])iscal [patch ol hindwings red instead of white.
This form is known only from Celebes.
Hab. Celebes(ll J, 4 $); Sulla Islands (Mangola Island : 1J,1 j); Talaut(lc?,
3 $); Batjan (1 j); Ternate (3 $); Halmahera (1 (?,2$); Morty.
Note. — About the differences in the .scaling of tlie abdominal folds of Jc? in
P. polyphontes and P. polydo'nis, see p. 252, sub n, 39 — K. J.
( 238 )
3:5. Papilio polydorus L. [6.^ . \>u\y,\'].
Seba, T/ire IV. p. 35. t. 28. f. 21. 22 (ITCi) (■' I'lomont. b. sp." he. en:).
ra/tilio puh/doi-iis hitmr, Amoen. Aaul. TI. p. 401. n. 50 (1763) ("India") : C'lerck, Iron. /»;.■. II.
t. 33. f. 2 (1764) ; Godart, ICnc. Melh. IX. p. 71. n. 130 (1K1<») ( ? , nee J) ; Doubl. We.stw. &
Hew., den. Diurn. Lep. I. p. 9. n. 18 (184(j) (" Indian Archipelago"): Gray, Oit. Le.ji. Im.
li. M. I. p. 9. n. 33 (1852) (.s«6 gynon.) ; id., Lint Lep. Im. B. .1/. I. p. 10. n. 3(! (1852) (mh
si/non.) ; Vollenhov., Tijdschr. r. Ent. III. p. G3. n. 72 (1800) (Amboina : " Macis-sai' " loc.
en: )) : Feld., Verli. z. b. (!es. Wien p. 32G. n. 483. & p. 375. n. 287 (1864) (Amboina ; Ceram :
Ternate : nee Australia; "Java" luc. en:): Koch, Ijiilo-Aiislrnl. Lep. Fhhihi. p. 63 (1865)
(Ceriim : Amboina; nee Australia, Celebes: ",Iava" hie. en:): Wall., /'/■. Linn. Soc. Loml.
XXV. p. 42. n. 24 (1805) (p.p. : Ceram ; Matabello I. : Batjau ; Huru) ; Biitl, Cal. Dunn.
Ltp. ikxer. Fabric, p. 258 (1869) {p.p. ; nee Aru Is.): Oberth., Et.d'Enl. IV. p. 44. n. 57
(1879) (Amboina) ; Aurivill., Kongl. Sr. Vet. Ak. IIundL XIX. 5. p. 171. n. 8 (1882) :
Standing. & Schatz, E.rul. Sehmelt. I. p. 6 (1884) ; Pagenstech., Jakrh. Naan. Ver. Nut. p. 202
(1884) {p.p. : Amboina) ; Ribbe, Iris II. p. 208. n. 4 (189(1) (Ceram : Amboina : nee Aru,
Papua) ; Haase, Unlersnch. nh. Mint. p. 25 (1893) (Molucca.s ; (ut Australia).
Papilht Eijueii Trajunus ])ulii<li>ru.i Linm'. Si/st. Xut. ed. xii. p. 746. n. 10 (17(i7) C India ") ; Fabr.,
Sijst. Ent. p. 446. n. 14 (1775) ("India"); Goeze, E7it. Beijtr. III. p. 33. n. 10 (1779) (c.i-c(.
Kleemann's Beijtr.) ; Fabr., Hpec. Ins. II. p. 6. n. 20 (1781) (synon. ej- p.) ; Esper, AtixL Sehmett.
p. 28. n. ID. t. 5. f. 2 (17851 (Amboina ; " Cap," " Bengal," " Coromandel, ' " Surinam '' loc. err.) :
Gmelin. Sii.hI. Nat. I. 5. p. 2229. n. 10 (1790) {p.p.) : Fabr., Ent. .S//..7. III. 1. p. 9. n. 26 (1793)
(p.p.).
Papilio Eqiies Trojanus polydotns Miiller, Naturs. V. 1. p. 568. n. 10 (17741.
Menelaides polydorus, Ilitbner, i'erz. bek. Schniell. p. 84. n. Hi\K (1H1(>) {p.p.) : id., Samml. Exot.
Sehmett. U. t. 102. f. 3. 4 (1816-24).
Fapilio polydorus vat., Boisduval, Spec. Gen. Lep. I. p. 267. sub n 90 (1836) (Moluccas).
Mehniides polydorus, id.. I.e. {183(i).
Papilio leobotea De Haan, Verb.. Nat. Gesch. Ned. orerz. bez. p. .'18. t. 6. f. 3 (1840) (Moluccas).
The variation of this species according to locaUty is not very conspicuous, hut
still important enough to justify a separation of poh/dorus into a number of geo-
graphical races, of which that inhabiting the Southern Moluccas is the typical one
described by Linne. It has not yet been observed that several of these races have
black heads and necks, while others have these parts red ; the extent of the red on
the abdomen is also different in several subspecies, and so is the size and form of the
white spots on the hindwings ; such differences are, however, not of specific value, as
there exist intergradations of every kind. I distinguish eight subspecies, to which
probabl}- will come a ninth, from VVoodlark Island : -
('') : P. jioh/rlorus L. from the Southern JNIoluccas ;
(b) : F. poli/dorii.s thesfialia Swinh. from the Key and Aru Islands ;
(c) : P. polyilorus tenimberensin subsp. nov. from the Tenimber Islands ;
(cl) : P. polydm-tis queenslandicw) subsp. nov. from Queensland ;
(e) : P. pulydoms septentrionalis subsp. nov. from Ilalmahera ;
(/) : P. polydorus tjodartieinv.'i Luc. from Jlysol, Salwatty, Waigeu, New (iuiuea,
D'Entrecasteaux Islands;
(g) : P. polydorus novolyritannicrm sub.sp. nov. from the Bismarck Archipelago ;
Qi) : P. polydoi~u8 polydaemon Math, from the Solomon Islands.
In polydorus, Ihessalta, teniynherensis, and queenslandicus the front of the head
and t he sides of the breast are more or less red ; in the other four forms they are black.
((I) : P. polydorus I.., forma typ. [c?,?]. •
'I'he forewings liave always a wljilc patch beyond the cell on either side. The
hindwings are produced into a rather prominent tooth at the end of the upper median
vein; the submarginal red spots are all visible above, though much shaded with
( 2:59 )
liliick. The cellular white mark is always rather large, extending liehind to the base
of t lie lower median nervule, or almost so far; the first diseal spot is much broader
than long, and is situated along the second diseocejlular veinlet; the second spot
is about as long as broad ; the third has a length of about 3 or 4 mm. ; the fourth
reaches from the median nervure to the end of the third spot; the fifth is as long as
the fourth. The nervules separating the spots from one another are black.
Head, sides of sterna, last segments, and ventral edges of all the segments of the
abdomen, red.
My Buru si^iecimen (?) is rather small; the submarginal spots to the hindwings
above are rather distinct, and the diseal white spots to the same wings are exteriorlv
somewhat clouded with black.
Hill). Amboina (3 cj, 4 $); Ceram (1 ^, 1 ?;; Burn (W. Doherty lee/. : 1 ?);
Batjan (?) ; Ternate (?).
In the Felderian collection are two specimens of this race from Ternate and
Batjan ; I doubt the correctness of the locality, but must say that Mr. Philip Crowley's
collection contains also red-headed " Batjan " specimens.
(b): P. polydorus thessalia (Swinh.) [J,?].
Piijiiliii /mlt/doriia local form n, Wallace, Ti: Linn. Soc. Lmul. XXV. p. 42. sub n. 24 (1805) (Key &
Aru Is.).
PajiHiij jioli/donis, Oberthiir, Ann. Mns. Cir. Genom XV. p. 472. n. 10 (1880) (;).;).) ; Ribbe, /ivs I.
p. 78. n. 2 (ISSC) (Aru Is.) ; Rober, TijcUehr. v. Ent. XXXIV. p. 272 (1891) (Key Is.).
PiipiUo leoilamas, Ribbe («fi- Wallace, 1865), I.e. p. 78. n. S (188G) { Aru Is.).
cJ. Mniehiiihs tJnsmVu .Swinhoe, Aim. Mag. N. If. (6). XII. p. 258 (1893) (Key Is.: ■' ? " e.r eirore,
ace. to tyi)e-sj>ec.).
Colonel Swinhoe compares this " species" with P. polyphonti's Boisd. in.stead of
with P. jjolydwus L., of which it is a geographical race, and which Colonel Swinhoe
evidently does not know. The type-specimen, in the British Museum, is a mule, not
ajemaie, as Colonel Swinhoe .says.
Differs from typical polydorus especially in the form of the white patch to the
hindwings. The cellular spot is much reduced, often pointlike or even absent from
the upperside; the first diseal mark is, above, about four times as long (in the
direction of the nervules) as broad, or reduced to a point, or absent ; tlie second spot
has a length of from 5 to 6 mm. ; the third is of the length of the fourth, and reaches
therefore farther on the disc than the latter; their length varies from 7 to 9 mm.;
the posterior spot is smaller than in polydortis, often triangular. The second and
third median nervules are nio.stly red within the white patch.
Huh. Key Islands {\ S , \ ?); Aru Islands (1 S, 1 ;).
(c) : P. polydorus tenimberensis subsp. nov. [(?,$].
Front of the head red, but the red hairs are so densely mixed with black ones
that the head appears to be more black than red.
Upperside deeper black than in polydorus.
The white patch on the forewings beyond the cell purer white than in the two
preceding subspecies. Hindwings a little shorter than in polydorm ; the sul>
marginal spots .stand, as in t/iessalla, rather closer to the margin than in the typical
race. The white patch resembles, in the length of the second, third, and fourth spots,
that of thessalia. The cellular spot is larger than in thes,wiia, almost as large as in
polydorus ; the first diseal mark is of even breadth (2 mm.) and has a length of from
( 240 )
4 to 7 mm.; the three following ones have an average length of (i, 7. and 8^ mm.
respectively ; the fifth mark is longer than in poli/dm-ns, as it is basally less obliquely
cut off. The nervules are much thinner black than in polydorus and thessalin;
the second and third median ones are reddish.
The posterior submarginal spots are above, as in tliessalia, less suffused with
Mack than in polydonis.
Hah. Tenimber Islands (W. Doherty, June to .Tuly 1892) (Z c?, 5 ?).
(d): P. polydorus queenslandicus subsp. nov. [c?,?].
Papilin pnh/iloi-us, Gray (nee Linni-, 176:5), Cal. Lep. /««. 11. M. I. p. 0, n. 3H ^852) (Rockingham
Bay) ; id., LisI Lep. In.i. B. M. I. p. 10. n. 3G (I85G) (Rockingham Bay) ; Feld., IVr//. :. h. lies.
IFiV« p. 32(>. n. 483 (1864) (p.p. ; Austral.) ; Koch, Inihj-Austr. Lep. Fauna p. 63 (1865) (p.p. ;
Austral.) ; Bull., Ann. Mag. N. H. (4). XX. p. 125. n. 25 (1877) (Cape York) ; id., P. Z. S.
p. 471 (1877) (Cape York) ; Semp., Jimni. ^fus. Guilefr. Heft 14. p. 42. 129 (1878) (Cape
York); Oberth., .Inn. Mus. Civ. Genom XV. p. 472. n. 10 (1880) (p.p.) : Mathew, /Vor.
Linn. Soc. X.S. Wales p. 263 (1885) (Thursday I.).
Ptipilio iforfamas Wallace, Tr. Linn. Soc. Lontl. XXV. p. 43. n. 25 (1865) (p.p. ; Rockingham B. ;
ace. to spec, in Brit. Mus.).
Comes nearer to typical polydai'iis L. than to leniiiiberensis m. and thesmdia
(Swinh.), and differs from it as follows : —
Size rather smaller ; forewings moi'e rounded. Cellular spot to the hindwings as .
in polydorus ; the three first discal spots longer, the first also narrower; the two
posterior ones as in jjolydorus. Below, there is an additional white mark between the
upper discoidal and the subcostal veins, which is sometimes also marked above. The
veins bordered with black as in polydorus. Head, thorax, and abdomen as in
polydoru.'i.
In my Thursday Island specimens the white colour on the forewiugs is rather
restricted, and in one individual there is, below, a white transverse spot behinil the
cnsta of the hindwings at the basal side of the first submarginal red mark.
P'rom tenimherensis m. this subspecies differs especially in the much less
extended white and rounder forewings, in the shorter discal spots to the hindwings,
of which the first is broader, and in the presence of an additional white discal spot
before the first discoidal vein.
From tkcisaliii (Swinh.) it is distinguishable by the rounder forewings again,
the much larger cellular spot to the hindwings, the larger and differently shaped first
discal spot, the shorter second and fourth spots, and larger fifth one.
Hah. Queensland (3 <?, 3 ?); Thursday I.-^laud (2 c?).
(e): P. polydorus septentrionalis subsp. nov. [J, ?].
Head and thorax entirely black. Larger tlian f/odarliamis ; upperside less dee]i
black, with a much feebler bluish gloss. Forewings longer, with the black inter-
nervular strijies more prominent than in typical fioilartinjws, the posterior white
stripes less marked than in polydorus and ab. phtr/iatus, but more than in tyjiical
godartianus.
The submarginal spots to the hindwings are all visible above; the white cellular
spot is about as large as in typical godartinmw, or a little larger; the discal spots are
all rounded exteriorly; the first and last are triangular; the third, fourth, and fifth
are shorter than in r/odaHiamis ; in my single tj the anterior spots are clouded with
black. The nervules separating the spots are heavily black.
n<fh. Halmahera (\V. Doherty, August 1892) (1 (J,3 ?).
( 211 )
(/): P. polydorus godartianus l.ucas [cj, ?].
P,q>ilio (jodartianns Lucas, Rn: Zml. p. 12!l. t, lU. f. 1 (1852) ("lies de 1 Oo-'an-Pacifique " ;
fi<l. abd. aUfiiii) : Grose Smith, Xor. Zoot. p. ?,'U. n. 10 (1894) (Humboldt Bay ; Mansinam).
PiqiiUo hodanuis Wallace, Ti: Linn. Hoc. Lund. XXV. p. 43. n. io. t. 5. f. 2 (18(!.i) (New (iuinea ;
Mysol ; »«c Rockingham Bay): Kirsch, Mitlh. Mus. Dresden I. p. 112. n. 2 (1877) (Ansus) ;
Oberth., El. d'Ent. IV. p. 44. n. .58 (1879) (Amberbaki) ; id., .-Inn. .U„s. Cir. Genoiv XV.'
p. 472. n. 12 (1880) (N.W. New Ouinea; Salwatty).
Papilio jiohidonis (iodmnn & Salvin, P. Z. S. p. 648 (1878) (New Guinea) ; Oberth., Ann. Mux. Civ.
Genni-n XV. p. 472. n. 10 (1880) (p.p.).
Papilin pithidiirux VAT. papnanns Oberthiir. EL d'Ent. IV. p. 44. n. .")7 (1879) (N.W. New Guinea).
Though I have about forty-five specimens of poli/dorus from (rermaii and Dutch
New Guinea, Waigeu, and Salwatty, and some hundreds from the D'Entrecasteaux
Islands, now before me, I cannot decide at present whether we have here one or more
local races. The typical godarU(tnw) Lucas, of which leodamas Wall, is a synonym,
has dark forewings, without a white patch on either side; the white adnervular
streaks, though sometimes well marked below, are always narrow, and separated from
each other by means of black intemer\-ular streaks which run from the outer margin
of the wing to the black basal area; the whitish streak behind the lower median
nervule on the underside is especially remarkably small. The white patch on the
• hindwings has the cellular spot small, often smaller than that discal spot which
stands before the upper median nervule; the first discal spot is small, longer than
broad, often ab,sent ; the second mark has a length of about 3 mm., and is mostly of
an oblong shape, owing to the upper median and lower discoidal veins being heavilv
bordered with black. Such specimens are figured by Lucas as godaiikmus and by
Wallace as leodamas. In many individual.s of godaiiianus the cellular and the
anterior discal spots on the hindwings are much shaded with black; this slight
aberration is, as Oberthiir informs us, papiuinns (Iberth.
Typical godartiawis I know only from the N.W. Peninsula of New Guinea
(Arfak, Dorey, Ati-Ati-C)nin), and from IMysol and Salvatty-.
At Humboldt Bay and all over German New Guinea there occurs a form which
is remarkable for some characters: the npperside has a peculiar bluish gloss in
certain lights, which is more obvious than in {y[)\Qii\ godartianus ; the black inter-
nervular streaks on the upperside of the forewings are not strongly pronounced,
which gives the wing a peculiar soft appearance ; the white streaks in the postcellular
region, though often but feeiily marked above, are always large below, and form in
most .specimens a large white i)atch, which is not interrupted by complete internervular
black streaks; in my darkest specimen the white is more e.xtended than in my jialest
e.xaxnple of godartianiis. On the hindwings above only the last two submarginal
spots are marked or indicated ; there is no trace of the other spots, while in most
specimens of godartianiis, in all specimens of polydorus, queenslandicus, etc., the
other submarginal spots are indicated at least by a paler brown scaling. The cellular
white mark is very variable, occupying almost half the cell, or being reduced to
a small spot ; the upper discal spot is large, mostly rliomboidal, often notched,
seldom reduced to a small streak; the other spots are also larger than in typical
godartianus, especially the posterior one; the nervules traversing the white patch
are \ery thinly black.
From Waigeu I have six specimens which agree with the individuals from
German New Guinea, except in the black internervular streaks on the upperside of
the forewings being more prominent, in the submarginal spots to the hindwings
( ^-12 )
being all indicated at least bv a hrown scaling, and in the fust discal sjwt l)eing
longer and narrower. In these characters, the Waigen individnals agree better with
the Halmaheran race of pobjdoriia than with the above-described New Gninea form.
The close relationship of the Waigeu polydorus with those from German New
Guinea renders it impossible for me to treat the \Vaigeu and German New Guinea
specimens as a subspecies distinct from godartianus, which occupies the interjacent
country, and I think that the differences of the forms present themselves to us at
present thus, as explained above, because om- knowledge of the fauna of those
districts is still very insufficient. To draw, however, the attention of the explorers
to the present question, I propose to call the form from German New Guinea
(type from Stephansort) —
(r(^) : ab. plagiatus ab. no\-.
from the i.sland of Fergusson, D'Entrecasteaux group, "SU. A. S. Meek sent
a large number of specimens, which are all more or lessditTerent from either plafiUUiis
or typical godartiamis, and agree fairly well with the Waigeu polydorus, all of
them having a white patch on the forewings, at least on the underside, the first discal
■white spot of the hindwings elongate (sometimes obliterated), and the submarginal
red spots all indicated on the upperside, as in Waigeu specimens. As Mr. A. S. Meek
will e.xplore some more of the islands lying east of New^ (xuinea in the course of this
year, it is best to treat this Fergusson polydm'vn for the present as f/odartianus
ab. placjiatvM.
Hah. Salvatty (1 ?); Mysol ; Waigeu (2 c?, 4 ?); N.W. Peninsula of New
Guinea (8 J, 7 ?); Humboldt Bay and German New Guinea (11 i, 14 ?); Fergusson
Island (a long series).
Note. — The Fergusson specimens are somewhat different in scaling from the New
Guinea and Waigeu examples; the white scales, for example, between the lower
median veins on the underside of the forewings have much longer and sharper teeth
than in typical godartianus, ab. plagiatiis, polydorus, etc. In all races, the upper
scales are bi-, the under scales tridentate on both sides of the forewings. In some
specimens from German New Guinea there appear a few red hairs behind the eyes. —
K. .1.
(g) : p. polydorus novobritannicus sulis].. nov. [cr,?,pupa].
/'■'/i^lhi /inhjdm-iis (>.), Godman & Salvin (mr LiniK', 170:!), /'. Z .S. p. I V.\ n. :!7 (IM77) (Duki' cif
York I.) : id., I.r. p. IGO. n. 46 (1879) (New Ireland).
Head and thorax black, but the front of the head, and the sides of pronotum
and of uiesosternum, clothed with more or less obvious red hairs, besides the lilack
ones. Abdomen mucli more extended red than in godartianiis.
Forewvtigs : the white stripes well marked, also those in the ant ciioi- region oi
the disc, which in all the other subspecies are rather obscure. The black inter-
nervular .streaks prominent; that between the lower median veins abbri'viated, tli(>
following one very short.
The submarginal spots to the hindwings are all visible above; the anterior one,
standing behind the costa, is \'isibly red; the po.sterior ones are also red, but more
shaded with black than in godartianus. The cellular white spot is large, reaching
anteriorly at least as far as the origin of the first discoidal nervule ; the discal
markings are short, but broad, the nervidcs not bi'ing heavily black; the first is
more or less trapezi'-forni, often broader than long, and olilii|ue ; its Icngt h \aries from
( 243 )
2i to 4 iniu. ; the next two are much smaller; the fourth is considerahly shorter
than in the other races, and as liroad as in fjodartlaiiun ; its average length is about
4 mm. ; the fifth is more or less rhomboidal, mostly somewhat longer than broad,
shorter than in ijodartlanus.
The specimens from New Irehmd and Duke of York Island form partly a
transition to the next subspecies, as their forewings are darker above than in the
Xew Britain novohritannicus m., and the discal spots to the hindwings more
rounded.
The pupa closely resembles that of P. aristolochiiie Falw. ; the abdominal
tubercles are rather higher than in that species.
Hah. New ]5ritain (type; 2 J, .5 ?) ; New Ireland; Duke of York Island (2 6).
(It): P. polydorus polydaemon Mathew [J,?].
rujiilio jivli/ilaemmi M.-itliew, Tr. Ent. Sue. Lmnl. p. 4« (18H7) (Ugi, Solomon Is.).
Pttpil/n jmlypemiiii Mathew, l.r. p. 49 (1887) (Treasury I.).
I cannot see that the specimens from various parts of the iSolomon Islands lielong
to more than one race. The size and shape of the spots to the hindwings are rather
variable in every locality ; the nervules separating the white markings are always
\erv broadlv black. The posterior black internervular streaks on the underside of
the forewings are sometimes complete, extending from the brown border of the wing
to the basal brown area.
Hah. Solomon Islands : Ugi ; Guadalcanar (4 J, 5 ¥ ) ; Alu (3 cJ, 4 ? ) ; Treasmy
Island. This is the most advanced form of polydorus, which I should treat as a
species, if it were not for the Duke of York specimens of P.polijdorua novohritannicus
m. and for P. polydorus septeidi-ionidis ni.
34. Papilio annae Keld. [J, ?].
PapilU, amuie Felder, ^Vlen. Ent. Man. V. p. 297. n. 2 {^, iiec ?) (1861) (Mindoro) ; id., Vcrli.
:. /). ties. Wici p. ;t26. n. 491 (1804) (Mindoro) ; id., K-lm Nvcara. Lep. I. p. 132. n. 98. t. -211.
f. c ( ? ) (18li.^) (Mindoro) : Wall, Tr. Lhin. .Soo. L„„d. XXV. p. 43. n. '29 (18135) (Mindoro).
Pai>ll/o{Menel,iid<s)uniiae, Samper, Pliilipp., Taiifall. p. 271. n. .397. t. 40. f. 2( ? )(1891)(Mindoro).
(")• !*• annae Feld., forma typ. [J, ¥].
The hindwings have, besides a large cellular spot which occupies more than half
the cell, six white discal markings, of which the posterior ones are the longest.
The submarginal spots are either all cream-colour, or the three posterior ones
are red; above, the submarginal markings are rather ob.scure, especially in the
individuals with a red body ; the anal mark is sometimes connected below with the
last white discal mark, and is of the same colour as the submarginal sjjots, i.e. either
buff or red.
Tiie front of the liead, sides of the thorax underneath the wiugs, and part of the
abdomen are either yellowish buff or red.
Hah. Mindoro {.\. Everett, December 1894) (4 ?).
(//): P. annae phlegon I'eld. \_S, ?].
5 . Papilio anime Felder, ll'/«i. Ent. Mon. V. p. 297. n. 2 ( ? , n.»o ,}) (1801) (" Mindoro " he. err.).
$. Papilio phlKjou Felder, Vcrli. z. b. Get. W'ini p. .320. n. 49i) (1804) (Mind.-inao).
^ ? . Papilio {.yeiH'laiilis) pldujon. Semper, Philij'/i., Taijfalt. p. 271. n. 398. t. 40. f . 3 ( J ) (1891)
(S.W. Mindanao ; Guimaraa).
I know this insect only from the descriptions and temper's figure; it differs
from aiiiHte in the white markings of the hindwings having a liluish instead of a
r 1M4 )
faint yellowish tint ; the spots round the cell are also a little smaller, and the tails
are somewliat shorter. These differences are, however, so slight, tliat I cannot treat
pidegoii as specifically distinct from anaae.
Felder described the female from " Mindoro " ; according to Semper {I.e.). in
whose collection the ////>« is, the si)ecimen came, however, fronv Mindanao.
Hab. S.W. Mindanao; (iuimanis.
:i5. Papilio mariae Semper \_S, ?].
Pdjiilio iiiurUic iSemper. Wrh. \'ii: .Xatunr. i'literli. Hamhuiij. III. p. ll.'i (1H78): Obertli., /•,'(.
,1'Enl. IV. p. 44. n. GO (IST'J) (" Philippines").
I'upilio {.Uvitelakle^i) markie Semper, I'hilipp.. T<i;(t'i'lt. p. 270. n. 31)5. t. 4(;. f. 5 (J) (1801) (Bohol ;
Cebu : Mindanao).
Front of the head black. Hindwings with a cellular mark which does not reach
beyond the base of the lower median uervule, and with four or five discal spots round
the apex of the cell white ; abdomen much more restricted red than in the allied
species. Since I cannot separate Semper's P. alinae as a distinct species, we have to
enumerate two subspecies : —
(«) : P. mariae Semper, forma ty p. [c?, ?].
Hindwings with five white spots round the apex of the cell.
The length of the hindwings is somewhat variable; the size of the spots is also
inconstant ; the anal mark of the hindwings is either small and white, as in Semper's
figure of 'mariae, or large and almost as red as in Semper's figure of ahiuie.
Hab. Bohol; Cebu; Mindanao (1 cJ, 2 ?).
(//): P. mariae almae Semper [c?].
cJ. TapWw (.Uenelaidis) almae Semper, PhiUijp., Taijfalt. p. -2711. n. 3',ilj. t. 4l!. f. () (J) (1891)
(Polillo : two specimens !).
Hindwings \vith fom- white spots round the apex of the cell, the spot beiiind the
lower median uervule being absent ; the basal segments of the abdomen (piite black.
The anal mark of the hindwings below large and red.
The only difference between this and the preceding form seems to be the
absence of a fifth discal spot fi-om the hindwings.
Hab. Polillo.
;i(i. Papilio phegeus llopffer [cJ, ¥].
I'aiiUw i^licrjem Hoplfer, SMI. Ent. Zeil. p. 32. n. 13 (jj) (186G) ("Luzon " luc. ,n: !)■
PuiiiliK {.Mruplakhs) plicijcHK, Semper, J'liiliji/j., Tanfalt. p. 27n. n. 394. t, 4i;. 1 4 (cjl (1891)
(Samar ; Panaon ; E. & S.E. Mindanao).
Itetiier con.stant. The hindwings Imve three wliite discal spots between I he
lower discoidal and lower median nervules, and a fourth minute one behind the latter
vein ; besides a small red mark near the anal angle, there are on the u[)perside
three (6, ¥ ) or four (?) red submarginal spots, of which the anterior one is smallest;
below, the hindwings have six submarginal spots, the. first of which is, however, as
in Hopffer's type, often absent.
Huh. Luzon (Zoc. c/T. ?) ; Saniar ; I'anaon ; Mindanao (1 S , Z ?).
( 24J )
'■'>'. Papilio atropos Stauding. [S. ?].
Pajntiu uti-oj/o-< Staudinyoi', Iris I. p. 2H\ (1M88) (Palawan) : id., I.e. p. 11 (188'J) (Palawan).
The whitish ^cahng of the ibrewings is extended to the base, the basal unifonnly
black area which is present in the allied species being absent. The hindwings have
the rounded shape of those of P. annae Feld., i.e. they are less produced in the post-
caudal region than in P. aristolochicte Fabr. The tails are long, rather thin and
spatulate. The submarginal red spots of the hindwings of the allied forms are
absent from atropos, though they are very faintly indicated by a scaling which is
slightly paler than that of the rest of the wing. The third discocellular veinlet of
the hindwings is less oblique than in P. aristolochiae ; hence the discoidal cell is
less pointed at tlie origin of the upper median nervule than in that species.
Hah. Palawan (2 J, 5 ?).
Note. — The scales of the wings of P. atropos .Stauding. are different from those
uf P. aristolochiae acatas Druce. On the forewings the scales are more regularly
triangular, not being rounded at the sides, and have longer and sharper teeth,
especially those on the underside of the wing; on the upper.^ide of the hindwings
the upper layer consists of Ijidentate scales in P. atropos, of tridentate ones in acutus.
The second median vein of the hindwings is on. an average 2 mm. shorter in
atropos than in acutus. — K. J.
38. Papilio schadenbergi Semper [t?, ?].
Paji/liii {.Ueitelditles) sc/niclenbergi Sempur, Plulijiji., Tagfalt. p. 269. n. 393. t. 44. f. 1 ( cj) ; t. 45.
f . 5 { ? ) (1891) (N.W. Luzon ; Babuyanes ; May, June, and September to November).
(«) : P. schadeubergi Semper, forma typ. \_S , ?].
Hindwings shaped as in aristolochiae Fabr. ; with the submarginal s))ots rounded
and well marked on the upper- and underside, the anterior ones white, the posterior
ones red; without discal markings.
Hah. X.^V. Luzon and Babuyanes (ace. to Semijer, I.e.) (3 c?, 2 ?).
(6): P. schadenbergi micholitzi Semper [J, ?].
Papiliti {.Uenelakle.'i) sdiadtiihcnji var. la'fJtoViV.i SuiuptT, /.<■. p. 269. sub n. 393. t. 44. f. 2((^):
t. 45. f. 6 ( ? ) (1891) (N.E. Luzon).
Differs from the tyjiieal form in the spots of the hindwings being all white, or
creamy white; the forewings are less white behind the cell.
Hub. N.E. Luzon (ace. to Semper) (1 J).
As the dry-season specimens of P. aristolochiae kotzeliueiis Eschsch. are some-
times very similar to the present species, and as further there are no differences
between the two insects besides jiattern, F believe that schadenberiji will turn out
to be the northern form of lot zebu e as ; but this is only a supposition.
39. Papilio aristolochiae Fabr. [J,?, metam.].
Papilio Efjues Tmjunii.i (irUtolochiae Fabi-icius, Sij>it. I'.ul. p. 443. n. 3 (1775) (India) ; Goeze, Knt.
Reytr. III. 1. p. 40. n. 4(1779).
Papilio Equen Trajanux jiuHfluriis, Cramer (nee jmlyd'iriis Liiine, 17(;.'i), Paji. F.xot. II. p. -15. t. 128
f. A. B (1777) {p.p. ; Coi-omandel, Tranqiieb.ar, Bengal ; ner Amboina).
Papilio Eqnes Trojanm polijdoru.i, Gocze, Eiil. lieyti: III. 1. p. 33. n. 10 (1779) {p.p.) ; Fabr.,
SiKe. Jns. II. p. 6. n. 20 (1781) (p.p.) ; .lablonsky, Xaliirs. Scliiaelt. II. p. 201. n. 43. t. 15. f. 3
(1784); Fabr., .Uaii/. Im. II. p. 3. n. 21 (1787): Gmolin, Si/s^. Sat. I. 5. p. 2229. n. 10(1790)
p.p.) ; Fabr., Ent. f^yd. III. 1. p. 9. n. 2(i (1793) (p.p.).
( 246 )
Papitio Equis Trojamis hectur, Fabricius, Spec. Jiia. 11. p. 2. n. 5 (1781) (pji.) ; Jablonsky, Xuliira.
Schmelt. II. p. -201. n. 43 (1784) {sub sijmn.); Esper, Aiisl SchmfU. p. lo. n. 2 (1784) («i(//
synon.) ; Gmelin, Sijd. Sat. I. o. p. 2226. n. 273 (1790) (ahJ si/non.).
PiipiUo Eipies Trojamis (lipliilu.i Esper, Ausl. Sclimilt. p. loij. n. 73. t. 40. f. 2 (1792) (Tranquebar).
Princeps lieroiCKS poli/doni.i, Hiibner, Suikih!. ExoI. Sclimetl. I. t. Ill (180lj-16).
Menelaides piilydorin), Hubner, Verx. bek. Srlnnelt. p. 84. n. 868 (181*!) (.p.p.).
Papilio pnli/<luriis, Godart. Enc. Meth. IX. p. 71. n. 130 (1819) {p.p. ; Bengal, Coromandcl. Java :
nee Amboina) ; Horsf., Cat. Lep. Im. Mus. E. 1. C. I. t. 3. f. 17 (larva) (1828) (Java) ;
Boisd., Spec. Gin. Lep. I. p. 2(')7. n. 90 (1836) (pp. ; Java, Borneo, Bengal, Ceylon ; iiec
Amboina); De Haan, Verli. Xul. Gcsch. Xed. oeerz. b<-:. p. 38. t. 8. f. 1 (1840) (■'MoIu<-cas"
he. ti-r.): Doubl. Westw. & Hew., Gin. Dinrn. f.ip. I. p. 9. n. 18 (1846) (mb nynun.);
Wallengren, HV.n. Eut. .Mon. VII. p. 65. n. 4 (1863) (Java ; February).
Pupilio adumax Zinken, Xova Act. Ac. Xat. Cur. XV. p. 144. n. 3 (1831) (Java).
Pohjdnrus t/was Swainson, Zuol. Illustr. (2). II. t. 100 (J, /.,//.) (1833) (Java).
Papilio dipliilus, Gray, Oil. Lep. Ins. B. .1/. I. p. 10. ii. 34 ( 1852) (India ; Ceylon : Java) : id.. List
Lep. Ins. B. M. I. p. 11. n. 37 (1856) (Java ; N. China; N. India : Ceylon) ; Horsf. i*i Moore,
Cat. Lep. /?w. .Vus. E. I. C. I. p. 94. n. 190. t. 2. f. 5 (/.). 5a (/,.) (1857) (Java; Calcutta;
N. India) ; Vollenhov., Tijdsehr. r. Ent. III. p. 79. n. 73 (1860) (Java ; "Moluccas" loc. en:] ;
Feld., Verb. :. b. Ges. Wien p. 326. n. 486 (1864) (China austral. ; Si.im ; India sept. ; Ceylon ;
Java; "Luzon" loc. err.): Lang, Eut. Mo. .\l,iy. p. 101 (1864) (X.W. Himal): Wall., Tr.
Linn. Soc. Loml. XXV. p. 43. n. 26 (1865) (Java : Malacca ; India : nn- Philippine Is.) ;
Moore, P. Z. S. p. 756 (1865) (Bengal) ; Chaum., Ent. Mo. .Maij. p. 37 (1865) (Sangor) ; Alex.,
ibid. p. 208 (1865) (Sangor) : Moore & Wall., P. Z. S. p. 356 (1866) (Formosa) ; Butl., CuX.
Diurn. Lep. discr. Fabric, p. 258. sub n. 78 (1869) ; Druce, P. Z S. p. 109. n. 8 (1874) (Siam) ;
Pryer, Ent. .)/.,. Marj. p. 52 (1877) : Butl., Tr. Linn. Soc. Land. (2). Zool. II. p. 553. n. 21 (1877)
(Malacca); Butl, P. Z. S. p. 153. n. 31 (1883) (N.W. India).
Papilio aristolochiae, Butler, Cat. Diurn. Lep. descr. Fabric, p. 258. n. 78 (1869) (Ceylon) ; Holland,
■ Tr. Amer. Ent. Sue. p. 123. n. 77 (1878) (Hainan); Moore, P. Z. S. p. 840 (1878) (Upp.
Tenasserim : aristolochiae Fabr. = dipliilus Esp.) ; Oberth., Ei. d'Ent. IV. p. 43. n. 56 (1879)
(India; China; aristolochiae ¥ahr. ^ diphilus ^sp. =.= polydoriis Cram, [luc Linnr], Hiibn.,
Boisd.) ; Xice'v., Jonrn. As. Soc. Beny. p. 53 (1881) (Sikkim ; October) : Elwes, P. Z. S. p. 872
(1881) (Ningpo) ; Butl., Ann. Mag. X. H. (5). XVIII. p. 189. n. 48 (1886) (Upp. Burma) :
Ehves, Tr. Ent. Soc. Lmid. p. 427. n. 403 (1888) (Sikkim : common up to 2000 or 3000 feet
from April to December ; P. aristolochiae "Gram." ej err.) \ Leech, ibid. p. 114. n. 64 (1889)
(Kiu Kiang) : Manders, ibid. p. 535. n. 188 (1890) (Shan States : very common, but not found,
I think, aljove 5000 feet) , Pagenst., Jahrb. Xas.s. Ver. Xat. p 99. n. 138 (18y(.l) (E. Java) :
Davids & Aitk., Jmirn. Bomb. X. H. Soc. p. 362 (1890) Canara: /., p.): Wat.>;on, Journ. As. Soc.
Beng. p. 268 (1890) (Madras) : id., Jonrn. Boinba;/ .V. //. Soc. p. 53 (1891) : Rothsch., Iris V.
p. 442 (1892) (Celebes) : Robbe, .Imi. Sue. Ent. Behj. p. 124. n. 4 (1892) (Kurseong) ; Leech,
Ihitterfi. of China etc. p. 554 (1893) (China) : Oberth., Ft. d'Ent. XVII. p. 3 (1893) (^Tonkiu).
Papilio marine var., Oberthiir, Et. d'Ent. XI. p. 14 (1886) (W. China : kacc spec, teste Oberth.
in litt.).
Menelaidis aristolochiae, Moore, /'. Z. S. p. 259 (1882) (X.W. Himal.).
Papilio (.Uenelaidis) diphilus, Swinhoe, P. Z. S. p. 512. n. 59 (1884) (Kurracbee).
Pajiilio (Menelaides) aristolochiae, Nici'ville, .lourn. .I.s-. Soc. Beng. p. 52. n. 131 (1885) (Calcutta ;
very common : strongly smelling, hence called "Rose ButterHy ") : Doherty, ibid. p. 137.
n. 230 (1886) (Kumaon) : Wood-Mas. & Nice'v., ibid. p. 376. n. 190 (1886) (Cachar) ; Elwes
ii NicH-., ibid. p. 435. n. 130 (1886) (Tavoy ; Ponsekai) ; Hamps., ibid. p. 363. n. 199 (1888)
(Nilgiri Hills: 1000 to 7000 feet); Ferguson, Joiini. Boinbag X. II. Soc. p. 446 (1891)
(Travancore) : Nicev., Ginettetr of Sikkim p. 171. n. 470 (1894) (Sikkim : common in lower
valleys).
Papilio aristolochiae var. dijihilus. Distant, lihoji. .Miil. p. 337. n. 5. t. 31. f. 6. 7 (1885) (Mai. Pen.)
Menelaidea diphilus, Swinhoe, P Z. S. p. 145. n. 141 (1885) (Bombay and Deccan ; common every-
where from October till June) : id.. I.e. p. 433. n. 97 (1886) (Mhow) ; Moore, Journ. Linn. Soc.
Land. p. 51 (1889) (Mergui).
Meiielaides aristolochue (sic !), Swinhoe, Tr. Ent. Soc. Land. p. 313. n. 386 (1893) (Khasia Hills).
The name of aristolochiae given to this insect by Faliricius in 1773 entirely
disappeared after 1781, wlien Fabricius curiously confounded his s])ecieswith hector J.,.,
till Mr. Butler (I.e.) re-established the name in 1869. Cramer,aud after him (Jodart,
( 'Ml )
Boisduval, De Haau, etc., mistook tliis species for the Limiean P. polydorus, while
Esper, recogtiisiiig Cramer's mistatce, and being misled by I-'al5ricius's Spec. Ins.,
where uristolochine stands as a synonym of hector, descriljed and figured it under a
new name, P. diphilus Esper. This name again disappeared till 1852, when Gray
applied it to the present insect. Zinken (I.e.), not being aware that aristolochiae was
a published name and not a manuscrijrf name of Fabricius, described the Papilio from
Fabricius's manuscript of " Syst. Gloss, ined." as new, under the name of ailamits.
Fabricius gives as locality only 'India orkntalis" \ E.sper's dlpldlas came
i'rom Tranquebar, and Zinken's adamas from ,Iava. Now the aristolocliiae from
Java, Malacca, Burma, Continental India, Ceylon, and China cannot, in my opinion,
lie sejiarated into local forms, though a good nunjber of .specimens from some of these
localities exhibit characters which are local, so that one can indeed in many cases
tell the locality from the peculiar characters of a specimen ; but as only a relatively
small percentage of individuals show the local characters, we have no sub.species, bi t
local abeirations which have not yet developed into subsiiecies.
Several modern authors liave treated aristolochiae and diphilas as distinct
species, or at least as two representative forms of a species. Mr. Butler, in his Cat.
Diurn. Lep. descr. by Fabriciits, p. 258, says of aristolochiae : " This is the Ceylone.se
rejjresentative of P. diphilas Esp.," and gives as s^'nonvm Gray's var. c [Cut. Lep.
Ins. B. M. I. p. 10. n. 34 (1852)], which has a whitS spot in the apex of the dis-
coidal cell to the bindwings. Fabricius describes the hindwings thus : " Fascia
maaidari alba lunidisqiie rubris " ; the " white macular band " fits, howex^er, cer-
tainly better to the specimens without tlie cellular s[)Ot than to those with that
additional spot, especially to .Tavan individuals with a row of four or five white markings.
This question is of some importance, as !M core's ceylonicus, which is an aberration, not
a local race, is based on specimens with the cellular spot. Esper's diphifas has three
white spots situate between the lower median and lower discoidal veins ; the second
one is the longest. Such specimens which agree with Esper's figure occur not only
in Tranquebar, but also in Ceylon and all over Continental India, Burma, Siara,
Malacca, and China, and fly together with specimens which have more white markings,
P. diphilus is, therefore, not a local race of aristolochiae, but one of the numerous
widespread individual aberrations, and will be best regarded as a mere synonym of
aristolochiae Fabr., as it certainly is quite inopportune to have a number of aberra-
tional names for the specimens with a series of two, three, four, or five discal spots
to the hindwings ; the individuals with the additional cellular spot cau, however,
be kept separate as ah. ceylonicus (Moore). As I have, therefore, to treat aristo-
lochiae, dijjhilis, and adamas as belonging to one geographical race, there remain
seven subsjjecies of the species in question, namely : —
(a) : P. aristolochiae Fabr. fr-om Ceylon, Continental India, IStu-ma, Malacca, Siam,
China, Loo Choo Islands, Xatima Islands, Java, Celebes ;
{b) : P. aristolochiae austrositiulaniis subsp. nov. from Sambawa ;
(c) : P. aristolochiae camorta Moore from the Nieobar Islands ;
(d) : P. aristolochiae phiiipipus Standing, from the South-Eastorn Islands of the
Philippine group ;
(e) : P. aristolochiae kotsebueus Esehsch. from the Xortheru and Western
Philippines and the Sulu Islands ;
(/') : P. aristolochiae acidue Druce fi-om North Borneo and Palawan ;
(.'/) : P. aristolochiae a,ntiphus Fabr. from Sumatra. Nias, Java, I-ombock, Natuna
Islands, and Borneo.
19
( 248 )
The reasons wliicli iiiiliK :• me to n'giinl nntiphiis, acutus, and kotzehaeas as
geographical races o{ arhlolocliiue arc as follows : —
(!) The caterpillars of aristolochiae and anliphus, as deseriiicd and figured by
Moore and Hagen respectively, do uot differ from one another. Dewitz's figure of
the mi-va of kotzebueus (see below) is incorrect ; the whitish baud and spines ought
to stand upon that segment which bears the first pair of venti~dl legs, instead of upon
the preceding segment ; this mistake is excusable, as Dewitz's figures were jiartly
taken from drawings of the collectors.
(2) There occur individuals of the butterflies intermediate in colour between
nriUolochiae and antiphus, and between philippas and kotzehuevs.
(3) The sexual organs of the males are the same.
(4) The position, form, and scaling of the submarginal spots of the hindwings
are the same in (iristolochiae and antiphus.
P. aristolochiae and nntiphuM occur together in .Tava and on the island of
I'unguran (Natuna Islands) ; in the first locality anliphus is, however, very scarce,
while on liungurau arisiolochiue is rare, out of 150 specimens received from Bunguran
only two belonging to this form ; from Uorneo, Sumatra, Palawan, and tlie Sulu Islands
aristolochiae has not been recorded.
(«) : P. aristolochiae Fain-., forma typ. [J, ?, metam.].
This race is especiall}- \arial)le in the extent of the black basal region of the
underside of the forewings, and in the number and position of the white spots on the
hindwings. The submarginal spots to the hindwings are sometimes rather small.
In the North Indian indinduals the black basal area of the underside of the
hindwings reaches mostly somewhat beyond the origin of the lower median nervule,
often even beyond the base of the second median vein, and extends much farther
along the subcostal than along the median nervure ; the white-coloured apical portion
of the cell is often reduced to three small spots. The number of white spots on the
hindwings varies from three to four ; that behind the lower median vein is in many
examples also almost white and .seldom includes a black spot. The discal spots
become often reduced in size ; as the reduction of each spot takes place from the
basal side, the remaining pai-ts of the spots stand very often far from the cell, in
many individuals midway between the cell and the submarginal markings; this
latter character appears very .seldom in s])ecimens from other localities.
The Ceylonese specimens agree with the North Indian ones; but the white
colour of the under.side of the forewings is often more extended, and a greater number
of individuals have a white cellular spot to the hindwings, which character mi.sled
]Moore to treat the Ceylon specimens as belonging to a distinct species (Meiielaidea
ceylonicus Moore). The spot at the anal angle includes mostly a black mark, or is
emarginate at the lower median vein.
Most of my Burmese examples, and those from tiie Shan States, are remarkable for
the length of the white markings; the spot between the first and second median liranches
is the longest, and usually of the same peculiar form as in P. aristolochiae philippus.
The anal reddish mark includes, as in the Ceylonese examples, a black spot, or is sinuate.
The basal black area of the forewings as in the North Indian specimens. The individual
from the Shan States have often a white cellular spot to the hindwings.
The Malaccan indi\iduals have the black region of the underside of the forewings
often reduced ; the white spots of the hindwings stand (always ?) close to the cell ;
the spot before the iipjier median nervule is mostly the longest ; the spots are more
( 249 )
rounded exteriorly than in most Bunnese specimens; tlie anal niaik as in the latter;
a cellular spot is often present.
The two Bunguran specimens {d (J) have three white discal markings, of which
the middle one is the longest ; in one individual there is, besides, a nunute
white pointlike sjjot liefore the second discoidal vein ; the tails of both specimens
are short and narrow, and in one the tails are not dilated towards the apex, thus
reminding one strongly of P. (iristolochiae ncidun Druce.
On the island of P^ngano Doherty obtained one specimen of arifilolocliiae which
agrees well with Javan examples, but has the anal spot not sinuate.
In the Javan s[ieciniens the black area of tlie underside of the forewings is
mostly much reduced, more than the ajiical half of the cell being whitish (exclusive
of four black folds) ; the white spots on the hindwings stand (alwavs ?) close to the
cell ; all my specinrens have four white spiots besides the anal mark, which latter is
deeply sinuate; there is never (?) a spot within the cell. The front of the head
just before the antennae is rather black.
The fenuiles of the Chinese aristolochiae are rather [)ale. In both sexes the
black basal region of the underside of the forewings is somewhat less extended
than in North Indian examples. The white spots vary in number from two to
four; they are usually small, and stand close to the cell; the spot before the uji]ier
median nervule is mo.stly the longest; there is no spot within the cell; the anal
mark is always deep!}' sinuate, sometimes oliliterated above. The front of the head
is mostly darker than in Indian examples, especially in the females.
My two Loo Choo specimens have the anal mark of the hindwings small and
non-sinuate ; both have four discal spots, which are tinged with red, especially below ;
the anterior spot is small, but well marked, and stands closer to the .submarginal
^pot than to the cell ; the second and third spjots are rather long.
(«-) : ab. ceylonicits (Jloore).
Papilin diphilus var, c. Gray, Cat. Lei), -^"s- i^- '"• I- I' "^- *"'' °- '^^ (1852) (Ceylon).
Menehddes ceylonicus Moore, Lep. of Ceylon I. p. lal. t. 57. f. 2 (1881) (Ceylon).
Hindwings with a white spot within the apex of the cell.
This aberration is in my collection from Ceylon, Burma, the Shan f^tates, and
-Malacca ; it occurs also in N. India, but not in China and Java, as far as I know.
From Burma I have several examples of aristoluchitre in which the red colour
of the abdomen is very much extended.
Hab. Ceylon (0 cf, 3 ?); S. India; N.W. IncUa; .Sikkim (i).^, 7 ?); Assam
(4 c?, 4 ? ) ; Burma (2 <J, 2 ? ) ; Shan States and Siam (14 (^, .5 ? ) ; Malacca (2 <?, 2 ? ) ;
Java (4 c?, 5 ?); Engano (1 (?) ; Bunguran, Natuna Islands (2 J); Tonkin; China
(13 cJ, 9 ? ) ; Loo Choo Islands (2 tj) ; Celebes.
(/)): P. aristolochiae austrosundanus subsp. nov. [c?,?].
Papilio urislulochiae, Doherty (ner Fubricius, 177:'.), .fount. .Is. Soc. Beng. p. 192 (1891) (Sambawa ;
"nonnaC ex err.).
The /«»ia^ is scarcely of a paler ground-colour than the inule. In both sexes
the black border to the forewings beneath is rather broader than in nristolochiae ;
tlie internervular black streaks are also broad ; the basal black area is of almost the
same form as in the Javan arieioluchiae, but often a little more extended. On the
hindwings there are three while discal spots of small size; that between the upper
median branches is the longest, and about twice (or less) as long as broad : the spots
( 250 )
become reduced es^)ecially from the exterior side, and lienCe remain ratlier close
to the cell; the anterior one is sometimes very small. The reddish mark near the
anal angle includes a black spot, which is situated close to the lower median nervule.
The submarginal spots assume in most specimens a lunate sha])e ; in ow female
the two posterior ones are rather arched and touch each other, and the last one is
also connected with the anal mark, which is prolonged along the third median vein.
The front of the head has seldom a few black hairs.
In general appearance this form resembles certain Chinese specimens of aci'«/o-
lochiae K;ibr., but can be distinguished by the much darker fenuile and by the
presence of only three small white spots on the hindwing.s, of which the middle one
(not that before the upper median vein) is the longest. From three-spotted Indian
and C'eylonese arintohchi'te it is distinguishable especially by the position of the
white .s])ots.
Hah. Sambawa (W. Doherty, September 1891) (12 6, 3 ? ).
(c) : P. aristolochiae camorta Moore [J,?].
Pajnlii) urixlohchiae var. caiiiurla Moore, P. Z. .S. p. 692 ( J ) (1877) (Kamorta) : Wood-Mas. <4
Nicdv., Journ. Ax. Soc. Beiir,. p. 237. n. rJ6 (1881) (Nicobar Is.) ; iid.. I.r. p. 18. n. no (1882)
(Nicobar Is.).
The white spots of the hiudwings small, only that between the lower median
veins is clearly marked on the upperside ; the two others, standing before and behind
the upper median nervule, are sometimes entirely absent from the U[)perside, or, when
present, are much suffused with black ; below, there is usually a spot within the apex
of the cell.
Hob. Nicobar Islands (3 J, 1 ?). Not recorded from the .Vndamans, but
Staudinger informs me that he received Andaman specimens from the late
Mr. Koepstorf
(d): P. aristolochiae philippus Semper [(?,?].
Papiiui (Mcnf.laides) arhUihich'uh var. jiliiliji/ius .Sunipcr, Philipj)., TtiijfiiH. p. 269. n. 392. t. 44.
f. 7. 8. 9 ((J) ; t. 4.5. f. 3. 4 ( ? ) ; t. 4fi. f. 1 ((J-ab.) (1891) (Lejte, Panaon, Siargao, Camiguin,
Mindanao).
The tails are broader than in aristolochiae, a character which philippiLs has
in common with the other Phili]>pine subspecies of aristolocliiae, namely kolzchiieiui.
The hindwiugs have from tlirce to five white discal sjiots, which .stand close to the cell ;
the spot between the two ujiper median branches is the longest and at the apex
trianguhirly pointed; the nervides separating the .spots are thinly black or red.
The submarginal markings are mostly purer red on the upperside than in tyjiical
aristolochiae. There is ne^er a spot within the cell.
Hab. 8.E. Islands of the Philippines (8 <?, 5 ?).
(e): P. aristolochiae kotzebueus Kschsch. [c^,?, larv., pup.].
Papilio h,lzfbuca Eschs.iliallz, K..I:.. h,,.-, i;,,:<r III. p. 202. t. 1. f. 2a. 2b ( ? ) (1821) (Manila);
F«;ld., Verh. z. b. Gen. Wien p. .Hill. n. 488 (1864) (Lu7.on).
Papiliii iKilijgUts Godart, Em. .Meih. IX. Siippl. p. 811 (1823) (Philippines).
Papilio aiiliphun. Boi.sduval, Spec. Gin. Lep. I. p. 266. n. 89 (1836) (Pliilippines) : Thou.
Xaturg. Schmell. p. 19. t. 7. f. 35. .36 (1837) (Manila) ; Doubl. Westw. i^ Hew.. Gni. Dhirn.
Lep. I. p. 9. n. 21 (1846) (p.]>.; Philippines; ner Java. Borneo); Gray, Cat. Lep. Im.
B. .V. I. p. 11. n. 37 (1852) (s«J synnn.); id., Lixl Lep. /ux. B. M. I. p. 12. n. 41 (1856)
(»«i «/HO)i.); Reak., Pioc. lint. Snc. Phil. p. 456. n. 5 (1864) (/).;'.): W.-iU., Tr. Linn. Soc.
Land. XXV. p. 43. n. 27 (1865) (,p.p.)\ Oberth., El. (FEitt. IV. p. 43. n. .15 (1879)
(Philippines).
( 251 )
Ptijiil/n antijifiu.i var., firay, Cat. Lep. Ins. II M. I. p. 1 1, sub ii. .'.7 ( IS.'rJ) (Manila) : iJ., l.ixt I,,//.
/„M. B. M. I. p. 12. sub n. 41 (185lj) (Pbilippines).
I'lijiilin aiilipJiiis var. Icotzehiiea, Dewitz, A^ora Ail. Ar. Xal. Cnr. XLIY. 2. p. 2()4. t. 2. f. 3. ;i.\. 3ii
(I., p.) (1882) {larmfahe siijnata).
J'(ij„lio {Jfciielakki') aiitiphvx. Semper, Phihpp., TaiifnU. p. 2i;7. n. :!81. t. 44. f. :i. 4 (J). 5 (?) :
t. 45. f. 1. 2 ( ? ) (1891) (Luzon ; Polillo ; Mindoro ; Bohol ; Cebu ; Sulu Is. ).
Tail.-i broader than in antiphus Ynhr.; bindwiiigs below ino.-tly with a bandlike
jiatfh near the anal angle consisting of 2, 3, 4, or 5 spot.s, which are mostly red, but
.'sometimes white, and ai)j]ear occasionally — according to Semjjer in the specimens
of the dry season — also on the uppersifle. The submarginal red spots are also well
marked on the upperside in certain individuals, wldch thence become rather similar
to P. schfuleiihevf/i Semp. The underside of the forewings is less extended white
than in anti'phvu. the white colour being almost re.stricted to the )JOstcellular part
of the wing.
In the individuals from the Sulu Islands the tails are as broad as in the
Philippine specimens, hut tlie bandlike patch on the lundwings beneath is reduced
to one spot, which is sometimes partly vvhiti.sh.
Hah. Northern and Western Philippines (25 cJ, 15 ?); .Sulu Islands (1 rjj.
(/.) : P. aristolochiae acutus Druce [c?,j].
Papilio nntiphus var. b, Gray, Cut. Lep. Ins. B. M. I, p 11, siilj n. 37 (I8,",2) (Borneo) : iil. I.ht
Lep. Im. B. }[. I. p. 12. sub n. 41 (18,'iC) (Borneo).
Papilio unilii Druce, P. Z. S. p. 358 (1873) (N. Borneo).
F(ipilit) (iiilijilins var. iiruia, Oberthiir, Et. il'Eiit- IV p. 113. n. ."lo (187'.i) (Iiabuan) : Stauibng.,
/;■;» II. p. in (1880) (Palawan).
Papilio {Mtnelaideti) atitiphya var. acuta, Semper, Philipp.^ Tai/falt. p. 2(j8. sub n. .''.I'l (18i)l)
(Palawan).
Tails not spatulate, being of even breadth or pointed ; they are variable in
length. Hindwings below with a small red anal spot, not with a baudlike patch
as in kotzehueiis.
{IP) : ah. periphvs (^berth.
Pii/nlio nyitipliiix var. prripliiis Oberthiir, Et. d'Eiit. lY. p. 43. sub n. ^ki. & p. 113. suh n. 55 (187'.0
(Borneo).
Pnpilin aiiti/iluis var. anilii ah In-rrirnuthi Stauclin^^or, I,is II. p. HI (l.S'S9) (Palawan).
Tail icdncc'd to a toot h.
11, lit. North Porneo (1 J j ; I'ahiwau (8 J. 0 ?).
(,(/): P. aristolochiae antiphus Falir. [c?,$, larva, pupa].
Papilio Kipies Twjamis antiphus Fabricius, Enl. Syst. III. 1. p. Ml. n. 28 (1793) (India).
Pajtilio antiphus, Donovan, Ins. of India t. 15. f. 2 (180U) ; Godart. Enc J/elh. IX. p. 71. n. 129
(1819) : De Haan, Verh. Xal. Gesch. Xe/l. ove.rz. hez. p. 49. t. 8. f. 2 ( ? I (18ili) (Borneo:
Sumatra) ; Doubl Westw. & Hew., Gen. Diimi. Lep. I. p. 9. n. 21 (184(1) (Java : Borneo ;
nee Pbilippines) : Gray, Cat. Lep. Ins. B. M. I. p. 11. n. 37 (1852) : (;)./;. ; Java) : id., List
Lep. Ins. B. .1/. I. p. 12. n. 41 (1856) (/)./). : Java ; Sumatra) : Horsf. & Moore, Cat. Leji. Ins.
Mus. E. I. C. I. p. 94. n. 191 (1857) {p.p. : Java) ; Vollenhov., Tiplsehr. i: Eat. III. p. 78.
n. 71 (18C0) (Borneo : Sumatra) : Fcld., Veih. ,-.. h. Grs. W'ien p. 3211. n. 487 (18(14) (Java :
Sumatra : Lombok) ; Reak., Proe. Knt. Soc. Phil. p. 455. n. 5 (1864) (ji.p.) : Wall., 7V. Linn.
Soe. Lonil. XXV. p. 43. n. 27 (18(15) (Sumatra : Borneo : Java : Lombok : n-r Philippine
Is.); Kheil, Rhop. Xias p. 3(i. n. 1.37 (1884) (Nias): Standing. & Schatz. E.rol. Srhmett. 1.
p. (1 (1884) ; Dist. * Pryer, Ami. Mag. X. II. (5). XIX. p. 273. n. 175 (1887) (.Sandnkan) :
H,-igen, Iris VII. p. 20. n. 12. t. 1. f. 1 (1.) (1891) (Sumatra).
Papilio tliesens. Butler, Cat. Dium. Lep. tle.irr. Fabric, p. 258. n. 79 ( J, /<•'• 9 ^ '18(',>l'i
( 252 )
The liindwiugs are iJomewbat deeper indented than in acuhis; the tails are
mostly spatiilate, but sometimes they are rather short and of even Ineadth; such
speoimens, which occur in Sumatra and on Bunguran, are not distinguishable from
Hcuhis Druce. The submarginal spots of the hiudwings are feebly indicated above,
except tiie posterior one, which is, like a spot at the anal angle, nearly always well
marked ; the siK)ts are variable in size and sometimes partly obliterated.
My I^mbok specimen, captured by Wallace, is of small size, but does not differ
from certain Bornean and Sumatran individuals.
Some specimens from Bunguran (Xatuna Islands) have white scales between the
upper median nervules of the hindwiugs close to the discoidal cell, and form a
transition to P. anstolockifie Fabr.
P. theseus of Cramer, which Mr. Butler {I.e.) lielievcd to be the fenuile of
finilphus Fabr., is a form of P. polytes L.
Ihib. Sumatra (23 (J, 6 c?) ; Nias ; Java ; Lombok (1 3) ; Bunguran and Sirhassen,
Xaluua Islands (about 150 specimens); Borneo (10 c?, 3 ?); Banguey Island (2 S).
In Northern Borneo the specimens belong partly to this, partly to the preceding
subspecies.
The geographical distribution of the forms of P. arlstoluchiae Fabr. is very
remarkable ; the range of the white-spotted races is interrupted by that of the black
subspecies, and what is still more important to note is the discontinuity of the range
of the typical race of P. aristolochiae.
Note. — The species of the hector-gvoui> can be se]iarnli'd in two sections as
follows : —
I. Moles with the abdominal margin of the liindwiugs turned upwards and
forming a more or less distinct abdominal fold, which is smallest in /'. poliiphdiili-s
Boisd., rather large in P. phegevs Hopff., mariae Semi)., polydoriis L. 'l"he scaling
within the fold assumes a pale colour; some of the .scales become rather narrow,
almost hairlike. In P. polyphonies Boisd. the scales are much less different in shape
and colour Ironi the scales on the disc than in P. polydorus L., ariatolochiae I'abr.,
j/hegeas Hopff., etc.; in these latter species they become longer and narrower, and
are liable to lose the teeth ; they represent, in fact, a rudimentary scent-organ.
II. Miden with the abdominal margin of the hindwings simply turned downwards
as in the other sex. The scaling in the neighbourhood of the submedian nervure is
scarcely different from that on the disc. In this section belong P. heclw h.,jophon
Gray, pandiyanus Moore, oreon Doherty, liris Godart. Haase [Untersuch. uh. Mini.
p. 25 (1893)] refers P. jophon Gray to the first section witli rudimentary scent-
organ, but is wrong in doing .so. — K. J.
II. COON-GKori'
.\n:il valves of the rn(de developed, but there is an open interspace Ix'tween tliein
(loisally. Legs similar to tho.se of the jireceding group.
■40. Papilio coon Fabr. [tJ,?].
Pa/jilin Eqiies Ti-ojnmis coon Fabricius, j:,il. Si/sl. III. 1. p. 10. n. 27 (I7'.l/>) ("(Jliiiia ' Inc. fry.).
Pajiilio conn. Donovan, Jim. of China t. 'H. i. 1 (1798) : Oodart, Ew. Mi-lh. IX. p. (1.5. n. 100 (18111)
("Cbiaa" lac err. ) : Zinken, Nora Act. Ar. Xnf. Cur. p. 14G. n. 4. t. 14. f. 3 (18:«) (Java) ;
Lucas, Le/i. Exot. p. 11. t. 6. f. 2 (183ii) (Java : " Coromandel '' loc. err.) ; Boisd., Spec. (?('n.
Up. I. p. 201. n. 14 (1836) (Java) : Blanch., //is/. .Vnf. !n.i. III. p. 421. t. 2. f. 1. (1840)
(" Indes orientales ") ; Doubl. Westw. & Hew., Gen. Diuni. Lep. I. p. 10 n. 41 (1846) (Java:
( -25?, )
nee Biirmah) ; Lucas, in Chenu's K„r. dllint. .\n/., P'ijj. t. 14. f. 1 (18S1-.J3) : Gray, Col.
Lqi. Ills. 11 .1/. I. p. 16. n. 60 (1852) (Java ; " India " loc. m:) ; id., Lid Lep. Ini. /i. M. I. p. l'.>.
n. 64 (18.'>0) (Java ; '■ India" he. err.) : Horsf. & Moore, Cat. Lep. Ins. Mua. E. I. C. I. p. 9o.
n. 192 (1857) (Java: "N.India," "China" loc. err.): Vollenhov., Tijdschr. r. ICnt. III.
p. 73. n. 20 (1860) (Java; "Borneo" he. err.) ; Feld., Verli. -.. b. (ies. Wi-n p. 326. n. 428. &
p. 374. n. 28li (1864) (Java; nee Moulmein : "Borneo'' loe. err.); Wall., Tr. Linn. Sue.
Land. XXV. p. 42. n. 23 (1865) (Java ; Sumatra ; "Borneo (De Haan) " loc. err.) ; But!., f'at.
Diurn. Lep. descr. Fabric, p, 257. n. 76 (1869) (Java) ; Oberth., El. d'Ent. IV. p. 45. n. 65(1870)
(Java) ; Standing. & Schatz, Exot. Schmett. I. p. 6 (1884) (Java) ; Haase, Untemuch. iib. .Mini.
p. 26 (1893) (Java ; " Borneo," " Birma " loc. frr.) ; Hagen, //■;.« VII. p. 17 (1894) (Padaug,
in coll. Standinger).
Papilio liiipenor Godart, Enc. Milh. IX. p. 65. n. 108 (1819) (Java).
AchiUidcs hijiicnnr, Hiibner, ^amnd. Exot. Schmclt. III. t. 23. f. 1. 2 (1834-41).
Very constant. The anterior spot of the submarginal series on the hindwings is
sometimes absent from the ujiperside ; the .-imall discal spot standing before the
npper median vein is seldom marked above. The yellow mark at the end of the
second median nervule is, in one of my specimens, connected below with the cor-
responding submarginal spot.
Hob. Java (9 (?, 2 5); Sumatra {tesle Wallace, and in coll. Staudinger).
41. Papilio doubledayi Wall.. [<?,?].
Papilio coon var.. Gray, Col. Lrp. //,.<, /!. M. I. p liV sub n. 60 (1852) (Moulmein) ; id.. Lid Lep.
Ins. B. il. I. p. 19. sub. n. 64 (1856) (Moulmein ; "Assam" loc. err. anl snhsp. all. ?) : Feld.,
Verh. 3. b. Ge.-:. Wien p. 326. sub n. 428 (1864).
Papilio doubledayi Wallace, Tr. Linn. Soc. Lond. XXV. p. 42. note (1865) (Moulmein ; " Assam "
loc. err. aid snbsp. all. '! ) ; Moore, P. Z. S. p. 840 ( 1 87K) (Upp. Tenasserim) ; Oberth., El. d'Enl.
IV. p. 45. n. 64 (1829) (Burma) ; Dist.. Hhop. .Mai. p. 3:!i;. n. 4. t. 33. f . 4 ( ? ) (1885) (Mai.
Pen.).
Papilio {Jtenelaidrs) doublcdai/i, Elwes & Nici'V., ./ok™. As. Soc. Peng. p. 435. n. 131 ( 18Sli) iTavny).
Menelaides donhle^af/i, Moore, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. p. 51 (1889) (^lergui).
Though .Messrs. Wood-Mason & Niceville treat I'litler's cacluirensis as a
synonym of P. doiibledai/i Wall., I must keep it separate as a subspecies, since
it exhibits some characters by which it is pretty well distinguishable fi-oni dov.l>le.ilai/i
(see below).
(11) ■■ P. doubledayi Wall., fumui typ. [cJ,?].
The size of the white spots on the hindwings is very incon.stant : in most
specimens the white patch within the discoidal cell occuiiies two-thirds ot the cell,
but sometimes it is reduced to some small .spots which stand in the ajiical half of the
cell. The mark before the subcostal vein is about as large as the following one, but
is in one of my specimens much smaller. The red spot at the extremity ol the
second median nervule is not connected with the corresponding submarginal mark,
though in one of my specimens there are some red scales in the interspace between
the two spots.
Iffih. Bnrma ((i c?, 1 5): Tenasserim (2 cf ) ; Malacca (1 y ).
(b) : P. doubledayi cacharensis Hull. T <?,?]■
Papilio doubledai/i, Butler ((leo Wallace, 1865), Tr. Ent. Sf,c. r.oud. p. 8 (1879) (Cachar).
Paiiilio cacharmsis Butler, Ann. Ma<i. X. H. (.5). XVI. p. .334. n. 113 (1385) (near Ass:im ; Ca;h;.r).
Papilio (Menelaides) donbkdaiji, Wood-Mas. & Nict-v., Journ. As. Soc. IScmj. p. 377. n. 191 (ISM)
(Cachar).
Differs from doubledayi Wall, in its smaller size, paler brownish black colour of
the wings, shorter postcellular white spot of the hindwings. and in tlie nuich ])al<M-,
(254)
often yellowish red, marginal ami sulimarwiual niarUiiigs in the anal region of the
hindwiugs. Head, sides of breast, and abdomen are a yellowish red, instead of
vermilion red.
The white spots on the liindwings are small; one of my specimens, labelled
" Himalaya," to which Distant referred in his liliop. Mai., has the cellular mark
reduced to a short streak.
ITah. Caeliar ("and ]irobably the neigljlionring districts) (3 cJ).
(c): P. doubledayi sambilaug^a Dolierty \_S, ?].
P'l/iilio doublfdaii var. s-iniliihiixjii Doherty. Joiirn. As. Snc. Bemj. p. 2t').'i. ii JO (IHSC) (fireiit
Nicohar : rather common).
■\Vhite postcellular s|iot to the hindwings very short ; marginal s[iot at llic end
of the lower median vein large and orange-red ; the next marginal sjiot joineil to the
submarginal one, as in P. rhodifer Hull.
In the female the tails are shorter and broader than in the male.
Hob. Great Nicobar.
(</) : P. doubledayi delianus l-Vnhst.
PapiUo douhledai/i, Hageu (««■ Wallace, IHG."!), Iri.-: II. p. 21. n. 14 (l.s'.U) (Sumatra).
Pupilio i!niiblif(Ifn/i Wallace var. delianus Fruhstorfer, K/it. A'l/.Ar. p. 19l) (1895) (Sumatra).
Bodv of a much yellower tint than in douhledayi Wall., being orange instead of
red. (Vllular sjjot to the hindwings much reduced, as in /'. doidiledrnii cacliarensia
Butl. ; middle discal spots small, the anterior one absent from the upperside.
Marginal spots at the extremities of the two lower median branches as in doiMedayi
Wall.: submarginal mark in the upper median cellule not marked above ; below, it
staniis separate from the marginal spot.
Hah. Sumatra (1 (?, 1 ?).
This form flies in the hills of the nortli-western ]iarts of Sumatra : in tlie south-
west it is replaced by tv)>ical P. coon Fabr.
11'. Papilio rhodifer I'.ntler [(?,?].
I'lil.ilio rh'idifi'i- Rntler, KnI. Mik Miuj. XIII. p. .''iT (1«7<",) (Andaman Is.): Moore, P. Z. S.
p. .W2 (1S77) (Andaman Is.) ; Obertli.. Ef. d' Ent. IV. p. 45. n. 63 (1870) (Pt. Blair) ; Wood-
Mas., .luvrn. .-l.s. .S'rtc Bcng. p. 240. n. 73 (1K80) (Andaman Is.) ; id. & Nicc'v., I.e. p. 2.53. n. W
(18K1) (Andaman Is. ; descr. of ? ) ; Stauding. & Schatz, Kjiot. ScJinwft. I. p. fi. f. 3 (J)
(1884) (Andaman Is.) ; Haa,se, Uiitersiich lib. Mini. p. 2G. t. G. f. 40 (1893) (Andaman Is.).
The spots of the hindwings \-arv in size; the cellular mark reaches sometimes
to the apex of the cell, while in other individuals it does not extend beyond the base
of the lower median vein; the spot liehind the cell is almost twice as large in some
specimens as in others ; mostly there are on the upjierside four white spots round the
apical half of tlie cell ; sometimes, however, there appear two small spots between
the second median and lower discoidal nerviiles, and a third one in front of the
subcostal vein. The two marginal spots, which stand at the ends of the second and
third median branch, are merged together witii the respective submarginal markings.
\| ex cpf tail red.
II, d,. .Andaman Islands fl.5 c?, 1 ?),
( 255 )
i:-). Papilio neptunus Gufir. [c?,?].
Pii/iili(j tir/ilidins Gui'-rin, lii r Zuul. p. 43(I8iil)(JIal. Pen.) ; id., in Delessert's Suae. Votj. Ind. II. p. ij'.l
(1843) (nhdom. aJkii. !l; Doubl. Westw. & Hew., Gen. Diurn. Lep. I. p. 10. n. 40 (1841!)
(Malacca) ; Gray, Cat. Lep. Ins. B. .U. I. p. 15. ii. ."i9 (185-2) (Malacca); id., List Lep. Ins. B. M.
I. p. I'.l. n. 03 (l.s5i;) (Malacca ; Borneo) ; Feld., Verh. z. h. Ops. Wien p. 32fi. n. 481. & p. 374.
n. 285 (18G4) (Peuang : Malacca ; Borneo) ; Wall., Tr. Linn. Soc. Land. XXV. p. 42. n. 22
(18(;5) (Malacca : Borneo) ; Druce, P. Z. S. p. 357. n. 8 (1873) ; Oberth., Et. d'Ent. IV. p. 45.
n. 62 (1879)(Penang| ; Standing. & Schatz, E,;,t. Sclimett. I. p. 6(1884); Dist, Rliop. Mai.
p. 335. n. .3. t. .33. f. 5 ( J). 6 ( ? ) (1885) (Mai. Pen.).
Pa/iilio satiirnns, Gui'rin, in Deless. Voy. Inrl. II. t. ID (1843) (err. Iijpngr.).
Piiliilin tlieh/a Guen.'e, /.,=/'■ Mus. Genhr. p. <). 10. t. 1. f. 5 (1878) ; Oberth.. Et. d'Enl. IV. p. 113.
n. 62 bis (18711) (Borneo).
•(«): P. neptunus Gu«-., forma typ. [<?,?].
In Delessert's Souv. Voy. Ind. the plates 19 and 20 are erroneously lettered
satumus (19) and ne.ptunus (20) res[)ectively, instead oVneptunus (19) and mtv.rnim
(20).
The number of spots composing the red patch on the hindwings is inconstant ;
below, the spots are much dusted with black scales. The specimens with two red
spots only are Hagen's sumatramw.
(a-): ab. sumatranus Hagen.
Pa/iilio nepimms var. siimutraiiiis Hagen, Iris VII. p. 21. n. 13 (189-t) (Sumatra).
This aberration is not confined to Sumatra, lint seems to be there the usual form.
//(('). .Malay Peninsula; Sumatra (1 S ) ; Borneo (7 c^, 9 ? ).
{0): P. neptunus fehri Hour. [cf,?].
Papilio mpltimis, Kbeil (nee Gm'-rin, 184U), liliop. Xias p. 315. n. 138 (1884) (Nias).
Papilio neptunus var. feliri Honrath, Berl. Enl. Zcit. p. 432 (1891) (Xias).
White bands of the forewings strongly .suffused with black.
The red patch on the forewings consists above mostly of two spots only, which
are rather small, and vary in colour from red to buflf.
Hah. Nias Island (1 c?, 3 ? ).
III. NOX-GROUP.
Anal valves oi male normal. Abdominal fold of nude large, including a cottony
scent-organ. Both sexes tailless. Legs similar to those of the preceding group, but
hind tibiae of male less thickened and fourth tar.^al joint longer.
A. Abdominal fold of c^ (when wholly expanded) with a fringe of long hairs.
a. Abdomen yellowish or red at tlie sides and below.
44. Papilio priapus I'.oisd. [J,?].
cJ ?. Papilio priapus Boisduval, Spec. Gen. Lep. I. p. 190. n. 3 (183(5) (Java) ; De Haan, Verh.
Nat. Gesch. Ned. urer-. bez. p. 23. t. 2. f. 1 ( J ) (1840) ("Pontianak, Borneo " loc. err.) : Donbl.
Westw. & Hew., Gen. Dinrn. Lep. I. p. 10. n. 27 (1846) (Java) ; Gray, Cat. Lep. Ins. B. .V. I.
p. 12. n. 43 (1852) (Java) ; VoUenhov., Tijrlsrhr. r. Ent. III. p. 72. n. 2 (1800) ("Pontianak,
Borneo" loc. err.) ; Feld., Verh. z. b. Ges. Wicn p. 325. n. 471. & p. 373. n. 280 (1804) (Java :
ner Borneo, nee Sumatra); Wall., Tr. Linn. Soc. Land. XXV. p. 47. n. 40 (1805) (Java;
nee Borneo, nee Sumatra) ; Oberth., Et. tl'Ent. IV. p. 34. n. 0 (1879) (Java : " .'ipecimen
typicum," ^) ; Haase, rntersueh. iib. Mint. p. 27. t. 0. f. 42 (?) (189:!) (Java : nee [Jorneo.
nee Sumatra).
This species does certainly not occnr in Borneo (cf. De Haan, I.e.) ; if there is
any representative in Borneo, it will most jirnbablv be more closely allied to sycorax
Urose Smith than to prinpvK Koisd.
(".) : P. priapxis r«'i-(l.. forma tyi>. [J, ?].
Ilab. \y. Java (4 cJ, 0 ? ).
The spots within the creamy baiul of tlio liiiuhvings vary much in size; tho
rnnle has mostly three, the fenidh four spots. The amount of black on the underside
of the abdomen is also inconstant.
(6): P. priapus dilutus Fruhst. [J, 5].
J $ . PnpHio (tiluhia Fruhstorfer, Ent. Nnchr. p. I(i9 (1895) (E. Java).
Wings paler, abdomen much more extended black, than in the typical race.
Hub. E. .lava (oOOO fcot).
45. Papilio sycorax (Jrose iSmith [J,?].
Pnpilio prhqms, Gray (nee Boisduval, lM:ili), fj.il l.qi. Jus. B. M. I. p. 14. n. 4" (ISfil!) (Sumatra :
thin species according h> the ^specimens in t/ie Bnlislt Mtt>ieum').
? . PapiOt) ai/rom-T Grose Smith, f:»f. Mo. .Uag. XXI. p. 247 (188;')) (Sumatra) ; Dist., Hho/,. Mai.
p. 468. n. 29. t. 42. f. 10 ( ? ) (1886) (Perak).
? . PapiVw egerkmi DisUnt, .4»k. .\/ag. N. fl. (5). XVII. p. 251 (1886) (Perak).
(J J . Papilio (Pangeruiia) sycorax, Nict'ville, Journ. Bombay N. II. Soc. p. 54. t. M. f. 1 ( (J ) (189.3)
(Sumatra).
<J ? . Papilio sycorax, Hagen, Iris VII. p. 23. n. 23 (1894) (Sumatra ; descr. of ^).
Abdomen yellowish buff, with small black liiteral .spots.
The wings have a peculiar greenish gloss, which sometimes assumes a more
bluish green tint.
My Perak specimen (from Distant's coll.) is somewhat darker than my Sumatran
individuals, but, considering the differences of the Sumatran specimens inter se, it
cannot be kept under a subspecific name.
liab. Sumatra (1 J, 3 ?); Malacca (1 ? ).
4(i. Papilio hageni Kogenh. [J,?].
(J. Pajnlio hageni Rogenhofer, Verh. z. h. Ges. Wien p. 1 (1889) (Sumatra).
?. Papilirt (Pangerana) hageni, Nici'ville, Journ. Boniliag .V. //. Soc. p. 55. t. .M. f. 2 (?)
(Sumatra).
(J. Papilio (Pangerana) hageni. Nic^ville, Journ. As. Soc. Heng. p. 4.'i. n. 39. t. 4. f. 0 (1894).
S ? . Papilio hageni. Hagen, /.« VII. p. 24. n. 24 (1894) (Battak Jits., Sumiitra).
This species represents 7-". ayeorwt in the mountainous regions of Sumatra. It
is ea.sily distinguished from either sycorax or priapiis by the breast and abdnmcn
being red instead of buffi.sh yellow.
Hah. Sumatra (Batl.-ik Mountains) (1 6).
47. Papilio semperi P'eld. [<?,?].
(?). Papilio jupiler Boisduval, Bull. Sor. ICnI. France p. 39 (1861) (Horn. »i!/rf.).
? . Papilio semperi FeUler, Wien. Enl. Mon. V. p. 297. n. 1 (1861) (Luzon).
J. Papilio semperi Felder, I.e. VI. p. 282. n. 32 (1862).
(^ ? . Papilio .lemjjeri Felder, Verh. ::, b. Ocs. Wifu p. 325. n. 468 (1864) (Luzon) : id., Ileise Xorara,
Lep. I. p. 131. n. 97. t. 20. f. a (<?). b ( ? ) (1865) (Luzon) : Wall., Tr. Linn. Soc. Land. XXV.
p. 42. n. 21 (1865) (Luzon) : Stauding. X- Schatz, Exot. Schmetl. I. p. 9. t. 5(cJ) (1884) ; Haase,
Untersuch. lib. Mim. p. 27 (1893).
J. Atrophanexira erythrosoma Reakirt, Tr. Ent. Soc. Phil. p. 447. n. 2 (1864) (" Philippines ").
cJ S . Papilio (Atrophaneura) semperi, Semper, Philipp., Tag/alt. p. 272. n. 399. t. 47. f. 1 (?)
( 1892) (Luzon : Polillo ; nee caet. Ins. Philipp.).
This conspicuous insect inhabits all the islands of the Philippine group, including
Palawan ; from the latter locality only one fenuile has as yet been received. Whilst
tlie 'inali'-s ilo not vnrv according to locality, \\\p female sex has developed into fonr
forms, so that we have to divide semperi into as many subspecies : —
(ii) : P. semperi PVld. from Luzon and Polillo ;
(6) : P. seinperl siipernotntiis m. from Samar, Bohol, jNIindanao, and the adjacent
smaller islands ;
(c) : P. semperi alhofasciatus Semper from Panay and Mindoro ;
{(l): P. semperi melanotus Standing, from Palawan.
in): P. semperi Feld., forma typ. [<^,?].
S . As in all subspecies of semperi, the number and size of the s[iots on the
under.side of tlie hindwiugs vary rather much.
9. The markings of the hindwings are feebly indicated on the upperside.
Hah. Luzon (8 cJ, 3 ?); Polillo.
('') : P. semperi supernotatus subsp. nov. [<J,?]
J J. Piijnlin (Alrv/i/iaiieuru) sriiiperi, Semper (««■ Felder, 1801), Pliiliji/i., Tiii/full. p. 272. n. 399
iji./i). t. 47. f 2. 3 (5 ) (1892) (Sam.ir : Bohol ; Mindanao : Camiguiu : Pan.ion ; Siargao).
(?. Not different from typical semperi Feld.
?. Forewiugs paler than in semperi; hindwings with the markings of the
underside also more or less developed on the upperside, but of a reddish white colour.
According to Semper, the specimens from Bohol and Samar have the posterior portion
of the outer margin of the hindwings (from the anal angle to the second discoidal
nervule) dirty white, which is seldom the case in the Mindanao individuals ; in the
latter the markings of the upperside are also larger. Most probably the ^lindanao,
Camiguin, Panaon, etc., examples form a fifth subspecies.
Hah. P>ohol ftyjie. 1 ?); Samar; INIindanao ('^ S,2 ?); Panaon; Camiguin;
Siargao.
(c): P. semperi alhofasciatus Semper [f^,?].
?. Pfijiilio (Atroplidnenra) si'iiij}eri var. alhtifasc/ata Semper, l.r. p. 273. sub ii, 399 (1892) (Panay ;
Jlindoro).
(^ ?. PiqiiUo semperi var. alhiifiisciatns Staudinger, Iris VII. p. .349 (1895) (Mindoro).
cJ. Identical with typical .semperi Feld.
?. Forewings with a broad white macular band; hindwings similar to those of
fnipenioi'tUis m.
Hah. Panay; ."Mindoro (1 S.\ ?).
(d): P. semperi melanotus Standing. [J,?].
? . Pa/iilvi semperi var. mehinnlux Staudinger, Iris II. p. 1? (1889) (Palawan),
c?. I'nknown.
?. Thorax and abdomen black above; otherwise similar to typical semperi.
Hah. Palawan (1 ? , in coll. Staudinger).
48, Papilio aidoueus Douhl. [<J,?].
f^. /'ajiiliu aUlfineas Doubleday, Ann. Mat/. X. H. XVI. p. 178 (184")) (Himalaya) : id. Westw,
& Hew,, Gen. Dhirn. Lej,. I. p, 9. n. 13 (I84C) ; Gray, Cal. Lep. Ins. Ii. ,1/. I, p, 8, n, 29 (1852) :
id,. Lid Lep. /h,«. /;, ,1/, I, p, 9, n, 32 (1856) ; Feld,, Verh. :. b. Ges. »'<>« p, 32o, n, 4(57 (18G4),
?, Pa/n/io eriiiileum Oberthur. El. d'Knt. IV. p, .33 n, f,. t, 3, f, I (1879) (Darjeeling) : id,. I.e.
XVII, p, 1 (189.3) (Tonkin),
? . Papilio eriolcuca, Nict-ville, Journ. As. Sue. Beiig. p, 98, n, 25() (1883) (Calcutta : de,'!cr, of ?),
cJ ? , Papilio (Pangerana) erioleuca, Wood-Mason & Niceville, ibid. p. 375. n. 178 (188(5) (Cacliar),
(258;
J ? . /'ajiilio ahloufiis, Elnes, Tr. Lnl. Sue. Land. p. 423. n. 396 (1888) (Sikkim : not uncommon
at 2000 to 3000 feet, from April to November : P. eriulfiiea Obertli. = m'tluiieus Doubl.) :
Slanders, ibUI. p. 535. n. 18G (1890) (Shan States : not an uncommon sjiecies).
J ?. Pujiilio (Pangerand) aidomus, Nicgville, Gazetteer of Sikkim p. 170. n. 461 C1894) (Sikkim ;
rarer than astorion Westw., up to 3000 feet, from April to November).
^Ir. KIwes was the first to recognise the identity of erioleuca Obertli. and
aiilonevs Doubl.
The hairs of the front of the head are sometime.s partly black. The speciiiu'u.-
froin the Shan States, Bhutan, Sikkim, and Kumaon do not differ from each other.
This is the only specie.s of Ea.stern Papilios which has the underside of the
abdominal fold covered with a similar kind of scaling as we met with in Tni'xks
Jliilm. (see p. 19.')).
Hub. Kumaon (2 <?, 1 ? ; July 1893, Pilcher %) ; (Nepaul, probably) ; Sikkim
14 J, 6 ?); Bhutan (4 6,\ S); Xaga Hills (1 <?, 1 ?); Shan States {2S).
h. .Widomen black, with the tip red below.
49. Papilio kiihni Honr. [c?,?].
J?. Papilio kiihni Honrath, Berl. Knt. Zritsch. XXX. p. 294. t. 6. f. 1 (cj). l.i ( ? ) (1886
(Tombugu, E. Celebes).
Both sexes have a large di.scal carmine-red spot on the underside of the hind-
wings, between the anal angle and the second disooidal vein.
Hah. E. Celebes (in coll. Godman it S.-ilvin and II. .1. .\dainsj.
B. .Margin of ilie abdominal fold of r? (when wholly f.\]ianded) with a fringe
of long hairs.
c. Abdomen black, or red only at the tip. Ba.-al partition of the subcostal
nervure to hindwings short.
50. Papilio nox Swains, [c?,?].
Popilio nox Swainson, Zonl. Ilhistr. III. t. 102 ( J ) (1822-23) (.Java) : Horsf.. Git. L.^,. Iim. .^fus.
E. I. C. I. t. 1. f. 15 (1828) : Boisd., Spee. Girt. Up. I. p. 277. n. 100 (IKSC.) (.Tava ; (J, ? ) :
De Haan, Verh. Xat. Gesch. Ned. oeei-z. bez. p. 41 (1840) (.liiva ; nee Borneo): Doubl.
Westw. & Hew., Gen. Diurii. Lep. I. p. 9. n. 12 (184()) (.lava ; nee Penang) : Lucis, in
Chenu's Eiic. d'Hist. Xat., Pap. t. 7 (1851-53) ; Gray, Cat. Lep. Ins. B. M. I. p. 8. n. 28
(1852) (.wi synou.) : id., Lint Lep. Ins. B. }[. I. p. 9. n. 31 (185G) (mbfijnon.) ; Horsf. i<- Moore,
Cat. Lep. Ins. iluf. E. I. C. I. p. 89. n. 180 (1857) (Java : aynnn. ex p.) ; VoUenhov., Tijdselir.
r. Eld. III. p. 80. n. 80 (1860) (.Java : mc Borneo) : Feld., Verh. ;. b. Ges. Wifn p. 32;".. n. 460
(1864) (.lava; nee Penang) : Wall., Tr. Linn. Sue. LmuL XXV. p. 41. n. 17 (ISG.'i) (.lava:
nee Penang) ; Westw., Tr. Ent. Soe. Land. p. 91-93. t. 4. f. 1 (^J) (1872) ; Obertb., Et. d'Ent.
IV. p. ,33. n. 2 (1879) (Java) ; Standing. & Schatz, E.mt. Sehmetl. I. p. 9 (1884) ; Pagenstecb.,
Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Nat. p. 100. n. 143 (1890) (E. Java) : H.i.Tse, I'niermch. iib. Mim. p. 28
(1893) (Java ; ne.c Penang).
$ . Papilio memereiis Godart, Eiie. Miih. IX. Suppl. p. 809. n. 12. 13 ( 1823).
Papilio ueesins Zinken, Nm-a Act. Ac. Nat. Cur. XV. p. 152. n. 7. t. 14. f. 4 (1831) (Java).
This and the allied species, iioctWa, erebus, voctis, can be separated as follows: —
A. Males.
ri. I'pperside black, with a faint niotalHc blue gloss; forewings brownish at
apex ; hindwings indented. P. nox Swains. ; .lava.
/). Forewings beyond cell, and hindwings with a beautiful cyanid blue gloss;
forewings with naiTow whitish streaks at the lower subcostal, the
discoidal, and the upper median nervules ; outer margin of iiindwings
scarcely sinuate. P. iioctvlft Westw. ; Horneo.
( 259 )
c. Similar to aoctula Westw. iu colour ; forewings narrower, outer margin
of hindwings almost entire ; oval red mark of the head smaller.
P. erebus Wall. ; Malacca, Sumatra, Borneo.
d. Korewings velvety black, with a blue gloss towards anal angle ; hindwings
dark steel-blue ; collar and sides of the mesosternum much less extended
red than in erehihs. P. noctis Hew. ; Borneo.
li. Feiiudes.
a. Upperside brown; forewings whitish between aiicx and discoidal cell.
P. nox Swains.
b. l'i)iierside brown; lioth wings with narrow, adnervular, whitish .-^treaks.
P. noctula Westw.
c. I'pperside of forewings brown, with adner\ular white streaks in apical
region ; hindwings opalescent blue. P. erebus Wall.
d. Ujiperside brown ; ner\ules margined with diity white in apical region
of the forewings; hindwings with creamy buft' marginal band, much
dusted witli brown scales, and including a series of submarginal, inter-
nervular, brown spots. P. '/loctis Hew.
In P. nox Swains, the anal valves of the nude are more or less red ; sometimes
they look quite black, but the red hairs are always visible under a lens.
Hab. Java (10 cJ,6 ? ).
•31. Papilio noctula Westw. [J,?].
J. Piqnli; mictnla Westwood. Tr. Ent. Sec. Loud. p. 00. t. 4. f. 3 (1872) (Borneo).
$ . PaiiiUii strU Westwood, Ix. p. 92. t. 4. f. 4 (1872) (Borneo).
cJ 5 . Pdjiilid niictuki, Kii-by. Syn. Cat. Diii.ni. Lcp. Suppl. p. 813. n. 378 (1877).
The adnervular streaks of the /ema/e are in West wood's figure too broad, and the
ground-colour of the wings is much too black. The anal valves of the tiude have
sometimes red scales.
Ihih. Borneo (6 (?, 3 $).
b->. Papilio erebus Wall. [<?,?].
% . Piijdliii mix var., De Ha:in, Vcrh. Xat. Gcscli. Xed. oeer::. her., p. 41. t. f>. f. 'A (1840 ) (Banjermassing.
Borneo).
Papilio nux, Doubl. Westw. & Hew., Gen. Diurn. Lrp. I. p. 9. n. 12 (184U) (Penang : nee Java) ;
Gray, tW(. Lep. Ins. B. M. I. p. 8. n. 2(S (18.')2) (Penang ; si/ztou. exp.) ; id., List Lep. Ins. B. M
T. p. 9. n. 31 (185G) (Penang : s//»iO)i. cc^a) ; VoUenhov., Tijilschr. i: Ent. III. p. 80. n. 80(lKi3O)
(Borneo; nee Java); Feld., 1'cr/i. :. b. Ges. Wien p. 325. n. 4i)9 (1864) (Penang; m-v
Java); Wall., Ti: Linn. Soc. Lund. XXV. p. 41. n. 17 (1805) (Penang: me Java): Haasc,
Untersucli. iih. Mint. p. 28 (1893) (Penang ; «<c Java).
J. Papiliu tre6«.i Wallace, Tr. Linn. Sue. Lund. XXV. p. 41. u. 19 (18lJo) (Malacca : Borneo):
Westw., Tr. Ent. Soe. Land. p. 91-93 (1872).
tJ 5 . Ptipilio erebn.'i, Oberthilr, Et. d'Ent. IV. p. HI. n. 3 bis (1879) (Sumatra) ; Diat., Rliup. Mai.
p. 334. n. 1. t. 31. f. 1 (cJ). 2 ( ? ) (1885) (Mal. Pen. ; first descr. & fig. of ^) : Hagen, Iris
VII. p. 26. n. 25. t. 1. f. 2 (/.) (1894) (Sumatra).
Distant (J.c.) says that " I'rof. Westwood also gave a description of what he
considered the female of P. erebus as ' black above ' which, with other characters
enumerated, do not apply to the species." If we compare, however, what ^\'estwood
(I.e.) says on page 91 about the female of ei-ebus, of which that sex was alone known
at the time, it is quite clear that Westwood's erebiis was indeed this species.
In Dr. Staudinger's collection are two feiitales from S.E. Borneo, which are
distinguished bj" the anal region of the forewings having a distinct bluish opalescent
gloss, which in my Malaccan specimens is visible (uot always) only on the submedian
( 2U0 )
nei\ule, and bv the iieivules of the hindwings below being scarcely bordered with
butSsh white scales. The streaks of the forewings are rather white and broad,
es))e(ially near the apex of the cell.
A Bornean male in my collection agrees with Malaccan tiinlex, but is rather larger.
Hah. Malay Peninsula (3 tj, 8 ?): Sumatra (2 d", 2 ?); Borneo (1 6).
53. Papilio noctis Hew. [J,?].
J . l'a/,ilio iioclii Hewitsoii, /'. X. S. p. 42:!. t. Iji!. f. 5. 6 (18;)9) (Borneo) ; Feld., Ver/i. =. b. Ces.
WicH p. 32.'i. n. 470 (IHM) (exd. of sijium.).
J ? Papilio nociis Wallace. Ti: Linn. Soc. Loiul. .\XV. p. 41. ii. IS. I. b. f. 1 (J) (18(55) (Sarawak;
Borneo) : Westw., Tr. Enl. S.,c. Lo,ui. p. 91-'.I3. t. 4. f. 2 ((J). 5 (?) (1872) : Obei-th., IX
d'Enl. IV. p. 33. n. 3 (1879) (Borneo) ; Standing. & Schatz, fxof. Scluiielt. I. p. 9 (1884).
cJ. The hindwiugs are decidedly .shorter and rounder than in P. erebus Wall.,
I lie discoidal veins being obviously shorter than in that species; the forewings ai'e
liroader. In the colom- of the wings both species are similar to one another, noctis
being of a feebly darker steel-blue tint than erebn.9.
P. noctida has a much richer blue gloss than noctis, and shows buftisli adnervular
streaks in the apical region of the forewings.
?. Forms in pattern a kind of transition to P. }>rUqjusar\d allies.
Hub. Borneo (2 J, 6 ?).
d. .Abdomen pale red at the sides and below.
54. Papilio varuna White [cJ,?].
Pai>ino ,ara™ white, Entomol. I. p. 280 (? ) (1842, March) (Penang) : Doubl. Westw. .'i Hew.,
Gm. Diwii. Leji. I. p. 9. u. 11 (184i!) ; Cray, Cat. Le/,. Jns. B. .1/. I. p. 8. n. 27 (18,n2) (Penang :
nee Sylhet) ; id.. List Leji. lus. B. U. I. p. 9. n. 30 (185G) (Penang ; nee Sylhet) : Wall., Ti:
Linn. Soc. Land. XXV. p. 42. n. 20 (186.t) (Penang : >wc Sylhet) : Butl., Ti: Linn. Soc. Lond.
(2). Zool. I. p. .')03. n. 20 (1K77) (Malacca) ; Distant, /M"//. Mai. p. 334. n. 2. t. 31. f. 3 ((J).
4(?) (1886) (Mai. Pen.).
The North Indian and .Malaccan specimens of this species, whicli are usually
treated as the same, exhibit in lioth sexes some differences, which render it necessary
to keep the Malaccan varuivi and the North Indian astorion subspecifically separate.
(((): P. varuna White, fonna typ. [cf,?].
S. Forewings below with white .streaks in the outer region, especially towards
the anal angle, which are seldom visibly indicated in the following race.
?. Ground-colour of the wings darker than in astorion; the white area in the
anal region of the forewings is of a much purer white colour, and more extended.
Hab. Malay Peninsula (2 (J, 1 ?).
The ranges of varuna and astorion are sejiarated by a large district (Tenasserim,
Burma, .'^han States), where the species has not been found.
(b): P. varuna astorion Westw. [(?,?].
(J. Painliu (Mto/-iw( Westwood, .!««. .\t.;j. .V. //. IX. p. 37 (1842) (Sylhet) : id., Are. Enl. II. p. 09.
t. 66. f. 1 (1844).
? . Papilio clian, Westwood, I.e. p. 37 (1842) (Sylhet) ; id., Arc. Enl. II. p. 69. t. 66. f. 2 (1844).
Papilio mruna, Gray, Cat. Lep. Im. B. M. I. p. 8. n. 27 (1852) (Sylhet ; nee Penang) ; id., /./.■.(
Lep. Ins. B. M. I. p. 9. n. 30 (1856) (Sylhet : nn Penang) : Horsf. i* Moore, Cat. Lep. Jns.
Mus. E. r. C. I. p. 98. n. 199 (1857) (Darjceling) : Feld., Verh. z. b. Geo. Wini p. .'525. n. 466
(1864) (India sept.); WaU., Tr. Linn. Soc. Lond. XXV. p. 42. n. 20 (1865) (Sylhet: iicc
Penang): Moore, /'. Z. .S. p. 756 (1865) ("Bengal"): Oberth., El. d' Enl. XVIT. p. 1
(1893) (Tonkin).
( •■iiil )
(J ?. Pa/il/U> asUtriuii Oliorthiir, hU. il' KnI. IV. p. 33. n. 4 (IKT'.I) (Sylhet) : Nice'v., Jouni. As. Sue.
Benij. p. o9 (1881) (Sikkim. October) ; Elwes, T,: Knl. So,: Loud. p. 422. n. 395 (1888)
(Sikkim ; not uncommon in both se.xes at low elevations, and found up to 7(100 feet : April to
December).
Piijiiliii (Paitijeniiui) usturiun, Wood-Mas. & Nicev., Jnuni. As. Soc. IScnij. p. .'i7;'). n. 179 (188G)
(Cachar) : Niccv., G":.etteir <>/ Sikkim p. 170. n. 400 (1894) (Sikkim ; common from April to
December, up to 700O feet).
Pamjeraiuc varuiuiy Swinhoe, 7V. Ent. Sue. LumI. p. 312. n. 379 (1893) (Khasia Hills).
The amount of white on the forewinga is rather variable; some specimen.s are
scarcely different in respect to the white patch from P. varana. On the hindwings
there appear not seldoiri white scales on the disc about midway between the discoidal
cell and the outer margin ; this white scaling increases sometimes so much as to
form a white di.scal band, which outwardly is concave between the nervules and
rather well defined, while it inwardly gradually shades otf.
The abdominal fold of the male is the same as in vwniaa.
Hah. Assam (1 S) ; Sikkim (8 <?, 8 ?) ; Naga Hills (13,2 ?) ; Tonkin.
55. Papilio zaleucus Hew. [J,?].
J$. PapiViu :.alcucus Hewitson, i>-r Bull. III. Pofi. t. 7. f. 24(cJ). 2.5 (?) (1865): Moore,
P. Z. S. p. 841 (1878) (Upp. Tenasserim) : Hajise, Untcrsnrh. iib. Mini. p. 28 (1893) (Burma) :
Oberth., Et. d'Ent. XVII. p. 1 (1893) (Tonkin).
J ? . Pajiiliu (Panyerana) zideucus, Elwes & Nicuville, Juum. An. Sue. Bciiy. p. 43(i. n. 134 (188ij)
Ponsekai).
S. The hindwings have mostly three triangular white patches, which incluile
often a black spot each ; sometimes the patches have a reddish tint.
? . The white patches are larger, broader, and mostly five in number.
H(ib. Burma; I 'i)jier Tenasserim : f^han States (7 t?, 3 ?); Tonkin.
IV. LATRKILLKI-GKOLP.
Anal \al\es of nude normal ; abdominal fold and scent-organ strongly developed.
Hindwings of both sexes elongate, with tails.
In the form of the cell to the hindwings the species of this group come nearest
to P. zaleucus, seinperi, prlapus, oAdoaeus, etc. ; in 7-". nox and allies the basal
partition of the subco-stal nervure is much shorter than in the other species of the
/io,«-group and in the species of the present group.
5G. Papilio latreillei Don. [(?,¥].
Pajtiliu lalniilil Donovan, .\'<tt. Iti/w.-^. II. t. 140 (I82G) (Xepaul) : Kirby, Si/n. Cat. Diuni. Lej).
p. 554. n. 2.34 (1871) : Standing. & Schatz, Exot. Sc/iiaell. I. p. 9 (1884) ; Elwes, Tr. Ent. Sue.
Loud. p. 425. n. 399 (1888) (Sikkim : not uncommon at 7000 to 9000 feet ; dense forest, where
it flies high over the tops of the trees : April to July or August).
Piqiiliu iiliilujienus ? , BoLsduval, Spec. (leu. Liji. I. p. 205. n. 88 (183(i).
Papilio miuereu.'i Gray, Zoul. -l//.sf. p. 32 (1831) (Nepaul) : Doubl. Westw. & Hew., Gen. Diuni.
hep. I. p. 9. n. 16 (1846) ; Gray, Lep. Inx. Xepunl. p. 5. t. 1 (IH4G) ; Westw., Cab. Or. Ent.
p. 81. t. 40. f. 1 (1848) ; Gray, Cat. Lep. /«.s. B. .V. I. p. 9. u. 32 (1852) (Nepaul) ; id., List Lep.
Ins. B. M. I. p. 10. n. 35 (1H56) (N"epaul) ; Horst. & Moore, Cat. Lep. fus. .l/«.s. E. I. C. I.
p. 97. n. 197 (1857) (Darjeeling) ; Feld., Verh. :. b. Ges. Wien p. 325. n. 47.S (1804).
Pupilio (Bi/asa) latreitlii, Niccvillc, Gazetteer of Sikkim p. 171. n. 4l)5 (1894) (Sikkim; 7000 to
9000 feet ; thick, high forest, March to August).
The three white patches on the disc of the hindwings vary considerably i" size;
they are always larger in the feiimle than in the iiMle. I'Ue females have often an
( 262 )
additional .sjiot in front of tlie second discoidal nervule, and always another mark at
the anal angle, which i,s seldom indicated above in the other sex. In one of mv
males the tail is rather thin, and scarcely narrowed towards the base ; the spot at the
apex of the tail is very feebly marked aliove in this specimen. Between the subcostal
and the upper discoidal nervules there stands sometimes a white subniarginal sjjot
on the imderside of the hindwings in the male; in the female this spot is alwavs
present below, and in some individuals also above.
The scent-organ of the male is creamy white.
Hab. Nepau! : Sikkim (G cJ, 4 ?).
In the Felder collection there is one male of this species labelled .Mus»oree ; the
locality label of this specimen belongs most probably to that individual of P. ravaim
.Moore in the Feld. coll. which bears the label " Daijeeling, Stoliczkn," while the
latter label belongs to the " Mussoree " e.xample of latreMei
o7. Papilio crassipes Oberth. [c?].
J. Pajiilio erasxipen Oberthiir, Et. (VEnt. XVII. p. 2. t. 4. f. 38. 38a {^) (1893) (Tonkin).
In the shape of the hindwings this insect comes close to P. lalreillei Don.: in
the position of the submarginal spots of the hindwings it agrees with latreillei Don.
and alcinous Klug. The short and feebly spatulate tails bear, as in lalreillei, a
red spot; the scent-organ of the male is white, as in that species; but there are
no discal white markings to the hindwings. The thickened hinder tiliiae are not
peculiar to P. crassipes Oberth. ; we find them in pkiloxenus Gray, and especially
in alcinous Klug, alcinous menciiLS Feld., polydm-us L., and se\eral other species,
though in crassipes the hind tibiae seem to be rather thicker than in any other
Papilio.
Hab. Tonkin.
58. Papilio adamsoni (J rose Smith [cJ,¥.]
cJ. Papilio adamxoiii Grose Smith, Ann. May. N. U. (.5). XVIII. p. 149 (1886, August) (Saluuii K..
Shan States) ; id. & Kirby, lihop. Exot. I. Paii. p. II. t. 5. f. 3. 4 (1888).
(J J. Papiliu (Ihjusa) minereoides Elwes & Nici'ville, Jmnii. As. Sw. lienij. LV. p. 43;"). n. I.i3.
t. 20. f. 2. -.ib (tj). 3 ( ? ) (1887 ; the paper read in .\orember 188f)) (Sinbyoodine and Ponsekai).
Smaller and darker than P. latreillei Don. ; the hindwings are sliorti-r and tlieir
outer margin more scalloped ; the tails are without a red spot ; the ba.sil half of the
hindwings is broader than in latreillei; the di.-cal white spots are mostly reddish
wlute ; they vary in number from three to five ; the anterior one standing before the
second discoidal nervule is often joined to the corresponding submarginal mark. The
female is much paler above than the iiiale, as is generally the case in the species of
this group.
Hab. Shan States of Burma and Siam (C> S).
P. adamsoni bears a striking resemblance to P. aristolochiae Fabr. As both
species belong to the nauseous Papilios, the similarity in [latteni cainiot be accounted
for by mimicry : we have here certainly a beautiful case of parallel de\elopment.
59. Papilio ravana Moore [(J,?].
Papilio philoxetma vslt., We-stwood, Cab. Or. Ent. p, SI. t. 40. f . 4 ( ? ) (1848) (Hab.';): Gray,
Cat. Ltp. lux. li. .1/. I. p. 9. sub n. 31 (1852) ("Northern India") ; id., List /.(•/-. Im. B. M. I.
p. 10. sub n. 34 (1850) ("N. India").
( 263 )
Papilio ravuna Moore, in Horsf. & Moore, Cat. Lej). Ins. .l/»s. E. I. C. I. p. 96. n. I'Jii (1857)
(" Darjeeling " loc. err. ? ; ho dcscrijition ; WestwooiVs figiirr must, therefore, he regarihd an ty/ie) :
Feld., Verh. z. b. Ges. Wien p. 3-25. n. 475 (18tU) ("Darjeeling" hr. err.?) ; Elwes, Tr. F.nt.
Soc. Land. p. 423. n. 397 (1888) (the eviJence of the occurrence of this species in Sikkim is
doubtful).
Bi/fisa rarmui Moore, P. Z. S. p. 259 (1882) (N.W. Himalaya).
PiipHio {Byasii) rarana, Nici'ville, Gazetteer nf Sikkim p. 171. n. 4(i3 (1894) (the occiiirdiice in
Sikkim is doubtful).
As this insect is coustautly dift'ereut from P. phlloxenan, especially in the
position of the large white patcli on the hindwings, it represents certainly a distinct
species.
c?. Upperside, hinchvings: the wliite spot between the snbcostal and upper
discoidal nervules is often very small or even absent ; on the disc between the lower
median veins there is in one example a small reddish white mark above, half-way
between the cell and the submarginal lunule ; another specimen has, moreover, a
small anal .spot; the geminate spot at the apex of the tail is very small and
sometimes obliterated.
Underside: some specimens have a small white submarginal spot behind the
costal margin ; besides the pinkish white anal mark there are mostly some discal
spots, often forming a complete macular band which connects the large white patch
between the di.scoidal veins with the anal spots ; in one individual the di.scal spot
between the upper median and lower discoidal veins is merged together with the
corre.sponding submarginal mark. The spots at the apex of the tail are always larger
than above.
? . Varies in a similar way as the male. The hindwings have above always
a distinct anal mark, and besides mostly some discal markings, of which that before
the upper median nervule is in two of my specimens joined to the submarginal mark.
The underside of the abdomen is mostly as black as in P. philoxenus lama Oberth.
//«?). Cashmere (Kulu ; 7 tj, 2 ?); Kumaon (1 ?); (Darjeeling; 1 ?,;Stoliczka
ler/., coll. Felder).
lly supposed Sikkim specimen is rather larger than those from Kulu. As no
specimen of ravaiia has been found in Sikkim more recently, the occurrence of this
.species in that country remains still doubtful (see P. latreillei Don.).
CO. Papilio nevilli Wood-:SIas. [t^, ?].
Papilio rarana, Obcrthiir {nee Moore, 1857), Kt. d'Ent. IV. p. 43. n. 53 (1879) (China).
Papilio newW; Wood-Mason, Ann. .Vag. N. 11. (5). IX. p. 105. n. 2 (1882) (Cachar) : Elwes, Tr.
Ent. Sac. Land. p. 424. sub n. 397 (1888) (P. chentsong Oberth. = wriUi Wood-Mas.) ; Leech,
Buttfrfl. eif China, etc. p. 543 (1893) (Western China ; large number of specimens : found in
most of the localities visited by Mr. Leech's collectors).
Pajnjiii {Panosinia) wriUi, Wood-Mason t*i Nic<?v., Jemrn. As. Sor. Benij. p. 374. n. 177. t. IT), f. 2.
2a (cJ) (188C) (Silchar; Cachar).
Papilio rhentsnng Oberthiir, El. d'Enl. XI, p. 13. t. 1. f. 1 ( J) (188C) (Yorkalo, W. China).
Differs from P. rnvana Moore, especially in the absence of the red spot near
the apex of the tail, and in the scent-organ of the male, which is blackish brown
in ravana and creamy white in nevilli.
The first white or reddish white submarginal spot on the upperside of the
hindwings, standing behind the subcostal nervule, is sometimes absent or greatly
reduced ; the large white mark is also variable in size, and so are the three posterior
submarginal spots, of which the two last are wanting in a few specimens ; the spot
2(1
( 20.4 )
at the anal angle is seldom marked above, and also sometimes absent from the
nnderside. In none of my (male) specimens are there discal sjKjts between the lower
discoidal and second median nervules.
Hab. Cachar; Western China (l.i <J).
(il. Papilio philoxenus <iray [c?,? lar\;», pupa].
Popilio philoxfttiis Gray, Zanl. .lAV. p. 32 (1831) (Xepaul) ; id., fm. nf Xe/iaul t. 2 (1833) ; Boisd.,
Spec. Gin. Lip. I. p. 204. n. 88 (1836) (xi/non. p.]).; " mhifreiis Gray = ? of philnrenuK Gray"
fx err.) : Doubl. Westw. & llev!.. Gen. Diiirn. Lep. I. p. 9. n. 14 (184r.) (X. India) : Gray,
his. of.\r/,aul p. 5 (184fi) : Westw., Cob. Or. Ent. p. 81 (p-l>-)- '• '•0- f- 2. 3. 5 (1K48) (Assam ;
Sylhet : Nepaul) : Gray, Cut. Lep. Ins. B. .U. I. p. !). n. 31 (18.52) (nee " var. c ") ; id., List Lep.
his. Ji. M. T. p. 10. n. 34 (18.56) {nee " var. c") ; Horsf. & Moore, Cat. Lep. his. Miis. E. I. C.
I. p. 96. 11. 194 (1857) (Darjeeling : Clierra Punji) ; Feld., Verli. z. h. Ges. Wi/ii p. 325. n. 477
( 1H(;4) (Darjeeling : Sylliet : Nepaul) ; Moore, /'. Z. S. p. 757 (1865) (Bengal) ; id., I.e. p. 840
(1878) (Upp. TenaFserim) : Oberth., El. ,rEiit. IV. p. 43. n. 51 (1879) (Nep.aul) ; Nict^v.,
Journ. As. Soc. Beiifj. p. 53 (1881) (Sikkim, October) ; Standing. & Schatz. Eml. Hrhmett. I.
p. 9. t. 5 (J) (1884) ; Elwes, Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 42G. n. 401 (1888) [Sikkim : common, at
the same elevations and in the same months as the last {ilusurdda Moore)] ; Munders, ihiti,
p. 535. n. 187 (1890) (Shan States ; abundant and widely distributed) ; NictJv., Journ. Bombuy
X. H. .SV. p. .387. n. 89 (1890) (Chin-Lushai) ; Oberth., Et. d'Ent. XVII. p. 2 (1893)
(Tonkin).
Byasa pliiloxeniis, Moore, P. Z. S. p. 259. t. 12. f. 5 (/.) 5a (/).) (1882) (X.W. Himalaya) ; Swinh.,
Tr. Ent. Soc. Lontl. p. 312. n. 381 (1893) (Khasia Hills).
Pnpilio (Bi/asa) phihxenus, Doherty, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. p. 13G. n. 229 (1886) (Kumaon) ; Elwcs
* XicBV., ;/)(>«. p. 435. n. 132 (1886) (Ponsekai) ; Nicc'v., Gazetteer of Sild-im p. 171. n. 467
(1894) (Sikkim ; common at the same elevations and times of the year a-s P. dasaradn
Moore).
Though Mr. Leech [Butterjl. of CIdmi, etc., p. .J38 (1893)] is (|iiite right in
saying that the Chinese F. lama of Oberthiir is connected with the Indian
P. jjhiloxenus Gray by a continuous chain of intergraduate specimens, I cannot
agree with him in treating lama Oberth. as a mere synonym of philo.vAinus. The
Chinese individuals are on the whole distinguishable by some slight characters,
which render it necessary to keep lama separate from philoxenus as a subspecies.
The jiresent insect has, therefore, two local forms, and occurs all over Western China,
Thibet (iirobably), X.W. Himalaya, Korthern India, Burma, Tenasserim, Malay
Peninsula, Siam, and Tonkin ; it has not been found in Central and Eastern China,
or in the Central and Southern provinces of W. India.
(a): P. philoxenus <iray, forma typ. [c?,?].
With the Indian subspecies of philoxenus I must unite as individual aberrations
r. dasa/rcula Moore and P. pjolyeuctes Doubl., as it is impossible to draw parting
lines between these three " species." P. p>hiloxenus Gray varies especially in the
shape and pattern of the hin<l\vings, and in the lengtli of the cell of the.se wings.
I find by measurement that my series of about fifty specimens includes every
modification of the hindwing, from the extreme.-^t individuals of dasaraila, witii a
broad and short tail, to the smaller philoxenvs, with shorter hindwings, longer and
much more spatulate tails; and that there is also every intergradation between the
specimens with a very long discoidal cell to the hindwings, and tliose with a broader
and shorter cell. If we take the length of the hindwings = 100, the cell varies in
length from 36 to 43 in my m,ales, and from 32 to 39 in my females. In pattern
of the hindwing my series shows the following variation : —
S. (a"): Above, a large white patch between the discoidal veins; three sul>
marginal red spots, of which the posterior one, situate between the lower median
( 20.5 )
uervules, is elongated, and touches the margin of the wing, tiehiw. as above, Iml
with a red mark at the anal angle.
(6-) : Like (a'), but with an admarginal red spot at tlie end of tlie seconil nn-dian
nervule.
(c^): Like (6-j, but with the admarginal spot joined to the submarginal ^^lot
between the upper median veins.
(cPtof-): Like (ri}), or (h-), or (c'). but with a small white s|iot bi>hind the
large patch below.
(g'^to'i^): Like (rf- to /'j, but with the additional small white sjjot present also
on the upperside.
(k'tom-): Like (;y- to /-), but with a second additional white spot in front of
the large white mark.
(n- to p") : Like (/,:^ to nr), but the spot at the apex of the tail more or less
obliterated.
(5-): The large discal mark densely shaded with black; the other markings
partly small, partly absent.
(i-^ to t'-) : Like (a^ to c^), but the first submarginal sjiot or all the spots more
or less white.
(v^ to x^) : Like ■(»•- to f), but below with a white spot in front of the large
white patch.
(y'^) : Like (v-), but below also with a small white mark behind the large patch.
(s^) : Like (x-), but with the additional white spot also marked above.
?. This se,x varies just as much as the 'male; the two extremest forms are : —
{a}): Like cJ-ab. {t').
(/3^) : All the .spots enlarged; before the usual large white patch there stands
another rather large white mark; the white patch is connected with the anal angle
by means of a more or less broad, pinkish white band, which is of a redder tint below
than above.
The scent-organ of the 'male within the abdominal fold varies a little in .shape
and colour in large as well as in small individuals. If we combine the variation in
pattern and shape of tlie hindwiugs witli that of the male scent-organ, we get an
enormous numlier of different aberrations, which cannot be grouped easily, as the
variation in pattern takes place independently from that in shape or size, etc. It is,
therefore, difficult to say to which of these aberrations the names of dasarada and
polyeuctes must be restricted ; it might, perhaps, be best to sink these names
altogether as mere synonyms of philo-Mnus ; but as nearly all authors regard dasarada
as a distinct species, I prefer to keep this name separate, and hence I am obliged to
do so also with polyeuctee, which is just as good (or as bad) a variety of phUoxemin
as dasarada is.
I personally should certainly treat both as synonyms, but the above rea.sons
explain sufficiently my attitude
(See above, S : ab. a- to/-) : ab. ]iolyeuctes Doubl.
(J. PapilinjmliieitclesDoahludny, in Gray, Zoc/. .l/i»-. p. 74 (1842) (Sylhet) : Doubl. Westw. & Hew..
Gen. Diiirn. Lep. I. p. 9, n. 15. t. 2. "f. 3 ( (J) (1846).
cJ. PapUio i>lnhixcnus var. jHihicuct-p, Westwood, Cab. Or. Ent. p. 82. t. 40. f. 3 ((J) (1848) ; Gray.
Cat. Lep. 1,13. B. M. I. p. 9. sub n. 31 (1852) (Sylhet) : id., List Lep. Jns. B. M. I. p. 10. sub n.
34 (18.56) : Horsf. & Moore, Cat. Lep. his. Mus. E. 1. C. I. p. 96. sub 11. 194 (1857).
cJ. Papilin philiixcmis ab. pubjmctes, Felder, Verh. z. h, Ges. Wieii p. 325. sub D. 477 (I81U).
^. Pdjnlio jili'iloxeitim e.t p. aitct. recent.
( 266 )
^. llindwings with the submarginal spots red above, without a white mark
nefoie or behind the large white discal patch between the discoidal nervules.
I have not seen a.ny female whicli has all the submarginal spots to the hindwings
rod on both sides.
(See above, S : ab. r- to z^; ? : ab. ^) : ab. dasarada Moore.
Pajiilio phaoxemis var., Westwood, Cah. Or. E,il. p. 82. t. 40. f. .') (?) (1848) (Assam) ; Gray,
Cat. Lep. Im. B. .1/. I. p. 9. sub u. 31 (18.^2) ; id., Vvt Lep. fns.-li. M. I. p. 10. subn. 34 (1856).
Pii/,lUo diisaruitii Moore, in Horsf. & Moore, Cat. Lep. Ins. Mm. E. I. V. I. p. 96. n. 195 (1857)
(Cherra Piiuji : no drseriptimi ; ti/pe nf spefies, th'^re/ore, \Vf.il<cnod's fg.) : Feld., Verli. z. b.
Gc.1. Willi p. 325. n. 476 (1864) (Assam ; Sylhet) ; Moore, /'. X. S. p. 757 (1865) (Bengal) ;
Oberth., ICt. d^Elll. IV. p. 43. n. 52 (1879) ("Inde") ; St;iuding. & Scliatz, EmoI. Schmell.
I. p. 9 (1884) : Elwes, Tr. Eiit. Soc. Loud. p. 425. n. 400 (1888) (Sikkim : probably distinct
species : in Sikkim it Is rarer than philoTemi^, and is found from 1000 up to 8000 feet, and
from April to November) : Oberth., Et. tVEnl. XVU. p. 3 (1893) (Tonkin).
I'apiliv (/'anosmia) dasarada, Wood-Mason & Nic^ville, Jmirn. As. Soc. Beruj. p. 374. n. 176 (1886)
(Cachar : " Panosmiii " suhg. nor., nom. nud. superjl.).
llijusa dasanida, Swinhoe, Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 312. n. 382 (1893) (Khasia Hills).
PapUio (Bijasii) dasaradd, Niceville, Gazelleer of Sild'im p. 171. n, 466 (1894) (Sikkim ; common,
from 1000 to 8000 feet, and from April to November).
c?. The submarginal spots, at least one of them, of tlic hindwings more or less
white.
5 . All the specimens of this sex which are not ty\AcaX jjhiloxenics mav be treated
as dasarada. As " tj-pical " ■philoxenus I regard those individuals which have on the
hindwings above, besides the submarginal spots, the spot at the apex of the tail, and
the large white patch between the discoidal veins, a rather large white mark behind
that patch.
The aberrations polyeiictes and dasarada occur together with typical fhUoxenus
at the same elevations and at the same times of the year.
Hah. Nepaul ; Sikkim (31 c?, 13 $); Assam (1 (?, 1 j); Burma; Tenasserim ;
Malacca (Thaiping, 1 i) ; Shan States (7 i) \ Tonkin ; North-West India.
The specimens from North-West India belong partly to this, partly to the next
subspecies, or combine the characters of both.
{!>)■■ P. philoxenus lama Oberth. [c?,?].
Piipilio Uma Obcrthiir, Et. d'Eiil. II. p. 15. t. 3. f. 1 ( ? ) (1876) (Moupin) ; id.. I.e. IV. p. 43.
n. 50 (1879) (Moupin).
Piipilio jihiloxenus, OhevthiiT, I.e. XII. p. 14 (1886) (Tse-Ku) ; Leech, Butttrjt. of China, etc. p. 537
(1893) (exceedingly common in Central and Western China at moderate elevations; nee
Sikkim, Siam, Burma, etc.).
Smaller t\\&\i ijhUoxeniis Gray; the wings are shorter and proportionally broader;
the red hairs of the front of the head are rather densely intermingled with black
ones; the prothorax is le.ss red; the abrloincn is black underneath, with the edges of
the segments red ; the large white patch on the hindwings between the discoidal
veins, and the spot at the apex of the tail, are liable to obliteration.
The darkest specimens resemble P. alcinous menciiis Feld., but can be easily
recognised by the iwsition of the submarginal spots of the hindwings.
In the shape of the hindwings this subspecies is less variable than philoxenus.
Tiie males have sometimes the paler ground-colour of the/emrt/es.
Hah. Central and Western China (;52 cJ, 20 ?); (probably Soutliern Thiliet) ;
Cashmere (1 9).
f 2fi7 )
(i2. Papilio alcinous Klug [J, ?, larva, ])upa].
(J ? . Pajnlio uk-inous Klug, Neue SclinicIL Ju.i.-,Samml. Bei-Iin t. 1 ( J, ? ) (183(i) (Japan) ; De Haan,
Verh. Xat. Ge.srh. Xed. orerz. hez. p 26. t. 9. f. 13. 14 (larva, haec spec. ?) (1840) (Japan) ; Doubl.
Westw. & Hew., Gen. Diurn. Lej>. I. p. 9. n. 19 (1846) {j/.p. ; Japan, nee China) ; Gray,
Cat. Lep. Im. B. M. I. p. 12. n. 45 (1852) (Japan ; nee " var.") ; id., List Lep. Ins. B. M. I.
p. 14. n. 49 (1856) (Japan ; uec " var.") ; Horsf. & Moore, Git. Lrp. Ins. .Uus. E. L C. I. p. 95.
n. 193. t. 2. f. 6 (/.) (1857) (Japan ; nee "var.") ; VoUenhov., Tijihchr. r. FmI. III. p. 7-2. n. 12
(1860) (Japan); Feld., Verh. z. b. Ges. Wien p. 325. n. 479. & p. 374. d. 283 (1864) (Japan) :
Orza, Leji. Japnn. p. 11. n. 8. (1869) ; Oberth., El. d'Eid. IV. p. 42. n. 47. & p. 112. n. 47 (1879)
(Japan ; "Moupiu and Mandschourie " Inc. en: aiil siibsji. alt.) ; Elwes, /'. Z. S. p. K72 (1881);
Pryer, Tr. Ent. Sue. Lund p. 480 (1882) (Japan ; larva noticed) ; Standing. & Scliatz, Exot.
Schmett. I. p. 9 (1884) (Japan) ; Prycr, Bhop. Xi/i. p. 4. n. 5. t. 3. f . 3 ( ? ) (1886) (Japan) :
Leech, P. Z. H. p. 405. n. 6 (1887) (common all over Southern and Central Japan : summer
brood with longer tails); id., Tr. Ent. Sm: Limd. p. 115. n. 68 (1889) ("ah-inoiis Klug =
menciiis Feld. =; spathatiis Butl. — plutonius Oberth.") : id., BxMerJi. of China, etc. p. 539 (1893)
{p.p. ; nee China and Loo Choo Is.) : Seitz, Svc. Eat. X. p. 27 (1895).
S ? ■ Papilio spatlialus Butler, Ann. May. X. II. (5). VII. p. 139 (1881) (Nippon).
cJ ? . PapiUo haemotostictns Butler, I.e. p. 140 (1881) (Hakodate).
This species ranges in three sub.specie.s over Japan (excejit the north), the
Loo Choo Islands, China (exclusive of the southern provinces), Thibet proper,
and has also been brought bj' native collectors [.see Ehves, Tr. Ent. Soc. Loud.
p. 424. n. 398 (1888)] from the interior of the Himalaya, probably from Bhutan.
Mr. Leech recognises two distinct species in his Butterfiies of China and Jujiuri —
P. alcinous Klug and plutonius Oberth. — and treats mencius Feld., spathatiis Butl.,
and haeiiiatostictus Butl. as mere synonyms. Though I agree with Mr. Leech in
respect to spathatas and haematostictus, I disagree with him in respect to meacius
and plutonius. Felder's P. menciiis, which is based upon some female examples
from Ningpo, and some males without locality .still preserx'ed in the Felder
collection, and the figure of the male in Gray's Cai. Lep. Lns. B. M. I. t. 4. f. 3
(1852), diti'ers from P. alcinous Klug in the hairs of the front of the head being
parti}' black, partly red, while in P. alcinous Klug the hairs of the head are
invariably black. As the amount of red hairs on the head is inconstant, I think that
this distinguishing character is not important enough to render it necessary to treat
the Chinese alci'iwus as a distinct sjiecies; but still the difference is there, and we
must regard mencius as a subspecies at least. To this subspecies, P. alcinous
mendus Feld., not to typical alcinous Klug, belong the specimens from the Loo
Choo Islands.
Oberthiir's P. plutonius exhibits also only one character by which it is (con-
stantly ?) distinguishable from P. alcinous — that is, the paler colour of the underside
of the hindwings; the outline of the hindwings oi plutonius is not at all constant,
and cannot serve to recognise all the specimens, which, according to the colom-,
belong to this form, as plutonius. If I treat mencius as a local form of alcinous,
not as a distinct species (and 1 suppose all entomologists will consent), I mu.st also
regard plutonius as a subspecies of alcinous. I am quite aware that plutonius and
menciiis occur in the same districts of M^estern China ; but as Mr. Elwes' collectors
found plutonius in the interior of the Himalaya, 1 feel quite certain that here, as in
so many ca.ses of Thibetian and Chinese insects, the respective areas of the two forms
overlap in the country west of the Yunling Mountains, a mountain range which
separates Thibet proper from China; plutonius will certainly b(> found as sole form
in Southern and Eastern Thibet (Kham. ^Minynk), just as mencius alone occius in
Central and Eastern China.
( 208 )
Tims we have to deal with three loeal races of the inesciil species, uamely :
(a) : P. alciitoHS King from Japan ;
(b) : P. alcviious inencius Feld. from China and the ].oo Choc Islands ;
(c): P. alcinoiis lAxdonim Oberth. from Western China, (Thibet), and the
interior of the central and eastern parts of the Himala3'a.
(u): P. alcinous King, forma typ. [J, 5 , larva, pupa].
I have measui-ed a good series of specimens, and find that there is a complete
gradation between the short and long-tailed individuals; if we take the length of
the forewing - 100, the hindwing (from the base to the tip of the tail) has a length
of from 110 to 12-4. ]5utler's /'. spathatua with long hindwings is, therefore, not
specifically distinct. According to Leech, the summer brood has longer tails than
the spring brood, but this seems not to be the rule.
Front of the head black.
c?. The hindwings are either entirely black above, or possess a series of more or
less distinct submarginal red sjxits, which vary in number from two to five. Below,
the submarginal spots are red or yellow with every intergraduate tint; the anterior
one is sometimes obsolete; the woolly scent-organ witlnn the abdominal fold is of
a blackish bistre colour (Ridgway, Nomencl. of Colours, pi. 3. n. G) ; it gradually
widens behind, where it has a breadth of about 5 mm.
? . I have received from Japan only a pale form of this sex, and Leech says that
the/e»/ia7e is apparently constant in Japan. The submarginal spots on tlie underside
of the hindwings are often red, or partly so.
Hcd>. Japan, as far north as Southern Gesso (42 <?, 16 ?).
(6): P. alcinous mencius Feld. [J, ?].
Papilio alcinous, Doubl. Westw. & Hew. (nrc Klug, 183fi), Geii. Diurn. Lep. I. p. 9. n. 13 (184G)
(China ; nee Japan) ; Oberth., Ei. d'Ent. IV. p. 42. n. 47 (1879) (" Moupin " ; haec siibs/i.
veljilutonius?) ; id., I.e. p. 112. n. 47 (1879) (" Mandschourie," haec mb.iji. V) ; Leech, Tr. Ent.
Soc. Loml. p. 115. n. C8 (1889) {i>.p.) ; id., BuWrJl. nf CViiiw, etc. p. 539 (1893) (p.p.; mc
Japan).
Papilio alcinous var., Gray, Cat. Lep. Ins. B. M. I. p. 12. sub n. 45. t. 4. f. 3 (cj). 2 ( ? ) (1852)
(Northern China) ; id., List Ltp. Ins. B. M. I. p. 14. sub n. 49 ( 18ot>) (China) : Horsf . & Moore,
Cat. Lep. Ins. Mus. E. I. C. I. p. 95. sub n. 193 (1857) (Bhutan).
(J ?. Papilio mencius Felder, Wien. Ent. Man. VI. p. 22. n. 1 (18(i2) (Xingpo) ; id., Verh. z. b. Gel.
Wicn p. 325. n. 480 (18(54) (Ningpo : Shanghai) : Oberth.. Et. d'Ent. II. p. 17 (1872) ; id.. I.e.
IV. p. 42. n. 48 (1879) (Jloupin) : Elwes, P. Z. S. p. 872 (1881) ; Stauding. & Schatz, Exot.
Schmctt. I. p. 8 (1884) (China) ; Seitz, Sm: Ent. X. p. 27 (1895).
All the specimens from the Continent and the Loo Choo Islands have the front
of the head clothed with black and red hairs, the red ones being mostly prevailing
and never absent ; all the other characters in which viencius is said to differ from
(ilciiions are so highly inconstant that one cannot rely ujson them. The outer
margin of the forewings is conve.x, straight, or visibly concave ; the hindwings are
strongly or slightly indented, and vary in length, as in P. alcinoiis King, with every
intergradation between the long- and short-winged individuals, at least in the
females of my series.; the submarginal spots of the hindwings, which are never yellow,
are clearly marked on the npperside in either sex, or absent, especially in the male.
In Eastern and Central China the female is often of the same pale fawn-colour as
that sex of P. alcincnis, while other specimens from the same districts, and the
individuals from Western China, assume the darker colour of the male.
C 260 )
Mostly the suliinavgiiiiil .spots of the hindwings are hirger than in idcifioiin, and
mtieh more arched ; the sjiot at, the anal angle below is especially large, and often
penetrates into the cellule between the upper median nervules.
The scent-organ within the abdominal fold of the male is of the colour and
shape of that of P. alcinoiis; among menciiis occur, however, many sjjecimens in
which the abdominal fold is less extended in length and breadth, and hence the
woolly iiatch of such specimens is narrower and shorter, and is sometimes reduced
to even half the normal breadth ; but what puzzles me much is the occurrence of
individuals with the abdominal fold at least a fourth shorter than in ordinary
examples of vienciu-s — if we take the forewing = 100, the abdominal fold is about
50 in ordinary niencius, and only 38 in the specimens here alluded to — and with
the woolly scent-organ whitish grey, not blackish brown ; moreover, the scent-organ ,
owing to the narrowness of the abdominal fold, is almost of even breadth, which does
not reach 3 mm.
According to the development of the abdominal fold, and the woolly scent-organ
within it, I distinguish three forms of the male sex : —
(1) The abdominal fold and the scent-organ are of the same shape and coloiu"
as in P. alcinous Klug ; there occur, however, many specimens which have the
abdominal fold reduced in length and breadth, and the woolly patch shorter and
narrower ; sometimes the patch is of only half the normal breadth. This form
agrees better with alcinoun Klug than the following ones, but is not typical niencius
Feld. ; I call it confusus. To confasus, not to alcinous, belong the Loo Choo specimens.
(2) The abdominal fold is reduced; the woolly patch is not blackish brown, but
greyish white. Forewings rather paler than in the preceding form. Gray's tigme
represents this insect ; in the Felderian collection and in the Britisli Museum are
sjiecimens of this variation onlv, so that we must take it for typical niencius Feld.
(3) The abdominal ibid much more reduced than in typical mencius, at least
a fourth shorter than in (1) ; if we take the forewing = 100, the abdominal fold has
a length of about 50 in (1), and of 38 in the present form. The woolly scent-organ
is whitish, as in mencius, but, owing to tlie narrowness of the abdominal fold, much
narrower and of almost even breadth, which does not reach 3 mm. This insect I name
impediens ; the type came from Ta-tsien-lu.
In order to come to a satisfactory result about the specific distinctness or non-
distinctness of these three easily recognisable forms (mencius, confusiiji, impediens),
which are, to my knowledge, not connected with one another by every intergradatiou,
we have examined the sexual organs of the males of alcinoiis, of the three
supposed forms of mencius, and of plutonius. As I already knew from other
\ariable species that it is quite insufficient to examine one specimen only of every
form, a great number of individuals of these insects have been dissected, and the
reader will learn, with the help of Plate VI. : —
(1) That the .sexual organs of the nude, e.specially the " harpe," * are inconstant .
if one compares a larg. r number of sjiecimens of a varialile species (see tigs. 1-11,
12-20, 21-25, 27-30);
(2) That on the whole the black-headed (.lapanese) alcinous Klug is different
in the sexual organs from the red-headed (Chinese) confusns m. (see tigs. 1-11,
13-20); but that there occur individuals of aldnous whicli have the organs in
* For the s:ikc of convenience I have ailupted the s:inie names for the organs as Mr. tJosse in his
paper on the clasping-ovgans ancillary to i;eneralion in certain {groups of Lepidoptcra (TV. Linti. Svc. Lmd-
(2). Zool. IT. p. 2(;r) (1883).
( 270 )
question as confusus (see tig. llj, and that there are also specimens of conjusait
in which the sexual organs are formed nearly as in aldnous and phttonius (see
fig. 13);
(3) That the red-headed confusus from tlie Loo (Jhoo Islands has the sexual
organs about identical with those of alcviwits (fig. 12) ;
(4) That the typical riiencms Feld. is diflferent from either alcinovs, confusus.
impediens, or phdonius (see figs. 21-2o) ;
(5) That the harpe of Impediens, with shorter abdominal fold and narrower
hindwings, is again very difi'erent from that of typical 'niencius, confusus, aldnous
King, and phttoniua Oberth. (fig. 26) ;
(6) That the organs of the si)eciraen of pLuto^iius with white scent-organ (see
plutonius, p. 271) are \ery ditferent from the usual pluionius form and from meacius,
confusus, etc. (figs. 31, 42) ;
(7) That the long-tailed aldnous Klug (= spathatns Hutl.) has the same sexual
organs as the short-tailed aldnous King (fig- 10).
Combining the characters derived from the sexual organs of the iiiale with
those derived from the shape of the wings, the colour and size of the scent-organ,
and the colour of the head, we must distinguish the following forms of the male : —
(1) aldnous Klug: head black; scent-organ of male blackish brown; sexual
organs oi male as in figs. 1-11, 32-35. — Japan.
(2) (confusus. variation of): head red; the rest as before (figs. 12, 36). —
Loo t'hoo Islands.
(3) confusus mihi : head red; scent-organ as before; sexual organs a^< in
figs. 13-20, 37, 38.— All over China.
(4) mendus P'eld. : head red ; scent-organ shorter and narrower and white ;
scaling at the discal side of the wooUy scent-organ whitish ; sexual organs as in
figs. 21-25, 39. — Fu-tschou, Kiu-Kiang, Chang- Yang.
(5) impediens m. : head as before ; scent-organ still shorter and narrower, and
also white; hindwings very narrow; scaling at the discal side of the woolly sci'ut-
organ blackish ; sexual organs as in figs. 26, 40. — Ta-tsien-lu.
(6) plutonius Oberth. : head as before ; scent-organ less broadened towards the
EXPLANATIO.N OF FiGUKES 1 — 42, PLATE VI.
Figs. 1 — 11. Hiirpe of P. alcinous Klug from Japan : 1 & 2, 7 & 8 respectively are right aud loft
liarpe of one individual ; 10 is harpe of a large, long-tailed .specimen {sjmthatus
IJutl.).
Fig. 12. Harpe of cnnfusua m. from the IjOO Choo Islands.
Figs. 1.3 — 20. Harpe of confiisus m. from China.
Fig.s. -1 — 2.5. Harpe of meiicius Feld. from China.
Fig. 26. Harpe of ini]}i (liens m. from China.
Figs. 27 — .SO. H.irpe of plutonius Oberth. from China.
Fig. 31. Hirpe oifaiuus m. from Cliina.
Figs. 32 — 35. Uncus, scaphium, and penis of afcjnous Klug from Japan, side view ; much less variable
than the harpe.
Fig. 36. The same of cmifusus m. from the Loo Choo Islands.
Figs. 37, 38. The same of ennfusus m. from China.
Fig. 39. The same of memiiis Feld. from China.
Fig. 40. The same of impedims m. from China.
Fig. 41. The same of pluionius Oberth. from China.
Fig. 42. Uncus and scaphium oi/aluus m. from China ; scaphium different from that oi plutunim,
inenciuii, imjti^diena, coiifufiua, ulcinotta.
NOVITATES ZoOLOGIC-^ VoL.H. 1895-
1.
A..A
K
— <■-.
Plvi.
A 25.
26
35
' ^'
c>^.,-o >^-^
27
< ■
28.
36.
'^^
37.
V
■v,
29.
38
30.
20
31
39.
10.
■^.^
21.
22.
23.
32.
7 ^
33.
/T
40.
^,-
y<:
^' M
24.
34.
/^
42.
(271 )
anal augle than in mencius and slightly paler, broad during its whole length;
hindwiugs deeply scalloped ; tails short and broad at the tip ; underside of hindwings
pale; sexual organs as in figs. 27-30, 41. — Western China.
(7) fatuus m. : head as before ; colour of hindwings as before : hindwings less
scalloped; scent-organ white, shorter and narrower; sexual organs as in figs. 31, 42.
— Ta-tsien-lu.
If we compare the series of figures taken from ulcinotts and confusus (figs. 1-20,
32-39), there can be no doubt that the Japanese alcinous, the Loo Choo confusus,
and the Chinese confusus belong to one species ; but what do the figures tell us
in respect (x) the insects enumerated above under 4 to 7 ? As the genitalia of
alcinous and confusus vary to such an extent as is shown in figs. 1-20, I cannot
see that the sexual organs represented in figs. 21-30 and 39-41 are anything else
but also variations of the organs of the same species ; they certainly do not prove
that the varieties enumerated above under 4 to 6 are distinct species. We must
bear in mind that out of about thirty specimens of alcinaiis only one individual has
the harpe shaped as in fig. 11 ; that out of about thirty confusus also only one
specimen comes in the structure of the sexual organs close to jjlutonius and alcinous
(fig. 13) ; and that of numbers 4 to 6 only a relatively small number of individuals
could be examined, which did not provide us (accidentally ?) with intergi-adations.
Whether fatuus, of which I have only one specimen, is an aberration or a distinct
species must be left undecided. We come, therefore, to the same conclusion to
which we were led without comparison of the genitalia, namely, that all the insects in
question are most probably forms of one species only.
The Loo Choo insect, combining the characters of alcinous and inencixis,
remains best without a name of its own ; confusus and inipediens have to stand
as aberrations o{ mencius, und fatuus may be treated for the present as an aberration
of piutonius.
As regards the female sex of the Chinese insect in question, it is difficult to say
which specimens must be mated with mencius, which with confusus or impediens.
I thought first that mencius, confusus, and impediens might be seasonal forms
of one species ; but this is not possible, at least as regards Tnencius and confusus,
as I have both from Kiu-Kiang and Fu-tschou, taken in April and July at
either place.
Hab. China (64 c?, 39 ?); Loo Choo Islands (2 J).
(c): P. alcinous plutonius oherth. [c?,?].
(J. PapiUii alcinous var., Horsf. & Moore, Cat. Lep. Ins. Mas. E. I. C. I. p. 95. sub n. 193 (1857)
(Bhutan).
(J ? . Pajiilio jilutoniiis Uberthtir, l-Jt. d' Ent. II. p. IG. n. 3. t. 3. f. 2 (J) (1876) (Monpin) ; id.,
l.c. IV. p. 42, n. 49 (1879) (Moupin) ; Elwes, Tr. Ent. Sue. Loncl. p. 424. n. 398 (1888)
(Bhutan?) ; Leech, Butkrji. of China, etc. p. 541 (1893) (W. China).
(J $ . PajiUio a!mtou.f, Leech, Tr. Ent. Soc. Land. p. 115. n. (38 (1889).
?. Pajiiliu (.« Bijasa) philonina, Nic<;ville, Gazttlen- of Sikkim p. 171. n. 463 (1894) (Bhutan?).
Papilio (.' Byasu) alcinous, id., l.c. p. 171. u. 464 (1894) (Bhutan).
The wings are above of a .stronger greenish glos.sy tint than in me^icius Feld.,
and the hinder wings are paler below than in both menckis and alcinous, especially
in the female. The forewings are rather broader, the hindwings more deeply indented,
with the tails shorter, broader, and more spatulate. The scent-organ of the viale
within the abdominal fold of the posterior wings is paler and narrower than in tyisical
( 272 )
mendus aiid alcinons, but iiuich bioader ami duiker than in meticiits ab. vmjjediens
mihi.
Though these characters apply to most specimens, they are not at all constant,
except the paler underside of the hindwings, which I tind in all exaiuples.
(«-) : ab. fattivs ab. nov.
Margin of hindwings less scalloped than in tyi)ical p^wtoiuus ; woolly scent-organ
whitish, shorter and narrower than in ■plutcmius ; genitalia as in figs. 31 and 42.
One specimen of this aberration, from Ta-tsieu-lu, in my collection.
Hab. Western China (7 J, 8 J ) ; Thibet : interior of Bhutan (1 ? , ex coll. Moller ;
it is one of the two specimens recorded by ^Ir. Elwes, ^.c).
^■. M.\(llA()N-(.li()Ll'.
This group is especially richly represented in America.
1)3. Papilio machaon 1- [J,?, metam.].
Hoefnagel, Archeti/pat. 11 (1592) : Aldrovandus, De Anim. fns. p. 96. n. 5.0. f. 1 (1602) ; Columna.
Er.ph. II. p. 85-89. t. 86 (1(516) : Hoefn.ageI, Ins. I. t. 9 (1630) : Moufet, Theiil,: Im. p. 99. n, 2
(1634) : Jonstoii, Hist. Nat. I)u. t. 5. 7 (1657) ; Merrett, Piniix ivr. nut. Brit. p. 198 (1667) :
Jung, llht. Vermium p. 134 (1691) : Petiver, .l/«s. YIII. p. 35. n. 328 (ITUO) : Rajus, Hist.
Xat. Ins. p. 110. n. 1 (1710) ; Frisch, Beschreib. v. Ins. II. p. 41. n. 11 (1721) ; Merian, Ins.
Km: p. 13. t. 38 (1730) : Reaumur, .\Iim. I. 1. p. 357. t. 10. f. 6. & I. 2. p. 179. t. 29. f. 9. c& t.
30. f. 1-13 (1734) : Roesel, Insert. Bcliist. I. 2. t. 1 (1746) ; Wilkes, Enql. Moths * Butt. p. 47.
t. 1 (1747-60) : Degeer, Mlm. (ed. Goeze) I. p. 57 (1758) ; id., Mem. 11. p. 185. t. 1. f. 2 & 3
(1771) : Geoffi-oy, Mini. Ins. Paris II. p. 54. n. 23 (1762) : Gronov, Zoojihi/l. p. 725 (1763-81) ;
Seba, Tlusaur. IV. p. 39. t. 32. f. 7-10. & p. 70. t. 59. f. 12. 13 (1765) ; Scliiiffer, Icon. Ins.
Ratisb. t. 45. f. 1. 2 (1766) ; Lepechin, Tagebiirb (ed. Haase) I. p. 197 (1771).
Pajiilio Kques Achirus machaon Linnf', Sijsl. Nat. ed. \. p. 462. n. 27 (1758) ; Foda, .Vns. Graec.
p. 61. n. 1 (1761) ; Scopoh, Ent. Cam. p. 166. n. 444 (1763) ; Houttuyn, Naturl. Hist. I. 11.
p. 206. D. 27 (1767) ; Linn($, Syst. Nat. ed. xii. p. 750. n. 33 (1767) ; Miiller, Nnturs. T. 1.
p. 575. n. 33. t. 15 (/.)(1774) ; Fabricius, Sy.s-(. Enl. p. 4,")2. n. 42 (1775) ; Ebert, Natiirl. t. 35. f. 1-4
(1776) : Esper, Eur. SrhmMI. I. p. 31. t. 1. f. 1 (1777) : Fischer, Vers. Nat. r. Livlund p. 145.
n. 315 (1778) ; Harris, Aurel. p..70. t. 36 (1778) ; Blumenb., Hundb. Naturrj. ed. II. p. 357. n. 3.
(1782) ; Gladb., Beschr. neuer Schmctt. p. 80. t. 3ii. f. 7-9 (1777) ; Fabricius, Sjicr. Ins. p. 3.
n. 9 (1781) ; Gesenius, Ilandb. f. Schmeit. p. 50. n. 1 (1786) ; Fabricius, .\lanl. Ins. p. 2. n. 9
(1787) ; Jablonsky& Berhst, Naturs. Schmett.UI. p. 162. t. 45. f. 1 &2 (1788) ; Villers, Carol.
Linn. Entom. II. p. 3. n. 2 (1789) : Fabricius, Ent. Si/st. III. 1. p. 30. n. 87 (1793) ; Cederhielm,
Faun. Ingr. J'rodr. Ins. p. 201 (1798) ; Hubner, Enrop. Schmett. I. f. 390 .^ 391 (1798—1803).
Pajnlio machaon Linn^, Fauna Suec. ed. ii. p. 267. n. 103 (1761) ; Fuesslin (Fuessly), Verz.
Schwei%. Ins. p. 28. n. 543 (1775) ; id., .Mag. f. Liebli. Enl. I. p. 245 (1778) ; Walcken., Famie
Paris. II. p. 261. n. 2 (1802) ; LatreiUe, flisi. Nat. Crust. Ins. XIV. p. 109. t. 106. f. 1 (1805) ;
Godart, Hist. Nat. Lip. Fr. I. p. 38. t. 1. f. 2 (1821) ; Duponchel, Icon. Chen. Fr. I. p. 41. t. 1.
f. 2 (1832-36) ; Boisduval, t^pec. Gen. Lip. I. p. 328. n. 171 (1836) : Selys-Longch., t'n^ Lip.
Belg. p. 15 (1837); Gaze, Entomologist, p. 307 (1840); id., /..■. p. 340 (1840) (Haverhill,
England) ; Blanchard, Hist. Nat. Ins. III. p. 421. n. 6 (1840) ; Duponchel, Cat. .With. Lep.
d'Eur. p. 21 (1844) ; Lucas, Lip. tPEur. ed. ii. p. 24. t. 13. f. 1 (1845) ; Doubl. Westw. &
Hew., Girn. Dinrn. Lep. I. p. 16. n. 158 (1846) (p.p.) ; Gray, Cat. Lep. Ins. Brit. Mus. I.
p. 37. n. 180 (1852) (p.p.) ; Westw., Butt, of Gt. Brit. p. 3. n. 1. t. 1. f . 1. la. lb (1854) ; Lucas,
Chenu's Enc. d'Mist. Nat, Pap. p. 36. f. 112 & 113 (1851-53) (laiv. & pup.) ; Horsf. & Moore,
Cat. Lep. Ins. Mus. E. I. C. I. p. 111. n. 224 (1857) (p.p.) : Rambur, Lep. d' Andalousie p. 59.
n. 21 (1858) : Speyer, Geogr. Verbr. Schmetl. Eur. p. 278. n. 2 (1858) ; Praun, Eur. Tagf.
Pap. XI., Pap. t. 1. f. 1. 2 (1859) ; Huell, TIjdsclir. r. Ent. p. 131. t. 7. f. 1-4 (1859) (var.,
larv.) ; Verloren, ibid. p. 90 (1859) (Utrecht) ; id., I.e. p. 22 (1860) ; Fritsch, IVi/i. ;. b. Ges.
]Vien pp. 238. 240. 642 (1862) : Snellen, Tijdschr. v. Enl. p. 173. n. 1 (1862) (Zuid Holland) ;
Graslin, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. p. 331 (1863) (Pyriin. or.) ; Feldev, Verb. z. h. Ges. Wicn p. 314
n. 357 (1864) ; Lederer, Ann. Soc. Enl. Belg. p. 53 (1865) (Anatolia) : Mann, Verb. z. b. Ges.
Wieu p. 325 (1866) (l)obrudscha) : Maurissen, Tijdschr. v. Enl. p. 171 (1866) (Maastricht) ;
( 273 )
White, Eld. Mu. Mar/, p. ft7 (18(j7) (Rome : Capri) ; AUard, Ann. Sue. Ent. Fi: p. 312 (1867)
(Algin-ie) ; Ebrard, null. Sot: Ent.Fr. p. 157 (ISO?) (col of pupa) ; Mann, Verli. z. b. Ges. Wien
p. 60 (1867) (Militiir-Grenze) ; id., I.e. p. 832 (1807) (Bozen ; Trient) ; Fettig, Bull. Soc. Ent.
Fr. p. 63 (1868) (col. of pupa) ; Mann, Verh. ;■. h. Gef. Wien p. 373 (1869) (Dalmatien) ;
Butler, Cut. Dhiin. Lrj,. Fabrie. p. 249. n. 51 (1869) : Heylarts, Tijehehr. r. Ent. p. 143. n. 1
(1870) (Breda) ; Lederer, Ann. Soe. Ent. Belg. p. 18 (1870) (Transcaucasia) ; Ebrard, Bull.
Soc. Ent. Fr. p. 8 (1870) (col. of pupa) ; Bishopp, Entnm,. p. 17 (187U) (Ipswich) ; Brooks,
ibid. p. 346 (1870) (Dew.smere) : Fallou, Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. p. 54 (1871) (col. of pupa) ; id..
I.e. p. 55 (1872) (col. of pupa) ; Eaynor, Entomol. p. 223 (1872) (Maldon) ; Backer, Tijdschr.
V. Ent., Versl. p. 23 (1875) ; Parker, Entomol. p. 301 (1875) : Pagenstecher, Vcrh. Nat. Ver.
Heidelberg p. 96. n. 12 (1875) : Swierstra, Tijdsehr. v. Eiit., Versl. p. 104 (1876) ; Elwes, Tr.
Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 389 (1887) (Pyr., up to 5000 feet) ; Mills, Entomol. p. 191 (1877) (Essex) ;
Earn, ibid. p. 252 (1877) (Kent) ; Goos, ibid. p. 285 (1877) (Sussex) ; Cooper, ibid. p. 299
(1877) (Kent) ; Walker, Ent. Mo. Mag. p. 193 (1879) (Pt. Backler. Turkey : April, gen. I. ;
July, gen. II.) ; Rambouts, Tijdsehr. v. Ent., Versl. p. 18 (1879) ; Swinton, Ent. .!/«. Mag.
p. 40 (1879) (Capri, July) ; Jordan, ibid. p. 87 (1879) (Zermatt, June & July) ; Oberthiir,
Et. d'Ent. IV. p. 08. u. 192 (1879) (;-.;».) ; Wilson, Larv. of Brit. Lep. p. 1. t. 1. f. 1 (1880) ;
Mann, Entomol. p. 66 (1881) (Bristol) ; Mathew, Ent. Mo. Mag. p. 29 (1881) (Turkey) ;
Malpas, ibid. p. 110 (1881) (Norfolk Fen) ; Buckler, ibiel. p. 244 (1881) ; Pomtt, ibid. p. 110
(1882) (Wicken Fen) ; Wheeler, ibid. p. 169 (1884) (Norfolk) ; Seton, Ent. Mo. .Uag. p. 141
(1884) (Surrey) ; Calberia, Iris p. 121 (1884) (Mittel ItaUen) ; Romanoff, Mem. Lqi. I. p. 43
(1884) (Transcaucasia) ; Christoph., ibid. p. 93 (1884) (Askhabad) ; Goossens, Bull. Soc. Ent.
Fr. p. 181 (1885) (life hist.) ; Buckler, I.are. of Brit. Butt. & Moths p. 1. t. 1. f. 1. la-f (1886) ;
Jacoljy, Ent. Mo. Mag. p. 88 (1886) (Heme Bay) ; Bath, ibid. p. 126 (1886) ; Jones, ibid.
p. 182 (1886) (Switzerland) ; Kane, ibid. p. 245 (1886) ; Cuisine, Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. p. 103
(1886) (var.) ; Poulton, P. Z. S. p. 208 (1887) ; Ficksen, Romanoff's Mem. Lep. III. p. 255.
n. 4 (1887) (Korea) ; Walker, Erd. Mo. Mag. p. 179 (1887) (Gibraltar. October!) ; Barrett,
ibid. p. 79 (1888) (oeeurrence in Engl.) : Jones, ibid. p. 209 (1888) (France mer.) ; Jackson,
Entomol. p. 89 (1888) (var.) ; Graeser, Berl. Ent. Zeit. p. 61. n. 1 (1888) (Amur) ; Alpheraky,
Eom. Mem. Up. V. p. 60. n. 1 (1889) ; id.. I.e. p. 94. n. 1 (1889) (Gan-ssu) ; Voigt, Slett Ent.
Zeit. p. 23 (1890) (Granada; an subap. sphijms'l) \ Bramson, Tagfalter p. 12 (1890);
Hofmann, Raup. d. Schrn. Eur. p. 1. t. 1. f. 2 (1890): Steinert, Iris IV. p. 176 (1891)
(Dresden) ; Renter, Ent. Nachr. p. 6 (1891) (col. of pupa) ; Standing., Bom. Mem. Lep. VI.
p. 128. n. 1 (1892) (Amur) : Austant, Le Nutnral. p. 13 (1892) : Barrett, Lep. Brit. Is. p. 13.
n. 1 (1892): Nicholson, Entomol. p. 210 (1893) (Budapest): Standen, ibid. p. 261 (1893)
(Corsica!); Bromilow, ibid. p. 347 (1893) (Aljjes mar.); Caradja, Iris VI. p. 169 (1894)
(Haute Garonne) ; Heyne & Riihl, Grossschmett. p. 69.'> (1895).
Fapilio reg/nae Retzius, Gen. Spec. Ins. p. 30. n. 5 (1783).
Pieris maehaon, Schrank, Fauna Boica II. 1. p. 16 (1801).
Jasoniades maehaon, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 83. n. 843 (1816).
Amarijssm maehaon, Dalman, Kongl. Vet. Aeeid. Iltdm. 37. p. 85 (1810).
Fapilio maehaon var. ioat~hai Garbowsky, Soc. Ent. V. p. 154 (1892) {vkonstr.) ; Ruhl, I'rrossschmett.
p. 82 (1892).
This widely distriluitt-d Fapilio is rather variable, especially in the amount of
black on t he wing.s. If we omit the American forms, which I cannot take into considera-
tion in the jiresent paper, there remain four subspecies of F. maehaon, namely : —
((() : F. maehaon L., forma typ. in Central Em-ope as far north as Southern
Sweden, and in Transcaucasia ;
(6) : F. maehaon sphyvm Hiibn. in South luu-oiie. North Africa, England, Asia
»Minor, and Cashmere ;
(c) : F. inachaun sikh-imensis INIoore in the interior of Sikkini and Wuitan. in
Thibet and West China ; Shan States ;
(d): F. machaoii hippooraten P'eld. in Eastern (]hina and .Japan.
Fapilio Tnachami has, in most places, two or (hree broods, which arc more or less
different iTito' se ; in Europe the summer hrooil has the black bands on tlie wings
more restricted than the spring brood, while the black colour is very much increased
in the summer brood of the .lapanese race.
< 274 )
(a) : P. machaou 1.., forma tyj). [<J,?, metain.].
It is possible that I have missed some varietal names of P. machaon, as a good
number of local lists contained in programmes of German high schools were not
accessible to me.
(a-) : ab. marginalis Eobbe.
Papilio machaon var. marginalis Robbe, C. R. Soc. Enl. Belg. p. 395 (1891) (Belgium).
Black bands of the wings mnch reduced. PVinge to the outer margin of the
forewings not black at the ends of the veins ; submarginal spots of the same wings
oblong, not lunate ; outer margin of the hindwings not dentate. Underside of both
wings ])aler yellow than in typical P. 'iiKtchaon.
Certainly not confined to Belgium.
(b-) : ah. nigrofasciatas Kothke.
Papilio machaon L. ab. n. niijro/asciaht Rothke, Stetl. Ent. Zeil. LV. p. 303 (1895) (Crefeld).
Papilio machann ab. nigrofasciaia, Heyne, in Riihl, Grossschmelt. p. 694 (1895).
The submarginal yellow spots on the upperside of the wings very much reduced ;
anal ocellus half blue, half black, the red portion reduced to a minute linear spot at
the anal angle.
This curious form is probably not confined to the surroundings of Crefeld.
(c^) : ab. niger Heyne (Eeuter in manuscr.).
Papilio machaon ab. nign- Heyne, in Rvihl, Grosasclimelt. p. 694 (1895) (Baden).
All black, except the blue spots of the hindwings.
(dF): ab. gen. aest. aurantiucim Speyer.
Papilio machaon var. aunnitiaca S('lys, Ann. Soc. ICnt. Fr. p. 4. sub n. 2 (1831) (Belgium ; nom.
nud.!) : Speyer, Ge.ogr. Verhreit. Schmett. p. 278. sub n. 2 (1858) ; Donck., Feuilled.Jeun. Xat.
p. 34. f. 1 (Janvier 1881) : Capronn., C. li. -"^oc. Ent. Belg. p. 42 (1881) : Standen, Entonwl.
p. 261 (1893) (Corsica!).
Papilio machaon var. hirdigalrnsis Trimoulet, Cat. Up. Girondr p. 10 (1859) ; Breignct, ■/#«/?. Soc.
Ent. Fr. p. 143 (1890).
Papilio machaon var., Pagenstecher, Verh. Xat. Vcr. Heidelberg p. 98. n. 13 (1875).
Papilio machaon ab. (var. gen. II. ?) dmsus Fuchs, Stilt. /•.". Zeil. p. 21 (18S4) (Rheingau).
Papilio machaon var. centrali.i Staudingor, .^>». 7?. Zeit. p. 193 (1886) ; Christoph, Bom. .\f6m. Lip.
V. p. 2. n. 2 (1889) ; Oroum-Grschmailo, ibiil. IV. p. 140 (1890) ; Heyne, in Riihl, Grossschmetl.
p. 694 (1895).
Papilio machaon var. centralasiae, Christoph, Rum. Mim. Li/i. III. p. 51 (1887) {lupx. typ.?).
Papilio machaon ab. anruntiaca, Austant, Le Naturaliste p. 15 (1892).
L'pperside of the wings of a deeper yellow colour than in the fir.st brood ; the
black bauds narrower, abdominal mai-gin to the hindwings often more or less devoid
of black ; abdomen (chiefly in the female) with the dorsal black band more or less
obliterated.
The summer brood is neither in every year nor in every locality different from
the spring brood. Mostly the number of specimens of the second lii'ood exhibiting
the characters of ab. aurantlacun is small in Cential Kurope.
lldb. Kurope, except Kngland and the nortli and the extreme south (7 J, 7 j).
In Asia Minor, Transcaucasia, Central Asia, and Soutli ]'"urope some specimens belong
to sphynw, others to typical machaon.
( 27.5 )
(li): P. machaou sphyrus iriilm. [rf,}, metam.].*
Pfqjil!,, xphi/rus Hiibner, Eimp. Sdimrll. I. t. 155. f, 775. 776 (1818--27) (Patriat).
Piipiliii 7narluiim\aT. sphi/nis, Speyer, Genijr. Vfrhr.SclimiU. Kiir. p. 278. sub n. 2 (1858) : Verloren,
Tijchcln: r. Eni. p. 100 (1859) ; Min;\-Palumba e Failla-Tedaldi, .Xuliinil. Sicil. p. 20 (1889)
(Sicilia).
Pdpiliii mai-hauii, Lucas, in Chenu's Eiio. dU/sl, Nut., Pup. p. 3i). t. 105 (1851-5.S) ; Gray, hep. Ins.
NcjkikI p. (5. t. 3. f. 1 (1841!) ; Hutton, Tr. E. Sot: Lmid. p. 47 (1847) ; Lucas, Bull. Sor. E. Fr.
p. 5 (1864) ; Lang, E,,l. Mn. .M,,,,. p. 101 (18f>4) (N.W. Himal., OOilO to 10,0U0 feet) ; Stoliczka,
Verh. ,;. /). G<:s. TlVra p. HiM] (18CB) (N.W. Himal.).
Papilio mac/iaon Ma.r. mharae Oberthlir, El. d'Ent. IV. p. (i8.subD. 192 (1879) (Algcrie, Laghouat) :
Heyne, in Rubl, Grossschmett. p. 094 (1895).
PapiVni macJiwiii var. asiaticii M^n^tries, Ennnier. C'orj>. Anim. .Uiis. Petr. I. p. 70 (1855) (p.p.) ; Doh.
Joiim. As. .S'. Benfj. p. 136. n. 222 (1886) (Kumaon) ; Butler, Ann. .Ung. .V. //. (0). I. p. 205.
n. 94 (1888) (N.W India) ; Alpheraky, E'uii. Mem. Up. V. p. 00. sub n. 1 (1889) ; Heyne, in
Euhl, Grnssschmett. p. 694 (1895).
Papilio macluton var., Kollar, in Hiigel's Ka»i:lnitir IV. 2. p. 404 (1848).
Papilio asiatica Moore, P. Z. S. p. 258 (1882) ; Butler, P. Z. S. p. 377. n. 83 (1880).
Papilio machaon ab. sphyrus, Austant, Le Naiuralistc p. 23 (1892) ; Heyne, in Rubl, H rosssrhmett.
p. 694 (1895).
Papilio machaou var. hospitonides Oberthlir, Ei. d'Ent. XII. p. 21. t. 5. f. 19 (1888) {the uamr, i.i
Ift'sed upon an aberration of the larro !).
The black bands broad; the subinarginnl hand to the binder wings, npperside,
often almost touching the discoidal cell.
(«-) : ab. laclakensis IMoore.
Papilio ladal-ensis Moore, Jonrn. As. S. Bmy. p. 40 (1880).
Tails very short.
The Asiatic specimens of machaon agree so well with Sicilian, North African,
and English examples that 1 cannot separate them subspecitically from spliyrus; tliey
form often a connecting link between sphyrus and kippocrates in having the sub-
marginal black band to the underside of the hindwings rather much constricted
lietween upper median nervules, a character which is strongly pronounced in
hippjocrates.
Men^tri^s Q.c.) distinguishes his P. machaon var. asiatica from European
machaon only by the broader black bands of the wings, and gives as habitat of this
form "Himalaya and Kamtschatka." Alphcraky (/.c.) has already pointed out that
Menetries's variety cannot be identical with the form described as siH-iinensis by
Mr. F. Moore; as the " hub." Himalaya stands first, the name of a-siaticus must be
restricted to Himalayan individuals, and as it cannot be referred to the examples from
the Central Himalayas, which are sikkimensis, it has to be united to the Xortli-West
Himalayan specimens ; from this latter country specimens of machaon have long
been known, whereas the Central Himalayan form (which certainly flies also in the
eastern parts of the Himalayas, which are practically unknown) lias been discovered
only twelve years. The P. machaon from the North-West Himalayas and Cashmere
is, however, in most cases indistinguishable from the Alediterrauean machaan, i.e. from
sphi/rtts Hiibn., and so I am forced to sink asiaiieas Men. as a synonym to sphyms
Hiibn.
The most pronounced sphyo-us occur in certain parts of North Africa.
The specimens with the tails to the hindwings more or less obliterated (ab.
For the bitjliography of the Kngli.sh /-*. iiiaehaim sphifrua scir /'. mnchiton.
ladakensis Moore) are most ahiuidant in the Xortli-\\est Hiinahiyas, where they fly
together with long-tailed individuals.
Hah. England (4 c? , 2 J ) ; South Europe (4 J , 4 ? ) ; North Africa (2 cJ ) : West ern
Asia, including Cashmere and the north-west parts of Central Asia (28 (J, 11 ?).
(c): P. machaon sikkimensis Moore [c?, ?].
Papilio machaon var. asialica, Nic^ville Qiec Mt'iK^tri^s, 1855), Journ. As. S. Beng. p. 93 (1883).
Pdp'iliii aiklimensis Moore, Journ. As. S. Beng. p. 47 (1884).
Papilio machaon, Elwes, Tr. E. Soc. Lond. p. 437. n. 435 (1888) (not found in Brit. Sikkim ; occurs
probably only in the higher, dryer hills of the interior) ; Leech, Butt, of China, etc. p. .'JlG
(//./;.) t. 35. f. 2 (1893) ; Nic.'-v., Gazetteer of Sil;l;ini p. 175. n. 504 (1894) (Sikkim ; at high
elevations in the interior : July, August).
(?) Popilio mm-hnoii, Nici'ville, Journ. Bombay N. B. Soc. p. 387. n. 91 (1890) (Chin-Lushai) ;
Manders, Tr. Enl. Sor. Lond. p. 536. n. 199 (1891) (Shan State.s ; not uncommon at 40l.>0 feet,
more rarely at 3000 feet).
Papilio machaon var. sil.l.-imensis, Heyne, in Eiihl, Grossschnolt. p. ()94 (1895).
Black bands broad. Orange spot of anal mark to hindwings separated from tlie
blue lunule in front of it by means of a black semicircle ; orange spot often as small
as in P. hospiton Gent5. Submarginal black band to hindwings on underside usually
not bordered with orange at its discal side.
Hab. Central Himalayas (7 (J, 1 ?); Western China (8 J); Kukunor (1 J);
Shan States (the .*ame ?).
The individuals of P. machaon from the higher parts of Western China belong
to sikkimensis; those from the valleys and from Central and Eastern China combine
the characters of sphjrus, sikkimensis, and hippocrates, and come often very near
to typical machaaa. The Chinese summer brood, chiefly in Eastern China, is mostly
the mme ai hippocrates ; the specimens of the spring brood are of the si/.e of our
European raachaon, but they have the submarginal lilack band on underside of
hindwings always much more narrowed l)etween the upper median nervules than
true 'machaon.
(d): P. machaon hippocrates Feld. [<?, ?,nietam.]
Papilio machaon var., De Haan, Vuh. Xai. 6>.--. Xed. orerz. bez., Zool. p. 42. t. 5. f. 4 (1840)
Papilio hippocrates Felder, Verh. z. b. Ges. HVu p. 314. n. 356. & p. ,302. n. 201 (I8(;4) ; Butl., .-Inn.
May. N. II. (5). IX. p. 19. n. 34 (1882) (Yokohama) ; Butl., I.e. (5). XI. p. 113. n. 18 (1883)
(Corea).
Pajiilio machaon Orza, Lcp. Jop. p. 11. n. 9 (ISCm) ; Pryer, Tr. E. Soc. Lond. p. 486 (1882) ; id.,
Rhop. Nihon. p. 3. n. 1. t. 1. f. U. iB (1886) ; Leech, Hiitt. of China, etc. p. 516 (1893) {p.p.).
Papilio machaon var. micado P.agenstecher, Verh. Nat. Vrr. Heidi-lberg p. 98. n. 15 (1875).
Papilio machaon var. hippocrates, Elwes, P. Z. S. p. 870 (1881) (p.p. : N.E. Asia & Japan) ; Heyne,
in Riihl, Grosssclimett. p. 694 (1895).
Papilio machaon var. asiatica cfc hipjiocrates, Leech, P. Z. S. p. 404 (1887) (larva noticed).
Papilio machaon ab. hippocrates, Austant, Le Naturaliste p. 31 (1892).
Sjyt-ing brood: differs from P. machaon and its varieties in having the sub-
marginal black band on the underside of the hindwings very narrow, except in the
cellule between the lower median nervules, where it is comparatively very broad, and
in having both edges of this band strongly bordered with black. L'pperside of the
wings mostly of the dark yellow tint of P. machaon ab. auranliacus Speyer.
Summer brood (or broods) : typical hippocrates. Very large. Both sexes have
the orange anal spot on the hindwings separated from the blue lunule before it by
a black semicircle, as in P. machaon sikkimensis Moore. Mules generally of the
colour of the spring brood, but with the black bands on (lie uppersidc bioader,
(277 )
snbmarginal black band to the hindwings often reaching the discoidal cell. Feraales
blacker than males ; discal yellowish area on the iipperside of the hindwings often
reduced to a rather narrow macular band.
Submarginal black band on the under.side of the hindwings narrow in both sexes,
and heavily bordei-ed with black.
Hab. Japan (44 c?, 18 ?); Central and Eastern China (l.i 6, 3 ?).
til. Papilio hospiton Gene [6, ?,metam.].
PfqiHh hospiton Gi'nc', JAcm. Amul. Tm-iit. p. 43. t. 2. f. 20. 21 (1S.3'.1) : Herrich-Schaff., Srlmi.
Evr. I. p. 140. t. 53. f. 240. 250 (1S43-.S6) ; Dupouchel, Cat. Mclh. Lq,. d'Eiir. p. 21 (1844) ;
Doubl. Westw. & Hew., Gen. nhirn. Lrp. I. p. 16. n. 159 (184G) ; Gray, Cat. L.p. Ins. Brit.
Mils. I. p. 37. n. 181 (1852) ; Felder, Vrrh. s. I,. Ges. Wien p. 314. n. 35.'i. & p. 362. n. 199 (1804) ;
Mabille, Bull. Sor. Ent. Fi: p. 89 (1868) (Bastia) ; Fallon, ilml. p. 55 (1872) : Oberthiir, Et. d'Eiit.
IV. p. 68. n. 193 (1879) ; Bramson, Tag^f. p. 13 (1890) ; Hofmann, liaup. ,!. Srlnu. Eur. p. 1.
t. C. f. 2 (1890) ; Riihl, Grosssriimett. p. 83 (1892) ; Hofmann, Sclnn. Eur. ed. ii. p. 1. t. 1. f. 4
(1893) ; Standen, Entom. p. 238 (1893) (June 15th, Tattone) ; Heyne, ia Riihl, Gi-ossschmett.
p. 694 (1895).
Eqnes Jiiispitnn, Herr.-Schiiff., !.c. I. p. 162 (1843-56).
Especially different from P. niachaon in the pattern of the marginal region on
tlie underside of both wings. Larva also different from that of P. machaon.
Hah. Corsica and Sardinia (6 (J, 4 ? ).
Go. Papilio polidamas Prun. [J, ?,metara.].
Papilio Eipies Acliiciis piilidamus Prunner, L^p. Petlem. Siippl. p. 69. n. 134 (1798).
Papilio polijchaim Deloche, Mem. Aixad. Tor. VI. 2. p. 139. t. 6. n. 1 (1801).
Papilio Eques Achivus ale.ranor Esper, Em: Sclnn. I. Siippl. p. 89. t. 110 cont. t. IJ5. f. 1 (1805) ;
Hiibn., Eur. Schmett. t. 158. f. 787. 788 (1818-27).
Jasotiiades ale.ranor, Hiibner, Verz. hek. Schmett. p. 82. n. 842 (1816).
Papilio akxuHor God.art, Enc. Meth. IX. p. 66. n. 88 (1819) ; id., Hist. Xat. Leji. Fr. IT. p. 111. t. 1
(1822) ; Duponch., in Godart's Hist. Nat. Lep. Fr. .Suppl. I. p. 12 (1832) ; id., Icon. d. Chen. Fr.
p. 42. t. 1. f. 3 (1832-36) ; Boisd., Spec. Gen. Lep. I. p. 329. n. 172. t. I. A. f. 3 {d. p.) ; t.
I. B. f. 3 (1736) ; Blanch. Hist. Xat. Ins. III. p. 422. n. 7 (1810) ; Doubl. Gen. Diiirn. Lep. I.
p. 16. n. 156 (1846) ; Lucas, in Chenu's Enc. d'llist. Xat., Pap. p. 38. f. 115 (1851-53) ; Gray,
Cat. Lep. Lis. Brit. Mus. I. p. 37. n. 179 (1852) ; Gnmn, Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. p. 73 (1856) ;
Chavignerie & Guerin, ibid. p. 82 (185C) ; Chavign., ihid. p. 100 (1857) ; Praun, Eur. Taaf.
Pup. XI. Papilio t. 1. f. 5. 6 (1859) ; Felder, Vn-h. t. b. Ges. Wien p. 314. n. 352. & p. 361. n. 195
(1804) ; Lucas, Lep. d'Eur. ed. ii. p. 24. t. 13. f. 2 (1864) ; Lederer, Ann. Soc. Ent. B.Uj. p. 53
(1865) (Anatolia) ; Mabille, Bnll. Soc. Ent. Fr. p. 15 (1875) (Hendaye) ; Oberth., Et. d'Enf.
IV. p. 67. n. 187 (1879) ; Christopb, Rom. Mem. Lep. V. p. 2. n. 1 (1889) (Askhabad) ; Br.amson,
Taaf. p. 13 (1890) ; Hofmann, Ihmp. d. Sclnn. Eur. p. 1 . t. I'., f. 1 (1890) ; Riihl, Grossschmcit.
p. 80 (1892); Hofmann, Schmett. Eur. ed. ii. p. 1. n. 2. t. 1. f. 2 (1892) ; Heyne, in Riihl,
Grossschinett. p. 693 (1895) {larva nuticed).
I restore the oldest name to this species (cf. p. 1G8), which has d(>vcl(>pc>il into
two geographical forms : —
(a): P. polidamas I'nm., lonu.i typ. [tj, ?, nietam.].
Hah. South Europe (11 c?, 8 5).
Q'): P. polidamas orientalis liom.
Papilio ali.raiior var. orientalis RomauoiT, Bom. .Urm. Lep. I. p. 41. t. v. f. 1 (1884) (S.E. Caucasus) :
Riihl, (frossschmett. p. 81 (1892) ; Heyne, ihid. p. 693 (1895) ((/ires errnnenushi Chrislaph instead
of lioinanojf as author of this suhspeciesy
Band at the apex of the cell and the sulmiai-ginal band on the lorcwiiigs siifl"a.'ied
with blue; submai-gina! baud to the hindwings posteriorly more strongly dilated than
jn P. polidamas J'run. ; basal black l)i\nd of botli wings narrow.
( -'78 )
As aberration of this local form we liavc to enuiiioratc tin- following insect: —
(a-) : ah. inaccabaeus Standing.
Papilio alexaiior var. maccahaeus Staudinger, Iris IV. p. 224 (1891) (Jerusalem).
Piipilio aUrannr yar. Jiidaois Staiidinger, I.e. VI. p, 369 (1893) {vimtmcd).
Black band.s of the wings broader than in oHentalis, chiefly the basal one.
It is possible that maccahaeus is the siring brood and twiejitoiia the summer
brood of the same subspecies.
Iluh. Asia !Minor, Palestine, Transcaucasia (2 cJ, 2 ?).
OG. Papilio xanthus L. [cJ, ?, metam.]
Papilio Eques Achiviis xaiilhis Linne, .s><. Sat. ed. xii. p. 7.')1. n. 34 (1767) ("Ind. or." loc. err. :
in irulice stih noiit. '* xtithns " emim.').
Papilio Eqiies Ac/iirusriit/iiis, Miiller, Naturs. V. 1. p. 57ii. n, 34 (1774) (" Ostindien " Inc. err.) ■ Fabr.,
Syst. Eni. p. 4o4. n. 47 (1775) ; Cramer, P<,p. Ex. I. p. 115. t. 73. f. A. n (1776) (China) ;
Goeze, Ent. Bpijtr. III. 1. p. 60. n. 34 (1779); Fabr., f^pec. Ins. M. p. 19. n. 75 (1781);
Jabl. & Heibst, Nnturs. Schm. lU. p. 202. n. 115. t. 49. f. 3. 4 (1788) (China) : Gmelin, Si/sl.
Nat I. 5. p. 2239. n. 34 (1790) ("India" err. Im:) : Fabr., Enf. Syst. UI. 1. p. 32. n. 92 (1793)
(" Ind. or." Inc. err.).
Papilio Eques Achirus .rathiis, Fabricius, Jfaul. Tiis. II. p. 10. n. 86 (1787).
Jasoniades xuthus, Hiibner, Vers, heh: Schm. p. 83. n. 845 (1816).
Papilio ruthus, Godart, Enc. Mill). IX. p. 58. n. 90 (1819) : Uoisd., Ten. Hist. Up. eFEiir. t. I. f. 1. 2
(1832) ; Lucas, Lep. Ex. p. 36. t. 19. f. 1 (1835) ; Boisd., Spec. Gin. Lip. I. p. 327. n. 170
(1836) (China ; Thibet ; Persia ; Siberia) ; De Haan, Yerh. Nat. Gench. Ned. oi-cc;. bez. p. 41.
t. 9. f. 12 (larv.) (1840) : Doubl. VVestw. & Hew., Gen. Diurn. Lep. I. p. 16. n. 157 (1846)
(China : Siberia : "N. India & N.W. Australia" loc. err.) ; Gray, Cat. Lep. Ins. B. .U. I. p. 36.
n. 178 (18'.2) (■•Port Essington" luc. err.) ; id., List Lep. Ins. B. M. I. p. 49. n. 186 (18,56)
("var. a. Port Esisington" loc. err.) ; Hor-sf. & Moore, Cat. Lep. Ins. Miis. E. I. C. I. p. 111.
n. 223. t. 4. f. 1 (l.-irv.) (1857) ("N. India" loc. err.) : VoUenhov., Tijdschr. v. Ent. III. p. 84.
11. 120 (1860) (Japan) ; Feid., Verh. z. h. Ges. Wien p. 314. n. 353. & p. 362. n. 198 (1864) :
Orza, Lip. Jap. p. 11. n. 10 (1869) ; Butl., Cat. Diurn. Lep. descr. Fal/ric. p. 248. n. 50 (1869) ;
id., P. Z. S. p. 814. n. 36 (1877) (Formosa, common) ; Jones, Entnmol. p. 97 (1877) {xutlmluK
reared from eggs of xutlius) ; Oberth., Et. d'Ent. IV. p. 69. n. 200 (1879) (China ; Askold
I.); Elwes, P. Z. S. p. 870 (1881) (N.E. Asia) ; Pryer, Tr. Ent. Soc. Land. p. 486 (1882)
(Japan) ; Butl., Ann. Ma//. N. II. (5). XI. p. 113. n. 19 (1883) (Corea) ; Pryer, liliop. Xilwnica
p. 3. n. 2. t. 1. f. 2a. 2b (1886) (.Japan : xutlins = snnimer form, xiitlinlus = sprinj; form) ;
Leech. P. Z. S. p. 404. n. 2 (1887) (Japan & Corea) ; Fixsen, Ilnm. Mim. Up. III. p. 255. n. 3
(1887) (Korea); Leech, Tr. Enl. Soc. Land. p. 115. n. 70 (1889) (Kiu Kiang) ; Alphi'-raky,
Bom. Mini. Lip. V. p. 94. n. 2 (1889) ; Standing., ibid. VI. p. 128. n. 2 (1892) ; Leech, Butterjl.
of China, etc. p. 514 (1893) (Amur : Japan : Corea : China) : Seitz, Stitt. Enl. Z/it. LV. p. 335.
n. 1 (1895).
Papilio xuihus var., Butler. Ann. .Ma;/. .\. II. (5). XI. p. 27K. n. 4 (1883) (Corea).
Linne described this Papilio under the name of xanthtis in Synt. Sai. ed. xii.,
in the index of which work he enumerated it, however, as xnithua, probably because
he saw that he had already used the name of xanthus for a Pajnlio Danaiis Festivus ;
all authors have adojjled the name of xuthus, ixw\ I cannot find a single reference
to the first name xanthus. As the Pajnlio Danaus Festivus xanthus I,, is an
Opsiphanes, I see no objection to accept the name of xanthus for the ]iresent species
of the genus Papilio.
Papilio xanthus L. is very variable both in size and pattern. The orange mark
at the anal angle of the hindwings above, which is pre.=ent in many specimens, is
unicolorous, or it has a black centre, as we shall see again in some other species
of the r/t«c/(rtOTl-grou]i inhabiting North America.
(■ 279 )
The spring brood is very small, ami the yellowish white colour of the wings is
more extendeil than in the summer broods : —
(«-) : ab. gen. \ern. mdhxdus Brem.
P,:piU(i XHllnihis Bremer, Bull. Ac. Petr. III. p. 4(')3 (18G1) : id., Lpj^iil. Ost-f<ib. p. 4. u. 4. t. 1. f. 2
(18IU) ; Feld., Verh. z. b. Ges. Wieii p. 314. n. 354 (18G4) ; Oberth., El. d'Ent. IV. p. 09. u. '.iOI
(1879) ; Butl., Aiiti. May. N. H. (5). XI. p. 113. n. 20 (1883) (Corea).
Papilio xulhuli/ius Murray, Eiit. Mo. Mag. p. 160 (1874) (Yokohama).
Piipilio xuthns, Pryer, Rhop. Nilim. p. 3. n. 2. t. 1. f. 2a (188(5).
There is no longer any doubt that this is really the spring lirood of .fantlms,
as the latter has been reared fi-om the eggs of xuihidas. Intermediate specimens
between a-anthus and xuthidtix are common.
(/i^) : ab. gen. aest. xanthus L.
Hub. China (35 (J, 18 ?); Formosa; Amur (6 6); Corea; Japan (30 c?, 24 ? ).
Boi.sduval records it also fi-om Persia ; this locality is probably erroneous. I
have also a specimen said to be from Bonin Island.
Note. — PajAlio antinous Don., Ins. of New H oil. t. 16 (1805), is the same as
P. eurymedon Boisd,, Ann. Sac. Ent. Fr. p. 280 (1852); it has, of course, never
been found in New Holland. Compare also ]MacLeay, Tr. Ent. Soc. N.S. Wcdes,
I. p. xxii. (1863).
G7. Papilio demoleus L. [S , ?,metam.]
Ehret, Phuil. ae Pap. ■■nr. dip. t. f> (1748-;)!!) (lutlia) ; Knorr, Delic. Nat. t. c. 5. f. 1 (1751; ;
Kleemann, Bqitr. I. p. 13. t. 1. f. 2. 3 (1761) ; Gronovius, Zfinplii/ll. II. p. 188. n. 723 (17('.3-8)
(India) ; Seba, Tlies. IV. p. 53. t. 45. f. 8. 9 (1705) (China).
Papilio Eques Acliivus demnhns Linn*', Sijst. Nut. ed. x. p. 4C4. n. 35 (176^^) (Asia) ; Clerck, leon.
Jus. lU. t. 6. f. 1 (1764) ; Houtt.! Nat. Hist. I. 11. p. 217. n. 35 (1767) (China) ; Miiller,
Naturs. V. 1. p. 679. u. 46 (1774) (p.p.) : Fabr., Syst. Ent. p. 45.5. n. 53 (1775) (p.p.) ; Goeze,
Etil. Beyti: III. 1. p. 68. n. 41) (1779) (p.p.) ; Fabr., Spec. /«.<. II. p. 21. n. 87 (1781) (p.p.) :
Gmehn, Syst. Nat. ed. .\iii. I. 5. p. 2246. n. 46 (1790) ; Fabr., Ent. Syst. lU. 1. p. 34. n. 101
(1793) (p.p.) ; Esper, Ausl. Sclnnett. p. 201. n. 92. t. 50. f. 1 (I.). 2 (p.). 3 (J). 4 ( ? ) (1797)
(Ijad Jigs, of larva drjtupa).
Papilio Eques Acltimis erilkunius Cramer, Pny;. Ej-ol. III. p. 67. t. 232. f. .\. I! (1782) (China;
Coromandel) ; Jablonsky & Herbst, Naturs. Scttm. Ul. p. 109. n. 84. t. 36. f. 5. 6 (1788).
Papilio Eques Achivus ej)ius Fahricius, Ent. Syst. III. 1. p. 35. n. 102 (1793) (China).
Papilio epins, Donovan, hn. ofOiina t. 28. f. 2 (cj) (1798) ; C.odart, En,: .Welti. IX. ].. 43. n. 53
(1819) ; {p.p.) Boisd., Spec. Gen. Up. I. p. 238. n. 61 (1836) (China ; Bengal) : Dc Haan, Verli.
Nat. Gesch. Ned. overz. lez. p. 34 (1840) ; Doubl., i(S( Lep. Ins. B. M.l. p. 7 (1845) ; Temjjleton,
Tr. Ent. Soc. Loud. V. p. 44 (1847) {scrual difference noted) ; Vollenhov., Tijdsclir. v. Ent. III.
p. 77. n. 52 (1860) (China) ; Koch, Indo-Anslml. Lep. Fauna p. 41 (1865) (p.p.) ; Bienert,
Lep. Erg. Pers. p. 26 (1869) (Persien) ; Oberth., Et. d'Ent. XYII. p. 6 (1893) (Tonkin).
$ . Papilio demoleus., Donovan, his. of Ctdna t. 28. f. 1 (1798).
Princpps Doniinans eritlionius^ Hiibner, Exot. Schm. I. t. 117 (1806-16).
Orplieides epius, Hiibner, Ver:. btlc. Sctime.lt. p. 86. n. 887 (1816).
J. Papi.lio demoleus, Thon, Naturg. Sctimetl. p. 18. t. 6. f. 19 (1837).
J ?. Papilio erittionins,Douh\.Westvf. & Hew., Gen. Diurn. Lep. I. p. 12. n. 71 (1846) ; Gray
Cat. Lep. Ins. B. M. I. p. 21. n. 92 (1852) (N. India; Ceylon ; nee Penang) : id.. List Lep.
Ins. B. M. I. p. 28. n. 99 (1856) (N. India; Ceylon; nee Penang) ; Hor.if. i*c Moore, Cat.
Lep. Ins. .Uns. E. /. C. I. p. 105. n. 211. t. 3. f. 6 (/.). 6a (p.) (1857) (Canara ; Calcutta ; nee
Penang) ; Feld., Verti. z. h. Ges. Wien p. 309. n. 281. & p. 350. n. 163 (1864) ; Lang, Ent.
Mo. .Vaij. p. 101 (1864) (N.W. Himal.) ; Wall., Tr. Linn. Soc. Land. XXV. p. 59. n. 81
(180.5) ; Chaum., Ent. .l/o. Mag. p. 37 (1805) (Centr. India, everywhere) ; jUex., ibid. p. 208
(1805) (Sangor, Centr. India) ; Moore, P. Z. S. p. 487 (1865) (N.W. Himal.) : id., I.e. p. 757
(1865) : Wall. & Moore, ibid. p. 356 (186li) (Formosa) ; Bntl., Vat. Diurn. Lep. de.icr. Fala-ic.
21
( 280 )
p. 245. n. 41 (18G9) ; id., P. Z. S. p. 727 (1870) ; Druce, ihid. p. 108. n. 2 (1874) (Siam) :
Butl.. Ilml. p. 814. n. 35 (1877) (Formoiia) ; Obisrth., i:i. (PEiil. IV. p. 57. n. 120 (1879) (China :
Cochiu China : India) ; Butl., P. Z. 8. p. 609 (1880) (Formosa) ; Elwes, ,h{d. p. 873 (1881)
(X.E. Asia); Auriv., Komj. Sv. Vet. Ah. IJumU. XIX. 5. p. 34. n. 33a (1882) (Recensio Lep
Mus. L, U.) : Forsayeth, Tr. Ent. Soc. Loiiil. p. 386 (1884) (life hist.) : Butl., Ami. .!/«</. .V. //'
(5). XTIII. p. 189. n. 50 (1886) (Upp. Burma) : Elwes, Tr. Ent. Soc. loml. p. 429. n. 414
(1888) (Sikkim, only in the outer hills) ; Butl., I.e. (6). I. p. 205. n. 93 (1888) (N.W. Ind.) ;
Davids. & Aitk., Jouni. Bombay X. II. Hur. p. 3(>G. n. 71 (1890) (Bombay Presid., metam.) ;
JIanders, Tr. Ent. Soc. Loud. p. 536 (1890) (Shan 8t;itcs, very common at low elevations) :
Watson, Jonrii. As. Soc. Beiig. p. 268 (1890) (Madras, JIarch to August, very common) : id.,
Jourii. Bumh. N. II. Soc. p. 54 (1891) (Chin-Lushai) ; Woodrow, ihid. p. 114 (1891) (caterp.
enemy of orange-trees) : Betham, ibid. p. 328 (1891) (life hist.) : Leech, Bull, of Cliiiia, etc.
p. 554 (1893) (Fooehau).
jj. Papilio ej/ius. Hutton, Tr. Ent. Soc. Loml. V. p. 48. n. 4 (1847) (Madras ; larva noticed).
? . Papilio demoletis, Hutton, I.e. n. 5 (1847) (Dhoon).
cJ(?) ? . Pajiiiio erithoniuK var. demoleinust Oberthiir, Et. d'Eiit. IV. p. 57. sub n. 129 (1879) (China).
Orphiides erilhoninx, Moore, Lep. of Ceylon I. p. 147. t. 61. f. 2 (1881) (Cej-lon) ; id., P. Z. S. p. 258
(1882) (N.W. Himal.).
Pajiiiio (Orjdieides) erilhonius, Niceville, Journ. As. S"r. Bemj. p. 51. n. 128 (1885) (Calcutta,
common) ; Doherty, ibid. p. 137. n. 231 (lS8i)) (Kumaon) : Wood-Mas. & Nici'^v., ihid. p. 377
n. 192 (1886) (Cachar) ; Elwes & Nicev., ibid. p. 438. n. 147 (1886) (Tavoy) : Hamps., il,id.
p. 363 (1888) (NUgiris, 1000 to 7000 feet) : Fergus., Joki-«. Bomb. X. If. Soc. p. 446 (1891)
(Travancore) : Is'ic^v., Gazetteer of Sikkim p. 173. n. 482 (1894) (Sikkim ; rare, at low
elevations).
Opheides {sic/) eritlionius, Swinhoe, ihid. p. 145. n. 137 (1885) (Bombay & Deccan, common every-
where); id., l.c. p. 432. n. 95 (1886) (Mhow); Tr. Ent. Soc. L,nd. p. 314. n. 400 (1893) (Khasia
Hills).
Ophiedes (sic .') eritlionius, Swinhoe, Journ. Bomb. X. II. Soc. p. 279 (1887) (Carachi).
This species is ver}' common in Western India ; it becomes rarer farther east,
and in Borneo, Sumatra, and Java it has not yet been found ; from Flores to
Queensland it is again fairly common, at least not a rarity, and Mr. Wallace has
also found it on Goram Island in the Southern Moluccas. IJeakirl, Tr. Ent. Soc.
Phil. p. 472 (1864), records it from the Philippines, but this locality is mcst
probably erroneous. Leech's collectors did not meet with it in China, though it
occurs there ; Leech himself found one .specimen in I<"oochau.
The proper name of this Papilio is deiaoleus L. The description of demoleus
in Syst. Nat. ed. x. (1758) applies to the Asiatic species, not to the Mrican Papilio
which all recent authors consider the true demoleus L., and so do the figures to
which Linne refers ; the patria " Asia " is also in favour of my o))inion. In Mus.
Lud. Ulr. (17G4) Linne describes unmistakably the African Paiiilio as deriioleii^,
and omits in the description those characters of the first description in Synt. Nat.
(1758) which do not fit the Afi-ican insect; he also does not refer again to the
figures quoted in Syst. Nat. ; as patria he gives here " Cap. b. spei." Most probably
Linne described the Asiatic insect from the figures of Ehret, etc., not from a
specimen of the insect itself, and confounding it afterwards with the African butterfly
in the Museum of the Qvieen Ludovica Ulrica, described this latter Papilio under the
same name, probably believing that Ehret's, etc., figures were partly erroneous in
pattern.
Aurivillius, Koiwjl. Sv. Vet. Ak. Ilandl. XIX. p. 34 (1882), comes to the same
conclusion, that Linnd first described the Asiatic Papilio as demoleus; but he thinks it
unnecessary to make an alteration in the present nomenclature of the two Papilios,
because the name of demoleus L. has been applied so long a time by all authors to
the African species. Hut is it not much better to correct a fault as soon as possible ?
It is certainly quite unsatisfactory to call the Asiatic species P. erithonivs Cram, if
( -^81 )
one knows that this is not its ]]roper name ; and so I must satisfy myself bv naming
the Asiatic insect P. demoleus L. ; the African species has to stand as P. deinodocus
Esp. [_Au8l. Schmett. p. 205. t. 51. f. 1 (1798)].
Four subspecies belong to P. demoleus L. : —
(a) : P. demoleus L. from India, Ceylon, China ;
(6) : P. demoleus malayanus Wall, from Malay Peninsula, Hainan ;
(cj : P. demoleus sthenelinus subsp. nov. from the lesser Sunda Islands ;
(d) : P. demoleus sthenelus IMacLeay from Northern Australia and South New
Guinea.
The differences between the four geographical forms are but slight.
Wallace (Tr. Linn. Soc. Load. XXV. p. 59) records sthenelus from Goram
l^land; I liave not seen a specimen from that locality.
In all local races of P. demoleus L. the females are distinguished from the
males by having the red anal mark of the hindwings emarginate anteriorly, and
in possessing a blue lunule in front of it ; sometimes this character is also found
in the male, but in a less degree.
(a) : P. demoleus L., forma typ. 13, ?, metam.].
Oberthlir, Et. d'Ent. YV. p. 57 (1879), describes his P. erithonius var. demoleinus
as having a black spot and blue lunule before the red anal mark of the hindwings.
As said before, this character is always present in the female, and sometimes in the
7nale, from all localities; if one will maintain that varietal name, it must be restricted
to such examples of the male sex.
Hab. From Persia and Cashmere to Ceylon and the Shan States, at lower
elevations (28 c?, 7 ?); China (5 (?, 2 ?); Formosa.
(h): P. demoleus malayanus Wall. [cJ, ?].
Pupilio eritJwnius, Gray (nee Cramer, 1782), Cut. Lep. Ins. B. .1/. I. p. 21. n. 92 (1852) {p.p. ;
Penang) ; id., Lht Lep. Ins. B. M. I. p. 28. n. '.(9 (1856) {p.p. : Penang) : Horsf. & Moore,
Cat. Lep. Ins. Mus. E. I. C. I. p. 105. n. 211 (1857) {p.p. ; Peuaug) ; Wallengr., Wkn. Ent.
Hon. VII. p. 65. n. 3 (1863) (Malacca); Eeak., Prnc. Ent. S'k: Phil. p. 472. n. 19 (1864)
{2>.2>. ; "Philippines" he. err.}.
Pap'dio erithomus local form a {nwlayanus) Wallace, Tr. Lhm. Soc. Loud. XXV. p. .'»9. suli n. 81
(1865) (Singapore ; "Manila" loc. err. ; nee Flores).
PupHio mulaijomis Butler, Tr. Linn. Soc. Land. (2). Zoul. I. p. 552. n. 8 (1877) (Malacca) ; Moore,
P. Z. S. p. 697 (1878) (Hainan).
Pupilio erithonius var. malayanus, Distant, Rhop. Mai. p. 350. n. 14. t. 27b. f. 6 (1885) (Malay Pen.) ;
Holland, Tr. .liner. Ent. Soc. Phil. XIV. p. 123. n. 75 (1887) (Hainan ; apparently excessively
common in Hainan).
Orplieides niulayanus, Moore, Joum. Linn. Soc. Lond. XXI. p. 50 (1889) (Mergui).
The transverse band of the hindwings is broader within the cell than in typical
P. demoleus, so that it is less deeply sinuate at the end of the cell.
Hab. Malay Pen. (6 (J, 4 ?); Uainwo (the same?).
Whether the Hainan demoleus belong to this form or to the typical race I do
not know. The " hab." Philippines (see Reakirt, I.e.) is certainly erroneous.
(c): P. demoleus sthenelinus snbsii. nov. [S, $].
Papilio erithonius local form a {mahi i/onus) Wallace, I.e. p. 59. sub n. 81 (1865) {p./i. : Flores).
Papilio erithonius, Snellen (».-c. Linni^, 1758), Tijdschr. v. Ent. XXXIV. p. 250. n. 47 (1891) (Flores) ;
Rober, ibid. p. 276 (1891) (Flores; Alor);Pagenst., Jahrh. Nass. TV. xVoi. p. 57 (1894) (Sumba).
Papilio {Orpheidcs) erichtlumius, Doherty, Joiirn. As. Soc. Benij. p. 191. n. 107 (I89I) (Sumba;
Samba wa).
( 282 )
l""orewings sliortcr than in slhenelus ]\IacLeay, with a large mark within the
cell as in that subspecies; between the fourth and fifth subcostal nervules there is,
beside the submarginal spot, only one spot, the exterior one of the two innermost
being obliterated ; sometimes this spot is indicated by some yellowish scales.
The red anal mark of the hindwings is on both sides (?), or only below (cf),
more restricted ; above, the small discal spots near the end of the cell are absent ;
below, the posterior huffish marginal markings are small, the black spots of the
interior discal series are large ; one row of blue spots.
Hah. Alor (type; W. Uoherty, October 1891; 3 6, 1 ?); I.«arentnka (\V.
Doherty, October 1891; 3 c?) ; Adonara (W. Doherty, November 1891; 2 6);
Flores; Sambawa; Sumba; Gox&xa {the sayneT).
(d): P. demoleus sthenelus MacLeay [c?, ?,metam.].
PiipiUi) stheneliiss MacLeay, in King's i>un-. Anxtr. II. p. 457 (1827) (Australia) ; Boisd., Sp. Giii.
Liji. I. p. 239. n. 62 (183fi) ; Feld:, V,rh. :. h. Gfs. U'lVn p. .SO'J. n. 282 (1864) (Australia) ;
Bull., Ann. Mag. X. H. (4). XVIII. p. 248. n. 28 (187G) (Pt. Moresby) ; Staudiug. & Schatz,
Ej-iA. Sclimett. I. p. 20 (1884) : MacLeay, Pro,: Linn. Soc. N.S. »></(« p. 1019 (1887) (King's
Souud) ; Scott, Aiislr. Lep. II, 1, 30, t, 20 (IS'JO) (larv,, pup,),
Pajtili<i crit/ioniu.1 Tar, sthenelus, Doubl, 'We.stw, & Hew,, Gen. Diurii. Le/i. I. p, 12, sub n, 71 (1846)
(Australia) ; Gray, Cat. Lep. Ins. B. .\L I, p, 21. sub n, 92 (1852) (Australia) : id., IJ.^t Lep.
Im. B. M. I, p, 28, sub n, 99 (1856) (Australia) : Oberth., Et. tl'Enl. IV, p, 57. sub u. 120
(1879) (Southern N, Guinea).
Papilio erillion'ms local form h (sthenelus), Wallace, Ti: Linn. Soc. Land. XXV. p. 60, sub n, 81
(1865) {p.p. ; Australia),
Papilio epiuK, Koch, Iruh- Austral. Lep. Fauna p. 41 (1865) (/',/),),
Papilio eritlumiux, Mathew, Prnc. Linn. Soc. X.S. Tln/cx p, 263 (1885) (Thursday I,) ; id., Tr. Enl.
Soc. Lond. p. 169 (1888) (Pt. Moresby ; life hist.).
Transverse band of the hindwings almost as in malayanus; the two spots
within the apex of the cell of the forewings merged together.
Hab. North Australia (1 J, 1 ?); Thursday Island (3 <S); British New Guinea
(11 (?, 4 ?). The New Guinea examples approach F. demoleiw sthenelinuB
subsj). nov.
VI. HELENUS-GEOUP.
The outer region of the upjierside of the forewings is in the male sex hairy.
The hull's stand .so den.sely as to conceal the .scaling.
68. Papilio demolion Cram, [c?,?, metam.].
Papilio Eques Achivus deniol„ni Cramer, P<iji. ICrol. I. p. 140. t. 89. f. A. li (1776) (Java) ; Gooze,
Ent. Beyir. III. 1. p. 79, n. 33 (1779) ; Jablonsky & Herbst, Nalurs. Schmelt. lU, p, 199, t, 49.
f. 1.2 (1788).
Piipilio Eques Achirus cresphontes Fabricius {nee Cramer, 1779), Si)ec. Inn. II. p, 19, n, 77 (1781)
(Ind, or.) : id,, Mant. Ins. p, 10. n. 88 (1787) ; Gmelin, Syst. Nat. ed, xiii, 5, 1, p, 2240, n, 322
(1890) ; Fabr,, Ent. Si/st. lU, 1. p. 33, n, 95 (1793),
lleraclides crenphontes, Hubner, Verz. he/:. Sehm. p. 84. n. 854 (1816).
Pajiilio cresphontes, Godart, Enr. MUh. IX. p. Gl. n. 98 (1819) ; Horsf., Cat. Lep. Ins. Mus. E. I. C.
I. t. 3. f. 4 {I.). 4a (/..). (1828) (Java) ; Zink., Nor. Act. Ac. Xat. Cur. XV. p. 159. n, 13 (1831)
(Java) : Lucas, Lep. Ex. p. 23, t, 15, f, 1 (1835) (Java) ; Boisd,, Spa:. Gin. Lip. I. p. 220.
n. 38 (1836) (Java ; Borneo ; nee " Celebes") ; Luca-s, in Chenu's Enc. d'llist. Xat., Pap. t. 1.
f. 1 (1851) ; Vollenhov., Tijdschr. v. Ent. Ill, p, 75, n. 54 (1860) (Java : Sumatra : Iterneo).
Papilio drniolion, Doubl. Westw, & Hew,, Gen. Viurii. Lep. I, p. 13, n, 94 (1846) (Java ; Borneo ;
"Burniah" loc. err.?); Gray, Cat. Lep. Ins. B. .1/. I. p. 25. n. 116 (1852) (Java ; Borneo:
Penang ; Moulmein) ; id.. List. Lep. Ins. B. M. I. p. 34. n. 123 (1856) ; Horsf. & Moore, Cat.
Lep. Ins. Mus. E. I. C. I. p. 105. n. 210. t. 3, f, 5 (/,), 5a {p.) (1857) ; Feld,, Verh. :. b. Gcs.
C 283 )
ir-Vw p. 318. n. 392. & p. 30G. n. 231 (1804) ('Ind. sept." ! ; Sumatra : Borneo ; Moulmein :
Malacca; Penang ; nee Ceylon); Wall., Ti: Linn. Soc. Loud. XXV. p. 09. n. 79 (180.J)
(Java; Borneo: Sumatra; Singapore; Moulmein aoc. to B. M.) ; Butl., Oit. Diurn. Lep.
descr. F/ihnc. p. 253. n. 61 (18(59) ; Druce, P. Z. S. p. 108. n. 3 (1874) (Siam) ; Butl., Tr. Linn.
!S<ic. Lmid. (2). Zo„l. 1. p. 552. u. 9 (1877) (Mai. Pen.) ; Oberth., Kt. d'Ent. IV. p. 58. n. 131
(1879) (Java) ; Standing. & Schatz, Exot. Sclim. I. p. 7 (1884) ; Kheil. Wiop. Xiasp. 37. n. 139
(1884) (Nias) ; Dist., Bhop. Mai. p. 349. n. 13. t. 27b. f. 3 (J) (1885) (Mai. Pen. ; Borneo) ;
id. & Pryer, An7i. Macj. N. H. (5). XIX. p. 273. n. 173 (1887) (Sandakan) : Stauding.. Iris I
p. 277 (1888) (Palawan) ; id., I.e. U. p. 11 (1889) (Palawan) ; Hagen, Berl. Ent. Zdl. XXX VU.
p. 154. n. 171 (1892) (Banka) ; Semper, Philipp., Tagfalt. p. 274 note (1892) (Palawan) ;
Hagen, L-is VII. p. 26. u. 26 (1894) (Sumatra).
Araminta demolion, Moore, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. XXI. p. 50 (1889) (Mergui I.).
This species has a peculiar range; it flies in the large Sunda Islands, Palawan,
jMalay Peninsula, Tenasseriui, and .Siain, and appears again, as a slightly difl'erent
local form, in South India ; Doubleday records it from Burma, fielder fi-om North
India, but these localities are doubtless erroneous ; we have no authentic record of
the insect from Bm'ma, North India, Bengal, Central Provinces, etc.
(a) : P. demolion Cram., forma typ. [cJ, ? , metam.].
In a female ft-om Nias there are on the underside of the forewings some sub-
marginal spots posteriorly which form a kind of ill-defined narrow band, reminding
one of the corresponding spots of P. gigon P'eld. Sometimes there are two spots
between the fourth and fifth subcostal veins of the forewings instead of one.
Hah. Java (4 tj, 1 ? ) ; Nias (5 J, 1 ? ) ; Sumatra (4 3) ; Malay Peninsula (18 c?);
Siam (1 c?, 1 ?) ; Borneo (3 S); Palawan (1 S).
{b) : P. demolion liomedon jMoore.
Papilin liomedon Moore, P. Z. S. p. 575 (1874) (Calicut, Malabar Coast) ; Hamps., .ronm. As. Soc.
Bewj. p. 364. n. 212 (1888) (Nilgiris, 2500 feet, September) ; Davids. & Aitk., Journ. As. Soc.
Beny. p. 307. n. 75. t. D. f. 1. 2. 3 (/.,y;.) (1890) (Bombay Presid. ; life hist.) ; Fergus., Journ.
As. Soc. Beng. p. 446. n. 183 (1891) (Travancore).
The posterior spots of the macular band of the forewings are distinctly separated
from one another. The band of the hindwings stands farther from the base than in
P. deiiwlion Cram. ; in a Nias specimen of the latter the band has, however, the sanir
position as in certain P. demolion liomedon jNIoore. The hairs of the forewings are
sometimes arranged in patches, almost as in P. idysses L., hin.nor Cram., jierant/i it ■<
Fabr., etc.
Hab. South India (4 S).
Felder, Verh. z. h. Ges. Wien p. 318. n. 392 (1864), records P. demotion from
Ceylon; if P. demotion really occurs there, the specimens belong midoubtedly to
P. demolion liomedon Jloore.
09. Papilio gigon Fekl. [J,?]-
Papilio crespTionlfs, Boiaduval (nrc Fabr., 1781), Spec. Gen. Lep. I. p. 220. n. 38 (1836) {p.p.:
Celebes).
Papilio gigon Gray, List Lep. Lis. B. M. I. p. 27. n. 96 (1856) (Celebes ; mm. nud. .') ; Felder, Verli.
z. h. Ges. Wien p. 318. n. 391. & p. 3G6. n. 230 (1804) (Celebes) ; id., Reise Xortmi, Lep. I.
p. 98. n. 75. t. 12. f. ;i. b ((J) (1865) (Celebes) ; Wall., Tr. Linn. Soc. Lond. XXV. p. 59. n. SO.
t. 7. f. 6 (1865) (Celebes; Sulla Is.) ; Hopflf., Stett. Ent. Zeit. p. 20. n. 12 (1874) (Celebes
* Siao Is.) ; Piepers &• Snell., Tijdschr. r. Ent. XXI. p. 39. n. 1.55 (1878) (Celebes; is var.
of demotion Cram.) ; Obertb., Et. d'Ent. IV. p. 58. n. 130 (1879) (Celebes) ; Stauding. & Schatz,
Exot. Schm. I. p. 7. t. 3 {S) (1884) ; Holland, Proc. Boston Soc. X. U. p. 77. n. 127 (I8V0)
(S. Celebes) ; Haase, Untersuch. iih. Mim. p. 39 (1893).
( 284 )
Besides many differences in pattern, the greater size, and the much more arched
costal margin of the forewings, P. (jiijon Feld. is distinguished from P. demolion
Cram, by the totally differently shaped cell of the hindwings, which at once shows
that P. gigon Feld. cannot be considered a variety of P. demolion Cram., as Snellen
(I.e.) suggests.
The veins traversing the band of the forewings are black above, like the rest
of the wing, except the submedian nervure, which is in most examples partly of the
colour of the band. On the hindwings above there is often a rather largi> spot between
the subcostal and upper discocellular nervules, especially in the feiaales.
The subinarginal spots on the underside of the forewings are very variable; they
are often joined to one another and form a zigzag band.
Hah. Celebes (14 (?, 3 ?); Sulla Islands; Mangola (1 J, 1 ?); Siao Islands:
Sangir Island (1 ?); Talaut Island (2 J).
70. Papilio antonio Hew. [<?,?].
Piipilii) anlnnio Hewitsou, Exot. Butt. V., I'n/i. t. 14. f. 4G ((J, upperside) (1875) (Mindanao) :
Haase, Untersiich. Ub. Mim. p. .'iO (1893).
Pajiilio (Aramiiita) antonio, Semper, /'liilipp., TtiqftiU. p. 274. n. 400. t. 47. f. 4 (jj, underside)
(1892) (cJ, ? ; Mindanao).
The median band of the hindwings of P. demolion Cram, is in /'. antonio Hew.
indicated above at the abdominal margin by a white spot ; sometimes there is another
spot between the lower median nervules. On the underside of the forewings the
triangular mark is continued towards the apex of the wing by some minute white
spots. In the female the white mark of the forewings is longer than in the male.
Hah. Mindanao (3 c?).
71. Papilio noblei Xicdv. [<?].
(J. PapiUo noblei Nic^ville, Journ. .U. Su,: Bun/, p. 287. n. 19. t. i:!. f. 2 (<J) (1888) (Karen Hills,
Burma) ; Semp., Philipp., Tagfalt. p. 275. sub n. 400 (1892) ; Haase, UnUrmch. iih. Mim.
p. 40 (1893).
(J. Papilio henrirus Oberthiu", Et. d'Ent. XVI. p. 3. t. 4. f. 39 (J) (1893) (Mouong-Mou, Tonkin).
Differs from P. antonio Hew. chiefly in the white triangular mark of the fore-
wings being obliterated.
According to the figm-es, P. henricus Oberth. is the same as P. noblei Nicdv. ; a
few slight differences in the figures are certainly individual.
Ilab. Burma ; Tonkin.
72. Papilio helenus L. [<?,?, larva, jiupa].
Ehret, Plant, ac Pap. t. 10 (1748-59).
Papilin Eques Trojanus helenus Linn^, Sysl. Nat. ed. x. p. 459. n. 4 (I7.")8) (Asia) ; Clerck, Icon.
Ins. I. t. 13. f. 2 (1759) ; Linne, .Uus. Lurl. Ulr. p. 185. n. 4 (17(54) (Ind, or.) ; Houtt., Nat.
//«M. 11. p. 191. n.4.t.87.f. 1 (underside) (1 767) (China) : Linm'', %,^^ .V«(. ed. xii. p. 74.'). n. 4
(1767) ; Mull., Naturit. V. 1. p. 567. u. 4. t. 17. f. 1 (1774) (China) : Fabr., Syst. Enl. p. 443. ii. 5
(1775) (p.p.) ; Cramer, Pap. Ex. II. p. 90. 1. 153. f. a. n (1777) (China) ; Goeze, Eiit. liei/li: III. 1.
p. 30. n. 4 (1779) (excl. cit. Sebae) ; Fabr., Spec. Iuk. U. p. 3. n. 7 (1780) (p.p.) ; Esper, Aiisl.
Sriimell. p. 18. n. 4. t. 2. f. 2 (1784) ; Jablonsky, Nature. .SV/im. II. p. 166. n. 40. t. 14. f. 4 ((J)
(1784) ; Fabr., Munt. Ins. II. p. 1. n. 3 (1787) (p.p:) ■ Gmelin, S,/st. Nat. ed. xiii. I. 5. p. 2226.
n. 4 (1790) (p.ji.) ; Fabr., Ent. Syxl. III. 1. p. 2. n. 3 (1793) (/;.;;.).
Papilio helmus, Godart, Enr. Mith. IX. p. 68. n. 117 (1819) (China) ; Boisd., Spec. Gin. Lip.l. p. 211.
n. 25 (1836) (/j.p.) ; Doubl. Westw. * Hew., Gen. JJiiirn. Lrp. I. p. 11. n. 57 (1846) (p.p.) :
Gray, Cat. Lep. Ins. B. .M. I. p. 18.. n. 77 (1852) (N. India ; China) ; id.. List hep. Ins. B. .1/. I.
p. 21. D. 81 (1856) (syn.p.p.) ; Horsf. & Moore, Cat. Lep. Ins. Mus. E. I. C. I. p li'l. n. 205
( 28.3 )
(1857) W-P-) ; V<i\A., Vcrh. z. h. Gik. Wini p. :i2rt. n. 404 (I8G4) ip.i>.) : Wall., Tr. Liiiii. Sor.
Land. XXV. p. 50. n. 50 (18G5) {p.p.) ; Moore, P. Z. S. p. 757 (1805) ; But!., Caf. Diuni. Lep-
de.in: Fahric. p. 254. n. 04 (ISO'.l) (p.p.) : id., Ti: Linn. So,: Loud. (2). Zool. I. p. 553, n. K!
(1877) (Mai. Pen.) ; Moore, P. Z. S. p. O'JG (1878) (Hainan); id., /.c. p. 840 (1878) (Hatsiega) ;
Nicijv., Jourii. As. Sor. Ilniij. p. 59 (1881) (Sikkim, October) : Elwes, P. Z. S. p. 873 (1881) ;
Auriv., Konijl. Sv. Vet. Ak. Hand. XIX. 5. p. 10. n. 4 (1882) {Linnes type-spec. premrv. in Mus.
Stockholm) ; Standing. & Schatz, Kxut. Sclim. I. p. 7 (1884) ; Bull., Ann. Mag. X. H. (5). XV.
p. 344. n. 110 (1885) (" near Assam ") ; Dist., lihop. Mai. p. 343. n. 8. t. 2«. f. 3 (J) (1885)
Xp-p.) ; Holland, Tr. Amer. Ent. Soc. Phil. XIV. p. 123. n. 78 (1887) (Hainan) ; Elwes, 7V.
Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 429. n. 411 (1888) (Sikkim ; one of the commonest species of Papilio up to
6000 or 0000 feet) ; Davids. & Aitk., J, mm. Bombay N. H. Soc. p. 367. n. 74 (18'.iO) (Bombay
Presid. ; larva & pupa ; haec subsp.?) ; Mandens, Tr. Ent. Soc. Loud. p. 530. n. 191 (1890)
(Shan States, abundant) ; Leech, Butt, of China, etc. p. 548 (1893) (p.p.) : Oberth., Et. d'Ent.
XVII. p. 4 (1893) (Tonkin).
Chares {sic 1) helrnus, Swiuhoe, P. Z. S. p. 145. n. 143 (1885).
Papilio (Chams) helcnns, Doherty, Jonrii. As. Soc. Beng. p. 137. n. 236 (1880) (Kumaon) ; Elwes
& Nic.''V., ibid. p. 430. u. 135 (1880) ; Watson, Journ. Bomb. N. IL Sor. p. 54 (1891) (Chin-
Lushai) ; Nici'v., Gazetteer of Sild-im p. 172. n. 478 (1894) (Sikkim ; probably the commonest
Papilio in Sikkim, up to 0000 feet).
Churns helenus, Moore, Joiirn. Linn. Soc. Lond. XXI. p. 51 (1889) (Owen I., Mergui Archip.) ;
Swinhoc, Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 312. n. 384 (1893) (Khasia Hills ; apparently rare ').
Linnd's type came from India or China, whic-h localities are inhabited by the
same race.
P. helenus L. ranges over the whole of Continental India, Ceylon, Burma, 8iam,
Malacca, China (excl. of the north), Southern Japan and the Loo Choo Islands,
Philijipines, Palawan, and the .Sunda Islands as far east as Timor. From the
Andamaus and Celebes P. helenus is not known. It must be split up into seven
subspecies, which are as follows : —
(a) : P. helenus L., forma typ.. from India, Burma. Siam, Malacca, China (and
i^outhern Jajian ?) ;
(b) : P. helenus dnlrsha Hamps. from South India ;
(c) : P. helenus niooreanus subsp. now from Ceylon ;
(rf) : P. helenus nicconicolens Butl. from the Loo Choo I.slaiids (and ,Iapan ?) ;
(e): P. helenus palawanicus Standing, from Palawan, Borneo, Sumatra, Nias,
Engano, Java ;
(/) : P. helenus biseriatus subsp. nov. from Timor and Samliawa.
((/) : P. helenus Jii/staspes Feld. from the Philijipine Islands;
These local forms are especially distinguished by the difl'ercnt development of
the greyish streaks in the outer region of the underside of the forewings and of the
white area and the snbmarginal spots of the hindwings.
(o): P. helenus L., forma lyii. [r?,?, larva, pujia].
Wallace (/.c.) separates the North Indian examiih's as " hical form a" from the
Chinese ones, and says that " they have more falcate wings and kinger tail," and that
" the red marks at the anal angle beneath are divideil by a violet -white mark." These
characters apply, however, to Chinese examples as well as to Indian ones. The siieci-
mens from Western India, where the typical P. helenus gradually aiiiiroachos tlu'
larger P. helenus rhtksha Hamps., are often larger than those from Burma, Siam,
.Alalacca, and China, but it can hanlly be said that this is the rule.
In thefenmle the white area of the hindwings is about the same size above and
below.
(286)
lu 0. MoUer's collection I found two \eiv remarkable naile specimens from Sikkira
(October 1886, and October 1887), which I propose to name : —
(a') : (?-ab. rufatus ab. nov.
The white jiatch of the hindwings is much reduced ; above, it consists of three
spots; the first is very nanow and lunate, the second a little longer than broad, the
third narrowest behind, notched outwardly, a little longer anteriorlj' than broad ;
beneath, there are only two small lunulate spots left, the anterior one being obliterated.
The submarginal spots of the hindwings below are transverse, much less arched than
in typical P. helenus ; the rufous anal mark is about twice as long as broad, and in
the cellule h(>tween the lower median nervules the subanal and the submargiuid
rufous markings are entirely merged together, the interspace between them being
completely filled up with rufous ; one of the specimens has a rather large discal rufous
sjjot before the upper median nervule.
These specimens on the upperside are almost identical wit h I', is^vara arta-
phernes Honr,
Hab. India; Sikkim (9cJ); Khasia Hills (2 6); Burma; Shan States (6 J);
Malacca (1 6) ; China (5 c?, 1 ?) ; South Japan (Kiu-Shiu) (2 d).
I have two specimens fi-om Kiu-Shiu, South Japan, which belong to the typical
race of helenus, not to nicconicolens Butler, thougli they approach t lie latter a little
in the form of the white patch to the hindwings.
(6): P. helenus daksha Hamps. [c?, ?, larva, pupa].
Papilio helenus, Horsf. & Moore (n«c Linno, 1758), Cat. Lep. Tns. Miis. E. 1. C. I. t. 3. f. 2. 2a
(/.,;;.) (1857) (Canara).
Papilio (CImrus) daksha Hampson, Ji.nrn. As. Sm: Beng. p. 3G?.. n. A>2 (1888) (Nilgiris ; 1000 to
7000 feet, common : mentions larva).
Papilio (Charus) helenus, Ferguson, ./mirn. linmhan -V. H. Sue. p. 447. n. l.'>7 (1891) (Travancore ;
common in the hills).
Large. The grey intemervular streak.s in the outer region of the underside of the
hindwings are much shorter than in P. helenus, a character which sometimes appears
again in P. helenus palawanicus Standing. ; the wliite area of tlie hindwings is larger
than in helenus, scarcely smaller below than above, but not larger than in F. helenus
biserialtis subsp. nov. ; below, there are mostly, not always, two additional rufous
spots between the white patch and the subanal rufous mark, as in many examples
of other local forms of P. heUmis.
Ihih. South India: Nilgiris, Malabar (36 (?, 16 9), Travancore.
(c): P. helenus mooreanus subsp. nov. \_S, ?].
Charus helenus, Moore (mz-c Linn.>, 17.'i8), [,,/,. .,/ C, i/hm I. p. 149. t. .58. f. 3 (1881) (Ceylon).
Papilio helenus, Staudingcr, Iris VIII. p. 348 (1895) (Ceylon).
Grey streaks on the underside of the forewings as short as in P. helenus daksha
Hamps. ; the Naples-yellow scales of the upperside of the forewings form conspicuous
intemervular streaks in the outer region ; the white area of the hindwings smaller
((?) beneath than above; on the underside of the hindwings there is a complete
series of seven subdiscal blue lunules, of which the three anterior stand at the outer
edge of the white discal marks, and of which the two posterior are situated within
the anal and subanal rufous spots.
Hab. Ceylon (4 c?, 3 ?).
It is very curious that .Mr. V. .Moore does not either describe or figure the
underside which exhibits the distinguishing characters.
'' 2«7 )
(d): P. helenus nicconicolens Butler [J, ?].
PapiH,, hrlmus, Orza {nee Linne, 175H), Lrp. Jap. p. 'J. n. 2 (1869) (Japan) : Pryer, HI,,,/,. Xihm.
p. 4. n. 7. t. 2. f. 2 ( ? ) (1886) (Nagasaki ; Tosa) ; Leech, P. Z. S. p. 208. n. 7 (1«87) (Japan) :
id., Butt. vfC/ilna, etc. p. 548 (1S9.S) (/t.ji.).
Papiliu uiccoiiimleiK Butler, Ann. JJmj. A'. U. (5). VII. p. I:i9 (1881) (Nikko).
Besides the two specimens said to be fi-om Kiu-Shiu, mentioned above (p. 286),
I have not had tlip opportunity to examine autlientic individuals from Japan proper.
Mr. Butler's type agrees perfectly with my specimens from the Loo C'hoo Islands,
and disagrees with the Chinese individuals of helenus.
Large; discal creamy white area on the hindwings narrow, in most examples
extended beyond the second discoidal nervule, the two median spots of that area
about half as long again as broad on upperside, scarcely longer than broad on
underside; submarginal lunules slender and arched, anal and subanal mark larger
than in P. helenus; lowest, cellule but one usually with complete submarginal orange
red ring; between the second discoidal and second median veins there are often two
red discal spots.
ffnb. Loo Choo Islands (7 cT, 1 y); (and South .Japan?).
(«): P. helenus palawanicus iStauding. [S, ?].
Papil/ii lielenus, Zinken {nee Linrn-, 1758), Nor. A<i. Ac Nut. Cm-. XV. p. 143. n. 2 (1831) (Java ; sijn.
ex p.) ■ Boisd., Spec. Gen. Lip. I. p. 211. n. 25 (1836) {p.p.) ; De Haan, Verh. Nat. Gescli. Ned.
ni-erz. hes. p. .SO (1840) {p.p.) ; Doubl. Westw. & Hew., (?c«. Dhirn. Lep. I. p. 11. n. 57 (1846)
(yV'O ; Horsf. & Moore, Cat. Lep. Im. Mus. E. I. C. I. p. 101. n. 205 (1857) {p.p.) ; VoUenhov.,
rijihrh: r. Ent. III. p. 74. n. 28 (1860) (p.p.) : Feld., VerJi. t. h. Ges. Wien p. 320. D. 404 (1864)
(/<./;.) : Reak., Pr. Ent. Sor. Phil. p. 464. n. 13(1864) {p./,.) : Druce, P. ^. .S. p. .3.57. n. 13 (1873):
Oberth., Et. d' Ent. IV. p. 45. n. 68 (1879) (Java) : Snell., Midden-Snma.tra. Lep. p. 25. n. 7
(188(1) ; Kheil, Hhap. Nias p. 37. n. 141) (1884) (Nias I.) ; Dist. & Pryer, Ann. .Mar/. N. II. (5).
XIX. p. 273. u. 170 (1887) (Sandakau) ; Hagen, L-is VII. p. 21. n. 16 (1894) (Sumatra).
Papit'm helenus local form /), Wallace, 7V. Lhin. Sor. Land. XXV. p. 50. sub n. 56 (1865) (Java ;
Sumatra).
CO PaiJiUn hi/staspe.^, Distant {nee Felder, 1S62), Piuir. Ent. fine. Lnnd. p. 30 (1879).
Pap'dii, lielenus \a.r. jiaUucanieus Staudinger, Iris I. p. 278 (1888) (P.alawan): id.. Lis JI. p. 12
(1889) (Palawan ; "scarcely different from P. helenus L.").
Pvpilin {Cliarus) helenus var. engatiius Doberty, .fiumi. As. Soe. Benij. p. 31. n. 50 (1891) (Engano).
Papiliii {Chai-us) lielenus var. paliiwanieus, Semper, Pliiliji/i.. Taeifalt. p. 27.'i. n. 402 (1K92)
(Domaran ; Paragua).
Differs from P. helenus ciiictly in the submarginal si)Ots of the hindwings
below being partly (or entirely) obliterated; most specimens are of comiiaratively
small size. The white patch is smallest in Palawan siiecimens ; the Sumatra and
Java examples lead over to the next sub.species.
Huh. Palawan (4 d', 1 ;); Balabac (It?, 1 ?); Borneo (7 J. 1 ?); Sumatra
(2 i); Java (6 <S,2 ?); Nias (12 6); Engano (2 cJ, 1 ?).
Unfortunately the name of jxdriwanicus must stand for this IMalayan form of
P. helenus. Doherty's P. var. enganius (I.e.) is not different from /'. helenus
jjalawaniciis Standing.
(/) : P. helenus biseriatus subsp. nov. [? ; (?) cJ].
Pcqjilio hrlenus, De Haan {nee Liuni', 1758), Veeli. Nat. Gcseh. Ned. nvei-. lies. p. 30 (1840) (p.p. ;
Timor).
Papilio helenus var., Vollenboven. Tijdsehr. v. Ent. III. p. 74. sub n. 28 (1860) (Timor-Kocpang).
Papilio {Charus) lielenus. Doherty, ./ouni. As. Sue. Beni/. p. 192. n. 110 (1891) (Sumba, Sambawa
mountains).
? . The white patch on the hindwings above is continued beyond t lie upper median
vein an<l reache.s the middle median vein by means of somewhat dispersed white
( 288 )
scales: it also enters the cell iu one specimen; the iiiiii-giiuil s|]ots are rather large
above and below, and tinged with yellow, chiefly so in the Dili specimens; besides
the anal lunule there are four red subinarginal sjjots present in all three examples.
Below, the grey internervular streaks of the forewings are broad and as long as
in P. helenii^ ; between the lower discoidal nervule to the inner margin they are
shaiply cut ofif inwardly in a straight line ; the hindwings have a complete series of
submarginal spots, which are not or scarcely lunulate and of rather large size ; the
discal white area consists of at least five spots, of which the costal one is almost as
long as broad, and of which the fifth, standing between the two upper median nervules,
is small and mostly tinged with rufous ; in one specimen there is a sixth but extremely
small discal spot of a rufous colour behind the middle median vein between the sul>
anal rufous mark and the cell ; all three specimens have one or two rufous markings
beyond the white or rufous-white discal spots between the lower discoidal and middle
median veins.
(J. Xine vwdcs from Samhawa, from which island I unfortunatelv do not possess
& female, belong iirobably to tlie same race as the Timor feinnles. They differ from
P. }ielem(.s pcdawanicus Standing, especially in the more yellow anal and sulimarginal
markings of the underside of the hindwings, in the much larger anal and suVmnal
spots, and in the cell of the hindwings being, in comparison with its length, broader
than in P.heleiius palrnvdiiicus. especially towards the apex.
Hab. Timor; Dili (W. Doherty, May 1892) {tupe; 2 S) ; Oinainisa (W. Doherty,
JTovember to December 1891) (1 ?) ; Sambawa (W. Doherty, September 1891) (9 S).
(</)■ P. helenus hystaspes Feld. [cJ,?].
P,i/,Hi<i In/Ktaspes Felder, Wieii. Ent. Mini. VI. p. 283. n. 34 (1802) (Luzon) : id., Verb. z. h. Ge».
Wien p. .320. n. 405 (18154) : id., Reise Xm-arn, Lep. I. p. 105. n. 80. t. 15. f. c (I8G.5).
Pdpilio rariisi Reakirt, Pmr. Ent. Sue. Phil. p. 465. n. 14 (1864) (Philippines).
Pdliilio (Cliin-ii«) hi/stasjtes, Semper, PhiUpp., Tanfall. p. 274. n. 401 (1892) (Philippine.s).
This form differs from P. helenus jjalawanicus Standing, chiefly in the white
area of the hindwings being of almost the same size above and below in the mdle, and
consisting of four sjiots, of which the last is not much shorter than the second. The
submarginal spots of the underside of the hindwings arc very variable ; in a .Mindoro
male the six anterior ones are wanting.
Hah. Philippine Islands (3 c?, 1 $ ).
Xote. — The scales of the white jialch on the hindwings above are in the untie of
P. helenus L. elongate and liidentate ; in the female they are shorter, with the apex
rotundate-truncate and tri- or (juadridentate, as in the mole of P. cantor Westw. This
difference between the sexes is, however, not at all constant, as the scales become also
in the niale often tri- or (juadridcntate. — K, .1.
73. Papilio iswara White [J,?].
Pup/lin ismira White, Entnmol. I. p. 280 (1842) (Peiiang) ; Doubl. Wcstw. & Hew., Gen. Dturn.
Lep. I. p. 11. n. 58. t. 2. f. 1 (1846) : Gray, Cat. Lep. Ira. li. M. I. p. 10. n. 78 (1852) : id., Lhl
Lep. lux. li. .\l. I. p. 23. n. 82 (185G) ; Horsf. & Moore, Cut. Lep. Im. Mii». E. I. C. I. p. 101.
n. 204 (1858) ; Feld., Verh. z. b. Ges. Wien p. .320. n. 408 (1804) (Penang ; Malacca) : Wall.,
Tr. IJnn. Snc. Lond. XXV. p. 51. n. 58 (1865) (Penang; Malacca; Singapore; Borneo):
Butl., il>i(L (2). Zonl. I. p. 553. n. 15 (1877) (Mai. Pen.) ; (Jodm. & Salv.. /'. X. S. p. 641 (1878)
(Billiton I.) ; Diat., lili,./,. .Mat. p. 344. n. 9. t. 30. f. 1 (J). 2 (?) (1885) (Mul. Pen.);
Hagen, Berl. Ent. Zeil. XXXVIl. p. 1.14. n. 109 (1892) (Banka I.) ; id., Jrk VII. p. 21.
n. 15 (1894) (Sumatra).
( 289 )
Pd.pilio araspes Felder, Wien. Ent. M'oii. III. p. 321. ii. 21 (1859) ("Luzon" lac. err.) ; id., VerJi.
z. h. Gcs. Wien p. 320. n. 407 (18G-1) : id., Rche Xovara, Leji. I. p. 108. n. 83. t. 15. f. a (186."j) :
Wall., Tr. Linn. Sue. Litnd. XXV. p. 51. n. 60 (1865) (Philippine Is., "ace. to Feld.") ;
Oberth., El. iVEni. IV. p. 46. n. 71 (1879) ("Sylhet" he. err.); Semp., PhiUpp., Tagfultrr
p. 275 note (1892) (" not found on Luzon ").
Cliimis ismira, Moore, Jimrn. Linn. Sue. Luml. XXI. p. 51 (1889) (Mergui).
P.ipilin heUnus, SneUen, Ti/dsehr. r. Ent. XXXIII. p. 304. n. 75 (1890) (Belitoeng I.).
Though in structure almo.st identical with P. helenus L., with which species
P. iawara flies together in !?umatra and Borneo, the present Papilio is always well
distinguishable by the absence of a subanal reddish rufous mark from the underside
of the hiudwings.
Felder's P. araspes, which is said by Felder to be from Luzon, and of which there
is a specimen without locality-label in Felder's collection, agrees exactly with smaller
specimens of P. Iswara from Borneo and Malacca, and must sink as a synonym.
P. iswara occm-s in three races over Malacca, Natuna Islands, Sumatra, Banka,
Billiton, Borneo, Celebes, Bangkai Island, and the Sulla Islands.
(«): P. iswara White, forma typ. [cJ,?]-
The white patch on the hindwings is very large above, consisting of four s^iots ;
the edges of the last spot are not sharply defined; in the female there are often two
more spots of small size between the median nervules; these latter spots are present
below in both sexes. The underside of the hindwings exhibits besides the two more
or less complete orange rufous rings, one of which stands at the anal angle, while
the other is marginal and stands before the lower median nervule, three rather large
blue spots between the lower median and discoidal veins ; in one female from Borneo
(Lawas) there are present, besides those markings, five orange rufous submarginal
spots ; the three anterior are narrow and lunate, the fourth is minute, the fifth is also
lunate, but longitudinal, standing with its convex side at the second median vein,
and being joined to the marginal spot of the same cellule.
Hab. Malacca (4 ,S); Sumatra; Banka; Billiton; Borneo (3 S,2 ?); Natuna
Islands (2 r?).
(h): P. iswara sataspes Feld. [S, ?].
Papilio salaspes Felder, Vei-!i. -. /;. Gcs. Wien p. 320. n. 400 (1864) (Celebes ; nom. md.) : id., Pei.ir
.Vorura, Lep. I. p. 106. n. 81. t. 15. f. e ((J) (1865) (Celebes) ; Hopflf., SMI. Ent. Zeit. p. 20.
n. 15 (1874) (Celebes) ; Oberth., El. d'Ent. IV. p. 45. n. 69 (1879) (Celebes) ; Rothscb.. Jris
V. p. 442 (1892) (S.E. Celebes).
Papiliu heeulia Wallace, 7V. Linn. Soc. Land. XXV. p. 50. n. 57. t. 5. f. 3 (J) (1865) (Celebes).
Piiliitio lielrniis, Piepers, Tijdsehr. v. Ent. XIX. Versl. p. 17 (1876) (Celebes).
Piipilio hfleniis var. satas/irn. Piepers, ibid. XXI. p. :'.9. n. 157 (1878) (Mangkasar : Amperang :
Bantimoerong).
The submarginal spots on the underside of the liindwings, which vary in numlier.
are yellow ; of the blue subdiscal spots usually only one is present. 'I'he white area
of the liindwings is composed of three spots; the fourth is feebly marked below,
seldom above ; in one female of my collection the fourth spot is, however, rather
large, and there are on the underside three more white markings between it and the
abdominal margin.
Hah. Celebes (7 <? , 2 ? ).
(c): P. iswara artaphernes Honr. [<?, ?].
Pfipilin lielenus var. orinphrrnrs llonratli, llrrl. l-'.nt. X.ilsehr. XXX. p. 295 (1886) (Bangkai I.).
Papilio urUiphernes, Staudinger, Iris VII 1. p. 347 (1895).
Papilio artaphernes var. V alnrsrerns Staudinger, I.e. p. 347 (1895) (Mangola, SuUa Is.).
( 290 )
Honrath's artaphemes and Staudinger's ahasverii^ are the same; both authors
are quite WTong in comparing this insect with Papilio helenua L., instead of with
P. imvara aataspes Feld. from Celebes. With P. /kscms (ioeze (= stfiwus Cram.),
to wliicli artopkeraes is not, as Staudinger erroneously says it is, in inany resjjects
more closely allied than to P. heleniis L., the present Papilio has nothing to do; it
has in the cJ the outer region of the forewings covered with hairs, like P. helenus L.
and P. iswarn White.
The white patch on the uppcrside of the hindwings is reduced in size, below
it is oflen ab.sent. The submarginal spots to the hindwings below are yellow, as
in P. isivara satnspes Feld.
Ilah. Bangkai Island (in coll. Adams and (iodninn A Sal\ in) ; Maiigola, Sulla
Islands (:5 <?,!?).
\U. XEPHELUS-GROUP.
This group and the memnon-, gambi'lswus-, (rritas-, polytes-, and castoi'-groups
will most probably come under one generic term in the future generic revision.
74. Papilio nephelus Boisd. [J, ?].
Papilio nephelus Boisduva.\, Spec, (ien^ I.'i,. I p. 210. n. 24 (1836) (Celebes) ; De Haan, Yerli. Nut.
Gesch. Ned. overz. bez. p. 29 (1840) [p.p.) : Doubl. Westw. * Hew., (ien. Diuni. Lcp. I. p. 11.
n. 56 (1846) {p.p.): Gray, List Lep. Jm. B. M. I. p. i^. n. 79 (1856) U'J'-) '• VoUenhov.,
Tijdschr. ,: KnI. lU. p. 74. n. 27 (1860) (Celebes) : Feld., Verl,. z. h. Ges. Wieti p. 320. n. 411
(18G4; : Oberth., Et. d'Eut. IV. p. 113. n. 66 (Celebes, iw- Sumatra).
This species has developed into three geographical forms, namely : —
(a) : P. nephelus Boisd., inhabiting Celebes and Java ;
(6): P. nep}t.elu8 saturnus Guer., inhabiting Sumatra, Malacca, Borneo;
(c) : P. nephelus wraniis Weym., inhabiting Nias.
(a): P. nephelus Boi.sd., forma typ. [^, ?].
The form which inhabits Celebes (where it is apparently very rare) and .lava
is slightly ditferent from that found in Borneo, Sumatra (Dili), and Malacca; the
specimens are smaller; the spots comjiosing the subapical band of the forewings, and
the white spot near the hinder angle of the forewings below are smaller. The
submarginal lunules on the underside of the hindwings are thinner, often obliterated ;
the base of that wing is more densely covered with wax-yellow scales, and the two
posterior spots of the discal row are smaller.
Hah. Celebes (2 3, teste Felder) : Java (3 cJ, 1 ? ).
('>): P. nephelus saturuus (iucr. [tj, ?].
Papilin nejilieliix, De Haan («<v Boi.sduval, 18.li;), I.e. p. 29 (;)./).). t. 4. f. 4 (1840) : Doubl. Westw.
& Hew.,l.r.p. II. u. .".6 (1846) (p./j. : " Nepaul" /"C. en:); Gray, Ca(.. etc. p. 18. n. 75 (18.02)
(■' Northern India" loc. en:) : id., LiyI, etc. p. 23. n. 79 (1856) {p.p.) : Wall., I.i: p. 51. n. 61
( 1865) (Malacca : Sumatra : Borneo ; " Aiw.am " Im: en:) : Oberth., Enl. d'Ent. IV. p. 45. n. 6ii
& p. 113. n. 66 (1879) (Borneo & Sumatra, iier Celebes) ; Standing. & Schatz, E.rnt. Sclim. I.
p. 7. t. 4 (J) (1884) (Borneo ; Sumatra ; Malacca).
Papilio aatiiruKs Gui'-rin, 7iVi-. xT"'//. p. 43 (1840) (" Cote Malaye") ; id., in Deless., Sum: Vui/. hide
p. 70 (1843) (Pulo Penang) ; Feld., Verli. z. h. Ge». iVieii p. 320. n. 412. it p. 367. n. 243 (? )
(1804) (Sumatra : Penang ; Malacca ; Borneo ; " Assam " Inc. en:).
Papilio nfptiinus Gu^rin, in Doless,, .sV.wr. Voj/. Indi- t. 18 (1843) ("noptunus" en: l>ip.).
Papilio nejihelus var. sulunvi.i, Gray, Cut. Lip. Ins. II. .V. 1. p. 18. sub n. 17 (1852) ("Northern
India " loc. en:) : id., List, etc. p. 2.!. sub n. 79 (1856) : Dist.. liliop. .\tal. p. .345. n. 11. t. "0. f. :!
(cJ). 4 (?). 6(S)(1885)(Mal. Pen.): Hagen, /r/s VII. p. 22. n. 17 (1894) (Sumatra).
( ^91 )
Guerin (I.e.) distinguishes this race from the precediug one by the forewings
having five spots instead of four, and by the hindwings being devoid of the small
spot behind the middle median nervule mentioned in Boisduval's description of
P. nephelus ; the latter spot appears, however, sometimes in both races, and in the
number of spots composing the snliai>ical hand of the forewings my specimens from
Celebes (and Java) do not differ from those from Sumatra, .Malacca, and Borneo.
The females, which are of a paler brown-black ground-colour than the 'nudes,
have often the buflfish white area of the upperside of the hindwings continued on
to the abdominal margin by means of two additional spots, which are in a female
from Borneo very long ; the same specimen has a white spot in the apex of the cell
of tlie forewings below and above; in some other /enirtZes that spot is present onlv
below or is wanting. In most examples the two submarginal lunules before and
behind the upper median nervule on the underside of the hindwings are merged
together at that veinlet with the respective marginal lunules; in other specimens
nearly all the marginal spots are joined to the submarginal ones; the submarginal
lunule behind the second median nervule is sometimes obsolete.
(a*) : ? -ab. albolineatus Forbes.
Papiliu albolineatus Forbes, Xat. W'lind. E. Arch. p. 275 (1885) (Borneo) ; Waterh., A,il. II. t. 166.
f. 1 (1886).
The above-mentioned female from Borneo belongs to this aberration, which is
distinguished, besides by the cellular white spot of the forewings, by two clearlv
marked elongate white spots at the hinder angle of the forewings on the upperside.
Hah. Malacca (8 S, o ?); Sumatra (3 c?, 2 ?); Borneo (11 cJ, 2 ¥, including
tjlpe of albolineatus Forbes).
(c): P. nephelus uranus Weym. [cf, ?].
Piipiiiii uranus Weymer, Strlt. Eiil. Zeil. p. 271 ( J, ? ) (1885) (I. of Nias).
PiqiiVo nephelus var. uranus, Honrath, Berl. Ent. Zeit. XXIX. p. 275 (1886).
The subapical macular band of the forewings i^ entirely absent, at least from the
upperside.
Hah. Island of Nias (32 6 ).
To. Papilio nubilus standing, [c?].
I'ajiiliii nubilus Staudiuger, Iris VII. p. 344 (1895) (Brunei, N. Borneo).
Dr. Staudinger kindly lent me the type of this species, and, though mv first
impression was that the unique specimen might be a sport of P. nephelus. I now
think that it stands better separate from P. nephelus Boisd. as a species, till further
researches show that it is not di.stinct.
The band on the upperside of the hindwings is similar in shape to that of
P. hipponoiis Feld.
Hah. Brunei, North Borneo (1 J in coll. Staudinger).
Tt). Papilio chaon Westw. \_S . ?].
Papilin clwrni Westwood, Arc. Ent. II. p. 97. t. 72. f. 1. 1* (J) (1845) (Assam) : Doubl. Westw.
& Hew., Gen. Diurn. hep. I. p. 11. n. 55 (1846) (Nepaul ; .As.<iam) : Gray, Cat. l.f),. Im. B. M.
I. p. 18. n. 70 (1852) (N. India) ; id., List Lep. Ins. /I. .1/, I. p. 23. n. 80 (1856) (Sylhct) :
Horsf. & Moore, Cat. Lqi. Jus. .Uus. E. J. C. I. p. 102. n. 206 (1857) (Assam : Sikkim : var.
"Borneo" Inc. err. aid P. nc/>hclux saturnus?) ; Feld., Verh. :. b. Gcs. Wien p. 320. n. 410. &
p. 367. n. 242 (1864) (Ind. sept. ; " Malaccii, Hornco" loc. err.) : Moore, P. Z. .'•'. p. 757 (1865)
(Beng-al) ; Di-uce, P. Z. S. p. 109. n. 5 (1874) (Siam) ; Oberth., Et. iVEnt. IV. p. 45. n. 67
( 2\*2 }
(1879) (SjUiet; Ass:im) ; Elwes, Tr. Enl. S„c. Lund. p. 429. n. 412 (1888) (Sikkim ; not
uncommon in low valleys, from April to October) ; Manders, Tr. Ent. Snc. Lund. p. 53G.
n. 19-2 (1890) (Shan States); Robbe, Aim. Sue. Ent. B,l,j. p. 124. n. 7 (1892) (Darjeeling :
Kurscong) : Oberth.. El. d'Enl. XVII. p. 4 (1893) (Tonkin ; China).
Paj/iloi (Cliarus) chaon, Elwes & Nice'ville, Jvurn. As. Sue. Beng. p. 430. u. 136 (188()) (Ponsekai) ;
Nicuv., Gasetleiyr of Sikkim p. 172. n. 479 (1894) (Sikkim : common at low elevations, from
April to October).
Cliariis chaun, Swinhoe, Tr. Ent. Sue. Land. p. 312. n. 385 (1893) (Khasia Hills : common).
P. chaon is the Iiidiaii reineseiitative of P. ;ie^.>ftc^((8, and very closely allied to
that species ; the distinguishing characters seem to me to be of no great importance,
and I shall not be surprised when intermediate examples between chaon and nephelits
turn up some day from i^iani. Tenasserini, or the northern parts of the Malay
Peninsula.
The subapical band of the furewiugs of uephelus is here indicated only in the
female ; the marginal apical white mark is mostly of the same size as in itephehca,
but sometimes obliterated; the submarginal lunules of the hindwings below are of
a yellowish buff colour, not white. I must, however, state that in a sjiecimen
of P. iiephelus arauus M>ym. these spots are also huffish, though paler than
in P. chaon ; in most specimens the submarginal lunules are smaller than in
P. nephelus satunuts Guer., often partly obliterated, but sometimes they are large,
and, as in saturnus, partly merged together with the marginal spots.
Hub. Assam (4 cJ, 1 ?); Sikkim (15 S,4 ?); Shan States (2 c?) ; Tonkin;
China.
yiy smallest male, from ShiUong, Assam, has the forewing of a length of 43 mm. ;
in my largest 'male, from Sikkim, that wing is 65 mm. long.
Tonkinese and Chinese specimens are unknown to me.
77. Papilio diophantus Grose Smith [J, ?].
Pupiliu diuphanlm Grose Smith, Ent. Mo. Mag. XIX. p. 234 (? ) (1883) (Sumatra) ; id. * Kirby,
Rlwi,. Ex., Pap. p. 1 (cJ,?). t. I. f. 3. 4 ((J) (1887) ; Hagen, Iris VII. p. 22. n. 19 (1894)
(Sumatra : not under 1000 m.).
Very constant. The patch of the hindwings is sometimes connected with the
abdominal margin by means of a narrow yellowish band. The red streaks in the
basal region of the hindwings, below, are very peouliai'. The species has no near
relative at present.
Hah. Sumatra (4 J).
78. Papilio fuscus (Toeze [J, ?,metam.].
Seba, Thca. IV. p. 51. t. 43. f. 1. 2 (1765) ; id., p. 57. t. 40. f. 17. 18 (176.'))
$ . Papilio Efjues Acliivusfu.<!cus Goeze, Ent. Beytr. III. I. p. 87. n. 71 (1779) (li/pe: Seba' s figure
on t. 43).
jj. Papilio Eques Achirus cinereumamlatus Goeze, I.e. p. 88. n. 76 (1779) (ti/pe : Seba's figure on
t. 46).
J ?. Papilio Equee Trojamu seecrux Cramer, Pup. E.r. Ill, p. 153. t. 277. f. .v. ii (cJ). & p. 154.
f. J. B ( ? ) (1782) (Amboina).
(J. Papilio Eques Trojanus sreeriis, Esper. .iii.il. Sclinuil. p. 125. n. 55. t. 31. f. I (1785-98) (" $ "
ex err.).
S ?. Papilio Eques Trojanus helenus, Fabricius, .Uant. his. II. p. 1. n. 3 (1787) (p.p.) : id., Ent.
S,/st. III. 1. p. 2. n. 3 (1793) {p.p.).
J ?. Papilio Eques Trojanus helenns var. sererus, Jablonsky, Naturs. ScJimelt. II. p. 17il. .sub n. 4U
(1784) : Gmelin, Sgst. Nat. p. 2227. sub n. 4 (1790).
J ? . Aehillides severu.i, Hubner, Verz. hek. Sehm. p. 85. n. 870 (1810).
cj ? . Papilio severus, Godart, Eue. .Uelfi. IX. p. 68. n. 118 (1819) ( p.p.) ; Gu^r., Vog. C'oquille, Ins.
t. 14. f. 1 (1829) ; Boisd., Spec. ('in. Lip. I. p. 212. n. 26 (1830) {p.p.) : De Haan, Verh. Nat.
( 293 )
Gc.-<ch. Xctl. (,vcr7.. bez. p. 30 (1840) ; Guerin, Voij. C'oqiiille. Zuul. III. p. 278 (1842) (Amboina) ;
Doubl. Westw. &, Hew., Gen. Dmrn. Lei,. I. p. 11. n. 59 (184G) (/;./;.) ; Gray, (Jul. Lep. Ins.
B. .1/. I. p. I'J. n. 79 (1852) (/-./<.); Blanch., V,,;/. Puk fiiii/. Le/>. p. ;!79 (^j.^;.). t. 1. f. 6. 7
(1853) ; VoUenhov., Tijdschr. v. Enl. III. p. 74. ii. 29 (18(50) (/-./>.) ; Feld., Vsr/i. s. Ik Gcs. Wkn
p. 319. n. 403 (1864) {p.p.) ; Wall., Tr. Linn. Sue. Lund. XXV. p. 49. n. 52 (1865) (Buru ;
Ceram ; Amboina ; Gilolo ; Batjan ; nrc Am Is.) ; Butl., Cut. Dhtrn. Lep. dcscT. Ftiliric. p. 254.
n. 63 (18i;9) ; Oberth., Et. d'Enl. IV. p. 40. n. 75 (1879) (Amboina) : id., Ann. .lAis. Cir.
Genovit XV. p. 476. n. 20 (1880) : Standing. & Schatz, Ex„t. Schmrtl. I. p. 7. t. 4 (cJ) (1884) ;
Pagenst., Jahrh. Nas.':. V,r. Naf. p. 202 (1884) (/'./'.); Butl, .Inn. .Mag. .V. //. (5). XIII.
p. 197. n. 45 (1884) (Amboina).
Pttp'dio casiunens var. i-/wrrtmufru!cUns, Kirby, C'lct. J)iur/t. Lep. p. 810. sub n. 180 (1877).
$ ? . PapiUo ctnerriiMacnlaltis, Ribbe, Iris II. p. 208. n. 5 (1890) (Ceram ; nir Papua) : Hober,
Tijdschi: v. Enl. XXXIV. p. 273 (1891) (Ceram).
The figures 1 (upper.side) and 2 (underside) of plate 43 of .Seba's Thesaarus IV.,
though incoiTect and exaggerated in pattern, fit rather well to certain /e?u«/e specimens
of Cramer's P. sevenis, in which the white discal markings on the underside of the
hindwings are reduced to small lunate spots ; the hindwings of Seba's PapiUo have,
on the upperside, a series of reddish submarginal lunules, and, behind the white discal
area that is formed as in Ci"amer's insect, a series of blue spots, which in Seba's
figure are too sharply defined. To this figure Goeze (I.e.) gave the name of P. (E. Ach.)
fuscHS three years before Cramer described and figured the same insect as P. {E. Tr.)
sever lis. To the figures 17 (upperside) and 18 (underside) of plate 46 of Seba, which
represent a male specimen of the same insect with the white markings of the under-
side of the hindwings of the usual rather large size, Goeze gave the name of P. {E.
Ach.) ciiiereoniaculatiis ; as Goeze enumerates fuscua under ii. 71 and cinereomacu-
latus under n. 76 in the same volume, the name of P. fuscus has to stand.
A number of insects allied to P. fioacus have been described as distinct species,
which are, however, not always distinguishable from each other and P. fuscus, and
must, therefore, be treated partly as local forms of that species and partly as mere
aberrations; thus we have the following races : —
(a) : P. fuscus Goeze from the Bloluccas ;
(6) : P. fuscus castaneus Goeze from Celebes, Sulla Islands, and Sangir Island;
(c) : P. fuscus rotalita Swinhoe from the Key and Aru Islands ;
(d) : P. fuscus beccarii Olierth. from Dutch and German Xew (iuinea ;
(c) : P. fuscus indicatua Butl. from British New Guinea ;
(/) : P. fuscus capaneus Westw. from North Australia ;
((/) : P. ftiscus xenophilus Mathew from the Solomon Islands ;
(h) : P. fuscua prexaapes Feld. from Malacca, Sumatra, Iterueo, .\ndamuu
Islands.
PapiUo cili.v Godm. & Salv. and P. alhinus Wall. I consider to be separate
species for reasons given below.
In Java, the lesser Sunda Islands, and the Philippines no representative has as
yet been found ; it will i)rohably be a form similar to P. fuscua prexaspea Feld.
('0 : P- fuscus Goeze, forma typ. [J,?]-
Roth sexes are very variable in ]iattern. The forewiiigs have often subapical
and anal white markings; sometimes there is, on the underside, a complete white
band, as in P. fuscus capaneus Westw. ; this band stands mostly farther from the
outer margin than in that subspecies. The white discal area of the hindwings
reaches sometimes the abdominal margin of the wing, as is usually the case in
{ 294 )
P.fuscus beccarii Oberth. and P. fiiscus capaneiis Westw. ; in one of my specimens
it extends only as far as the upper median nervule ; the patcli enters the cell or does
not touch it; sometimes the nervules traversing it are rather broadly black; thus
the patch consists in an Amboina sjjecimen in my collection of five spots, of which the
first and the two last are small, the second and third large. Heyond the discal
white patch stands often a rather well-marked series of blue, or bluish grey, or
huffish, or whitish lunules. Many examjiles have an anal orange-red spot, some a
iiioi'e or less complete series of submarginal orange sjiots. On the underside, tlie
hindwings exhibit a great variation in the number and size of the discal white
markings, as well as in the development of the discal blue and the submarginal
orange-yellow spots. A Ternate specimen has only the three anterior white spots
indicated by a number of white scales, a little more so than certain examples of
/'. albinus thomsani Bull. : the other white spots are absent. The submarginal spots
are sometimes of a pale buff colour ; in most specimens they are rather large, but not
seldom they are as feeble as in P. fus<yn8 indicatus Butl. The interspaces between
the submarginal and the blue subdiscal spots are in one female tinged with reddish
ferruginous. The tails are often uon-spatulate ; in a 'nude from Amboina they
are rather short ; (Jberthiir (^.c.) records a specimen from Teniate as having short,
non-spatulate tails.
The specimens fi-om the Northern Moluccas are apparently on an average
smaller than those fiom the Southern Moluccas, and have mostly the white area of
the upperside of the hindwings relatively rather shorter and broader; their hind-
wings are also generally somewhat shorter.
Hah. Amboina (W. Doherty, February 1892) (10 S, S ¥); Buru ; Saparua
(1 J, 1 ?); Ceram (8 c?. 3 ?); Batjan (W. Doherty, :\Iarch 1892) (3 J, 2 ?); Ternate
(W. Doherty) (2 J); Halmahera (W. Doherty, August 1892) (o S,A ?).
(h) : P. fuscus castaneus (ioeze [cJ,?].
Seba, Thes. IV. p. 65. t. 46. f. 7. 8 {I'tUb).
Papilio EqiKS Achivus castaneus Goeze, Ent. Bei/tr. 111. 1. p. 88. n. 75 (1771)) (li/jn : Seba's figure on
t. 45).
Pojiiliii Eques Triijanits wverus, Esper, Ausl. Schm. p. 125 (" J ," iiec " (J "). t. ;^I. f. 2 (1785-98).
Pajiilid sererus, Boisduval, Sjier. Gin. Lep. I. p. 212. n. 26 (1836) (p.p.) : Doubl. Westw. A: Hew.,
Geii. Dium. Lep. I. p. 11. n. 59 (1846) (p.p.) ; Gray. Cal. Lep. /h.«. «. .1/. I. p. 19. n. 79 (1852)
(2>.p.) : Feld., Verh. z. h. Ges. Wien p. 319. p. 403 (1864) (p.p.) : Pagenst., ./alirh. Xass. Ver.
yal. p. 202 (1884) (p.p.) : Westw., Tr. Ent. Soc. Lmd. p. 468. n. 3 (1888) (N. Celebes).
i J. Papilio pertinax Wallace, Tr. Linn. Soc. Lund. XX\. p. 49. n. 53. t. 5. f. 4 (J) (1865)
(Celebes) ; Oberth., Et. cFEnt. IV. p. 40. n. 74 (1879) (Celebes : '• Ternate" he. err.) ; Ribbe,
Jris II. p. 209. sub n. 5 (1890) (distinct species).
Piipilio castaneus, Kirby, Cat. Diwn. Lep. p. 810. n. 180 (1877).
(J ? . Papilio severiis \3.t. pertinax, Snellen, Tijdschr. v. Ent. XXII. p. 61 (1879) (Celebes).
Pdpdio serirus var. minor Oberthiir, Et. d'Ent. IV. p. 46. sub n. 75 (1879) (Sangir I.).
Large specimens have the costal margin of the forewings more arched than
P. fuacv^ Goeze. A feeble buff subdiscal band is mostly present on the forewings
posteriorly, above and below; it is not marked anteriorly as in P.fn.scu«. The white
discal area of the hindwings is smaller than in fuscus, especially narrower ; the tails
are broad and spatulate ; sometimes there is a minute orange anal spot above. On
the under.^ide of the hindwings the posterior spots of the discal row are small and
mostly orange, often obliterated.
Hub. Celebes (W. Doherty, August to September 1891) (ocj.l S); Sulla Islands
(1 t?, 1 ?); Sangir Island (W.'Doherty) (4 6, 3 ?).
( 295 )
Oberthilr's P. severus var. minor is based on small specimens from Saiigir ;
my specimens from that island are larger than, or as large as, my Celebesian
examples, and do not difJer from them subspecifically. In two of the Sangir and
one of the Sulla specimens the white patch on the hindwings is larger than in typical
castaneus. The tails of my Sulla si)ecimens are a little longer and at the base
thinner than in the Celebesian ones.
(c) : P. fuscus rotalita (Swinh.j [cJ, S ].
(?) PajiiUn xereriis, Wallace (mr Cramer, 1782), Ti: Linn. Sue. Lmiil. XXV. p. 4','. n. 52 (1865)
{p.p.).
PapiVio indiaitiig, Semper (««■ Butler, ISTtJ), Juurn. Mux. Gmhjl'nii/. Heft 14. p. 42. sub n. l.'Jl
(1878) (Aru Is.) ; Janson, Crinse of .U„rrl,rs,r II. p. .-i7G. n. 80 (1880) (Aru Is,).
PnpiUo licccarii, Ribbe (nee Oberthur, 1879), Iris I, p. 78. n. 4 (188G) (Aru Is., rare): Ruber,
Tijchchr. r. Ent. XXXIV. p. 273 (ISill) (Key Is.).
tJ. Charus rotfiUfa Swinhoe, Ami. Mar/. -V. M. (G). XII. p. 257 (1893) (Key Is.).
cJ ?. Papilio sepfimius Staudinger, Iri^ VII, p. 345 (1895) (Aru Is,),
I have compared fom' specimens of this sub.species, including the types of
P. rotalita (Swinhoe) and P. septmiius St^uding., and must say that there is next
to nothing to distinguish this race from P. fuscus indicatiis Butl, and from P. fuscun
cajjaneus Westw. The band of the forewings is reduced to some spots in the apical
region, as in many indicatus and some capaneus ; the band of the hindwings above
is naiTow, consisting of three larger spots between the subcostal and upper median
uervule, a lunate spot at the costal margin, and another small lunate spot behind
the upper median nervule ; between the second median vein and the abdominal
margin there are sometimes some white scales, indicating the spots standing there in
most examples of capaneus; the three large spots are rounded exteriorly, as is the
posterior of them in capaneus, while the two anterior ones are cut off obliquely in
capaneus; below there are three or four white markings on the disc between the
costal margin and the upper median nervule, the first and last are minute.
Hab. Key and Aru Islands.
(<0 : P. fuscus beccarii Oberth, [c?,?],
Papilio Herern.s, Boisduval (mr Cramer, 17«2), .S/„.,-. Gen. Up. I. p. 212. n. 2G (183G) (/i.p.) :
Doubl. Westw. & Hew., (reu. Dium. Lep. I. p. 11. n. 59 (1846) {p.p.) : Vollenhov., Tijdsthr. r.
Ent. III. p. 74. n. 29 (1860) (p.p.) ; Feld,, Verh. z. I,. Oes. Wien p. 319. n. 403 (1864) (p.p.).
cJ ? . Papilio heecarii Oberthur, Et. d'Eul. IV. p. 46. n. 76 (1879) (Dorey ; nvm. mill.) ; id., .iim.
Mus. Cir. Gemn-a XV. p. 475. n. 21. t. 3. f. 1 ((J). 2 ( ? ) (1880) (Waigeu ; Audai).
(?). (J ? . Papilin severuK (?), Moutrouzier, Ann. Sc. Phi/n. Xal. Linn. p. 397 (1856) (Woodlark I.) ;
id., Essay Faune Woodl. p. 119 (1857).
This form has the wings shaped as smaller examples of /'. fiisru.'i: the fails are,
however, thinner at the base. The pale band on the ii]iper>ide of the forewings,
which is mo.stly so well defined in P. fuscus capaneus'SW'Mv;., is alwent from /»«ccnm,
or it is indicated near the costal margin by some white spots which ,st;nid, as in
P. fuscus rotalita (Swinhoe), farther from the end of the cell than in P. fuscus : in
many specimens the band is also marked in the anal region. On the underside the
band is sornetimes as well defined as in P. fuscus capaneus. In some individuals it
is, however, reduced to about three spots, standing in the anterior region of the wing,
as in P. fuscus rotalita (Swinhoe). The w-hite area of the hindwings above is variable
in size ; sometimes it touches or even enters the discoidal cell, or it is separated from
the cell by an interspace of about 4 mm. Below, the hindwings are similar to those
( 296 )
of P. fuseits capmuiis Westw., and vary just as inucli as in that subsijecies; the
rlisoal row of whito patches and luniiles is not always complete in the tj ; the anterior
and the three posterior spots are mostly very thin, the latter sometimes obsolete ;
the three large markings are in certain individuals more than twice as large as in
others. The submarginal orange spots are sometimes partly or all absent in the <J.
The single character by which this form can apparently always be distinguished
from P. fuacas capaneits Westw. and indlcatus Butl. is the ab.sencc or minuteness
of the subapical white spots of the upperside of the forewings.
Ilab. Waigeu (ace. to Oberthiir) ; Dutch New Guinea: Dorey (66 cJ, 34 ?);
Humboldt I'.ay (7 (?, 1 ?).
Montrouzier's P. severus from Woodlark Islaufl comes apparently nearer to
P. fmcus xenophilus Mathew and P. fuscus cajxineus Westw. than to the present
race, since Montrouzier describes it as having a white band on the forewings, which
posteriorlv is obliterated ; the band of the hindwings seems to be of the form of that
of capaneiis.
(e) : P. fuscus indicatus Butl. [(?,?, metam.].
Papillo indicalu.'! Butler, Ann. Mag. X. If. (4). XVIII. p. 248. n. 92 (I87C) (Pt. Moresby) : id.,
P. Z. S. p. 471 (1877) (S. New Guinea) ; Mathew, Tr. Ent. Snc. Lmul. p. 170. t. 4. f. 3. 3a.
3b (/., p.) (1878) (Pt. Moresby) ; Grose Smith & Kirby, W>o/>. Kx. I. Pu/k t. :i. f. 1. 2 ( ? )
(1888).
PajiiUo capanms, Oberthiir, Et. d'Enl. IV. p. 47. n. 77 (18711) (p.p.).
Differs from the following subspecies in the much smaller anal orange-red spot
on the upiierside of the hindwings, and in the very thin orange-red submarginal
markings on the underside of those wings. These markings are, however, sometimes
also very .small in P. fuscus capaneus, and such specimens of capaneus are scarcely
or not distinguishable from P. fuscus indicatus Butl.
Hah. British New Guinea (5 c?, 3 ?).
(/) : P. fuscus capaneus Westw. [J,?].
PiipiUo rnpnmii.1 Westwood, .1)0. Ent. II. p. 15. t. .52. f. 1. 2 (1843) (Australia) : Doubl. Westw. &
Hew.. Gen. Dhmi. Lep. I. p. 11. n. 60 (1841!) : Gray, Cat. Lep. Ins. B. M. I. p. 19. u. 80
(1852) : id.. List Lep. Ins. B. M. I. p. 24. n. 84 (ISof.) (Richmond R. * Moreton Bay) ; Feld.,
Verh. z. b. Ges. Wicn p. 319. n. 402 (18114) (Austral, sept, ot occ.) ; Butl., Ann. Mag. X. 11.
(4). XX. p. 125. n. 23 (1877) (Cape York) : Semper, .lonrn. Mus. G'nliffr. Heft 14. p. 42. n. 131
(1878) (Bowen ; Pt. Mackay : C. York) ; Oberth., Hi. d'Ent. IV. p. 47. n. 77 (1879) {p.p.) ;
id., Ann. Mm. Cir. Gcnom XV. p. 47(;. sub n. 21 (1880) (Australia) : JIatbew, Pmc. Linn. Soc.
.V.5. Wales p. 2<)4 (1885) ('I'hursday I.).
The huffish band of the forewings varies from being comjilcte to being reduced
to two or three small sj)Ots behind the costal margin, above and below. The three
posterior spots of the median white band on the upperside of the hindwings are
mostly thin, sometimes, however, scarcely narrower than in certain examples of
P. fuscus xenojjhUus yiaihew ; the two posterior ones are seldom absent. The sub-
marginal orange-red spots vary in nunilier from 1 to (i. On the underside tlie white
subdiscal 7iiarkings, which have in most .specimens the same position as in P. fuscus
roialitn (Swinhoe) and P. fuscus beccarii Oberth., but stand sometimes closer to the
cell, nearly as in P. fuscus Goeze, vary in numlicr fVom 7 to 3 ; the series of sub-
marginal spots, which are much more yellow t ban above, and even whitish, is complete,
though in my c? specimen irom Thursday Island the sixits are j)artly overpowdered
with black.
( 297 )
.My largest specimen of cajxtnev.s is of exactly the same size as my smalle>t
of P. fuscHS xenophUus Matliew.
Hah. Northern Australia CIO (J, 10 ?) : Thursday Island (1 cJ, 1 ? j.
(g): p. fusCUS xenophilus .Mathew [cJ,¥].
J. Pajiilid .reniiphilm Mathew, P. Z. .S. p. 348 (188()) (Ugi, Solomon Is.).
Differs fi-om P.fuscus capdiwus Westw. in being usually larger and in ha\ing
the baud of the hindwings proportionally narrower in the middle, and broader from
behind the upper median nervule.
The band of the forewings, which is sometimes obliterated in the middle, varii^s
in shape, as does that of P. fuscus cry)(Ml6MS Westw. Besides the anal orange spot,
whicli is seldom obsolete on the upperside, there are a number (1 to 4) of rather feeble
submarginal spots; below, the submarginal spots are rather large, as in many i'./n.scM.s
capaneus ; the white spots vary in number from 3 to 7 : the second to fourth spots
are, as in the other races of P. fuscus Goeze, the largest, but remain in xenophUus
rather small, being mostly much broader (transversely) than long.
Hah. Solomon Islands : Ugi, (luadalcanar (5 r^, 3 ?), Rubiana (i ? ), .\la (i ? ).
(h): P. fuscus prexaspes Feld. [cJ, ?].
Piijiilio prr.raspis Fekler, Verli, ~. A. (ii:i. ]\'iiii p. :i-_'0. n. 40'.l (1864) (Malacca; nom. iiud.) : if).,
Reise Novnm, Lep. I. p. 107. n. 82. t. 15. f. u (18l)j) (Malacca) ; But]., Tr. Linn. Snc. Lunrl.
(2). Z.ml. I. p. 553. n. 14 (1877) (Mai. Pen.) ; Oberth., Kl. d' Ent. IT. p. 4(5. n. 72 (1879)
(Andaman Is.) ; Wood-Mas. & Nici'V., ./o«i'n. As. Sue. Ben;/, p. 254. n. lil.S (1881) (Amlaman Is. ;
? drsn:) : Distant, Rlny). M„l. p. ,345. n. 10. t. 20. f. 2 (J ) (1886) (Mai. Pen.).
Comes very close to certain I'ather small examples of P. fascus Goeze whicli
have a comparatively lai"ge white area to the hindwings; it differs chiefiv in that area
being narrower at the costal margin, and in the white spot near the hinder angle
of the forewings on the underside being always very small.
The Bornean examples, which may represent a separate subspecies, have the
white spots on the underside of the hindwings, esjiecially the three posterior ones,
larger, at least in the four specimens in my collection. In the Andaman individuals
the blue spots on the underside of the hindwings are rather large; in Felder's type
these spot.s are all marked, but are small.
Hnb. Malacca (2 (J); Andaman Islands (8 c?) ; Borneo (4 <?).
\\'ith P. helenas L. this insect has nothing to do, e.specially because the outer
region of the upperside of the forewings is covered with dense hairs in that species.
It bears a rather close resemblance to P. chaon Westw., from which it is, however,
distinguished inter alia by the abdomen having a continuous white line at each side
below, whereas in P. chion (and P. iiephelus Boisd.) there is a row of separate while
dots situated at the hind edges of the segments, and by the presence of blue spots
on the underside of the liindwings.
79. Papilio cilix Godm. .»c Salv. [cJ, ?].
PapHin (?) Godman & Salvin, /'. X. S. p. HA. n. M (1877) (New Ireland).
Pdjiiliu alhinns, iid. {nn- Wallace, I8G5), I.e. p. 160. n. 44 (1879) (New Ireland).
cj ¥ . Papilh, «■//> iid., l.r. p. G53 (1879) (New Ireland).
Distinguishaljle from P. fuscus and its races by the white area of hindwings
being much broader between the upper median nervule and the abdominal margin
of the wing than in those insects.
In the riiale the forewings are on the u]iperside devoid of a band or of spots
replacing it ; on the imderside they have often a seri(-s of while spots which become
(298)
obsolete towards the costal margin. The white band of tlie hindwings mostly enters
the ai)ex of the cell ; at the costal margin it is often (iihited towards the base ; the
anal orange-red spot is in some specimens feeble. On the underside the white discal
patch consists of seven spots, which are larger than in P. fimciw (foeze, and of which
the third and fourth often touch the apex of the cell.
In the/e7?irt/e the forewings exhibit above a faint m.\cnl:u- pale band, wliich is
clearly marked below, and becomes on both sides ob.solete anteriorly; in my feniale
from New J^ritain there is a minute white spot in the apex of the cell on the
underside of the hindwings.
Hah. New Ireland (8 <?, 1 ?); New Britain (13 <?, 6 ?); (?) Duke of York.
This species is very constant in comparison with its allies, and can always
readily be recognised by the pattern of the wings. Intermediate examjiles between
this I'apilio and P. albinns Wallace and P. fn,scn.s Goe/.e are unknown to me.
80. Papilio albinus Wallace [J, ?].
Papilio sevenis auct. p.p. ?
Papilln nllinu.1 Wallace, Tr. Linn. .S.-c. Lmid. XXV. p. 49. n. 54. (. 5. f. 5 (J) (18G,')) (New
Guinea) ; Oberth., El. d'Ent. IV. p. 4f). n. 73 (1879) (Aml)erbaki) ; Grose Smith, .Wnr. Znol. I.
p. :i33. n. 8 (18(14) (Humboldt Bay).
Papilio sera-US var. alhinus, Kirsch, .^fillJl. ^^lts. Dresden I. p. 1 1-2. n. 4 (1«77) (Twiorage ; Waweji ;
Dorey : Nappan) {an P.fusciis heccarii Oberth. ?).
J J . Pupilin alhinus var. aelcareiisis Honrath, Berl. F.nl. Ziit. XXIX. p. 27.5 (188.0) (Sekar,
N. Guinea occ).
The differences between P. albinus and P.phsciLs beccnrii, though rather slight,
seem to be constant. The inale of P. albinns has the .scales of the outer half of the
forewings on the upperside, especially towards the hinder angle, conspicuously longer,
so that the scaling appears more irregular, and the serial arrangement of the scales
almost imjierceptible. There are no blue scales behind the white area. The white
discal markings on the underside of the hindwings stand closer to the cell than in
P.fuscus beccarii Oberth. in either sex; the second, third, and fourth spots are
exteriorlv rather deeply emarginate, so as to make the anterior angle of each s]iot sharp.
The anal valves of the male are more triangular than in P.fnsciis beccarii Oberth.
ITiis is all I can find by wliich to distinguish my s]iecimens of P. nlbiiias from
P.fuscus beccarii Oberth. I must add that the di.stribution of i'. aWw/ius, which
inhabits the whole of New Guinea, is also different from that of beccarii, which flies
in Dutch and German New Guinea, and is replaced in British (South) New (iuinea
by P. fuscus indicatus Butl. It is, however, not impossible that P. albinus is
nevertheless a form of beccarii which is localised in a certain sense, being confined
perhaps to swamps, while P.fuscus beccarii and indicatus, which are so close allies
of the Australian P.fuscus capaTieus, may inhabit dryer localities.
To P. albinus belong two geograiiliical races: —
(a): P. albinus Wall., forma typ. [cJ, ?].
The white area of the hindwings is in six out of my seven specimens nuicli
larger than in P. fuscus beccarii, entering the cell as far as the origin of the middle
median nervule ; in the seventh specimen (?) it is not larger than in certain
beccarii ; sometimes it is extended along the costal margin towards the base. The
hindwings have above mostly an orange anal spot, and sometime.s one submarginal
lunule; below, the discal white markings vary in number from 5 to 2 in the male;
in the female the series is complete, but the last spot is almost obliterated ; the sulv
marginal spo^s vary in the nide from 7 to 0, in the other sex llie series is coin))lete.
( 299 )
Honrath's var. selcarensia is ideutical with typical albiiius ; he distinguishes his
" var." from P. cdhinus by the absence of a white subapical band from the forewings,
and the larger and more numerous white spots on the underside of the hindwings ;
jirobably Honrath mistook the following aberration or P. fuscus beccarii Oberth. for
typical P. (ilbinus Wall.
(a-) : ab. lesclies (lodm. & Sal\'.
Pajiilw lesches Godman & Salvin, P. Z. S. p. (!14 (1880) (N. of Pt. Moreby, N. Guinea) ; Salviu,
Ent. ilu. Ma;i. XSIV. p. 275 (1888) (P. h'iculor Kirby = P. 1,-scliex Godm. & 8alv.).
Paj)iliu hicohn- Kirby, Ann. Mag. N. H. (5). XIX. p. 3G1 (1887) (N. Guine.a) ; id. & Gmse Smitb,
Rhop. Ex. I. Pai,. p. 7. t. 3. f. 3 (cJ). 4 ( ? ) (1888).
Forewing.s with a subapical white band above and below.
If this form, which I have seen only from Southern New Guinea, is confined
to that district, and if P. albinus is a distinct species, P. lesehes ought to stand as
a subspecies and not as an aberration.
(6^): ab. leucojjhanes Grose Smith.
(J. Pap'dhi huniji/iain s Grose Smith, ,Vf<c. Zcul. p. 584. n. 8a (18114) (Humboldt Bay, New Guinea).
Hindwings below with two white discal spots only.
Hab. New Guinea: Humboldt Bay (W. Doherty, September to October 1892j
(3 (5, 2 ¥); Sekar, Amberbaki, Dorey, etc. ; Twiorage (Meyer, !May 1873) (1 6);
Pt. jMoresby, Kedscar Bay (British New Guinea) (1 cJ, ab. leaches).
(b): P. albinus thomsoni Butl. [cJ,?].
J. Pajjilin tliumsnni Butler, .I«h. .lAwy. X H. (5). XIU. p. 197. D. 46 (1884) (Key Dulan).
J ¥ . PapiUv lawjeni Druce, Ann. Mag. X. JI. (G). II. p. 234 (1888) (Key Is.).
iS ¥ . Papilio beccarii, Rbber, Tijdscln: i: Ent. XXXIV. p. 273 (1891) Key Is.) {Iiaec spec. ■( id
P. fuscus rotalita Swiuhoe ?).
Differs from P. albinus Wall, in the total, or almost total, absence of white
discal markings from the underside of the hindwings ; in two of my three specimens
there are a number of white scales in the places where in P. albinus the three
anterior white spots stand; this fact, together with the hindwings of P. albimi^ ab.
leucophanes Gr. Smith being bimaculate with white below, proves that tlioiusoni k
not specifically different from albiaim.
The white discal area of the upper surface of the hindwings is rather variable in
breadth; sometimes it does not extend into the cell as far as to the origin of the
upper median nervule, in other individuals it reaches to the origin of the second
median nervule. My female has on the hindwings above, besides the spot at the
anal angle, three submarginal orange limules ; in the male there is no orange spot
marked on the upperside, or only the anal one.
Hab. Key Islands (2 ,^, 1 ?).
VIII. ORITAS-GROUP.
Both sexes similar, tailless.
81. Papilio oritas Godm. i^ Salv. [c?,?].
Pnpilin nrihis Godman & Salvin, P. Z. S. p. C54 (1879) (N. Ireland).
The po.sition of the straight subapical band of the forewings is not always the
same; in most specimens the band is situated between the apex of the cell and the
( 300 )
h:ise of tlie fifth subcostal iiervule ; in others it stands farther from the cell, its inner
edge being almost on a level with the origin of the fifth subcostal vein. The fertude
has a complete series of subniarginal spots to the underside of the hindwings; the
raale has no subniarginal spots, or only one.
Hab. New Ireland (2 <?, 2 ?).
82. Papilio websteri <irose Smith [(?,?].
(J. Papilio ormeiius, Pagenstecher («<c Gui^rin, 1829), Jahih. Xanx. Vei: Xal. p. 70. u. 4 (1894)
{this species acrnrffinff fn the specimen examined hi/ us),
(^. Papilio icebsleii Grose Smith, Ann. May. X. //. (6). XHI. p. 496 (cJ,kcc ?) (1894) (New
Britain) : id. it Kirby, Rhnp. Exot. II. Pap. p. 37. t. xv. f. 1 (1895) (cJ, nee ? ).
(J. Differs from P. oritfts especialh' in the band of the forewings being more
curved and consisting of much smaller s[)ots, and in the hindwings below having a
more or less complete series of orange, submarginal markings.
The white discal patch of the hindwings above extends sometimes almost to the
base of the lower median nervulc; in other e.xamiiles it reaches just to the origin of
the second median vein.
? . The female described and figured by Jlr. Grose Smith does not belong to
this species, but to a local form of P. wmenus Guer. The true female of P. wehsten
is similar to the viale (as in all the allied species), but browner. The patch of the
hindwings is more restricted, and there is, besides an anal orange-red spot, a sub-
marginal spot of the same colour between tlie lower median uervules. Below, the
hindwings have a series of six discal white patches, of which the fii'st is lunate and
stands behind the subcostal vein midway between outer margin and cell, the second
and fourth are about twice as long as broad, the fifth is smaller, the sixth consists of
dispersed scales, the third is the largest, being almost thrice as long as broad; the
third patch stands about 4 mm. from the end of the cell. The submarginal spots are
larger than in the male.
Hah. New Britain (10 J, 1 ¥).
Note. — The sexes of P. erskinei, laarch'W8,ptolych%is, woodfwdi, oritae, websten,
are, as in all other .species of Papilio, distinguishable from one another by some
differences in scaling. The scales of the whit<' markings of the forewings above
are much longer and narrower in the male, and have less teeth at the apex, and
the scales of the upper layer in the black portion of the outer half of the upper
surface of the forewings are also longer in the male, at least partly, and assume often
a hairlike character. — K. J.
83. Papilio erskinei Mathew [J].
Papilio erskinei Mathew, /'. Z. S. p. 348. t. 34. f. 1 (cj) (1886) (Ugi I., Solomon Is.).
One specimen only is knowii. It differs from the other .species with the l)an(l
of the hindwings not extending along the costal margin towards the base in the fore-
wings being marked almost exactly as in P. hecataeus (rodm. it Salv., which is one
of the sexually dimorphic species of the Solomon Islands.
Hab. Solomon Islands: L'gi Island (in coll. Godman it Salvin).
8-1. Papilio laarchus Godm. & Salv. [cJ,?].
Papilio laarchus Godman iV: Salvin, Ann. Mag. X. IJ. (6). I. p. 214 (?) (1888) (Rnbiana I.)
Grose Smith & Kirby, Jihop. Exol. I. Pap. p. 17. t. 8. f. 1. 2 (J) (1889).
As I must treat P. arid tirose Smitli as a subspecies oi'laurchua, there are two
geograjiliieal races of this insect known : —
(a) : P. laarchus (iodm. & Salv., forma typ. [(?,?].
d. The forewings have an oblique subapical white band above and lielow :
towards the outer third of the inner margin there stands a cloud of white scales or
a rather large patch ; a second white patch is found in mauy specimens on the lower
median nervule ; and in one of my examples these two markings are merged
together and form a band which corresponds to the posterior part of the band of
P. ivoodfordi Godm. & Salv. The anal orange spot is often absent.
Below, the hindwings have, besides the large anal mark, from 0 to 4 submarainal
spots; on the disc there is often a series of bluish spots, inside which stand in main-
individuals some wliitish markings; of the latter those between the subcostal and
lower discoidal veins are often rather large and lunate.
?. On the upperside, the hindwings have sometimes an orange submarginal
spot lietween tlie lower median nervules ; below, they have always a complete series
of submarginal markings, which vary, however, much, in size.
Hah. Solomon Islands : New Georgia (Kubiauaj (25 c?, 9 ? j.
Qj) : P. laarchus ariel tirose Snnth [c?].
Fiipllii, Uriel Grose Smith, But. M„. Mag. XXV. p. 30.S (^J) (1889) (Isabel 1.) : id. & Kirby, /(■//. y*.
Exot. I. Paii. p. 15. t. 13. f. 1. 2 (jj) (1890).
One specimen is known. It differs from P. lajirchus Godm. & Salv. in the much
smaller subapical spots of the forewings, and in the two complete series of discal
spots on the underside of the hindwings.
As the subapical spots of the forewings are not constant in size in P. laarchus,
and as both the blue and the whitish spots of the hindwings beneath are often ]iartly
well marked in that species, I cannot accept P. arid as a distinct species.
Hub. Solomon Islands : Isabel Island (in coll. Grose Smith).
8.3. Papilio ptolychus Godm. & Salv. [c?,?].
cJ. Pupilhijdidtjchiis Godman & .Salvin, Ann. Man. N. 11. (C). I. p. 99 (1888) Guatlalcau.'ir I.)
(?. Differs from P. laarchus (iodm. & Salv. especially in the forewings having
four- white .spots posteriorly close to the outer margin, besides the subapical white
band, and in the band of the hindwings being as narrow as in P. hridt/ei jSIathew.
Some specimens have on the upperside of the hindwings a small, ochraceous,
submarginal spot between the lower median nervules ; below, the series of submarginal
spots is always comi)lete, but the spots are often very feebly marked.
?. Similar to the m«/e; the marginal .spots to the forewings and the submarginal
markings to the under surface of the hindwings are rather larger ; above, the hind-
wings have three submarginal spots in my single example.
Hab. Solomon Islands: Guadalcanar Island (9 J, 1 ?).
80. Papilio woodfordi (iodm. A Salv. [cJ,?].
Piijiilh Wiiudfordi Godman & .Salvin, Ann. Mai/. N. II. (Ci). I. p. 100 (1888) (Alu & FaiU'O,
Solomon Is.) ; Gro.se Smith & Kirby, Jihap. Exol. I. r,ip. p. L>1. t. 10. f. 1. i (^) (1890).
The broad white liand of the forewings is divided in certain specimens longi-
tudinally from the second discoidal nervule lo the inner margin of the wing by means
( 302 )
of a blackish band ; the inner ftortion of the white band, wliicii is narrow and con-
tinuous with the portion near the apex of the cell, is often obliterated, and then
the band is interrupted before the upper median nervule. The position of the
jjosterior part of the white band is not always the same, the black marginal area
vaiying in breadth from 5 to 10 mm. at the lower median nervule.
The hindwings are in some individuals more strongly toothed at the end of the
upper median veiu than in others ; there is no orange anal mark, as in P. jAolychus,
but often a small white anal spot.
The markings of the underside are rather variable. Tiie forcwings exhibit often
small and ill-defiued submargiual white spots, which in some individuals form a kind
of submargiual band, 'i'iie submarginal spots of the hindwings vary in number,
shape, and colour.
?. All my specimens have an orange anal spot on the u]iperside of the hind-
wings, which is sometimes larger than in P. ptobjchiis ; one example has also some
submarginal markings on the hindwings above. Below, the submarginal marks of
the hindwings are larger than in the laale, though they var^' in size, and are mostly
of an orange-yellow colour.
Hitb. Solomon Islands : Shorthiud Islands (Alu, Fauro) (10 cj, 6 ?).
IX. GAMBRISIUS-GROUP.
Sexes tailless, dissimilar (sexually di- or polymorphic species).
87. (?; Papilio amphitrion (^'nmi.
Papilio Eques Achious amphitrion Cramer, Pap. Ex. I. p. 10. t. 7. f. A. u (1775) (America ! luc. err.) ;
Fabr., Si/st. Eiit. Suppl. p. 2.i3. n. 60 (1776) (^p.ji.) : Goeze, Eiit. Bei/tr. Ul. 1. p. 75. n. 20
(1779) ; Fabr., Spec. Lis. p. 24. d. 96 (178!) (p.p.) : id., .Uaiit. /««. p. 12. n. 112 (1787) {p.p.) ;
Jablonsky & Herbst, Mahtrs. Sclunett. III. p. 9r,. n. 78. t. 81. f. 1 (1788) ; Fabr., Eiit. .Si/st. III.
1. p. 37. u. Ill (179.3) (p.p.).
Nentoriili's amphitrion, Hiibiier, Vcr:. l/ek. Schm. p. 86. n. 890 (I81G).
Papilio amphitrion Godart, Enc. Mcth. IX. p. 30. n. 13 (1819) (Amboina) ; Gray, Cat. Lep. Ins_
B. .V.I. p. 23. n. 101 (1852); Wall., Ti: Linn. Soc. Lond. XXV. p. 58. n. 76 (l%(>h) ; Butl.,
Cat. Diurn. Lep. descr. Fabric, p. 254. n. 65 (1869).
Papilio amphitnjon De Haan, Vcrh. Not. Gesch. Xed. over:, bez. p. 32 (1840) : Doubl. Westw. &
Hew., Gen.'niurn. Lep. I. p. 12. n. 79 (1846).
Papilio amphytrion, Feldcr, Vcrh. z. b. Ges. Wien p. 321. n. 419 (1864).
The figure which Cramer gives of his amphitrion difl'ers from (jambrisiua
especially in the pattern of the underside of the hindwings ; specimens agreeing with
Cramer's figui-e are unknown to science. Boisduval (I.e.) describes as amphitrimi an
insect which is, according to a typical specimen in Mr. Oberthiir's collection, a variety
of gambrisius and not amphitrion Cram. As Cramer refers to Seba (t. 8. f. 7. 8) and
gives as habitat " America," while Seba says " India occidentalis," and as, further,
the neuration of the figure is erroneous, I cannot help thinking that Cramer's figure
was, if taken from nature, drawn from a nintilatcd and painted-up specimen, perhaps
from the same sjx'cimen from which Seba's figures are taken; we know that Cramer
purchased a number of specimens of Seba's collection some forty years after Seba's
plates were drawn, and it is most jirobable that Cramer's figm-es of /'. amphitrion as
well SLS of Trollies hypolitus (i. 10. f. A. b) (see p. 200) were drawn up from Sel}a's (strongly
mutilated) individuals and restored with the help of Seba's figures. Anyhow, Cramer's
urnphitrion must for the present remain a doubtful species.
( 303 )
88. Papilio gambrisius Cram. [J,?].
Seki, Tlies. IV. p. 12. t. 8. f. 7. 8 (J) (17il6) (Iml.occ. : iUiF.a:nji/ulnmi Cram. ?); id., t. U. f. 19 &
20(?)(1765) (Amboiua).
J. PuplUo Eques Ach'iriis i/amlmsius Cramer, Piiji. Ex. II. p. 95. t. 157. f. A. if (1779) (Amboiiia) :
Goeze, Ent. Beijtr. III. 1. p. 85. n. 60 (1779) : Jablonsky & Herbst, Xalurs. Sdimett. III. p. 92.
n. 77. t. 33. f. 2. 3 (1788).
Papilio Eqiics Achiims nmplii Irion, Fabricius, Si/sl. Eat. Sujipl. p. 2.'i3. n. tjd (1775) (p.p.); ill.,
.Sprc: Lis. p. 24. n. 96 (1781) (p.p.) ; id., .Vonl. Jus. p. 12. n. 112 (1787) (j>.p.) : id., Eiil. S,/st.
III. 1. p. 37. n. ill (1793) (p.p.).
?. Piipilio Eijiics Achivus fusroiiii/er Goez.e, Ent. Beytr. III. 1. p. 88. n. 74 (1779) (type: Sc-ba
I.e. t. 44. f. 19. 20).
? . Papilio Eques Achirns ilrusius Cramer,* Pap. Ex. III. p. 63 & 64. t. 229. f. A. & t. 230. f. ,\
(1782) (Amboina) ; Jablonsky & Herbst, Xatiirs. Schmelt. III. p. 89. n. 76. t. 33. f. 1 (1788) ;
Esper, Ausl. Schmett. p. 194. n. 87. t. 47. f. 2 (1785-98).
(J. Papilio amphyirioti, Beauvais, Ins. .\fi: d- Amer. p. 208. t. 2e. f. la. lb (1805) (" St. Domingo "
try. loci)
2 . Nestoridcs drusius, Hiibner, Verz. belc. Sclim. p. 86. n. 888 (1816).
cJ. Nestorides ganihrisius, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 86. n. 889 (1816).
J. Papilio ganihrisius, Godart, Enc. .Veth. IX. p. 31. u. 14 (1819) ; Boisd., Spec. Gen. Li'ji. I.
p. 213. n. 29 (1836) (Amboina) : Doubl. Westw. & Hew., Gen. Diurn. L,p. I. p. 12. ii. 75
(1846) : Gray, Cat. Lep. Inx. B. .1/. I. p. 22. n. 96 (1852) ; VoUenhov., Tijdsi.hr. c. Ent. III.
p. 74. n. 30 (1860) (p.p.).
? . Papilio drimachus Godart, Enc. Meth. IX. p. 31. n. 16 (1819) (Amboina).
? . Papilio drusius, Boisduval, Spec. Gen. Lep. I. p. 218. n. 34 (Amboina : " ? of i/anihrisius
Cram. ? ") ; De Haan, Verh. Xat. Gescli. Xed. orerz. hcz. p. 31 (1840) : Doubl. Westw. & Hew.,
Gen. Diurn. Lep. I. p. 12. n. 80 (1846) ; Gray, Cat. Lep. Lis. B. .\[. I. p. 23. n. 102 (18.52) :
Vollenhov., Tijdsclir. r. Ent. III. p. 74. n. 31 (18611) (Amboina).
cJ ?. Papilio ganihrisius, Felder, Verh. 2. h. Ges. Wien p. 320. n. 417. it p. 368. n. 247 (1864)
(Amboina ; Ceram) ; Wall., Tr. Linn. Sue. Loud. p. 58. n. 75 (1805) (Amboina ; Ceram ; Burn) ;
Oberth., Et. d'Enl. IV. p. 50. n. 90 (1879) (Burn) ; Pageustecb., JahrO. Xass. Ver. Xat. p. 203
(18«4) ; Standing. & Schatz, Exot. Schm. I. p. 7 (1884) ; Ribbe, fris II. p. 209. n. 9 (1890)
(Ceram) ; Ha;ise, Cnters. iih. Mini. p. 42 (1893).
cJ. The spot^ in the apical region of the forewings are variable in number and
size ; one of my Ceramese specimens has only two sijots, situated between the
discoidal nervules, of which the posterior one is minute. The white area of the hind-
wings occupies about the apical fourth of the cell in some examples ; in others,
chiefly in those from Ceram, it ju.st penetrates into the apex of the cell. On the
underside of the hiiidwings the two discal series of ill-defined spots are sometimes
complete, sometimes they are partly obsolete ; the orange spot near the anal angle
is very variable in size. The forewings have a length of 80 mm. in my largest, of
58 mm. in my smallest specimen.
{ft,-) : cJ-ab. (thhrevlatuii noui. no\-.
(J. Pii/iitiu amphilrion Boisduval (nee Cramer, 1775), Sj/ec. Gin. Lip. I. p. 217. n. 33 (1836)
(Celebes) ; Oberth., El. d'Enl. IV. p. 50. n. 91 (1879) (one of Boisdimil's specimens).
Band of the hindwiugs abbreviated behind, consisting of seven (inclusive of the
cellular one) instead of eight patches.
This form is said to be from Celebes; no sjiecimeiis have been found since l83(i.
It ahbrevialiis reallv inhabits the island of Celebes, it must stand as a sub.species.
?. The breadth of the white band of the hindwiugs varies obviously; .Mr. I'h.
Crowley possesses a specimen in which the band is so narrow that the spot between
the subcostal and the upper discoidal veins is three times as long (transversely) as
P. drusius Cram, is alreatly enumerated by Goeze in his Hut. Jiei/tr. III. 2. Vorrede, which is dated
" Vor del- Michaelismubse, 1780." Which is tlie proper date of publieation o£ L'ranicr'.s Vol. III. .'— K. J.
( •'50-1 )
broad. Tlie subiiiarginal spots on tlie uiuleiside of the hiiulnings are feeble ami
partly obliterated in a ? from Saparua Island.
Hcd). Southern Moluccas: Amboina (o c?, 1 ?), Saparua (2 ?), ("erain
(2 (J, 2 ?), Buru(l i).
In the Felderian collection are a S and a ? labelled "Type, Cramer, coll. Lennep "' ;
these specimens agree well with Cramer's tigm-es, but I must doubt that they really
are Cramer's types; Cramer mentions sometimes the collection of Lennep, and some
of I^nnep's specimens are indeed figured by Cramer ; but most of l^ennep's speci-
mens, which Felder obtained at a sale in Holland, do uot e.xactly agree with Cramer's
figures of the respective species.
89. Papilio tydeus Feld. [J,?].
Fajiilio tydeus Felder, Wieii. Eiit. Mon. IV. p. 229. n. 74 (^) (1860) (BatjaiO ; id., Vvrh. z. b. Gee.
Wien p. 321. n. 422 (18fi4) (Batjan ; Morotai : Halmaliera) ; id., Reiie. Novani. Leji. I. p. 111.
n. 85. t. 1(5. f. c ( J), t. 17. f. a ((J), b. c ( ?) (ISCo) ; Wall., Tr. Linn. .Sw. Lomh XXV. p. 57.
n. 73. t. 4. f. 2 ( ? ). 3 (J) (1865) (Batjan : Morty) : Oberth., El. tlEnLXX. p. 50. n. 8'J (1879)
(Temate ; Halmaliera) ; id., Ami. .\lus. Civ. r,V(//."xV. p. 473. n. 14 (1880) (Teraate ; " Andai "
loc. en:) ; Stauding. & Schatz, Exol. Srhmi-n. I. p. 7 (1H84) ; Haase, Uiilers. iih. Mini. p. 43
(1893).
Both sexes are very con.stant in comparison with the allied sjjecies.
S. The white band of the hindwings does not touch the apex of the discoidal
cell ; the submarginal ochreous orange spots on the underside of the hindwings are
dilated inwardly along the nervules ; the three anterior ones are sometimes less
clearly marked ; the number and size of the snbdiscal blue and grey markings are
inconstant.
?. One form of this sex is known, which is allied to the pale form of P. ctegeus
ortnenths Gu6r; it is at once distinguishable from the latter by the shajie of the
submarginal spots of the hiudwings.
Hah. Northena Moluccas: Batjan (\V. Doherty, March l.s'Ja) (5 <?, 2 ?), Ternate,
Halmahera (W. Doherty, August 1892) (10 S, 7 ?), Morotai (1 S).
90. Papilio aegeus Don. [c^,? , metam.].
?. Pajiilio aegeus DonovdU, Lis. of .V. //,.//. texte & pi. 14 (1805) (N.S. Wales) ; Godait, Eiir.
Metk. IX. p. 32. n. 17 (1809).
(J. Papilio e.rectheus Donovan, I.e. texte & pi. 15 (1805) ; Godart, l.r. p. 31. n. 15 (1819) ; Lucius, in
Ohenu's Em: d'Hisl. Xal., Paji. t. 4. f. 2 (1851).
$ . Nestorides aegeus, Hiibner, Samml. E.x. Srhm. II. t. 108 (1816-36).
(j. Nestoridcs ere.theiis, Hiibner, I.e. t. 109 (181G-36). *
cJ ? . Papilio aegeuH, Felder, Va-Ji. s. b. Ges. Wieii p. 321. n. 421. & p. 368. n. 249 (1864) (Australia) ;
Semper, Joum. .Vits. Uodeffi: Heft 14. p. 42. n. 132 (Separ.) (1878) (N.S. Wales ; Pt. Denison ;
Bowen ; Gayndah ; Peak Downs : Cape York) ; Stauding. & Schatz, Exol. Schm. I. p. 7. t. 4
(cJ,?)(1884).
S ? . Papilio erecllieiis, Lucas, Lip. Exol. p. 17. t. 9. f. 1 (1835) : Boisd., Spec. Giii. Up. I. p. 215.
n. 31 (18.36) {p.p.) : Doubl. Westw. & Hew., Gci. Diuni. Lip. I. p. 12. n. 77 (1846) (Australia) ;
Gray, Cat. Lep. Lis. B. .1/. I. p. 22. n. 99 (1852) (exd. o/var. b) ; Oberth., Et. d'Ent. IV. ]). 49.
n. 87(1879): Mathow, Pm: Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales p. 264 (1885) (Thursday I.); id., Eiit.
Mo. .Mag. p. 23.'> (1885) ; id., Tr. Ent. Sou. Loud. p. 172 (1888) (life hist.) : Olliff, Ami. .Vag.
.V. //. (6). I. p. .S59 (1888) (life hist.) ; id., Proi: Limt. Soc. .\.S. Wales p. 395 (1888) (Mount
Belender-Kcr, Queensland) ; id., l.r: p. 1252. fig. (1888) (ai. of ? ) ; Edwards, Vivt. Nairn:
Vni. p. 20 (1891) (life hist.).
cJ ? . Papilio gambrisius, De Haan, I'erli. Xal. Gesch. Ned. overz. bn. p. 30(1840) (p.p.) : Vdllciihov.,
Tijdschi: v. Ent. III. p. 74. n. 30 (1860) {/;./).).
<J ? . Papilio trechtheuH, Koch, Lido-Auatr. Lep. Fauna p. 41 (1KG5) ; Haaso, I'niers. iib. .Mini. p. 42
(1893).
( 305 )
I\Iy endeavours to find constant differences between P. aeijeus Don., onnenus
Gudr., adrastios Feld., pandioyi Wall., and othello Grose Smith did not meet with
success ; the distinguisliing characters, as they are pointed out by Wallace, Felder,
and Grose Smith, are not of specific value, since they do not apply to all the specimens
from the respective localities, and appear also in specimens from other places. Four
local races are, however, pretty well distinguishable, though it is often difficult and
even impossible to say to which race a specimen without locality belongs : —
(rt) : P. fcegeus Don. from Australia and the islands between Queensland and
New Guinea (occurring also in British New Guinea?) ;
(b): P. aegem ormcnus Gue'r. from New Guinea and the adjacent islands;
Waigeu ; Key ; Aru ; Woodlark (?) ;
(c) : P. aegeus adrastus Feld. from the Banda Islands ;
(d): P. aegeus bismarckianus subsp. nov. from New Britain.
^^'allaee's P. pandion is not separable subspecifically from P. aegeas 07-menus
Guer. ; Ijoth these forms flying together, and being connected by every intergraduate.
pandimi must be treated as a mere aberration.
Grose Smith's P. othello is based on an extreme male of ali. pandion, and on two
feiwdes, belonging to two different forms, which were obtained by Mr. W. Doherty
on the island of Biak, Geelvink Bay; though one of the/«7yirt/es {^ -ah. jjohjdorinus
Haase) is, indeed, aberrant in having the submarginal red spots on the u])perside of
the hindwings very much reduced in size and the white patches on the forewings
much purer white, I cannot believe that the island of Biak, which is so close to the
main islands of New Guinea, is inhabited by a race of its own; the male and the
aecoTiA female ( ? -ab. amanga Boisd.j do not differ from certain New (f uinea specimens.
Montrouzier's P. ormenus, from ^\'oodlark Island, may be different from P. aegeus
ormentis Guer. ; but as Montrouzier's description (of the females) is not sufficient to
enable one to tell any difference between the Woodlark and the New Guinea Papilio.
I think it best to put the Woodlark Papilio as a query synonym to P. aegeus ormeiias
Guer.
P. gamtn-isius Cram., P. lydeus Feld., and P. inopinatus Butl. are close relatives
of P. aegeus Don., but are constantly different, and liave therefore to stand as distinct
species. These species are monomorpbic in either sex, and so is P. aegeus Don. and
P. aegeus adrastus Feld., while P. aegeus ormenus (ludr. is polymorpliic. This
highly interesting, liut now well-known fact, that a species is so very variable in one
part of its range, whereas it is comparatively constant in others, is exemplified by
many other Papilios, of which I mention here a few :—
Papilla clytia, \j., which is jiolymorpic in India, is raonouiorphic on the Andaman
Islands, Palawan, and the Philippines; its nearest ally (P. echidna De Haau) is also
monomoriihic. In P. niemno^n L. and agenor L. the female is remarkably jjoly-
morphic; in the Loo Choo Islands, however, occurs only one form of this sex. The
fetnale of P. rumanzovius Eschsch. is polymorpliic on the Philippines, monomori)hic
on Sangir I.sland ; etc.
("J : P. aegeus Don., forma typ. [J, ? , metam.].
<?. The subapical white band on the forewings is always present and ratlier
constant in form. The length of the costal [lortion of the white liand of the hind-
wings is variable ; this band enters sometimes the apex of the cell, in none of my
specimens it extends beyond the lower median vein ; the anal vermilion spot is
always present above and below.
( 306 )
On the underside the submaigiiial series of vermilion spots is nearly always
complete, but the spots are very variable in size ; the blue lunules stand closer to
the vermilion spots than in the other subspecies of P. aegeus, and the huffish luuules
are on a level with the anal spot, whereas in 7-*. aef/eus ormenus and adrastus they
are in most specimens situated farther towards the cell.
?. Monomorphic. The single character by which the females from Austral ui
are distinguishable from those of oriiienus a.nd (odrastus is the white area of the hind-
wings being extended ou the underside to the costal margin, or at least being con-
nected with that margin by means of a thin white arched line. This line is not
present iu an}' of my New Guinea examples, but it is almost obliterated in certain
specimens from North Queensland.
Hah. Australia : New South Wales (7 c? , 8 ? ) ; Victoria ; Queensland (2.j J , 1 o ? ) ;
Torres Straits (Thursday Island, 1 ?); (?) Britisli New Guinea.
{b): P. aegeus ormenus Gucr. [cJ,?].
(J. Papilio unneiiua Gu^rin, Voy. Co(iiiille t. 14. f. il (1829) ; Boisd., Voi/. Aslroi, Le/i. p. UK n. 4
(18;t2) (Offak) ; id.. Spec. Gin. Le/i. I. p. 214. n. 30 (183G) (New Guinea) ; Gui'rin, /..-. teste III.
p. 274 (1842) ( Oftak) ; Doubl. We-stw. & Hew., Geii. Diiini. Lri,. I. p. 12. n. 76 (1841')) : <iray, Cui.
Lep. Ins. B. M. 1. p. 22. n. 77 (18.i2) ; id., Lut Up. Ins. li. .1/. 1. p. 29. n. III4 (\H:>6).
?. Pa;<i/io ama«</a Boisduval, Voij. Astro}., Lip. f. 39. n. 3 (1832) (New Guinea) ; id., Syjcc. Ghi.
Lip. I. p. 216. n. 32 (1830) ; Doubl. Westw. & Hew., I.e. p. 12. n. 78 (1846) : Gray, ('«/., etc.
p. 23. n. 100 (1852) ; id., List, etc. p. 30. n. 107 (1850).
cJ ? . Papilio gamhrisius, De Haan, Verh. Xat. Gesch. Ned. oven. bez. p. 30 (1840) (j>./i.) : ^"ollenliov.,
Tijdschr. v. Ent. HI. p. 74. n. 30 (I860) (/,.y-.).
? . Papiiio onesimus Hewitson, Exot. Butt. II. Pap. t. 3. f. 8 (1858) (New Guinea).
cJ?. Papilio ormanis, Felder, Wien. Ent. .Mon. III. p. 265. 267 (18511) : id., /.c. IV. p. 229 (note)
(1860) (Aru Is.) ; id., Verh. .:. b. G,s. Wif.n p. 320. n. 417. & p. 368. n. 248 (1864) (.' exi-l. of
Woodlarh I.): WaU., Tr. Linn. Soc. Lnnd. XXV. p. 55. n. 71. t. 3. f. 1. 2. 3. 4 ( ^J, ? ? )
(1865) (Waigeu ; Aju ; Key; Matabello : Goram) : Kirsch, .\littJi. .!/«». Dresden I. p. 112
n. 6 (1877) (New Guinea) : Oberth., Et. d'Ent. IV. p. 49. n. 88 (1879) (New Guinea : Am) ;
id., Ann. Mus. Civ. Genovu XV. p. 473. n. 15 (1880) (Aru : New Guinea) ; Standing. * Schatz,
Exot. Schmett. I. p. 7 (1884) ; Ribbe, lri-: p. 78. n. 6 (1886) (Aru Is.) ; Riiber, Tijdsehr. r. Ent.
p. 273 (1891) (Key. Goram) : Haase. Unters. lib. .Uim. p. 42 (1893) : Standing., //•« VII.
p. 107 (1894) (ormenus GuiT. is a local form of P. (legeus Don.).
$. Papilio adrastus Felder, Verh. z. h. Irfs. ir/e?i p. 321. n. 420 (1861) (p.p.: nom. mid.): id.,
lieise Novara, Lep. I. p. 110. n. 84. t. 16. f. b (1865) ( ? , me^) (New Guinea); But]., P. Z. H.
p. 471 (1877) (New Guinea) ; id., Ann. Mwj. .V. //. (4). XX. p. 125. n.24 (1877) (New Guine;i).
J ?. Papilio pwidinii Wallace, I.e. p. 56. n. 72 (187^) (New Guinea ; Salwatty ; Mysol) ; Butler,
P. Z. S. p. 471 (1877) (New Guinea) ; Kirby. .Un. Mag. X. If. (6). TV. p. 166. n, 18 (1889)
(Louisiade Arcb.).
?. Papilio aegeus, Kirsch, Mitlb. .Mus. Dresden I. p. 112. n. 7 (1877) (Ansus ; Kordo).
? . Papilio ereelheus, Godman & Salvin, P. Z. 8. p. 648 (1878) (Brit. New Guinea).
? . Papilio ormenus var. adrastus, Oberthiir, Et. iVEnt. IV. p. .'lO. snb n. 88 (1879) (Dorey ; Andai) :
id., Ann. .Wus. Civ. Gmura XV. p. 473. sub n. 15 (1880) (Andai).
$ . Papilio ormenus var. amanga, Ribbe, Iris p. 78. n. 7 (1886) (Aru Is),
(j ? . Papilio ereetheus, Mathew, Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 176 (1888) (Brit. New Guinea).
1^?. Papilio gambrisius var. ormenus, Snellen, Tijdschr. r. Ent. XXXII. p. 395 (1889) (Ron;
Andai).
? . Papilio ormnius var. pobjdorina Haase, I.e. p. 42 (1893).
(j ? . Papilio otMlo Grose Smith, Nov. Zool. I. p. 332. n. 3 (1894) (Biak I.) : Stauding., Irh VII,
p. 104 (1894) (nthello Grose Smith = pandion Wallace),
(?)(J?, Papilio ormenus, Montrouzier, .inn. Sc. Phi/s. Nat. Lymi p. 394 (1856) (Woodlark I.
common) ; id., Essai s. I. Eaune d. Woodl. (Separ.) p. 117 ({J ? ) (1857).
(?) ?. Papilio tjodarii Montrou/.ier, Ann., etc. p. 398 (? , ncc S) (1856) (Woodlark I.) ; id., E.i.tai
etc. p. 120(5, w<: cJ) (18.57).
S. Distinguishaljle from F. aeyeiui aud 1'. avyeus adraalas In the broader white
( Si)7 )
area of the hindwings, which, moreover, extends beyond tlie lower median nervule ;
in my c? from the Key Isknds the band just reaches that vein, as in adrastus and
aegeus. The anal orange-chrome spot of the hindwings is frequently present above ;
the submarginal spots of the underside of the hindwings vary in number; tlie series
is seldom complete.
The grey scaling in the apical region of the underside of the fonnvings, bv
the absence of which Wallace distinguished the Waigeu examples from those from
New Guinea, is eipially developed in specimens from both localities; sometimes the
grey streaks are more, sometimes less conspicuous; seldom tliey are quite absent.
According to the development of the white subapical band of the forewings one
may diffei'entiate three aberrations of the nude : —
(«-) : Typical ormenns Guerin, I.e.
Band broad.
(6') : <?-ab. pandion Wallace, I.e.
Spots composing the band reduced in size, partly obsolete.
(c^) : J-ab. o^Ac/Zo Grose Sniitli, /.c.
Band absent from the upperside.
I liave the two first fornrs from Waigeu, all three from the mainland of \ew
Guinea; my cJ from the Key Islands belongs to (J-ab. pandion, those from Aru to
wmenns\ in one of the latter the band consists of three rather large .spots.
¥. Polymor])hic. There are four principal forms which run into one another: —
(fFj : ¥-ab. inornntus ab. nov.
Forewings entirely brown above. Type from the coast near .\rfak.
(e-) : Typical ormenibs Gucrin ; Wallace, I.e. t. 3. f. 1.
Similar to the nvxle, but the white area of the hindwings convex interiorlv, and
not extended towards the base anteriorlv.
This form seems to me to be confined to Waigeu. Oberthiir, I.e., records under
this name a specimen from Amberbaki, New Guinea, which has no subapical wliile
band on the forewings.
(/■) • ?-ab. polydorinus Haase, I .c. ; Wallace, I.e. t. 3. f. 3.
Similar to the ? oi P. aegeus'Don., liut the white patch of tlie hindwings does
not extend beyond the subcostal nervule.
Light parts of the forewings often ratlier white: white jiatch of hindwings
variable in .size; submarginal chrome-orange spots also very variable.
This form is known from A\'aigeu, Aru, Key, New Guinea, and adjacml i-lamls.
{()-) : ?-ab. ((maiicjK Boi.sd., I.e. (syn. : onesimn.s Hew., I.e.) ; \\'allace. I.e. t. 3. f. -1.
Outer half of the forewings, except the margins, white or whitish. Hindwings
very variable in pattern ; white, with base, anterior and outer borders blac'k ; with a
series of submarginal spots wliicli are often partly or entirely absent, sometimes
enlarged and confluent posteriorly, and tlien broadly connected along tlir nervules
with the discal white area.
( 308 )
This form is known from Waigcii, Aru, K<'\, New (iuiiiea and iuljaccnl islands.
and D'Entrecasteaux Islands.
Hah. Waigeu (6 J, 6 ?); Am (3 c?,3 ?); Key (1 J); New (ruinea (6() S, 01 ?)
and adjacent islands; D'Entrecasteaux Islands (many males and females of most of
the above enumerated aberiafions).
(c): P, aegeus adrastus IVld. [c?,?.]
(?). (J. /'apilio errrhtheiis, Blanchard (»(C fiu<5iiii, 1829), Voy. n« Pole Siitl. IV. p. .S77. t. 1. f. I. U
(1853) (/>.;..).
Pajiilio erer.theus var. b, Gray, Cal. Lep. his. H. .1/. I. p. ii. sub n. 99 (18.")2).
(J. PapiUn adrnslus Felder, Vrrli. z. b. Ges. Wieii p. 321. n. 420 (1864) (/>.;'.) : id., lieise Novara,
Lep. I. p. 110. n. 84. t. 16. f. a (<?). (wc fig. b ?) (18G5) (Banda Is. ; ^).
(J?. PaiiiUo adrimlus, Wallace, Ti: Linn. .SV. Land. XXV. p. o7. n. 74. t. 4. f. 1 ( $ ) (1865)
(Banda Is.) : Sbiuding., Iris VII. p. 107 (1894).
(J. The subajiical white band on the forewings is always present, but the sjiols
composing it are more variable in size than in P. ae^/eus Don. The white band of
the hindwings is similar to that of P. iiegexis, i.e. much narrower than in P. aegeim
ornienus, and not extending beyond the lower median nervule. The spot between
the subcostal and upper discoidal veins is anteriorly not quite so long as tlie portion
of the subcostal nervule outside this spot. In /'. uerjeus ormemm it is much longer
than that portion of the ner\Tile (the measuring oi six specimens gives an average of
10 ; 11 in P. aegeus adrastiis, a.g&m»t an average of 10 : oh in P. aegeus ormenua).
The red anal sjiot .seems always to be well developed on both sides of the wing.
On the underside of the hindwings, Felder's type-.specimen has a comjilete .series
of chrome-orange spots, the middle ones of which are, however, rather feeble ; mostly
the specimens have, besides the anal mark, only one submarginal spot. The discal
bluish lunules, which usually are on a level with the anterior part of the anal spot,
.stand sometimes farther towards the outer margin, and then are in the same position
as in aberrant examples of P. aegeus Don.
?. Felder's type-specimen of this sex is said to be from New (iuinea; it agrees,
except in size, exactly with a specimen obtained b\' W. Dohert}' in the Banda
Islands. Koth the Felderian and the Dohertyan specimen differ from the ? figured
by Wallace (I.e. t. 4. f. 1), and from a specimen in .Mr. Crowley's collection, in the size
and form of the white area of the hindwings and the extension of the white on the
forewings ; indeed, they are scarcely distinguishable from the Waigeu female figured
by Wallace (I.e. t. 3. f. 1), e.xcept by the ])aler tint of the sul)marginal spots of the
hindwings. But as the colour of these spots is (piite the same in most of my Waigeu
and New Guinea examples on the one hand, and in the Banda sjiociineus on tlie other
hand, I must confess that I cannot tell any constant difference between P. aegeus
ddraslus- ? and P. aegeus cn-menus ? -ab. poh/donnus Ilaase. The material of
P. aegeus adAxtstus-^ is too scarce in collections. In future, when a good series of
? ? can be compared, a difiference between the two females may be found. The
name of adrastus must be restricted to the specimens from the Banda I.slands;
Felder's female is, therefore, no adrastus, but an ormenvs.
Hah. Banda Islands (W. Doherty, August 1892) (ti J, 1 ?).
(d) : P. aegeus bismarckianus subsp. nov. [ S ].
?. PapUio websteri Grose Smith, Am,. May. N. IT. (6). XIII. p. 496 (?,«(•<; S) (1894) (New
Britain) ; id. & Kirby, liliop. Exot. II. Pap. p. 37. t. xv. f. 2 (189.5) ( ? , iiec (J) (1895).
.Mr. Grose Smith received this insect, together with a number of males, from
New Britain, and described it accordingly as the female sex to those males under the
( 309 )
name nf P. wehsferi. Recently we olitaiiied again a number of male websteri and also
some feimiles which agree with these nudes exactly in the same way as the females
of laarchus, orita,s, etc., agree with their males, and, therefore, are undoubtedly
Webster i-females. Of the ormenus-Wke female described by iMr. Grose Smith we
received also two specimens, and I come to the conckision that this ormevus-\\]ie
female represents a New Britain race of aegeits of which we do not yet know the
male. T cannot believe that the insect which I propose to call hmmarcl'laaas is
a second form of tlie female sex of P. websteri, as it agrees too well with certain
specimens of P. aeijeus orinenu.s (fuerin, and as it is scarcely probable that one
female-form of a species agrees with one group of species (with aegeus, hecataeus,
prospero, etc., which have male and female dissimilar), while the other female and
the male agree with another group of species (with wooilfonli, laarchus, oritas, etc.,
which have the sexes similar).
Siiriilar to P. aegeus ormetivs 'i-ab. poli/ilvriitus Haase, but the band of the
forewings pure white above and below, and more regularly arched ; the spot between
the ujiper median veins stands far from the discoidal cell ; the posterior or the two
posterior spots are broader than long ; the spot in the end of the cell is small or
(type) obliterated above. The white patch on the hindwings is of the same size above
and below, and is somewhat larger than in Wallace's fig. 3 of t. 3 (I.e.); there is
a small white lunule behind the costal margin, as in P. aegeus Don. (Jn the upper-
side there are two orange submarginal spots, besides an orange anal mark ; below, the
submarginal spots are much smaller than in the above-cited figure. The two blue
spots between the median veins are small, and in the type .straight, in the second
specimen arched, but with the concavity directed towards the disc, not towards the
outer margin.
Hub. New Britain (2 ? ).
91. Papilio inopinatus Butl. [c?,?].
PiijiHio hiopinaUin Butler, P. Z. S. p. 370. n. 15 ( J, ? ) (1K.'<3) (Maroe I., Tenimber I.«.) ; Ruber,
Tijihclii: r. Ent. p. 274 (1891) ; Grose Smith & Kirby, Hh„p. Exnl. II. Pa/,, p. 27. t. 12. f. 1
(^). 2(?)(189B).
S. The costal part of the white band on the hindwings is rather variable in
length ; in the single (damaged) specimen from ]5abber I.sland I have, it extends
farther to the ba.se of the wing than in any of the Tenimber specimens. The
number of the vermilion red and blue spots on the underside of the hindwings is
very inconstant ; the anal sjiot is always jiresent below and aliove. The forewing of
my .smallest male is -is mm. long, that of my largest 70.
?. The discal white patch of the allied species is absent from the u]i]ierside of
the hindwings; below it is indicated by a variable, buflBsh, irregular band tinged
with tawny. The submarginal spots to the hindwings are very inconstant in size and
shape. Varies in the length of the forewings from 58 to 76 mm.
Hab. Tenimber Islands (Timor Tjaut) (\X. Dohorty, .Tune to ,luly 1>02 ; .Micholitz,
February to :\Iarch 1892) (9 d", 8 ?); Babber Island (Baba) (W. Doherty, July 1892)
(1 cJ); bammer(l S, 1 ? ).
92. Papilio bridgei -Mat hew [cJ, ?].
Piipilia l,ri,h/,i Mathew, P. Z. S. p. 349. t. 34. f. 2 ((J) (1886) (Treasury I.) ; Godm. & Salvin,
Ami. .Vnc,. .V. If. (6). I. p. 214 (1888) (.\lu I.. Solomon Is.).
( 310 )
Of this species two local forms are known : —
(a): P. bridge! Mat lunv, forma typ. [c?, ?].
S- The tvpe-specimen in the collection of Messrs. Oodman i^ Salvin came
from Treasury Island, where Mr. Mathew obtained only tliis single individual ; it
is very small, and has the spots of the macular band of the forewings minute. The
indi\iduals from the Shortland Islands are much larger tlian the type, and ha\e
the hand of the forewings broader. I have, however, one specimen from Ahi Island,
Short land Islands, which is inferior in size to Mnthew's tyjie, and exhibits (he same
small spots on the forewings; another individual from .Mu stands just intermediate
between the type and the usual large Alu form.
The posterior spot of the band on the forewings above, situated behind the
submedian vein, and the three anterior ones between costal margin and fifth
.subcostal ner\Tile, are sometimes obliterated. The band of the hindwings is not
quite constant in breadth, especially the posterior patches vary in size ; in- one of
my examples there is a minute white spot in the end of the cell.
Below, the forewings have sometimes a more or less complete series of feeble
white submarginal si)ots. On the disc of the hindwings there stand often, besides
the blue markings, some small tawny ochraeeous spots between the median and
discoidal nervules. In an Alu .specimen, collected by ^Ir. Woodford, the space
between the fourth, fifth, and sixth submarginal spots and the corresponding blue
discal markings is denselj- overpowdered with tawny ochraeeous scales.
5. The Tnarkings vary from white to bufi"; they are very inconstant in size,
and never so well defined above as in P. hecataeus (iodin. iS: Salv. and pronpero
Grose Smith. The marginal spots of the forewings beneath are mostly confluent
with the small submarginal spots, and assume the form of the head of a nail (nearly
as in the Tnale o{ P. polytes L.). Sometimes these nail-head-shaped spots are also
marked above, but in most specimens only the marginal, not the submarginal, spots
are present on the upperside.
Though the males of P. hridgei Alath. are well distinguishable from those of
P. hecataeus Godm. & Salv. and jyrosijero Grose Smith, the fenvdes are scarcely
different enough to be specifically separated. The only constant character by which
I can distinguish hridcjei-'i from the same sex of the other two "species" is
unimportant enough: the spots of the band on the upperside of the forewings are
rather ill defined, and the two spots between the second discoidal and second median
veins are rather longer.
Hab. Solomon Islands: Treasury Island, ShortlanJ Islands (15 cJ, 8 ?).
{V) : P. bridge! tryoni .Mathew [c?].
cJ. Papilio tnjom Mathew, Tr. Eiit. Soc. I.oml. p. 31.T (1889) (Ugi I., Solomon Is.).
The male only is known. It difl'ers from that sex of P. h)-id(/ei Mathew in the
l)and of the forewings consisting of five spots instead of seven to ten. I have a
specitneu from Isabel Island (k.ste Capt. Webster) which has six spots. This ])roves
that P. tryoni is not a distinct species.
Huh. Solomon Islands: Ugi Island, Isalx-l Island (1 S).
I
93. Pap!l!o hecataeus Godm. & Salv. [cJ, ¥].
(J ? . Papilio hicahiem Godman tS; Salvin, Ann. .Mag. X. IT. (fi). I. p. 213 (1888) (Guadalcanar I.).
cj. The fifth and sixth spots of the macular band of the forewings are .sometimes
very small. Below, the subapical spots of the forewings vary much in size : near the
( 311 )
hinder angle stands sometimes a feeble white mark. The series of submarginal spots
to the underside of the hindwings seems to be complete in all specimens, though the
three anterior ones are occasionally much reduced iu size ; above, the cell of the hind-
wings has in two of my individuals a white spot at the apex.
S. The patch within the cell of the forewings is inconstant in size; the spot
before the upper median nervule is liable to obliteration on tlic upper surface ; below,
the forewings have in one of my specimens two faint white submarginal spots, one
before, the other behind the second discoidal nerxnle. The white discal patches of
the hindwings are not quite constant in size.
Hah. Guadalcanar Island, 8olomon Islands (~ 6 , A ? ).
94. Papilio prospero Grose Smith [d", ?].
cJ ? . Piiiiilh prosperu Grose Smith. Eiil. Mn. M,„j. XXV. p. 302 (1889) (Rubi;ma Lagoon) : id. &
Kirby, Rhop. Exot. I. Pup. p. 19. t. 9. f. 1 (J). 2 ( ? ) (1890).
i. Difl'ers from P. hecataeus Godm. & 8alv. in the spot before and that behind
the upper median nervule of the forewings being absent, in the broader white band
of the hindwings, and in the three anterior spots of the submarginal row of the
hindwings below being obliterated.
The spot before the lower median nervule of the forewings is mostly indicated,
seldom entirely absent ; the band of the hindwings enters apparently always the apex
of the cell; in one specimen in my collection the three anterior submarginal spots
on the underside of the hindwings are present, but extremely small.
As the third and fourth si)Ots (counted from behind) of the macular band of tlie
forewings are in some individuals of P. hecaUiena very much reduced ; as further
the band of the hindwings of P. hecataeus is inconstant in breadth ; and as the three
anterior submarginal spots of the hindwings beneath are sometimes indicated, it
is not improbable tliat in future intermediate specimens between the males of
P. l/ecataeus and prospero will turn up.
? . I have before me three specimens from Kubiana (Xew Georgia), one collected
by Mr. Woodford and two olitained liy Capts. Webster and Cotton. The.se individuals
differ from jNIr. Grose Smith's type-specimen in the cellular patch of the forewings
lieing much larger, even larger than in P. hecataeus ; in the discal patches of both
wings being as large as in this latter species, not smaller; and in tlie marginal spots
of the hindwings being of mucli inferior size than in the type of pi-ospero. In
Woodford's example the submarginal spots of the hindwings are smaller than in
my other si)ecimens and in the tvpe. The marginal spots of the forewings of
P. prospero- ? (type) are merged together with the sulimarginal spots, exclusi\e
of the two spots before and behind the fifth subcostal nervule, which stand separate;
the two specimens collected by Capt. Webster exhibit the same character, but the
markings are smaller and the two anterior submarginal spots are wanting. In ^\'ood-
ford's specimen only two submarginal spots are developed above, and stand separate
from the marginal markings before and behind the second discoidal nervule ; below,
these two spots are confluent with the marginal ones, and there are two others before
them, standing separate, and three behind them being joined to the marginal spots.
These /«»ia/es prove the same that I remarked about the raale, namely, that
the differences between P. hecataeus and prospero are scarcely of specific \alue, and
that P. prospero most probably will sink in future to the rank of a subspecies of
P. hecataeus Godm. & Salv.
Hah. Xew Georgia (Kuliiana), Solonum Ishnids (G cf, •> ? ).
( 312 )
X. .AIEMXOX-GROUP.
t-'exes dissimilar ; base of wings below with red spots.
Note. — In P. loivei, viayo, and tnemnon the red j)atch at the base of the
forewings, above and beneath, consists of narrow scales, which are rounded at the
apex or bear a sinus in the middle of the apical margin. In P. deiplwhuH, deijijylus,
deipliontes, and rumamoviiis these scales are of usual breadth, with the ajiex
3 to G dentate. P. oenonuitis occupies a somewhat intermediate position, but stands
nearer, in that respect, to P. memnon than to P. deiphobus. From P. ascalaphus
those red patches are always (?) absent. — K. J.
95. Papilio inemnon L. [c?,?, metam.].
Seba, Thes. IV. p. 22. t. 16. f. 10. 11 (176.')) (Batavia).
cJ. Popilio Eqiies Trojanus memnon Linnu, Si/st. Xnl. ed. x. p. 4(50. n. 12 (17o8) (Asia) : id., Mus.
Liul. Ulr. p. 193. n. 12 (1764) (irtr. ercl. ; "in Luzonum insulis" ex. en:) : id., Si/st. Nat.
ed. xii. p. 747. n. 13 (17G7) (si/n. excl. ; "China" ex en:) : Houtt., Xalurt. Hist. I. 11. p. 196.
n. 12 (1767) : MiUler, Xalm-s. V. 1. p. .569. n. 13 (1774) {ear. excl); Cramer, I'aj). Exut. I.
p. 142 (/).;'.). t. 91. f. c (1776) (Batavia) ; Sulzer, Gesch. Ins. p. 141. t. 12. f. 5 (1776) : Goeze,
Ent. Beijtr. HI. 1. p. 35. n. 13 (1779) {sijn. ex jiarte) : Fabr., Sjie.c. Iw. II. p. 6. n. 23 (1781)
(sijn. excl. ; "China" ex err.) ; Jablonsky, XlUurs. SclimcU. I. p. 210. n. 10. t. 6. f. 2. 3 (1783) ;
Fabr., Jlant. Ins. II. p. 4. n. 2,5 (1787) ; Roemer, Gen. Ins. Lhin. et Fobr. p. 17. 1. 12. f. 5 (1789)
("China" ex err.) ; Gmelin, Syst. Xat. I. i>. p. 2232. n. 13 (1790) {ex jiarte) : Esper, -Iks/.
Sehmett. p. 86. t. 20. f. 3 (1790); Fabr., Enl. Si/st. III. 1. p. 12. n. 36 (1793) {sijn. excl.;
" China " ex err.).
?l'i. Papilio Eques Trojanns achates Sulzer, .Itnjel.: Ge.srh. Ins. p. 141. t. 12. f, 2 (1776) (Asia) ;
Cramer, I.e. III. p. 84. t. 243. f. A (1782) (" Coromandcr' ex err.) ; Jablonsky, I.e. II. p. 179.
n. 41. t. 15. f. 1 (1784) ; Fabr., Muni. Ins. II. p. 3. n. 19 (1787) {/>.j>.) : Roemer. G,n. Ins.
Linn, et Fabr. p. 68. t. 12. f. 2 (1789) ; Gmelin, Si/sl. Xal. I. 5. p. 2229. n. 284 (1790) (p.p.) :
Fabr., Ent. Si/st. III. 1. p. 9. n. 24 (1793) {p.p.).
(J. Papilio Eques Trojanus atrorenatus Goeze, Ent. Beytr. III. 1. p. 44. n. 23 (1779) {lype: Seba,
Thes. IV. t. 16. f. 10. 11).
$"'. Papilio Eqnes Trojanus laomedon Cramer, Pap. E.rot. I. p. 78. t. 50. f. .\. li (1776)
(" Coromandel " loc. err.) ; Esper, Ausl. Schmetl. p. 37. sub n. 13 (1786).
?l". Papilio Eques Trojanus memnon VHT. Uiomcdon, Jahloiisky, Xaturs. Schni. I. p. 21."(. sub u. 10
(1783).
?l'i. Papilio Eques Trojanus aiweus Cramer, I.e. III. p. 44. t. 222. f. a. b (1782) (W. Sumatra) ;
Jablonsky, Xalurs. Schmett. II. p. 15. n. 13. t. 8. f. 1 (1784); Esper, Ausl. Schmetl. f. 135.
n. 61. t. 33. f. 1 (1788).
¥1^'. Papilio Eques Trojanus achalind's Esper, Ausl. .'<chme!l. p. 118. n. 52. t. 18. f. 2 (" (J "
ex err.) & t. 19. f. 1 (1786).
?<". Papilio agenor, Donovan, Ins. of China t. 24. f. 2 (1798).
J. PaiMio deiphobus var., Thunberg, Mus. Xal. Ujis. XXII. p. 8 (1804).
i"K Achillidcs achates, Hiibner, Verz. beh: Schm. p. 85. n. 879 (1816) (p.p.).
;;»'. Iliades ancaeus, Hubner, I.e. p. 88. n. 927 (1816).
?»l. Iliades laomedon, Hubner, I.e. p. 89. n. 928 (1816).
(J. Iliades memnon, Hiibner, /.-;. p. 89. n. 930 (1816).
J ? . Papilio memnon, Godart, Enc. Meth. IX. p. 29. n. 10 (1819) {p./>.) : Horsf., Cat. Lep. /h.s. .Vus.
E. I. C. I. t. 3. f. 3 (/.). 3a {p.) (1828) ; Swainson, Xool. Illuslr. (2). III. t. 95 (1833) ("type
of subgenus Pa2)ilio " ; Java) ; Boisd., Spec. Gen. Lep. I. p. 192. n. 6 (1836) {p.p.) ; De Haan,
Verh. Nat. Gesch. Xed. overz. bez. p. 23 {ex p.). t. 3. f. 2. 3 [?"•] (1840); Doubl. Westw. &
Hew., Gen. Diurn. Lep. I. p. 10. n. 30 (1846) (p.p.); Gray, Col. Lep. hu. H. ,1/. I. p. 13. n. 47
(1852) (/)./;.) ; id.. List Lep. Ins. B. M. I. p. 14. n. 51 (1856) {p.p.) ; Horsf. & Moore, Cat
Lep. Ins. Mus. E. I. C. I. p. 99. n. 202 (p.p.). t. 2. f. 7 (/.). 7a {p.) (1857) ; VoUonhov., Tijdsrhr
r. Ent. III. p. 72. n. 14 (1860) {p.p.) ; Feld., Verh. z. b. Ges. Wien p. 324. n. 459. & p. 372.
n. 274 (1864) (p.p.) ; Reak., Tr. Ent. Soc. Phil. p. 449. n. 4 (1864) (pp.) ; Wall., Tr. Linn.
Soc. Lo,.d. XXV. p. 46. n. 43. t. 1. f. 1 (<?). 2 [?l»]. 3 [?">]. 4 [?"'] (1865) (Java;
I 31o )
Sumatra; Borneo: Lomhok); Jiutl., Oil. Diiirn. Lip. diiscr. Fiihrlc. p. 25G. n. 74 (IHii!))
(,■.,;■/. nfmrs.) : Piepers, Tijilsili,: ,-. Knt. XIX. p. ].')7. n. 72 (1876) (Batavia) : Salv. t^ Godm.,
/'. Z. S. p. 041 (1«7«) (liilliton I.) ; Obertli., Et. d'Eiil. IV. p. 34. n. 10. 11 (1879) {p.p.) :
Stauding. \- Schatz, E.n.l. S,-h„i. I. p. 8 (1884) ; Kheil, Rhop. Nias p. 37. n. 141 (1884) (Nias I.) ;
Piepers, Tiji/schi: r. Enl. XXXI. p. 350. t. 8. f. 5 (/.) (1888) (Java; life hist.) ; Hagen, Bfrl.
Ent. Zelt. XXXVII. p. Iy5. u. 108 (1892) (Banka I.) : id.. Ins VII. p. 23. n. 21 (1894)
(Sumatra).
<J. PapUiii arbalrs Ziuken, Xur. .id. Jr. Xnt. Cm: XV. p. lol. n. li (1831) (Java).
^. Popiliu memnoii, Aurivillius, Kimijl. Se. V'lt. ,1/,. J/amll. XIX. .0. p. 17. n. 12 (1882).
?'-". PajAllu iidiali's, Heylarts, Tijrhrlii: i: Enl. .\.\XIV. Vn-«I. p. 28 (1891) C J " e.e rrr.);
Snell., ihhl. Vcrsl. p. ll.i (1891) (cwim Heylarts).
? '". Piipilio expiri, Hagen {nn- Butler. 1877), Irix VII. p. 23. u. 22 (1894) (Sumatra).
?'". PiipUio mrmnon var.Jam/iiix Haase, Unlersuch. lib. Mhii. p. 57 (1893).
5 '". Pujiilio mi-iiinoii var. miiiiiim Haase, ?.c. p. 57 (1893).
If we tfeat tlie various " specie.s " erected bv Mes.srs. Butler & Di.^tant as
synonyms or as aberrations, for reasons e.xplained under P. inemnon agenor L.
there remain fom' "species" which run into one another, and are accordingly
enumerated here as subspecies; to this number we have to add a fifth local form
peculiar to the Loo Choo Islands.
(a): P. ineninon L. from Java, Nias, .Sumatra, Xatmia Islands, and Borneo;
(i) : P. memnmi oeeani Doherty from Engano Island ;
(c) : P. merivaon merajni Doherty from Sumba, Sambawa, .\donara ;
(d) : P. riiemtion agenor L. from Malacca, iSiam, Burma, Continental India
(exclusive of South and West India), Tonkin, China (and Soutli Jai)an ?) ;
(e) : P. Tnemnon j/i^yeri subsp. nov. from the Loo Choo Islands.
In all these local races, exclusive of P. meninon oeeani Doh. and P. niemnon
inerapu, Doh., of which only a small series of specimens is known, the males vary in
the forewings, being provided above with a red spot at the base of the cell, or being
without that mark : on the underside tlie amount of red at the base of the wings is
also variable; in the single known male of P. 'inemnon oeeani the red colour is
almost (not wholly, as "W. Doherty says) wanting. The length of the bluish grey or
grey lines on the uiijierside of the wings is variable in specimens from the same
locality.
The females are dimorphic in the shape of the hindwings, the latter being
tailless or tailed; in colour and patteiTi they are polymoi'phic ; we must, however,
exclude again oeeani and inenqju, of which we know so little. The Loo Choo
Papilio has only one form of the female sex, which, moreover, seems to be very
constant ; this case of monomorphism in one sub.species and polymorphism in the
other recalls to mind a similar development in the local forms of P. clylia L.,
P. polytes L., P. riimanzoviits Eschsch., etc. (see p. 305).
The tailed and tailless females of P. memnon L. and P. memnon agenor L., as
well as the various colour varieties, are not confined to certain localities within the
respective ranges of the.se subspecies; all. enperi Butl. of P. memnon agenor
alone is apparently local; in certain places, however, and at certain times of the
year, the one or the other of the aberrations is more pre\alent. I do not know of
any breeding experiments by which it is clearly proved that one female produces
several forms.
Tliough I have treated the female of P. polytes L. as tri- and tetramorphic,
I think it will be best to treat the female of the (iresenl Papilio as dimorpliic, not-
withstanding its being still more varialilc than tliiit insect; as it is ini|)Ossible to
draw exact parting lines between the luiinc-rous colour \arietics of /'. infnrnon-'^
( 314 )
and agenor-'i , it will be iiiuch more convenient to accept two ? ?-forniae, a tailless
and a tailed form, each including a great number of aberrations, than to enumerate
several dozens of abenations as ? ¥ -formae.
(a) : P. memnon L., forma typ. [cJ, $ , metam.].
S- The streaks of greyish blue scales on the upperside of the hindwings are
extended inwardly us far as the apex of the cell ; the cell is entirely black, or there are
greyish blue scales in the apex along the veins, or the apical third is covered with
greyish blue scaling ; this latter character occurs chiefly in Nias specimens. The
black interspaces between these streaks are somewhat dilated at their outer end, so as
to form a series of submarginal black spots which con-espond to the sulimarginal
spots of the underside. Below, the gi'ey, or bluish grey, or huffish streaks of the
forewings are longest and broadest in the Xias examples, shortest and thinnest in
those from Borneo. The bluish grey area of the hindwings is broadest again in the
Xias individuals, where this area extends mostly far beyond the inner row of black
spots, which sometimes is, however, also the case in specimens from other localities;
near the anal angle there is not often a tint of ochreous.
? . Dimorphic. Very variable in pattern.
(«') : ?-f. Uiomedon Cramer, I.e. Tailless. The principal aberrations, whicli
partly have received names, are as follows: —
(((.'-) : Typical coloration. Above, forewings with red basal patch ; hindwings
without white, lighter in the outer half than at the base, with a series
of submarginal and another series of fainter subdiscal black spots ;
abdomen blackish.
Qy): Like («-), but forewings with a large subapical white iiatcli.
{c^ : ? -ab. erebiniw Haase, I.e.
P. laomrilon var., De Haan, L<: t. 3. f. 2 (1840).
Like (/)-), Imt hindwings above coloured almost as in tlie rntile, with a yellow
mark at anal angle ; posterior half of abdomen yellow.
(dr): Like (6^), but abdomen as in (c).
(«') : ? -ab. mieeus Cramer, I.e.
Like («'), but patch at base of forewings white or yellowish white instead
of red.
(/-') : 'i -ah. javanus Haase, I.e.
P. acliates var., De Haan, I.e. t. 3. f. 3 (1840).
Hindwings with the apex of cell, and six or seven spots round cell white; discal
series of black spots absent above, as in the following aberrations.
((/): Wallace, I.e. t. 1. f. 2 (1865). Like (/■), but cell of hindwings
without white.
(k'): Hindwings white, base and a series of submarginal spots black;
abdomen black.
(i^) : Like {h-), but abdomen yellow, with a dorsal black median line.
( :''i''5 )
(/•■) : Like (//'), but forewings with a large subapical white patcli.
In all these aberrations the anal angle of the hinchvings is mostly tinged witli
yellow. The basal red spots on the underside of the hindwings vary in number from
two to four.
(I/): ?-f. achates Sulzer, I.e.; Wallace, /.c. t. 1. f. 4. Tailed. Hindwings with
two-thirds of cell and six or seven large spots round the cell white ; these discal spots
very variable, the intermediate ones often partly or totally obliterated. Patch at the
base of the forewings above red or wliitish buS'. Abdomen yellow, with a black dorsal
line.
Hah. Java [6 c^, 14 ?'", 5 ?<=']; Xias [13 c?, 11 ?'", 1 ?'-'>]; Sumatra
[3 J, 4 ?'"]; Natuua Islands [2 cJ, 1 ?'"]; Borneo [1.5 S, 6 ?'"].
I have a riinle and a ?-f. laomedon Cram, fi-om Sumatra, caught in cojiula, and
still united to one another.
(b): P. memnon oceani Doherty [<?,?].
J ? . PiipiVio (Iliinlrs) •u-.aiii Doherty. JuKnt. As. Sor. Benr/. p. 31. n. 49 (1891) (Engano I.V
.Mr. W. Doherty obtained one pair of this insect only; further researches must
show whether oceani can stand as a subspecies, or whether the two type-specimens
are mere individual aberrations; as P. meninon from Java, Nias, Sumatra, Borneo,
and Bunguran are the same, it is rather striking that the island of Engano should
have a local form of its own. It can certainly not stand as a species; the distin-
guishing characters are so variable in P. memnon that many viemnon are almost
identical with the female of oceani.
c?. Bluish streaks of the hindwings above, and luteous grev streaks of the
forewings below, much reduced ; red spots on the hindwings below obliterated, that
of the forewings indicated by a number of red scales ; inner series of black spots of
the underside of the hindwings barely .indicated, chiefly owing to the grey area not
extending, as in P. memnon, along the nervules, so as to surround or partly surround
those sul.idiseal spots.
}. Tailless. Basal red patch of the forewings above small (not absent, a-; is said
in Doherty's description) ; those of the hindwings below also small, but larger than in
some specimens of /■'. memnon. The other characters mentioned by Doherty ajijx'ar
also in certain P. memnon ?-f. laomedon Cram.
Hall. Engano Island (1 J, 1 ? ; ti/pes).
(c): Papilio memnon merapu Doherty [c^].
J. Pujiilio (lliajris) mrmpii Doherty, Joiini. As. Sor. Buhj. p. 191. n. 108 (1891) (Sumba).
cf ?. P"y»7m mcwnon, Snellen (jicc Linnd, 1758); Tijihchr. r. Ent. XXXIV. p. 251. n. 50 (1891)
(Flores).
Doherty described this insect from large male specimens wliich were of the size
of the largest P. meninon agenor h. and P. memnon prt/eri Kothsch. subsp. nov.
I have not had an opportunity to comjiare specimens from Sumba, but I think that
the specimens from Sambawa and Adonara in my collection, though of the
usual size of P. memnon, i.e. smaller than typical merapu, cannot be s(^parated
from tnerapu; I am the more convinced that I am right in this surmise as the other
Papilios known from Sumba and Sambawa are identical. The Sambawa and Adonara
specimens agree quite well with Doherty's description, except in size.
( 316 )
S. The liliii-h <^ro\ area of the liiiidwiiigs is niosllv imit-li narrower above than
in P. raemvon ; lielow it is also narrow, bnt in some specimens not narrower than in
certain P. meinnon, and more or less tinged with ochreous; in one of the two
Adonara specimens in my collection the ochreous colovu' is very conspicuous. The
white marginal internervular fringes are larger than in meriinon.
Snellen (/.c.) says that the mules from Floras differ from P. memnon in the outer
region of the underside of the hindwings being reddish yellow instead of grev ; he
does not say whether the female is also different.
? . This sex has been discovered by Dr. Staudinger's collector on Sambawa ; it
is very peculiar in pattern ; mononiori)hic.
Vpperside: forewings brown, darker at the ba.'*e, with a red patch in the base
of the cell; marginal fringe white between the nervules. Hindwings of the ground-
colour of the forewings or deeper brown; a discal macular band bufhsh white or
yellowish buff', rather narrow, not toiuhing tlie cell, in one specimen only slightlv
marked, being much shaded with brown; the band consists of seven spots; the
postcostal s])ot is sublunate, about twice as broad (transversely) as long, absent
from one individual : the anal one is tinged with orange or yellow, and is joined
to the last marginal marking. Submarginal black spots longer than in P. memnon
L., those between the median bi'anches longer than the corresponding white discal
markings. Marginal spots clearly marked in three specimens out of four before me
(two belong to Dr. Staudinger).
Underside: with the basal red markings well developed. Hindwings with tlie
discal band whiter, better defined, owing especially to the ground-colour of the
wing being much darker than above: the middle spots of the band bear a small and
faint blackish brown centre; though the markings are |iroiliK'c(l along the nervules,
they are not joined to the marginal spots.
Hub. Suniba; Sambawa (W. Doherty, September 1891) fO (J, 2 ?); Flores ;
Adonara AV. Doherty, November 1891) (2 6).
(d): P. memnon agenor L. [<?,?]•
Houttuyn, \al,n-l. Ili^t. I. 11. p. \'M\. sub ii, I'J. t. s7. f. 1 (^J) (ITfi") (China).
J'". Papili'i Kques TrnjamiK iifiiiinr Liiiiii', Sunt. Nal. ed. x: p. 4(30. n. 13 (17;)H) (Asia) : Clerck,
rroui-s liis. I. t. If), f. 1. 2 (17.69) : Liunc'. Miis. Lutl. VU: p. 1!I4. n. 13 (17l")4) (China) ; id.,
Siisl. Xul. ed. xii. p. 747. n. 14 (17t)7) ; Houtt., Xnturl. fTist. I. II. p. l'J7. n. 13 (17G7) (/<./(.) ;
ftiitller. .\.il:irs. V. 1. p. 570. n. 14 (1774) ; Fabr., Si/hI. Kiit. p. 441".. n. 18 (1776) (China) :
Cramer, I'liji. Ex. I. p. h'2. t. 32. f. a. n (177;')) (China; Coromandel ; inr ISatavia) ; Goeze,
/■;»/. B,,jh: III. 1. p. 35. n. 14 (1779) (>.'/". n /»irl,') ■ Fabr., Sj,,;: /;«. II. p. 7. n. 25 (1781)
(China ; .i.i/«. ex part,) ; Jalilonsky, Xiiliirs. .SV7i/«<«. II. p. 20. n. 14. t. 8. f. 3 (1784) : Fabr.,
Man/. /;«. II. p. 4. n. 27 (1787) ; Vimelin, Si/sl. Xal. I. 5. p. 22,32. n. 14 (1790) (.«/«. ,.,■ j>,n-lr) :
Esper, Avsl.Schmflt. p. 108. n. 46. t.2n. f. 1 (1792) ; Fabr., A'«/. .%,'/. III. 1. p. i;i. n. 3'.i (1793)
(ni/n. ex pari,') ; Thunberg, Mus. Xal. f>. XXIII. p. « (1804).
(^ . F,i/Nli,i Etjai's Tr,ija»ttft meinnftn var., Linn<', .1A".^\ Ln,h T^/r. p. 19.'*i. siih n. 12 (171)4) ; Jtiiller.
Xalnrs. V. 1. p. 570. t. 17. f. 2 (1774).
(^ . Papilio Eqws Trojanua iitent}ia>i^ Fabriciiis, Si/st. Ent. p. 446. ii. 17 (1775) {^;/>i. excL) ; id., Spfir.
/,ig. II. p. 6. n. 23 (1781) (f.r parte) : E-sper, An^l. S,-hmelt. p. 35. n. 13. t. 8. f. 1 (" ? " ex rrr.)
(1785) {ex p.) ; Fabr., E„l. S,/st. III. I. p. 12. n. 3C. (1793) (--.'•;-.) ; ThunberK, Muk. Xal. Cpa.
XXIII. p. 9 (1804).
(^. Papilio Eque,i TrojtmuA amhoffean Cramer. Pap. E.e. I. p. 1-12. t. 91. f. .\. li (1776) (China) :
Goeze, E,it. Deytr. III. 1. p. 43. n. 16 (1779).
cj. I'apiHo Eque.s Tr,,j,iuitn memnon var. ,tii,lr't,f''0,*. .Tablonsky, Xatitr)t. Scfimetl. I. p. 213. sub n. lo
(1783).
cJ. Piijniio Efjiies Trnjamis memnon var. amhogeua (!). Gnielin. .%<^ Xal. I. 5. p. 2232. sub n. 13
(1790).
^. PopUin Erjues Tr,ijainis priileuor. Espor. .\,(i:l. H,-Iiinell. p. 120. n. .'>3. t. 29. f. 2 (1792).
( 317 )
¥®. PrqiiUo Eqiifs Trnjamix alfauin- Cramer, Pap. AV. II. p. 1U7. t. lili',. f. a (1770) (China):
Goeze, Ejit. Bnjtr. III. 1. p. 44. n. 20 (1770) ; Esper, Ausl. Hrhmill. p. l.U. n. (50. t. .'54. f. 2
(1795?).
9'-''. PajiiHii Eqiim Tnijiiiiiis oWia/cs Cramer (we Sulzer, I77il). /'(/_/<. /■>. II. p. K'O. t. 182. f. .a. ii
(1779) (China; " Java." ex err.) ; Goeze, JCiit. Beijtr. III. 1. p. 42. n. 11 (1779) ; Fabr., Ny<.-r.
Im. II. p. 5. n. 19 (1781) {p.p.) ; Jablonskj-, Natiirs. Schmell. II. p. 179. d. 41 (1784) {p./:) :
Fabr., .Maul. Ins. II. p. 3. n. 19 (1787) (ji.p.) ; Gmelin, Sysl. Xal. ed. xiii. I. b. p. 2229. n. 284
(1790) (p.p.) ; Esper, Ausl. Schmelt. p. IIG. n. 51. t. 28. f. 1 ("<J" ex err.) (1792?) ; Fabr.,
Eiif. .S;jsl. III. 1. p. 9. n. 24 (1793) (p.p.).
J'"'. PiijiUiu Ei/iiis Trnjtiims iilphenor, Fabricius {nee, Cramer, 1779), Sjiec. Ins. II. p. 4. ii. II
(1781) ; Jablonsky, X<,liirs. Schmelt. II. p. 205. n. 44. t. 16. f. 1 (1784).
?'2|. ArhlUklrs ar/H,l,'.-<, Hulmer, Verz. be!:. Helim. p. 85. n. 879 (1816) {p.p.).
? i-'l. Aehillnh's aleiiiiur, Hiibner, I.e. p. 85. n. 880 (1810).
$1". IIUulvn agennr, Hiibner, I.e. p. 89. n. 929 (1810).
cJ. Iliailes niestur Hiibner, I.e. p. 89. n. 930 (1816) {nor. num. loeo andro;/eii.t Cram.).
cJ ?. I',ipilio mjenor, Godart, Ene. Jlelh. IX. p. 28. n. 9 (1810) (/-.;/.) ; Oberth., Et. iVEnl. XVII
p. 1 (1893) (Tonkin).
J. PdjiHio thiiuberiji Siebold, flisl. Xat. Jap. p. 16 (1824) (Japan).
1^ ?. Papilio memiam, Boisdnval, Sjirc. Gin. hep. I. p. 192. u. (J (183ii) ( l>.p.) : De Haan, Verb.
Nat. Geseh. Netl. orerz. bez. p. 23 (1840) {p.p.) \ Doubl. Westw. & Hew., Gen. Diurn. Lep. I.
p. 10. n. 30 (184G) {p.p.) ; Gray, Cat. Lep. Ins. B. .M. I. p. 13. n. 47 (1852) {p.p.) ; id., List
Lep. Inn. B. .1/. I. p. 14. n. 51 (1856) {p.p.) ; Horsf. & Moore, Cat. Lep. Ins. .Uus. E. I. C. I.
p. 99. n. 202 (1857) (^j.^j.) ; VoIIenhov., TijdscJir. r. Ent. III. p. 72. n. 14 (1860) {p.p.) : Feld.,
Verl). z. b. Ges. WUn p. 324. n. 459. & p. 372. n. 274 (18G4) {p.p.) ; Reak., Tr. Ent. Sve. Pl,d.
p. 449. n. 4 (1864) {p.p.) ; Butl., Cat. Diwrn. Lep. clescr. Fahrie. p. 25G. n. 74 (1869) {p.p.) :
Druce, P. Z. .S. p. 109. n. 7 (1874) (Siam) ; Ehves, ibW. p. 873 (1881) ; Pryer, Rhop. Mlwn.
p. 4. n. 8 (1886) (Nagasaki) ; Leech, P. Z. S. p. 405. n. 8 (1887) (S. Japan) : id'.. Ball, a/ China,
etc. p. 544 (1893) (China & S. Japan : nee Loo Choo Is.).
$ '■>. PaiiiUo aehales, God.art, Ene. Milh. IX. p. 64. n. 107 (1819) {p.p.) : Moore, P. Z. H. p. 697
(1878) (Hainan) : Holland, Tr. Amer. Ent. Soe. XIV. p. 122. n. 68 (1887) (Hainan).
J ? . Papilin amlrnr/ens, Moore, P. Z. S. p. 757 (1865) (Bengal) ; id. & Wall., ibid. p. 356 (1866)
(Formosa) ; Moore, ibid. p. 841 (1878) (Hatsiega) : Oberth., Et. d'Ent. IV. p. 34. n. 11. &
p. 111. n. 11 (1879) {p.p.) ; Robbe, Ami. Sac. Eut. Behj. p. 120. n. 11 (1892) (Darjeeling).
(J J. Pa/iiliii andnxjeus {[), WnUace {neeandrogcii.i Cvamev), Tr. Linn. Sac. Land. XXV. p. 47. u. 44
(1865) (Malacca ; India) ; Nice'v., Journ. As. Sac. Benij. p. 53 & 59 (1881) (Sikkim) ; Ehves,
Tr. Ent. Soe. Land. p. 428. n. 408 (1888) (Sikkim ; common in the lower valleys, up to
5000 feet) ; Nicev., Jnnrn. Bambay N. II. Soe. p. 387. n. 95 (1890) (C'hiu-Lushai) ; Watson,
ih/d. p. 53 (1891) (Chin-Lushai).
(J ?. Papilio arp-nor, Aurivillius, Ku?u/I. Sr. Vet. Ae. HaiuU. XIX. 5. p. 18. n. 12a (cj). 13 [?•••]
(1882) : Standing. & Schatz, /•>.,'/. Schmelt. I. p. 8 (1884) ; Dist., Rhap. Mai. p. 339. n. 7. t. 29. f. 1
[ ?"'] (1885) (Mai. Pen.) ; Holland, Tr. Amer. Ent. Sac. XIV. p. 122. n. 66 (I8S7) (Hainan).
J ?'". Papilio esperi Butler, Tr. Linn. Soe. Land. (2). Zoo!. I. p. 553. n. 17. t. 68. f. 7 I 9 )
(1877) (Mai. Pen.) : Dist., !.c. p. 341. n. 7c. t. 28. f. 1 ((J). 6 ( ? ) (188.5) (Mai. I'en.l : Holland,
Tr. Amer. Ent. Soe. XIV. p. 122. n. 67 (1887) (H.ainan).
S ?"'■ Papilin mestor, Butler {nee Hiibner, 181G). I.e. p. 553. n. 18 (1877) (Miila-cai ; Dist.. /..-.
p. 341. n. 7d. t. 28. f. 2 (^J). 7 ( ? ) (1885) (Mai. Pen.).
(J?'='. Papilio achates, Butler {nea Sulzei', 1776), I.e. p. 553. n. 10 (1877) (Malacca]; Dist., I.e.
p. 342. n. 7e. t. 28. f. 3& 4(J). 5 (?) (1885) (Mai. Pen. ; Siam; India).
? I". Papilio p!a,cnir Distant, Wwp. Mai. p. 340. n. 7a. t. 27b. f . 7 ( ? ) (1885) (Mai. Pen.).
cJ ? I". Papdio eili.r Distant, I.e. p. 340. n. 7b. t. 29. f. 4 ((J). 5 ( ? ) (1885) (Mai. Pen.).
(J?. Papilio {lliadex) androipjus. Wood -Mason & Nicev., ./onrn. As. Sue. Hen;/, p. 373. n. 173
(1886) (Ctichar) ; Elwes & Nicev., ibid. p. 437. n. 138 (1886).
(J ? . Iliades achuteg, Moore, Jonrn. Linn. Sac. Land. XXI. p. 50 (1889) (Morgui<>t its Archipelago).
cJ ? . Iliades agenor, Swinhoe, Tr. Ent. Soe. Loud. p. 312. n. 380 (1893) (Khasia Hills).
(J?. Papilio (I Hades) agenor, Niceville, Gazetteer of SHclcim p. 172. n. 475 (1894) (Sikkim ; very
common from April to December, up to 5000 feet ; the tailed ? is the commonest form).
This insect, thousfh so vovv closely iilliiil lo iiDil often i)idistiii<;nisli;il>le l)oni
P. memnon L., has been considered bv Linne to lie a di.stinct si>ccies, because lie
described F. memnon from the tiKile, ;\w\ <i<ienor from the female; the mule cf
( ol8 )
ngenw he treated as a mere aberration of P. memnon, of which he did not know the
other sex. Cramer named in 177G the 'iiiale of a f/enof P. E. Tr. (tmlrof/eos; iiubner,
lieing aware that Cramer had described and figured in 1775 anotlier (American)
I'apiHo under the name of P. E. Tr. (indrocieus, gave the name of lliades mestor
to Cramer's figure (cj of agenor l^.). Some recent English and foreign authors
curiously follow Wallace in using the name of androgeis (instead of and/rogeos) for
our Papilio, though Linne's name of agenor has the priority of eighteen years.
Messrs. Butler & Distant have erected five species, besides P. agenor L., all
found in !Malay Peninsula. 1 cannot see any reason why Messrs. Butler & Distant
are correct in mating the male and female sjiecimens as they have done ; is
there any reason against the male of Butler's esperi, for example, being really that of
cilix or achates or pfioenix? I think there is none, as the supposed (litt'ercut males
of the.se " species" run all into one another; it is quite impossible to separate the
nudes of these species, if one has a long series of specimens, unless one picks out the
typical specimens and burns the intermediate ones, or describes every third specimen
as a distinct species. The females, like those of P. memnon, exhibit a niucli
greater variation than the males, and one miglit be justified in saying tliat at least
the tailed and tailless specimens belong to two different species. But taking into
consideration, firstly, that in the allied P. polytes L., in P. agamemnon L. and
others, the tails appear and disappear, and are of no .specific value at all ; secondly,
that a tailless male which is indi.stiuguishable from the males of agenor must be
mated with that tailed /enw^t/e; and thirdly, that, if Messrs. Butler & Distant 's species
were really distinct, some dozens of species would have to be erected for P. memnon
and agenor, which would be quite against the rule that the nearest allied forms of
insects and other creatures do not occur together on the same spot, I feel quite
certain, e\en without the exact proof by rearing experiments, that P. esperi, achates,
phoenix, etc., are mere aberrations of the highly variable P. nienmon agenor L.
The specimens of P. memnon agenw L. from India. Siam, Malay Peninsula,
China, and South Japan cannot be separated subspecifically ; we must, however, note
that in .South Japan (Kiu-Shiu) the females are always tailless and form al.so in colour
a connecting link with P. memnon pryeri subsp. nov. from the Loo Choo Islands ;
these Japanese P. mentnmi agenor L. have been described from the nude sex, which
is indistinguishable from agenw, as P. thunhergl by Siebold (I.e.) ; it may be that
the Ja[iauese females at least are dittVrent enough to separate them subspecifically
from agenw, and that therefore, notwitli.standing that I treat here P. thiinbergi Sieb.
as a synonym of P. 'nieinnon agenor I.,., in future P. thuidie.rgi Sieb. will have to
stand as a separate subspecies, /-". memnon thiinbergi Sieb. ; the series of specimens
from Japan I could comjiare was not large enough to enable me to solve this question.
The /e)H/(/e which Pryer (/.c.) figures is certainly not a Jai)anese one; it is exactly
identical with ray female specimens of P. agenor pryeri mihi, which were collected
by Mr. Pryer in the Loo Choo Islands.
Owing to the occurrence of every intergraduate lietweeu the m/des and between
most of the aberrations of the femnles of I', memnon and a^jenor, the latter mu-l
rank as a subs[)ecies of P. memnon.
cj. Differs from P. memnon L. in the greyish area of the imdersidc of tlie hind-
wings being ob.solete, except in the anal region, where the grey colour is tinged with,
or replaced by, ochreous or red; the black spots are.well defined only near the anal
angle ; the amount of red or oehreuus on the hiudwings varies very much. .Most
( :^19 ■)
sppciniPiis havp a subdiscal series of spots on the hindwiiigs beneatli, consisting of
rather disjiersed lilue scales, which appear sometimes also in P. memiion. The
amount of bluish grey scales on the upperside varies considerably; specimens with
only a few bluish grey scales above are —
(p) : ab. depelchini Robbe.
(J. Piqiilio (iii(lrngii,.< var. ilipih-hmi Robbe, Ann. Soc. Enl. Bili/. p. 125. n. 12 (1802) (Kurseong,
Sikkim).
I have a mnlf and a ferivde of this aberration from Sikkim which are very peculiar
in the almost total absence of bluish grey scales from the upperside of the wings and
in tiie greenish metallic gloss of the hindwings; the hindwings of both specimens
are produced into a tooth at the end of the ujjper median nervule. as it is mostly the
case in P. inemnon pryeri Kothsch.
Two other males, from Sikkim and the Khasia Hills, are \'ery remarkable in
pattern ; they remind one rather strikingly of the pattern of P. polymnestor Cram,
and Idmpsacus Boisd. I propo.se to name these specimens —
(iiv') : (S-ab. primif/enius ab. nov.
Upperside: hindwings in the anal region with a series of four (Kliasia Hills
specimen, type) or two fSikkim specimen) black .spots, wholly encircled with almost
white .scaling; bluish grey streaks much whiter than in the usual form of the nude.
Underside : hindwings with an anal and three submarginal complete grey rings,
the anal one and a grey subdiscal lunule between the two lower median nerxules
tinged with red at their basal sides : in the Khasia Hills specimen there is a second grey
lunule before the middle median nervule, and in each of the three anterior cellules
stands, close to the white marginal fringe, a grey spot, which is partly joined to a
submarginal indistinct lunule, so as to form an incomplete submarginal grey ring ; the
subdiscal series of blue spots is complete; in the Sikkim specimen these spots are
rather well defined.
The specimens were obtained in Sikkim in May 1886 (Aloller leg.), and in the
Kl a^ia Hills in April 1889 (Kev. Hamilton leg.).
In one male from Burma in my collection the forewings have a large red basal
mark, as in the female, and the hindwings, besides an anal red ring, a small and
indistinct submarginal sjjot of the same colour before the lower median vein on the
upperside.
?. Dimor[ihic in shai)e of the hindwings; polymoriihic in pattern. Specimens
of the tailless form with the disc of the hindwings white are often indistinguishable
from the corresponding aberrations of P. memnon. The anal angle of the hindwings
is tinged with red or oehreous.
(c') : ?-f. agenor I.,., I.e. Tailless, with the following principal colour
varieties : —
(>r) : Typical coloration. Hindwings white, exclusive of basal half and
submarginal black spots. (l'"igures: Clerck, Icon. I. t. 1 .i ; Cramer,
I.e. t. 32).
(o-) : White of hindwings occupying also part of cell.
{p-} : ?-ab. phoenix Distant, I.e.
White area reduced to five patches, the posterior ones of which are strongly
tinged with red, chiefly at their outer borders.
( 320 )
(q-) : ?-ab. loc. esperi Hutl., I.e. (?, nee cJ).
Korewings with a liirge wliite sul.apical patch ; hindwings almost as in the mfile.
I restrict this name to the female, as the nude specimens wliich Hutler mates with
this/e»w/e are not wortli a varietal name. This coDspicuous aberration seems to be
confined to the Malay Peninsula, and I enumerate it, therefore, as " ab. loc." {(tberrntio
alicidus lod).
(i'^) : ? -ab. hutlerianus nom. nov.
Papilio nifslm- Butler (;i-r Hiibner, 181G), I.e. ( ? , n/'c ,^) : DLst., I.e. t. 28. f. 7.
Forewings with a large white patch at the hinder angle; hindwings almost as in
the male, hut with a red anal ring.
Hiibner's name of mestor was given to the male as figured liv Cramer. I.e. t. 91.
and cannot at all be applied to an aberration of the female which Dr. A. G. Butler
has quite arbitrarily mated with Cramer's figure.
(s"-) : ? -ab. cilix Dist., I.e. ( ? , vec <S).
Differs from ?-ab. phoenix Dist., especially in the hindwings having only two
distinct white .spots besides an anal red ring.
If .Messrs. Godman & Salvin's P. cUix comes in the .same genus with /•■. memnon
L., Distant's name of cilix must sink.
(<2) : ab. depelckini Robbe (see the corresponding form of the c?).
Similar to the male of ab. depelehini Kobbe, but paler, with a strong olive-green
glo.ss on the hindwings, the latter with an incomplete anal red ring.
(«-) : Like (r-), but hindwings with a white baud along the abdominal
margin.
(v-) : Like fi/-), but anal red mark witlioul a lilack centre.
Some of these aberrations reseinblc certain malefi of 1'. rketeiicn- Westw. ; this
superficial resemblance has, however, nothing to do with mimicrv.
((/'): ?-f alennor Cram., I.e. Tailed, the white spots morn or less stronglv
tinged with red.
(iv-) : Typical coloration. Spot at base of forew'ings abo\e red. Hindwings
with a small white spot within the apex of the cell and five sniiiU
white spots round the cell.
(.(•-; : ?-ab. dislantianns nom. nov.
P. E. Tr. a,'hol,.o Cramer {mc Siilzer, 1776), I.e. (17711) : Ui.tler, I.e. ( ? . n,r A), Dist., I.e. t. 28. f. T)
(1885).
White spots of the hindwings enlarged.
Hal). India (excei)t Xorth-West, Central, and South India, and Cevlon), Burma,
and Siam [31 J, 20 ?"', 8 ?(,,]; Malay Peninsula [7 cJ, C ?'", 2 ?'-']; Formosa
[2 (?, 1 ?'", 1 ?»] ; Hainan ; China [5 c?, 4 ?'", 3 ?«] ; South Japan [26, 1 ?"' ; ?'''
does not occur].
( :^2l )
(e): P. memnon pryeri snhsii. nov. [J. ?].
^. Pii/jilio mtiiiiiini var.. De Haan, I'rrh., Xiil. (iinrh. NeiJ. orerz. Ijez. p. 24. t. 3. f. 1 ( I84il) (" Japan "
hir. CIV.).
5 . Pajiilio tnfmnnn, Pryer («<•<• Linae), RJiop. Nilimi. t. 2. f. 1 (188G) ("Japan" c:r err.).
J ? . Pupilio memnoii, Leech, Biilterjf. of China, etc. p. 545 (1803) {p.p. ; Loo Choo Is.).
In most specimens of either sex the hindwings are produced into a short tooth
at the end of the upper median nervule.
(?. Large. Streaks of bluish grey scales on the upperside much reduced, chiefly
on the hindwings, where a rather broad marginal area is without such scales. The
exterior black spots on the underside of the hindwings in the anal region are larger
than in P. memnon I>. and ar/enor L. ; the transverse red bars, bordering them
inwardly between the median nervules, stand farther from the margin than in those
local races.
? . Monomorphic ; large, tailless,
Vppei'side: forewings white; ajjcx, outer and costal margins narrowly black;
jiatch at base, veins, and internervular folds also black ; red mark at base large.
Hindwings black, gi'eenish glossy, bluish at the costal margin, with six cone-shaped
white discal marks ; cell without white ; submarginal black spots large, that between
the lower median nervules more than twice as long as broad, and, like the more
rounded anal spot, partly or entirely encircled with reddish ochreous.
Underside : forewings as above, but rather more white. Hindwings with the
discal white markings smaller than above. Behind the costal margin stands a seventh
spot, which is mostly lunate, often ochreous red, and aj)pears also sometimes on the
upperside. Ochreous colour at anal angle yellower than above.
Abdomen entii'ely black.
Hah. Loo Choo Islands (15 t^, 6 ?j. .^
9(i. Papilio lowi Druce [J,?].
(J. Piipilln hmii Druce, P. Z. S. p. .S58. n. 28. t. .T?. f. 6 ((J) (1873) (■'Borneo " loc. err.).
J?. P.tidlin h.wil, Staudinger. h;s I. p. 278 (1888) (Palawan): id.. !.r. II. p. 12 (1889)
(Palawan).
^ ?. Papilio [lliu(lfs) Inirii, Semper, Philipj,.. Taijfalt. p. 208. n. 407 (18i,l2) (Palawan, September
to December).
6. Resembles P. 'memnon L., but is tailed. The grey area on the underside
of the hindwings assumes sometimes the same peculiar ochraceous colour which we
find in P. 'memnon merapu Doh. from the lesser Sunda Islands.
?. Monomorphic in sliape of the hindwings, being always tailed; dimorphic in
colour.
(n-): Typical coloration. Hindwings with a large discal white patch consisting
of a large cellular and seven large extracellular spots ; with one series of black spots.
(h^): Hindwings without white, with two series of black si)ots.
Hah. Palawan (8 <?, 3 ?); Balabac (1 (?, 2 ? ; A. Everett le;;.).
T)ruce described this species from Borneo, from Mr. Low's collection ; this locality
is most i)robably eiToneous. The material collected by Mr. Low in many of the
P^astern islands (see Druce, I.e.) had been in the bands of several collectors before
it came (for the most part) to Mr. Druce; so it is quite probable that the localities
have partly been mixed up. Certain insects mentioned in .Mr. Druce's paper bear the
locality "Palawan."
97. Papilio mayo Atkins. [cJ,?].
J. Pii/jilio )i,ii,,., Atkinsnn, P. /.. S. p. 73(;. t. (;3. f. 1 (1873) (Andiiman Is.) : Arooro, P. Z. S.
p. 592 (1877) (Andaman Is.) : Oberth., Et. lY E„l. IV. p. 34. n. 'J (1879) (Pt. Blair) : Wood-
Mas. & Nic^r., Journ. As. Sac. Beiig. p. 237. n. G7 (1880) (Andaman Is.) (•' rcpre-sentative of
P. polymtieMor " !).
?. Paiiilin c/iariclis Hewitson, Ann. Mag. .Y. ]I. (4). XIV. p. 3iJG (1874) (Andaman Is.): id.
E.r. liutl. V. Pap. t. 14. f. ih (187.-.) : Moore, P. Z. S. p. 592 (1877) (Andaman Is.) : Wood-Mas.
& Nicdv., I.e. p. 237. n. 66 (1880) (Andaman Is. ; "representative of P. aixlrogiux" !).
(J J. Papilio mai/n, Wood-Mason & Nici'v., I.e. p. 252. n. 'Jo (1881) (Andaman Is.) : Standing.
& Sohatz, Exol. Sriimetl. I. p. 8 (1884) : Ilimse, Ciiffrsiirli. iilj. Mini. p. 55. t. 6. f. 38 ( ? ). 39 ((J)
(1893).
c?. With a beautiful bluish white band across the hindwings; the latter have
on the underside a complete series of discal lunules, which are partly red and partly
pale blue, or all whitish blue; the number of the submarginal red markings is as
variable as in P. rnemnon L. The b\iffish grey or grey streaks of the forewings are
short and do not touch the outer margin of the wing on either side. Tlic hindwings
have a short tooth, as in P. nienmcm pryei-i mihi.
?. Monomorphie. Eesembles P. memnon agenor ?-f. alcanor Cram., but the
tails have a huffish red tip, as those of P. rhodifer IJutl., which it is said to mimic.
Hah. Andaman Lslands (18 c?, 3 ?).
Does not apparently occur on the Nicoliar IsUuiils, where P. doubledayi
snmhilanga Doh. instead of P. rhodifer Hutl. flies.
98. Papilio rumanzovius Kschsch. [J,?, larva, pupa].
Petivcr. Gitzoph. Nat. t. 11. f. 8 (1702) : Ray (Rajus : Wray). Hint. IiwH. p. 135 (1710).
(J. Piipilio Eques Trnjunus punllions Linne', .l/«.«. Liu/. L'lr. p. 195. n. 14 (1764) (mh s;/n. :
fig. Petiv.).
J. Ptijiilid Eques Trojtinm ihiphohiis, Houttuyn, Xaliirl. llisl. I. 11. p. 192. n. 6 (17ri7) (snli «)/n.) :
MuUer, Niiturs. V. 1. p. 5(i8. n. 7 (177G) (/'.;/. ; Pliihppines).
$"'. Papilio Equcs Trojanus lysander Fabricius, Ent. Si/sl. III. 1. p. 9. n. 25 (1793) (p.Ji. ;
" Magiiituilo," etc.).
?"i. PapiUii rumanzoi-ia Eschscholtz, Kulzihiu's Jinsr III. p. 2114. D. 4. t. 2. f. 4a. 4b (1821)
(Manila) ; Thon, Xaturg. Schmetl. p. 17. t. 5. f. I'l. 7 (1H37) (Manila) : Gray. List l.,p. ]n.i. II.
.\r. I. p. 17. n. 53(1856).
^. Papilio l-ruaeiislirnia Eschsclioltz, I.e. p. 205. n. 5. t. 3. f. 5a. 5b ( 1821) (Manila).
(J. lliadi:i einalthion Hiibncr. Saiiiinl. Ex. Selun. II. t. 117 (poxl 1H22).
(J ?ni. Papilio floi-itlnr Cio&.\rl, Em: M(lh. IX. Suppl. p. 809. n. 10-11 (1823) (Philippines).
(J?i2i_ Papilio rmallhion, Boisdnval, Spre. Oni. Up. I. p. 19!!. n. 7 (I8;!6) (Manila); Doubl.
Westw. & Hew., Gen. Diiii-n. Lip. I. p. 10. n. 31 (1846) (Manila) : Gray. Cat Li/>. /««. H. M.
I. p. 14. n. 48. t. 5. f. 4 [ ? '-■'] (\S:,2) (Manila) : id., List /.,■/,. I,ix. IS. .V. I. p. 10. «. 52 (1856) ;
Reak., Pr. Ent. Soe. Phil p. 447. n. 3 (ISfU) : Olierth.. Et. il'Eiil. IV. p. 38. n. 20 (1879)
(Manila).
? '". Papilio deseonilni Roger, Bull. fioc. Linn. Borileatix I. (1826).
?i". Papilio (lescomhesi Hoisduval, Spee. Ghi. Lip. I. p. 197. n. 8 (183C) (Manila) ; Doubl.
Westw. & Hew., I.e. p. 10. n. 32 (1846) : Gray, Cat., etc. p. 14. n. 49 (1852).
cJ. Papilio einalthion, De Haan, Verli. .\iil. (iixcli. Xrd. nrer:. hez. p. 24 (1840) (Lruienslernia
Esch.soh. - emaltliioii Hiibn.).
5'". Papilio memnon var. riimiinzoria, De Haan, /.<■. p. 21 (I84ii).
(^ ? . Pa/illlii einalthion, Felder, Verh. z. h. Ges. Wiin p. 324. n. 456 (18(!4) (Luzon : " rinnanzoria
5 forma altera est") ; Wall., Proe. Linn. Soe. Ljoml. XXV. p. 48. n. 47 (1865) ( ? dimorphic) ;
Hopff., Sirlt. Ent. Zeil. p. 21. n. 19 (1874) (Siao Is.).
? . Pa/jilio emallhion, Butler, .Inn. Mag. X. 11. (5). XI. p. 423. n. 82 (1883) (Mindanao),
j ?'". Papilio kruspiiMemia, Oborthiir, Et. rl'Ent. IV. p. 38. n. 19 (1879) (Sangir Is. : Manila).
(J ? . Papilio (Iliades) ruinanzoeia, Semper. Pliili/i/i., Tagfall. p. 279. n. 40(i. t. It. f. 9 (_!.. p.)
(1892) (Philippines ; Siao & Sulu Is.).
(J ? . Papilio {I Hades) d.ipUontex, Semper, I.e. p. 280. sub n. 40li (1892) (Sangir Is.).
$*''. Papilio einalthion var. nemperinuA Haase. T'nlern. iih. .Mini. p. 55 (1803).
^ o-j:; )
The figure of Petiver (I.e.) Liniie erroneously refeired to P. niemnmi. Kabricius
described a» P. li/,s<iMder an American insect (P. hd.rrisiiimw Swains, or an allied
form), and in his E)i.t. Syst. (1793) he adds to the original diagnosis the description
of an insect which must be the present Papilio. As the names of 'iite'itviiwii- L. and
li/s<tiider P^abr. must be applied to those other insects, the Pliilippiue Papilio has to
>tand as P. ruinansovius Eschsch., which has the priority of date over Jllibner's
name oi emalthion, that most authors have incorrectly adopted.
Both se.xes are tailless, as in P. ckiphontes Feld., with which it lias been
confounded by Semper (I.e. p. 280). Semper .says that this species, which he records
from the PliiliiJpine, Sulu, and Siao Islands, is represented on the Sangir Islands by
P. deiphmUes Feld., which according to Semper differs in the female sex from
P. 'niytvmzovius by the absence of the red Imsal patch from the upperside of the
forewings. W. Doherty, however, procured a good series of both sexes on Sangir and
Talaut (north of Celebes) which undoul:itedly belong to P. nimamov-iiis: the feninles
have a red basal spot above on the forewings, though this spot is indicated only by
some red scales in one specimen, and is never so large as in P. rimicmzovius. This
basal mark is, however, of no specific value at all ; my specimens of P. deiphontes,
S and ? , have all a trace of this spot ; it is in every specimen repi'esented at least
bv some red scales, which are mostly covered by black ones ; in the Sangir specimens
of P. ru.inanzovius this spot is sometimes absent, sometimes present ; in the
Philijipine specimens it is apparently always present. The chief distinguishing
characters of P. rimuimovias are as follows : —
Forewings conspicuously narrower and longer, more sickle-shaped than in
P. deiphontes ; hindwings also longer.
Hindwings of the male with the bluish grey outer region liroader than in any of
the allied species, forming a broad band which interiorly is convex from between the
upper discoidal nervule to the anal angle ; anal angle witli an incomplete scarlet ring.
Hindwings of the feviale above with two or more marginal scarlet spots, besides
the more or less ring-shaped anal mark ; these spots do not touch the margin, except
the two pcsterior ones situated between the median nervules ; below, all these spots
are truly marginal, but they are not so broad at the margin itself as in P. deiphontes.
In the latter species the hindwings have a complete scries of truly marginal spots.
c?. None of my specimens have any red scales at the base of the forewings above ;
the anal red, incomplete, ring of the hindwings above is mostly represented by two
lunate spots. Below, the amount of scarlet at the base of the wings and the size of
the scai-let spots in the marginal region of the hindwings are very variable ; mostly
there is a discal spot between the lower median nervules, which is often connected
with the corresponding marginal spot by means of a thin line along the nervules;
sometimes the anal red mark or the discal spot is extended towards the liase, so as to
join the basal scarlet patches, as in certain females.
? . Dimorphic in colour.
(a'): ?-f. riinumzoviua Eschsch., I.e. ; fig. : Esclischoltz, I.e.
Hindwings with a white discal patch which is very variable. Below, the hind-
wings exhibit, as in most specimens of P. deiphontes, deipylus, and deipkobus.
anteriorly some discal spots which are partly joined to the marginal spots. One of
my Sangir specimens has a complete series of marginal spots to the hindwings above.
( 3:i4 )
{b'): S-f. loc. semjjerinus Haa=e ; fig.: Gray, Cat. Lep. Ins. I. t. 5. f. 2
(1852).
Piijjilio emuWi'iOH var. semperimiit Haase, Ix.
Restricted (o the riiiliiJijine Islaiid.'^. Upperslde black. Hiiidwing.s with a
scarlet band parallel to the abdominal margin and continuous with the ba«il scarlet
patch of the forewings ; f liis hand i> often partly wliiti.-ih. lielow, semptrinua resembles
the nude.
Hah. Philippine Islands [9 c^, 4?"', 4? '-'J; 8ulu Islands; Sangir Islands
(\V. Doherty leg) [22 <?, 5 ?'"]; Talaut Island (W. Doherty le;j.) [1 cj, 2 ?'"];
iSiao Islands.
The Sangir aud Talaut sjiecimens cannot be separatetl sul)specifically from those
from the Philippines ; the red mark at the base of the forewing of the female is,
however, ajjpareutly on an average larger in the Philijipine examples than in those
from Sangir and Talaut. Specimens from the Siao Islands I have not seen.
Mr. W. Doherty did not find the ?-f. seraperinus on Sangir and Talaut; this
is very interesting, as the butterfly which is said to be mimicked by this form of the
female, namely P. semperi Feld., is also absent from those islands.
99. Papilio deiphobus i.. [J, ?].
Seba, Tins. IV. p. 57. t. 4(i. f. 15. 16 ( J ). & p. 57. t. 47. f. 5. 6 ( <J) (1765).
cJ. Papiliij Eques Trojunus deij/hobus Linne, ^'//s^ A'<'/. ed. x. p. 450. n. 6 (1758) (Asia ; f:rcl. si/nmi.) ;
id., Mils. Liid. Vlr. p. 188. n. 7 (1764) (Ind. orient. : i.tcl. syiion.) : Clerck, Jcon. U. t. 25. f. 1
(1764) ; Houtt., .X-ilxrl. Hut. I. 11. p. 192. n. 6 (1767) (/-.;;.) ; Linne, Si/sl. Xiil. ed. xii. p. 746.
n. 7 (1767) ; Mviller, A«(«c«. V. l.p.nlSS. n. 7 (1774) (//.y;.) ; Fabr., .S>^ An/, p. 444. n. 8 (1775)
(synun. ex //arle) ; Cramer, Pa/i. E.r. II. p. 129. t. 181. f. A. n (1779) (Amboina) : Goeze. Kiil.
Beytr. III. 1. p. 32. n. 7 (1779) {synoii. <•.«■ p.) : Fabr., Sp^e. /us. II. p. .S. ii. 10 (1781) (si/,wn.
ex 2'-) ; Esper, Ami. Scliim'tl. p. 2.S. u. 7. t. 4. f. 1 (1784) ; Jablonsky, yuluis. ^climrtl. II.
p. 260. u. 50. t. 18. f. 2. 3 (1784) {sytum. t.t ;/.) : Fabr., .!/«»/. Ins. II. p. 2. n. 11 (1787) ;
Gmelin, Syst. Xat. I. 5. p. 2227. n. 7 (1790) («//«.-«. -j- //.) ; Fabr., Ent. Sysl. III. 1. p. 5. n. 14
(1793) [synon. ej; p.) : Thunberg. .Vuh. .Xal. Ups. XXIII. p. 8 (1804).
J. Papilio Etpus Trojanus alcinidor Cramer, Paji. Ej-. I. p. 64. t. 40. f. A. u (1776) (Amboina) :
Goeze, Ent. Biytr. III. 1. p. 42. n. 13 (1779) : Esper, Aiisl. !^ch,iull. p. 24. sub n. 7 (1784) :
Jablonsky, Xatiirs. iSchnult. 11. p. 215. n. 45. t. 16. f. 2 (1784) {syiion. i.c p.).
J. Pajillii' di'iphuhus, Donovan, Ins. of Jndia t. 17. f. 2 (1800).
cj. AcMUdfs ddplwbus, Hiibner, Va-z. h,k. Scliui. p. 85. n. 877 (1816).
? . Achillidrs alcondi/r, Hiibner, I.e. p. 85. n. 878 (1816).
J ?. Papilio driphohiis, Godart, E,ic. Meth. IX. p. 64. u. 106 (1819) ; Lucas, Up. Ex. p. 20. t. 11
(1835) (Moluccas) : Boisd., Hpi;c. Gin. Up. I. p. 200. n. 13 (1836) (Moluccas ; me Celebes) :
Doubl. Westw. & Hew., Gcii. Diiini. Up. I. p. 10. n. 39 (1846) ; Gray, Oil. I.'p- Ins. Ii. .1/. I.
p. 15. n. 58 (1852) : id., Ust Up. Ins. B. M. I. p. 18. n. 62 (1856) (mc Celebes) ; Vollenhov.,
Tijdsclir. r. Ent. III. p. 75. n. 19 (1860) : Feld., Verli. s. h. Grs. Wim p. 323. n. 453 (1864)
(Amboina; Oeram ; Buru) ; id., Riisr Xurarii, Lej>. I. p. 128. sub n. 94 (1865) ; Wall., Ti:
Unii. Sue. Loud. XXV. p. 48. n. 49 (1865) (Cenvm : Amboina : Burn) ; Butl., Cat. Diiini. Up.
descr. Fabric, p. 256. n. 72 (1869) (Buru): Oberth.. El. d'Eul. IV. p. 38. n. 17 (1879)
(Amboina : Ceram) : id., Ami. Mus. Cii: Gcnoca XV. p. 469. n. 4 (1880) (Amboina) ; Auriv.,
Konyl. Si: V.i. Ah: Ilandl. XIX. 5. p. 13. n. 7 (1882) : Pagenst., Jalirb. Xal. V.y. Xoss. p. 203
(1884) (p.p.: Amboina, apparently common): Ribbe, his II. p. 209. n. 8 (1890) (Ceram;
Amboina) : Ruber, Tijdsclii: i: Ent. XXXIV. p. 275 (1891) (Key Is. !).
Both sexes tailed.
(J. Luteous grey >treaks of the forewings, and whitish blue ones of the hind-
wings, sometimes jjartly ob.solete ; they remain farther from the outer margin of the
wing than in 1'. deiplufulen Feld. and 1'. deipylus Feld. None of my specimens, nor
( ^^5 )
of those which have heen examined in other collections, have red M-ales at the base
of the forewings above.
?. The amount of luteous white or white on both wings is variable; sometimes
more than the apical third of the cell of the hindwiugs is occupied by white or
buffish white ; in other specimens this cellular spot is reduced to a rather small and
ill-defined patch situated in the posterior part of the ai)ex of the cell. Forewings
above with a more or less distinct patch at the base, which varies in colour from red
to yellow, as also the basal, marginal, and submarginal spots of the underside do in
both sexes.
The submarginal and marginal spots of the hindwiugs beneath form hooks
(anteriorly) or rings (posteriorly) in J and ? ; they are, however, not constant ; in
the ? the rings are seldom complete, the submarginal spots, which here stand very
far from the outer margin, being absent or merged together with the discal buffish
area; in the S, the red discal mark close to the anal mark is often absent.
The specimens (of S and ?) with the spots yellow instead of red belong to —
(«-) : ab. hypoxanthus Ruber.
Pajiiliu deiphobus ab. hypoxanthus Rober, Tijdschr. i-. Ent. XXXIV. p. 275 (1891) (Key).
TTiis aberration, which has been noted already by several of the old authors,
occurs in all localities together with the typically coloured specimens, and is
connected with them by all intergradations.
Hah. Amboina (6 6, 3?); Ceram (2 S, 1 ¥); Burn (1 ?); Key (according to
Kiiber).
I have seen, and possess myself, sjjecimens which are said to be from Ternate
and Batjan, and Dr. Staudinger speaks also of tailed deiphoiites (Stauding. & i^chatz.
I.e. p. 8) which he received from Batjan. I strongly doubt that this tailed Pajiilio
occm-s in the Northern Moluccas; the Moluccan insects have so often been mixed
up by collectors that I do not rely upon the locality of any of the specimens collected
in former times ; even the IMoluccan and New Guinean specimens have often been inter-
mixed ; and unless a careful collector sends tailed deiphohus from Batjan and Ternate,
I cannot accept these localities as being inhabited, besides the tailless deiphontes
Feld., by the tailed deiphohus.
100. Papilio deipylus Feld. [<?, ??].
tJ?. Paidli', drijiijbis FuUur. I'. /A. :. A. 0,.<. Win, p. :w:i. n. 455 (I8C4) (Nova Guinea): id
Rrisi! Nocarii, Li'ii. I. p. 128. n. ',(5 (18lJo) (Xova Guinea).
(!) PaiiHio ileijihviitis var., Stauding. & Schatz. K.wl. Srhmell. I. p. 8 (1884) (Batjan : deiiilmnlcs
with tails).
Felder gives Nova Guinea as patria of this Papilio; the tliree sjiecimetis in his
collection, including the ty[ies of tJ and ?, bear, however, tlie locality " Ternate."
Staud. & Schatz, I.e., record a S and ? of a tailed P. deiphontes from Batjan
(see above) which differ in pattern from P. deipltontes. Unfortunately these specimens
are no longer in Dr. Staudinger's collection ; it is quite possible that they were P.
deipylus, with a wrong locality attached to them. Most recently Dr. Staudinger
received P. deipylus from Waigeu, and the specimen which he sent us agrees perfectly
with Felder's type. The only locality from where P. deipylus is known at present is
the island of Waigeu. It is, however, quite probable that the Felderian locality " Nova
Guinea" is also correct, as the Waigeu Papilios and those from New tininea (at least
from the North- Western Peninsula) are the same.
( 326 )
Not\vith>lan(lii]g iu being tailed as P. deiplwbiw \.., P. delpylus Feld. is evidently
more closely allied to P. deipliontes Feld. than to the other species, at least in the
iitdle. Of the female only one specimen (the type) is known, and this type-specimen
comes so close to the female of P. deiphobus I., that I have some doubt if it is the
jiroper female of P. deipylus. Staudinger's collector did not succeed in ])roouring
this sex in Waigeu.
i . Upperside: almost exactly the same as in P. de)ijhoitU'.s Feld.
Underside : hiudwings, with the submarginal sjiots standing closer lo llu- margin,
especially that behind the costa, than in deiphoiUes Feld.
?. Felder's type differs from the female of P. deiphohns L. in the darker
fore-ivhigs and in the very small white cellular spot of the hindwings. All the other
characters which Felder mentions in his long description apply to both P. ileipylus
Feld. and P. deipholms L.
Hah. New Guinea (2 J, 1 ? : erroneously labelled "'IVrnate"' in coll. Felder);
^^'aigeu (1 S).
U)l. Papilio deiphontes I'Vld. [cJ, ?].
$ . Papilio dniph'ibus var., Boisd., Hpix. Gin. Lip. I. p. -Ml. sub n. 13 (18:^6) (Ternate).
(J ? . PapiUo deipJiontfS Felder, Verh. z. b. Gi's. Wien p. 323. n. 4.")-J (1864) (Ternate : llulin;ihera ;
Batjan ; nom. mul.) : id., Rehe Xomm, Lrp. 1. p. 12G. n. 94 (I860) (Ternate) ; Wall., 7V.
Linn. .SV. Lund. XXV. p. 48. n. 48 (1865) (Batjan : Gilolo : Ternate : Morty) ; Oberth.. /■,/.
<}'Enl. IV. p. 38. n. 18 (1879) (Ternate ; Dodinga) ; id.. Ann. .1/h.s. Cir. Genma XV. p. 469.
n. 5 (1880) (Ternate : spots of hindwing.s red, orange, or yellow) ; Butl., Ann. .Mag. -V. M. (5).
XIII. p. 197. n. 43 (1884) (Ternate) ; Standing. & Scbatz, Eiuit. Srhmell. I. p. 8. t. 5 (J, ?)
(1884) ; Grose Smith, Nin: ZooL p. 333. n. b (1894) (Ternate).
^ $ . Papilio deipliohuis var. dciiihunlcs, Pagenstecher, Juhrb. Naas. Ver. Xal. p. 203 (1884) ; Ribbe,
Iris II. p. 209. sub n. 8 (1890) (Batjan).
Hindwings with a short tooth instead of a tail in either sex. Marginal inter-
nervular fringe of the wings, especially of the anterior ones, more extended white
than in P. deipfwlncs L.
J. The grev streaks of the forewings above and beneath stand closer to the
margin than in P. deiphobus ; the hindwings have above a whitish blue band com-
posed of internervular streaks which are much broader than in that species. Some
Batjan males in my collection have a feeble basal red patch on the forewings abo\e.
Beneath, the spots in the marginal region of the hindwings are as variable as in
P. deiphohus I>.
?. Upperside: forewings, with the basal red patch ^ometinles exceedingly
feeble. On the hindwings there is near the anterior angle a patch of blue scales,
which is more consjiicnous and constant than in P. deiphobus L. ; the marginal spots
are rather large.
{a-} : ah. flavus (.)herth.
Papiliv dciplwnks ah.jiaoa Obertbur, Et. d'Enl. IV. p. 38. n. 18 (1879) (Ternate).
Spots yellow instead of red.
This aberration flies everywhere together with the tyi)ical form.
Hah. Ternate (la c^, 7 ¥) (W. Doherty, May 1892); Batjan (1 S, 1 ?)
(VV. Doherty, May 1892); Halmahera (5 J, 3 ?) (W. Doherty, August 1892);
Morty ; Buru (2 6 ; W. Doherty leg.).
1 must draw the special attention of tlie reader to the fact that W. Doherty
procured on Huru both P. deiphobus L. (1 "i) and P. deiphotUes Felder (2 6) during
( ni'T )
his short stay on that island ; these 'males of delphonte/i Feld. do not differ from
those from the Northern Moluccas in any way. The Buru female of deijjholnw L.,
however, has the tails much narrower tlian all my other specimens; their greatest
breadth does not exceed 3J, mm., while the tails have normally a breadth of at least
.) mm., even in my smallest example, which has the forewing of a length of only
65 mm. The same Buru female has also rather more lilue on the upperside of the
hindwings.
Now I come to a question which perturlis me considerably : Are P. dcip/ioljiis L.,
ileijihontes Feld., and delpyl us Feld. distinct species, or must we consider tlu-ni to be
local forms of one insect ?
The oeciu'rence of the tailed and tailless Papilio on Burn (proxided that the
locality is correct, which I strictly believe) is rather in the affirmative, namelj', that
we have here constantly different species; but it is no proof, as we know from manv
I'ajiilios, that specimens agreeing with a localised subspecies occur occasionallv
(sometimes regularly) among the specimens of the typical form (Staudinger's law of
variation : a creature can be at the same time localised variety and not localised
aberration ; Elmer's law : local forms differ from the typical form in the same way as
the not localised aberrations do, lint exhibit the characters of the latter in a higher
degree). The tailed deipylus and the tailless deiphonies are in colour almost exactly
identical, and they differ only in the development of a tail; deipjylus and dcipkohus
are both tailed, and differ only in colom\ Thus it appears to me that it is impossible
to unite either P. deipylus with deipjhohvs, which agree in being tailed, and to
treat the tailless deiphontes as a distinct species; or P. deipylus with deiphontes,
which agree in pattern, and to take P. deiphohus as a separate insect ; but that we
must treat them either as being all three distinct, or as belonging all three to one
species. The latter view, which I was first inclined to adopt and which may turn out
to be correct, I dare not take, in consequence of the rule which I must always follow-
in this paper, that I treat an insect as a subspecies only if it is connected with the
tyj)ical form by intergradations. In the present case, however, the tailed and tailless
forms are not connected with one another by specimens with short tails ; we know at
present only of specimens with a long tail, and of .specimens with a short tooth to the
hindwing. Both tail and tooth are in fact somewhat variable, the former chiefly in
breadth, as I have said above; but no specimen I have seen has the tooth so much
prolonged, or the tail so much reduced, as to form a kind of connecting link between
the tailed and tailless insects.
The tailed deipylus and deijjlwhus differ in the mule sex rather conspicuou.<ly
in colour; true connecting links are again wanting; the /ortrt/e of deipylus mu.<t
be left out of consideration (see under P. deipylus).
Though the differences lietween P. deiphol/us, deiphontes. and deipylus are of
no great importance, they are, to our knowledge, constantly met with, and hence
I must eninnerate the three insects as distinct .species.
Note. — In the scaling the males of P. deiphohus L. on the one hand, and of
P. deiphontes and deipylus Feld. on the other, exhibit a distinguisliing character
which is rather easily recognisable. The bluish grey streaks in the marginal region
of the forewings above are composed in P. deiphobus of long and thin, almost hairlike,
scales, while in the other two species these scales are much l)roader. Tliis shows
again that the tailed deipylus is less clo-^ely allied to the likewise taile<l deijihohus
than to the tailless deiphontes. The females seem to me to have no easily traceable
24
(328 )
difl'erences in the scaling, a fact which is almost the rule among the females of
closely allied Papilios. — K. J.
102. Papilio ascalaphus Boisd. [(?,?].
Pdjiiliii iismlaj'liiis Boisduval, Sp,c. i.i'ii. I.,,,. 1. j.. JOil. n. 12 (J) (1836) ("Ternate" /.-c. err.) ;
De Haan, Verb. Xal. Giscli. Xed. '-rerz. brz. p. 2C>. t. 1. f. 2 ( ? ) (1R40) (Macassar : "Ternate"
loc. err.) ; Doubl. Westw. & Hew., Ueii. Diiirn. Lrp. I. p. 10. n. 38 (1840) (" Ternate " lr„: err.) ;
Gray, Cut. Lej,. Jnx. B. M. I. p. 15. n. 57 (1852) ("Ternate" loc. err.) ; id.. List Lep. Im. li. .1/.
I. p. 18. n. Gl (1856) ("Ternate" U,e. err.) ; VoUenhov., Tljihclir. r. Em. III. p. 73. n. 18
(1860) ("Teruate" loc. err.) : Fckl., Verh. z. b. Ges. Wle„ p. 323. n. 4.52 (1864) (p.p.) : Wall.,
Tr. Linn. Soc. Land. XXV. p. 48. n. 50 (1865) (Menado ; Macassar : nee Sulla Is.) ; Hopff.,
St. Ent. Zeit. p. 20. n. 18 (1874) (Celebes) ; Piep. & Snell., Tijehehr. r. Ent. XXI. p. 40. n. 160
(1878) (Macassar; Maros ; Tery common); Oberth., Et. d'Ent. IV. p. 38. n. 16 (1879)
(Celebes ; "Ternate" loc. err.) ; Standing. & Schatz, E.rot. Sehnull. I. p. 8 (1884) (Celebes) ;
Holland, Proe. Boston N. H. Soc. XXV. p. 77. n. 132 (1890) ; llotbsch., Iris V. p. 442 (1892)
(S.E. Celebes).
This species has two local forms : —
(«): P. ascalaphus lioisd., forma typ. [<?,?].
S . ^'ery constant, except in the colour of the submarginal spots on the underside
of the hindwings, which varies from orange to bluish grey.
?. Similar to P. polyphonies Boisd. and the ? of 7^ pamriimi alcindm' Oherth.,
but larger. The submarginal spots of the hindwings above are sometimes partly
obsolete.
Hub. Celebes (13 S,7 ? ).
(h): P. ascalaphus ascalon Standing. [(?,?].
Papilio ascnhiphis, Wallace (nee Boisduval, 183U), Tr. Liuii. Seic. Lonil. XXV. p. 48. n. .'lO (1805)
(Sulla Is. ; nee Celebes).
Pajiilio ascahiphus var. asealon Staudinger, Iris VXI. p. 348 (1895) (Mangola. Sulhi Is.).
c?. Dififers from P. ascalaphus Boisd. chiefly in the submarginal streaks on
the hindwings above being very short and of a yellowish colour like those of the
forewings ; below, the subdiscal blue spots of the hindwings are also shorter than in
P. ascalaphus.
?. One rather worn si)ecimen is known (coll. Staudinger), which differs from
that sex of P. asceilajjhus in the forewings exhibiting a Inoad white band, and in
the discal area of the hindwings being purer white.
IIiiIj. Sulla Islands: Mangola Island (5 S).
103. Papilio oenomaus Godart [J,?].
(J. Pajiilio oenomaus Godart. Ene. Mitli. IX. p. 72. n. 133 (1819) (Timor) ; Boisd., Sjiec. Gen. Lep.
I. p. 198. n. 9 (1836) (Timor).
^ ?. Paiiilio oennmuns, De Haan, Verh. Nat. Gaeh. Ned. orerz. bez. p. 24 t. 4. f. 1 ((^). 2 ( ? )
(1840) (Timor) ; Doubl. Westw. * Hew., Gen. Diurn. Lep. I. p. 10. n. 33 (1846) (Timor) ;
Gray, Cat. Lep. Ins. B. .1/. I. p. 14. n. ,50 (18.V2) ; id., List Lep. Ins. B. M. I. p. 17. n. 54 (18.56) ;
Volienhov., Tijdschr. r. Ent. III. )). 72. n. 15 (18C0) (Timor) ; Feld., Verh. z. b. Gea. Wien
p. 324. n. 460. & p. 372. n. 275 (1804) (Timor) ; Wall, Tr. Linn. Soe. Loml. XXV. p. 48. n. 51
(1865) (Timor) ; Oberth., Et. d'Ent. IV. p. 38. n. 21 (1879).
There are two local forms of this insect known to me, one of which is new to
science : —
(«) : P. oenomaus Godart, forma typ. [J,S].
Both sexes tailed. I'orewings with a broad yellowish buff band jiarallel to the
outer margin ; hindwings in the male black, those of the female with a median
yellowish buff band, which is tinged with reddish.
( o29 )
The submargiual red markings on the underside of the hindwings, and also the
red spots at the base of the wings beneath, vary rather much in size. The black
basal area of the hindwings of the ? extends above usually to the subcostal nervule ;
in one ?, however, this area is more restricted anteriorlv, the huffish band thus bein;,'
broader than it normall}' is. The submargiual red lunules, which are i)resent on both
sides of the hindwings in the ? , are partly feebly indicated above in some of my nudes.
Hah. Timor : Oinainisa (W. Doherty, November to December 1891) (7 c?, 2 ?),
and Dili (\V. Doherty, May 1892) (4 <?, 3 ?) ; ]\Ioa Island (1 S).
The female mimics P. liris Godart. The nude from ]Moa Island agrees best
with typical oenoriiaus ; it is rather small and has the hindwings comparatively
narrow; the female iiom Moa may turn out to be different from typical oenomcms.
(b): P. oenomaus subfasciatus ^ubsp. nov. [(^.?].
?. r„jnli„ urii'jimius, Eober (/i/v Godart, 1811)), Tifhchr. r. Enl. XXXIV. p. 275 (1891) (Wetter;
bad ?).
c?. The same as P. oenomaus Godart ; the band of the forewings above is
slightly paler, and between the median nervules faintly narrower, than in most
oenomaus Godart. The red spots at the base of the hindwings beneath are rather
restricted, and the submargiual lunules are rather small.
? . Band of the hindwings verj' narrow on either side and almost as red as the
submargiual lunules ; this band is interrupted just before the cell, and the antecellular
part is in one specimen very much reduced.
Hah. Wetter (W. Doherty, ^May 1892) f6 J, 2 ?).
A third female in my collection beai's the locality " Timor Laut," which is
probably wrong. This came from Staudinger, and was most likelv' wrongly labelled
here at Tring.
104. Papilio polymnestor Cram. [(?,?, meiam.].
PupH'io Bqnfs 'VrojiLnuijmhjmnistiir Cramer, Paji. Exnt. I. p. 83. t. 53. f. .*. n (1775) (Coromandel) :
Fabr., Spec. Ins. II. p. 9. n. 35 (1781) ; Jablonsky, Xaturs. .Schmeft. II. p. 11. n. li. t. 7. f. 3. 4
(1784) ; Esper, Ansl. Sc!iMi-tt. p. 77. n. 34 t. 19. f. 1 (1786) ; Fabr., Mtiut. Ins. II. p. 83. n. 51
(1787); Gmelin, fiyst. Xat. ed. xiii. 5. 1. p. 2233. n. 296 (1790) ; Fabr., Ent. Syst. III. 1.
p. 18. n. 55 (1793).
Papilio Eques Achlvus pobiritnisliir, CTOeze, Ent. Buijlr. III. 1. p. 83. n. 51 (1779).
Papilii} imhjmwslor, Donovan, Iiis. of Ind. t. 20. f. 2 (1800) ; Godart, Eiw. .Mcth. IX. p. 29. n. 11
(1819) ; Lucas, Lip. E.rol. p. 21. t. 12. f. 1 (1835) ; Boisd., Spec. Gen. Up. I. p. 191. n. 5
(1836) ; Blanch., Hist. Nut. Ins. III. p. 421. n. 1 (1840) ; De Haan, Verh. Nat. Gesch. Ned.
oueir.. hez. p. 23 (1840) ; Doubl. Westw. & Hew., Gen. Dhini. Lep. I. p. 10. n. 29 (1846)
(India) ; Lucas, in Chenu's Enc. tVHisl. Nat., Pap. t. 3. f. 2 (1851) ; Horsf. & Moore, Cat.
Lep. Ins. Mil.-!. E. I. C. 1. p. 101. n. 203. t. 3. f. 1. la (/., p.) (1857) (Calcutta : nee
Ceylon ; "N. India" !) : Vollenhov., Tijdsch,: v. Ent. III. p. 72. n. 13 (1860) (Bengal) ; Feld.,
Verh. 1. h. Ges. Wien p. 324. n. 457. & p. 372. n. 271 (1804) (Bengal ; nee Ceylon ; " Silhet,
Darjeeling, Cashmere " he. err.) ; Moore, P. Z. .^'. p. 756 (1865) (Bengal, plains) : Bull., Cat.
lYmrn. Lep. ilescr. Fabric, p. 256. n. 73 (18(')9) ("Java," loc. err. aut P. lampsaciia Boisd.) ;
Oberth., /:;/. d'Ent. IV. p. 34. n. 8 (1879) (Ind. ceutr.) ; Standing. & Sobatz, Ej--ot. Schniett.
I. p. 8 (1884) ; Nic^v., Joiint. As. Snc. Deng. p. 51. n. 129 (1885) (Calcutta) ; Ehvcs, Tr. Ent.
Soc. Land. p. 430. n. 416 (1888) (Sikkim ; a single specimen, straggler from the plains) : David?.
& Aitk., Jonrn. liomlia'j N. U. Soc. p. 366. u. 73 (1890) (reared in Kanwar) ; Betham, Hid.
p. 325 (1892) (Centr. Prov.).
Iliades polymnestor, Hubner, Verz. helc. Schm. p. 88. n. 926 (1816) ; Swinb., P. Z. S. p. 144. n. 136
(1885) (Kurrachee).
Papilio {Iliadcs) polymnestor, Hampson, Journ. .\s. Soc. Beng. p. 364. n. 206 (1888) (Nilgiris,
2000 to 7000 feet) : Ferguson, ./ok™, liomh. X. II. Soc. p. 446 (1891) (Travancore).
( 330 )
As the Ctnlon specimens of tliis wi'll-kiiowii I'apilio ai-c, at least in the femnle
sex, somewhat diffeivnt from those from South and Central India, we have two local
forms to enumerate : —
(a): P. polyninestoi' Cram., fi-om the plains of Bengal, throughout the Central
Provinces, to South India;
(6): P. polymnestor iiai'inda (Moore), from Ceylon.
Cramer's figure, apparently representing a male, was taken from a Coroniandel
specimen, so that the mainland form must he regarded as typical P. ^jo/j/m?!fsto?' Cram.
(a): p. polymnestor Cram., forma typ. [<?,?, metam.].
The length and Ineadth of the band on the forewings, and the width of the bluish
white area of the hindwings, are not constant in either sex, nor is the size of the
black spots to the hindwings. The fe nude is .somewhat paler than the male; the red
mark at the base of the cell to the forewings above is often obliterated.
Hnb. South India (11 J, o ?); Central Provinces; Bengal; Sikkim (straggler
from the plains ; 1 ? ).
(6): P. polymnestor parinda (Moore) [J,?, metam.].
Papilio jmU/nuirstor, Gray. O'l. L.ji. Ins. II. .1/. 1. p. V>. u. 46 (18.'J2) («.//«'<«. e.rcl. : Ceylon) ; id.,
List Lep. Ins. B. M. I. p. U. n. 50 (ISSCi) {xijmn. ad. : Ceylon) : Horsf. & Moore, Cat. Lc/j.
Ins. Mus. E. r. C. I. p. 101. n. 203 (1857) (p.j). : Ceylon) ; Feld., Vc-I,. z. b. Grs. Wicn p. 324.
n. 457. & p. 372. n. 271 (1864) (^p.ji. ; Ceylon).
Ilkuh'S parhidn Moore, Lep. O'l/l. I. p. 148. t. 60. f. 1 (cJ). la ( ? ). lb (/.). Ic (p.) (1881)
(Ceylon).
cJ. Scarcely different from P. pohjinneMor Cram. The band on the up])erside of
the forewings is on an average somewhat broader behind, and also a little longer; the
bluish white area is likewise slightly more extended.
? . Paler than P. iiolymneslw Cram. ; the light parts assume a huffish colour.
The band on the forewings longer and broader; the streaks between the upper
median and the discoidal nervules united in pairs and touching the cell ; there are
huffish streaks between the third and fifth sul)costal branches. The light area on
the hindwings more extended basally, often reaching (he origin of the subcostal
nervule.
Hob. Ceylon (2 tj, 6 ?).
lOo. Papilio lampsacus Boisd. [c?,?].
Piipilio lampsacm Boisduval, Spec. Gin. Lip. I. p. 190. n. 4 (1836) ("Pegu" Inc. nr.) ; De Haan,
Verh. XhI. Gescli. Xcd. nva-z. hes. p. 23. t. 2. f. 2 (1840) : Doubl. Westw. & Hew.. Gen. Diurn.
Lrp. I. p. 10. n. 28 (1846) ; Gray, C<it. Lep. his. B. .1/. I. p. 12. n. 44 (1852) ; id., List Lip. his.
II. M. I. p. 14. n. 48 (1856) ; VoUcnhov., rijthrh: r. ICnI. III. p. 72. n. 11 (1860) (Java) ;
Feld., Verh. z. h. Ges. Wien p. 324. n. 45K. & p. .•172. n. 272 (1864) (Java ; •' Pegu " loe. en:) ;
Wall., Tr. Linn. Soc. Lond. XXV. p. 47. n. 46 (1865) (Java) ; Oberth., Et. d'Ent. IV. p. 34.
n. 7 (187'J) ("Pegu" loc. en: ; specim, typ. : Java) ; Standing. & Schatz, E.rol. Sclnnell. I. p. 9
(1884) ; Hagcn, Ji-is VII. p. 25. sub n. 24 (1894).
Boisduval (I.e.) gave erroneously "Pegu" (liurma) as ■■ liab." to his type-
specimen. The species is aj)parently confined to Java; in Sumatra it is replaced
by P. forhesi Grose Smith, and in Borneo by P. aclieron Grose Smith. Whereas
P. polymnestor flies chiefly at lower elevations, the three Malayan species are found
in the mountainous districts, and it is not im])robable (liat in the still unknown
mountainous regions of the interior of the Malay Peninsula a fourth sjjccies lives.
H,fh. .lava (10 c?,l J).
( :53i )
10(). Papilio forbesi Orose Smith [(^,?].
Pnpilii, fnrhisi Grose Smith, Ann. May. .V. //. (5). XI. p. 234 (J) (1S83) (Sumatra); Forbes,
XiilimilhCs Wand. p. 275 (1885) : Grose Smith & Kirby, Rliop. Exot. I. Pa/K t. 1. f. l. 2 (cj)
(1887) (Bandang Agang, Sumatra) ; Martin, Xaliirh. Tijdaelir. r. Xiil. /ml. vol. 53. pt. 3
(Separ.) p. 4. n. 2 (1893) (descr. of ? ; variat. of J) ; Hagen, Jris VII. p. 23. n. 20 (18;i4).
The female approaches, according to Martin's descriiition (I.e.), ratlier nuu-h
the preceding species; both sexes are, however, easil\- distinguishable from P. Iconpsaca.t
by the red mark at the base of the hindwings beneath. The hindwings of the male
are rather variable in pattern, and sometimes without any spots above, as in P. acheron
Grose Smith, which Hagen (I.e.) calls a melanistic variety of P. fmhesl.
Like the females of P. lam.psacas Boisd. and P. memnon L., the female o( forbe-si
has at the base of the forewings above often a triangular patch.
Ilidi. Sumatra (uiounlainous regions) (3 c?_).
KIT. Papilio acheron Grose Smith [J].
cJ. Piipilin arlieroii Grose Smith, Ann. Mag. N. 11. (5). XX. p. 432 (1887) (N. Borneo) ; id. &
Kirby, Rhop. Exot. I. Pap. t. 5. f. 1. 2 (jj) (1888) ; Whitehead, E-cpl,.,-. Kina Balii, p. 300
(1893) : Hagen, Iris VII. p. 23. sub n. 20 (1894).
S. Differs from P. forbesi Grose Smith especially in tlie huffish area of the
underside of tlie hindwings being much restricted, and in tlie forewings lieing
darker.
S . Unknown.
Hah. North Borneo: JMount Kina Balu (6 6), Mount .AIulu (3 S ).
If P. acheron, which is still scanty in collections, turns out to be as variable as
P. forbesi, it will be difficult to draw a i)arting line between the two insects.
XI. PKOTENOR-GROUP.
Males with a white costal mark on the njiperside of the hindwings.
1(18. Papilio protenor ('ram. [cJ.?].
J. Pajii/io EqiKu Trnjaniis jirnlinur Cramer, Paji. 11, . I. p. 77. t. 49. f. A. li (1775) (China) ;
Goeze, Ent. Bciilr. III. 1. p. 43. n. 17 (1779) ; Fabr., N/;,r. /»,<. II. p. 7. n. 24 (1781) (" Surinam '■
loc. crr.)\ Jablonsky tt Herbst, Xulias. Sdimett. II. p. 5. n. 1. t. 7. f. 1. 2 (1784): Fabr.,
Mant. Ins. II. p. 4. n. 26 (1787) ; Gmelin, Si/.^l. Xal. I. 5. p. 2232. n. 293 (1790) (■' Surinam ■
Inr. en:) ; Esper, Ausl. Schmelt. p. 133. sub n. 58. t. 33. f. 2 (17'.I2V) : Fabr.. Ent. Si/xl. III.
1. p. 13. n. 38 (1793) (" Surinam " Inc. ,-n:).
(J. Papilio Etjucs Tnijanns mnnnon Fabi'icius (mc Linne', 175S), .Si/.'.l. Enl. p. 410. n. 17 (1775)
{Hijnon. e.rrl. ; China).
?. Papilio Eqnex Triijanus laomitlon Fabiicius («.<• Cramer, 1775), Enl. Hi/st. 111. I. p. 12. u. 35
(1793) (China).
? . Papilio lauma/iin, Donovan, Jns. of Lldmi t. 25 (1798).
lliades protcnoi; Hiibner, Verz. hek. Schm. p. 89. n. 932 (1811)).
Pajidio priitmor, Godart, Enc. Mitk. IX. p. 30. n. 12 (1819) ; Boisd., Sprc. Gen. Up. I. p. 19«. n. In
(IKiSt;) (China); De Haan, Verb. Nat. Gcsch. Ned. oi-erz. bes. p. 25 (1840): Doubl. Westw.
& Hew., Gen. Diurn. Lep. 1. p. 10. n. 34 (184C) (N. India; China) ; Huttou, 7>. En/. So,:
Land. V. p. 49 (1847) (N.W. India) ; Gray, Cal. Lep. /«.«. B. M. 1. p. 14. n. 52 (1852) : id..
List Lep. Ins. B. .)/. I. p. 17. n. 50 (1856) (Kumaon ; Mussoori ; China) ; Horsf. .Sc Mooro,
Cat. Lep. Ins. Mm. E. 1. C. 1. p. 98. n. 201 (1857) (Bhootan) ; VoUenhov., TijdHchi: t: Ent.
III. p. 72. n. 16 (1860) ("Japan " lac. err.) ; Lang, Enl. Mo. Ma,j. p. 101 (1864) (N.W. Hiraal.,
4000 to 7000 feet) ; Feld.. Verh. z. h. ties. Wi.'.ii p. 324. n. 401 (1804) ; Moore, P. X. S. p. 487-
(1805) (N.W. Himal.) ; id., he. p. 756 (1805) (Bengal) ; Butl., Cal. Diurn. Lep. descr. I'alirir.
p. 257. n. 75 (1809) ; Oberth., El. d'Enl. IV. p. 37. n. 13 (1879) (China ; Ind. bor.) : Ehves,
P. Z. S. p. 872 (1881) (Formosa ; Hong-Kong) ; Standing. & Schatz, E.eot. ticlimell. I. p. 9. t. 5
( 332 )
(cJ) (1884) ; Elwes. Tr. Enl. Soc. Land. p. 428. ii. 401) (1888) (Sikkim, from 2u(li) to aOiiO feet ;
Khasia HUls, up to 6000 feet): Oberth., El. (TEitl. XVII. p. •> (1893) (Tonkiu) ; Leech,
Bull, of China, etc. p. 545 (1893) (the commonest species of Papillo in Central and Western
China).
Sainia protrnor, Moore, P. Z. S. p. 260 (1882) (N.W. Himal ; descr. of "genus" Saima Moore) ;
Swinhoe, Tr. Enl. Soc. Land. p. 312. n. 378 (1893) (Khasia Hills).
Papilio (Sainia) protenor, Doheity, Journ. As. Soc. Bnig. p. 137. n. 2112 (1886) (Kumaon, 2000 to
6000 feet).
Both sexe.^ tailless.
The Chinese and Indian specimens are slightly different in most examples.
In either -sex the bluish, or bluish grey, or liuffish scaling on the upper surface of the
hindwings is much more extended in the Indian individuals.
The forewings vary in length from 40 to 70 mm. ; the red submarginal spots
of the hindwings, above and below, are inconstant in number, size, and shape; the
red anal ocellus is above sometimes as indistinct as in Cramer's figure.
//«6. China(39<:?.10 ?); N.W. India(l J) ; Sikkim (4 cj. 3 ?): .Assam (4 cJ, 1 ?);
Tonkin ; Formosa.
109. Papilio demetrius Cram. [6,2, larva].
Papilio Eques Trojanus demelrim Cramer, Pajj. /■>. IV. p. i:i6. t. 385. f. i:. F (1782) (.Japan);
Jablonsky iV- Herbst, Xaturs. Schnetl. II. p. 223. n. 4il. \- p. 289. t. 20. f. 1 (17H4) ; Esper.
Ansl. Si-Inn, II. p. 128. n. 57. t. 32. f. 2 (1792).
Minihtides demrlrius, Hubner, Verz. bcl-. Schm. p. 84. n. 866 (1816).
Papilio demHrins, Godart, Enc. MHlt. IX. p. 71. n. 128 (1819) (Japan) ; Boisd., S/«.-. Gen. Lip. I.
p. 199. n. 11 (1836) (Japan) ; De Haan, Verh. Nat Gesch. Xrd. onrz. hez. p. 26. t. 6. f. 1 (J).
2 ( ? ) (1840) ; Doubl. Westw. & Hew., Gen. Ditmi. Lep. I. p. 10. n. 37 (1846) (Japan) ; Gray,
Cat. Lej,. Ins. 13. M. I. p. 15. n. 56 (1852) ; id., Usl Lep. Ins. B. M. I. p. 18. n. 60 (1856) :
Vollenhov., Tijdsrhr. v. Enl. III. p. 73. n. 17 (1860) (Japan) ; Feld., Verh. z. b. Ges. Wirn
p. 324. n. 462 (1864) (Japan) : Orza, Up. Japan, p. 10. n. 6 (1869) (Japan) : Butl., P. Z. S.
p. 814. n. 39 (1877) (Formosa) ; Oberth., El. d'Enl. IV. p. 37. n. 14 (1879) (Japan) ; Elwes,
P. Z. S. p. 872 (1881) (J.apan ; N. China ; Ningpo) : Pryer. Tr. Enl. Soc. Loiul. p. 487 (1882)
(Japan) ; Staud. & Schatz, Exnt. Sclimett. I. p. 9 (1884) ; Pryer, Hhnp. Nihon. p. 4. n. 4. t. 3.
f. 1 (1886) (Nippon ; from April to end of summer ; larva similar to that of maacki Mdn.
& xanlhiis L.) ; Leech, P. Z. S. p. 405. n. 4 (1887) (Japan) : id., Tr. Ent. Soc. Land. p. 115.
n. 67 (1889) (Kiu-Kianj) ; id, Bull. i,f China, etc. p. 546 (1893) (Japan ; Eastern & Central
China).
Papilio ctirpenf-'ii Butler, Ann. .Maij. S. TJ. (5). X. p. 318 (1882) (Yedo).
Both sexes tailed.
In the shape of the wings and in size this .species is very variable; in three
small sjiecimens from Yokohama (April 1888), the hindwings are short and broad,
and have the tails narrowed towards the tip, not spatulate; in other individuals
the hindwings are elongate, and approach a little such examples of P. macUenlus
Jans, which have the hindwings shorter than usual. In the S there is mostly only
one red mark on the hindwings above, which stands at the anal angle ; some individuals
have, however, a red submarginal spot between the lower median nervules. Below,
the niunber of the submarginal spots of the hindwings varies from four to six, those
before and behind the upper median nervule being often obliterated; between the
lower median veins there is mostly a reddish ochreous discal si)ot, which occasionally
is extended along the nervules so as to join the corresponding submarginal lunule.
The femaJe, which is paler than tiie male and has broader and shorter wings,
has often a complete series of ochraceous red submarginal spots to IxDtli sides of the
hindwings; most individuals have also a subanal mark between the lower median
veins, and, below, a smaller spot between tlic upper median nervules.
( 333 )
Hdh. Japan (31 cJ, 14 ?); Loo Choo Islands (1 ?); Formosa ; Central and Eastern
China.
My Loo Choo specimen has the submarginal and marginal spots of the hindwings
below rather enlarged.
110. Papilio macilentus Janson [<?,?].
PapiUo macUmtun Janson, Cist. EiU. II. p. 158. t. 5. f. 1 (1877) (Oyama) ; Elwes, P. Z. .?. p. 872
(1881) (Japan) ; Pryer, Tr. Ent. Sue. Land. p. 487 (1882) (Japan) ; Standing. & Sehatz, E.tot.
Sehmetf. p. 9 (1884) ; Piyer, RIii.p. Nihon. p. 4. n. 5. t. I'., f. 2 (?) (188G) (Yokohama, rare :
more abundant in the mountains of the main island ; from May during summer) ; Leech,
P. Z. .S.p. 405. n. 5 (1887) (Japan) ; id., Tr. Ent. .SV. Land. p. 110. n. 72 (1889) [P. macilentus
Jans. = scaci-ola Oberth. = tntctipennis Butl.) ; Leech, Butt, nf China, etc. p. 547 (1893) (S. & C
Japan ; C. China).
PainVm scaevqla Oberthiir, Et. d'Eut. IV. p. 37. t. 6. f. 1 (1879) (China?).
PajiHin tractipennis Butler, .Inn. Mag. N. H. (5). VII. p. 139 (1881) (Nikko).
Both sexes tailed.
The white marginal fringe of the forewings is not interrupted at the veins.
The hindwings vary obviously in length; their submarginal spots are variable
as in P. demetrius Cram. My specimens from Western China, which belong to the
spring brood, are distinguished by the convex, not concave, outer margin of the
forewings, which are deeper black below and above, and by the deeper red submarginal
spots of the hindwings. The individuals fi-om Kiu-Kiang stand intermediate
between that Western Chinese and the Japanese forms. In all Japanese specimens
the submarginal spot between the upper median nervules shows a tendency to
obliteration ; in the Chinese specimens this spot seems always to be developed. The
marginal spots of the hindwings are in the Chinese examples on an average larger
than in the Japanese ones. One of my Kiu-Kiang individuals exhibits on the
hindwings above, besides the anal ocellus and six submarginal lunules, three discal
spots situated between the lower median branch and the lower discoidal vein.
Further researches will perhai)S prove that the Western Chinese macUenlus
represent a geographical race. Obeitliiir's figure of scaevohi fits be.st to smaller
Japanese individuals.
Hah. Japan, excl. of Yesso (8 J, 2 ? ) ; China (8 6)-
XII. RHETENOR-GROUP.
Males tailless; without white costal patch to the hindwings above. FemaU-a
tailed, mimetic. Body black.
111. Papilio rhetenor W.'stw. [<?,?].
cJ. PiiplUo rhrlmor Westwood, .I,-,-. Enl. I. \>. :.9. t. IG. f. L la (^J) (1842) (Assam); Doubl.
Westw. & Hew., Gtn. Diurn. Lip. I. p. 10. n. 35 (184i")) (N. India ; Assam) ; KoUar, in Hugel's
Prisi- Kasrhmir IV. 2. p. 403. n. 1 (1848) (Himal.) ; Gray, Cat. Lrp. Ins. H. M. I. p. 15. n. 54
(1852) ; id.. List Lcp. Ins. li. M. I. p. 18. n. 58 (185(")) (Sylhet ; " female " err. scxiis) ; Horsf.
& Moore, Cat. Lep. Ins. .Utis. E. I. C. I. p. 98. n. 200 (1857) (Darjeeling : "female" en: .scxus) ;
Feld., V(rh. z. h. Gcs. ]Vicn p. 324. n. 403 (18G4) (Sylhet: Assam; Darjeeling); Moore,
P. Z. S. p. 750 (18ri5) (Bengal) : Oberth., Et. d'Ent. IV. p. 37. n. 12 (1879) (A.ssam).
?. PapiUo irarius Westwood, Cat,, dr. Ent. p. 5. t. 2 (1848) (Assan\) ; Gr.ay, Cat. Lrp. Ins. B. M.
I. p. 14. n. 51 (1852) (Assam) ; id.. List Lrp. Ins. li. .M. I. p. 17. n. .55 (185ii) (Assam) ; Fold.,
Virh. z. b. Grs. Wirn p. 325. n. 472 (1864) ; Moore, P. Z. S. p. 757 (1805) (Bengal) ; Wood-
Mason, Ann. Mag. .\. II. (5). IX. p. 104 ( 1KK2) ( /'. innius Westw. = ? of P. rhdrnvr Westw.).
( :534 )
(J ?. PapiUo akmmor Felder, Vnh. :. h. Gi». Wim p. 3-J4. n. 4(14 (18(J4) (mm. mul.) : id., Rrim-
Xoaira. Lep. I. p. 12'.>. t. 20. f. d (^J) (1805) (Ind. sept ) ; Hanso. I'nt.,»i,rh. lib. .IZ/hi. p 54
f. 0 ( ? ) (1803).
(J ? . Pajiilir, rhiUniir. Standing. & Schatz, Ejtnt. Schmelt. I. p. 9 (1884) : Elwcs, 7>. £«/. .Soc. /,,/„(/.
p. 428. n. 410 (1888) (Sikkim ; not uncommon in the lower valleys and up to oOOO or 6000 feet,
from April to October) ; Manders, ihid. p. 535. n. 190 (189U) (Shan States) ; Leech, liutlerjl.
of China, etc. p. 549 (1893) (Central and Western China) ; Haase, UnUrsuch. iib. Mim. p 53.
t. 5.f.33(?). 34(cJ)(1893).
(J ?. Pajiilio (Panosminpsis) rhflenor, Wood-Mason & NictSv, Joum. As. Soi: Beng. p. 374. n. 174
(188G) (Cachar ; " Panosininjjsis" nom. nud.'.): Xic^v., Gazetteer of Sil.kim p. 171. n. 468
(1894) (Sikkim : from April to October, up to 6000 feet ; rare).
<J ?. Sninia rlit'tnm; Swinhoe, Tr. Eiit. Sw: l.oiitl. p. 312. ii. 378 (1893) (Kbasia Hills).
c?. Fareiuings : the outer margin is sekloin convex, instead of straight or feebly
concave: the red mark at the base above is seldom entirely obliterated, a few red
scales being visible under a lens in almost every individual ; as Mr. Elwes (I.e.) has
already pointed out, many individuals have the hinder angle white.
Hindwhigs : above, the anal ocellus has sometimes almost disappeared ; in in.anv
examjiles it is large, and white instead of red, or it is reddisli anteriorly, white behind :
in the lower median cellule there is often a white or reddish lunule, or a complete
ring. Below, there are usually two small black spots at the anal angle within
the red band along the abdominal margin ; the anterior of these sjwts disap^iears
sometimes (as in the type of Felder's P. «/cme?ior) ; the lower median cellule is in
certain specimens filled up with red, exclusive of three rounded spots; in other
individuals these black spots are so enlarged that there remain only three small red
markings; between the middle median and the ujiper discoidal nervules there stand
from 0 to 3 submarginal red spots, of which that between the two ujiper median veins
is often ring-shaped.
?. The red mark at the base of the forewings above is sometimes reduced to
a narrow streak situated along the subcostal nervure ; this streak reaches in one
of my Sikkim specimens half-way to the apex of the cell. The discal white patch
of the hindwings consists usually of five spots, of which the posterior one, standing
between the upper median nervules, is liable to obliteration ; the cellular spot is
sometimes very small ; the anal, submarginal, and marginal red spots are very variable
in size and shape; there are from 2 to 4 submarginal sjiots. The hindwings are not
constant in shape, some specimens having the tail much more prolonged than others.
The Chinese individuals of tiie male sex never exhibit I lie white colour at the
anal angle of the forewings to such a degree as the Indian ones do; the bluish
scaling on the upper surface of the hindwings between the uiijier median and the
subcostal nervules is much sparser, often almost absent ; the hindwings are decidedly
narrower behind, more deeply scalloped, and at the end of the upper median nervule
often produced into a conspicuously prominent tooth.
The Chinese females — of which two specimens only are known, one in Mr, Lei'ch's
collection, at present inaccessible, the other in my own collection — dift'er in the
dentation of the hindwings being sharper, in the white di.scal |iatch being rather
reduced or almost absent, and in the anterior of the two black spots at the anal angle
of the hindwings being enlarged and joined to the ba.sal black spot of the lower
median cellule; above, the hindwings have a minute red spot before the middle of
that cellule, nearly as in llaase's figure of the suj^posed female of P. alcmetior Feld.
(Hiuise, I.e.).
Fekler's P. alcmenor is not worthy of being kept separate as an aberration.
( 3:S5 )
The variety with the white liinder angles of the forewings is very remarkable, as it
bears a striking resemblance to P. memnon afjenor ?-ab. hutleriamis ni.
Hah. China (16 cj, 1 ?); Sikkim (15 c^, 5 ?); Assam (10 c?, 7 ¥); Caciuir :
Shan States (5 3).
XIII, ELWESI-GROUP.
Both sexes tailed, Tlie single representative of this group will certainly come
in a genus by itself in future.
112. Papilio elwesi Leech [cJ, ?],
P,iI,:K„ ^/hW Leech, Tr. Enl. S,„: Loiul. p. 11,1 t. 7. f. 1 ((J)(18«i)) (Kiu-Kiang) ; \i., Bnlt. of
China, etc, p. bhO (1893) (Kiu-Kiang ; Central China : Ichang) ; Watson, Enl. .\>»-.< p. 27',l.
t. 12 ( ? ) (189:!).
Tliis curious Papilio is distinguished from all the other species by the tail being
traversed by the upper and middle median veins. The second discocellular veinlet
of the forewings is bent inwards in a similar way as in P. evan Doubl. The male
varies in the disc of the hindwings being greyish like the forewings, or more white ;
two of my three taales have some feeble spots compo.sed of bluish grey scales between
the median nervules of the hindwings. The tails of tlie female are rather more
rounded than in the male.
Hub. China: Kiu-Kiang, Ichang (1 J), districts west of Ichang (2 d).
XIV. BOOTES-GROL'P.
Both sexes tailed. Body partly red or buff-colour.
li:i. Papilio bootes Westw, [<?, ?],
J'.ijnlw bnoti's Wostwnoii, .inn. .][wi. .V. //. IX. p. .H) (1842) (Sylhet) ; id., .[re. Eiit. I. p. 123. t. 31
fl843j (Sylhet) : Doubl, Westw. & Hew., Gen. Dium. Leji. I. p. 9. n, 17 (184(;) (Sylhet) :
Gray, Cul. Ltp. lu^. I). .U. I. p. 15. n. 55 (1852) ; id., List Lap. Ins. B. .M. I, p, 18, n. 59 (ISaC)
(Sylbct) ; Feld,, Verh. v. h. (ien. Wien p. 325. n. 474 (1864) ; Moore, P. Z. S. p, G72 (18G7)
(Sylhet),
Bi/asa huotes, Swinhoe, Ti\ Ent. .S«-, Lmul. p. 312. n. 383 (1893) (Kliasia Hills).
Two geograi)hical races of this Paiiilio are known to me : —
("): P. bootes Westw., forma typ. [<?, ¥J.
The hindwings of the male have above usually two white discal patches; some
examples have a third, smaller spot behind the second median nervule, mostly shaded
with red. Besides the anal double mark there are from one to three submarginal
hmules on the upperside of the hindwings.
'Y\\e female is paler than the male, larger ; tlie hindwings liave four discal spots,
of which the first and fourth are the smallest.
The double spot in the dilated apical part of the tail is often much sluaded witli
black.
H<dj. As,sam (8 cJ, 3 ?).
(/>): P. bootes nigricans subsp, uov, [J],
P.iliilio liool,<. Leech {wc Westwood, 1842), Butt, of Chi mi, etc, p. 551 (1893) (Western China).
This Chinese representative of bootes differs from th(> typical form as follows : —
6. Hindwings devoid of white discal spots (type), or with two faintly marked
( 336 )
spots, or with two hwi^o white patches, as in Ijootes. Tails always without spots.
Front of the head ferniginous red, but with inauy black hairs, especiallv in the
middle before the antennae.
? . Unknown to me.
Hab. Western China (9 (?).
114. Papilio janaka Moore [cJ, ?].
Papilio jaimka Moore, Horsf. & Moore, Cal. Lrp. Ins. Mas. E. I. C. I. p. 97. n. !'.t8 (1857)
(Darjeeling); id., P. Z. .S. p. 104. t. 45 (1857) : Feld., Verh. z. h. G.s. IVin, p. 3'25. n. 473
(1864) ; Elwes. Tr. Ent. Sor. Land. p. 42G. n. 402 (1888) (Sikkim : rather rare, at 31)00 to
5000 feet, in Muy and June) ; Haase, UiiLrsitch. Uli. Mini. p. 53. t. 5. f. 3(') ( ? ) (1893).
Papilio aikkimrnsis Wood-Mason, Ann. Mag. .V. //. (5). IX. p. 103 (1882) (Sikkim).
Piipilio (Panosmiojisis) janaka, Niceville, Gazetteer nf Sikkim p. 171. n. 4(>'J (18y4) (Sikkim : May.
June, 3000 to 5000 feet, rare).
Two local forms are known : —
{(i): P. janaka Moore, forma typ. [c?,?].
]\Ir. Wood-Mason described the liasal half of the hindwings as being " green-black "
in his P. sikkiinensis, which does not exactly fit to any of my janaha specimens ;
janaka-males have, however, sometimes an obvious olive-green tint on the hindwings
above, which may change into green-black in discoloured specimens.
P. janaka Moore differs from P. hooles Westw. especially in the tooth in front
of the tail of the hindwings being more directed backwards, in the apical spots of the
tails standing rather nearer to the apical margin of the tail, and in the red basal area
of the underside of the hindwings being extended along the abdominal margin and
joined, or almost so, to the red spot at the anal angle.
The gromid-colour of the fenuile is paler than in the nude ; the hindwings have
three large white discal patches, and a smaller spot before the upper discoidal vein ;
the submarginal markings are large.
Though the differences between janaka and hootes are slight, (hey are apparently
constant, at least injaiuika from Sikkim and hootes from Assam. Our knowledge of
the two insects is, however, very limited. As it seems to me rather improbable that
each of the two has such a very restricted range, I am convinced that the two insects
come together in Bhootan and probably mix with one another.
The spots at the tip of the tails are very variable in size ; one of my si)ecimens
has one six)t only instead of two on each tail.
Hab. Sikkim (9 cJ, 3 ? ).
{h) : P. janaka dealbatus subsp. nov. [cJ].
S . Differs from P. janaka, Moore in the same way as P. hootes Hii/ricans m.
does from P. hootes Westw. I have a single male only, which exhibits the following
characters : —
A little smaller and much deeper black \hnn P. janaka Moore. Hindwings,
^ipperside, without discal white patches, but with a dispersed buff scaling all over
the wing, exclusive of the nervules and the internervular folds; (he two red spots
at the anal angle separated from one another ; a thin submarginal lunule between
(he lower median nervules; tails all black, much less sjjatulate than in janaka.
Hindwings Imlov) with six submarginal spots, of which the first (behind the cos(a)
is very small, the second and third a little larger, but still small and linear,
the fourth slightly, the fifth and sixth strongly arched; there are two red spots
( :i?>7 )
between the lower ini'dian iiervules, one very small, clo-ie to tlie cell, the second
larger, beside the anal marking.
Front of the head with many black liairs ; sides of abdomen more restricted
ferruginous red than in P. janaka.
?. Unknown.
Hab. Western China (west of Ichang) (1 cJ).
Mr. Leech'.s collectors did not meet with this insect.
XV. ILIOXEUS-GROUP,
Both sexes tailed. The species of this group will probably come in one genus
with P. ganibrisius Cram, and fiiscus Goeze.
115. Papilio ilioneus Don. [-^^ ?].
PapiVin iliunfvs Donovan, Ins. Xrin [lull. t. 1^^ (1805) (" Xew South Wales " hic. err.) \ Godart, Etic,
Melh. IX. p. G8. n. 119 (1819) ; Boisd., .V('- Ge/i. Up. I. p. 213. n. 28 (1830) ; Doubl. Westw.
& Hew., Gen. Dhmi. Lrp. I. p. 12. n. 74 (184G) : Gray, Cat. Lq>. Ing. B. M. I. p. 22. n. 95
(1852) : id.. List Lrp. Ins. B. .1/. I. p. 29. n. 102 (1856) : Olliff, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wahs
p. 412 (1887) (Xorfolk I.).
Papilio ainphiaruHs Felder, ]'rh. -.. /;. G'S. Wim p. 321. n. 424. & p. 309. n. 253 (1864) (710m. nnv.
loco P. Hionnis Don.) : Ollitf, Pror. Linn. Sue. X. S ]Vah:^ p. 1014 (1887) (Norfolk I. : "no
evidence th.at it is ever found on the mainland of Australia ").
P. ilioneus Don. and ami/nthm- Boisd. occur together and are certainly only
aberrations of the same species. P. dhstrusus Butl. is not distinguishable from
amynthor ; Butler, when describing his species, did not compare it with (imi/nthor.
Specimens which agree with Donovan's figure have the baud of the forewings,
the discal yellowish white patch on the hindwings, and the submarginal spots of the
underside of the hindwings rather larger than they are in the following aberration : —
(a-) : ab. amynthor Boisd.
cJ. Papilio amynthor Boisduval, Biill. Sor. F.ul. Fr. p. l.'iS. n. 3 (1859) (New Caledonia) : Feld..
Verb. z. h. Ges. }Vim p. 321. n. 425 (1864) ; Rutl., P. Z. S. p. 289. n. 93 (1874).
Papilio amyntor, Oberthiir, Kt. iV l-'ni. IV. p. 49. n. 83 (1879) (New Caled. ; " cJ," type-.specim!!n).
cJ. Papilio ahstnmis Butler. P. Z. S'. p. 618. n. 41 (1875) (Mare, Loyalty Is.) ; id., Ann. .!/«;/. .V, }h
(4). XX. p. 356. n. 29 (1877) (Lifu I.).
The white patcli of the hindwings above extends often beyond the second median
nervule; all 'imde, examples have a red anal -spot, \\\e feiwde, besides, one or two
submarginal red spots. On the underside, the sulimargiual buff markings of the
hindwings and the orange-red spots within them exhibit a great deal of \ariation in
respect to the size ; in some males most of the orange-red spots are absent.
Ilab. Norfolk Island (1 ?j; New Caledonia (IcJ.l?): Loyalty I.sl.mds : Lifu
(12<J, 12 ?), Mare.
Xote. — The scales of the forewings above, esjiecially towards the hind angles, are
in the male so much elongated as to render their serial arrangement quite imper-
ceptible; couf /•'. aUnnns Wall., and al.-o P. Iieli'iias L., /'. demo'ioii Cram., etc.
— K. J.
( 338 )
llii. Papilio godeffroyi Sernp. [J, ?,metam.].
r„j,nio goihffroyi Semper, Tr. Eut. Soc. Loud. (3). 11. p. 409. t. 24. f.l (J). 2 ( ? ) (18GC) (Cpolu);
Herr.-Schaff., Stett. E. Zeil. p. 78. n. 5G (18G9) ("Ovalau" loc. err.) ; Bull., P. Z. S. p. 28U.
n. 90 (1874); Oberth., Et.d'Ent. IV. p. 114. n. 83 (1879) (Samoa): Mathew, Tr. Ent. Soc.
Loml. p. 3G1. t. 10. f. 3. 4 (/.. p.) (188:')) (life hist.).
Thi.s and the following species are rather constant in the markings.
Hab. Samoa Islands (4 cj, 3 ?).
117. Papilio schmeltzi llfrr.-Pchiifif. [cJ,?, metam.].
Papilio Hclimeltzi Herrich-Scliitffer, SIHI. Eiit. Zeil. p. 78. n. 57. t. 1. f. 1 (1HG9) (Ovalau) ; id.,
Exot. Srhw. II. f. lOG (1809) ; Bull., P. Z. S. p. 289. n. 92 (1874) : Oberth., Ei. iTExt. IV.
p. 49. n. 84 (1879) (Fiji Is.) ; Butl., Ann. Mug. N. II. (5). XI. p. 4-23. n. 80 (1883) ; id., /..-.
(5). XIU. p. -AiH. n. 21 (1884) ; Math., Tr. Ent. Soc. Ltmd. p. 357. t. 10. f. 1. 2 {I. p.) (1885)
(life hist.).
Hah. Fiji Islands (8 c?, 3 ?).
118. Papilio walkeri .lanson [c?].
Papilio waU-eri Janson, CV.v/. Eut. II. p. 433. f. 8. f. 2 ( J) (1879) ("S. India").
This curious species, the type of which (now in my collection) has remained
unique up to the present time, finds its place best behind schmdtzi ; it has no near
ally, and stands just as isolated as P. diophanttm Grose Smith.
Hah. South India (Id).
XVI. ANACTUS-GEOUP.
119. Papilio anactus MacLeay [S, ¥, metam.].
Papilin aunctus MacLeay, in King's Sun: Au.-^lr. II. App. p. 458. n. 134 (1827) (Austr. occ.) :
BoUduv., S/Jti: Geii. Up. I. p. 219. n. 37 (I83G) : Westw., Arc. Ent. II. p. 15. n. 10. t. 52. f. 3
(1845) ; Doubl. Westw. & Hew., Goi. Diuru. Lep. I. p. 9. n. 10 (184G) ; Gray, On. Lep. hi».
B. M. I. p. 8. n. 26 (1852) ; id.. Lint Lep. Im. B. M. I. p. 9. n. 29 (1856) (Moreton Bay) ;
Feld., Verh. z. h. Ges. ^¥iell p. 321. n. 426. & p. 369. n. 42G (18G4) ; Semper, .lourn. .)/»«.
Go(hffri,ij, Heft 14. p. 43. n. 133 (1878) (Brisbane ; Rockhampton ; Gayndah ; Cape York) ;
Oberth., ^E^ 6;Eut. IV. p. GO. n. 151 (1879); Mathew, Tr. Ent. Sor. Lund. p. 176. t. G. f . 2
(1888) (life hist.) ; Scott, Amir. Lep. II. p. 19. 1. 16 ( ? , /., p.) (189l)) : Haasc, Unlermich. iih.
Mim.-p.U (1893).
There is not much variation in tliis species, though the markings are not
constant in size; the submarginal spot on the upperside of the forewings standing
between the fourth and fifth subccstal nervules is often absent.
Though P. (tnudus is in general appearance rather diiTerent from P. aer/eus
Don., its pattern can be derived from that of the female of aecjeus; the larva and
pupa have also some affinities to those of aegeiis, so that, I believe, tiie best place for
the species in question will be near the gambrini u^-groui) of Papilios.
Hab. Queensland and New South Wales (1(1 tj, s ?).
XVII. KU( ' 1 1 KN ( ) K'-G K(-» LI'.
P. euckenm- Guc-r., anactus ilacLeay, Uionmts Don., rjodefroyi Semp., and
schmdtzi Herr.-Schaff. will in my future generic revision most probably all come
in a genus with /'. (lei/eti-s Don.
( ;!3i) )
12(1. Papilio euchenor <nie]-. [J,?].
Fiijjilio euchi'uur Gue'rin, Voij. (JKjnillr t. i:!. f. i (1829) (Xew Guinea) ; De Haan, Verli. Not. Gein:li.
Xcd. ovri". hez. p. 3ii (1840) (New Guinea) ; Doubl. Westw. & Hew., Grii. Diurii. hep. I. p. \i.
■a. 82 (1846) (New Guinea) ; Gray, Cai. Lep. hm. B. M. I. p. 2,'5. d. 10:'. (1852) (New Guinea) :
\(\.,Lht Lrp. In^. B. il. I. p. 31. n. 110 (185G) (New Guinea): Vollenhov., Tijihchr. r. Enl.
III. p. 75. n. 33 (1860) (New Guinea) ; Feld., Vfrh. z. b. Gex. Wicii p. 321. n. 423. & p. 368-
n. 250. 251 (1864) {p.p. : nn Woodlark, iifc Aru) ; Wall., Tr. Limi. Hoc. Loiul. XXV. p. 58.
n. 77 (1865) {ji./>. ; iier Aru, we Ke') ; Kirsch. .I/ZM. Mu.i. Di-e.-;ilni I. p. 112. n. 8 (1.S77) (Kordo ;
Dorey) ; Godm. & Salv., P. Z. S. p. 648 (1878) (New Guinea) ; Oberth., Ef. (lEnt. IV. p. 51.
n. 92 (1879) (/i.^v.) ; id., 'Ann. Mii!<. dr. Gemn-n XV. p. 473. n. 13 (1880) (Andai) : Snellen.
T,jdsi-hr. i: Eiit. XXXII. p. 395 (1889) (Ron I.) ; Grose Smith, Noc. Z.ml. p. 333. n. 6 ( 1894)
(Humboldt Bay).
Papiliii n.i-iiM Boisdu-val, Voij. Astrtil'ibr. Entniu. p. 41. u. 6 (1832) (New Guinea): id., Spec. Gen.
Lip. I. p. 219. n. 36 (1836) (New Guinea ; nee Aru).
This decidedly Papuan insect must be split up into four subspecies, of which that
from \\'oodlark Island is unknown to me : —
(rt) : P. euchenor (ruer. from New Guinea;
(\j) : 1'. euchenor ohsolescens subsp. nov. from the Aru (and Key ?) Islands ;
(c) : P. eucheiior dejyilis subsp. nov. from New Britain and New Ireland ; and
(d): P. euchenor tjodarli INloutr. from Woodlark Island.
The markings of the males are primrose-yellow; those of the females are much
paler, sometimes almost white.
(a) : P. euchenor Guer., forma typ. [(?,?]•
d. Foreu'inr/s : the median nervules traversing the primrose-yellow band are
often thinly black ; near the end of the cell there stand occasionally some additional
small spots, especially on the underside; besides the three subapical spots there are
below from one to four subinarginal markings.
Hindwings below with the ochreous and the blue markings var^-ing in size ; the
two marginal spots between the median nervides are sometimes tinged with ochreous.
? . Exhibits the same variation as the male. In a specimen recorded by Kirsch
(I.e.) the hindwings have above two discal spots separated from the pale creamy band.
(«^) : ab. eutropius Jansou.
jj. Pitpilio eutropius Janson. C'riuse of .Mnrrke^t II. p. 376. n. 85 (1886) (Jobie I.).
The subapical spots of the forewings are large ; the third one is connected with a
large additional mark near the end of the cell.
This remarkable aberration, the type of whicli is in my collection, was found on
Jobie Island.
Hab. Mainland of New (fuinea (20 J, 10 ? ) ; Jobie (1 J-ah.j ; Salvatty (1 6) ;
Waigeu (3 c?, 1 ?) ; Fergu.-sou Island, D'Entrecasteaux Islands (a good series of both
sexes).
Not foimd on the south coast of British New (juinea.
{(>) : P. euchenor obsolescens subsp. nov. [c?,?].
Piip'ilio uxion Boisduval, Spec Gin. Lip. I. p. 219. n. 36 (1836) (/*. /'. Aru ; «<<• New Guine;i).
Pupilio euchenor. Folder, Verh. z. b. Gen. Wien p. 321. n. 423 (181)4) {p./i.) : Wall.. Tr. Linn. Soc.
Lond. XXV. p. 58. u. 77 (1865) (Aru ; K6? ; «<'<; New Guiuea) ; Ribbe, Iris I. p. 78. n. 8
(1886) (Aru Is. ; (J not rare, very quick, J very rare).
(S. iScarcely different from euchenor; forewings always (?) with four submarginal
.spots below, besides the three subapical markings; the three ochreous lunules in the
( :i4() )
anal region of the underside of the hindwiugs are large; the two marginal spots
between the median nervules more or less ochreous ; alx)ve, the abdominal margin is
in the middle of the colour of the discal band ; this colour is extended to the submedian
nervule and is not or scarcely separated from the discal liand iiy a black streak, as it
is in euchenw Gudr.
?. The posterior but one spot of the discal liand of the forewings, standing in
euchenor between the submedian and the lower median veins, is obliterated ; that at
the inner margin is small, aud that before the lower median nervule also small and above
much shaded with black. On the hindwiugs the spots at the base of the cellules
between the middle median and the lower discoidal nervules are smaller than in
eiichenw-'i ; the spots between the subcostal and lower discoidal veins are deeply
constricted, and in one of my specimens the exterior parts of these spots are separated
from the rest as in the aberration of euc/terMW- ? alluded to above.
Hub. Aru Islands (4 <?, 3 ?) ; Key Islands (?).
I have not seen specimens from the Key Islands.
(c) : P. euchenor depilis subsp. uov. [J,?].
Pupilio euchenor, Godman & Salvin {iier Gue'rin, 1832), P. Z. .S. p. 148. ii. :i3 (1877) (Duke of York
I.) ; iid., l.c. p. 160. n. 45 (1879) (New Ireland).
In both sexes the forewings are shorter and rounder, and have above, besides the
three subapical markings, a small submarginal spot situated between the discoidal
veins. The abdominal margin of the hiiidwings is black, thinly bordered with
primrose-yellow (J) or creamy white (?).
$. The median and submedian veins of the forewings are not covered with
hairs, as in P. euchenor (iwkx. aud P. eiiclcenor ohsolesceiw mihi. The band of the
forewings is broad, and the veins traversing it are not black in any specimen.
?. The last but one spot of the band of the upperside of the forewings is
scarcely separated from that before it, whereas in P. euchenor Gucr. there is a rather
broad black inten-^pace lietween the.se two spots. The extract»llular parts of the
median band of the hindwiugs are large; the second and third spots are not or
scarcely constricted. The ochreous markings on the underside of the hindwings are
very large. Sometimes there stands, on the hindwings above, an ochraceous spot
behind the costa, and another at the anal angle.
Hab. New Britain (type; 3 <?, 1 ?); New Ireland (o c?, 1 ?); Duke of York
Island.
(d) : P. euchenor godarti i^Iontr. [c?].
Piqjilio godarli Montrouzier, Ann. .Sr. Phij.i. Xni. Ki/mi p. 398 ( (J, im: ? ) (1850 (VVoodlark I.) : id.,
Essfii Fnutie Wwdhtrk p. 120 (1857) (Woodlark I.) ; Butl., P. Z. S. p. 290. n. 94 (1874).
PajiUio euchaior, Felder, Vcrh. z. b. Ges. Wieii p. 321. n. 423 (1864) (p.p.).
Though there is no character mentioned in Montrouzier's description in which
this Woodlark Papilio differs from P. euchenor Gu^r. or its subspecies, it will be
better to keep f/odurti separate, at least as a fourth geograjihical form, until we
receive specimens of this insect from Woodlark Island.
Hub. Woodlark Island.
Un the Solomon Islands this species has not yet been found.
Note. — The hairy streaks with which the nervules of the forewings are covered
in the males of P. euchenor Gu6r. and P. euchenor obsolescens Kothsch. are of the
.same character as the cottony stripes known from P. ulyasea L., bianw Cram., etc.
( 341 )
The scaling on the upperside of the forewings of euclienor- and ohfiolescrns-rnale.s is
distinguishable from that of the 'males of P. eachenor dej/Uis. In the first two forms
the scales of the upper layer in the anal region of the forewings are elongate, mostly
bi-, seldom tridentate ; in depilis the scales of the upper and under layers are almost
of the same length, irregularly tri- or quadridentate. At the nervuh>s the upjier
scales become as long in depilis as in enchenor. but they are not intermixed with
hairs. — K. J.
XVllI. POI.YTKS-GKOUP.
121. Papilio canopus We.stw. [(?,?].
Piijiilio c/niopiis Westwood, Ann, Miuj. N. 11. IX. p. 38 (1842) (Melville I.) ; id.. Arc. Enl. II. p. 81.
t. G8. f. 1. 1* (cj). 2 ( ? ) (1844) ; Doubl. Westw. & Hew., Gf,i, Diiini. Lrp. I. p. 11. n. 61
(184C) ; Gray, Cnt. Lep. Ins. B. .V. I. p. 19. n. 81 (1852) ; id., List Lq,. Ins. B. .U. I. p. 24. n. 85
(1856) (Pt. Essington) ; Feld., Vrrh. z. b. G/'s. Wii:n p. 319. n. 400 (1864) ; Oberth., Ann. J/as.
Ch. Genom XT. p. 475. n. 18 ((J) (188(1) (Somerset) ; Rothsch., Nov. Zoo!. I. p. 685 (1894).
P. canopus Westw. and hypsicles Hew. cannot be .specifically separated ; it i.s
even difficult to separate them subspecifically, as the distinguishing characters are
very inconstant. P. vollenhovii Feld. must also sink to the rank of a subspecies of
canopus, as both insects are connected with one another by two intergraduate races,
hypjsiclides Rothsch. and canopimts subsp. nov. We have therefore to deal with
the following subspecies of canopus ; —
(«) : P. canopjus Westw. from North Australia ;
(h) : P. canopus hypsicles Hew. from New Hebrides ;
(c) : P. ca.nopus canopAnus subsp. nov. from Moa ;
(d) : P. canopms hypsiclides Rothsch. from Wetter;
(e) : P. canopus vollenhovii Feld. from Timor ;
(/): P. canopus alorensis Rothsch. from Alor;
(.f/) : P. canopus tiriibrosus Rothsch. from Sambawa.
Tlie Tenimber Islands are most probalily inhabited by an eighth race.
("): P, canopus Westw-., forma tvp. [c?,?].
The bands on the wings are very variable in breadth. The hindwings have
above a complete series of well-marked submarginal spots, or the spots are (c?,?)
feeble.
Jfab. North Australia (2 ?).
(/'): P. canopus hypsicles Hew. [cJ,?].
Piipilh hypsicles Hewitson, E.e, Bnltirfl. IV. P,ip. t. 9. f. 29 (cJ) (1868) (New Hebrides) ; Butl.,
P. Z. S. p. 289. n. 89 (1874) : id., I.e. p. G19 (1875) (Tanna, X. Hebr.) : Rothsch., Xor. Zool. 1.
p. 685 (1894) (" New Caledonia " loc. en: ?).
The wings ajipear less broad than in canopjus, as the discoidal veins are shorter.
Bands of the wings variable in breadth and shape; hindwings with a complete series
of blue spots beyond the band ; submarginal spots more yellow than in ca,7io]pus, in
c? sometimes obb'terated, e.xclusive of the anal spot.
Hub. New Hebrides; [New Caledonia (2 J)].
My two specimens of this species, wliich 1 received from a French dealer, are
labelled " Nouvelle Calcdonie " ; but I believe this locality is erroneous.
( 342 )
(c): P. canopus canopinus suhsp. nov. [c?,?].
Tailed; the tails tliinner tlian in canopus, more spatulate than in tailed
specimens of hypsididea. Band on forewings broad, standing closer to the margin
posteriorly than in canopus. Kand on hindwings also broad (5 to G mm.) ; like that
of the forewings less incised at the nervules, which are above only partly brown, than
in canopm; male with six, /«mrt/e with three faint blue spots behind the band;
anal mark yellow; submarginal lunulas sharply defined, below yellowish in the J,
white in the ? .
The bands of the femaie are much whiter tlian tliose of the 'nude, and somewhat,
broader; that on the hindwings is especially broader in the middle where that of the
male is visibly narrowed.
Hub. Moa Island (1 c?, 1 ? in coll. 8taudinger; 1 S, type, in coll. Rothschild)
(cf): p. canopus hypsiclides Kothsch. [c?].
Papilio volleiihovii hypsiclides Rothschild, .V..c. Zoul. I. p. G85 (1894) (Wetter F.).
Usually tailed ; band of the forewings narrower than in P. vollenhovii, except in
the apical region, where it is broader than in that race; disca! band of the hindwings
also narrower.
Hah. Wetter Island (W. Doherty, May 1892) (5 S).
(e): P. canopus voUenhovii Feld. [<?.?]•
Pnpilio rnllenhovii Felder, Verk. s. b. Ges. Wieii p. 318. n. 390 (1864) (Arch. mal. ; iinm. iiiul.) : id.,
if-«« Novara, Lep. I. p. 97. n. 74. t. 10. f. / (1865) : Oberth., El. <rK,il. IV. p. 48. n. 82 (1879)
("Malacca" Inc. err.) : Rothsch., Nur. Zool. I. p. 685 (1894) (Timor),
Tailless. .Submarginal spots to hindwings and the band sonKwhal variable.
Hub. Timor (\V. Doherty, November to December 1891) (5 cf , 4 ?).
(/) : P. canopus alorensis Kothsch. [tj].
Papilio volleiihovii iihiriisis Rothschild, Xov. Znol. I. p. liSG (1894) (Alor I.).
Tailless. Band of forewings represented bv a few spots in the costal and anal
regions; discal band of the hindwings narrow.
Hah. Alor l.sland (W. Doherty, October 1891) (1 6).
(u): P. canopus umbrosus Kothsch. [J,?].
Pnpilio rolleiihorii umbrosus Rothschild, X'lV. Zool. I. p. G86 (1894) (Sambawa I.).
Umber-brown; bands of wings almost eiitiieiy obliterated ; submarginal si)ots of
hindwings well marked, at lea.st below.
Hah. Saniliawa (W. Doherty, September 1891j (1 d , 1 V).
122. Papilio hipponous I'lld. [cJ,?].
(?) Papilio Lupliyriia Boisduval, Dull. Hoc. Ent. Fr. p. 39 (1861) {ikhii. niid.).
Papilio hipponous Felder, II'jVh. EiiI. .Von. VI. p. 28.S. n. 33 (cj, ? ) (ISGi) tLuzoii ; Jliiidaiiao) ;
id., Reise Noriini, Lep. I. p. 104. n. 79. t. 15. f. b ( $ ) (1865) (Luzon ; local form of P. canopus
Weatw.?); Koch, Indo. Amir. hep. Fauna p. 62 (1865): Stauding., Iria II. p. 12 (1889)
(Palawan).
Papilio (Charm) hipponous, Semper. Philipp., Taij/'all. p. 275. n. 403 (1892) (Luzon ; Bohol ;
Mindanao).
Two local forms are known : —
(' :u;; )
(a): P. hipponous Fi-Kl., forma typ. [<?,?].
Varies considerably in size ; some specimens approach in size the next race.
Hdb. PhiUppine Islands: Luzon (1 J, 1 S), Bohol, Mindanao; Palawan (3 J,
1 ? ) ; Banguey (1 ? in coll. Staudinger).
(I') ■■ P. hipponous lunifer Rothsch. [c?].
Piipilki hipponous binifrr "Rothschild, Xtir. Zniil. I. 687 (1804) (Sangir I.).
Larger than V. hippoiioas ; band of hindwings compai'ativelv much narrower;
submarginal lunules on the underside of the hindwings larger.
Hab. Sangir Island (W. Uohertyj (12 rf j.
123. Papilio pitmani Elwes & Nicev. [J].
Piipilio {L(iiiiias) pilmani Elwes cS Nicev., Jouni. As. Soc. Beiig. p. 434. n. 12',). t. "JO. f. 1 ((^)
(188G) (Tavoy).
Papilio piiiuiiHiii, Rothschild, Xuc. Zool. I. p. (J85 (1894).
Similar to the male of P. polytes L., but forewings without marginal spots; it
looks also somewhat like P. chami Westw., having, like that species, a white mark near
the hinder angle on the underside of the forewings, and ochreous submarginal lunules to
the underside of the hindwings. I have not had the occasion to examine a specimen
of this species, but I believe the best place for it is near P. sakontala Hew.
Hcd). Tavoy (Tenasserim).
124. Papilio sakontala Hew. [(^].
cJ. Papilio sakontala Hewitson, Tr. Eiit. .So.'. Luwl. (2), II. p. 24. t. 5. f. 1 (1852) (Sylhet).
This species differs remarkably from its allies in the elongate shape of the
forewings.
In my specimen the discal markings of the upperside of the hindwings (seven in
number) are all well marked, much better so than in the type-specimen of the species ;
and it has no red anal spot above.
Hab. Sylhet ; Sikkim (1 S).
125. Papilio polytes L. [c?,?, metam.].
Kleemann, Beytr. I. p. 22. t. 2. f. 2. 3 (1761) ; Edwards, Glean. N. Ilist. III. p. 277. t. 342 (1764) ;
Gronovius, ZoophjI. p. 189. n. 730 (1763-81).
Ji-i. Papili'i Eques Trojaniis poUjtes Linne, Sijst. Nat. ed. x. p. 46it. n. 7 (17.58) (Asia) ; Clerck,
I,-on. Ins. I. t. 14. f. 1 (1764) {an subsp. barealis Feld. ?) ; Linne, .Uiis. Lud. Ulr. p. 186. n. 5
(1764) (India) ; Houtt., Natnrl. Hist. I. 11. p. 193. n. 7 (1767) (/)./;.) : Linn^, Sijst. Xal.
ed. xii. p. 746. n. 5 (1767) ; Muller, Xaturs. V. 1. p. fi67. n. 5 (1774) ; Fabr., %.s(. Ent. p. 443.
n. 2 (1775) ; Sulzer, Gesch. Ins. p. 141. t. 12. f. 3 (1776) ; Goeze, Eat. Bri/tr. III. 1. p. .^1. n. 5
(1779) ; Fabr., Spix. Ins. II. p. 2. n 4 (1781) ; Cramer, Pap. Ex. III. p. 129. t. 265. f. c.
(17H2) ; Jablonsl^, Nalui-s. Schmetl. II. p. 185. t. 15. f. 2. & p. 293. n. 3. t- 2U. f. 3. 4 (1784) :
Esper, Ansl. Schniett. p. 50. t. 12. f. 1 (1786) (" ^ " ex err.) : Fabr., .!/»«(. Ins. II. p. 1. n. 5
(1787) ; Gmelin, .S>-(. Nat. I. 5. p. 2227. n. 5 (1790) (p.p.) ■ Fabr., Ent. Syst. III. 1. p. 2. n. 5
(1793) W-I') ; Turt., Syst. of Nat. III. 2. p. 6 (IHdG) {p.p.).
(J. Papilio Eriues Trojanus panunon Linne, Syst. Nat. ed. .x. p. 460. n. 8 (1758) (Asia) ; Clerck,
Iron. Ins. I. t. 14. f. 2 (1764) {an snhsp. horralis Feld. ?) : Lintie, Mas. La<l. Ulr. p. 189. n. .S
(1704) (India); Houtt., Natarl. Hist. I. 11. p. 1!I3. n. 8 (1767) : Linne, Syst. Nat. ed. .\ii.
p. 746. n. 8 (1767); MiUler, i\'a(i<r.s. V. 1. p. 568. n. 8{mi){p.p.); Fabr.,.S>(. AV.p. 445. n. 13
(1775) ; Goeze, Ent. Beytr. III. 1. p. 32. n. 8 (1779) ; Le.ske, Anfangsyr. Nat. 1. p. 451. n. 2
(1779) ; Fabr., Spec. Ins. II. p. 4. n. 16 (1781) ; id., Mant. Ins. II. p. 3. n. 16 (1787) ; Gmolin,
Syst. Nat. I. 5. p. 2228. n. 8 (1790) p.p.) ; Fabr., Ent. Syst. III. 1. p. 7. n. 20 (1793) (p.p.).
(?) Papilio Eqncs jroHoiv; Scopoli, Ann. /list. Nat. V. p. 112. n. 116 (1772) (Palria ?) ; Goeze, Enl.
Beytr. III. 1. p. 32 note (1779) : id.. I.r. p. 45. n. 27 (1779).
J*. PapiVio Eque» Trojniui" rowuhis Cramer, Puji. /-V. I. p. 67. t. 43. f. a (177G) (Coromandel ;
Ceylon) ; Jablonsky. .V"/«iv. Schmelt. II. p. 14.">. n. 35 (17S4) : Esper, Aii«l. Sclimctt. p. 105.
t. ii. f. 2 (1785-98).
J'"'. Piipilio romtilus, Fabricius, SjKf. lux. II. p. 2. sub n. .') (1781) (.1. /'. hectore " vix distinctus
■videtur ").
?"*. Pnpilio Eqtiea Tynjtimt.'i paitiinoii, Esper, Auifl. Schmi'tt. p. 25. t. 4. f. 2 (1785).
?'". Popilio Eques Trnjtnmg mulius Fabricius, Ent. Si/xt. III. I. p. 3. n. 6 (17'J3) (Tranquebar).
$1". Ptipilio Eques Trojriiius ci/rus Fabricius I.e. p. 7. n. 19 (1793) {Ptitrhi ?).
5 I'". Ptipilio Eques Trojiiiius nstynnux Fabricius, hr. p. 13. n. 37 (1793) (India).
?'". Popilio itadjaimx, Donovan, Lis. <,/ India t. 19. f. 1 (1800) ; Godart, £.'«.■. Milli. IX. p. 72.
n. 131 (1819) ; Boisd., Spec. Gen. Lip. I. p. 271. n. 95 (1836).
Priiiceps heroictisjximmon, Hubner, Siimml. Exut. Schmetl. I. t. 109. f. 1. 2 (IfiOii-II'i).
(J. Laertias pammon, id., Verz. heh. Si-hmell. p. 84. n. 861 (1816).
?'". Laerlias cijrus, id., I.e. p. 84. n. 862 (1816).
ji'i. Meiielaides romubts, id., I.e. p. 84. n. 865 (1816).
? 1=1. ileiieluides 2>ohjtex, id.. I.e. p. 85. n. 869 (1816).
5 1''. Popilio mutius, Godart, Enc. MM. p. 70. n. 125 (1819); Boisd., fiprc. Gin. Up. I. p. 27(1.
n. 94 (1836) (Ceylon : Coromandel).
J, Popilio politrs, Godart, Ac. p. 70. n. 126 (1819).
(^ ?. Papilio pammoii, Boisduval, Sywc. Gen. Lip. I. p. 272. n. 96 (1836); Doubl. Westw. & Hew.,
Gen. Diuni. Lep. I. p. U.n. 62 (1846) (p.p.); Hutt., Tr. Ent. Soi: Land. V. p. 49 (1847)
(P. pammon L. & P. poli/les L. are dift". spec.) ; Alex., Ent. .Vo. ^[ag. II. p. 208 (1865) (Central
India) ; Wall., Tr. Linn. Soc. Loud. XXV. p. 51. n. 62 (1865) (p.p.) : Young, Enlomol. p. 40
(1866) (Sewalik Hills); Moore, P. Z. .S. p. 696 (1878) (Hainan): id.. I.e. p. 840 (1878)
(Teniisserim) ; Oberth., El. tT Ent. IV. p. 47. n. 79 (1879) (p.p.} : Elwes, P. Z. S. p. 873 (1881 )
(p.p.) : Xice'v., Journ. As. Soe. Pen;/, p. o2. n. 130 (18.S5) (Calcutta) ; Butler, Ann. .Moij. X. If.
(5). XVIII. p. 189 n. 49 (1886) (Upp. Burma); id../..-. (6). I. p. 206 (1S8M) (N.W.' India) ;
Poujade, Ann. Soe. Ent. Fr. p. 49 (1889).
?'". Papilio pammon, Thon. Xot. Sehmett. p. 20. t. 7. f. .".T (1837) [an $ i" s«%). hnreolis Feld. ?].
ji'i. Papilio hector, De Haan, Y'lrh. Xot. Geseli. Xed. orerz. bcz. p. 39 ( ?, nee ^) (1840).
j™. Papilio romuhis, Doubl. Westw. & Hew., Gen. Diimi. Lep. I. p. 10. n. 26 (1846) (Ceylon;
N. India) ; Gray, Cot. Lep. Lis. B. M. I. p. 11. n. 42 (1852) (X. India ; Ceylon) ; Horsf. &
Moore. Cat. Lep. Ins. Mus. E. L C. I. p. 102. n. 207 (1857) (S '■'■<& ? ) ' Feld., Verli. z. h.
Ges. Wien p. 319. D. .398. & p. 367. n. 240 (1864) (? of poli/tes-i) ■ Moore, /'. Z. .S. p. 756
(1865) (Bengal) ; Chaumette. Ent. .Mo. .Mag. II. p. 37 (1865) (Calcutta).
?'■". Papilio pohjtes Hutton, Tr. Ent. Soe. Loud. V. p. 49 (1847) ; Gray, I.e. p. 20. n. 83 (1H52)
(p.p.) ; Horsf. & Moore, /..-. p. 103. n. 208 (1857) (p.p. ; ^ \], ?) ; Moore, P. X. ti. p. 487
(1865) (N.W. Hinial.) ; id.. I.e. p. 756 (1865) (Bengal) ; Lang, Ent. Mo. Mag. I. p. 101 (1864)
(N.W. Himal.); Reakirt, Proc. Ent. Soe. Phil. p. 468. n. 16 (1864) (p.p.) ; Aurivill., Kongl.
Sv. Vet. Akod. Handl. XIX. 5. p. 11. n. 5 (1882).
$ •■-'. Popilio alphe.nor, Mi'n<'tries (ivc Cramer, 1779), Cot. Coll. Ent. St. Pctirsh. I. p. 2. n. 24
(1855) (Ind. or., Himal.).
J [?'" ?]. Papilio pammon. Gray, Cat. Lep. Ins. li. .\f. I. p. 19. n. 82 (18.52) (/,./,.) : Horsf. *
Moore. Cot. Lep. Ins. Mas. E. I. C. I. p. 103. n. 208 (1857) (p.p.) : Lang. Ent. Mo. Mog. I.
p. 101 (18(i4) (X.W. Himal.) ; Moore. 1'. /.. .-•■. p. 487 (1865) (X.W. Himal.) ; id., Ic. p." 7.56
(1865) (Bengal).
Popilio pammon var. nikoharus Felder, Verh. z. b. Ges. Wien p. 483. n. 112 (1862) (Xankauri,
Xicobar Is.) ; id., I.e. p. 319. sub n. 393 (18(!4) (Sambelong, Nic. Is.) ; Moore, P. X. S. p. 592
(1H77) (Xicob. it Andam. Is.); Wood-Mas., Jonen. .U. Soe. Beinj. p. 237. n. 68 (1880)
(Andaman Is.) ; id. & Niccv., ibid. p. 253. r. 96 (i881 ) (Nicobar Is.) ; iid., I.e. p. 18. n. 61 (1882)
(Xicobar Is.).
^ $. Popdio pohjtes, Felder, Verh. z. b. Ges. Wien p. 318. 393. & p. 367. n. 234 (1864) (p.p.);
Butl., Cat. Diurn. Lep. descr. Fabric, p. 253. n. 62 (1869) ; Druce, /'. Z. S. p. 108. n. 4 (1874)
(Siam) ; Butler, Tr. Linn. Soe. Land. (2). Zool. I. p. 5.')2. n. 12 (1877) (Mal. Pen.) ; Standing.
& Schatz, Exot. Selimr.tt. I. p. 7 (1884) ; Dist., Phop. Mol. p. 347. n. 12. t. 33. f. 7 ((^). 8 ( ? ).
9 ( S ). 10 ( ? ) (1885) (Mai. Pen.) ; Elwes, Tr. Ent. Soe. Land. p. 429. n. 413 (1S88) (Sikkim ;
at low elevations only) ; Watson, .lourn. As. Soe. Ilrng. p. 2l>8 0890) (Madras) ; Slanders,
Tr. Eld. Soe. Lond. p. 536. n. 193 (1890) (Shan States ; common) ; Davids. & Aitk., Journ.
Bombay A'. H. Soe. p. 366. n. 72 (1890) (larro <C- pupa noticed) : Nici'-v., ibid. p. 3H7. n. 90
(1891)) (Chin-Lushai) ; Watson, ibid. p. 53 (1891) (Chin-Lushai) ; Betham, ibid. p. 329 (1891)
(Centr, Prov.) ; Ilobbe, .inn. Soe. Enl, Belg. p. 124. n. 5 (1892) (Darjeeling ; Kurseong).
( ^^-i'^ )
(^ $ . Pajiiliii pohjti-s var. cci/ldiiicus Felder, Verh. z. b. Gis. Wicn p. 3i;i. sul) n. P.'J.'i. .*l p. :i(17. d. 235
(1864) (Eambodde, Ceylon).
(J ? . Lua-liaa romid>is,Moore, Lej>. Cei/Ion I. p. 150. t. 59. f. ] (^). la ( ? ). lb ( ? ). Ic ( $ ) (ISSl)
(Ceylon).
(J. Piipilio jmnimoti, Aurivillius, Koiigl. Si\ Vet. A/,-. Ifaiiil/. XIX. 5. p. 13. n. 8 (1882).
cJ ? . Laerlias jmmmuii, Moore, P. Z. S. p. 259 (1882) (N.W. Himal.) ; Swinb., ihid. p. 145. n. 140
(1885) ; (Bombay it Deccan ; c^mmou everywhere ; Uxrm & pupa notkcd) ; id., l.i-. p. 433.
n. 96 (1886) (Mhow).
c^ ?. Piipil/o (Laertkis) pohjlex, Swinhoe, l.r. p. 512. n. 60 (1884) (Kurraehee) ; Hamps., Juurn.
As. Sue. Bciiij. p. 363. n. 201 (1888) (Nilgiri Hills, 1000 to 7000 feet ; 3 forms of ? ) : Fergus.,
Journ. Bombciij N. H. Sor. p. 446 (1891) (Trauvancore).
(J?. LiiiHins polytes, Moore, Joiirii. Linti. Sm: Lviid. XXI. p. 51 (1889) (Mergui) ; Snino.,
Tr. Kill. Soc. Land. p. 313. n. 387 (1893) (Khasia Hills).
J 5 • Pi-ipilio (Laertkis) pulites, Doherty, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. p. 137. n. 233 (1886) (Kumaon).
This variable polymoiijhic Papilio has developed into a number of geograiiliical
forms, which inhabit an area extending from Ceylon, North-West India, and Northern
China to the Moluccas and the Timor group of islands ; in the islands further east,
and in North Australia, it is represented by P. ambrax Boisd., of which the females
come often very close to that sex of P. polytes and have been recorded under the
latter name (see P. ambra.c). In the Tenimber Islands neither P. polytes \j. nor
P. ambrax Boisd. have as yet been found; Letti, Kisser, and Babber are inhabited
by P. polytes, the Aru and Key Islands by P. ambrax.
There are two groups of races of Papilio polytes L., which can be separated in
the male sex as follows : —
A. Hindwings, underside, with blue scales in the posterior region behind the
discal white spots.
(a) : P. polytes L. from India, Ceylon, Andaman and Nicobar Islands,
Malay Peninsula, Deli (Sumatra), Burma, Siam, Tonkin ;
ij)) : P. pjolytes boreaUs Feld. from China and the Loo Choo Islands ;
(v) : P polytes theseits Cram, from the larger and lesser Sunda Islands ;
(d) : P. polytes alcindxri' Oberth. from Saleyer and Celebes.
B, Hindwings without blue scales behind the discal band beneath ; sometimes
there is a slight trace of the blue scaling.
(e) : P. polytes a lphe7ior Cya.jn. {rom the Southern Moluccas, Sulla Islands,
Philippine Islands, Sulu Islands, Palawan, and North Borneo ; Pelew
Islands ;
(/) : P. polytes perversus mihi from Sangir and Talaut ; Siao Islands ;
((/) : P. polytes nicanor Feld. from the Northern Moluccas.
The femahs of the two groups of races run into one another.
Each of these seven local races into which I have divided P. polytes L. has one
form of the 7nale sex, which is, however, variable in P. piolytes theseits Cram, in
respect to the development of the tails, and at least two forms of the other sex, in
every locality except Celebes; these /(!)n«ie-forms occur together at the same time of
the year, though the observations about this fact are very scanty and differ from each
other; and it has been proved by rearing that one /enwf?e produces at least two femnle-
forms. On the whole we can .say for certain that (1) the diti'erent/e)(i.afes are neither
true seasonal forms nor always confined to certain places, as valleys or hills, open
land or forest, swamps or desert land, etc. ; (2) that two forms can be produced by one
/eiJW ie-specimen.
We have, therefore, an exam])le of true iiolyniorphisni before us, which is very
( 346 )
iiuic-h (•oini)lifatfcl bv the aiipeaiance of an additional third /enirt^e-forni in certain
parts of the area inhabited bv P. polijles, while this third form is absent from other
parts of the area, or is represented by a dififerent third form.
t^o we have P. polytes ?-f. loc. romvlvs Cram, in Ceylon, South India, and
Bengal, which does not occur in the other parts of the range of P. jjoit/tes (Burma,
Siain, etc.) ; the males and the fir.-it and second form of the female from Ceylon,
South India, and Bengal are not distinguishable from tho.se from Burma, Siam, etc.
The mnles and the first form of the female of P. polytes t/ieseua Cram, from
West Sumatra, Java, Sambawa, Timor, are the same ; the second feinitle-form of the
lesser Sunda Islands is different from tiie corresjionding form from the larger Sunda
I^lands : the th\ix\ female is not known from Timor and the adjacent islands.
On Palawan and West Luzon the second form of the fenuile (with white on the
hindwings) is e.xtremely rare, and the third form (without white on the hindwings)
is common ; on the other islands of tlie Philippine group the .second form is pre-
vailing, and the third apparently absent or at least very scarce ; the males as well as
the first female-foTm from these localities are inseparable.
The males and the first femaMorm from the Philipjiine Islands and Palawan
are the same as those from the Southern Moluccas; in this latter locality a third
fenuile-foTia is wanting; the examples of the second form are nearly always
distinguishable.
Now, have we to treat P. polytes from Ceylon, South India, antl Bengal with the
$-f. loc. roviidus as a subspecies by itself, or must it be united to P. polytes from
Assam, Burma, etc., which has the same nude and the .same first and second female-
forms, but not the i\\\\-A female 'i Can P. polytes theseus from Timor and the
adjacent islands stand as a subspecies by itself on account of one of its femctle-forms
being different from the corresponding one from other parts of the range oi P. polytes
theseus, or has it to stand as P. polytes theseus? Is the so-called P. ledebourius
Eschfch. from the Pliiliji]iine Islands subspecifically distinguishable from Cramer's
P. alphenor from the Southern Moluccas, though the nudes and the first form of the
female are the same, and only the second form is mostly different ?
Althougli I shall always keep two locally separated insects under two subspecific
names, even if they differ only in one se.x, I cannot do so in these cases, where the
differences, though restricted to certain localities and therefore localised as they
are in subspecies, are exhibited only by a relatively very small proportion of the
number of the individuals; to make, however, the division of 1'. polytes more
satisfactory, and to indicate that the above-mentioned locali.sed forms of the fem/de
are "local forms,'' I shall use for tlie.se females the term ?-f. loc. {"i -forma alicuius
loci).
It is certainly highlv remarkable that the same insects produce in Ceylon and
South India such a con.spicuous female as is the ?-f. loc. romidus, while tliey never
do so in Burma, Siam, etc. ; the parents of romidus ought to exhibit some characters
distinguishing them from the specimens flying in Xorth India, Burma, etc., and the
absence of such characters must, rather unsatisfactorily, be explained by the iiudes
and first and second /em«/e-forms not assuming any new cliaracters in consequence
of strong atavism.
(«) : P. polytes I.., forma typ. [c?,?, metam.].
Linne det-crihed the present species from a female; a Linnean specimen which
IS (according to .\urivillius, I.e.) still preserved in the Stockholm Museum differs
( :h7 )
from Cramer's figures (I.e., t. 265. f. a. b) in those points in which many Indian
individuals differ from the Chinese race, which latter Cramer's figures represent. It
is therefore certainly right to apply the name of polytes to the Indian race.
Felder separated two local forms from P. pohjtes L., namely P. pulytes var.
■nikoharvs Feld. (J.c.) and P. polijtes var. ceylanicus Feld. (I.e.). Though I have
not seen a very large series of P. polytes fi-om the Andaman Islands, and only a few-
specimens from the Nicobar Islands, I am convinced that nikoharus cannot stand as
a subspecies; the characters by which Felder separates it are foimd only in some of
the specimens and appear also in Indian examples. On the whole the Andaman
specimens seem to be a little larger tlian the average .specimens from India, though
certain Indian specimens are larger than the largest from the Andaman Islands.
Felder's ceylanicus is certainly identical with P. polytes L.
S. Tails slightly variable, always spatulate ; hindwings sometimes with a
reddish mark on the upperside at the anal angle. ^Marginal spots of the forewings
variable in size and shape. Costal spot of the median band of the hindwings often
linear on the underside. The submarginal spots of the hindwings appear seldom on
the upperside.
? . Tails spatulate, mostly longer than in the rivile.
(ii'): ?-f cyrtis Fabr., I.e. [figs.: Moore, Lep. Ceylon, I.e.; Distant, Rhup.
Mai., Lcl
Similar to the male.
(fe'): ?-f. polytes L., I.e. [figs. : .Aloore, I.e. ; Dist., I.e.].
Hindwings with a white discal patch, which consists of four circumcellular and
one intracellular spot.
(«^) : ?-ab. s^icMws Hiibn.
I'lipilio Equpn Trojiniiis jmli/tp.i, Cramer (iifc Linm', 17.08), /.'•. p. 129. t. 2C5. f. c (1782).
Princeps hevoicii.^ .^lirli/iis Hiibner, Snmml. Ex. Srlim. I. t. 112 (180(j-lG).
Meneltiides iilphennr, Huhner, V'erz. bek. Srliin. p. K). n. 870 (1811!) (p.p.).
Ptipilio polylfs L. 5 , form.i .s^V7i(U.<. Aurivilliu?. Kmnjl. f^r. ]^et. Al.-. Ifiiinll. XIX. fi. p. 12. sub n. 5
(1882).
Differs from the typical ?-f polytes in the white area of the hindwings nut
extending into the cell, t^ometimes the number and size of the white spots is much
reduced; the spots are often partly replaced by red, but the white does not disappear
entirely.
(c'j : ?-f. loc. Tomulus Cram., I.e. t. 43. f .\ [fig. : Moore, /.c.].
Mimics Papllio hectc/r L. and inhabits the same area as that species. 1 found
two specimens in the MOller collection from Sikkiin, one of wiiich has the white of
the forewings much less conspicuously marked and comes in the colour of these wings
indeed close to certain specimens of ? -f. polytes; in the same example the red spot
in the cell of the hindwings is tinged with orange.
Found in Ceylon, South India, Bengal, and occasionally in Sikkiui.
Hah. India (including South Cashmere; 19 J, 34 ?); Burma (12 J, 9 ?);
Shan States (1 c?, 1 ? ) ; Tenasserim ; Siam ; Lower Tonkin (3 J', 7 ? ) ; Malay Peninsula
(5 i, 7 ?); Sumatra (Deli); Ceylon (2 J, 10 ?); Andaman Islands (3 J, 1 S);
Nicobar Islands (2 J , 1 ? ).
Paj/llio astyaiuix Fabr., I.e., is certainly basi-d on a specimm of ? -f. loc. romulns
with the tails broken off.
( 348 )
(/'): P. polytes borealis Feld. [(?,?].
(J. Papilio Eques Trojanus pammon, Cramer (nee Linnd, 1758), Pap. Ex. II. p. (JO. t. 141. f. ii
(1779) {haec subspec. ?) ; Jablonsky, Xatiirs. Schm. II. p. 276. n. 53. t. 19. f. 4 (1784).
?". Papitio Eques Trojanus poli/ks, Cramer, I.e. p. 129. t. 265. f. a. b (1782) (China : " i"
ex err.).
?"'. Pupilio Eques Trojamts pammon, StoU, in Cramer's Pap. Exot. Supi>l. p. 147 t 33 f 1
l.\ (1791) (China).
(J ?. Ptipiliu jHimmon, Doubl. Westw. & Hew., Gen. Diurn. Lep. I. p. 11. n. 62 (18-52) (yJ./*.) :
WaU. & Moore, P. Z. S. p. 356 (1866) (Formosa) ; Oberth.. Et. d'Ent. IV. p. 47. n. 79 (1879)
(p.p.) ; Elwes, P. Z. S. p. 873 (1881) (p.p.) : Oberth.. El. iVEnt. XI. p. 14 (1886) (Ta-tsien-lu).
tJ ? . Paplliu polyles var. borealis Felder, Wien. Enl. Mini. VI. p. 22. n. 2 ((^, ? ) (1861) (Ning-po) :
Butler, P. Z. S. p. 814 n. 37 (1877) (Formosa) ; Leech, Tr. Ent. Soc. Land. p. 65 (l«89)°(Kiu-
Kiang).
(J ?. Pujiilio polytes, Leech, Butt, from Cliiua, etc. p. 552 (1893) (China : Loo Choo Is.).
^?. Paiiillo borealis, Seitz, Soe. Ent. X. p. 41 (1895) [China, excl. of the South ; Okinawa;
Nagasaki ; ''Yokohama (Pryer) " ex err.].
(S. Differ.s from P. poJytes in the spots of tlie median band of the hindwings
being much smaller, also often reduced in number; the submarginal spots of the
hindwings appear often above, and are sometime.s of a reddish colour.
(6") : ab. thibetanus Oberth.
Papilio pammon var. thibetwms Oberthiir, Et. d'Ent. XIII. p. 14 (1886) (Chapa).
Spots of the median band of the hindwings partly obliterated.
I have this aberration, which is the extreme form of horealiH, from China and the
Loo Choo Islands ; in one Chinese specimen there are only two white markings left on
the underside.
?. Tails mostly broader than in typical polytes. Dimorphic; third female
wanting.
(cZ'j: ?-f. mundane mihi.*
Differs from P. polytes ?-f. cyrns Fabr. in the same way as the males of bm-ealis
do from those of polytes.
Very rare in Western China, more abundant in the Loo Choo Islands.
(e'): ?-f. borealis FeU., I.e.
Mostly indistinguishable from /'. polytes ?-f. polytes L. and ab. stickius ; the
dominant form corresponds with ab. stickius; the number of white spots of the
hindwings is reduced; the sjiots are widely separated; the intracellular .spot is never
so large as it usually is in ?-f. polytes.
In several of my sjiecimens the median row of white sjiots of this/('»,rt?e-form, as
well as of ^-f. polytes, is connected with the costal margin by means of some very
faint additional markings of a huffish brown colour, thus recalling the complete row
of spots in the female maris colore.
Hub. China (except the .southern parts) (18 cJ, 19 ?); Kiu-Shiu; Loo Choo
Islands (23 J, 14 ?); Formosa (2 cJ, 1 ?); Hainan (1 c?).
The specimens from the Loo Choo Islands have the tails sometimes rather short
and even non-siiatulato, and come very close to certain specimens of P. polytes L.
from the Xatuna Islands, forming a transition to P. pjolyles theseus Cram.
• For the sake of conformity all ihefemaJe-ioTrus of the rarious subspecies of 1'. polutes L. arc trcitcil
under names of their own.
C -MQ )
(<■): P. polytes theseus Cram. [cJ,?, metam.].
Seba, r/(cs, IV. p. U. t. 2a. f. l!l-24. * p. .'lO, t. 41. f. 11. 12 (17t;5) ; id., /.,-. p. 4i t. M. f. 23. 24
{ISGh) (haec sub.<ji.';).
' ^^*<. Papilio Equfs Trojamis Ihrseui Cramer, Pn/>. Ex. II. p. 128. t. 180. f. I! (1779) (.Snm.-itra
occ.) : Goeze, E,:l. Bcijli: III. 1. p. 44. n. 21 (1779) ; Fabr., t<pfr. I,i^. II. p. 2. n. 3 (1881) ;
Jablonsky, Naturs. Srhmelt. II. jJ. 162. n. 39. t. 14. f. 3 (1784) ; Fabr., Ent. Syxt. III. 1. p. 2.
n. 4 (179.S).
(J. P„j,Hio nuiiia Weber, Ohs. Enl. p. 106 (1801) (Sumatra).
2'". Menetaides theseKS, Hiibner, Vers. bel-. Schm. p. 84. n. 867 (1810).
?'*'. Papilio theseus, Godart, Enc. .Uitli. IX. p. 71. n. 127 (1819); Boisd., Spec. Gen. Up. I.
p. 276. n. 99 (1836) (Sumatra) ; Doubl. Westw. & Hew., l.r. p. 11. n. 63 (1846).
(J ?. PapUio iximmon, Godart, I.e. p. 74. n. 139 (1819) W-/'-) ; Boisd., /./•. p. 272. n. 96 (lH3r,)
(p.p.) ; De Haan, Verh. Xnt. Gesdi. Xetl. oea-r..hrz. p. 41 (1840) (p.p.) ; Doubl. Westw. & Hew.,
I.e. p. 11. n. 62 (1846) (p.p.) ; VoUenhov., Tijdschr. ,: Ent. III. p. 79. n. 79 (1860) {p.p.) ;
Godm. & Salv., P. Z. S. p. 641 (1878) (Billiton I.).
J. PapiUopamiiioii, Horsfield, Cat. Lep. Lis. .Uus. E. I. C. t. 3. f. 2 (/.). 2a (p.) (1828) ; Horsf. A
Moore, Oif. Lep. Lis. .Vns. E. I. C. I. p. 104. n. 209 (p.p.). & t. 3. f. 4 ("'.)• 4a (/>.) (1857) :
Reakirt, Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil. p. 466. n. 15 (1864) (p.p.).
jra. Pupil mpuhjles, Hor.sf., !.<: t. 3. f. 1 (/.). la (;j.) (1828) ; Horsf. & Moore. /.-•. p. 103. n. 208
(p.p.). & t. 3. f. 3 (;.). 3a (p.) (1857) ; Reakirt, I.e. p. 468. n. 16 (1864) (p.p.).
(J. Papilio ledehmriix, Zinken. Nov. Act. Ae. Nat. Cur. XV. p. 148. n. 5 (1831) (Java).
5 13'. Popilio poliiplwiitc-i De Haan, Ferh. Nat. Gesch. Ned. overz. hez. p. 39 ( ? , nee ^). t. 8. f. 4
(1840) (Timor).
$i'i. Papilio (iidiphus De Haan, I.e. p. 40 (?, nee (J), t. 8. f. 2 (1.840) (Pontiauak ; Banjer-
massin ; Padang).
$1'-'. Papilio poli/les vnr.jamnus Felder, Verh. z. b. Gee. Wi,n p. 486. u. 127 (1862).
(J ? . Pupiliu pohites var. nnnia, Felder, I.e. p. 319. sub n. 393 (1864) (Sumatra).
J'"'. Papilio pohjtes var. timoreiisis Felder, Verh. z. h. Ges. Wien p. 319 (1864) (Timor : nom. nor.
turn '• pnljiphontes De Haan ').
^ $. PapUiu theseus, y^aW&ae, Tr. Linn. Sue. Lnml.XXY.p. 52. n. 63. t. 2. f. 2. 4. 7 (18U.-,) (Borneo ;
Sumatra ; Java ; Lombok ; Timor ; me Macassar).
J $ . Papilio poli/tes. Piepers, Tijdsehr. e. Ent. p. 156. n. 71 ( 1876) (Batavia) : id., /..-. p. 352. t. 8.
f. 6. 7. 8 (/., p.) (1888) (life hist.) ; Snellen, ibid. p. 304. n. 74 (IK90) (Billiton) : id., ib,d.
p. 250. D. 48 (1891) (Flores) : Hagen, L'is VII. p. 22. n. 18 (1894) (Sumatra).
cJ?. Papilio (Laertias) politrs, Doherty, Joiirn. As. S. Penr/. p. 193. n. 115 (1891) (Suniba :
Sambawa).
(Ji'l. Papilio pohites ab. eirilis Rober, Tijdsrhr. e. Ent. XXXIV. p. 272 (1891) (Kisser ; M.aumerie).
{J ?. Papilio pain mon-pohjtes (!), Hagen, Berl. Ent.Zeit. XXXVII. p. 154. n. 170 (1892) (Banka I.) ;
id., Lis VII. p. 22. n. 18 (1894) (p.p. ; W. Sumatra ; larva noticed).
As I have already .'laid above, I cannot .separate P. poiyte.'i horn tlie larger and
the lesser Sunda Islands into several subspecies; if somebody is more siiccesslnl
in finding distinguishing characters, he will have an ample su})}ply of names for the
races : P. theseus Cramer (W. Sumatra), P. melanides De Haan (15orneo), P.javanvs
Feld, (Java), P. polt/phonU's De Haan and limorensis Feld. (Timor), P. j'ohjtes ab.
lirilis Rober (Kisser, Maumerie).
The polytes from East Sumatra (Deli) stand mostly intermediate between the
Indian and the insular races, as do many specimens from the Natmia Islands.
P. polytes theseus Cram, is the smallest race of P. polytes L.
(J. Tails more or less reduced, sometimes absent. The Sandiawa examples have
the white Imud of the hindwings rather narrower than specimens from other localities.
? . Four forms, but only the first .seems to be generally distributed.
(/'): ?-f. inrilis Rober, Lc-
Similar to the laale.
{if) : ? -f. javanus Feld., I.e.
Smaller than the average .specimens of P. polytes ?-f. polytes \..; 'lie white
( 350 )
spot within the cell of the hinflwiiigs smnlh Not eoiistaiitly distinguislinble from
P. polytes L.
This is the usual form in Java; in Sumatra anil Borneo it is rare, and is replaced
by the fourth form, ■which is a]i]jareutly alisent from Java.
(A'): ?-f. loe. poli/p/iontcs De llaan. I.e.
The pale area of the forewings is much whiter llian in the preceding form : the
apii-al lliinl uf the cell of the liindwings is white, the white markings round the cell
are large, the nervules traversing the white area are partly orange. In a specimen
from Letti, the cellular spot is still large, hut tinged with orange; the other
markings are, however, partly obliterated, there being only three very feeble spots
between the lower median and lower di.scoidal nervules, of a huffish colour, and widely
separated.
Inhabits Timor, Letti, Moa, and probably all the other islands of the Timor
group.
(i') : ?-f. loc. tliesi-u.i Cram., I.e.
Without white on the liindwings. Discal sjiots often comjiletelv obliterated.
Ihe commonest form in Sumatra and Borneo; mimics P. (irLstolochlae (lutiphus
Fal.r.
In the Bornean specimens the discal and submarginal red spots of the liindwings
are sometimes merged together to longitudinal streaks; this variety is —
(fesj : ? -ab. nidanides De Haan.
Papilio iiitliDikles De Haan, Wrii. Xat. Ge.-'cli. Xeil. urer:. bi:. \). 40. t. 8. f. 3 (18411) (Banjermassin ;
S. Borneo).
I have not seen a specimen so much aberrant as that figured by De Haan, Init
several which come rather close to it.
Hdh. Sumatra (excl. North-East Sumatra); Xatuna Islands (17 <?, 6 ? ; the
specimens belong partly to this, partly to the typical race); Borneo (4 c?, 9 ?); Nias;
Java (6 t?,5 ?); Lombok ; Bonerate; Samba wa (7 c?);Sumba; Flores; Pura (1 (?) ;
Timor (4 J, 2 ?); Maumerie ; Kisser; Letti (1 c?, 1 ?): Babber (1 c?) ; Moa (1 ?,
in coll. Staudiuger).
(d): P. polytes alcindor Oberth. [J,?, larva].
J ?. Ptipilw iilphninr, Wallace, I.e. p. 5.B (1865) (//./-.) : Piep. & Snell., TijiMn: r. Ent. XXI.
p. 39. n. 1.51) (1878) (Celebes ; common ; caterpillar the same as tLat of the Jiivan P.poh/tes) ;
Holland, Pmc Bn^l. N. II. Sw. XXV. p. 77. n. l-'H (1890) (S. Celebes); Rothsch., Jrls V.
p. 44-J (1892) (S.E. Celebes).
?. Piipilio jximmon var. aU-imlur Oberthiii-, I'.l. il'Eiil. IV. p. 48. & p. Ii:i. sub n. 7'.1. t. 0. f. 4
(1879) (Celebes).
S ?. Pii/iilio tilrimlor, Semper, P/iinjj/j.. Tual'i'll- p. 276 (1892) (distinct species),
cj ? . Papilio (dphiimr var. iTieMilphiior Staudinger, Iris VII. p. 343 (189.^) (Saleyer).
This race is the most aberrant and constant, and I .should have treated it as
a distinct species, if it were not for the very small specimens which are scarcely
distinguishable from P. polytes or P. polytes theseus ("ram., and the caterpillar, which
is, according to I'iejiers (I.e.), the same as that of thesexis.
The fe,ini('e is monoinorphic, and mimics Pupih'o pohipltonteH Boisd.
S. Tails somewhat varialile in length and breadth, sometimes wanting, accord-
ing to Staudinger (/.<•); liindwings seldom witli submarginal spots above. Some
Specimens have a small white spot in the ape.x of the cell to the liindwings.
( Mol )
? . In small specimens the tails are thinner, as in the usual large form : 1 he
discal extracellular spots are always widely separated.
Staudiuger has overlooked that Oberthtir figured his alcindoi' ; the Saleyer
specimens agree very well with Oherthiir's figure.
Hab. Celebes (5 tj, 4 ¥); .S&leyer (2 6,2 ? ).
While most Papilios from the small islands north of Celebes (Sangir and Talaut
Islands), and from Bangkei and the Sulla Islands, are either identical with the
Celebesian races or bear at least a much closer relationship to them than to the races
from the Moluccas and Philippines, this is not the ease in P. polytes; and it is most
curious that P. jjolytes, from the ^Moluccas and the Sulla Islands in the south, and
from the Philippine Islands in the north, must stand as the same subspecies, while
the islands of Sangir and Talaut, which lie just between those groups of islands, are
inhabited by a different race.
(e): P. polytes alphenor Cram. [6,i, metam.].
(?). Piipilin Eqiips gromvii Scopoli, A,i,i. I/hl. Nat. V. p. 112. n. IIG (1772) {Pulrid ?).
$1-''. Piipilii, Eqws Trnjrmux aljihenor Cramer, Pup. Ex. I. p. 141. t. 90. f. n (177G) ("Chin.a"
en: he.) ; Goeze, Eiit. Beyti: III. 1. p. 77. n. 28 (1779) ; Jung, Verz. Snhm. <iU. Weltih. p. 24
(1791) ; Esper, And. Schmeli. p. 141. t. 37. f. 1 (1785-98) {ivp./roni Cnim.).
$1=1. Pap'dio Eqiies Trojronis poli/tes, Fahncina (iiec Linni', 1758), Sj)e,i\ Ins. II. p. 2. n. 4 (1781)
(.2>-I>-)-
?<"'. Papilio Eques Triijniiiis puh/tes var. aljiheiior, .lablonsky, Xiilitrs. Srhimil. p. 195 (1784).
ji='. Piijiilio poh/te.^ var. fi alphruvr, Gmelin, Sy.^t. Xal. I. 5. p. 2227. sub n. 5 (1790).
Menehiidfii alphrnm-, Hiibner, Ver-. bck. Srhm. p. 85. n. 870 (181G) {p.p.).
?'■-'. Pajiilio polytes var., Godart, E,ie. Meth. IX. p. 71. n. 12(; (1819).
cJ. Papilio kilchouriii Eschscholtz, Kotzebiie's Reise III. p. 200. t. 3. f. 7 ( J) (1821) (.Philipp.).
5 I-'. Papilio imunnon var. (?) alphinoi; De Hiian, l.r. p. 41 (1840).
?!-'. Papilio alphetior, Doubl. We.stw. & Hew., Gen. Dinrn. Lep. I. p. 12. n. G5 (184G) {p.p.) \
Gray, Cat. Lep. Ins. B. .1/. I. p. 20. n. 85 (1852) {p.p.).
?'". Papilio eli/rus Gray, List Lep. Ins. B. .1/. I. p. 20. n. 91 (185G) (Philippine Is. ; man. nial.).
j ? . Papilio alphenor, Felder, Verh. z. h. Ges. Wien p. 319. n. 395. & p. 307. D. 239 (18G4)
(Amboina ; Ternate) ; id., Reise Novaru, Lep. I. p. 101. n. 77 (1805) : Wall., Tr. Linn. Soc.
Land. XXV. p. 53. n. 64 (18G5) {p.p. : Buru : Araboina : Ceram ; Philip])ine Is. ; nee Celebes) ;
Semper, Jown. Mas. Goilefr. II. p. 59. t. 8. f. 1-3. 15-18 (l.,p.) (1873) ; Dewitz, Xoi: Ael. On:
Ae. Xat. 44. 2. p. 2G4. t. 9. f. 1. 1a. In (/., /(.) (1882) : Pagenst., Jalii-h. Xass. Vei: Xat. p. 202
(1884) {p.j,.) ; Standing., Iris p. 277 (1888) (Palawan) ; id., I.e. II. p. 11 (1889) (Palawan).
cJ?. Pajjilio {Laerfia.^) ulphrnar, Semper, Philipir, Ta(if. p. 270. n. 404 (1892) (Philippine Is.;
Pelew Is. ; Caroline Is., the same .luhsp. ?).
?'■-'. Papilio alphrma; Reakirt, Pro,: Ent. Soe. Phil. p. 470 (1804) (Philippines).
(? ?i". Papilio horsjiehlii Reakirt, /.-■. p. 470 (1804) (Philippine Is.).
? '"'. Papilio Inlebonria, Felder, Ileise Xovara, Lep. I. p. 99. n. 70 (1 8 >o) (Luzon).
? I*'. Papilio alpheiatr 3rd form of female {P. elyros), Wallace, l.c. p. 53. suli n. Ii4 (1805)
(Philippine Is.).
6 ¥ . Papilio panunon. Semper, Vrrh. :•. b. Ges. Wien p. 697 (1807) (Philippine Is.).
?«. Pajiilio pammoa var. alphnor, Oberthiir, Et. d'Ent. IV. p. 48. sub n. 79 (1879) ("Celebes"
loe. en:).
cJ ? . Pajiilio ledeboiiria, Oberthiir, I.e. p. 48. n. 80 (1879) ("Celebes" lor. err.) : Butl., Ann. .Mag.
X. II. (5). XI. p. 423. n. 79 (188.3) (Mindoro).
cJ ¥ . Papilio nit:anor, Ribbe, Iris II. p. 209. n. 6 (1890) (Ceram).
Scopoli's P. i/ronovii may be this local form of P. polytes L. lie describes it as
having yellow instead of white markings, and says : " Ilicproximim Papilio Pammon
Linnt', Mas. Re^j. p. 189"; he does not .say anything about the form of the hind-
wings; but as Scopoli received his specimen from (ironovius who himself describes
the male of P. polytes as being tailed [Zoopliyl. p. 189. n. 73 (1763-81)], it is
certainly best to treat e/ronovii as a query synonym.
( 352 )
The figures which Semper (I.e.) and Dewitz (I.e.) give of the ciiterpillar of this
subspecies of 7^. pohjtes L. differ from those of the caterpillar oiP. polytt>,i Iheseus (see
Horsfield, I.e., and Piepers, I.e.) in the two transverse oblique bands of the alxlomen
being complete ; in consequence of this difference, and of the fact that the mcUes of
P. polytes L. and tJieseiis ("ram. on the one side, and those of Cramer's P. alphenor
and Felder's P. nicanor on the other, are constant!}', though slightl}-, different,
Semper, I.e., treats the present Paptlio as a distinct species. Are the caterpillars
really not liable to variation? Caterpillars from Borneo and India ought to be
compared. The imagines of alphenor and polytes are constantly distinguishable from
one another certainly only in the nude and the first form of the /«((«//«.
cf . Tailless. The median band of the hindwings varies in breadth ; sometimes
there is an orange-red anal ocellus on the ujjperside ; the submarginal spots of the
underside of the hindwings are white, often yellowish (in P. pjolytes L. they are often
also white).
?. Tetramorphic, but only the first /«)«'//« inhabits the whole of the area
occupied by this subspecies.
(^'): ?-f. /toi-s^W-iReak., /.c.
Similar to the male. Hindwings with submarginal spots on the up]ierside.
This form .stands often as female of nicanor in collections ; it occurs in the
Philippines and Southern Moluccas.
(/') : ?-f. alphenor Cram., I.e.
With white discal spots on the hindwings; the nervules traversing tlie white
patch are very thinly co\'ered with reddish and black scales, as in P. poli/tes the.seHR
?-f. loc. pjolypliontes lie Haan ; the size and number of the white spots vary. Inter-
mediate examples between this and the next /er/i («/e-form come chiefly fiom Luzon-
Forewings mostly whiter in the outer region than in P. polytes L. Tails prominent,
but non-spatulate. The specimens with spatulate tails, which are dominant in the
Philippine Islands and Sulla Islands, must stand as —
(m') : ? -f. loc. ledebourius Eschsch., I.e. ; Feld., I.e.
This form does not occur on the Southern Moluccas. I have not seen specimens
from the Philippines with the tails shajjed as in typical alphenor, but Semper {I.e.)
records them from there.
(n') : ?-f. loo. elyros Wall, I.e.
Corresponds to P. jjolytes theseus ?-f. theseus Cram, and is not always dis-
tinguishable from it; in most specimens the intemervular pale stripes of the fore-
wings are whiter than in that form.
Almost (or entirelv Y) confined to the islands of Palawan and Luzon ; it will
probably also be found on Mindoro, Balabac, Banguey, and North Borneo; it mimics
P. nristolochiae antiphus Fabr., acutus Druce, and kotzebiteus Eschsch., which
inhabit the same districts. On Luzon, where elyros sometimes has a white mark on
the hindwings, the /'. aristolochlae kotzebnens Eschsch. is also sometimes provided
with the same character. On the Moluccas and the Sulla Islands this/€?)ia/e-form is
not found.
Hah. Amboina (1 <?, 4 ?); Saparua (2 ?); Ceram (1 ?); Burn; Sulla Islands
(Mangola Island; 4 c?, 7 ?); Banka Island (1 6); Philippine Islands (19 cj, 18 5/;
( 35;! )
Palawan (2 <J', >5 ?); Sulu Islaiifls; Balabac (2 S); Xortli Borneo (Lawas, Baram K..
]\Iantanaui Island ; 3 ? ).
In the Bornean specimens (? -f. korsJieUli only) the costal spot of the band of
the hindwings is linear, being niuch narrower than in Philippine individuals ; the
marginal spots of the forewings are of rather large size. Males of alphenor from
North Borneo I have not seen ; the Balabac nmles agree with those from Palawan
and tlie Pliilip[)ines.
The l~^ulla specimens are not exactly identical with rf/^;/(,eHO)', but approach a little
the below-described P. polytes perversiis, from the islands north of Celebes ; in the
male the costa is in large specimens strongly arched; the spots of the band to
the hindwings are a little more separated from one another than in Philippine
examples. The tails of ? '-' are a little less spatulate than in typical ?-f. loc.
ledebourius Eschsch.
My Banka Island male agrees with the Sulla Islands specimens.
(/): P. polytes perversus subsp. nov. [cJ,?].
tj ?. Popilio (dphrnnr, Hopffer (/(f. Cuimer, 177G), Stelt. E. Zed. p. 20. n. 13 (1874) (Siao Is.) :
Semper, Pliilijip., Tat/f. p. 2715. n. -1(14 (1802) (p.p. : Sangir Is., Siao Is.).
J ? . Papilio iiiciiiini; Oberthiir («<'.' Felder, 1865), El. d'Eiil. IV. p. 48. n. 81 (187S) (p.jj. ; Sangir).
(?) Papilio polytes, Westwood (luc Linm', 1758), Tr. Ent. Soc. Lnml p. 468. n. 2 (1888) (Talisse I.,
north of Celebes ; «« ulcimlur Oberth. ?).
(?. Forewings with the costal margin more arched than in 7^ polytes alphenor
Cram., similar in shape to those of P. polytes alclndor Oberth. IMarginal white
spots as in P. polytes nicanor Feld.
Hindwings tailless, but almost triangular, longer than in the other races of
P. polytes, the whole anal region being rather produced. The median baud is
narrow ; the two anterior spots are the largest, the second is much broader anteriorly
than at the upi)er discoidal nervule. The submarginal spots of the underside of
the hindwings are sometimes \ei-y faintly indicated abo\e by a few brownish and
whitish scales.
(o') : ? -f. m/riiins mihi.
.Similar to the male; submarginal spots of the underside of the hindwings large
in my siugle specimen, with a faint anal red mark above.
(p^) : ?-f. (itavus mihi.
With spatulate tails. F'orewings with co.stal margin arched as in the male,
with clearly marked marginal spots, whicli are shaped as in the male, but rather
larger ; outer half of the wing whiter than in P. polytes alphenor ? -f. loc. ledebourius.
Hindwings with three large and one small white discal spot, which are separated from
each other by the black nervules ; within the apex of the cell is sometimes also a
minute white spot ; submarginal spots rather large and strongly arched.
Hah. Sangir Island (\V. Doherty le;/.) (8 c?, 2 5): Talaut (W. Doherty le<y.)
(8 c?, 2 ? ) ; Siao Island (the same ?).
Semper, I.e. p. 277 note, .says that he has c? (^ and ? ? from Sangir which are
indistinguishable from specimens oi nicanm- from Morotai, Batjan, and Ternate ; tlie
specimens which I have seen are all well distinguishable from nicanor.
( :5-^4 )
Qj): P. polytes nicanor IVld. [<?,?]•
(J ? . PtipiUo nlphenoi; Boisduval {nee Cramer, 1779), Spec. Gin. Lip. I. p. 274. ii. 97 (1830)
(*' Celebes" loc. err. out auhi^p. (dt.").
(J ?. Pap'iUo iiicanor Felder, Verh. z. b. Ges. Wien p. 319. n. 39G (1864) (Batjan : Halmahera ;
HO«i. «(«/.) : id., Reise Xorani, Lep. I. p. 102. n. 78. t. 10. f. c. d (1805) (Uatjan) ; Wall., Tr.
Lhiii. Snr. Loml. XXV. p. 53. n. 65 (18G5) (Batjan : Gilolo : Jlort.v) ; Oberth., Kl. .I'F.iit. IV.
p. 48. n. 81 (1879) (/).;).) ; id., Ami. Mim. Cir. Gniom XV. p. 474. n. 17 (1880) (Halmahera ;
Ternate) : Standing. iN; Schatz, Ex„f. Srhm. I. p. 7. t. 3 ((J, ? ) (1884) : Biitl., .4»». .Uag. X.
H. (5). XIII. p. 197. n. 44 (1884) (Ternate).
S. Tailless; liiiidwiiigs with submarginal spots on the iipporside ; marginal
spots of the forewiugs large, strongly haniinerhead-shaped.
? . ^Mouomorpbic, as far as we know at present ; similar to P. pohjlea alphenor
?-f. alphenor Cram., but hindwings not provided with a prominent tooth or tail.
Ternate /ejjia/es are often indistinguishable from Amboina specimens of alphenor.
Hub. Batjan (5 cj, 6 ?); Halmahera (3 <?, 3 ?); Ternate (4 J); Morty.
126. Papilio ambrax Boisd. [c?,?].
(J. Papilio ambrax Boisduval, Voi/. Astrolabe, Ent. p. 40. n. 5 (1832) (New Guinea) ; id.. Spec.
Gen. Up. I. p. 218. n. 35 (1836) (" ? " ex err.).
? . Papilio orophines Boisduval, Spec. Gen. Lep. I. p. 275. n. 98 (1836) (" Pris au pays des Papous
ou anx Moluquea ").
S ? . Papilio ambnu-, De Harm, Verh. Kat. Gesch. Ned. overz bez. p. 32. t. 7. f. 1 (J). 2 ( ? ) (1840)
(New Guinea) ; Doubl. Westw. & Hew., Gen. niiirii. Lep. I. p. 12. n. 81 (1846) ; Gray, Cm.
Lep. Lis. B. M. I. p. 22. n. 98 (1852) (New Guinea) ; Blanch., Voij. au Pule Siul. IV. p. 378.
t. 1. f. 3. 4 (1853) (New Guinea) : Gray, List Lep. /«.s. B. il. I. p. 29. n. 103 (1856) ;
Vollenhov., Tijdschr. i: Ent. III. p. 74. n. 32 (186u) (New Guinea) ; Fold., Verh. z. b. Ges.
Wien p. 320. n. 415. & p. 368. n. 245 (1864) (" Batjan," -'Ternate " lor. err.) ; Wall., Tr. Linn.
Soc. Land. XXV. p. 54. n. 67 (1865) (Mysol ; Salvatty : Dorey) ; Oberth., El. d'Kttl. IV.
p. 49. n. 86 (1879) (New Guinea) : id., Ann. Mus. Cir. Genora XV. p. 473. n. 16 (1880) (Dutch
& Brit. New Guinea) : Snellen, Tijd^chr. v. Ent. XXXII. p. 394 (1889) (Andai) ; Grose
Smith, Nor. Zool. p. 333. n. 7 (1894) (Humboldt Bay).
?. Papilio pohjte>:, Kirsch, .]lith. .\lns. Dresden I. p. 112. n. 3 (1877) (Andai & Dorey) : Snellen,
Tijdschr. V. Ent. XXXII. p. 394 (1889) (Andai).
We must distinguish three geograpliical races of thi^; insect : —
(a) : P. ambrax Boisd. from New (iuinea, Waigeu, ^ly.sol, Salwalty ;
(b) : P. ambrax epirus Wall, fi'oni the Aru Islands ; and
(c) : P. ambrax erjipius Misk. from (Queensland.
Wallace's " P. umbracia " is nothing but an aberration of P. ambrax, with which
it occurs together in all places. The most variable of the three subspecies is certainly
P. ambrax, which exhibits in either se.x two forms, that are connected, however, by
every intergradation ; in the mule sex a number of specimens have ou the forewiugs
above a subapical white patch which is absent from other specimens, and in the
female there is a large wliite patch at tbe anal angle of the forewiugs in some
individuals, while in others the wing is black. This variation is worthy of note, as
the Australian form of P. ambrax exhibits always the white subapical patch in the
male and the white anal one in the female, thus showing again, what we see in so
many species of Pajiilio, that certain individual characters of a variable species
become con.^tant in certain districts.
(a): P. ambrax Hoisd., forma tyji. [cJ,?]-
(J. The white area on the hindwings is inconstant in breadth and sliajie; mostly
it extends in the cell about 2 uim. bevond the origin of the upi>er discoidal nervule,
but often it stops at the base of that vein; the iiiternervular jiartsof the area are
( 30o )
rounded exterioily, or straightlv cut off, or obliiiuely sinuate. Though there is never
a coHspicuouri anal orange-red mark on the hindwings abo\e, some specimens from
German New Guinea show distinct traces of the spot, which in P. ambraz egipius is
so well and constantly developed. ,
Beneath, the hindwings have mostly only one orange-red spot, standing near the
anal angle ; many specimens possess, however, a submarginal spot of the same red, or
a whitish colour, between the lower median neryules. A maie from Waigeu is highly
interesting, as it exhibits beneath four feebly marked, but large whitish discal
markings, shaped as in the nude of F. polytes L., and standing between the submedian
nervure and lower discoidal nervule. I propose to call this interesting (atavistic V)
aberration —
(«') : (^-ab. conspectus ab. no v.
In many specimens of urahrax, especially in individuals from Waigeu, these
spots are indicated by a few white scales.
S. Upperside : the white area of the hindwings consists usually of sis (five
extra- and one intracellular) spots in all, which are seldom separated from one another,
as the veins themselves are nearly always completely covered with white scales. The
intracellular spot is sometimes very much reduced ; the extracellular white markings
are occasionally also very small, and are often partly replaced by red ones ; that
between the discoidal nervules is not seldom absent. In a few examples the white
area is connected with the costal margin by means of two additional white markings
(compare ? of P. polytes L., p. 348). The red colour behind the posterior part of the
white area extends mostly from the suliniedian vein beyond the second median nervule ;
sometimes it reaches the upper iiiedian nervule, while in other individuals it scarcely
reaches the second median branch ; the nervules traversing the red patch are
seldom white. There are from one to three submarginal red sjiots, besides a red
marginal mark between the lower median and the submedian veins which is mostly
joined to the large subanal red spot in the same cellule. A specimen from Kedscar
Bay, British New Guinea, has five submarginal spots, and leads over to P. (mibrux
eyipius Misk. from Queensland.
Underside: as above; the series of snlimarginal s]iots of the hindwings is,
however, mostly complete ; sometimes I he two spots lietween the subcostal and second
discoidal veins are wanting.
l-5ois(luval attriljutes to his P. orophancs a series of marginal (recte submarginal)
lunules on the upperside of the hindwings, of which the exterior (rede anterior) ones
are \ery little marked. I am not quite convinced that orophnues is the fciiude of
the present race of P. arabrux, but believe that it belongs to P. ariibrax epiTUS
Wall.; as the description is, however, not sufficient to solve the question, and the
type apparently is lost, it is best to treat oraphdues as a synonym of ambrax.
(b-) : ab. ambracius Wall.
(J ? . Popillo ambracia Wallace, Tr. Linn. Soc. Luml. XXV. p. 54. n. 68 (1865) (Waigeu) :
Butl., Ann. Mag. X. II. (4). XVIII. p. 248. n. 30 (1877) (Pt. Moresby).
c? with white patch at tlie apex of the forewings.
? with white })atch in the anal region of the forewings.
Occurs together with P. aiabrax in all localities.
Hah. New tiuima: Dutch New (iuinea (25 d , 20 ?), German New Guinea
( 3,56 )
(11 t?, 4 ?), British New Guinea (Kedscar Bay, 3 J, 1 ?); Waigeu (8 d, 6 ?);
Mysol ; ISalvatty ; D'P'nt recast eaux Islands (a short series).
(h): P. ambrax epirns Wall. [J],
iJ'. Paj)ilio eph-us Wallace, Tr. Lhm. Sue. Loud. XXV. p. 54. n. GO (1865) (Aru Is.).
(J $ . Pupilio ambrax var. epiruK, Ribbe, Iris I. p. 78. n. 5 (1886) (Aru Is.).
S- Differs from P. ambrax Boisd. in the hindwings being inovided above with
an orange-red anal lunule, and below with a series of from four to se\en submarginal
spots, besides the anal mark. The white area on the hindwings is shaped as in
certain P. avibrux; the posterior ones of the white spots are exteriorly rounded.
?. Undescribed and unknown to me. Wallace, /.c, referred the /e/;(a/e figured
by Blanchard in Voya;je au Pule Sud. IV. t. 1. f 3. 4 to epiinis; I do not see that
Blanchard's figure, said to be taken from a New Guinea specimen, disagrees with
New Guinea examiJes. Ribbe has found both sexes, as far as I could ascertain,
but where his specimens now are I do not know.
Hab. Aru (and Key ?) Island.-^.
(c): P. ambrax egipius ^lisk. [<?,?].
PapUio egipius Miskin, Tr. Etit. Soc. Loml. p. 451 (1876) (Rockingham Bay) : Olliff, Proc. Lliiii.
N.S. Wales p. 395 (1888) (Mt. Belender-Ker, Queensland).
c?. Forewings with a white apical patch. Hindwings above with au anal orange-
red spot, and below with a series of submarginal spots varj-ing in number from four
to seven. The white area of the hindwings often does not extend beyond the lower
median nervule.
?. Forewings with a white patch in the anal region. Hindwings with a
complete series of submarginal spots above and below. The orange-red colour of
the upperside behind the white discal area is more restricted than in P. ambrax
Boisd.
Hab. Queensland (12 cf, 13 ?).
127. Papilio phestus Gui^r. [6,2, pupa].
J. PapUw phistu^ Gui'rin, I"<.,/. C/hHU', Alhs, I,i«. t. 14. f. 2. A. u. (182y) : Boisd., Voi/. .l^fr.,/.,
Lep. p. 41 (1832) (j«,trla'^) : id., Spn: Ghi. Up. I. p. 21-_'. n. 27 (1836) {putr. dub.) : Guf^rin,
I.e., Zonl. III. p. 274 (1842?) ("New Guinea " ex err.) ; Doubl. Westw. & Hew., Gen. Diurn.
Lep. I. p. 12. n. 73 (1846) : Gray, On. Lep. Ins. B. M. I. p. 21. n. 94 (1852) ; id., List Lep. his.
B. .1/. I. p. 28. n. 101 (1856) ; Feld., Verh. z. b. Gfs. Wlen p. 320. n. 414 (1864) ; Wall., Tr.
Linn. Sue. Loud. XXV. p. 50 (1865).
S- Pupil iu purkimoni Honrath, Berl. EtU. Zut. XXX. p. 1211. t. 5. f. 1 (1886) (New Britain).
Though this species is said by Gu^rin to be found in New Guinea, I do not
believe that it occurs there; it is quite probable that the type-specimen was found
on one of the islands of the Bismarck Archipelago, which have also been visited by
the Coqaille, and that this is only one of the numerous errors of locality which we
so often find in the material collected on " Voyages round the World."
According to the figure and the type-specimen in the collection of Mr. II. W.
Adams, P. parkinsoni Hour, is the same as P. phestus Guer. Honrath compares
P. parkinsoni with P. wmbrax Boisd., and does not mention P. phestue (iuer.
The specimens from the different islands do not show any localised variation
which might induce me to separate the species into local forms; they are so variable
in every locality both in size and pattern that I cannot find a single character which
appears more often in one island than in another.
c?. The wliite area of the hindwiiigs, on the iipperside, enters tlie cell or not;
it consists of seven clearly marked spots, while in P. (unbrax there are mostly only
six, the posterior one being absent, or at least obsolete. Most specimens have two
red marks in the anal region ; sometimes there is also a red discal mark in front of
the lower median nervule. On the underside the number of the discal white spots
("corresponding to those of P. polytes L.) varies from six to two ; in the latter case
the spots are ill defined, and there may occur specimens which have no white sjwts
at all; the submarginal rrd markings vary from seven to four; some specimens have
iiu additional, discal, red s[)ot as on tlie upperside ; very often there are, in both
sexes, discal rays of blue scales; a few blue scales are always met with, whereas in
P. ariibrr.cx they are entirely wanting, as in the Moluccan races of P. polyles L.
?. The forewings resemble sometimes those of P. ambraxeqipius'Slisk. in being
almost pure white in the posterior region of the disc. The hindwings are very variable
in patf;ern ; the cellular white spots are large, small, or absent ; the discal white spots
vary from three to five; the submarginal row consists of three or four red spots; in
my specimens the underside has four to seven submarginal markings, and rather well-
marked discal rays of blue scales. White discal spots as above.
('!■) : ab. mino7' Koni-.
Popilio jmrl-iiisoiii var. miiKir Honrath, /.r. p. 130. t. 5. f. 2 (^J). 2a ( J ) (1880) (New Britain).
This aberration is ba.sed on small specimens.
The pupa of P. jjhesttis (luer. is similar in general form to that of P. polytes L.,
hut the two projecting points of the head are longer and more acute, and the abdomen
bears at the base and beliind a pair each of very large foliated protuberances, and on
the middle segments a pair of small processi.
Jhtb. i\ew Britain (4 <?, 1 ?) ; New Ireland (8 r?) ; Solomon I^lands (10 J, 5 ¥).
Inhabits probably all the islands of the Bismarck Archipelago and of the Solomon
group.
I'-iS. Papilio dunali ^lontrouz.
(J. Pfipiliit ihiimli Moiitrouzier, Ann. Soc. Ph. Nat. Lifon p. 39G (185G) (WootUark T.) : id., Exscd
«. /. Fame. d. M';nd!. (Separ.). p. 118 (18.^7) : But!., P. Z. .S. p. 289. n. 91 (1K74).
This insect seems to be more closely allied to P. phestiis (juer. than toP.ambmx
Boisd., as the hindwings have on the underside "deux taehes roses pres du bord anal,
et quatre taehes blanches par derricre, dont deux touchent le bord, et les autres
rent rent plus en dedans."
Hub. Woodlark Island.
XIX. CASTOR-GROUP.
liasal partition of the subcostal vein of the hindwings somewhat longer than the
upper discocellular nervule.
129. Papilio castor Westw. [c^,?].
cJ. Piipilio caaor Westwood, Au„. .lA-.v. .V. //. IX. p. 37 (1842) (Sylhet) : id., A,x. Knl. II. p. 129.
t. 80. f. 2. 2* (184.'i) ; Doubl. Westw. & Hew., Hen. Uiurn. I.eji. 1. p. 12. n. 72 (1846); Wcstw.,
/'. Z. S. p. 479. t. 44. f. 1-3 (1881).
? . P.ipiVa jiolliix Westwood, Ann. .Uar/. X. II. IX. p. 37 (1842) (Sylhet) : id., Are. ICnt. II. p. 129.
t. 80. f. 1 (1845) ; boubl. Westw. A: Hew., /.<•. 1. p. 21. n. 2C4 (1852) : Weatw., P. Z. .>'. p. 479.
t. 44. f. 4 (1881).
( 358 ;
J ? . Puj/illo ciislor, Gray, Oil. Lep. Im. 11. M. I. p. 21. n. 93 (1852) ; id.. List Lep. In.*. B. M. I.
p. 28. n. ICO (1856) : Horsf. & Moore, Cnl. Lep. Ins. Mus. E. 1. C. I. p. 9a. n. 188 (1857)
(Clierra Punji ; Sjlhet) : Semper, Wien. Hut. .!/««. VII. p. 281. t. 19 (18G.-i) (gynandro-
morphic Fpecimen !) ; Feld., Verh. :. b. Ga. Wicii p. 320. n. 413. it p. 3G7. n. 244 (1864)
(Sylhet : Darjeeling) ; Oberth., Kt. d'EiU. IV. p. 49. & p. 114. n. 85(1879) (Sylhet ; Sikkim):
Elwes, Ti: Ent. !<ui:. ImiiiI. p. 437. n. 436 (1888) (Sikkim ; not uncommon up to 2000 or
3000 feet) ; Robbe, Ann. Sm: E. Hehj. p. 124. n. 7 (IK92) (Darjeeling; Kur.«oong) ; Haase,
['/(fees. iih. Mim. p. 46 (1893) ; Oberth., Et. ,1' Ent. XVII. p. 4 (WJ.\) (Tonkin; ^ with a
series of seven spots on hindwings ; iierhipx an <ib. of inehula Grose Smith V).
(J ?. Ftipilio (CV/»n(.s) ni^lvr, Wood-Mas. t»i Nicuv., J„nni. .1.?. Soc. Bemj. p. 375. n. 180 (1881".)
(Cachar).
(J ?. Tameni cii«tor, Moore, .Xnc Jml. Lep. /,«.p. •.'84(1888) (descr. of " genus " Tum-^ni) ; Swinh.,
Ti: Ent. Sue. Loml. p. 315. n. 406 (1893) (Kbasia HilLs).
^ ? . Papilio (Tiimeiv) mstor, Niceville, Gicettterof Hikhut p. 172. n. 480 (1894) (Sikk-im, 1000 to
3000 feet, from April to October ; less common than chtwn).
(a): P. castor West w., forma typ. [c?,?].
The upper median nervule of the hiudwing,-; is in the male ahvap, in ^\\e female
sometimes, produced into a more or less prominent tooth. In size the nuile is
apparently much more variable than the other sex; the "winter" specimen.s are the
smallest.
Though it has not yet been proved by rearing that P. oistw W'estw. and
P. pollux Westw. are male und female of the .same species, there can be no doubt
that it really is so. The diii'erences between aistor and poilux, if one compares a
larger series of specimens, gradually disappear, or nearly so : the patch of the hind-
wings of castm- becomes narrower and longer, and the dirty whitish colour of polliix
is more and more concentrated to the middle of the wing, and forms a grey macular
band across the disc ; when finally the posterior spots of that band disappear, there
remains in the fevialea. series of five spots, which are almost shaped as in the extreme
form of the male.
The submarginal spots of the forewings of the female vary very much in
number and size. In my female specimens from .Sikkim the whitish colour on the
hindwings extends down to the base of the wing, and the greatest part of the discoidal
cell above and below is occupied by that colour ; in the Assam specimens the basal
half, including the whole of the cell, assumes gradually a uniform brown colour, .-o
that the hindwings have a well-defined discal band, which is sometimes of as pure a
creamy white colour as in the male se.x.
Hab. Assam (7 J, 8 ?) ; Sikkim (.5 J, 8 ?).
('>) : P. castor mehala (iro.se Smith [J,?].
cJ ? . Popilio mehdi Grose Smith, Ann. .!/«;/. X. 11. (5). XVIII. p. 150 (1886) (Tungu, Burma) ;
id. & Kirby, fl/»v'- Ej;A. I. /'r//<. t. 2. f. 1 {^). 2 ( ? ) (1888).
(?). S- P'lp'l'O '"-'<"■. Oberthiir, Et. ,1' Ent. XVII. p. 4 (1893) (Tonkin).
I enumerate this form of castor as a sulisjiecies, though it may turn out to be a
mere aberration. At present there are, however, only a very few specimens known
which must be referred to mehala; and considering that ca«<oj- inhabits the lower
parts of Sikkim, Assam, Cachar, and P. mahadeva Moore the mountainous districts
of Burma, the Siamese Shan States, and I'pper Tenasserim, it is quite probable that
mehala is confined to the lower parts of Burma, and very likely also to the lower
districts of Siam and Tonkin ; the P. castor which Oberthiir {I.e.) records from Tonkin
seems indeed, at least partly, to belong to mehcda.
The male as described and figured liy Mr. H. Grose Smith has n discal series of
seven spots on the liindwiugs, of which the two posterior ones are very small and of
( 359 )
a yellowish colour; in a male from Burma, in my own collection, the two posterior
spots are wanting, and the sijecimen approaches thus certain males of castor very
much.
The female of Mr. Grose Smi^h has on the forewiugs a complete series of sub-
marginal spots, of which the anterior ones are enlarged ; and on the hindwings it has
a discal series of spots of the same size as they are found in certain females of castor
from Assam. A Burmese female iu my collection has only a few small submarginal
>pDts on the forewings in the anal region, and the discal macular band of the hind-
wings consists only of six spots, of which the tirst, fifth, and sixth are very small.
The male and female in my collection here referred to are doubtless mehala, as
they were obtained in Burma, and prove that the large submarginal spots of the fore-
wings in the type-specimen of the female sex are merely due to individual aberration.
To a certain degree mehala stands intermediate between castor and mahadeva, but
the complete series of intergraduates between castor and mahadeva being still
wanting, mahadeva must stand as a distinct species.
Hah. Burma (1 J, 1 ?); (?) Tonkin.
1")0. Papilio mahadeva Moore [c?,?].
cJ. r,ipilio molwdeva Moore, P. Z. S. p. 840. t. 51. f. 1 ((J) (1878) (Upper Tenasserim : Moolai to
Moolat, 4,i00 feet ; mc ? ) ; Wood-Mas., Journ. As. Soc. Benij. p. 144 (1880).
cJ ?. Papilio {Ctiiirus) mahadeva, Elwes & Nicev., Journ. As. Soc. Beiig. p. 437. n. 137 (1886)
(Tavoy & Slam ; both sexes).
Sexes almost the same, but the female paler brown than the male.
The spots of the discal macular band of the hindwings are short, and all nearlv of
the .same size.
The female specimen from Eastern Bengal, which ^loore (I.e.) supposed to be
the female oi mahadeva, is most probably a, female of P. castor mehala, or belongs to
P. castor itself.
H(d). Upper Tenasserim (2 c?); Upper Burma (5 c?) ; Siame.se Shan States
(2 S,\ ?).
131. Papilio dravidarum Wood-Mas. [cJ,?].
J $ . Papitiu dravidarum. ■\Voo(l-Mason, Journ. Ax. f^or. Beng. p. 144. t. 8. f. 1 ( (J) (1880) (Jlysore ;
TreTandi'iim).
Pajiitio abrisa Kirby, Prur. R„ij. Dutil. Sur. (2). XI. p. 338 (1880).
d ? . Papilio pollux var. dravidarum, Westwood, P. Z. S. p. 482. t. 45. f . 1 (cJ). 2 ( J ) (1881).
(^ 2 ■ Ba/tilio (Cliitasa') dravidarum, Harapson, Joitrn. As. Soc. Beiig. p. 363 (1888) (Xilgiris ;
common in the western slypes); Fergus., ./aurn. Bombay N. H. Soc. p. 446. n. 182 (1891)
(Travancore ; fairly common in the low country).
Differs from P. mahadeva in the forewings being provided with a compilete series
of subMiurgiiial spots.
Hal). South India (8 J).
Specimens intermediate between this species and castor are unknown, but may
occur in the districts interjacent between the areas inhabited respectively by castor
and dravidai-um.
XX. AGESTOE-GEOUP.
Basal partition of the subcostii to tlic hindwings at least twice as long as the
upper discocellular vein.
26
( 3fiO )
i;52. Papilio agestor Gray [t?,?].
Papilio ngeatiir Oray, Zaitl. .Misc. p. 32 (1^32) (" Sumatra" /«•. err.) ; Boisd., Sjkc. Gfii. Up. I.
p. 37r.. n. i-iS (1J*3G): Doubl. Westw. & Hew., 6V«. Diuni. Lrp. I. p. 21. n. 2t;2 (1840)
(.Vcpaul : Asi-am) ; Gray, I.ip. Im. Nipaiil p. 6. t. 4. f. 2 (184G) ; Gray, Cut. Lrp. /ii.i. li. M.
I. p. 71. n. .32r> (18.o2) (X. India) : id.. Lhl Lep. Ins>. B. M. I. p. 82. n. 340 (185G) (N. India :
Xepaul. 1 ? presented liy M.-Gen. Haixhvickc 1) : Hoi-sf. & Moore, Oit. Lep. [int. Mux. E. I. C.
I. p. '.II. II. 18(; (18.57) (N. India: Daijeeling): I'eltl., Veili. z. h. (Vc«. Whn p. 308. n. 278
(1X04) (/../'•) : Moore, /'. Z. S. p. 7oG (18G5) : Oberth., Kl. (riCnt. IV. p. 100. n. 318 (1870) ;
Standing, it Schatz. Exot. Schm. 1. p. 6 (1884): Klwes, 7V. Eiil. Sni: Loud. p. 431. n. 422
(1888) (^fijmii. p.p.; Sikkim : rare, (iOOO to 70nO feet, and at l.)wer clcv.itions) ; Haase,
Uiiteri'uch. iib. Mini. p. 48. t. 7. f. 47 (1893).
Ciulxiyoidex agestor, Moore, P. Z. S. p. 260 (1882) (dcscv. of "genus" Cadiigoidcx) ; Swinh., Tr.
Eiil. Sor. Loud. p. 315. n. 407 (1893) (Khasia Hills).
Piipilio {Ciidiigoidex) ugi'stnr, Niceville, Gazetteer of Sikkim p. 174. n. 490 (1804) (Sikkim ; single-
brooded, rather rare, March to May, 5000 to 7000 feet).
Tlii.^ species has three well distingui.shable geographical forms; one inhabits
North-West India, including Cashmere, a second Western China, and a third North
India; a fointh race, which is, however, scarcely worth being treated as such, flies
in the Malay Peninsula and North- West 8iani. These forms run into one another, and
specimens from interjacent districts can just as well be treated as belonging to the
one as to the other sulispecies respectively.
Gray described the species from General Hardwicke's collection; the description
is so short that it applies to both the North and North-West Indian races. In IS-IC
he published a figure taken from General Hardwicke's collection of drettcinijs, and
gave to it, as in the first description in 1832, the erroneous habitat Sumatra. In
his List, etc. (I.e.) Gray enumerates a specimen of agestor from Nepaul, presented
hv Major-Gen. Hardwicke ; this specimen cannot be regarded as tlie actual type
of the species, the species being described from a drawing, not from a specimen.
Now Giay's figure does not fit the Assam and Sikkim Papilio usually understood
to be ai/estor Lh-ay, and there arises the question, which is the true (igestor (iray?
i.e. to which local race has the name of agestor to be restricted? As Gray's
descriptions oi agestor are too incomplete to be of any value in solving that (piestion,
we must rely entirelv upon his figure. In the hindwings bearing a complete series
of small gvey spots midway between cell and outer margin, and being shaded with
blacki.sli brown outside these spots, especially anteriorly, and in having a long grey
streak along the abdominal margin, the figure agrees exactly with certain /cv/irt/fs
of Mr. F. Moore's P. govindra from the North-West Himahiyas. The outline of the
hindwings is the same as in Sikkim and A.ssam specimens, which have the wings
much more angulate than the North- West Indian e.xamjiles ; I must add that in
one of my Cashmere specimens the hindwings are, however, formed us in those from
Assam. .'\s the fenmles of all races of the present Papilio have iUr hindwings more
rounded than the males, Hardwicke's drawing was evidently taken from a inale with
a pattern similar to that of the fenu ties of the North-West Indian govindra.
Such males, which in fact stand intermediate between the Sikkim and Assam
agestor on the one hand mid goiindra on the other, occur, however, in Nei>aul, and are
there the usual form, as far as I could ascertain. The fact that General Hardwicke's
collection was especially rich in Nepaul insects, and that, to my knowledge, derived
from the various articles published about insects of Hardwicke's collection, he had
only a few or scarcely any from the ea.stern parts of North India, can but strengthen
my opinion. If I am right in ray surmise that Gray's type was a iKaJe from Nepaul,
it was al>o most probably from the more ea.stern districts of that province, considering
colour and shape of the hindwiiigs ; and it will lie much betti-i- lo unite the Assam,
Sikkim, and Eastern Xepaul Papilio under the name of ar/estor (ira}-, and to treat
the Papilio from Western Xepaul and Cashmere as a second Indian subspecies, than
to split up the species into three North Indian local races, besides the Chinese race.
We must, however, keep in mind that the Assam and Sikkim ayestor is not typical,
and that the tnie agestor approaches to a certain extent P. agestor govindra Moore.
T.arva and chrysalis arc unknown.
(") : P. agestor <-iray, forma lyp. [J,?]-
!^ome mules from the ]:5urmese frontier of Siam and a fondle from Perak are
slightly different from Assam and Sikkim examjiles. The black bar crossing the
apex of the cell on the npperside of the forewings, and the longitudinal streak within
the cell behind the costal margin of the same wing below, are broader; the ochreous
tawny lines (two) in the cell of the hindwings are short on both sides, especially in
the ? . The apex of the forewings below is much darker brown.
I think it is better not to name this form, as most probably a more distinct race
will be found in Sumatra or Lower Slam, to which these Perak and Upper Siam
specimens lead over.
Hub. East Nepaul; Sikkim (15 J, 1 ?); Assam (12 J, 2 ?); Burma (4(?);
Shan States (4 6); Perak (W. Doherty, January to February 1890) (1 ¥).
(h): P. ag^estor govindra Moore [d.?]-
Piqiilio utjeM'ii; Westwood, .I,v. ICd. I. p. o'J. t. IG. f . 2 ( ? ) (1848) (" India ") ; KoUar, Hilgel's
RcUe II. Kmdnnir IV. 2. p. 406. t. 3. f. 1. 2 (1848) (Mussuree) ; Hutton, Ti: Eul. So,:. Loud. V.
p. 50. 11. 11 (1847) (Mus.suree); Feld., V<rh. z. h. Gen. Wini p. 308. n. 278 (1SG4) (i<.p.)\
Elwes, Tr. Ent. So,: Loud. p. 431. sub n. 422 (18.88).
(J. PiijmVo ijociudni Moore, Enl. .)/». M,nj. I. p. 101. note (1864) ; id., P. Z. S. p. 486. ii. 2 (1865) ;
Butler, Ann. .V„y. N. II. (G). I. p. 206 (1888) (N.W. India).
J . Cnduyoiclcii y(jpc(la Moore, I.,:, p. 260 (1882).
j. Cadiiijoides govindra Moore, P. Z. S. p. 261 (1882).
Smaller than agestor Gray. Hindwings blackish towards the outer margin,
especially anteriorly, more so in the S than in the ?; disc with a complete series
of grey spots ; this series is evidently always incomplete in agestor.
Hah. Xorth-West India and Cashmere [8 J, 3 ?].
(c)i P. agestor restrictus Leech [c?,?].
J ?. P,ipiU,i aijtstoi- var. i-iMi-i,:!,, Leech, Ihilt. jnun Chimi, etc. p. 5.')7. t. 3.j. f. a ( ? ) (1893)
(Chang- Yang, China).
Of the size of F. agestor Gray, ^'eins of the forewings more heavily bordered
with black. Hindwings black, with a large, triangular, bright reddish brown patch
in the anal region.
Ilalj. China: Chang- Yang (coll. Leech), Ichang (.Mus. Uothschild, 4 J).
133. Papilio epycides Hew. [cJ,?].
J. P,i/iili„ rptjckks Uewitson, E.,;,l. linn. Ill, P^q,. t. 6. f. 16 (J) (ISiW) (N. India): Feld.,
Wrli. z. b. Ges. Wien p. 308. n. 27',i (I8G4) ; Moore, P. Z. S. p. 756 (1865) : Oberth., Et. d'Enl.
IV. p. 100. n. 319 (1879) (Darjecling).
(^ ? . Pajidi,! epij,:kl,H, Elwes, Tr. Enl. Six: Loud. p. 432. n. 423 (1888) (Sikkim ; fird ,k.icr. -// ? ;
Sikkim ; not uncommonly in some seasons at 2000 to 3000 feet, in April and May).
Ciiduyoidi'S epijcide.i, Swinhoe, Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 315. n. 408 (1893) (Khasia Hills).
l',,liil',o {.Venanwpsii) rpijridi:i, Niceville, Ga:ellr,T <;/' Sil./.-iui p. 173. n. 484 (1894) (Sikkim ;
single-brooded, at low elevations, .\pril and May).
( 362 )
(a): P. epycides How., (wnm t}p. [<?,?].
Tbe/eina/e has the markings of the wings larger than the male, and mostly of a
much paler colour ; the submargiual spots of the hindwings are esjiecially enlarged.
The forewings have often some minute linear spots between the outer margin and the
submarginal series of rounded markings in both sexes. The anal yellow mark is
slightly variable in size.
H(d>. Sikkim (18 J, 1 ?); Assam (8 c?, 7 $).
(h) : P. epycides horatius Blanch, [c?].
cJ. Papilio horatim Blanchard, Compt. Rend. vol. 72. p. 809. note 2 (1871) (W. China).
{J J. Papilio cpi/cidcK var. hnralius, Leech, Butt, from Chimi, etc. p. ,5;'>5 (189:1) (W. China).
The whitish markings of the outer region of the wings below are more restricted,
partly obliterated, and all the pale markings much clouded with black.
Ilab. Western China (\ 6 )■
134. Papilio slateri Hew. [<?,?].
(?) Papilio slateri Gray, List Lep. his. 11. M. I. p. So. n. ;!54 (185G) (Patria ? : iiom. mid. !).
Papilio slateri Hewitsou, Exot. Butt. 11. Pap. t. 4. text (nee fig.) (1859) (p.p. : "Borneo" loc. err.) :
Feld., Vcrh. z. h. Oes. Wien p. 308. n. 277 (18G4) (p.p.) ■ Westw., Proc. Ent. So,:. Lond. (3).
II. p. IQ (18C4) (Sylhet) ; Moore, P. Z. S. p. 756 (18G5) ; Oberth., Et. d'Eiit. IV. p. 100.
n. 31.T (1879) (Oarjeeling) ; Standing. & Schatz, Erot. Schmelt. I. p. 6 (1884) : Ehves. Tr. Ent.
Soe. Lond. p. 429. n. 415 (1888) (jirst descr. of J ; Sikkim, very rare, outer hills at a very low
elevation) ; Haase, Untersuch. iib. Mini. p. 47 (1893) ("Java" loc. err.).
liomiopsis slateri, Swinhoe, Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 314. n. 404 (1893) (Khasia Hills).
Papilio (Memimnpsis) slateri. Nice'ville, Gazetteer of Sikl.-ini p. 173. n. 483 (1894) (Sikkim ; single-
brooded, April and May, low outer valleys only ; common at Sivoke).
This Papilio inhabits Sikkim, Assam, Burma, Tonkin, Tenasserim, Sumatra, and
Borneo in four subspecies, which gradually run into one another.
(a): P. slateri Hew. occurs in Northern India ;
(6): P. sldteri tavoyanus Bntl. in Tenassoriin, L'pper Burma, tlie t^han t^tates,
and Upper Tonkin :
(c): P. slateri jjersea Nicev. in Sumatra ; and
(d) : P. slateri heioitscmi Westw. in Borneo.
The pale bluish streaks of the forewings are long and exteriorly sharply cut oti'
in P. slaten; in typical tavoyanus these streaks are represented by some small
indistinct spots and patches ; in intermediate e.xamples the spots become larger,
better defined, and assume the form of the streaks of slateri. In the Sumatran race ^
( perses Nicdv.) the forewings have no blue, but in an aberration described liy I)e
Niceville as P. petra the streaks of slateri reappear, but are white, not bluish ; the
exterior region of the forewing o{ jjerses and its aberration is of a lighter brown colour
than the base, just as is the case in P. slateri tavoyanus, whereas in P. slateri
hevntsoni the forewings are of a uniform brownish black colour.
In the shape of the forewings there is considerable variation; hewitsoni has the
most rounded outer margin ; in slateri that margin is sometimes as convex as in
heiL'itsoni, but often it is rather strongly concave.
The hindwings are above of almost uniform colour in typical P. slateri and
Itewitsoni; in tavoyanus and perses they have a submarginal white band, which
consists of conical markings standing in pairs between the nervules. Now in slateri
these markings are .'sometimes slightly indicated; in other specimens they are clearly
visible, but much shaded with brown, and in a female from the Khasia Hills they are
( 3(;:i 1
of as pure a white colour as in tavoyanns. lu a Kiiia Balu example of heu-itsoni
these spots, though feeble, are also visible. Thus I cannot see how to draw a distinct
parting line between slateri, tavoyanns, perses, and hewitsoni, and must accordingly
treat these insects as subspecies of the same species.
(a): P. slateri Hew., forma typ. [J,?]-
The bluish streaks of the forewings are above sometimes of a violet colour; below
they are always very faint. The submarginal white spots of tlie hindwing.s are, on
the underside, always more or less marked, but faint, seldom as large as in tavoyanus.
Female a little larger than the male, otherwise scarcely different.
Hah. As.sam (6 J, 1 ¥) ; Sikkim (15 cJ, 2 ?).
(6) : P. slateri tavoyanus Butl. [c?].
J. Piqiilio tactii/aiiun Butler, Ann. Ma/j. A'. If. (5). X. p. 373. n. 3 (/•'*82, November) (Tenasserim).
?. Fujjilii) cUiriie Marshall, J;iirn. As. Soc. Beng. p. 42. n. 7. t. f. 5 ((J) (1882, December)
(Upp. Tenasserim).
(J. Pajiilio (i/enamojisis subg. nov., Nic^v.) tavoyanus, Elwes & Nic^v., Jourii. .-l.". Sue. Benij.
p. 433. n. 123 (1886) (Ponsekal ; " Mcnamojisis " nom. 7iu(l. !).
(J. Papilio slateri forma geogr. marginata Oberthiir, Et. iVEnt. XVII. p. 3. t. 4. f. .35 ((J) (1893)
(Tonkin).
Oberthiir's marginata stands in the markings of the forewings intermediate
between typical slateri and typical tavoyanus ; specimens from the .'iiamese Shan
States in my collection agree with Oberthiir's figure, others from the same locality
are typical tavoyanus; Tnarginata is, therefore, not a geographical form, and is best
treated as a synonym.
The/em«^« is still unknown.
Hab. Tenasserim (26); Shan States (5 6); Ujiper Tonkin.
(c) : P. slateri perses Nicev. [J].
6. I'lijiilio {Menamnpsis) jxrsfs Nict-ville, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. p. 4fi. n. 4ii. t. 4. f. 7 ( J) (IH'.M,
May) (N.E. Sumatra).
6- PftjiUio Jien-ttsoiiii var. suniatrantt Hagen, y/v'.s VII. p. 20 (1804, July) (Sumatra).
Resembles P. slateri hewitsoni Westw., but has a row of white submarginal
spots to the hindwings.
(«-') : ab. petra Nic(5v.
. Piipilh (Menanwpsis) pftm Nicuville, /..■. p. 47. ii. 41. t. 4. f. :>(6) (1894) (X.E. Sum.itra).
This insect has been discovered in the same district where jie?'ses was obtained,
and it is most probably nothing but an atavistic example of the latter, provided it
has the same structural characters as P. slateri. I have not had the opportunity to
examine a specimen of this aberration.
Hab. North-Eastern Sumatra.
(d): P. slateri hewitsoni Westw. [cJJ.
(?) Pupilio rinnina Gray, List Lep. Ins. B. M. I. p. 85. n. 355 (1850) (Borneo : homi. nml. !).
(J. Piqnlio slateri ? Hewitson, Exot. Butt. II. Pap. t. 4. f. 9 (text /).;).) {Xxti'i) (Borneo) ; Feld.,
Verh. z. b. Ges. Wien p. 308. n. 277 (18i!4) (p.p.).
(J. P<(jiilio hewitsonii Westwood, Prur. Ent. Sor. f.oinl. (3). 2. p. 10 (1864) : Wall., Ti: Linn. Sor.
Loud. XXV. p. 61. n. 86 (186.^;) (liorueo) ; Standing. & Schatz, Exut. Schmett. I. p. 6 (1884) ;
Nicev., Jimrn. As. Soc. Beng. p. 46. sub n. 40 (1894).
The bluish spots of the forewings have disajjpearcd.
1\\e female is unknown.
Hah. Borneo (1 J ).
( 364 )
iMo. Papilio laglaizei Depuiset [cJ,?, i>ui)a?].
$ . Papilio hiylaizd Depuiset, Bull. See. Eiit. FmiKi: p. 171 (1877) (New Guinea) : id., Aim. Soc.
Eiit. Frame p. 141. t. 5 (1878) (Amberbaki) ; Oberth., Et. (lEnt. IV. p. GO. n. 152 (1879)
(Amberbaki) ; Lucas. Bull. Soc. Eiit. France p. 128 (1881) (pupa; this species?); Haase,
Uiitcrsuch. iih. .l/;»j. p. 45 (18113).
Jm,„u. ^ Papilio alciiliim." Butler, .4 h«. .Mu>j. X. H. (.'>). XI. p. 423. n. 81 (1883) (Am Is.) : Ui.ber.
^ • Iri.'^ I. p. 30. t. 1. f. 1 ((J) (1885) (Aru Is.).
cj ?. Papilio alcitliiiux, Ribbe, /Ws I. p. 78. n. 14 (ISStJ) (Aru Is. : 4 J, 1 ? ) : H;mse, Uiitcrmch.
iib. Mini. p. 45 (1893).
Besides the figures of P. Inglaizei ? , alcidiniLS S , I have compared 2 d and 1 ?
from German New Guinea, 3 (? and 2 ? from Waigeu, and 1 S from the Aru Island.s,
and I am convinced that P. laglaizei Depui.^et and P. alcidinus Butler are the same
species and cannot be kept separate even as local races. In the specimens wliicli I
have examined, the shape of the wings, the form and position of the hands, and the
size of the spots are so variable, independently of locality, that 1 cannot find a single
character by wliich the Aru individuals are distinguishable from tho.-e from Waigeu
or New Guinea ; indeed, scarcely two of the above eleven individuals are alike.
The best ]ilace in the system for this peculiar mimetic species is in the neighbour-
hood of Papilio .ihiten Hew., epycides Hew., and agestor Gray, with wliich P. hujlaizei
Depuiset has in common the short antennae, the peculiar form of the cell of the
hindwings, and the position of the subcostal nervule of the hindwings, this vein
branching off at the apical third of the cell in all these species.
Hub. Dutch New Guinea; German New Guinea (1 S)\ Waigeu (2 3, 2 ?);
Aru Islands.
XXI. CIA'TIA-HKOII'.
Basal jiai-tition of the subcostal vein of the liindwiugs shorter Ihan Ihe upper
discocellular nervule.
136. Papilio clytia L. [J,?, metam.].
Papilio Xyniphali^ PhaleratKs clyt,,, Linn.'-. S,i>i. Xat. ed. x. p. 479. n. 125 (1758) (India) : id., ,l/i/«.
Lml. Ulr. p. 296. n. 114 (17C4) (India) ; id., %s«. Xat. ed. xii. p. 781. n. 189 (1707) (Tudia) ;
Houtt., Xaturl. I/isl. I. 11. p. 332. n. 125 (17G7) ; Miill., Xatur.-<. V. 1. p. G14. n. 189 (1774) ;
Fabr., .%«/. Enl. p. 507. n. 270 (1775) (Indiii) ; Goeze, Eiit. Hei/tr. III. 1. p. 331. n. 189
(1779) ; Fabr., Sjjec. Ins. II. p. 95. n. 415 (1782) ; id., .\lanl. Im.'u. p. 50. n. 500 (1787) ;
Cmelin, Sijsl. Xat. I. 5. p. 2324. n. 189 (1790) ; Fabr., E„t. Si/sl. III. 1. p. 127. n. 387 (1793).
Papilio Eques Achiriis paiiojie, Esper, Ausl. Schmetl. p. 232. n. 108. t. 57. f. 2 (1798).
Priiiceps Doiniiiaint pamipe, Hiibner, Samml. Ex. Schm. 1. t. 134 (180G-1()).
Arishe puHope, Hubner, !'?;■;. heh. Schm. p. 89. B. 934 (1816) (p.p.).
Papilio paiinpes, Godart, Enc. .\letli. IX. p. 75. n. 142 (1819) {p.p.).
Papilio ilisi<i>iiili.'<, Doubl. Westw. & Hew., Geii. Diurii. Lip. I. p. 21. n. 263 (1846) (/'./».) ; Gray,
Cat. Up. /)K. B. .1/. I. p. 71. n. 330 (18.52) (/>./..) : id., Li»l Lcp. Im. B. M. I. p. 84. n. 348
(1856) {p.p.); Horsf. & Moore, Cat. l.rp. Tm. Mas. E. J. C. I. p. 91. n. 87 (/'./'.) (1857) ;
Vollenhov., Tijihchr. r. Ent. III. p. 88. ii. 155 (I860) (p.i>.) : Aitk. iV- Davids., Joiira. lioinhn,
X. 11. .Sor;. p. 368. n. 76 (1890) (metamorphosis).
Papilio paiiope. Hutton, Tr. Enl. Soc. Load. Y. p. 49. n. 7 (1847) (Slussuri) : Kollar, in Hiigel,
Peise Kasclimir IV. p. 406. n. 7 (1848) (JIuasuri) ; Feld., Verh. ;. I>. r,V.«. Wim p. 309. n. 209.
& p. 355. n. 150 (1864) (;;./).) ; Moore, P. Z. S. p. 756 (I8G5) (N.W. Himal.) : Oberth., El.
ilEnt. IV. p. 101. n. 324 (1879) {p.p.); Elwes, Tr. Ent. Soc. Lvml. p. 430. n. 418 (1888)
(.Sikkim. common) : Watson, Jonvn. As. Soc. Bern/, p. 268 (1890) (Madras) : Betliam, Joum-
ISomb. X. II. Soc. p. 325 (1891) (Centr. Prov.) ; Ilobbe, Ann. S. E. Belg. p. 124. n. 3 (1892)
(Kurseong).
Pajillio clytia, Aurivillins, h'ongl. Sr. Vet. A/.: Ilanill. XIX. 5. p. 96. n. 114 (1882) (si/n. p.p.) ;
Aitken. .Janrn. /lamb. X. II. Site. p. 37 (1SS7) (larva indistiiifiuishable from that <>f ilissiwills)
( 305 )
Chilam imnope. Moore, P. Z. 5. p. 2(51 (1882) (N.W. Himal.) : Swinhoe, ihhl. p. 145. n. i:i9 (ISH.-,)
(Kurrachee) ; id., Tr. Ent. So,: Loud. p. 314. n. 402 (1893) (Khasia HiUs).
Pii/iilio (Ctiihim) jmnopf, Doberty, Jmirn. .!.•.■. .S'oc. Beiig. p. 137. n. 235 (1880) (Kumaon) ; Nici'v..
G(ir.itteer rf Sikkiiii p. 173. ii. 4% (1894) (Sikkim, from March to November, common at
lower elevations).
PajiiHii (Chiliim) ,-li/Uu, Hampson, Jouni. As. Soc. B.iig. p. 3G3(188K) (Nilgiris, 1000 to 4000 feet).
As there still exists some confusion about tbe identification of Linn^'s Pajnlio
cli/tia, panojjc, and iHssiiililix, I here insert Linne's descriptions, which are asf'oUows : —
(1) PiijiUio cljjtia is described in Syd. Nat. ed. x. p. 479. n. 12.") (1758) thus : —
P.N. alis dentatis nigris : niargine exteriore priinoribus albo inaculato,
posticis albo luteooi'.e triplici ordine.
Habitat in ludiis.
In Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 296. n. 114 (1764) Linne gave a fuller description of the
wings : —
Alae Primores nigrae :
ad margineni exteviorem serie diiplici albo-puiictatae s. niaculatae.
— Posticae nigrae, intra margiuem poslicum triplici serie inaculatae.
Series prima jMacidis albis, .sagittatis.
Series secunda Maculis albis, lunati.s intinia lutea.
Series tertia Maculis luteis, reniformibus.
Obs. quod series tertia s. exterior a parjina superiore desit.
According to this description, the true clytiii is that Papilio from Assam and
Sikkim which has the upfier surface of the wings almo.st black, (he forewings provided
with a marginal and a submarginal series of white spots, and the hindnings with
three rows of spots, of which the interior ones are sagittate, the submarginal lunate,
and the marginal ones reniform and yellowish bufif.
(2) Papilio panope is described in Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 479. n. 131 (1758) thus : —
P.N. alis dentatis fuscis concoloribus : limbo exteriore albo maculatis :
posticis margine luteo maculatis.
Hah itat in Asia.
Alae primores ad marijiiiem e.eterio'reiii maculis ohsoletioribns alhi.s
sagittatis. Posticae iutra iiian/ineni jjosieriorem ordine triplici
mactilarurn saiiittiforinimu , ipKirtim jinstrennie renifortiies lufrKr.
In Miis. Litd. Ulr. this insect is uol rcdescribed.
The description of panope differs from that of J', chjlia chiclly in two points :
the wings oi pianope are described as being fuscous, noi black, and tbe forewings are
said to have, at the exterior margin, more or less obsolete sagittate maculae, not two
series of spots. These two characters are met with in many exami)les of Papilio
onpape Moore, which inlialiits Tenasserim, .Malacca, Siam, Cochin China, South-East
China, Hainan, and Formosa. Cramer, Pa^). K.cot. IV. p. i;',. t. 295. f. K. v (1782),
figured this more eastern insect s.* panope \... wniX IIkti' is no reason to abandon liis
identification.
(3) Papilio dissimilis is described in iSt/st. Nat. ed. x. ji. 479. n. 131 (1758)
thus :—
P.N. alis dentatis dilatato-venosis nigris concolorilms ; maculis sagittatis
albis postremis subtus luleis.
Khrct pict. (. 17.»)
• Jtn-te t. 7.— K. J,
( 36f> )
Habital hi Asia.
Alae omnes nigrae, quasi e.e venis nigns dUatntis strlntue, interjectia
macvJis albis sagittatis : anteriwibiis l<y)igi<n^ihus, postremis hreviw-
ihus : in alls ■posiicis ordo extimus mcuyularwm, ren.ifornwu.'m luteua ; ■
ex his ad angxdum ani maculae luteae geminatae, etiam supra
conspicuae.
The description in Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 301. n. 119 (1764) is still more complete,
and there is not the slightest doubt that Linne's dissimilis is the insect figured
uuder that name by Cramer, Herbst, Esper, Moore (see synonymy of dissiriiUh),
which has both wings " striate " with black and white as certain Danaids.
Though the identity of LinnS's three species is quite clear, there arises the
question whether these insects are really different species. As clytia and panope are
connected bv a complete chain of intermediate specimens, panope must he treated as
a geographical form of clytia, which is the first described of the two. Papilio
dissimilis L. has a quite different aspect than either P. clytia ox panope. I possess,
however, specimens from the Khasia Hills which have the white markings of the
forewings obliterated, except those near the outer margin, whereas the hindwings are
marked as in dissimilis. Such specimens look as if artificially jmt together from
clytia and dissimilis, and make it probable that clytia and dissimilis belong to one
dimorphic species. We have further evidence in this direction in the observations
alx)ut the life history of both insects : the caterpillars are the sjime, feed on the
same plant, and we are told by Aitkeu \Journ. Bomb. N. II. Soc. II. p. 37 (1887)]
that, out of a number of caterpillars found together, one which was not distinguishable
from the rest turned into clytia, while the others gave dissiniilis. Moreover clytia
and dissimilis have several times been found in copula. Several Indian entomologists
have tried to rear these Papilios from the eggs of one female, but as far as I know
nobody succeeded in getting eggs from a captured specimen. Though the real proof
by rearing is, therefore, still wanting, I think the evidence in favour of my opinion,
that clytia and dissimilis are forms of a dimorphic species, is so strong that I am
justified in treating them as such.
Besides P. clytia, panope, and dissimilis of Jjnne, eight more "species" or
varieties have been erected, which are either local forms or mere individual aberra-
tions, as explained below. 1 can distinguish six subspecies : —
(n) : P. clytia L. from Northern India ;
(6) : P. clytia lankeswara Moore from t'eylon ;
(c) : P. clytia panope L. from Tenasserim, ^lalacca, Siam, Cochin China, East
China, Hainan, and Formosa;
(fZ) : P. clytia panopinus Standing, from Palawan ;
(e) : P. clytia jjalephates Westw. from the Philii>pine Islands ; and
(/): P. clytia Jiacolimbatus Oberth. from the Andaman Islands.
The lesser Sunda Islands are inhabited bv a closely allied species, /'. echidita
Boisd.
The local races of P. clytia are all variable, but we have here a very curious
example of incongruous \ariation : P. clytia, P. clytia lankesicara, and /*. clytia
panope are pronouncedly dimorphic. To each of these three geogra[)liical races
belong a clytia and a dissimilis form ; while, however, the clytia-form develops in
the respective localities into a subspecies, its aberration dissimilis, though very
variable in every locality, remains the same. The dissimilis from t'eylon, .'Vssam,
( 367 )
Tenasserim, etc., are indistinguishable; the clytin from tliere exliibit certain obvious
difl'erencps. In Palawan and tlie Philippines the cli/tia-fonu alone occurs, the
dissi'inilis-forra is absent. Ou the contrary, the Andaman Islands are inhabited
b_v a dissimilis-iorm. whereas specimens corresponding to clytia are absent ; and
further east, in the lesser Suuda Islands, we find a species with the pattern of
dissimilis and no clytia-\ike form. From Borneo, Sumatra, and Java no repre-
sentative species of P. clytia L. lias been recorded.
(n) : P. clytia L., forma typ. [c?,?, metam.].
Specimens with a brown ground-colour occur together with almost black examples.
In one Sikkim specimen the yellow marginal spots of the hindwings are very much
enlarged on the upperside.
{ri}) : ab. casyrqxi ISloore.
Pdp'ilio msi/iipa Moore, P. Z. S. p. 143 (IKT'.I) (Calcutta).
Ptqillw (CJii/iisfi) oiHijiipu Nici'ville, Jimni. Ax. Soc. Biny. p. u2. n. 13-i (1^8.5) (Calcutta).
Forewings, besides the marginal and submarginal row of spots, with a third,
discal series of one to five markings.
(b-) : ab. papone Westw.
Papilio papoiH- Westwood, Tr. Em. Sor. L„ml. p. 94. t. 3. f. 2 (1872) (Ind. or.).
Forewings black, with an obvious bluish tint in certain lights ; the white .spots
absent from the forewings or faintly indicated.
(c-) : ab. commixtus ab. nov.
Forewings black or bluish black ; with a marginal, a submarginal, and a sub-
discal series of mostly feebly marked spots, and with two faint spots behind the
cell and a streak along the inner margin white ; the discal markings are often
indicated only by a few white scales, or are entirely absent.
Hindwings with the apical half of the cell, seven long discal streaks reaching the
bases of the respective cellules (the first and the last reach the base of the wing), and
a marginal and a submarginal series of spots white, as in ab. dissiinilis L.
This aberration, and examples intermediate between it and clytid, I received from
the Khasia Hills.
(d') : ab. dissimilis \j*
Ehret, riwif. ac Pap. pkt. t. 7 (1748).
Pupil io Nymphtilh Plialeratiui (lis.-iim ilh Linni', Si/.'^t. Xal. ed. x. p. 4 T'.l. n. 1 30 ( 1 758) (Asia) ; Clerck,
Icon. r,i.f. I. t. 10. f. 2 (1759) ; Linne, .l/«.s. Li<d. Uir. p. 301. n. 119 (HlU) (China) ; Houtt.,
Katurl. rr,>it. I. 11. p. 333, n. 130 (17G7) ; Linn^, %.-/. Nat. ed. xii. p. 782. n. 195 (17C>7) :
Miill., Xatwra. V. 1. p. fil6. n. 195 (1774) ; Fabr., Hijst. But. p. 511. n. 288 (1775) ; Cram.,
Pap. Er. I. p. 129. t. 82. f. c. D (177(')) (China) : Sulzer, Gi-m:h. Lis. p. 145. t. 18. f. 6 (177t;)
("Die Mandelkriihe"; Asia); Goeze, E„t. B,;/h: III. 1. p. .333. n. 195(1779); Fabr., %•'•.
/-«. II. p. 1(11. n. 444 (1781) ; id., .^ra„t. /<k.'i. p. 54. n. 539 (1787) : Gmelin. S,/>l. yal. I. 5.
p. 23-.'5.n. 195(1790).
Pajiiliii rf/s.svnoV/s, Jablonsky & Herljst, Xaliirs. Srhmfll. VI. ]). 41. n. 23. t. 12G. f. 2. 3 (1793)
(China) ; Godart, Eiu: .M;th. IX. p. 75. n. 143 (1819) (China) ; Luca.s, Up. Ex. p. 46. t. 23.
f. 2 (18.35) (China) : Boisd., Spec. Gin. Lip. I. p. 377. n. 224 (18;!i;) (China ; Bengal : Nepaul) ;
Doul)l. Westw. & Hew., Gen. Dhtrit. Lep. I. p. 21. n. 2C3 (184(;) (p.p.) : Hutton, Tr. Enl. Sue.
Lornl. V. p. 49. n. G (1847) : Lucas, in Chenu's Eik. (rilist. Nat. t. 14 (1851-53) : Gray, Cat.
Lep. //(«. /;. .1/. I. p. 71. n. 330 (1852) (p.p.) : id., LUt Lep. Ins. K. .\f. I. p. 84. n. 348 (185G)
* Tlie bibliiii^raiiliy of the (lissimilli-torm^ o£ P. clijtia L., /'. clijtia lanhmara Moore, and P. eli/tiii
pmwpe L. is not kept separate.
( 368 )
(p.j>.) ; Horsf. & Moore, Cat. Lep. Im. Mux. E. I. C. I. p. 91. n. 87. (/)./).). t. 2. f. 3. 3a (/.).
3b (;).) (1857) ; VoUenbov., TUthch: r. Ent. III. p. 88. n. 155 (1860) (p.p.) : Rjeak., Pr. E,il.
Soc. Phil. p. 490. n. 28 (18tU) ("Philippines" lo,: m:) ; Feld., Verli. z. h. G.k Wifn p. 308.
n. 267. & p. 355. n. 154 (18G4) ; Chaumettc, /?»/. .1A<,. Mag. p. .37 (1865) (Lucknow) : Moore,
P. Z. S. p. 486 (1865) (N.W. Himal.) ; Obertb., Et. d'Enl. IV. p. 100. n. 323 (1879) (China :
Cochin China ; India) : Butl., Ann. .Mug. .V. //. (6). I. p. 206 (1888) (N.W. Himal.) : Watson,
Journ. As. S„c. Beiig. p. 268 (1890) (Madras) : id., Joiini. Boinbai/ N. If. .So.-, p. 54 (1891)
(Chin-Lushai).
PiipiVio Eque.1 Achh-ua (li.inimilis Fabricius, Ent. Si/.^i. III. 1. p. .38. n. 113(1793): Esper, Aiisl-
Schmell. p. 233. t. 57. f. 3 (1798).
Arisbe dis.iiniili«, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 89. n. 934 (1816) (p.p.).
Clytia dissimiUs, Swaiuson, Zool. lUu-str. (2). t. 120 (1833).
Papilio clytia Tar. dissimiUs, Butler, Cut. Dnirn. Lep. descr. B'libric. p. 244. sub n. 39 (18G9).
Chilasa dissimiUs, Moore, Lep. of Ceylon I. p. 153. t. 57. f. 1. la (/.) (1881) : id., P. Z. S. p. 261
(1882) (N.W. Himal.) ; Swinhoe, ibid. p. 145. n. 138 (1885) ; id., Tr. Ent. Soc. Land. p. 314.
n. 401 (1893).
Pupilio clytiu, Aurivillius, Kongl Si: Vet. Ale. Handl. XIX. 5. p. 96. n. 114 (1882) ; Standing. &
Schatz, Ej-. Sdim. I. p. 6 (1884) (p.p.) : Dist., Hhop. .Mai. p. 353. n. 17. t. 27b. f. 2 ((J) (1885)
(Mai. Pen.); Elwes, Tr. Ent. Soc. Land. p. 430. n. 417 (1888) (Sikkim, common from the
plains up to 3000 feet) ; Manders, ibid. p. 536. n. 195 (1890) (Shan States ; a common
species at low elevations ; the dark form panopc also occurs).
Papilio (Chilasn) dissimiUs, Nic^rille, Journ. As. Soc. Bcng. p. 52. n. 133 (1885) (Calcutta) ;
Doherty, iljid. p. 137. n. 234 (1886) (Kumaon) ; Hamps., ibid. p. 363 (1888) (Nilgirig, 1000 to
4000 feet).
Papilio (Chilasa) clytia, Elwes & Nict^v., .Tmirn. As. Soc. licng. p. 434. n. 127 (1880) (P. clytia and
dissimiUs are most probably the same species) : Nicev., Gazetteer of Sikkiin p. 173. n. 48.J
(1894) (Sikkim, March to November, at low elevations).
Varie.s exceedingly in the amount of white on the wings. Sometimes the wings
are black with very thin white lines ; in other examples they are white with the veins
narrowly black. The yellowish marginal spots of the hindvvings are also variable in
size, but are never so large as in the Andaman insect, P. cl ytia flavolimbatus Oberth.
Ifab. Assam (25 6, 12 ?); Bengal; Sikkim (19 <?, 9 ?); Nortli-West India
(2 J, 1 ?); Southern In<lia (1 <J, 1 ?).
('') : P. clytia lankeswara Moore [<?,?, larva, imjia].
Pupilio lanhsu-ura Moore. /'. Z. S. p. 143. (1879) (Ceylon).
Chilam lauhswara Moore, Dp. of Ceylon I. p. 154. t. 50. f. 2. 2a (/.). 2b (/).) (1881) (Ceylon).
(?) Papilio (Chilasa) clytia. Ferguson, Journ. Bomliay .V. //. Soc. p. 446. n. 181 (1891) (Travancoro :
this subspecies ?).
Differs from P. clytia L. in the umber-hvown colour of tlie wings and in tlie
^mall subniarginal .sjiots of the forewings ; from P. clytia panope 1-. it is distinguished
chiefly by the longer dis'cal sagittiform spots of the hindwings.
This subspecies has been described from slightly aberrant specimens in which
the subniarginal spots of the forewings are partly obliterated ; in most individuals the
series of those .spots is complete, and on such specinicns Moore's clytioides is based.
(e^j : ab. clytioides Moore.
Chilasa clytioides Moore, I.e. p. 154. t. 56. f . 1 ( r? ) (1S81) (Ceylon).
{/ -) : ab. dissiniilis L.
Indistinguishable from the concspomling aberration of P clytia L.
//,//,. (•.■ylon (4 S, 9 ?).
(-300 )
(c): P. clytia panope 1-. [<?.?].
Piijiilio Xi/iiiji!iii/ix PJia/emtiis jiaimjie Liam'', Nyx/. Nal. ed. x. p. 4711. n. 131 (17")S) Asia) : id., /..-.
ed. xii. p. 782. n. 190 (17(">7) : BouU..'Natur/. Ih^t. I. 11. p. 334. n. 131 (17()7) : Milll., Nature.
V. I. p. UIG. n. lOG (1774) : Fabr., .S'.(/.<«. Eiil. p. 512. n. 292 (1775) ; Goeze, Ent. Beijli: III.
1. p. 196 (1779) ; Fabr., Spf,: /ii>.: II. p. 102. n. 450 (1781) (si/uoii. e.ccl.) : Cnim., Pap. ICmt.
IV. p. 13. t. 29,'). f. E. I- (1782) (China) ; Fabr., .Vant. Tii«. II. p. r,r>. n. 54(! (1787) ; Gmelin,
Si/xl. Nat. I. 5. p. 2.32(; n. 1911 (179;)) («//«"«. I'J- p.) : Fabr., E,it. Sij^f. Ill 1. p. 59. n. 1«';
(i793) (.s-i/»M. e.rj,.).
Papilio puuojies, Godart, Enc. MHh. IX. p. 75. n. 142 (1819) (ji-p.).
PapiUo pmiope, Boisduval, .S/)f<-. Ge„. Up. I. p. 373. n. 218 (183G) (China) : Feld., Vn-h. z. h. Gr».
Win, p. 308. n. 2G9 (18G4) (p.p.); Obsrth., Et. d'Ent. IV. p. 101. n. 324 (1879) (China;
Burma ; Cochin China).
Papilio cmpajie Moore, P. Z. S. p. 840 (1878) (Upp. Tenasserim) ; Dist., Rhop. Mai. p. 355. n. 18.
t. 27. f. 5 (1885) (Malay Pen.) ; Nice'v., Journ. Bomhai/ N. H. Soc. p. 387. n. 94 (1890) (Chin-
Lushai) ; Watson, Ihid. p. 53 (1891) (Chin-Lushai).
Papilio papoiie, Marshall, Joiini. As. .Soi-. Ihnr;. p. 43. n. 8 (1882) (Upp. Tenasserim).
Papilio {Cliilam) onpupi-, Elwei & NiciSr., .Jouni. .4.<. .S'oc. Bmg. p. 433. n. 12G (1.88G) (Tavoy).
Papilio clytia, Manders, Tr. Eid. So,: Lwl p. 53G. n. 195 (1890) (Shan States).
The discal sagittate spots of the hindwings are shorter than in P. clytia L. ;
sometimes they have almost disappeared from the upperside.
Most frequently the marginal and submargiual markings of the forewings are
more or less merged together and form in the apex of the wing three large patches,
which are sometimes shai)ed as in P. clytia palcjjhates Westw. Occasionally the
spots of the forewings are ohliterated.
{if) : ah. loc. suturalus Moore.
Papilio mtimita Moore, P. Z. S. p. G97 (1878) (Hainan).
Papilio paiioji,, Holland, Tr. .iiiiei: Eiil. Sor. XIV. p. 122. n. 74 (1887) (Hainan).
Ground-colour almost black instead of umber-brown.
This aberration occurs, besides in Hainan, in China (Hong-Kong).
(/;-) : ab. dissimilis L.
Not distinguishable from the corresjionding aberration of P. ch/lin L.
Hub. Tenasserim (4 (?, 2 ?); .Malacca (1 ?); Shan States (7 c?); Unrma
(4 c?, 7 ?); Hainan; Formosa (1 cJ); S.E. China (3 c?, 2 ? ).
Specimens from the northern ))arts of Burma belong to P. clylin clytia L.
('/) : P. clytia panopinus Sta\iding. [c?,?].
Papilio jiKiiiijir vnr. piiiiDpiiiiis .Staudinger, /<v.< II. p. 9 (1889) (Palawan).
Papijio (Chilnxii) iiiilcpliatrx var. panopinus^ Semper. I'liili/i/i., Tuiif.ill. p. 2G7. snb n. .389. t. 43.
f. 8 ( ? ) (1891) (Palawan ; 1 ? from Mindoro !).
'I'he submarginal spots of the forewings stand closer to the margin than either
in clytia and panope; when confluent with the small marginal spots they form
such markings as are present in P. polytes (J; disc of the forewings with tlu-ee to
four elongate sjiots; the apical patches smaller than in P. clytia paleij/iatea Westw.
Below, the forewings have a wliitish streak in the cell, and the hindwings bear also
.some ill-defined whitish elongate markings.
Hah. Palawan (:i f^, 1 ?); Mindoro.
( 370 )
In Mindoro this subspecies occurs together with the next, i.e. in Mindoro there
occur specimens of palephates which are not distinguishable from pimopiiius.
(e): P. clytia palephates ^\■l■st\v. [cJ,?].
Papilio palephaies West>vood, Arc. Etit. 11. p. 127. t. 79. f . 1 ( ? ) (1845) (Manila) ; Doubl. Westw.
& Hew., Gen. Diuni. Lcj>. I. p. 21. n. 2G5 (184G) (Manila) ; Feld., I'erh. :. I,. G..v. Wien p. 308.
n. 270. & p. 3.55. n, ir>7 (18G4) (Luzon) : Wall., Tr. Liim. Soc. Lomt. XXV. p. 61. n. 88 (180r.)
(Philippine Is.) ; Obcith., El. <l'Enl. IV. p. 101. n. 325 (1879) (Manila) ; Dewitz, -Vo.-. .1.-.
Leap. Car. Ac. Xatiirf. .MvL. 2. p. 262. t. 9. f. 8. 8a. 8b. 8o (/., p.) (1882) (metamorphosis) ;
Standing., /r/» II. p. 10 (1889).
PiipiUo dissimilix var. patepliates, Gray, Cut. Lep. //«. li. .)/. I. p. 72. sub n. 330 (1852) (" N. India "
loc. err.) ; id., L!sl Lep. /«.". B. M. I. p. 84. sub n. 348 (1856) (Philippine Is.) ; Reak., Tr. Eiil.
Soc. Phil. p. 492. sub n. 28 (1864) (" common in the Philippine.s").
Pnplllo (Chilasa) piiUphat,'. Semper, Philipp.. Tii<if>iller p. 266. n. 389. t. 43. f. 6. 7 (1891 ) (Luzon ;
Mindoro ; Mindanao).
Basal third of the wings below marked with white, as in jxcnopinus Standing. ;
apical patches of the forewings above large, but not touching the outer margin ;
marginal and submarginal spots of the forewings minute.
Hab. Philippines: Luzon (4 J, 2 ?); ."Mindoro (1 S); Mindanao.
(/): P. clytia flavolimbatus oborth. [(5',?].
Papilio diasimilis vm.flurollmbiitm Oberthiir, El. tVEnl. IV. p. 10). sub n. 323 (1879) (Andiiman Is ;
Pt. Blair).
P<i2>ilio chjiki var. JUirolimbutm, Wood-Mason, Juiirn. Ax. Snr. Bnig. p. 238. n. 71 (1880) (Andaman
Is.).
Papilio (Chilasa) clytia Yar. Jlavolimbatut! Wood-Mason & Nict'ville, '/«?. p. 253. n. 100. t. 14. f.
1 & 2 (cJ) (1881) (Andaman Is.).
Differ.-* from P. clytia ab. dissimilis L. chiefly in the yellow marginal spots of
the hindwings being larger above and below.
Hab. Andaman Islands (9 (?, 1 ?).
i;iT. Papilio echidna I'.oisd. [cJ, ?].
Papilio dUsimilis var. echidna Boisduval, Spec. Gen. Lep. I. p. 378. sub n. 224 (1 836) (Timor) ;
De Haan, Verh. i\al. Ge.<ich. Xed. orerz. bes. p. 42. t. 8. f. 6 (1840) (Timor) ; Vollenhov..
Tijdschr. V. Ent. II. p. 88. sub n. 155 (1860) (Timor) ; Oberth., Et. d'Em. IV. p. lOn. si.l.
n. 323 (1879) (Timor).
Papilio dissimili.t, Doubl. Westw. & Hew., Gen. Diurn. Lep. I. p. 21. n. 263 (1846) (jip.).
Papilio di.ssimili« var. clytia, Gray, Cat. Lep. /««. li. .1/. I. p. 72. sub n. 330 (1852) ; id., Li>l Lep.
Lis. B. J/. I. p. 84. sub n. 349 (1856).
Papilio echidna, Felder, Verh. =. b. Ges. Wien p. 308. n. 'jr.K ( 1KC,4> (Timor) ; Wall.. Tr. L<,,„. Soc
Land. XXV. p. 61. n. 87 (1865) (Timor).
Similar in pattern to P. clytia ab. dissimilis L., but the marginal spots of the
hindwings are small and white instead of yellow, above and below.
Hab. Lesser Sunda Islands: Timor (\V. Doherty, November to December 1891)
(5 c?, 2 ?); Wetter (W. Doherty, May 1892) (2 <S); .Mor (W. Doherty, October 1891)
(4 (?); Adonara (W. Doherty, November 1891) (1 6); Moa (1 6).
In two of my specimens from Alor the marginal and submarginal spots of the
hindwings are much reduced in size.
If .lava and Sumatra are inhabited by a representative Papilio. it will probably
connect P. echidma Boisd. with clytia L.
( ;i7i )
138. (?) Papilio lacedemon Fabr.
Papilio Eques ArJiirus hiccdrtium Fabricius, Eid. Si/sl. III. 1. p. afl. n. 107 (17'J3) (Malabaria).
Papilio lacedemon, Donovan, Ins. nf Imlia t. 17. f. 3 (1800) : Godart, Enr. .Ui'th. IX. p. 38. n. 41
(1819) ; Boisd., S/irr. Gin. Up. I, p. 874. n. 219 (1836) ; Doubl. Westw. cSi Hew., Qeii. Diurn.
L,p. I. p. 21. n. -^07 (1846) ; Westw., Oib. Or. Enl. p. 20 (1848) ; Gray, Cat. Up. Im. B. .1/.
I. p. 72. n. .331 (1852) ; id., li^l Le,i. /«.>.■. B. .1/. I. p. 84. n. 349 (18.-,6) : Feld., Verli. z. h. Gn.
W'im. p. 308. n. 271 (1864).
Papilio c/i/lia var. (?) lacedemon, Butler, Oil. Diurn. Lep. descr. Fabric, p. 244. sub u. 39 (1869).
M'hether this Papilio is a variety of P. clytia L. we do not know with certainty ;
I have not .-^een a specimen of clytia which has a series of black suhmarginal Imiules
to the underside of tlie hindwings. I have, however, a specimen of P. clytia
jjanope h. with the suhmarginal spots of tlie forewings black instead of wiiite, wliich
renders it possible that P. lacedemon is also an individual aberration, and, judging
from the locality " ^Malabar," belongs to P. clytia lankcswara ]\loore. The type-
specimen of P. lacedemon Fabr. in Drury's collection has been the first and last
known to science.
Hah. ^Malabar (ace. to Fabricius).
lao. Papilio paradoxus (/ink.) [c?,?].
J. Zelima paradoxa Zinkeu, Xoc. Act. Ac. Nat. Cm: XV. p. 162. t. 15. f. 9. 10 (1832) (Java).
(J. Papilio parado.ra, Doubl. Westw. & Hew., Gen. Diurn. Lep. I. p. 21. n. 268 (1846) (Java) ;
Westw., Cab. Or. Ent. p. 19. t. 9. f. 1. 1 * (1848) (Java) ; Gray, Cm. Lcp. Ins. B. M. I. p. 72. n. 333
(1852) (Java) : id., Li»t Lep. Ins. B. M. I. p. 85. n. 351 (1856). (Java) ; VoUenhov., rijd.-<chr.
r. Ent. Ill p. 88. n. 157 (1860) (.Java) ; Feld., VWh. z. b. Gc.<,. Wien p. 308. n. 274 (1864)
(Java) : Wall., Tr. Linn. .s'oc. Land. XXV. p. 60. n. 82 (1865) (Java) : Oberth., El. d'Ent. IV.
p. 99. n. 314 (1879) (Java); Standing. & Schatz, Exot. Schmett. I. p. 6 (1884) ; Haase,
Unlerswh. lib. .Vim. p. 47 (1893).
Your geographical forms of this Papilio are known : —
((() : P. paradoxus Zink. from Java;
(h) : P. paradoxus niasicus subsp. nov. from Nias Island ;
(c) : P. parado.ntstck'sicles Feld. from Borneo, Natuna Is., iSumatra, and Malacca ;
((/) : P. parado.rus telearclms Hew. from Assam, Burma, and Tenasserim.
P. jxiradoxiis from Borneo, Sumatra, and Malacca has been split up into a great
nunilaer of " siiecies," which are but mere individual aberrations of the variable
P. paradoxus telesicles Feld. The number of such "species" can be increased
enormously, as shown under (c) ; as they occur in the same district and are connected
with one another by e\ery intermediate, they are, however, scarcely worth being
treated even as mere aberrations under different names. \\'hether all the Bornean
aberrations occur also in Malacca and Sumatra I cannot tell, as the material of
para(l<KVus olitained in these latter countries is not yet large enough; it is quite
probable tliat some of the aberrations are local, but there is no character common
to the Bornean specimens on the one hand, and another character common to the
Malaccan or Sumatran examples on tlie other, so that telesicles cannot be divided into
two or three geographical races.
(rt) : P. paradoxus (Zink.), forma typ. [c?].
The length of the bluish white discal streaks of the forewings varies a little ;
below, the number of the discal markings is sometimes reduced. The submargiual
spots of the hindwings are variable in number, as in all subspecies oi paradoxus (/ink.).
The/(')n'//e is recorded in Nalaralicn-Cahinet, August 1894, as being found by
.Mr. Prillwilz, but it is still undcscribcd.
Hah. Java (.5 6).
( 372 )
(6): P. paradoxus niasicus Mib^p. nov. [c?,?].
PapiUo paradoxa, Weymer {nee Zinken, 1832), SMt. Em. Ziil. ji. 271 (1885) (Niaa I.)-
<?. Upperside: forewings with the basal third bluish black, the rest blue; with
a submarginal row of white spots, of which the three anterior ones are larger than in
paradoxus (Zink.); the white discal streaks and the cellular spots of paradoxus are
absent, but in one specimen they are just indicated by some blue scales.
Hindwings blackish brown, with a feeble blue tint on the anterior half in certain
lights; two to four white submarginal spots.
Underside: both wings blackish brown, much darker than in leleslcles Feld.
Forewings without the white markings which are present on the disc and in the cell
o{ paradoxus. Submarginal spots of either wing as large as abo\e.
?. Upperside: both wings dull blackish brown, without blue gloss. Forewings
with a submarginal series of white spots, and with another series inside the first, but
well separated from it ; this subdiscal row consists of elongate, more or less arrowhead-
.shaped spots, the hindmo.st of which behind the lower median vein is doubled ; a spot
in the apex of the cell also white.
Hindwings with small white submarginal spots.
Underside as above, the markings a little less shaded with blackish scales.
Hab. Mas Island (3 cj, 1 ?).
The c? diflers from paradoxus (Zink.) chiefly in the absence of the white subdiscal
markings from either side of the forewings ; from telesicles Feld. it is distinguished
by the darker under surface and the large subapical spots of the submarginal series of
the anterior wings.
The ? differs from telesicles-'i in the two complete series of white markings on
both sides of the forewings, which are otherwise uniformly blackish brown.
(c): P. paradoxus telesicles Feld. [cJ,?].
^ ? . PapUio paradoxwi var., Hewitson, P. /,. S. p. 422. t. HU. f. 4 ( ? ). t. G7. f. 1 ((J). 2 ( ? ). 3 ( ? )
(1859) (Borneo); Wall., Tr. Linu. Soc. Loud. XXV. p. GO. sub n. 82 (1805) (Borneo:
Sumatra).
J ? . PapiUo h'Usieles Pelder, Ver/i. z. h. Ge«. Wieii p. 308. n. 273. t>c p. 3.').'). n. 158 (18U4) (ti/jics :
Hcicitmii'xfin-i. 1 & 2 of plate (57, /.<■.).
(?) Papillo (?) butltri. Hagen, Berl. Eiit. Zi'it. XXXVII. p. 154. n. 172 (1892) (l!unli;i 1).
Ptipiiio parado.rus var. zama, Hagen, Iris VII. p. 20. n. 10 (1894) (Sumatra).
My forty-eight specimens exhibit the following variation [the " jjab." is that of
the specimens in my collection] : —
I. Males.
('(-): Uppemide : forewings with the basal third brownish black, rest of wing
unilornily cyaneous blue, or, when placed between eye and light, of a purple colour.
Hindwings ochreous brown, darker towards the base, with a tint of violet ;niteriorly ;
with three small violet-blue submarginal spots.
Underside: uniformly ochreous brown, a little (Uirkcr towards the base ; forewings
with six rounded, liindwings with six augulatcci, small white submarginal markings,
which have a faint blue tint. .'^outli-lCast Borneo.
(6^) : Ijike (a*), but forewings above with three, and hindwings above with four,
submarginal minute white spots. ^outh-KasI Horneo.
(c^) : Like (a"), but upperside more violet -blue. I'"orewings with live submarginal
spots, and with five faint di^cul blue streaks, and an indistinct s|jot in the end of the
cell. Hindvvings with a complete series of minute siibmarginal markings.
South-East Borneo.
((P) : Like («-), but forewings with a complete series of white submarginal
spots, with discal faint streaks composed of light blue scales, and a spot in the apex
of the cell of the same colour. Hiudwings with a submarginal row of spots, of which
the four anterior ones are bluish white, the three posterior ones obsolete. Below,
the forewings have .seven, the hindwings eight, submarginal white spots.
South-East Borneo.
(e-) : c?-ab. kerofsa Butl.
PiqiiUo Jccrosa Butler, Eiit. Mo. Mtitf. VI. p. .j.i. n. 1 (18G1IJ (.S;iraw,ik) : id.. Lcp. Exot. p. 33. t. 13.
f. 2 (1809).
(?) Pdjjiliopuraduxus var. k/'i-usn. Oberthiir, A7. iV Eiit. IV. p. 117. sub u. :il4 (I87'.l) (Malacca).
Upperside: forewings purple violet-blue, base brownish; witli eight wliite
submarginal s]iots .shaded with violet-blue; four streaks near the end of the cell
varying in length, a spot in the posterior angle of the apex of the cell and another
very small cellular spot ; cellular spot behind the subcostal vein whitish violet-blue.
Hindwings ochreous brown, darker at the base, with six minute white submarginal
spots situated in feebly marked violet-blue streaks.
Underside as in (d/). South-East Borneo.
(/2) : Like (e?). but the forewings above with five or six short, light blue, discal
streaks, and with one spot only in the cell. Hindwings without blue streaks in the
cellules, and witli four minute, white, submarginal spots. South-East ]3orneo.
{g') : Like if-), but forewings much less violet, more cyaneous ; hindwings
glossy blue near the outer margin in the cellules. South-East Borneo.
(A'-j : Uke (/-), but forewings cyaneous, violet when viewed from the side ;
liindwings with blue gloss, except in the anal region ; submarginal spots of the
hindwings above varying in number from four to seven.
South-P^ast Borneo ; Kina Balu ; Lawas.
{iP): S-ah.judn Butl.
Papiliojuda Butler, Ent. Mo. Ma/j. VI. p. 5i;. n. 3 (18iil)) (Sarawak) : id., Lcp. E.rot. p. 34. n. 3. t. 13.
f. 3(18G9).
Like (A-), but the blue colour forms distinct streaks within the cellules of the
hiudwings. South-East Borneo.
(/r): c?-ab. -Miioa Butl.
I'lijii/io uiima Butler, /;.'//(. Mo. Murj. VI. p. .",('>. ii. 2 ( 1SG9) (.Sarawak) : id.. Lrp. E.rot. p. 34. n. 1.
t. 13. f. 1 (1809).
I'liptlio tntrado.tiia var, -aiums. Haase, Ciitiisiirli. iih. .\lnii. p, 47. t. 8. f. ,')4 (1893),
Like (r), but hindwings without blue gloss. South-East Piorneo.
(?■-'): Like (h-), but the discal streaks of the forewings reaching the submarginal
spots; hindwings as in (/i,-). South-East Borneo.
(»i,^): Like (/'-), but forewings abo\e witli five light blue streaks only; sulj-
niarginal spots obsolete, or, when marked, four in number. South-East Borneo.
(n-) : cj-ab. dintantl noin, nov,
rapiUo biithri Distant (««■ Jansou, 1879), lihop. Mul. p. 352. t. 27a. f. G (1885) (Malacca).
Like {l^), but the whitish light blue ms-vkings on forewings larger. Malacca.
( r,74 )
(o-) : Forewings as in (l^), hindwings as (A-). " - Borneo.
iP') '• c?-"l^- biitl-eri Janson.
Pajiilio bulleri Janson, Cist. Ent. II. p. 43,!. t. 8. f. 3 (1879) (Malacca ; <,v/" "' «'.'/ cullictioii).
Upperside: forewings velvety hlack, with two spots in the apex of the cell and
a series of submarginal streaks of a cyaneous colour. Hindwings blackish brown,
paler in the anal region, without blue gloss, with four minute, white, submarginal
spots.
Underside: dark Inown, submarginal series of spots on both wings complete;
the spots on hindwings rather large. Malacca.
(g-) : c?-al). a«rt?V/w« Wall.
Paj>ilio aoiiiima WaUace, T,: Lhni. So,: I.miil. XXV. p. G(l. n. 83. t. 7. i. 3 (18(5,-)) (Malacca:
Sumatra).
Upperside: forewings bluish black, with a series of submarginal spots joined to
narrow blue streaks; spot in apex of cell light blue
Hindwings dark brown, with an incomplete or complete .series of submarginal
minute spots tinged with blue.
Uiuleraide: submai-ginal spots rather large. Borneo.
On the underside of the forewings there are sometimes traces of the white
discal markings of P. paradoxus (Zink.). A specimen of ab. (i-) has a series of five
faint, discal, arrowhead-shaped spots on the underside of the hindwings.
II. FeriMles.
(7'^): 2-a.h. daja nom. now
Pupilio jvda Butler. But. Mu. Miif/. VI. p. n6. n. 3 ( ? , iicc (J) (1869) (Sarawak) : id., Leji. EjuI.
p. 34. n. 3. t. 13. f. 4 (lH6ti)-
■Upperside: basal half of forewings and liasal two-thirds of hindwings marked
with whitish longitudinal streaks. Forewings with a white spot in the apex, and
with a row of light blue and white arrowhead-shaped markings on the outer part of
the disc ; with eight white submarginal spots ; round these spots the wing has a
strong blue gloss.
Underside : the white streaks longer ; without blue.
South -East Borneo ; Bunguran ; Sumatra.
(s^) : Like (■»•■), but hindwings witli four or five submarginal violet streaks.
South-East Borneo.
{P) : ? -ab. riisSfiLs nom. no\ .
PapiUo paradoxa var., Hewiteoii, /'. Z. S. p. 423. t. G7. f. 3 (1859).
Papilio aeiiigmti ? (?) Wallace, /.<•. (18G.i).
Upperside without blue gloss. Forewings with hve long subapical wliitish
streaks, and two spots of the same colour in the apex of the cell; submarginal .spots
present, the anterior ones merged together with the subapical streaks. Hindwings
uniformly blackish brown, with a series of white angulated submarginal .spots.
Borneo.
(it^ : ?-ab. nepticida nom. nov.
Papilio Uuthri, i:)istant {,ifc Janson. 1879). Rhoi>. Mul. p. 352. t. 27. f. 6 (1885).
Like (r-j, but forewings paler brown, with one white spot witiiin cell; subapical
white streaks less defined. Malacca.
( 3'5 )
(v-): Like (t-), but forewings with blue gloss anteriorly ou the disc. Borneo,
(^«■): ? -ab. hansel uom. no\'.
Papilio pamiloxus var. :.aiiuus. Haase (//(r'Butler, J8G!i), Uidii:~u<-li. iih. .Vim. p. 47. t. 8. f. 5.') (ISO.'^)
(Malacca).
Like (t-), but much paler brown ; lilue discal streak.s on forewings short, not
joined to the .submarginal spots. ]\Ialacca.
(x-) : ? -ab. leucotkoides Hour.
Papilio paradoxu var., Hewitson, P. Z. S. p. 423. t. C,G. f. 4 (18o'J) (Borneo).
Papiliri aem'gma ? var. (?), Wallace, I.e. p. GO. sub u. 83 (18G.5).
Papilio schuiilergiaiiiis $ Honrath, Bei-I. Eiit. Ziit. p. 441 (1891) (Borneo).
Pajiil io paradoxus var. h'UCut/io/d<s Honrath, I.e. 490 (189'2).
Upperside: blackish brown. Forewings with the submarginal sj)ots suffused
with brown ; hindwings as in (t-).
Underside as above, but hindwings with feeble greyish brown streaks within the
cellules. ■ Bunguran ; Borneo.
(y-) : liike (tir), but forewings witli bluisli gloss in the outer region. Borneo.
Dr. Ilagen describes a, fen bale of a Papllio in Berl. Ent. Zell. XXXVII. p. 155.
n. 173 (1892) as Papllio (?) hiitlerl yar. fnscKs from Banka Island. As Hagen does
not say anj'thing about the neuration, by which the clgtia-grou]) is so easily
distinguished from the rnacareus-grou\>, I cannot tell whether this /((.sees really
belongs to paradoxus. I enumerate it here as —
(z-): ?-ab. /i(,sc its Hagen, /.c.
Both sides of the wings brown; forewings with one, hindwings with two series
of submarginal spots.
This insect may turn out to be P. a-stiaa We>tw., which is the feinule of
P. ma.careus striatus Zink.
Hah. Borneo (20 6,U ?); Bunguran, Natuna Is. (2 ?); Malacca (:i J, 2 ?);
Sumatra (3 c?, 1 ?).
((/) : P. paradoxus telearchus Hew. [(^, ?].
(J. Pujulh, telearchus Hewitson, Tr. Km. Soc. Loud. (2). II. p. 22. t. Ij. f. ?, (J) (18.r2) (Sylhet) ;
Gray, Cat. Lep. Ins. B. if. I. p. 72. u. .^32 (1852) (Sylhet) ; id., List Up. his. B. M. I. p. 86.
n. 3,iO (1 8.5(5) (Sylliet) ; Feld., Verh. s. /(. Ges. Wien p. 308. n. 272 (18G4) ; Moore, P. Z. S.
p. 839 (1878) (Hatsiega).
$. Pupilio paradiAca var. ielearchis, Oberthiir, Et. d'Eiit. IV. p. 99. sub n. 314 (1879).
(J. Papilio {Euploeopsis subg. Dov., Nic(;v.) telearchvs, Elwes & Nici''v., Juuni. .is. Sue. Btiig. p. 433.
n. 122 (188G) (Tavoy & Ponsekai ; " Euplf>enpsii<" iiom. inid.).
Isaiiiiupsis telearchus, Moore, Vr i« hid. Lep. his. p. 284 (1888) (descr. of genus Isaminpsis) ; Swinli.,
Tr. Ent. Soc. Loud. p. 314. n. 4U3 (18113) (Khasia Hills).
?. Papilio (Euploeiipsis) teleiiirhus, Doherty, Jouni. As. Soc. Beiiy. p. 131) (18S9) (Siidiya ; J
dimorphic) ; Nicev., Joitrii. Bomb. .V. //. Soc. p. 109. n. 8. t. A. f. 5 ( ? ) (1889) (frsl descr. of ? ;
Assam ; Tavoy : Ponsekai).
J . Papilio telearchus, Swinhoe, Proc. Ent. Soc. Land. p. 31 (1894) (CheiTa Puuji).
S. Larger than /x(('a(?oa'((s Zink. Variable like telesldes VeVX. ; my specimens
are all diflerent from one anotlier.
? . Also \ariable. Very rare in collections ; first noticed by W. Doherty (I.e.)
in 1889. The female si)ecimen described and figured by De Niceville is in my
iluseum (from coll. Rev. Hamilton).
Hah. Assam (t) S,'2 9); Burma; Trna«serim.
27
( 376 )
1 1(1. Papilio caunus Wostw. [<^].
J'aj.iliocaum.s'Westviood, Cub. Or. tJnt. t. d. t.2. 2* ((^)(18W) (Java?) ; id., in Doubl.'s (leu. Dmin.
Ltp. II. p. 529 (18,V2) : Gray, Cat. Lep. In*. B. .1/. I. p. 72. n. 334 (1852) (" Sjlhet " Inc. err.,
subxp. iiltfrii ?) ; id., Lht Up. Lis. B. .M. I. p. 85. n. 352 (1856) (p.p. ?) ; VoUenhov., Tijdschr.
V. E„t. III. p. 88. n. 158 (18G0) (Java) ; Feld., Verb. z. b. C.v. Wien p. 308. n. 275 (18G2) {p.p.) ;
Wall., Tr. Linn. ^oc. Land. XXV. p. 60. n. 84 (18G5) (j>.ji.) ; Oberth., AV. d'Enl. IV. p. lltO.
n. 316 (1879) (Java).
Four subspecies compose this .species : —
(a) : P. ccmmts Westw. from Java ;
(6): P. caunus aegicdns Dist. IVoin ^Malacca and Sumatra;
(c) : P. caunxLS mendax subsp. iiov. from Borneo ; and
((/) : P. caunus danisepa Butl. from Teuasserim to Assam.
(«): P- caunus Westw., forma t\i>. [S].
This seems to be the rarest form. My single mule specimen agrees almost
exactly with Westwood's figure.
The female is imknowu.
Hah. Java (1 S).
(b) : P. caunus aeg'ialus Dist. [c?].
Papilio caumis, Wallace (ncc Westwood, 1848), Tr.Limi.Soc. Lun,!. XXV. p. 60. n. 84(1865) (p.p.) ;
Stauding. & Schatz, Exol. Schmetl. I. p. G (1884) {p.p.).
Papilio caunus West., race aegiahis Distant, Ann. Mag. N. H. (5). XII. p. .352 (1883) (Malay Pen.).
Pa2>Hio aegialus Distant, Rhup. Mai. p. 353. n. 16. t. 27b. i. 5 {i) (1885).
Pajnlio ve'lulinus Butler, Ann. Mag. xV. H. (5). XVI. p. 343. sub u. 109 (1885) (Sumatra).
(J. The white i)atch in the apex of the cell of the forewiugs is larger than in
caunus ; the suhmarginal spots are smaller. llindwings a little more rounded,
with the median nervules more thinly black.
? . Unknown.
Hab. INIalay Peninsula (3 S) ; Sumatra.
The type-specimen of aegkdus Dist., now in my colk'ction, does not differ from
(hat oi velulinus Vi\xi\. in the British Museum, except in the submarginal markings
of the llindwings, which are a little smaller in velutinus; one of m_v three aegialus
from JIalay Peninsula has these spots, however, not larger than the type of vdutinus.
(c): P. caunus mendax subsp. nov. [c?,?].
Papilio caunus, Gray {nee Westwood. Is4s), /.i.sl l.rp. Lis. li. .1/. I. p. 72. n. 334 (1856) (p.p.) :
Feld., Verb. z. b. Ges. Wien p. 3o8. n. 275 (1864) {f.p.) : Wall., Tr. Linn. Soc. Land. XXV.
p. 60. n. 84 (1865) {p.p.) ; Stauding. & Schatz, E.rol. Sehmell. I. p. 6 (1884) (/;.;).) ; Hourath,
ISert. Enl. ZiiL, Silzungsber. p. 10 (1892) (Borneo ; descr. o/" ? ) ; Haase, Unlersucb. iih. .l//m,
t. 8. f. 53 (cJ) (1893) (Borneo).
The Bornean form, which erroneously is regarded by all authors as belonging to
tvpical caunus Westw., differs considerably from the .Favan race, and must .«tand as a
subspecies of caunus.
S. Upperside : both wings violet-blue. Forowings with the white patch in the
apex of the cell larger than in cauniis Westw. ; submarginal spots smaller. Hind-
wings more rounded; white markings reduced in size and number; there are only
four spots, namely, one streak posteriorly within the cell and another beliind the cell,
lx)th rather long and broad, and two very small spots between the median nervules.
( '>'' )
Underside as in caiuiim Westw., liut hindwings with a streak in the cell, another
before and three more behind the cell.
?. My two specimens, one from the Kiiia Ralu, the other from Lawas, are
remarkably different from one another. In the Kina ]5alu example both wings are
brown above; the forewiugs have a series of blue discal streaks, which become shorter
behind and are terminated exteriorly by white submarginal spots ; the three anterior
ones of the latter are the largest and about twice as long as broad ; the three blue streaks
standing between the lower median and lower discoidal veins are discallv joined each
to a more or less wedge-shaped white mark, of which the anterior one is separated
from the large cellular white patch only by the black lower discocellular vein ; base
of the forewings with two feeble whitish lines, one in the cell, the other at the inner
margin. Hindwings with the whole cell, two long and narrow streaks before the cell,
four smaller ill-defined markings round the apex of the cell, and more than the basal
half of the cellule before the submedian vein white, shaded with brown ; the discal
spots shade exteriorly into violet-blue.
Underside paler than the upperside, without lilue spots, but the submarginal
white markings of either wing with a faint tint of blue. White markings nearlv as
above, but the basal half of the forewings with several lines in the cell, confluent at
the base, and two lines behind the cell.
In the Lawas specimen the outer half of the forewings is pm-ple ; the cellular
patch is not larger than in the mcde ; there are four small white discal spots, of which
the two posterior ones are edged with eyaneous ; basal half much paler ochreous than
in the Kina Balu individual. Hindwings with the white markings of the basal half
much reduced, the spots at the end of the cell very faint ; disc with intercellular
imrple streaks.
Hab. Borneo {% 6,2'i).
A ninth male in my collection, which is probably from Sandakan, North-East
Borneo, has the cellular patch of the forewings reduced to a transverse bar, being
moje than twice as long as broad ; the patch is much shaded with blue. The white
spots of the hindwings are also much reduced.
{d): P. caimus danisepa Butl. [<^,?].
Papilio cmmus, Gray («(•.■ Westwood, 1848), Cut. Lep. Ins. B. .1/. I. p. 72. n. 334 (18.52) (Sylhet) ;
id., List Lep. Ins. B. M. I. p. 72. n. 334 (18.5G) {pp.) ; Feld., Verh. z. b. Ges. Wien p. 3U8. n. 275
(1864) ip.p.).
Papilio danisepa Butler, Ann. .U,„j. X. B. (.')). XYI. p. 343. n. 103 (1885) (" near AsKim").
Papilio (^Enplueiqisis) danisepa, Nic^ville, Juurn. Bomb. X. II. Soc. t. Q. f. 48 ( ? ) (1895) (Assam :
Burma ; Tenasaerim).
Isauiiopsis dunisejia, Swinhoe, Ti: Ent. Soc. Land. p. 314. n. 405 (1893) (Cherra I'unji).
i. Larger than the other subspecies ; hindwings more distinctly scalloj)ed. The
cellular and discal markings of the forewings, and the white colour at the base of the
hindwings, more extended. The submarginal spots of the hindwings disappear some-
times from the upper.side. In some Khasia Hills e.xamples there are two additional
white spots outside the apex of the cell of the forewings. iSIy Tenasserim specimen
has rather less blue.
?. Rather larger than the ;;!«/«, with the white markings a little more extended.
The submarginal spots are well marked on botli wings above and below.
Uab. Assam (5 J); Burma; Tenasserim (1 cTj.
( 378 )
XXll. KI.Kl'HEXOR-GROUP.
Male with woolly stripes ou the foiewings. Both sexes with the head biiflf-coloiir,
aiirl sides of abdomen cream v bufl".
141. Papilio elephenor L)oubl. [<S, ?].
J. Papilio clepheiinr Doubleday, Aim. Mng. N. II. XYI. p. 305 (18+5) (Sylhet) ; id. Wcstw. i<-
Hew., Geii. Ditini. Lep. I. p. 10. n. :ili (184(i) : Westw., Cab. Or. Eiit. p. G+. t. 31. f. 2. 2'
(1848) ; Mooic, P. Z. S. p. G72 (1867) (Sylhet) ; Doberty, Jouni. As. Soc. Beiig. p. 130 (1889)
(Sadiya).
tj. PapiUo dpheiior. Gray, Oil. Lep. Ins. B. it. I. p. 15. n. 53 (1852) ; id., List hep. Ins. B. M. I.
p. 18. n. 57 (185fi) (Sylhet) ; Feld., Verh. z. h. Ges. Wiai p. 324. n. 465. & p. 372. n. 277
(1864).
(^ ? . Papilio elrphatfjr^ Haase, Unlersuch. iih. Mini. p. 52 (1893) (mouomorphic apecie.s).
This curious insect combines the characters of the /.*K(/)0)'-gvoui) and the booles-
grouj) ; it has the blue and green dispersed scaling on the uj)perside of the wings and
the cottony stripes of the iianoc-group, and the l)uffish colour of the body of the
6oo<es-group. Two specimens from the Khasia Hills present rather obvious dif-
ferences from those obtained by Mr. Sherwill in the Naga Hills: they are decidedly
smaller; on the upper surface of the hindwings they are more denselj' covered with
blue and green scales, the red anal mark forms a complete ring, and there is a small
submarginal red lunule between the lower median nervules which is not jiresent in
the Naga Hills specimens; below, the red submarginal patches of the hindwings are
much more densely covered with violet scales ; the edges of the hindwings are more
deeply scalloped.
In specimens from both localities the fifth suliniarginal spot on the hindwings
below is sometimes obliterated or almost so.
? . Agrees with the mdle. The anal red mark on the hindwings above is larger,
roanded, marginal, and includes a small black spot ; the outer margin of the hindwing
is distinctly sinuate between the median \eins, and at the end of the upper median
nervule produced into a short but obvious tooth, as at the extremity of the lower
di^coidal vein.
I[<d). North India: Kha-ia Hills (2 6); Naga Hill- (0 J). 'I'lie female in
Dr. Staudinger's collection from Assam.
Will. BIANOlWiKOLP.
Male with woolly streaks on the forewings.
142. Papilio bianor Cram. [J, ?, larva].
P'ipilio Equts Trnjanus liitinor ('raiiior. I'^'p. I'..r. II. p. IIJ. t. 103. f. C (1777) (China) ; Goezo,
Enl. Btijlr. lit. 1. p. 43. n. Ill (177'.t) ; Fabr., .Sywr. Ins. II. p. 1. n. 2 (17X1): Jabloiisky &
ilcrbst, A'u/Kix. Sclimeli. II. p. 158. n. 38 (1781); Fabr., Muni. Ins. II. p. I. n. 2 (1787):
Omelin, Si/sf. Xat. I. 5. p. 22211. ii. 275 (17",I0) : Esper, Ansl. Sclimeli. p. 137. n. 02. t. 35. f. 2
(1792?) ; Fabr., Eiil. Si/st. III. 1. p. 1. n. 2 (171'3).
.Ichillidcs Hanoi; Hiibiier, Vcrz. bik. Sclnn. p. 8.i. n. 873 (1816).
Papilio paris, Godart, Enr. MM. IX. p. 67. n. 116 ( ? , nee S) (1819) (China).
Papilio bianor, Boisduval, Spec. Gin. Lep. I. 205. n. 17 (1836) (China) ; DouIjI. Westw. & Hew.,
Cat. Lep. his. B. .\f. I. p. 11. n. 45 (1846) ("N. India" loc. err.) ; Gray, Cat. Lep. Ins. B. M.
I. p. 16. n. 64 (1852) ('-N. India" loc. err.) ; id., List Ij-p. Ins. B. M. I. p. 20. n. 68 (1856)
(China) ; Horsf. & Moore, Cat. Lep. Ins. Mns. E. I. C. I. p. 110. n. 220 (1857) ("N. India"
loc. err.) ; Feld., Virh. z. b. Ges. Wiin p. 323. u. 448 (1864) (China, nee Japan) ; Reak., 7V.
Ent. Soc. Phil. p. 457. n. 7 (1864) : Butl., Cat. Diiini. Lip. ilescr. Fabric p. 256. n. 71 (1869)
(Shanghai) ; Oberth., El. tV Enl. IV. p. 39. n. 23 (1879) (China) ; Elwcs, P. X. S. p. 871
(1881) ; Leech, ibid. p. 404. n. 3 (1887) {p.p.) ; id., l.c. p. 114. n, 66 (1889) (Kiu-Kiang) ; id.,
BulUrJl.from China, etc. p. 527 (1893) {p.p.) ; Scitz, .S(t((. Enl. Z,il. LIV. p. 373 (1894).
( :"9 )
As this insect is sexunUy dimorpliic and varies according to season and localitv,
it has received a good many names: P. bianor Cram., dehaani Fe\d., japuiticics
Buth, Udanus Fent., alliacmon ^Orza, lorquini Reak., dudis Leech, siifanius
Oherth., paris Godart, maacki Men., ritddei Brem. After examination of long series
of specimens, I come to the concUision tliat all these " species " and '• varieties "
belong to Manor Cram., the range of wliich extends, tlierefore, from Thibet over
China to Jajian and Amnrland.
Fom- rather well characterised geographical forms of /'. hiauor Cram, can be
distinguished, namely' : —
((') : P. h'lanor Cram., inhabiting China ;
(//) : P. Idanor dehaitni Feld. from Japan ;
(c) : P. bianor maacki Men. from North Japan and Amnrland ;
{<!) : P. bianor syfanius Oberth. from Western China and Thibet.
("J : P. bianor Cram., forma typ. [<?,?]•
The cottony striites on the forewings of the male are not at all so constant as
Leech {Butt, of China, I.e.) says; I have sjaecimens in which all the strijies are
separated from one another ; and such a variability is not to be wondered at, as we
find the cottony stripes variable in size and number in all the .species where they
appear; in some insects, for example in P. crino Fabr. and montrouzieri Boisd.,
these sexual marks vary even to such an extent that certain individuals have tlie
stripes develo^jed, while others have no stripes at all.
The whitish colour of the outer region of the forewiugs beneath is sometimes much
restricted, in other examples the whitish scales are scattered almost over the whole wing.
The specimens of the spiring brood are much smaller than those of the summer
broods, which are t3pical P. 6i«?iojkjQram.
Hal), ('liina (except the extreme south and north) ("30 cJ, 15 ?).
(b): P. Manor dehaani Feld. [J,?].
PapUw hwmiv var., De Haan, TV)7i. Nnt. Qarh. Xttl. orerz. bez. p. 28. t. 5. f. 1. 2 (1840) (Japan).
PapiViu de/iarim FeWer, Vcrli. z. h. Ge.i. Wkn p. :i23. n. 451. & p. 371. n. 2G8 (1804) ; Murray, Ent.
Mi,. .Muij. p. 1(56 (1874) (Yokohama) ; Oberth., Et. d'Eiit. IV. p. 39. n. 24 (1879) (Japan) ;
Elwes, P. Z. H. p. 871 (1881) ; Butler, Aim. Mr,;,. X. H. (.5). XI. p. 113. n. 21 (1883) (Corea !).
?. Piijiilio hrquhu Reakirt, Pror. Ent. Sac. Phil. p. 4(i2. n. 11 (18G4) ("Philippines" lor. err.).
Piipilio maacki, Pryer, Plinp. \ilio?i. p. 3. n. 3 (1886) (p.p.).
Piipilio hinnor var. <leh:iiiiii, Leech, Butt, from China, etc. p. 527 (18113).
Differs from P. biaiior Cram, chiefly in the wliilish scaling of the outer region
of the forewing below being re.stricted to a more or less narrow band.
Mr. Butler \_Ann. Mag.X. H. (o). XL p. 113. n. 21 (1883)] says that P. dehaani
has at least two scarlet submarginal sjiots to the upperside of the hindwiugs, whereas
his P. japonims has never more than two and sometimes none at all ; this statement
is erroneous, typical deliaani having onlv the anal mark partly red (compare
De Haan's fig.). The number of the scarlet submarginal sjmts is very variable in
every brood, as is the breadth of the whitish hand on the forewings beneath.
(«■•'): ah. gen. \ev\\. jupniiicus iJutl.
Papilin japoiiira Butler, .Jimrii. /.inn. Sor l.iini!., Zonl. IX. ]i. .'/O. n. I. note (18C('>) (Japan: mc
China ; '' N. India " Inc. err.).
Papitio alliacmon Orza, Lrpj. .lap. p. 0 (1809) (Japan).
Papilio dehaani vm: jajnniica, Elwes, /'. Z. S. ]). 871 (1881).
Vapilio hianor Viiv. ja/ioniea. Leech. Jhitt.from China, etc. p. 528 (1893).
Much smaller than (he summer brood.
( 380 )
{Ir): ab. gen. aest. dchaani Feld.
Felder's name was given to De Haan's figures, which represent specimens of the
large summer brood.
Hab. .I.i|ian (esol. of North Yesso) (37 <J, 7 ?)'; Corea (according to specimens
in the British Museum).
(c): P. bianor maacki Mdn. [(?,?, larva].
Pupilio maacki Munetries, Bull. A,-. P,tfr4>. XVII. p. 212. n. 1 (1859) (Amur) ; id., in Scbrenk's
Reis. 11. p. 10. n. 1. t. 1. f. 1. 2 (18o'J) ; Brem., Lej>. O^t-Sil,. p. 3. n. 1 (1864) : Teld., Verh. z.
h. Ges. Wifii p. 323. n. 450 (1864) ; Bull., P. Z. S. p. 814. n. 38 (1877) (" Formo.sa " loc. en: !) ;
Oberth., Et. J'Enl. IV. p. 39. n. 25 (1879) {radthi and maacki are seasonal forms of the same
species ; Askold I.) ; Elwes, P. Z. S. p. 871 (1881) : Pryer, Ti: Enl. Sue. Lvml. p. 487 (1882)
{l>.p.)\ id., lihop. Nilion. p. 3. n. 3. 1. 1. f. 3 (188G) (yi.y,.) (Japan): Leech, P. Z. 8. p. 404 (1887)
(p.p.) ; Fixsen, Pnm. ^fem. Lej>. III. p. 254. n. 2 (1887) (Corea) ; (Sraeser, Pirt. Ent. Zeil.
p. 62. n. 3 (1888) (Amur) ; Standing., Uml. VI. p. 229. n. 3 (1892) (Amur: N. China) ; Ruhl,
Gi-n.-<.^i'chmell. p. 84 (1892) ; Leech, Putt, from Cliimi, etc. p. 529 (1893) (Amurland ; Japan :
Corea ; X. China) : Riihl & Heyne, Grossschmett. p. 69.') (1895) (larva doscr.).
Pajnlio dehuani var. (?) tiitamis Fenton, P. Z. S. p. 855 (1881) (Yesso).
Pupilio iHtamis, Elwes, P. Z. S. p. 871 (1881) (Yesso).
PajiUio juianus, Ishikowa, Papilio II. p. 30. n. 4. f. 13. 14 (1882) (Yesso and high mountains of the
main island).
The costal margin of the hindwings is a little longer than the abdominal
margin, while in bianor it is shorter than the latter. The green median band on
the upperside of the hindwings and the huffish median band of the .same wings below
are, together with the different form of the hindwings, the chief characters by which
this subspecies is distinguishable from P. bianor and P. bianor dehaani; but there
exist all intergradations between these races.
As in the other subspecies, the spring and summer broods are different, especially
in size : —
(c") : ab. gen. vern. raddei Brem.
Papilio nuMei Bremer, Mem. Ac. Pelr. VIII. p. 3. t. 1. f. 1 (18(14) (Bnreja).
The forewings have often a very bright green submarginal band including some
creamy buff spots. The band on the underside of the hindwings is broader than in
the summer broods.
('/-): ab. gen. aest.: P. maacki Mdn.
The buffish band on the underside of the hindwings is sometimes wanting,
and the greenish band on the upper surface of the same wings abbreviated ; such
specimens are scarcely separable from P. bianor dehaani Feld.
Hab. Amur (10 <J, ,5 ? ) ; North China ; Corea ; Yesso and Nippon (C (J, 2 ? ).
The Japanese specimens cannot be subspecifically sejiarated from the continental
individuals.
(d): P. bianor syfanius Oberth. [cf,?].
Pa2)ilio si/fanius Oberth., Et. eCEul. XI. p. 13. t. 1. f. 3 (1886) ; Leech, Butt, from China, etc. p. 532.
t. .32. f. 5 (c^) (i893) (W. China at higher elevations).
This seems to me to be a Thibetian insect, which in Western China occurs only
at higher elevations from 5000 to 9000 feet (cf. Leech, I.e.), ami comes at 5000 to
( :58l )
0000 feet together with hinnov, which inhabits in Western t'liina tlie localities of
lower elevation.
It differs from P. hiunor especijilly in the almost unifurm blackish colour of the
underside of the forewings.
In size F. hianor syfnnins is the same as the spring brood of Inn nor.
The anal angle of the forewings below bears often a short whitish band. The
base and disc of the under surface of the posterior wings is of a paler colour than in
hianor. JSIany specimens have two whitish discal patclies on the hindwings, which
are mentioned by Oberthiir in the description, but not rei)resented in the figure.
ily female specimen has very large, red, submarginal s[)ots on the hindwings;
those of the underside are partly merged together with the marginal reddish
ochreous markings.
(«") : (J'-ab. didlis Leech.
Piijiilio tJiaHs Leech, Entom. XXTI. Suppl. p. 104 (189?,) (W. China) ; id., Bull, from China, eic
p. U?,-i. t. ?,i. f. 4 ((J) (1893) (one specimen, Chia-ting-fu).
Mr. Leech says (Butt, from China, I.e.): " This species is most readily distinguished
from P. binnw, riUKicki, etc., by the different arrangement of the silky sexual bands
on the primaries of the male." In the type-specimen, which is unique, the cottony
streak between the submediau and lower median veins is wanting. As already
explained, the cottony stripes in hianor and all the allied species are \ariable, and
the presence or absence of one of the stripes can certainlv not be valued as a
"specific" character. Further, iu dudis the "under surface of primaries is pale
grey, merging into white on the outer two-thirds of inner marginal area." This
whitish area is indicated in certain examples of nyfinius as well as of 6«(cjtoc, and
is also scarcely of specific value. All the other characters, however, in which the
unique specimen of dialis differs from syfanius are certaiidy individual, as in the
distribution of the green and blue scales, in the development of the submarginal
spots of the hindwings, etc., the specimens of hianor or a number of individuals
of syfnnln.s differ inter s? more than dialis does in this respect from syfanius.
Ilah. Western China (12 S,\ ?); and probably Thibet jiroprr.
143. Papilio polyctor ISnisd. [c?,?].
Piijiilio polyrtor Boisriuval, Spec. Gen. Lip. I. p. 20.'i. n. 18 (183(i) (Caslimcre) ; Blanch., in .Tacqne-
mont, TV;/. hi<le IV. Ins. p. 14. n. 2. t. 1. f. 1. 2 (1841) : Dimbl. \Ve.stH-. & Hew.. Cm. Ihiirn.
Lrp. I. p! 11. n. 4G (184G) ; Kollar, in Hugel's Kaschmir IV. 2. p. 40:!. t. 1. f. 1.2 (1818)
(Cashmere); Gr.ay, Cat. Lrp. Im. B. .V. I. p. Itl. n. 05(1852); id., Lisl Leji. [iis. B. M. I.
p. 20. n. G9 (185G) (Bengal ; Nepaul ; Punjaub) ; Horsf. & Moore. ('-;(. Lep. Ins. .!/«.<. E. I. C.
I. p. 109. n. 217 (1857); Feld., Verh. z. h. Gn. Wlcn p. 32.'5. n. 447 (18G4) (•' Darjeeling "
Inc. err.) ; Moore, /'. Z. S. p. 487 (18G5) (N.W. Himalaya) : Oberth., El. d'Eiil. IV. p. 39.
n. 26 (1879) ; Standing. & Schatz, Exvl. Srlnnrtl. I. p. 8 "(1884) ; Butl., /'. Z. S. p. 377. u. 85
(188G) (W. India) ; id., A,m. J/ag. N. II. (G). I. p. 200. n. 90 (1888) (N.W. India).
Sarhur'm pnli/ct<ir, Moore, P. Z. R. p. 258 (1882) (N.W. Himal. ; descr. of genus Harharin Moore).
Fapilio (Sarlmria) pnhjctor, Doherty, Juurn. .{s. Sue. Boig. p. 130. u. 227 (1880) (Kiimaoii,
2000 to .5000 feet).
This is the Indian rcjiresentative of P. hiajwr Cram. ; it ranges from Afghanistan
to Tonkin, and occurs at low elevations. As in almost every Indian species of P((/n7('o,
the individuals from the we.stern districts are diflerent from those from the eastern
l)arts of the range, and have been regarded as belonging to two distinct specie*,
namely P. polyclor Boisd. and P. rjanesa Doubl. The differences between Cashmere
( 382 )
examples o! poli/dor and Assam specimens of ganesn are indeed considerable. Above,
the bright green submarginal band of the forewings of P. ^lolyctor lioisd. is shorter and
less conspicuous in gfinesa ; the bluish green patch of the hindwings is broader in
(janesa, does not extend beyond the upper median ner\ ule, and has a deeper blue
tint; the green scaling of the upper surface of both wings is denser in polydor;
beneath, the forewings of ganesa have a broad whitish submarginal band nearly as in
P. paris, which gradually widens anteriorly and becomes much shaded with black ;
in poli/ctor this band is very narrow, and obviously marked only behind ; the huffish
scaling with which nearly the whole of the hindwings of polydor is covered is much
more restricted in ganesa. Though typical pjolydor and typical ganesa are thus
most readily distinguisbable, there occur specimens wliich comlnue the characters
of the two. I have individuals of polydor with a broad green band on the forewings,
the bluish green patch of the hindwings prolonged to the abdominal margin, and
the huffish scaling of the under surface of the posterior wings much extended,
and with the whitish baud on the underside of the forewings as broad as in certain
examples of ganesa ; in other individuals of polydor the patch of the hindwings
does not reach beyond the upper median nervule, just as in ganesa; in others again
the huffish scaling of the underside of the hindwings is as much restricted as in
many ganesa. On the other band, in some Sikkim specimens of ganesa the green
band of the forewings is broader than in certain individuals of poh/doi; and has the
same length ; the patch of the hindwings has .sometimes the same tint as in pjolydor,
the huffish scaling of the hindwings below is often more extended than usual, and
the whitish band of the forewings below is occasionally much reduced in breadth;
in none of my ganesa specimens is the gi-een scaling of the upper surface quite so
dense as in polydor.
The dilTerences between the two "species" are, therefore, not constant, and I
am obliged to sink /-". ganesa to the rank of a subspecies of P. polydor.
(a): P. polyctor Boisd., forma typ. [c?,?].
The number of the cottony streaks on the forewings of the male varies from two
to five. The red submarginal spots of the under.side of the hindwings appear often
also above, especially in the females, which have sometimes all six spots marked.
The bluish green patch of the hindwings is in some specimens only of half the
breadth of the patch of others. The patch i.s connected with the abdominal margin
by means of three greenish spots, situated between the upper median and the sub-
median veins; the size of these spots is very variable; in most specimens the
posterior spot is absent, in others the second and third are wanting, and in others
again all three are obliterated, as in Boisduval's type (according lo the descn|i(ion) ;
in the females those spots are apparently always absent.
The spring and summer broods differ in a similar way as in /'. bianor Cram.
(«') : ab. gen. vern. peeroza Moore.
Sarharia peernza Moore, P. Z. X. p. 2,58 (188-2) (Dharmsala. N.W. Ilimal.).
Smaller than specimens of the summer broods, and the siilmmrginal red spots of
the upperside of the hindwings usually larger in both sexes.
(/;') : ab. gen. aest. P. jjolydor IJoi.sd.
As Boisduval says of his polydor, " Se rapprocliant un p(>u de laadiaon par le
port," his type-specimen (now lost ?) seems to have been intermediate in size
( 383 )
between peeroza and those larger inilividual- wliicli are usually regarded as lieing
typical polydor Boisd.
Hah. Cashmere (18 J, 2 ?); Afghanistan (1 ? ) ; North-West India (Kumaon,
Mimee : 10 <J, 8 ?) ; Western Nepaul (1 S).
(I)): P. polyctor ganesa Doubl. [J,?].
Prrpilh gwiexii. Doubletlay, tiray's Zu,,l. .I/Zsr. p. 73 (1842) (Nepaul : Assam) ; id. Westw. & Hew,,
Gi». Dim;,. Lrp. I. p. 11. n. 48 (1846) ; Gray, Cul. Lrp. Tii». Ji. M. I. p. 10. n. 615. t. 3. f. 5 ( J)
(I8r)2) (probably only a var. of jiolijctur Boisd.) ; id., Lint Lep. Ins. B. .1/. I. p. 20. n. 70 (185(i)
(Nepaul ; Sylhet) ; Horsf. & Moore, Cut. hep. fii«. B. M I. p. 107. n. 214. (1857) (Darjeeliug) ;
Feld., Verh.z. b. Gck. Wien p. :!2.3. n. 44G. & p. 371. n. 2G6 (18C4) (Sylhet ; Nepaul ; Darjeeliug) ;
Moore, P. Z. S. p. 757 (18G5) (Bengal) ; Oberth., Et. tl'Ent. IV. p. 40. n. 2!1 (1S7'.)) (Assam) ;
Stauding. & Schatz, E.rol. Srlinull. I. p. 8. t. 5 (j) (1884) : Butl., Ami. Mikj. N. II. (5). XVI.
p. :S44. n. Ill (1885)( near Assam) ; Elwes, T,: Eiif. Soc. Land. p. 428. n. 407 (1888) (Sikkim ;
lower valleys, occurs from April to December in succe.ssive broods) ; Robbe, yljiii Sii,\ Ent. B/hj.
p. 12.^. n. 10 (1802) (Darjeeling) ; Oberth., Et. d'Eiil. XVII. p. 4 (1893) (Tonkin).
Sdrb'iria (I'lne-'ta, Swinhoe, Tr. Ent. S<ir. Limit, p. 312. n. 37(1 (1893) (Khasia Hills).
Piipil/ii {Siirbiiriii) gnnesii, Niceville, Gn^etleiT of Sikkim p. 172. n. 474 (1894) (!5ikkini ; tlirougliout
the warm months at low elevations).
The lorewing of my smallest specimen has a length of 47 mm., that of my
largest 6,i mm. The cottony stripes of the male vary as in P. polydor ; one of my
Sikkim specimens has only one stripe well developed and a second feebly indicated.
The variation of tlie red submarginal spots of the upperside of the hiudwings as in
P. polydor.
Hah. Assam (7 S): !>ikkini (10 rf, ,5 ?); Eastern Nepaul ; Tonkin.
XXIV. PARIS-GROUP.
Malt' without woolly streaks on the forewings. Both sexes with a large liluish
green patch on the hindwings.
144. Papilio arctm-us AVestw. [c?,?].
P(i/ii!in nixliiriis Westwood, Ami. Miiij. N. li. IX. p. 37 (1842) (Himalaya) : id., Ait. Ent. I. p. 101.
t. 27 (1843) ; Doubl. Westw. & Hew., Cut. Diiirn. Lep. I. p. 11. n. 47 (184(;) (Assam) ; Gray,
Viit. Lip. Ins. B. M. I. p. 17. n. (57 (1852) (N. India) ; id., Lixt Lep. Jim. B. .1/. I. p. 21. n. 71
(1851",) (Sylhet) ; Horsf. & Moore, Cat. Lep. Lis. .Mus. E. I. C. I. p. 108. u. 215 (1857) (Darjeeling) ;
Feld., Verh. z. b. Gc-s. Wien p. 323. n. 445 (18G4) (Sylhet ; Assam ; Darjeeling) ; Moore,
/'. Z. S. p. 757 (1865) (Bengal); Cuisine, Bull. Sar. Ent. Fr. p. G4 (188G) (var. uotic.) ; Butl.,
/'. Z. S. p. 377. n. 84()88G)(W. India); id., Ann. Mug. N. H. (G). I. p. 205. n. 95 (1888)
(N.W. India); Elwes, Tr. Ent. Sor. Lemd. p. 427. n. 406 (1888) (Sikkim; fi-om 3000 to
9U00 feet) ; Leech, Butt, from China, etc. p. 533 (1893) (Central and West China).
Ai-liillides iin-liirus, Swinhoe, Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 311. n. 374 (1X93) (Khasia Hills).
Piipiliii [Arhillides) iin-turiis, Nic^ville, GirHteer of Sikkim p. 172. n. 473 (1894) (Sikkim ; found
together with P. krisliim Moore).
The Chinese examples which I have examined difler slightly, but apparently
constantly, from the Indian ones in the submarginal band on the ujiperside of the
forewings being shorter, narrower, and less bright green, iu the rufous ochraeeous
marginal spots to the hin<hvings below being more or less obliterated, and in tlie
marginal internervular fringe of the hindwings being less extended white.
In the female the green band of the forewings is of a paler colour than in the
male, owing to the green scales being intermixed with many creamy buff ones ; the red
sulimarginal spots of the upperside of the hiudwings are larger than in the other sex.
I fab. Assam; Sikkim (11 (?, 4 ?); North-West India ("te/c 15utler); Western
and (.'entral China (7 6).
( :«4 )
Uj. Papilio krishna Moore [cJ,?].
Ptijpilio krishiiii Moore, Horsf. & Moore, Oit. Lep. Ins. Mux. E. I. C. I. p. 108. t. 2a. f. 0 ((J) (1857)
(Bhutan ; Daijeeling) : Feld., Ver/i. z. b. Ges. Wien p. 32X n. 444 (18(54) ; Moore, P. Z. 8.
p. 757 (IKOS) (Bengal) : Oberth., Et. (CEnt. IV. p. 39. n. 27 (18711) ; Stauding. i- Schatz, Exol. '
Sclimell. I. p. 8 (1884) : Elwes, Tr. Eiil. Soi\ Lniid. p. 427. n. 40.') (1888) (Sikkim : a common
species in some seasons at certain places, and found from 3000 up to 8(lOll or OOOil feet ; May
to August).
Pajjilio (Achillitles) hri.'ihiin, Nic(?ville, Gazelleer of Sikkim p. 171. n. 472 (lHn4) (Sikkim : May to
August, 3000 to 9000 feet, not uncommon ; " also in W. China " loc. err. V).
The feniaU is rather larger tbau the nude, otherwise it is scarcely diflfereut from
that sex.
Hab. Bhutan; Sikkim (U) J, 1 ?); Assam (1 c?).
14f). Papilio paris L. [cJ,?].
Knorr, Del. Xaf. t. C. 3. f. 1 (1752).
PiipiUo E<iue.-i Trojiimt.1 jMiri.^ Linni'. Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 459. n. 3 (1758) (Asia) ; Clerck, Icon. Ins.
1. 1. 13. f. 1 (1759) ; Linne, ,1/k.s. Lud. Ulr. p. 184. n. 3 (I7C4) (Ind. or.) ; id.,.S>«. Sal. ed. xii.
p. 745. u. 3 (17G7) ; Houtt., Xatttrl. IIi.it. I. 11. p. 191. n. 3 (17G7) ; Drury, Il/mlr. Xal. Hist.
I. p. 23. t. 12. f. 1. 2 (1773) (China) ; Muller, X,i(urs.\. 1. p. 5(!il. n. 3 (1774) : Fabr., %</. Ent.
p. 442. n. 1 (1775) ; Cramer, Pup. Ex. II. p. 9. t. 103. f. a. h (17711) (China) ; Goeze. Ent. Beijtr.
III. l.p, 311. n. 3(1779): Fabr., 8/«.-. Ins.ll.-p. l.n. 1(1781) ; Esper, .1 W. .SoAm,«. p. 17. n. 3.
t. 2. f. 1 (1784) : Jablonsky, Xaturs. Sclimeit. II. p. 151. n. 37. t. 14. f. 1. 2 (1784) : Gmelin,
Si/sl. Xtit. I. 5. p. 222G. n. 2 (1790) ; Fabr., Ent. S,/st. III. 1. p. 1. n. 1 (1793).
Papilio Eques Trojanus paris, Fabricius, .\Iaiit. Ins. II. p. 1. n. 1. (17«7).
Papilio paris, Donovan, Ins. of China t. 22 (1798) ; Godart, Enr. Jlctli. IX. p. G7. n. IIG ((J, nee cj)
(1819) (China) : Boisd., Spec. Gen. Up. I. p. 208. n. 22 (183G) (China) : Blanchard, //««. X,it.
/«.s-. III. p. 421. n. 3(1841); Doubl. Westw. & Hew., Gen. Diurn. Lep. I. p. 11. u. .'(2(1840)
(N. India; China) : Gray, Cat. Lep. Ins. 11. M. I. p. 17. n. 68 (1852) (China ; N. India) ; id.,
List Lep. Ins. B. M. I. p. 21. n. 72 (185G) (Nepaul ; Sylhet ; Hong-Kong) ; Horsf. & Moore,
Git. Lep. Ins. .Uus. E. I. C. l.p. 107. n. 213 (1857) (Cherra Punji : Darjeeling) ; Vollenliov.
Tijchehr.r. Ent. III. p. 73. n. 25 (18011) (China) ; Feld., Verh.z.b. Ges. Wien p. 323. n. 443
(18G4) (E. China; N. India; nee Canara) ; Reak., Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil. p. 459. u. 9 (18(14)
(" Philippines " hie. err.) ; Moore, P. Z. S. p. 757 (1 865) : Butl., Cat. Lep. Ins. clf.vr. Fabric, p. 255.
n. 70 (18G9) ; Oberth., Et. d'Ent. IV. p. 40. n. 31 (1879) (China) ; Aurivill., Knngl. Sr. Vet. Al.:
Handl. XIX. 5. p. 9. n. 3 (1882) (Recensio Lep. Mus. Lud. Dlr.) : Butl., Ann. Mag. X. H. (5).
XVI. p. 344. n. 112 (1885) : Holland, Tr. .\mer. Ent. Soc. XIV. p. 123. n. 79 (1XK7) (Hainan) ;
Elwes, Tr. Ent. Soc. Land. p. 427. n. 404 (1888) (Sikkim ; the commonest of the green Pajiilios,
up to 5000 feet) ; Manders, Tr. Ent. Soc. Land. p. 535. n. 189 (1 sill I) (Shan States : very common,
not found above 5000 feet) ; Watson, Jmirn. As. Soc. Binij. p. 54 (1891) (Chin-Lushai) : Leech,
Butt, from Cliina, etc. p. 535 (1893) {p.p.) ; Oberth., Et. d'Ent. XVII. p. 4 (1893) (Tonkin).
AchiUides paris, Hiibner, V(r:. hrk. Sclim. p. 85. n. 874(1816) : Swinh., Tr. Ent. Soc. I.inni. p. 312.
n. .375 (1893) (Khasia HiUs).
Papilio {Acliillides) 2iaris, Doherty, Journ. As. t<oc. Benej. p. 136. n. 228 (188()) (Kumaon) ; Nici'v.,
Gazetteer of Sikkim p. 171. n. 471 (1894) (Sikkim ; very common up to 5000 feet throughout
the year, except the three coldest months).
~ Papilio {Harimala)2>aris,'Wo(Hl-Masoa & Nici'ville, il'iit. p. 377. n. 193 (188G) (Cadiar) : Ehvcs &
Nicev., d,id. p. 437. n. 139 (1886) (Tavoy).
The range of this PapiHo comprises tlic whole of Coiilinciital Iiidin. exeeiit the
e.xtreme North-West, and Western, Central, and Kasleni Cliiiia, 'I'uiikin, Slum, iinil
Malacca. In the Andaman Islands, the Nicohars, and in Ceylon J'(ipilii) pnris doea
not occur. The greater iSunda Islands are inhabited by a closely allied species,
P. arju'iia Horsf.
I distinguish three geographical races of F. paris I.., namely : —
(«) : P. pans L. from Continental India, Siam, Malacca, Toidsiii, :nid East
China ;
( 385 )
(';) : r. pwfis cldnensis suhsji. nov. from Western Cliiiia (and [irdhably Thibet) ;
(c) : P. paris tamilana Moore from Soutli India.
These subspecies are chiefly different in tlie size of the blue patch of the
'hindwings, which is smallest in cldnensis and largest in taniilann.
(a): P. paris L., forma typ. [c?,S].
Though Linne's description fits to each of the above-named geographical forms
of P. parts, the typical paris is unquestionably the form from Continental India, as
the lialiitat " India or." and the reference to Knorr's figure prove.
That i)art of the bluish green patch of the hindwings which is situated between
the lower discoidal and the upper median veins is trapeziform ; at the ujjper median
nervule it has a length of at least 5 mm. The bluish green patch itself extends into
the end of the cell, or touches at least the diseocellular nervules ; it is connected
with tlie abdominal margin by means of a bluish green line, which seems to be always
continuous in t.lie male sex, and is sometimes obsolete between the median nervules
in the female. The green macular line of the forewings is extremely variable in
length. The whitish area in the outer half of the forewings beneath is occasionally
much narrower than usual, but is apparently always broader than in typical P. paris
tamilana Moore.
Hab. Hikkim (12 cj, fi ?); Assam (3 d) ■ Nepaul ; Burma (2 J); Shan States
(2 (J); Tenasserim ; Malacca (Thaiping ; 1 c?) ; Tonkin; East China (1 J).
The single male from Thaiping I have is remarkable for the hindwings having
above, besides the red ring at the anal angle, a transverse submarginal red line
between the lower median nervules inside the green submarginal, spotlike scaling,
and a similar linear spot before the upper median vein.
(/->): P. paris chinensis subsp. nov. [<J,?].
Paj>iliii paris. Leech {nee Linnc', 17;j.s), llult. fnim China, etc. p. 535 (1893) (exceedingly common in
W. China).
This form comes very close to tj'pical parts ; the patcli of the hindwings,
however, which is smaller, is of an oliviously deeper blue colour, and seldom reaches the
diseocellular nervules ; the spot between the second discoidal and the upper median
nervules is much smaller than in paris and of a triangular form, being almost
restricted to a point at the upper median vein.
The bluish green line connecting the patch of the hindwings with the abdominal
margin is mostly discontinuous; the first (postcostal) spot of that patch is often
absent, as in many individuals of P. parts.
llab. Western China (22 r?, 2 ?) and probably Thibet.
(cj: P. paris tamilana Moore [(?,?].
Papilio paris var., Horsfield & Moore, C'al. Lxp, Ins. .Mux. E. I. C. I. p. 107. sub ii. '.Mii (l<S;j7)
(Canara).
I'djiilio kimilaiia Moore. Tr. F.nt. Sni: Loml. p. 313 (1881) (Malabar).
Piipilin {Achilli(les) taniilann, Hampson, Journ. As. Soc. Ikmj. p. 304. n. 20.') (1888) (Nilgiri Hilts,
3000 to 7000 feet, April to June).
Whiti.sh submarginal streak on the underside of the forewings much shorter than
in P. parts L. Hluish green patch of tlie hindwings enlarged ; the sjiot between
the upper and middle median veins is about as large as the spot between the upper
median and second discoidal nervules in P. parts.
In one of my two females the green band on the forewings is short, but very
broad between the inner margin of the wing and tlie lower median nerxuli". Tlie
( S86 )
while' marginal spots of the hiudwings above are hirge in both sjieciinens ; below
they are still larger and of a bufBsli eolour ; the submarginiil red Innules are also
large, and all joined to the marginal spots.
Hab. South India : Canara (6 J, 1 ?), JIalabar (2 <?, 1 ?), Nilgiri Hills.
117. Papilio arjuna Horsf. [J,?, larva, jmpa].
Papilio jwrh, Zinken («"■ Linnc, 17.')8), Xof. Ail. A<^. Nut. Cur. XV. p. 14"2 (1832) (iti/non. exri. ; Java).
PiipiUo iirjunu Horsfiold, Oil. Lp,k Ins. M,,h. E. I. C. I. t. 1. f. 14. 14a.t. 4. f. II. llu (/.,/-.). I2b-o
(1828) (Java) ; Doubl. Westw. & Hew., Geii. DIuni. Lpji. I. p. 11. n. TiS (I84i;) (Java) : Gray,
Oil. Lep. I„.-i. li. .)/. I. p. 17. n. 159 (1852) (Java) : id , /.«/ Lip. lii.'i. Ji. .1/. I. p. 21. n. 73 (ISol!)
(J.ava): Horsf. A: Moore, Cal. Lep. hm. .)/«.«. E. I. C. I. p. 107. n. 212. t. 3. f. 7. 7a(/.,7<.)
(1857) (Java) ; VoUenhov., Tijilxchi: r. Enl. III. p. 74. n. 26 (18Gi)) (Java) ; Feld., Verlt.z.h.
Gf-s. ]\'ieii p. 323. n. 441 (18(J4) (Java) ; Keak., Ti: E,il. Snr. Phil. p. 4i;0. ii. 10 (1864) (p.p.) ;
Wall., Ti: Lhm. Soc: Loml XXV. p. 46. n. 42 (1865) (Java ; «.v Sumatra, ««• Borneo) :
Oberth., El. il'Enl. IV. p. 40. n. .30 (1879) (Java) ; Hagen, Iris VII. p. 26. n. 28 (1S94) (Sumatra).
Piipilio urjuim var. teiiggereiixix Fruhstorfer, Enl. Xnr/ir. p. 286 (1893) (Mt. Tengger, Java, ."<il00 feet) :
id., Suit. E„l. Zi-il. LV. p. 1 19. t. 3. f. 1 ( J) (1894).
Tliis is the rejiresentative species of P. paris L. in the greater Sunda Islands.
There are three local forms known ; —
(«) : P. arjuna llcrsf., forma typ. \_6 ,^ , I . , p.'].
The green line of the forewings is a little too broad in Horsfield's figure ; it is
mostly very thin and gradually disapjjears anteriorly. The blue pateh of the hind-
wings is variable in size, being sometimes extended into the cell, often not ; occasion-
ally it occupies about a quarter of the cell. The submarginal spots of the underside
of the hindwings are also variable ; their reddish colour is liable to obliteration.
Hah. East .Java (.5 6).
According to Fruhstorfer (Lc.) this race with the band on the forewings is confined
to Eastern Java, but Hagen {L.c.) says that one of his Sumatra specimens has a band.
(I>): P. arjuna karna Keld. [c?,?]-
Piipilio arjima, Boisduval (im- Horsficld, 1828), Spcr. Gin. Lip. I. p. 209. n. 23 (1836) (Java).
Pnpilio htrmt Felder. lV/7/. ;. Ii. Ges. W'irn p. 323. n. 412 (1864) (Java; nam. mul.); id., Peise
Nnvnrri, Lep. I. p. 125. n. 93 (1865) (Java).
Pnpilio arjunii, Wall.ace. Tr. Linn. Sue. Lm/hI. X.\ V. p. 46. sub u. 42 (1.S65) (Sumatra).
Pnpilio diHcordiu Nioi'ville, Junrn. Bombaij X. It. Sor. p. 343. t. 1. f. 2 (J) (1S92) (Sum:iti"i ;
" P. disi-oidiii " ill text).
I^iipilio iirjumi var. hamu, Hagen, /)v.s VII. p. 27. ii. 29 (1894) (Sumatra).
Larger than P. arjuna ; the patch of the hindwings is less convex interiorly, the
anal ocellus is larger, and the red colour of some of the submarginal spots of the
hindwings below is reduced in e.xteni ; the bine bnmles are consiiicuon.s. Forewings
without band.
I cannot see that there is any difference between Fclder's type and Sumatran
specimens important enough to be noted, .-:o that Nicc'ville's iliscoriliii must sink
as a synonym.
('«'■') : ab. ijeilt'eri.'iis Fruhst.
Pnpilio nrjunn var. ijnhcims Fruhstorfer. Enl. Xnrlir. p. 28.', (1803) (Java) ; id., Sl-ll. En'. Ziil. T,V.
p. 118 (1894) (Mt. fiede, W. Java, 4000 to 5000 feet).
This aberration is much smaller than kunw, and differs horn arjund Horsf. only
in the absence of the band from the forewings.
link Western .lava (12 r^. 2 ? j : Sumatra (2 cJ).
( ^«' )
(c) : P. arjuua carnatus subsp. nov. [<?,?].
Pajiilw (iijuiiii var., Gray, Cal. Lr,i. J,,-,. B. .1/. I. p. 17. sub ii. IS9 (1852) (Boraeo) : id., IJst Lrp.
Jim. B. .1/. I. p. 21. sub n. 73 (18.J0) (Borneo).
Pnpilio arjuwi, Wallace {ner Horsfield, ISi8), Tr. Lain. .S'yc. Vin'l. XXV. p. 4(!. sub n. 42 (ISlJ.'j)
(Borneo).
Larger tluui /'. ii.rjii,iuh kariui. l<'el(l. ; co.stal margin of IIk^ forewings more arched ;
anal ocellus of the hindwiug.s as large as, or larger than, in karna, but its black
centre smaller; subuiarginal green spots in the i)o.sterior region of the hindwings
larger. Beneath, the whitisli iuternervular streaks of the forewings are purer white
and better defined, owing to the whitish .scaling being denser; the first and the
two last orange spots of the hindwings large, the others more or less obliterated,
that between the first and second median nervules usually wanting; all the violet-
blue lunules much pronounced. In the feinale the costal orange mark of I he under-
side of the hindwings is also present above.
Hah. Borneo (5 J, 6 ¥).
U8. Papilio prillwitzi fruhst. [J].
rapilio prilUoi(::i Fruhstorfer, Ent. Nadir, p. 225 (IS'.IS) (Java).
This remarkable species (or a sport only?), of which Mr. Fruhstorfer lent me
a photograpli, is most readily distinguished from the allied species by the enlarged
siibmarginal spots to the underside of the hindwings ; the spot between the upper
discoidal veins measures about 5 mm. square.
Hah. Mount Gede, \V. Java, 4000 feet (one specimen known).
XXV. PALINURUS-GEOUP.
MdlK with or without hairy stripes on the forewings. Both sexes with a broad
green band across the wings. Hindwings below with a series of tricolorous submarginal
spots.
149. Papilio palinurus Fabr. [J,?].
J. Pnpilio Eqiiex Triij(iiiii>i jHiliiiiinis Fabricius, Muiit. Inn. II. p. 2. n. lU (1787) (''Habitat,
Traiiquebariae. Duiii. Lund.") ; Gmelin. Ki/at. yat. I. 5. p. 2227. n. 278 (171IU) : Fiihr., Knt. Si/nt.
III. 1. p. u.n. 12(1793).
?. Papilio Eiptcii .IrhicuH re(/nlu^ Stoll, Cram. Pap. Ejiot. JSuppl. p. 17.'>. t. 41. f. I. l.\ (1790)
(Beugal ?).
? . Laertias regulus, Hiibner, Vcn. liek. Sehmett. p. 84. n. SCO (1810).
? . Papilio pal iim !■!(.'<, Godart, Em:. .MM. IX. p. (i(i. n. 112(1819) ; Boisd., Spec. Gai. Lrp. I. p. 207
n. 21 (18:50) ; Ue Haau, Verh. Xat. Gesch. Ned. orevz. hez. p. 28. t. 7. f. ^ (1840) (Padang) ; Doubl.
Westw. & Hew., Gun. Diuvn. Lep. I. p. 11. u. 51 (1846) (.p.p.) ; Gray, Cat. Lcp. /»». li. .1/. I.
p. 17. n. 70 (1852) (y<.y-.) ; id., LUl Lep. L,.-^. H. .1/. I. p. 21. n. 74 (LSoO) (/-.//.) ; Vollenhov..
Tijdsriu: ,: Ent. HI. p. 73. u. 24 (1800) (Padang) ; Feld., Verh. :. h. Ge-i. Wien p. 322. n. 440
(1804) (" BengaUa," '' Tranquebav " ex err.) ; Butler, Cat. Diurn. Leji. Fahrir, p. 25."). n. 1)9
(1869) (p.p. ; nil) Coimbatoor, S. India, sjjer. alt. sriliixt P. huthlha Westw.).
Papilio crino, Godart (ncc Fabricius, 179;!), Enr. .Uelh. IX. p. 60. n. 113 (1819) (p.p.).
^ ? . Papilio hrania Gui-riu, Rei-. Zuol. 43. t. 1. f. 3. 4 (1840) (Malacca) ; id., in Deless., .Souc. Van.
Ind. II. p. 71 (1843) ; Gray, Cat. Lep. Ins. li. .1/. I. p. 18. n. 71 (1852) (India) ; id.. List Lrp.
Inn. B. jy. I. p. 22. n. 75 (1856) (" Ass;im " lor. rrr.) ; Feld., Verh. -. b. Gc-s. Wien p. 322. n. 439
(1864) (Malacca ; Penang : Sumatra : " Assam" lot: err.) ; Wall., Tr. Linn. .S'oi;. /,o»..'. XXV.
p. 46. n. 39 (1805) (Malacca ; Sumatra) ; Druce, P. Z. 5. p. 357. n. 15 (187.3) (Borneo) ; Dist..
lihiip. Mai. p. 338. n. 0. t. 32. f. 4 ($) (1885) (Mai. Pen.) ; Hageu, /<■« VII. p. 20. u. 27 (1894)
(Sumatra : Scrdang, not rare).
J ?. Papilio iialinurm, Oberthur, Et. d' Ent. IV. p. 4ih u. 34. & p. 112. n. 34 (1879) (Penang ;
Sumatra ; " Celebes " luc. err.).
C 388 )
•ludgiiig from the habitat " Tranquebar " of Fahricius's palinurns, one is led to
suppose that this Kabiician species might be identical with the tx)uth Indian insect
which 'W^estwood described as P. biuldha. In the museum iu Copenhagen there is,
however, a specimen of "palinurns" Fabr. out of the Limd collection preserved
which most probably is the Fabrician type, as Fabricius described the species from
that collection. A photograph of the specimen which I received through the
kindness of Dr. Meinert proves its being identical with Guerin's P. In-ama; the
same opinion was expressed to me by Prof. Chr. Aurivillius, who had examined
the specimen in Copenhagen.
P. E. A. regidtLS Stoll is the same as palltiwim Fabr., and also the same sex,
according to the ]>osition of the baud of the forewiugs.
This Papilio inhabits the Malay Peninsula, the greater Sunda Islands, and the
Philippines, and must be divided into three local forms : —
(«) : P. palinurus Fabr. from Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Borneo ;
(6) : P. palinurus angustatus Stauding. from Palawan ;
(c) : P. palinurus daedalus Feld. from the Philippine Islands.
(rt) : P. palinurus Fabr., forma typ. [(^,?].
The dark basal area of the underside of the forewings is mostly limited in an
even curve. The marginal pale area of the hindwings below occupies scarcely more
than a third of the way from the outer margin to the cell. The submarginal yellow
spots on the underside of the hindwings are much shaded with black in man}' Bornean
examples; those between the median nervules are sometimes obsolete.
The greenish blue band of the hindwings varies in breadth in both sexes; it
either enters the cell or does not.
Hab. Malay Peninsula (2 cJ, 2 ?); Sumatra fo cJ); Borneo (5 J); Banguey
Island (1 c?).
(b): P. palinurus angustatus Standing. [J,?].
(J $ . Ptipilio (hedaluii var. niiguatntut Staudinger, Ins I. p. 273 (1888) (Palawan) : id., l.r. II. p. 12
(188'J) (Palawan).
J ? . PupiUo {UarimaUt) daedalus, Semper, Philipp., Tag/all. p. 278. n. 405 (1892) {p.p.).
Differs from P. palinurus Fabr. in the outer border of the dark area on the
underside of the forewings being more or less straight between the median branches,
in the pale marginal area of the same side of the hindwings being broader, and in the
black band between the greenish blue discal band and the submarginal bluish green
markings on the upperside of the hindwings being less dusted with green scales, and
therefore appearing broader black.
llab. Palawan (3 J, 3 ?).
(c) : P. palinurus daedalus Feld. [c?,?].
(?) ^. PiipiUu palinurus, Guorin (nee F.ibricius, 1787), Rri-. Znol. p. 44. t. 1. f. 2 (1840).
Pajnlio iHdimrus, Gray, List Lep. Ins. B. M. I. p. 21. n. 74 (18,^jG) (Philippine Is.)
(J. Papilio daedalus Felder, Wien. Ent. Mon. V. p. 298. n. 3 (18ljl) (Luzon); id., Hiise .Vovura,
Lep. I. p. 123. n. 92. t. 18. f. b (,^) (1865) ; WaU., Ti: Linn. .Soc. Land. XXV. ji. 40. n. 40 (I8G5) ;
Westw., Tf. Eut. Sue. Land. p. 90. n. 3 (1872).
(J. Papilio palinurus, Realrirt, Pr. Ent. Soc. PhiL p. 403. n. 12 (18G4) (■'.'/«./'./'.).
(J ? . Papilio daedalus, Oberthvir, Et. d'Ent. IV. p. 40. n. 33 (1879) (Mindanao).
^ ?. Papilio (UaiimalK) daedalus, Semper, Philipp., Tarj/idt. p. 278. n. 405 (1892) {p.p. : occurs
all over the Philippines).
( ;i8!) )
The greenish bkie band of the wings is broader than in iingustdtas, with wliii-h
the present form agrees in other respects.
Ifah. Philippine Islands (10 J, 1 ? ).
l.')(i. Papilio buddha Westw. [J,?].
J'lqiUiu jKiliimntx, Builev {iiir Fiihvicius, ITTfi), Cat. lliuni. Lep. ile.icr. /■''»///■«■. p. -'oy. n. Ilii (IKO'J)
(syuDii. exd. ; Coinibatoor, South India).
I'apilh Imddha Westwood, Tr. Eiit. Soc. Loml. p. 80. t. 3. f. 1 (f^) (Irt72) (patria ?) ; Butl., /'. Z. S'.
p. G12. n. 4'J (1K81) (Xilgiri Hills).
Pcipilii, (Harimula) bmh/lia, Hampson, Juuni. As. Sor. firM/. p. 304. n. 20i (1888) (Nilgiri Hills;
confined to the western slopes, where it is not uncommon).
The femide of this species does not differ so much from tlie male as in the
allied species ; the band of the wings is often not narrower than in the other se.x ;
on the hindwings above there stands a yellow spot behind the subcostal nervule which
is seldom clearly marked in the male.
Hah. South India (5 J, 2 ?)
151. Papilio crino Fabr. [c?,?, larva].
Pdpiliii Equen Tryaiius crino Fabricius, Ent. Sifxl. lU. 1. p. b. n. 13 (1793) (" Africa ' /•/..■. en:).
Papilio crliw, Donovan, Ins. of China t. 23 (1798): Godart, Enc. Metli. IX. p. 06. n. 113 (1819)
(p-ji.) ; Boisd., Sjiec. Gen. Lep. I. p. 207. n. 20 (1836) (xynnn. ex p. ; •• Cochin China " h>i: err.) :
Guer., Pei: Zool. p. 43. t. 1. f. 1 (1840); Doubl. Westw. & Hew., Gen. Diurn. Lep. I. p. 11.
n. 50 (1846) (Ceylon ; "Cochin China" lor. err.) ; Gray, Cat. Lep. fns. B. if. I. p. 18. n. 73
(1852) (Ceylon) ; id., Liu Lep. /««. B. M. I. p. 22. n. 77 (1856) (Ceylon) ; Horsf. & Moore,
Cat. Lep. Inx. Mux. E. I. C. I. p. 109. n. 218 (1857) (Ceylon) ; Feld., Verli. z. h. Gex. Wien
p. 322. n. 437 (1864) (Ceylon ; "Cochin China" loc. err.) ; Butl., Cat. Dimn. Lep. dexcr. Fabric
p. 255. n. 68 (1809) (Ceylon) : Westw., Tr. Ent. Soe. Loud. p. 88 (1872) ; Oberth., Et. rFEnt.
IV. p. 40. n. 35 (1879) ("lude"): Betham, Jnurn. Bnmh. N. IL Sac. p. 325 (1891) (Central
Provinces).
Ilarimala mnntanus, Moore, Lep. af Ceyhm I. p. 140. t. 61. f. 1 ( ? ) (1881) (Ceylon ; short descr. of
larva ; " Ilariniala " gen. nov.).
Papilio (Harimala) crino, NiceviUe, Journ. Ax. Sor. Bcmj. p. 51. n. 127 (1885) (Calcutta) : Hamps.,
Jonrn. As. Soc. Beng. p. 364. n. 203 (1888) (Nilgiri Hills : 1000 to 3000 feet).
This species has like P. blumei Boisd. the upperside of the tails not unicolorous,
but sprinkled with green scales. The forewings of the nude have often woolly
uervular stripes.
{a') : (?-ab. montanvs Feld.
Papilio crino var. monlannx Felder, Vrrli. :. l>. Ges. Wicn p. ,322. sub n. 437. A p. 370. ii. 202 (1864).
(Rambodde, Ceylon).
I must restrict this aberrational name to the males without woolly stripes on
the forewings ; the other character which Felder mentions, namely the greater breadth
of the band on the liindwings, is very unimportant, and does not apply to all 'males
without hairy stripes. Notwithstanding that Felder says that his specimens from
Rambodde are devoid of the hairy streaks, I find that some of Felder's examples
from that place have the stripes obviously developed.
The specimens from the more northern parts of the range of crino seem to me
to have the band of the hindwings rather broader than tlie IVylon examiiles.
The aberration montamis occurs all over the area of crino.
Hah. South India (o S)\ Ceylon (G J, 3 ?); Bengal; t'entral Provinces.
C 390 )
lo2. Papilio blumei Boisd. [c?,?]-
cJ. Ptipitm blumei Boisduval, Sj>ec. Gin. Lip. I. p. 206. n. 10 (183l')) ("Amboina" l«e. en-.):
De Haan. Verh. Nut. Ge.icli. Ned. orerz. bez. p. 29 (1840) ; Doubl. Wcstw. & Hew., Oeii. Diuni.
Lep. I. p. 11. n. 49 (1846) ; Gray, Cat. Leji. Iiix. B. M. I. p. 18. n. 72 (18.V.') ; id., Li^t Up. Iiix.
B. il. I. p. 22. n. 76 (1856) ; Felder, Verh. z. b. Ges. Wieii p. 322. n. 436 (1864) (Celebes) ; id.,
Rehe Novara, Lep. I. p. 122. n. 91. t. 18. f. a (186.")) (Celebes) ; WnU., Tr. Lhiii. Sw. Lnml.
XXV. p. 46. n. 41. t. 6. f. 4 (186.5) (Celebes): Hop£f., Stett. Ent. Zeil. p. 20. n. 17 (1874)
(Celebes) ; Oberth., Et. <TE,d. IV. p. 40. n. 36. & p. 112. n. 36 (1879) ("Banda, Ceram, Borneo"
htc. err.) ; Stiuding. t'i Scbatz, E.eol. Hchmell. I. p. 8 (1884) (Celebes) : Wostw., Tr. Eul. Soc
Lnnd. p. 467. n. 1 (1888) (N. Celebes, April) : Holland, P/w. Bi,>:li>,i N. H. S,k. XXV. p. 77.
n. 131 (1890) (S. Celebes).
(J ? . Papilio blumei, Rothschild, Iris V. p. 442 (1892) (S.B. Celebes).
c?. The baud of the forewings extends mostly a little beyond the apex of the
discoidal cell ; in some specimens it reaches only from the origin of the lower median
nervule to the upper median branch ; the black band outside the green one is also
very variable in breadth. The woolly stripes upon the second and third median
nervules are sometimes very much reduced. On the hindwings above there is somC'-
times a yellowish linear spot at the anal angle. The lunules bordering the sul)-
marginal spots on the underside of the hindwings are sometimes much more blue
than usual ; the posterior of those yellowish subniarginal spots are rather small in one
of my examples.
?. Differs from the nutU especially in the inferior breadth of the band and in
the paler ground-colour; the band is narrowest within I he cell of the forewiugs ; in
one of my two females it crosses the cell close to the discocellular veinlets, while in
the other it reaches at the median nervure from the upjier median branch to a little
more than half the way between the second and third branches.
Hob. Celebes (9 (?, 2 ?).
XXM. PEEANTHUS-GROUP.
Woolly stripes on the forewiugs of the males strongly developed. Basal area of
wings green. Hindwings below with a series of tricolorous subdiscal spots.
l.io. Papilio neumoegeui Hour. [c?]. •
cJ. Papilio neumoegeni Honrath, E>il. NarJn: p. 1J7 (1890) (Samba wa) ; id., fieri. Eiil. Ziil. p. 431.
t. 1 5. f . 2 ( 1 891 ) (Sambawa).
cJ . Papili'i (Ilarimiilu) nianrnha Doherty, Journ. Ai. Soe. Bene/, p. 192. n. 1 1 1 (1891) (Sumba ; rare
near the coast, commoner in the remote interior).
^. Papilio maremho. Oberthiir. Et. d'E,it. XIX. p. 2. t. 3. f. 12 (1894) (Sumba).
This remarkable insect differs from the species of the palinuriis-gTon\> especially
in the large hairy patch on the disc of the forewiugs of the male, and in the hindwings
having below a series of subdiscal tricolorous spots (bluish, black, yellow), as in the
other species of the pej'rtni/M(s-group.
In (Iberthtir's figure the tails bear some green scales; Dolicrly and llonralh say,
however, that the tail is not green.
ILtb. Sanibawa and Sumba.
154. Papilio peranthus Fabr. [c?,?].
Papilio Eques Trojamis pcru)illiu.< Fabriciius. .1/"///. /ii<. II. p. 4. n. 33 (1787) (" Cochin (^'hiiia -Mus.
Dom. Hanks") : Gmelin, %«(. Nat. I. 5. p. 2232. n. 292 (1790) : Fabr., E„l. .s>,^ III. 1. p. 15.
n. 44(1793).
( :591 )
Piijdlni peniiithns, Donovan, //(,-.■. of China t. 25 (1798) (" Canton " loc. err.) ; Godart, Eiir. Milk. XJ.
p. 66. n. Ill (1819) (Java ; "Cochin China" loc. err.) ; Lucas, Ltp. Exol. p. 22. t. 12. f. 2
(1836) (Java ; " Cochin China" lor. rrr.) ; Boisd., Spec. Gin. Lq>. I. p. 2f«. n. 16 (1836) (Java ;
"Borneo" /oc. err. ; nee vars. A. B) ; De Haan, Verh. Nut. (Jesch. Xeil. uverz. bez. p. 27 (1840)
{j'-j>-); Doubl. Westw. & Hew., Gen. Diurn. Lep. I. p. 11. n. 44 (1840) (Java; "Borneo'' /of.
err.) ; Gray, Cut. Lep. Ins. B. M. I. p. 16. n. 63 (1852) (Java) ; id., Lht Lep. his. B. .V. I. p. 20.
u. 67 (1856) (Java) ; Horsf. & Moore, Cat. Lep. Ins. Mi,s. E. I. C. I. p. 109. n. 219 (1857)
(Java) ; Vollenhov., Tijdschr. r. Ent. III. p. 73. n. 22 (1860) {p.p. ; Java, nee Timor) ; Feld.,
Verh. s. h. Cres. Wien p. 322. u. 434 (1864) (p.p.) : Wall., Tr. Linn. Sor. Lund. XXV. p. 45. n. 35
(1865) (Java ; nee Lombok) ; Butl., Cat. Dinrn. Lep. deser. Fabric, p. 255. n. 67 (1869) (Java);
Oberth., Et. d'Ent. IV. p. 40. n. 37 (1879) (Java); Standing. & Schatz, Exot. Schniett. I. p. 8
(1884) ; Haase, Untersueli. iih. Miin. p. 51 (1893) (Java ; "Cochin China" loc. err.).
The type-sijecimen of this .species is still preserved in the Banksian collection.
P. peranthus occurs in Java, on the lesser Snnda Islands as far east as Adonara,
and on the small islands south of Celebes and Saleyer. In Celebes, Timor, Timor
Laut, the .Moluccas, and New Guinea it is represented by other, but closely allied-
species.
At present there are three local forms of P. peranthus Fahr. known, namely : —
(rt) : P. pieranthus Fabr. from Java ;
(6) : P. peranthus intermedins Snellen from Tanah-Djampea ;
(c) : P. peranthus fulgens Rober from Bonerate, liombock, Sambawa, Suniba,
Flores, Pm'a, Adonara.
The P. perldes Wall, from Timor, Wetter, ;ind the Tenimber Islands is ap-
parently constantly different fi-om T. peranthus in the much greater extent of the
greenish blue colour of the forewings ; and it is very remarkable to note that
P. peranthus fidgens, which geographically stands intermediate lietween peranth/ts
and pericles, has the bluish green area more restricted than typical peranthus has.
As the green-blue area of the wings is not constant either in pieranthus or pericles,
it is probable that further researches on the lesser Sunda Islands will procure material
which links the two species together. I have already two specimens without proper
locality which are almo.st as blue as pericles, and have the greenish blue area more
extended than peranthus has, but much less than pericles ; the cottony patches
on the forewings of these two examples resemble more those of pericles than of
peranthus, consisting of three separate stripes. I refer for the present the two
specimens to P. peranthus Intermedins Snellen, to which they come very near,
according to P. C. T. Snellen who has kindly examined thein.
The Celebesian P. adamantius Feld., as well as the Moluccau P. lorquinianus
Feld., are not connected by any intergradations with P. peranthus Fabr., and differ
much more from that species than P. pericles Wall, does, so that I do not hesitate
to enumerate them as distinct species.
(a); P. peranthus Fabr., forma typ. [(?,?].
The bluish green area of the forewings, which in .some examples is more blue
than in others, extends about to the origin of the first median nervule. The cottony
l)atch on the forewings of the male consists of four streaks which are entirely, or
almost entirely, merged together, and of a separate narrow streak upon the upjjer
median vein.
Hah. Java (.5(?,1 $).
(/)) : P. peranthus intermedins Snellen [c?].
(J. Papilio peranthus var. mterwediiis Snellen, 'I'ijdschr. v. Ent. XXXIIl. p. 27."i (IS'.'O) (Tanah-
Djampea).
28
( 392 )
Biflfers from peranthus in the more bluish colour of the wings.
Snellen calls this aljerration a remarkable transition to " Hoisduval's var. B
(adamanthius Feld.)." I do not see how this can be, us intermedius agrees,
according to Snellen, with perantlnifi in shape and size, and is distinguished from
that Javan insect oul^' by the (variable) tint of the bluish green area of the wings.
H(d). Island of Tanah-Djainpea (south-east of Saleyer). Two specimens without
localit}- in my collection.
(c) : P. peranthus ftilgens Kober [<^ , ? ].
Ptipilio j/emiillius, Felder (mc riiliricius, 17.S7). I'. lA. ;. h. Gfs. Wicn p. 322. n. 434 ( 1 8G4) ( y)./(. :
Lombok) ; WaU., Tr. Linn. Snc. Loml. XXV. p. 45. n. 35 (1805) (ji.p. : Lombok) ; SucUcn,
Tijihchr. V. Ent. XXXIV. p. 'IbX. n. 49 (1891) (Flores).
Pcij)ilio {Hurinmla) 2>er<tnthus var., Doherty, ./num. As. Sun. Beny. p. 193 (1891) (Sambawa).
J. Fuiiilio jieranthus yai./ulgens Riiber, Tijihch: v. Ent. XXXIV. p. 274 (1891) (Bonerate).
The bluish green area of the forewings extends in Ruber's type as far as the
origin of the second median nervule, as it does in the specimens from Sambawa,
Flores, etc.
The size of the subapical green liaud of the forewings, by wliich Kobor differ-
entiates this form from typical jjencnlhus, is extremely variable; in the female,
which does not remarkably differ in pattern from the male, this band is less green
than iu the other sex.
Hah. Bonerate; Lonilwk (1 J); Sambawa (W. Uoherty, September 1891)
(l0(?, 5?); Flores; Pura (W. Doherty, October 1891) (1?); Adonara (W.
Doherty, November 1891) (1 6).
155. Papilio pericles Wall. [c?,?].
Pupilin pn-rnitliiix, De Haan {nee Fabricius, 1787), Vci-h. Nat. Gc.icli. Xtd. oren. be:, p. 28 (1840)
(Timor) ; Vollenhov., Tijihchr. v. Enl.lW. p. 73. n. 22 (1860) (p.i>. ; Timor) ; Feld., Verh. z. b.
Ges. }\'ien p. 322. n. 434 (1864) {j,.p. ; Timor).
(J. Papilio 2)erides Wallace, Ti: Linn. Sue. Loml. XXV. p. 45. u. 3G. t. C. f. 1 (ISll.'i) (Tinior).
? . Papilio pericles, Oberthiir, Et. crEtit. IV. p. 40. n. 38 (1879) (Timor).
S. The greenish blue area of the forewings extends beyond I lie aiiex of the
cell, and reaches sometimes a little farther than the junction of the fourth and fifth
subcostal nervules ; in other examples it is more reduced, just reaching the very base
of the second discoidal vein. The green subapical band of P. peranthus Fabr. is here
represented by a few bluish or huffish scales at the apex of the wing. Most specimens
have four cottony stripes — one each upon the two lower median nervules and the
submedian nervure, and one betw(!en the submedian and tliird median vein; the
three posterior . stripes are mostly merged together; in many individuals the last or
the last but one, or both, are wanting, so that in certain examples there are only two
small patches standing upon the two lower median nervules. Upon the di>eoeellular
veinlets there stands mostly a conspicuous black spot.
Below, the specimens are especially variable iu the size and distinctue^s of the
tricolorous subdiscal spots of the hindwings.
?. This sex is rather more purple-blue than the male in certain lights, and
the blue area is a little less extended, reaching in one of my two specimens just to
the discocellular veins on the forewings, while in the other it extends a little beyond
the a]iex of the cell.
JIab. Timor (\V. Doherty: Oinainisa, November to December 1891; Dili, .May
1892) (15 c?, 1 ?); Wetter (W. Doherty, Jiay 1892) ((ij, 1 ?); Tenimber (W.
Doherty, June to July 1892) (2 <?).
( 3U3 )
The Wetter <and Tenimber (.Sjerra) specimens do not differ from the Timor
individuals.
156. Papilio lorquinianus Feld. [(?,?].
J. Piipilio Inrquhiirnina Felder, AVwr Xueani, Lvp. I. p. 119. n. 89 (18G5) (Dodinga).
(J. Piq)ilio phi/qipuH'WMa.ce, Ti: Liiiii. Sue Loud. XXV. p. 45. n. 37 (1865) {p.p. \ Batchian) ;
Oberth., Et. irEnt. IV. p. 41. n. 40 (1879) (Ternate).
$. PiipiUo phiVpum^, Oberthur, Ami. Mus. Civ. Genum. XV. p. 471. n. 7 (1880) (Halmahera ;
Ternate).
The three subspecies of this species differ from P. periclcs Wall, especially in
the greater size, and in the development of a distinct blue or bluish green scaling
in the apical region of the forewings. The New Guinea form, which I know onlj'
from Mr. Oberthiir's description and figure, is rather different from typical lorqidni-
an!(,s, which inhabits the Northern ^Moluccas; Wallace's tvpical philippii,s from the
Southern [Moluccas stands, however, intermediate between the two, and proves that
the New Guiuean (dhertisi is not specifically distinct.
(a): P. lorquinianus Feld., forma typ. [J.Jj-
cJ. While in some specimens the blue area of the forewings reaches only a little
beyond the base of the second median nervule, or is extended to the discocellular
veinlets, which remain, however, black, or there are blue scales even beyond the
apex of the cell. The ajiical greenish blue band is inconstant in breadth. The
cottony stripes on the two lower median and the sulimedian veins are always confluent
with one another, whilst that upon the upper median nervule stands separate.
The pale submarginal triangular band on the underside of the forewings is in
some individuals a third narrower than in others ; the subdiscal tricolorous spots
on the hindwings are always rather large, though they vary considerably in size; the
ochraceous lunules especially are often twice as broad as usual.
? . (Not yet described). Paler than the 7nale on either side. The blue area
faintly greener and a little less extended than in most males; the submarginal
greenish blue, feeble, band of the forewings longer, reaching tlie hinder angle of
the wing.
/f«6. Halmahera (4c{, 1?); Ternate; Hatjan (W. Doherty, March 1892)
as, 1 ?).
(h): P. lorquinianus philippus Wall. [S].
^. I'ti/iiliii jin-antlius viir. A, Boisduval, S/),,: Gat. I.rp. I, p. L'04. sub u. 16 (1836) (Moluccas) ;
Feld., Verb. t. b. Get:. ]Viai p. 322. sub. n. 434 (1.S64).
(J. P,i/,ilio i>hlUpi)m WaUace, Ti: Ltmi. Sm: Loml. XXV. p. 45. n. 37. t. 6. f. 3 (J) (1865)
(Moluccas : Ceram, nee Batjan).
cj. Larger and somewhat greener (less blue) than lorquinianus Feld.; the
greenish blue area of the forewings extends some millimetres beyond the apex of the
cell, that of the hindwings is also larger than in lorquinianus; the hinder angle of
the forewings is much less rounded : the hairy streaks are joined only in the middle ;
and the subdiscal tricolorous spots on the underside of the hindwings are very large.
in my single specimen from Ceram the submarginal band on the forewings
consists of six narrow and small bluish green spots ; the two posterior hairy streaks
are much smaller than in lorquinianus ; the sulnnarginal spots on the hindwings are
bluish green, not greenish blue ; and the subdiscal pale liand on the forewings beneath
is much less triangular, being comparatively narrow aiilcriorly and broad posteriorly.
?. Unknown.
Hah. Ceram (1 J) (and Amboiua ? Fnuu ?).
Mr. Ph. Crowley has two males of this subspecies, unfortunately without locality.
Wallace describes this subspecies from a Ceram and a Batjau specimen. Pointing
out the differences between the two examples, of which the latter, of cour.se, belongs
to lorquinianus Feld., Wallace gives first the characters of the Ceram specimen ; as,
moreover, Wallace's figure represents the southern form, the name of philippus
cannot be put as synonym to lorquinianus Feld., but must be applied to the
Ceraraese subsjiecies. In the explanation of j)latc 0 Wallace says, by mistake, that
the figure represents a. female from Coram. Wallaces type is probably lost; the
specimen standing as philippus Wall, in the llewitsou collection is lorquiniamts
Feld.
(c): P. lorquinianus albertisi Dberth. [cJ,?].
cJ?. Papilio cTalbertisi Oberthur, Et. cl'lCnt. IV. p. 41. n. 39 (1879) {iiom.mul.; Andai) ; id.,
Aim. Mm. Civ. Genovu. XV. p. 469. n. G. t. 2. f. 1 (,^) (188(1) (Audai).
This form seems to be still greener than F. lorquinianus jjhUippus Wall.
The bluish green area of the forewings is a little larger than in that subspecies, the
submarginal green band is very narrow, the pale subdi^cal band on the underside of
the forewings is narrower and less distinct, and the sulxiiscal tricolorous spots on the
underside of the hindwings are much smaller than in the (Jeramese insect. The
posterior of the cottony stripes of the male is obliterated.
Hah Andai, New Guinea.
In the size of the subdiscal spots of the hindwings beneath and in the le.ss
developed cottony streaks of the male this subspecies approaches 7'. periclex Wall.
The Aru and Key Islands are probably inhabited by a form which resembles
P. pericles Wall, still more.
157. Papilio adamantius Feld. [(?].
Piijiilio jwriiiilliiis var. B, Boisduval, Sper. Gen. Lc/i. I. p. :^ill. sub n. l(i (18^56) (Celebes).
(J. Pnpilin adiimaiitiux Felder, Vrrh. z. h. Ges. Wkn p. 3>2. n. 435 (18ti4) {iiom. inul. : Celebes) : id.,
Heiie Nonira, Lep. I. p. 121. n. 90. t. 18. f. c (g) (ISC,.-)) (Celebes) ; lIoi)(V., SMI. E„t. ZeM.
p. 22. n. 16 (1874) (Celebes); Staiidiug. & Schatz, Ei;t. Hclimell. I. p. 8 (1884) (Celebes);
HoUand, Proc. fi,.^(. S<»: .V. //. XXV. p. 77. n. l.iO (1890) (S. Celebes) ; Rothsch., Jns V. p. 442
(1892) (S.E. Celebes).
(J?. Papilio mim-don Wallace, Tr. Linn. So,: Loud. XXV. p. 46. n. 38. t. 6. f. 2 (J) (186,"))
(Macas.sar : Menado) : Obcrtb., El. dlCnl. IV. p. 41. n. 41 (1«79) (Celebes).
Papilio (idiimiiiitliiiis, Piepers l^i; Snellen, Tijdsohr. v. Eiil. XXI. p. 39. ii. 158 (1878) (Boiithain ;
Jfangkassar ; Alloe ; Bantimoerong).
The costal margin of the forewings is strongly arched, and the tails are \erv
broad; these are cliaracters which are met with in so many Celebesian representative
forms. The greenish blue area of the wings is niiicli more restricted than even in
P. peranthua fulgens KiJber.
In the male sex many examples have a woolly streak upon the submedian
nervure, besides the streaks upon the lower median nervules, while in other indi-
viduals the submedian vein is liare of hairs.
The fenude is unknown to me ; it is still uudescribed.
Hah. Celebes (16 J).
XXVII. ULYSSES-GKOUP.
Male with cottony patches on the forewings. Basjil half or more of the upper-
Bide of the wings blue ; hindwings beneath with a series of submarginal spots.
( 39o )
158. Papilio ulysses L. [J,?, larva, pupil].
Seba, That. IV. p. 56. 5S. t. 4(!. f. 9. lU. &. t. 47. f. 9. 10. 11. 12 (1TG5) (" Ind. or.").
cJ. Papilio Eqiifs Achirus uli/xnes Linnc', •Si/sl. yiit. ed. x. p. 462. n. 20(1758) (Asia) ; Clerck, Icon.
Lis. II. t. 23. f. 1 (1764) ; Linno, .)/««. Liiil. rir. p. 201. n. 20 (1764) (" America merid." /.-•.
err.) ; id., Sysl. Niil. ed. xii. p. 748. n. 21 (1767) (Asia) ; Mtiller, Xatiirs. V. 1. p. 572. n. 21
(1774) : Fabr., %sV. Eiil. p. 4.50. n. 33 (1775) ; Cramer, Puj,. Exol. II. p. 37. t. 121. f. A. B (1779)
(Amboina) ; Goeze, Eul. Beyfr. III. 1. p. 48. n. 21 (1779) ; Fabr., Sj,e,: Tm. II. p. 18. n. 52
(1781) ; Blumenb., HunOli. ed. ii. p. 356. n. 2 (1782) (Amboina) : Fabr., Maiit. Im. II. p. 7.
n. 58 (1787) ; Jablonsky & Herbst, Naiurx. Schmell. lU. p. 214. n. 119. t. 51. f. I. 2 (1788);
Gmelin, %s/. A',-/. I. 5. p. 2236. n. 21 (1790) ; Fabr., Ei,t. SijxI. III. 1. p. 23. n. 07 (1793).
?. Pupilio Eques Arhiriix diomedes Linno, SijKt. Nat. ed. x. p. 462. n. 22 (1758) (Inilia) ; id., iliis.
Liid. Ulr. p. 203. n. 22 (1764) (India) ; id., Sysl. Nat, ed. xii. p. 749. n. 23 (1767) ; Houtt.,
Nuturl. Hist. I. 11. p. 203. n. 22 (1767) ; Miiller, Nalurs. V. 1. p. 572. n. 23 (1774) : Fabr.,
Sysl. Eiit. p. 450. n. 35 (1775) : Cramer, Pap. Exol. U. p. 38. t. 122. f. a (1779) ; Goeze, E,il.
Beylr. III. 1. p. 49. n. 23 (1779) ; Fabr., Spec. Lis. II. p. 14. n. 54 (1781) ; id., Mant. Lis. II.
p. 7. n. 60 (1787) ; Jablonsky & Herbst, Nalurs. Schm-ll. III. p. 209. n. 117. t. 50. f. 1 (1788) ;
Gmelin, Sijst. Nat. I. 5. p. 2236. n. 23 (1790) : Fabr., Eut. Sysl. III. 1. p. 2.3. n. 68 (1793).
cj $ . Papilio Eqws Achiriis uli-'isi.n, Stoll, in Cram., Pap. Erol. IV. Proerf Rnnr/. Lrp. p. 3. note (*)
(1782).
S ?■ Papilio Eques Achivtis tdysses, Esper, AusL Sclimett. p. 175. n. 79. t. 43. f. 1 (1796). c>c p. 193.
t. 47. f. 1 (1797).
(J. Papilio ulysses, Donovan, Lis. of India t. 21 (1800).
(J. Laertias ulysses, Hiibner, Verz. helc. Scliin. p. 84. n. 856 (1816).
$ . Laertias diomedes, Hiibner, I.e. p. 84. n. 857 (1816).
j?. Papilio ulyssfs, Godart, Enc. Mclli. IX. p. Go. n. 110 (1819) (noticed gynandromorpbous
spec.) ; Lucas, Lep. Ex. p. 7. t. 3 (<J) (1835) (Amboina) ; Boisd., Spec. Gen. Leji. I. p. 202.
n. 15 (1836) (Amboina ; " Celebes " loc. err.) ; De Haan, Verh. Nat. Gcs. Ned. overs, iez. p. 27.
t. 2. f. 3 ( ? ) (1840) ; Doubl. Westw. & Hew., Gen. Diiirn. Lqi. I. p. 10. n. 42 (1846)
(Amboina) ; Lucas, in Chenu's Enc. d'llisl. Nal., Pap. p. 35. f. HI. & t. 12 (1851-53) ; Gray,
Cat. Lep. Lis. B. M. I. p. 16. n. CI (1852) (-'Ceylon?" loc. err.) ; id.. List Lep. Lis. B. M. I.
p. 19. n. 65 (1856) ('■ Ceylon V V " Inc. err.); VoUenhov., Tijdsclir. r. Ent. III. p. 73. n. 21
(1860) (Amboina ; "Celebes" loc. err.) \ Feld., Verh. z. b. Ge-i. Wien p. 321. n. 427. & p. 370.
n. 256 (1864) ; Wall., Tr. Linn. Soc. Loud. XXV. p. 44. n. 31 (1865) (Amboina; Ceram) ;
Butl., Cat. Diiirn. Lep. descr. Eahrir. p. 254. n. 66 (1869) ; Oberth., Et. d'Ent. IV. p. 42. n. 46
(1879) (Amboina ; Ceram) ; AurivUI., Kon'jl. Sc. Vt-I. Ah: Uaiidl. XIX. 5. p. 24. n. 20. & p. 25.
n. 22 (1882) ; Pagenst., Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Nat. p. 203 (1884) ; Standing. & Schatz, EtoI.
Schmell. L p. 7 (1884) ; Butl., Ann. May. N. U. (5). XIII. p. 197. n. 47 (1884) (Amboina) ;
Ribbe, iris II. p. 209 (1891) (Ceram).
This beautiful insect inhabits the Moluccas, New Guinea and the adjacent
islands, North Queensland, the Bismarck Archipelago, and the Solomon Islands ; in
New Caledonia occurs another species (P. montrouzleri Boisd.), which is, how-
ever, very closely allied to P. ulysses L. If we unite the ulysses from the Aru
Islands, of which I unfortunately could not compare a longer series of specimens,
with the New Guineau subspecies, we have seven geographical races of ulysses L. : —
(") : P. ulysses L. from the Southern ^Molucras ;
{h): P. ulysses autolycus Feld. from New Guinea, Waigmi, .\rn Islands;
(c) : P. Wi/ssesjopsa ]5utl. from North Queensland ;
((/) : P. ulysses teletnachus Montr, from "Woodlark Island ;
(«) : P. ulysses arahiguus suhsp. nov. fi-oui New Britain and New Ireland ;
(f) : P. tdysses orsippus Ciodm. t1 Salv. from the Solomon Islands;
(ij): P. ulysses leleyonus Feld. from tlio Northern Moluccas.
'I'he cottony stripes on tiie forewings of tlie males are variable in every subspecies,
tliough less so in teleyonus ; they are broadest in telerjonus, narrowest in certain
examples of autolycus and wsvppus; their size is of no specific value, as can be
( 39fi )
seen from two of my specimens of arUolycus, in one of which the posterior stripes
touch one another, while in the other sjiecimen the interspaces are broader than the
stripes. The number of the cottony stripes is also individually different : telegonus
has seven stripes, and mostly there is an eighth indicated upon the fourth subcostal
nervule; the other subspecies have six or seveu.
(«) : P. ulysses I-., forma typ. [c?,?].
The black round mark within the blue area of the forewings of the female, so
much exaggerated in Herbst's figure (I.e.) of that sex, is not always present. A most
remarkable character of ^dysses-'i is the development of a huffish patch behind the
cell of the forewings above, composed of long, not very densely set, hairs; this hairy
patch is not always very conspicuous, but the hairs are constantly visible under a
lens; in the femnles of the other subspecies, except orsippus, this hairv mark is not
developed, though in one or the other individual it is indicated by a few hairs.
The anterior part of the cell of the forewing of the ? is more or less extended
black ; the blue area of the hiudwings is exteriorly shaded with creamy or buflSsh
scales, which sometimes are almost condensed into discal lunate spots.
Hab. Amboina (3 <S,i ?); Ceram (1 6,2 ?); Saparua (2 cj, 1 ? ).
Not recorded from Buru and Obi.
(*): P. ulysses autolycus Fekl. [(^,?].
P<q)iUo uhjssinii.-', Lucas («<><■ Westwood, 18i;i), liuU. Sue. Eiit. I'r. p. -25 (1863) (Aru Is.:
worn. nufl.).
PnpiUu mituhieiix Felder, Verh. z. Ii. Gev. Wien p. 321. n. 428 (I8G4) (New Guinea ; mm. iiud.) ; id.,
Reim S„„„ni II. Lep. p. 114. n. 8G (1865) (New Guinea) ; Oberth., Kl. d'Eiit. IV. p. 42. n. 45
(1879) (New Guinea).
PopUio pciietope Wallace, Ti: Linn. Soc. Land. XXV. p. 44. n. 32 (1865) (New Guinea : Waigeu ;
Am) ; Oberth., Ann. .)/;<.«. Cir. Geneva XV. p. 472. n. 9 (1880) (Waigeu).
Papilio telegonus, Kirsch, Mitlh. Mus. Dresden I. p. 113. n. 9 (1877) (Kordo).
Paj>ilio ubjuses var. auloli/cus. Standing. & Schatz, E.mt. ScJimell. I. p. 8 (1884).
Papilio ulysses ya.T. peuelope, Ribbe, [i-is I. p. 74. n. 9 (1886) (Aru Is.).
Papilio !(/i/MM, Kirby, Ann. Maij. N. H. (6). IV. p. 166. n. 19 (1889) (Louisiade Arcliipelago) ;
Snellen, Tijdsehr. v. Enl. XXXII. p. 395 (1889) (Andai ; ex err. " = telegonus Feld.") ; Grose
Smith, X<iv. ZiH,l. p. ■!34. n. 15 (1894).
Smaller than P. tdysses'l.. Forewings below witli a whitish spot in tlie outer
half of the cell. Hindwings below with the di.scal whitish band miu li rcihiceil ; tlie
.submarginal spots al.^o smaller, the anterior one sinuate, with the black colour at
its outer edge more extended than in ulysses.
(S . The cottony stripes, six or seven in number, are on an average narrower than
in ulysses, but occasionally they are broader than in certain examples of the latter.
The blue colour of the hindwings extends often along the subcostal and the upper
discoidal ncrvules, and forms subniarginal (adnervular) lines which remind one much
of the pattern of the hindwing of P. ulysses ieleyonun Feld.
? . The cell of the forewings is almost entirely filled up with blue ; the hairy
discal patch of P. ulysses L. is wanting. On the hindwings, the subniarginal spots
are more inegularly arched, that at the abdominal margin is merged together with
the more extended blue area of the wiug.
Uah. Dutch and German New Guiuea (2\ 6 .i ?); Hon Island (1 6); Waigeu
(4 cf , 1 ?); Aru Islands; Fergusson Island (a good serie.'). Not recorded from tlie
Key Islands.
(c): P. ulysses joesa But). [J,?, larva, pupa].
r,qjilin jnBn Butler, Eiilnm. IV. p. 348 (IHffil) (Queensland) : id., Lq>. Exni. I. p. 19. t. 8. f. 1. 2
(1870).
ropilin iib/sses, Rams.ay, Pmc Liim. Sue. N. S. Wiihs p. 12 (1877) (N.E. Austral.) ; OUiff, iliiil.
p. 395 (1888) (Queensland).
Piipitin ub/aseH yax. jni'sn, Semper, Jnui-ii. Mus'. Gncliffroy. Heft 14. p. 4:!. n. I.'U (1878) (Cape
York) ; Standing. & Schatz, Exot. Schmetl. T. p. 8 (1884).
Though jocsa comes extremely close to autolycus, there are some slight
differences lietween the New Guiueau and Queenslandian ulysses, at least between
the specimens from the northern parts of New Guinea and those from tjueensland ;
from British New Guinea I have only one fenude, which agrees better with jocsa than
with autolycus.
The whitish spot in the cell of the forewings below is larger than in autolycus ;
the whitish discal band on the underside of the hindwings is also larger. In the
female the submarginal blue spots of the upperside of the hindwings are liable
to obliteration, that between the discoidal nervules is not joined to the blue area
of the wing. In the male the black spot at the end of the cell of the forewings
above is larger than in autolycus.
Ilab. Queensland (36 6,U ?) ; British New Guinea (1 ?).
I have some blown larvae and a pupa from Queensland (A. S. jMeek leg.). Tlie
caterpillar resembles in form that of P. menvtion L. . The first thoracic segment
bears a small chitinous tubercle at each side dorsaUy ; the last but one abdominal
.segment is provided with two long denticulated processes. The third segment has
a white (natural colour?) transverse dorsal band; the following segments bear two
dorsal spots of the same colour except the fourth segment ; the spots on the seventh
segment are the largest. Between the third and fourth .segments (here stands a
minute black median spot. The pupa agrees fairly well with Horsfield's figure of the
pupa of P. (trjuna Horsf, but is larger, less bent and less constricted.
(d) : P. ulysses telemachus Montr. [<?].
PupiUn tekmadms Montrouzier, An. Sc. Pliy. Xnl. Lijnit p. 401 (ISuG) (Woodlark I.) : id.,
EsMii Fmoie Woudl. p. 123 (18.'J7) ; Feld., Verh. z. h. (ies. Wicii p. 322. n. 429 (18lU) ; Wallace.
Tr. Limi. Soc. Limil. XXV. p. 45. n. 34 (18G5) ; Butler, P. Z. S. p. 200. n. 9G (1874).
According to' the description, this form is smaller than ulysses, ami the black
spot at the end of tlie cell of the forewings above is wanting.
IfuJi. Woodlark Island.
(e): P. ulysses ambiguus subsp. nov. [i^,?].
PiqiUin telemadius (?), Godman it Salvin («.r Jluiitrouzier, 1856), P. Z. .'-'. p. 148. n. ."i? (1877)
(Duke of York I.) ; iid., I.e. p. 100. n. 43 (1879) (New Ireland).
PupilK, mimtriiusirri, Godman i.<c Salvin (nrr Boisduval, 1859), Ann. .\f>'g. X. II. (0). I. p. 101 (1888)
(hipsus tt/pngi:).
As this geograjihical form of ulys-ses L. agrees with telemachus in the smaller
size, and in the black .spot at the end of the cell of the forewings being not included
in the blue area, Messrs. Godman & Salvin were quite justified in enumerating it
as r. telemachus (?) Montr. Some of the other Woodlarkian Papilios, such as
F. agamemnon L., codras Cram., etc., show, however, that the fauna of Woodlark
has much closer affinities to that of New Guinea than to that of Now liritain.
New Ireland, or the Solomon Islands, and render it highly probable that the
insects of Woodlark Island, if not specifically or subspecifically distinct, are
( 398 )
the same as those from New Guinea. From Montrouzier's descriptions of the
Woodlarkian Papilios and the geogra})hical jwsition of the island I must conclude
that most of the Woodlarkian Papilios will have to stand as geograj)hical races under
separate names ; tlierofoie I think that it is much better to restrict Montrouzier's
names to the Woodlark Papilios, which we do not know, than to api)ly these names
with a (?) also to insects which inhabit other localities and which we can examine;
and I must satisfy myself by describing the P. ulysses from New Britain, etc., under
a separate name.
Smaller than both cnitolyctis and orsippus, to which it comes nearest ; the sal)-
marginal spots and the whitish discal bandlike scaling of the underside of the hind-
wings as in autolyciis ; the whitish spot in the cell of the forewings below as large as
in joi'sa, i.e. larger than in autolycus. The white marginal spots of the forewings
are minute, divided by the black endings of the nervules, and sometimes in the
male sex almost obliterated.
(S. Fofeivings above with the woolly stripes as broad as in iilys&en 1.. ; the blue
area is seldom extended to or beyond the apex of the cell ; tlie black spot upon the
black discocellular nervules is always joined to the black outer half of the wing. The
black marginal region of the hindwings is broader than in autolycus, joi-sft, idysses ; at
the .second discoidal nervnle (for example) the blue is e.Ktended only two-fifths the
way fi'om the cell to the outer margin.
Below, the discal whitish scaling of the hindwings is more reduced than in
autolycus.
?. The blue area of the forewings does not cjuite reach to the discocellular
nervules, and is more or less deeply sinuate within the end of the cell ; the blue spot
between the lower median nervules has not half the length of the cellule in which it
stands, in _;0(-s(( and aidolycus it is of about two-thirds the length of that cellule.
On the hindwings above the blue submarginal spots are wanting; that before the
lower median nervule is sometimes indicated by a few blue scales.
Hab. New Britain (type; 8S, 3 ?); New Ireland (4 t?, 3 ?); Duke of York
Island.
(/): P. tllysses orsippus Godm. & 8alv. [c?,?].
Popilio nr.<ij}jiiix (ioitmau iV .SiiU in. Ami. .M-nj. X. IT. (Ci). I. p. 101 (188S) (Giiuil.-iloiinar.
Solomon Is.).
Similar to the precechng .subspecies.
S. Blue area of the wings more extended ; the spots near the end ol the cell of
the forewings larger. Below, the wings are darker, especially in the marginal region ;
the brown basal area of the forewings is more extended, and exteriorly more convex;
the submarginal spots of the hindwings, except the last, are almost black ; the curved
line bordering each spot inside is pronouncedly blue. Marginid while spots of the
forewings not divided at the nervules.
In the specimens from Alu, Shortland Islands, the submarginal spots of the
hindwings below are not black.
?. The Guadalcanar female has the blue region of the forewings a little less
extended along the submedian vein than the preceding race ; the blue scales are less
closely set, and there is an obvious hairy patch behind the cell ; the hindwings have,
above, blue suljniarginal spots; below, the submarginal spots are more yellow than in
the 'male.
In the Alu fenifilo ( )ic blue colour i-; even more reduced than in typical ulysses- ¥ ;
( :m )
a blue i)atch within the apex of the cell is almost cut off from the blue basal area;
the hairy patch is strongly developed ; on the hindwings there are, in the antecellular
region, only a few blue scales, the blue area being reduced to a triangular patch which
extends on the disc only a little beyond the apex of the cell.
Hab. Solomon Islands : Guadalcanar (2 S ) ; Alu (1 cj, 2 ? ).
The specimens from the Northern and Southern Solomon Islands may turn out
to belong to two races.
dj): P. ulysses telegonus Fold. [J,?].
rnjiillo tehgomis Felder, Wini. Eiil. .!/<.,;. IV. p. -l-U). n. 73 (1860) (Batjan) ; id., Verh. z. h. Ges.
WifH p. 322. n. 430. & p. 370. n. 257 (1804) (Batjan ; Gilolo) ; id., Eeise Xomru II. Lq,.
p. IIG. n. 87. t. 19. f. a. b. c (18G5) ; WaU., Ti: Linn. Snr. Lnnrl. XXV. p. 44. n. 33 (18()5)
(Batjan ; Gilolo) ; Oberth., El. d'Ent. IV. p. 42. u. 44 (1879) (Ternate ; Hiilmahera) ; id.,
Ann. Mu». Cii: Gnm-ii XV. p. 471. n. 8 (1880) (Ternate ; " Andai" Iw. err.).
Pdpilii) uhiSHDfles Westwood, Pmr. Enl. Sor. Lnnrl. V. p. 73 (18G1) (Batjan : nam. nurl.).
Pnpilio itlyssex var. lelegonns, Slauding. A.- Schatz, Exol. Schartf. I. p. 7. t. 4 ((J) (1884).
The cottony stripes of the male are very broad ; the posterior ones are merged
together for almost their whole length. The submarginal blue lines of the hindwings,
situated along the nervules. vary in number ; the anterior one is sometimes joined
to the blue area of the wing. The submarginal spots of the hind\vings beneath are
sometimes all ochraceous ; the middle ones are often divided into two spots each
by a black line; .seldom one or other of the spots is as black as in P. ulysses
orsippus Godm. & Salv.
In the female the blue area of the forewings is of about the size of that of
P. idysses-'i ; the discal black patch within the blue area and the hairy mark are
wanting. The subdiscal blue lunules of ulysses have here developed into more or
less quadrangular spots, of which the second and third are joined to a submarginal,
adnervular blue line.
Hah. Batjan (11 c?, 4 ?) ; Ternate ; Halmaliera (8 cJ, 3 ? j.
This is certainly- the most conspicuous form of P. ulysses, and its distinguishing
characters are more pronounced and constant than in any other subspecies of ulysses.
The blue longitudinal lines in the black marginal region of the hindwings appear
only in this subspecies, but are indicated in autolycus Feld. and Jorsfi I5utl. by the
blue area extending streaklike along the nervules.
159. Papilio montrouzieri Boi.sd. [J.?]
PiipiUo mimlniuzieri Boisduval, //«//. Snr. Enl. Fr. p. 155 (1859) (New Caledonia) ; Lucas, Bull.
Hoc. Enl. Fr. p. 25 (18fi3) (New Caledonia) ; Feld., Verh. z. b. Gen. Wien p. 322. n. 431 (1864) :
id., /Wsc Xnvara II. Leji. p. 118. n. 88 (18t;5) : Butl., P. Z. S. p. 290. n. 97 (1874) ; id.. Ann.
Mag. N. H. (4). XX. p. 357. n. .30 (1877) (Lifu I.) ; Obertb., El. ,?'Enl. IV. p. 41. n. 42 (1879)
(New Caledonia ; "spec. typ.").
Pnpilio rhandoiri Felder, Wien. Enl. Man. IV. p. 99. t. 2. f. 1 (ISlJO) (" Moluccas " lor. err.) ; id.,
Verh. z. h. G&. Wien p. 322. n. 432 (1864) (" Aru ? " "Moluccas?" lor. err.); id., lieise
Narara II. Lep. p. 118. sub n. 88 (1865) ; Butl., P. Z. S. p. 290. u. 95 (1874).
Papilla (iili/Ksrii var.) iib/s.slnux Weatwood, Pror. Ent. Sac. Lmul. V. p. 73 (1861) (New Caledonia).
The twenty-seven specimens of this insect in my collection from the island of
Lifu exhibit such a variation in the number and size of the cottony stripes in the
male, and in the extent of the blue colour on the wings in cither sex, that I cannot
specifically distinguish the Papilios described under the names of mantrousiei-i
Boisd., ulyssinus Westw., ulyssellus Westw., chaudoiri Feld., and ivestwoodi
Oberth.; this latter excepted, the " species " were almost contemporarily described;
( 400 )
mmitrmizieri has the priority of date. P. ulyssimis Wesfw. is exactly identical with
P. niontrousieiH Boisd. P. chaudoiri, to which Felder gave the erroneous locality
"Moluccas," and which, according to the type-specimen in my collection, came
certainly from New Caledonia, differs from ty|)ical moniromieri in having four
cottony stripes on the forewings and in having the blue colour more reduced; the
other characters by which Felder {Reise Novara, I.e.) distinguishes chaudoiri from
niontrouziei'i are individual and partly imaginary. In P. tvestwoodi Oberth. the
blue area of the wings is still more reduced than in chaudoiri, and the vudes have
four or five cottony stripes ; on the other hand, the blue colour is much more e.itended
and the cottony stripes have almost or entirely disappeared in West wood's ab. ulyssellus.
Between the two extreme forms, tvestwoodi and ulyssellus, there exist every inter-
gi'adation, so that there is no doubt that ail these forms belong to one species. As
I have not received westuvodi from the island of I.ifu, where clumdoiri and ulyssellus
fly together with typical montrouzieri, it seems to me not improbable that westwoodi
inhabits the main island of New Caledonia, and may turn out to be a local form ;
from this reason, and because chaudoiri stands intermediate between moittrouzieri
and weshvoodi, I keep westwoodi Oberth. separate under a varietal name, and treat
chaudoiri as a synonym of montrouzieri.
(a^) : c?-ab. idyssellics \\'estw.
Papilio {ulyKKes var.) nhjssinun ab. uhjuKflhtx Westwood, Prnc. Enl. Sac. LmiO. V. p. 93 (18G0) New
Caledonia).
Cottony stripes almost or entirely absent.
In a specimen in my collection there is no trace of the cottony stripes visible
even under a lens; in the type of idy.ssellus in the British Museum the stripes are
not entirely obliterated. The blue region of the wings is in my specimen much
enlarged, the black border of the forewings being of a breadth of 5 mm. at the lower
median nervule, and extending a good way (4 mm.) beyond the end of the cell.
(Ir) : ab. xvestwoodi Oberth.
I',qHUo we-Hlwondi Oberthiir, El. d'Enl. IT. p. 41. d. 43. t. 3. f. 2 (1879) (New Caledonia).
With four or five cottony stripes in the S : the blue colour of tlie wings much
restricted in both sexes.
Hah. New Caledonia, without precise locality (5 J, 4 ?); Lifu (25 cj, 2 ? ).
XXVIIl. I'.WK.M-tiROUP.
First subcostal nervule of the forewings not joining the costal vein ; second
discocellular veinlet to the forewings concave, twice as long as the first discocellular
nervule. Three alserrant species.
Kid. Papilio payeni Boisd. [cJ, ?].
Papilio 2>'iye>ii Boi.sduvaI, .S/;ec. Gin. Up. I. p. 235. n. 58 (J) (183G) (Java) ; Hoev., Tijdnch. Xttl.
Gesch. V. p. 340. t. 8. f. 2. a. n (1838) ; De Haan, Verli. Xtil. Gescli. Ned. overs, hez. p. 34
(1840) ; Doubl. Westw. .t Hew., Gen. Diuni. Let,. I. p. 14. n. 103 (1840) (Java) ; Gray, Oil.
Lep. Ink. n. M. I. p. 27. n. 125 (18.52) (Java) : Fcld., Vevh. z. h. Ge«. Wieii p. 30fi. n. 243 (18G4)
(Java) ; Wall., Tr. Limi. Hoc. Loud. XXV. p. 05. n. 109 (1805) (/../>.) ; Standing. & Schatz,
Eml. Sr.hmell. I. p. 10 (1884) ; Haase, dilerx. iih. Mim. p. 35 (1893) ; Fruhst., Eiit. Noe/ir.
p. 301 (cJ, $ ) (1894) (Mount Cede, 5000 feet, Java, 1 g).
Three subspecies belong to this Papilio : —
( 401 )
(a): P. payeni Hoisd., fdi-ma ty]i. [rj,?].
A very rare species. Tlie SuiiiiiUiiii examples belong to the following; race.
Hdh. Java (1 (S).
(I>). P. payeni brunei Fnihst. [cJ].
Pajiilio jxnjeiil, Wallace (lur Boisduval, 183G), Tr. Linn. Sue. Loud. XXV. p. (!.'). n. 109 (1865)
(p.p.) : Heylarts, Tijchrhr. v. E.iL, Versl. p. 29 (1891) (Sumatra) : Hagen. h-h Vll. p. 29. n. 49
(1894) (Sumatra).
PapiVii) hruiiei Fruhstorfer, Enf. N,u-hr. p. .S(IO (^) (189t) (Brunei, N. Borneo).
Stands in some characters intermediate between P. pnycni and the Indian
P. jKiyeni ev((.'ii Doubl.
JMy Bornean •male does not quite agree with Mr. Fruhstorfer's description, as it
has on the underside of the hindwings, besides the submarginal line, only one
continuous line midway between outer margin and cell. There is a series of six
silvery spots on tlie disc of the hindwings below ; the anterior and the two posterior
spots are the largest ; my specimen of P. payeni Boisd. has only the two posterior
silvery spots, while in P. payeni evan Doubl. all six spots are marked by a few silvery
scales, the two posterior being more obvious.
Hah. Borneo (1 J); Sumatra (1 r^).
(c): P. payeni evan Doubl. [cJ,?].
Prij,in,j erim Doubleday, Ann. N. II. XVI. p. 235. & p. .304 (1845) (Sylhet) ; id. Westw. & Hew.,
Gen. Diurn. Lip. I. p. 14. n. 104. t. 2. f. 2 ( $ ) (1846) (N. India) ; Westw., Cuh. Or. Em.
p. 63. t. 31. f. 1. 1* ((J) (1848) (Sylhet) ; Feld., Verl,. z. b. Gex. Wh-n p. 306. n. 244 (1864)
("Darjeeling" l„c. en:; Sylhet); Oberth., El. d'Enl. IV. p. 60. n. 150 (1879) (Sylhet);
Heylarts, Tridsehr. v. Ent., Versl. p. 29 (1891) ; Haase, Untermeh. iih. Mini. p. 35. f. 5 (1893).
Piipiliu payeni var. eain, Gray, Oit. Lep. Ins. B. M. I. p. 27. n. 125 (1852) (Sylhet).
Pupilid piiijeni, Honsf. & Moore, Oil. Lep. Ins. Mas. E. I. C. I. p. 110. ii. 222 (1857) (" Darjeeling"
Inc. err.).
Meandmsa eran, Moore, Nem hid. Lep. Ins. p. 284 (1888) ; Swinh., Tr. Eni. Sue. Land. p. 313. n. 388
(1893) (Khasia Hills).
Piipilin {.Veuiidriisii) eriin, KicfviWe, Gazetteer of Sikkiin p. 175. n. 503 (1894) (Sivoke, 1 <;? ; in
Bhutan and the Khasia Hills somewhat common in July and August).
A spjecimen in my collection labelled "P. evan d. As.sam '' is of the size of
P. payeni; above it agrees best with evan, below with payeni. The locality
" Assam " may be erroneous; I got the specimen from a French dealer. A second
Khasia Hills specimen, obtained from Ke\-. Hamilton, is also not larger than P.
payeni Boisd. The wings of \\\e female are much less falcate than those of the male,
and much paler.
Hah. Assam (12 (?, 4 ?).
l<;i. Papilio gyas Westw. [J,?].
Papilla gijas Westwood, Arc. Ent. p. 41. t. 11. 11 (J) (1841) (As.sam) ; Doubl. Westw. & Hew.,
Gen. Diurn. Lep. I. p. 10. n. 43 (1846) (N. India : Assam) ; Gray, Cut. Lep. Ins. Ii. .\I. I. p. 16.
n. 62 (1852) (N. India) ; Horsf. & Moore, Cat. Lep. Ins. .)/«... /•;. /. C. I. p. 110. n. 221 (1857)
(DarjeeUng) : Feld., Verh. -. b. Ges. Wien p. 306. n. 242. & p. mi. n. 1.38 (1864) : Wall., Tr.
Linn. Soc. Land. XXV. p. 65. sub n. 100 (1865) ; Moore, /'. X. S. p. 672 (1867) ; Oberth.,
Et. d'Enl. IV. p. 60. n. 149 (1879) ("Inde"); Standing. & Schatz, Exot. Sehnall. I. p. 10
(1884) ; Elwes, Tr. Ent. Soe. Land. p. 437. n. 434 (18H8) (Sikkim ; very rare ; ? noticed) ;
Ilaase, Unlerswli. iib. Mint. p. .35 (1893).
Dabasa ,,i/as, Moorc, .\V»' Ind. Lep. Ins. p. 283 (1888) ; Swinh., Tr. Ent. Soe. Land. p. 313. n. 388
(1893) (Khasia Hills).
I'ajiilio (Dabu.in) ,7.-/(!.s, NicuviUe, Gazetteer of SiH-im. p. 175. n. 502(1894) (Sikk-ira : very rtire ;
6000 to 7000 feet).
( 402 )
Forewings somewhat variable in length. Sexes diflfeiviil. tin- iinili' being above
almost of a uniform dull brown colour, with a series of subniarginal and, on the
forewings anteriorlv, some subdiscal lighter s])ots, while the female has, liesides the
sjx)ts, a broad white median band which is anteriorly abliievialed.
Hub. Assam (Kliasia Hills; 20 J, 5 ?) ; Sikkim (1 <?, 4 ?) ; 15hutan ((). .MuUer,
July to September ; 5 S).
102. Papilio hercules Blanch. [(?,?].
PapiUo herctiles Blanchard, Cnmpt. Rend. p. 809 (note) (1871).
cJ ? . Papilio Kiron Leech, Enlonwl XXUI. p. 192 (1890) (W. China).
cJ ? . Pai>ilio gyui var. hercules, Leech, Butt, from Chiiin p. 635. t. 32. f. 1 (cJ) (1893) (W. China).
Both sexes similar, having a fulvous median band to the wings which corresponds
with the white band in the fevude sex of P. gyas, but is narrower, less so in the
female than in the m.ale.
Hah. Western China (6 <?, 1 S).
I cannot understand why Mr. ,1. H. Leech, in his great work on the Butterflies
from China and Japan, treats this very distinct species as a local variety of P. fjyas
Westw.
XXIX. PODALIKIUS-GROUP.
This group has only two species in the regions dealt with in this paper ; all the
other species are American.
First subcostal branch of the forewings free, as in the preceding group;
second discocellular veinlet straight and not longer than the fir.<t (P. leosthenes
Doiibl.), or feebly bent and half as long again as the first (/'. poilalirins L.).
Xote. — The larva and pupa of this group agree with those of tlie following
groups. The imago has blue metallic scales on the hindwings, whicli are met with
in all the species of the preceding groups, exclusive of (iroups I. to III., and which
are absent from all the species of the following groups. — K. J.
1015. Papilio podalirius L. [cJ,?, metam.].*
Hoefnagel, .\rchelyp,i Siml. III. t. 12 (1592) ; Aldrovandus, De Aiiim. Jm. p. 239. t. 2. f. 3 (1602) ;
Hoefnagel, hix. Vol. I. t. 8 (1630) ; Moufet, Ins. Thcalr. p. 99. n. 3 (1634) ; Hollar, Dh: Ins.
t. 7. f. 1 (1G46) : Jonston, Ilht. Xnt. his. p. 31. t. 4. 2. f. 3 (1657) ; Petiver, .Uii^. p. 68. n. 724
(1700) ; id., Gazophyl. t. 133. f. 2 (1702) ; Rajus, Hist. Nnt. Im. p. 111. n. 3 (1710) ; Merian,
Eruc. Ort. II. p. 43." t. 44 (1717) : ead., Eur. Im. p. 48. t. 94. & p. 80. t. 1G3 (1730) ; R.'aumur,
.Mem. I. p. 345. t. 11. f. 3-5 (1734) ; Roesel, Ins. Belusl. \. 2. p. 9. t. 2 (1746) ; Ceoffroy, Mem.
Ins. Paris II. p. 56. n. 24 (1762) ; Gronov., Znnphyl. p. 189. n. 732 (1764) ; Seba, Thes. IV.
t. 32. f. 11. 12. & t. 40. f. 13 (1765) ; SchaofEer, lemi. Ins. Italish. I. t. 45. f. 3. 4 (1766).
Papilio Erjufs Aeliirus pnilaliriiis Linnr, Syst. A'at. ed. x. p. 4G3 (nota) (1758) ; Scopoli, Ent. Cam.
p. 167. n. 445 (176.3) ; Linnc^ .Vns. Liul. Utr. p. 208. ii. 27 (1764) ; Hoefnagel, lierl. ilayaz. II.
p. 58. n. 2 (1766) ; Hoiitt., Xnlnrl. Hist. I. 11. p. 211. sub n. 29 (1767); Umi(; Syst. Nat.
cd. xii. p. 751. n. 36 (1767); PaUas, Beiscn verscli. Prm: Buss. Beicli. I. p. 183 (1771);
Lepechin, Tagelmch p. 189 (1771) ; Miiller, Natiirs. V. 1. p. 577. n. 3fi (1774) : Fabr., Syst.
Em. p. 451. n. 38 (1775) ; Esper, Eur. Srhm. I. p. 36. t. 1. f. 2. & p. 386. t. 50. Suppl. t. 26. f. 1
(1777-80); Goeze, Ent. Beytr. III. 1. p. 61. n. 36 (1779); Borgstraesser, S'„mrm-l. II. p. 17.
t. 18. f. 1-4 (1779) ; Fabr'., Spec. Ins. II. p. 15. n. 58 (1781) ; Blumenbach, Ilandl). ed. ii.
p. .356. n. 4 (1782) ; Gcsenius, Hamlli.f. Sclimetl. p. 51. n. 2 (178G) ; Fabr., .Uanl. Ins. II. p. 8.
n. 64 (1787) ; Schneider, Europ. Srhmell. p. 55. n. 4 (1787) ; Jablonsky .t Ilerbst, Nalnrs.
Schmetl. III. p. 170. n. 103. t. 45. f. 3. 4 (1788); Viller,^, Car<,l. Linn. Entom. II. p. 4. n. 3
' As in the case of /*. macliaon 1.., the Inbliograpliy of this species is quite incomplete.
(17«9) ; Fiibr., Ent. Syst. III. 1. p. 24. n. 71 (IT'.LS) ; Lewin, /;«. (ir. lint. p. 74. t. SS (179o) ;
Donovan, Bril. Ins. IV. p. 3. t. 101) (1795) ; Panzer, Faumi Im. Germ. Hft. 30. t. 24 (1796) :
Prunner, Lep. Pedem. p. 3. n. 4(1798); Hiibner, £«;•. Schnietl.I. t. 77.1388. 389(1798—1803) :
Turton, Sysl. X'll. III. 2. p. IG (180(5) ; Oclisenheimer, Schmell. Eur. I. 2. p. 118. u. 2 (1808).
Piijiiliri jKukiliriii.s Fuesslin (Fuessly), rt-c.-. Srhtreh. I;is. p. 28. n. 544 (1775) ; Walkenaer, Fmuie
Paris. II. p. 261. n. 1 (18U2); LatreUle, UM. Nal. Crusl. Im. XIV. p. 109. n. 2 (1805) ; Godart,
Em: MM. IX. p. 50. n. 74. t. 9. f. 5 (1819) ; id., JIht. Nat. Up. Frame p. 3G. t. 1. f. 1 (1821);
Duponcbel, Imn. Chen. Fraitcep. 40. t. 1. f. 1 (1832-36) ; Curtly Prit. Ent. XIII. t. 578 (1836);
Boisduval, Sper. Gen. Lep. I. p. 245. n. 70 (1836) : Selys-Longchamps, Cat. Lep. Bekj. p. 14.
n. 1 (1837) ; Blancbard, Ilht. Nat. Ins. III. p. 421. n. 5 (1841) ; Duponcbel, Cat. MM. Lep.
d'Eur. p. 21 (1844) ; Lucas, Lip. d'Eur. p. 22. t. 14. f. 1 (1845) ; Doubl. Westw. & Hew., Gen.
Diurn. Lep. I. p. 15. n. 124 (1846) ; Hutton, Tr. E. Sac. Lund. V. p. 47. n. 2 (1847) ; Gray,
Cat. Lep. Ins. Brit. Mas. I. p. 31. n. 146 (1852) : Lucas, Chenu's Enc. d'Hist. Nat., Pap. p. 37
(1853) {p.p.) ; Speyer, Geogr. Verbr. Schnieil. p. 277. u. 1 (1858) ; Trimoulet, Cat. Lip. Gironde
p. 10. n. 1 (1859) ; Praun, Ear. Tagf. Pap. IX. Papil t. 1. f. 3. 4 (1859) ; Fritscb, Verh. z. h.
Ges. Wien pp. 238. 240. 642. 862. 864 (1862) ; Felder, ibid. p. 304. n. 209. & p. 348. n. 14 (1864) ;
Lederer, Ann. Sac. Ann. Belt/, p. 53 (1865) (Anatolia) ; Mann, Verh. s. b. Ges. Wien p. 325
(1866) (Dobrudscha) ; id., I.e. p. 66 (1867) (Militiir Grenze) ; id., I.e. p. 832 (1867) (Bozen;
Trient) ; White, Entamal. p. 57 (1867) (Como) : Snellen, Wind. Ned. p. 69. note (1807) ;
Mann, Lc. p. 373 (1869) (Dalmatia) ; Lederer, Ann. Hoe. Ent. Belg. p. 18 (1870) (Tran.scaucasia) ;
Fondu, C. «. Soe. Ent. Belg. p. 84 (1875) (Belgium) ; Walker, Ent. Ma. Mag. XV. p. 194 (1879)
(Baklar, Turkey ; gen. I., April ; gen. II., June 27th) ; Oberthiir, Et. d'Ent. IV. p. 64. n. 163
(1879); Swinton, Ent. Mo. .Mag. XVI. p. 40 (1879) (Turin, July to August): Jordan, ibid.
p. 87 (1879) (Stalden, June to July) ; Forbes, ibid. p. 257 (1879) (W. Alp., June to July) ;
Jordan, ibid. p. 267 (18S0) (WaUis, June) ; Mathew, ibid. XVIII. p. 29 (1881) (Turkey);
Romanoff, Ram. Mini. Lep. I. p. 41 (1884) (Transcaucasia) ; Jones, Ent. .Uo. Mag. p. 151 (1887)
(Lugano) ; Calberla, Iris p. 121 (1887) (Mittel Italieu) ; Jones, I.e. p 209 (1888) (France
mi'r.) ; Staudfuss, Berl. E. Zeit. p. 233 (1888) ; Mina-Palumbo e Failla-Tedaldi, Natur. Sicil.
p. 19 (1889) (Sicilia) ; Bramson, Tag/alter p. 13 (189(1): Hofmann, h'anp. Sclnn. Eur.p.l.
t. 1. f. 1 (1890) ; Steinert, Iris IV. p. 174 (1891) (Dresden) : Staudinger, Iris V. p. 304 (1892)
(Kentei-Geb., bstl. v. Kiachta) ; Stauden, Entamal. p. 261 (1893) (Corsica) ; Nicholson, ibid.
p. 210 (1893) (Budapest) ; Colebey, ibid. p. 299 (1893) (Corsica) : Bromilow, ibid. p. 347
(1893) (Alp. mar.~l ; Caradja, Iris VL p. 169 (1894) (Haute Garonne) ; Riihl & Heyne,
Grus-isehmett. p. 81. 692 (1892-95).
Papilio Eques Achivus sinan Poda, -Uiis. Graec. p. 62. n. 2. t. 2. i. 1 (1761).
Papilio Eques Aehivusftumnteiis Fourcroy, Ent. Paris. II. p. 242. n. 24 (1785).
Pieris podalirius, Schrank, Fauna baiea II. 1. p. 163. n. 1286 (1801).
Iphielides podtdirius, Hiibner, re;;, bek. Schmetl. p. 82. n. 835 (1816).
Pudtdirius europaeus Swainson, Zaal. Itlustr. (2). II. p. 105 (1831-33).
Pajdlia padaliriiis var. dilutu Si'lys, Ann. Sac. Ent. Belg. p. 4 (1831) (ii dessin faiblement ebouche,
Ji queue contournde, obtenue d'l'closiou par M. Donckier : niunstr.).
Papiliu sinnn, Staudinger, Cat. Lep. Eur. p. 1 (1871).
Papilio pad^dirius niyrescens Eimer, Arlbild. Sehmelt. p. 81. 82. f. E (1889) {bred speeimen with
the blaeh colour of the wings much expanded).
Papilio jJod'dirius L. has four local races: —
(m) : 1'. podalirius L. from CJentral Europe ;
(6) ; P. podalirius feisthameli Dup. tVoin Soutli-East Europe and North Africa;
(u) : P. podalirius viryaias Bull, from A.-^ia Minor;
{d): P. podalirius podalirinus Uberth. from Western C'liina.
The spring hrooA generally differs from the summer brood (or broods) in Laving
the hairs of the front of the head longer, tlie black bands on the wings broader, and
the abdomen blacker on the upperside.
(«): P. podalirius L., forma typ. [c?,?, metam.].
One brood in the northern [.iirts of its range. The black bands of the forewiugs
;iie often divided loncil udinallv.
( 404 )
(a-) : ab. undecimlineatua Eimer.
Papilio poduliriuK widefimlhieittus Eimer, Arthild. Schmell. p. 41. t. I. f. 3 (ISHO) : Rilbl, Grosg-
schmellrrl. p. 80. GVi (1802-95).
Forewing with eleven black band.s.
(?)-) : ab. miegi Jlieg.
Piipilio jmlalirius ab. miegii Mieg, Le Natumliste (2). XI. p. 74 (1889) (Pyr. or.): Rulil, Grosssdimell.
p. 81 (1892) : Caradja, L-ls VI. p. 169 (1894) (Haute Garoune).
InteiTnediate between P. 'podctUrivs L. and P. podal iritis feisthanieli Dup.
Chiefly in South France.
Besides these two aberrations there occur numerous other varieties of our Papilio,
especially as regards the number, length, and breadth of the black bands on the
wings; the discal orange band on the underside of the hindwings is sometimes
also well marked on the upperside ; the orange spot before the anal ocellus varies
in -shape.
The summer brood, which is not always different from the spring brood, has to
stand as —
(c') : ab. gen. aest. zanclaeus Zeller.
Puj/ilio poclalirius var. zanctams Zeller, I»is p. 213 (1847) ; Calberia, Iris p. 121 (1884) (Mittel
Italien) ; Minii-Palumbo e Failla-Tedaldi, Siitur. Sicil. p. 20 (188',l) (Sicilia, gen. II.) ; Eimer,
/.(•. p. 72 (1889) : Rilhl, Grossschmell. p. 80 (1892) : Bromilow, Eiitmiwlng. p. 347 (1893)
(Alp. mar.) : Caradja, Irh VI. p. 169 (1894) (Haute Garonne).
Abdomen seldom entirely white; hairs of the front of the head short.
Especially in South Europe.
Hah. Central and South-East Eui'ope (not in England, Holland, Denmark,
Sweden ; very rare in North- West Germany) (18 J, 20 9).
Lewin (I.e.) records this species erroneously as British.
(h): P. podalirius feisthameli I'up. [<?,?]•
Piipilinfeisthnneli Duponchel, Godart's if/j. de France, Suppl. I. p. 7. t. 1 . f . 1 ( 1 832) : Pierret, Bull.
Soc. Ent. Fr. p. 59 (1836) (Perpignan : uut P. jtmUil. ab. miegi'i) ; Herrich-Schiiffer, Sclumtt
Eur. I. f. 414-416 (1848) ; Levaillant, .1«h. Sw: Enl. Fr. p. 407 (1848) (Algi'rie) ; Fonscolombe,
ibid. Bull. p. 48 (1849) ; Lucas, ibid. Bull. p. 83 (1850) i Lcderer, I'.cA. j. b. Ges. Wini p. 27
(1852) ; Felder, Verb. :. b. GV.~-. Wieii p. 303. n. 208. & p. 348. ii. 113 (1864) ; Seriziat, C<(t. Leji.
Collo. p. 2. n. 1 (1887) (CoUo, April and July).
Papilio podalirius et ya,r.feislliiniuH, Rambur, Lep. de V Andulou»ie p. 5'J. n. 1 (1858).
Pupilin podalirius var. feisthameli, Graslin, Auu. Soc. Eiil. Fr. p. 331 (1863) (Pyr. or.) ; AUard,
ibid. p. 312 (1807) (Algc'rie) ; Staudinger, Fiil. .1/'-. .1%. p. 181 (1880) (Portugal, April) ;
Oberthur, Aiiu. Soe. Eiit. Fr. p. 165 (1886) ; Elwes, '//■. Eiit. Soc. Loud. p. 389 (1SK7) (Pyr.
or., up to 5000 feet): Staudinger, Iris V. p. 277 (1M92) (Tunis); Riihl, Grossschnull. p. SO.
693 (1892-95) : Caradja. Ir,s VI. p. 169 (1894) (not found in the dcpartni. of Haute Garonne).
Papilio podalirius, Lucas, in Chenu'a Kiil. d'llisl. Nat.. Pap. p. 5. f. 15. & p. 30. f. lOli (1851-53);
Voigt, Stelt. Eul. Zcit. p. 22 (1890) (Granada).
Cliiefly distinguished from P. jjodcdinus by the heavier black bands on the
wings, and by the reddish-orange anal mark to the hindwings being almost of
uniform breadth.
In Algiers the summer brood is remarkable i'or the much less dense sealing in
the costal region of the forewings : —
( 40,5 )
(d'-) : ab. gen. aest. latteri Aust.
Piqiilhi ab. laltn-i Austant, Petit. Nouv. Kid. II. p. 293 (1871I)-
Papilio podaUrliis var. /ulteri, Obertbiir, El. d'Eid. IV. p. i'>4. sub n. 1G3 (1879) : Buhl, Grnssschm.
p. so! 693 (189:2-95).
PiipiUn fehthameli var. l/Uteri, Baker, Eiit. Mo. Mug. XXII. p. 250 (lyHH),
PiipH/o feisthameli latteri, Eimer, I.e. p. 72. t. 1. f. 4 (1889).
Front of the head witli .sliort hairs; abdomen white for the most ]jart, dorsal
black line narrow. Not always larger than the spring brood of feislhtiaclL
Hab. Pyrenees, f^pain, Portugal, North Africa [7 J, 7 ? J.
ic): P. podalirius virg'atus 15utl. [c?,?].
Piqiitii, virgiiliiH Butler, P. Z.S. p. 430. t. 2.'). f. 1 (1805) (Dama-scus).
Papilii)jmiliilirius vit-gatiis, Eimer, I.e. p. 74 (1889).
Papiliii jiiidiilirius var. virgatus, Ruhl, Grr}ss.^chmett. p. 80 (1892).
Differs from F . podalirius feisthaineli, to which it comes nearest, chiefly in the
narrower hindwings, the smaller orange mark in front of the anal ocellus, and in
the thin and abbreviated black bands on the upperside of the hindwings.
As the abdomen is black on the upperside, I treat virgatus as belonging to a
spring brood, though I have no evidence that the few specimens I have seen were
taken in the spring.
The summer brood is larger, and corresponds in characters with the second brood
oifeisthameli : —
(«-) : ab. gen. ae.st. smymetisis Eimer.
Piipilin pnihtlirinH smyriioixiH Eimer, I.e. p. 94. f. M (1889) (Smyi-na).
Hairs of the front of the head short. Black band on the upperside of the
forewings, situated at the end of the cell, not reaching the submedian vein.
Abdomen more extended white, with the dorsal black line abbreviated.
From ab. latteri Aust. it can be distinguished by the narrowness of the three
black bands on the upperside of the hindwings; of these bands the two discal ones
are obsolete posteriorly, and that along abdominal margin is almost hairlike.
Hab. Asia Minor.
('/) : P. podalirius podalirinus Oberth. [J].
PuiiiVn pnditVrimis Oberthur, Et d'Eiit. XIII. p. 37. t. 9. f. 99 (1890) (Tse-ku).
Fi(2>illo jmkdirius, Leech, Butt, from Cliim, etc. p. 519 (1893) (Ta-tsien-lu).
"Differs from the type in having all the transver.se black streaks or bands on
primaries wider and more continuous, and the central area of these wings suffused
with dusky; on the secondaries there is a bright reddish band between the central
black streaks, and the lunule above the anal spot is of the same colour" (Leech, I.e.).
Hab. ^\'estern China; very rare; i)roliably more abundant in Thibet iiroper.
Note. — Papilio ajax L. and 1'. marccllus Roisd. (= P. aja.e F-sp.) are erroneously
recorded by several authors as inhabiting Europe : i-f. Iwper, Eiir. i^ichm. I. Co)lt. p. 1
t. 51. cont. 1 (irso); hucas, L,p d'Kwr. p. 23. t. 14. f. 2. (184.-3); Dutreux, Slett. E.
Zeil. p. 142 (1854).
( 41)6 )
1(11. Papilio leosthenes Doubl. [(?,?].
Pitpilio leostlieiies Doubleday, A,w. Mdij. X. U. XVIII. p. 372 (1846) ; Gray, Col. Lrp. Ins. liiil.
Mm. I. p. 30. t. 3. f. 1 (I8oi) ; Felder, Verh. :. h. Gi«. Wieii p. 303. n. 207. & p. 348. n. Ill
(1864) ; OberthUr. El. d'Enl. IV. p. 64. n. 162 (187'.0 ; Eimer, Arlh. b. Schnell. p. 160. t. 3. f. 1
(1889).
' Forewings semitransparent, chiefly owing to the scales being partly hairlike.
Besides the four bands crossing the cell of the forewings, there is in many sjieciniens
a small lilack mark between the two ujiper of these bands, indicating an additional
band which corresponds to the fourth band of the species of the ((n's<eW8-group.
Hah. Northern Australia (U J, 5 ?).
Note. — In the groups IV. to XXVIII. the scaling of the wings is as a rule
dense ; in gi'oups I. to III. and in Troldes we have already seen that the scales
of the upper layer of the forewings, seldom those on the hindwings, have a tendency
to tieeome narrow and to assume a hairlike character. In the present and the
following groups this tendency is very obvious. In aristeus and its allies the
difference between the upper and under scales is very feeble ; in the species
allied to antiphates Cram, the upper scales of some of the light, not of the dark,
portions of the forewings above become hairlike ; in other groups (eurypyhts L.) the
under scales disapjiear and the membrane bears, on the light parts of the upperside
of both wings, only the hairlike upper scales; a further step is shown by P. aga-
memnon L., codi-us Cram., and allies, in which also the light pai-ts of the underside
of the forewings, and partly those on the underside of the hindwings, lose the scaling.
In all cases where the scaling becomes thin, the membrane as.sumes a green or blue
c-oloiu-. This colour can already be noticed in P. leosthenes Doubl. — K. J.
XXX. GLYCERION-GKOUP.
First subcostal branch of the forewings confluent with the costa. Upper disco-
cellular veinlet to the forewings much longer than the second. Light bands of the
forewings witli hairlike scales in the anterior region. Abdominal fold of the hind-
wings of the male feebly developed; no cottony scent-organ. This group is confined
to Northern India, Thibet, and China. The five species, with two subspecies, are of
three different types : —
(1) The North Indian rjlycerion Gray, with a local form caschniirensis m., is
represented in China by eurous Leech.
(2) The Chinese maiidarimia Oberth. is represented in Northern India by a local
form (paphas Nicev.).
(3) The Eastern Chinese alebion Gray has in Western China and Thibet as
representative species P. tamerlaniis Oberth.
These species can be distinguished as follows : —
1. a. Hindwings, upperside, without median black line; under.side with two
median black Unes, including between themselves thi-ee yellow spots ;
cell long, its apical half very narrow.
P. glycerion and caschinirenaia from Northern India.
';. The Chinese representative of i/lycei-ion has a discal black line on the
upperside of the hindwings. P. eurouD from China.
( 407 )
'J. c. Hindwings, upperside, with one black median line; underside, anteriorly
ill the middle with an elongate marking resembling the number 8.
P. mandarinits^hom China and paphus from Northern India.
3. (/. Hindwings, both sides, with one black straight median line ; underside,
with a yellow spot outside this line. Anal yellow mark not divided
into two separate spots.
r. nlehion from Eastern and Central China.
e. As before, underside less yellowish ; anal yellow mark smaller, divided into
two spots. /''. tamevl'inus from Western China.
165. Papilio glycerion Gray [(^].
Piipilin r/hjcnrinn Gray, Znol. .IZ/'w. p. 32 (18:'l) (Nepaul) ; Boisd., Spec. Gen. Lep. I. p. 247. n. 71
(1836) ; Westw., Arc. Ent. II. p. 24. t. 55. f. 3 (1843) ; Gray, Lip. Ins. Nep. p. 6. t. 3. f. 2
(1846) ; Doubl. Westw. & Hew., Gen. Diurn. Lep. I. p. 15. n. 122 (1846) (Nepaul ; Assam) ;
Horsf. & Moore, Cut. Lep. Iiix. Mm. E. I. C. I. p. 116. n. 234 (18.57) (Darjeeling) ; Felder,
Verh. z. h. Ges. \Yten p. 301. n. 182. & p. 346. n. 91 (1864) ; Moore, P. Z. S. p. 758 (1865)
(Bengal ; high hilb) ; Oberth., Et. eVEnt. IV. p. 64. n. 165 (1879) {pp:) ; Stauding. & Schatz,
E.n,l. Si-hmelt. I. p. 9 (1884) ; Elwes, Tr. Ent. Soc. Lonrl p. 432. n. 424 (1888) (Sikkim ; May
to June, 2000 to 4000 feet) ; Elmer, Arlbild. Schmell. p. 66. t. 1. f. 2 (1889) (SiUkim) ; Haase,
Unferx. Ub. .Uim. p. 31 (1893).
Puzala gli/eerion, Moore, New Ind. L<p. Ins. p. 283 (1888); Swinli., Tr. Ent. Sne. Lvml p. 313.
n. 390 (1893) (Shillong).
Popilin {Puzida) glyeerinn, NiceviUe, Gazetteer nf Sildclm p. 174. n. 491 (1894) (Sikkim; at low
elevations, in May and June).
(rt) : P. glycerion Gray, forma typ. [c?].
The discoidal cell to the hindwings is longer and narrower iu this and the next
Papilio than in any of the other species of this group.
Hab. Nepaul; Sikkim (Ki cj); Assam (1 <?).
The specimens from .Sikkim and those from Cashmere exhiliit considerable
differences, which appear to be constant; the e.xam pies from Nepaul stand between
these two extreme forms, and unfortunately it was a Nepaul specimen which served
Gray for the description of his species. As the differences between the Nepaul and
Sikkim forms on the one side, as well as between the Nepaul and Cashmere races on
the other side, are not important enough and not at all constant, it will be best to
distinguish only two Indian local races of glycerion, and to apph' the name of
fjlycerioii. Gray to the Sikkim specimens and part of the specimens from Nepaul,
while the Cashmere race and the specimens from Nepaul which come nearest to it
muht receive a new name : —
(It) : p. glycerion caschmirensis subsp. nov. [J*].
The bands on the wings are less black and thinner than in typical glycerion
Gray; the anal angle of the forewings has more white; the anal 3'ellow spot on the
hindwings is of a much paler colour; the discal series of yellowish markings on the
underside of the hindwings is also much paler; the two discal black lines bordering
these markiugs are less close together; the exterior line is mucli farther lieiit towards
the outer margin of the wing between the subcostal and up[ior discocclluUir veins.
While in P. glycerion Gray the light parts of the costal and apical region of the fore-
wings are perfectly transparent, owing to the ab.sence of white -scales, the.se parts
are only partly transparent in P. glycerion caschmirensis, since the discoidal cell
is for the most part overpowdered, on the upperside of the forewing, with white
20
( 408 )
scales. The scales of the black bands are much In-oudcr in the costal region of the
forewings in caschmireiisis than in i/li/cerion. Tlie difference in the extent of the
white scaling can easily be seen without a lens when one puts a piece of black paper
underneath the wings. The forewings of glycerion are also much more glossy than
those of caschmirensis.
Hah. Cashmere and North- West India (type from North Cashmere) (7 cJ).
100. Papilio eui'ous Leech [cf].
Papilio eurout! Leech, Bull, from Cliimi, etc. p. 521. t. 32. f. 3 ((J) (1893) (Chang Yang, Central
China).
Differs from the preceding species in the more jiointed apical angle of the fore-
wings, the more triangular hindwings, the broad black bands, the presence of a
median black line on the upperside of the hindwings, etc. The white scaling of the
forewings is more re.^tricted than in P. glycerion, especially so on the underside,
where it is conspicuous only in the anal region ; almost the whole of the under
surface of the forewings has, theiefore, a gloss}' appearance.
Hub. Central China (8 <?).
1(17. Papilio mandarinus Oberth. [J,?].
Pupilio ffh/rcrion var. mimdarinns Oberthur, El. d'Eiil. IV. p. 115. sub n. 1G5 (1879) (Monpin ;
Kuy-Tseu).
Papiliu maudariims, Leech, Butt. /mm China, etc. p. 520 (1893) (W. China, common).
We distinguish a Chinese and an Indian subspecies of this insect : —
(a): P. mandarinus oberth., forma typ. [<?,?].
A sketch of the underside of the Lindwing, kindly sent to us by -Mr. Charles
Oberthur, shows that Mr. J. H. Leech was right in liis supposition that 1'. mandanmts
is not the Chinese representative of P. glycerion Gray.
This species is rather variable in pattern : the fourth cellular liand of the fore-
wings is very broad in one specimen from Chou-to-in-sa, in others from IMoupin and
Huang-mu-Chan it is only faintly marked, while in others again, from ^^'a-shan,
it is entirely absent. The bases of the median nervules are mo.^tly, but not always,
black. The anal orange mark is often divided into two distinctly sejiurated spots
on the upperside.
Hab. Western China (14 cj, 4 ?).
Leech (I.e.) gives the description of P. mandarinus paphxm Nicev., not that of
mandarinus Oberth.
(h): P. mandarinus paphus Nicdv. [c?,?].
Ptipdw ixiplmn Nicuvillo, Journ. An. S„r. /J,m/. .%,. p. 2.")4. t. II. f. G (J) (1886) (Sikkim ;
0. Moller) : Elwes, Tr. Enl. Soc. Loud. p. 4:}2. n. 425 (1888) ; Eimer, Arlbild. Schmclt. p. 4G
f. c. & p. G(; (1889) ; Honrath, Bert. K,il. Zdl. XXXVI. Sitz.-Bcr. p. 8 (1891) ("jiophix Nici'v.
= tiimr.rlimuK Oberth." rx err.) ; Haase, Unlcrs. iib. Mim. p. 31 (1893).
Papilio (Patlinsii) puphun NicOville, Gazetteer of Sikkim p. 174. n. 492 (1894) (Sikkim; May to
July, 3000 to 7000 feet).
Though the North Indian mandarinus come very close to the Chinese ones,
I can clisiiuguish them by some characters which are not very prominent, but rather
constant : —
The white scaling of the anal region of the ni)per.'<ide of the forewings, lietween
inner margin and upper median norvule, is denser, and the wing, therefore, evidently
( iO'J )
less transparent ; the white portions of the costal margin in the apical half of the
cell are covered with much narrower scales than in P. vui ndarintLS ; the black 'bands
of the forewings are broader, especially the marginal and submarginal bands. On
the hiiidwings, the subbasal black band is always interrupted behind the median
nervure, owing to its being covered with white scales. In the male the abdominal
fold, when opened out, shows mucli less black; tlie rudimentary scent-organ at the
base of the fold is much whiter, and the scales composing it are obviously longer.
Hairs of the front of the head longer.
While P. mandarinus is variable, its In<lian representative is almost constant
in its characters.
Hah. North India: Wkkim (10 cf, (i ¥; iiid. lijpel); Nepavd.
108. Papilio alebion (iray [J].
Piiijilio (ilebion Gray, Oil. Lep. Lis. B. M. I. p. 'iO. n. lu. t. 13. f. 6 (1852) (Northern China) ;
Feld., Verh. z. h. Ges. Wim p. 301. n. 183 (1804) ; Elwes, P. Z. S. p. 873 (1881) ; Haase,
Vntermch. iib. Mini. p. 31 (1893).
The fcnuile of this rare insect is unknown. My series of sjiecimens does not
exhibit any variation worthy of note.
(rt-) : ab. mariesi Butl.
P(q>ilio mariesi Butler, Ami. Mug. N. II. (5). VII. p. 33. t. 4. f. 4 (1881) (Kiu-Kiang) ; Elwes,
P. Z. S. p. 874 (1881).
Ptqnlio ideiivn var. mariesi Leech, Butt, from Cliiim, etc. p. 522 (1893).
The black bands of the wings are very narrow ; the submarginal black line of
the forewings is almost entirely obliterated.
Hull. Kiu-Kiang (the onlv proper locality hitherto recorded) and North China (?)
(6 <J).
1119. Papilio tamerlanus Oberth. [(?,?].
P,ijii!io tnmerhiims Oberthur, Et. d'Eiit. II. p. 13. t. 2. f. 1 (1876) (Moupin) ; id., I.e. IV. p. 64. n. Ifi4
(1879) ; Elwes, P. Z. N. p. 873 (1881) (liimcrlanns = ahbioii'i) ; Leech, /lull. /mm Cliimi p. 521
(c?> S ) (l^'l'S) (fairly common in W. China).
Piipilio ukbiwi, Euner, Arthikl. Sclimell. p. 65. t. 1. f. 1 (1889) (N. China).
The specimen figured by Elmer {I.e.) is tamerlanus Obeith. and not alehiun
Gray, and I do not believe that the patria '• Nordchina " which Eimer gives to his
alebion (not Gray's) is correct. This mistake in the identification accounts for
his considering tamerlanus to be " ein einfacher iilclnoii.''
P. alebion and tamerlanus have the discoidal cell to the hindwings much
broader, especially so in its apical half, than any other species of the present
group.
The chief characters by which P. alebion and tamerlanus can be distinguished
from each other are as follows : —
The hindwings of P. alebion are much more produced in the caudal region, and
are, therefore, much narrower than those of P. lairteiianus ; the anal yellow mark
to the hindwings of P. tamerlanus is at least three tinies as broad (transversal ly)
as long, and divided (or almo.st so) into two spots by the black lower median nervule,
while in P. alebion that mark is abont as long as broad (and therefore much larger
than in P. tamerlanus), and not divided into two spots; the po.^tcellular portions of
the subbasal and median black lines, which form a very conspicuous angle on both
( 410 )
sides of the liindwings, are in F. alebion proportionally shorter than in P.
tameiianus.
Though I have seen a large number of specimens of P. tameiianus, and have
compared about twenty specimens of alebion, I have never met with intermediate
examples. The shape of the hindwings and the yellow anal mark are so conspicuously
different in alebion and tameiianus that there is at present no reason to unite these
Papilios into one species.
Hah. Western China (13 S).
XXXI. ANTIPHATES-GEOUP.
Similar to the pi-eceding group, but the first discocellular vein of the forewings
only a little, or not, longer than the second. Light bands in the apical region of the
forewings with hairlike scales, exclusive of P. ornatus m. and dwciis De Haau.
Male with long hairs at the abdominal margin of the hindwings; these hairs are
concealed when the abdominal margin is folded in.
170. Papilio antiphates Cram. [<?,¥, metam.].
Pupilio Equen Acltivns iiiilij>hates Cramer, Pup. Ex. I. p. 113. t. 72, f. a. b (1775) (China) ; Goeze,
Ent. Beytr. III. 1. p. 78. n. 30 (1779) ; Y3hv.,Ent.Syst. UI. 1. p. 24. n. 72 (1793) ("America"
he. err.).
Papilio Egues Achivus aiilipathex, Jablonsky & Herbst, Naturs. Schmcll. III. p. 151. n. 98. t. 43.
f. 1. & 2 (1888).
Ijihklides anliphatts, Hubner, Verz. beh. Schmeit. p. 82. n. 832 (1816).
Papilio I'ompilius, Godart, Enc. Melh. IX. p. 49. n. 70 (1819) (/)./).).
Papilio mttiphatea, Doubl. Westw. & Hew., Gen. Diiirii. Lep. I. p. 15. n. 125 (1846) {pp.) ; Gray,
Git. Lep. Im. B. il. I. p. 31. n. 147 (1852) {pp.) ; Feld., Verh. z. h. Ges. Wicii p. 302. n. 185
(1864) (pp.); Holland, Tr. Amer. Ent. Soc. XIV. p. 123. n. 81 (1887) (Hainan); Oberth.,
Et. d'Eiil. XVU. p. 4 (1893) (Tonkin).
Papilio pompllius Fabr. is a very doubtful fpecies ; Fabricius compares it with
P. sinon Cram, from Jamaica, and gives in Mant. Ins. as a synonym P. policenes
Cram, from Africa ; this points to P. nomius Esp. or to a form of P. aristeii^ Cram.
The description of P. ponipilius, however, applies best to P. antiphates Cram., or a
variety of it ; but there is no character mentioned in the description that can give us
a hint which special race of P. antiphates Fabricius had before him. The " hab. in
India" points to the Indian race, which Fabricius had, however, already described
under n. 65 as Papilio E. A. idcihiacles ; if P. jjompilivs really came from India, it
nmst therefore be referred to P. ulcibiades as a mere individual aberration. Doubtful
as it is, it will be best to unite P. pompiliii^ to the Indian race.
I can distinguish four local races of P. antiphates Cram. : —
(a) : P. antiphates Cram, from Eastern China ;
(/j) : P. antiphates alcibiades Fabr. from Continental India, Ceylon, Malay
Peninsula, Sumatra, Nias, Java, Sambawa, Billiton, Natuna Islands,
Bonieo, Banguey ;
(c) : P. antiphates decolor Standing, from Palawan, Mindanao, ]5auguey ;
(d) : P. antiphates eyjili rates VcW. from the Philippines.
(a); P, antiphates Cram., forma typ. [J,?]-
I have several examples from South-East China which agree very well with
Cramer's figure, except in the black marginal band lo the forewings, which only in
(411 )
one of my examples reaches beyond the submediun nervure, and is here not so broad
as in Cramer's figure.
The black bauds on the forewings are broad, the two basal ones are extended far
beyond the cell ; on the upperside of the hindwings there are, besides the marginal
black spots, between the discoidal nervules two or three well-marked black submarginal
spots ; the anal black mark is merged together with the greyish area of the caudal
region in two specimens, just as it is shown in Cramer's figure. On tlie underside of
the hindwings the subdiscal orange markings are of a rather deep colour, and the
black spots outside them, as well as the discal black spots, are larger than in the
Indo-]Malayan form.
Uah. Eastern China (2 (^, i! ?) ; Hainan {this race ?).
(b): P. antiphates alcibiades P'abr. [J',?, metam.].
PiijAliij Eques Achirus ahihiaiJes Fabricius, Maul. Ins, II. p. 8. n. Go (1787) (Tranquebar) ; id.,
Eld. Sysf. III. l.,p. 25. D. 73 (1793).
(?) PcqiiUo Equcs Achieus pomjnlius Fabricius, Muiit. /«.-■. II. p. 8. n. GO (1787) (India) ; id., E/it.
Sijsl. III. l.p. 25. D. 74 (1793).
IjihicVides pompilhis, Hlibner, Verz. hek. Sclimejt. p. 82. n. 839 (I81G) {p.p.).
Pi:pili,i antiphates, GoJart, 7?«<-. Melli.p.i'X n. 71 (1819)(;).y).); Boisd., *:y;«-. Geii. Lip. I. p. iiS. n. 72
(1816) (Java ; Bengal) ; Doubl. We.stw. & Hew., Geu. Diurn. Lcp. I. p. 15. n. 125 (184G)
{p.p.) ; Gray, Cat. Lep. Ins. B. M. I. p. 31. n. 147 (185-.;) ; Hor.sf. & Moore, Cat. Lep. Ins. JJiis.
E. I. C. I. p. IIG. n. 232, t. 3. f. 10. 10a (!.,ji.) (1857) ; Vollenhov., Tijdschr. v. Eiit. p. 77. n.57
(18G0) ; Felder, Verh. z. h. Ges. Wifii p. 302. n. 185 (p.p.). & p. 34G. n. 90 (18G4) ; Wall.,
Tram. Linn. Soc. Lund. p. G3. n. 99 (18C5) ; Moore, P. Z. S. p. 757 (18G5) (Bengal) ; Butler,
Tr. Linn. Sue. Lund. (2). Zvul. I. p. 552. n. 1 (1877) (Mai. Pen.) ; Salv. & Godm., 7'. Z. ,S.
p. G41 (1878) (Billiton I.); Moore, ibid. p. 841 (1878) (from Moulmein to Meetan); Oberthur,
Et. d'Ent. IV. p. 03. n. 156 (1879); Wood-Mas. & Nict'v., J««;-«, As. S. Bemj. p. 253. n. 101
(1881) ; Butler, Ann. Mar/. N. H. (5). XVI. p. 342. n. 102 (1885) (Manipur) ; Weymer, Stetl.
Enl. Zeii. p. 273 (1885) (Nias); Dist. & Pryer, Ann. Mai/. N. II. (6). XIX. p. 273. n. 177(1887)
(Sandakan) ; Piepers, Tijdsdir. r. Enl. p. 349. t. 8. f. 4 (/.) (1888) (Java) ; Elwes, Tr. Enl.
Soc. Loud. p. 433. u. 427 (1888) (Sikkim ; common in the lower valleys up to 3000 feet, from
April till October) ; Eobbe, Ann. Soc. Ent. Bchj. p. 120. n. 15 (1892) (Darjeeling).
Papilio pompilins, Godart, I.e. IX. p. 49. n. 70 (1819) (Java ; nee China) ; Horsf., Cat. Le/>. Ins.
Mus. E. I. C. t. 3 (/.) (1828) (Java) ; Luca-s, Lep. Exol. p. 43. t. 22. f. 1 (1835).
Podalirius pompilius, Swainson, ZooL lUtistr. (2). II. t. 105 (1833).
Papilio untipluttes V3.T. /mmpilitis, Distant, Pluq). Mai. p. 357. n. 21. t. 31. f. 5 ((J) (1885) ; Hagen,
Berl. Ent. Zeit. p. 155. n. 175 (1892) (Banka I.) ; id.. Iris VII. p. 27. n. 32 (1894) (Sumatra).
Papdio antiphates var. alcibiades, Butler, Cat. Diurn. Lep. Fabric, p. 240. n. 22 (18GU) (Java).
Papilin (Palhysa) antiphates, Wood-Mas. & Nicev., Joiirn. As. Soc. Benr/. p. 370. n. 188 (1880)
(Cachar) ; Elwes & Nicov., ibid. p. 437. n. 143 (1880) (Ponsekai) ; Doherty, ibid. p. 193 (1891)
(Sambawa); Fergus., Journ. Bombay .V. //. Soc. p. 445 (1891) (Travancore) ; Nice'v., Gazetteer
rif Sikkim p. 174. n. 493 (1894) (Sikkim ; very common, up to 3oU0 feet).
Papilio antiphates javanicu.'i Eimer, Artbild. Sclnnett.p. 130 (1888) (Java).
Papilio antiphates, Eimer, l.c. t. 2. f. 2 (1888) (Java).
Palhysa antiphates, Moore, Jiinrn. Linn. Sue. Land. XXI. p. 50 (1889) (Mcrgui) ; Swinh., Tr. Ent.
Soc. Lund. p. 313. n. 392 (1893) (Khasia Hills ; common).
Papilio alcibiades of Fabricius is certainly a form of P. anfiphnies Cram.
Mr. A. G. Butler applied the name of alcibiades to a Javan specimen [^Cat. Diurn.
Le}}. Fabric, p. 240. n. 22 (18G9)], and I think he was quite right, as the character
" Cauda atra apice albo " is more often found in Javan specimens than in examples
from other parts of ISIalayasia or Continental India, which mostly have " cauda nigra
margine albo." The Javan P. antiphates are, however, not subspecifically separable
from those from Sambawa, Sumatra, Nias, H\nigurau, Borneo, Malacca, India, Ceylon,
and so I have to treat all the P. antiphates from these localities as belonging to
one subspecies, for which the name of alcibiades must stand.
( 412 )
Like tilt' othei- local forms of P. ((atipluUes, the Iiulo-Malayan race is very
variable, and sometimes scarcely different fi-om the Chinese form. The two basal
black bands on the upperside of the forewings are mostly not prolonged beyond the
median nervure ; the marginal band seldom reaches the submedian vein ; on the
hiudwings there are no submarginal black spots between the discoidal nervules ;
the anal black spot is widely separated from the greyish caudal region, and the black
markings on the underside of the hindwings are rather small. But all these characters
are highly variable, even in specimens from the same locality. I have about forty
specimens from Thaiping, ]\Ialay Peninsula, which exhibit a good deal of variation.
If we consider the specimens with the tail (except its tip) and the caudal region
of the hindwings of a deep black colour to be typical P. antiphates alcibiades Fabr.
(see above), we must treat P. antiphates javanicus Kimer as a synonym of it, and
there remain only the following named aberrations : —
(a^j : ab. nebulosus Butl.
Pnpillo „el,uli,su^ Butler, Am,. Mag. X. B. (5). VII. p. .'S3, t. 4. f. 3 (1881) (D.arjeeling) ; Nici'ville,
ibid. p. 385 (1881) ; Elwes, ibiil. p. 469 (1881).
I have an example of this melanistic variety from Sikkim (Muller collection,
1. vii. 8(5), which, has the forewings black, with a submarginal white band reaching
about tlie middle median nervule, and with four white bands extending from the
costal margin to the median nervure.
(?/-) : ab. continentalis Eimer.
Piipilio antiphttes couliiieiitalis Eimer, I.e. p. 137 (1889).
Papilin uutqihdtcs Eimer, l.r. t. 2. f. 1. 3 (1889).
Caudal region of the hindwings suffused with bhick ; siiliapical black band on
the ujiperside of the forewings not posteriorly united to the black marginal border.
(c-) : ab. itamputi Butl.
Papilio itamputi Butler, Forbes' Natural. Wander, p. 276 (1885) (Suniatr.i).
PapHin aiitiplmles ilanipuli, Eimer, I.e. p. 135 (1889).
Pajiilin uutiphates, Snellen, Tijdxehr. v. Ent. XXXIII. p. 221 (1890) (Sumatra); id., Midden-
Sumatra. U. p. 25. n. 2 (1892) (.Sumatra).
Paj.ilia (Ditiphatci Ya.T. pompiliu-i, Hageii, Iris VII. p. 27. n. 32 (1894) (Sumatra).
Differs from the preceding aberration in having the marginal and the sub-
marginal black bands on the upperside of the forewings united posteriorly.
This seems to be the usual form in Sumatra, but occurs also in other localities.
(d-) : ab. ceylonicus Eimer.
Pathjim (uitqihalcs, Moore, Lep. Cei/!. p. 142. t. 03. f. 1. la (1881).
Papiliu antiphates ceijhmieus Eimer, l.c. p. 149 (1889) (Ceylon).
Two basal black bands on the upperside of the forewings extending beyond the
median nervure; fourth band broad and reaching the median vein (not triangular).
In tliese two characters ah. ceyleniicufi agrees with tyi)ieal antiphdlcn, from which it
is distinguished by the greyish black caudal area of the upperside of the hindwings
being very much restricted.
llah. Ceylon (1 S); South and Central India; .'Vs.sam (4 6); Sikkim (15 S,
1 ?); Burma; Shan States (9 S) ; Malacca (41 3,\ ?); Sumatra {!) S); Nias ;
Java (6 c?); Sambawa (2 c?, 1 ?); Bunguran (2 S); Borneo (5 cJ) ; Banguey (1 cJ).
( ^1-i ;
The above-enumerated aberrations are to be- found in series from every locality,
except ab. nehidosas, which has only twice occurred, and both times in Sikkim.
\\'hile in P. mitiphates Cram, and P. antiphates cdcibiades Fabr. the median
black streak on the underside of the hindwings extends beyond the median vein into
the middle median cellule, this streak stops at the median nervure in the following
races of P. antiphates (and, I may add, in the Celebesian P. androdes Boisd.).
(c): p. antiphates decolor Standing. [(?,?].
Tupilio aiilipliiilex var. drrnlor Staudiiiger, Ins I. p. 27'.) (1888) (Palawan) ; id., /..-. II. p. l.^i (1889).
rapHio (P(tlhi/m.) uiilqiliales form C. ilerului; Semper, Pliilijip,, 'J'unfull. p. 285. t. 48. f. 3 ((J)
(18P3).
Pdjiiliii iiHliphates pulaimnkiis Elmer, Ix. p. 149 (1889) {num. nnr. mpcrjt.).
The rather narrow black border to the hindwings is not interrupted at the veins,
and there is no white marginal border. The fourth black streak on the forewings i.s
very short ; the marginal band to the forewings reaches the submedian vein or not.
(e^) : ab. tigria Semper.
rapnio mitiphitfs form B. tirjris Semper, Philipp., Tugfall. p. 284. t. 48. f. 2 ( $ ) (1893) (S.E.
Mindanao).
The hindwings have the subbasal black streak of the underside also present
on the upperside between the costal and median nervures; caudal grey area rather large.
(/2) : ab. euphratoides Eimer.
Papilio antiphates eiip^irutoides Eimer, I.e. p. 133. t. 2. f. 4 (1889).
Papilin {Palliijm) antiphiili's form A. fuphratokks, Semper, I.e. p. 284. t. 48. f. 1 (?) (1893)
(Camiguin ; Mindanao).
Pupiliu eupln-atcs, Oberthlir, El. d'Eid. IV. p. (53. n. 155 (1879) (Mindanao).
Similar to decolor, but the hindwings have a white fi-inge between the nervules.
Hal). Palawan (.3 Jj ; Mindanao (1 J); Camiguin; Borneo (?)(2cJ); Banguey
Island (1 cJ).
There are two specimens in the Felder collection labelled " liorneo " which are
rather larger than the Palawan examples, but are otherwise identical with them.
On Banguey Island decolor and (dcibiades occur together.
(d): P. antiphates euphrates Feld. [c?,?].
Papilio (iipliratex Felder, Wien. Eut. Man. VI. p. 283 (18G2) (Luzon) ; id., Vei-h. s. h. Ges. M'ieit
p. 302. n. 18G (18(54) ; id., Reise Nonim, Lep. I. p. 54. n. 41. t. 11. f. d (1805) ; Wall., Tramt.
Linn. Soe. Lu„il. XXV. p. G3. n. 100 (18C.5) ; Eimer, Arlhild. Sehmelt. p. 125. u. 2. t. 2. f. 5
(1889).
Pajiilio mimrei Reakirt, Proc. Ent. Soe. Phil. p. 485 (181)4) (Philippines).
P(i2jilio (P<(lhi/s<i) uidijihuteis var. euphm/es, Semper, Pliilipp., Tagifa//. p. 28.'). form E. t. 48. f. l! ( ? )
& f. 4. 5 (cJ, ? , var.) (1893) (Luzon ; Mindoro ; Domaran ; Bobol).
Comparing the various forms described and figured bj' Semper (I.e.) witli my
material from Palawan and the Philippines, I come to the conclusion that the speci-
mens from Mindanao and Camiguin must be referred to P. antiphates decolor
Standing., if they do not represent a local form by themselves (which then has to
stand as P. antiphates euphratoides Eimer), while the other i>lands are inhal)ited
by P. antiphates euphrates Feld.
The marginal and submarginal black bands to the forewings of P. anliphntes
euphrates &ve \ery hroo.(\ ; they merge together at about the niiddle median nervule.
( -11-i )
and are still of considerable breadth at the inner margin of the wing. The other
bands of the forewings are also broad; the fourth reaches the median vein. On the
bindwings the anal and the submarginal black spots are confluent with the broad
black lx)rder of the wing.
((/■) : ab. loc. atratiis ab. nov.
The marginal and submarginal black band to the forewings, as well as the black
border of the hindwings, are broader than in euphrates; the hiudwings have on the
upperside a black streak, as it is present in decolor ab. tigri^ ; the black as well as
the orange markings in the anal region of the underside of the hindwings are larger
and of a deeper colour, and the black dorsal stripe of the abdomen is broader in both sexes.
Ihis aberration occurs in Mindoro [and (according to ISemper) in Bohol ?].
Huh. Luzon ((i (?, 1 ?); Mindoro (1 (?, 1 9); Doniarun ; I'.oliol.
IVl. Papilio epaminondas oberth. [J,?].
Ptipilio ntilijtliriles, Moore (m:; Cramer, 177.')), /'. Z. S. p. f)9.S (18G5) (Pt. Blair ; Andam.in Is.).
PapUiri f/iam>)ioml(is Oberthiir, £t. d'Ent. IV. p. G'2. n. 154. t. 4. f. I (1879) (Andamans); Stauding.
& Schatz. Exnt. Srhmell. p. 9. t. G ((J) (1888) ; Eimer, Arlhilil. Srhnell. p. I'il. t. 2. f. 0 (1889).
Piijiilio ?«f.v(i7/ju«wm Wood-Mason, Prvc. An. S. Bcnij. p. Iil2 (1S80, June) (Andaman Is.); id.,
Jotirn. Ax. H. Bcmj. p. 178. pi. G. f. 1. & la (J) (1880) (And. Is.) ; id. c* Nicuv., I.e. p. 2:18.
n. 72 (1880) (And. Is.) ; iid., I.r. p. 253. n. 102 (1881) (rfe.scr. of ? ).
Tliougli this species is very variable, and comes often rather close to tyj'ical
r. antiph<Ues Cram., I have not seen any examples in which the discal black
markings on the upperside of the liindwings are entirely obliterated. The anal
ocbreous spot on the hindwings is alwaj's of a much deeper colour than in any race
of P. antiphaies. I have not seen examples from the Nicobar Islands, nor is
P. antiphaies recorded from there.
Bab. Andaman Islands (10 cj).
172. Papilio ornatus sp. nov. [c?].
(?. Wings shaped as in P. antlpJudes alclhlndes Cram.; body coloui'ed as in
P. antiphates euphrates Feld.
Upperside. Forewings : marginal black band rather narrow, not reaching the
submedian vein, separated from the submarginal black baud, which stops usually
at the second median nervule or extends a little beyond it. In' means of a white
macular band, which is densely suffused with black between the lower discal and
the middle median veins, so that the marginal and submarginal black bands appear
to be more or less merged together posteriorly. The submarginal black band is
broad at the costal margin, strongly and almost e\enly narrowed behind, and concave
at its discal side ; in some specimens it is notched in the cellule formed by the
lower subcostal and upper discoidal veins. Discoidal cell with five black streaks,
of whicli the apical one reaches to the origin of the second di.scoidal nervule, while
the others reach the median ncrvure or not; none o' the streaks exlend beyond the
cell; they are partly dusted with white .scales posteriorly; the subbasal streak is
very feeble.
Hindwings: the black border is of a very deep colour; at the upper median
nervule it extends not rpiite half-way from the outer margin to the cell ; anteriorly
it becomes gradually narrower, includes a submarginal white lunule between the two
upper discoidal veins, and is often interrupted at the subcostal nervule; the black
( 415 )
spot at the anal angle is mostly joined to the black border of the wing ; at the anal
sinus there stands a white (not yellow) marginal spot ; tails thinly bordered with
white, the white colour not or a very little more pronounced at the tip of the tail.
The whole of the upperside, int'luding the subapical wliite band, is covered with
both layers of scales.
Underside : forewings as above, but with the Isase of the cell green, which
colour shows often through on the upperside, and the apical third of the wing often
tinged with buff. The subinarginal white or huffish white liand is not, or very feebly,
suffused with black posteriorly, thus separating the marginal and submarginal black
bands for the whole length ; the nervules traversing it much thinner black. The
cellular black bands longer and mostly broader than above ; the second (counted
from the base) extends beyond the median nervure.
Hindwings with the same markings as in P. antiphates Cram. The abdominal
and subbasal black lines, which are joined to one another posteriorly, are scarcely
broader than in P. antiphates ; the median black band is about half as broad again
as these lines, or broader ; it is also joined posteriorly to the extremity of the
abdominal and subbasal lines by means of two, mostly ill-defined, black sjiots situated
between the iipper and lower median nervules ; the discal series of black spots,
standing outside the median band and ending with the anal black mark, consists of
very large patches, which are connected with the median band and touch each other ;
the black .spot in the apex of the cell not larger than in antiphates Cram. ; the anal
black mark is clearly separated from the end of the abdominal black line ; the
submarginal black markings, which in P. epaminondas Oberth. are so well separated
from the marginal spots, are larger and less irregular than in that species ; the three
anterior ones stand separate, the fourth is joined to the marginal spot, extends along
the upper median vein, and reaches (or almost so) the corresponding discal black
spot ; the two posterior ones, standing between the median veins, are merged
together with the marginal spots, the whitish markings bordering them exteriorly
in P. nntiphates being seldom slightly marked. The yellow scaling inside the
submarginal black spots in P. epaminondas forms here two or three j'ellow spots
in the caudal region ; the two posterior ones are entirely (or almost so) enclosed
in lilack, and are thus rendered very conspicuous.
? . Unknown.
Hah. Halmahera (\V. Doherty, August 1892) (8 <?).
I should not have ventured to treat this insect as distinct from P. antiphates
Cram., if it were not for the sealing of the upperside of the forewings, which is
remarkably different from that of antiphates and its races. In P. antiphates,
epaminondas, and androcles the ujiper scales on the light parts of the forewings
above, in the costal and apical region, have developed into short hairs, and the under
scales are obliterated, while in P. ornatus vo. the scales of both layers are present all
over the wing and do not assume the character of hairs.
As in respect to pattern no character appears in P. ornatus which is altogether
new, all the distinguishing points being niodilications of the characters oi aniiphates,
and as, further, the scaling of many Papilios varies under the influence of altered
conditions of life (compare P. afjamemnon and its races, P. podalirius), I think it
possible that a connecting link between ornatus and antiphates will be found.
Kote. — Prof. Eimer, I.e. p. 142, .says that the races of /'. antiphates Cram, are
inclined to assume a greenish tint on the u])perside of the wings, especially in the
( llfi )
apical region of the forewings. This greenish tint is, .as stated above, due to
the scaling being partly obliterated and partly hairlike, and therefore being not
able to conceal the greenish membrane of the wing. According to Prof. Eimer, the
present Papilio ornatu,s Kothseh. must, therefore, be an ancient form, as the wings
have not yet assumed the greenish tint in the apical region. As the black bands
of the forewings above are inclined to be obliterated more and more from the
posterior side, we learn from Prof. Eimer, I.e. pp. 143, 145, etc., that P. ornatus is
a recent form of the antiphnies-growYi. The [)resent insect combines therefore a
character which points (ace. to Primer) to the ancestral form of the group, and which
is not preserved in the allied forms, together with the recently acquired reduction
of the black bands on the forewings. This latter character of P. wnatus is more
developed even than in the Indian P. aniiphates alcihiades Fabr., which Eimer
considers to be the most advanced and recent subspecies of P. antiphates Cram, in
respect to the pattern of the wings.
In the Malayan race {insularw Stauding.) of /'. ngeles Westw. we meet with
a similar combination of characters, reduction of bands and condensation of scaling,
while on the contrary- a reduction of bands and reduction of scaling go hand in hand
in other species, for example in P. j'odalirius feisthameli Dup. Pupilio darcvs
De Haan, which has more black on the wings than its ally P. androcles Boisd.,
though the number of the black bands is reduced, differs from androcles also in (lie
greater deusity of the sealing. — K. ,1.
173. Papilio androcles Boisd. [J"].
Papilio androcUs Boisduval, Spec. Gen. Lip. I. p. 249. n. 73 (1836) (Celebes) ; De Haan, Verli. Nat.
Ges. Xed. overz. bes., Zool. p. 35 (1840) ; Doubl. Westw. & Hew., Gen. Diurii. Lep. I. p. 16.
n. 140 (1846) ; Feld., Yerh. z. b. Ges. Witn p. 302. n. 187 (186-1) ; WaU., Tr. Liim. Soc. Loud.
XXV. p. 63. n. 101. t. 7. f. 5 ((J) (1865) (Macassar) : Snellen, Tijihchr. r. E,it. p. 37. n. 148
(1877) (Amparang; Bonthain) : Oberth., El. d'Ent. IV. p. 61. n. 153 (1879); Stauding. &
Schatz, Exol. Schmett. I. p. 9 (1888); Eimer, Arlbild. Schmelt. p. 140.t.2.f.7 (1889); Rothsch.,
Jris p. 442 (1892).
The scent-organ within the abdominal fold of the nude is more developed than
in P. (tatiphates Cram. The female of this rather constant species is still unknown.
Hah. Celebes (W. Doherty : i^outh Celebes, Augu.st to September \S<.)2) (16 c?).
174. Papilio dorcus Do Haan [(?].
Papilio don-US De Haan, Verh. A'al. Ges. Xed. overz. I,ez., Zool. p. 35. t. 7. f. 4 (1840); Doubl. Westw.
& Hew., Geii. Diurn. Lep. I. p. 16. n. 141 (1846) ; Vollenh., Tijdschr. v. Ent. III. p. 77. n. 61
(1860) ; Feld., Verh. -. b. Ges. Wieii p. 302. n. 188 (1864) ; Wall., Tr. Linn. Soc. Land. XXV.
p. 64. n. 102 (1865) (Gorontalo, N. Celebes) ; Stauding. & Schatz, Exol. Schmell. I. p. 9
(1888) : Eimer, .iribild. Schinell. p. 141. t. 2. f. 8 (1889).
(S. This rare species is somewhat of a connecting link between the aristeiis-
group and the antiphates-groui>. In scaling and in pattern it agrees best with the
orisieits-group, while in general form and appearance it is close to P. androcles of
the antipliates-gronp. The submargin;d white or greenish white band present on the
forewings in all the allied species is in P. dorciis extremely feebly indicated, and only
on the underside.
In one of my specimens tliere is a black s|)ot on the subcostal nervure on the
upperside of the forewings, just outside the .second black band, indieating the third
(abbreviated) band of P. androcles Boisd.
? . Unknown.
Hah. Celebes (3 6).
( ^n )
XXXn. A(iETE8-GR0UP.
Agrees with the preceding grouji, but the males ha\'e a rather large cottony
scent-organ within the abdominal fold.
175. Papilio ag'etes Westw. [J].
rnpUhi ageles Westwood, .1/v. K„t. II. p. 2.1 t. 55. f. 1. 2 (1843) (Ind. or., Sylhet ?) ; Doubl.
Westw. & Hew., Gen. Diiirn. Lep. I. p. 15. n. 123 (184G) ; Gray, Gd. Lep. Im. B. .)/. I. p. 31.
n. 145 (1852); Horsf. & Moore, Cat. Lep. Im. J/«s. E. I. C. I. p. IIG. n. 233 (18.57) (Darjeeling);
Feld., Verb. z. h. Ge.s. Wifii p. 302. n. 184. & p. .346. n. 04 (18C4) ; Oberth., El. (VEnl.lY.)>. 67.
n. 185 (1879) (Sylhet) ; Standing. & Schatz, Emt. Schmelt. p. 9 (1884) ; Distant, Jihop. .Mat.
p. 469. D. 31. t. 42. f. 8 (1886) (Perak) ; Elwes, Tr. Ent. Soc. Lfiml. p. 433. n. 426 (1888)
(Sikkim; Sivoke); Eimer, Arlhihl. Schmrtt. p. 53. 113. t. 1. f. 8 (1889) ; Haase, Uiitei-K. ilb.
Mim. p. 32 (1893) ; Oberth., El. cfEnl. XVII. p. 5 (1893) (Tonkin).
Piij)iliu (^Piilhi/sii) iKjcles, Elwes & Nice'v., Journ. Ah. Snr. Brmj. p. 437. n. 144 (1880) (Ponsekai).
I'lUhi/sa agftes, Swinhoe, Tr. Eiil. Sue. Loml. p. 313. u. 391 (1893) (Khasia Hills).
Two local forms : —
(«) : P. agetes Westw. [J].
cJ. This species is faii'lj con.stant. The length and breadth of the black bands
is slightly variable ; the two basal black bands on the forewings often reach the
inner margin of the wing ; the number of red linear spots in the black median band
on the underside of the hindwings is sometimes reduced.
?. Undescribed ; unknown to me.
Hab. Sikkim (lower hills : 8 (?) ; As.sam (5 (?) ; Shan States (7 S) ; :\Ialay
Peninsula ; Tonkin.
(b) : P. agetes insularis Stauding. [c?].
PdpiVio agetes, Hagen {iiec Westwood, 1843), Iris VII. p. 27. n. 31 (1894) (Sumatra ; "nicht uuter
3000 Fuss Meereshohe ").
Papilhi aijiles Webst. (.s»j !) var. in-suhiris Staudinger, Iris VII. p. 349 (1895) (Sumatra; Kina
BaUi, N. Borneo).
Differs from P. agetes Westw. in the following characters: the two basal black
bands on the upperside of the forewings are shorter, the first reaches the submedian
nervure, the second .stops at the median vein or is only a very little extended beyond
it: the fourth band, at the apex of the cell, is broader than in P. uejetes, more or less
triangular, and extended as far as the origin of the middle discoidal nervule ; the
submarginal and marginal bands are a little broader, and the light space between
them somewhat smaller, than in P. agetes. The anterior half of the cell to the fore-
wings has two layers of scales iu insularis, while in P. agetes the under scales are all,
or nearly all, obliterated.
Huh. Kina Balu, British North Borneo (2 <S); Sumatra (1 S).
In the scaling of the forewings and reduction of the basal black lands this local
form comes nearer to the following species (P. stratioies Grose Smith) than to
P. agetes Westw., with whicli it agrees in all the other characters.
17(i. Papilio stratiotes Grose Smith [<?].
Pajiilio .<itratioles Gro.se Smith, Ami. .Mag. X. II. (5). XX. p. 433 (1887) (Kina Balu) ; Honmtli,
Bert. Ent. Zcit. XXXI. p. .349. t. C. f.' 3 (1888) ; Eimer, Artl/ild. Schmctl. p. 151. f. r (1889).
The interior one of the two black lines on the underside of the hindwings is
straight and is in the .same position as in P. antiphates Cram., while in P. agetes
( -118 )
Westw. this line forms a kind of angle. In all the other characters P. stratiotes Grose
Smith comes nearest to P. agetes, and is very difierent from P. antiphates, to which
Professor Eimer links it. P. stratiotes and agetes form a separate group, though close
to the aniiphate,i-gvou\^ ; Professor Eimer, misled by a superficial resemblance in the
pattern of the wings, placed P. agetes, together with a number of American species,
&nd podalirius, alebimi, glycerion, etc., into his podaZmw8-group, with which, how-
ever, agetes has nothing to do.
JtJab. Kina Balu, North Borneo (8 cJ).
XXX 11 1. .\RISTEUS-GROUP.
Differs fi-om the antiphates-gYOup in the white bands of the wings being
normally scaled, and in the males having a cottony scent-organ, as in the agetes-
group.
177. Papilio aristeus Cram. [<?, ?].
Papilio £5»fs Arhivus arhlm.t Cramer, r„j>. K.,:. IV. p. CO. t. 318. f. E. F (1782) (Amboina) ;
Jablonsky & Herbst, yaturs. Schmett. III. p. 150. t. 44. f. 3. 4 (1884).
Iphiclides arisleus, Hiibntr, Vo". tiet. Schm. p. 82. n. 837 (1816).
Papilio arislaeus, Godart, Eiic. Mth. IX. p. 51. n. 76 (1819) (Amboina : "Java" loc. err.) ; Boisd.,
Spec. Gin. p. 252. n. 76 (1836) (Amboina ; " Celebes " loc. err.) ; Doubl. Westw. <t Hew., Gen.
Dim-u. Lep. I. p. 14. n. 118 (1846) ; Gray, Cat. Lep. Ins. B. il. I. p. 29. n. 138 (1852) ;
Yollenh., TijiUchr. r. Enl. III. p. 77. n. 59 (1860) (Amboina) : Feld., Verh. z. h. Ge.i. WIen p. 302.
n. 191. >.« p. 346. n. 99 (1864) ; Wall, Tr. Linn. Soc. Lnnd. XXV. p. 64. n. 104 (1865) (Ceram ;
Batjan); Oberth., Et. rTEnl. IV. p. 63. n. 160 (1879) (Ceram; Amboina); Pagenstech.,
Jahrb. Xass. Ver. Nol. p. 203 (1884) ; Standing., Iris II. p. 15 (1889) ; Eimer, Arlbilil. Schmelt.
p. 167. t. 3. f. 5 (1889) ; Ribbe, Iris U. p. 210. n. 10 (1890) (Ceram).
Papilio timocrates Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. I. p. 55. n. 42 (1865) (Halmahera).
In typical P. aristeus Cram., as well as in the various local forms, the wings
vary somewhat in the amount of black; the palest races are anticrates from
Continental India and parraatus from Queensland and New Guinea. The dark
bands are almost of the same black colour on both sides of the wings in the
:SIoluccan race, i.e. in typical P. aristeus ; in the other three subspecies the bands
are, on the underside of the wings, of a more or less pale cinnamon colour. The
collar bears an ochreous siiot on each side in the two I'apuan races {aristeus and
parmatus).
The four races of P. aristeus Cram, are distributed as follows:—
(a) : P. aristeus Cram, occurs in the Moluccas ;
(b) : P. aristeus pamudus Gray occurs in Queensland, New Guinea, .\ru, and
Waigeu ;
(b) : P. aristeus anticrates Doubl. occurs in Northern India ;
('/) : P. aristeus hermocrates Feld. occms in the fliilippine Islands, Palawan,
Borneo, Sumatra, Malacca, Tenasserim, Burma, Tonkin, Timor, and
Wetter.
In Celebes P. aristeus Cram, is replaced by a closely allied species, P. rhesus
Boisd., and in the Bismarck Archipelago by P. jMron Godm. >S: Salv.
(«): P. aristeus Cram., forma typ. [<?].
Feraale not described.
Is apparently rare. The Halmahera specimens are separated by Felder under
the name of P. timocrates, but I cannot find that they are really different from those
( 41'J )
from the Southern Moluccas. My three Batjan specimens and two Halmahera
examples have rather more white on the hindwings than the Ceram individuals-
Felder's two Halmahera specimens agree in the amount of white, however, with the
Ceram examples.
Hah. Amboina; Ceram (2 6); Batjan (3 S); Halmahera (4 6).
(Ii): P. aristeus parmatus (iray [c?,?].
Papilio parmalus Gray, Vul. f.eji. /««. U. M. I. p. 30. n. 141. t. 'A. f. 2 (1852) (Australia) ; id., List
Lep. /««. B. M. I. p. 41. n. 148 (1856) (Australia) ; Feld., Ver/i. s. b. Ges. Wien p. 302. n. iy2
(18G4) ; Wall., Tr. Lhiii. Soc. Loml. XXV. p. 04. n. 105 (1865) (Aru ; Waigeu ; Australia) ;
Oberth., Et. d'Eut. p. 63. n. 157. (1879) ; Miskiu, Proc. Roy. Sue. Queeml TV. p. 17 (1887)
(IMackay) ; Stauding., Iris I. p. 15 (1889) (" Sikkim " ex cn-ore) ; Lucas, Pruc. Roy. Soc. Queeiisl.
VIII. p. 68 (1892) (Yeppoon).
Piqiilio aristeus, Pagensteclier, .Tnlirb. Nitss. Ver. Niil. p. 203 (1884) (p.p. : Australia) ; Ribbe, Jria
II. p. 210. sub n. 10 (1890) (p.p. ; Australia).
Papilio aniicrales, Eimer, Arlbihl. Schmetl. p. 170 (1889) (p.p.).
Papilio anticruies var. poniKitiis, Eimer, I.e. t. 3. f. 7 (1889).
Pujiilio pherecrates Felder, Vcrh. z. b. Ges. Wien p. 302. n. 193 (1865) {nom. imd.) : id., Reise Nuvara,
Lep. I. p. 56. n. 43 (1866) (Nov. Guinea).
Papilio ])armatus subsp. guineensis Grose Smith, Xov. ZnuL I. p. 333. n. 10 (1894) (Humboldt Bay).
Spot on each side of the protliorax deeper yellow than in the other races. The
median black band on the upperside of the hindwings is, in specimens from the
same locality, complete, or broadly interrupted in the middle, or entirely absent.
The postcellular white area on the forewings is much broader than in P. aristeus
Cram., and in this respect parnudus agrees with anticrates Doubl. from India.
Felder's P. yherecvdies from New Guinea is not distinguishable from jjaitnatus.
In the Felder collection there is only a single specimen under the name of
P. 'parmatus Gray, which is labelled "Austral. Cap. York, coll Deyrolle " ; this
specimen is certainly not P. purmatus, but P. anticrates Doubl., as it exhibits
all the characters which distinguish P. aristeus anticrates Doubl. from P. aristeus
parmatus (xray.
Eimer (I.e.) unites parnuUus with anticrates; though both are closely allied,
they can be separated as follows : —
In anticrates tlie white submarginal lunules are larger, the dark bands on
the under surface of both wings much paler ochreous, than in parmatus, whereas
the latter form exhibits the above-mentioned two conspicuous ochreous spots
on the prothorax, which are absent or scarcely indicated in anticrates. Most
of the specimens of anticrates have on the forewings, at the apical side of the
white band situate outside the discocellular nervules, a white spot which is absent
from all the other forms of P. aristeus. This additional spot is present in Felder's
specimen above referred to.
Hab. Queensland (G J',4?); New Guinea (4 c?); Aru Ishuids ; Waigeu (2 t?).
(c): P. aristeus anticrates Doulil. [c?,?].
PapiVii, anticrates Doubleday, Ann. Ma,j. X. IL XVIII. p. 371 (184G) (Sylhet) : Doubl. Westw. &
Hew., Gen. Diuni. Lep. p. 14. n. 120 (1846) : Gray, Od. Lep. Ins. Ii. .1/. I. p. 29. n. 140. t. 3. f. 3
(1852) (Sylbet) ; id.. List Lep. his. B. M. I. p. 41. n. 147 (1856) (Sylhet) ; Horsf. & Moore,
0/^ Le)i. his. .Uns. K. L C. I. p. 115. n. 231 (1857) (Darjeeling) ; Felder, Verb. :. b. Gcs. Wien
p. 302. n. 190 (1864) (Sylhet : Darjeeling) ; Moore, /'. Z. S. p. 759 (1865) ; Elwe.s, Tr. Ent.
Sue. p. 434. n. 428 (1S88) (Sikkim; rare in the lowest valleys; abuudant at Sivoke; ? described) ;
Eimer, Artbild. Schmetl. p. 170 (p.p.) t. 3. f. 6 (1889).
Papilio unlicrate/i vat. parmatus, Eimer, I.e. t. 3. f. 8 (1889).
( 420 )
Pathym aiiticrates, Swinhoe, Tr. Eiil. Soc. Loud. p. 313. n. 393 (1893) (Kliasia Hills: great
numbers).
Papiliu (P<illii/m) fiiilicrateK,'Sic(ville, Gazetteer of Sikkim p. 174. n. 495 (1894) (Sikkim ; siiiglc-
brooded ; at Sivoke in April and May very common).
In my series of seventeen specimens from Sikkim tlie median black band on the
upperside of the hindwings varies from being almost complete to being almost
entirely absent. The Sikkim specimens are not subsijccifically distinguishalile from
the Assam examples. The before-mentioned band is complete, as in the next sub-
species, in a specimen from the Garo Hills (.Vssam). The two white bands inside
and outside the discocellular uervules on the forewings are sometimes connected
with one another at the costal margin. In an Assam specimen the fifth black band
on the forewings (the fourth, if counted from the apex of the wing) is very much
abbreviated and extends from the costal margin scarcely half-way to the median
nervure. The posterior and anterior red spots of the median row on the underside
of the hindwings are sometimes feebly marked on the upperside.
Hah. Assam (11 S); Sikkim (15 <?,2 ?).
(rf): P. aristeus hermocrates I""eld. [c?,?].
Pa2>ilio hermocrfdes Felder, Verh. z. h. Gcs. ^yirll p. :^02. n. 11)4 (1864) {mm. mill.) : id., Peine Xor.,
Lep. I. p. 1)7. n. 44. t. 12. f. E {S) (186;.) (Luzon) : Oberth., El. iTKnt. IV. p. 63. n. 1.56 (1879)
(Mindanao) : Standing., Iris I. p. 14 (1888) (Palawan) ; id.. I.e. II. p. 14 (1889) (Palawan :
? nntie.) ; Eimer, Arthild. Schmell. p. 161. t. 3. f. 2 (1889) ; Oberth., Et. d'Etil. XWl. p. 4
(1893) (Tonkin).
Papilio anticrates, Distant, Rhop. Mrd. p. 470. n. 32. t. 42. f. 7 (1886) (Perak) ; Hagen, Iris VII.
p. 27. n. 30 (1H94) (Gajo country. Sumatra).
Popilio (Piilliyai) hermocrates^ Elwes & Nicev., Juurn. As. Sue. Buiij. p. 437. n. 146 (1886) (Tavoy
& Siam) ; Semper, Philipp., TaafuU. p. 283. n. 413 (1892) (Luzon : Cebu : Jlindanao).
In the amount of black on the uppers^ide of the \vings this form comes nearest
to P. aristeus Cram. The lilack band situated upon the discocellular nervules of
the forewings is posteriorly mostly joined to the submarginal black band, thus
separating the short white streak outside tlie end of the cell from the postcellular
white area. The median hand on the upperside of the hindwings is always present.
The breadth of the black bands is very variaUe.
Prof. Eimer (I.e.) distinguishes four forms (which, in my opinion, all belong to
hermocrates): P. hermocrates Feld., P. aristeoides Eimer, P. aristeus ynv.nie/ricans
Eimer, and P. anticrates var. nigncans Eimer.
P. Jtermocrates is described by Felder from a specimen with rather much white
on the wings ; in Elmer's aristeoides the white colour is more reduced, in his
P. miticrates var. nigricans even more so, and in what he calls aristeus var.
nigricans the black colour is so prevalent that the basal white baud on the under-
side of the hindwings has disappeared. P. aristeoides Eimer is not a species, as
there are all intergraduate specimens between it and ty|)ical P. hermocrates, and
it is not a local form, as it occurs all over the whole of the area occupied by
P. hermocrates. P. anticrates var. nigricans must be referred to P. hermocrates,
not to anticrates, as its characters (the habitat is unknown) agree with the fir.sl.
P. aristeus var. nigricans has, according to lunicr, the inuU'rside of the wings gulden
brown, not black, and therefore cannot be a variety of P. aristeus proper, but must
also belong to hermocrates. So we have four names for P. aristeus hermocrates,
of which two are identical (nigricans); as the most aberrant nigricans is the first
described, it is not necessary to rename the secor.d nigricans.
( 421 )
(re-) : ab. arisieoldes Eimer.
PiijtiUu aristeokles Eiraer, I.e. p. 1G3. t. 3. f. 3 (1889) (N. Burma) ; Staudiiiger, /Ws II. p. 15 (1889) ;
Semper, Philipp., Tag/alt. p. 283. sub n. 413 (1893).
The white bands narrower than in typical lierniocrates Feld.
(6^) : ab. nigricans Eimer.
Pupiliti (irisleux var. nirjrianix Eimer, I.e. p. ll)8. f. u (1889) (hab. V).
Papilio anticrrites var. iiigrictiim Eimer, I.e. p. 175. f. T (1889) (N. Burma).
This melani.'^tic variety corresponds with P. antiphntes ab. nehulosus Butl.
Hah. Philippine.s (2 (?) ; Palawan (4 J) ; Horueo (3 (J") ; Sumatra; Malay Penin-
sula ; Tenasserim ; Burma (2 c?); Timor (2 S)\ Wetter (1 S).
I have two specimens from Timor (\V. Doherty, November to Deceml)er 1891),
whicli are rather .smaller and have the forewing.s shorter than the specimens of
P. aristeus hermocrates from other localities; in the amount of white on the
upperside they stand intermediate between hermocrates and parmatus, while the
underside has the darker tint o{ parmatus.
A specimen from Wetter (W. Doherty, iMay 1892) almost e.xactly agrees with
a small Palawan specimen of ab. aristeoides, but the forewings are also in this
Wetter sjiecimen as short as in those from Timor. I think three specimens, which
are not identical with one another, too poor a material to propose a subspecific
name for.
178. Papilio nomius Esp. [J,?, metam.].
(?) Pn/,;iio Eqms .Ichirus ore.ites Fabricius, Eiit. S?/sl. III. 1. p. 34. n. 99 (1793) (Africa!).
Popilio Eques Ae/iifus nomius Esper, Aiisl. Schmcd. p. 210. t. 52. f. 3 (178.5-98; jmst 1793)
(" S. America" loc. or.).
Prhtceps heroieus mer/ex Hiibner, Samnd. E.r. ScJimelt. I. t. lOl! (1806-24).
Ijjhiclides meges Htibner, Verz. bek. Schmell. p. 82. n. 833 (1816).
Pnjyilio niamiiK Godart, Eiic. JUlh. IX. p. 51. n. 75 (1819) ("America" loc. err.) ; Swains., Zonl.
Illuslr. (2). II. t. 32 (1831-33) ("S. Brazil" he. err.).
Piipilio nomius^ Boiaduval, Spec. Ueii. Lep. I. p. 251. n. 75 (1836) (Bengal V); Doubl. Westw. &
Hew., Geii. Diurii. Lep. I. p. 14. n. 119 (1846) (N. India) ; Horsf. & Moore, Col. Lep. Iiis. .!/«.?.
E. I. a I. p. 115. n. 230 (1857) (N. India) ; Moore, P. Z. N. p. 578 (1867) (Bengal) ; Oberth.,
Et. iVEnl. IT. p. 63. n. 161 (1879) (N. India); Standing. & Schatz, E.mt. Sehmetl. I. p. 9
(1884) ; Eimer, ArthiU. Hclimelt. p. 164. t. 3. f. 4 (1889) ; Davids. & Aitk., ./ohoi. Bombuij
N. H. Soc. p. 364. t. E. f. 1 (?.). la (p.) (1890) (life hist.) ; Betham, ibid. p. 330 (1891)
(Central Prov.).
Popilio orestes, Boisduval, .Syjcc Gen. Lep. I. p. 378 (1836) ; Westw.. Are. Enl. I. p. 154 (1845) ;
Gray, Cof. Lep. /-«. B. .M. I. p. 29. n. 139 (1852) (N. India) ; id., List Lep. bix. IS. .U. I. p. 40.
n. 146 (1856) (N. India); VoUenhov,, rijd.sehr. p. Enl. III. p. 77. n. 58 (1860) ("Brazil"
he. err.) \ Feld., Verh. z. h. Gtx. Wieii p. 302. n. 189 (1864) (Patria?) ; Butl., Cut. Lep. Im.
descr. Fabric, p. 240. n. 23 (1869) (Barrackpore, India).
Popilio nre.iles var., Felder. I'er/i. z. b. Ges. Wien p. 302. n. 189. & p. 340. n. 98 (1864) (C'aschmir ;
Darjeeling).
Pidhijsa tiomiu.f, Moore, Lep. Cei/lon I. p. 142. t. 62. f. 2 (1881) (Ceylon) ; Swinh., Tr. Ent. Soe.
Loud. p. 313. sub n. 393 (1893) (not received from the Khasia Hills).
Popilio (Puthyao) nomius, Niceville, Journ. -l.s. tioc. Beng. p. 51. n. 125 (1885) (Calcutta) ; Hamps.,
ibid. p. 364. n. 207 (1888) (Nilgiri Hills ; 1 specimen) ; Fergus., Journ. Bomboi/ .V. //. Soc.
p. 446. n. 169 (1891) (Travancore, 1 specimen) ; Nicc'v., Gozetieer of Sikkim p. 174. n. 490
(1894) (Sikkim ; a single straggler).
According to Jones's unpublished dra\vings, P. orestes Fabr. belongs either to
this species or to P. aristeus anticrates Doubl. The type of P. orestes Fabr. was
probably a mutilated, specimen, hence the character "alls subcaiidatis." As it is
( -l-^'-^ )
impossible to make out with certainty what P. orestes Fabr. really was, I cannot
follow Gray and others in applying the name oi cn-estes to our present Papilio, though
that name is older than Esper's name of nomitis.
P. iiomius Esp. is very closely allied to P. aristeus Cram., with which it flies
together in Burma and Tonkin. The differences are indeed insignificant. The two
lower median nervules to the hindwings are proportionally longer than in any
aristeus-form ; the hindwings are therefore more produced in the anal region; in
the scaling of the upperside of the forewings nomnts comes nearest to P. aristeus
pai-mcdus Gray from Queensland, not to P. ainsteus hervwcrates Feld. or anticrates
Doubl., the upper scales being much shorter and broader than in the two latter
insects.
I keep (his Papilio as a separate sjiecies, as I do not yet know of any inter-
mediate forms between it and P. arisleus Cram. ; but they may at any time
turn up.
The spots of the submarginal white band on the forewings are more or less
rounded, but sometimes they become almost as linear as they are in P. aristeus
Cram.
I distinguish two feebly different geograi)hical races : — •
(a) : P. ncnnius Esp. from Ceylon, South India, Central Provinces, Bengal, and
southern (lower) parts of Sikkini ;
(6) : P. nomiics atuinhoei Moore from Hainan, Tonkin, Burma, and Tenasserim.
The black bands vary slightly in breadth in both subspecies.
('(): P. nomius Esp., forma typ. [J, ?]•
In a specimen from the Felder collection labelled Bengal, Stoliczka, the white
colour of the wings is rather more expanded than in other individuals, and the
median band of the hindwings above is interrupted in the middle.
The anal region of the black border of the hindwings above is much overpowdered
with white scales. The submarginal spots to the forewings are all rounded, except
the last and the last but oue, which are often more elongate.
Hab. Ceylon (2 c?) ; South India (3 J); Central Provinces (2 ?); Bengal (4 6);
Sikkim (2 ?).
(b) : P. nomius swinhoei .Moore.
Papilio twinhoei Moore, P. Z. S. p. G97 (1878) (Hainan).
Papilio (P<ilht/s(i) nomius, Elwes & Nici5v., Joum. As. Soc. Beiig. p. 437. n. 115 (1886) (Ponsekai ;
very abundant).
Piipilio nvmixts, Eimer, Arlhiltl. Sclimrtt. p. 16+ (pp-)- f- Q (1889); Nict'v., Juunt. Bombay
X. JJ. Svc. p. 387. n. 87 (18'JO) (Chin-Lushai) ; Watson, ibid. p. 54 (1891) (Chin-Lushai) ;
UoUand, Ti: Amer. Ent. Soc. Loud. XIV. p. 12:!. n. 80 (1887) (Hainan) : Obcrth., El. dEnt.
XVn. p. i (1893) (Tonkin).
The spots of the submarginal band to the forewings are less rounded than in
typical nomius Esp. ; sometimes they are nearly as linear as in P. artiiteus Cram.
The hindwings are somewhat shorter, their black border is broadei-, and (aliove) in
the caudal region not or feebly overijowdered with white scales; the white spot
between the upper median branches stands mostly rivther widely separate from the
discal white band; below, the hindwings e.xhibit a short black line uijonthe praecostal
veinlet which is absent from the specimens from the western [larts of the range of
nomius.
Hob. Hainan (1 ^) ; Tonkin; Burma (I. t d); Tenasserim.
(423 )
Note. — lu my opinion P. nomius Esp. was originally a South- West Indian form
of F. aristeua Cram., and now lias spread over Bengal, Burma, Tonkin, to South-East
China. In Ceylon and West India it occurs alone ; in North India it comes occa-
sionally together with P. aristeus miticraies Doubl. ; in Burma and Tonkin it flies
together with P. uristeus hcrmocrates Feld. While the white colour of the wings is
much extended in the North Indian P. aristeus anticrcUes, the bands remain almost
the same in nomius from every locality ; further, while the Burmese and Hainan
nomius exhibit an additional black basal line on the underside of the hindwings (see
above, simnhoei), which the Bengalese, South-West Indian, and Ceylonese nomiios
have not got, the Burmese hermocrates are all devoid of this line. If nomius really
be the same species as aristeus, i.e. only an aberration of the latter, it can hardly be
explained how the North Indian aristeus has acquired a character which the North
Indian nomius does not exhibit, and how it comes that the Burmese aristeus is
dex'oid of a character which is found in all Burmese specimens of nomius. I believe,
therefore, that nomius is so fixed a form that it does not mix with aristeus, and has
accordingly to be treated as a distinct species. — K. J.
179. Papilio paron Godm. A Salv. [c?].
PapiUii jmroii Godman & Salviii, /'. Z. S. p. 054 (1879) (New Ireland) ; Grose Smith & Kirbj,
Rhoj,. Exol. II. Pap. p. 30. t. 31. f. 3. 4 (1893) (New Britain ; New Ireland).
Differs from P. aristeus Cram, especially in the anterior and posterior spots of
the di.scal series on the underside of the hindwings being ochreous instead of red.
Hab. New Ireland ; New Britain.
180. Papilio rhesus Boisd. [J].
Papilio celiibericns Boisduval, Ind. Metlt. p. 1 (1829) {iiom. imr!.).
Papilio rhesus Boisduval, Spec. Gen. Lip. I. p. 253. n. 77 (183G) ("Bengal" loc. err.); Doubl.
Westw. & Hew., Gen. Dlurii. Lep. I. p. 14. n. 117 (1840) ; Gray, Cut. Lep. Ins. B. M. I. p. 29.
n. 137 (1852) ; VoUenhov., Tijdselir. v. Eiil. III. p. 77. n. 00 (1800) (Celebes) ; Feld., Verh.
z. b. Ges. Wien p. 302. n. 195 (1804) ; Wall., Tr. Linn. .Soc. Loml XXV. p. 64. d. 103 (1865)
(Macassar) ; Piep. & Snell., Tijdschr. r. Eiit. p. 37. n. 149 (1878) (Bantimoerong ; Bonthain) ;
Oberth., Kl. d'Ent. IV. p. 63. n. 159 (1879) ("Amboina" loc. err. ; spec, typ.) ; Standing. &
Schatz, E.eot. Sehmett. p. 9 (1888) ; Elmer, Arlliikl. Schmell. p. 217. t. 4. f. 6 (1889) ; Eibbe,
Iris II. p. 210. sub n. 10 (1890) ; Rothsch., Iris V. p. 442 (1892) (S.W. Celebes).
Female undescribed.
Forewings with .six greenish white bands instead of seven, as in /'. aristeus Cram. ;
Prof. Eimer (I.e.) lays so much stress upon this character that he separates P. rhesus
entirely from the aris/eus-group. The fourth and broadest white liand (counted from
the base of the wing) bears, however, not seldom a black spot behind the costal
margin, and this black spot has in one of my examples (and in another in -\Ir. Ph.
Crowley's collection) developed into a black line, extending from the costal margin
to near the median nervure, and dividing the intra- and antecellnlar jiortion of the
white band into two bands ; this specimen is thus provided with seven white bands
in the costal region of the forewings, and comes indeed very near certain examples of
P. aristeus hermocrates Feld. As P. rhesus is also vei-y close to P. aristeus Cram, in
the pattern of the hindwings, and is identical in neuration with that species, there is
no reason to follow Prof. Eimer.
Hab. Celebes (W. Doherty : S.E. Celebes, August to September 1891) (22 S).
Boisduval mentioned this species in his Index Meth. p. 1 (1829) under the
name of P. celtibericus, with the erroneous habitat Spain; in Spec. Gni. p. 253 he
30
( 424)
described the same specimen for the first time, and gave (o it the name of P. rhesits,
and suggested that the proper habitat might be Bengal ; Oberthiir, I.e., enumerated
this type-specimen again, and gave to it the habitat Amlx)ina.
XXX IV. MACLEAYANUS-GROUP.
The single representative of this gi'oup has a strongly hairy body, as P. codrus
Cram, and P. (jlycerion Gray. The green markings are jmrtlv devoid of normal
scaling, those on the upperside of the forewings only in the costal region.
The scent-organ within the abdominal fold is in all the " green " Papilios more
or less strongly developed.
181. Papilio macleayanus Leach [cj,?, metam.].
Papilio miicleaijaim.i Leach, Zool Misc. I. p. 17. t. 5 ( ? ) (1814) (Australasia) ; Zinken, in Germar's
Afitgm. Ent. D. p. 317 (1817) : Godart, Em. Meth. IX. p. 47. n. 65 (1SI9) (New Holland) ;
Boisd., Spec. Gen. Lip. I. p. 229. n. 48 (1836) (New Holland) : Doubl. Westw. * Hew., Gen.
Dinni. I^p. I. p. 14. n. 107 (1846) (Australia) : Gray, Cat. Lrp. f>i.<. B. it. I. p. 27. n. 128
(1852) (Australia) : Feld., Vei-h. z. b. Ges. Wien p. 300. n. 241 (18C4) (Australia) ; Semper,
Jmm. ilu.«. Godefr. p. 45. n. 140 (1878) (Sidney) ; Obertb., El. rTEnt. IV. p. 60. n. 147 (1879)
(Australia) : Olliff, An,,. Man. V. //. (6). I. p. 358. t. 20. f. 2. & 2a-c (1888) (life hist.) ; id.,
L.„-d Ilnive I. p. 98 (1889) (Lord Howe I.); Lyall, Vict. Nat. VII. p. 27 (1891) (habits);
Scott, Austral. Lep. II. p. 31. t. 20 (1892) (life hist.).
Iphiclideii n,aclea,jiii,us, Hubner, .SammY. ex. Hchmetl. Zutriige III. p.'26. n. 251. t. 87. f. 501. 502 (J)
(1825) (New Holland).
Papilio a,Mlliami.i Felder, Verh. z. b. Ges. Wien p. 489 (1862) (Austr. or.) ; id., /..■. p. .306. n. 240. &
p. 351. n. 136 (1864) ; id., Heine Novara, Up. I. p. 73. n. 56 (1865).
Papilio scottianusVc'M. does not deserve to stand separate even as an aberration.
Hub. Australia: Queensland (8 c?, 5 ?), New South Wales (1 ? ), Tasmania,
Victoria; Lord Howe Island; Norfolk Islan<l.
XXXV. CODRUS-GROUP.
Body strongly hairy ; markings of the forewings above without scales, except at
the inner margin of the wing. Groups XXXIV. to XXXVII. will ultimately come
into one genus.
18:^. Papilio codrus Cram. [c?,?].
Papilio Eqnes Trnjamis codrun Cramer, Pap. Ex. II. p. 127. t. 179. f. A. B (1779) (Amboina) ;
Goeze, Ent. Pei/li: III. p. 8G. n. Ill (1779) ; Fabr., Spec. /«». p. 18. n. 69 (1781) ; id., .Uant.
7«.s. p. 9. n. 79 (1787) ; Jablonsky & Herbst, iXatu,-s. S,-hmett. III. p. 183. t. 46. f. 3. 4 (1788) ;
Gmelin, 5i/»V. Xat. I. 5. p. 2239. n. 314 (1790) (Amboina) ; Fabr., E,il. S1/.SI. III. 1. p. 31. n. 89
(1793).
Idaides cadrus, Hubner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 85. n. 881 (1816).
Papilio codr,tx, Godart, Eur. Meth. IX. p. 48. n. 68 (1819) (Amboina) ; Boisd., Spec. Gen. L^p. I.
p. 228. n. 46 (1836) (Amboina) ; De Haan, Verh. Nat. Ge.ich. Ned. overz. bez. p. 33 (1840)
\p.p.) ; Doubl. We,stw. & Hew., Gen. Diurn. Lep. I. p. 14. n. 105 (1846) ; Luca.s, in Chenu's
Enc. d'llist. Xal., Pap. t. 1. f. 2 (1851) ; Gray, Oit. Lep. Ins. B. M. I. p. 27. n. 126 (1852) {p.p.);
Vollenhov., rijdaehr. r. Ent. III. p. 75. n. 42 (1860) (p.p.) ; Feld., Verh. z. h. Ges. Wien p. 306.
n. 236. .« p. 351. n. 134 (1864) (Amboina ; Ceram) ; Wall., 7V. Linn. Soc. Load. XXV. p. 64.
n. 106 (1865) (Amboina; Ceram; (J & J ) ; Butler, Cat. Dinrn. Lep. dp.'n-r. Fabric, p. 243.
n. 33 (1869) ; Obertb., Et. d'Ent. IV. p. 60. n. 148 (1879) (Amboina) ; Pagenstcch., Jahb.
Niiss. Vtr. Nat. p. 205 note (1H84) ; Standing. & Schatz, Exol. Sriunelt. I. p. 10 (1884) : Uibbe,
Iris 11. p. 212 (1890) (Ceram) ; Robcr, Tijd«,-hr. v. Ent. p. 276 (1891) (Ceram).
( 42.-. )
This Papuan species has developed into six subspecies, namely : —
(fi) : P. codrvs Cram., inhabiting the Southern Moluccas;
(h) : P. codrus gilolensis Wall., inhabiting the Northern Moluccas ;
(c) : P. codms celebensis Wall*., inhabiting Celebes and the Sulla Islands;
((/) : P. codrus medon Feld., inhabiting New Guinea, Waigeu, and the D'Kntre-
casteaux Islands ;
(«) : P. codms melanthus Feld., inhabiting the Philippine Islands ;
(/) : P. codriis pisidice Godm. & Salv., inhabiting the Solomon Islands.
In the greater Sunda Islands it is replaced by P. einpedocles Fabr., and in the
Bismarck Archipelago by P. scgonax Godm. & Salv.
("): P- codrus Cram., forma typ. [<?,?].
Tlie median hand of the forewings consists mostly of eight .i^pots, as in Cramer's
figure, but rather often a ninth spot behind the submedian vein is also more or less
clearly marked; the hindwings have sometimes a small white costal spot on the
underside.
Hab. Southern Moluccas: Amboina (W. Doherty, February 1892) (2 S , 5 ?),
.Saparua (2 c?, 2 ?), Ceram (2 cJ).
The females, which are devoid of the metallic gloss of the males in all the forms
of P. codrus, are commoner than the iiiaka.
(h): P. codrus gilolensis ^^'all. [(?,?]■
Pnpilin cndrus local form «, {gilolensis) Wallace, Tr. Limi. Soc. Loml. XXV. p. C4. .suli ii. IOC (186.5)
(Batjan; Gilolo).
Paijiliii codrus var. gilolemis Standing. & Schatz, Exut. Schmel/. I. p. 10. t. 0 ( J) (18.S4) ; Ribbe,
Iris II. p. 212. sub n. 15 (18'.I0).
Median band of the forewings yellowish green, broader than in P. codrus Cram.,
consisting of nine spjots instead of eight; hindwings with a white costal spot on the
underside.
Hab. Northern .Moluccas: Halmahera (2 J, 1 ?), Batjan (W. Doherty, May
1892) (4 cJ, 2 J).
(c): P. codrus celebensis Wall. [(?,?].
Pajtilio codrus subspecies b {ce/rbeiis/s) Wallace, 'Tr. Linn. Soc. Loud. XXV. p. 01. sub n. IOC (I860)
(Celebes ; Sulla Is.).
Pnjtilio codrus var. celebtiisis, Piepers, T/jdschr. r. Ent. XXI. p. 3'.!. n. \ai (1878) (Macassar) ;
Ribbe, Iris II. p. 212. sub n. 15 (1890) ; HoUand, Proc. Post. Soc. N. II. XXV. p. 78. n. 136
(1890) (S. Celebes ; ? noticed).
Popilio codrus, Rothschild, Iris V. p. 442 (1892) (S.E. Celebes).
Median band yellowish green, as in P. codrus gilolensis Wall., con.sisting of
nine spots which are narrower than in that race, and, the two posterior ones excepted,
than in P. codrus; metallic gloss of the male of a deeper tint; underside of the
hindwings uniform in colour. Forewings narrower in the apical region, costal margin
more arched than in other forms of P. codms Cram.
Hab. Celebes; Sulla Island (Mangola Island, 1 c?, 1 S); Talaut Island (1 S ;
\\'. Doherty leg.).
The single specimen from Talaut Island, north of Celebes, is somewhat aberrant
in having the pcsterior spots of the median band as broad as they are in P. codrus
gilolensis Wall., and the colour of this baud pale green, as it is in P. codrus Cram. ;
the wings are shaped as in P. codrus celebensis Wall.
(426 )
(d): P. codrus medon Feld. [J,?].
Papilio codrus, De Haan (^iiec Cramer, 1779), Vii-K. y<(l. Gesdi. Ifed. nverz. be:, p. 33 (18i0) (]>.]i.) ;
Gray, Cal. Lep. I»k. li. M. I. p. 27. n. 126 (1852) {p.p.) ; VoUenhov., Tijdsch,: r. Enl. III.
p. 75. n. 42 (1860) (/-.;'.); Kirsch, Mitih. Mus. Dresd. I. p. 113. n. 16(1877) (Waweji ; Kordo ;
scarcely different from Amboina specimens).
(?) PupiUi) cndrui, Montrouiier, Au. Sue. Agr. Lijun VIII. p. 102 (185C) (Woodlark I. ; eadem
subq)ec. ?).
Papilio medon Feld., Vei-k. z. b. Ges. Wien p. 306. n. 238. & p. 351. n. 135 (1864) {mm. nov. loc.
P. codri De Haani ; Nov. Guinea).
Papilio codrus subsp. c {pnpuensis) Wallace, Tr. Linn. Soc. Loud. XXV. p. 64. sub n. 106 (1865)
(Waigeu ; Aru).
Papilio codrus VS.V. papuensi^, Oberthiir, Et. d'Ent. TV. p. 60. sub n. 148 (1879) (Amberbaki).
Papilio codrus Tar. medon, Ribbe, Iris II. p. 212. sub n. 15 (1890).
? . Papilio codrus subsp. celdmisis, Grose Smith, Nor. Zool. I. p. 333. n. 11 (1894) (Biak),
(J. Papilio codrus subsp. gilolensis, Grose Smith, I.e. n. 12 (1894) (Humboldt Bay).
Both wings shorter than in the preceding races of P. codrus; median band
of the forewings broader than in P. codrus gllolensis Wall., but narrower than in .
P. codrus melanthus Feld. ; its colour as in gllolensis Wall, or as in codrus Cram.
Hindwings with the white costal patch mostly larger than in tjilolensis Wall., often as
long as in P. codrus mdanthus Feld.
Ilab. Waigeu (1 ?); Aru Island (1 6); Biak Island (2 ?); New Guinea (3 6,
2 ?); Fergusson Island, D'Ent recasteaux Islands (2 cJ ; A. S. Meek leg^.
(e) : P. codrus melanthus Feld. [(5',?].
Pajrilio melanthus Felder, Wien. Enl. .Uon. VI. p. 283 (1862) (Mindanao ; Burias ; Locban) ;
id., Verh. z. b. Ges. Wim-p. 306. n. 239 (1864) (Luzon; Burias); id., Reise Kovnra, Lep. I.
p. 72. n. 55. t. 12. f. c (<^) (1865) ; Wall., Tr. Linn. Soc. Loud. XXV. p. 65. n. 107 (1865)
(Mindanao).
Paj)ilio codrus Tar. melatithus, Oberthiir, Et. d'Enl. IV. p. 00. sub n. 148 (1879) (Philippines).
Papilio {Idaidis) melaullms. Semper, Philipp., ToijfuU. p. 279. n. 408 (1892) (Cebu ; Mindanao;
Camiguin ; distinct species ; J noticed).
Median band of the forewings yellowish green, very broad ; the four posterior
spots mostly about twice as broad as in P. codrus gllolensis Wall., but sometimes
scarcely broader than in P. codrus medon Feld. (New Guinea).
Hindwings with a costal white patch, clearly marked on the underside and here
extended about as far as the apex of the cell.
Disc of the hindwings often overpowdered with yellowish instead of white scales.
Hab. Philippines : Mindanao, Burias (1 S), Mindoro (2 J), Luzon (according
to Felder), Cebu, Camiguin.
(/): P. codrus pisidice Godm. & Salv. [c?,?].
Papilio pisidice Godman & Salvin, Ann. Mag. .V. U. (6). I. p. 100 (1888) (Maleita) ■ iid I c t> 213
(1888). ' ■
Papilio solon Godman & SaWin, I.e. (6). I. p. 213 (1888) (Guadalcanar) ; Grose Smith & Kirby
Rhop. Exot. I. Pap. p. 9. t. 4. f. 1. 2 ((J) (1888) (Guadalcanar).
The type-specimen of -pisidice has the band of the fore wing golden instead of
green ; the golden colour, if not due to bad preservation, must be explained by
individual variation ; in Mr. Gro.se Smith's collection there is an Alu .sijeoinien which
has the band not quite so golden as the type, and I have a specimen of P. codrus
celebensis ^^'all., which has an almost golden band. I cannot treat, therefore, the
golden pisidice and the green solon as two different races, and think that it is also
inopportune to keep the green solon as an aberration separate from pisidice, as the
green colour is normal and the golden colour, if natural, exceptional.
(427 )
Tlie forewiiigs are broader and their outer margin is less convex than in P. codrus
Cram. ; the median band of the forewings is complete, as in P. codrus celehensis
Wall. ; the anterior .'iijots are larger than in that subspecies ; the spots are of more
uniform size than in all tlie other riVces. In one of my females the spot between the
lower median and the submediau veins is broadly divided into two spots, of which the
anterior one is minute.
Hab. Solomon Islands: Maleita, Guadalcanar (11 c?, 4 ?), Alu Island (1 J),
Bougainville Island (1 6).
183. Papilio segonax Godm. & Salv. [c?,?].
PapiJIn seijnnax Godman & Salvin, 1'. Z. N. p. 734 (1«78) (N. Ireland).
Two local forms are known :—
{'!)'■ P. segonax Godm. & Salv., forma tjp. [c?,?]-
jNIedian macular band narrow ; the spots between the submedian and the upper
median veins absent , so that the band consists of five spots in the apical region of the
wing and one at the inner margin ; very often there is a seventh, but always minute,
spot between the upper and middle median nervules, and sometimes there stands
also a minute spot before the submedian nervure ; in this hitter case only the lower
median cellule is really devoid of a green mark.
Hab. Bismarck Archipelago : New Ireland (."j cJ, I ?), New Britain (G J).
I must enumerate this Papilio as a distinct species for the same reason which
induced me to consider P. imnder Godm. & Salv. distinct (see p. 439).
(b): P. segonax tenebrionis subsp. nov. [?].
Of a darker black colour than the female of P. segonax and any race of
P. codrus Cram. Wings shaped as in P. codrus salon Godm. & Salv., tails longer.
Median band consisting of six spots, situated in the cellules from the middle median
nervule to the apex ; the anterior and the posterior spot small, the others even larger
than in P. codrus mclanthus Feld., the fifth extending from the cell half-way to the
outer margin of the wing; spot at inner margin of wing wanting. Underside of
the forewings with two cellular bands, one in the middle, and another at the apex
of the cell, as pale as in P. codnis solon Godm. & Salv.
Hab. New Georgia, Solomon Islands (1 ?; Captain Webster, 1894).
184. Papilio empedocles Fabr. [cJ,?].
Piipilio Eqii.es Adiirvx empedocha Fabricius, Muiit. Ins. II. p. 111. u. 04 (ITK?) (Ind. or.; Mus.
Banks) ; id., Eiil. %s/. III. 1. p. 70. u. 217 (1793).
Papilio empedwles, Douovaii, Ins. of Jmlia t. 20. f. 1 (1800) ; Godart, En,: Mdh. IX. Sujijil. p. 810.
n. 68 (1823) ; Boisd., Spec. Gen. Up. I. p. 229. n. 47 (1830) (" Burn " err. loc.) ; Doubl. Westw.
& Hew., Gen. Diurn. Lep. I. p. 14. n. lOG (1840) (Ind. Arch.) ; Gray, Cat. Lep. Li.i. B. M. I.
p. 27. n. 127 (1852) (Ind. Arch.) ; Vollenhov., Tijdschr. r. Ent. III. p. 7C. n.43 (1800) (.lava) ;
Feld., Verh. z. b. Ges. Wien p. 300. n. 237 (1864) (Java ; " Burn? " loc. err.) ; Wall., Tr. Linn.
Soc. Loml. XXV. p. 05. n. 108 (1865) (Borneo) ; Butler, Cat. Diimi. Lep. dem: Fabric, p. 243.
n. 34 (1869) (type still in the Banksian coll.); Dnice, P. Z. S. p. 358. n. 26 (1873) ("E.
India") ; Standing. & Schatz, E.rot. Schmctt. I. p. 10 (1884) ; Standing., his II. p. 17 (1889)
(Palawan; Borneo; Malacci) ; Hagen, licrl. Ent. Ze.it. p. 155. n. 182 (1892) (Banka I.);
id., Iris VII. p. 28. n. 40 (1894) (Sumatra).
Papilio empedocles =? ? codrus, De llaan, Verh. Nat. Gesch. Ned. overs, bcz. p. 33 (1840) (Java).
Papilio codrus var. empedocles, Ribbe, Iris II. p. 212. .sub n. 15 (1890) (Java ; Borneo).
This is a fairly constant species; my Javan specimens are the smallest, and have
the .spots of the forewings not so large as they are in the specimens from Borneo and
( 428 )
Palawan. The first minute spot between the fourth and fifth subcostal branches
is often absent.
From P. codriis Cram, it differs in the spots of the forewings being devoid of
scales alx)ve and below ; in P. codrus the spots are scaled on the underside.
//at. Java (3 <J) ; Banka Island ; Sumatra ; iNIalacca (according to Staudinger) ;
Borneo (13 J, 1 ?) ; Palawan (2 J, 1 ? ).
185. Papilio mendana Godm. & Salv. [c?,?].
rapHln me-ndmia Godman & Salvin, Ami. ifnij. N. H (6). I. p. 212 (1888) (Guadalcanar I.) ;
Grose Smith & Kirby, Rhop. Exot. I. Pup. p. 9. t. 4. f . 3. A 4 ( ? ) (1888) (Guadalcanal- 1.).
Differs from P. codnia Cram., with which it agrees in the form and structure
of the head, thorax, and wings, nearly in the same way as P. isander Godm. & Salv.
does from P. sarpedoii L. It inhabits apparently all the Lslands of the Solomon
group, and must for the present be divided into two local forms: —
(«) : P. mendana Godm. & Salv., forma typ. [c?,?].
I have examined, besides some examples from Guadalcanar, three specimens
from Bougainville Island obtained by Carl Ribbe. The Bougainville examples differ
slighfly from certain Guadalcanar specimens, and, when in future a larger series of
individuals can be compared, may turn out to belong to another sub-species; for the
present I cannot separate them ; their hindwings are shorter, and the submarginal
spots of the latter are more distinctly marked, and below there is a conspicuous green
spot between the praecostal and costal veins which in typical meiidana is scarcely
indicated.
Hub. Solomon Islands: (xuadalcanar (2 ¥ ^, Bougainville (1 J; in cull. Kibbe:
1 6,1 ?).
(h): P. mendana neyra subsp. nov. [c?,?].
Differs from P. mendana in the shorter hindwings, of which the white spots
are more reduced, and in the smaller and partly obliterated spots on the forewings.
<J. Forewings, above, with the mark at the inner margin a third shorter than
in mendana ; the two spots between the suluiiedian and lower median veins very
small, the anterior one scarcely visible, the posterior one subcircular, of a length
of about 2 mm. ; the spot between the third and second median veins almost point-
like; the following one a little larger, sublinear; the two next still a little larger,
but hardly reaching a length of 3 mm. ; the spot before the upper discoidal and that
behind the third subcostal veins are merged together with the small spots which
stand in the same cellules not far from the apex of the discoidal cell. On the
underside, the discal markings between the second median and tlie submcdian veins
are obliterated ; the preceding three spots are about equal in size, a little longer than
broad, and reacli a length of about 3 mm. ; the following spots as above.
Uindwinfjs, above, with two white markings before the subcostal nervure,
a very small white spot in the angle formed by the subcostal and upper discoidal
veins, a green elongate mark in the cell ; another mark, a little longer, but narrower,
between the lower median veins, and a very small linear spot between the upper
median nervules ; four minute submarginal whitish spots are feebly marked. Below,
without a red subdiscal mark between the lower median veins, and with a complete
series of white submarginal spots.
( 429 )
?. Differs from that sex of me lula/M as the m(de does. The spots of tiie median
band of the forewings are larger than in the male; below, those between the sub-
median and second median veins are feebly marked, not altogether absent. On the
hindwings, above, the subbasal black* band running from the costal margin across the
cell along the lower median nervule is less densely covered with white scales beyond
the cell than in mendanii; the cellular white mark is narrower; the exterior one of
the po.stcostal spots, and the spots between the subcostal and upper discoidal veins,
and between the first and second median branches respectively, are much smaller.
There are two minute white .submarginal spots between the costal and upper discoidal
veins. Below, the hindwings have five white submarginal spots, and, besides the two
red spots before the cell and at the anal angle respectively, some red scales in the
cell near the origin of tlie subcostal nervule, and some in the lower median cellule.
Huh. Solomon Islands: Kubiaria (Xrw Georgia) (!(?,!? in coll. of Mr. II. Grose
Smith).
Named after Alveiro ^lendana de Neyra, discoverer of the Solomon Islands.
XXXVI. EURYPYLUS-GKOUP.
Abdominal region of hindwings less hairy than in the preceding group. IMark-
inga of the upperside without scales, except at the anterior margin of the hindwings;
markings of the underside with two layers of glossy scales.
186. Papilio eurypylus L. [c?,?, metam.].
Pup/liii Eque.i ^Ichtfus I'urijpyhis Linno, Sijtit. Xut. eil. x. p. 464. n. 37 (17bS) (in Indiis) ; Clerck.
Icon. Ilia. 11. t. 28. f. 2 (17(34) (./7V/. tiip.) ; Linn., Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 216. n. .35 (17G4) ; Houtt.,
NaturL nisi. I. 11. p. 218. n. 37 (17C7) (p.p.) ; Miill., Nalurs. V. 1. p. 580. n. 49 (1774) ;
Cramer, Pup. Ex. II. p. .38. t. 122. f. u. c (1777) (Amboina) ; Goeze, E,il. Be.ijli: III. 1, p. 70.
n. 49 (1779) (pp.) ; Fabr., >S>«;. Ins. II. p. 26. n. 106 (1781) ; id., Mimt. I„s. II. p. 13. n. 124
(1787) ; Jablonsky & Herbst, \alurs. Schmell. III. p. 116. n. 87. t. 37. f. fj. G (1788) ; Esper,
Aiisl. Srhiiiell. t. 33. f. 1 (1792) ; Fabr., Enl. S;/«i. III. 1. p. 20. n. CI (1793).
J'lijiiliii Eijiii's Tritjinms eiiri/jujliiK, Charpent., in Esper's Aiisl. ScJimill. ed. ii. p. 129. t. 33. f. 1
(1830).
Piipilio europi/lus, Esper, Aiisl. Sclimcll. p. 39 (1786).
Zethles eurijpyhis, Hiibner, Verz. hek. Scluii. p. 86. n. 884 (1816).
Papiliu eurypylus, Godart, E,ic. Mvlh. IX. p. 45. n. 01 (1819) (p.p.) ; Boisd., Sjm:. Gcii. Lip. I.
p. 233. n. 54 (1836) (pp.) ; De Haan, Verh. A'«/. Gts. sXnI. vverz. fc. p. 33 (1840) ; Felder,
Verk. z. b. Ges. Wieii p. 305. n. 227 (1864) (p.p.) ; Koch, I,uh,-Austr. Lep. Fauna p. 61 (1865)
(p.p.) ; Wall., Tv. Linn. S. Loud. XXV. p. 66. n. 114 (1865) (p.p.) ; Oberth., El. d'Enl. IV.
p. 59. n. 142 (1879) (Amboina) ; id., Ann. .Uus. Civ. Genovn p. 478. n. 26 (1880) (Halmahera) ;
Auriv., Kiinrjl. S,-. Vcl. Ahid. /land!. XIX. 5. p. 36. n. 35 (1882) : Pagenst., Jahrh. .\a^s. IVr.
Nat. p. 204 (1884) (p./i.) ; Sfciuding. & Schatz, Exnt. Srhm. I. p. 9 (1884) ; Ribbe, Iris II.
p. 210. n. 12 (1890) (Ceram) ; Ruber, Tijdsih: r. Enl. p. 275 (1891) (Cerara).
Papilio eurypylus ah. orucospilus Rober, Tijdsvhr. r. Enl. XXXIV. p. 275 (1891) (Ceram ; ijriasy or
uthericise discoloured speciuien !).
Though Linne's description apjilies (o all the various local forms into whicli
the present Papilio has developed, there can be no doubt that Prof. Aurivilliiis
{I.e.) is right in restricting the name of eurypylus to the Moluccan race. Linnc
described in 1758 the species from a specimen contained in the Mus. Lud. Ulr.;
Clerck figured in 1764 from the same museiun a specimen wliich belonged certainly
to the INIoluccan race according to the figure, and Linne again refers to this figure
in 1764 (Mus. Lud. ilr. \,. 216).
( -IS" )
I divide P. eurypyius L. into the following twelve subspecies : —
((') : P. eurypyiiis L. from the Moluccas ;
(Ij) : P. (mrypyhis extensile m. from the liismarck Archipelago ;
(r) : P. eurypyius lycamiides m. from New Guinea, D'Entrecasteaux Islands,
Woodlark Island (?), Aru Islands (?) ;
((/) : P. eu.rypyhis lycaon Westw. from Australia;
(e) : P. eurypyius snUastius Standing, from Wetter, Sanibawa, Sumba (?) ;
(/): P. euryplus eurypylides Standing, from Sambawa, Suniba (?) ;
(g): P. eurypyius j(i8on Esper from Ceylon, South India ;
Qi) : P. eurypyius axion Feld. from Continental India, Alalacca, Au(hunan
Islands, Sumatra, Banka, Nias, Java, Natuna Islands, Borneo, Palawan,
China ;
(i) : P. eurypyius gordion Feld. from the Philippine Islands;
(k) : P. eurypyhis mikado Leech from South Japan ;
(l) : P. eurypyius sangirus Oberth. from Sangir Island;
{m) : P. eurypyius painpkylus Feld. from Celebes, Sulla Islands.
On the Solomon Islands no form of eurypyius has as yet turned up.
(rt) : P. eurypyius L., forma typ. [<?,?]•
The specimens from the Northern JNIoluccas are not subspeeifically different
from those from the Southern ^Moluccas. Linn(^'s type came most probably from
the old Dutch colony of Amboina. The abdomen is in fresh individuals of this
typical subspecies of P. eurypyius L. white above in both sexes. The submarginal
spots to the forewings are small ; the two markings standing between the fom-th and
fifth suhcostid braiiches on the underside of the forewings are never merged together.
Hah. Amboina (2 tj) ; Ceram (2 S, 2 ?); Burn; Batjan (W. Doherty,
March 1892) (1 tJ) ; Teruate (1 6) ; Halmahera (2 <S).
(h): P. eurypyius extensus subsp. nov. [c?,?].
PapiUo eurypyius, Godm. & Salv. (nee LinmS 17.08), P. Z. S. p. l;')'.!. n. 40 (1879) (N. Ireland).
cJ ? . Of the size of large .specimens of P. eurypyius L. typ. It differs from
P. eurypyius in the longer hindwings, in the band on the upperside of the liindwings
being much longer, extending as far down as to end on a level with the anal marginal
white spot, and in the longitudinal blackish band beyond the lower median nervule
being paler; as the base of the hindwings above is overpowdered with white and the
blackish subbasal streak, which separates on the underside the subbasal white line
from the discal band, is densely scaled with white, the discal greenish white band
appears to be extended almost to the base of the hindwings on (he upperside. The
band on the forewings is about half as broad again at the hindmargin of the wing
as between the lower median ncrvules.
Bab. New Ireland (type) and New Ihitain (in coll. II. Grose Smith : 2 c?, 1 ?).
(c) : P. eurypilus lycaonides sub.sp. nov. [cj].
Papilio eurypyluK, Boisduval, Sj,e.c. (tin. Lip. I. p. ".^.'i:!. n. .54 (1836) (}>■/>■).
Papilio eurypyluit v.ir. bjmon, Kirsch, Miltk. Mux. Dirsilfn I. p. 113. n. 12 (1887) (Kordo, Xew
Guinea).
Papilio pamphilus, Grose Smith, Nov. Znol. I. p. .S3.3. n. 14 (18'.»4) (Humboldt Bay, N'ew Guinea),
(y) Papilio eurypyius var., Ribbe, Iris p. 78. n. 11 (188U) (Aru Is.).
Agrees with P. euryjiylua lycaon Westw. in the median band of the wings
being much broader than in the other races of P. eurypyius ; the submarginal spots
( 431 )
are, however, as small as iu P. euvijp)jlus ou both sides; the cellular sjiots of the
forewings, except the two uppermost, are reduced, the two median ones on the
underside mere dots in the Humboldt Bay examples.
The scaling of the. median banrfof the upperside of the wings is in this and the
two preceding races almost the same : on the forewings that band is devoid of scales
except at the nervules ; on the hindwings the antecellular portion has the normal two
layers of scales, which are white ; the intracellular part is much less densely scaled
save at the subcostal vein ; and the postcellular portion is de\oid of scales save at the
median veins. In the following race (P. lycaon Feld.) the posterior portion of
the band of the forewings, at least from the lower median nervule to the hind
margin, bears more or less dispersed white scales besides the usual short hairs; on
the hindwings the cellular portion of the band is almost as densely scaled as the
antecellular part, and the postcellular mark is also more or less overpowdered with
white scales.
• Hab. Dutch New Guinea : Humboldt Bay (W. Doherty igg.) (4 (?), Ati-Ati-Onin
(1 (?), coast near Arfak (3 S) ; Waigeu (3 i) ; Aru Islands (?) ; Fergusson Island,
d'Entreeasteaux Islands (A. S. Meek leg.; It?).
{d): P. eui-ypylus lycaon Feld. [c?,?, metam.].
Piijiilin lijcdim Westwood, ,lrc. Eiit. II. p. 11, (1843) (Australia; mm. imil.) ■ DouW. Westw. A
Hew., Geii. Diurii. Lep. I. p. U. n. 11-2 (1846) (Australia ; mm. nml.) ; Feld., Vcrh. z. h. 6'<.--.
Wien p. 305. n. 228 (1864) (Australia ; num. iiud.) ; id.. Rets. Nov., Lep. I. p. 68. n. 52 (186.'.)
(first descnpt. !) ; Koch, Iml.-Ausb: Lep. Faun. p. 41 (1865) : Oberth., Et. iVEnt. IV. p. 59.
n. 138 (1879) ; Matliew, Tr. E. Soe. Loud. p. 177 (1888) (life hist.) ; Scott, Auslr. Lep. 11
p. 22 (1891) (life hist.).
Pajiilio eunjpyhis var. lyainn, Gray, Cat. Lep. Ins. B. M. I. p. 28. sub n. 133 (1852) (Australia; num.
mid.) ; Semper, Jniirn. Mus. Godvffmy p. 44. n. 138 (1878).
Pupilin eurypyhis, Scott, Aiistr. Lep. II. t. 17 {l;P., c?) (l^'^l)-
The submarginal spots are much larger on the underside of the wings than on
the upperside, and in this respect the Australian race comes near to many examples
of the Indian form. The median band, which is whiter than in the other races owing
to the difference in the scaling referred to under (c), varies somewhat in breadth ;
sometimes the whole discoidal cell of the hindwings is filled up with greenish white,
and shows a small black spot near the apex within the white.
llah. Australia: Queensland (10 <?, 6 ?), New South Wales (1 c?, 2 ?).
{f) : P. eurypylus sallastius Standing, [c?].
J. Papilio sallasOus Staudinger, Iris VII. p. 351 (1805) (Wetter ; Sambawa).
Of the size of P. evemon Boisd. Forewings narrower than in P. eurypyhis lycaon
Feld.; upperside, submarginal spots as large as in that race; basal cellular spots
larger, the fourth (tlie second from the apex) of even breadth ; discal macular band
as narrow as in P. eui-ypylus jason Esp., all the nervules traversing it black; the
lowest spot of this band on the forewings shorter than that between the lower median
nervules. On the underside the submarginal spots are not quite so large as in
P. eui-ypylus lycaon ^\'estw.
Hindwings, upperside, with the submarginal marks as large as in lycaon, the
two additional linear spots inside the second submarginal spot longer than in the
other races; median band narrow, sometimes separated into three spots, its scaling
nearly as in P. eurypylus, but not so dense within the cell. Below, the submarginal
spots are longer (haii iu lycaon, but not quite so broad; the red spot near the anal
( -132 )
angle is extended along tlio abdominal margin as usual; two feeblo linear spots
between the median nervules are inwardly bordered with white ; apex of the cell with
a white spot, not a red one; subbasal white streak joined to the median band or
interrupted at the subcostal nervure. Underside of the abdominal fold lilack, with
white hairs. Abdomen black above.
Ilab. Wetter (W. Doherty ; May 1892) (2 Jc?); Sambawa (1 <J).
(f) ■■ P. eurypylus eurypylides Standing [c?].
Pnpilio eunjpylus, Doherty («ec Linne, 1758), Jouni. As. Sue. Beiig. p. l',l.3. n. 113 (1891) (Sumba ;
Sambawa ; p.j). ?).
(J. Papilio jamn L. var. eurijpilides Staudinger, Iria VII. p. 350 (1895) (Sambawa).
Form of the wings and of their median band as in the preceding race; but the
.submarginal spots smaller above and below; the uppermost but one intracellular si)ot
on the forewings narrower towards the costal margin. Besides the red mark near the
abdominal angle and that behind the costal margin there are three conspicuous red
spots on the underside of the hindwings, the anterior of which stands \vitliin the
discoidal cell, and the lowest of which is sometimes divided into two. Abdominal
fold black, abdomen black above. Underside of the wings much darker than in the
preceding subspecies. Scaling of the median band as in flie Indian race (see
P. eurypylus nxion Feld.
Hab. Sambawa (W. Doherty : Sept. 1891), (8 iS); Sumba (the same?).
This race comes nearest to the Ceylonese form, but has the hinder wings much
shorter; on the underside of these wings the submarginal spots are smaller, the
postcellular part of the median band is shorter; the di.scal spot between the lower
median nervides on the forewings is longer than that at the inner margin, while in
P. eurgpylus jason Esp. these spots are equal in length or the posterior one is longer.
In my opinion P. eurypylus euiypiylides Stauding is restricted to the islands
between Java and Sumba, Sambawa ; whereas P. eurypylus saUfistius Stauding flies
on the islands farther east ; in Sambawa both forms come together.
(g): P. eurypylus jason Ksp. [c?,?, metam.].
(?) Papilio Barbarus Murnlisjnsmi Linn^, Si/gt. Nat. ed. x. p. 485. n. 171 (1758) ("in Indiis").
(?) Popilin Eques Achirtm jasiDi id., ^fus. Lu/I. Ulr. p. 210. n. 29 (18G4) : id., Si/nf. A'a/. ed. xii.
p. 752. n. 38 (1707).
PajnVio Eques AchivuH jiisnn, Esper, Auxl. Si-hnulL t. 58. f. 5 (1790-98).
Pfipil/o Eqiu'n Trojanuxjaxnn, Charpent., in Esper's Autil. Schmett. ed. ii. p. 237. t. 58. f. 5 (1830).
(V) PupiUu jiisou, Boisduval, Spec. Gin. Lip. I. p. 232. n. 53 (1831',) : Feld., Verh. z. I,. Gen. Wieii
p. 305. n. 223. & p. 350. n. 12r> (18154).
Pupil,,, euri/pijlus, Gray, Cnt. L'p. Jus. B. M. I. p. 28. n. 133 (1852) {p.p.).
Papilio telej/hus Felder, Verh. z. b. Ges. Wieu p. 305. n. 221 (18G4) (iiom. mul.) ; id., Reise Nvvura
Lep. I. p. 01. n. 49 (1805) (descr. ; Ceylon).
Papilio dosoii Felder, Verh. z. h. Ges. Wien p. 305. n. 222 (1864) {uom. nor. loco jason Esp. ; desrr.
brev.; patria?) ; Davids, & Aitk., Jniini. Bombay N. H. Soc. p. .304. n. 69. t. E. f. 2. 2a (/.,;'.)
(1890) (Karwar: life hi.st.).
Zelides lelephus, Moore. Lep. Ce.i/I. I. p. 144. t. 63. f. 3 (1881) (Ceylon).
Zelides doKon, Moore, ibid. I. p. 145. t. 61. f. 3 (1881) (Ceylon).
Papilio (Zetidcx) dosnn, Nic^v., Jourii. As. .S. ISeiiij. p. 51. n. 126 (1885) (Calicut) ; Ilampson, ibid.
p. 364. n. 210 (1888) (Nilgiri Hills; I(X)0 to 0000 feet, rather rare) : Fergus., ,/o«m. Bombay
N. 11. Soc. p. 446 (1891) (Travancore).
Hindwings longer than in the race of the mainland, the sinus of tiie outer margin
between the upper median and lower discoidal nervules much broader than the sinus
before it.
(433 )
Uppersids : median band narrow on both wings, the spot between the lower
median nervules of the forewings about half as long again as broad (in axion Feld.
about twice as long as broad) ; median nervure on the hindwings black within the
band; short subbasal white streak obsolete, only shining through from the underside-
Specimens from the northern parts of Oylon have the median band broader, and
are distinguishable from small examples of the Indian race only by the form of the
hindwings and by the short subbasal streak to the hindwings being obsolete above.
Papilio B(vrb(i,riis jasoii L. is a doubtful species. The characters which Linne
mentions in the description (I.e.) partly point directly against the present Papilio,
or any other race of P. eurypylus, as well as against any of the allied green Papilios.
Aurivillius {I.e.) thinks it probable that Papilio jnson L. is the same as Metamorpha
stelenes (L.). Doubtful as P.jasmi L. ever will remain, I prefer to treat it as a query
synonym of Papilio eurypylus jason Esp.
Esper's Papilio Eqiifs Achivus jason, which has been renamed by Felder as
P. doson, applies best to the Ceylonese race of P. eurypylus. The narrow median
band which is interrupted at all the veins, and the absence of the costal, subbasal, white
streak from the upperside of the hinder wings, are characters which are not met with
in the mainland race ; the hindwings are too broad in Esper's figure, but the upper
median nervule being produced into a tooth, and the broad marginal sinus in front of
the tooth, jioint again to the Ceylonese race. On the underside the subbasal white
streak is connected with the median band along the costal margin in Esper's figure ;
I have not seen examples which have this character, except some in which the costal
margin is abraded and thus appears to be white.
The P. telephus Feld (= Zetides doson, Moore) is differentiated by Felder (I.e.)
from P. doson Feld. (syn. of P. jason Esp.) by the longer wings and by the short
subbasal streak of the hindwings not being connected with the median band along
the costal margin ; now the form of the wings of Esper's figure points more to the
Ceylonese than to the Indian race, and the second character of Esper's figure is, in
my opinion, erroneous ; hence I feel myself justified to consider the narrow-banded
P. telephus PVld. as the typical P. jason Esp.
Ifab. Ceylon (typical form chiefiy in the Eastern Province) (8 J) ; S. India.
(/') : P. eurypylus axion Feld. [<?,?].
Zetides CMrypi/hix, Hiibner (nee Linne, 1758), &tmml. Ex. S,-hm. II. t. li)7. f. 1. '2 (lSOli-24) ;
Swinh., Tr. E„l. Soc. Lnml. p. 314. n. SlKi (1893) (Khasia Hills),
(?) Papilio biillii/rlex, Lucas (iirc Zinken, 1831), Lep. Ex. t. 5. f. 2 (1835).
Papilio eMi-i/jii/lit.'^, Doubl. Westw. & Hew., Ge.ii. Diurii. Le.p. I. p. 14. n. 113 (18411) (/)./'.) ; Oray,
Cat. Lrji. /„s. B. .1/. I. p. 28. n. 133 (18.V2) (/;./;.) ; Horsf. & Moore, Cal. Lr/i. [nx. .Uiih. E. J. C.
L p. 113. n. 227 (1857) ; Salv. & Godm., /'. Z. S. p. lUl (1878) (Uilliton I.): Wood-Mas.,
.roitriL .!». Son. Bemj. p. 238. n. 70 (1880) (Andaman. Is.) ; Wood-Mas. & Nicrv., Itiiil. p. 253.
n. 98 (1881) (Andaman Ls.) ; Elwes, Tr. Knt. Soc. Lnitd. p. 435. n. 431 (1888) (Sikkim, common
in the low valleys from April to October) ; Watson, .Jourii. Bomliaij N. II. Soc. p. 53 (18!U)
(Chin-Lushai) ; Robbe, .\nii. Soc. Eiil. Ilrlij. p. 12r). n. 17 (1892) (Uarjeeling) ; Obertli., Et.
d'Eiil. XVII. p. 4 (1893) (Tonkin).
Papilio axion Felder, Verh. ~. I,. Gen. Wien p. 305. n. 224. & p. 350. n. 128 (I8i;4) (iiom. iiov. loco
euryp>jlm Hiibn.) ; Moore, P. Z. S. p. 697 (1878) (Hainan).
Papilio jaxoii, Wallace, Tr. Linii. Soc. Loud. XXV. p. (Ul. n. 115 (18l!5) (Malacca; Sumatra;
Borneo); Moore, P. Z. S. p. 757(1805); Piepers, Tijdschr. r. Eat. p. 155. n. 09 (1876);
Honrath, Berl. E. Zeil. X.\.VIII. p. 39G(1884) : Standing.* Schatz, E.tot.Sclim. I. p. 9 (1884)
(p.p.) ; Piepers,! '///./.sr/ir. 1'. Eal.p. 347. t. 8. f. l-3(/.) (1888) (Java) ; .Snellen, .Viddcn-Sumatra.
II. p. 25. n. 3 (1892) (Sumatra).
( 434 )
Papilio jasott var. evemonides Honrath, Berl. E. Zeit. p. 396. 1. 10. f . 2 (1884) (Malacca : S.O. Borneo).
Zetides axion, Moore, P. Z. S. p. 257 (1882) (N.W. Himal.).
Papilio doson, Butler, Ami. M,ig. X. 11. (5). XVI. p. 342. n. 102 (1885) (Manipur).
PupiUo lehphu.i, Distant, lilio/j. Mai. p. 3C1. n. 25. f. 109 (1885); Weyiner, SMI. Ktit. Zeil. p. 273
(1885) (Nias I.) ; HoUand, Tt. Amer. Eiit. Soc. XIV. p. 122. n. 69 (1887) (Hainan) ; H.igen,
Berl. E. Zeil. p. 155. n. 179 (1892) (Banka I.) ; id., /m ^^I. p. 28. n. 38 (1894) (Sumatra).
Papilio (Zelides) axion ?, Dolicrty. Jmirii. An. Soc. Deng. p. 136. n. 225 (1886) (Kumaon).
Pajjtlio (Zelides) eurypi/lu.^, Wood-Mason & Nict'v., ibid. p. 375. n. 184 (1886) (Cachar) ; Nici'-v.,
Gazetteer of Silkim p. 174. n. 499 (18S4) (Sikkim ; very common in the low valleys from April
to October).
Papilio (Zetides) teleplius, Elwes & Nicev., ibid. p. 437. n. 141 (1886) (Ponsekai).
Pajtilio jasnn L. var. teleplius, Staudinger, /Ws II. p. 16 (1889) (Palawan).
Submargiiial spots to both wings larger than in P. eurypylua L., often very,
much increased on the under surface. Cellular and postcellular portions of the
median baud of the hindwiug.s devoid of scales except immediately behind the sul>
costal and upon the median ner\-ures. Abdomen black above in both sexes, often
greyish in the male.
{a-) : ab. acheron Moore.
Papilio acheron Moore, Atm. Mag. N. H. (5). XTI. p. 120 (1885) (N.E. Bongal) ; Butler, ibid. (5).
XVI. p. 342. n. 104 (1885) (Manipur).
Median band of the wings broad, subniarginal spots on the underside large, two
spots between the fourth and fifth subcostal nervnles merged together.
(6-) : ab. mecisieus Distant.
Papilio mecisieus Distant, Rhop. Mai. p. 3GI. n. 24. f. 108 (1885) ; Staud., Iris II. p. 16 (1889)
(Palawan ; ab. of telephus) ; Watson, Joiini. Bomb. .V. R. Soc. p. 54 (1891) (Chin-Lushai) ;
Hagen, Berl. Ent. Zeit. p. 1.55. n. 178 (1892) (Banka I., "hiiufig"); id., Iris VII. p. 28.
n. 37 (1894) (Sumatra).
On the underside of the hindwings the sliort subl)asal white streak is not joined
to the median band at the subcostal nervure.
The forms acheron and mecisteus cannot stand as species as there are every
intergraduate specimens between them and P. etcrypyhis axion, with which they
fly together in every district; of cour.se, there occur also examples in which the
characters of acJieron and tnecisteus are combined, and, as acheron is the first
described aberration, it will be best to treat all I lie specimens with the above-
mentioned ac/te?'OM-character as ab. acheron imlc^pcndently of tlie length of the
subbasal white band to the hindwings.
The Chinese e.xamples have the median liand usually narrower than the Indian
individuals, while the band is broader in the specimens from the Andaman Islands.
The submargmal .spots are especially often much enlarged in the Indian specimens.
The ninth suljmargiiial spot to the upperside of the forewings is often wanting.
The red markings on the underside of the hindwings assume sometimes a yellowish
colour. In the specimens from the greater Sunda Islands and Palawan the liand of
the wings does not become so broad as in certain Indian examples.
Hab. South-Kast China (fi cJ, 2?); India (30 c?, 1 ?); Burma and F^han
States (11 J); Malacca (7 S); Andaman Islands (3 cJ, 1 ?); Sumatra (.j tJ); lUuka
Island; Billiton Island; Nias Island ; Java (2 6); Borneo (TcJ); Balabac (1 6);
Palawan (7 r?, 1 ?).
( 435 ;
(i): P. eurypylus gordion Feld. [t?,?].
Pupiliii eiiri/jiyliix, Boisduval {iiir Liniir, 17o8), S/iec. Gi'ii. Leji. I. jT. 233. n. hi (1836) (p-ji.) ;
Doubl. Westw. & Hew., Gen. Diurti. Lcp. I. p. 14. n. 113 (1841')) (p.p.) ; Reak., Proc. Eiil. Sue.
Phil. p. 481. n. 23 (18G4) (p./)).
Papilio gorclinn Felder, Verh. 2. /;. Grs. Wieii p. 305. n. 225 (1804) (Luzon ; nom. >iud.) ; id., Peise
Ntwani., Lep. I. p. GG. n. 50 (18G5) (Luzon) ; Butler, Am:. M.ig. N. H. (5). XI. p. 422. n. 77
(1883) (Mindanao).
Papilio jason, Oberthiir, /■;/. il'Kiil. IV. p. S'.l. n. HO (1870) (Manila).
Piipilio (Zetides) jn-w/t var. ijordimi, Semper, Pliilipp., Turjfiill. p. 282. n. 411 (18'J2) (Philippines ;
p.p.).
Differs from P. eurypylus axiou Feld. cliiefly in the broader median band to
the hindwings being whiter ; this colour is owing to the cellular portion of the band
lieing scaled, and the postcellular portion being also more or less overpowdered with
white scales. Abdomen of the male often grey above.
Hab. Philippine Islands (on all the islands) (5 <S, I ?).
The specimens often correspond in their characters with the aberrations of axion
ab. acheron Moore and ab. mecisteus Dist.
(k): P. eurypylus mikado Leech [<?,?].
? . Piipiliij mihido Leech, P. Z. S. p. 4UG. t. 35. f . 1 ( J ) (1887) (Satsuma, Japan) ; id.. Bull. /mm
China, etc. p. 526. t. 32. f. 6 (1893).
Comes nearest to P. eurypyhts axion ab. acheron Moore in the size of the
submarginal markings on the underside of the wings. The red spots on the hind-
^Tings of eurypylus are here of a pale yellow colour. The green markings of the
other races of eurypylus are in mikado almost white.
Hah. Kiu Shiu, Southern Japan (1 cj, 1 ?).
(/): P- eurypylus sangirus oberth. [c?].
Papilio sangira Oberthur, Tr. Ent. Sue. Loud. p. 229. t. 8. f. 1 ( J") (1879) (Sangir) ; id.. El.
d'Ent. IV. p. 59. n. 143 (1879).
Popilio telejdiu.i, Westwood, Tr. Eid. Soc. Loud. p. 468 (1888) (Seugir I., November).
Differs from the following race in the median band on the upperside of the
hindwings being separated into three spots, in the red spots on the underside of
the hindwings of that race being replaced by yellow ones, and in the abdomen being
black above.
Hab. Sangir Island, North of Celebes.
(m): P. eurypylus pamphylus Feld. [<?,?].
Papilio 2>a»i2>hytusFe\der, Verh. ::. h. Gcs. Wicn p. 305. n. 22G (1864) (Celebes; mm. iiiul.) \ id.,
Reise Norara, Lip. I. p. 67. n. 51 (1865) (Celebes) : Hopff., ,S7. E. Zed. p. 18. n. 7 (1874)
(Celebes) ; St-auding. & Scbatz, E.ti,t. Sclwi. p. 9.(1884); Ribbe, Iris II. p. 210. sub n. 12
(1890).
Pujidio (c/c/i/h/s Wallace, Tr. Liim. Soc. Loud. XXV. p. 67. u. UG. t. 7. f. 4 (18G5) (Celebes);
Holland, Pr. /i".s^ N. H. Soc. XXV. p. 78. n. 135 (1890) (S. Celebes) ; Rothscb., Iris V.
p. 442 (1892) (S.E.Celebes).
Piipilio eurypylus var. pamphylus, Piepers t^ .Snellen, Tijdschr. v. Eid. XXI. p. 38. n. 151 (1878)
(Bantiuioerong ; Mangkasar).
Forewings long, with the co.stal margin strongly arched in the basal half;
median band narrow ; cellular markings to the forewings all linear ; submarginal
spots of both wings small on either side; abdominal margin of the hindwiug.s white;
abdomen white above in the male, black in the female, at least in the Sulla Islands
female ; Celebes females I have not seen.
( 'isfi )
Cellular and postoellular portion of the median band of the hindwings over-
powdered with white scales.
Hah. Celebes (16 (?) ; Sulla Islands (Mangola) (1 S,\ ? ).
187. Papilio meyeri IlopfT. [cJ,¥].
<J ? . Papilio meijcri Hopflfer, SMI. Ent. Ztit. p. 19. n. 8 (1874) (Celebes) ; Snellen, Tijihchr. v. EiU.
XXI. p. 38. snb n. 151 (1878) (var. of eurypijlus L.) ; Ribbe, Jris 11. p. 210. sub n. 12 (1890)
(dist. spec).
Differs from 7-". eurypylus painjjhylns Feld. constantly in two characters : —
The blackish-brown costal fascia within the white band on the underside of
the hindwings curves outwardly, crosses the subcostal nervure at the origin of the
subcostal ner\Tile, and amalgamates with the apical brown portion of the discoidal
cell. The subbasal green line on the upperside of the forewings always joins the
posterior spot of the median macular band.
Intermediate specimens between P. meyeri and P. eurypyhw pamphylus are
unknown, though both Papilios fly together and are common ; for the pre.sent we
have therefore no right to treat P. meyeri as a variety of P. eurypylii^ pamphihm
Feld.
Hah. Celebes (iO 6).
1 88. Papilio evemon Boisd. [(?,?].
Papiliu evemon Boisduval, Spec. Gen. Lip. I. p. 2:!4. n. 65 (1836) (Java ; Sumatra) ; Doubl. Westw. &
Hew., Gen. Diuni. Up. I. p. 14. n. 114 (1846) ; Feld., Verh. z. h. Ges. Wien p. 30.x n. 220
(1864) ; Butler, Tr. Linn. Soc. Lonrl. (2) Zool. I. p. 552. d. 3 (1877) (Mai. Pen.) ; Obertb., Et.
d'Ent. IV. p. 59. n. 139 (1879) ; Klieil, Rlwp. A'ias p. 37. n. 142 (1884) (Nias I.) ; Ui.st., n/mp.
.\rnl. p. 360. n. 23. t. .32. f. 1 (1885) (Mai. Pen.; very common) : Standing.. Irin II. p. 16
(1889); Snellen, Tij(hehi: v. Ent. XXXIH. p. 305. n. 78 (IS90) (Billiton I.); Hagen, Herl.
Ent. Zeit. p. 155. n. 177 (1892) (Banka I.) ; id., Iris Til. p. 28. n. 36 (1804) (Sumatra).
Papilio jason var. evemon, Wallace, Tr. Linn. Soc. Land. XXV. p. 67. sub n. 115 (1865) : Honrath,
Berl. Ent. Zeit. p. 396 (1884) ; Standing. & Schatz, Ex„t. Sehmett. I. p. 9. t. 6 (J) (1884).
Pa2>ilio eurypylus var. evemon De Haan, Verh. Nut.Gesch. Xeil. nvers. bes. p. 33 (1840) ; Gray, Cat.
Lep. /h.<. B. M. I. p. 28. sub n. 133 (1852) (Borneo) ; ToUenhov., TijdHchr. r. Ent. III. p. 76.
sub n. 47 (1860) (Borneo ; Padang).
(?) Ptqiilio (_Zetides) Jason var. ynrdiun, Semper, Philipp., Taij/idl. p. 282. n. 411 (1892) (I'hilipp. ;
p.p.).
(?) Papilio jason, Snellen, .Miihlm-Huniatra II. p. 25. n. 3 (1892) (Sumatra).
Distinguished from P. etirypyhis aximi Feld., of which it has licm often
considered to be a mere aberration, liv the black costal streak on the underside of
the hindwings within the white median band being always united at the subcostal
nervure to the black band which runs along the abdominal margin, and being devoid
of the costal red spot; further, by the scent-organ within the abdominal fold of the
m,ale being reduced to a small streak, which is only visible when the fold is wholly
opened out. On the upperside of the forewings the spot near the apex of the cell
in front of the lower discoidal nervule is very seldom present : out of over eighty
specimens I find it in one specimen only, and there it is minute.
Hfib. Malacca (48 c?); Sumatra (10 (?) ; Java; Nias; Horneo (2.) (?).
189. Papilio procles (hose Smith [c?].
Papilio prncles Grose Smith, Ann. .V.nj. X. //. (5). XX. p. 4.33 (S) (!««") (Kina Balu) ; id. A
Kirby, Rhop. Ex. I. Paj,. p. 13. t. 6. f. 1. 2 (^) (1888).
Cell to forewings with four markings only, the uppermost spot of the allied
species being ab»ent. Short brown costal streak within the median white band on
( 4:i7 )
the undersidp of the hinclwingi^ narrow, of the same position as in P. eiirypylus axion
Feld., mostly reaching tlie snbcostal vein, but often abbreviated halfway between
costal and subcostal ner\ures ; with or without an orange spot at costal nervure ;
underside of hindwings with orange '(not red) discal spots the uppermost of which
is placed outside the apex of the cell between the two first discoidal nervules.
Male without woolly scent-organ within the abdominal fold of the hindwings.
Hah. North Borneo: Mount Kina Balu (12 i).
190. Papilio leechi sp. uov. [J].
Papiliu fcr?/()/i-/r», Leeeli («(■!• Zinken, 1831), Unit, from f/i/wi.etc.p. 52."i (18'J3) (Chang-Yang, Cliina).
Upjjerside: Discal hand of forewings broad; the veins traversing it broadly
black and the maculae composing the band, therefore, very elongate. Hindwings
similar to P. hathycle.i cAi'i'ow Wall., but the veins within the median band are broadly
black, and the blacki.sh line running from the costal margin to the end of the cell in
P. bntkycles and chiron is almost invisible anteriorly.
Underside: The before-mentioned black line of the hindwings is very thin
anteriorly and bears a yellow spot ; along the abdominal margin runs a white streak
as in chiron ; discal yellow markings large.
Within the abdominal fold is a yellowish, fulvous, woolly patch as large as in
P. eurypyhis L.
H(d}. Chang-yang, China (type in coll. J. H. Leech).
The well-developed woolly scent-organ in the abdominal fold, which is entirely
absent from P. bathycles and chiron, is a very remarkable character in the present
species, the more so as in Papilio everiion this organ is reduced to a naiTow streak
.situated immediately at the abdominal margin proper, and thus shows that the
presence or absence of this sexual character cannot be used for distinguishing genera
in the family of Papilionidae.
191. Papilio bathycles Zink. [c?,?].
Papilin hulhjidr^ Zinken, Xnr. Art. A,: Xut. On: p. 1.57. t. 14. f. G. 7 (J) (18.S1) (Java) ; Gudr.,
in Be'lang., F«y. Iml. Or., Zo,.l. p. 505. t. 5. f. 1. 1 A (1834) ; Boisd., Spec. Geit. Lip. I. p. 232.
n. 52 (1830) (Java) ; Doubl. Westw. & Hew., Geii. Diurii. Lep. I. p. 14. n. Ill (184G) (;)./).) ;
Gray, Oil. Lep. Ins. li. M. I. p. 28. n. 132 (1852) {p.p.) ; Vollenhov., Tijdschr. r. Enl. II. p. 76.
n. 40 (1860) lp.p.) ; Fold., Verh. ::. b. Gex. Wieu p. 305. n. 229 (1864) {p.p.) ; Wall., Tr. Linn.
Sue. Loud. XXV. p. 66. n. 113 (18G5) { />.p.) [ Oberth , El. iVEut. IV. p. ,58. n. 137 (1879)
(Java) : Honr., lierl. Eut. Zed. XXVIII, p. 396 (1884) ; Standing. & Schatz, Ex„l. SchiMtl. I.
p. 9 (1884).
This species, which is devoid of a cottony .scent-organ within the abdominal
fold of the hindwings of the imilc, has three local forms : —
((f) : P. bathycles Zink. from Java.
(ft): P. halhycles brtthycloides Hour.hinn'Slnlavca; Sumatra; Horneo ; Palawan.
(c) : 1'. bathycles chiron Wall, from .Sikkim ; Assam ; Burma.
{a) : P. bathycles Zink., forma typ. [^].
Female unknown to me. Witliout green (above) or white (below) mark behind
the lower median branch of the hindwings.
Hah. Java (G J). Most probably also in South-\N'est Sumatra.
(438)
{b): P. bathycles bathycloides Hour. [J,¥].
Papilio htithi/cles, De Haan («ft; Zinken, 1832), Verb. Xot. Gesch. Ned. over:, be:, p. 33 (1840) ;
Gray, Cut. Lcp. Im. IS. M. I. p. 28. n. 132 (1852) {p.p.) ; Feld., Verb. :. b. Gix. Wien p. 305.
n. 229 (1864) (p.p.) ; Wall., 7V. Linn. Sm. Loml. XXV. p. 66. n. 113 (1865) (p.p.) ; Druce,
P. Z. .'-■. p. 357. n. 2:i (1873) (Borneo) ; But!., Tr. Linn. Soc. Loml. (2). Ziml. I. p. 552. n. 5
(1877) (Mai. Pen.) ; Dist., Illinp. Ma!, p. 362. n. 25. t. .S2. f. 2 ((J) (1885) (Mai. Pen.) ; Hagen,
Iris VII. p. 28. n. 3i) (1894) (Sumatra).
Papilio bathi/cles var., VoUeuhoven, Tijtkchr. v. Enl. III. p. 70. n. 46 (1860) (Borneo).
PupiUo chirnn, Oberthur (nee Walhce, 18G5), Et. d'Eut. IV. p. 58. n. 136 (1879) (Borneo).
Piipillo bathychs Tar. bulhycloklt>i Ilonrath, Berl. Enl. Zeil. XXVUI. p. 396. t. 10. f. 3 (1884)
(Malacca ; Borneo) ; Standing., Iris II. p. 16 (18.S9) (Palawan).
Papilio (Zlidrs) hathydc-i var. bathycloides, Semper, Pl,ilij,j>., Tagalt. p. 283. n. 412 (1892)
(Palawan).
Orange spot near costal margin ab.sent from the under.^ide of tlie himUvings;
small green discal spot between the upper median nervTiles on the upperside of the
hindwings also wanting; no mark beliind the lower median norvule of the hindwings.
In one example from Theiping (Mai. Fen.) the ochreous spots on the underside
of the hindwings are all obliterated.
Hith. Malacca (7 3) ; Sumatra (1 c?) ; Borneo (G S); Palawan (3 S).
(c): P. bathycles chiron Wall. [J,?].
Papilio bathycles, Doubl. Westw. & Hew. (nee Zinken, 1832), Geti. Diimi. Lcp. I. p. 14. n. Ill
(1846) (pp. : N. India) ; Gray, Cut. Lcp. Ins. B. J/. I. p. 28. n. 132 (1852) (p.p.) ; Horsf. &
Moore, Cat. Ltp. Ins. ilus. E. I. C. I. p. 114. n. 228 (1857) (N. India ; Darjceliiig) ; Fcld.,
Verh. s. 6. Ges. Wien p. 305. n. 229 (1864) (p.p.) ; Butl., Ann. Mag. N. II. (5). XVI. p. 343.
n. 105 (1885) ; Manders, Tr. Enl. Soc. Land. p. 536. n. 198(1890) (Shan States; very common ;
no ? found).
Papilio chiron Wallace, Tr. Linn. Soc. Land. XXV. p. 66. note (1865) (Assam ; Sylhct) ; Moore,
P. Z. S. p. 757 (1865) ; Honrath, Berl. E. Zcil. XXVIIf. p. 397 (1884) (Sikkim) : Stauding.
& SchatE, Exol. Schmell. I. p. 9 (1884).
Papilio balhyrlfs var. chiron, Elwes, Tr. Enl. Soc. Land. p. 436. n. 432 (1888) (Sikkim, 2000 to
3000 feet, (J not uncommon).
Zctides batliychs. Swinhoe, Tr. Enl. Soc. Land. p. 314. n. 397 (1893) (Kliasia Hills).
Papilio (Zctides) bathycles, Nici'villc, Gazetteer of Sikkim p. 175. n. 500 (1894) (Sikkim ; rather less
common than P. eurypylus L.).
Differs from bathycles and bathycloides in the hindwings, above, liaving a green,
below, a white stripe behind the median nervnre and lower median nerviile ; the
length of this mark is variable ; below the stripe is longer than above. In hnthycles
and bathycloides this stripe is seldom, and then onlv slightly, indicated.
(ci^) : ab. chironides Honr.
Pajiilio chiron var. chironides Honrath, Berl. E. Zeit. XXVIII. p. 397. t. 10. f. 4 (1884) (Sikkim).
Costal ochreous spot absent from the underside of the hindwings.
Ihib. Sikkim (Hi J, 1 ?) ; Assam (16 6) ; Shan States (G 6).
The aljerratioii chironides differs in the same way from chiron, as bathycloides
does from bathycles ; while, however, bathycloides inhabits an area where bathycles
does not occur, chironides flies together with chiron.
The following four species form the so-called sarpedo'>i-gro\\\i. wliicli is not
separable from the eurypylus-groui).
( 439 )
102. Papilio gelon Boisd. [c?,?].
Pap'iUo qrhm Boisduval, Jlull. S„c. Enl. Fr. p. I:j.') (1859) (N. Caledonia) ; FeU., Verh. z. b. Gra.
Wien p. ?,0h. n. 219 (18G4) : Butler, 1^. Z. .S. p. 290. n. 99 (1874) ; id., Aw,. Mag. X H. (4).
XX. p. 3513. n. 28 (1877) (Lifu I.) ; Obcrth., Et. cVEnl. IV. p. 59, n. 14.5 (1879) ; Lncas, Bull.
Soc. E. Fr. p. 50 ( ? ) (1883) ; Rothsch., Tr. Ent. Soc. Li.ml. p. 141. t. 6 (1892) (vars.).
This is so variable a species that scarcelj' two specimens are identical. P. mer/a-
sthenes Math, is ba.sed on an example which has tlie median band of the wings very
broad, and is merely one of the numerous individual aberrations of P. gelon.
(a-) : ab. inef/asthenes ]\latli.
5 . Piipilio mcgasthriKs JIathew, Tr. Eiil. Sue. Linid. p. 314 (1889) (Noumea, New Caledonia).
Hah. Loyalty Islands (Lifu Island: 16 (J, 12 ?) ; New Caledonia.
193. Papilio isander tiodm. & Salv. [c?,?].
FtqiiVo /milder, Godman & Salviii, Ann. Mmj. N. II. (0). I. p. 211 (1888) (Aola, Guadalcanar I.) ;
Grose Smith & Kirby, lilmi,. Exnt. I. /"»;,. p. 13. t. 6. f. 3 (1888).
Differs from all the race.s of P. sarpedon in having a series of green submarginal
spots on the forewings.
A specimen in JNIr. Crowley's collection has a green spot in the apex of the cell
of the forewings.
Bab. i^olomon Islands: Guadalcanar (5 cJ, 1 ?), Isabel (1 ?), Shortland Islands
(1 c?, 1 ¥), Bougainville (1 <S).
My single specimen from Isaliel Island has only three green submarginal spots
to tlie upperside of the forewings, and two more whitish, rather feebly marked
lunules. A specimen from tlie Shortland Islands (collected by C. Ribbe) has also
only iive submarginal markings, while the individuals from Guadalcanar which I
have compared, and a male from Bougainville Island and a female from the
Shortland Islands, have five or sis green submarginal spots.
In the Bougainville and Shortland examples the anterior spots of the di.scal
macular band are slightly smaller than in the specimens from (niadalcanar and in
that from Isabel, otherwise they are not different.
If we take into consideration, firstly, that in various races of P. sarpedon L. the
forewings are provided on the underside with a series of submarginal, more or le.ss
clearly marked, spots; secondly, that these spots often appear on the upperside,
where they, however, are never devoid of scales and therefore not green ; thii'iily,
that the additional postcostal spot as well as the uppermost green submarginal spot
appear in P. sarpedon imparilia m. (Bismarck Archipelago), and the latter also in
P. sarpedon irapar mihi ; and, fourthly, that in some specimens of isander the
number of green submarginal spots is reduced to three; it becomes rather more thau
probable that Papilio isander is also a form of P. sarpedon; the only link of the
chain which is still wanting is a specimen with two submarginal green sjiots. This
link certainly will turn up one day ; but as I base my work on facts, not on supposition,
I must treat P. isander as a species, not as a subspecies.
This Papilio is of great importance as regards the di\ision of the green I'apilios
into genera ; it shows that P. sarpedon and P. eurypyius with its various allies
cannot be separated generically, and that therefore the "genus" Chloi'isses Swains.
(sj-n.: Z)«/c^(7!a Moore) must sink a.s a synonym of Zefi'des Hiilm. We learn here
again that the division of the Papilionidac into genera must be based u]>on all the
species of the world, and that naturally many mi.stakes occur, if one bases the division
:;i
( 440 )
on the species of a single region or subregion only, as is done hy Mr. Strecker as well
as hy Jlr. Jloore.
19-4. Papilio sarpedon I- [cJ,?, inetam.].
Roesel, Ins. Belust. IV. p. 48. t. 6. f. 1 (17fil).
Papilio Eqtifs Trojnnus sarpedon Linni'', Syst. Ntil. ed. x. p. 461. n. 14 (17.i8) (Asia) ; id., Miis. Lutl.
Ulr. p. 196. n. 15 (1764) (India) ; id., Si/xl. Nal. ed. xii. p. 747. n. 15 (1767) : Houtt., .\Yf/«r/.
Hist. I. 11. p. 198. n. 14 (1767) {p.p.) ; Milll., Xtilurs. V. 1. p. 570. d. 15 (1774) ; Fabr., Sj/^il.
Ent. p. 447. n. 21 (1775) ; Goeze, Enl. lieylr. HI. p. 36. n. 15 (1779) {p.p.) ; id., Spec. /«..■. II.
p. 8. n..28 (1781) ; Esper, Ausl. S,:hmell. p. 38 {p.p.). t. 8. f. 2 (1785) {.fig. null.) ; Fabr., Maul.
Ins. U. p. 4. n. 30 (1787) {p.p.) ; id., Enl. Sysl. III. 1. p. 14. n. 41 (1793) {/,./!.) ; Thunberg,
Mus. ^'al. Ups. XXTII. p. 9 (1804) ; Shaw, Gen.Zool. VI. 1. p. 208 (1806) {P. E. Tr.demophoon
o» pi. 64).
Pajiilio Equcs Trojamis demophon Meerburgh, Afbeeld. t. 9 (1775) ; Goeze, Enl. liiijlv. III. 1. p. 69.
n. 47 (1779) {p.p.).
Papilio Eqiies Trojamis demophoon, Shaw, Gen. Znol. VI. 1. t. 64 (1806).
Zetides sarpedon, Hubner, Verz. bek. Schmelt. p. 85. n. 883 (1816) ; id., Sainml. Ex. ScJimeU. ITT.
t. 25 (^1824-41) (Java).
Papilio sarpedon, Godavt, Enc. Melh. IX. p. 46. n. 62 (1819) {p.p.) ; Zinken, Nov. Act. Ac. Nat. Cur.
XV. p. 156 (1831) (Java) ; Boisd., Vny. Aslrol, Enl. Up. p. 44. n. 12 (1832) (/).;;.) ; Lucas,
■ Lip. Ex. p. 9. t. 5. f. 1 (1835) ; Boisd., Spee. Gen. Lip. I. p. 235. n. 57 (1836) {p.p.) ; Then,
Niilurg. Schm. p. 19. t. 6. f. 22. (1837) {p.p.) : De Haan, Verh. Nat. Gesch. Ned. overz. hez.
p. 7. 34. t. 7. f. 15 (/.) (1840) {fig. mal.) : Doubl. Westw. & Hew., Gen. Dinni. Lep. I. p. 14.
-' n. 115 (1846) ()).;).); Hiitton, Tr. Enl. Soo. Loml. V. p. 51. n. 12 (1847) (Mussooree, May to
September) ; Kollar, in Hiigel's Kasclnnir IV. p. 405 (1848) (Cashmere) ; Gray, Oil. Lep. Ins.
B. M.l. p. 28. n. 135 (1852) ("Sandwich Is." loc. err.) ; Lucas, in Chenu's End. Uisl. Nat.,
Pap. t. 20. f. 1 (1853) ; Horsf. & Moore. Cat. Lep. Ins. Mus. E. I. C. I. p. 113. n. 226. t. 3. f. 8.
8a {l.,p.) (1857) ; Vollenhov.,.7'/jVte/»-. r. Enl. Ul. p. 71). n. 48 (18G0) {p.p.) ; Reak., Pr. Ent.
Soc. Phil. p. 483. n. 24 (1864) {p.p.) ; Fold., Verh. z. h. Ges. Wien p. 304. n. 214. &. p. 350.
n. 122 (1864) ; Lang. Ent. Mo. .1%. p. 101 (1864) (N.W.Himal.) ; WaU., Tr. Linn. Soc. Lond.
XXV. p. 65. n. 110 (1865) (/)./).) ; Koch, Iml.-Auslr. Lep. Fninia p. 39 (1865) {p.p.) : Moore,
P. Z. S. p. 487 (1865) (N.W. Himal.) : id.. I.e. p. 757 (1865) ; Orza, Lip. Jap. p. 10. n. 4
(1869) (Japan) ; Butl., Cat. Diurn. Lep. drser. by Fabric, p. 242. n. 30 (1869) ; Druce, P. Z. S.
p. 357. n. 21 (1873) (Siam) : Piepers, Tijdsehr. v. Enl. XIX. p. 155. n. 69 (1876) (Java) ;
Butl., P. Z. S. p. 814. n. 34 (1877) (Formosa) : id., Tr. Linn. Soc. Lond. (2). Zool. I. p. 552
n. 2 (1877) (Mal. Pen.) ; Salv. & Godm., ibid. p. 641 (1878) (Billiton I.) ; Moore, ibid.
p. 841 (1878) ; Oberthitr, Et. iVEiil. IV. p. 59. n. 144 (1879) ; Nicuv., Jonrn. .l.s. S. Bag. p. 59.
n. 113 (1881) : Elwes. P. Z. S. p. 873 (1881) (N.E. Asia & Japan) ; Aurivill., A'. .Simst. Vet.
AL: Ilandl. XIX. 5. p. 20. n. 15 (1882) ; Stauding, >t Schatz, Exot. Schm. I. p. 9 (1884) ; Butl.,
Ann. Mng. .V. II. (5). XVI. p. 343. n. 106 (1885) (Manipur) ; Dist., Rh,,,. .Mal. p. 359. t. 22.
f. 6 (1885) (Mal. Pen.) ; AVeymer, HMI. E. Zeil. p. 273 (1885) (Xias I.) : Pryer, lihop. Nilion.
p. 5. n. 9. t. 1. f. 9 (1883) (Japan) ; Leech, P. Z. S. p. 405. n. 9 (1887) (Japan) ; Dist. &
Pryer, Ann. Mng. X. H. p. (5). XIX. p. 273 n. 178 (1887) (Sandakan) ; Holland, Tr. Amer.
Ent. Sac. XIV. p. 122. n. 71 (1887) (Hain.m) : Elwes, Tr. Enl. Soc. Lond. p. 434. n. 430 (1888)
(Sikkim ; up to 70i)0 feet, from April to October) : Piepers, Tijd.<!rhr. r. Enl. XXXI. p. 346.
t. 7. f. 8. 9. (1888) (life hist. ; Java) ; Standing., /ris II. p. 15 (1889) (Palawan) ; Manders,
Tr. Enl. Soc. Lond. p. 536. n. 197 (1890) (Shan States ; abundant ; commonest at elevations of
3000 feet) ; Snellen. Tijdsehr. r. Enl. XXXIII. p. ,'i05. n. 77 (1890) (Billiton I.) ; Watson,
Jonrn. Ilomhay N. 11. Soc. p. 54 (1891) (Chin Lu.«liai); Hagen, Herl. Enl. Ziil. p. 1."j5. n. 176
(1892) (Banka I.) ; Oberth., El. d'Enl. XVII. p. 4 (1893) (Tonkin) ; Hagen, Iris VII. p. 28.
n. 34 (1894) (Sumatra; common).
Chlorisses sarpedon, Swainson, Zool. Illti.ili: (2). II. t. 89 (1832).
Pajiilio inedon, Koch {nee Felder, 1864), Ind.-Au.tlr. Lep.-Fanna p. 40 (1865) (Java).
Papdio lerrdon, Butler {nee Felder, 1805), .Inn. .Mag. N. H. (5). IX. p. 19. n. 33 (1882) (Japan).
Papilio {Dakhina) sarpedon, Dohcrty, Journ. As. Soc. Heiig. p. 136. u. 224 (1886) (Kumaon) ;
Wood-Mas. & Nicev., ibid. p. 376. n. 185 (1880) (Cachar) ; Elwes & Nicev., ibid. p. 437. n. 142
(1886) (Tavoy ; Siam) ; Xici'v., Journ. lioinbay N. II. Soc. p. .'^i4. n. 14. t. I., f . 1 1 (J) (1X93)
(Sumatra ; melanoid aberration) ; id., Gazellecr of Siltkiin p. 174. n. 498 (1894) (Sikkim :
common throughout the warm months from 1000 to 7000 feet).
Dalcliimi sarpedon, Moore, P. Z. S. p. 257 (1882) (N.W. Himal.) : id., Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. XXI.
p. 50 (1889) (Mergui Arch.) ; Swinh., Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 314. n. 395 (1893) (Khasia Hills).
( 441 )
The type of this species is still preserved in the Stockholm Museum, and agrees
best, according to Aurivillius (Lc), with Hiibner's figures of.Tavan specimens. The
Papil/o sarijedon of the whole of the Indo-ilalayan subregion, including the
Philippine Islands and Japan, and excluding Ceylon and South India, can scarcely
be split up into local forms. The P. sarpedon of China, however, are mostly different ;
unfortunately these differences are not at all constant. The Japanese spring brood
is mostly the same as typical P. sarpedon; the specimens of the summer broods ai-e
larger, the green band of the wings is narrow and mostly interrupted at the veins,
and the hindwings are produced into a tooth at the end of the upper median nervule
(not quite so much as in P. sarpedon teredon Feld. from South India and Ceylon),
and agree very well with such Chinese examples which have a complete median band
to the wing that is interrupted on the forewings at the nervules. I think it not
advisable to treat the Japanese sarpedon as a separate subspecies, as the distinguishing
characters are found only in a relatively small number of individuals.
I divide the present species into the following geographical races : —
(ft) : P. sarpedon L. from Continental India to Java, tiie Philippines, and Japan,
exclusive of South India and Ceylon ;
(b) : P. sarpedon semifasoiatus Hour, from China ;
(c) : P. sarpiedon teredon Feld. from Ceylon and S. India ;
(d) : P. sarpedon parsedon Westw. fi'om the lesser Sunda Islands ;
(c ) : P. sarpedon choredon Feld. from Australia, New Guinea, Waigeu ;
(/) : P. sarpedon imjMrilis m. from the Bismarck Archipelago ;
((/) : P. sarpedon imp/ar m. from the Solomon Islands ;
(h): P. sarpedon anthedon P'eld. from the .Moluccas ;
(i): P. sarjjedon milon Feld. from Celebes, Sulla Islands, Talaut Island.
(a): P. sarpedon L., forma typ. (cf, ? metam.).
The red sjjots on the underside of the hindwings assume sometimes an orange
yellow tint.
JI. de Nic^ville figures (J.c.) a curious melanistic aberration of this species
which has almost entirely lost the green band of the wings. I have a Darjeeling
specimen which shows the beginning of melanism, the median band being thinly
overpowdered with black scales, and part of the scales of the upper layer of the
band beneath having become black. It is not the green colour of the band which is
replaced by blacl* In P. antiphaies ab. nebulosus Butl. and in P. aristeus ab
nigricans Eimer the white scales have assumed a black colour ; on the upperside
of the wings of the melanistic sarpedon the scaleless band becomes scaled black.
A specimen of P. eiirypylus axion Feld. in the Hewitson Coll. (Hrit. Mus.) has the
markings also partly black, and exhibits the same additional scaling as the melanistic
Bnrjjeilon.
Hah. Continental India (exc. South India) (25 J); Malacca (7 J); Sumatra
(6 c?) ; Nias ; Kngano (1 (?) ; Java (2 cJ, 1 ? ) ; Bunguran,;Xatuna Ishmds (2 cj, 2 ? ) ;
Borneo (ISc?); Palawan (3 (?) ; Philippines (7 <?) ; Loo Choo Islands (It?, 1?);
South Japan (18 (?, 3 ?),
In Cliiiia tliere occur specimens, together with typical P. sarpedon and examples
which are like those of the Japanese summer brood, rather abundantly in which the
median band of the hindwings is more or less obliterated ; in the form of the hind-
wings these specimens agree mostly with the Japanese summer bnwd. Here we
have a case that in one locality part of the specimens are quite dift'ert-nt from the
( «^ )
typical form of the spo'cie;;, wliile other specimens are often imlistinguishable from
the latter, and one is as justilied in treating the rather i)revailing aberrant speci-
mens as mere individual aberrations, which are, however, local in this case, as one
may consider them to belong to a local race which is still very inconstant, and
till produces numerous atavistic specimens. I take the last point of \'iew, and
accordingly have to enumerate the Chinese P. sarpedon as
(/)) : P. sarpedon semifasciatus Honr. [ ^ , ? ].
Pdjiilio sarpedon var. xemifiisciidii^ Honratli, /■:nl. X<ii-lir. p. 161 (1S88) (China) ; Leech, Tr. Enl.
Soc. hml. p. 115. note (1S89) ; id., Butt, from Cliiiw, etc. p. o25 (1893).
Papilio mrpediin var.. Leech, Tr. Ent. Soc. Limd. p. 115. n. 6',t. t. 7. f. 2 (1889).
Ptipilio earpedoii, Leech, ISntt.fnuii ('hiini, etc. p. 52+ (1893) (cxcl. si/iioii.).
Median liand to tlie hindwings often more or less obliterated. Baud of the
forewings mostly interrupted at the black uervules.
Hab. China (30 J, 7 ?).
(c) : P. sarpedon teredon Feld. [c?,?m etam.].
Papilio mrpedmi var., Gray, Cut. Lep. Inn. B. .U. I. p. 28. sub n. 135 (1852) (Ceylon).
Papilio teredon Felder, Verb. z. h. Gen. Wien p. .'505. n. 215 (1864) {nom. niid. ; Canara & Ceylon) :
id., Reise Xorara Lep. I. p. 61. n. 47 (1865) (Ceylon).
Dali-hina teredon, Moore, Lep. Ceijl. I. p. 143. t. 62. f. 1. la. lb (/., p., imag.) (1881) (Ceylon,
common ; genus Dahliina characterised).
Papilio (^Dalchinia .') teredon, Hampson, Jonrn. .Is. .S. Bemj. p. 304. n. 208 (1888) (Nilgiris, 2000 to
7000 feet) ; Ferguson, Jonrn. Bombay X. IT. Sm: p. 446 (1892) (Travancore).
Papilio sarpedon, Aitken & David.s., Jonrn. Bombaij N. II. Soc. p. 304. n. 08 (1890) (Karwar ;
larvae from July till October).
^Median band of the wings mostly much narrower than in P. sarpedon, the veins
crossing the band nearly all black; hindwings witli the upi)er median vein produced
into a rather prominent tooth.
The first spot of the median band is sometimes ab.sent, as Felder already said in
tlie diagnosis of teredon ; this alierration is described by Swinhoe as a distinct species ;
it occurs together with teredon in Ceylon and Southern India.
(a-) : ab. tliermodttsa (Swinhoe).
Dekhina (!) thermodum Swinhoe, /'. Z. S. p. 146. n. 145 (1885) (Matheran).
Papilio {Dukhinia) thermodusa, Hampson, Jaurn. A". Soc. Benij. p. 364. n.209 (1888) (Nilgiri Hills ;
the northern slopes ; two specimens in February).
Hah. Ceylon (5 cJ, 1 ?); Southern India (1.5 (?, 3 ?).
(./) : P. sarpedon parsedon Westw. [J].
Papilio panedon Westwood, Tr. Ent. Soc. Load. p. 99. t. .'.. f. 1. 2 (1872) (patria?).
Small form ; band of the wings as broad as in P. sarpedon choredon Feld. ;
hindwings with longer tooth than in P. sarpedon teredon F'eld.
IJah. Timor, Dili (W. Doherty, .May 1892) (1 6) ; Wetter (id., May 1892) (1 i) ;
Adonara (id., November 1891) (1 i).
I believe to be right in identifying the form from the lesser Sunda Islands with
Westwood's species. The type-specimen (in coll. of Messrs. Godman & Salvin) was
jjrobalilv killed soon after the emergence from the pupa, hence the white colour of the
median band ; I have two bred specimens of chm-edon which exhibit the same colour.
( 443 )
(e): P. sarpedon choredon Feld. [(?,?, metam.].
Prq'Hio sarpedon, Gui''rin {hp.c Linn^, 1758), Vmj. Astrol., Entom. p. 44. n. 12 (1832) {p.p.) ; Boisd.,
.S/wc. Gen. Up. I. p. 235. n. 57 (1830) (/)./;.) ; Doubl. Westw. & Hew., G<;i. Triurii. Lep. I.
p. 14. n. 115 (1846) (/'./'.); Montrouz., £»•«<; Fauue Wimdlark p. 123 (1857) (Woodlark) ;
Koch, Indd-Auslr. Up. Fauna p. 39 (1865) {p.p.) ; Wall., Tr. Unn. S(jc. Unci. XXV. p. 65.
n. 110 (1865) (pp.) ; Math., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. .S. Wulcs p. 264 (1885) ; Soott, Au.it. Up. II.
1. p. 21. t. 17 ( ? & larva) (1890) (life hist.).
Papiliri sarpedon var., Gray, Cat. Up. Ins. 11. .V. I. p. 28. n. 135. t. 4. f. 1 (1852) (Austral.).
PapUio choredon Felder, Verh. s. b. Ges. Wkn p. 305. n. 218. & p. 350. n. 123 (1864) (Australia ;
New Guinea; Waigeu ; Woodlark) ; Butl., Ann. Mag. N. 11. (4). XVIII. p. 125. n. 12i; (1876)
(N. Guinea ; Cape York) ; id., P. Z. S. p. 471 (1877) (Cape York) ; Oberth., Ann. .Uus. Cii:
Gen. XV. p. 478. n. 25 (1880) (Waigeu ; Somerset, Cape York).
Pupilio sarpedon var. choredon. Semper, Joiirn. .Uus. Godeffr. p. 44 (Separ.) (1873) ; Ribbe, Iris
p. 78. u. 10 (1886) (Aru I.) ; OUiff, Ann. .Maij. X. U. (6). I. p. 357. t. 20. f. I (/,) (1888)
(life hist.).
Very close to t\'pical P. sarpedon, but the forewiiigs broader, the median
iiervules and the submedian nervure being longer ; median band al\va_ys broad, on
the hiadwings usually shorter than in P. .sarpedon; mostly the median nervides of
the forewings white within the baud ; black line inside the red costal mark on the
underside of the hinder wings narrower than in P. sarpedon.
Hah. Queensland (44 S, 11 ?); New South Wales (3 cJ, 2 ?); New Guinea
(11 (?, 2 ?); Aru Islands; Waigeu Island (3 S); and (?) Woodlark Island.
(/) : P. sarpedon imparilis subsp. nov. \_S~\.
Pupilio choredon, Godman & Salvin, /'. Z. S. p. 148. n. 35 (1877) (Duke of York I.) ; iid., l.r.
p. 159. n. 41 (1879) (N. Ireland).
t?. Upperside as deep black as in P. sarpedon rallon P"eld., i.e., much darker
than in choredon Feld. Underside darker than in any race of sarpedon; the inter-
spaces between the discal red markings and the submarginal lunules of the
hindwings are entirely filled up with black ; the black spots at the basal side of the
red markings are of a deep tint.
The median band of the wings is scarcely narrower than in P. sarpjedon chwedon
Feld. ; on the forewings there is mostly an additional green or white minute spot
marked above or below, or on either side ; this spot has in some specimens the same
position as in P. sarpedon ivipjar mihi, or it stands behind the first mark of the
macular band occupying the same place as the first spot of the submarginal series in
P. isander Godm. it Salv., or it stands in the apex of the cell rather close to the
lower discocellular veinlet.
J . Unknown.
Hab. New Britain (7 cJ); New Indand ; Duke of York.
This form is remarkable not onl}' for the deep black colour of the upperside,
but especially for the appearance of the additional spot in variable jiosition, in conse-
quence of which it naturally leads over from P. sarpedon choredon to P. sarpedon
impar, and also to a certain degree to P. isander. The additional spot is, however,
not an altogether new character, but is found indicated by some whitish scales in a
few specimens of other subspecies of sarpedon.
d/): P. sarpedon impar subsp. nov. [?].
? . Wings shaped as in P. isander G. & .S., ground colour of the wings darker
than in typical P. sarpedon choredon Feld.
Uppjerslde : Forewings with the median band broader behind than in P. isander;
( 444 )
witli an additional spot behind the costal margin varying in size, but ahvaj's much
larger than the first (postcostal) spot of the median band ; hindwings with the spot
between subcostal and t lie upper discocellular veins larger than in isander ; the
outer border of the median band less straight; submarginal spots rather larger.
Underside: Forewings witii the whitish submarginal lunules between the upper
median nervule and the hindaugle of the wing rather large and well defined ; some-
times there is a complete series of submarginal lunules, of wiiicli, Iiowever, the anterior
ones are indistinct; these lunules are sometiuies also feebly marked on the upperside.
Hindwings with the red markings rather larger than in isander.
Bab. Solomon Islands : New Georgia (type) and small islets round the northern
part of Isabel Island [the latter locality ma}' be erroneous] (3 ?).
(Ii): P. sarpedon anthedon Feld. [c?, ?].
Seba, Thes. IV. t. 37. f. 3. 4. 15. 16 (1765).
Papilio Eqites Trojamm narpedoii, Houttuyn (nrc Liane, 1758), Xii/iirl. Iliil, I. II. p. 1"JS. n. 14
(1767) (;)./*.) ; Cr.-imer, Pap. Ex. III. p. :i9. t. 122. f. c. D (1779) (Amboina) : Goeze, Ent.
Bei/li: III. 1. p. 30. n. 15 (1779) (j'-P-) : Jablonsky & Herb.st, .V«^«)>'. Schmell. II. p. 87. ii. 2:>.
t. io. f. 4. 5 (1787).
Papilio mrpedmi, Godart, Eiic. MM. IX. p. 40. n. 62 (1819) {p.p.) ; Gu^r., I'wy. Astmi., Ent. p. 44.
n. 12 (1832) (p.p.) ; Boisd., Spec. Gin. Lip. I. p. 235. n. 57 (1836) {p.p.) ; De Haan, Verb.
Niil. Gexch. Xed. nverz. he:, p. 34 (1840) {p.p.) ; Koch, Indo-Austr. Up. Fauna p. 39 (1805)
{j>.p.) ; Pagensteob., Jahrb. Xass. Ver. A'ul. p. 204 (1884) (p.p.).
Papilio authedoH Felder, Vi-rh. z. b. Ge.t. Wieu p. 305. n. 217. & p. 350. n. 124 (1864) (Amboina).
Papilio sarpedon var. molucceii.'<is Wallace, Tr. Linn. Soc. Loud. XXV. p. 65. sub n. 110 (1805)
(Ceram ; Buru ; Batjan ; Halmabera).
Papilio .sarpedon var. anthedon, Staiidinger & Schatz, Exol. Schmell. I. p. 9. t. 6 (J) (1881) ; Ribbc,
/W.S II. p. 210. n. 11 (1890) (Ceram) ; Rbber, Tijdschr. r. Enl. p. 275 (1891) (Ceram).
In this and the next subspecies the submarginal spots to the hindwings ai-e large
and strongly arched, and are, like the median band, mucli more blue than in the other
subspecies of P. sarpedon L.
The median band of the wings is sometimes scarcely broader than in certain
examples of the Celebesian race. On the underside of the forewings there is often
an almost complete series of submarginal whitish lunules. In one of my examples
from Amboina the discal red markings on the underside of the hindwings are also
faintly marked above.
Hub. Amboina (4 cJ) ; Ceram (1 6); Buru; Batjan (1 6); Halmahera (1 (?, 1 ?).
(i): P. sarpedon milon Feld. [J].
Papilio milon Felder, Verh. z. b. Ges. Wien p. 305. n. 216 (1864) (Celebes: nom. mal.) ; id., Reise
Novara, Lep. I. p. 02. n. 48 (1865) (Celebes) ; Rothsch., Irix V. p. 442 (1892) (Celebes).
Papilio milelm Wallace, Tr. Linn. Soc. Loiul. XXV. p. 05. n. 111. t. 7. f. 2 ((J) (1805) (Macassar;
Menado) ; Holland, Tr. lio^lon N. H. Soc. XXV. p. 78. n. 134 (1890) (S. Celebes) ; Rothsch.,
Irix V. p. 442 (189;i) (Celebes).
Papilio sarpedon var. milon, Piepers & Snellen, Tijdschr. v. Ent. XXI. p. 38. n. 150 (1878).
Papilio sarpedon var. milehis, Oberthur, ©. d'Ent. IV. p. 59. sub n. 144 (1879) (Celebes).
Costal margin strongly arched ; median band narrower than in anthedon Feld.
The specimens from Celebes, Sulla Islands, and Talaut Island do not differ sub-
specifically. The median band of the wings is somewhat variable in breadth.
(6-) : ab. milonides Hour.
Papilio mrpedon var. milon ab. inilonides Honratb, lierl. E. Zeit. XXVIII. p. 397 (1884) (Macassar).
Cellular portion of the median band of the hindwings abbreviated anteriorly,
and therefore widely separated frofli the costal white spot.
( 445 )
Uab. Celebes (14 cj, 1 ?); Sulla Islands (1 J, 1 ?); Talaut Island (1 ?; \\ .
Doherty leg.).
195. Papilio cloanthus Westw. [df, ?].
PiipilindocDithusyfestviooi, An: Kiil. I. p. 4_'. t. 11. f. 2 (imrhriid,-) (1841) (X. Indi.i) ; Doubl.
Westw. & Hew., Gen. Diuni. Lep. I. p. 14. n. lllj (184(5) (X. India ; Assam) ; Hutton, 7V.
Enl. Soc. Loud. V. p. 51. n. 13 (1847) (Mus.sooree, from end of April throughout the summer) ;
Kolhr, in Hiigel's K,i.-<eJ>i,i!r IV. 2. p. 405. t. 2. f. 1. 2 (1848) (Massuri) ; Gray, Cnt. Lep. Tm.
B. .lA. I. p. 28. n. 13G (I8.'i2) (N. India) ; Horsf. & Moore, Cat. Lp/k Tm. Mui,. E. I. C. I. p. 112.
n. 225 (1857) (N. India) ; Feld., Verli. z. b. Gca. Wifii p. 304. n. 213. & p. 349. n. 120 (1804)
(Darjeeling ; Assam ; Caschmir) ; Lang, Eiit. ifo. Mag. p. 101 (18(;4) (N.W. Himal., SHOD to
7000 feet) ; Moore, P. Z. S. p. 757 (1865) ; Oberth., El. d'Enl. IV. p. 60. n. 146 (18711)
(India) ; Standing. & Schatz, Ej:nl. Schmrtl. I. p. 9. t. G (S) (1884) ; Butl.. P. Z. S.p. 376.
n. 81 (1886) (W. India) : But!., Am,. Mar]. X. IT. (G). I. p. 206 (1888) (N.W. India) : Elwes,
Tr. Ent. Sac. Limd. p. 434. D. 429 (1888) (Sikkim ; Khasia Hills, 6000 feet : rapid flight).
Ihilrhiw, danithu^, Moore, P. Z. S. p. 257 (1882) (N.W. Himal.) ; .Swinh., Tr. Ent. So,: Land.
p. 314. n. 394 (1893) (Khasia Hills).
PaplVin (nal,-hi„„) chmuthiis. Doherty, Journ. As. S. Be,„j. p. 136. n. 223 (1886) (Kumaon ; 2000 to
7000 feet) ; Xicc-v., G,izellee,-„f Sihklin p. 174. n. 497(1894) (Sikkim ; from April till October :
2000 to 4000 feet).
Three geographical forms are l;no\vn.
(a): P. cloanthus "NVestw., forma typ. [c?,?].
I have a female specimen from Kulu, North-West India, in which the green parts
are enlarged ; the two cellular spots of the forewings are merged together, the black
band inside the submarginal line of the forewings is as narrow as that outside tlie
line. The male from the same locality is not different from Sikkim examples.
The spot in the end of the cell of the forewings has in P. cloanthus We.stw.
the same position as a minute spot referred to under P. sarpedon imparllls mihi.
As in all the allied species the female does not essentially differ from the male,
except (of course) in the absence of the abdominal fold to the hindwings.
Hah. North India: Assam (2 S), Sikkim (14 cJ, 1 ?), Nepaul, North-West
India (Kulu ; 1 c?, 1 ?) ; Shan States (4 J).
Not yet found in the Malay Peninsula, where it certainly will turn up, as a
subspecies of P. cloanthus Westw. occurs in Sumatra.
(b) : P. cloanthus clymenus Leech [J].
Papilio cloniilhn.i var. chiiiiiiii,^ Leech, Biilt.fi-om Chi,,,.,, etc. p. 523. t. 32. f. 2 (1893).
Green markings smaller than in P. cloanthus ; median nervure, its upper two
branches and part of its lower branch black. Black area of the hindwings much
broader; the portion inside the submarginal spots almost twice as broad at the
anterior margin of the wing as in P. cloanthus. Female not described ; unknown
to me ; is probably of a less deep black tint than the male.
Hah. Central and Western China (17 S).
A specimen from Ichang in inv .Museimi is indistinguisliablo from certain
Sikkim examples.
(cj : P. cloanthus suinatranus llagen.
(J ? . P,ipir,o cloniiikus var. siim,ilr„mis Hagen, Ii-i.i VII. p. 27. sub n. 33 (1894) (Sumatra).
JIarkings yellowish green. The first submarginal spot of the hinder wings
stands in the middle of the black margin ; four marginal white lunules, two before
and two behind the tail ; greenish area of the underside of the forewings densely
scaled between lower median nervule and inner margin.
Hab. Sumatra (3 S).
C 446 )
XXXVII. AGAMEMNON-GROUP.
Agrees in structure with the preceding group. The green spots of the upperside
are sealeless ; the spots beneath are liable to lose the scales in P. agamemnon L.
196. Papilio macfarlanei Butl. [cj, ?].
Papilio Eqiies Achivus aegistus, Cramer (/i-c Limie. I7i)4), Pap. Ex. III. p. 81. t. 241. f. C. D.
(1782) (.■Vmboina) ; Jablonsky i<: Herbst, Xtiturs. Sohtmtt. III. p. lOt. n. 82. t. .3G. f. 1. 2 (1788)
(" America " loc. err.).
Zetkles aegistus, Hilbuer, Verz. hek. Schmell. p. 80. n. 88.') (1810).
Papilio aegislK.'', Godart, E,ic. MM. IX. p. 47. n. G4 (1819) ; Boisd., Spec. Ghi. Lip. I. p. 231. n. 50
(I83r.) ; Doubl. Westw. & Hew., Gen. Diiirn. Lep. I. p. 14. n. 108 (181C) ; Gray, Oil. Lep. Ins.
n. M. I. p. 27. n. 129 (1852) : Feld., Verh. z. b. Ges. Wieii p. 305. n. 231. & p. 351. n. 130
(18134) (Amboina; Batjan) ; WaU., Tr. Linn. Sue. Loml. XXV. p. G7. n. 117 (1865) (Ceram ;
«atj.in; Gilolo ; Am); Kirscli, .ViKli. Mus. Dresd. I. p. 113. n. 14 (1877) (Kordo ; Ansus ;
Rubi) ; Oberth., Et. d'F.nt. IV. p. 58. n. 133 (1879) (Ternate ; " Sangir," " Celebes " loc. err.) ;
id., Ami. Mus. Civ. Gen. XV. p. 477. n. 23 (1880) (Ternate) ; Pageustech., .Jnh-h. Nuss. Fee.
^^al. p. 204 (1884) (Amboina) ; Standing. & .Schatz, Exot. Schw. I. p. 10 (1884) ; Ribbe, Iris
U. p. 210. n. 13 (1890) (Ceram) ; Rober, Tijihrln: i: Enl. XXXIV. p. 275 (1891) (Ceram).
Pajyilio maefarlunei Butler, P. Z. S. p. 471. n. 30 (1877) (N. Guinea).
There are two local forms.
(rt): P. macfarlanei lUitl., forma tvp. [(?, ?].
About P. aerjisthus L. see p. 449.
The examples from tlie different i.-^lands of the Jloluccas, Waigeu, and New
Guinea, though rather variable in the .«ize and niimbrv of the markings in overj
locality, cannot be separated subspecifically.
The discal band to the hindwings is sometimes much reduced in length,
especially often in the female, which does not essentially differ from the riiale,
except in the absence of the alxlominal fold to the hindwings.
Hab. New Guinea (2 S, 2 ?); Waigeu (1 c?, 1 ?); Aru; Halmahera (3 J, 3 ?);
Ternate (1 c?) ; Batjan (6 c?, 3 ? ; Amboina (4 c?, 2 ?) ; Ceram (1 cj. 1 ?).
(6): P. macfarlanei seminiger (Butl.) [S, ?].
Zetides seminigra Batler,.^«H. .!/.<(/. X //. (5). X. p. 153. n. 30 (1882) (Xew Britain).
? . Papiliu aegistus var. aegistiades Honrath, Berl. E. Zeil. p. 250 (1888) (Ralum, N. Britain).
The spots of the hindwings are nearly all obliterated.
Hah. New Britain.
Dr. A. G. Butler compares this PapiVw with P. agahiemnon, while it really
belongs to P. macfarlanei Butl., according to the description and the type-specimen.
In P. mncfarlanei Butl. the spots of the Iiindwings are sometimes also partly
obliterated as said above, and such specimens come very close to seminiger.
197. Papilio arycles Boisd. [<?,?].
Papiliu anjdes Boisduval, Spec. Gen. Lip. I. p. 231. n. 51 (183t)) (Java or Sumatra ? : spee. imprrf.);
Doubl. Weatw. & Hew., Gen. Diurn. Lep. I. p. 14. n. 110 (1840) (Singapore; Sumatra;
"Nepaul" loc. (rr.) ; Gray, Cat. Lep. ins. B. M. I. p. 27. n. 131 (1852) ("N. India" he. en: ;
Penang ; Singapore ; Borneo) ; Feld., Verli. z. h. Ges. Wien p. 30C. n. 234. & p. 351. n. 132
(1804) ; Druce, /'. Z. S. p. 357. n. 25 (1873) (Java ; Sumatra) ; Butl., Tr. Linn. Sac. Land.
(2). Z<ml. I. p. 552. n. G (1877) (Mai. Pen.) ; Oberth., El. d'Enl. IV. p. 58. n. 134 (1879)
"Singapore" specim. typ., see Boisd.); Dist., lihnp. Mai. p. 302. n. 27. t. 32. f. 5 (1885)
(c?.? ; Mai. Pen.) ; Standing., Iris II. p. IG (1889) (Palawan) ; Hagen, Deri. E. Zeil. p. 155.
n. 180 (1892) (Banka I.) ; Butl., P. Z. S. p. 121 (1892) (Sandakan, N. Borneo).
Papilio ramii Felder, Wien. Ent. Man. IV. p. 394. n. 1 (1800) (Malacca) ; id., Verh. z. h. Ges. Wien
p. 300. n. 235 (1804) ; id., Reise Nni-ara, Lep. I. p. 71. n 54. t. 12. f. I) (18G5) ; Wall., Tr.
Linn. Soc. Land. XXV. p. 68. n. 119 (18G5) (Malacca; Sumatra; rama Feld., probably the
same as ari/cles Boisd.) ; Stauding. & Schatz, Exot. Schmett. I. p. 10 (1884).
( 447 )
Staudinger [7»'is. II., p. 16 (1889)] mentions a specimen which is devoid of the
costal red mark on the underside of the hindwings ; I have a specimen which lias
that spot indicated by a few red scales visible under a lens. Sometimes the red
colour of this and the other red spot.s on the hindwings changes into _yellow.
Hah. ]Malacca (5 J) ; North-West 8iam (IcJ); Sumatra (4 (?); Java; Borneo;
Palawan (5 c?). This species stands intermediate between /-". nr/araemnon L. and
the Papilios allied to P. eitrijpylun L.
198. Papilio agamemnon L. [c?,?, metam.].
Papilio Eques Achhus riijumemnon Linne, Sijst. Nat. ed. x. p. 4G2. n. 21 (1758) (China) ; id., J/hs. Lud.
Vlr. p. 202. u. 21 (17G4) ; Houtt., Naturl. IIh(. I. 11. p. 202. n. 21 (1767) ; Linne', Sysl. K<it.
ed. xii. p. 748. u. 22 (1767) ; Mull., N'lilur.^. V. l.p. 572. n. 22 (1774) ; Fabr., Si/.'it. Ent. p. 455.
n. 51 (1775) ; Goeze, Bei/tr. III. 1. p. 49. n. 22 (1779) ; Cramer, rap. Ex. II.' p. 151 (1779) :
Fabr., Upec. Iiix. II. p. 20. n. 81 (1881) ; id., Muut. Ins. II. p. 10. n. 92 (1787) ; Jablousky &
Herbst, Xtihirs. Hchnett. III. p. 192. n. 111. t. 48. f. 1. 2 (1788) ; Romer, Gen. Im. Linn. <fc Fahr.
p. 08. t. 13. f. 3 (178'.l) ; Fabr., Km. %s«. III. 1. p. 33. n. 98 (1793) ; Esper. Aiisl. Schmell.
p. 183. t. 46. 1 1. 3 (179G).
Pnj,ilh dorijltts Sulzer, Gesch. cl. lux. t. i:'.. f. 3 (1776).
I'djtilio aegisliis, Cramer, Pap. Ex. 11. p. 15. t. 106. f. c. D (1776).
IphicUdes iigamemnon, Hubner, Vers. hek. Sclimett p. 82. n. 841 (1816).
Papilio agamemno/i, Donovan, Lia. nf China t. 27. f. 2 (1798) ; Godart, E/ic. J/t'.'//. IX. p. 46. n. 6.3
(1819) ; Boisd., Spec. Gen. Lfp. I. p. 230. n. 40 (1836) {p.p.) ; Blanch., Hint. Nat. Lis. III.
p. 421. n. 4 (1841) ; Doubl. Westw. & Hew., Gen. Dinm. Lep. I. p. 14. n. 109 (1846) ; Gray,
Cat. Lep. Im. B. il. I. p. 27. n. 130 (18.52) : Horsf. & Moore, Cat. Lep. Ins. Mas. E. I. C. I. p. 114.
n. 229. t. 3. f. 9 (/.) 9a (p.) (1857) ; Yollenh., Tijdsrhr. v. Ent. III. p. 76. n. 44 (1860) {p.p.) ;
Feld., Verli. z. h. Ges. Wien p. 306. n. 233. & p. 351. n. 131 (1864) (p.p.) ; Reak., Proc. Ent. S.
Phil. p. 478. n. 22 (1804) ; Wall., Tr. Linn. Sac. Land. XXV. p. 07. n. 118 fI865) : Koch,
Indo-Atisti: Lep. Fauna p. 41 (1805) (p.p.) : Moore, P. Z. S. p. 757 (1805) (Bengal) ; Semper,
Verh. z. b. Ges. Wien p. 698 (1867) (Philippine Is. ; metam.) ; Druce, ibid. p. 108. n. 1
(1874) (Siam) ; Piepers, Tijdschr. v. Ent. p. 70 (1876) (Batavia) ; Biitl., Tr. Linn. S. Lond.
(2). Zoo!. I. p. 552. n. 7 (1877) (Mai. Pen.) ; Moore, /'. Z. S. p. 841 (1878) (Tenasserim) ;
Oberth., Et. d'Ent. IV. p. 59. n. 135 (1879) ; Elwes, P. Z. S. p. 873 (1881) ; Dewitz. Xor. Act.
D. Ac. Nat. 44. p. 265. t. 2. f. 4. 4 A. p. (/., p.) (1882) (Philipp.) ; AuriviU., Kongl. Si: Vet. Al:
Uaiid. XtX. 5. p. 24. n. 21 (1882) ; Standing. & Schatz, Exol. Sclimett. I. p. 9. t. 6 (J') (1884) ;
Kheil, Rhnp. Nias p. 37. n. 143 (1884) (Nias) ; But!., Ann. Mag. N. B. (5). XVI. p. 343. n. 107
(1885) (Manipur) ; Dist., lihnj,. Mai. p. 363. n. 28. t. 32. f. 7 (1885) (Mai. Pen) : Dist. &
Pryer, Ann. Ma;/. N. H. (5). XIX p. 274. n. 183 (1887) (Sandakan) ; Holland, Tr. Awer. Ent.
Soc. XIV. p. 122. n. 70 (1887) (Hainan) ; Piepers, Tijdschr. v. Eiil.'p. 341. t. 7. f. 1-7 (1888)
(Java, larva) ; Elwes, Tr. Ent. Soc. Lotul. p. 437. n. 433 (1888) I Sikkim. common up to 3000
feet from April to December) ; Standing., Iris II. p. 16 (1889) (Palawan) : Aitk. & Davids.,
Joiirn. Bomba,/ X. IL Soc. p. 363. n. 67 (1890) (life hist.); Hagen, Dcd.ich. E. Z-it. p. 155.
n. 181 (1891) (Banka I.) ; ?,ne\\on,- Midden-Sumatra II. p. 25. n. 5 (1892) ; Oberth., /■-•/. d'Ent.
XVn. p. 4 (1893) (Tonkin) ; Hagen, Iris VII. p. 28. n. 35 (1894) (Sumatra).
Papilio agamemnon var. rii/escens Oberthiir, Et. d'Ent. IV. p. 58. sub n. 135 (1879) (China ; grea-ig
spcciiii. ?).
Zitides agamemnon, Moore, L;p. Cegl. I. p. 145. t. 63. f. 2. 2a (/.) (1881) (Ceylon) ; Id., Journ.
Linn. Soc. Land. XXI. p. 50 (1889) (Mergui) ; Swinh., Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond. p 314. n. .S99
(1893) (Khasia Hills).
Zelhes (!) agamemnon, Swinhoe, P. Z. S. p. 145. n. 144 (1885).
Pa/iilio (Zeliiles) agamemnon, Doherty, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. p. 136. n. 226 (1886) (Kumaon) ;
Wood-Mas. & Nice'v., ibid. p. 375. n. 183 (1886) (Cachar) ; Elwes & Nicev., ibid. p. •137. n. 140
(1880) (Ponsekai) ; Hamps., ibid. p. 3(!1 (1888) (XUgiri Hills, 1000 to 7000 feet) ; Fergus.,
Journ. Bombai/ N. II. Soc. p. 446 (1891) (Travancore) ; Nici'v., Gazetteer nf Sihkim p. 175.
n. 501 (1894) (Sikkim : common at low elevations throughout the year).
Papilio agamemnon var., Snellen, Tijdschr. r. Knt. XXXVII. p. 71. t. 3. f. 3 (1894) (Java ; spots
orange yellow instead of green).
This Papilio ranges in several races over the whole of the Indo-Australian Hegiou,
and is apparently much more abundant in the western parts of its range than
(448)
further east. Though P. agamemnon is a rather variable species, the distinguishing
characters of the different local forms are not so conspicuously marked as in many
of the other wide-ranging Papilios. The races inhabiting the Indo-^Ialayan Sub-
region, and Celebes, Wetter, Dammer, Tenimber, have the wings more elongate than
those from the Papuan Subregion. Generally the tails of the males are shorter
than in the other sex, especially so in the Moluccan and Papuan forms. The red
markings on the underside of the hindwings are much feebler in the western than
in the eastern forms of P. agdinemnoa; the spot behind the costal margin chiefly
is very conspicuous in the Moluccan races; at the anal angle there is mo.stly only
one red spot present ; but in the forms fiom the Nicobars, Moluccas, and the Solomon
Islands, the lowest spot of the discal row of greenish markings, standing between the
two lower median nervules, is also covered with red scales, and most of the specimens
from Guadalcanar (Solomon Islands), and my two Nicoter examples, have a number
of additional minute red spots in the basal parts of the middle cellules, well separated
from the discal, extra-cellvdar, row of greenish white spots, and thus remind one in
some way of the red discal line on the underside of the hindwings of P. aristeus
Cram, and its allies.
Wallace's local form c (from Malacca, Sumatra, Borneo, .Java) cannot be separated
from the tyi^ical P. agamemnon from the Mainland and the Philippines; the
the characters " size small ; tails very short " by which Wallace distinguished his
local farm c ai)ply only to some of the specimens. Generally the binder angle of
the fore\vings is more oblique in the individuals from North, West, and South India
and Ceylon.
The ten races of P. agamemnon L. can be distinguished as follows : —
A. I'nderside of the hindwings with one red spot near anal angle.
«. Green discal mark between lower median nervules on u])perside of hind-
wings about twice as broad (or more) as the black inters[)ace
before it.
rt^. Third macular band to forewings (counted from the base)
consisting of five spots; front of the head with two pinkish
spots anteriorly. P. agamemnon L.
6-."Third macular band consisting of four spots. Head without
pinkish spots. subsp. ligatus m.
b. That mark as broad as the interspace before it, or narrower. On the
underside of the forewings the discal s\K>t before the uiiper median
nervule is entirely covered with scales, while in typ. agamemnon this
spot is, towards cell, free from scales and here green.
«'. Costal margin of forewings evenly arched. Size small.
subsp. exilis m.
&•. Costal margin of forewings suddenly ardied near base. Size large.
subsp. celebensis Fickert.
B. Under.side of hindwings in anal region with a .second red spot standing between
lower median nervules.
c. Submarginal and discal spots on upperside of hindwings obliterated.
c'. Spots of the median band of forewings below scaled.
subsp. neopommeranius Honr.
rfi. These spots only partly scaled (as in typical agamemnon L.).
subsp. argynnus Druce.
( 449 )
d. These spots not oliliterated, or only a few of them.
e'. Underside of hindwings with a minute red spot within the angle formed
by the upper discoidal and the second discocellular iiervules.
c^. Five upper spots in the cell of the forewings larger than the
submargiual and diseal spots to the hindwings above.
subsp. salomonls m.
d'. These spots smaller than the submarginal and diseal spots to
the hindwings. subsp. decoratus m.
/>. Underside of the hindwings without that spot.
e-. Postcellular (diseal) spots on the upperside of forewings thrice,
or more, as large as the other spots of the upperside; the
spot between the lower median nervules twice as Inroad as
the black interspace before it (as in P. agamem/non typ.).
subsp. plisthenes Feld.
/'. Spots on the upperside of wings not so very much different
in size, the diseal marks on forewings being small, that
between lower median nervules narrower than the black
interspace before it (as in subsp. celebensis).
subsp. rjuitntiis ni.
(«) : P, agamemnou L., forma typ. [c?,?, metam.].
The two [lostcellulftr spots on the underside of the forewings, situated between
the median nervules, have the interior portion bare of scales, while the exterior port ion
is densely covered with white scales ; in the following local form these spots are
almost entirely bare of scales, or the outer portion is much less densely scaled, so
that the green and white portions of the spots are not so well defined as in typical
P. againemnon. In a specimen from Nias Island there are a few red scales within
the cell of the hindwings on the underside, and also a minute red spot in the angle
between the second discocellular and upper discoidal nervules. The length of the
tails is very variable ; in the ferii%le sex the tails are often narrowed at the base, and
then appear to be slightly spatulate ; males with the tails obliterated are : —
(<(-) : J'-ab. negisthus L.
Papilln aegisthus Linn(5, Amoen. Acnd. Yl. p. 401. n. 49 (1763) (China!).
Pajulio JJquea aegUihu^ Linne, i^tjat. Nat. ed. xii. p. 754. n. 48 (17(37) (China).
Pitpilin <iijanu-mmii var. iiinuni Obarthiir, Et. (V Eiit. IV. p. 58. sub n. Kj.'i (1879) (Borneo ; nee
Dodinga).
All the authors which I have looked up, e.^cept Esper, Montrouzier, and Hutler,
have ajjplied the name of P. aegislhus L. to a species occurring in the .Moluccas and
New Guinea which Dr. A. G. Butler described in P. Z. S. p. 471 (1877) as a new-
species, under the name of P. macrai-lanei (see n. liJti). They have lieen misled by
Cramer, who first figured a tsfpical P. agameninoii as P. aegis'.ns L., and afterwards
correcting this error made a second mistake in figuring a (piite different species
(now = macfarlanei Bui.) as P. aegistus. LinntVs first description is as follows : —
"49. PAPILIO /Egisthus E. T. alls fuscis viridescenti-maculatus ; subtus
subincarnatus maculis virescentibus rarioribus.
" Habitat hi China.
( -150 )
" Magnitudo Pap. ApoUinis. Alae omnes supra nigricantea maculM
nu7nerosis hUeo-virescenlibiui, qiuiricm cmjjori jrrojnores magis
Imigitudinales ad ductum coijMria. Subtus omnes stddncarnatae,
maculw rariwihxis, min<yrib\is, virescentibus, quarum una alterave
in alia posticis sidtoceUata centra nigro. Similis Agamemnoni."
The wings being maculated with green fits to several Papilios ; but the under-
side being subincarnate, and having the spots scarcer and smaller, certainly applies
to a form of P. aganienmon and to no other Indo-Auslralian species, and so does
macula snbocellata. centra nigra on the underside of the hindwings. In Syst. Xat.
ed. xii. p. 751 Liinu' mentions the form of the hindwings.
" .Egi.stus. 48. P.E. alls dentatis fu.scis virescente maculatis ; subtus subin-
carnatis maculis virescentibus rarioribus. Amoen. acad. G p. 401.
91. 49.
" Habitat in China.
" Similis P. Agamemnoni."
It may have been the character " alis dentatis " which has induced Cramer to
identify his aegistus with Linne's species ; but there occur also tailless 7'. agamemnon
which show the wings " dentate." The basal markings on the wings which are magis
longitiulinales ad ductxim corporis apjiiy much better to P. agamemnon than to
Cramer's aegislus (= macfarlanei Butl). Linnd does not mention the red spots
on the underside of the hindwings, which are present in P. agamemnon as well as
in P. macfarlanei, P. a^ryclea, etc. ; these red spots are sometimes very faint in
P. cujamemnon from India and !Malayasia.
Now, as there is no character in Linn6's descriptions which speaks against our
identification, but several which directly point to P. agamemnon, I am satisfied that
Linne's P. aegisthiis is based on a tailless specimen of that species. But to which
race of P. agamemnon must the name of aegistkiis be united ?
Since many of Linne's Indo-Australian species, with th<> " Hid). Asia,"
or " China," or " Ind. or," came from Amboina— [Linnd received very many of his
species from Holland, and that accounts for his species being mostly Amboina and
Surinam forms]— I first thought that P. aegisthtis might be the same as Felder's
P. plisthenes, of which the type-specimen is of the size of Parnassius apollo
(" Magnitude P. ApoUinis "). Small specimens occur, however, occasionally also
in India and Malayasia ; tailless ;exam pies are also found in the Indo-!Malayan region ;
and considering that in Linne's specimen the red spots on the underside of the
hindwings were probably obliterated, a character which is often met with in the
typical race of agamemnon, there is no reasoa to doubt the patria "Cliina" of
Linne's aegisthus; and I must, therefore, restrict the name of aegisthus to the
tailless males of the typical race of P. agamemnon L., to which specimens Oberthlir
gave the name of anoura.
Hah. China (2 (?) ; Hainan ; Tonkin ; I'nuina ; North India (10 <f , 9 ? ) ; North-
West India (1 ?); West and .South India; Ceylon (1 6, 1 ?); Tenasserim (1 cJ);
:\lalacca (11 J); Sumatra (4 (?) ; Nias (5 (?, 2 ?) ; Java (7 (?, 3 ?); Natuna Islands
(2 (?, 1 ?); Borneo (15 J, 3 ?); Balabac (1 (?); Palawan (2 (J, 1 9); Philippines
Orza, Lep. .lap. p. 10 n. 5. 1869, records this species from (he warm parts ol lue
.lapanese empire.
( 1.51 )
(/') : P. agfamemnon lig'atus suhsp. nov. [c?,?].
Pajiili'i oe/ji«tiis,Moatrou7Aei\ Ann. S,,,-. I'liiis. Nal. Li/on p. 400 (185li) (Woodhirk I.) ; id., E.isai
Faune Wnodlark (Sejiiinil.) p. 12'2 (1867).
Papilin agamemniin local form/, Wallace, Tr. Linn. 8. Lnnr!. XXV. p. iSR. sub n. 118 (18(55) (New
Guinea ; Aru ; Waigeu).
Papil'O rifjtimemncm, Koch (iKv Linnu, 1758), [ndn-Aiisir. Lrp. Fiiuna p. 41 (1865) (y<.y;.) ; Butl.,
P. Z. S. p. 2'Jl. n. 101 (1874) ; Kirscli, .Wllh. .Viis. Ihr.^,!. I. p. 11.?. n. 15 (1877) (New Guinea);
Semper, Joiirn. .Miis. G'mlffmi/ p. 45. u. i:3'J (1878) (Cape York) ; Mathew, Proa. Linn. Soc.
N. S. ]Vale.-< p. 204 (1885) ; Uibbe, L-is p. 78. n. 13 (188(5) (Aru I.s.) ; Lucas, Pnn: R„,,. Soc.
Qneend. YIIl. p. G8 (18'.12) (Yeppoon) ; (irose Smith, N<,i: Zool I. p. 3,33. n. 13 (1894) (New
Guinea).
Papilio aegistus, Butler {m-c Linnr, 17G3), P. Z. N. p. 471. n. 31 (1877) (New Guinea).
Forewiiigs narrower t ban iii tvijical P. (((jainemnon, outer margin less concave;
the green markings larger ; the two discal spots between submedian and lower
median veins completely merged together to a rather broad streak. llindwiugs
shaped as in the Amboina race, i.e., shorter and broader than in typical P.
agamemnon, tails much reduced in botli sexes. Underside, postcostal black mark
large, its interior red border long, strongly marked and more arched than in
P. agamemnon ; inside each of the submarginal green spots, joined to these spots,
stands a black marking which is larger tlum in P. agariieiniion.
Head, like all the eastern races, devoid of tlie pink colour which is present
anteriorly in P. agamemnon.
The fem,ales are apparently less rare than in India, as in many of the wide-
spread Eastern Papilios.
Hab. New Guinea (type; 3 J, 9 ¥); Waigeu Island (1 cJ, 2 ?); Aru Islands;
Queensland (5 (J, 5 ?) ; Woodlark Island (?).
]Montrouzier's description of the Woodlark agamemnon, which he calls " P.
oegistus L." contains two characters which point to the present race ; there is only
one red spot in the anal region on the underside of the hindwings, and the third
macular row on the forewings consists of four markings, the third of which (behind
cell) is long.
The yueenslaud examples have the tails longer than typical ligattis lu.
(c): P. agamemnon exilis subsp. nuv. [J,?].
Papiliii agiinii nviuii, Boisduval {nrc Liune', 175S), Sprr. Ghi. Lep.l. p. 230. n. 49 (1830) (p.p.);
Doherty, Joiirn. As. S. Beiiij. p. 193. n. 114 (1891) (Sumba ; Sambawa).
Pupilio iiijatiieninon local form », Wallace, I.e. p. (57. sub n. 118 (18G5) (Timor ; Flores).
Smaller than all the other races of P. agamemnon. In the shape of the wings
similar to typical P. agamemnon, but the tails slenderer. Markings of the fore-
wings as small as in the Celebesian and Halmaberan races ; the fourth spot of the
fourth row, which ends near the anal angle, stands with the other spots of the same
row in a straight line, wliile it is situated a little further to the outer margin in
P. agamemnon L. and celebetisis Fickert.
In the typical .specimen from the Tenimber Islands all the postcellular spots on
the underside of the forewings are entirely covered with whitish scales as in the
Halmaberan race, and the markings to tlie hindwings are minute. In the Wetter
specimen the markings on the hindwings are a little larger, and of the postcellular
.spots of the forewings below only that above the upper median nervule is completely
scaled ; in this respect the Wetter specimen approaches typical agamemnon, which
have the interior portion of the three u])])er (large) postcellular .spots gi'een, i.e.,
devoid of scaling.
(452 )
I have not examined specimens from Timor, Flores, Sumha, and Sambawa ; but
these are doubtless intermediate between exilis from Tenimber and agameinnon
proper, and will best go with exilis.
Htih. Teuimber Islands (type ; 1 ?, W. Doherty, June to July, 1892); Dammer
(W. Doherty: July, 1892; 1 '?); Timor; Welter (W. Doherty: May 1892; 1 cJ) ;
Flores ; .Sumba ; Sambawa.
(rf) : P. agamemnon decoratus subsp. nov. [ ? ].
Paiy'ilio agamemnm {nee Lmn4, 1758), Moore, P. Z. S. p. 592 (1877) (Nicobar & Andaman Is.) ;
Wood-Mas., Jom-n. ,1». S. Beng. p. 238. n. 69 (1880) (Andaman] Is.) ; id. & NicC-v., ibid.
p. 2.^7. II. .08 (1881) (Kamorta) ; ud., ibid. p.-^bS. n. 97 (1881) (Andamjin Is.) ; ud., ibid. p. 18.
n. 62 (1882) (Kamorta).
Differs from P. agameinnon L. in the smaller spots of the inedian row to the fore-
wings ; in the spots before the upper median branch on the underside being entirely
scaled ; in the short tails ; and especially in the pattern of the underside of the
hindwings ; the red post-costal spot is relatively small, but the red itart has much
increased against the black part ; besides the large red anal mark and the mark
before the first discocellular veinlet, there is a large red spot in the lower median
cellule, a smaller red spot in each of the three preceding cellules, and a streak-like
red spot at the base of the lower median cellule.
In the amount of red on the underside of the hindwings this form comes nearest
to P. agamemnon salomonia m. ; but can be distinguished by the spots on the
hindwings being much larger than those in the apical half of the cell to the fore-
wings ; by the discal spot of the forewings below, which stands before the upper median
nervule, being completely scaled ; by the post-costal red and black mark to the
hindwings being much smaller ; and by the undersm-face having that peculiar pinkish
vinaceous colour which is found in typical agamemnon L.
In shape and size it resembles also P. agamemnon jMsthenes Feld. ; the spots
within the cell of the forewings are, however, much smaller ; the post-costal red spot
to tlie hindwings is smaller; the forewings are narrower; the spots on the hindwings
are larger ; and those of the submarginal row stand nearer the margin.
Andaman specimens I have not seen; they belong probably to this subspecies.
Hab. Xicobar Islands (Kamorta) (2 ?); Andaman Islands (?).
(b) : P. agamemnon celebensis Fickert [t?,?]-
Papilio agamemnon local form d, Wallace, I.e. p. G7. sub n. 118 (18G5) (Celebes).
Paj>ili(> agamemnim, Hopffer, .S7e«. /•-'. Zeit. p. 19 (1874) (Celebes) ; Piepers & Snellen, Tijdschr. v.
Enl. p. .38. n. 152 (1878) (Celebes) ; Westw., Ti: Ent. S,w. hmil. p. 408 (1888) (Great
Sengir) ; Riblie, Tris II. p. 211. sub n. 14 (1890) (Celebes) : Holland, Pn«-. liodnn N. II. Sue.
XXV. p. 77. n. 133 (1890) (S. Celebes) ; Rothsch., Iris IV. p. 442 (1892) (Celebes).
(?) Piipilifi agumemmu, Snellen, Tijdschr. v. Ent. p. 276 (1890) (Tanah-Djampea I., south of
Celebes) ; Eiiber, ibid. p. 275 (1891) {p.p. ; end. subsjy. aut. ogam, typ.'i).
Popilio agamiiuiimi var. celebensis Fickert, Zool. Ja/irb. p. 730. sub n. la (1889).
Though Fickert does not give any other character of his var. celebensis than the
size, there can be no doubt that he really meant the present race ; the name of
celebeTisis, however, will probably sink in future, as there is already a Papilio
codoiis celebensis Wall, which, in my opinion, will come into the same genus with
P. agamemnon L.
Large. Forewings long, costal margin strongly arched in the basal region.
Markings small on both wings.
( 153 )
In the specimens from Sangir Island (Sanglii, Sangliir) the green s|iuts are
somewhat larger.
Hah. Celebes (2 cJ, 2 ?); Sulla Islands (\6, 1 ?) ; Sangir Island (W. Doherty
^e^.; 2<?,3 S).
(/): P. agamemnon guttatus su1)s]j. nov. [c?,?].
Shape of wings as in 1'. iiijiiiiicnmoii, plisllieiien Feld. Discal spots on forewings
as small as in celehensiti ; spots on the hindwings about as large as those on the fore-
wings, i.e., larger than in P. agameinnon plisthenes ; two red spots in anal region of
the underside of the hindwings; postcellnlar spots on the underside of the forewings
all scaled.
Males tailless.
Hah. Halmahera (tyjie ; W. Doherty: August, 1892) (1 cJ, 4 ?); Ternate (1 i).
(g): P. agamemnon plisthenes Feld. [J,?].
Seba, The.-:. IV. p. 15. t. 37. f. 1. 2 (ITliuJ.
PapiVio Eqtu's Achirus wjtimemnon, Esper {nee Linnc', 1758), Ausl. Schmett. p. 183 {p.p.). t. 46. f. 2
(179G).
Papillo ar/ameiimoii, Boisduval, Spec. Gen. Lep. I. p. 230. n. 4'.) (183G) {p.j>.) ; Oberth., Aim. .^fl<x.
Cic. Genum XV. p. 477 (1880) {p.p.) ; Pagenstech., .hihrl. Nms. Ver. Nut. p. 204 (1884)
{ii.p.) ■ Rober, TijiUchi: t. Enl. p. 275 (1891) {p.p.).
PopiVio pUxtheiies Felder,' Fci-A. z. h. Ges. Wien.p. 306. n. ■-':i2 (18G4) {iiom. niul.) ; id., I/'i.^r Xurura,
Lep. I. p. 70. n. 53 (1865) (Amboina).
Papillo ayanwninon var. pUsl/ieiies, Eibbe, IrU II. p. 211. n. 14 (18',(i>) ( /'./).).
The markings of the hindwings are liable to obliteration, though the snbmarginal
and discal spots are never entirely absent as in the subspecies aryynuus and
neopomineranius.
In the markings of the forewings P. nijameninon plisthenes comes close to
P. afjamemiion; the third row of markings (counted from the base of the wing)
consists often of three spots instead of five, the two anterior within the cell and
the two behind the cell being confluent to two .short bauds. The spots on the
hindwings are always small ; the submarginal row stands obviously farther from
the outer margin than in P. agariiemnon L. The red lunule bordering the post-
costal black spot on the underside of the hindwings is large, and forms a semicircle ;
the two red spots in the anal region are very conspicuous in most specimens.
Two spots between the median branches of the forewings below partly
scaleless.
Bab. Amboina (8 cJ, 4 ?); Ceram (1 c?, 2 ?); Burn; Uoram ; Baljan (1 d", 1 ?).
My two Batjan specimens belong to this race; I got them, however, from
a dealer who, as I have found out several times, is not careful as regards the localities
of the specimens ; so that the locality " Batjan " may be erroneous.
(/() : P. agamemnon salomonis subsp. nov. [c?,?].
Resembles P. a/jamemnon plisthenes Feld. Hindwings still broader; last
submarginal .spot of the forewings stands farther from the outer margin; markings
of the hindwings smaller than the cellular spots to the forewings ; the posterior
spots of the median and submarginal rows as well as the first of the submarginal
row absent; median spots of the underside of the forewings devoid of scales except
at their external edges. Two red spots in the anal region of the underside of the
( -ia-l )
liindwings ; often some more red spots, which are, however, ininute, iioar (lie apex
of the cell.
Hah. Solomon Islands: Guadalcanar Island {type; 3 J, 13 ?), New Georgia
(4 ?), Alu(l ?).
In one ? the red postcostal spots to the hiudwings below re.iehes the costal
margin, being extended beyond the costal nervure, almost as in P. inacfarlanei Butl.
(i): P. agamemnon argynaus Dmce [c?,¥].
Papilio agamemnoH local form b, Wallace, l.i: p. 68. sub n. 118 (1865) (Key I.s.).
Papilio argymms Druce, Ami. Mug. X. II. (G). II. p. "235 (188H) (Key Is.).
Greeu markings of the hindwings more or less completely obliterated. Jiidiiiii
row of spots on the underside of the hiiidwings scaleless, except at the outer edge
of each spot.
Hab. Key Islands (iu coll. Godman & Salvin).
(k) : P. agamemnon neopommeranius 1 lonr.
Papilio agamemnon, Sa.Wm & Godm. (nee Linn.-. 17?8), P. Z. S. p. 148. n. 34 (1877) (Duke of
York I.).
Papilio agamemnon var. iieopommerania Honrath, Berl. E. Zeit. XXXI. p. S.iO. t. C. f. 4 (1887)
[Neu Pommern (=. New Britain)].
Dififers from P. ar/ame'iunon argynnus Druce chiefly iu the spots of the median
row of the forewings being smaller and, on the underside, scaled.
Hab. Xew Britain (1 t?, 1 ?) ; Duke of York Island.
I have a specimen each from the Island of Ugi, close to Guadalcanar Island, and
from the Pelew Islands (Palau Islands), which repre.sent ap]iarently two more local
forms of P. arjumemnon L. : —
(1) The female from the Pelew Islands has the forewings shaped as P. agaiiiem-
non L., but marked as P. agameinnon guttatus subsp. nov. ; the hindwings are
less broad than in guttatus, the tails reduced, the diseal spots of the size of those
of the median row of the forewiugs.
Underside : the postcellular spot above the upper median nervule on the fore-
wings entirely scaled ; the hindwings with one red spot in the anal region.
The front of the head is not pinkish anteriorly.
(2) The specimen (?) from Ugi Island is very remarkable for the .size of its
markings. The black bands on the forewings separating the three basal green bands
are scarcely of more than half the breadth of the latter ; the three postcellular spots
of the forewings between the lower median and lower discoidal nervules are regularly
trapeziform, the black interstices between them of about a fifth the breadth of the
spots. The markings of the hindwings are a little larger than in typical P. agamem-
non L.
I must await further material before 1 can treat the Pelew and Igi specimens
as belonging to two more subspecies of agamemnon.
XXXVIII. WALLACKI-GIJOIP.
The species of this group differ from all the other hido-.\u.-traliau Papilios in the
first and second subcostal branches to the forewings being anastamosed to the costal
( ■!■" )
VM. Papilio Wallace! Hew. [J,¥].
PupH;,) widhicci Hewitson, K,-. Ihm. U. I'.ii, t. :!. f. 7 (1858) (New Giiirie;i) : FeM., V.rh.:.. h.
(;,s. Wleii p. .Silo. n. "iliO (I8ll4) ; Kii>cli, .l//7//(. .l/«s. /))rs</. I. p. 113 n. V.i (1877) (Kunlo &
Maweji, New Guinea).
Two local forms are known (o me : —
(«) : P. wallacei Hew., forma typ. [(?].
Varie.s .somewliat in the breadth of the median band of the wings and in the
number of the cellular and snbmarginal spots on the forewings.
Hoh. New Guinea (1 <J); AVaigeu (2 d); Aru fl <S).
{h): P. wallacei rubrosignatus subsp. nov. [J", ?].
Piipilia mil Icini, Wallace (iiec Hewitson, lx'}»), Ti: Liiiii. Soc. Limd, XXV. p. Cil. n. 112 (186.'i)
(Batjaa ; iin- Aru) ; Oberth., Et. il'Ent. IV. p. 58. n. 132 (1879) (Dodinga) ; Stauding. & Schatz,
Emt. Schm. I. p. 10. t. G ((J) (1884) (Batjan ; Halmahera).
This form differs from the New Guinea race in the middle spots of the median
band on the under.side of the forewings being devoid of white scales towards the
cell, and in the hindwings bearing on the underside a number of discal red spots
posteriorly, of which that between the lower median branches is the largest. The
black and red costal streak which separates the greenish costal [latch on the uudei'side
of the hindwings into two parts is broader at the subcostal nervure than in P. wallacei
Hew.
Hub. Northern Moluccas: Batjan (type; ^^'. Doherty : March 1892) (2 6,1 ?);
Halmahera (2 c?).
200. Papilio browni Godm. & Salv. [cJ,?].
? . Piipilin hrnwnt Godm. & Salv., P. Z. S. p. Goo (1879) (N. Ireland).
Snbmarginal spots of forewings obsolete ; median macular band narrow, chiefly
behind ; costal patch of hindwings much reduced ; red costal mark on the underside
of the hindwings not prolonged to the subcostal nervure; hindwings with some discal
red spots posteriorly as in P. wallacei ruhrosignatihs Kothach.
Hab. New Britain (2 c?); New Ireland (2 6).
201. Papilio hicetaou Mathew [c?,?].
PaiiiUo hicetaon Mathew, P. Z. S. p. 350 (188G) (Ugi I.).
Spots of the median band as large as in P. wallacei Hew. ; submarginal spots
mostly obliterated. Ked costal mark on the underside of the hindwings larger than
in P. waUacei Hew., the green mark outside it reduced to a narrow streak or absent ;
discal red spots as in P. browni.
Hub. Solomon Islands : Ugi & Guadalcanar (5 cj , 5 ? ).
In the collection of Messrs. Godman & Salvin is a female from Guadalcanar
Island which has the green spot outside the red costal mark on the underside of the
hindwings as large as it is in certain examples of P. iroHw/. True intergraduates
between P. ivallacei, P. bruivni, and P. kiceluon are not yet discovered.
32
( 456 )
XXXIX. .MACAKEUS-GEOUP.
The species of this group are all mimetic. Some of" them resemble otlier
mimetic Papilios of the clytin-grouY>, but can at once be distinguished by the first
subcostal nervule of the forewings being anastomosed to the costal nervure. Males
with a more or less developed abdominal fold to the hindwings as in the preceding
groups XXX. to XXXVIII.
A. Discoidiil cell of the hindwings very long and narrow; first discocellular
nervule originating at about the basal sixth of the subcostal vein.
Note. — Scales of the white markings on the upperside of the wings (except the
costal region of the liindwings) narrow ; in macareiis, stratocles, deucalion, leuc(ulion,
thule, the scales are hair-like ; in the Indian mefjarus they are somewhat broader
and are emarginate at the apex ; in niegaribs Jlexiniacula Eothsch. they are still
broader, bidentate, and in megaera Standing, almost normal, but narrower than the
brown scales. — K. .T.
a. Abdomen with four white lines, two on each side; middle line of the under
surface black. Males with the abdominal margin of the hindwings (wlien the fold
is expanded) provided with long hairs for its whole length, with a woolly scent-organ
along this mai-gin.
202. Papilio macareus Godart [J,?].
Papilio macareus Godart, Enc. ifith. IX. p. 7G. n. 144 (1819) (Java) ; Horsf., Cat. Lep. Lis. Mus.
E. I. C. I. t. 5. f. 1 (1828) (Java) ; Lucas, Up. Ex. p. 45. t. 23. f. 1 (18.S5) (Java) ; Boisd.,
Spec. Gin. Lip. I. p. 374. n. 220 (1836) (Java) ; Doubl. Westw. & Hew., r,V«. l^iuni. Lep. I.
p. 21. n. 2,59 (1846) {p.p.) ; Horsf. & Moore, Cat. Lep. Ins. Mns. E. I. C. I. p. 90. n. 182 (1857)
(p.p.); Feld., Verh. z. b. Gcs-. Wlen p. 308. n. 262 (1864) (p.p.); Wall., Tr. Linn. Soc. Land.
XXV. p. 62. n. 96 (1865) (jJ.p.) ; Oberth., Et. cl'Ent. IV. p. 100. n. 320 (1879) (Java).
(J. Papilio stnatus Zinken, A'of. Act Ac. Nat. Cur. XV. p. 154. t. 14. f. o (1831) (Java).
¥ . Papilio a>itina Westwood, Cab. Or. Ent. p. 20. t. 9. f. 3 (1848) (Java).
Five local forms are known to me : —
(«) : 1'. nutciireus Godart from Java ;
(b) : I'. macKreus indicua m. from XorUi India and Hurma ; Tenasserim ;
Malacca (?) ;
(c) : P. nuicareii.s xanthosoma Standing, from Sumatra ;
(d) : P. macareus macaristus Grose Smith from Borneo ;
(e) : P. macarens niaccabcteits Standing, from Palawan.
(") : P. macareus Godart, forma typ. [<?,?].
.Mr. II. Kruhstorfer obtained the typical form of P. macareus Godart both in
West and Kast .lava ; I have only two West Javan specimens before me, which are
remarkabh' different from the Indian insect that most authors treat as macareus
Godart. The hinder angle of the forewings of typical macareus is more rounded
than in the Indian race, the postcellular white streaks are broader, the last but one
is not or scarcely divided into two, the black line inside it being very thin or only
exteriorly marked ; the three short streaks of the discal row between the upper
median and lower subcostal veins are not notched exteriorly. The first white streak
on the hindwings is much narrower ard shorter than in indiciM ; below, the costal
emargin is not white. Tiie white lines of (lie abdomen are much narrower; the
vntral black middle Hue much broader
( 457 )
The female., descrilied by Wet^twood as /•'. adina, of wliicli thr iijpe is in the
British Museum, is brown. Forewings, besides the submarginal spots, with three
short white streaks in the apical region. Hindwings with submarginal spots and
two small discal spots before and behind the lower median vein.
Hah. Java (H. Frulistorfer, Sukaliumi, 2000 feet; also East Java) (2 6).
(h): P. macareus indicus subsp. uov. [d",?].
cJ. Papilio macaniis Doubl. We.stw. & Hew. (wr Godart, 1819), /.c. I. p. 21. n. 2.59 (184G) (p.p.) ;
Horsf. & Moore, I.e. I. p. 90. ii. 128 (1S51) (ji.p.) ; Feld., I.e. p. 308. n. 2G2 (ISiU) (p.p.);
Wall., l.c. p. G2. n. OC. (180o) (p.p.; Malacca!); Moore, P. ^. .S. p. 756 (18i].".) -.'Stauding. &
Schatz, Exot. ficlnnett. I. p. i; (1884) ; Dist., Wiop. Mai. p. 356 (1885) (occurrence in Malacca
doubtful) ; Elwes, Tr. Ent. Snc. Loud. p. 431. n. 421 (188H) (Sikkim, at low elevation.s during
May and June) ; Haase, Unteis. iib. Mint. p. 37 (1893) ; Oberth., Ef. d'Ent. XVII. p. (', (1893)
(Tonkin).
Papiliii .ceiwch-s var. macareus, Gray, Cut. Le.p. Ins. D. M. I. p. 71 sub n. 327 (1852) (Sylhet).
I'apilio {Paranticopsis, subg. nov.) macareus, Wood-Mason & Nice'v., Junrn. As. S. Beng. p. 376.
n. 186 (1886) (Rupacherra, Cachar) ; Elwes & NiciJv., ibid. p. 433. n. 125 (1886) (Tavoy &
Siam) : NiciSv., Juurii. Bomh. N. II. Soc. VII. p. 345. n. 18. t. I. f. 1 (S) (1892) (aberration) ;
id.. Gazetteer of SH-lam p. 173. n. 489 (1894) (Sikkim ; single-brooded ; rather rare ; low outer
valleys ; from April to June).
Piiraniieupxis nuieareus, Swinhoe, Tr. Ent. Soc. Lund. p. 315. n. 410 (1893) (Khasia Hills).
Comes near tyj)ical macareus, but can easily he distinguished by the characters
mentioned under (a).
The female, which is very rare and lias not yet been described, differs from that
of macareus in the forewings being devoid of all markings except the submarginal
ones, and in the hindwings being provided with all the markings of the male, though
these markings are shorter and less well defined than in that sex.
Hab. North India : Sikkim (lie?); Khasia Hills (8 c?, 1 ? ) ; Shan States (2 c?);
Tenasserim ; (?) Malacca.
My two specimens from the Siamese Shan States resemble in pattern the
Bornean subspecies, all the streaks being narrower than in the North Indian race ;
most probably in the mountainous regions of tlie IMalay Peninsula macareus is still
more different, and will require a subspecific name of its own.
(c): P. macareus xanthosoma Standing, [c?].
Pupilio macareus, Grose Smith (me Godart, 1819), Ann. Marj. N. II. (6). XX. p. 434 (1887) (Sumatra).
Papilio macareus var. xanthnsoma vStaudinger, Iris II. p. 7 (1889) (Sumatra) ; Hagen, ihitl. VII.
p. 20. n. 9 (1894) (Sumatra).
Differs from F. maca.reus Godart chiefly in the brown or yellowish brown colour
of the upper.side of the abdomen, and in the narrower white streaks on the wings.
Hab. Sumatra (1 c?).
(d): P. macareus macaristus Grose Smith [c?].
Papilio macareus, Vollenhoven (nee (iiodart, IMUIj, Tijdschr. v. Ent. III. p. 88. n. 154 (1860)
(Borneo) ; Feld., Verh. z. b. Ges. Wicn p. 308. n. 262 (1864) (p.p.) ; Wall., Tr. Linn. Sue. Land.
XXV. p. 62. u. 96 (1865) (p.p.) ; Druce, P. Z. S. p. 356. n. 2 (1873) ; Elwes, Tr. Ent. Soc
Lund. p. 431. sub n. 421 (1888) (Borneo) ; H:iase, Cnters. iib. Mini. p. 37 (1893) (p.p.).
Papilio macaristus Grose Smith, Ann. May. N. II. (5). XX. p. 434 (1887) (Borneo).
Papilio macareus var. horneensis Staudinger, Iris II. p. 7 (1889) (Borneo).
The white streaks are very narrow compared with t hose of P. macareus Godart,
Female unknown,
ifai. Borneo (li)<?).
( 458 )
(e) : P. macareus maccabaeiis standing. [(?].
/Wptlid nutcnreua var. maccalicifus Stuudinger. //-is- II. p. tj (188D) (Palawan).
Differs from P. macareus Godart in the discal white streaks and submarginal
.spots to the hindwings being much smaller ; dit^cal streaks of the forewings as broad
as in that race.
Female unknowTi.
Hah. Palawan (5 t?).
In this and the IJomean race the three spots outside the end of the coll arc
- mostly merged together with the corresponding three streaks of the discal row ; this
is also the case in one of my Siamese specimens of P. macareus indiciis m.
203. Papilio xenocles DouH. [c?,?].
Papilio xenocles DoubleJay, in Gray's Zool. Mhc. p. 74 (1842) (Sylliet) ; Ericlis. , Wiegm.'s Arch.
/. Xat. p. 248 (1844) (xenocles = ? pollux Westw.) ; Doiibl. Westw. & Hew., Gen. Diimi. Lep.
I. p. 20. n. 2.i8. t. 1°. f. 2 (cJ) (1846) (N. India) ; Westw., .Ire. E^U. U. p. 127. t. 79. f. 2 (cJ)
(1845) ; Gray, Ceil. Lep. Ins. B. M. I. p. 71. n. .^27 (1852) (Sylhet) ; Horsf. & Moore, Cat.
Lep. Ins. Mus. E. 1. C. I. p. 90. n. 184 (18.57) (Sylhet ; Darjeeling) ; Feld., Verh. z. b. Ges.
TlVm p. 308. n. 2(54. & p. .■!54. n. 152 (1864) ; Moore, P. Z. S. p. 840 (1878) (Upp. Tenasserim);
Oberth., Et. ,1' E,,l. IV. p. 100. n. .321 (1879) (Ind. bor.) : Standing. & Schatz, Exol. Srhm. I.
p. 0. t. 3 ((J) (1884) ; Butl., Atm. Mag. X. H. (5). XVI. p. 348. n. 108 (1885) (N. Manipur);
Elwes, Tr. Ent. Soc. Land. p. 430. n. 420 (1888) (Sikkim, common up to 3000 feet ; first
(lescript. of 5 ).
Papilio (Pamnticopsis) xenocles, Wood-Mason & Nicev., Journ. As. S. Bcng. p. 376. n. 187 (1886)
(Cachar) (^Paranticopsis subg. nov., seil noin. mid.) ; Nic($v., Gazetteer of Sil'li/ii p. 173. n. 488
(1894) (Sikkim ; from April to November, up to 3000 feet).
Paraiiticopsis xenocles, Swinhoe, Tr. Ent. Soe. Loud. p. 315. n. 409 (1893) (Khasia Hills).
The female is dimorphic ; from Sikkim and Hliutan I know only of such
."specimens which are almost identical with the male, except one specimen which
.'ipproaches the palest examples of the Assam form ; while I received from Assam
only fem,ales of a much darker colour. The Assam females are more or less blackish
brown, and have often a bluish tint ; the white streaks are much reduced in length
and breadth ; the anal yellow spot is sometimes very small, and such examples
resemble P. leucothoi' WestwT
I do not know why dark females alone come from the Khasia Hills ; perhaps the
native collectors do not catch the white form because it looks like the valueless male.
If the Asmm females are all of the dark colour, and the Sikkiin and lihiilan females
of the light colour, P. xenocles mu.st be divided into two local races, of which the
Assamese one would be typical.
Two males from Siam, Burmese frontier, are aberrant in having the submarginal
Kliots of the hindwings more or less obliterated and the anal yellow mark small.
Tlie hairs of the abdominal margin of the hindwings vary from being white to
being almost orange yellow.
Hah. North India: Sikkim (8 cJ, 3 ?), Bhutan (1 ? ), Kha.sia Hills (4 <J,22 ?);
Burma; Tenasserim; Shan States of Siam (.T 3).
204. Papilio leucothoe Westw. [c?,?].
Papilio Inicothoi; V^eatvrood, Arc. Ent^ II. p. 128. t. 79. f. 3 ((J) (1845) (Ponang ?} : Feld., Vcrli. z.
b. Ges. Wien p. 308. n. 265 (1864) ; Wall., Tr. Linn. Soc. Lond. XXV. p. 62. n. 95 (1865) ;
Obertb., El.d'Eiil.IY. p. 100. n. 317 (1879) (Malacca) ; SUuding. & Schatz, E.ml. .Sc/im. I.
p. G (1884) : Dist., ItJiop. Mai. p. 356. n. 20. t. 27a. f. 2 (^). 3 ( ? ) (18H5) (Mai. Pen.).
Papilio xenocles var. leucolhae. Gray, Cat. Lep. Ins. li. .U. I. p. 71. sub n. 327 (1852) (" N. Ind." loc.
err. ; Singapore ?).
Three subspecies belong to this Papilio : —
( 459 )
(a): P. leucothoe Westw., forma typ. [(?.??].
Differs from P. xenocles Doubl. chiefly in the absence of tlie yellow anal spot.
The white streaks are very variable fn number, length and breadth ; those within the
cell of the forewings are often entirely absent.
Hah. Malay Peninsula (52 S).
The female is apparently unknown, though Distant figures a specimen as
"female"; in my Museum is a male from Mr. Distant's collection which so perfectly
agrees with the figure of Distant's "female" that I have little doubt that this
.specimen is that figured by Distant ; it bears the lable " Kuala Lempur (Biggs)."
Judging from analogy, tho female of P. leucothoe must be darker than the male.
(Ij): P. leucothoe interjectus Honr. [J,?].
Papilio huculliiic, Oberthiir (««• Westwdod, l.SJ.'.l, El. iVlCnI. IV. p. 117..n. .317 (1870) (.Sumatra).
cJ ? . I'tipilio leucut/ioe var. interjectus Honrath, lln-l. E. Z-H. XXXVII. p. 490 (1893) (Palembang,
Sumatra) ; Hagen, 7ns VII. p. 20. ii. 7 (1894) (Sumatra).
Certain examples, chiefly Si, agree with P. leucothoe, others, chiefly ? ?, with
P. leucothoii ramaceiis \^'estw.
Hah. iSumatra [5 c?].
(c): P. leucothoe ramaceus Westw. [(?,?].
Pu/iilli) mHj«ce!(s Westwood, ?'/■. Ent. .S'w. Loinl. p. 95. t. 5. f. .T (J') (1872) (Borneo) ; Druce,
P. Z. S. p. 350. n. 3 (1873) (Borneo).
Papilio scliUiibcrijianus Honratli, Bii-l. E. Ziit. XXXII. p. 250. t. 5. f. 4 ( (J) (1888) (Boniuo).
Papilio Imwothiiii var. ramaceus, Honrath, I.e. XXXVII. p. 490 (1893).
The white streaks of the forewings are obliterated, the submargiual sjiots present
but small, often (?) partly absent ; sometimes there is at the hinder angle a rest of
the double streak before the submedian vein.
Discal streaks of the hindwings short, often partly, or all (?), absent.
Hah. Borneo (11 cj, 1 ¥).
Gray, Cat. Lep. his. B. M. I. p. 71 (1852), enumerated P. leucothoe as a variety
of P. xenocles; the two species are indeed closely allied, though distinct.
205. Papilio delesserti Guer. [J,?].
Ptipilio deksserti Gu^rin, Pev. Zool. p. 233 (1839) (Penang) ; id.. I.e. p. 153 (1842) (^' melanide-i
De Haan = delesserti Gu6t." ex err. pro " luoducus De Haan = delesserti GiUT.") : id., in Deles".
Sour. Vn,j. Ind. II p. G8. t. 17 ( ? ) (1S4.3) (Penang) ; Doubl. Westw. & Hew., Gen. Diurn. Ltp.
I. p. 20. n. 257 (1846) (Singapore) ; Gray, Cut. Lep. Ins. B. .1/. I. p. 71. n. 325 (1852) (Singapore) ;
Horsf. & Moore, Cut. Lep. Lis. Mus. E. I. C. I. p. 91. n. 185 (1857) (Java?); Feld., Vrrh. :. b.
Ges. Wien p. 308. n. 259 (1804) (Penang) ; ButI, Tr. Linn. Soc. Loiul. (2), Znol. I. p. 552. n. 10
(1877) (Mai. Pen.) ; Hagen, Perl. E. Zeil. XXXVII. p. 155. n. 174 (1892) (Banka I.).
Pujiilio luoducus De Haan, Verh. Xat. Ge.icli. .\\d. orerz. he:, p. 42. t. 8. f. 5 ((J) (1840) (Borneo ;
Java) ; VoUenhov,, Tijdsehr. v. Ent. III. p. 88. n. 156 (1860) (Java) ; Feld., Verh. z. h. Ges.
W'ien p. 308. n. 260. & p. 354. n. 151 (1864) (Java ; Malacca ; Borneo) ; Diuce, /'. Z. S. p. 356.
n. I (1873) (Java) ; Oberth., Et. d'Eul. IV. p. lOil. n. .322(1879) (Borneo) ; Standing.* Scbatz,
Exot. Srhmell. I. p. G (1884) ; Honr., Perl. Enl. Zeit. XXXVII. p. 158. note 3 (1892) ; Hagen,
/)v'.s VII. p. 19. n. 6 (1894) (Sumatra ; ulhimstic aberr. noticed).
Pupilio de/iaani Wallace, Tr. Linn. Soc. Land. XXV. p. 62. n. 94 (18G5) (Malacca ; Borneo) ; Dist,
Phop. .Uul. p. 356 (1885).
Pupiliu laodocus ■va.r. paluwunicu.i Staudinger, Iris II. p. 6 (1889) (Palawan).
? . Papilio catoris Grose Smith, Ann. Mag. N. //. (6). X. p. 426 (1892) (Borneo ; " cf " «* <^'''"-)-
I cannot see that there are any differences between the specimens from Slalay
Peninsula, Borneo and Palawan ; the examples from each locality vary slightly inter se.
( 460 )
The female, wliicli is very rare, is much larger than the male.
The name of delesserli has the priority of date of one year.
Hub. Malay Peninsula (19 t?); Sumatra (4 <3); Java; Natuna Islands (1 J);
Borneo (14 cj, 3 ?); Palawan (3 <?).
b. Abdomen with five white lines, two on each side, and one in the middle of
the underside. Males with the scent-organ less developed than in F. niacareus, etc.;
abdominal fold short, hairs at its margin also short ; no distinct cottony scent-organ
within the fold.
206. Papilio megarus Westw. [c?,?].
Papilla megarus Westwood, Arc. Ent. 11. p. 98. t. 72. f. 2 (<?) (18i5) (Assam) ; Doubl. Westw. &
Hew., Gm. Diurn. Lep. I. p. 20. n. 256 (1846) ; Gray, Cat. Lep. his. li. M. I. p. 71. n. .^26
(1852) (Sylhet) ; Horsf. & Moore, Cat. Lep. Ins. Mut. E. I. C. I. p. 90. n. 18.S (1857) (Sylhet) ;
Feld., Verh. z. h. Ges. Wim p. 308. n. 266 (1864) ; Moore, P. Z. S. p. 672 (1867) (Sylhet) ; id.,
I.e. p. 697 (;i878) (Hainan ; ead. spec. ?) : id., I.e. p. 840 (1878) (Hatsiega) ; Staudiiig. t^- Schatz,
Exot. Schmett. I. p. 6 (1884) ; Dist., Rhop. Ma!, p. 468. t. 42. t.0{^) (1886) (Pefak) ; Holland,
Tr. Anm: Ent. Soc. XIV. p. 122. n. 72 (1887) (Hainan) ; Elwes, Ti: Eut. Soc. Luml. p. 430.
n. 419 (1888) (Sikkim?); Haase, Unlers. iib. .Mhn. p. 37(1893): Oberth., i,Y (/'&((. XVII.
p. 5 (1893) (Tonkin).
Papilio (I'artinticopsi.t) megarus, Elwes & KiceT., Journ. .is. Soc. Bimj. p. 433. n. 124 (1881))
(Tavoy & Siam) : Nici^v., Gazetteer of Sikhim p. 173. n. 487 (1894) (occurrence in Sikkim
doubtful).
Paranlicopsis megarus, Swinhoe, 'I'r. Ent. Sue. LonJ. p. 315. n. 411 (I8'.i:i) (Kliasia Hills).
I have to divide this species into two subspecies : —
(rt) : P. inegarus Westw. from Assam ; Burma ; Tenasserim ; .Malacca ; Tonkin ;
Hainan ;
(')) : P. megarus flexirnactda m. from Banguey Lsland.
(«): P. megarus Westw., forma typ. [cJ,?].
TUe fciiialf, which was hillifrlo unknown, is similar to the male; in my .single
cxiunple of that sex, the spots in the cell of the forewings are merged together to
obliijue streaks as in P. riiacareus Godart; the discal white markings of the same
wings are broader than in the vude ; in these characters the /t'?Ha/e resembles very
much an alierrant mule in my coUectiou ticketed " Sikkim"; this locality is probably
ei roneous.
Hub. Assam (Khasia Hills : 12 (?) ; Sikkim (doubtful) ; Burma ; Shan States
(3 (J); Tenasserim (1 ?); Perak ; Tonkin; Hainan; Borneo (1 cJ).
The Bornean specimen (Kudat ; A. Everett leg. yhirch 1892) in my collection
stands intermediate between this and the next subspecies. Specimens from I'erak,
Tonkin, and Hainan I have not seen.
(h): P. meganis fleximacula subsp. nov. [c?,?].
. Differs from P. megai'iis iu the following points:- —
The spots in the cell to the forewings are larger, and shaped almost as in slraiocles
Feld. ; a line runs, behind the subcosta, from near the apex of the cell halfway
to the base, where it turns round and runs obliquely towards the median nervure,
ending on a level with the uijjier median brauch ; within the space circumscribed by
this anguliform line, which is longer and thinner than in slratocles, there is a white
streak as in slraiocles, which is, in the ? , joined to the line. The two discal spots
standing separate in 'megarus between the first and second median nervnles are
merged together to a long streak. The three anterior submarginal spots are smaller
than in megarus.
( 461 )
The markings of the hindwings are s^imilar to those of merjarns, but the sub-
marginal lunules are much thinner.
Note.-— The scales of the white markings oi Jiexi'inacida are broader than in
megarus, but much narrower than in megaera Standing. — K. J.
Hab. Banguey Island (Ic?, 1 ¥ in coll. Staudinger).
207
. Papilio megaera Standing. [J', ?].
Pajiilin mefinera Staudinger, Iris p. 27.5 (1888) (Palawan) ; id., I.e. II. p. 8 (1889) (Palawan ; var. of
meijiirus Westw. ?).
Wings much paler brown tlian in P. megaras Westw.; the white markings
obliterated in the basal half of tlie wings.
Eah. Palawan (4<J, 1?).
Note. — About the difference in the scaling of P. megarus and megaera see
p. 45G.— K. J.
2(18. Papilio stratocles Feld. [<?,?].
PapiHo stratodes Felder, ]Vieii. Knt. Mun. V. p. 1238. n. 4 (18111) ('-Mindanao" Inc. trr. iiri-oriJinfi to
Semper, I.e.) ; id., Verh. z. h. Ges. Wien p. ?m. u. SCS (1804) (Miudorc) ; Wall., Tr. Lin,,. S„c.
Limd. XXV. p. 03. n. 97 (18G5) ; Stauding., 7r« II. p. 7 (1889) (Palawan).
Pupiliii {Chihisii) st,-uliich-s, Semper, mUpp., Twjfalt. p. 207. n. 390. t. 43. f. 2. 3. 4 {^). 5 ( ? )
(1893) (Mindoro; Mindanao; Palawan).
PiipiUo ,nagicus Staudinger, Irix II. p. 7 (1889) (Palawan).
Resembles in pattern P. inacnreus Godart, but belongs to the present section
of the macar eus-groui}.
Hab. Philippine Islands: jNIindanao (1 c?, type'), Mindoro (3 c?, 2 ?); Palawan.
209. Papilio deucalion Boisd. [<?,?].
Papilio deucalion Boisduval, Spec. Gen. Up. I. p. 375. D. 221 (1836) (" Moluques " loc. err.) ; Hew.,
Exot. Butt. II. Pap. t. 4. f. 11 ( ? ) (1859) (Celebes) : Feld., Verh. z. h. Gck Wien p. 308. n. 261
(1804) (Celebes); Wall, Tr. Linn. Sac. Loud. XXV. p. 62. n. 91 (J",?) (1805) (Macassar;
Menado) ; Stauding. & Schatz, Exot. Schinetl. I. p. 6. 20 (1881) ; Rothsch., I,-is V. p. 442
(1892) (S.E. Celebes).
The markings of the wings are sometimes moi'e, sometimes less yellowish ; the
first submargiual spot is often aljsent from both wings. My female and that in
the Hewitson collection have tlie discal markings of the wings rather broader than
tlie males.
Hab. Celebes (W. Doherty : S.E. Celebes, August to September 1891)
(10c?,l?).
210. Papilio leucadion Stauding. [c?].
PapiiUo fcxmrf/oH Staudinger, in Staud. ,>i Scljatz, Exol. Sch,itett.l.p.20. t. 13 ((J)(lx84) (Halmahera).
My two specimens agree very well with Staudinger's figure.
Female unknown.
Hab. Halmahera (W. Doherty: August 1892) (IcJ); Batjan (W. roherty :
March 1892) (1 c?).
211. Papilio thule Wall. [J,?].
Papilio M«/(' Wallace, Tr. Linn. Soc. t.oml. \\\. p. 03. n. 98. t. 7. f. 1 ((J ; right side of fig.)
(1865) (New Guinea).
Discoidal cell of forewings with a number of greenish white spots; discal greenish
white area divided into spots by the nervules, which are liroadly bordered with black.
(462 )
This is the typical fonn, with wliich a number of individual siberratious occur
together; the principal aberrations are the following:^
(a-) : ab. goldiei, Godm. & Salv.
(J ? . Papilin goldiei, P. Z. S. pp. G13. fil4 note (1880) (New Guinea).
Forewings with part of the discoidal cell and four long and broad posteellular
stripes creamy white; discal creamy white area of the hindwings larger than in
typical thtde.
(/;-) : (no name), Godm. & Salv., I.e. t. 5(1. f. G (1880).
Markings reduced to small spots ; discoidal cell of forewings without markings ;
hindwings with discal area as in thale, but suffused with brown.
(c') : ab. InUhe Grose Smith.
Papilio leulhe Grose Smith, Nov. Zoul. I. p. 333. n. 4 (1894) (Humboldt Bay).
Discoidal cell of forewings without spots ; discal streaks behind cell narrow and
short. White area of hindwings nearly as large as in ab. goldiei ; nervules very
thinly black.
(<Z-) : (no name).
Popilin thill', local form .;, Wallace, I.e. p. G3. sub u. 98 (18()5) (Waigeu).
Forewings as in thiiU, hindwings as in ab. goldiei and ab. leuthe.
Hah. Dutch New Guinea (Humboldt Bay ; W. Doherty : September to October
1892) (8 cJ); German New Guinea (1 c?, 1 ?); Waigeu (1 c?, 1 ?).
All the above enumerated aberrations occur in New tluinea.
It is remarkable that no Papilio of the ?naca)-e i(s-group has as yet been found
on the lesser Sunda Islands, Tenimber Islands, and Aru Islands, where one can expect
at least a representative species of P. megarics Westw.
B. Markings of the upperside covered with normal scales. Cell of the hindwings
relatively broad and short; first discocellular nervule originating at about the liasal
two-fifths of the subco.stal vein.
212. Papilio idaeoides Hew. [(?,¥]•
riiliUiii idaeoides Hewitson, Ex. Bull. I. I'aj:. t. I. f. 2 ( ? ) (18.5,5) (Pliilippine Is.) ; ViM., Verh.
z. h. Gt'S. Wieii p. 307. n. 252. & p. ,3.')3. n. 147 (18(!1 ) (Luzon) ; Wall., 'I'r. Lhiii. Snc. I.ond.
XXV. p. 02. n. 92 (1865) ; Butl., Ami. Mag. N. II. (.5). XI. p. 42-'. n. 78 (1883) (Mindanao) ;
Haase, Unltrs. iib. Mini. p. 37 (1893).
Pajiilio (Cliilam) idaeoides Semper, Pliilqjp., Tagfalt. p. 2CA. n. 388. t. 43. i.l(S) (1891) (Mindanao).
Eesembles in pattern P. delesserti G\i6r., but is quite different in structure.
Hub. rhilipj)ine Islands: Mindanao (2 cJ, 2 ?); probably confined to ]\Iindanao.
Felder gives Luzon as habitat of this species ; the two specimens in the Felder
coll. are labelled : " Luzon, Semper."' Semper found this .species, however, only on
Jlindanao.
( 463 )
213. Papilio encelades Boisd. [cJ].
Pupilici encdudfs Boisduval, Upec. (rt'ii. L'p. I. p. 37G. n. 222 (183G) ("Moluques" I'ic. frv.) ; Hew.,
Ex. Biilt. II. Pap. t. 4. f. 10 (1859) (Celebes) ; Feld., Verh. z. b. Grx. Wleii p. 307. n. 2.53. &
p. 353. n. 148 (18l!4) : Wall., Tr. L'niii. Soc. Loml. XXV. p. 62. n. 90 (18G5) (Macassar) : Piepevs
A Snellen, Tijdschi: v. Eiit. XXI. p. 39. n. 1.54 (1878) (Bonthain ; Celebes) ; Standing. & Schatz,
Exot. Schniflt. I. p. fi. t. 3 (cJ) (1884) ; Rothsch., Trh V. p. 442 (1892) (S.E. Celebes) ; Haase,
U?iters. lib. Mini. p. 35 (1893).
Female still uiiknoivn.
My .serie.s does not exliibit any remarkable variation.
//((/). Celebes (W. Doherty : August to September 1891) (1.5 c?).
Note. — To the list of Papilios (p. 170) of which we have not seen specimens
add :—
18. r. llri.s senescens Eober; known from the description, and some notes from
the author in lift.
19. P. semperi melmiotus Standing. ; known from the descrij)tion.
Too late for me to inckide in the body of this revision, Mr. S. Alpheraky
describes in the Iris for July 15th, 1895, under the name of Papilio daemonias,
a form of P. alcinous Khig with silky-white male scent-organs (see p. 269). I ha\e
too few .specimens of this form to say anything about it at present, but from what
Mr. Oberthilr tells me, and what I have seen from Dr. Jordan's examination of the
harpes (vide Plate VI.), I think P. alcinmis will have to be thoroughly discussed
again. Further, in the same number of the Iris, Mr. Carl Kibbe figures and
describes the larvae and pupae of the following species of Papilios : —
Troides prianviis ^irvilleanus, Papjilio b)^idr/ei, P. euchenor, P. idysses
autolycus, P. codrus medon, P. jjohjdm'us polydaemon, P. aegeus
ormenus, and P. amhrnx.
These will be fully discussed in my future articles, but I here mention tliat Mr. Ribbe
confounded P. polypemon and P. phestiis, for P. piolypemon and P. polydaemon
are tlie same species, while Mr. Ribbe's P. polydaemon = P. phestus.
In the present paper are enumerated 213 species, 215 subspecies, and 130 named
aberrations, which makes a total of 55S different forms.
( 404 )
SOME NEW FORMS OF THE GENERA BIZABBA
AND MILIONIA.
By Dn. K. JORDAN and HON. WALTKR ROTHSCHILD.
1. Bizarda elegans sp. uov.
cJ ? . Upperside of both wings black, with a very strong blue gloss. Forewings with
a narrow white band, situated about midway between cell and apex, a small white spot
near tlie hinder angle, and a broad, white, slightly curved, median band which stops
at the submedian vein and is of almost even breadth. Hindwings in the nude with a
broad red patch in the outer half standing between hinder margin and second median
nervule ; in the /eino/e this patch has developed inio a band which stops at vein fl,
and is narrowest anteriorly.
Underside black, with a blue gloss at basal portion of the costal margin.
Forewings with the same markings as above. Hindwings with an orange yellow
or red patch, which is much more extended than that on the n])i)erside, and includes
a black spot standing upon the discocellular veinlets.
Body and legs black, with a strong blue gloss ; abdomen with the side and
upperside of the five (J) or six (?) middle segments, except their hinder edges,
yellow.
Outer mai'gin of hindwings of male emarginate near hinder angle.
Ilnb. Fergusson Island, D'Entrecasteaux Islands (A. S. Meek leg., October 1894).
2. Milionia meeki sp. nov.
c? ? . Differs from M. rcnvakensis Quoy & (iaim., especially in the band of the
forewings standing farther towards the outer margin, in the marginal black spots to
the hindwings being confluent with one another, and in the yellow area of the
liindwings entering the discoidal ceil ; marginal fringe of hindwings all black.
Hob. Fergusson Island, D'Entrecasteaux Islands (A. S. Meek leg., October 1894).
3. Milionia queenslandica sp. nov.
S ?. Forewings .similar in pattern to those of meeki and raivnkensis ; basal
patch often joined to the band. Hindwings with nan-ow, marginal, yellow band,
and a rather small patch of the same colour posteriorly on the disc; this patch
connected with the anal angle by means of a narrow yellow band.
Hab. Cedar Bay, North tiueeusland (A. S. Meek lecj.).
4. Milionia brevipennis sp. nov.
cJ. Forewings as in M. cuUlmurpha (t)herth.) [Et. d'Ent. XIX. p. 21). t. :5. f 13
(1894)], but broader, with the band narrower and, on the underside, abbreviated
behind. Hindwings short and rounded, with a yellow band as in cnllimorphn, but
this band not shaded with lilack on the underside, as in the tmde of Mr. Oherthiir's
species ; third basal segment of abdomen all black, not yellow.
Hcth. Dutch New Guinea (Humboldt Bay, W. Doherty lerj., September to
October 1892; type); German New Guinea (Stephansort, Capt. Webster letj.).
( 465 )
5. Miliouia celebensis sp. nuv.
(S- Upperside black. Foiewiiigs with a strong blue gloss at the nervules in the
basal region ; with a broad, straight, otange yellow median band which does not quite
reach the anal angle, and with a small patch of the same colour behind the cell
between band and base. Alarginal fringe white at the apex of the wing. Hindwings
with a large discal patch standing closer to the base than to (he outer margin,
neither reaching costal nor abdominal margin ; marginal fringe wliite. Below as
above, but markings paler. Body all black, with blue gloss.
?. Differs from the other sex especially in the band of the forewings being
narrower and curved, and in the patch on the forewings being extended along the
inner margin towards the base.
Hab. 8outh-i;ast Celebes (\V. Doherty leg., August to September 1891j.
Our two '}itales have the markings more red than the female ; the latter is
apparently faded.
6. Milionia callimorpha euroa subsp. uov.
tj ? . All the specimens from Fergusson Island differ from those from Dutch New
Guinea in the wings being slightly broader, and in the yellow band to the hindwings
lieing also broader.
Hah. Fergusson Island, D'Ent recast eaux Islands (A. S. jMeek Ici/., October 1894 ;
a good series of both sexesj.
( 466 )
LIST OF A SECOND COLLECTION OF BITJDS FKOM THE
NATUNA ISLANDS.
By ERNST HARTERT.
WHEN I gave (Novitates Zoologicae I. pp. 469 fl'.) tho first list of birds iVum
the Natnna Islands, I hoped Mr. Charles Hose, the well-known Borneau
explarer, would visit these islands in a different season, i.e. in s])rin<r: Lnt unfor-
tunately this could not be done, and Mr. Charles Hose's brother, with a well-trained
lot of Dayaks to shoot and to skin, went to the islands and stayed there from July
to October 1894, i.i: much the same season as Mr. Everett. Besides Bunguran, the
largest of the group of islands, the small ontlyiny; island of Pulu Laid, north of
Bunguran, and several unimportant little islets, were visited.
In the following pages I give a complete list of the species sent. It will be
seen that the number of species known to inhabit the islands became much larger by
the present collection, but, althongh of considerable interest, it contained no new
forms, the few previously uudescribed forms found in the islands having been
formerly sent by Mr. Everett. At least one of the forms distinguished in my first
article (the Stachyris) became rather doubtful by this collection, and, owing to the
season, many birds were badly moulting at the time of the visit.
A few birds only were sent from the outlying ishuid iif Tnlu Lant, and those
seem not different from the Bunguran birds ; but the mammals from Pulu Laut (a
Malayan name meaning " Island in the Sea," applied to many outlying islands) are
of considerable interest, and will be treated in a following article.
The species now new to the Natuna list are marked with an asterisk (*).
The same plan as before has been followed in working out this collection. (See
Vol. I. p. 469 ; see also the introductory remarks by the Hon. Walter Rothschild,
pp. 467, 468.)
1. Cittocincla macrura (Gm.) (Nov. Zooi.. I. p. 469).
A number of males and females from Bunguran. The black bases of tlie
lateral rcctrices are olivious in all specimens, but they vary a little in extent.
'■I. Phylloscopus borealis (Bias.) (Nov. Zool. I. p. 469).
Bunguran.
3. Orthotomus atrigularis Tenim. (Nov. Zooi,. I. p. 469).
A number lV(jm Bungnran and one from " Pulu Paudalc."
The quite young birds have no rufous colour at all on the head. One adnlt
female shows partial albinism, the upper surface from tlie head to the riinip being
canary-yellow.
4. Malacopterum cinereum bungurense llartcrt (Nov. Zom.. 1. p. 470).
Only three specimens sent from Bunguran. One is a little darker on the head
and ujiper tail-coverts, thus merging into the usual form.
( 'lliT )
*."). Malacopterum magnum Eyton.
One/emale from Bit. Ranai, Hnngnran, August.
Wing 3'25 inches. Distributed, from the northern frontier of the Malayan
subregion (Southern Tenasserim), througliout Malacca, to Sumatra and Borneo.
6. Amiropsis malaccensis (Hartl.) (Nov. Zool. I. p. 470).
One male, July, Mt. Ifanai, Buugnrau (20iM) feet).
7. Drymocataphus nigricapitatus (Eyton.) (Nov. Zool. J. p. 470).
One. Bunguran.
8. Stachyris davisoni Sharjie, or Stachyris davisoni natunensis Hartort.
(See Hartert, Nov. Zool. I. pji. 470-472).
There are now six more specimens of the Natuna Sfach/n's from Mt.
Ranai, Bunguran, shot in July at elevations of 1000 and 2000 feet. Thsy vary to
a certain extent, and therefore make the validity of my Stachyris natunensis very
doubtful. It is true, they are easily distinguished from Sf. bonn'i'/isis by the light
colour of the chin, the amount of white on the forehead, and the brighter shade of
colour below. But they run so close to the one specimen of St. davisoni Sharpe
(NoviTATEs ZooLOGicAE I. p. 472) that I now doubt their distinctness. When I
had before me only the two birds collected by Everett on Bunguran, they could be
easily distinguished by the more olive colour above, the less uniform ochraceous
ear-cpvcrts, and shorter wing and 1)111. All these differences, however, are not so
significant as I thought, for the specimens now sent by Hose vary considerably
inter se. One of them is, I think, quite as rufous above as St. dacisoni, the grey in
front of the ear-coverts is not always so conspicuous as in the type, the bill of s ome
is hardly larger than that of St. darisoni, and the wing varies from 2-3.") to 2'42, but
in one is hardly more than 2-3 inches.
It is possible that further material of the true Stack, datisoni from the eastern
parts of the Malay Peninsula may justify a suljspecific separation of the two forms,
but perhaps more likely it may prove them to be utterly inseparable.
'■I. Mixornis everetti Hartert (Nov. Zool. I. ji. 472).
A small nnmber from Mt. Ranai (2000 feet).
Immature specimens are paler above and below ; the black shaft-stripes below
lire narrower.
10. Mixornis erythroptera (Blyth) (Nov. Zool. I. p. 473).
Bunguran.
1!. Alcippe cinerea Blyth (Nov. Zhol. I. j). 473).
Bunguran.
12. Eupetes macrocercus Temm. (Nov. Zool. I. p. 473).
One, Bunguran.
( 468 )
13. Tricholestes criniger (Blyth) (Nov. Zool. I. p. 4:;J).
Several from Biuigiiraii.
There is also ouc mnli', shot iu So])tc>iubfr on Piiln Laut, which is smaller, with
a (leciiledly shorter tail and wings, the latter however being iu nionlt. As there are
no differences in colonr, I cannot say whetlier it is a subspecies or only an aberra-
tion.
U. Alophoixus phaeocephalus (Ilartl.) (Nov. Zool. 1. p. 47:5).
Bungnraii.
15. lole olivacea Blyth (Nov. Zooi,. I. p. 474).
Two inales from Bunguran.
The 7nale of this species is remarkably larger than iha female.
*10. Chloropsis zosterops Vig.
A number of specimens from Bnnguran.
This species is found in the Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, and Borneo.
17. Chloropsis icterocephala (Less.) (Nov. Zool. 1. p. 474).
Bungurau, badly in moult.
18. Aegithina viridissima (I'-i') (Nov. Zool. 1. p. 474).
Bad specimens iu moult, Bungurau.
19. Dicaeum trigonostigma (Scop.) (Nov. Zool. I. p. 474).
Bungurau.
•:io. Prionochilus xanthopygius Salvad.
One male labelled "August 1894, Mt. Hanai, lOOU feet." It is remarkal>Ie
that this species, which is hitherto only known from Borneo, should exist on
Bungurau.
A quite young bird, also from Bungurau, belongs either to this sjiecies or to
P. ignicajjillus, which was found ou the same island by Mr. Everett.
21. Cinnyris hasselti (Temm.) (Nov. Zool. I. p. 474).
Bungurau.
22. Anthreptes malaccensis (Scop.) (Nov. Zool. I. \\ 474).
Several dozens from I'nin I'anjaug, Pulu Pandak, and Bungurau.
23. Anthreptes hypogrammica (Mull.) (Nov. Zooi.. I. j). 47.5).
Bungurau, one specimen.
•24. Chalcostetha insignis (Jard.).
Bnnguran. Distribution over the surrounding countries.
( WJ )
2.5. Aethopyga siparaja (Riiffl.) (Nov. Zool. I. ]). 47.')).
Several speciiueus both from Buuguran and Pulu Laut. Tliey clearlj- show
that the moulting time for this bird i^ from Jnly to September. A specimen shot
iu .July is very pale above, such as I never saw any before, but a dark red feather
begins to appear here and there. Some specimens killed iu Se])tember are out of
the moult already, and are of a beautiful deep colour. A young niale, also September
(Pulu Laut), has a few scarlet feathers here and there in the brownish green
2)lumage.
2(). Araclinothera longirostris (Lath.) (Nov. Zool. I. [>. 47.3).
Bunguran.
*27. Munia fuscans (Cass.) (?).
One cpiite yonugj'i'malr from Bnugarau. It is sooty brown above and below,
the under wing-coverts buff, the belly slightly mottled with brownish grey. It is
such a young bird, not yet long out of nest, that identification is difficult, but I
think it is the 3Iunia fuscans, although the bill is exceedingly small, even for such
a }'oung bird, the culmen only measuring 0-8.5 cm. Material of adult birds may
j)rove it to be a distinct form. Only recorded from Borneo.
*2S. Munia atricapilla brunneiceps Waldeu.
Several examples of both sexes from Bunguran belong undoubtedly to the
Bornean form of the Rufous-and-Black Munia. I consider the nomenclature used
above the most appropriate form of naming this bird. It is, as Sharpe, Cat. B. XII.
p. 338, justly says, similar to M. nfricajHlla, and apparently without any grey
mottling on the back. The head is sooty black or dusky chocolate, slightly browner
on the hinder neck and nape. These difJ'ereuces are not great, but clear enough for
the scrutinising eye of an ornithologist ; therefore one could not much be blamed
if one should treat ^f. hrunnnccpa simj)ly as a distinct species ; but if it is a sub-
species I should rather place it nearest to M. atricapilla than to M. jagori from
Luzon, which has a different colour on the rump and upper tail-coverts.
Sharpe, Cat. B. XII. p. 335, does not separate the Himalayan and the
Malaccan form of M. atricapilla, on account of the many intermediate specimens.
To me it seems that all tlie intermediate forms come from the countries between
those inhabited by the northern and the southern forms in extremis, and therefore
I would treat M. rubronigra of North India as a subspecies.
29. Artamus leucogaster (Valenc.) (Nov. Zool. I. p. 475).
A number from Bunguran.
3i.i. Caloruis chalybea (llurnl'.) (Nov. Zool. 1. [i. 47()).
A series from Buugui-au and Pulu LaiU. They are exactly like the Sirhassen
specimens.
31. Dissemiinis platurus Vieill.; (Nov. Zool. I. p. 47()).
A large series from Bunguran.
(470)
32. Graucalus buugurensis Hartert (Nov. Zuoi.. 1. |i. 477).
A number o^ males fm<\. females corroborate the distinctness of this species.
Tiie decidedly greater length of the wing is an obvions character. The more clondy
character of the barred abdomen and rnmp is very obvions in most specimens, bnt,
after having com])ared more Sumatra specimens than before, I am inclined to attach
less importance to this character, because it varies to a certain extent.
In Ibis, 1895, p. 34, Mr. Everett mentioned that the manners of Graucalus suma-
tirnsis on Palawan struck him as ditl'cring from those of the same sjiecies in Borneo.
This led me to compare our pair of tlie snjiposed (/. tsumatrensis from Balabac, and I
cannot help recognising some differences. The wing of the Balabac pair is longer
than that of all the specimens of G. sumatrensis before me, and the under tail-coverts
of the JVmale are boldly and fjuite regularly barred, while in the /('nudes from
Sumatra and Borneo before me the under tail-coverts have " narrower and less
frequent bars of black "' than the abdomen, as most correctly stated in Cat. B. 111.
p. 1:.', liy Shaiiie. I therefore think it will be found that the Balabac form is best
kept subspecifically distinct as
Graucalus sumatrensis difficilis subsp. nov.
This form stands in size between G. sumitrcnsis and G. bungurensis, and the
female before me is also ratlicr cloudy on the njiper breast. I have no doubt that
the birds from Balabac and Palawan are ipiite the same.
Since I described G. bum/urensis I have received, in the Tring Jhiseum, a mala
of G. enganensis Salvad., Ann. Mus. Civ. XXXII. p. 120, which seems practically
indistinguishable from the mnli' of G. bitngiirensis, though th.^ female, according to
Salvadori's description, is ipiite different. The/tv/iafe of G. sumafirii.fi.'! {rom Borneo
is smaller than those from Sumatra before me. The Tring Museum is in want of
?nales of G. sumatrensis from different localities.
I think it will be useful to give the length of the wings of the Graucli of this
group now in the Tring Museum.
Graucalus sumatrensis typicus*
1. '• 6 (?,inn.)." Biudjey, Deli, E. Sumatra, November 4th, 1887. E. llartcrt
coll. Wing 151 mm.
This bird is quite in the plumage of the adult female, but on the label is
'■ S (? jun.)," written by m3-self. It will be observed that the wing is rather long.
I cannot say whether the sex is right, or whether some mistake occurred.
2. " <J." Padangsche Bovenlande, W. Sumatra. Wing 144 mm.
As regards the sex the same may be said as of No. 1. The bird has on the
label " cJ," but is in the plumage of the ? .
3. 4. " ? ?." Same locality. Wings 149, 144 mm.
5. " ?." Benkoker, Xorth Borneo, October 31st, 1885. J. Whitehead coll.
Wing 139 mm.
Graucalus sumatrensis difficilis.
1. " S." Balabac, Deceniber 24th, IsVili. A. Everett coll. Wing 155 mm.
2. " ?." Same date and locality. A. E. Wing 156 mm.
• Shaipu, Cat. H. IV. p. 12, gives the Iwigtli of the wing o£ the male of IJl ram., of i\\a female of
115 mm. (5'95 in. and 5'7).
( 471 )
Graucalus bungurensis.
1, 2, 3. " c^cJc?." Bnugurau, October 1M.)3. A.Everett. Wings lG(i, 107
171 mm.
4. '• ¥." Bunguran, October 1893. A. Everett. Wing 100 mm.
5, 0. " cJJ." Bnngnrau, July to September 1.S94. Hose, juii., coll. Wings
164, 169 mm. (both in moult).
7, 8, 9, 111, 11. " ? ? ¥ ? ?.'■ Buugurau, July to September 1S94. Hose, jnn.,
coll. Wiugs 158, 103, 105, 105, 107 mm. (mostly in moult).
Graucalus euganensis.
1. " c?." Bua-Hua, Island (if Engauo, May 14tli, isi.tl. Klio Modigliani coll.
Wing 100 nun.
3)!. Philentoma pyrrhopterum dubium Hartert.
1 had hoped to get a good series of this binl from the Natnnas, but only three
very bad skins were sent, one not even measurable. The one 7nale has the abdomen
as white as my type of Philrnfoiiia duhium (Novitates Zoologic'ak 1. pp. 477-479),
and the two females are less dark below than those from Borneo before me, but a
shade darker than my type. In any case this form will be nothing more than a
subspecies (cf. Novitates Zool()(!Icak I. pp. 477, 47S).
34. Culicicapa ceylonensis f Swains.) (Nov. Zooi,. \. ji. 479).
Bungui'au, Pnhi Taiijang.
35. Hypothymis azurea (Bodd.) (Nov. Zool. I. p. 470).
Bnuguran, many spi'cimens.
*30. Rhinomyias pectoralis (Salvad.).
Buugurau, three poor sjieciiuens. The .sjiecies inhabits Sumatra and Borneo.
*37. Hirundo javanica Sjiairm.
Bungurun. Distributed all over the neighbouring countries.
38. Hirundo rustica gutturalis Scop. (Nov. Zool. I. p. 480).
Three Swallows from Bunguran are referable to this form, but in one mule the
steel-blue band across the breast is certainly qiute complete and not interrupted,
though on the upper part mixed with rufous. Specimens intermediate between the
Western and the Eastern form of the Swallow {II. ruxlica and H. (jatturalix) -mh
not rare, and therefore the only way to meet the ditliiudtics is to regard them as
only suljspecijicalli/ distinct. See the extensive remarks on the subject in Sliarpe vt
Wyatt's book ou tlie Hirundinidae.
39. Euiylaemus ochromelas (Kalll.) (.Nov. Zooi,. I. ]i. 48n).
Bunguran.
*40. Eurylaemus javanicus Ilorsf.
One male, Bunguran, Mt. Kunai (KJOO feet).
Distributed over the Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, .lava, and Borneo.
33
( 'IT-^ )
•-11. Corydon sumatranus (Raffi.).
A female, July, Jit. liiumi ( lnoii feet). Length of wing only 12:^ miu.
•42. Batrachostomus stellatus (G<mkl).
One male, Mt. Ranai, Bnngnran (1000 feet), June 1894.
Inhabits the Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, and Borneo.
•43. Batrachostomus anritus (Gray).
One female. Bnngnrau.
Inhabits the Malay Peninsnla, Borneo, and Snniatra.
•44. Chaetiu'a gigautea (Temm.).
Several fine sj)eciinens (in some of which the remiges are monltiug) from C:i]ie
Datu, Bungnran, July. The species is distributed over the Malay Peninsula,
Sumatra, Java, Borneo, and P;ilawan.
*4r). Chaetura leucopygialis (BIyth).
One specimen from Bnngnran, ideutieal with others from Borneo. Distributed
from Southern Teuasserim throughout the Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, and Borneo
witli adjacent islands. About the name cf. Caf. B. XVI. ]i. 4'.)(i.
•4(i. Collocalia fuciphaga (Tlmnb.).
Several from Bunguran.
I confess that Vollocalia fucipluujd and its allies are, to me, very jiuzzling birds,
and that I shall be glad to receive good specimens from several localities to enable
me to work them out again. In this case only C fitciphaga and C. loici can lie in
question. These two rnn very close together, and, above all, seem to occur together,
and yet to be two species. I believe I made a mistake in enumerating some of the
Palawan birds in the British Museum as C lowi. They were quite young, with the
wings not fnlly grown, and seem rather to be C. fuciphaga. In North Borneo, and
jirobably in Palawan and ]iarts of Sumatra, both C. fuciphaf/a and C. lowi seem to
occur, but not enough is known of these birds at jiresent to close the curtain before
them already.
•47. Collocalia linchi Horsf & Moore.
One nestling labelled " Sf]ilenilier l.v'.»4. ?. Mt. Ranai (loijo feet), (Jt.
Natnna."' Tlie species is known from the Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Borneo, Java,
iuid also from tlie Andamans and Nicobars.
•48. Macropteryx longipennis (Rafin.).
A number of specimen.s of botii sexi's from Bnngnran. i Malav Peninsula.
Sumatra, Borneo, Java.)
'4'.t. Macropteryx comata (Tenim.).
One adult mule, September, Gibintang, Bnngnran.
Tweeddale* was, I believe, the first to call attention to the fnct tlnit the
• Ttom. /.not. Sue. \\. \\. l.'i.-* (IS7.")).
( 471! )
s[)eciiuens ol' M. romita from Ijiuou Lad always longer wings than those from
Sumatra and Malacca. When I wrote the Catalogue of th- Swifts in the British
Museum (Vol. XVI. p. 518) I also mentioned the fact that s])ei-imens fmra tlie
Philijipiues are larger and have longer wings, but I did not consider this peculiarity
sufficient to distingnish between the two forms. Since then I saw a number of
specimens from the Northern Philijipines, which all had the wings about half an
inch longer than the numerous specimens of M. comata from the Malay Peninsula,
Sumatra, and Borneo, which I was able to measure. I therefore do not hesitate to
recognise the long-winged Philippine Islands form as a subspecies under the name of
Macropteryx comata major subsp. nov.
I confess that I cannot detect any other material diftereuce except the size, but tiie
wiugs of Luzon specimens measure constantly about o-.j inches, while specimens
from Borneo, etc., have the wing about 5 inches long. Skins from Snlu and Sibntu
have the wing 5 inches in length. The one from Bunguran, a m/ile, has a wing of
4-95 inches.
In the Catalogue of Birds Vol. XVI. p. .jls, I gave the distribution of Macro-
pterj/x comata (Temm.) as follows : " From Teuasserim throughout the JIalay
Peninsula, extending into Siam; Sumatra, Java, Borneo, Celebes, Timor, Philijijiines."
Xow it seems to me a grave error to include Celebes and Timor in this list, although
these localities are mentioned by a number of authors, such as Gray {Hand-List I.
p. 65), Gates {B. Burmah II. p. 14), and others. All these statements seem to bs
copied from Cassin, who, in the Cat. Hinind. Mas. Philad. p. 15 (1853), enumerated
specimens of Macroptergx comata from Celebes and Timor. Neither Wallace, nor
A. B. Meyer, Duyvenbode, Riedel, the collectors of the Marquesa, Dr. Platen, Weber,
aud others, nor the recent investigations of Dr. A. B. Meyer's collectors, have brought
to light any specimens of this species from Celebes or Timor. We may, therefore,
fairly accept Salvadori's views * that Cassin's localities were unfounded. Indeed it
would be very peculiar if this characteristic Malayan species was found in such out-
lying places. On the other hand, it is found in the Sulu Islands (specimens in Tring
Museum). These Sulu specimens are exactly like those from Malacca, Borneo, and
Sumatra, and do not belong to the long-winged Philippine form.
*o(i. Meiglyptes tukki (Less.).
A male and a, female, Mt. Ranai, Bunguran, 10(JU feet elevation.
I believe that these specimens are referable to M. tukki. Tiie male has the
feathers of the forehead and a line along the sides of the crown s])otted with
crimson, but I believe this is accidental, though a series of males from Bunguran
would be desirable to see whether this character might not be peculiar to Bunguran
specimens. Moreover the male in question docs not in all points agree witii the
description in Cat. B. XVIII. p. 389. The under wing-coverts are rather more than
buflfy white or yellowish white, being truly yellow, somewhat between canary-yellow
and maize-yellow on Hidgway's pi. vi. in Xomencl. Col., but nearer to the former :
the spots to the inner webs of the wing-quills are not white, but of the same yellow
colour, though jjerhaps a little duller. The entire colour is really olive with a
slight greenish tinge. These characters, however, are not si)eciHc, for one of the
two Jemales is as brown as the Malacca skins before me, and the spots on the remiges
• AiDiali Mm. Civ. Geiiova Vol. V. p. 12t (Uccclii di Borneo, 1874).
( -l^-l )
autl the under wing-coverts are as pale as in Malacca skins (tliongU they are never
white). I consider the more greenish olive birds with the rich yellow under wing-
coverts freshly mouhed birds, the others more faded ones. (Malacca, Borneo, etc.)
•51. Meiglyptes grammithorax (Malh.).
A male from Bungnrau. (All over the ailjoining countries.)
*52. Micropternus badiosus (Temm.).
A feinali' from Cape Data, Bungnrau. The rump, back, scajiulars, and smaller
upper wing-coverts are quite uniform. T/u' speni's is onhj known from Borneo
(Hargitt, Get. B. XVI II. \k A^W).
*53. Chrysocolaptes validus (Temm.).
A male from Mt. Banai, Bunguran.
In Sumatra I killed -a female, in 1888, with the back and rump as white as the
hind neck. I should like to see more Sumatran specimens (Deli) to investigate
whether tliere is any constancy in this character.
"04. Thriponax javensis (Horsf ).
A mall' from Mt. llanai, Buugurau (1 ) feet). Distrilnitinn from Soutli
Tenasserim to Borneo and some of the Philippine Islands.
*5o. Hemilophus pulverulentus Cremm.).
Three males, Buuguran. (Himalayas to Borneo.)
'oil. Merops sumatranus Raffl.
Bunguran. Habitat {Cut. I>. XVll. ji. 62): "From Southern China to
Coehju China and Siam, the Malavan Peninsula, Java, Borneo."
*o:. Halcyon chloris (Bcidd.).
A series of these birds, best agreeing with what Y)\. .Sharpe {Cut. B. XVII.
p. 273) puis down as the tyjiical //. chloris.
08. Palaeornis longicauda (Bodd.) (Nov. Zom,. 1. ]>. 4n]).
A mole from Bnuguran, and another from I'nln Laul. They agree witli
Malaccan specimens.
•">0. Harpactes duvauceli (Temm.) (Nov. Zooi.. 1. ]i. -181).
Both sexes from Bnnguran.
(id. Anthracoceros coiivexus (Temm.) (Nov. Z<ioi,. 1. p. 4n1).
A sci-ies of both sexes, illustrating tlie change of i)lumage from yonng to old
(cf. Cat. n. XVII. ji. 304, etc.). from Buiiguian, I'mIu I';iM(hil;, :iiid Pulu Lant.
( 475 )
*i''l. Anorrhinus galeritus (Temm.).
A series from Bunguiuu. One apiiareutly I'lilly adult tnalc has the bill entirely
black. Another apparently younger tmale has a pale bill, sjwtted with blackish, and
its abdomen is a little jialer. A third mtde has a very pale breast and abdomen,
throat l)lackish, and the bill mottled dark at base. One nndoubtedly fully aged
female has the breast, abdomen, and thighs dark blackish brown, quite diiFerent
from the chocolate-brown of the male ; only the belly, thighs, and under tail-coverts
are of about the same colour as in the 7>iale, though also more greyish. The bill
has a very well developed black cask ; the mandible is black at base for about
two-thirds ; the maxilla black at utmost base and along basal half of cutting edge ;
the rest of the bill white. This female agrees with two other specimens from
Sumatra, which, from their small size, I take to he /?ma/es. Therefore, I think, the
female does differ from the male in colour (see Gat. B. XVII. p. 391).
62. Eudynamis honorata (L) fXov. Zool. I. p. 4«1).
<S. Pulu Laut
*63. Chalcococcyx xanthorhynchus (Horsf.).
Two males, June and August, Bunguran. The former is very much more
purple than the latter, which has almost steel-blue borders to the feathers above.
Distributed over the surrounding countries.
64. Zanclostomus javanicus (Horsf.) (Nov. Zool. I. p. 481).
Bunguran.
*65. Rhopodytes sumatranus (Raffl.).
6. .Sinubing, Bunguran.
S. Mt. Ranai, Bunguran (lOOi.) feet).
Distribution according to Shelley, Cat. B. XIX. p. 391 : S. Tenasserim, down
the Malayan Peninsula, to Java, Sumatra, and Borneo.
*66. Phoenicophaes microrhinus Berl. (antea, p. TO).
Two specimens from Bunguran, both marked male, though one is, I believe,
a female. The characters assigned to the sexes by Count Berlejjsch seem to be
right.
This is another case of the representative Bornean form, and not the Malaccan,
inhabiting the Natunas.
*67. Centropus sinensis (Steph.).
S. Bunguran. This is the fine Centropus we used to call C. eunjcerciis.
Shelley, Cat. B. XIX. pp. 343, 344, unites the Chinese, Malayan, and Indian forms,
thus using for it the oldest name, C. sinensis (Steph.), and giving its distribution :
Indian Peninsula and Ceylon, Burmese countries to China, Malayan Peninsula and
Indo-Malayau Islands.
•68. Ceiitropus javanicus ( Dumont;.
?. Bunguran. ('{'. Cat. H. XIX. pp. ;!.')4, :i.j.">.
( I7<1 )
•CO. Ninox scutulata (Hafti.)-
(??. Bungurau. They agree entirely with Bortieau skias {N. borneeams Bp.),
Imt they are, I believe, identical with birds tVoni JIalaeea ami Sumatra.
Tt>. Pisorhina lempiji (Horsf.) (Nov. Zool. I. j). 481).
Buiignrau.
71. Spilornis pallidus subsp. ? (Walden) (Nov. Zool. I. p. 482).
A^aiu a uuniber of siieeimeus of a small form of this species arrived. They
are all as small as those received formerly, and mcist probably belong to a different
species or subspecies, but jiossibly one of those already named. See Berlepsch's
remarks, antea, p. T:i I shall try to clear this question up when I am more at
leisure.
•72. Polioaetus humilis (Mlill. & Schleg.).
One male of this rare species, which is very different from the common
/'. ichthyaiUis, from Mt. Ranai (lUOO feet), Bunguran, September 1894. This bird
is found from Tenasserim — or even from Cachar, according to Hume— to Sumatra,
Borneo, and Celebes.
*73. Cuncuma leucogaster (Gni.).
I'ulu Panjang and Pulu Lant. Widely spread.
*74. Lophospizia trivirgatus (Temm.).
Male, July, Bunguran. Widely spread.
*75. Osmotreron olax (Temm.).
A female from Mt. Ranai, P.iinuuran. Distributed over Malacca, 15orueo, and
Sumatra.
7(;. Osmotreron vernans (L.) (Nov. Zool. I. p. 482).
There are males and females from Sinublng, Sibintang, and Pnlu Lant, which
all iiave the very long wings mentioned before as occurring in the specimens sent by
Everett from Sirhassen and Bunguran. At the same time there is a male from
Mt. Ranai and a female from Cape Datu, both localities also on the same island
(Bunguran), with the wing about two centimetres siiorter, i;3-9 and 14 against about
10 cm. in the larger birds. lUit not only the wings, also the bill, feet, tail— in short
the birds are entirely much smaller. Similarly small examples 1 have from the
I'adang Hills in West Sumatra, and the sjiccimens l)efore me from Malacca, Borneo,
Palawan, Philippines, Sulu, are all below the large Bunguran race, and only slightly
(the wing about 2 mm.) larger than the Mt. Ranai male.
It seems probable that the Natunas are generally iuliabited Ijy a larger race,
while in certain i)laces, or maybe with and among them, tlie ordinary race occurs,
the latter perliaps consisting of later immigrants. Anyhow the differences in size
among the specimens from the Natunas are very striking, and there are no inter-
mediate specimens, as far as I can see.
We require observations and more information about them, esiiecially wliether
the large and small ever ]iair together or not.
( 477 )
*77. Treron nipalensis (TIiKlgs.).
Botli sexes from Bunguvan.
Wings 126 to 13n mm., wliile iti Teiiasserim specimens they are 1:38 or more.
A female from Palawan before me has the wing 140 mm., thns being of the size of
the birds from Tenasserim and India. There seem to be two races, a large and a
small one. Reaching fi'om tlie Eastern Himala\'as to Snmatra and Borneo.
*7s. Carpophaga aenea (L.).
Males and /rmales from Bungnrau and Pnln Laut.
They are all rather dark grey on the hind neck, and have a delicately greyish
breast. The tail is dark and rather bluish. Frontal band, chin, and narrow ring
round eyes very conspicuonsly white. In colour all these specimens seem best to
agree with a bird from Palawan (collected by Dr. Platen, subspec. palawane/isi-i
Bias.), but tiie wing is shorter, that of tlie Piilawan bird measuring 2.3 cm., that of
our Bunguran specimens 23 to 23'5 cm. Mindanao specimens (chalybura Bp.) are
lighter on the hind neck and have the tail more greyish and greenish. (See Salvad.,
Cat. B. XXI. p. 103.)
*7ii. Myristicivora bicolor (f^cop.).
From Bunguran, Pulu Paudak, Piiln Panjang, and Pulu Laut.
Pistribution as given by Salvadori, Cat. B. XXI. p. 220 : " The Indian portion
of the Malay Archipelago from Mergui and the Andamans and Nicobars as far
east as the Philippines, as far south as Java, and also the Australian portion of the
same Archipelago, where it meets the other allied species."
*S0. Demiegretta sacra (Gm,).
Two /f'wc/te, Puln Pandak.
Widely distributed. (See Salvad. Ccf. Boruco p. 34C.)
*.sl. Strepsilas interpres L.
Buiiguniii. (Nearly cosmopolitan.)
*B2. Eudromias veredus ((iouid).
K J'l'inale, Bungnr:Mi.
Seebohra, Geoi/r. I>i,strib. Charadriidae, gives the distribution Ihns : ■• Breeds in
Mongolia, winters from Java to Australia." Of. Everett, Lii^t. Ji. Hornco j). 2^4
(in Jouni. Strait.l Branr/i Royal A.tiaf. Soc. XX. lSi8!)).
*8:). Aeg-ialites geoffroyi (\\;igl.).
Bunguran. (Common in all surroumling countries in winter.)
*>'4. Aegialites mongolicus (Pall.).
Pulu Laut, 1'. Paiidak, I!uiigur:iii. (As the former.)
's.'i. Aegialites cantiamis (Latl).).
Bunguran. (As I hi' lorrHci-.)
( 478 )
•S'i. Numenius phaeopus variegatus (^Scop.j.
Bnngnrau.
For the distribution of this very distinct Eastern subspecies of our Whimbrel
(or species) see 8eebohni, Gi'oiir. Di>;liib. Chnrndrihlni^ p. 3:51.
•87. Totanus hypoleucus (L.).
Bnngnrau and other islands. (Everywhere in the Eastern Hemisphere,)
"88. Totanus glareola (L.).
Bungnran.
•8!t. Tringa ruficollis Pall.
Bnngnrau, Pnhi Pandak.
Breeds in Eastern Siberia anil winters in the Afahiy Arclii]ielago and Australia.
*!'!>. Limosa lapponica baueri (Naum.).
Bungnran.
This species breeds in Eastern iSibcria, and winters in the islands of tlie ^fahiy
Archipelago, Australia, etc.
*'•»!. Sterna bergii l^icht.
Common on all the islands. (t!f. Saunders, /'. /,. S. ISTO p. ii44 : Everett,
Z?'.s?. B. Borneo p. 21U.)
*'••-. Sterna melanauchen Temm.
Pnlu Pandak, Bungnran.
Found from the Bay of Bengal along the Alalay .Vrchipelago to Australia and
the coasts of Ciiina.
*9:^. Sterna sinensis (im.
I'ldu Lant.
The distribution about the same as tliat of the former, but still wider.
CONCLUSIONS.
It is evident from this list that my former conclusions (Nuvitates Zooi.ooicae
I. p. 483) mnst be considerably altered. I said that the species from the Natnnas
belonged moxth/ to species distvihuted ocer the ^fnhvj Peninsula and Borneo, but that
the ornis was (judging from the first collection) undoubtedly more -Ahilaccan than
Bornean ! Tliis latter conclusion was wrong, as in the second collection there are a
immber of species (Prionochilus x'tnthoj>'/i/i//s, Munia fuseonii (?), Munia hrunncicepn.
Micrfljjtcrnua badiosus, Phoenicopliaes micror/iinus) which are only known from
Borneo and not from Malacca, while before only the opposite had been the case.
Therefore all one can now say is, that both Malaccan and Bornean forms have
populated the Natnnas, as one might have expected, and that only a very few of them
have develo])ed into peculiar races or sj)ecies.
Dr. Giiiither intjoriued me that the reptiles (of which a list will soon be pub-
lished) are Bornean on the whole.
5-S. AUe 1895
NOVITATES' ZOOLOGICAE,
Vol. II. DECE]MBEI?, 1895. No. 4.
A NEW SPECIES AND GENUS OF EOLLEES.
By the HON. WALTER ROTHSCHILD.
Uratelornis chimaera s|i. nov. et gen. nov.
L^pper parts of liead and neck, liack, rump, and two central pairs of rectrices dull
rufous brown, variegated with greyish and blackish brown, somewhat in the way of a
goat-sucker. Third pair of rectrices from the centre, with the apical fifth, jtale .sky-
blue; the rest like the middle ones ; the outer three pairs entirely uniform skj-blue.
i^capulars, smaller upper wing-coverts, and innermost secondaries of the same colour
as the back. Larger upper wing-coverts sky-lilue. Primaries and some of the
secondaries blackish, with white bands bordered with sky-blue, and brown towards the
tiji. Ear-co\'erts, sides of head, and neck reddish chocolate, variegated with black and
white ; an irregular white line along the sides of the neck. Under surface from chin
to vent and under tail-coverts white, with a broad black band across the chest, as in
Atelm-nis pittoldes. Under wing-coverts white, changing to pale sky-blue towards
the outer edge. Bill black, feet and legs brown. Total length about 18 inches.
Culmen l'37o inch, wing 4'4, tail 12, tarsus 1-9, niiddle toe without claw 1 inc'i.
Hab. ^Madagascar. (Exact locality in the island unknown.)
I was obliged to create a new genus for this most remarkable bird, because it
differs in two imiiortant points from Atelornis, to which it is, on the whole, closely
allied. For, while Atelornis crossleyi, with a total length of about 9i inches, has
a tail only 4i inches long, my new bird, with a length of 18 inches, has a tail fully
12 inches long. In A. pltloides the tail is still shorter in proportion. The second
important difference is the great length of the tarsus, which is much longer than in
A. crossleyi, while the toes are even shoi'ter. A third difference is that the nostrils
are more exposed. In other respects there are no structural distinctions from
Atelornis crossleyi.
I may here mention that I have received, with an adult A. crossleyi from the
Key. Wills, a J'oung Atelortiis which has a decidedly lilne head, i.e. each feather,
instead of being bright rufous, is dull smoky brown, tipped witli lilue.
Both birds were shot in the forest east of Imerina.
This specimen agrees in every respect with ^Ir. Dressers description on \>. 98 of
his monograph of the Goraciidae, but I cannot think otherwise than that this is the
normal plumage of the immature A. crossleyi.
UnUelornis chimaera will be figured in the next vokime of this journal.
34
(480)
A NEW SPECIES OF BOWER BIRD.
By the HON. WALTER ROTHSCHILD.
Amblyomis flavifrons sp. nov.
Anri.T iL\LE. — Top of the head from tlie base of the bill and crest brilliant golden
yellow; base of the feathers of the pileum and crest deep brown; shafts of the crest-
feathers lemon-yellow towards the base, and with a faint indication of a black line
towards the tip. Sides of bead, throat, neck, che.st, back, and rump deep brown, with
a rufous tinge. Wings and tail dark brown, with an olive tinge. Abdomen rufous
cinnamon. Underside of primaries on the basal half of inner webs dirty yellow;
shafts buff. Under wing-coverts very pale cinnamon. Wing 5'2 inches, tail 3-75,
culmen 095, tarsus 11, middle toe with claw 115.
Halj. Dutch New Guinea.
The species will be figured in Vol. III. of this journal.
This Bower-bird, of which I have one evidently fully adult mule,* differs from
Amblyomis subalaris and A. inormita jirineipally in the three following points: —
(1) The yellow of the top of the head reaches to the nostrils, while in the other
two species the entire forehead is brown like the back.
(2) The feathers composing the crest, although very long and slender, have united
ivebs like an ordinary feather, while in the two other species the webs are decomposed
and each feather consi.sts of a bundle of thin hairlike filaments.
(3) The colours of the under parts are distinctly separated at the che.st, while
in A. ino^'nata the colour of the chest fades gradually towards the vent, and in
A. subahiris the under jmrts are of a uniform brown, slightly .spotted with buff.
A fourth difference is tliat the crest in my new species is golden yellow, and not
orange, while in A. snlxdnris it is crimson orange and in A. inomata it is huffy
orange.
I have not been able to compare my species with A. musgravlanus Goodwin,
but the most obvious differences of the latter, judging from the description, are the
dark green upperside, the uniform brown imder surface, and the colour of the crest,
which is de.scribed as dark orange, each feather tipped with brown. (See Ibis, 1890,
p. lo.-..)
The length of the crest of A. flavifrons is iV2 inches, of that of A. incnniaia it is
nearly 4, while in A. snbalciris it is only 2'3.
* After this article went to press I received a second specimen of this bird, which agrees in all
respects \vith the first one.
( 481 )
A NEW SPECIES OF BAIL.
Bv TJIE HON. WALTER ROTHSCHILD.
Hypotaenidia owstoni sp. nov.
AnrLT Female. — Above olive-lirowii, with a slight rufous tinge; head and hind-
neck more chocolate. A superciliary stripe of pale grey from the base of the culmen
to about one inch behind the eye. .Scapulars and most of the upper -ning-coverts
like the back, but some, mostly the outer ones, black with white bars, while a few are
olive-lirown, liroadly barred with black and white. Primaries deep brown, barred
with from four to seven sharply defined white bands aud an ecjual number of less
distinct black ones. Tail like the back, but slightly spotted with white and a few
black spots. Lores and broad band from under the eyes to the neck chocolate. Chin
ashy white ; throat and lower neck [lale grey. Breast, abdomen, flanks, and under
tail-coverts blackish grey, slightly washed with brown and broadly banded with white :
the flanks more blackish, with the bars fewer and more distinct. Lender wing-coverts
like the flanks. Thighs uniform brown on the outside, barred on the inside like the
abdomen. " Bill : slate-black, Eidgway's Nomend. Colours PI. ii. fig. 2 ; under
mandible: .seal-brown, Eidgw. PI. iii. fig. 1; iris: ferruginous, PI. iv. fig. 10; legs
and feet : drab-grey,;Pl. ii. fig. 13 ; claws: mouse-grey, PI. ii. fig. 11."* Total length
about 10 — 12 inches in the skins (11 inches from tip of bill to end of tail as measured
in the flesh). Wing 4-5 — 4-7 inches, tail about 1-7, culmen 1'4 — I'O, tarsus 1-8,
middle toe with claw 1 '9.
Hab. Island of Guam, or Guaham, [Marianne Islands.
Three /ema^es, all aUke; shot in May, June, and July 1895.
Notes of the collectors on label : " This bird was captured, half-way up a hill,
among shrubs and grass, by placing traps across the difl'erent footpaths. It is difficult
to obtain with a gun. The note of this bird is occasionally heard, but the bird is
rarely seen. In the daytime it does not move about. It cannot fly high. The
natives call it ' Koko,' and say it feeds mainly on insects."
The species is named in honour of ]Mr. Alan Owston, of Yokohama, wliose men
have collected for me on the Marianne Islands.
A NEW SPECIES OF TANAGEE.
By the HON. WALTER ROTHSCHILD.
Rhamphocoelus dunstalli sp. no\-.
Head, neck, and throat black, washed all over with a dull crimson flush. Back,
rump, and upper tail-coverts brilliant crimson orange; these feathers with their
basal halves white. Wing-coverts, wings, and tail black. Chest orange-crimson.
Abdomen, flanks, and under tail-coverts rufous orange ; the centre of abdomen has
the ajjpearance of being intermixed with black, as the feathers there ha\e black
instead of white bases, and a few also black tips. Thighs black. Wings 3-15 inches,
tail 2-9, tar.sus 0-8, cidmen O-GG.
Received from .Mr. K. Dunstall, after wliom I have named it. By the make of
the skin it evidently came from Central .\mei-ica, and probably Panama.
* llm L'ollcL'tors had conip.ircd the coloiii-s oE the Ijan? p.Trts \vit!i tlic phites in Ili'tuway's Xtniicn*
clatinr of Colours, before the birds were skinned.
( -tsa )
ON TWO NEW MOTHS AND AN ABERRATION.
By the HON. WALTER ROTHSCHILD.
1. Ampelophaga khasiana >\<. nov.
Male and Femalk. — Uppers i dt : this species is nearest allied to .rli/i/jf/o/j/^rt^rt
dolichoides Feld., but, besides diflferences of colour, can be at once distinguished liv
the forewings being crossed by four complete transverse bands and one incomplete
one, while Felder's .species has the forewings crossed by three liands only.
Forewinr/s : purple-brown, crossed near the base by two broad chocolate transverse
bars; a third incomplete bar extends from the costa at the apex of the cell to
about half-way across the wings, and beyond the cell the wings are crossed by two
broad bars of very deep chocolate; on the outer margin from the apex, half-wav to
the inner angle, there extends a large triangular patch of a ])aler and more grev colour
than the rest of the wing.
Hindwings : cbocolate-brown, slightly duller and more clayish towards the
abdominal margin and the anal angle.
Antennae fuscous in ?, white in S. Head, thorax, and abdomen dcv]) rcddisji
chestnut, with a median longitudinal line of dull mauve-purple.
Underside: Head chocolate. Thorax brownish pink. Abdomen deep rose.
Foi'eimngs: basal third deep clay-brown; rest brownish orange, with deep and very
wide lirown border. Hindwings : deep rose-pink, with a median transverse line of
orange-red.
E.xpanse: 4'2o inches = 110 mm.
Hah. Khasia Hills.
Described fi-om one c? and one ? .
2. Leto vitiensis sp. nov.
Forewiiigs : clay-brown, marked all over with irregular rows of metallic golden
spots.
Hindwings : clay buff, without markings.
Head, thorax, and abdomen darker brown. I.rgs tufted, as in Charagla (Oeneliis).
Kx|)anse : 4-25 inches = 110 mm.
Jf<tb. Fiji Islands.
Described from a single c? (bought from a dealer).
I mav here remark that I have before me, out of Dr. Staudinger's collection from
German New Guinea, a very curious aberration of Daphnis helops Walk. The pattern
is identical with the type, but the ground-colour is olive-green and the apex is strongly
markcil with white.
( 483 )
FUETHEE NOTES ON GIGANTIC LAND TOETOISES.
By THK HUN. WALTER ROTHSCHILD.
IN continuation of my former two articles on the subject in Vol. I. of this
journal, I have some very interesting facts to make known. In June last
I received from Mr. Grifhths, formerly Governor of the Seychelles Islands, two
gigantic land tortoises, besides the very large one received two years ago. I did
not examine these two tortoises very closely, for I had repeatedly been told by
Dr. Giinther that all the tortoises on the Seychelles had been brought there from
Aldabra, and probably consisted of one species only, Testudo elephantiivt. However,
on August 18th, Dr. Giinther examined the three living tortoises with me, and we
discovered, to my great astonishment, that the .'■mallest of the three had no
nuchal plate. Dr. Giinther immediately remarked it must be a Galapagos tortoise,
but on my assuring him it came from the Seychelles, we went and looked up
the book on Gujantic Land Tortoises published by the British IMuseum. From
this hook it at once liecame clear that my tortoise belongs to the Mascarene race,
and is very near to Testudo indica Dum. The only other living specimen of the
Mascarene race of tortoises is the famous Mauritius tortoise figured and discussed in
NoviTATES ZooLOUlCAE, Vol. I. Pi. XI. pp. G70 and 690. This tortoise, however,
has been proved to be a distinct species from Testudo indica, and was described,
as mentioned before liy me, under the name of Testtido sumeirei. It is, therefore,
most unwise to maintain during the life of my specimen that it is identical with
any one of the named forms of the JNlascarene race, for it is more than probable
that it was brought from one of the smaller outlying islands and will prove to be yet
another undescribed species. In either case, however, it is of the utmost interest
to find another living example of the JNlascarene races of gigantic land tortoises,
which up to five or six years ago were supposed to be entirely extinct.
The large male of Testudo elephaniina, the dimensions of which are given in
Vol. I. p. 676, continues to grow. On August lOth. 1895, its weight was 360 lbs.
Length from nuchal plate to extremity of carapace in a .-traight line 41 inches,
from nuchal plate to end of carapace over curve o3i inches; width J6 inches. This
means an increase of 33 lbs. in weight, '2. inches in length, lA inches over the back,
and 4 inches in width.
(484)
THE WHITE SWALLOWS OF AYLESBURY.
By the HON. ^Y ALTER ROTHSCHILD.
IN No\ ITATES ZooLOGlCAE, I. p. 667, I recorded the occurrence of alliino swallows iu
Avle.sbury, all being the young of the same pair of regularly coloured adults,
through four successive years. This year the nest of the same ))air contained three
white ones and two black ones, which all flew oflf on .lune 271 h, and were not caught.
One entirely white swallow, probably one of this nest, was seen by Arthur Goodsoii,
the attendant in my Museum, one mile from Aylesbiu-y ou August 6th. But our pair
of swallows laid once more this year, and the second brood consisted of four black
one-s and only one white. This was about ready for leaving the nest for good, and
was brought to me on August 10th. The eye of this specimen was of a pale brownish
pink colour. At the first glance this and all the former white swallows of Aylesbury
are white, but ou closely examining them one will see that all the upper parts
are overshaded with a pale brownish bufif hue, of which there is no trace below.
The bases of the feathers of the body are brownish. On the tail the round white
spots are distinctly visible, these being of a clearer and purer white. This year's
specimen is a fevude.
DESCRIPTION OF A NEW HUMMING-BIRD.
By ERNST HARTERT.
Heliangelus claudia si>. nov.
Capita, colli lateribus, alarum tectricibus, cauda et corpore supra nigris, minute
purjiurascente tinctis ; parva macula postoculari alba ; remigibus brunneis ; macula
frontali nigro-purpurea ; gida hyacinthino-cyaneis ; torque ))ectorali alliido ; iib-
dominis plumis nigris, pallide-fulvo marginatis, abdomine medio sordide fulvo ;
subcaudalibus albidis, medio brunneis ; rostro nigro.
Long. tot. cire. 10 cm. ; al. 61 mm. ; caud. 12 mm. ; culm. 19 mm.
Hab. Colombia.
One .specimen, of the well-known Bogota-make, was sent to us by M. Gounelle,
entomologist, of Paris. It is apparently not quite adult. The spot on the forehead
is of a dull purplish black, the pectoral band is shaded in places with bilff, the
feathers of the abdomen are all margined with fulvous, the outer rectrices are all
minutely tipped with fulvous — all characters which may indicate immaturity. The
deep black upperside, with only a faint indication of a jjurple gloss, is most singular.
The colour of the throat is somewhat like that of Helimu/elus vioiicoUta .Salvin
(Cat. B. \X\. p. 162 and PI. \ .). but not so deep nor so violet, and //. inolicolUs
( 485 )
has a green frontal spot, and is greenish hronze above and below. I compared
//. claudia with the type of //. vlolicollis in the British ^Museum. All the other
species of this genus are before me in Mr. Kothschild's collection, e.xcept H. rotschilcU
(sic!) of Boncard, and H. Iienrici of the same author, the foi-mer from Colombia, the
latter from Ecuador, but botli are, according to M. Boucard's description, quite
different,
I give this bird the name of my wife, who is much interested in Trochilidae,
and generally assists me in my work on this familv.
DESCKIPTION OF A NEW FLYCATCHER FEOM THE
SOLOMON ISLANDS.
By ERNST HARTERT.
Pomarea ribbei sp. nov.
Capite, collo, pectore siimmo et corpore supra nitide nigris; macula anteoculari
magna alba ; alis et cauda nigris ; pectore imo et abdomine toto castaneis ; axillaribus
et subalaribus castaneis dilutioribus, nonnullis prope marginem carpalem nigris ;
remigibus iutus ad basin griseo marginatis ; rostro caerulescente ; pedibus caerule-
scente-corneis.
Long. tot. circ. 175 mm. ; al. 8G — 90 mm.; caud. 79 — 82 mm. ; culm. 20 mm. ;
tars. 18—19 mm.
Hab. zinnia, Ins. Salomonis.
Three skins of this new Pomarea were collected in ]Munia, Shortland Islands,
Solomon Archipelago, by ]Messrs. Wahnes and Carl Kibbe, and sent to Ms. Rothschild's
^Museum by Herr H. Eibbe. They were shot on September 27th and 28th.
Besides the colours of the bill and feet, given above, the labels give the following
information: eyes black; total length in the flesh 17-5—19 cm.; wing 8J, cm.;
tail 7^8 cm.; tarsus 2 ; longest toe 1-02, 1-03, and 1-04 cm.; moutli 2. They
are all three alike in colour. Two are labelled 6 6, one ?. One of the laalcs
is slightly larger than the other, and the female a little smaller than the smallest
male.
This species is nearest to Pomarea erythrostida Sharpe (P. Z. S., 1888, p. 185),
but differs in having a white anteocular spot, instead of a cinnamon rufous one, and
in being larger.
( 486 )
ON A SMALL COLLECTION OF BIRDS FROM MINDORO.
By ERNST HARTERT.
THK Island of Miudoro, in the PhilipiMue Arohiiielago, was visited by the Steere
Expedition to the Philippines in 1887, and by HeiT Schmacker in December
1888 and January 1889. I have given a list of the species discovered on the Island
of Mindoro by these two parties in the Journal fur Ornithologie, 1891, which
contained sixty-four species. The island was afterwards visited by Dr. Platen, the
well-known collector, and he discovered many additional species, including a number
of novelties. Nothing, however, was published about that collection. The birds were
received by Herr Nehrkora, and named by Prof. W. Blasius, and some remained in the
collection of Herr Xehrkorn, while many duplicates were dispersed, and are now in
several museums. Messrs. Bourns & Worcester afterwards collected for a short time
on Mindoro, and discovered, I believe, all or nearly all the species which were
previously found by Dr. Platen. They, of course, published also the novelties from
Mindoro, and thus Platen mo.^t undeservedly lost the credit of his discoveries. I
understood that a list of Platen's birds would nevertheless appear somewhere last
summer, but I have seen none, so I think it worth while to record the species got by
Mr. Everett during his unfortunate and abruptly terminated visit to Xorth Mindoro
at the end of November and part of December 1894, and sent to the Tring Museum,
while I sustain the hope that a complete list of Platen's birds will after all be issued,
as it must add many species to the small number as yet known from Jlindoro. The
richly wooded island is by no means fully explored, and esiiecially the higher parts of
Mount Halcon will yield a good harvest for an energetic collector, and they will, I
hope, be attacked by Mr. Wliitehead, who lias doue such wondrous things in Luzon.
I learn from a letter of Mr. Dean C. Worcester that there are no special obstacles to
collecting in Mindoro except that it is rather unhealthy.
It may interest the readers of tliis journal to hear that Mr. ICverett has recovered
his health, and has taken up collecting again in other ()uarters.
I enumerate the species in the same order adopted in my list in /. /. C, 1891,
for the sake of convenience. Those added to (he list of birds from Mindoro by this
collection are marked with an asterisk.
Mr. Everett sent the following species from Miudoro : —
'■"1. Pratiiicola cuprata (L.).
2. Megalurm pahislris Hovsf. (Hartert, J.f. H., 1H91, p. 2i>lj.
3. Dicaeaw, retrod nchi'iii Gould (Hartt., o/j. cil. p. 2^t'/).
4. D. pytjnutemn (Iviltl.) (Hartt., op. cil.).
•5. Primioehilus inexpectalua KaM., Nov. Zool. II. p. (14.
•6. Piprisom/i, aeruijinosum (Bourns & Wore). A series of this species, which
all agiee perfectly with the description of .Messrs. Bourns & Worcester (Prelivi.
Notes B. and Manuu. coll. by Menar/e Exped. to Philippines, p. 20), who described
it from Cebu and Mindanao. The species occurs also in Luzon ((irant, Ibis, 1895,
p. fi4). A tuule, sexed by Everett, had the following colours : " Iris orange-brown ;
maxilla dark plumbeous, mandible pale plumbeous; legs very dark plumbeous."
(487 )
7. Cinnyris sperata (L.) (op. eit).
8. Jole viindorensis Steere = /. schinackerl Haiti. {I.e.). Both names appeared
in 1890, mine in the part of the J^. f. 0. dated April, which, however, was not
issued, I believe, before October. Steere's paper is dated July 14th, and did probably
come out in that month, in which case /. mindorenais is the name we have to
adopt.
9. Sarcops calvus (L.). Exactly like Luzon examples.
*U). Lanius nasutus Scop. (op. cit).
11. Gmucalus mindorensis (i^teere) (op. cit.').
*12. Pericrocotus cinere^is Lafr. (op), cit.).
13. Hypothymis azurea (Bodd.) (op. cit.).
14. Tluiponax mindorensis Steere (op. oil.).
*1.3. Iijiiyipicus validirostris Blyth. Several specimens perfectly agreeing with
others from Luzon. Messrs. Bourns & Worcester (p. 52) speak of this species as the
'• Luzon-^Iarinduque-]\Iindoro bird," so I sujipose they ha\e also specimens from
Mindoro, but in their list of additional localities for known species it is not
mentioned.
l(i. Eurystoriids orientalis (L.) (oi). cit.).
17. Penelopides mindwensis Steere (op. cit.).
18. Xantholaema haevuUocephala (Miill.) (op. cit.). The specimens from
Mindoro are iu every respect similar to those from Luzon, which likewise belong to
the darker insular form.
19. Centropiis mindorensis (Steere_) (op. cit.). 6 ad. "Iris chocolate-brown;
bill black ; legs blackish grey " (A. E.).
20. Prionitiiras mindorensis Steere (op. eit.).
21. Loric'uhis tnindorensis Uteere (op. cit.). A fine series. The young 7/t«/e is
like the adult female.
*22. Accipiter numillcusis (Meyen). A not fully adult 'nude had the " legs
chrome ; iris dark brown ; cere deep orange ; claws brown."
*23. Spizaetus limnaetiis (Horsf.).
24. Sjiilwnis holosjjilus (Vig.) (ojj. cit.).
25. Elumis hypoleucas Gould, (op. cit.).
*2fi. Circits coerw/inosics (L.) (cf. (jrant. Ibis, 1895, p. 438).
*27. Circles spilonotns Kaup. ]5esides the well-established species V. aerwji-
nosus, spiloiiolns, and melanoleucus, there was described by Steere a (J. philippineiusis
from Mindanao, Guimaras, and Luzon, which was considered to probably belong to
C. melanoleucus by Messrs. Gurney. Everett, and Eagle Clarke. Grant (Ibis, 1895,
p. 437) also holds strongly that it is the. female of C. melanoleucus. Messrs. Bourns
& Worcester " provisionally adopt Steere's title " because they found " a single
female" " most nearly agreeing with Dr. Steere's description." It is remarkable that
none of the American collectors record C. nidunoleacas and (.'. spilouotus, and this
alone gives room for doubts about C philippinensis being distinct. It seems to me
that Steere's description agrees fairly well with an immature plumage of C. spilouotus,
and it will be difficult to decidi> finally aboul the identity of Steere's supposed
species without seeing the type, as that author neglectcil to give any measurements
whatever.
*28. Butastar indicus (Gm.).
*29. Falco peregrinus L. A true Peregrine Falcon, not F. ernesti of Sharpe,
which also occurs on the I'hilippines (Grant, Ibis, 1895, p. 438). On the label:
(488)
" ? ad. Iris tlark brown ; cere greenish grey ; bill lead-grey, \ery dark on the
anterior lialf; legs pale lemon-yellow; claws blackisli iilumbeous." *
•30. Falco aeverus (Horsf.). Two fine adult birds.
•31. Pandion haliuetua L.
32. Ninox spilonotus Bourns & Worcester. Several specimens agreeing with
K & W.'s description. One ¥ from " Mt. Calavite, 1,500 feet'"; one ? with the
" iris bright yellow ; bill dirty greenish yellow ; feet pale wax-yellow ; claws brown."
Dr. Platen had also obtained this Owl, and specimens with unpublished names on the
labels are in several museums.
33. Pkabotreron leucolis (Temm). Identical witli liirds from Luzon.
•34. Osmotreron axillaris (Bp.). The author of this species cannot be Gray, as
he did not describe it.
35. Geopelia striata (L.) {op. cit.).
*36. Butondea javanica atnurensis (Schrenck). Sharpe distinguishes the
northern bird as a subspecies on account of its longer wing.
37. Ardetta cinna'movua (Gm.) (op. cit).
Add 38. C'opsychue miwlanensis (Gm.) (Bourns & Wore, I.e. p. 40).
Among a number of fine birdskins collected bj- Mr. Everett at Laguna de Bay,
not far from Manila, on Luzon, in January last, are, besides many more or less common
Luzon s^iecies, two of the species recently discovered by ^Ir. Whitehead in that island,
but far from Manila — namely :
Cinnyris excellens Grant
and Zosterops luzonica Grant,
and of other rarities Anthreptea griseigularia (as mentioned before) and Prionochilus
inexpedatus Hartt.
• It may be added liere that the Rothschild Mnsenm possesses a true Falco crnetti (compared witli the
tjpe), shot by native hunters in Mortliern Dutch New (Juinea. a fact which .•id<ls another locality for that
species, now known from Borneo, Luzon, Kew Hebrides, and New Guinea.
( 489 )
ON A SECOND COLLECTION OF MAMMALS FKOM
THE NATUNA ISLANDS.
By OLDFIELD THOMAS and ERNST HARTERT.
(See NoviTATEs ZooLOGiCAE, I. p. 052, and Novitates Zoologicae, II. p. 26.)
ri"^HE present article deals with a large collection of Mammals, made liv Mr. Ernest
-L Hose on the islands of Bunguran and Puhi Laut, at the same time that the
birds were collected of which Hartert has given an account (antea, p. 466).
The Bunguran mammals are of comparatively little interest, as they naturally
consist almost entirely of the si)ecies collected by Mr. Everett, and previously
described by us, but those ft-om P>ilu Laut are more valuable, and the first that
have ever come from there. They are mostly paler and smaller than their Bunguran
representatives, and it is to be regretted that the collection from Pulu Laut is not
larger.
Species not. found by Mr. Everett are marked with an asterisk.
1. Semnopithecus natunae Thos. & Hartt.
A series from Bunguran only. These monkeys are very constant in colour, all
agreeing with the description given by us, loc. eit., p. 652. A young specimen, killed
in August at 2000 feet on Mount Eanai and measuring about 270 mm., is inter-
mediate in colour between the new-born specimen described Xovitate.s Zoologicae,
I. p. 653, and the adult, the forehead and other parts which are white in the young
and black in the adult being grizzled greyish, from a mixtui'e of the two sorts of hairs.
2. Macacus cynomolg'us (Schreb.).
A small series from Bunguran.
3. Nycticebus tardigradus (L.).
A specimen from Bunguran, of a rather rufous colour, simihir to some of the
examples in the Briti.sh Museum.
4. Galeopithecus volans L.
Several specimens from Bunguran, of both grey and rufous \arieties.
.'■>. Pteropus vampyrus L.
a, h. Pulu Panjang, Bunguran.
6. Pteropus hypomelanus 'IVnun.
Many specimens. Pulu Pandak, Pulu Panjang, and Pulu Laut.
These specimens, as usual in this species, sliow a considerable amount of variation
in colour, but the diiferent forms all seem to pass into one another.
7. Tupaia splendidula typica (iray.
n — (/. Four .sjiecimens, Mount Ranai, Bunguran,
These .specimens fully agree with those sent in the previous collection.
( 490 )
*s. Tupaia splendidula lucida subsp. nov.
a—c. Three specimens, Pulu Laut, September 1894.
Similar to subsp. typica in size, general character of coloration, and in skull and
dentition, but the body-colour, instead of being dark rufous chestnut, is light rufous,
not luilike Kidgwav's '• orange-rufous," and the head and upper surfaces of the hands
and feet are pale grizzled yellowish, instead of brown or black.
Dimensions of the typical skin,?: — Head and liody, 210 mm. ; tail, 154; hind-
foot, 39.
Tyjje in Tring Museum ; paratype in iiritish Museum.
This Tree-shrew difi'ersso much in colour from the typical form of T. splendidula
that we have had some doubt as to whether it ought not to be distinguished specifically.
But as, however different, it is clearly the representative of that animal in Pulu
Laut, we have tliought it Iiest for the present to e.xi)ress this relationship in its
nomenclature.
*9. Viverra tangalunga.
One from Bunguran, exactly like Bomeau and other specimens in the British
Museiun.
10. Paradoxurus hermaphroditus (Pall.).
Bunguran. A specimen with the liack quite unspotted.
11. Mydaus meliceps F. Cuv.
Six skins from Bunguran. In most of them the white stripe along the back
runs through from the head to the tail ; in others it is more or less interrupted in
the middle.
The smell of these animals, even from the skins, is very strong.
*12. Lutra sumatrana (nay.
a, ad. ? . Pulu Laut.
This fine specimen agrees precisely in colour with the typical example of
L. lowi Giinth., which we believe to be synonymous witli L. sumatrana. The
specimens representing in the British .Museum the true L. siuuatrana are much
paler, but it unfortunately happens that they all appear to have been exposed to the
influence of light at one time or other, .so that we are unable to judge what may )ie
the proper coloration of Sumatran examples when freshly killed. In more essential
characters the two (brms agree so closely that for the present we prefer to use the
older name.
Li. Pteromys nitidus Desm.
Bunguran.
14. Sciuropterus everetti Thos. (iinte,!, \\. 27).
a. ?. Sinubing, liunguran, July 1,^94.
This skin is of value for correctly showing the colours, as Thomas's type had
been skinneil out of .<pirit. Practically, however, (here is little difference, e.xcept that
the general tone is rather yellower and less rufous. In this examiile also the dark
colour of the outer side of the hind-legs extends very prominently along the upjier
surface of the outer half of the feet, contrasting markedly with the yellowish inner
half. ,\11 the essential characters appear lo be <piite the same.
( m )
la. Sciurus bicolor buuguranensis Tlios. i<: Kartt.
Man}' specimens. Mount Ranai and otlier localities on the island of Bunguran.
These specimens show that in this animal, as in several otlier sf[uirrels, the fur
bleaches during life. On the back it fomes up brown, and gradually bleaches until it
is of a dirty whitish fawn. One specimen, killed in .June, is nearly wholly of the
latter colour, except for a few patches on the back where the long bleached hairs
have fallen, and are being replaced by the short dark brown of the new coat. July
examples are nearly wholly brownish, but already a little paler than the dark pat dies
of the June specimen.
Such bleachings during life, at least among squirrels, seem to be far commoner
than is generally recognised, and have been noticed by Thomas both in an .\frican
and a European species.*
'10. Sciurus bicolor nanogigas sulisp. nov.
a — c. Three specimens, Pulu Laut : a <S, l> ?, July 1894 ; c J, September 1894.
Similar in essential coloration to S. h. hunguranensis, but the belly dull
yellowish butf instead of rufous. Size greatly reduced (compare especially the skull
measurements).
Measurements of «, the typical skin : — Head and body, 330 mm. ; tail, 347 ;
hind-foot, 60. Skull: basal length, 47-5 ; basilar length, 43; greatest breadth, 34;
nasals, length, 16, greatest breadth. 10-.5; inferorbital breadth, 22; jialate, length
from henselion, 21 ; diastema, ITS ; length of upper molar series (crowns), 11.
Type in British Museum ; paratype in Triug Museum.
Just as Bunguran has its local representative of the Malay Giant Squirrel, so lias
Pulu Laut, and, as in tlie case of the Tupaid, we think it better to use a trinomial
for it, although the very striking diminution in size would ordinarily demand full
specific separation. As the animal is thus a dwarfed Giant Squirrel, we have used
the above somewhat paradoxical name for it, in order to express its most peculiar
characteristic.
Judging only by the three specimens before us, .S'. h. n<tnoyif/as apparently
presents the same seasonal variation in colour as does S. b. b^mgurayiensis, but without
further material this cannot be properly described.
17. Sciurus notatus Bodd.
Many specimens from Bunguran and I'ulu Laut.
As usual, the Pulu Laut specimens are paler and smaller than the Bunguran ones,
but so slightly as not apparently to deserve a separate subspecitic name. The ai)pli-
cation of a special name would also be particularly inadvisable in a group so variable
and difficult as that of the Plantain Squirrels.
18. Sciui'us lowi natunensis Thos.
a — c. Mount Ranai and ('a])e Datu, J^unguran.
d. Pulu Laut.
These sjDecimens prove that Thomas's suspicions as to the artificial discoloration
of the typical skin (see Nov. ZooL. 11. p. 26) were perfectly justified, as they are
coloured exactly like normal Bornean examples. The subspecific characters used,
however, of smaller size, larger ear, and absence of black ear-patch, are all present, and
the skull agrees in every res[)ect with that of the type.
• .S'. mu'ahilig of Xyas.1, /'. H. S., lKil4, p. 1 10 ; .S'. rulijaris of Ktiglaml, Xoologixl (:i), XI. \'. p. 103, l.sn.5.
( 492 )
The Puhi l^aut sppcimeti is a little purer white uiKlorneiith and a shade paler
above than the others, but not more so than is occasionally the case in Bomean
examples.
lit. Sciurus tennis Horsf.
Man}' specimens. .Mount Iv'aiiai ami ntlicr localities.
J'20. Mus neglectus .lent.
n — (/. Cape Datu and Sibiutang, Bungnran.
•21. Mus ephippium .lent.
n. Sibintang, Bunguran.
22. Tragulns javanicus Desm.
Several from Bunguran : one fVoui I'ulu l.aut. The latter is of a vi-rv pale colour.
A series from Pulu Laut would be interesting, in oi'der to show whether the
specimens from that island are, as in other cases, constantly ]>aler.
2:!. Sns sp.
«. Mount Kanai, 1000 feet.
This specimen, being still in the striped pelage, is too young for determination.
24. Manis javanica.
A mnle (September 1894), Bunguran, Mount Kanai, 1000 feet. Total length,
89 cm.
ON A NEW PAREOT.
By TJIE llOX. WALTER ROTHSCHILD.
Palaeornis intermedia sj). nov.
Under mandible orange-yellow.
Maxilla orange-crimson, with yellow tip.
Forehead and orbital region rufous plum-purple ; rest of head and cheeks slaty
purple, not quite so dull as in P. rosa. Separating the head-colour from the back is
a narrow black collar joined to broad black mandibular stripes. This black collar is
followed by an ill-defined band of bright verdigris green. Back and scajiulars oil-
green ; rump, wing, and upper tail-coverts more grass-green, with a slight bluish
tinge ; a large maroon spot on the middle wing-coverts. Central tail-feathers missing ;
re.st of tail as in P. schisticeps, but outer webs more blue.
Whole undersurface yellowish apple-green. Under tmng-coverts bright glaucous
green ; wings like those of the three allied species.
Wing, 0 inches ; bill, 0-8.
Hab. India. The single skin now before me is of the so-called Bombay pre-
paration, and therefore most likely came from the Western Provinces. With it came
two skins of P. schisticeps.
This .species is somewhat intermediate between Palaeornis scliisticeps and /'.
cyanocephala in size and coloration, but is nearer P. schisdceps, with which it
agrees in the colour of the nrader ntandihle, which is black in /'. cyanocephala
and P. rosa.
(493 )
ON MILIONIA AND SOME ALLIED GENERA OF
GEOMETRIDAE.
By the HON. WALTER ROTHSCHILD.
(Plate Vn.)
Milionia Walk., List Hd. Lep. B. M. 11. p. 3()4. ii. 25 (1854).
ON pages 464 and 465 of the present volume of this journal Dr. Jordan and I
described some species of Milionia and Bizavda, Walk., of which I now give
figures. As I have had to look up the descriptions of the species belonging to
Milionia and allied genera, and to compare the material in my collection, I think
it advisable to give a key to all the forms of Milionut, hitherto described.
Walker's genus Bizarcla (I.e. XXXI. p. 162, 1864), the type of which is B.
optima \\'alk., is not separable from Milionia. 3Iy B. elegans {I.e. p. 464) resembles
rather much Felder's Celerena tricolor (Beise Novara II. t. 130. f. 10, 1874), which
Mr. W. Warren, when arranging the Geoiiietridae. of my collection, inchided in the
genus Mniocera Hutl. {P. Z. S. p. 162, 1879). I do not find any structural difi'ereuce
between B. degans and the various species of Milionia, except the einargination of
the hindwings near the anal angle in the male, and think I am not far from riglit in
referring elegans to Milionia.
There are several insects described as Milionia which do not lielong to that
genus. Besides intercisa, Walk, and eusebia StoU, which form Walker's (J.c. II.
p. 366) Division 2 of the genus, I mention the following two species : —
Milionia. gestroi Oberth., Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova XV. t. 4. f. 5 (1880), without
description and habitat, is an Arctiid, probably a new genus, and inhabits Dutch
New Guinea and the adjacent islands. In the male the hindwings are short, with the
outer margin straight and the anal angle acute ; the apical patch is wanting.
Milionia luteofasciata Pagenst., Jahrb. Ver. Nass. Nat. XXXIX. p. 162. n. 122
(1887) (New Guinea), is the same as Boeiraza sepjarata Druce (P. Z. S. p. 781. t. 61.
f. 5, 1882) (I't. Moresby).
The markings, e.specially the breadth of the bands, are by no means so constant
in the various species of Milionia as the authors of pryeri and sharpjei have thought.
When comparing long series of specimens, I found specimen.s intermediate between
some of the allied forms which obliged me to treat several of the " species " as mere
aberrations or as subspecies.
A. Abdomen nnicolorous.
a. Hindwings with a broad band of an orange or scarlet coloiu', and a series
of black, often confluent, submarginal spots ; fringe to hindwings, at
least partly, orange or scarlet.
a'. Thorax above metallic blue.
fi". Bands of fore- and hindwings orange.
a^. Band of forewings broad, anteriorly extended from near
origin of lower median nervule to, or beyond, ape.x of cell ;
marginal band to hindwings almost touching cell at the
( 494 )
upper median hvanch ; admarginal black spots not con-
fluent, or only the anterior ones, much shorter than half
the breadth of the band :
1. M. basalis zonea Moore, />. Z S. p. 569 (1872),
from Sikkim and lihulaii.
h'. Bands to both wings narrower ; admarginal spots to hind-
wings about half as long as the band is liroad : spots 1
to 3 and 4 to 6 mostly confluent ; fringe often iiartly
blackish :
2. M. basalis pryeri Hruce, Ent. M. M. X.W \>. (i2
(1888), from the Liu-Kiu Islands.
c'. Bands still narrower, that of forewing reduced to a point
beyond the submedian vein ; admarginal spots somewhat
larger than in jiriien :
3. M. basalis latifasciata Butler, Ann. Mag. K. H.
(5). VIII. p. ;i81 (1881); Waterli., Aid II. t. 18;?. f. 3
(1882-90), from Malacca. In the .Malay Peninsula ought
to occur a reddish, instead of a yellow, form of kisalia,
as Tenasserim, Sumatra, and Borneo are inhabited by
reddish races.
cF. Band of forewing of about half the breadth of that of
latifasciatd. not reaching beyond submedian vein ;
admarginal black spots large, confluent ; yellow band
inside these spots much reduced, not broader I ban
about li mm. :
4. M. basalis basalis \\alk<M-, [.wt Het. Lep. B. M.
II. p. 365(18.54); Waterh., .1/./ II. I. 183. f. 4 (1882-90).
from Java.
//-. Bands to fore- and hiiidwing ( hiuese orange (Kidgway, Xomencf.
of Colours, Plate VII., n. 15).
e'. Breadth of bands and size of admarginal black spots as in
^[. hdnaii.t zonea Moore :
5. M. basalis pyrozonis Butler, Ann. ^faf/. X. H.
(5). X. p. 375 (1882J; Waterh., Aid II. t. 183. f. 2
(1882-90), from Tenasserim.
f. Bands nan-ower; that to forewings extending anteriorly
from midway between the bases of the two lower median
branches to one millimetre or more beyond the ajiex of the
cell ; that of hindwings stops at the upper median vein
1 mm. short of the apex of the cell ; bases of wings less
extended blue :
6. M. basalis sharpei P.utler, Ann. Ma<j. X. II. (5).
XVIII. p. 7 fl8S(;). from Borneo. Though the difler-
ences between sharpei and pyrozo^iis are but slight,
they seem to be rather constant. I have examined
more than thirty specimens of the Bomean form, all of
which exhibited the characters mentioned before.
( 495 )
c Bands crimson.
f/. Band to forewings intermediate iu breadth between that
of ])asalis_ W'alker and latifctsciata Butler ; band and sub-
marginal spots to liindwings as in the latter form :
7a. M. basalis guentheri Butler, Avn. Mag. i\'. II.
(5). VIII. p. 381. n. ;5 (1881): Waterli., Ai<J II. t. 183.
f. 1 (1882-90), from Sumatra.
Band to forewings broader than in typical guentheri,
especially behind ; submarginal spots to hindwings
smaller, spots 4 to 7 isolated; sometimes almost identical
with narrow- banded pyvozoiih :
"is. M. basalis g'uentheri ali. butleri I truce, 7'. Z. S.
p. 718. t. CI. f. 4 (1882). from Sumatra.
Ii\ Thorax above orange buff. Base of forewing with a large triangular
scarlet patch.
/t'. Baud to forewings variable in breadth, crossing, with
its inner edge, the median nervure at the origin of
the second median branch ; band to hindwings mostly
reaching costal margin, extending from margin to about
one to five millimetres short of cell ; posterior sub-
marginal spots, or all the .spots, isolated (PI. VII., fig. 3) :
8. M. rawakensis (t^'noy ^t Gaim.), Vo;/. (U
Freycini'l, t. 84 (1824).
Sj'n. : Bizcmla opthnii W.-ilker. List llcl. Lep. IS. M. XXXI. \\ Irt.^
(18(U) (Waigeu).
.VilioiudJIawiiiiilaYoU., Tijdsrin: c. PJnl. VI. p. 184. t. !>.
f. 2 (1863) (N. Guinea).
Milionia requhia Butl., Ann. .Uiiy. i\'. //. (.5). XII. p. 108
(1883).
The breadth of the band to forewings is very variable ;
the submarginal black spots to hindwings are often
partly merged together, and the anterior ones sometimes
joined to the black area of the wing.
i^. Band to forewings nearer the apex of the wing; that of
hindwings stopping at the upper discoidal vein, entering
the apex of cell or touching it ; fringe to hindwing for
the most part black (PI. VII., fig. 4) :
9. M. meeki .lord. & Kothsch., Nov. Zool. p. 464. n.
2 (1895), from Fergusson I., D'Entrecasteaux Is. This is
]irolmbly an eastern form of rawakensis ; the connecting
links between it and rawakennis may exist in the eastern
parts of the main island of ."'.'ew (iuinea.
A:\ Band to forewings more basal than in rmvakensis ; sub-
marginal black spots to hindwings all merged together,
and so enlarged that the orange band is reduced to a
35
( 49.i )
naiTow marginal liaiid, or to small niargiiial Hpots, and a
discal patch sitnate between the upiior median branch
and the anal anjjle (PL VII., fig. 4):
It I. M. queenslaudica .lord. & Kothsch., Nov. /ool.
ji. 4t)4. n. ;; ^lh9.)j, hum X. (^hioensland.
/). Ilindwings without a marginal orange or scarlet I)and.
c'. Fringe to hindwings white ; forewings with a median band and
a subbasal pateh ; liindwings with a large discal patch, of an
orange colour (I'l. W\., tigs. 7. 8 — -c^,?) :
11. M. celebensis .lord. & Rotlisch., Nov. /coi,. II.
|i. 4().3. u. .'). (1895), from Celebes.
i/'. Kriuge to hindwings black.
d'-. Fore- and hindwings with a median liand.
P. Band of forewings, like that of hindwings, scarlet, narrow:
12. M. luculenta Swinh., P. Z. S. p. 423. t. 43. f. 3
(1889), from the Andaman Is.
I'll?. Bands broader, that of forewings orange towards costa.
a'. Band of forewings almost straight, just toiiching the
discocellular veinlets ; that of hindwings enteiing
the apex of cell, much narrower tliau the bluish black
marginal region :
13. M. drucei Butler, Ann. Mo,,. X. n. (5).
XII. p. 107 ii) (1883); Waterh.. .4/,/ 11. I. 183.
f. .5 (1882-90), from Celebes.
h*. Band of forewings arched, discocellulavs in the middle
of the band ; that to hindwings not entering the cell,
broader than the bluish black marginal region:
M. M. snelleni I'.utler. I.e. p. 108 (?) (1883) ;
\\'aterh., i.e. f. (i (1882-90), from Celebes.
M. drucei and sneJhn i may be sexes of the same
species. We have, however, no further evidence for
this supposition than the occurrence of both insects
in Celebes. As long as it is not proved that both
occur in the same i)art of Celebes, or that inter-
gradations exist, there is no right to unite driwei
and snelleni to one s))ecics.
«'. Hindwings unicolorou.s.
n^. Band to forewings scarlet, its breadth not ex<'eeding
3 mm. :
1.3. M. fulgida Voll., TijcUchr. v. Ent.W. p. 133. n. I.
t. 8. f. 4 (18(l3j, from .lava.
My five .lava specimens, obtaincil IVc^in //. Frnh-
ftlorfe^', have the band narrower th.-iii it is in \dilen-
hoven's figure.
( 497 )
o'. Breadth of band exceeding 4 mm.
c'. Base of wings above with a bhu' t(lo>s.
(r'. 1','n'nge to anal angle of forewings all lilack :
Ifl. M. glauca StoU. Cvdm. Pap. E.r. IV
p. 1.52. t. MliH. f. n. (1782), from Amboina and
Ceram ; probably occurring on all the southern
islands of the ^lolnccas.
Syn. ; ICpklisma jt/ji-flt" Hul->uer, Vfrr:. hch. Sriimett.
p. 170.11.1821 (1818).
MilioHui cyantfera Walker, f/'^l Ih't. Ltji. }>.
.V. XXxi. p. 158 (? , nee (J) (18(;4).
li. Fringe partly orange ; hand posteriorly more
arched behind and closer to tlie outer margin,
reaching the latter at the extremity of the sub-
median internervular fold, of a deeper, almost
scarlet, tint than in (jlaucrt, bordered with
metallic blue in certain lights :
17. M. glauca philippinensis subsp. nov.,
from North Luzon, Lepanto (.1. Whitehead leg.,
1895); 1 S.
c\ Fringe of anal angle of the pale orange colour
of the band ; the latter broad, extending an-
terior!}' from near base of lower median branch
to beyond apex of cell :
18. M. pulchrinervis Feld., Rehe Novara
II. t. 1(14. f. (i (18(i8), from Assam and
Sikkim.
Syn. : .V. lalirilta Moore, /'. Z. S. p. 570 (1872).
There occur specimens with tlie band
cream-colour (spring brood ? ).
(/'. Wings above without metallic blue gloss; band
orange, broader than in jndchrinei'vis, and more
basal ; fringe to forewing all black :
19. M. cyanifera Walker, Lint Met. Lep. II. .1/.
XXXI. p. l.")S(c^, nee ?) (1864), from Hatjaii and
Halmaheira.
M. cyanifera Walk, and jnilrlirinerf/.i Feld.
may in future turn out to lie local forms of .1/.
rjlaucd, iStoll.
li. Abdomen partly yellotiK
c. Band of forewings flame-scarlet.
e'. Hindwings of both sexes triangular.
/'". Hauil to forewings not extended to ba>e of lower subcosl.-d
( 498 )
branch (vein 7); that of liindwing not extended down to
origin of kiwi-r in((H:ui vein in ? (I'l. VII., fig. 9) :
20. M. callimorpha Uberth., Et. cVEiit. XIX. p. 26.
t. 3. f. 13 (1894) fsub GcUlhistia), from Dntch Now Guinea.
r/. Band to forewing touching vein 7 ; that of hindwing more
basal than in callimorpha, reaching origin of lower median
nervule (PI. VII., fig. 10) :
21. M. callimorpha euroa .lord. & Kothseh., Nov. Zool.
p. 465. n. ()fl89.j), from I'crgusson I., D'Entrecasteau.x Is.
In the (J (J of lx)th form.s of cdlinurfpha the band on
underside of the hindwings is dusted with black scaling.
/'. Hindwings of ^ roimded, short ; band to hindwing.s not shaded
with black below (PI. XU., fig. (i) :
22. M. brevipennis Koth.sch., I.e. p. 464. n. 4 (189,3), from
Dutch and Cierman New (iuinea. Female unknown.
</. Markings of forewings white (PI. VII.. figj,^. ]. 2— cJ, ?):
23. M. elegans ,Tord. & Rothsch., Nov. /oou p. 464. n. 1 (1895)
(sub Biziirdix), from Kergus.son I., D"Entrecasteaux Is.
Callhistia Druce, P. Z. S. p. 779 (1882).
This genus is nearest to Bordeia Walker, List Het. Lep. B. M. XXXI. p. Kil
(1864), and belongs to the Geometi-idae, not to the Chcdcosiidae. As in that genus,
the neuration and the shape of the forewings is different according to the se.xe.s. In
the feiii'df the neuration is almo.st as in Milimua ; in the nude the low'er subcostal
nervule of the forewings (vein 7) branches off from the subcosta at about two-fifths
of the way from the end of the cell to vein 8. In Bordeta Walk. S it originates
nearer the cell, sometimes at the upper angle of the cell together with vein 6. The
antennae and legs of Callhistia are as in Milionia. The genus is indeed distinguished
from Milionia, and Bordeta only l)y the peculiar shape of both wings of the inale
and the more triangular outer margin of the hindwings of the female, as can be seen
from the figures (PI. VII., figs. 11. 12— cJ,?^).
Pagenstecher, in Semon, Zoologische Forschungm'eise V. p. 211. t. 13. f 45 (1895),
figures nude and female of C. f/randis Druce, and erroneously puts Oberthiir's
C. callimorpha as a synonym to tliat species ; calliiaorpha, of which 1 have both
sexes, is a Milionia, not a Callhistia (see above).
Bordeta Walk.. Lint llel. Lfj). XXXI. y. l(;i (1864).
B. qiuidnpkujiata W'nlk. and sexplagiata ^\'alk. (Lc.) arc, as already suggested
by Walker himself, se.ves of the same species, which William Doherty obtained in fair
series on Batjan. Both sexes are very variable in the size of the yellow markings of
the wings and the extent of the black colour of the abdomen. In one of my maZes the
forewings have two instead of one band, and in many males there appears a small
sjwt on the hindwings outside the band where in the female stands a large patch of
variable size.
EXPLANAITON OF PLATES VI[., VIII., IX,, anp X,
riy
4.
o.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10,
11.
12.
1.
2.
4,
.5.
6,
3.
4.
.5,
fi,
7,
8,
9,
10.
n.
12.
1,
2,
3.
4.
5.
6.
i .
8.
9.
10.
PLATE VIII,
Chnrnxes everetti Rothsch. J, Trix VI. )>, 348 (1894),
staurHnrji-ri Rothsch. S, Lc. VI. p. 349 (1894),
Pnpiiio canopns nmhrosus Rothsch, i ■
„ „ nlorensis „ S .
Delias snmhaii'mid Rotlisch.
„ schimheriji
H4L'
34i!
8. Dapli n is i/loriosn
2, Nov, Zno!., I, p. fi62 (1894;!,
6 Ifil
2 Ifil
6, Nov. ZooL. I. p. 85 (1894).
I'LATE IX.
Deiphila calidn BuH. J, Ann. Mag. N.H. (5). VII, p. 317 (1881 ),
wilsoiii Rothsch. ?, Nov, Zool, I, p. 83 (1894).
CaJMoina eUacomhei Rothsch. ? , ^.c. p. 74 (1894).
5, I.e. p, 73(1894),
<J, l.c. p. 87 (1S94).
S,l.c. p. 87 (1894).
'cJ, /m VII, p, 300. n, 12 (1895).
6, Nov. Zool. I. p. 88 (1894).
S 162
i, Nov. Zool. I, p. 665. n. 10 (1894).
i. l.c. p. 665. n. 11 (1894).
PaiiHcra mickolitzi Rothsch. & Jord. <S, Ann. Mag. N. H. (6).
XII. p. 456 (1894).
„ gnsescens
Anibulyx dohertyi
„ jajjonica
Xepli.ele recta ngti lata
„ aureoviaevlata
Theretra alherti Rothsch
„ stvavti „
Parhygoma „ „
PLATE X.
Attarn^ dohertyi Rothsch. S .
„ staudingeri „ S .
Xudaurelia aurantiaca Rothscli. S
Buiiaea tricolor Rothsch. S
Uata angulata „ 2 .
Cercophana mirabilis Eothsch. S .
„ 2 .
Peridroma fasciatn „ Nov. Zool. I.
„ evanescena „ l.c.
Prodenia layswaensis „ l.c.
36
36
42
38
50
46
46
p. 539 (1894).
t«iei«j> Ptal< rn.
NOVITATES Z00L0GICi=E. VoL.n. 1895
Pl.vii.
Luh Werner iWir.ter. Francforl^'M-
NOVTTATES ZoOLOGIC-t
PLVni,
rneriWinter. Francfort-
NOVITATES ZoOLOGIC^VoL.n 1895
El IX
tth Vi'ernCT&WiriVr FrdncT.-.i
NOVTTATES ZOOI.OGIC/^ VoL.n 1895
PlX.
1^-. V.'frner iV/jr.te!-, Frdncfor'. '"I
( 499 )
THE EEPTILES AND BATRACHIANS OF THE NATUNA
ISLANDS.
By DE, a. GUNTHEE, F.E.S.
ri"^HP] collections made by Mr. A. Everett and .Mr. Ernest Hose during their visits
-L to the Natuna Islands must be regarded as rich, considering the short time
they were able to devote to their exploration. There is no doubt that future visitors
will be able to add to the following lists of species, but it is not likely that such
additions will modify the views which can be formed from these collections as regards
the general character of the Keptilian Fauna of this group of islands. It is a
mixture of species inhabiting the large islands and countries bordering upon the
southern half of the China .Sea, in the midst of which the Natuna group is situated.
The future must show whether the two new forms of Frogs described at the end of
this paper are peculiar to the Natunas, or whether they will be rediscovered in some
other part of Borneo or the JIalayan region.
TORTOISES.
1. Cyclemys amhoinensis Baud. Great Nat una.
2. Cyclemys dhor Gray. Great Xatuua.
3. Geoemyda spinoBa Gray. Great Natuna.
4. Trionyx subplanua Geoflfr. Great Natuna.
5. Chelonia inihricata L. Great Natuna.
These Chelonians have a rather wide range of distribution, and do not indicate a
special relation of the Natuna Fauna to either that of the Malaj'au Peninsula or of
Borneo.
LIZAKDS.
1. Tachydromus sexlinedtiis Baud. Great Natuna. (Jf the seven specimens
four were collected in the lower parts of the island, and they possess only one inguinal
pore on each side. The three others were obtained at an altitude of KKIO feet on
Mount Kanai, and have two such ^lores.
2. Lygoeonia olivacewni Gray. Sirhassen.
3. Mabuia imdtifasciata (Kuhl) Blgr. Common in Great Natuna.
4. Draco maximus Blgr. Pulu Laut and Great Natuna, Mount Kanai, 1000 feet
altitude. Hitherto known from North Borneo.
5. Draco melanopot/oa Blgr. Great Natuna. Previously known from Malacca
and Borneo.
6. Draco Jimbriatus KuIjI. Great Natuna. t»ne specimen from Mount b'anai.
.000 feet altitude.
7. Draco volana \j. Puiu J.aut.
8. Apkaniotis fitsca Ptrs. Great Natuna, Pulu Laut. .Ajipareutly extremely
abundant in the group.
( .)()() )
'J. Gaiii/ocepludii^cha'tuaeleoTitinua Law. Unai Niuuuii. Ilitlurto kiiowM from
Java and Sumatra.
10. Gmii/ocephaius liei-veyi BlgT. Great Natuiia (coimmju on Mi.imt Haimi), I'ulu
l.aiit. Hitherto knottii from Malacca ouly.
11. I<qjalu.ra nigroUibris Vtn. Sirhassen. Hitherto known from Borneo only.
12. Cai otes cristatellus Kuh\. Great Natuna. Abundant throughout the island,
lo an altitude of 1 {)()() feet.
13. Gonalodcs keiuUtJlii tJray. Great Natuna. A ]5oruean species, but abundant
uM Mount Haiiai, lo an altitude of KKK) feet.
Of the two ]>izards from Sirhassen one has a wide geographical range, the other
is Hornean. Kleven s])ecies were collected in Great Natuna and I'ulu Laut, five
ranging into regions east- and westwards. Of the six others four are characteristic
ISornean species, while the remaining two are peculiar to the Malayan, Javan, or
Sumatran Faunas.
SNAKES.
1. Cal a III' I fiaji (IV iceps Gthr. Great Natuna. A Rornean species.
2. Dryocalamus trlstrlgatm (Hhr. Great Natuna. A Hornean species.
3. Ablahes haliodiriis Boie. Great Natuna.
4. Tropiclonotus cmispicillatus Gthr. (ireat Natuna. A l?ornean species.
5. Zaocys famous Gthr. Great Natuna. A Borueau species.
6. OonyonoiiM oxycephaluvi Boie. Great Natuna.
7. Dendrojjhis piota Gm. Great Natuna.
8. Dendrophis caudolineata Giay. Great Natuna.
9. I'an'(i,s laevis Boie. Sirhassen.
10. Uhrysopel&i ornata var. D, Gthr. Great Natuna.
11. Ghr y sopelea rubescens Gmy. Sirhassen.
12. Dryiophis j/rasina lin\yn\f . Great Natuna. \ m: /(tsciolalu VUch. Great
Natuna.
13. Psuiitiiiodynastes pulveridentus Boie. (ireat Natuna.
14. Python reticulatiw Schn. Great Natuna.
15. Tnnieresu'i'us wagleri Schleg. Great Natuna. Scales in twenty-five series.
16. Trimeres^irus macxdatiis Gray. Sirhassen. A Borueau species.*
17. Trimerenurus puniceiisVt'agl. (ireat Natuna. Pulu l.aut.
Of I he I hree Snakes from Sirhassen two are Boniean species, one having a wide
distribution. Fourteen species were collected in (ireat Natuna, ten ranging into
regions east- and westwards. The four others are cliaracteristic Bornean si)ecies.
iiA'n;A<iiiANS.
1. Rami 'iimcrodoii Tschudi. (ireat Natuna. Widely distributed.
2. Rana gracilis Wiegm. Great Natuna. Widely distributed.
3. '^ Rana haschiana StoUcz. Great Natuna.. A single specimen, not in good
.state. Previously described fiom PiiKing.
A consideralilc niiiomil of circuinstuiitial evidence ha-s accumulated Ix) show that many specimens
presented bv General Haniwiclie to the Bvilish Museum, and saiil lo be from Singapore, really came from
Borneo.
■i. Jli/loruH-ii er;/thriie(i Sclileg. (ireat Naluiui. Very coiiiiiioii. Also from
I'ulu l^aut.
5. Foli/jjedntes ')n<iciilatiis (irav. (ireat Natuna.
6. Polypedates collefli Blgr. '(ireat Xatuna. Desi-rihed from Sumatra and
North Borneo.
7. Polypedates macrotis Blgr. Great Natuiia, .Mount Kauai.
8. Ixalus awrifasciatus Schleg. (ireat Natuna. Widely spread in Java and
Borneo.
0. Pedostibea guenthen Blgr. Sirhassen. A Bornean species.
10. Biifo melanost ictus fichneid. Great Natuna.
11. Biifo divergens Ptrs. Great Natuna. A Bornean species.
12. Bufo quadriporcatits Blgr. (ireat Natuna. Described from the Malayan
Peninsula.
13. C'alophrgnus pleurostigma Tsch. Pulu Laut.
14. Diplopelma bunguranum sp. nov.
Similar in habit to Diploiielimi oriinliiM. Head rather small, with angular
canthus rostralis and with the snout somewhat projecting beyond the mouth, and
rather longer than the eye. Interorhital space broader than the u]iper eyelid. Mouth
narrow; tongue large, subelliptical, not notched behind. Tympanum well formed,
but covered by the skin. The third finger projects much beyond the three others,
which are short, the fourth particularly so. Toes short, very slightly webbed, the
third a little longer than the fifth, the first very short. No disks. Metatarsal
tubercles very indistinct. If the hindlimb is carried forwards, the tibio-tarsal
articulation does not reach the eye. Skin on the back minutely gra'.iular, nearly
smooth ; sides and lower parts of the body with larger tubercles.
Back dark purplish brown. A reddish rose-coloured band borders the upjier
outline of the snout in its entire circumference, and runs above the eye and tympanum
to the side of the bodv, where it widens and merges into the red colour of the hind-legs ;
on the loins it encloses an o\.al black spot. The sides of the head and the throat are
black, which colour extends over a greater or lesser portion of the abdomen, the
remainder of the abdomen being of a yellowish rose-colour. Small pointed tubercles
of an intense yellow are scattered on the sides and lower })arts; sometimes two on the
chest are particularly conspicuous and symmeti'ically placed. Hind-legs rose-coloured ;
thighs with round yellow spots; calves with one brownish baud across the middle,
sometimes with a second nearer to the knee-joint.
Length of body of a large feiiinle, 24 mm.
Distance of vent from tip of fourth toe, 37 mm.
Length of tar.sus, 6o mm.
Distance of heel from tij) of fourth toe. So mm.
To judge from the number of specimens in (he collection, this lovely I'Vog mu.st
be very common in Bunguran, or (ireat Natuna.
15. Leptobrachium natunae sp. nov.
Tongue ovate, long, and much narrower than the cavity of the mouth. Snout
rounded, about as long as the eye, with indistinct canthvs rostralis ; nostril nearly
midway between the eye and end of the snout. Interorbital space broader than the
* This spcciea will be figured in llio next volume of Xovitates Zoolooicae
( 5(12 )
upper eyolkl. Tymp<anum indistinct, not half tlie area of the eye. Fingers and toes
of moderate length. The .second finger very little longer than the first ; the third
longest. Toes not webbed. Tips of fingers and toes blunt ; subarticular tubercles
indistinct ; one flat elongate inner metatarsal tubercle. The distance between vent
and tibio-tar.sal articulation equals, or may even exceed, the length of the bod v. Skin
of the back with very small flat indistinct granulations: lower parts (juite smooth.
Upper parts brownish oli\e, uniform or marbled with brown ; upper lip black,
with some white spots ; a black band from the eye over the tympanum to the shoulder.
Sides of the l)ody with larger or smaller black spots. Hindlinibs with brownish
cross-bars.
Length of body (adult female), 1!) mm.
Length of hind-limb, 30 mm.
Distance of heel from tip of longest toe, 8 mm.
The exact and normal form of the pupil (said to be erect in this genus) cannot
be ascertained. In one specimen it is distinctly horizontal ; in another it is produced
upwards into an angle.
The specimens are from Great Natuna.
I consider this species a dwai'f (insular) form of Li'ptobrachiimi (jracile ((ithr.)
from North Borneo, which is a much larger and more strongly developed species ; in
fact, it will be very difficult to distinguish young specimens of the latter from
L. nakvnae.
Only one species of Frog was collected in Sirhassen — viz. Pedoatibes guentheri, a
Bornean form. Two of the Xatuna species seem to he new. Of the remaining twelve
species one only is Bornean, and two belong to the Malayan Fauna, the remainder
having a more or less wide geographical range.
C ,50o )
SOME NOTES ON MY REVISION OF THE PAPILIOS OF
THE EASTERN HEMISPHERE, EXCLUSIVE OF AFRICA.
By the HON. WALTER ROTHSCHILD.
P. 188. To the .synonymy of T. ■pria'mus 'poseidon (Doubl.) add : —
Oniithoptera arnmiia Felder, Wien. Ent. Mim. III. p. 3'Jl. n. .32 (1859) (Aru Is.).
Pap'tUo arruauus Felder, Verh. z. h. Ges. Wien. p 'J90. n. 14 (18G4) ; id., Rcise A'onim II. p. ?,. n. 1.
t. 1 (1865).
P. 272. I have received a typical specimen of 7-". daemo'idus Ali)h. (Iris VII f.
\K 18(1, 1895), which proves to be the same as what I called fatuns ; the latter name
must sink as a synonym. P. daemonius Alph. is a distinct species, not a variety of
P. alcinous King ; and to this species, not to plidonius, most probably belongs
that Bhutan /e^urt^e which I alluded to on p. 272. The sexual organs of the 'inale of
P. daemonitts Alph. and fatuus m. are the same, except some slight differences in
the dentation of the harpes.
P. 278. Jlr. F. W. Kirliy wrote to me about P. xanthus L., and informed me
that in the copies of Linne, Sijst. Nat. ed. xii., he had seen, there was no Papilio
xdiithus L. By fui'ther investigations I have found that the second volume of my
copy of that work, in which the name of the Papilio in question is written
xanthus, not xuthus, belongs to the reprint of the original edition (Vindobonae,
17(i7-70). In the copy of this reprint in the library of the British JIuseum, at
Bloomsliury, the name is, liowe\'er, spelt xiUhus, not xanthus. Most probably the first
copies of this ^'indobonae edition were discovered to contain many misprints, and it was
then revised. I mistook the second volume of my copy as belonging to the original
edition, as the first and third volumes belong to the latter; the second volume of the
Vindobonae edition has, neither in the British JIuseum's copy nor in my own, a title-
page. The name of xiUhiis has, therefore, to stand instead of xaidhiis.
P. 364. As the few lines of manuscript I had written about P. velovis Hew. have,
by mistake, not been printed, I have to insert them here : —
13 JA. Papilio veiovis Hew. [J, ?].
,^. I'apHiu nioi-is Hewitson, E.r. Butt. III. P.iii. t. 7. f. 20 (18G5) (Menado).
cJ ? . ra2)nio veiorh, Rothschild, Jris V. p. 442 (18;)2) (S.E. Celebes).
This peculiar species is an ally of P. clytia L. and paradoxus (Zink.). The
femah is larger than the tnale; the whitish discal markings are shorter and of a
paler colour; that behind the second discoidal vein to the forewing is obsolete, like
the whitish streaks in the marginal region of that wing.
Hob. Celebes (6 c?, 1 ?).
P. 390. .Mr. William Doherty, when here at Tring a few weeks ago, told me that
the s}iecimen of I'. ne.K iii0C(jeiii Hour., described by Honratli from Mr. Xeumiigen's
collection, was caught on 8umba, not on 8ambawu, and that, therefore, the " Ilab."
Samliawa is erroneous.
( 504 )
P. 414. To the bibliograi>hy of P. epaminonclas Oberth. add :—
I'ttpilio laeslnjgonuiii , NiciJville, Lej>. Iml. I. frontispiece, f. 1. la (1882).
P. 436. Add :-
(n) : P, eurypylus rubroplaga subsp. nov. [J].
Pajulio telephuM, Weymer(;Kc Felder, 1865), SUM. E. Zeit. p. 273 (1885) (Nia-s I.).
Dififers from P. eurypyhcs axion Feki. and the other forms of euri/pyl us \.. in
the red markings on the underside of the liindwings being as large as, or even larger
than, the white submarginal spots.
Hab. N'ias Island (4 (?).
P. 463. My remark about Mr. Ribbe's article in Iris VIII. is partly erroneous;
Ribbe's P. polyduemon is not = pliestm. I had received from .Air. Ribbe a pupa of
P. phesttts Gu&T. under the name of polydwmon, and this misled me to siiy that
Ribbe confounded polypemon and phestus. Ribbe's P. polydnemmi from Mioko
is not this form, but P. polydoriis novobi-ltannicus Rothsch. ; liis polypemon is
= polydaenion Math.
Xote.~On page 178 I spoke about sea.sonal dimorphism among Papilios. I have
to add that in Northern India the spring brood of P. eurypylm, aarpedon, hathydes,
and ayamemnoa is diiferent from the summer broods ; the median band of the wings
is broader in the spring brood, the specimens are generally of inferior size, and the
submarginal spots (in eurypylus) are larger. Moore's Papilio ackeron is the spring
brood of P. eiirypylns aximi Feld. We came to this conclusion when comparing
recently acquired, well-dated, material. — K. J.
NOTE ON COPAXA MULTIFENESTRATA (H.-.S.).
By the HON. WALTER ROTHSCHILD.
lyTR. p. C. T. SNELLEN, in a list of Lepidoj-tera Heterocera from Sumatra
-LVJ_ ^ (/j.jg xiii p 123^ 1895), again puts forward the long-exploded assertion
that C. nudtifenestrata (H.-S.) is a synonym of Cricula trifenestrata Helf. If
Mr. Snellen had only taken the trouble to read what Druce says in the BMogiu
Gentrali-Americana, Heterocera, pp. 173, 174 (1886), he could never have been
guilty of such an error as asserting that the American Copaxa vudti/eneslrata
(H.-S.) was identical with the Indo-i\Ialayan Cricida trifenestrata Helf. In this
Mr. Snellen is following exactly the one author (Walker) he so much abuses
{I.e. p. 122).
( bob )
DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES OF BUTTERFLIES,
CAPTURED BY MR. DOHERTY IN THE ISLANDS OF THE EASTERN
ARCHIPELAGO, AND NOW IN THE .^lUSEUM OF THE HON. WALTER
ROTHSCHILD AT TRING.
By H. GROSE SMITH, B.A., F.E.S., F.Z.S., etc.
PART II. (See anlea, pp. 75 to 8L)
13. Zemeros retiarius sp. nov.
Male. — Lpperside resembles Z. ji.eijijafi Cram., but is paler brown; the anterior
wings are more acute at the apex ; the dark brown spots on both wings are
bordered outwardly by pale tawny lines, instead of spots as in Z. fegyas. and the
submarginal rows of dark .spots are more conical and are bordered internally by a row
of tawny hastate markings.
Underside is much paler than in Z. Jieijyas ; the pale tawny lines beyond the
dark spots and the submarginal hastate pale lines are wider, the latter being confluent
at their base and forming a continuous zigzag band.
Ihe female resembles the male on both sides, but is paler.
Expanse of wings : vude, \\ inch ; female, 1| inch.
Hob. Male (in the collection of Mr. Grose Smith from Dr. Staudinger), Samhawa.
Female, Adonara.
Closely allied to Z-flegyas, but a larger insect, and chiefly distinguished by the
rows of pale hastate markings which cross the discs of both wings beyond the middle.
14. Neopithecops umbretta sp. nov.
Male. — Upperside: both wings brown-black. Anterior wings centred by a
white patch, more restricted than in N. duponcheli Godt. Posterior wings bordered
outwardly from the apex to the lowest median neryule by a white band, in which is
situate a submarginal row of brown-black bars between the veins. Cilia white, with
black tips at the end of the veins.
Underside : white, with sulimarginal markings closely resembling those in iV.
diiponcheli, but less clouded with fuscous towards the apex of the auteiior wings.
On the posterior wings the inner row of brown markings which crosses the disc is less
irregular and nearer the outer margin, and the black spot on the costal margin is
nearer to the apex.
The/e7rta^e resembles the 'male, but is paler brown-black than on the ujijierside.
Expanse of wings : | inch.
11(d). Three specimens from Halmaheira and three from Katchian.
15. Chilades saga sp. nov.
-Mai.k. — Upperside: both wings with the base, cell, and the discal area beyond
and below it to the inner margin brilliant metallic blue, divided by the black veins;
outside the blue area the wings are broadly bordered by brown. On the posterior
wings the blui' area towards the anal angle is invaded a little within the outer
( 50G )
margin liy four black spots between the veins, narrowly liordered by riifous brown.
Cilia white, mottled with dark brown at the tips of the veins.
Underside: both wings brownish white, traversed by numerous bright brown
bands and markings. The anterior wings are crossed a little before the middle Ijy an
irregular band of brown spots, there is an indistinct spot beyond the cell, and a little
beyond the middle is another irregular band of spots, of which the spot below the
lowest median nervule extends inwardly, and that above the upper median nervule
extends outwardly, both bands being paler in the middle. On the margin is a row of
brown lunules surrounded by white, followed inwardly by a brown band which is
narrow towards the apex and becomes broader towards the inner margin ; the co.stal
area is irregularly mottled with brown. The posterior wings are crossed by a very
irregular hand of brown spots a little before the middle; the spot on the costal margin
is much elongated inwardly, that on the inner margin being elongated outwardly
towards the anal angle ; the lower part of the cell is occupied by another brown spot,
angulated across the cell at its outer end and contiguous with the band. Towards
the anal angle between the veins are three black spots bordered outwardly by
metallic copper ; above and around the spots is a broad patch of brown ; towards the
apex are three submarginal narrow brown hmules.
Female. — Upperside: both wings coppery pinkish brown ; posterior wings with
thi-ee black spots towards the anal angle between the veins.
Underside as in the male, but with the spots paler brown; the outer band of
spots on the anterior wings is rather narrower, and on the posterior wings the spots in
the central baud are more interrupted.
Expanse of wings : J inch.
Hab. Oinainisa, Timor.
Described from one male and thirteen feiiKdes. Not near any described species.
The metallic spots on the underside appear to ally it to Chilades putli Koll. ; the
underside bears a superficial resemblance to Lachnocnenia bibidus Fabr.
Hi. Cyaniris cinctuta sp. nov.
Male. — Upperside: rather violaceous blue; both wings with the outer margins
very broadly bordered by a band of dull greyish black ; the band on the posterior
wings extends half-way along the co.stal margin.
Underside resembles C. nedda Grose i^mith, liut the spots and markings are
more clearly defined, and the submarginal row of lines which crosses the disc of the
anterior wings is more zigzag than in that species.
Female resembles the viale, but the dark marginal hand on the anterior wings is
rather broader, and on the posterior wings it is broken up into a row of lunules, each
centred by a dusky spot.
Expanse of wings : 1 J inch.
Hab. Ternate, Batchian, llalmaheira.
In the collection is a long series from .S. ('elebes, which 1 <iUHiot separate from
this species, thougli the dark outer-marginal bands are rather broader.
IV. Cyauiris lyce sp. nov.
yiALE.— Upperside : duller blue than in C. prispa i^lorsf. and C kuhiii Kober
(which two species it resembles in shape), and without any indication of the central
pale patches in those species; the outer margins are narrowly greyish black, and there
is a row of obscure dark spots on the outer margin of the posterior wings.
( 507 )
Underside resembles those species in coloration, but the submarginal row of
zigzag lines on the posterior wings are more hastate and further from the margin.
Expanse of wings : 1| inch.
Hah. >S. Celebes.
A series of specimens, apparently all males.
18. Cyaniris lyseas sp. nov.
Male. — Upperside resembles the preceding species, but more pinkish blue, and
with two dark spots only on the posterior wings between the veins at the anal angle.
Underside resembles 0. lyce, but the spots and markings are more obscure,
and on the posterior wings the submarginal lines are less zigzag, the spots on the
outer margin being smaller and less hastate ; lioth wings are rounder in shape.
E.xpanse of wings : \\ inch.
Hah. Batchian.
One exara])le only, captiu-ed at an elevation of ,5000 feet.
19. Talicada clitophon sp. nov.
!Male. — Ujiperside resembles T. cleotas Guerin, but is rather darker. The
anterior wings are crossed on the disc beyond the middle by a rather indistinct dark
band, commencing a little above the uppermost median nervule, and becoming
broader to near the inner margin a little before the posterior angle. Posterior wings
with a large orange tawny patch at the anal angle, much broader and more quadrate
than in T. cleotas and T. excellens Butl., and without any black spot on its outer
edge ; the apical area beyond the patcli is very broadly greyish black, the orange
patch being also bordered inwardly by the same colour.
Underside : anterior wings with the basal third and the sjiace above the cell to
the costal margin brownish grey, becoming paler towards the inner margin and
extending below the .submedian nervure nearly to the posterior angle; the outer
third of the cell is occupied by a broad brownish black patch indented on its upper
side; be3'ond the cell is a very broad curved band of brownish black bars narrowly
edged externally by grey and divided by the grey veins ; the outer third is also
brownish l)lack, intersected by a submarginal row of vertical grey lines between the
veins. Posterior wings with the basal third brighter grey ; towards the base above the
subcostal nervure is a large oval black spot, Iselow which in the cell are two black
spots, the lowest spot the largest, followed below the median ner\aire by another
rather smaller; a large black reniform spot at the end of the cell; beyond the cell is an
irregular row of nine spots, of which the four uppermost are elongate ovate, the next
four being situate aliove the orange patch, and the nintli spot is small and situate
near the inner margin ; beyond the four upper spots, of which the lowest is inter-
rupted by the outer edge of the orange patch, near the margin, is a row of black spots
or hmules ; all the spots are bordered by white.
Female. — U]>perside is darker than the male, the bluish purple area scarcely
extending beyond the cell and the space below it.
On the underside it is paler; on both wings the spots beyond the cell are less
elongate.
Expanse of wings : 1 jj inch.
Hah. M'etter.
There is a good series of both scKes.
( 008 )
20. Nacaduba pamela sp. nov.
Mai.K. — Uppcrside resembles X. pitclohts Feld., hut both wings are broadly
bordered with dark brownish grey, the spots on the underside showing indistinctly
through (he wings, the snbmarginal rows of the dark spots on the underside being
represented on the upperside by sulunargiiial bands.
Underside: more tawny and paler than in A. 2>«cto?MS, witli the two rows of dark
brown spots more separate, especially on the posterior wings; the ])ale liaiids on butb
wings are more yellowish white and somewhat broader.
Female. — Upperside: dark greyish brown. Anterior wings centred by a pah-
bluish white space, in which are several dark spots; the lower part of the cell and the
space below it to the inner margin is dull greyish blue. On the posterior wings is a
row of indistinct black spots before the margin, bordered outwardly by greyish wliilc
The underside is darker tawny than in the inale.
Expanse of wings : 1 1 inch.
Hah. S. Celebes.
A long series of both sexes. On some of the /ema/fts the pale central space on the
upperside is scarcely visible, and in others it is entirely absent. In the figure of
N. azureus Kiiber the pale bands on the underside appear to be narrower, and the
rows of dark spots towards the margins to be less se}iarate, than in this species, and
there is no trace of the broad dark margins on the upperside of both wings of I lie
male.
21. Nacaduba valentina sp. nov.
Male. — Upperside closely resembles i\. coelia Grose Smith.
Underside ditfers from that species in being more rufous brown, with the outer-
marginal white areas more restricted.
FEMALE. — Upperside diSers from N. coelia in the shape and .size of the wliite
patch on the anterior wings, being in X. valeitlinfi more restricted and less angulated
outwardly ; the end of the cell is traversed by a dusky elongate bar, of which there is
no trace in N. coelia ; the basal and inner-marginal area of the anterior and tlie basal
area of the posterior wings are dull rather violaceous blue, instead of greenish blue as
in N. coelia, and on the posterior wings the marginal row of dark lunules is better
defined and extends farther towards the apex.
On the underside the broad white central outwardly angulated band of X. coelia
is represented by a much narrower band, which is not outwardly angulated ; there is
no marginal white space on either of the wings, and of the three lunules towards the
anal angle of the po.sterior wings, the middle lunule is surrounded with rufous except
at its base, the two others being partially marked witli colour; in ^V. coelia the two
anal lunules only are capjird with yellow.
Expanse of wings : 1 inch.
Hab. A long series of taales from Tenimber and Ainboina, and twofeiiiali'si'nww
Amhoina.
If the difference in the females had been less marked, I should have hesitated in
separating this species from X. coelia; it is also allied to X. vincida Druce.
22. Nacaduba rita sp. nov.
Male. — Upperside: pinkish viulaciHius blue; both wings very narrowly bordered
by brownish black, rather more broadly so at the apices. Posterior wiugs with a row
of spots on the outer margin, the largest being situate between the lowest median
( 509 )
nervule and tlie sulmiedian uervure, and being narrowly crowned with orange, and
having a black edge. Cilia white, crossed by brown at the tips of tiie veins.
Underside : more brownisli white than in N. knlriii, Druce, but the spots and
markings very similar in shape, but bright tawny. Posterior wings with all the spots
the same colour, thus differing from N. keiria, in which the two subcostal spots and
the spot in the cell are black.
Female. — Upperside : both wings greyish brown, with large white spaces on the
disc suffused with pale blue in certain lights, a dark grey spot at the end of the cell.
and a row of similar contiguous spots across the disc, all situate in the white space.
On the posterior wings the white space is traversed by a grey spot in the cell, a
curved row outside the cell, another beyond it nearer the margin, and a .submarginal
row of grey spots, the spot between the lowest median nervule and the submedian
uervure being crowned with an orange band.
Underside as in the mile.
Expanse of wings : J inch.
Hob. Wetter, Pm-a, Adonara, Oiuainisa (Timor), and Alor.
Nearest to N. keiria Druce. The female is very different from that sex of keiria,
which is an uniform dull ashy brown-grey, with a patch of blue scales in the region
of the cell of the anterior wings.
23. Nacaduba elsa sp. nov.
Male. — Upperside: dull violaceous blue; both wings broadly bordered on the
outer margins, by dull greyish brown.
Underside : brown. Anterior wings with two brownish white lines acro.ss the cell,
followed by five brownish white bands: the first, commencing on the first discoidal
nervule at the end of the cell, and the second, commencing a little below the costal
nervure, cross the wings rather obliquely to the inner margin, where the second
becomes confluent with the fourth band; the third band merges in the fourth on the
lowest submedian nervule ; the fourth and fifth hands cross the wings parallel to the
outer margin ; on either side of the fifth band is a row of darker brown bars, the outer-
most being followed, on the margin, by [lale tawny. Posterior wings with the inner
three-fourths crossed by a series of irregular ))ale tawny lines, and there is an
irregular row of submarginal brow'nish black lunules, of which the second and sixth
are the largest, all being bordered on each side with tawny markings ; there are
no tails.
Expanse of wings : J inch.
ffab. Amboina.
I cannot find that it is allied to any described species ; in tlie shape of the wings
it resembles the genus Chilades or Zizera.
24. Jamides seminiger sp. nov.
Male. — Upperside: both wings black, centred with dark violet purple, which
colour extends over the cells on both wings and a short distance round.
Underside: dull cinereous brown, with the usual sijots and markings scarcely
distinguishable from other species of the genus, but tlic wings are rather shorter and
rounder.
Fkmale. — Uppernitle : dull cinereous lirowii ; on the posterior wings is an indis-
tinct submarginal row of darker spots, paitiallv surrounded by obscure grey.
( ■^10 )
UiuUrside : i)aler than the male, with the spots and markings rather more
clearly defined.
Expanse of wings : J inch.
Hah. Batchian.
Ten iimles and two females — also a ]iair from Halmaheira.
25. Jamides pulchrior s]). nov.
'SlM,F..~Uppei'8ide differs from ./. pulchemma liutl. in having the black
marginal band on the anterior wings broader, and on the jiosterior wings in the
alisence of the black outer-marginal band of that species.
P"e.\ule. — Uppei-»ide : anterior wings with the cell and the spaces a little beyond
and below it to the inner margin dull lavender blue ; the posterior wings arc also dull
lavender blue, the costal and outer-marginal area broadly dull grey ; iu the latter is
situate a row of dull black lunules capjped with jiale grey.
Expanse of wings : 1 ^ inch.
A pair from Pura, and a nicde from Halmaheira. It is very close to ,/. dslrnptes
Feld. ; the female of J. pulchrior differs from that sex of ,/. astraptea in having tlie
blue area on the uppierside more restricted.
20. Jamides grata sp. nov.
Male. — Upperside differs from /. carlssima Butl. in having the outer margin
of the anterior wings more liroadly black, especially towards the apex, where the black
area gradually widens and covers the apical fourth of the wings.
On the undei^sids it scarcely differs from ■/. cariasima, but is somewhat duller
browu.
The female on the upperside is more shining blue than that sex of./, carlssima,
being almost as brilliant as the male, but lighter in colour.
Expanse of wings : 1 inch.
Hab. Tenimber.
27. Jamides timon sp. nov.
Male. — Upperside: both wings shining glaucous purple. Anterior wings with
a i-ather broad marginal black band, becoming .somewhat broader towards the apex.
Po.sterior wings bluish white above the first subcostal nervule to the costal margin,
shading into the ground-colour of the rest of the wings towards the base ; a sub-
marginal row of indistinct black bars or spots bordered outwardly by narrow violaceous
white lines on the margin, the spots towards the anal angle the largest.
Underside: with the usual spots and markings very distinctly edged with
white, being more clearly defined than in otlier .species of this genus. The ground-
colour is more ashy brown than in .7. cephion Druce, to which species or to ./. soemias
Druce in the rounded shape of the wings it seems most nearly allied.
Female. — Upperside resembles the figure of that size of ./. soemias, but is
jialer blue, witliout any pinkish tinge.
Expanse of wings : 1 } inch.
Hab. New Britain, in the collection of .Mr. Grose Smith (captors: Cayley
Webster and Cotton).
It is a paler insect than any of the species above mentioned. 1 hope 1 maybe
excused for inserting this description here, as being a convenient place, tliough the
species was not captured by .Mr. Doherty.
( 511 )
28. Holochila zita sp. nov.
Female. — Upperslde: bright shining blue. Anterior wings with the costal
margin, apical area, and outer margin broadly greyish brown. Posterior wings with
the costal area broadly and outer margin less broadh' greyish brown ; the veins on
both wings where tbey cross the blue area are black. Cilia on anterior wings brown,
on posterior wings grey.
Underside : both wings greenish silvery white ; cilia as on the upperside.
Antennae black.
Expanse of wings : J inch.
Hab. Tenimber.
Four specimens, apparently all females. The wings are com}iarati\ely longer and
narrower than in other species of the genus.
20. Tarucus fluvialis sp. nov.
Female. — Upperside: dull fuscous, with the bands on the underside showing
through the wings, the spaces between those bands being represented by rows of pale
brownish grey bands; in the cell of the anterior wings and the area below it is a patch
of shining greenish blue scales. Cilia dusky brown. On the posterior wings the
outer margin is narrowly black, edged internally by a narrow white line ; the tails
are long and black.
Underside : both wings tawny white, crossed by broad bands of spots. On the
anterior wings are six bands, the first extending obliquely from near the base to the
costa at one-fovu-th from the base ; the second and third bands, commencing on
the inner margin, gradually converge to the costa, forming an inverted \/> f^e outer
of these two bands being interrupted on the middle median nervule ; beyond this is
a fourth band, commencing at the middle of the costa and terminating on the last-
named nervule ; this is followed bj' two parallel bands which cross the disc, one beyond
the middle, the other submarginal, a narrow black line on the margin. Posterior
wings also crossed by six bands of spots, the two innermost being nearly parallel ; these
are followed by two irregular rows, the inner of which commences near the end of the
cell and terminates before the inner margin; the outer of the two commences about
the middle of the costa and terminates on the middle median nervule; the fifth and
sixth bands cross the disc, following the curve of the outer margin ; the outer of these
bands is submarginal and divided into spots, the three spots nearest to the anal angle
being bordered outwardly by patches of metallic greenish blue scales.
Expanse of wings : 1^ inch.
Hab. S. Celebes.
Nearest to T.faaciatus Eober and T. waterstradli Druce, but the arrangement
of the bands on the underside is quite different. It may not improbably be the female
of T. clathratua Holland (Froc. Boston N. H. Soc. XXV. p. 71. n. 78. t. 5. f. 8, 1890),
but Dr. Holland's descn'ption is so incomplete, and the figure so diminished, that
it is impossible to decide with certainty whether this is the case.
30. Castalius ulyssides sji. nov.
Male. — Upperside, difl'ers from C. ul/jtmes f^taud. in the outer edge of the
white band on the anterior wings being projected outwardly a short distance along
the middle median nervule instead of continuing upwards regularly, and the blue
area extends to the base of the wings. On the posterior wings the edges of the white
36
( 512 )
band crossing them are very irregular instead of being straight, and the blue area
bej'ond the white band is more extended towards the apex and outer margin.
On the underside of the anterior wings the black baud across the disc is angulated
sharpl}- on the middle median nervule, instead of running parallel to (he outer
margin. On the jxisterior wings the black band which crosses the ujjper part of the
cell of G. ulysses is broken on the median nervure and ceases, there being a short
band nearer the base towards the inner margin instead of the straight band of
C. ulysses ; the straight band of 0. idysses which crosses its disc is in U. xdyssides
broken on the middle median and on the second subcostal nervules, and forms a very
irregular instead of a straight discal band; the two black spots before the anal angle
are surrounded by metallic steel blue scales, and the spots in the row beyond them to
the apes are more conical.
Expanse of wings : Ig inch.
Hab. S. Celebes.
31. Thysonotis aryanus sp. nov.
Male. — Upperside resembles T. hymelus YeW., but rather darker violaceous,
with the black marginal band on both wings wider than in that species, but narrower
than in T. piepersi Snell.
Underside: both wings with much broader marginal black bands than in either
of those species. On the anterior wings the greenish blue subcostal hand extends
from the base to beyond the middle. On the posterior wings the black lunules in
the submarginal blue band are broader and indented on their outer edges instead of
being straight, as in T. hymetus ; the basal black bar is broader, and margined with
blue only at the base and along the costa for a short distance.
Female. — Upperside ditfers from that sex of T. hymetus and T. piepersi in the
pale area being much more restricted, not extending on the anterior wings beyond
the lower end of the cell, and on the posterior \vings being only faintly represented by
a rather pale space crossing the wings before the middle.
On the underside the pale area is represented by a rather broad white band,
which, however, is very much narrower than in the females of either T. hymetihs or
T. piepersi.
Expanse of wings : male, \\ inch ; female, lyV inch.
Uah. Batchian, Ternate, and Halmaheira.
The wings are the same shape as T. piepersi and rather more elongate than
T. hymeUts.
32. Chliaria xenia sp. nov.
Male. — Upperside : anterior wings lirownish black, a pale whitish blue space
from the base to near the end of the cell and extending below it, and below the lowest
median nervule to three-fourths its length, and thence to the inner margin. Posterior
wings with a marginal row of conical spots of the same colour, situate between the
veins from the discoidal nervule to tlie anal angle; both wings in certain lights
brilliantly suffused with morpho blue.
Underside: both wings brownish grey. Anterior wings with an indistinct spot at
the end of the cell ; the di.sc crossed beyond the middle by a row of contiguous brown
sj)Ots or bars, of which those between the ujiper discoidal and upper n\edian nervules
are out of line and nearer the margin; a rather broad outer-marginal pale brown
band, in which are situate a row of whitish lunules. Posterior wings with a black
( 513 )
spot iieai' the base and another, hirger, towards the apex, both situate lietween the
costal nervure and first subcostal nervule ; an indistinct spot at the end of the cell, and
an irregular row of brown bars across the disc beyond the middle ; a submarginal row
of conical brown spots, of which that between the two lowest median nervules is very
large and is surrounded by pale tawny; between this spot and the anal black spot is a
patch of silvery blue scales.
P'emale. — JJ-pferside : dark brown, slightly paler towards the base, with white
cilia, and a very narrow submarginal white line towards the anal angle of the
posterior wings.
Underside: with the spots and markings brighter and more clearly defined than
in tlie nude.
Expanse of \vings : about 1 inch.
Hah. S. Celebes.
Described from a single specimen of each sex. Nearest to G. kina Hew., but
abundantly distinct.
33. Horaga samoena sp. nov.
Male. — Uppei-side : dark brown, slightly violaceous towards the base of the
anterior wings. On the anterior wings is a central white patch extending vertically
across the space outside the cell and thence to the lowest median nervule, below
which is a patch of violet scales. The posterior wings are centred with a violet
patch, which extends about half-way across the cell and an equal distance beyond it.
Underside : both wings olivaceous brown. Anterior wings with the white patch as
on the upperside, but; extending to the inner margin, where it widens; it is interrupted
on the interspace below the lowest median nervule. Posterior wings with a narrow
while band crossing the wings vertically to the lowest median nervule, thence curving
to the inner margin and becoming irrorated with silvery blue scales ; the white baud
is narrowly edged internally by dark brown, a submarginal row of four black lunules
commencing above the upper median nervule, the first and second being small, the
third larger, and the fourth the largest; the lunules are capped with silvery blue,
which extends beyond the fourth to the inner margin ; between the lowest median
nervule and submedian nervure on the margin is a broad greyish space irrorated with
black scales, and there is a small black spot at the anal angle ; on the margin is a
series of narrow white lines between the veins.
Female. — Upperaide: both wings brown, with the white patch as in the ■)nale,
but rather more oblique; on the margin there is a narrow dark band edged
internally by a narrow white line.
Underside resembles the male, but is paler, and the wliite bands are wider,
that on the anterior wings not being interrupted, and the band on the posterior
wings becoming linear from the lowest median nervule to the inner margin.
Expanse of wings: male, 1 inch; female, \\ incli.
Hah. IJatchian.
Described from one mule and three/enia/cs.
34. Horaga selina sp. nov.
Male. — Upperslde : dark brown ,']iosteri or wings rather [laler. .Anterior wings
crossed in the middle at the end of the cell by a white patch, which extends obli<juely
from the first subcostal nervule to half-way between the lowest median nervule
and the submedian nervure, its inner eilge being regular; the outer edge
(514)
widens rapidly from the upper end of the patch to the sulimedian nemiles, where
the patch is widest, thence becoming rather nan-ower and rounded at its lower end.
Posterior wings with a narrow submarginal white line.
Underside : both wings olivaceous greenish brown, with the white patch as on
the upperside, but extending to the submediau nervure ; the space below tliat nervure
to the inner margin is white. Posterior wings crossed in the middle from the costal
margin to the submediau nervure by a rather broad white band, the lower end of
which is dusted with metallic golden green scales, which are continued to the inner
margin in a V-shaped band ; the white band is followed by an olivaceous tawny space,
edged externally by an irregular band of metallic green, which curves inwardly
between the upper median and second subcostal nervules, thence curving outwardly to
a little before the apex ; this band at its lower end forms two V-^liaped markings and
a straight band above the anal angle ; the l)and of metallic green is bordered out-
wardly throughout by a series of black spots between the veins, those between the
subcostal nervules and between the two lowest median uervules being large, the
others much smaller ; outside this band to the outer margin the wings are pinkish
grey, mottled with numerous black streaks and minute spots ; there is a black spot at
the anal angle.
What I take to be the female does not appear to differ from the male, which has
no sex mark, in this respect resembling U. viola Moore and H. albimacida Wood-
Mas. & Nic^v.
Expanse of wings : nude, \\ inch; female. If inch.
Uab. S. Celebes.
35. Sinthusa verena sp. nov.
Male. — Upperside scarcely distinguishable from 8. r/rotei Moore, but rather
darker purple, and the purple area on the anterior wings more restricted and better
d efined.
Underside : anterior wings differ from S. grotei in having a dark spot edged on
both sides with white across the middle of the cell, and the outer row of spots across
the disc is broader and darker. On the posterior wings the spot above the subcostal
nervure near the base is paler, and the two spots in the cell of S. grotei are repre-
sented by one spot ; the small spot below the cell of S. grotei is absent. The white
lines which border the spots on both wings are wider tlian in S. grotei.
Female. — Upperside. both wings brown, slightly suffused with golden bronze; a
diffused pale brown patch in the middle of the anterioi wings.
Underside : as in the male, but paler.
Exjianse of wings : ma/«, 1 inch ; female, 1| inch.
Hcd). S. Celebes.
Described from a male and t'vo females.
( 515 )
INDEX.
abbreviatiis (Papilio), 303.
aberrans (Papilio), 23G.
Ablabes, 500.
Abraxas, 125.
Abraxinae, 125.
abrisa (Papilio), 359.
abstrusus (Papilio), 337.
Accipiter, 487.
Acestra, 137.
Acesti'ura, 18.
acetes (Bunaea), 38.
achates (Achillides), 312, 317.
— (Iliades), 317.
— (Papilio), 312—320.
achatiades (Papilio), 312.
acheron (Papilio), 331, 434, 504.
Achillides, 253, 385.
Acidalia, 95, 97.
Acidalidae, 90.
acrotomiata (Brachysema), 1.39.
Acrotomodes, 13G.
Actias, 47.
acuta (Papiho), 251.
acutipennis (Hapalocercus), 11.
acutirostris (Scytalopus), 15.
acutus (Papilio), 251.
adamantius (Papilio), 391.
adamas (Papilio), 24lj.
adamsoni (Papilio), 262.
Adelomyia, IG.
Adelotypa, 82.
adrastus (Papilio), 306, 308.
adumbrata (Spododes), 156.
aeacus (Ornithoptera), 223.
— (Papilio), 223.
— (Troides), 223.
aegeus (Nestorides), 304.
— (Papilio), 304, HO."), 30(i.
Aegialites, 477.
aegialus (Papilio), 376.
aegisthus (Papilio), 449.
aegistus (Papilio), 446, 451.
— (Zetides), 446.
Aegithina, 4G8.
aenea (Carpophaga), 477.
aeneicaudus (Phoenicophacs), 71.
Aenictes, 137.
aenigma (Papilio), 374, 375.
Aepyornis, 23, 25.
aequalis (Cratomorphus), 33.
aeruginosum (Piprisoma), 486.
aeniginosus (Oiicu.s), 487.
Aotheoptcra, 196, 197.
aftheriata (Parabapta). 121.
Aethopyga, 469.
Aethra, 31.
affinis (Micropus), 57.
Afrophyla, 83.
agamemnon (Papilio), 447, 454, 504.
— (Zethes), 447.
— (Zetides), 447.
agathylla (Micragoue), 50.
agave (Appias), 76.
agenor (Iliades), 317.
— (Papilio), 312, 319.
agestor (Cadugoides), 360, 361.
— (Papilio), 360, .361.
agetes (Papilio), 417.
— (Pathysa), 417.
agilis (MiiUeroruis), 25.
Aglaeactis, 17.
aglia (Bathyphlebia), 51.
agliata (Oxydia), 148.
Agriornis, 10.
Agyrtria, 16.
ahasverus (Papilio), 289.
aidoneus (Papilio), 257.
alaudinus (Phrygilus), 9.
albert: (Theretra), 162. PI. IX., fig. 9.
albertisi (Papilio), 394.
albescens (Ornithoptera), 199.
— (Troides), 199.
albicatena (Petroda%'a), 1 33.
albiceps (Elainea), 12.
albicoUis (Saltator), 6.
albida (Drepanoptera), 36, 37.
albidiscata (Mesaster), 145.
albilinea (Columbal, 20.
albiloris (Poboptila), 2.
alliimacula (Horaga), .'iH.
albinotata (Camptogramuia). 114,
albinus (Papilio), 297, 298.
albistrigata (Gelasma), 89.
alliofasciatus (Papilio), 257.
albogriseus (Pacbyrbamplius), 13.
albolineatiis (Papilio), 291.
allioniarginatus (Cratomorphus), 33.
alboniger (Sciuropterus), 27, 28.
alboverticata (Leptomcris), 96.
albovittata (I'richodezia), 119.
(516)
alcandor (Achillides), 324.
— (Papilio), 324.
alcanor (Achillides), 317.
— (Papilio), 317, 320.
alcibiades (Papilio), 411.
alcidinus (Papilio), 3G4.
alcindor (Papilio) 3.50.
alcinoe (Bunaea), 38.
alcinous (Papilio), 2C7— 271, 503, PI. TI., figs.
1—11, 32-35.
Alcippe, 467.
Alcis, 126.
alcmenor (Papilio), 334.
alebion (Papilio), 400.
Alex, 134.
alexanor (Jasoniades), 277.
— (PapiUo), 277.
alexonaria (Omiza), 131.
aliena (Actios), 47.
alinda (Bunaea\ 38, 39.
alliacmon (Papilio), 379.
Alloeoneura, 112.
almae (Papilio), 244.
Aloba, 10.7.
Alophoixus, 468.
aloiensis (Papilio), 342, PI. VIII., fig, 4.
alphenor (Menelaides), 347, 351.
— (Papilio), 317, 344, S.'iO— 354.
alpiscaria (Osydia). 146, 147.
altera (Sangalopsis), 124.
alticola (Poospiza), 7.
altirostris (Calornis), 73.
amanga (Papilio), 306, .307.
Amaryssus, 273.
amata (Timandra), 100.
Amanrinia, 100, 101.
Amazilia, 17.
ambigua (Appia.<<), 76.
ambiguus (Papilio), 397.
Amblyornis, 480.
amboinensis (Cyclemys), 499.
ambracius (Papilio), 355.
ambrax (Papilio), 354, 356.
Ambulyx, PI. IX., figs. 5, 6.
Amnesicoma, 113.
Amoebe, 112.
Ampelophaga, 482.
amphiaraus (Papilio), 337.
Amphibatodes, 101, 102.
amphimedoQ (Ornithoptera), 203, 206, 212, 214,
215.
— (Papilio), 211, 212.
— (Troides), 211.
amphitrion (Papilio), 302, 303.
Amphrisius, 216.
amphrisius (Ornithoptera), 224, 332.
— (Papilio), 203, 216, 228,232.
amphrysus (Ornithoptera), 228, 229, 231.
— (PapiUo), 228, 232.
— (Troides), 228, 229.
amurensis (Bntorides), 488.
amynthor (Papilio). 337.
amyntor (Piipilio), 337.
amytisaria (Hyperythia), 142.
anactus (Papilio), 338.
Anaeretes, 11.
Anagoge, 129.
anais (Pctasophora), 15.
analoides (Catamenia),G.
— (Sphermophila), 6.
ancaeus (Iliadcs), 312.
anceus (P.ipilio), 312, 314.
Anchip'iyllia. 102.
ancillaria (Scmaeopus), 99.
andumana (Antheraea), 44.
Andania, 155.
Andasena, 79.
andecola (Bolborhynchus), 19.
— (Grallaria), 15.
— (Upucerthia), 13.
andina (Gallinago), 22.
androcles (Papilio), 416.
androgeos (Papilio), 316, 317, 319.
.androgens (Papilio), 317.
.indromache (Ornithoptera), 228.
— (Troides), 228.
Andropadus, 160.
augasana (Bunaea). 39.
Angerona, 131.
angeronaria (Cosymbia). 92.
Angeronopsis, 120.
auguinalis (Larentia), 119.
angulata (Bolocera), 50.
— (Usta), .=.0, 51, PI. X., fig. 5.
angulifascia (Mimochroa), 1.50.
angusta (Smicropus), 85.
angustatus (Papilio), 388.
Anisodes, 90, 93, 97.
Anisomelia, 119.
Anisoperas, 137.
anna (Xudaurelia), 43.
— (Saturnia), 49.
annae (Papilio), 243.
anomala (Khodostrophia). 98.
Anorrhinus, 475.
anoura (Papilio), 44'.l.
antenor (Papilio), 2ilO.
anthedon (Papilio), -111.
Anthcmoctena, 102.
Antheraea, 41, 42, 43, 44, 51.
anthina (Xudaurelia), 42, 43.
anthracinus (Cui|)olegus), 11.
Anthracocerus, 474.
Anthreptes, 1)4, 6.5, 408, 488.
Anthus, 3.
Anthyria, 103.
Anticlea, 112.
anticrate.s (Papilio), 41 '.I, 420
antinorii (Urepano|)tcra), 37.
antiphates (Iphiclides), 410.
( '"in )
antiphates (Papilio), 410 - 414.
— (PathyKi), 411, 412.
antiphus (Papilio), 250, 251.
antisiensis (8iptornis), 14. ,
Antitrygode.s, 90.
antonio (Papilio), 284.
Anuropsis, 4G7.
Aphaniotis, 499.
Apicia. 140, 1.57.
apicistrigata (Synnomos), 1.58.
apidania (Microgonia), 14G.
— (Oxydia), 14(5.
apidaniata (Oxydia), 14G.
apoUonia (Heniocha), 49.
Appias, 75, 7l'».
api>roxinian8 (Atyriodes), 84.
aquata (Orthonama), IIG.
arabella (Xudaurelia), 43.
Arachnothera, 4G9.
Araminta, 28:i, 284.
araspes (Papilio), 289.
arata (Nudaurelia), 42, 43, 51.
arbates (Papilio), 313.
archidaeus (Ornithoptera), 188.
archideus (Ornithoptera), 190.
— (Papilio), 190.
— (Troides), 190.
Archiplutode.s, 120.
arcturus (Acliillides), 383.
— (Papilio), 383.
Ardetta, 488.
Argema, 47.
argiphontes (Eudaemonia), 48.
argynnus (Papilio), 448, 454.
ariel (Papilio), 301.
Arisbe. 3G4, 3G8.
aristaeus (Papilio), 418.
aristeoides (Papilio), 421.
aristeus (Iphiclide.s), 41 H. 419.
— (Papilio), 418.
aristolochae (Menelaides). 24G.
aristolochiae (Papilio), 245, 246, 248. 249, 250.
aristor (Dysdaemonia), 48. 51.
aristoteliae (Eiidelia), 4G.
arjuna (Papilio), 38G, 387.
ai iiobia (Callosamia), 38.
— (Copaxa), 40.
— (Cremastochrysallis), 38.
aromata (Oxydia), 148.
arruana (Ornithoptera), 188, 190, 192, 503.
arruanus (Papilio), 503.
— (Troides), 188.
Arsenura, 48, 51.
Artamus, 41!!'.
artaphenies (Papilio), 289.
artemis (Actias), 47.
Artiora, 153.
aruensi.s (Cyclopsittacua), 61, G2.
aryanus (Thysonotis). 512.
arycles (Papilio), 44i;.
a.scalaphus (Papilio), 328.
ascalon (Papilio), 328.
Ascotinae, 12G.
asiatica (Papilio), 275, 270.
Asio, 20.
aslauga (Bunaea), 38.
assamensis (Antheraea), 44.
— (Caligula), 44.
astenous (Papilio), 203, 21 G, 224.
— (Troides), 21 G.
Astlienidae, 101.
Astheninae, 101.
astorion (Papilio), 2G0.
A-strapia, 59, GO.
astraptes (Jamide.s), 510.
a-styanax (Papilio), 344.
atacarnensis (Rhodopis), 18.
atarus (Papilio), 353.
Atelornis, 479.
aterrimus (Cnipolegus), 11.
atlantica (Saturnia), 49.
atlas (Attacus), 3G.
atratus (Papilio), 414.
atricapilla. (Munia), 4G9.
atrigularis (Orthotomus), 4GG.
Atrophaneura, 256.
atropos (Papilio), 245.
atropunctaria (Auisoperas), 137.
atroveiiatus (Papilio), 312.
atroviridata (Timandra), 100.
Attacus, 36, 51.
Atticora, 4.
Atyi-ia, 84, 85.
Atyriodes, 84.
audax (Troglodytes), 2.
aurantiaca (Nudaurelia). 42, 43, 51. PI. X.. fig. 3.
— (Papilio). 274.
aurantiacus (Attacus), .36, 51.
— (Papilio), 274.
— (Sciuropterus), 28.
.aurantiifroDs (Loriculus), 62.
aureomacula'a (Nephele), PI. IX.. fig. 8.
auricolor ( Bunaea), 38.
.auricula (Rcmodes), 107.
auricularis (Geothlypis), 3.
auricula ta (Zenaida), 21.
aurifasciatus (Ixalus), 501.
aurilinibata (Dysphania), 85.
auriidaga (Dysphania). 85, 86.
auristriga (Dysphania), 86.
auritus (Batrachostonius), 472.
australis (Carponycteris), 163.
^ - (Nyroca), 22.
austrosundanus (Papilio), 249.
autolycus (Papilio), 396.
Automeris, 35, 50.
aventiaria (Gnamptoloma), 95.
axillaris (Osmotreron), 488.
axiou (Papilio), 339, 433, 504.
— (Zetides), 434.
(518)
azarae (Pjranga). 5.
Azelina. 137, 138. 101, 158.
azteca (Actias), 47.
azurea (Hjpothymis), 471, 487.
badiosns (Slicroptcrnus), 474, 478.
baeri fXjroca), 22.
baliodirus (Ablabcs), 500.
balteatus (Campylorhynchus), 2.
Bapta, 121.
Kircas (Nudaurelia), 43.
baroni (Buarremon), 5.
— CSiptornis), 14.
ba.=alis (Jlilionia), 494.
Basileuterus, 3.
basipuncta (Ocoelophora), 150.
batesi (Arsenura\ 51.
batesii (O.tydia), 141!, 147.
— (Patosa), 77.
Bathmocercus, 159, IGO.
bathycles (Papilio), 433, 437, 438, 504.
— (Zetides), 438.
bathycloides (Papilio), 438.
Batbyphlebia, 44, 51.
Batnichostomus, 472.
baueri (Limosa), 478.
bauermanni (Troides), 20G.
beccarii (Goura), 08.
— (Papilio), 295, 299.
belina (Nadaurelia), 42, 43.
belinda (Jlel.anitis), 79.
bella (Asestra), 137.
bellicosa (Trupialis), 10.
benecristata (JCearcha), 83.
bergii (Sterna), 478.
bermellada (Cambogia), 104.
bernsteinii (Dysphania), 80.
— (Heleona), 86.
betsilei (Mnlleromis), 25.
bianor (Acbillides), 378.
— (PapUio), 378, 379.
bibulus (Lachnocnema), 506.
bicesaria (Drepanodes). 142.
bicolor (Azelina), 137.
— (Myristicivora), 477.
— (Papilio), 299.
— (Prionochilus), 65.
— (Rhodostropbia), 98.
bieti (Satumia), 49.
bifasciata (Siosta), 125.
bifeneatrata (Emplocia), 122.
bifilata (Cambogia), lOj.
bifinita (Tricbostichia), 1.32.
bilineata (Kmaturga), 129.
— (Plerocymia), 118.
— (Polioptila), 2.
bilineolata ( Helastiodes), 110.
billitoiiensis (Antheraea), 44.
bimaculata (Bapta), 121.
bimaculata (Craspediopsis), 94.
biocellata (Rbinoligia), 159.
bioculata (Iluniocha). 49.
biseriatus (Papilio), 287.
bisinuata (P.silotapbria), 155.
— (Rhodostropbia). 98.
bismarckianus (Papilio), 308.
bitactata (Pisoraca), 97.
Bithiodes!, 132.
Bizarda, 464, 493.
bhittina (Lucio), 30.
Blcpharoctcnucha, 126.
bliiinei (Papilio), 390.
Boarmia. 126, 127, 143.
boarmiata (Paracomistis), 150.
Bociraza, 493.
bogotensis (Aiithua), 3.
bohor (Cervicapra), 53.
boisduvali (Ornithoptera), 191.
— (Satiirnia), 49.
— (Troides), 191.
Bolborbynchus, 19.
Bolocera, 50.
bombus (Cha«tocercus), 18.
Bombyx, 42.
bootes (Byasa), 335.
— (Papilio), 335.
Bordeta, 498.
borealis (Papilio), 348.
— (Phylloscopu.s), 466.
boreas (Dysdaemnnia), 48.
borneensis (Ninox), 476.
— (Papilio), 457.
— (Stachyris), 467.
boniemanni (Ornithoptera), 192.
— (Troides). 192.
bouruensis (Ornithopter.a), 214.
— (Troides). 214.
Braccinae, 121.
Brachysema, 138.
brachytarsus (Contopus), 12.
brachyura (Eudaemonia), 48.
brama (Papilio), 387.
Brephoscotosia, 114.
breviaria (Camptograrama), 114.
brevicauda (Papilio), 251.
breviceps (Petauriis), 165.
— (Plialanger), 165.
brevipennis (Milionia), 498. PI. VII., 6g. 6.
— (Papilio), 464.
bridge! (PapUio), 309, 310.
Bronchelia, 126.
brookea (Ornithoptera), 198.
brookeana (Ornithoptera), 198, 199.
brookeanus (Papilio). 198.
brookiana (Ornithoptera), 198, 199.
brookianus (Troides), 198.
browni (Papilio), 4.55.
brujata (Camptogramma), 114.
brunei (Papilio), 401.
( 519 )
brunneiceps (Munia), 469, 478.
bruuneiventris (Diglossa), 4.
brunneus (Troides), 189.
Buarremon, 5.
Bucerotidae, 5.5.
buchholzi (Bunaea), 38.
buddha (Papilio), 389.
Bufo, 501.
bulaea (Micrattacus), 50.
bullata (Docliephora), 108.
Bunaea, 38, 51.
bungurauensis (Sciurus), 491.
biinguranum (Diplopelma), 501.
bungureiise (Malacopterum), 4G().
bungurensis (Graucalus), 470.
burdigalensis (Papilio), 274.
burmana (Cricula), 39.
Bursada, 1'21.
Butastur, 487.
butleri (Milionia), 495.
— (Papilio), 37-2, :!73, 374.
butlerianus (Papilio), 320.
Butorides, 488.
buttaeri (Heterarmia), 143.
Byasa, 2i;i, 262, 26G, 271, 3.35.
cabanisi (Ceryle), 19.
Caberea, 120.
Cabira, 120.
cachara (Caligula), 44.
cacharensis (Papilio), 253.
Cadugoides, 360, 361.
caelestis (Psittacula), 20.
— (Tanagra), 5.
caesius (Rallus), 22.
caffer (Micropus), 58.
caffraria (Bunaea), 38, 39.
Calamaria, 500.
calida (Antheraea), 4.^>.
— (Deilephila), PI. IX., fig. 1.
Caligula, 44.
Callerinnys, 139.
Calletaera. 132. 134.
Callhistia, 498.
Callimorpha, 125.
callimorpba (Callhistia), 498.
— (MiUonia), 498, PI. VII., fig. 9.
Callioma, PI. IX., figs. 3, 4.
Callosamia, 38.
Calocaipe, 118.
CalophrynuB, 501.
calorhynchus (Phoenicophaes), 71.
Calornis, 73, 469.
Calosaturnia, 51.
Calotes, 500.
Calotbysanis, 88.
calvus (Sarcops), 487.
Calyptocephalus, .30, 31.
Canibogia, 101,103,104.
camma (Papilio), 363.
camorta (Papilio), 250.
Camptogramma, 114, 118.
Campylorhynchus, 2.
cana (Cirina), 46, 51.
— (Cyrtagone), 51.
Candida (Delias), 75.
canopinus (Papilio), 342.
eanopus (Papilio), .341.
cantianus (Aegialites), 477
capaneus (Papilio). 296.
capitalis (Chrj-somitria), 7.
caprata (Pratincola), 486.
Carige, 105.
Caripeta, 140.
Caripetodes, 1.39.
carissima (Jamides), 510.
carnatus (Papilio), 387.
caroU (Sappho), 16.
carpenteri (Papilio), 332.
Carponycteris, 163, 164.
Carpophaga, 63, 73, 477.
Cartellodes, 140.
Carthaea, 44.
caschmirensis (Papilio), 407.
Cassandra (Ornithoptera), 18G.
— (Papilio). 186.
cassini (Chaetura), 56.
Castalius, 511.
castaneus (Papilio). 293, 294.
castaria (Cnemodes), 91.
castor (Papilio), 357, 358.
— (Tamera), 357.
casyapa (Papilio), 367.
Cataclysme, 116.
Catamenia, 6.
Catascia, 129.
Catharus, 2.
catocalaria (Brephoscotosia), 114.
catochra (Bunaea), 39.
Catopyrrhinae, 132.
catoris (Papilio), 459.
caudolineata ( Dendropbis), 500.
caunus (Papilio), .376, 377.
cayana (Piaya), 19.
celebensis (Milionia), 465, 496, PI. VH.,
— (Ornithoptera), 202.
— (Papilio), 425, 426, 448, 452.
— (Troides), 214.
Celerena, 493.
cellularis (Troides), 202.
celtibericus (Papilio), 423.
centralasiae (Papilio), 274.
centralis (Papilio), 274.
Centropus, 475, 487.
ccphalariae (Saturnia), 49.
Cephalotes, l(i3.
cephion (Jamides), 510.
Ceranchia, 46, 51.
Cerberus (Ornithoptera), 220.
figs.
( 520)
Cerberus ( Papilio), 219, 220.
— (Troides), 219.
Cerchneis, 20.
Cercophana, 4(i, 47.
ceriata (Azelina), 151, 152.
— (Meticulodes), 151.
certata (Pleiocymia), 1 18.
Certhiola, 4.
Cervicapra, 53.
cervina I Biinaea), 39.
cerviiiaria (Lygridopsis), IKi.
ccrrinata (Plerocymia), 118.
Ceryle, 19.
ceylanicus (Papilio), .345.
ceylonensis (Culicicapa), 471.
ceylonicus (Menelaides), 249.
— (Papilio), 249, 412.
Chaetocercus, 18.
Chaetara, 5G, 472.
Chalcococcyx, 475.
Chalcophaps, 64.
Chalco.siidae, 498.
Chalcostetha, 4G8.
chalybea (Calomi.s), 4t)9.
chalybura (Curpopbaga), 477.
chamaeleontinus (Gonyocephalus), 500.
Chamaepelia, 21.
chanleri (Cervicapra), 53.
chaon (Charus), 292.
— (Papilio), 291 .
chara (Papilio), 2(10.
Charaxes, PI. VIII., fig. 12.
Chares, 285.
charicles (Papilio), 322.
Charus, 285, 292, 295, 342, 357, 359.
chaudoiri (Papilio), 399.
Chelonia, 499.
chentsong (Papilio), 2IJ3.
chiguanco (Merula), 2.
— (Turdu.s), 2.
Chilades, 505, 509.
Chilasa, 359, 3(;4, 367, 368, 3G9. -161, 402.
chilenaria (Lasiops), 143.
— (Rhodostrophia), 98.
Chilo, l.')9.
chimaera (Uratelomis), 479.
chinensis (Papilio), 385.
chiron (Papilio), 438.
chironides (Papilio), 438.
Chiruromys, 164.
Chliaria, 512.
Chloractis, 88.
Chlorerythra, 91.
chloris (Halcyon), 474.
Chlorisses, 440.
Chlorochroma, 89.
Chlorocichla, 160.
Ohloroclystis, 108, 110.
Chloronerpes, 19.
Chloropsis, 408.
chlorospila (.A.delomyia), IC.
chlorotica (Euphonia). 4.
Choerode.s. 146, 14.S.
choredon (Papilio), 443.
Chrysocolaptes, 474
cbrysogaster (Pheucticus), 6.
Chrysomitris. 7.
Chrysopelea, 500.
Chrjsoptilus, 19.
Cidaria, 105, 130.
Cidariophanes, 1,30.
cidcsa (Heniocha), 49.
cilix (Papilio), 297, 317, .320.
Cinclodes, 13.
Cinclus, 2.
cinctnta (Cyaniris), 506.
cineracea (Copa.xa), 40, 51.
— (Sayornis), II.
cinerea (Alcippe), 467.
— (Aloba), 105.
• — (Atticora), 4.
— (Goura). 67.
— (Serphophaga), 11.
cinereicapillus (Colaptes). 18.
cinereomaculatus (Papilio), 292, 293.
cinereum (Conirostrum), 4.
cinereus (Pericrocotus), 487.
cinerosa (Zygoctenia), 128.
cingalesa (.\ntheraea), 43, 44.
cinnamomea (Ardettii), 488.
cinnamomina (Cerchneis), 20.
cinnamominus (Tinnunculus), 20.
Cinnyris, 468. 487, 488.
Circus, 487.
Cirina, 46.
Cirrolygris, 114.
Cittocincla, 73, 466.
clamator (A.sio), 20.
clarae (Papilio), 363.
cUrata (Oxydia), 146, 147.
olathraria (Calleruinys), 1,39.
cluthratus (Tarucus), 511.
claudia (Heli.angclus), 481.
oleopatni (Bunaea), ,39.
cleota.s (Talicada), 507.
clitophou (Talicada), ,'J07.
eloantluis (Dalchina), 445.
— (Piipilio), 445.
clymcnus (Papilio), 445.
Clytia, 368.
clytia (P.apilio), 3G4— 371, 503.
dytioides (Papilio), 368.
Cnemodes. 91.
Cnipolegus, 11.
Cobus, 52.
coccinea (Loxops), 54.
Coccyzus, 19.
codrus (Idaides), 424.
— t Papilio), 424, 425, 426, 427,
coelia (Sacaduba), 508.
eoelisigna (Siingala), 124.
Coeuocalpe, llfi,
cogigaria (Hjmenomima), 127.
Colaptes, 18.
coliaris (Megalophthalmu-i), :!1.
colletti (Polypedutes), 501.
Collix, 118.
Collocalia, 472.
Colotois, 140, 14.S.
Columba, 20.
Columbiana (Chrysomitris), 7.
Colutoceras, 88.
comata (Macropterj'x), 472.
comatus (Calyptocephalus), 31.
commixta (Timaiidra), 100.
commixtus (Papilio), 307.
complana (Drepanodes), 140.
comptus (Biiarrcmon), ,5.
Conchocometa, ill.
confluens (Dysphania). 86.
confucii (Antheraea). 43. 44.
confusus (Papilio), 209, PI. TI., fig
36—38.
congoana (Luciola), 34.
Conilurus, 165.
Conirostrum, 4.
consobrina (Carpophaga), 73.
consobrinus (Oriolus), 70, 74, 7.5.
conspectus (PapiUo), 35.1.
eonspersa ^Tagaropsis), 41.
conspicillatus (Tropidonotus), 500.
constricta (Mimogonodes), 149.
continentalis (Papilio), 412.
Contopus, 12.
contrerasi (Cyclorbis), 3.
conturbata (Paraplaneta), IIG.
convexus (Anthracocerua), 474.
coon (Papilio), 252, 2.53.
Copaxa, 40, 504.
Copaxas, 38, 51.
Cophocerotis, 1118.
Copiopteryx, 48.
Copsychus, 488.
Coremia, 116.
coronata (Goura), 07.
Corydon, 472.
Coscinocera, 35, 51.
Cosymbia, 92.
Crambus, 159.
crameri (Attacu.s), 30, 51.
— (Imbrasia), 39.
Craspedia, 92, 93.
Craspediopsis, 93, 94.
cras,sa (Carponycteris), 163, 164.
crassipes (Papilio), 262.
Cratomorphus, 32.
Cratoptera, 146.
Cremastochrysallis, 38, 40.
cresphoutes (Heraclides), 282.
— (Papilio), 282, 283.
( 5-^1 )
Cricula, 39, 504.
Criniger, 00.
criniger (Tricholestos), 468.
crino (Papilio), .?87, 389.
cristatellus (Calotes), 500.
criton (Ornithoptera), 210, 215.
— (Papilio), 210.
— (Troides), 210.
crocospilus (Papilio), 429.
Croesus (Ornithoptera), 192, 194.
— (Papilio), 192.
— (Troide.s), 184, 192.
cronius (Ornithoptera), 180.
— (Papilio), 189.
— (Troides), 189.
crossleyi (Ateloniis), 479.
Croto])haga, 19.
cruziana (Chamaepelia), 21.
crypterythrus (Myiobius), 12.
C'ulicicapa, 471.
Cuncuma. 470.
12 20, cuneifer (Troides), 229.
cuneifera (Abraxas), 125.
— (Ornithoptera), 229.
cunicularia (Pholeoptynx), 20.
— (Speotyto), 20.
cupreipennis (Aglaeactis), 17
curvata (Rhodostrophia), 98.
curvihnea (Spilocraspeda), 155
curriplena (Lipomelia), 96.
curvirostris (Nothoprocta), 22.
— (Phoenicophaes), 71.
Cuscus, 160.
cyaneicollis (Cyanomyia). 17.
cyanicoUis (Uranomitra), 17.
cyanifera (Jlilionia), 497.
Cyaniris, 500.
cyanocephala (Palaeornis), 492.
Cyanocorax, 10.
(Jyanolesbia, 15.
cyanoleuca (Atticora), 4;
Cyanomyia, 17.
Cyanorhamphus, 00.
Cyclemys, 499.
Cyclopsittacus, 61, 62.
Cyclorhis, 3.
Cyllopoda, 84, 85.
Cyllopodinae, 84.
Cynanthu-s. 15.
cynomolgus (Macacus), 489.
Cynthia (Philosamia), 37.
Cypa, 28.
Cypselus, 57.
Cyrtagone, 51.
cyrua (Laertias), 344.
— (Papilio), 344, 347.
Dabasa, 401.
Dactylopsila, 105.
(522 )
daedaUis (Papilio), 388.
dacmonius (Papilio), 503.
daja (Papilio), .",7 '.
daksha(P.T, i. .;), 28G.
Dalchina, 140, 442, 445.
Dalchinia, 442.
danisepa (Isamiopsis), 377.
— (Papilio), 377.
daphnea (Cercophana), 47.
— (Eudelia), 40.
Daphuis, 4K2, PI. VIII., fig. 8.
darna (Paratyria), 85.
darsiiis (Ornithoptera), 203.
— (Papilio), 203.
— (Troides), 203.
darwini (Tanagra), 5.
dasarada (Papilio), 206.
davidi (Rhodia), 45.
davisoni (Stachyris), 467.
dealbatus (Papilio), 33G.
decessata (Traminda), 100.
decisaia (Odezia), 110.
deckeni (Lophoceros), 55.
declinaria (Sarraccna), 102.
decolor (Leptoptila), 21.
— (Papilio), 413.
decora (Panidisea), 01.
decoratus (Papilio), 449, 452.
defassa (Cobus), 52.
dehaani (Papilio), 379, 380, 459.
Deilephila, PI. IX., figs. 1, 2.
Deileptena, 87.
Deilinia, 120.
Deiliniinae, 121.
deiphobus (Achillides), 324.
— (Papilio), 312, 322, 324, 325, 320.
deiphontes (Papilio), 322, 325, 320.
deipylus (Papilio), 325.
Delchina, 442.
delfgorguei (Ludia), 50.
delesserti (Papilio), 459.
deliamis (Papilio), 254.
Delias, 75, 161.
delimitata (Epirrhoe), 1 14.
demetriiis (Menelaides), 332.
— (Papilio), 3.32.
Demiegrotta, 477.
demoleus (Papilio), 270, 280, 281.
demolion (Araminta), 283.
— (Papilio), 282, 283.
demophon (Papilio), 440.
Dendrobates, 19. '
Dendropbis, 500.
dentata (Ludia), 50.
dentilincata (Ubodostrophia), 99.
depelchini (Papilio;, 319, 320.
depilis (Papilio), 340.
derbyi (Eriocnemis), 69, 70.
descombe.si (Paiiilio), .322.
descombii (Papilio), 322.
deacalion (Papilio), 401.
dewitzi (Henucha), .50.
deyrollei (Imbrasia), 39.
dhor (Cyclemys), 499.
dialis (Papilio), 381.
diana (Rhodia), 45.
Dicaeidae, 05.
Dicaeum, 05, 408, 480.
Dichorda, 90.
dichordata (Afrophyla), 83.
Dichostrcpsia, 121, 122.
Dicbromatopodia, 94.
dictynna (Actias), 47.
dido (Eochroa), 51.
— (Nudaurelia), 43.
difficilis (Gr.aucalus), 470.
Diglo.^sa, 4.
Digonis, 140.
Digonodes, 140.
diluta (Colutocera.s), 88.
dilutus (Papilio), 250.
Dineurode-s, 118.
Dinornithidae, 23.
diomedes(Laertia.s), 395.
— (Papilio), 395.
dione (Nudaurelia), 42, 43.
diophantus (Papilio), 292.
diospyri (Bunaea), 38.
diphilus (Papilio), 240, 249.
Diphlogaena, 15.
Diplopelma, 501.
Diplopterus, 19.
Diptycbis, 125, 120.
Discalma, 134.
discata (Craspedia), 93.
Discoloxia, 105.
discopiuictaria ( Dy.sephy ra), 95.
discordia (Papilio), 380.
discrepans (Callosamia), 38.
— (Copaxa), 40.
— (Cremastocbrysallis), 38.
di.sjuncta (Syntberata), 41.
DissemuruB, 409.
dissimilis (Arisbe), 368.
— (Chilasa), 308.
— (Clytia), 308.
— (Papilio), 304, 307, 308, 309, 370.
distans ( Ilj-grochroa), 143.
distanti f Papilio), 373.
distantiaiuis (Papilio), .320.
dibtichata (Microgonia), 147, 148.
distincta (Plemyriopsis), 118.
distinctus (Cratomorphus), 32.
divergens (Bufo), 501.
diversicolor (P.seustoplaca), 154.
divisaria (Antitrygodes), 90.
Docbephora, 108, 109.
dognini (Loepa), 45.
dohertyi (Ambulyx), PI. IX., fig. 5.
— (Attacus), 30, 51, PI. X., fig. 1.
( 523 )
dohertyi (Neptis), 79.
— (Ornithoptera), 227.
— (Troides), 227.
dolichoides (Atnpelopliaga), 482.
dolubella (Nudaurelia), 4i.
dorcas (Imbrasia), 39.
dorcus (Papilio), 416.
doreyana (Perameles). IG(!.
dorsalis (Phacelodomiis), J 4.
dorylas (Papilio), 447.
Dosithea, 95.
doson (Papilio), 432, 434.
— (Zetides), 432.
doubledayi (Dysphania), 86.
— (Menelaides), 253.
— (Papilio), 253.
Draco, 499.
Draconipteris, 46.
dravidarum (Papilio), 359.
Drepanode.s, 140, 142.
drepanoides (Cricula), 39, 504.
Drepanoptera, 36. 37.
drimachus (Papilio), 303.
dromius (Gamatoba), 78.
drucei (Milioiiia), 496.
drusius ( Nestorides), 303.
— (PapUio), 303.
Dryiophis, 500.
Drymocataphus, 467.
Dryocalamus, 500.
Dryptelytra, 30.
dubitata (Plerocymia), 118.
dubium (Philentoma), 471.
dulcinea (Actias), 47.
dunali (Papilio), 357.
dunstalli (Rhamphocoelus), 481.
dupoQcheli (Neopithecops), 505.
duvauceli (Harpactes), 474.
duvilliana (Ornithoptera), 191.
dyops (Heniocha), 49.
Dyschloropsis, 89.
Dysdaemouia, 48, 51.
Dysepbyra, 94.
Dysethia, 106.
Dysetliiodes, lOG.
Dysmigia, 134.
Dysphania, 85, 86, 87.
Dysphaniinae, 85.
Dy.stypoptila, 106.
eblis (Bunaea), 38, 39.
echidna ( Papilio), 370.
Ectropidia, 126.
edwardsi ( Attacus), 36.
egertoui (Papilio), 256.
egipius (Papilio), ,356.
egregius (Megalophthalmus), 3).
Elainea, 12.
Elanus, 487.
eleanor (Ornithoptera), 199.
— (Troides), 199.
elegans (Bizarda), 464, 493.
— (Milionia), 498, PI. VII., figs. 1,2.
elephantina (Te'studo), 48.3.
clephenor (Papilio), 378.
ellacombei (Callioma), PI. IX., fig. 3.
ellipsiprymnus (Cobus), .52.
Elodina, 76, 77.
elsa (Nacaduba), 509.
elwesi (Papilio), 335.
elyros (Papilio), 351, 352.
emalthion (Iliade.s), 322.
— (Papilio), 322, 324.
Ematurga, 129.
emini (Nudaurelii), 43.
empedocles (Papilio), 427.
Emplocia, 122.
encelades (Papilio), 463.
enganeusis (Graucalus), 471.
engauius (Papilio), 287.
Ennominae, 136.
Entepbria, 118.
Eochroa, 51.
Eois, 95.
epaminondas (Papilio), 414, 504.
ephippium (Mus), 164, 492.
Ephyra, 97.
Epidesma,.497.
Epigynopteryx, 140, 141.
epimetliea (Imbrasia), 39.
epiouata (Drepanodes), 142.
— (Halesa), 142.
Epiphora, 38.
Epiplemidae, 155.
Epipristris, 88.
Epirrhoe, 114.
epirus (Papilio), 356.
epithyrheua (Banaea), 39.
epius (Papilio), 279, 280, 282.
epycides (Oadugoides), 361.
— (Papilio), 361, 362.
Eques, 277.
Erateina, 120.
erebiuus (Papilio), 313, 314.
Erebocblora, 115.
erebus (Papilio), 259.
erechtheus (Papilio), 304.
erecta (Tympanota), 107, 108.
erectheus (Papilio), 304, 306, 308.
ericblora (Mesurodes), 89.
erichthonius (Papilio), 281.
Erilyces, 85.
Eriocnemis, 69.
erioleuca (Papilio), 257.
crithonins (Papilio), 279, 280, 281, 282.
— (Orplieides), 280.
ernesti (Falco), 487.
erosa (.K.onimpia), 135.
Erosia, 118.
( 524 )
Erotus, 1G2.
erskinei (Piipilio), 300.
enibescens (Craspcdia), 9"2.
erythraea (Hyloniiia). ,101.
erj'thrognatlius ^Phoenicophaes). 70, 71, 72.
erythroplithalnms (Coccyzus), 19.
erythrophys (I'oospiza), 8.
erythroptera (Mixornis), 4G7.
crythrosoma ( Atroplianeui-a), 25G.
erythrosticta (Pomarea), 485.
erythrotes (Bunaea). .^8.
erythrothorax ((iyninopelia), 21.
esperi (Papilio), 313, 317, 320.
ethra (Gynanisa), 45, 4C>.
Euacidalia, y5.
Eubolia, 114, 118.
eucalypti (Caligula), 44.
Eucestiinae, 108.
euchenor (Papilio), 3311, 340.
Euclidiodes, 141, 153.
Eucrostis, 89.
Eudaemonia, 47, 48.
Eudelia, 40, 47.
Eudromias, 477.
Eudynamis, 475.
eumaeus (Ornithoptera), 188.
— (Troides), 189.
Eumelea, 84.
Eumeleinae, 84.
Eupetes, 467.
Euphonia, 4. '
euphorion (Papilio), 186.
— (Troidesl, ISl",.
euphrates (Papilio), 413.
euphratoides (Papilio), 413.
euphyru.s (Papilio), 342.
Eupithecia, 110.
eupitlieciaria (Helastiodes), 110.
Euploeopsis, 375, 377.
euroa (Milionia), 4«.-., 498, PI. VII., fig. 9.
europaeus (Podalirius), 403.
europylus (Papilio), 429.
eurosund.ana (Appias), 75.
eurous (Papilio), 408.
eurycercus (Centropus), 475.
Eurylaemus. 471.
eurypylides (Papilio), 432.
eurypylus (Papilio), 429—436, 504.
— (Zetides), 429, 4.33.
Eurystomus, 487.
Eurytapliria, 154, 155.
Eusarca, 141.
Euschema, 8(), 87.
Eu.ichemidae. 85.
eusebia (Milionia), 493.
Eusenca, 142.
eutropiu.s (Papilio), 339.
evan (Meandriisti), 401.
— (Papilio), 401.
evanesoens (Peridroma), PI. X., fig. 9.
evemon (Papilio), 4.Sii.
evemoniiles ( Papilio), 434.
everetti (Charaxes), PI. VIII., fig. 1.
— (Mixornis), 407.
— (Sciuropterus), 27, 28, 490.
eversm.annaria (Odezia), 116.
excellens (Cinnyris), 488.
— (Talicada), 507.
exilis (Papilio), 448, 451.
exprimata (Ectropidia), 127.
expulsaria (Angerona), 131.
extensa (Rinaca), 44.
extensus (Papilio), 430.
falcata (Tagaropsis), 41.
Falco, 487.
fanny (Myrtis), 18.
fasciata (Eusarca), 141.
— (Peridroma), PI. X., fig. 8.
fasciatus (Campylorhyncbus), 2.
— (Tarucus), 511.
fatuu.s (Papilio), 272, 503, PI. VI . figs. 31, 42.
fehri (Papilio), 255.
feisthamoli (Papilio), 404, 4u5.
feldcri (Nudaurelia), 42, 43, 51.
— (Ornitlioptera), 210.
— (Troides), 210.
fentoni (Antbenaea), 43.
ferox (Glaucidium), 20.
Fidonia, 120.
Fidoniinjie, 129.
fimbriatus (Draco), 499.
finschi (Pitta), 61.
firmamentaria (Synnomos), 157.
flammeus (Papilio), 403.
flammula (Milionia), 495.
— (SeLxsphonis), 68.
flava (Papilio), .326.
flaveola (Sycalis), 7.
flavesccns (Nudaurelia), 42, 43.
flaviceps (Calamaria), 500.
flavicoUis (Ornithoptera), 231.
— (Pompeoptcra), 231.
— (Troides), 231.
flavida (Heniocba), 49.
flavidiscalis (Dysjibania), 86.
flavifrons (.Vniblyornia), 480.
liavipes (Toianua), 22.
flavisinuata (.\braxas), 125.
flavissima (I'irilyces), 85.
flavolimbatus (Papilio), 370.
flavotaeniata (Cambogia), 103.
flavus (Papilio), 326.
flegyas (Zemeros), 505.
flexata (Asestra;, 137.
flexiniacula 'Papilio), 460.
floridata (Eua-Mdalia), 95.
floridor (Pajiilio), .322.
fluvialia (TarucU8),511.
( 525 )
Flacourtia, 25.
forbesi (Chiruromys), 1 04.
— (Papilio), 3.31.
forda (Cirina), -I(i.
fortinata (Polygoriia), 153.
fractilineata (Eusarca), 141.
fraterna (Antheraea), 44.
frauenfekli (Oercophana), 46, 47.
frigida (Otoplecta), lUi.
Fringilla, 54.
frithi (Antheraea), 44.
fruticeti (Phrygilus), [K
fuciphaga (Cullocalia), 472.
fuertaveuturae (Houbara). 54.
fugax (Rhodia), 45.
fulgens (Papilio), 392.
fulgida (Milionia), 496.
fulgidus (Onycognathus), 56.
fulviceps (Hapalocercus), 11.
fulvimacula (Bursada), 121.
fumigatus (Chloronerpe.s), 19.
— (Dendrobates), 19.
fumosa (Catascia), 129.
— (Nudaurelia), 43.
— (Symmetroctena), 128.
funebris (Photoscotosia), 117.
fusca (Aplianiotis), 499.
— (Nudaurelia), 42.
fuscans (Munia), 469, 478.
fuscater (Catharus), 2.
fuscicolor (Bunaea), 38.
fusconiger (Papilio), 303.
fuscu.s (Cinclode.s), 13.
— (Papilio), 292, 293.
— (Zaocys), 500.
fusiplagiata (Asestra). 137
gabraria (-X^ylolocha), 15K.
galbina (Saturnia), 49.
Galeopithecusi, 489.
galeritus (Anorrhiuus), 475.
galilejensis (Cypselus), 57.
Gallinago, 22.
Gamatoba, 78.
gambrisius (Nestorides), 303.
— (Papilio), 303, .304, 306.
ganesa (Papilio), ,383.
— (Sarbaria), 383.
gastropachata (Oxydia), 146, 147
gayi (Lafresnaya), 17.
gedeensi.s (Papilio), 386.
Gela.sma, 89.
gelon (Papilio), 439.
geminata (Zeuetoneura), 100.
Geoemyda, 499.
geoffroyi (Aegialites), 477.
Geometra, 89, 146, 148.
Geometridae, 82, 493, 498.
Geometrina, 89.
geometi'ina (Diptycis), 126.
Geometrinae, 8K, 101.
Geopelia, 48H.
Geositta, 13.
Geothlypis, 3.
gestroi (Milionia), 493.
getula (Drepanoptera), 37.
gigantea (Chaetura), 472.
giganteus, 33.
gigas (Patagoua), 17.
gigon (Papilio), 283.
gilolensis (Papilio), 425. 426.
glareola (Tetanus), 478.
glauca (Milionia), 497.
Glaucidium, 20.
gloriosa (Daphnis), PI. VIII., fig. 8.
-^ (Sangtila). 124, 125.
glycerion (Papilio), 407.
— (Pazala), 407.
Gnamptoloma, 91, 95, 100.
gnoma (.Vctias), 47.
godarti (Papilio), 306. 340.
godartianus (Papilio), 241.
godeft'royi (Papilio), 338.
— (Syntherata), 41.
godmaui (Papilio), 235.
goldiei (Papilio 1, 462.
goliath (Ornithoptera), 190.
— (Troides), 190.
Gonatodes, 500.
Gonimbrasia, 38, 39.
Gonyocephalus, 5IJ0.
Gonyosoma, 500.
gopala (Cadugoide.s). 361.
gordion (Papilio), 435.
goryi (Calyjjtocephalu.s), 31.
gouldi (Lesbia), 16.
Goura, 67.
goviudra (Gadugoides), 361.
— (PapiUo), 361.
gracile (Leptobrachium), 502.
gi-acilirostris (Andropadus), 160.
— (Chlorocichla), 160.
gracilis (liana), 500.
Gracnla, 73.
Grallaria, 15.
grammithorax (Meiglyjites), 474.
grandis (Callhistia), 498, PI. VII.. lig>. II. 12.
gr,anitata (Semiothisa), 134.
granti ( Lophoceros ), 55
grata (.Jamides), 510.
Grataria, 103.
Graucalus, 470, 471, 487.
grimmia ( Heiiucha), .'lO.
grisca ^Ca^letaera\ 132.
— (Muscisixicola), 11.
— (Prionomelia), 127.
gri.seigularis (Antbreptes), G5, 488.
grisoiventri.s (Cyanolcsbia), 15.
— (Cy nail thus), 15.
( 526 )
griscscens (Callioma), PI. IX., fig. 4.
gronovii (Papilio), 343, 351.
grotei (Saturnia), 49.
— (Sinthui-a'). 514.
Gubaria, 134.
guentheri (Milionia), 495.
— (Pedostibe.s), 501, 502.
guerini (Philosamia), 37.
guineensis (Papilio), 419.
guttatus (Papilio), 449, 453.
guttifera (Lucio). 29.
gutturalis (Hirundo), 471.
— (Spermophila), (I.
gyas (DabasaV 4(11.
— (Papilio), 401, 402.
Gymnodisca, 10'.>, 1 10, 1 1 1
Gymnopelia, 21.
Gynanisa, 45, 61.
Gynopteryx, 141.
haasei (Papilio), 375.
haematocephala (Xantholaema), 487.
Haemophila, 8.
haemotostictus (Papilio), 2U7.
hageni (Papilio), 256.
Halcyon, 474.
Halesa, 142.
Halia, 134.
haliaetus (Pandion). 488.
baliphron (Ornitboptera), 20G.
— (Papilio), 206.
— (Troides), 206.
Haminaptera, 115.
bansali (Henucha), 50.
— (Ludia), £0, 51.
Hapalocercns, 11.
Harimala, 384, 388, 389, 390, 392.
HariUla, 104.
Harpactes. 474.
barrLngtoni (Pboenicopbaes), 71.
barterti (Xenooicbla), 00.
hartlaubi (Lnphoceros), 55.
— (Onycogiiathus), 56.
haschiana (Rana), 50O.
hasselti (CinnjTis), 468.
hazina (Antheraea), 43.
Hazis, 86, 87.
hebe (Imbnisia), 39.
hecataeus (Papilio), 310.
hector (Menelaides), 233.
— (Papilio), 233, 246, 344.
— (Princep.s), 233.
hecuba (Papilio), 289.
— (Troides), 191.
Helastia, 1 10.
Helastiodes. 110.
Helena (Caligiila), 44.
— (Ornitboptera), 212, 214.
— (PapUio), 211,212, 216. "
helena (Troides), 211, 216, 217.
helenus (Chares), 285.
— (Charus), 285.
— (Papilio), 284, 286, 287, 289, 292
Heleona, 86.
helferi (Antheraea), 44.
— (CaliguW, 44.
heliacon (Ornitboptera), 203, 216, 217, 218.
— (Papilio), 216.
Heliangelus, 484.
heliconoidcs (Ornitboptera), 219, 220.
Heliochera, 13.
hellen (Papilio), 212.
hellwaldi (Mus), 26.
helops (Daphnis), 482.
Hemerophila, 126.
Hemilopbus. 474.
Hemistola, 89.
Heniocha, 49.
henricas (Papilio), 284.
Henucha, 50.
hepaticata (Acrotomodes), 136.
hepbaestus (Omithoptera), 220, 222.
— (Papilio), 222.
— (Troides), 222.
Heraclides, 282.
bercules (Arsenura), 48.
— (Coscinocera), 35, 51
— (Papilio), 402.
hermaphroditus (Paradoxuriis), 490.
liermocrates (Papilio), 420.
hersilia (Nudaurelia), 43.
berveyi (flonyooephalus), 500.
liespervis (Dipblogaena), 15
Heterarmia, 143.
HeterepbjTa, 95.
Heteropbleps. 141.
Heteropsis, 108.
Heterostegania, 121.
bewitsonii (Papilio), 363.
hicetaon (Papilio), 4.55.
hildebrandti (Aepyornis), 23.
liippocrates (Papilio). 276.
bippodamia (Rhescyntis), 35.
liippolythus (Papilio), 200.
hippolytus (Ornitboptera), 200, 202.
— (Papilio), 200.
hipponous (Papilio), 342, 343.
hircaria (Cuemode.s), 91.
hirsutus (Conilunis), 165.
hirudinata (Sauris). 106.
Hirundo. 471.
hispata (O.xydia). 146, 147.
bockingi (Saturnia), 49.
boehneli (Nudaurelia), 43.
Holocbila, 511.
Holorista, 106.
bolo.spilus (Spilornis). 4**7.
holzi (Ornitboptera), 218.
bonorata (Eudynamis), 475.
327 )
honrathiana (Oruitlioptera), 205.
hourathianus (Troides), 205.
hopfferi (Attacus), 51.
Horaga, 513.
horatius (Papilio), 3(VJ.
horsfieldi (Sciuropterus), 27.
horsfieldii (Papilio), 351, 352.
hospiton (Eques), 277.
— (Papilio), 277.
hospitonides (Papilio), 275.
Houbara, 54.
huebneri (Nudaurelia), 42.
humeraria (Asestra), 137.
humilis (Polioaetus), 476.
huonensis (Goura), G>>.
huttoni (Neoris), 44.
— (Saturnia), 49.
Hydatocapnia, 143.
Hydriomeninae, 112.
Hygrochroa, 143.
Hygrochroma, 136.
Hylorana, 501.
Hymenomima, 127.
liymetu.s (Thy.sonotis), 512.
hypenor (ichillides), 253.
— (Papilio), 253.
Hyperythra, 142.
hyperythra (PseudocoUix), 118.
hyperythraria (Amaurinia), 101.
hypocbondriaca (Poospiza), 8.
bypochondriacus (Siptornis), 14.
Hypochroma, 88.
bypogrammica (Antbreptes), 4G8.
bypoleucus (Elanus), 487.
— (Totanus), 478.
hypolitus (Ornitlioptera), 200, 202.
— (Papilio), 200.
— (Princeps), 200.
— (Troides), 200, 202.
hypomelanus (Pteropus), !IJ3, 481).
Uyposidi-a. 142.
Hypotaenidia, 481.
Hypotbymis, 471, 487.
hypo.\aDtbus (Papilio), 325.
hypsicles (Papilio), 341.
bypsiclides (Papilio), 342.
hystaspes (PapiUo), 287, 288.
Hysterura, 115, 116.
lapalura, 500.
icarius (Papilio), 333.
icbtbyaetus (Polioaetus), 470.
icterocepbala (Chloropsis), 468.
Icterus, 10.
idaeoides (Piipilio), 402.
Idaides, 424, 426.
ignescens (Ai'gema), 47.
Iliades, 312, 315, 317, 321, 322, 329, 331.
ilioueus (Papilio), 337.
Imbra.sia, 39.
imbricita (Cheloaia), 499.
imitatrix (Pseudobracca), 124.
immaculatus (Saltator), 6.
impar (Papilio), 443.
impararia (Dyscbloropsls), 89.
imparibs (Papilio), 443.
impediens (Papilio), 269. PI. VI., figs. 26,
40.
inaequilinea (Miantocbora), 145.
iuangulata (Pterocypba), 118.
incertaria (Pbanerothyris), 127.
incertata (Camptogramma), 114.
indica (Testudo), 483.
indicatus (Papibo), 29.';, 29 >.
indicus (Butastur), 487.
— (PapiUo), 457.
indignaria (Cnemodes), 91.
ine.^pectatus (Prionocbilu.-i), 64, 4>:i;. 4.8.-:.
ingens (Aepyornis), 24.
inopinatus (Papibo), 309.
inornata (Amblyoruis), 480.
— (Catameaia), 7.
— (Spermopbila), 7.
inornatus (Papilio), 307.
insignis (Cbalcostetba), 468.
insolens (Agrioriii.s), 10.
in.sularis (Mimandria). 88.
— (Papilio), 417.
— (Xenicus), 81.
Integra (Miautonota), 90.
iutercastellanus (Phalanger), 165.
iutercepta (Scaptia), 85.
intercisa (Milionia), 493.
interjectus (PapiUo), 459.
intermedia (Cabgula), 44.
— (Palaeornis), 492.
intermedius (Onycognatbus), 56.
— (Papilio), 391.
iutermiscens (Gouimbrasia), .'i9.
interpres (Strep.silas), 477.
lodLs, 101.
iolata (Petasopbora), 15.
lole, 103, 408, 487.
iole (Pbilosamia), 37.
IpbicUdes, 403, 410, 418, 421, 424, 447.
iris (Ornitboptera), 208.
— (Troides), 208.
irius (Buuaea), 39.
irregulata (Macaria), 134.
isabellae (Actias), 47.
Isamiopsis, 362, 375, 377.
isander (PapiUo), 439.
iscbnopterata (Cidariophanes), Lin.
Iscbuopteris, 130, 131.
isis (Gyuauisa), 45, 46.
ismeuc (Melanitis), 80.
iswara (PapUio), 288, 289.
Itame, 151.
itamputi (Papilio), 412.
37
( 528 )
Ixalus, 501.
Ijngipicus, 487.
kunzei (Orthogonioptilum), 41.
— (Satnraia), 49.
jacarina (Volatinia), 7.
jacksoni (Lophoccros), 55.
jagori (Munia), 409.
jamesoni (Bunaea), 39.
Jamides, 509, 510.
jana (Antheraea), 43.
janaka (Papilio), 33fi.
janetta (Syntherata), 41.
jankowskii (Rliodia), 4.").
japonica (Ainbuly.\), PI. IX., fig. (i.
— (Caligula), 44.
japonicus (Papilio). 379.
jason (Papilio). 432-436.
Jasoniades, 273, 277.
jaspeata (Cophocerotis), 108.
jaTanica (Hirundo), 471.
— (Manis), 492.
javanicus (Centropus), 475.
— (Eurylaemus), 471.
— (Papilio). 411.
— (Tragulus), 492.
— (Zanclostomus), 475.
javanus (Papilio), 313, 314, 349.
javensia (Thriponax), 474.
jelskii (Ochthoeca), 10.
joesa (Papilio), 397.
jonasi Neoris), 44, 49.
— (Saturnia), 44, 49.
jophon (Menelaides), 234.
— (PapiUo), 234.
juda (Papilio), 373, 374.
judaeus (Papilio), 278.
juninensis (Muscisaxicola), 11.
Jupiter (Ornithoptera), 217.
— (Papilio), 25li.
— (Troides), 217.
jutanus (Papilio), 380.
juturnaria (Sericoaema), 131.
kametaria (Caripctodes), 140.
karna (Papilio), 380.
katinka (Loepa), 45.
keiria (Nacaduba), 509.
kendallii (Gonatodes), 500.
kcrgueleiisis (Pulex), 60.
kerosa (Papilio), 373.
khasiana (Ampelophaga), 482.
kina (Chliaria), 513.
kirschi (Ornithoptera), 190.
— (Troides), 190.
koenigi (Micropus), .57.
kotzebueus (Papilio), 250.
krishna (Papilio), 384.
kiusenstcrnia (Papilio), 322.
kiihni (Cyaniris), 506.
— (Papilio), 258.
laarchus (Papilio), 300.
lacedemon (Papilio), 371.
Lachnocnenia, 506.
ladakensis (Papilio), 275.
Laertlas, 343—351, 387, 395.
lacstrygon (Bunaea), 38.
kiestrygonum (Papilio), 414, 504.
laeta (Haemophila), 8.
laevis (Parea.s), 500.
laevitaria (Acidalia), 95.
— (Eois), 95.
Lafresnaya, 17.
laglaizei (Papilio), 364.
lama (Papilio), 266.
Lamprocera, 29
lampsacus (Papilio), 330.
Lampyridae, 29.
langcni (Papilio), 299.
Lanius, 487.
lankeswara (Chila.sa), 368.
— (Papilio), 368.
laodocus (Papilio), 459.
laomedon (Iliades), 312.
— (PapUio), 312, 314, 331.
Larentia, 116.
laris.sa (Antheraea), 44.
Lasiops, 143.
latastei (Aethra), 31.
lateritiaria (Heterephyra), 96.
laticlavius (Saltator), G.
latifasciata (Milionia), 494.
— (Orthobrachia), 121.
— (Smicropus), 85.
latiflava (Dysphania), 86.
latimarginata (Eois), 95.
lativitta (Milionia), 497.
latrcillei (Papilio), 261.
latreillii(Paiiilio), 261.
lattcri (Papilio), 406.
Laudosia, 149.
layardi (Prothoe), 161.
laysanensis (Prodenia). PI. X., fig. 10.
leda (Ornithoptera), 222.
ledebouria (Papilio), 349, 351, 3.')2.
Ledocas, 30.
leechi (Papilio), 437.
lempiji (Pisorhina), 476.
leobotes (Papilio), 237, 238.
leodamas (Papilio), 239, 240, 241.
leosthenes (Papilio), 406.
lepta (Pasiphode.s), 110.
Leptasthenura, 14.
Leptobrachium, 501.
Leptoctenista, 84.
Leptoctenopsis, 84.
Leptomeris, 96.
Leptoptiia, 21.
Lesbia, 10.
le.sches (Papilio), 299.
Leto, 482.
lelo (Argema), 47.
leucadion (Papilio), 461.
leucocephalus (Ciuolus), 2.
leucogaster (Artamus), 469.
— (Cuncuma), 471').
leucometopa (Ochthoeca), 10.
leucophaea (Amazilia), 17.
leucophanes (Papilio), 299.
leucopleunis (Oreotrochilu.s), 17
leucopygialis (C'haetura), 472.
leucothoe (Papilio), 458, 459
leucothoides (Papilio), .375. '
leucotis (Phabotreron), 488.
leuthe (Papilio), 402.
levi.s (Cartellodes), 140.
lewisii (Ptilopus), 02.
liberiensis (Andropadus), 100.
licharba.s (NudaureUa), 43.
ligatus (Papilio), 451.
lignata (Orthonama), 116.
lignicolor (Paracomistis), 150.
limnaetus (Spizaetus), 487.
Limuopardalus, 22.
Limo.sa, 478.
iinchi (Collocalia). 472.
liiidia (Saturnia), 49.
lineata (Ajithemoctena), 102.
liomedon (Papilio), 28.3.
Lipomeli.a, 9li.
liris (Papilio), 235. 2.30.
liissopis, lO.S.
Lissostolode.s, 144.
Litbada, 140.
Lithina, 131.
lobata (Remodes), 107.
Loepa, 45.
loepoide.s (Syntberata), 41.
lola (Salassa), 45.
longalis (Smicropus), 85.
longicauda (Palaeomis), 474.
longicaudatu.s (Mimus), 2.
longipalpata (Priapodes), 118.
longipennis (Macropteryx), 472.
longirostris (Avacbnothoia), 4i;9.
— (Eriocnemis), 09.
— (Stenopsis), 18.
Lophocero.s, 55.
Lophospizia, 470.
loriae (Pitta), 61.
loricaria (Dy.smigia). 1.34.
Loriculus, 62, 487.
lorquini (Attacu.s), 36, 51.
lorquinianus (Papilio), 393.
lotteri (Papilio), 405.
lowi (Collocalia), 472.
— (Lutra),4yO.
( 0^9 )
lowi (Papilio), 321.
— (Sciurus), 26.
Loxolomia, 48.
• Loxop.s, 54.
Lozogramma, 137.
lucida (Tupaia), 490.
Lucio, 29.
Lnciola, 34.
luctuosa (SpermophiLi), 6.
luculeuta (Miliouia), 490.
Ludia, .00.
ludovicata (Eumelea), 84,
liigea-s (Eriocnemis), 69.
luna (Actias), 47.
lunata (Sangalopsis), 124.
lunift-r (Papilio), 34.3.
lunula (Philosamia), 37.
lutea (P.seudochloris), 9.
— (Sycalis), 9.
luteiventris (Sycalis), 7.
luteofa-sciata (Milionia), 493.
Lutra, 490.
lutulentata (Orthonama), 116.
luzonica (Zosterops), 488.
lyalli (Traversia). 81.
lycaon (Papilio), 431.
lycaonides (Papilio), 430.
lyce (Cyaniris), 506, 507.
Lyces, 85.
lyciscaria (Ephyra), 97.
lydius (Ornithoptera), 19-1.
— (Papilio), 194.
— (Troides), 184, 194.
Lygosoma, 499.
Lygi-idopsis, 116.
Lygris, 114, 110.
lysander (Papilio), 322.
lyseas (Cyaniris), 507.
maacki (Papilio), 379, 380.
maasseni (Actias), 47.
Mabuia, 499.
Macacus, 489.
macareus (Papilio), 4.i0, 4.">7.
— (Puranticopsis), 457.
Macaria, 90, 132, 1,34.
macaristus (Papilio), 457.
maccabaeus (Papilio), 278, 45H.
macedon (P.apilio), 394.
maofarlanei (Papilio), 440.
machaon (Amaryssus), 273.
— (Jasoniades), 273.
— (Papilio), 272, 274, 275, 276.
— (PierLs), 273.
macilentus (Papilio), 333.
mackloti (Pitta), 61.
macleayamis (Iphiclidcs), 424.
— (Papilio), 424.
macrocercus (Eupetes), 467.
( 530 )
macrodon (Rana), JOO.
niacrophthalmus (Nudaurclia). 4.'!.
Jlacropteryx, 472.
macropus (Uiomys), 1G5.
Macropygia, 73.
macrotis (Polypedates), 501.
macrura (Cittocincla), 4GG.
maculata (Zenaida), 21.
maculatus (Polypedates), 501.
— (Trimeresurus), 500.
magellanicus (Scytalopu.s). 15.
magellanus (Ornithoptera), 232.
— (Papilio), 232.
— (Troides), 232.
magicus (Papilio), 401.
magnum (Malacopterum), 467.
mahadeva (Papilio), 359.
maia (Gynanisa), 45, 46.
major (Macropteryx), 473.
— (Saturnia), 49.
— (Uronycteri.s), 163.
malaccensis (Anthreptes), 468.
— (Aiiuropsis), 467.
Malacopterum, 466, 467.
malayanus (Dys[)hania). 87.
— (Euschema), 86, 87.
— (Orpheides), 281.
— (Papilio), 281.
malayaria (Hazis), 86.
malef ormata (Sebastia), 112.
maudane (Papilio), 348.
mandarinus (Papilio), 408.
manillcnsis (Accipiter), 487.
Maois, 492.
marafionicus (Turdus), 2.
marayniocensis (^Siptoruis), 14.
Marcala, 141.
maremba (Papilio). 390.
marginalis (Papilio), 274.
margiuata (Uydatocapuia), 143.
— (Sangalop.sis), 125.
mariae (Papilio), 244, 246.
mariesi (Papilio), 409.
Marmoptery.x, 108.
marmorat;i (.Vlloeoueura), 112, 113.
mamois (Heniocba), 49.
mars (Euschema), 87.
— (Hazis), 87.
marti.aria (Hazis), 87.
martius (Papilio), 353.
matronaria ( Bronclielia), 120.
maximus (Draco), 499.
mayo (Papilio), 322.
Meandrusa, 401.
mecisteus (Papilio), 434.
Medasina, 120.
medea (Saturnia), 49.
medon (Papilio), 426, 440,
mccki (Loriculus), 62.
— (JliUonia), 464, 495. PI. VII., fig. 4.
megaera (Papilio), 461.
Jlegalochlora, 89.
Meg;dophthalmus, 31.
mcgalura ( Lepioptila), 21.
Megalurus. 486.
megarus (Papilio), 460.
megaspilata ( Discoloxia), 106.
megasthene.'i ( Papilio), 439.
megastica (.Salassa), 45.
nieges (Iphiclides), 421.
— (Princcps), 421.
mehala (Papilio), 358.
Meiglyptes, -173, 474.
melanauchen (Sterna'l, 478.
mclancholicus (Tyiannus), 12.
Melanchroia, 123.
meLmides (Papilio), 350.
Melauitis, 79.
melanocoryphus (Coccyzus), 19.
melanogenys (Adelomyia), 16.
melanoleucus (Circus), 487.
melauopogon (Draco), 499.
melanoptera (Metriopclia), 21.
melanostictus (Bufo), 501.
meLanotus (Papilio), 257, 463.
melanthus (Pajiilio), 426.
melanura (Cittocincla), 73.
meliceps (Mydiius), 490.
melinde (Bunaea), 39.
Melinodes, 158.
Melochlora, 90.
melpomona (Ornithoptera), 215.
— (Pompeoptera), 215.
melvilla (Syntherata), 41.
memorcus (Papilio), 258.
memnon (Ili.ades), 312.
— (Papilio), 312, 313, 315, 316, 317, .320, 322,
.331.
Menamopsis, 361, 363.
mencius (Papilio), 268, PI. VI., figs. 21—25,
39.
mendana (Papilio), 428.
mendax (Papilio), 376.
Menulaides, 233—349.
mcnippc (Nudaurelia), 43, 51.
mcrapu (Papilio), 315.
Merganetta, 22.
Mcrops, 474.
merops (Mycaleais), 80.
Morula, 2.
Mesaster, 144.
mesomelas (Icterus), 10.
mestor (Iliades), 317, 320.
Mesui-odes, 89.
Metallolophia, 88.
Metallura, 16.
metamorpha (Abraxas), 125.
Meticulodes, 151.
Metriopclia, 21.
Metrociimpa, 151.
( 531 )
mexicana (Certhiola), 4.
mexicanus (Otus). 20.
meyeri (Papilio), 436.
miamus (Papilio), 421.
Miantochora, 145.
Miantonota, «9, 90.
micado (Papilio), 27G.
micholitzi (Panacra), PI. IX., fig. \^2.
— (Papilio). 245.
Micragone, 50.
INIicrattacus, 50.
Microgonia, 146, 147, 148, 157.
Micropternus, 474, 478.
Micropus, 57, 58, 85.
microrhlnus (Phoenicophaes), 70.
478.
Microxydia, 148.
micrura (Acestrura), 18.
— (MjTmia), 18.
miegi ( Papilio), 404.
mikado (Papilio), 435.
miletus (Papilio), 444.
Milionia, 4iU, 493-498.
milon (Papilio), 444.
milonides (Papilio), 444.
Mimandria, 88.
mimetica (Neptis), 78.
mimicua (Calyptoccplralns), 30.
Mimocliroa, 150.
Mimogonodes, 149.
mimosae (Argema), 47.
Mimus, 2.
miiidanensis (Copsychus), 488.
mindorensis (Centropus), 487.
— (Graucalus). 487.
— (lole), 487.
— (Loriculus), 487.
— (Penelopides), 487.
— (Prioniturus), 487.
— (Thriponax), 487.
minereoides (Papilio), 262.
minereus (Papilio), 261.
mineryaria (Dysphania), 87.
miueus (Mycalesis), 80, 81.
minimus (Carponycteris), 163.
minor (Papilio), 357.
— (Satuniia), 49.
mines (Ornithoptera), 204, 223.
— (Papilio), 203.
— (Troides), 203.
mirabilis (Cercophana), 46, 47, PI. X., figp. 6.
miranda (Loepa), 45.
— (Ornithoptera), 227.
— (Papilio), 227.
mirandus (Troides), 227.
mitranaria (Lipomelia), 97.
mittrei (Argema), 47.
Mixopsis, 149.
Mixornis, 467.
mixtata (Oenoptila), 131.
mixtata (Oxydia), 131.
Mnesipenthe, 122.
Mniocera, 493.
• modesta (Epigynopteryx), 141.
modigliani (Macropygia), 73.
moenas (Argema), 47.
moeroraria (Odezia), 116.
mollis (Ceranchia), 51.
moluccensis (Papilio), 444.
momaria (Cirrolygris). 114.
mongolicus (Aegialite.s), 477.
raonochromum (Orthogonioptilum), 41.
montxuus (Harimala), 389.
montrouzieri (Papilio), 397, S99.
475, mooreanus (Paiiilio), 286.
moorei (Papilio), 413.
mopsa (Imbrasia), 39.
morosa (.intheraea), 43.
mortii (Rhescyntis), 35.
mortoni (Chalcophaps), 64.
Mucronodes, 146.
mulleri (Aepyornis), 23.
Mullerornis, 25.
mulsanti (Acestrura), 18.
multifaria (Hysterura), 116.
multifasciata (Mabuia), 499.
multifenestrata (Copaxa), 40, 51, 504.
multiscriptata (Craspedia), 93.
Munia, 469.
Muridae, 26.
murinus (Bathmocercus), 160.
Mus, 26, 164. 492.
Muscisa.xicola, 11.
musculus (Troglodytes), 2.
musgravianus (Amblyornis), 480.
musschenbroeki (Ptilopiis), 63.
mutius (Papilio), 344.
Mycalesis, 80.
myctalops (Bunaea), 38.
Mydaus, 490.
Myiarchus, 12.
Myiobiiis, 12.
Myiotheretes, 10.
mylitta (Antheraea), 43, 44.
Myristicivora, 477.
Myrmia, 18.
Myrtis, 18.
mysolata (Nadagarode'*), 134.
Nacaduba, 508.
Nadagara, 134.
Nadagarodes, 133.
naevius (Diplopterus), 19.
naias (Ornithoptera), 207.
— (Troides), 207.
nanogigas (Sciurus), 491.
nanus (Micnattacus), 50.
nasuta (Azelina), 138.
— (Nelopsis), 123.
( 532 )
nasutiis (Lanius), 487.
natalensis (Bunaea), 39.
natunae (Leptobrachium), 501.
— (Semnopitheciis), 489.
natunensis (Sciuru.<), 491.
— (Stachyris), 467.
Ncarcha, 83.
nebulosus (Papilio), 412.
nedda (Cyaniris), 503.
necsius (Papilio), 2aB.
neglectus (Mus). 492.
Nelo, 124.
Nelopiiis, 123.
Nematocampa, 137.
Neopithecops, 505.
neopommerauins (Papilio), 448, 454.
Xeoris, 44.
Nephele, PI. IX., figs. 7, 8.
nephelus (Papilio), 290, 291.
nephereus (Omithoptera), 225.
— (Papilio), 225.
nepticiila (Papilio), 374.
Neptis, 78, 79.
neptunua (Papilio), 255, 290.
nereis (Ornithoptera), 218.
— (Troides), 218.
Nestorides, 303, 304.
neumoegeni (Papilio), 3l'0, 503.
Neuropolodes, 149, 150.
neutraria I'AmaHrinia), 101.
nevilli (Papilio), 2G3.
newara (Rhodia), 45.
neyra (Papilio), 428.
niasense (Syraium), 73.
niasicus (Papilio), 372.
iiicanor (Papilio), 352, 353, 354.
nicconicolens (Papilio), 287.
nicoaria (Drepanodes), 142.
iiiger (Papilio), 274.
nigra (Astrapia), 59.
nigrescens (Papilio), 403.
nigricans (Papilio), 335, 421.
nigricapitatua (Drymocataphns), 467
nigi'iceps (Myiarchns), 12.
— (Polioptila), 3.
nigricristatus (Basileuterus), 3.
nigrilineata (Anagoge), 129.
uigrivertox (Basileuterus), 3.
iiigrocriatatiis (Anaeretes), 1 1
nigrofasciatus (Papilio), 274.
nigrolabris (lapalura), 500.
nikobarus ( Papilio), 344.
ningpoana(Actias), 47.
Ninox, 476, 488.
nipalensis (Treron), 477.
nitidus (Pteromya), 490.
noblei (Papilio), 284.
noctis (Papilio), 260.
Noctua, 126.
noctuitaria (Microgonia). 148.
noctula (Papilio), 259.
nomius (Papilio), 421, 422.
notatue (Sciurus), 491.
Nothoprocta, 22.
novobritannicus (Papilio), 242, 504.
nox (Papilio), 258, 259.
n\ibaida (Patosa), 77, 78.
nubilus (Papilio), 291.
Nudaurclia, 41, 42, 4i, 51.
numa (Papilio), 349.
Numenius, 478.
numida (S.iturniji), 49.
nutriaria (Halesa), 142.
nyctalemonaria (Bronchelia), 126.
Nycticebus, 489.
nympluilides (.Vmphrisius), 216.
nyparia (Aenictes), 137,
Nyroca, 22,
oberthiiri (Loepa), 45.
— (Ornithoptera), 210.
— (Satumia), 45.
— (Troides), 210.
obliquilineata (Prioiiia), 163,
obliquisigna (Discoloxi!;), 105,
obliquisignata (Mnesipentho), 123.
oblongomaculatus (Ornithoptera), 211.
— (Papilio), 211.
— (Troides), 211,21.3.
obscura (Imbriisia), 39.
— (Ludia), 50.
— (Philosamia), 37.
— (Spermophila), 6.
obsolescens (Papilio), 339.
obstipata (Orthonama), 116.
obtusaria (Lozogrammi.) 137.
oceani (Papilio), 315.
oceanua (Papilio), 191.
ocellativ (Traminda), 100.
Ocbodontia, 95.
ochracea (Pero), 152,
ochrea (Hyposidra), 142,
ochreicosta (Polla), 152,
ochromelas (Eurylaemus), 471,
Ochroplutodes, 120,
ochropurpuraria (Cabira), 120
Ochthoeca, 10,
Ocoelophora, 150,
ocyptaria (Dyaetbiodcs), 106,
Odezia, 110, 119.
odiegetum (Oi-thogonioptilum), 11.
oegistus (Papilio), 451.
oemearia (Drcpanod&s), 142.
Oenochrominao, 82,
oenomaus (Papilio), 328,329.
oenopa (Columba), 20.
Oenoptila, 131.
olax (Osmotroron), 476
olivacea (Amaurinia), 101.
( 533 )
olivacea (Cypa), 28.
— (lole), 468.
— Microgonia), 147.
— (Parascotia), 129.
— (Rliodia), 45.
— (Rhodostrophia), OO.
— (Salassa), 45.
oUvacenm (Lygosoma), 499.
olivaceus (Prionochilus), 65.
olympia (Ornithoptera), 231.
— (Troi.les), 2.31.
Omiza, 131.
omphale (Coscinocera), 36.
onesimus (Papilio), 306.
onpape (Papilio), 369.
Onychia, 118.
Onycognathus, 56.
opaca (Metallura), 16.
ophiusina (Euclidiorle.s), 141.
Opodiphtera, 44.
optima (Bizarda), 493, 495.
ordiiiata (Fidonia), 129.
oreon (Papilio), 235.
Oreotrochilus, 17.
orestes (Papilio), 421.
Orgyia, 46.
orieutalis (Eurystomus), 487.
— (Papilio), 277.
— (Phalanger), 165.
oriolata (Auisomelia), 120.
Oriolus, 70, 74.
oritas (Papilio), 299.
ormenus (Papilio), 300, 306, 307.
ornata (Chrysopelea), 500.
ornatum (Diplopelma), 501.
ornatus (Papilio), 414.
Ornithion, 12.
Ornithoptera, 183—233, 503.
Ornithospila, 89.
orope (Andasena), 79.
orophanes (Papilio), 354.
Orpheides, 280, 281.
orsippus (Papilio), 398.
orsitaria (Microxydia), 148.
Orthobrachia, 121.
Orthogonioptilum, 41 , 49.
Ortholitha, 118.
Orthonama, 116.
Orthostixinae, 82.
Orthotomus, 466.
0.5motreroii, 476, 488.
Osteodes, 133, 134.
Othello (Papilio), 306, 307.
Otoplecta, 116.
Otus, 20.
oubio (Nudaurolia), 43.
ovaria (Digonodes), 140.
owstoni (Hypotaenidia), 481.
oxycephalum (Gonyosoma), 500.
Oxydia, 131, 146, 148, 157.
Oxylothrix, 51.
Oxytenis, 48.
Pachyglossa, 65.
Pachyrhamphus, 13.
pactolus (Nacaduba), 508.
palabuana (Ornithoptera), 229.
palabuanus (Troides), 229.
Palaeoctenis, 108.
Palaeornis, 474.
palawanensis (Carpophaga), 477.
palawanieus (Papilio), 287, 413, 459.
palephates (Papilio), 369, 370.
pahnurus (Papilio), 387, 388, 389.
pallens (Troides), 207.
pallida (Dichroniatopodia), 94-
pallidiplaga (Polla), 152.
pallidus (Papilio), 236.
— (Spilornis), 73, 476.
pallivittat.i (Craspediopsis), 93.
palpata (Rhinoprora), 110.
palustris (Megalurus), 486.
Palyadiu.ae, 120.
pamela (Nacaduba), 508.
pammon (Laertias), 344, 345.
— (Papilio), 343, 344. 345, .348, 319, 350. 351.
— (Princeps), 344.
pamphilus (Papilio), 430.
pamphylus (Papilio), 435.
pandarus (Papilio), 200.
pandiana (Papilio), 234.
Pandion, 488.
pandion (Papilio), 306, 307.
|iandiyana (Papilio), 2?A.
pandiyanus (Papilio), 234.
Pangerana, 257, 261.
panope (Arisbe), 364.
— (Chilasa), 365.
— (Papilio), 364, 369.
— (Princeps), 364.
panopes (Papilio), 364, 369.
p.anopinus (Payiilio), 369.
Panosmia, 263, 266.
Panosmiopsis, 334, 336.
panthous (Ornithoptera), 200.
— (Papilio), 183, 200, :i22.
paphia (Antheraea), 43, 44.
— (Bombyx), 42.
— (Nudaurelia), 43.
papbus (Papilio), 408.
Papilio, 183—463, 503.
papone (Papilio), 367, 369.
pappiaria (Drepaiiodcs), 142.
papuana (Ornithoptera), 215.
papiianus (Papilio), 241.
— (Troides), 215.
— (Vesperugo), 164.
papuensis (Ornithoptera). 214.
— (Papilio), 426.
( ^^i )
papucnsis (Troides), 214.
Parabapta, 1"21.
Paracomistis, 1;)0.
Paradisea, 61.
paradisea (Ornithoptera), 19G.
— (Scliocnburgia), 196.
paradiseus (Troides), 196.
paradoxa (Zclima), 371.
Paradoxurus, 490.
liaradoxus (Papilio), 371, 372, 373, 375, 003.
Paranticopsis, 4.')7, 458.
Paraplaneta, IIG.
Paraptychodes, 126.
Parascotia, 129.
Paratj ria, 85.
pardicelata (Eumelea), 126.
Pareas, 500.
parinda (Iliades), 330.
— (Papilio), 330.
paris (Achillides), 384.
— (Papilio), 378, .■184, .^85, 380
parkinsoni (Papilio), 356, 357.
parmatus (Papilio), 419.
paron (Papilio), 423.
Parosteodes. i;?4.
parsedon (Papilio), 442.
particolor (Cambogia), 103.
Pasiphila, 110.
Pasiphilodes, 1 1 1).
Patagona, 17.
Patalene, 142.
Pathysa, 408, 411, 413. 417, 420, 421.
Patosa, 77.
paula (Appias), 76.
pavis (Papilio), 384.
payeni (Papilio), 400, 401.
Pazala, 407.
pectoralLs (Rhinomyias), 471.
Pedostibes, 501, 502.
peeroza (Papilio), 382.
— (Sarbaria), 382.
pegasus (Ornithoptera), 188, 190, 192.
— (PapUio), 188.
Pelecaiinidts, 66.
peUicata (Anchiphyllla), 102.
penelopo (Papilio), 396.
Penelopides, 487.
penricei (C'obus), 52.
pentactenus (Typhlopsylla), (Wi.
penumbrata (Pi.soraca), 97.
Peramelos, 166.
i.oranthus (Papilio), 390, 391, 392, 393, 394.
peregrinus (Falco), 487.
pericles (Papilio), 392.
Pericrocotus, 487.
Peridroma, PI. X., figs. 8, 9.
periphus (Papilio), 251.
Perisomena, 51.
pemyi (Antlieraea), 43, 44.
Pero, 151, l.W.
peronii (Cepbalotes), 163.
perrotteti (Antheraea), 44.
— (Caligula), 44.
persa (Mycalesis), 81.
perses (Papilio), 363.
perseus (Mycalesis), 81.
pcrsonata (Hacmophila), 8.
pertinax (Papilio), 294.
peruviana (Ccrthiola), 4.
— (Geothlypis), 3.
peruvianus (Chrysoptilus), 19.
perversa (Cypa). 28.
perversus (Papilio), 353.
Peta-sophora, 15.
Petatirus, 165.
petra (Papilio). 363.
Petrodava, 133.
Phabotreron. 488.
Phacelodomus, 14.
phaedusa (Bunaea), 38, 39.
phaeocephalns (Aloplioixus), 468.
phalaenoides (Glauciiliiim), 20.
Phalanger, 165.
Phanerothyris, 127.
phayrei (Sciuroptenis), 27, 28.
pliegeus (Papilio), 244.
pherecrates (Papilio), 419.
phestus (Papilio), 356, 504.
Pheucticus, 6.
Philentoma, 471.
pbilippinensis (Circus), 487.
— (Milionia), 497.
philippus (Papilio), 2.50.
phillipus (Papilio), 393.
philo (Revadebra). 77.
Philosamia, 37, 51.
philoxenus (Papilio), 261, 262, 264, 265, 266.
phlogon (Papilio), 243.
Phoenicocampa, 151.
Phoeiiicophaes, 70, 475, 478.
Phoenicophainae, 7(1, 71.
phoenix (Copiopteryx), 48.
- (Papilio), 317. 319.
Pholeoptynx, 20.
Photcscotosia, 113, 117. 119.
Plirudocentra, 90.
Plirygilus, 9.
pbylo (Revadebra), 77.
Ph'yllia, 102.
Phylloscopus, 466.
Piaya, 19.
piepersi (Thysonotis), 512.
Pieris, 273, 403.
pileata (Leptasthenura), 14.
— (Zouolrichia), 7.
pionaria (Drcpanodcs), 142.
pipistrellus (Vesperugo), 66
pisidice (P.apilio), 426.
Pisoraca, 97.
Pisorhina. 476.
(535 )
pitmani (Papilio), 343.
Pitta, 61.
pittoides (Atelornis), 479.
plateni (Ornithoptera), 22C.
— (Troidos), 22«.
Platisodes, 91.
plato (Ornithoptera), 209.
— (Troides), 2i)l).
platurus (Dissemurus), 4G9.
plebeius (Phrygilus), 10.
Plemyriopsis, 117.
plenkeri (Copaxa), 51.
Plerocymia, 118.
pleurostigma (Caloplirvnus), 501.
Plisthenes (Papilio), 449, 4.''i3.
ploetzi (Drepanoptera), 37.
plumicornis (Bunaea), 38.
pluto (Ornithoptera), 217.
— (Papilio), 217.
— (Troides), 217.
Plutodes, 120.
Plutodinae, 120.
plutonias (Papilio), 271, 503, PI. VI., 6gs.27 30,
41.
Podalirius, 403, 411.
podalirius (Iphiclides), 403.
— (Papilio), 402—405.
— (Pieris), 403,
poecLIia (Delias), 75.
poeyi (Deileptena), 87.
— (Dysphania), 87
poUdamas (Papilio), 277.
polidorus (Papilio), 245.
Polioaetus, 471).
polionota (Ochthoeca), 10.
Polioptila, 2.
polites (Papilio), 344, 345, 349.
PoUa, 146, 152.
poUux (Papilio), 357,359.
polychaon (Papilio), 277.
polyctor (Papilio), 381, 382,
— (Sarbaria), 381.
polydaemou (Papilio), 243, 504,
polydorinus (Papilio), 307,
Polydorus, 246.
polydorus (Menelaide.s), 238, 246.
— (Papilio), 237, 238, 239, 240, 241, 242, 245, 246.
— (Princeps), 240.
polydotus (Papilio), 238.
polyeuctes (Papilio), 265.
polygius (Papilio), 250.
Polygonia, 153.
polygrammata (Orthonama), 116.
polygrapharia (Microgonia), 157.
polymnestor (Iliades), 329.
— (Papilio), 322, 329, 330.
Polypedatea, 501.
polyjjemon (Papilio), 243, 504.
polyphontes (Papilio), 234, 237, 3,oO.
polyte.s (Laertias), 345.
polytes (Menelaides), 344.
— (Papilio), 343, 345, 346. 347, 348, 349, 351,
353, 354.
Pomarea, 485.
pompeius (Ornithoptera), 216.
Pompeoptera, 200, 202, 215, 218, 227, 231.
jiompeus (Ornithoptera), 204, 210, 218, 219. 222.
— (Papilio), 216, 219, 222.
Pompeusptera, 200, 202,
Pompeuspterus, 200, 202.
pompiHus (Papilio), 410, 411, 412,
— (Podalirius), 411.
ponderosa (Arsenura), 48.
Poospiza, 7.
populonia (Dineurodes), 118.
poseidon (Ornithoptera), 188, 190.
— (Papilio), 188.
— (Troides), 503.
prasina (Dryiophis), 500.
Pratincola, 486.
prex,aspes (Papilio), 297.
Priamoptera, 194, 226.
priamus (Ornithoptera), 183 — 194.
— (Papilio), 183—194.
— (Troides), 183—194.
Priamusptera, 191, 192, 194.
Priapodes, 115, 118.
priapus (Paiiilio), 2.55, 256.
prillwitzi (Papiho), 387.
primigeuius (Papilio), 319.
Princeps, 200, 233, 246, 344, 347. 364, 421.
Prionia, 153.
Prioniturus, 487.
Prionochilus, 64, 65, 468, 478, 486, 488,
Prionomelia, 127.
pristina (Antheraea), 44.
procles (Papilio), 436.
procurata (Parosteodes), 134.
Prodenia, PI. X., fig. 111.
pronomus (Ornithoptera), 186, 188,
— (Papilio), 188,
propinquus (Troides), 218,
Prosopolophinae, 159,
prospero (Papilio), 311,
protenor (Iliades), 331,
— (Papilio), 316, 331.
— (Sainia), 332,
Proteopharmacis, 153,
Proteostrenia, 153.
Prothoe, 161.
pryeri (MUionia), 493, 494.
— (Papiho), 321,
— (Philosamia), 37.
Psammodyna.stes, 500.
Pseudaphelia, 49.
Pseudasthena, 103.
Pseudohracca, 123.
Pseudochlorifl. 9.
Pseudocolhx, 118.
Pseudosestra, 137,
( 536 )
Pseudoterpninae, 88.
Pseuiothalera, 153, 154.
Pseustoplaca, 154.
Psilotaphria, 154, 155.
Psittacula, 19.
Pterocypha, 114, 118.
Pteromys, 490.
Pteropns, 1(13, 489.
Ptilopus, 62.
ptolychn.s (Papilio), 301.
Ptychopoda, 90.
pulchella (Ochthoeca), 10.
pulcher (Chirnromys), 164.
pulcherrima (Chloractis), 88.
— (Jamides), 510.
pnlchra (Haemophila), 8.
pulchrinervis ^Milionia), 497.
pulchrior (Nacadaba), 510.
Pulex, 66.
pulverosa (Eusemia), 142.
— (Zamarada), 158.
pulverulentus (Hemilophus), 474.
— (Psammodynastes), 500.
puma (Acrotomodes), 136.
puna (Querquedula), 20.
punctigera (Bunaea), 39.
puuensis (Contopus), 12.
— (Phrygilus), 9.
punicens (Trimeresurus), 500.
pupillata (Phrudocentra), 90.
pura (Elodina), 76.
puspa (Cyaniris), 506.
putli (Chilades), 506.
pygmaeum (Dicaeum), 486.
pygmaeus (Sorex), 66.
pyraliata (Cambogia), 104
PyraDga, 5.
pyretorum (Heniocha), 49.
— (Satumia), 49.
Pyrinia, 94.
Pyrocephalus, 12.
Pyrochlora, 90.
pyrozonis (Milionia), 494.
pyrrho (Epidesma), 497.
pyrrhocephalua (Phoenicophaea), 71.
Python, 500.
quadriagliata (Oxydia), 148.
quadriliueata (Urepione), 158.
quadriplagiata (Bordeta), 498.
quadriporcatiis (Bufo), 501.
queenslandica (Milionia), 464, 496, PI. VII., fig. 5.
queensbindicus (Papilio), 240.
Querquedula, 20.
raddei (Papilio), 380.
rajah (Mus), 26.
Eallus, 22.
rania (Papilio), 446.
ramaceus (Papilio), 459.
Eana, 500.
rara (Rhodostrophia), 99.
ravana (Papilio), 262, 263.
rawakensi.s (Milionia), 49.i, PI. VII., fig. 3.
recessa (Dysphania), 87.
rectangulata (Nephelc), PI. IX., fig. 7.
recticulatus (Python), 500.
redunca (Cervicapra), 53.
reginae (Aetheoptera), 197.
— (Ornithoptera), 197.
— (Papilio), 273.
— (Troides), 197.
regis (Troides), 197.
regularis (Rhinoprora), 111.
regains (Laertias), 387.
— (Papilio), 387.
Remodes, 107.
remota (Dysphania), B6.
remus (Ornithoptera), 200, 202.
— (Papilio), 200, 202.
— (Troides), 200.
renipuncta (Microgonia), 147.
repentinata (Camptogramma), 114.
requina (Milionia), 495.
resplendens (Yanellus), 21.
restrictus (Papilio), 361.
retiarius (Zemeros), 505.
retrociuctum (Dicaeum), 4.S6.
Revadebra, 77.
rhadamanthus (Ornithoptera), 223, 224, 225.
— (PapOio), 223, 225.
rhadamautus (Ornithoptera), 2"24.
— (Troides), 224. 225.
Rhamphoeoelus, 481.
rhauis (Pyrochlora), 90.
Rhescyntis, 35.
rhesus (Papilio), 423.
rhetenor (Papilio), 333, 334.
— (Sainia), .3.34.
Rhinodia, 159.
Rhinoligia, 159.
Rhinomyias, 471.
Rhinoprora, 109. 110.
rhodaria (Microgonia), 146.
— (Synnomos), 157.
Rhodia, 45.
rhodifer (Papilio), 254.
rhodophila (Gonimbrasia), 39.
Rhodopis, 18.
Rhodostrophia, 98, 99.
Rhopodytcs, 475.
ribbei (Pomarea), 485.
— (Prothoe), 161.
richmondia (Ornithoptera), 187.
— (Papilio), 187.
richmondii (Ornithoptera), 187.
( 537 )
riohmondius (TiOMle.-.). 187.
ricini (Philosamia), 37.
riedeli (Ornithoptera), 211.
— (Troides), 211.
Rinaca, 44.
rita (Nacaduba), 508.
ritsemae (Ornithoptera), 2.32.
— (Papilio), 229.
robusta (Gracula), 73.
romulus (Laertias), 346.
— (Meuelaides), 344.
— (Papilio), .344, 347.
rosa (Palaeornis), 492.
rosalia (Eumelea), 84.
rosaliata (Eumelea), 84.
roseus (Papilio), 237.
rossi (Actias), 47.
rotalita (Charus), 295.
— (Papilio), 295, 299.
royi (Rhodia), 45.
— (Salassa), 45.
roylei (Antheraea), 43, 44.
rubecula (Poospiza), 8.
rubella (Dichromatopodia), 94.
rubescens (Chrysopelea), 500.
rubineus (Pyrocephalus), 12.
rubrifusa (Gymnodisca), 109.
rubriplaga (Chlorerythra), 91.
rubrocristata (Heliochera), 13.
rubronigra (Munia), 469.
rubroplaga (Papilio), 504.
rubrosignatus (Papilio), 455.
rudis (MuUeromis), 25.
rufa (Fringilla), 54.
— (Loxops), 54.
rufatus (Papilio), 28li.
rufescens (Cercophana), 47.
— (Eudelia), 46.
— (PapiUo), 447.
ruficoUis (Ornithoptera), 220, 232.
— (Tringa), 478.
— ( Troides), 232.
ruficrisaa (Urosticte), 69.
rufigenis (Buarremon), 5.
rufllinea (Craspedia), 92.
rufipennis (Muscisaxicola), 11.
rufirostris (Catamcnia), 7.
rufistigma (Craspedia), 93.
rufotincta (Copaxa), 40, 51.
rufus (Bathmocercus), 159, 160,
rumauzovius (Papilio), 322, 323,
rumphi (Antheraea), 42, 4.3, 51,
ruptaria (Calletaera), 132.
russata (Eriocnemis), 69.
rus.sus (Papilio), 374.
rustica (Hirundo), 471.
rusticus (Pbrygilus), 9.
rutilans (Ornithoptera), 218.
rytirhynchus (Limnopardalus), 22.
— (Rallua), 22.
sabulosa (Calletaera), 132.
— (Conchocometa), 91.
— (Spododes), 157.
sacha (Delias), 75.
sacra (Demiegretta), 477.
saga (Chilades), 505.
Sagana, 39.
sabarae (Papilio), 275.
said (Nudaurelia), 43.
Sainia, 332, 334.
sakontala (Papilio), 343.
Salassa, 45.
sallastius (Papilio), 431.
salomonis (Papilio), 449, 453.
Saltator, 6.
salvadorii (Carpophaga). 63.
— (Spilornis), 73.
Salvadorina, 22.
sambawana (Delias), PI. VIII., tig. 5.
— (Ornithoptera), 207.
sambilanga (Papilio), 254.
Sainia, 38.
samoena (Horaga), 513.
Sangala, 123, 124.
Sangalopsis, 121, 122, 124, 125.
sangirus (Papilio), 435.
sanguilinea(Carabogia), 104.
sanguinata (Eumelea), 84.
Sappho, 16.
Sarbaria, 381.
Sarcops, 487.
sarpedon (Chlorisses), 440.
— (Dalchina), 440.
— (Papilio), 440—444, 504.
— (Zetides), 440.
Sarracena, 102.
sataspes (Papilio), 289.
saturatus (Papilio), 369.
Satumia, 44, 45, 49.
Saturnidae, 35.
saturnus (Bunaea), 39.
— (Papilio), 255, 290.
satyrus (Attacus), 51.
Sauris, 106.
Sayornis, 11.
scaevola (Papilio), 333.
Scaptia, 85.
schadenbergi (Papilio), 245.
schenki (Saturnia), 49.
schistieeps (Palaeornis), 492.
schmeltzi (Papilio), 338.
schoenbergi (Ornithoptera), 196,
Schoenbergia, 196,
Schoenburgia, 196,
schonbergi (Delias), 161, PI, VIII., figs. G, 7.
sch<inbergi;inus (Papilio), 375, 459.
schostcdti (Hunaea), 38.
scintillans (Pasiphodes), 110.
sciron (Antheraea), 44,
— (Papilio), 402,
( 538 )
scitaris (Azeliua), 151, IM.
— (Pero), lol.
scitosignata (Epiplemidae), 155.
Sciuropterus, 27, 490.
Sciurus, 2C, 491.
Bclateri (Isamiopsis), 362.
— (Ornithion), 12.
scolopacea (Alcis), 126.
— (Boarmia), 12f'..
scolopaiea (Bronchelia), 126.
— (Noctua), 126.
Scotopteryginae, 129.
Scotopteryx, 153.
scottianus (Papilio), 424.
scriptipennaria (Sigmathyri.s), l.^.
.>icutellatu8 (Ledoca-i), 30.
scutulata (Ninox), 476.
Scytalopus, 15.
Sebastia, 108, 112.
segonax (Papilio), 427.
Selasphorus, 68.
selene (Actias), 47.
Selenia, 157.
Selidosema, 131.
Selidoseminae, 129.
selina (Hori^a), 513.
Semaeopus, 91, 99.
semicolor (Osteodes), 133.
semifasciatus (Papilio), 442.
semifiava (Dysphania). 85, 87.
seminiger (Jamides), 509.
— (Papilio), 446.
— (Zetides), 446.
semiobliterata (Hammaptera), 115.
Semiothisa, 134.
Semiothisinae, 134.
semiramis (Copiopteryx). 48.
semirufus (Buarremon), 0.
Semnopithecus, 489.
semperi (Antheraea), 44, 51.
— (Papilio), 256, 257.
semperinus (Papilio), 322, 324.
Benegalensis (Bunaea), 39.
senescens (Papilio), 236, 463.
separata (Bociraza), 493.
septeutrioiialis (Papilio), 240.
septimius (Papilio), 295.
sergostus (Antheraea), 43.
sericearia (Euacidalia), 95.
Sericosema, 131.
serpentina (Loxolomia), 48.
Serphophaga, 11.
serrana ( Upucerthia), 13.
serrilinearia (Semaeopus), 91.
serrirostris (Euphonia), 4.
Sestra, 137.
severus (Acbillides), 292.
— (Falco). 488.
— (Papilio), 292, 294, 295, 298.
sexlineatus (T.achydromus), 499.
sexplagiata (Bordcta), 498.
shadulla (Xeoris), 44.
sharpei (Milionia), 4'.I3, 494.
— (Pseudochloris), 9.
shervilli (Antheraea), 43, 44.
sigillata (Dichromatopodia), 94.
Sigmathyris, 155.
siguativentris (Cratomorphus), 34.
sikkima (Loepa), 45.
sikkimensis (Papilio), 276, 336.
similaria (Cra.spedia), 92.
similis (Pachyrhamphus), 13.
Simla (Caligula), 44.
simplex (Amnosicoma), 1 13.
— (Criniger), 60.
— (Smicropus), 85.
sinensis (Actias), 47.
— (Centropus), 475.
— (Sterna), 478.
sinou (Papilio), 403.
Sinthusa, 514.
Biuuosa (Carige), 105.
Siosta, 124, 125.
siparaja (Aethopyg:i), 469.
Siptornis, 14.
sittoidcs (Diglossa), 4.
.slateri (Papilio), 362, 363.
smaragdinicoUis (Metallura), 16.
Smicropus, 85.
smilax (Bolocera), 50.
smyrnensis (Papilio), 405.
Snellen! (Milionia), 496.
sociata (Microgonia), 148.
Socrates (Ornitlioptera), 207.
soemias (Jamides), 510.
solitarius (Totauus), 22.
solon (Papilio), 426.
sordida (Craspedia), 93.
— (Ochroplutodes), 120.
Sorex, 66.
spadicearia (Hyposidra), 142.
spadiceus (Sciuropterus), 27.
Spargania, 115.
spathatus (Papilio), 267.
Spootyto, 20.
sperata (Cinnyris), 487.
Spermophila, 6, 7.
sphingata (Neuropolodes), 150.
Sphingid.ie, 28, 35.
s])liyrus (Papilio), 275.
spiculifera (Gamatoba), 78.
Spilocraspeda, 150, 155.
spilodorsata (Craspedia), 93.
spilonotus (Circus), 487.
— (Ninox), 488.
Spilornis, 70, 73, 476, 487.
spini (Saturnia), 19.
spinosa (Geocmyda), 499.
Spizaetus, 487.
splendidissima (Astrapia), 59.
( .«9 )
Spododes, 156, 157.
sponsai'ia (Chlorochroma), 89.
— (Geometra), 89.
— (Megalochlora), 89.
squamata (Eriocnemis), G9.
Stachyris, 4(i7.
ataudingeri (Attacus), 36, PI. X., fig. 2.
— (Bunaea), 39.
— (Charaxes), PI. VIII., fig. 2.
— (Ornithoptera), -208.
— (Troides), 208.
Stegania, 121, 131, 148.
Stenopsis, 18.
stephani (Chalcophaps), 04.
stephaniae (Chalcophap.s), 64.
Sterna, 478.
Sterrhinae, 90, 101.
sthenelinus (Papilio), 281.
sthenelus (Papilio), 282.
stichiu.s (PapiUo), 347.
— (Princeps), 347.
stigmatica (Pseudothalera), In:!, 154.
stoliczkana (Satuniia), 44. 49.
stolzmauni (Colaptes), 18.
— (Oreotrochilus), 17.
stratiote.s (Papilio), 417.
stratocles (Papilio), 4G1.
strenioides (Proteostrenia), 153.
Strepsilas, 477.
streubeli (Micropus), 58.
striata (Geopelia), 488.
striaticoUis (Myiotheretes), 10.
— (Phacelodomus), 14.
strix (Papilio), 259.
stuarti (Pacbygonia), PI. IX., fig. 11.
— (Theretra), PI. IX., fig. 10.
subalaris (Amblyoniis), 480.
subcaua (Mnesipenthe), 123.
subcarnea (Lissostolodes), 144.
subfasciatus (Papilio), 329.
subfurcatus (Micropus), 58.
submargiuata (Spilocraspeda), 155.
submarmorata (Macaria), 134.
— ( Sumiothisa), 134.
subnotata (Bapta), 121.
subplaims (Trionyx), 499.
subusta (Spilocraspeda), 155, 156.
subviolaria (Amaurinia), 101.
— (Zalissolepis), 100.
succosata (Semiothisa), 135.
.sulaensis (Troides), 202.
sulcirostris (Crotophaga), 19.
sumatrana (Lutra), 490.
— (Ornithoptera), 232.
— (PapiUo), 363.
sumatranus (Corydon), 472.
— (Merops), 474.
— (Papilio), 445.
— (Rhopodytes), 475.
— (Troides), 2.32.
sumatrensis (Graiicalus). 470.
supergressa (Dy.sphania), 87.
supernotatus (Papilio), 257.
suraka (Nudaurelia), 43.
Sus, 492.
swinhoei (Papilio), 422.
Sycali-s, 7, 9.
sycorax (Papilio), 256.
syfauius (Papilio), 380.
sylla (Arsenura), 48.
Symmetroctena, 127.
Synestia, 121.
Synnomos, 157, 158.
Syntherata, 40, 41.
syntheratoides (Copaxa), 40.
syriugaria (Hygrochroa), 143.
Syrnium, 73.
Syrtodes, 132.
Tachydromus, 499.
taczanowskii (Agyrtria), 16.
— (Euphonia), 4.
— (Tiiaumasius), 16.
Tagaropsis, 41.
Talicada, 507.
Tamera, 357.
taraerlan (Dysdaemonia), 48.
tamerlanus (Papilio), 409.
tamilana (Papilio), 385.
Tanagra, 5
tangalunga (Viverra), 490.
tardigradus (Nycticebus), 489.
Tarucus, 511.
tavoyanus (Papilio), 363.
Telea, 38.
telearchus (Isamiopsis), 375.
— (Papilio). 375.
telegonus (Papilio), 396, 399.
telemachus (Papilio), 397.
telephus (Papilio), 432, 434, 435.
— (Zetides), 432.
telesicles (Papilio), 372.
teUesaria (Drepanodes), 142.
tenebraria (Parascotia), 129.
tenebrionis (Papilio), 427.
tenggerensis (Papilio), 386.
tenimberensis (Papilio), 239.
tenuirostris (Geositta), 13.
tenuis (Sciurus), 492.
Tcphrina, 134.
Tephroclystinae, 108.
Teratopteris, 46.
teredon (D:ilcliina), 442.
— (Papilio), 4411, 442.
terinata (Phoenicocampa), 151.
terpsicbore (Heniocha), 4!>.
tcrpsichorina (Heniocha), 49, .50.
tesserulata (Erebochlora), 115.
testatia (^Cophocerotis), M8
( 540 )
Testudo, 483.
Tetragonodes, 137, 149.
Thaumasius, IC.
There tra. 1G2.
tliermodusa (Delchina), 442.
— (PapiUo), 442.
thesalphenor (PapiUo), 3.50.
theseus (Menelaides), 349.
— (PapiUo), 251, 349, 350.
tliespis (Rhodia), 45.
— (Salassa), 45.
thesiialia (Menelaides), 239.
— (PapiUo), 239.
thetys (Papilio), 2.">5.
thibeta (Rinaea), 44
thibetanus (Papilio), 348.
tlioas (Polydorus), 24(5.
thom-soni (Bunaea), 38.
— (Ornithoptera), 223.
— (PapiUo), 299.
thoracicus (Calyptocephalus), 31.
Thriponax, 474, 487.
thule (PapUio), 461.
thunbergi (PapiUo), 317.
Thyella, 51.
ThysoDotLs, 512.
tibials (Odezia), 116.
tigris (PapiUo), 413.
Timandra, 95, 100.
timocrates (PapiUo), 418.
timon (Jamides), 510.
timorensis (Papilio), 349.
Tinnunculus, 20.
Titaea, 48.
titan (Aepyomis), 2'i, 24.
tithonus (Ornithoptera), 195.
— (PapiUo), 195.
— (Troides), 195.
torquata (Lamprocera), 29.
torridus (Sela.sphorua), 68.
Tetanus, 22, 478.
tractipennis (PapiUo). 333.
Tragulus, 492.
Traminda, 91, 100.
transitaria (Bronchelia), 126.
— (Stcgania), 131.
transponens (Choerodes), 148.
Traversia, 81.
Treron, 477.
triangularii! (Dystypoptila), 100.
Trichodezia, 119.
Tricholestes, 468.
Trichopteryginae, 105.
Trichostichia, 131.
tricolor (Buarremon), 5.
— (Bunaea), 38, 39, 51, PI. X., fig. 4.
— (Celerena), 493.
tricolorata (Dichostrepsia), 121, 122.
— (Gubaria), 134.
trifenestrata (Cricula), 39, 504.
trigonostigma (Dicaeum), 468.
trilineata (Rhodostrophia), 98.
— (Spododes), 156, V,T.
trimacula (Copaxa), 40, 51.
trimeni (Eochroa), 61.
Trimeresurus, 500.
Tringa, 478.
trinotata (Cambogia), 104.
Trionyx, 499.
Triphosa, 118.
Trirachopoda, 97.
tristrigatus (Dryocalamus), 500.
triton (PapiUo), 188.
triumbrata (Lithinsi), 131.
trivirgata (Dactylopsila), 165.
trivirgatu8 (Lophcspizia), 476.
TroohiUdac, 70.
Troglodytes, 2.
trogon (Papilio), 198.
Trogonoptera, 198.
Troides, 183—233, 503.
trojana (Ornithoptera), 199.
trojanns (Troides), 199.
Tropaea, 47.
Tropidonotus, 500.
Trupi.aUs, 10.
Trygodes, 90, 100.
trj'oni (Papilio), .'ilO.
tschudii (Pyranga), 5.
tukki (Meiglypte-s), 473.
Tupaia, 489.
Turdus, 2.
tutanus (PapiUo), 380.
tydeus (PapiUo), 304.
Tjanpanota, 107, 108.
TyphlopsyUa, 66.
typica (Tupaia), 489.
typicus (Phalanger), 166.
typtaria (Slixopsis), 149.
Tyrannus, 12.
tyrrheu (Nudaurelia), 43.
tyrrhena (Bunaea), 39.
ulis.ses (Papilio), 395.
ulyssellus (Papilio), 400.
ulys.se9 (CastaUus), 511, 512.
— (Laertias), 395.
— (PapiUo), 395, 396, 397, .399, 400.
ulyssides (CastaUus), 511, 512.
ulysainus (PapiUo), 396, 399, 400.
ulyssodes (PapUio), 399.
umbretta (Neopitbecops), 505.
umbrosus (PapiUo), 342, PI. VHI.. fig. 3.
unciata (Dichostrepsia), 122.
unctuosus (Gobus), 52.
undecimlineatus (Papilio), 104.
undilincata ( Eury taphna), 155.
unicolor (Cyanorhamphus), 66.
— (Phrygilus), 9.
( 541 )
unioolor (Scytalopus), 15.
unilineata (Amphibatodes), Illl.
Upucerthia, \'^.
tTranomitra, 17.
uranus (Papilio), 291.
TJrapteryx, 158.
Uratelornis, 479.
Urepione, 158.
urinatrix (Pelecauoides), 6G.
Uromys, 165.
Uronycteris, 163.
Urospila, 89.
Urosticte, 69.
Urota, 46.
urvilliana (Ornithoptera), 191.
urvillianus (Papilio), 191.
— (Troides), 184, 191.
Usta, 49, 50, 51.
asta (Holorista), 106.
vacima (Drepanoptera), 37.
valdiviata (ft'oteopharmacis), 153.
Talentina (Naoaduba), 508.
— (Ornithoptera), 188.
validirostris (lyngipicus), 487.
validus (Cbrysocolaptes), 474.
vampyrus (Pteropus), 489.
vandepolU (Ornithoptera), 205.
— (Papilio), 205.
— (Troides), 205.
Vanellus, 21.
varasi (Papilio), 288.
varia (Lipomelia), 96.
variabilis (Polygonia), 153.
variegatus (Numenius), 478.
variospila (Rhinoprora), 111.
vanina (Pangerana), 261.
— (Papilio), 260.
veiovis (Papilio), 503.
veUeda (Elodina), 77.
velutina (Photoscotosia), 117.
velutinus (Papilio), 370.
ventraria (Catascia), 129.
venusta (Cercophana), 47.
— (Eudelia), 46.
veredus (Eudromias), 477.
verena (Sinthusa), 514.
vemans (Osmotreron), 476.
vesper (Rhodopis), 18.
Vesperugo, 66, 164.
Vesta, 32.
vesulia (Geomelra), 148.
■ — (Microgonia), 147, 148.
— (Oxydia), 148.
vesuliata (Oxydia), 148.
vicinus (Ptilopus), 62.
victoriae (Aetheoptera), 196.
— (Lesbia), 16.
— (Ornithoptera), 196, 197.
victoriae (Papilio), 196.
— (Troides), 196, 197.
vincula (Nacaduba), 508.
viola (Horaga), 514.
violascens (Micrattacus), 50.
violicoUis (HeU,angeIus), 484.
virago (Cyclopsittacus), 61, 62.
virens (Contopus), 12.
vbescens (Blepharoctenucha), 126.
virgatus (Papilio), 405.
viridata (Rhinoprora), 111.
viridesccns (Gymnodisca), 110, 111.
viridescentaria (Geometrina), 89.
— (Megalochlora), 89.
viridissima (Aegithina), 468.
virUis (Papilio), 849.
vitalbata (Orthonama), 116.
vitiensis (Leto), 482.
vittata (Orthonama), 116.
vitticosta (Metallolophia), 88.
vittipennis (Dryptelytra), 30.
Viverra, 490.
volans (Draco), 499.
— (Galeopithecus), 489.
Volatinia, 7.
voUenhovii (Papilio), 342.
vordermani (Papilio), 227.
vnlgaris (Sorex), 66.
vulpes (Cercophana), 47.
vnlpes (Eudelia), 46.
vulpinus (Bathmocercus), 160.
wagleri (Trimeresums), 500.
wahlbergi (Nudaurelia). 42, 43, 51.
waigiuensis (Salvadorina), 22.
walkeri (AnLsodes), 93.
— (Craspedia), 93.
— (Papilio), 338.
— (Philosamia), 37, 51.
wallaoei (Papilio), 455.
wallengreni (Usta), 49, 50, 51.
watzkai (Papilio), 273.
websteri (Papilio), 300, 308.
westwoodi (Gynanisa), 45, 46, 51 .
— (Papilio), 400.
wetterensis (Papilio), 236.
weymeri (Syntherata), 41.
wiLsoni (^Deilephila), PI. IX., fig. 2.
wolstenholmei (Loxops), 54.
woodfordi (Papilio), 301.
wyatti (Siptomis), 14.
xanthobrunnea (Adelotypa), 82.
Xantholaema, 487.
xantboliva (Pterocypha), 119.
xanthomus (Ledocas), 30.
xanthonotus (Oriolus), 74, 75.
xanthops (Psittacula), 19.
( 542 )
xanthopyga (Vesta), 32.
xanthopy 1,'i us (PrionochUus), 468, 478.
xanthorhyncliu.s (Chalcococcyx), 475.
Xiiuthorhoe, 110, 116.
xanthosoma (Pajnlio), 457.
Xanthura, 10.
xantbus (Papilio), 278, 279, 503.
xenia (Chliaria), 512.
Xenicus, 81.
Xenimpla, 135,
Xenocichla, 60.
xenocles (Papilio), 457, 458.
— (Paranticopsis), 458.
xenophilus (P,apilio), 297.
xuthulinus (Papilio), 279.
xuthulus (PapUio), 279.
xuthus (PapUio), 278, 279, 503.
Xylolocha, 156, 158.
yamamai (Antheraea), 43, 44.
yncas (Cyanocorax), 10.
— (Xanthura), 10.
zaddachi (Nndaurelia), 43.
zaleucus (Papilio), 261.
Zalissolepis, 100.
Zamarada, 143, 158.
zambesia (Tbyella), 51.
zambesina (Nudaurelia), 43.
zanclaeus (Papilio), 404.
Zanclostomus, 475.
zauoa (Papilio), .372, 373.
zanous (Papilio), 373, 375.
Zaocys, 500.
Zelinia, 371.
Zemeros, 505.
-Zenaida, 21.
Zethes, 447.
Zetides, 429, 432, 434, 435, 438, 440, 446, 447.
Zeuctoneura, 100.
zita (Holochila), 511.
Zizera, 509.
zouea (Milionia), 494.
Zonosoma, 96.
Zonotrichia, 7.
Zosterops, 488.
zosterops (Chloropsis), 4G8.
zuleika (Cricula), 39.
— (Rinaca), 44.
Zygoctenia, 128.
END OF VOL. IT
PrintH by SauUt Watson, d: Vincy, Ld,, London awl At/letbwy.
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE.
H Journal of Zoolooig.
EDITED BT
The Hon. WALTEE EOTHSCHILD,
EENST HAETEET, and De. K. JOEDAN.
Vol. IL, 1895.
..V
No. 1.
Issi'ED February 1st, at the Zoological MusEtui, Tbing.
PRINTED BV HAZELL, W\TSON, <: VINEY, Ld., LONDON ANT' A YI.I- SlU'l! V.
1895.
Vol. II.
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE.
EDITED BX
WAITEE ROTHSCHILD, ERNST HARTERT, and KARL JORDAN
CONTENTS OF NO. I.
J'AbC
1. ON BIRDS COLLECTED IN PERU BY MR. O. T.
BAEON (Plates I. and II.) .... Osberl Salvin . . 1
2. ON SALVADORIN'A WAIGIUENSIS Rothsch. &
Hartebt (Plate III.) Walter Rothschild . 22
3. ON SOME REMAINS OF AEPYORNIS IN THE
MUSEUM AT TRING C. W. Andrews . . 23
4. REVISED DETERMINATIONS OF THREE OF
THE NATUNA RODENTS .... OUfield Thomas . . 26
5. ON A NEW SPECIES OP THE FAMILY OF
SPffliYGIDAE Walter Rothschild . 28
G. DESCRIPTIONS DE NOUVELLES ESPECES DE
LAMPYRIDES DU MUSEE DE TRING . Ernest Olivia . . 29
7. NOTES ON SATURNIDAE Walter Rothschild . 35
8. ON TWO NEW SPECIES OF ANTELOPES
(Plate IV.) . Walter Rothschild . 52
9. NOTE ON THE LOXOPS OP OAHU . . . Walter Rothschild . 54
10. FURTHER NOTES ON THE HOUBARA
BUSTARD Rothschild and Earlerl 54
n. ON SOME BIRDS FROM THE CONGO REGION Ernst Bartert . . 55
12. ON MICROPUS AFFINIS (Gray & Hardw.) . Ernst Hartert . . 57
Advertisements of Zoological Objects and Zoological Books only accepted.
Dr. STAUDINGER & BANG-HAAS,
BLASEWITZ-DRESDEN.
Uijrcst Stock of LEPJDOPIKHA, COLEOPTERA,
and other INSECTS ; alao SHELLS from all parts
I if the wi. rid. In our new Price List, Xo. XXXVII.,
Ave otfer more than 13,500 Species of well-named
LEI'IKOPTERA, Set or in Papers, in finest con-
dilinn ; 1.11)0 S|«cies of PREPAKED LARVAE;
numerous Pl'l'AE alive, etc. Scp.arate Price Lists,
Xos. X.— XII., for COIJSOPTERA (l.i.OOO Species);
Lists ir. and UI., for HYMKNOPTERA (1.900
Species), DIPTERA (!»00), HEMIl'TERA (1,2(J0).
OKTHOPTEUA (■!«)). NEUKOI'TKliA (320). Lists
VI., VII., VIII. and IX., for SHELLS.
J.ai'ijp Ifiitroiiiit fi'r Ctistli (h-i?t>r.t.
WATKINS & DONCASTER,
Natural Uistwy Agents,
Keep for Sale a large and choice Stock of
Phiropean and Exotic LEPIDOPTERA,
BIRDS' EGGS, aud xVPPARATUS and
CABINETS of the best quality. Typical
Collections of Buttfrllie.s, etc., niaile up to
order at very moderate prices. Catalogue
post free to any address on application.
36, STRAND, LONDON, W.C.
WiLHELM SCHLUETER,
HALLE-a.-S., GERIVIANY.
Dealer in Objects of Natural History.
LARGEST STOCK OF
MAMMALS, BIBDS, BIBDS' EGGS. REPTILES,
AMPHIBIA. FISHES, INSECTS, METAMOR-
PHOSES OF INSECTS. ETC.. SHELLS, CRABS.
WORMS. ECHINODERMS, ZOOPHYTES, MICRO-
SCOPICAL PREPARATIONS, PLANT-MODELS, &c.
Brazenor Bros.,
TAXIDERMISTS, OSTEOLOGISTS, &c.
ESTABLISHED 1863.
All Kinds of flATURAL HISTORY SPECIMENS
Preserved and f^ounted.
OSTEOLOGICAL Specimens Macerated & Articulated.
LARGE STOCK OF WELL-MADE BIRDS' SKINS.
Iti-itish llii-tis If Sjtffiftlity,
Mounted SkeletonsofAnimals. Birds Reptiles, &c.,inStock.
DIS.VUTIt'l L-lTKIt »KVI.I,S, Elc
Ctitiih'ijiits j/ijit /rtr oil applicathiii.
39, LEWES ROAD, BRIGHTON.
WILLIAM WATKINS,
ENTOMOLOGIST,
lleepectj'tiUy announces tliat he is constantly
recei fi'iiij direct from his Correspondents all
over the world neic and scarce Lepidoptera,
lists of which may be obtained on application.
COLLECTIONS PURCHASED FOR PROMPT CASH.
ItKSIDENCE AND STmiO :
VILLA SPHINX, EASTBOURNE.
London ?.i!.\NrH :
21, PICCADILLY, W.
A few specimens of
Carpophaga chathamensia, Chatham Is.,
Melallura baroni, Ecuador,
Pogonomia cincta, New Zcalaml, and
GalliTuxgo pusilla, C'hatliam Is.
are for disposal at the Tring
Museum.
(Letters to E. HARTERT.)
Anmud Subscription lo " A'ovitates /Cooloyicae," £1 la.
Price of Yearly Volume, v;hen completed, £1 10a. to Kon-Subsa-ibers. (Commission
fvr Bookseller's on completed volumes only.)
Communications, etc., may be addrcssod to
THE EDITORS OF •> NOVITATE8 ZOOLOOICAE,"
ZOOLOOICAI. IMUSEUM,
TRINO.
PRISTEU UY H.\Zri.L, IV ATH I
AM> M>r.V. Ll>.. LOSDOS ANII ATLD-jftUUV.
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE
H Journal of Zooloo^.
EDITED BY
The Hon. WALTER EOTHSCHILD,
EENST HARTEET, and De. K. JOED AN.
Vol. II., 1895.
/4
No. -2.
Issued Jily 3hd. at the Zoological Musei m. Tring.
I'KINTKD BY IIAZEl.J.. WATSON, .^ VINEV. I.n.. I.nNDON AXU AYI.ESBUKV.
1895.
Vol. II.
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE.
EDITF.n BY
WALTER EOTHSCHILD, EKIIST HAETERT, and KARL JORDAN.
CONTENTS OF NO. II.
I'Af.lf
1. A NEW BIRD OF PARADISE (Plate V.) . . Walter liothscliill . 59
2. EINE NEUE XENOCICULA Anion Reicfienov . . tiO
3. SOME NEW AND OTHER RARE BIRDS FROM
FERGUSSON ISLAND . . . . . Ernst Uarlert . .01
4. A NEW PmOyOCIIILVS FROM THE PHILIP-
PINES, AND NOTE ON AN ANTUHEPTES Ernst Uartert . . Hi
5. CASUAL NOTES ON FLEAS. .... Charks RothschlUl . CO
«. ON SOME ABERRATIONS OF SOKES VVL-
(r'JA'AS'AND S. PYGMAEUS IN THE TRING
MUSET'M Chm-ks Rothschild . GO
7. ON A SUPPOSED NEW SPECIES AND SOME
VARIETIES OF GOVRA . . . . . Ernst I/arlert . . 07
8. NOTES ON HUMMING BIRDS .... Ernst I/arlert . . OS
9. DESCRIPTION OF TWO NEW SPECIES OF
THE GENERA PUOEXICOPllAES AND
SPILOKXIS, WITH A NOTE ON ORIOLUS
COX.'fOIiRIXUS Rams Graf Bcrlepsch . . 7(J
Ki. DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES OF BUTTER-
FLIES Grose Smith.
11. NOTE ON THE STEPHENS ISLAND ROCK-
WREN rKAVEnSIA LYALLI Rothsch. .
12. NEW SPECIES AND GENERA OF GEO-
METRIDAE IN THE TRING MUSEUM
i:). NEUE AFRIKANISCHE VOGELFORMEN IM
TRING MUSEUM .
U. TWO NEW SPECIES OF RHOPALOCERA FROM
THE SOLOMON ISLANDS ....
I-. A NEW SPECIES OF THERHTRA FROM THE
D'ENTRECASTEAUX ISLANDS .
10. UN SOME MAMMALS COLLECTED BY MB.
' ALBERT MEEK ON FERGUSSON ISLAND,
DExNTRI'X'ASTEAUX GROUP
Advertisements of Zoological Objects and Zoological Books_ only accepted.
Dr. STAUDINGER & BANG-HAAS,
BLASEWITZ-DRESDEN.
Largest Stock of LEPlDOP'l'KKA, COl.EOFTEUA,
anil othtT INSECTS ; also SHELLS from all |iart-i
of the world. In ournrw Price List, No. XXXV 11..
we otter more than i:i.5liO Species of well-named
LEnHOlTEKA, Set or in Papers, in finest con-
dition ; \,\m Species of I'REI'AUED LAKVAE ;
tlumerous PUl'AE alive, etc. Separate Piice IJsts.
Nos. X.-XII., fnrC'OLEOPTEHA (ir,,(X)0 Species);
Lists II. and III., tor HVMKXOPTERA (1.90(1
Species), DIPTEUA ('.100), IIEMII'TEKA (1,200),
ORTHOPIEKA (400). NEUliOITKUA (320). Lists
VI., VII., VIII. and IX., for SHELLS.
Larije Dinfoi/iif /in- Ctitk Orderx,
WATKINS & DONCASTER,
Satural Ilistxyry Agents,
Keep for Sale a large ami clioice Stock of
European and Exotic i,EPll)01TERA,
BIRDS' EGGS, and APPARATUS and
CABINETS of the best quality. Tj'pical
Gollection.>i of Butter/lies, etc., made up to
order at very moderate prices. Catalogue
post free to any addrass on application.
36, STRAND, LONDON, W.C.
WlLHELM SCHLUETER,
HALLE-a.-S., GERMANY.
Dealer in Objects of Natural History.
LARGEST STOCK OF
MAMMALS, BIHDS, BIEDS' EGGS, BEPTILES,
AMPHIBIA, FISHES. INSECTS, METAMOR-
PHOSES OF INSECTS, ETC.. SHELLS, CRABS.
WORMS, ECHINODEBMS, ZOOPHYTES, MICRO-
SCOPICAL PEEPAEATIOKS, PLANT.MODELS, &c.
rattthifiui'S poift fl'Ci' vn appHcatimt.
Brazenor Bros.,
TAXIDERMISTS, OSTEOLOGISTS, &c.
ESTABLISHED 1863.
All Kinds of fJATURAL HISTORY SPECIMENS
Preserved and K|ounted.
OSTEOLOGICAL Specimens Macerated & ArtlciUated.
LARGE STOCK OF WELL-MADE BIRDS' SKINS.
itritinh iliriln a Siirfiitlitff,
MountedSkeletonsofAnltnals, Birds, Reptiles.&c.lnStock.
ItlSAItTK I l.tT»:i> >kl I.I.S. t:i<'.
39, LEWES ROAD, BRIGHTON.
WILLIAM WATKINS,
ENTOMOLOGIST,
lUsjfectJuU u aitiwuucea that he is constant///
receiviiuj direct from Ida CmTespviulents all
iirer the v;vrld netn and scarce Lepidoptera,
Hits of tr/iich viay be obtained on aj-jjiicutiun.
COLLECTIONS PURCHASED FOR PROMPT CASH.
l!l SIIiKNCIi AND Si 1 l>|i.:
VILLA SPHINX, EASTBOURNE.
l.iiM'ii.s- Bl;.v.vc'H :
21. PrCCADlLLY, W.
WANTED !
Specimens of the following FLEAS : -
Ilystrichopsylla talpae (Curti.s),
Pule.K melts Walker,
I'niex echidnae lJ(iiiuy, and
'fi/pMopsi/tla caticnsiat T.>ichl).,
ami any iion-E iiropean Fleas. Any nnnihor
up to ten of each. The specimens .should lie
pix'.scrved in .siiirit, separately, ami nith i;.iHict
name of host.
Letters; CHARLES ROTHSCHILD.
Museum, Tring, Herts, England.
Annuid Si'hicriptiuii tu '• Suvitales Zooloijicac," XJ Is.
Price of Yearly Volume, whan completed, £1 lOs. to Non'Subscribers. (Commission
fur liookseUers en completed rolvmes only.)
Communicatione, etc., may be addressed to
THE EDITORS OF
•NOVITATES ZOOLOCICAE,"
ZOOLOGICAL MUSEUM,
TRINQ.
■lii^TtP bV IIAZRLI,, V-^TiOX, AXD \|SEY, Lli., LOVIJON AXD AVtXSBt'HY.
^1^'^'■
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE,
H Journal of Zooloo\!.
EDITED BY
The Hon. WALTER EOTHSCHILD,
ERNST HARTERT, and Di;, K. JORDAN.
Vol. II., 1895.
.^
iHfJAk'A^
No. 3.
Issued August ITtii, at the Zoological Museum, Tiuki
(Pages 1G7— 478, Plates V., VI.)
rillNTKU -BY IIAZELL, .WATSON, *: VINEV, I.D., LONDON AND AYLESBURY.
1895.
Vol. II.
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE.
EDITED BY
WAITER ROTHSCHILD, ERNST HARTERT, and KARL JORDAN,
CONTENTS OF NO. III.
PAGE
J. A REVISION OF THE PAPILIOS OF THE
EASTERN HEJIJSPHERE, EXCLUSIVE OF
AFRICA (Plate VI.) Walter Rolhschild . 167
2. SOME NEW FORMS OF THE GENERA
BIZ A I! I) A AND MILIOXIA . . . Karl Jordan and
Walter Rothschild . 464
3. I 1ST OF A SECOND COLLECTION^ OF BIRDS
FROM THE NATUNA ISLANDS . Ernst Ilartert . . 466
Advertisements of Zoological Objects and Zoological Books only accepted.
Subscriptions for the present Volume are due NOW.
Dr. STAUDINGER & BANG-HAAS,
BLASEWITZ-DRESDEN.
Laiv'est Stock of LEPIDOPTEEA. COLEOPTERA,
HUd other INSECT.S ; also SHELLS from all parts
of the world. In our new Price List, No. XXXVII. ,
we offer more than 13,5tK) Species of well-named
LEPIDOITEUA, Set or in Papers, in finest con-
dition ; 1,1(111 S])ecics of PREPARED LARVAE ;
numerons PUPAE alive, etc. Sep.ir.ite Price Li.ste,
Nos. X.— XII., for COLEOPTERA (1.-1,(100 Species):
Lists II. and III., for IIYMEXOPTERA (1.900
Species), DIPTERA (900). HEMIPTERA (1,200),
ORTHOrTERA(400\ NEUROI'TERA(320). Lists
VI., VII., VUI. and IX., for SHELLS.
Lari/e Zfi''foi'nt fi'i- Cash tlnJer^.
WATKINS & DONCASTER,
Natural HiMm-y Agents,
Kk'ii for Sale a large aiicl choice Stock of
European and Exotic LEPIDOPTERA,
BIRDS' EGGS, and APPARATUS and
CABINETS of the best quality. Typical
Collection.s of Buttci-tlie.s, etc., made up to
Older at very motkrato i)rici.s. Catalogue
po.st free to any address on application.
36, STRAND, LONDON, W.C.
WiLHELM SCHLUETER,
HAL,LE-a.-S., GERMANY.
Dealer in Objects of Natural History.
LARGEST STOCK OF
MAMMALS, BIHDS, BIRDS' EGGS, REPTILES,
AMPHIBL4, FISHES, INSECTS, METAMOR-
PHOSES OF INSECTS, ETC., SHELLS, CRABS,
WORMS, ECHINODERMS, ZOOPHYTES, MICRO-
SCOPICAL PREPARATIONS, PLANT-MODELS, &c.
Brazenor Bros.,
TAXIDERMISTS, OSTEOLOGISTS, &c.
ESTABLISHED 1863.
All Kinds of flATURAL HISTORY SPECIMENS
Preserved and ^lounted,
OSTEOLOGICAL Specimens Macerated s. Articulated.
LARGE STOCK OF WELL-MADE BIRDS' SKINS.
ttiHiHh nirilH a Siircltlliltj.
MountedSkeletonsof Animals, Birds, Reptiles, &c. , in Stock.
UlS.lBTICIiLATEU »KVLLH, Kir.
Catrthujiits piM free mt ap2>Ueatii>it .
39, LEWES ROAD, BRIGHTON.
WILLIAM WATKINS,
ENTOMOLOGIST,
Resjiectjvllij unnounces that lie is constantly
receivimj direct from Ids Cm-respondents all
over the v:orld ueiv and scarce Lepidoptera,
lists of a-hich may be obtained on application.
COLLECTIONS PUBCHASED FOR PROMPT CASH.
Residence and Studio:
VILLA SPHINX,' EASTBOURNE.
I.oNiiox llHAXru :
21, PICCADILLY, W.
WANTED !
Specimens of the following FLEAS :
Ilijstrichnpsylla tuljiae (C'lirtii^),
Pxde.r. melis Walker,
I'idex ecltidnae Denny, and
Typldopsylla caticnsica Tschb.,
and any non-Kiiropean Fleas. Any numlier
up to ten of each. The upeciiuen.s should he
presiTved in spirit, separatelj-, and n-ilh aract
name of host.
Letters: CHARLES ROTHSCHILD,
Museum, Triiig, Herts, England.
Anmud .Subscription to " A^uvilales Zoologicae," £J Is.
Price of Yearly Volume, when completed, .£1 10s. to Non-Suhscribers.
for Jiookaellera on completed volumes only.)
(Commission
CommunicationB, etc.
may be addrosBCd to
THE EDITORS OF
'NOVITATES ZOOLOCICAE,"
ZOOLOQICAL MUSEUM,
TRINO.
J-KINTIJI. hV KAZHl.L, WAIS.JN, ,\Mt VINKY, i,U., HJ^Lx'S AND AYLEOBITBY.
^V^
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE,
H Journal of Zooloo\!.
EDITED BY
The Hon. WALTER EOTHSCHILD,
EENST HARTERT, and De. K. JORDAN.
Vol. II., 1895.
No. 4.
Issued DKOEMr.EK oUth, at the Zoological Musevm, Thing.
(I'ACEs 479—542.)
rillNTBD BY- HAZEI.I,, WAT.SON, A: VINKV, I.D., LONDON AND AYI.KSliUItV.
1895.
Vol. II.
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE.
EDITED BY
WAITER ROTHSCHILD, ERNST HARTERT, and KARL JORDAN.
y.
10.
11.
12.
13.
u.
15.
10.
17.
IS.
CONTENTS OF NO. IV.
PAOK
A NEW SPECIES AND GENUS OF ROLLERS . Walter Rothschild . 479
A NEW SPECIES OF BOWER BIRD . . . )Val(e,- Rotlischild . 480
A NEW SPECIES OF RAIL Wullor Rothschild . 481
A NEW SPECIES OF TANAGER .... Walter Rothschild . 481
ON TWO NEW MOTHS AND AN ABERRATION Waller Rothschild . 482
FURTHER NOTES ON GIGANTIC LAND
TORTOISES Waller Rothschild . 483
THE WHITE SWALLO\\S OF AYLESBURV . Walter Rothschild . 484
DESCRIPTION OF A NEW HUMMING-BIRD . Ernst Ilartert . 484
DESCRIPTION OF A NEW FLYCATCHER . Ernst Uartert . 4S5
ON A COLLECTION OF BIRDS FROM
MINDORO Ernst Ilartert . . 486
ON A SECOND COLLECTION OF MAMMALS
FROM THE NATUNA ISLANDS ... 0. Thomas <t- E. Uartert 489
ON A NEW PARROT Walter RvtJischild . 492
ON MILIOXIA AND SOME ALLIED GENERA
OF GEOMETHIDAE (Plate VII.) . . . Walter Rothschild . 493
THE REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS OF THE
NATUNA ISLANDS A. Giinther . . . 499
SOME NOTES ON MY REVISION OF THE
PAPILIOS Walter Rothschild . 503
NOTE OS CORAXA MULTIFENESTRATA (H.-S.) Walter Rothschild . 504
DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW BUTTERFLIES . . H. Grose Smith . . 505
INDEX TO VOL. II 51.r,
R. TANCRE,
ANKLAm, POmiVIERN, GERIVIANY,
receives everj- yiar from his colk-etors Laige Collect iun.s ol LEPIDOPTERA finm
CENTRAL ASIA (Turke.stan, Kuldsclia, Northern Thibet) ninl I.'ASTEliN .sJHKIilA
(Amoor), and sells all hi.s Duplicates at very Moderate Price.s. ^I'rieo Lists po.st froc
to any address on application.
R. TANCRlS.
DESIDERATA OF BIRDS OF PAEADISE AXD BOWER BIRDS
OF THE THING MUSEUM.
lanthothorax henzhachi Biittik.
PtwyphephoTus duivenbodii (Mejei).
Drepanornis geisleri Meyer.
Epiniachus ellioti Gould.
Paradisea mariae Reichen.
„ novae-guiiiec^e Alb. & Salvad.
„ intermedia De Vis.
Lamjprothorax wilhelminae Meyer.
Phonycjamct goiddi (Gray).
ManvAiodia jobiensis Salvad,
„ rubiensis Meyer.
Xanthomelus ardenis Alb. & Salvad. '
Cneraojphilus maegregorii De Vis.
Loria loriae Salvad.
Aehiroedus mdanotis (Gray).
Chlamydodera nuchalis (Y. & S.).
„ orientalis Gould.
„ occipitalis Gould.
„ guttata Gould.
Advertisements of Zoological Objects and Zoological Books only accepted.
Subscriptions for the present Volume are due NOW.
Dr. STAUDINGER & BANG-HAAS,
BLASEWITZ-DRESDEN.
Larcest Stock of LEPIDOPTERA, COLEOPTERA,
and" other INSECTS : also SHELLS from all parts
ip£ the world. In our new Price List, No. XXX VII..
we offer more than 13,5(K) S])ecies of well-named
LEl'IDOPTEUA, Set or in Papers, in finest con-
dition ; 1,1110 Siwcie.'i of PUEPARED LARVAE;
numerous PUPAE alive, etc. Separate Price Lists,
Xos. X.— Xn., for COLEOPTERA ( l.-,,(iOO .Species);
Lists II. and III., f.n- HYMENOPTKRA (1.900
Species), DIPTERA (1100), HEMIPTERA (1,200),
ORTnOl'TERA(JU0).NEUROITERA(320). Lists
VI., VII., VIII. and JX., for SHELLS.
Larffe Dl^rovut for Ca^h Orderx.
WATKINS & DONCASTER,
Satural History Agi'nt)i,
Keep for Sale a Jarge and choice Stock of
European and Exotic LKPIDOPTERA,
BIRDS' EGGS, and APPAEATUS and
CABINETS of the be.st qualitj-. Typical
Collections of Butterflies, etc., made up to
order at very moderate prices. Catalogue
post free to any address on application.
36, STRAND, LONDON, AV.C.
WlLHELM SCHLUETER,
HALLE-a.-S., GERMANY.
Dealer in Objects of Natural History.
LARGEST STOCK OF
MAMMALS. BIEDS, BIBDS' EGOS, REPTILES,
AMPHIBIA, FISHES. INSECTS, METAMOR-
PHOSES OF INSECTS. ETC., SHELLS, CEABS,
WOEMS, ECHIN0DERM8, ZOOPHYTES. MICEO-
SCOPICAX PEEPAEATIONS, PLANT-MODELS, &c.
Catahujxies post /rtc on application.
Brazenor Bros.,
TAXIDERMISTS, OSTEOLOGISTS, &c.
ESTABLISHED 1863.
All Kinds of flATURAL HISTORY SPECIMENS
Preserved and IVlounted.
OSTEOLOGICAL Specimens Macerated & Articulated.
LARGE STOCK OF WELL-MADE BIRDS' SKINS.
JlrittHh tlirttN a Spfrtnlitij,
Mounted Skeletonsof Animals. Birds, Reptiies,&c.,inStock.
UISIKTK ■ l..tTKI> SklLLS, Kir.
39, LEWES ROAD, BRIGHTON.
WILLIAM WATKINS,
ENTOMOLOGIST,
liespectfully announces that he is constantly
receiving direct from his Corresjxfndents all
over the world new and scarce Lepidoptera,
Usti of v:hich may be obtained on application.
COLLECTIONS PURCHASED FOR PROMPT CASH.
Eesidknck AKn STt'Difi:
VILLA SPHINX, EASTBOURNE.
LfiNhov l!l{.\N(ii :
21, PICCADILLY, W.
WANTED !
Specimens of the following FLEAS : —
Jfyalrichupnylla Udpae (Curtis),
Pulex metis Walker,
I'ule.c echidnas Denny, and
Typhlopsylla caiuasica Tselib.,
and any non^European Fleas. Any iiumljer
up to ten of each. The specimens should he
presfrved in spirit, separately, and wiUi e.cael
name of liosl.
Letters: CHARLES ROTHSCHILD,
Museum. Tring. Herts. England.
Annvid .Subscription to " Xui^ilales Zooloyicae," £1 Is.
Price of Yearly Volume, when completed, £1 lOs. to Non-i>uhscribers. (Commissivn
fur Booksellers on completed volumes only.)
Communications, etc., may be addreecwd to
THE EDITORS OF
> NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE,'
ZOOLOGICAL MUSEUM,
TRING.
FKIIfTKD Jir UAZK1.L, WATBOX, AKP VlirKT, U>., LDVOOrT AHP ATUBSBOMT.
7 ■ ,^
J"^
v§
:^3»S>
:5^J
T-JP^^
^:3i&
^?^^>
^^.^^^^
iVJR^
mM
la^v
WMM
I * i J J i v'